# developer Connect REST API Developer Guide (connect-rest) - Full Documentation # About the API Families The Connect REST API reference has these API families. ## Connect REST API (Core) _Winter ’27 (v68.0)_ Includes a broad set of core resources, such as org and user setting information, custom domains, named credentials, notifications, and many other platform capabilities. [View the Connect REST API reference →](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core) --- ## Agentforce _Summer ’26 (v67.0)_ Covers Agentforce Data Libraries and prompt templates. [View the Agentforce Connect REST API reference →](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-agentforce) ## Chatter _Winter ’27 (v68.0)_ Covers Chatter directories, groups, missions, recommendations, topics, users, and related resources. [View the Chatter Connect REST API reference →](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter) ## Chatter Feeds _Winter ’27 (v68.0)_ Covers Chatter feeds, feed elements, and comments. [View the Chatter Feeds Connect REST API reference →](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds) ## CMS _Winter ’27 (v68.0)_ Work with CMS managed content and enhanced CMS workspaces resources. Formerly included in the Core API family. [View the CMS Connect REST API reference →](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms) ## Commerce _Summer ’26 (v67.0)_ Supports Salesforce B2B and B2C Commerce operations. Formerly included in the Core API family. [View the Commerce Connect REST API reference →](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce) ## Experience Cloud _Winter ’27 (v68.0)_ Covers Experience Cloud sites, including site information, creation, and publishing. Also includes audiences, moderation, and marketing integration forms. Formerly included in the Core API family. [View the Experience Cloud Connect REST API reference →](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-experience-cloud) ## Files and Folders _Winter ’27 (v68.0)_ Manages files, folders, and Files Connect repositories. Formerly included in the Core API family. [View the Files and Folders Connect REST API reference →](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files) ## Personalization _Summer ’26 (v67.0)_ Provides personalization resources for tailoring experiences to users. Formerly included in the Core API family. [View the Personalization Connect REST API reference →](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-personalization) # Action Links An action link is a button on a feed element. Clicking an action link can take a user to a Web page, initiate a file download, or invoke an API call to Salesforce or to an external server. An action link includes a URL and an HTTP method, and can include a request body and header information, such as an OAuth token for authentication. Use action links to integrate Salesforce and third-party services into the feed so that users can drive productivity and accelerate innovation. ## Workflow This feed item contains one action link group with two action links: **Approve** and **Reject**. ![Approve and Reject action links on a feed item.](https://developer.salesforce.com/media/connect-rest-api/actionlinks_approve.png) The workflow to create and post action links with a feed element: 1. (Optional) Create an [action link template](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_action_links_overview.md#templates). 2. Make a request to [/connect/action-link-group-definitions](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources) to define an action link group or to instantiate an action link group from a template. An action link group contains at least one action link. 3. Make a request to [/chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources) to post a feed element and associate the action link with it. ## Action Links Resources Use these resources to work with action links. | Resource | HTTP Method | Task | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | `/connect/action-link-group-definitions` | [POST](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources/operation/postActionLinkGroupDefinitionCollection) | Create an action link group definition. To associate an action link with a feed element, first create an action link group definition. Then post a feed element with an associated actions capability. | | `/chatter/feed-elements` | [POST](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/postFeedElementCollection) | Post a feed element with an associated actions capability. Associate up to 10 action link groups with a feed element. | | `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources/operation/getActionLink) | Get information about the `status` of an action link. The `status` of the action link in combination with the `labelKey` property of the Action Link Definition Input determines the text that displays in the UI. | | `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` | [PATCH](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources/operation/patchActionLink) | Update the `status` of an action link. To trigger the API request for `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links, set the `status` to `PendingStatus`. | | `/connect/action-link-group-definitions/{actionLinkGroupId}` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources/operation/getActionLinkGroupDefinition) | Get information about an action link group definition. To get the action link group definition, the client must be the same client app that created the definition and the user must either be the user who created the definition or have View all Data permission. | | `/connect/action-link-group-definitions/{actionLinkGroupId}` | [DELETE](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources/operation/deleteActionLinkGroupDefinition) | Delete an action link group definition. Deleting an action link group definition removes all references to it from feed elements. To delete the action link group definition, the client must be the same client app that created the definition and the user must either be the user who created the definition or have View all Data permission. | | `/connect/action-link-groups/{actionLinkGroupId}` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources/operation/getActionLinkGroup) | Get information about an action link group including state for the context user. | | `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}/diagnostic-info` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources/operation/getActionLinkDiagnostic) | Get diagnostic information returned when an action link executes. Diagnostic information is given only for users who can access the action link. | | `/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/associated-actions` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getAssociatedActionsCapability) | Get all the platform actions associated with a feed element. Action links are a type of platform action. | | `/chatter/feeds/{feedType}/{userId}/feed-elements` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feeds-Resources) | Get the feed elements of a specified feed type. If a feed element has action links associated with it, the action links data is returned in the associated actions capability. | | `/chatter/feeds/{feedType}/feed-elements` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feeds-Resources) | Get the feed elements of a specified feed type. If a feed element has action links associated with it, the action links data is returned in the associated actions capability. | - **[Action Links Use Cases](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_action_links_use_cases.md)** Use action links to integrate Salesforce and third-party services with a feed. An action link can make an HTTP request to a Salesforce or third-party API. An action link can also download a file or open a web page. This topic contains two use case examples. - **[Action Links Overview, Authentication, and Security](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_action_links_overview.md)** Learn about Connect REST API action links security, authentication, labels, and errors. - **[Example: Define Action Links and Post with a Feed Element](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/quickreference_define_post_action_link.md)** This example defines an action link group, associates the action link group with a feed element, and posts the feed element. - **[Example: Define Action Links in a Template and Post with a Feed Element](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/quickreference_define_post_action_link_template.md)** This example creates an action link template, instantiates the action link group, and associates the action link group with a feed element and posts the feed element. - **[Example: Update the Status of an Action Link or Invoke an Action Link](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/quickreference_patch_action_link_status.md)** This example updates the status of an action link or invokes an action link. - **[Action Links Labels](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_appendices_action_links_labels.md)** Use these labels for action link buttons. # Action Links Labels Use these labels for action link buttons. An action link is a button on a feed element. Clicking an action link can take a user to a Web page, initiate a file download, or invoke an API call to Salesforce or to an external server. An action link includes a URL and an HTTP method, and can include a request body and header information, such as an OAuth token for authentication. Use action links to integrate Salesforce and third-party services into the feed so that users can drive productivity and accelerate innovation. Specify the key in the `labelKey` property of the Action Link Definition Input request body. When the action link is rendered, the UI uses labels for the “New,” “Pending,” “Success,” and “Failed” states as needed. **tip:** If none of the predefined labels work for your action link, use a custom label. To use a custom label, create an action link template and define the label in the template. See [Action Link Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=action_link_group_template.htm&type=5). | Key | New | Pending | Success | Failed | | --------------- | --------------- | ------------------------- | ----------------- | ------------------------ | | Accept | Accept | Acceptance Pending | Accepted | Acceptance Failed | | Activate | Activate | Activation Pending | Activated | Activation Failed | | Add | Add | Add Pending | Added | Add Failed | | Add to Calendar | Add to Calendar | Add to Calendar Pending | Added to Calendar | Add to Calendar Failed | | Add to Cart | Add to Cart | Add Pending | Added | Add Failed | | Agree | Agree | Agree Pending | Agree | Agree Failed | | Alert | Alert | Alert Pending | Alerted | Alert Failed | | Answer | Answer | Answer Pending | Answered | Answer Failed | | Approve | Approve | Approval Pending | Approved | Approval Failed | | Assign | Assign | Assign Pending | Assigned | Assign Failed | | Assist | Assist | Assistance Pending | Assisted | Assistance Failed | | Attach | Attach | Attach Pending | Attached | Attach Failed | | Authorize | Authorize | Authorization Pending | Authorized | Authorization Failed | | Begin | Begin | Begin Pending | Started | Begin Failed | | Book | Book | Book Pending | Booked | Book Failed | | Buy | Buy | Buy Pending | Bought | Buy Failed | | Call | Call | Call Pending | Called | Call Failed | | Call Me | Call Me | Call Pending | Call Succeeded | Call Failed | | Certify | Certify | Certifcation Pending | Certified | Certification Failed | | Change | Change | Change Pending | Changed | Change Failed | | Chat | Chat | Chat Pending | Chat Completed | Chat Failed | | Check | Check | Check Pending | Checked | Check Failed | | Clear | Clear | Clear Pending | Clear | Clear Failed | | Clone | Clone | Clone Pending | Cloned | Clone Failed | | Close | Close | Close Pending | Closed | Close Failed | | Confirm | Confirm | Confirmation Pending | Confirmed | Confirmation Failed | | Convert | Convert | Convert Pending | Converted | Convert Failed | | Convert a Lead | Convert a Lead | Lead Conversion Pending | Lead Converted | Lead Conversion Failed | | Create | Create | Create Pending | Created | Create Failed | | Deactivate | Deactivate | Deactivation Pending | Deactivated | Deactivation Failed | | Decline | Decline | Decline Pending | Declined | Decline Failed | | Delete | Delete | Delete Pending | Deleted | Delete Failed | | Deny | Deny | Denial Pending | Denied | Denial Failed | | Detach | Detach | Detach Pending | Detached | Detach Failed | | Disagree | Disagree | Disagree Pending | Disagree | Disagree Failed | | Dislike | Dislike | Dislike Pending | Disliked | Dislike Failed | | Dismiss | Dismiss | Dismissal Pending | Dismissed | Dismissal Failed | | Do | Do | Do Response Pending | Do | Do Response Failed | | Donate | Donate | Donation Pending | Donated | Donation Failed | | Down | Down | Down Response Pending | Down | Down Response Failed | | Download | Download | Download Pending | Downloaded | Download Failed | | Edit | Edit | Edit Pending | Edited | Edit Failed | | End | End | End Pending | Ended | End Failed | | Endorse | Endorse | Endorsement Pending | Endorsed | Endorsement Failed | | Enter | Enter | Enter Pending | Entered | Enter Failed | | Escalate | Escalate | Escalation Pending | Escalated | Escalation Failed | | Estimate | Estimate | Estimate Pending | Estimate | Estimate Failed | | Exclude | Exclude | Exclude Pending | Excluded | Exclude Failed | | Exit | Exit | Exit Pending | Exited | Exit Failed | | Export | Export | Export Pending | Exported | Export Failed | | File | File | File Pending | Filed | File Failed | | Fill | Fill | Fill Pending | Filled | Fill Failed | | Finish | Finish | Finish Pending | Finished | Finish Failed | | Flag | Flag | Flag Pending | Flagged | Flag Failed | | Flip | Flip | Flip Pending | Flipped | Flip Failed | | Follow | Follow | Follow Pending | Followed | Follow Failed | | Generate | Generate | Generate Pending | Generated | Generate Failed | | Give | Give | Give Pending | Given | Give Failed | | Help | Help | Help Pending | Helped | Help Failed | | Hide | Hide | Hide Pending | Hidden | Hide Failed | | High | High | High Response Pending | High | High Response Failed | | Hold | Hold | Hold Pending | Hold Succeeded | Hold Failed | | Import | Import | Import Pending | Imported | Import Failed | | Include | Include | Include Pending | Included | Include Failed | | Join | Join | Join Pending | Joined | Join Failed | | Launch | Launch | Launch Pending | Launched | Launch Failed | | Leave | Leave | Leave Pending | Left | Leave Failed | | Like | Like | Like Pending | Liked | Like Failed | | List | List | List Pending | Listed | List Failed | | Log | Log | Log Pending | Logged | Log Failed | | Log a Call | Log a Call | Log a Call Pending | Logged a Call | Log a Call Failed | | Low | Low | Low Response Pending | Low | Low Response Failed | | Mark | Mark | Mark Pending | Marked | Mark Failed | | Maybe | Maybe | Maybe Response Pending | Maybe | Maybe Response Failed | | Medium | Medium | Medium Response Pending | Medium | Medium Response Failed | | Meet | Meet | Meet Pending | Meet | Meet Failed | | Message | Message | Message Pending | Message | Message Failed | | Move | Move | Move Pending | Moved | Move Failed | | Negative | Negative | Negative Response Pending | Negative | Negative Response Failed | | New | New | New Pending | New | New Failed | | No | No | No Response Pending | No | No Response Failed | | OK | OK | OK Response Pending | OK | OK Response Failed | | Open | Open | Open Pending | Opened | Open Failed | | Order | Order | Order Pending | Ordered | Order Failed | | Positive | Positive | Positive Response Pending | Positive | Positive Response Failed | | Post | Post | Post Pending | Posted | Post Failed | | Post Review | Post Review | Post Pending | Posted | Post Failed | | Process | Process | Process Pending | Processed | Process Failed | | Provide | Provide | Provide Pending | Provided | Provide Failed | | Purchase | Purchase | Purchase Pending | Purchased | Purchase Failed | | Quote | Quote | Quote Pending | Quoted | Quote Failed | | Receive | Receive | Receive Pending | Received | Receive Failed | | Recommend | Recommend | Recommend Pending | Recommended | Recommend Failed | | Redo | Redo | Redo Response Pending | Redo | Redo Response Failed | | Refresh | Refresh | Refresh Pending | Refreshed | Refresh Failed | | Reject | Reject | Rejection Pending | Rejected | Rejection Failed | | Release | Release | Release Pending | Released | Release Failed | | Remind | Remind | Reminder Pending | Reminded | Reminder Failed | | Remove | Remove | Removal Pending | Removed | Removal Failed | | Repeat | Repeat | Repeat Pending | Repeated | Repeat Failed | | Report | Report | Report Pending | Reported | Report Failed | | Request | Request | Request Pending | Requested | Request Failed | | Reserve | Reserve | Reservation Pending | Reserved | Reservation Failed | | Resolve | Resolve | Resolve Pending | Resolved | Resolve Failed | | Respond | Respond | Response Pending | Responded | Response Failed | | Restore | Restore | Restore Pending | Restored | Restore Failed | | Review | Review | Review Pending | Reviewed | Review Failed | | Revise | Revise | Revision Pending | Revised | Revision Failed | | Save | Save | Save Pending | Saved | Save Failed | | Schedule | Schedule | Schedule Pending | Scheduled | Schedule Failed | | Sell | Sell | Sell Pending | Sold | Sell Failed | | Send | Send | Send Pending | Sent | Send Failed | | Send Email | Send Email | Send Email Pending | Email Sent | Send Email Failed | | Share | Share | Share Pending | Shared | Share Failed | | Ship | Ship | Shipment Pending | Shipped | Shipment Failed | | Show | Show | Show Pending | Shown | Show Failed | | Start | Start | Start Pending | Started | Start Failed | | Stop | Stop | Stop Pending | Stopped | Stop Failed | | Submit | Submit | Submit Pending | Submitted | Submit Failed | | Subscribe | Subscribe | Subscribe Pending | Subscribed | Subscribe Failed | | Test | Test | Test Pending | Tested | Test Failed | | Thank | Thank | Thanks Pending | Thanked | Thanks Failed | | Unauthorize | Unauthorize | Unauthorization Pending | Unauthorized | Unauthorization Failed | | Uncheck | Uncheck | Uncheck Pending | Unchecked | Uncheck Failed | | Undo | Undo | Undo Response Pending | Undo | Undo Response Failed | | Unflag | Unflag | Unflag Pending | Unflagged | Unflag Failed | | Unfollow | Unfollow | Unfollow Pending | Unfollowed | Unfollow Failed | | Unlike | Unlike | Unlike Pending | Unliked | Unlike Failed | | Unmark | Unmark | Unmark Pending | Unmarked | Unmark Failed | | Unsubscribe | Unsubscribe | Unsubscribe Pending | Unsubscribed | Unsubscribe Failed | | Up | Up | Up Response Pending | Up | Up Response Failed | | Update | Update | Update Pending | Updated | Update Failed | | Validate | Validate | Validate Pending | Validated | Validate Failed | | Verify | Verify | Verify Pending | Verified | Verify Failed | | View | View | View Pending | Viewed | View Failed | | Visit | Visit | Visit Pending | Visit Successful | Visit Failed | | Yes | Yes | Yes Response Pending | Yes | Yes Response Failed | # Action Links Overview, Authentication, and Security Learn about Connect REST API action links security, authentication, labels, and errors. ## Workflow This feed item contains one action link group with two action links: **Approve** and **Reject**. ![Approve and Reject action links on a feed item.](https://developer.salesforce.com/media/connect-rest-api/actionlinks_approve.png) The workflow to create and post action links with a feed element: 1. (Optional) Create an [action link template](#action-link-templates). 2. Make a request to [/connect/action-link-group-definitions](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources) to define an action link group or to instantiate an action link group from a template. An action link group contains at least one action link. 3. Make a request to [/chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources) to post a feed element and associate the action link with it. ## Action Link Templates Create action link templates in Setup to instantiate action link groups with common properties. You can package templates and distribute them to other Salesforce organizations. Specify binding variables in the template and set the values of the variables when you instantiate the action link group. For example, use a binding variable for the API version number, a user ID, or an OAuth token. You can also specify context variables in the templates. When a user executes the action link, Salesforce provides values for these variables, such as who executed the link and in which organization. To instantiate the action link group, make a request to the [`/connect/action-link-group-definitions`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources) resource. Specify the template ID and the values for any binding variables defined in the template. See [Design Action Link Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=action_link_group_template_design.htm&type=5). ## Type of Action Links Specify the action link type in the `actionType` property when you define an action link. There are four types of action links. - `Api`—The action link calls a synchronous API at the action URL. Salesforce sets the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` based on the HTTP status code returned by your server. - `ApiAsync`—The action link calls an asynchronous API at the action URL. The action remains in a `PendingStatus` state until a third party makes a request to `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` to set the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` when the asynchronous operation is complete. - `Download`—The action link downloads a file from the action URL. - `Ui`—The action link takes the user to a web page at the action URL. Different types of action links have different workflows to set the status of an action link (to `Pending`, `Successful`, or `Failed`). See [`/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources) for more information. ## Authentication When you define an action link, specify a URL (`actionUrl`) and the HTTP headers (`headers`) required to make a request to that URL. If an external resource requires authentication, include the information wherever the resource requires. If a Salesforce resource requires authentication, you can include OAuth information in the HTTP headers or you can include a bearer token in the URL. Salesforce automatically authenticates these resources. - Relative URLs in templates - Relative URLs beginning with `/services/apexrest` when the action link group is instantiated from Apex Don’t use these resources for sensitive operations. ## Security ### HTTPS The action URL in an action link must begin with https:// or be a relative URL that matches one of the rules in the previous Authentication section. ### Encryption API details are stored with encryption, and obfuscated for clients. The `actionURL`, `headers`, and `requestBody` data for action links that are not instantiated from a template are encrypted with the organization’s encryption key. The `Action URL`, `HTTP Headers`, and `HTTP Request Body` for an action link template are not encrypted. The binding values used when instantiating an action link group from a template are encrypted with the organization’s encryption key. ### Action Link Templates Only users with Customize Application user permission can create, edit, delete, and package action link templates in Setup. Don’t store sensitive information in templates. Use binding variables to add sensitive information when you instantiate the action link group. After the action link group is instantiated, the values are stored in an encrypted format. See Define Binding Variables in [Design Action Link Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.action_link_group_template_design.htm&type=5). ### Client Apps When creating action links via a client app, it's a good idea to use a client app with a consumer key that never leaves your control. The client app is used for server-to-server communication and is not compiled into mobile apps that could be decompiled. ### Expiration Date When you define an action link group, specify an expiration date (`expirationDate`). After that date, the action links in the group can’t be executed and disappear from the feed. If your action link group definition includes an OAuth token, set the group’s expiration date to the same value as the expiration date of the OAuth token. Action link templates use a slightly different mechanism for excluding a user. See Set the Action Link Group Expiration Time in [Design Action Link Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.action_link_group_template_design.htm&type=5). ### Exclude a User or Specify a User Use the `excludeUserId` property of the action link definition input to exclude a single user from executing an action. Use the `userId` property of the action link definition input to specify the ID of a user who alone can execute the action. If you don’t specify a `userId` property or if you pass `null`, any user can execute the action. You can’t specify both `excludeUserId` and `userId` for an action link Action link templates use a slightly different mechanism for excluding a user. See Set Who Can See the Action Link in [Design Action Link Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.action_link_group_template_design.htm&type=5). ### Read, Modify, or Delete an Action Link Group Definition There are two views of an action link and an action link group: the definition, and the context user’s view. The definition includes potentially sensitive information, such as authentication information. The context user’s view is filtered by visibility options and the values reflect the state of the context user. Action link group definitions can contain sensitive information (such as OAuth tokens). For this reason, to read, modify, or delete a definition, the user must have created the definition or have View All Data permission. In addition, in Connect REST API, the request must be made via the same client app that created the definition. In Apex, the call must be made from the same namespace that created the definition. ## Context Variables Use context variables to pass information about the user who executed the action link and the context in which it was invoked into the HTTP request made by invoking an action link. You can use context variables in the `actionUrl`, `headers`, and `requestBody` properties of the Action Link Definition Input request body or `ConnectApi.ActionLinkDefinitionInput` object. You can also use context variables in the `Action URL`, `HTTP Request Body`, and `HTTP Headers` fields of action link templates. You can edit these fields, including adding and removing context variables, after a template is published. The context variables are: | Context Variable | Description | | ---------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | `{!actionLinkId}` | The ID of the action link the user executed. | | `{!actionLinkGroupId}` | The ID of the action link group containing the action link the user executed. | | `{!communityId}` | The ID of the site in which the user executed the action link. The value for your internal org is the empty key `"000000000000000000"`. | | `{!communityUrl}` | The URL of the site in which the user executed the action link. The value for your internal org is empty string `""`. | | `{!orgId}` | The ID of the org in which the user executed the action link. | | `{!userId}` | The ID of the user that executed the action link. | ## Versioning To avoid issues due to upgrades or changing functionality in your API, we recommend using versioning when defining action links. For example, the `actionUrl` property in the Action Link Definition Input looks like https://www.example.com/api/v1/exampleResource. You can use templates to change the values of the `actionUrl`, `headers`, or `requestBody` properties, even after a template is distributed in a package. For example, if you release a new API version that requires new inputs, an admin can change the inputs in the action link template. Even action links already associated with a feed element use the new inputs. However, you can’t add new binding variables to a published action link template. If your API isn’t versioned, you can use the `expirationDate` property of the Action Link Group Definition Input to avoid issues due to upgrades or changing functionality in your API. See Set the Action Link Group Expiration Time in [Design Action Link Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.action_link_group_template_design.htm&type=5). ## Errors Use the Action Link Diagnostic Information resource ([`/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}/diagnostic-info`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources)) to return status codes and errors from executing `Api` and `AsyncApi` action links. Diagnostic info is given only for users who can access the action link. ## Localized Labels Action links use a predefined set of localized labels specified in the `labelKey` property of the Action Link Definition Input request body and the `Label Key` field of an action link template. For a list of labels, see [Action Links Labels](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_appendices_action_links_labels.md). **note:** If none of the label key values make sense for your action link, specify a custom label in the `Label` field of an action link template and set `Label Key` to None. However, custom labels aren’t localized. # Action Links Use Cases Use action links to integrate Salesforce and third-party services with a feed. An action link can make an HTTP request to a Salesforce or third-party API. An action link can also download a file or open a web page. This topic contains two use case examples. ## Download Instructions and Order a Part from the Feed Let’s imagine that a fictional 3D print shop called “BuildIt” creates an AppExchange app that uses action links to integrate with Salesforce. If a BuildIt customer has the app installed, they can go to the BuildIt website, create an account, and send posts containing action links to Salesforce that invite certain users to order parts from BuildIt. In this sample feed element posted from BuildIt customer Pam Jones to her report Jin Chang, clicking the **Download** action link downloads a file with parts information from the BuildIt website. Clicking the **Order** action link takes Jin Chang to a page on the BuildIt website to order a part. ![Order and Download action links on a feed item](https://developer.salesforce.com/media/connect-rest-api/actionlinks_order_download.png) ## Approve or Reject an Itinerary from the Feed Suppose that you work as a developer for a fictional company called “Travel Example.” You create an app for AppExchange called “Travel Example for Salesforce.” Company A has “Travel Example for Salesforce” installed. Let’s imagine that someone from Company A goes to the Travel Example website and books an itinerary. Your Travel Example server-side code makes a Connect REST API request to post a feed item in Company A’s Salesforce org with the body text **Please approve this trip.**. The feed item also has action links with the labels **Approve** and **Reject**. The action links make HTTP requests to a REST resource on the Travel Example server to approve or reject the trip. ![Approve and Reject action links](https://developer.salesforce.com/media/connect-rest-api/actionlinks_approve.png) To create the “Travel Example for Salesforce” app, you created action link templates in Setup that define these action links and the action link group they’re associated with. Your server-side code makes a Connect REST API request to instantiate the action link group from the template. It makes another Connect REST API request to associate the action link group with a feed item and post it. The `Action URL`, `HTTP Headers`, and `HTTP Request Body` template fields can contain _context variables_ and _binding variables_. You include a `{!userId}` context variable in the `Action URL` so that when a user clicks the action link in the feed, Salesforce sends the user’s ID to your server-side code to tell it who clicked the action link. Action links support a predefined set of context variables. See Use Context Variables in [Design Action Link Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.action_link_group_template_design.htm&type=5) for more information. You can create any binding variables you need in the action link template to make your code future-proof and dynamic. See Define Binding Variables in [Design Action Link Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.action_link_group_template_design.htm&type=5) for more information. Your server-side code sets the binding variable values when it instantiates the action link group. You decide to use `{!Bindings.apiVersion}` so that you can release a new API version without having to update your package. You also use `{!Bindings.tripId}` so that clicking the action link approves or rejects the trip the user created. You set the `User Visibility` field so that only one user can see the action links. You enter a value in the `Custom User Alias` field that is also a binding variable whose value your server-side code sets to the ID of the user’s manager when it instantiates the action link group. Here’s the action link template for the **Approve** action link. ![Context variable and binding variables in Action URL field in Setup.](https://developer.salesforce.com/media/connect-rest-api/actionlinks_tripexample.png) Agentforce Connect REST API # Agentforce Connect REST API > **Note**: The API Reference has a new three-panel layout. Browse grouped endpoints on the left, review endpoint details in the center, and access examples on the right. **Important**: Where possible, we changed noninclusive terms to align with our company value of Equality. We maintained certain terms to avoid any effect on customer implementations. **Version:** v67.0 ## Servers * `https://{MyDomainName}.my.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0` API server for your Salesforce org. * ``MyDomainName (default None) Your org's My Domain name, which is used as a subdomain for the URLs that Salesforce uses to serve your org. For example, if your Lightning URL is `https://yourcompanyname.lightning.force.com`, then your My Domain name is `yourcompanyname`. Find your My Domain name and login URL on the My Domain page in Setup, or use the `getMyDomainName()` method in the Apex Domain class.`` ## Tags ### Agentforce Data Libraries Resources Agentforce Data Libraries enhance the accuracy of AI features like Agentforce Agents by connecting them to your trusted data sources. Data libraries use unstructured or semi-structured data so that they can take large sets of information that exist on the web, in documents, or as large text inputs in fields, and turn that into more useful, searchable information. ### Prompt Templates Resources Get prompt template data and generate LLM responses using prompt templates. ## Operations ### GET List Libraries `GET /einstein/data-libraries` Operation ID: `listLibraries`. Tags: Agentforce Data Libraries Resources. AI Grounding Library collection endpoint (GET list, POST create) Get grounding libraries. **Note:** Optional filtering by grounding source type is supported. #### Parameters * `sourceType` (query, string) Filter the list by grounding source type. If omitted, all libraries are returned. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Library List Output Representation_ List of libraries Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LibraryListOutput`. * **403** Insufficient permissions ### POST Create a Library `POST /einstein/data-libraries` Operation ID: `createLibrary`. Tags: Agentforce Data Libraries Resources. AI Grounding Library collection endpoint (GET list, POST create) Creates an AI Grounding Library. The source type is inferred from `groundingSource` (discriminator `sourceType`, or from populated fields). Supported source types: * `SFDRIVE` — File-based library. After creation, use the file upload workflow. * `KNOWLEDGE` — Knowledge article library. Specify `knowledgeConfig` with required fields. * `RETRIEVER` — Connect to an existing custom retriever by providing `retrieverId`. The retriever must be active; inactive retrievers are rejected with `ADL_RETRIEVER_NOT_ACTIVE`, and retrievers that can't be located are rejected with `ADL_RETRIEVER_NOT_FOUND`. For SFDRIVE, after creation: * Poll `/einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}/upload-readiness` until `ready=true` (the Unified Data Lake Object must be ACTIVE before upload) * POST to `/einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}/file-upload-urls` with file names to get presigned S3 upload URLs * PUT files to the presigned URLs * POST to `/einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}/indexing` with uploaded file paths and sizes. For KNOWLEDGE, provisioning starts automatically after creation. Poll `/status` to track progress. For RETRIEVER, the library is immediately usable after creation (no upload workflow required). #### Request body (required) Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CreateLibraryInput`. #### Responses * **201** Library created successfully Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LibraryOutput`. * **400** Invalid input. Error codes include but are not limited to: * `ADL_MISSING_REQUIRED_FIELD` — a required field (e.g. `retrieverId`) is missing or blank * `ADL_UNSUPPORTED_SOURCE_TYPE` — the supplied `sourceType` is not supported * `ADL_INVALID_SOURCE_TYPE` — `groundingSource` is missing or its discriminator is invalid * `ADL_RETRIEVER_NOT_ACTIVE` — for `RETRIEVER` source type, the referenced retriever has no active configuration * `ADL_RETRIEVER_NOT_FOUND` — for `RETRIEVER` source type, the referenced retriever could not be located * `ADL_INVALID_DEVELOPER_NAME` / `ADL_INVALID_MASTER_LABEL` — name or label fails validation * **403** Insufficient permissions ### GET Get a Library `GET /einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}` Operation ID: `getLibrary`. Tags: Agentforce Data Libraries Resources. Single AI Grounding Library endpoint (GET detail, PATCH update, DELETE remove) Returns the type-specific details for one library. #### Parameters * `libraryId` (path, string, required) AI Grounding Library ID (18-char Salesforce ID, key prefix 1JD) Pattern: ^\[a-zA-Z0-9\]{18}$. #### Responses * **200** _Library Output Representation_ A representation of an Agentforce data library. Here are the properties. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LibraryOutput`. * **404** Library not found ### DELETE Delete a Library `DELETE /einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}` Operation ID: `deleteLibrary`. Tags: Agentforce Data Libraries Resources. Single AI Grounding Library endpoint (GET detail, PATCH update, DELETE remove) Deletes the library and associated entities (cascade): FileRefs, KnowledgeConfig, LibSrcRel, SourceStages, GroundingSource, Retriever, SearchIndex. You can’t delete if the library is in use by an agent (400). #### Parameters * `libraryId` (path, string, required) AI Grounding Library ID (18-char Salesforce ID, key prefix 1JD) Pattern: ^\[a-zA-Z0-9\]{18}$. #### Responses * **204** Library deleted successfully * **400** Cannot delete — library is in use by agents * **404** Library not found ### PATCH Update a Library `PATCH /einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}` Operation ID: `updateLibrary`. Tags: Agentforce Data Libraries Resources. Single AI Grounding Library endpoint (GET detail, PATCH update, DELETE remove) Updates an existing AI Grounding Library with PATCH semantics. All fields are optional; only set fields are updated. Supported operations by source type: * `SFDRIVE`: update `masterLabel`, `description` (metadata only, no re-provisioning). * `RETRIEVER`: update `masterLabel`, `description`, or `retrieverId` (switch to a different retriever). * `KNOWLEDGE`: update `masterLabel`, `description`, or knowledge configuration fields (`contentFields`, `isRestrictToPublicArticle`, `isDataCategoryRuleEnabled`, `dataCategorySelectionIds`, `dataCategorySelectionNames`). `primaryIndexField1` and `primaryIndexField2` are immutable after creation. * `SITEMAP`: update `masterLabel`, `description` (metadata only, grounding source changes rejected). Validation rules: * Attempting to change `sourceType` returns 400 with `ADL_MISMATCH_SOURCE_TYPE`. * Attempting to update primary index fields on KNOWLEDGE returns 400 with `ADL_PRIMARY_FIELDS_IMMUTABLE`. * Concurrent updates are blocked for KNOWLEDGE libraries during provisioning (returns 400 with `ADL_UPDATE_IN_PROGRESS`). Returns updated library details with the same response shape as GET. #### Parameters * `libraryId` (path, string, required) AI Grounding Library ID (18-char Salesforce ID, key prefix 1JD) Pattern: ^\[a-zA-Z0-9\]{18}$. #### Request body (required) Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UpdateLibraryInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Library Output Representation_ A representation of an Agentforce data library. Here are the properties. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LibraryOutput`. * **400** Invalid request * **404** Library not found ### POST Generate URLs for Uploading Files `POST /einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}/file-upload-urls` Operation ID: `generateFileUploadUrls`. Tags: Agentforce Data Libraries Resources. Generate presigned URLs for file uploads to an existing SFDRIVE library Generates presigned S3 URLs for uploading files to an existing SFDRIVE library. #### Parameters * `libraryId` (path, string, required) AI Grounding Library ID (18-char Salesforce ID, key prefix 1JD) Pattern: ^\[a-zA-Z0-9\]{18}$. #### Request body (required) Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileUploadUrlsInput`. #### Responses * **200** _File Upload Urls Collection Output Representation_ Presigned URLs generated Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileUploadUrlsCollectionOutput`. * **400** Invalid request (e.g., not a SFDRIVE library, or UDLO not yet active) * **404** Library not found ### GET List Files in a Library `GET /einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}/files` Operation ID: `listFiles`. Tags: Agentforce Data Libraries Resources. Add files to existing SFDRIVE library Returns a paginated list of file references for an SFDRIVE library. Includes per-file status for indexing visibility. #### Parameters * `libraryId` (path, string, required) AI Grounding Library ID (18-char Salesforce ID, key prefix 1JD) Pattern: ^\[a-zA-Z0-9\]{18}$. * `pageSize` (query, string) Number of files listed per page. Default `50` . _Available in: v67.0_ * `offset` (query, integer) Offset into the result set. Default `0` . _Available in: v67.0_ * `sortBy` (query, string) Sort field. Default `status` (errors first). _Available in: v67.0_ * `sortOrder` (query, string) Sort direction. _Available in: v67.0_ * `name` (query, string) Filter by file name (case-insensitive contains match). _Available in: v67.0_ * `status` (query, string) Filter by file processing status. _Available in: v67.0_ #### Responses * **200** _File List Output Representation_ Paginated file list Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileListOutput`. * **400** Invalid parameters (pageSize, offset, sortBy, sortOrder) * **404** Library not found ### POST Add Files to a Library `POST /einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}/files` Operation ID: `addFiles`. Tags: Agentforce Data Libraries Resources. Add files to existing SFDRIVE library Adds files to an existing SFDRIVE library and triggers SearchIndex re-hydration (day-2 incremental adds). At least one uploaded file is required. No duplicate file names in the batch are allowed. The total file count must not exceed 1000. SFDRIVE libraries only. Poll `/status` for progress. #### Parameters * `libraryId` (path, string, required) AI Grounding Library ID (18-char Salesforce ID, key prefix 1JD) Pattern: ^\[a-zA-Z0-9\]{18}$. #### Request body (required) Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AddFilesInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Add Files Output Representation_ Files accepted for addition Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AddFilesOutput`. * **400** Invalid request (e.g., no files provided, not a SFDRIVE library) * **404** Library not found ### DELETE Delete a File from a Library `DELETE /einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}/files/{fileId}` Operation ID: `deleteFile`. Tags: Agentforce Data Libraries Resources. Delete a single file from an SFDRIVE library Deletes a single file from an SFDRIVE library. Performs synchronous deletion of the file from S3 and removes the AiGroundingFileRef record. **Note**: SFDRIVE libraries only. Attempting to call this endpoint on a non-SFDRIVE library returns 400 with `ADL_UNSUPPORTED_SOURCE_TYPE`. #### Parameters * `libraryId` (path, string, required) AI Grounding Library ID (18-char Salesforce ID, key prefix 1JD) Pattern: ^\[a-zA-Z0-9\]{18}$. * `fileId` (path, string, required) is the 18 character AiGroundingFileRef record ID. Pattern: ^\[a-zA-Z0-9\]{18}$. #### Responses * **204** File deleted successfully * **404** Library or file not found ### POST Index Library `POST /einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}/indexing` Operation ID: `provisionPipeline`. Tags: Agentforce Data Libraries Resources. Start async indexing of Data Cloud resources Starts asynchronous indexing of Data Cloud resources (DLO, DMO, SearchIndex, Retriever). **Note**: You can provision SFDRIVE libraries only with this endpoint. RETRIEVER libraries don’t need indexing. Attempting to provision a KNOWLEDGE or RETRIEVER library returns 400. * `SFDRIVE`: `uploadedFiles` must list uploaded files (paths and sizes). * The library must be upload-ready before calling this endpoint. Poll `/einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}/upload-readiness` first. * Calling `/einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}/indexing` before readiness returns 400 with "Library isn’t upload-ready yet." #### Parameters * `libraryId` (path, string, required) AI Grounding Library ID (18-char Salesforce ID, key prefix 1JD) Pattern: ^\[a-zA-Z0-9\]{18}$. #### Request body (required) Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProvisionInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Provision Output Representation_ Provisioning started (async operation) Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProvisionOutput`. * **400** Invalid request (e.g., files not uploaded for SFDRIVE) * **404** Library not found ### GET Check Library Status `GET /einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}/status` Operation ID: `getStatus`. Tags: Agentforce Data Libraries Resources. Get library status Returns current library status derived from the SearchIndex runtime with per-stage detail. Use for polling after provisioning or re-provisioning. Suggested polling interval: 5–30 seconds. #### Parameters * `libraryId` (path, string, required) AI Grounding Library ID (18-char Salesforce ID, key prefix 1JD) Pattern: ^\[a-zA-Z0-9\]{18}$. * `includeArtifacts` (query, boolean) When true, resolves Data 360 asset artifacts (DLO, DMO, SearchIndex, Retriever) with entity IDs and developer names on each stage. Requires additional queries. Default: false (stages returned without artifacts for fast polling). Default: `false`. #### Responses * **200** _Library Status Output Representation_ Library status Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LibraryStatusOutput`. * **404** Library not found ### GET Check Upload Readiness `GET /einstein/data-libraries/{libraryId}/upload-readiness` Operation ID: `getUploadReadiness`. Tags: Agentforce Data Libraries Resources. Check if UDLO is ACTIVE and ready for file uploads Checks whether the UDLO (Unified Data Lake Object) is ACTIVE and ready for file uploads. SFDRIVE libraries only. Attempting to call this endpoint on a non-SFDRIVE library returns 400 with `ADL_UNSUPPORTED_SOURCE_TYPE`. With `waitMaxTime=0` (default), performs one check and returns immediately. With `waitMaxTime > 0`, the server polls internally until `ready=true` or the timeout, avoiding tight client polling loops. #### Parameters * `libraryId` (path, string, required) AI Grounding Library ID (18-char Salesforce ID, key prefix 1JD) Pattern: ^\[a-zA-Z0-9\]{18}$. * `waitMaxTime` (query, string) Max milliseconds to wait for UDLO readiness (server-side polling). Default `0` : single immediate check. Range `1` – `120000` for wait behavior. Values `< 0` or `> 120000` produce 400. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Upload Readiness Output Representation_ Upload readiness status Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UploadReadinessOutput`. * **400** Invalid waitMaxTime value * **404** Library not found ### GET Get Prompt Templates `GET /einstein/prompt-templates` Operation ID: `getEinsteinPromptTemplateCollection`. Tags: Prompt Templates Resources. Returns a list of prompt templates available based on the fields such as type and related object, filter, limit, pageLimit Get a list of prompt templates based on specified filters. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `fields` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of prompt template record fields to return, such as `createdDate` . If unspecified, all fields are returned. _Available in: v62.0_ * `isActive` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return active prompt templates only. The default is `false` . _Available in: v62.0_ * `offset` (query, integer) Used for pagination. Number of rows to skip between returned prompt template records. The default value is `0` . _Available in: v62.0_ * `pageLimit` (query, integer) Used for pagination. Maximum number of prompt template records returned per page. The default value is `50` . _Available in: v62.0_ * `query` (query, string) User-entered search string. If unspecified, all prompt template records are returned. _Available in: v62.0_ * `relatedEntity` (query, string) Related entity to filter records by, such as `Contact` . If unspecified, all records with all related entities are returned. _Available in: v62.0_ * `sortBy` (query, string) Field to sort order the returned prompt template records by, such as `createdDate` . If unspecified, records are returned in the order they’re retrieved. _Available in: v62.0_ * `type` (query, string) Prompt template type to filter records by, such as `einstein_gpt__salesEmail` . If unspecified, records of all types are returned. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Einstein Prompt Record Collection_ List of prompt template records. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EinsteinPromptRecordCollectionOutput`. ### POST Create Prompt Templates `POST /einstein/prompt-templates` Operation ID: `postEinsteinPromptTemplateCollection`. Tags: Prompt Templates Resources. Returns a list of prompt templates available based on the fields such as type and related object, filter, limit, pageLimit Create prompt templates based on the input data. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Request body (required) Input representation for creating a prompt template. _Available in: v65.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. * `templateInput` (_object_, required) EinsteinPromptRecordInput Representation of the payload of the template to be created. Includes all fields of `EinsteinPromptRecordInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Einstein Prompt Template Representation_ Comprehensive representation for prompt template operations including creation, updates, and activation Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EinsteinPromptTemplate`. ### POST Einstein Prompt Template Generations `POST /einstein/prompt-templates/{promptTemplateDevName}/generations` Operation ID: `postEinsteinPromptTemplateGenerations`. Tags: Prompt Templates Resources. Generates a response based on the provided prompt template and parameters Generates a response based on the specified prompt template and input parameters. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Parameters * `promptTemplateDevName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the prompt template. * `versionId` (query, string) #### Request body Prompt template input parameters and LLM provider to use for generation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EinsteinPromptTemplateGenerationsInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "isPreview": false, "inputParams": { "valueMap": { "Input:String1": { "value": "Value of String1" }, "Input:String2": { "value": "Value of String2" }, "Input:Account": { "value": { "id": "001SB000004nerfYAA" } } } }, "additionalConfig": { "applicationName": "PromptTemplateGenerationsInvocable" } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Einstein Prompt Template Generations_ Generated response from the specified LLM provider and resolved prompt template text. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EinsteinPromptTemplateGenerations`. ### GET Prompt Template Versions `GET /einstein/prompt-templates/{promptTemplateDevName}/versions` Operation ID: `getEinsteinPromptTemplateVersion`. Tags: Prompt Templates Resources. Create a prompt template version Get a prompt template version. _Available in: v65.0_ #### Alternate paths * `/einstein/prompt-templates/{promptTemplateDevName}/versions/{versionId}` - By Prompt Template Dev Name and Version ID #### Parameters * `promptTemplateDevName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the prompt template. * `includingContent` (query, boolean) If `true` , returns the version content. _Available in: v65.0_ * `includingVersionDetail` (query, boolean) If `true` , returns version children details, such as input and data provider. _Available in: v65.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Einstein Prompt Template Representation_ Comprehensive representation for prompt template operations including creation, updates, and activation Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EinsteinPromptRecord`. ### PUT Prompt Template Versions `PUT /einstein/prompt-templates/{promptTemplateDevName}/versions` Operation ID: `putEinsteinPromptTemplateVersion`. Tags: Prompt Templates Resources. Create a prompt template version Create (POST) and update (PUT) a prompt template version. _Available in: v65.0_ #### Alternate paths * `/einstein/prompt-templates/{promptTemplateDevName}/versions/{versionId}` - By Prompt Template Dev Name and Version ID #### Parameters * `promptTemplateDevName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the prompt template. #### Request body (required) Input representation for creating a prompt template. _Available in: v65.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. * `templateInput` (_object_, required) EinsteinPromptRecordInput Representation of the payload of the template to be created. Includes all fields of `EinsteinPromptRecordInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Einstein Prompt Template Representation_ Comprehensive representation for prompt template operations including creation, updates, and activation Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EinsteinPromptTemplate`. ### POST Prompt Template Versions `POST /einstein/prompt-templates/{promptTemplateDevName}/versions` Operation ID: `postEinsteinPromptTemplateVersion`. Tags: Prompt Templates Resources. Create a prompt template version Create (POST). _Available in: v65.0_ #### Alternate paths * `/einstein/prompt-templates/{promptTemplateDevName}/versions/{versionId}` - By Prompt Template Dev Name and Version ID #### Parameters * `promptTemplateDevName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the prompt template. #### Request body (required) Input representation for creating a prompt template. _Available in: v65.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. * `templateInput` (_object_, required) EinsteinPromptRecordInput Representation of the payload of the template to be created. Includes all fields of `EinsteinPromptRecordInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Einstein Prompt Template Representation_ Comprehensive representation for prompt template operations including creation, updates, and activation Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EinsteinPromptTemplate`. ### GET Prompt Template Versions (By Prompt Template Dev Name and Version ID) `GET /einstein/prompt-templates/{promptTemplateDevName}/versions/{versionId}` Operation ID: `getEinsteinPromptTemplateVersionByPromptTemplateDevNameAndVersionId`. Tags: Prompt Templates Resources. Create a prompt template version _Available in: v65.0_ Alternate path for `Prompt Template Versions`. Variant: By Prompt Template Dev Name and Version ID. Canonical documentation path: `/einstein/prompt-templates/{promptTemplateDevName}/versions`. #### Parameters * `promptTemplateDevName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the prompt template. * `versionId` (path, string, required) ID of the version. * `includingContent` (query, boolean) If `true` , returns the version content. _Available in: v65.0_ * `includingVersionDetail` (query, boolean) If `true` , returns version children details, such as input and data provider. _Available in: v65.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Einstein Prompt Template Representation_ Comprehensive representation for prompt template operations including creation, updates, and activation Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EinsteinPromptRecord`. ### PUT Prompt Template Versions (By Prompt Template Dev Name and Version ID) `PUT /einstein/prompt-templates/{promptTemplateDevName}/versions/{versionId}` Operation ID: `putEinsteinPromptTemplateVersionByPromptTemplateDevNameAndVersionId`. Tags: Prompt Templates Resources. Create a prompt template version _Available in: v65.0_ Alternate path for `Prompt Template Versions`. Variant: By Prompt Template Dev Name and Version ID. Canonical documentation path: `/einstein/prompt-templates/{promptTemplateDevName}/versions`. #### Parameters * `promptTemplateDevName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the prompt template. * `versionId` (path, string, required) ID of the version. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. * `templateInput` (_object_, required) EinsteinPromptRecordInput Representation of the payload of the template to be created. Includes all fields of `EinsteinPromptRecordInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Einstein Prompt Template Representation_ Comprehensive representation for prompt template operations including creation, updates, and activation Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EinsteinPromptTemplate`. ### POST Prompt Template Versions (By Prompt Template Dev Name and Version ID) `POST /einstein/prompt-templates/{promptTemplateDevName}/versions/{versionId}` Operation ID: `postEinsteinPromptTemplateVersionByPromptTemplateDevNameAndVersionId`. Tags: Prompt Templates Resources. Create a prompt template version _Available in: v65.0_ Alternate path for `Prompt Template Versions`. Variant: By Prompt Template Dev Name and Version ID. Canonical documentation path: `/einstein/prompt-templates/{promptTemplateDevName}/versions`. #### Parameters * `promptTemplateDevName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the prompt template. * `versionId` (path, string, required) ID of the version. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. * `templateInput` (_object_, required) EinsteinPromptRecordInput Representation of the payload of the template to be created. Includes all fields of `EinsteinPromptRecordInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Einstein Prompt Template Representation_ Comprehensive representation for prompt template operations including creation, updates, and activation Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EinsteinPromptTemplate`. ## Schemas ### LibraryListOutput Collection of AI Grounding Libraries * `libraries` (_array of LibraryOutput_) List of `LibraryOutputRepresentation` summaries. _Available in: v66.0_ * `totalSize` (_integer_) Total number of libraries. _Available in: v66.0_ ### CreateLibraryInput Input for creating an AI Grounding Library. Source type is determined by the groundingSource discriminator (sourceType field): SFDRIVE, KNOWLEDGE, or RETRIEVER. * `masterLabel` (_string_, required) Master label. _Available in: v66.0_ Maximum length: 80. Example: `Product Documentation`. * `developerName` (_string_, required) Unique developer name (pattern `^[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9_]*$` ). _Available in: v66.0_ Maximum length: 80. Pattern: ^\[a-zA-Z\]\[a-zA-Z0-9\_\]\*$. Example: `Product_Documentation`. * `description` (_string_) Description. _Available in: v66.0_ Maximum length: 255. Example: `Product manuals and guides for RAG grounding`. * `dataSpaceScopeId` (_string_) DataSpaceScope ID; defaults to the org’s default dataspace if omitted. Only the default dataspace is supported. Providing a non-default dataspace ID returns 400 with `ADL_NON_DEFAULT_DATASPACE_NOT_SUPPORTED` . _Available in: v66.0_ Example: `9gTSG0000037LPN2A2`. * `groundingSource` (_object_) GroundingSourceInput `GroundingSourceInputRepresentation` — infers SFDRIVE / KNOWLEDGE / RETRIEVER. _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `GroundingSourceInput`. ### LibraryOutput A representation of an Agentforce data library. Here are the properties. * `libraryId` (_string_) Library ID. _Available in: v66.0_ Example: `1JDSG000007IbWX4A0`. * `masterLabel` (_string_) Master label. _Available in: v66.0_ Example: `Product Documentation`. * `developerName` (_string_) API name for library. _Available in: v66.0_ Example: `Product_Documentation`. * `description` (_string_) Library description. _Available in: v66.0_ * `sourceType` (_string_) _Available in: v66.0_ Allowed values: `SFDRIVE`, `KNOWLEDGE`, `RETRIEVER`, `SITEMAP`. * `dataSpaceScopeId` (_string_) DataSpaceScope ID. _Available in: v66.0_ * `createdDate` (_string_) Date the library was created (populated on POST response). _Available in: v66.0_ * `status` (_object_) LibraryStatusEnum Overall status. _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `LibraryStatusEnum`. * `retrieverId` (_string_, deprecated) Retriever ID (present when applicable). _Available in: v66.0_ * `retrieverLabel` (_string_, deprecated) Retriever label (present when applicable). _Available in: v66.0_ * `retriever` (_object_) RetrieverDetail Structured retriever details (v67.0+) Includes all fields of `RetrieverDetail`. * `retrieverAction` (_object_) RetrieverActionDetail Structured retriever action details (v67.0+) Includes all fields of `RetrieverActionDetail`. * `groundingSource` (_object_) GroundingSourceOutputRepresentation _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `GroundingSourceOutput`. * `fileAdlMode` (_integer_, nullable) Reserved for internal use _Available in: v66.0_ * `featureAssignments` (_array of string_) Features this library is assigned to (for example, `SERVICE_REPLIES` , `EINSTEIN_BOTS` ). Returns an empty array when no assignments are found. _Available in: v67.0_ ### UpdateLibraryInput Input for updating an AI Grounding Library (PATCH semantics). All fields are optional — only set fields are updated. * `masterLabel` (_string_) Updated master label. Maximum length: 80. * `description` (_string_) Updated description. Maximum length: 255. * `groundingSource` (_object_) GroundingSourceInput `GroundingSourceInputRepresentation` . Includes all fields of `GroundingSourceInput`. ### FileUploadUrlsInput Input for generating presigned file upload URLs * `files` (_array of FileInfoInput_, required) List of `FileInfoInputRepresentation` objects. _Available in: v66.0_ ### FileUploadUrlsCollectionOutput Collection of presigned URLs * `libraryId` (_string_) Library ID. _Available in: v66.0_ * `uploadUrls` (_array of FileUploadUrlOutput_) `FileUploadUrlOutputRepresentation` items. _Available in: v66.0_ ### FileListOutput Paginated list of file references * `files` (_array of GroundingFileRefOutput_) Current page of `GroundingFileRefOutputRepresentation` items. _Available in: v67.0_ * `totalSize` (_integer_) Total number of file references for this library. _Available in: v67.0_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL for the current page. _Available in: v67.0_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL for the next page ( `null` if last page). _Available in: v67.0_ ### AddFilesInput Input for adding files to an existing SFDRIVE library * `uploadedFiles` (_array of UploadedFileInfoInput_, required) At least one `UploadedFileInfoInputRepresentation` . _Available in: v66.0_ ### AddFilesOutput Response from adding files to an existing library * `libraryId` (_string_) Library ID. _Available in: v66.0_ * `filesAccepted` (_integer_) Number of files accepted. _Available in: v66.0_ * `groundingFileRefs` (_array of GroundingFileRefOutput_) `GroundingFileRefOutputRepresentation` for the new files. _Available in: v66.0_ ### ProvisionInput Input for starting provision * `uploadedFiles` (_array of UploadedFileInfoInput_) `UploadedFileInfoInputRepresentation` entries. Required for SFDRIVE to confirm uploads. ### ProvisionOutput Response from starting provision. The `sourceType` field is the discriminator; type-specific fields are populated accordingly: * SFDRIVE: includes `filesAccepted` * KNOWLEDGE: no file-specific fields Discriminator: `sourceType` selects the concrete type. Mapping: `SFDRIVE` → `FileProvisionOutput`, `KNOWLEDGE` → `KnowledgeProvisionOutput`. * `libraryId` (_string_) Library ID. _Available in: v66.0_ * `sourceType` (_string_) Discriminator. _Available in: v66.0_ Allowed values: `SFDRIVE`, `KNOWLEDGE`. * `status` (_object_) LibraryStatusEnum Indexing status ( `LibraryStatusEnum` ). _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `LibraryStatusEnum`. * `message` (_string_) Human-readable message. _Available in: v66.0_ Example: `Indexing pipeline started asynchronously. Poll /status for updates.`. * `filesAccepted` (_integer_) Present only for `FileProvisionOutputRepresentation` ( `sourceType=SFDRIVE` ). _Available in: v66.0_ ### LibraryStatusOutput Library status wrapper with nested indexing details * `indexingStatus` (_object_) ProvisionStatusOutput `ProvisionStatusOutputRepresentation` . _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `ProvisionStatusOutput`. ### UploadReadinessOutput Upload readiness status for a library * `libraryId` (_string_) Library ID. _Available in: v66.0_ Example: `1JDSG000007IbWX4A0`. * `ready` (_boolean_) `true` if UDLO is ACTIVE and uploads are allowed. _Available in: v66.0_ Example: `true`. * `sourceType` (_string_) Source type (example: `SFDRIVE` ). _Available in: v66.0_ Example: `SFDRIVE`. * `message` (_string_) Human-readable status. _Available in: v66.0_ Example: `UDLO is ACTIVE. Ready for file uploads.`. ### EinsteinPromptRecordCollectionOutput List of prompt template records. * `hasMoreRecords` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the query returned more prompt template records `(true)` or not `(false)`. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `promptRecords` (_array of EinsteinPromptRecord_) List of prompt template records returned. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalPromptRecords` (_integer_) Number of prompt template records returned. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### EinsteinPromptRecordInput Input representation for creating a prompt template. * `apiName` (_string_) The API name for the prompt template _Available in: v65.0_ * `childRelationships` (_array of EinsteinPromptRecordInput_) A list of child relationships for the prompt record _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `EinsteinPromptRecordInput`._ _Available in: v65.0_ * `fields` (_object_) A map of field values _Available in: v65.0_ Additional properties: `WrappedValue`. * `id` (_string_) The ID of the prompt template _Available in: v65.0_ * `isStandard` (_boolean_) Boolean indicating whether the prompt template is standard _Available in: v65.0_ ### EinsteinPromptTemplate Comprehensive representation for prompt template operations including creation, updates, and activation * `additionalData` (_object_) WrappedMap Additional data, such as references _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `WrappedMap`. * `errorMessages` (_array of string_) A list of error Messages _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `hasWarning` (_boolean_) Boolean indicating if there are warning messages _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isSuccessful` (_boolean_) Boolean indicating if operation was successful _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `statusCode` (_string_) The status code _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `templateId` (_string_) The template Id _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `templateType` (_string_) The template type _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `versionId` (_string_) The version ID _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `warningMessages` (_array of string_) A list of warning messages _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### EinsteinPromptTemplateGenerationsInput Prompt template input parameters and LLM provider to use for generation. * `additionalConfig` (_object_, required) EinsteinLlmAdditionalConfigInput Configuration information for the LLM provider. _Available in: v60.0_ Includes all fields of `EinsteinLlmAdditionalConfigInput`. * `citationMode` (_string_) Mode of citations for the specified prompt template. Valid values are: * `post_generation` —Citations are generated after the generated response for the specified prompt template. * `off` —Citations aren't generated for the specified prompt template. _Available in: v62.0_ Allowed values: `post_generation`, `off`. * `inputParams` (_object_, required) Parameters and values to resolve the specified prompt template. _Available in: v60.0_ Additional properties: `WrappedValue`. * `isPreview` (_boolean_, required) Specifies whether to only resolve the prompt template (`true`) or to resolve the prompt template and generate an LLM response (`false`). _Available in: v60.0_ * `outputLanguage` (_string_) Language code for the language to generate the LLM response in. See [Supported Languages in Prompt Template Responses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.prompt_builder_localize_responses.htm&type=5). _Available in: v61.0_ * `tags` (_object_) Map of wrapped values, such as free-form user feedback, that can be used to resolve a specified prompt template. _Available in: v62.0_ Additional properties: `WrappedValue`. ### EinsteinPromptTemplateGenerations Generated response from the specified LLM provider and resolved prompt template text. * `citations` (_object_) EinsteinLlmGenerationCitation Source information associated with the generated responses. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `EinsteinLlmGenerationCitation`. * `fileData` (_array of EinsteinPromptTemplateAttachment_) File data of the input files used in generation. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `generationErrors` (_array of EinsteinPromptTemplateGenerationsError_) List of errors associated with the generated responses, if any. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `generations` (_array of EinsteinLlmGenerationItem_) List of generated responses from the LLM provider. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isSummarized` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the generated response contains summarized text `(true)` or not `(false)`. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `mergeFieldInformation` (_object_) Merge field information mapping used for annotations in the resolved prompt. _Available in: v64.0_ Additional properties: `EinsteinPromptTemplateMergeFieldInformationContext`. * `parameters` (_object_) WrappedMap Map of parameters and values for the LLM provider parameters. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `WrappedMap`. * `prompt` (_string_) Prompt template text with resolved inputs. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `promptTemplateDevName` (_string_) Developer name or ID of the prompt template record. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renderConfiguration` (_object_) Render configuration used for rendering output in embeddable prompt display component. _Available in: v65.0_ Additional properties: `string`. * `requestId` (_string_) ID of the generation request sent to the LLM provider. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `requestMessages` (_array of EinsteinPromptTemplateMaskContent_) List of resolved prompt templates with masked data and masking information. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `responseMessages` (_array of EinsteinPromptTemplateMaskContent_) List of generated responses with masked data and masking information for the specified prompt template. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `slotsMaskingInformation` (_array of EinsteinPromptTemplateMaskData_) List of original and placeholder values of the masked data. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### EinsteinPromptRecord Prompt template record. * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the prompt template record. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `childRelationships` (_object_) Map of prompt template name and prompt template records that are versions of the prompt template. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Additional properties: `EinsteinPromptRecord`. * `fields` (_object_) Map of field name and prompt template record fields. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Additional properties: `EinsteinPromptRecordField`. * `id` (_string_) ID of the prompt template record. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isStandard` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the prompt template record is a standard prompt template `(true)` or user-created prompt template `(false)`. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### GroundingSourceInput Grounding source configuration. The `sourceType` field is the discriminator; the remaining fields apply conditionally based on its value: * SFDRIVE: file-based library (optionally set `indexMode`) * KNOWLEDGE: knowledge article library (set `knowledgeConfig`) * RETRIEVER: existing retriever (set `retrieverId`) Discriminator: `sourceType` selects the concrete type. Mapping: `SFDRIVE` → `FileGroundingSourceInput`, `KNOWLEDGE` → `KnowledgeGroundingSourceInput`, `RETRIEVER` → `RetrieverGroundingSourceInput`. * `sourceType` (_string_) Source type discriminator: SFDRIVE, KNOWLEDGE, or RETRIEVER. Allowed values: `SFDRIVE`, `KNOWLEDGE`, `RETRIEVER`. * `knowledgeConfig` (_KnowledgeConfigInput_) * `retrieverId` (_string_) Existing retriever ID (implies sourceType=RETRIEVER) Example: `0pmSG000000001K`. * `indexMode` (_string_) Index mode: BASIC or ENHANCED. Only applicable when sourceType=SFDRIVE. Allowed values: `BASIC`, `ENHANCED`. Default: `BASIC`. ### LibraryStatusEnum Indexing status ( `LibraryStatusEnum` ). `READY` , `IN_PROGRESS` , `FAILED` , `UNKNOWN` , `INCOMPLETE` , or `NO_SOURCES` . _Available in: v66.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `READY`, `IN_PROGRESS`, `FAILED`, `UNKNOWN`, `INCOMPLETE`, `NO_SOURCES`. ### RetrieverDetail Structured retriever details * `apiName` (_string_, nullable) Retriever developer name. Currently not populated (Reserved for future use.) * `label` (_string_, nullable) Retriever display label * `id` (_string_, nullable) Retriever ID ### RetrieverActionDetail Structured retriever action details * `apiName` (_string_, nullable) Retriever Action developer name * `label` (_string_, nullable) Retriever Action display label * `id` (_string_, nullable) Retriever Action asset ID ### GroundingSourceOutput Grounding source details. The `groundingSourceType` field determines which type-specific fields are populated (nulls are suppressed): * `SFDRIVE` → `indexMode`, `groundingFileRefs` * `KNOWLEDGE` → `knowledgeConfig` * `RETRIEVER` → `retrieverId`, `retrieverLabel` * `SITEMAP` → (no additional fields) Discriminator: `groundingSourceType` selects the concrete type. * `groundingSourceType` (_string_) Grounding source type discriminator. Allowed values: `SFDRIVE`, `KNOWLEDGE`, `RETRIEVER`, `SITEMAP`. * `indexMode` (_string_) Index mode: BASIC or ENHANCED (only when groundingSourceType is SFDRIVE) Allowed values: `BASIC`, `ENHANCED`. * `knowledgeConfig` (_KnowledgeConfigOutput_) * `retrieverId` (_string_) Retriever ID (if groundingSourceType=RETRIEVER) * `retrieverLabel` (_string_) Retriever label (if groundingSourceType=RETRIEVER) * `totalFileCount` (_integer_) Total number of file references in this grounding source * `groundingFileRefs` (_array of GroundingFileRefOutput_) Grounding file references associated with this grounding source (populated on GET, only when groundingSourceType is SFDRIVE) ### FileInfoInput File metadata for upload URL generation * `fileName` (_string_, required) File name with extension (e.g., 'document.pdf'). Max 195 characters. Maximum length: 195. Example: `user_manual.pdf`. ### FileUploadUrlOutput Presigned URL for file upload * `fileName` (_string_) File name. _Available in: v66.0_ Example: `user_manual.pdf`. * `uploadUrl` (_string_) Presigned S3 PUT URL. Contains raw `&` separators (not HTML-encoded); use this URL directly for PUT upload (no decoding needed). _Available in: v66.0_ Example: `https://s3.amazonaws.com/bucket/path?X-Amz-Algorithm=AWS4-HMAC-SHA256&X-Amz-Credential=...`. * `filePath` (_string_) S3 file path (example: `$agentforce_data_library$/1JDSG000007IbWX4A0/user_manual.pdf` ). _Available in: v66.0_ Example: `$agentforce_data_library$/1JDSG000007IbWX4A0/user_manual.pdf`. * `headers` (_object_) String map with the required headers for the upload (for example, BYOK encryption). _Available in: v66.0_ Additional properties: `string`. ### GroundingFileRefOutput File reference within a grounding source * `fileId` (_string_) File reference record ID * `fileName` (_string_) File name * `filePath` (_string_) File path in storage Example: `$agentforce_data_library$/1JDSG000007IbWX4A0/user_manual.pdf`. * `fileSize` (_number (double)_) File size in bytes * `status` (_string_) File processing status: UPLOADED, INDEXING, INDEXED, UPLOAD\_FAILED, INDEX\_FAILED, DELETING, DELETE\_FAILED. Allowed values: `UPLOADED`, `INDEXING`, `INDEXED`, `UPLOAD_FAILED`, `INDEX_FAILED`, `DELETING`, `DELETE_FAILED`. * `groundingSourceId` (_string_) Grounding source ID this file belongs to * `createdDate` (_string_) Date the file reference was created * `createdBy` (_string_) Name of user who created the file reference * `createdById` (_string_) ID of user who created the file reference ### UploadedFileInfoInput Confirmation of an uploaded file * `filePath` (_string_, required) File path returned by /file-upload-urls: $agentforce\_data\_library$//. Must reference the current library — cross-library file paths are rejected with 400. Example: `$agentforce_data_library$/1JDSG000007IbWX4A0/user_manual.pdf`. * `fileSize` (_integer (int64)_, required) File size in bytes Example: `2500000`. ### ProvisionStatusOutput Current library provision status with per-stage breakdown * `libraryId` (_string_) Library ID. _Available in: v66.0_ * `status` (_object_) LibraryStatusEnum Overall status. _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `LibraryStatusEnum`. * `currentStage` (_string_) Current stage ( `GroundingSourceStageEnum` ). Values are `DATA_STREAM` , `FILE_MIGRATION` , `DATA_LAKE_OBJECT` , `DATA_MODEL_OBJECT` , `SEARCH_INDEX` , `RETRIEVER` . _Available in: v66.0_ * `stages` (_object_) Deprecated. Use `stageDetails` instead. Map of per-stage status details. _Available in: v66.0_ * `stageDetails` (_array of StageDetail_) Ordered array of `StageDetail` objects (execution order). _Available in: v67.0_ * `lastUpdatedAt` (_integer (int64)_) Last update time (Unix epoch milliseconds). _Available in: v66.0_ ### WrappedValue Value wrapped for use as an object. * `value` (_object_, required) Value to wrap. _Available in: v60.0_ ### WrappedMap Map of a parameter name and value. * `wrappedMap` (_object_) Map of parameter name and value. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. ### EinsteinLlmAdditionalConfigInput Additional configuration information for the LLM provider. * `additionalParameters` (_object_) Map of parameters and values for the LLM provider. _Available in: v60.0_ Additional properties: `WrappedValue`. * `applicationName` (_string_, required) Name of the application. _Available in: v60.0_ * `enablePiiMasking` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to mask personally identifiable information (PII) (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v60.0_ * `frequencyPenalty` (_number (double)_) Use to reduce the repetitiveness of generated tokens. The higher the value, the stronger a penalty is applied to previously present tokens, proportional to how many times they already appeared in the prompt or in prior generations. Minimum value is `0.0`. Maximum value is `1.0`. _Available in: v60.0_ * `maxTokens` (_integer_) Maximum number of tokens to generate. _Available in: v60.0_ * `numGenerations` (_integer_) Number of generation requests to send to the LLM provider. _Available in: v60.0_ * `presencePenalty` (_number (double)_) Use to reduce the repetitiveness of generated tokens. This value is similar to frequency penalty, except that this penalty is applied equally to all tokens that already appeared, regardless of their exact frequencies. Minimum value is `0.0`, and maximum value is `1.0`. _Available in: v60.0_ * `stopSequences` (_array of string_) Generated text is cut at the end of the earliest occurrence of a stop sequence. _Available in: v60.0_ * `temperature` (_number (double)_) Sampling temperature to use. Higher values mean the model takes more risks. Lower temperatures mean that generations are less random. Minimum value is `0.0`, and maximum value is `1.0` _Available in: v60.0_ ### EinsteinLlmGenerationCitation Source information associated with a generated response. * `citedReferences` (_array of EinsteinLlmGenerationGenAiCitedReference_) List of metadata for the sources that are cited in the generated response. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sourceReferences` (_array of EinsteinLlmGenAiSourceReference_) List of sources from one or more data providers. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EinsteinPromptTemplateAttachment Data for file attachments to prompts. * `exclusionInfo` (_object_) EinsteinPromptTemplateAttachmentExclusionInfo Information about file attachments that cannot be processed. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `EinsteinPromptTemplateAttachmentExclusionInfo`. * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file attachment. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) Content document ID of the file attachment. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `latestPublishedVersion` (_string_) Content version ID of the file attachment. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parentName` (_string_) ParentName of the file attachment. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file attachment. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EinsteinPromptTemplateGenerationsError Error response to a prompt template generation request. * `errorMessage` (_string_) Message stating the reason for the error, if any. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `httpErrorCode` (_string_) HTTP status code, if any. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `localizedErrorMessage` (_string_) Translated error message, if available. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `messageCode` (_string_) Message code associated with the error message, if any. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### EinsteinLlmGenerationItem Generated response from the LLM provider. * `contentQualityRepresentation` (_object_) EinsteinLlmGenerationsContentQuality Specifies whether the generated response contains toxic language `(true)` or not `(false)`. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `EinsteinLlmGenerationsContentQuality`. * `parameters` (_string_) Parameter values for the LLM provider. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `responseId` (_string_) ID of the generated response. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `safetyScoreRepresentation` (_object_) EinsteinLlmGenerationsSafetyScore Safety score information related to the generated response. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `EinsteinLlmGenerationsSafetyScore`. * `structuredResponse` (_string_) Structured response representation of the generated response. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text of generated response. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EinsteinPromptTemplateMergeFieldInformationContext Representation for merge field information context * `value` (_string_) Value of the merge field _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EinsteinPromptTemplateMaskContent Generated response for a prompt template or resolved prompt template with masked data and masking information. * `content` (_string_) Text of generated response or resolved prompt template with masked data. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `moderationSettings` (_object_) EinsteinPromptTemplateMaskSettings Data masking settings for the specified prompt template. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `EinsteinPromptTemplateMaskSettings`. * `role` (_string_) Role in the Salesforce role hierarchy of the user executing the prompt template. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### EinsteinPromptTemplateMaskData Information about masked data for a prompt template. * `originalValue` (_string_) Original value of the masked data. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `placeHolder` (_string_) Placeholder value of the masked data. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `recognizers` (_array of string_) Reserved for internal use. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### EinsteinPromptRecordField Field values for the specified prompt template record field. * `displayValue` (_string_) Visible value of a prompt template record field. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string | boolean | integer_) Raw data value of a prompt template record field. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `string`, `boolean`, `integer`. ### KnowledgeConfigInput Knowledge article grounding configuration. **For CREATE:** Both primaryIndexField1 and primaryIndexField2 are REQUIRED. **For UPDATE (PATCH):** Primary fields cannot be changed after creation (immutable). Only contentFields and boolean flags can be updated. * `primaryIndexField1` (_string_, required) Primary field for indexing (e.g., 'Title'). REQUIRED for CREATE, immutable after creation. Example: `Title`. * `primaryIndexField2` (_string_, required) Secondary field for indexing (e.g., 'Summary'). REQUIRED for CREATE, immutable after creation. Example: `Summary`. * `contentFields` (_array of string_) Content fields to include for grounding (e.g., \['Detail\_\_c', 'UrlName'\]). Can be updated after creation. _Example_ ``` [ "Detail__c", "Summary" ] ``` * `isRestrictToPublicArticle` (_boolean_) Only use published articles. Default false. Can be updated after creation. Default: `false`. * `isDataCategoryRuleEnabled` (_boolean_) Enable data category filtering. Default false. Can be updated after creation. Default: `false`. * `dataCategorySelectionIds` (_array of string_) Data category IDs to filter Knowledge articles (15 or 18 character Salesforce IDs). You can provide dataCategorySelectionIds, dataCategorySelectionNames, or both — they will be merged. Only articles matching these categories will be indexed in the library. _Example_ ``` [ "0GRxx000000001AAA", "0GRxx000000002BBB" ] ``` * `dataCategorySelectionNames` (_array of string_) Data category names in qualified format: `groupDeveloperName.categoryDeveloperName` This is a human-readable alternative to using category IDs. The qualified format makes it easy to specify categories without looking up their IDs. **Format:** `groupDeveloperName.categoryDeveloperName` **Examples:** * `"Products.Electronics"` — Electronics category in Products group * `"Geography.NorthAmerica"` — North America category in Geography group * `"Services.Support"` — Support category in Services group **How to find the qualified names:** 1. Go to Setup → Data Category Groups 2. Find your group (e.g., "Products") — this is the groupDeveloperName 3. Click into the group and find the category (e.g., "Electronics") — this is the categoryDeveloperName 4. Combine them: "Products.Electronics" **Note:** You can provide dataCategorySelectionIds, dataCategorySelectionNames, or both — they will be merged. Names are automatically converted to IDs before storage. _Example_ ``` [ "Products.Electronics", "Geography.NorthAmerica", "Services.Support" ] ``` ### KnowledgeConfigOutput Knowledge article configuration (read-only) * `primaryIndexField1` (_string_) Primary index field * `primaryIndexField2` (_string_) Secondary index field * `contentFields` (_array of string_) Content fields included for grounding * `isRestrictToPublicArticle` (_boolean_) Public articles only flag * `isDataCategoryRuleEnabled` (_boolean_) Data category filtering enabled * `dataCategorySelectionIds` (_array of string_) Selected data category IDs (15 or 18 character Salesforce IDs). These are the IDs of the data categories that filter which Knowledge articles are indexed in this library. _Example_ ``` [ "0GRxx000000001AAA", "0GRxx000000002BBB" ] ``` * `dataCategorySelectionNames` (_array of string_) Selected data category names in qualified format: `groupDeveloperName.categoryDeveloperName` This field provides human-readable category names corresponding to the IDs returned in dataCategorySelectionIds. The qualified format shows both the category group and the category name for clarity. **Examples:** * `"Products.Electronics"` — Electronics category in Products group * `"Geography.NorthAmerica"` — North America category in Geography group * `"Services.Support"` — Support category in Services group **Note:** This field is automatically populated by converting the stored category IDs to their qualified names. You can use these names directly when updating the library configuration. _Example_ ``` [ "Products.Electronics", "Geography.NorthAmerica", "Services.Support" ] ``` ### StageDetail Details for a single grounding source stage * `name` (_string_) Stage name (for example, `DATA_LAKE_OBJECT` , `SEARCH_INDEX` ). _Available in: v67.0_ * `status` (_string_) `SUCCESS` , `IN_PROGRESS` , `FAILED` , or `SCHEDULED` . _Available in: v67.0_ * `completedAt` (_integer (int64)_) Completion timestamp (Unix epoch milliseconds). Present only when status is `SUCCESS` . _Available in: v67.0_ * `startedAt` (_integer (int64)_) Start timestamp (Unix epoch milliseconds). Present only when status is `IN_PROGRESS` . _Available in: v67.0_ * `error` (_string_) Error message. Present only when status is `FAILED` . _Available in: v67.0_ * `errorCode` (_string_) Error code constant (only present if status is FAILED) * `artifacts` (_array of StageArtifact_) Artifacts produced by this stage. Only populated when `?includeArtifacts=true` is passed. Null/omitted when the parameter is false (default), for stages without artifacts (e.g., INDEXING, DATA\_STREAM), or when the stage has not yet completed. When populated, DLO and DMO artifacts include both `apiName` and `id` (resolved via targeted SOQL). SearchIndex and Retriever artifacts include `apiName`/`label` and `id` from the Retriever SOQL relationship. ### EinsteinLlmGenerationGenAiCitedReference Metadata from an input source that is cited in a generated response. * `link` (_string_) URL for the source that is cited in a generated response. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sourceObjectApiName` (_string_) API name of the source record that is cited in a generated response. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sourceObjectRecordId` (_string_) ID of the source record that is cited in a generated response. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EinsteinLlmGenAiSourceReference Source from a data provider. * `contents` (_array of EinsteinLlmGenerationGenAiSourceContentInfo_) List of values from the source that are used for grounding a generated response. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `metadata` (_array of EinsteinLlmGenerationGenAiSourceReferenceInfo_) List of metadata for the source, such as URLs or record IDs. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EinsteinPromptTemplateAttachmentExclusionInfo Representation for info of file exclusion from LLM requests * `exclusionReason` (_string_) Reason for file exclusion from LLM request _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isExcluded` (_boolean_) True if the file is excluded from LLM request, false otherwise _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EinsteinLlmGenerationsContentQuality Quality information about the generated response. * `isToxicityDetected` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the generated response contains toxic language `(true)` or not `(false)`. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### EinsteinLlmGenerationsSafetyScore Safety score information related to the LLM response. * `hateScore` (_number (double)_) A higher value means the generated response is more likely to contain text that expresses, incites, or promotes hatred, violence, or severe harm towards the targeted group. Minimum value of `0.0`. Maximum value of `1.0`. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `physicalScore` (_number (double)_) A higher value means the generated response is more likely to contain text with unsafe advice that may harm the user or others physically, or text that promotes, encourages, or depicts acts of self-harm. Minimum value of `0.0`. Maximum value of `1.0`. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `profanityScore` (_number (double)_) A higher value means the generated response is more likely to contain swear words, curse words, or obscene or profane language. Minimum value of `0.0`. Maximum value of `1.0`. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `safetyScore` (_number (double)_) Overall safety score based on the `hateScore`, `physicalScore`, `profanityScore`, `sexualScore`, `toxicityScore`, and `violenceScore`. A higher value means the generated response is more likely to be safe. Minimum value of `0.0`. Maximum value of `1.0`. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `sexualScore` (_number (double)_) A higher value means the generated response is more likely to contain text meant to arouse sexual excitement or promote sexual services. Minimum value of `0.0`. Maximum value of `1.0`. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `toxicityScore` (_number (double)_) A higher value means the generated response is more likely to contain text that is rude, disrespectful, or unreasonable. Minimum value of `0.0`. Maximum value of `1.0`. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `violenceScore` (_number (double)_) A higher value means the generated response is more likely to contain text that promotes or glorifies violence or celebrates the suffering or humiliation of others. Minimum value of `0.0`. Maximum value of `1.0`. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### EinsteinPromptTemplateMaskSettings Data masking settings for a prompt template. * `enableModeration` (_boolean_) Specifies whether data masking is enabled `(true)` or not `(false)`. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### StageArtifact Artifact produced by a provisioning stage * `assetType` (_StageAssetTypeEnum_) * `apiName` (_string_, nullable) Developer name / API name of the asset * `label` (_string_, nullable) Display label of the asset * `id` (_string_, nullable) Entity ID of the asset ### EinsteinLlmGenerationGenAiSourceContentInfo Values from a source that is cited in a generated response. * `content` (_string_) Text from the source that is cited in the generated response. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fieldName` (_string_) API name of the field that is cited in the generated response, such as `Opportunity.Amount`. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `objectName` (_string_) API name of the object that is cited in the generated response, such as `Opportunity`. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EinsteinLlmGenerationGenAiSourceReferenceInfo Metadata from a source from a data provider. * `link` (_string_) URL for the source from the data provider. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sourceObjectApiName` (_string_) API name of the source record. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sourceObjectRecordId` (_string_) ID of the source record. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### StageAssetTypeEnum Type of asset produced by a provisioning stage Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DLO`, `DMO`, `SEARCH_INDEX`, `RETRIEVER`, `RETRIEVER_ACTION`. ### FileGroundingSourceInput Grounding source variant for SFDRIVE (file-based) libraries. * `sourceType` (_string_) Always SFDRIVE for this variant Allowed values: `SFDRIVE`. * `indexMode` (_string_) Index mode: BASIC or ENHANCED. Defaults to BASIC. Allowed values: `BASIC`, `ENHANCED`. Default: `BASIC`. ### KnowledgeGroundingSourceInput Grounding source variant for KNOWLEDGE article libraries. * `sourceType` (_string_) Always KNOWLEDGE for this variant Allowed values: `KNOWLEDGE`. * `knowledgeConfig` (_KnowledgeConfigInput_) ### RetrieverGroundingSourceInput Grounding source variant for RETRIEVER libraries (existing custom retriever). * `sourceType` (_string_) Always RETRIEVER for this variant Allowed values: `RETRIEVER`. * `retrieverId` (_string_) Existing retriever ID. The retriever must be active (have an active configuration) at the time of creation; otherwise the request is rejected with `ADL_RETRIEVER_NOT_ACTIVE` (exists but inactive) or `ADL_RETRIEVER_NOT_FOUND` (cannot be located). Example: `0pmSG000000001K`. ### FileProvisionOutput Provision response variant for SFDRIVE (file-based) libraries. * `libraryId` (_string_) Library ID * `sourceType` (_string_) Always SFDRIVE for this variant Allowed values: `SFDRIVE`. * `status` (_object_) LibraryStatusEnum Indexing status Includes all fields of `LibraryStatusEnum`. * `message` (_string_) Status message * `filesAccepted` (_integer_) Number of files accepted ### KnowledgeProvisionOutput Provision response variant for KNOWLEDGE article libraries. * `libraryId` (_string_) Library ID * `sourceType` (_string_) Always KNOWLEDGE for this variant Allowed values: `KNOWLEDGE`. * `status` (_object_) LibraryStatusEnum Indexing status Includes all fields of `LibraryStatusEnum`. * `message` (_string_) Status message ### EinsteinPromptTemplateBase Base comprehensive representation for prompt template operations including creation, updates, and activation/deactivation * `additionalData` (_object_) WrappedMap Additional data, such as references _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `WrappedMap`. * `errorMessages` (_array of string_) A list of error Messages _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `hasWarning` (_boolean_) Boolean indicating if there are warning messages _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isSuccessful` (_boolean_) Boolean indicating if operation was successful _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `statusCode` (_string_) The status code _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `templateId` (_string_) The template Id _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `templateType` (_string_) The template type _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `warningMessages` (_array of string_) A list of warning messages _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ # API End-of-Life Policy Salesforce is committed to supporting each API version for a minimum of three years from the date of first release. To mature and improve the quality and performance of the API, Salesforce sometimes ends support for versions that are more than three years old. Salesforce notifies customers who use an API version scheduled for deprecation at least one year before support for the version ends. | Salesforce API Versions | Version Support Status | Version Retirement Info | | ----------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Versions 41.0 through 68.0 | Supported. | | | Versions 31.0 through 40.0 | Supported. | [Salesforce Platform API Versions 31.0 through 40.0 Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=005321531&type=1) | | Versions 21.0 through 30.0 | As of Summer ’25, these versions are retired and unavailable. | [Salesforce Platform API Versions 21.0 through 30.0 Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000389618&type=1) | | Versions 7.0 through 20.0 | As of Summer ’22, these versions are retired and unavailable. | [Salesforce Platform API Versions 7.0 through 20.0 Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=000380623&type=1) | If you request any resource or use an operation from a retired API version, REST API returns the `410:GONE` error code. To identify requests made from old or unsupported API versions, use the free [API Total Usage](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_eventlogfile_apitotalusage.htm) event type. # Build the Resource URL Access Connect REST API resources by using the URI for your company's instance, combined with version and Experience Cloud site information, and the URI for the resource. For example, building a URL without Experience Cloud sites, your instance is: ``` https://{instanceName} ``` And the version information is: ``` /services/data/v68.0 ``` And the resource is: ``` /chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements ``` Put together, the full URL is: ``` https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/chatter/ feeds/news/me/feed-elements ``` To access resources that are part of an Experience Cloud site, use this path after the version information and before the resource: ``` /connect/communities/{communityId} ``` For example, the following full URL accesses a news feed resource in a site: ``` https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/connect /communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements ``` To access resources in the default Experience Cloud site, use the `internal` shortcut as the site ID: ``` /connect/communities/internal ``` You can use the `internal` shortcut even if digital experiences isn’t enabled. For example, if you’re developing an application for multiple orgs, not all of which use Experience Cloud sites, you can use this shortcut. The response bodies include URLs with `/connect/communities/internal`. This format enables you to perform string interpolation when referencing Experience Cloud sites. To access resources in the default Experience Cloud site, you can also use the `/chatter` resources directly (without `/connect/communities/internal`). The response bodies don’t include URLs with `/connect/communities/internal`. In addition, you can use your org’s URL for an Experience Cloud site to access resources in it. For example: ``` https://{myDomainName}.my.site.com/{sitePath}/services/data/v68.0/connect /communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements ``` **note:** To query resources from your Salesforce org where Experience Cloud sites have same-named objects, such as Groups, you must make the request from your Experience Cloud site. My Domain name or site-specific resources are returned. Chatter Connect REST API # Chatter Connect REST API > **Note**: The API Reference has a new three-panel layout. Browse grouped endpoints on the left, review endpoint details in the center, and access examples on the right. These REST API resources require Chatter and have a per user, per application, per hour rate limit. This rate limit is different from other Connect REST API resources. When you exceed the rate limit, Chatter REST API resources return a 503 Service Unavailable error code. **Important**: Where possible, we changed noninclusive terms to align with our company value of Equality. We maintained certain terms to avoid any effect on customer implementations. **Version:** v68.0 ## Servers * `https://{MyDomainName}.my.salesforce.com/services/data/v68.0` API server for your Salesforce org. * ``MyDomainName (default None) Your org's My Domain name, which is used as a subdomain for the URLs that Salesforce uses to serve your org. For example, if your Lightning URL is `https://yourcompanyname.lightning.force.com`, then your My Domain name is `yourcompanyname`. Find your My Domain name and login URL on the My Domain page in Setup, or use the `getMyDomainName()` method in the Apex Domain class.`` ## Tags ### Announcements Resources Get the announcements for the specified parent or create an announcement. Also get information about, update, or delete an announcement. Use an announcement to highlight information. Users can discuss, like, and post comments on announcements. Deleting the feed post deletes the announcement. Creating an announcement also creates a feed item with the announcement text. An announcement displays in a designated location in the Salesforce UI until 11:59 p.m. on its expiration date, unless it’s deleted or replaced by another announcement. ### Chatter Resources Get a directory of Chatter feeds, groups, and users resources. Control when Chatter email digests are sent. Get a list of supported emojis. Get extensions. Get link metadata. Get information about, update, and delete Chatter streams. ### Custom Recommendation Audience Resources Target specific audiences for your custom recommendations. Use these resources to get information about, create, update, and delete recommendation audiences. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. These recommendations appear by default on the Customer Service template. They appear on the home and question detail pages and in the feed in Salesforce mobile web. They also appear anywhere community managers add recommendations using Experience Builder in the Customer Service template. So that users don’t see the same recommendations all the time, Salesforce periodically removes and brings back custom recommendations that haven’t been accepted or dismissed. ### Custom Recommendation Definition Resources Recommendation definitions allow you to create custom recommendations that appear in Experience Cloud sites, encouraging users to watch videos, take training and more. Use these resources to get information about, create, modify, and delete recommendation definitions. Also get information about, upload, modify, and delete recommendation definition photos. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. These recommendations appear by default on the Customer Service template. They appear on the home and question detail pages and in the feed in Salesforce mobile web. They also appear anywhere community managers add recommendations using Experience Builder in the Customer Service template. So that users don’t see the same recommendations all the time, Salesforce periodically removes and brings back custom recommendations that haven’t been accepted or dismissed. ### Followers on Records Resources Get information about the followers of the specified record. ### Groups Resources Information about groups, such as the group's members, photo, and the groups in the organization. Create and delete a group, add members to a group, and change the group photo. The groups resource is not a feed. To view the feed for a group, use the [Record Feed URL](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Record-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_record__cc_record_feed_url) resource with a group ID for `{recordId}`. ### Influence Resources List of the percentile thresholds used to categorize an organization’s users by their influence in Chatter. Users are ranked based on the number of posts and comments made, and comments and likes received. The percentile associated with a category represents the bottom threshold for that influencer category. For example: `0.25` defines the cutoff for the `Active Influencer` category, which means it includes users with an influence rank equal to or greater than the 25th percentile (25%) and less than the next highest category threshold. ### Likes Resources Information about the specified like. Also used to delete a like. ### Mentions Resources Get a list of proposed mentions that a user can choose from. Get information about whether the specified mentions are valid for the context user. ### Missions Resources Update a user’s mission activity count. Export and purge mission activity for a user. Purge mission activity for all users. Get a user’s mission progress. ### Question and Answers Suggestions Resources Get question and answers suggestions. ### Scheduled Custom Recommendations Resources Get information about, create, update, or delete scheduled custom recommendations. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. ### Subscriptions Notifications Member Resources Get information about the frequency with which a user receives subscription notifications. Subscribe or unsubscribe a user from receiving notifications. When users opt to receive notifications for the topics they follow, they get an email when the topic is added to a post that they have access to. When users opt to receive notifications for their streams, they get an email on every post in the stream. ### Subscriptions Resources Information about the specified subscription. Also used to delete a subscription, for example, to unfollow a record or a topic. A subscription ID is returned as part of the response body for `follower` and `following` resources, for example, `/records/{recordId}/followers`. In addition, subscriptions IDs are also returned in many summary response bodies, such as group summary or user summary. ### Topics Resources Get endorsements for a topic and endorse someone for a topic. Get the groups recently contributing to a topic. Get knowledgeable people for a topic. Opt out of being knowledgeable about a topic and opt back in. ### User Profiles Resources The user profile data populates the profile page (also called the Chatter profile page). This data includes user information (such as address, manager, and phone number), some user capabilities (permissions), and a set of subtab apps, which are custom tabs on the profile page. ### Users Resources Get information about the user, such as who is following the user and the user's recommendations. Post feed items and update conversation status. ## Operations ### GET Chatter Directory `GET /chatter` Operation ID: `getChatterRootDirectory`. Tags: Chatter Resources. Describes the URLs to the sub-resources available under /chatter. Get a directory of Chatter feeds, groups, and users resources. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Chatter Directory_ Chatter directory. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ChatterDirectory`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "feeds": "/services/data/v67.0/chatter/feeds", "groups": "/services/data/v67.0/chatter/groups", "users": "/services/data/v67.0/chatter/users" } ``` ### GET Announcements `GET /chatter/announcements` Operation ID: `getAnnouncementCollection`. Tags: Announcements Resources. Returns a list of announcements for the specified parent. Get the announcements for the specified parent. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/announcements` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you pass in `null` or 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v36.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of announcements per page. _Available in: v36.0_ * `parentId` (query, string, required) ID of the parent entity for the announcement, that is, a group ID when the announcement appears in a group. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Announcement Page_ A paginated collection of Announcement response bodies. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AnnouncementCollection`. ### POST Announcements `POST /chatter/announcements` Operation ID: `postAnnouncementCollection`. Tags: Announcements Resources. Returns a list of announcements for the specified parent. Create an announcement. Creating an announcement also creates a feed item with the announcement text. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/announcements` _Available in: v36.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/announcements/{announcementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Announcements-Resources/operation/getAnnouncement) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AnnouncementInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Creating an announcement ``` { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "text": "Please install the updates for all iOS devices.", "type": "Text" } ] }, "parentId": "0F9B0000000004S", "expirationDate": "2016-02-22T00:00:00.000Z" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Creating an announcement using an existing feed item ``` { "feedItemId": "0D5D0000000DaZBKA0", "expirationDate": "2016-02-22T00:00:00.000Z" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Announcement_ An announcement. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/announcements/{announcementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Announcements-Resources/operation/getAnnouncement) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Announcement `GET /chatter/announcements/{announcementId}` Operation ID: `getAnnouncement`. Tags: Announcements Resources. Access information about an announcement in a group. Get information about an announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/announcements/{announcementId}` _Available in: v31.0_ #### Parameters * `announcementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the announcement. Pattern: ^(0Bt)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Announcement_ An announcement. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Announcement`. ### DELETE Announcement `DELETE /chatter/announcements/{announcementId}` Operation ID: `deleteAnnouncement`. Tags: Announcements Resources. Access information about an announcement in a group. Delete an announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/announcements/{announcementId}` _Available in: v31.0_ #### Parameters * `announcementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the announcement. Pattern: ^(0Bt)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH Announcement `PATCH /chatter/announcements/{announcementId}` Operation ID: `patchAnnouncement`. Tags: Announcements Resources. Access information about an announcement in a group. Update an announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/announcements/{announcementId}` _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/announcements/{announcementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Announcements-Resources/operation/getAnnouncement) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `announcementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the announcement. Pattern: ^(0Bt)\\w\*. * `expirationDate` (query, string, required) Date time in ISO 8601 format. The Salesforce UI displays an announcement until 11:59 p.m. on this date unless another announcement is posted first. The Salesforce UI ignores the time value in the `expirationDate`. However, you can use the time value to create your own display logic in your own UI. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Request body (required) _Available in: v31.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AnnouncementInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Updating an announcement ``` { "expirationDate": "2016-02-22T00:00:00.000Z", "isArchived": "false" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Announcement_ An announcement. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/announcements/{announcementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Announcements-Resources/operation/getAnnouncement) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### POST Chatter Digests `POST /chatter/digests` Operation ID: `submitDigestJob`. Tags: Chatter Resources. Some orgs need more control over when digest emails are sent. To give them this control, the ChatterDigestEmailsApiOnly pref needs to be enabled, which will turn off the normal digest scheduling and allow the admin to trigger the digest processes on demand. Control when daily and weekly Chatter email digests are sent. The times when Chatter sends email digests are not configurable in the UI. To control when email digests are sent and to use this resource, contact Salesforce to enable API-only Chatter Digests. **Caution**: Enabling API-only Chatter Digests disables the scheduled digests for your org. You must call the API for your users to receive their digests. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Parameters * `period` (query, DigestPeriod, required) Time period that’s included in a Chatter email digest. Values are: * `DailyDigest` — The email includes up to the 50 latest posts from the previous day. * `WeeklyDigest` — The email includes up to the 50 latest posts from the previous week. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Request body (required) Submit a daily or weekly Chatter email digest job. _Available in: v37.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DigestJobInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "period": "DailyDigest" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Digest Job_ Represents a successfully enqueued API digest job request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DigestJob`. ### GET Emojis `GET /chatter/emojis` Operation ID: `getSupportedEmojis`. Tags: Chatter Resources. A list of emojis that will be used to dictate which emojis are allowed in the org. The list will also be used to populate the emoji selector displayed in the UI. The 'emojiEnabled' perm must be turned on for users to retrieve the list, or see the selector. Get a list of emojis that are supported in the org. To get the list, emojis must be enabled in your org. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Supported Emoji_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SupportedEmojisOutput`. ### GET Chatter Extensions `GET /chatter/extensions` Operation ID: `getExtensionCollection`. Tags: Chatter Resources. Chatter Extension resource. Get extensions. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/extensions` _Available in: v40.0_ #### Parameters * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response class, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you pass in `null`, the first page is returned. _Available in: v40.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. The default size is 15. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Extension Definition Collection_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExtensionDefinitionCollection`. ### GET Group Membership Requests—Private `GET /chatter/group-membership-requests/{requestId}` Operation ID: `getGroupMembershipRequest`. Tags: Groups Resources. Update the status of a request by a user to join a private group or get information about a request to join a private group. Get information about a request to join a private group. _Available in: v27.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/group-membership-requests/{requestId}` _Available in: v27.0_ #### Parameters * `requestId` (path, string (Id), required) Get the `{requestId}` by making a POST request to `/chatter/groups/{groupId}/members/requests`. Pattern: ^(0I5)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Group Membership Request_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupMembershipRequest`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` # This example updates a request to join a private group from `Pending` to # `Accepted`. /services/data/v67.0/chatter/group-membership-requests/0I5D000000002fwKAA?status=Accepted ``` ### PATCH Group Membership Requests—Private `PATCH /chatter/group-membership-requests/{requestId}` Operation ID: `patchGroupMembershipRequest`. Tags: Groups Resources. Update the status of a request by a user to join a private group or get information about a request to join a private group. Update the status of a request by a user to join a private group. _Available in: v27.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/group-membership-requests/{requestId}` _Available in: v27.0_ #### Parameters * `requestId` (path, string (Id), required) Get the `{requestId}` by making a POST request to `/chatter/groups/{groupId}/members/requests`. Pattern: ^(0I5)\\w\*. * `responseMessage` (query, string) Use this property to provide a message to the user if their membership request is declined. The value of this property is used only when the value of the `status` property is `Declined`. The maximum length is 756 characters. _Available in: v27.0_ * `status` (query, ConnectGroupMembershipRequestStatus) Status of the membership request. _Available in: v27.0_ #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UpdateGroupMembershipRequestInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Group Membership Request_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupMembershipRequest`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "status " : "Accepted" } ``` ### GET Batch Group Memberships `GET /chatter/group-memberships/batch/{membershipIds}` Operation ID: `getGroupMembershipBatch`. Tags: Groups Resources. Access information about a list of group members. The members don’t have to belong to the same group. Each membership ID is associated with a specific group. Membership IDs are returned in the response bodies of several groups resources. Access information about a list of group members. The members don’t have to belong to the same group. Each membership ID is associated with a specific group. _Available in: v27.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/group-memberships/batch/{membershipIds}` _Available in: v27.0_ #### Parameters * `membershipIds` (path, array of string (Id), required) Where `{membershipIds}` is a comma-separated list of up to 500 membership IDs. #### Responses * **200** _Batch Results_ Batch results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Batch`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This request gets the group membership information for two users: /chatter/group-memberships/batch/0FBD00000003GAPOA2,0FBD00000003GAKOA ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` # This is the Batch Results response body, which contains nested User Summary # response bodies: # # Note that the second group membership wasn’t found. Batch requests return a # status code for each subrequest. { "hasErrors": true, "results": [ { "result": { "id": "0FBD00000003GAPOA2", "role": "StandardMember", "url": "/services/data/v67.0/chatter/group-memberships/0FBD00000003GAPOA2", "user": { "companyName": "Universal Containers", "firstName": "Gordon", "id": "005D0000001LLO1IAO", "isActive": true, "isInThisCommunity": true, "lastName": "Johnson", "motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile16.png" }, "mySubscription": { "id": "0E8D0000000T5ZUKA0", "url": "/services/data/v67.0/chatter/subscriptions/0E8D0000000T5ZUKA0" }, "name": "Gordon Johnson", "photo": { "fullEmailPhotoUrl": "https://instance_name/ncsphoto/SqRfG_-PUTY6KtfOp_f0cPhKrC7plNhUw5eOz7Aj1u-oFL0K-ff2oe04ZAmT2MqC", "largePhotoUrl": "https:/instance_name/profilephoto/729D00000000LJL/F", "photoVersionId": "729D00000000LJLIA2", "smallPhotoUrl": "https://instance_name/profilephoto/729D00000000LJL/T", "standardEmailPhotoUrl": "https://instance_name/ncsphoto/SqRfG_-PUTY6KtfOp_f0cPhKrC7plNhUw5eOz7Aj1u-6d5rE2mNaMaBZfGnFX65O", "url": "/services/data/v67.0/chatter/users/005D0000001LLO1IAO/photo" }, "title": "VP Sales", "type": "User", "url": "/services/data/v67.0/chatter/users/005D0000001LLO1IAO", "userType": "Internal" } }, "statusCode": 200 }, { "result": [ { "errorCode": "NOT_FOUND", "message": "The requested resource does not exist" } ], "statusCode": 404 } ] } ``` ### GET Group Memberships Information `GET /chatter/group-memberships/{membershipId}` Operation ID: `getGroupMembership`. Tags: Groups Resources. Access information about a member of a group, or remove a member from a group. Get information about a member of a group. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/group-memberships/{membershipId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `membershipId` (path, string (Id), required) Membership IDs are returned from the `/chatter/groups/groupId/memberships` resource. Pattern: ^(0FB)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Group Member_ Chatter group member. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupMember`. ### DELETE Group Memberships Information `DELETE /chatter/group-memberships/{membershipId}` Operation ID: `deleteGroupMembership`. Tags: Groups Resources. Access information about a member of a group, or remove a member from a group. Remove a member from a group. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/group-memberships/{membershipId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `membershipId` (path, string (Id), required) Membership IDs are returned from the `/chatter/groups/groupId/memberships` resource. Pattern: ^(0FB)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH Group Memberships Information `PATCH /chatter/group-memberships/{membershipId}` Operation ID: `patchGroupMembership`. Tags: Groups Resources. Access information about a member of a group, or remove a member from a group. Update a group member’s role. **Note**: PATCH is supported in version 29.0. **Note**: To update a group member’s role in a PATCH request, pass only the `role` property, don’t pass the `userId` property. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/group-memberships/{membershipId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `membershipId` (path, string (Id), required) Membership IDs are returned from the `/chatter/groups/groupId/memberships` resource. Pattern: ^(0FB)\\w\*. * `role` (query, ConnectGroupMembershipEnum) The role of the member. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v29.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupMemberInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "role": "GroupManager", "userId": "005B0000000Ge16" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Group Member_ Chatter group member. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupMember`. ### GET Group Record `GET /chatter/group-records/{groupRecordId}` Operation ID: `getGroupRecord`. Tags: Groups Resources. Get or delete a record associated with a group. Get information about a group record. _Available in: v34.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/group-records/{groupRecordId}` _Available in: v34.0_ #### Parameters * `groupRecordId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group record. Pattern: ^(0Aa)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Group Record_ A record associated with a group. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupRecord`. ### DELETE Group Record `DELETE /chatter/group-records/{groupRecordId}` Operation ID: `deleteGroupRecord`. Tags: Groups Resources. Get or delete a record associated with a group. Remove the association between a record and a group. _Available in: v34.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/group-records/{groupRecordId}` _Available in: v34.0_ #### Parameters * `groupRecordId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group record. Pattern: ^(0Aa)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET List of Groups `GET /chatter/groups` Operation ID: `getGroupDetailCollection`. Tags: Groups Resources. Returns a list of groups in the organization. A list of all the groups in the organization. Get information about groups. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `archiveStatus` (query, ConnectGroupArchiveStatusEnum) Returns the list of groups filtered by the archive status you specify: * `All` — All groups, including groups that are archived and groups that aren’t archived. * `Archived` — Groups that are archived. * `NotArchived` — Groups that aren’t archived. The default value is `NotArchived`. _Available in: v29.0_ * `page` (query, integer) An integer specifying a page of items. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. _Available in: v23.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. The default value is 25. _Available in: v23.0_ * `q` (query, string) Specifies the string to search. For more information about wildcards, see [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v23.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Group Page_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupPage`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` /services/data/v67.0/chatter/groups?name=Chatter+API&visibility=PublicAccess ``` ### POST List of Groups `POST /chatter/groups` Operation ID: `postGroupDetailCollection`. Tags: Groups Resources. Returns a list of groups in the organization. Create a group. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups` _Available in: v29.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Groups-Resources/operation/getGroupDetail) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `canHaveChatterGuests` (query, boolean) `true` if this group allows Chatter customers, `false` otherwise. After this property is set to `true`, it cannot be set to `false`. _Available in: v29.0_ * `description` (query, string) The “Description” section of the group _Available in: v29.0_ * `informationText` (query, string) The text in the “Information” section of the group _Available in: v29.0_ * `informationTitle` (query, string) The title of the “Information” section of the group _Available in: v29.0_ * `name` (query, string, required) The name of the group _Available in: v29.0_ * `visibility` (query, ConnectGroupVisibilityEnum, required) Group visibility type. One of the following: * `PrivateAccess` — Only members of the group can see posts to this group. * `PublicAccess` — All users within the Experience Cloud site can see posts to this group. * `Unlisted` — Reserved for future use. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Group Detail_ Chatter group detail. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Groups-Resources/operation/getGroupDetail) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` { "announcement" : "0D5D0000000K4XT", "canHaveChatterGuests" : "true", "description" : "This group is building a powerful API.", "information" : { "text" : "Read this section before you post to the group.", "title" : "Information" }, "isArchived" : "false", "isAutoArchiveDisabled" : "false", "name" : "Chatter API", "owner" : "00590000000DmPw", "visibility" : "PublicAccess" } ``` ### GET Batch Group Information `GET /chatter/groups/batch/{group_list}` Operation ID: `getGroupBatch`. Tags: Groups Resources. Returns information about more than one group at the same time. Get information about more than one group at the same time. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/batch/{group_list}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `group_list` (path, string, required) Where `{group_list}` is a comma-separated list of up to 500 group IDs. #### Responses * **200** _Batch Results_ Batch results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Batch`. ### POST Group Invites `POST /chatter/groups/group/{groupId}/invite` Operation ID: `postGroupViralInvitations`. Tags: Groups Resources. Use this resource to send viral invitation to internal and external users. Invite internal and external users to join a group. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `InviteCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "invitees": { "emails": [ "emailaddress1@internaldomain.com", "emailaddress2@externaldomain.com" ] }, "message": "Join this group to participate in the discussion about your favorite feature." } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Invite Collection_ A collection of invitations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `InviteCollection`. ### GET Group Announcements `GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}/announcements` Operation ID: `getGroupAnnouncementCollection`. Tags: Groups Resources. Returns a list of announcements for the specified group. Get information about the announcements posted to the specified group. Use an announcement to highlight information. Users can discuss, like, and post comments on announcements. Deleting the feed post deletes the announcement. To get information about, update, or delete an announcement, use the [Announcements Resources](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Announcements-Resources). _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/announcements` _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/announcements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Announcements-Resources/operation/getAnnouncementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `page` (query, integer) An integer specifying a page of items. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. #### Responses * **200** _Announcement Page_ A paginated collection of Announcement response bodies. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/announcements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Announcements-Resources/operation/getAnnouncementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### POST Group Announcements `POST /chatter/groups/{groupId}/announcements` Operation ID: `postGroupAnnouncementCollection`. Tags: Groups Resources. Returns a list of announcements for the specified group. Post an announcement to a group. Use an announcement to highlight information. Users can discuss, like, and post comments on announcements. Deleting the feed post deletes the announcement. To get information about, update, or delete an announcement, use the [Announcements Resources](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Announcements-Resources). _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/announcements` _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/announcements/{announcementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Announcements-Resources/operation/getAnnouncement) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `expirationDate` (query, string) Date time in ISO 8601 format. The Salesforce UI displays an announcement until 11:59 p.m. on this date unless another announcement is posted first. The Salesforce UI ignores the time value in the `expirationDate`. However, you can use the time value to create your own display logic in your own UI. Required for creating an announcement. Optional for updating an announcement _Available in: v31.0_ * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AnnouncementInput`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /chatter/announcements request._ Payload 1 Creating an announcement _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Creating an announcement _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Creating an announcement using an existing feed item ``` { "feedItemId": "0D5D0000000DaZBKA0", "expirationDate": "2016-02-22T00:00:00.000Z" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Announcement_ An announcement. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/announcements/{announcementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Announcements-Resources/operation/getAnnouncement) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Group Files `GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}/files` Operation ID: `getGroupFilesCollection`. Tags: Groups Resources. Returns information about the files posted to the specified group. Get information about the files posted to the specified group. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/files` _Available in: v24.0_ #### Parameters * `page` (query, integer) An integer specifying a page of items. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. _Available in: v24.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v24.0_ * `q` (query, string) A query string to filter the results. The string must contain at least two characters, not including wildcards. For information about wildcards, see [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v27.0_ * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. #### Responses * **200** _File Summary Page_ File summary page. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileSummaryPage`. ### GET Group Records `GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}/records` Operation ID: `getGroupRecordCollection`. Tags: Groups Resources. Returns a list of records associated with a group. Get the list of records associated with a group. _Available in: v33.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/records` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `page` (query, integer) An integer specifying a page of items. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. _Available in: v33.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v33.0_ * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. #### Responses * **200** _Group Record Page_ A paginated list of records associated with a group. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupRecordPage`. ### POST Group Records `POST /chatter/groups/{groupId}/records` Operation ID: `postGroupRecordCollection`. Tags: Groups Resources. Returns a list of records associated with a group. Associate a record with a group. **Note**: POST is supported in version 34.0 and later. _Available in: v33.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/records` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `recordId` (query, string) ID of the record. _Available in: v34.0_ * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupRecordInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "recordId": "001D000000Io9cD" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Group Record_ A record associated with a group. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupRecord`. ### GET Group Information `GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}` Operation ID: `getGroupDetail`. Tags: Groups Resources. Returns information about the specified group. Get information about a Chatter group. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Group Detail_ Chatter group detail. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupDetail`. ### DELETE Group Information `DELETE /chatter/groups/{groupId}` Operation ID: `deleteGroupDetail`. Tags: Groups Resources. Returns information about the specified group. Delete a Chatter group. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** Success ### PATCH Group Information `PATCH /chatter/groups/{groupId}` Operation ID: `patchGroupDetail`. Tags: Groups Resources. Returns information about the specified group. Update information about a Chatter group. _Available in: v28.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}` _Available in: v28.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Groups-Resources/operation/getGroupDetail) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. * `announcement` (query, string (Id)) The ID of a feed item to use as an announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ Pattern: ^(0Bt)\\w\*. * `canHaveChatterGuests` (query, boolean) `true` if this group allows Chatter customers, `false` otherwise. After this property is set to `true`, it cannot be set to `false`. _Available in: v29.0_ * `description` (query, string) The “Description” section of the group. _Available in: v29.0_ * `informationText` (query, string) If the group is private, the “Information” section is visible only to members. The “Description” section is visible to everyone. _Available in: v28.0_ * `informationTitle` (query, string) The title of the “Information” section of the group. _Available in: v28.0_ * `isArchived` (query, boolean) `true` if the group is archived, `false` otherwise. Defaults to `false`. _Available in: v29.0_ * `isAutoArchiveDisabled` (query, boolean) `true` if automatic archiving is turned off for the group, `false` otherwise. Defaults to `false`. _Available in: v29.0_ * `isBroadcast` (query, boolean) `true` if only group owners and managers can create posts in the group, `false` otherwise. Defaults to `false`. _Available in: v36.0_ * `name` (query, string) The name of the group. _Available in: v29.0_ * `owner` (query, string (Id)) The ID of the group owner. This property is available for PATCH requests only. _Available in: v29.0_ Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*. * `visibility` (query, ConnectGroupVisibilityEnum) Group visibility type. One of the following values: * `PrivateAccess` —Only members of the group can see posts to this group. * `PublicAccess` —All users within the Experience Cloud site can see posts to this group. * `Unlisted` —Reserved for future use. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Request body Chatter group input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "announcement": "0D5D0000000K4XT", "canHaveChatterGuests": "true", "description": "This group is building a powerful API.", "information": { "text": "Read this section before you post to the group.", "title": "Information" }, "isArchived": "false", "isAutoArchiveDisabled": "false", "name": "Chatter API", "owner": "00590000000DmPw", "visibility": "PublicAccess" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Group Detail_ Chatter group detail. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Groups-Resources/operation/getGroupDetail) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This request body updates the text and title of the “Information” section of a # group: Content-Type: application/json { "information": { "text": "Post questions about the API to this group. If you have the answer to a question, please post it. This is a private R&D group.", "title": "API Questions Group" } } ``` ### GET Group Banner Photo `GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}/banner-photo` Operation ID: `getGroupBannerPicture`. Tags: Groups Resources. Use this resource to access the banner photo for the specified group, add, update, or delete the photo. To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file in REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Get the banner photo for a group. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/banner-photo` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Banner Photo_ A banner photo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BannerPhoto`. ### POST Group Banner Photo `POST /chatter/groups/{groupId}/banner-photo` Operation ID: `postGroupBannerPicture`. Tags: Groups Resources. Use this resource to access the banner photo for the specified group, add, update, or delete the photo. To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file in REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Create the banner photo for a group. To use an image from the Files page as a group banner photo, pass the file ID in the `fileId` property of the request body or in the `fileId` request parameter. Images uploaded on the Group page don’t have a file ID and can’t be used as the `fileId`. To upload a binary file as the group banner photo, send it in a multipart/form-data message. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Uploading Binary Files](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). **Note**: Group owners and managers and users with the Manage All Data permission can DELETE and POST group banner photos. **Note**: Images uploaded on the Group page and on the User page don’t have file IDs and therefore can’t be used. **Note**: Photos are processed asynchronously and may not be visible right away. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/banner-photo` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. * `cropHeight` (query, integer) The length of an edge in pixels of the crop rectangle. _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropWidth` (query, integer) The width of an edge in pixels of the crop rectangle. _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropX` (query, integer) The position X in pixels from the left edge of the image to start the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropY` (query, integer) The position Y in pixels from the top edge of the image to start the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). _Available in: v36.0_ * `fileId` (query, string) ID of an existing file. The key prefix must be 069 and the file size must be less than 8 MB. Images uploaded on the Group page and on the User page don’t have file IDs and therefore can’t be used. Required to use an existing file _Available in: v36.0_ * `versionNumber` (query, integer) Version number of an existing file. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v36.0_ Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `fileUpload` (_string (binary)_) * `cropHeight` (_integer_) Height of the crop rectangle in pixels. _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropWidth` (_integer_) Width of the crop rectangle in pixels. _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropX` (_integer_) X position of the crop rectangle from the left edge of the image in pixels. Top left is position (0,0). _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropY` (_integer_) Y position of the crop rectangle from the top edge of the image in pixels. Top left is position (0,0). _Available in: v36.0_ * `fileId` (_string_) 18 character ID of an existing file. The key prefix must be 069 and the file must be an image and be smaller than 2 GB. Images uploaded on the Group page and on the User page don’t have file IDs and therefore can’t be used. Required to use an existing file _Available in: v36.0_ * `versionNumber` (_integer_) Version number of an existing file. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v36.0_ _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "cropHeight": "120", "cropWidth": "240", "fileId": "069D00000001IOh" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Banner Photo_ A banner photo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BannerPhoto`. ### DELETE Group Banner Photo `DELETE /chatter/groups/{groupId}/banner-photo` Operation ID: `deleteGroupBannerPicture`. Tags: Groups Resources. Use this resource to access the banner photo for the specified group, add, update, or delete the photo. To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file in REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Delete the banner photo for a group. **Note**: Group owners and managers and users with the Manage All Data permission can DELETE and POST group banner photos. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/banner-photo` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET Group Members `GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}/members` Operation ID: `getGroupMemberCollection`. Tags: Groups Resources. Returns a list of members for the specified group. Also use this resource and POST to add members to a group. Get the members of a group. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/members` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. * `page` (query, integer) An integer specifying a page of items. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. _Available in: v23.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 1000. If you don’t specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Group Member Page_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupMemberPage`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` # If the group is private, the response is 403. To request to join the group, # send a POST request to the Group Members—Private resource # (`/chatter/groups/{groupId}/members/requests`). /services/data/v67.0/chatter/groups/0F9D000000006bOKAQ /members?userId=005D0000001GpHp ``` ### POST Group Members `POST /chatter/groups/{groupId}/members` Operation ID: `postGroupMemberCollection`. Tags: Groups Resources. Returns a list of members for the specified group. Also use this resource and POST to add members to a group. Add a member to a group. To add a member, the context user must be the group owner or moderator. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/members` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. * `role` (query, ConnectGroupMembershipEnum) The role of the member. _Available in: v29.0_ * `userId` (query, string) ID of the user to add to the group. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v29.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupMemberInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Group Member_ Chatter group member. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupMember`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` {"userId": "005D0000001GpHp" } ``` ### GET Group Members—Private `GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}/members/requests` Operation ID: `getGroupMembershipRequestCollection`. Tags: Groups Resources. Request membership in a private group or get the status of requests to a join a private group. Get the status of requests to join a private group. _Available in: v27.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/members/requests` _Available in: v27.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. * `status` (query, ConnectGroupMembershipRequestStatus) Optional. If you include this parameter, results are filtered to include those that match the specified status. Valid values: _Available in: v27.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Group Membership Request Collection_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupMembershipRequestCollection`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` /chatter/groups/0F9D00000000izfKAA/members/requests?status=Accepted ``` ### POST Group Members—Private `POST /chatter/groups/{groupId}/members/requests` Operation ID: `postGroupMembershipRequestCollection`. Tags: Groups Resources. Request membership in a private group or get the status of requests to a join a private group. Request membership in a private group. **Note**: To add a member to a public group, use the [Group Members](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Groups-Resources/operation/postGroupMemberCollection) resource. _Available in: v27.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/members/requests` _Available in: v27.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Group Membership Request_ This table lists HTTP response code descriptions that are unique to this resource. For descriptions of other HTTP response codes, see Status Codes and Error Responses. * **201** — One of the following: * Success * User already has a membership request for this group * **204** — User is already a member of this group. * **403** — One of the following: * Group is private: `INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS_OR_READONLY` * User is an external user: `INSUFFICIENT_ACCESS` Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupMembershipRequest`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # Specify the ID ( `0F9D00000000lpK` ) of the group. /chatter/groups/0F9D00000000lpK/members/requests ``` ### GET Group Settings `GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}/my-settings` Operation ID: `getMyGroupSettings`. Tags: Groups Resources. Information about the context user’s Chatter settings for the specified group. Get information about the context user’s Chatter settings for the specified group. _Available in: v27.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/my-settings` _Available in: v27.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Group Chatter Settings_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupChatterSettings`. ### PATCH Group Settings `PATCH /chatter/groups/{groupId}/my-settings` Operation ID: `patchMyGroupSettings`. Tags: Groups Resources. Information about the context user’s Chatter settings for the specified group. Update the context user’s Chatter settings for the specified group. _Available in: v27.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/my-settings` _Available in: v27.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. * `emailFrequency` (query, ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum) The frequency with which a group member receives email from a group. _Available in: v27.0_ #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupChatterSettingsInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Group Chatter Settings_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GroupChatterSettings`. ### GET Group Photo `GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}/photo` Operation ID: `getGroupPicture`. Tags: Groups Resources. Use this resource to access the photo for the specified group, add, update, or delete the photo. To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary filein REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Get the group photo. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/photo` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Photo_ Photo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Photo`. ### POST Group Photo `POST /chatter/groups/{groupId}/photo` Operation ID: `postGroupPicture`. Tags: Groups Resources. Use this resource to access the photo for the specified group, add, update, or delete the photo. To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary filein REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Update and crop the group photo. To use an image from the Files page as a group photo (existing content), pass the file ID in the `fileId` property of the request body or in the `fileId` request parameter. Images uploaded on the Group page don’t have a file ID and can’t be used as the `fileId`. To upload a binary file as a group photo, you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Uploading Binary Files](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). **Note**: Files uploaded on the Group page and on the User Profile page don’t have a file ID and can’t be posted or cropped. Files uploaded on the Files page have a file ID and can be posted and cropped. **Note**: Photos are processed asynchronously and may not be visible right away. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/photo` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. * `cropSize` (query, integer) The length, in pixels, of any edge of the crop square. Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `cropX` (query, integer) The position X, in pixels, from the left edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `cropY` (query, integer) The position Y, in pixels, from the top edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `fileId` (query, string) 18 character ID of an existing file. The key prefix must be 069 and the file size must be less than 2 GB. Files uploaded on the Group page and on the User Profile page don’t have a file ID and can’t be posted or cropped. Files uploaded on the Files page have a file ID and can be posted and cropped. Required to choose an existing file. _Available in: v25.0_ * `versionNumber` (query, integer) Version number of the existing content. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v25.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v29.0_ Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `fileUpload` (_string (binary)_) * `cropSize` (_integer_) The length, in pixels, of any edge of the crop square. Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `cropX` (_integer_) The position X, in pixels, from the left edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `cropY` (_integer_) The position Y, in pixels, from the top edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `fileId` (_string_) 18 character ID of an existing file. The key prefix must be 069 and the file must be an image and be smaller than 2 GB. Images uploaded on the Group page and on the User page don’t have file IDs and therefore can’t be used. Required to choose an existing file. _Available in: v25.0_ * `versionNumber` (_integer_) Version number of an existing file. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v25.0_ _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "cropSize": "120", "cropX": "0", "cropY": "0", "fileId": "069D00000001IOh" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Photo_ Photo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Photo`. ### DELETE Group Photo `DELETE /chatter/groups/{groupId}/photo` Operation ID: `deleteGroupPicture`. Tags: Groups Resources. Use this resource to access the photo for the specified group, add, update, or delete the photo. To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary filein REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Delete the group photo. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/photo` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. Pattern: ^(0F9)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET Influence `GET /chatter/influence/thresholds` Operation ID: `getGlobalInfluenceThresholdCollection`. Tags: Influence Resources. List of the percentile thresholds used to categorize an organization’s users by their influence in Chatter. Users are ranked based on the number of posts and comments made, and comments and likes received. The percentile associated with a category represents the bottom threshold for that influencer category. For example: 0.25 defines the cutoff for the Active Influencer category, which means it includes users with an influence rank equal to or greater than the 25th percentile (25%) and less than the next highest category threshold. Get the percentile thresholds used to categorize an org’s users by their influence in Chatter. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/influence/thresholds` _Available in: v24.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Influence Thresholds_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GlobalInfluenceThresholdCollection`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` {"thresholds": [ { "name": "Top Influencer", "threshold": "0.8", } { "name": "Active Influencer", "threshold": "0.25", } { "name": "Observer", "threshold": "0.0", } ]} ``` ### GET Likes `GET /chatter/likes/{likeId}` Operation ID: `getLike`. Tags: Likes Resources. Information about the specified like. Also used to delete a like. You can find the ID for a specific like from any feed, such as a news feed or a record feed. Get information about the specified like. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/likes/{likeId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `likeId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the like. Pattern: ^(0I0)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Like_ Chatter like. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Like`. ### DELETE Likes `DELETE /chatter/likes/{likeId}` Operation ID: `deleteLike`. Tags: Likes Resources. Information about the specified like. Also used to delete a like. You can find the ID for a specific like from any feed, such as a news feed or a record feed. Delete the specified like. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/likes/{likeId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `likeId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the like. Pattern: ^(0I0)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET Link Metadata `GET /chatter/link-metadata` Operation ID: `getLinkMetadata`. Tags: Chatter Resources. Gets the metadata information for a given set of URLs. Get link metadata for URLs. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/link-metadata` _Available in: v42.0_ #### Parameters * `urls` (query, array of string, required) Comma-separated list of URL-encoded URLs. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Link Metadata Collection_ Collection of link metadata. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LinkMetadataCollection`. ### GET Mentions Completions `GET /chatter/mentions/completions` Operation ID: `getMentionCompletions`. Tags: Mentions Resources. Provides pages of mention completion proposals. Information about users and groups to mention in a feed item body or comment body. Use this resource to generate a list of proposed mentions that a user can choose from. A mention is an “@” character followed by a user or group name. When a user or group is mentioned, they receive a notification. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/mentions/completions` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `contextId` (query, string (Id)) A feed item ID (for a mention in a comment) or a feed subject ID (for a mention in a feed item) that narrows search results, with more useful results listed first. Use a group ID for groups that allow customers to ensure mention completion results include customers. _Available in: v29.0_ * `page` (query, integer) The number of the page you want returned. Numbering starts at 0. If you pass `0` or omit the property, the first page is returned. Attempting to page beyond 500 results returns an empty response. _Available in: v29.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) The number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. The default size is 25. Attempting to retrieve more than 500 results returns an empty response. _Available in: v29.0_ * `q` (query, string, required) A search term for matching user and group names. Searching for a group requires a minimum of 2 characters. Searching for a user doesn’t require a minimum number of characters. This parameter does not support wildcards. _Available in: v29.0_ * `type` (query, ConnectMentionCompletionType) The type of mention completion. One of these values: * `All` — All mention completions, regardless of the type of record to which the mention refers. * `Group` — Mention completions for groups. * `User` — Mention completions for users. The default value is `All`. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Mention Completion Page_ Paginated list of Mention Completion response bodies. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MentionCompletionPage`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # Specify the feed item ID in the `contextId` parameter to request mention # completions for a comment on the feed item. /chatter/mentions/completions?contextId=0D5D0000000Hwky&q=g ``` ### GET Mentions Validations `GET /chatter/mentions/validations` Operation ID: `getMentionValidations`. Tags: Mentions Resources. Provides validation information for potential mentions. Information about whether the specified mentions are valid for the context user. For example, the context user can’t mention private groups he doesn’t belong to. If such a group were included in the list of mention validations, the `hasErrors` property of the Mention Validations response body would be `true` and the group would have a `validationStatus` of `Disallowed` in its mention validation. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/mentions/validations` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `parentId` (query, string, required) The feed item parent ID. _Available in: v29.0_ * `recordIds` (query, array of string, required) A comma-separated list of IDs to be mentioned. The maximum value is 25. _Available in: v29.0_ * `visibility` (query, ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum, required) Type of users who can see a feed item. * `AllUsers` — Visibility is not limited to internal users. * `InternalUsers` — Visibility is limited to internal users. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Mention Validation_ Information about whether a proposed mention is valid for the context user. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MentionValidations`. ### GET Followers on Records `GET /chatter/records/{recordId}/followers` Operation ID: `getFollowers`. Tags: Followers on Records Resources. Returns information about the followers of the specified record. Get information about the followers of the specified record. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/records/{recordId}/followers` _Available in: v23.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/users/{userId}/followers](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getUserFollowerCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `recordId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) As of version 29.0, you can use a topic ID for the `recordId`. * `page` (query, integer) An integer specifying a page of items. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are between 1 and 1000. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. #### Responses * **200** _Follower Page_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/users/{userId}/followers](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getUserFollowerCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Chatter Feed Streams `GET /chatter/streams` Operation ID: `getStreams`. Tags: Chatter Resources. Returns a list of streams for the context user. Get or search a list of Chatter feed streams for the context user. **Tip**: If you know the site ID of the streams, we recommend using `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/streams` and not using `globalScope`. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/streams` _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `globalScope` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to get streams from all the context user’s Experience Cloud sites, regardless of the `{communityId}` value. **Tip**: If you know the site ID of the streams, we recommend using `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/streams` and not using `globalScope`. _Available in: v41.0_ * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you pass in `null` or 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v39.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 to 250. The default size is 25. _Available in: v39.0_ * `q` (query, string) Specifies the string to search. The search string must contain at least two characters, not including wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards) . _Available in: v40.0_ * `sort` (query, ConnectSortOrderEnum) Specifies the sort order. Values are: * `Ascending` — Items are in ascending alphabetical order (A-Z). * `Descending` — Items are in descending alphabetical order (Z-A). * `MostRecentlyViewed` — Items are in descending chronological order by view. This sort order is valid only for Chatter feed streams. If not specified, default value is `Ascending`. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Chatter Stream Collection_ A collection of Chatter feed streams. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedStreamCollection`. ### POST Chatter Feed Streams `POST /chatter/streams` Operation ID: `createStream`. Tags: Chatter Resources. Returns a list of streams for the context user. Create a Chatter feed stream. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/streams` _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `description` (query, string) Description of the stream, up to 1,000 characters. _Available in: v39.0_ * `name` (query, string, required) Name of the stream, up to 120 characters. Required when creating a stream (POST). _Available in: v39.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v39.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedStreamInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "description": "Feeds from my management hierarchy.", "name": "Managers Stream", "subscriptionsToAdd": { "subscriptions": [ { "entityId": "00590000000Dk5F" }, { "entityId": "00590000000Fk4M" }, { "entityId": "00590000000Sy7N" }, { "entityId": "00590000000Dk4H" }, { "entityId": "00590000000Uk7L" } ] } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Chatter Stream_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedStream`. ### GET Chatter Feed Stream `GET /chatter/streams/{streamId}` Operation ID: `getStream`. Tags: Chatter Resources. Returns information about the specified stream. Get information about a Chatter feed stream. **Tip**: If you know the site ID of the stream, we recommend using `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/streams/{streamId}` and not using `globalScope`. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/streams/{streamId}` _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `streamId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the stream. Pattern: ^(0Fq)\\w\*. * `globalScope` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to get streams from all the context user’s Experience Cloud sites, regardless of the `{communityId}` value. **Tip**: If you know the site ID of the stream, we recommend using `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/streams/{streamId}` and not using `globalScope`. _Available in: v41.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Chatter Stream_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedStream`. ### DELETE Chatter Feed Stream `DELETE /chatter/streams/{streamId}` Operation ID: `deleteStream`. Tags: Chatter Resources. Returns information about the specified stream. Delete a Chatter feed stream. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/streams/{streamId}` _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `streamId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the stream. Pattern: ^(0Fq)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH Chatter Feed Stream `PATCH /chatter/streams/{streamId}` Operation ID: `updateStream`. Tags: Chatter Resources. Returns information about the specified stream. Update a Chatter feed stream. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/streams/{streamId}` _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `streamId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the stream. Pattern: ^(0Fq)\\w\*. * `description` (query, string) Description of the stream, up to 1,000 characters. _Available in: v39.0_ * `name` (query, string) Name of the stream, up to 120 characters. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v39.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedStreamInput`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /chatter/streams request._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Responses * **200** _Chatter Stream_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedStream`. ### GET Subscriptions `GET /chatter/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}` Operation ID: `getSubscription`. Tags: Subscriptions Resources. Information about the specified subscription to a record. Also used to delete a subscription, for example, to unfollow a record. A subscription ID is returned as part of the response body for follower and following resources, In addition, subscriptions IDs are also returned in many summary response bodies, such as group summary or user summary. Get information about a subscription. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `subscriptionId` (path, string (Id), required) A subscription ID is returned as part of the response body for `follower` and `following` resources, for example, `/records/{recordId}/followers`. In addition, subscriptions IDs are also returned in many summary response bodies, such as group summary or user summary. Pattern: ^(0E8|0CE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Subscription_ Chatter subscription, or following, information. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Subscription`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` /chatter/subscriptions/0E8D00000001JkFKAU ``` ### DELETE Subscriptions `DELETE /chatter/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}` Operation ID: `deleteSubscription`. Tags: Subscriptions Resources. Information about the specified subscription to a record. Also used to delete a subscription, for example, to unfollow a record. A subscription ID is returned as part of the response body for follower and following resources, In addition, subscriptions IDs are also returned in many summary response bodies, such as group summary or user summary. Delete a subscription, for example, to unfollow a record or a topic. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `subscriptionId` (path, string (Id), required) A subscription ID is returned as part of the response body for `follower` and `following` resources, for example, `/records/{recordId}/followers`. In addition, subscriptions IDs are also returned in many summary response bodies, such as group summary or user summary. Pattern: ^(0E8|0CE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** Success ### GET User Information `GET /chatter/users` Operation ID: `getUserDetailCollection`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns information about all users in an organization. Returns information about all users in an organization. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `page` (query, integer) An integer specifying a page of items. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. _Available in: v23.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) The number of items per page. Valid values are between 1 and 250. The default value is 25. _Available in: v23.0_ * `q` (query, string) Specifies the string to search. This parameter searches user names, not email addresses, titles, and so on. _Available in: v23.0_ * `searchContextId` (query, string) Specify a feed item ID that provides context for the search results. Use this parameter for @mention completion. Passing a feed item ID for `searchContextId` matches users already mentioned in the thread earlier in the returned collection. You can also use the Mentions Completions resource, which is specifically designed for @mention completion. When using this parameter, you can’t query more than 500 results and you can’t use wildcards in the search term. _Available in: v28.0_ #### Responses * **200** _User Page_ Page of Chatter users. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserPage`. ### GET Batch User Information `GET /chatter/users/batch/{user_list}` Operation ID: `getUserBatch`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns information about the specified users’ profiles. Returns information about the specified users’ profiles. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/batch/{user_list}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `user_list` (path, string, required) Where `user_list` is a comma-separated list of up to 500 user IDs. #### Responses * **200** _Batch Results_ Batch results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Batch`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` /chatter/users/batch/005D0000001Kl6xIAC,005D0000005J3D4HVB, . . . ``` ### GET User Profile Information `GET /chatter/users/{userId}` Operation ID: `getUser`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns information about the logged-in or specified user's Chatter profile. Get information about the context or specified user. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _User Detail_ User detail. If the context user doesn’t have permission to see a property, the property is set to `null`. If the user is external, the properties that the User Detail response body shares with the User Summary response body can have non-null values. Other properties are always `null`. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserDetail`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` /chatter/users/me?aboutMe=Staff+Technical+Writer+at+Seattle+Apps ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` /chatter/users/005D0000001GLowIAB?include=/chatterActivity ``` ### PATCH User Profile Information `PATCH /chatter/users/{userId}` Operation ID: `updateUser`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns information about the logged-in or specified user's Chatter profile. Update information about the context or specified user. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `aboutMe` (query, string) The `aboutMe` property of a User Detail response body. The maximum length is 1000 characters. This property populates the “About Me” section of the user profile, which is visible to all members of an Experience Cloud site or org. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Request body User input. _Available in: v29.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "aboutMe": "Staff Technical Writer responsible for the Connect API and Connect in Apex documentation." } ``` #### Responses * **200** _User Detail_ User detail. If the context user doesn’t have permission to see a property, the property is set to `null`. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserDetail`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` /chatter/users/me?aboutMe=Staff+Technical+Writer+at+Seattle+Apps Content-Type: application/json { "aboutMe": "Staff Technical Writer responsible for the Connect API and Connect in Apex documentation." } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` /chatter/users/005D0000001GLowIAB?include=/chatterActivity Content-Type: application/json { "aboutMe": "Staff Technical Writer responsible for the Connect API and Connect in Apex documentation." } ``` ### POST User Activity, Export `POST /chatter/users/{userId}/activities/export-job` Operation ID: `exportUserActivities`. Tags: Users Resources. Start a job to export Chatter-related activities for the user. Export Chatter-related activity, such as bookmarks, topic endorsements, and votes, for a user. Export these activities. * `Bookmark` — User bookmarked a post. * `ChatterActivity` — Total counts of posts and comments made and likes and comments received for a user. * `ChatterLike` — User liked a post or comment. * `Comment` — User commented on a post. * `CompanyVerify` — User verified comment. * `DownVote` — User downvoted a post or comment. * `FeedEntityRead` — User read a post. * `FeedRead` — User read a feed. * `Mute` — User muted a post. * `Post` — User made a post. * `TopicEndorsement` — User endorsed another user on a topic or received endorsement on a topic. * `UpVote` — User upvoted a post or comment. **Note**: POST doesn’t take request parameters or a request body. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/activities/export-job` _Available in: v42.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _User Activities Job_ User activities job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserActivitiesJob`. ### POST User Activity, Purge `POST /chatter/users/{userId}/activities/purge-job` Operation ID: `purgeUserActivities`. Tags: Users Resources. Initiate a job to purge Chatter-related activities for the user. Start a job to purge Chatter-related activity, such as bookmarks, topic endorsements, and votes, for a user. Purge these activities. * `Bookmark` — User bookmarked a post. * `ChatterActivity` — Total counts of posts and comments made and likes and comments received for a user. * `ChatterLike` — User liked a post or comment. * `CompanyVerify` — User verified comment. * `DownVote` — User downvoted a post or comment. * `FeedEntityRead` — User read a post. * `FeedRead` — User read a feed. * `Mute` — User muted a post. * `TopicEndorsement` — User endorsed another user on a topic or received endorsement on a topic. * `UpVote` — User upvoted a post or comment. To delete a user’s posts and comments, use these resources, respectively. * [Feed Element](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/deleteFeedElement) * [Comment](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Comments-Resources/operation/deleteComment) **Note**: POST doesn’t take request parameters or a request body. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/activities/purge-job` _Available in: v42.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _User Activities Job_ User activities job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserActivitiesJob`. ### GET User Conversations, General `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/conversations` Operation ID: `getConversations`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns all private conversations for the logged–in user. Also used to search across all conversations. Get private conversations for the context user and search across private conversations. To get all private messages for a context user, see [User Messages, General](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getMessages). Private messages and direct messages are different features. Direct messages are newer and offer a richer feature set for private communication in Experience Cloud sites. Direct messages are a capability within Chatter feeds. To work with direct messages, see [Feed Elements, Post and Search](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection). **Note**: The query parameter only searches message text bodies, not user names, titles, and so on. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/conversations` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `page` (query, string) A page token that indicates where retrieval begins. Get this token from the `NextPageUrl` property in the response body. _Available in: v23.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v23.0_ * `q` (query, string) Specifies the string to search. The search string must contain at least two characters, not including any wildcards. For more information about wildcards, see [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). This parameter is optional. The query parameter only searches message text bodies, not user names, titles, and so on. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Conversation Summary Collection_ Conversation summary collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConversationSummaryCollection`. ### GET Get Unread Count for Conversations `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/conversations/unread-count` Operation ID: `getUnreadCount`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns the number of conversations that have unread messages for the logged-in or specified user. Get the number of private conversations that have unread messages for a user. Private messages and direct messages are different features. Direct messages are newer and offer a richer feature set for private communication in Experience Cloud sites. Direct messages are a capability within Chatter feeds. To work with direct messages, see [Feed Elements, Post and Search](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection). _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/conversations/unread-count` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConversationUnreadCount`. ### GET User Conversations, Specific `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/conversations/{conversationId}` Operation ID: `getConversation`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns information about the specified private conversation for the logged-in user. Also used to search within a specific conversation. Get a private conversation for the context user. Search within a private conversation. To get a specific private message for a context user, see [User Messages, Specific](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getMessage). To get all private conversations for a context user, see [User Conversations, General](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getConversations). Private messages and direct messages are different features. Direct messages are newer and offer a richer feature set for private communication in Experience Cloud sites. Direct messages are a capability within Chatter feeds. To work with direct messages, see [Feed Elements, Post and Search](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection). **Note**: The query parameter only searches message text bodies, not user names, titles, and so on. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/conversations/{conversationId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `conversationId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the conversation. Pattern: ^(03M)\\w\*. * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response class, such as currentPageToken or nextPageToken. If you pass in null, the first page is returned. _Available in: v23.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in null, the default size is 25. _Available in: v23.0_ * `q` (query, string) Specifies the string to search. The search string must contain at least two characters, not including any wildcards. For more information about wildcards, see [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). This parameter is optional. The query parameter only searches message text bodies, not user names, titles, and so on. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Conversation Detail_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConversationDetail`. ### PATCH User Conversations, Specific `PATCH /chatter/users/{userId}/conversations/{conversationId}` Operation ID: `markConversationRead`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns information about the specified private conversation for the logged-in user. Also used to search within a specific conversation. Update the status of a private conversation. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/conversations/{conversationId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `conversationId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the conversation. Pattern: ^(03M)\\w\*. * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `read` (query, boolean) Changes the conversation status to unread (`false`) or read (`true`). #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `InputRequest`. #### Responses * **200** _Conversation Detail_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConversationDetail`. ### GET User Followers `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/followers` Operation ID: `getUserFollowerCollection`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns information about the followers for the specified user. Get information about the followers for a user. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/followers` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `page` (query, integer) Specifies the page number to return. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are between 1 and 1000. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. #### Responses * **200** _Follower Page_ Page of Chatter followers. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FollowerPage`. ### GET Following `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/following` Operation ID: `getUserFollowingCollection`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns a list of people, groups, records, and files that the specified user is following. Returns a list of people, groups, records, topics, and files that the specified user is following. **Note**: You can't use the users resource to add a user to a group. Use the groups resource instead. Following topics is available since version 29.0. **Note**: All parameters are optional. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/following` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `filterType` (query, string) Specifies the key prefix to filter the type of objects returned. The key prefix is the three-character prefix code in the object ID. Object IDs are prefixed with three-character codes that specify the type of the object. For example, User objects have a prefix of 005 and Group objects have a prefix of 0F9. Use the [List of Filter Feed URLs](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Filter-Feed-Resources/operation/getFilterFeedDirectory) to see the available key prefixes. * `page` (query, integer) Specifies the page number to return. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are between 1 and 1000. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. #### Responses * **200** _Following Page_ Page of Chatter followers. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FollowingPage`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` /services/data/v67.0/chatter/users/005D0000001GLowIAB/following?page=1 ``` _Example: Example 3 · HTTP_ ``` /services/data/v67.0/chatter/users/me/following?subjectId=001D000000Iyu2p ``` ### POST Following `POST /chatter/users/{userId}/following` Operation ID: `postUserFollowingCollection`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns a list of people, groups, records, and files that the specified user is following. Follow records. **Note**: You can't use the users resource to add a user to a group. Use the groups resource instead. Following topics is available since version 29.0. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/following` _Available in: v23.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Subscriptions-Resources/operation/getSubscription) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `subjectId` (query, string) The ID of the record you want to follow, such as a user ID or file ID. Topic IDs are available in 29.0 _Available in: v23.0_ #### Request body Topic IDs are available in 29.0 _Available in: v23.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FollowingInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Subscription_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Subscriptions-Resources/operation/getSubscription) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` { "subjectId" : "001D000000Iyu2p" } ``` ### GET User Groups `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/groups` Operation ID: `getUserGroupDetailCollection`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns the groups the specified user is a member of. Get the groups that a user is a member of. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/groups` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed items. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v23.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are between 1 and 250. If you don’t specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v23.0_ * `q` (query, string) Specifies the string to search. The search string must contain at least two characters, not including wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards) . _Available in: v30.0_ #### Responses * **200** _User Group Detail Collection_ In version 45.0 and later, the response body is User Group Detail Collection. **Note**: In version 44.0 and earlier, the response body is User Group Page. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserGroupDetailCollection`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This GET request returns information about all groups the context user is a # member of whose names or descriptions contain the letters `co`. GET /chatter/users/me/groups?q=co ``` ### GET User Messages, General `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/messages` Operation ID: `getMessages`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns all the messages for all the private conversations for the logged-in user. Also used to search across all messages and post a message. Get private messages for the context user. Search across private messages. To get all private conversations for the context user, see [User Conversations, General](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getConversations). Private messages and direct messages are different features. Direct messages are newer and offer a richer feature set for private communication in Experience Cloud sites. Direct messages are a capability within Chatter feeds. To work with direct messages, see [Feed Elements, Post and Search](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection). _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/messages` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `page` (query, string) A page token that indicates where retrieval begins. Get this token from the `NextPageUrl` property in the response body. _Available in: v23.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v23.0_ * `q` (query, string) Specifies the string to search. The search string must contain at least two characters, not including any wildcards. For more information about wildcards, see [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). This parameter is optional. **Note**: The query parameter only searches message text bodies, not user names, titles, and so on. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Message Collection_ Collection of messages. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MessageCollection`. ### POST User Messages, General `POST /chatter/users/{userId}/messages` Operation ID: `replyToMessage`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns all the messages for all the private conversations for the logged-in user. Also used to search across all messages and post a message. Post a private message. Private messages and direct messages are different features. Direct messages are newer and offer a richer feature set for private communication in Experience Cloud sites. Direct messages are a capability within Chatter feeds. To work with direct messages, see [Feed Elements, Post and Search](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection). _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/messages` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `inReplyTo` (query, string) ID of an existing message that identifies which conversation this message is part of Specify either `recipients` or `inReplyTo`. You cannot specify both. _Available in: v23.0_ * `recipients` (query, string) List of users who are the intended message recipients, up to 9. Comma-separated list of user IDs. Specify either `recipients` or `inReplyTo`. You cannot specify both. _Available in: v23.0_ * `text` (query, string, required) The text of the message, up to 10,000 characters _Available in: v23.0_ #### Request body User message input. _Available in: v23.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserMessagesMessageInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Example JSON format: ``` { "body": "Text of the message", "recipients": [ "userID", "userID" ], "inReplyTo": "messageID" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Message_ Message. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Message`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` Text of the message userID userID messageID Content-Type: application/json { "body": "Text of the message", "recipients": [ "userID", "userID" ], "inReplyTo": "messageID" } ``` ### GET User Messages, Specific `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/messages/{messageId}` Operation ID: `getMessage`. Tags: Users Resources. Returns the specified message. Get a private message for the context user. To get a specific private conversation, see [User Conversations, Specific](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getConversation). To get all private messages for the context user, see [User Messages, General](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getMessages). Private messages and direct messages are different features. Direct messages are newer and offer a richer feature set for private communication in Experience Cloud sites. Direct messages are a capability within Chatter feeds. To work with direct messages, see [Feed Elements, Post and Search](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection). _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/messages/{messageId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `messageId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the message. Pattern: ^(03J)\\w\*. * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _Message_ Message. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Message`. ### GET User Settings `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/settings` Operation ID: `getUserChatterSettings`. Tags: Users Resources. Information about the context user’s global Chatter settings. Get information about a user’s global Chatter settings. _Available in: v27.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/settings` _Available in: v27.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _User Chatter Settings_ A user’s global Chatter settings. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserChatterSettings`. _Example: example\_1_ ``` { "defaultGroupEmailFrequency": "Never" } ``` ### PATCH User Settings `PATCH /chatter/users/{userId}/settings` Operation ID: `patchUserChatterSettings`. Tags: Users Resources. Information about the context user’s global Chatter settings. Update a user’s global Chatter settings. _Available in: v27.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/settings` _Available in: v27.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `defaultGroupEmailFrequency` (query, ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum) The default frequency with which a user receives email from a group when they join. This setting does not affect groups a user is already a member of. _Available in: v27.0_ #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserChatterSettingsInput`. #### Responses * **200** _User Chatter Settings_ A user’s global Chatter settings. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserChatterSettings`. ### GET Subscriptions Notifications Member `GET /connect/chatter/subscriptions/notification/{entityId}/members/{userId}` Operation ID: `getNotificationFrequency`. Tags: Subscriptions Notifications Member Resources. Returns information about the Notification Member. Get information about the frequency with which a user receives subscription notifications. _Available in: v38.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/subscriptions/notification/{entityId}/members/{userId}` _Available in: v38.0_ #### Parameters * `entityId` (path, string (Id), required) In version 38.0–39.0, `entityId` must be a topic ID. In version 40.0 and later, `entityId` must be a topic ID or a Chatter feed stream ID. Pattern: ^(0TO|0Fq)\\w\*. * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Notification Member_ A notification member. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationMember`. ### POST Subscriptions Notifications Member `POST /connect/chatter/subscriptions/notification/{entityId}/members/{userId}` Operation ID: `subscribeEntityForNotification`. Tags: Subscriptions Notifications Member Resources. Returns information about the Notification Member. Subscribe a user to receive notifications. When users opt to receive notifications for the topics they follow, they get an email when the topic is added to a post that they have access to. When users opt to receive notifications for their streams, they get an email on every post in the stream. _Available in: v38.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/subscriptions/notification/{entityId}/members/{userId}` _Available in: v38.0_ #### Parameters * `entityId` (path, string (Id), required) In version 38.0–39.0, `entityId` must be a topic ID. In version 40.0 and later, `entityId` must be a topic ID or a Chatter feed stream ID. Pattern: ^(0TO|0Fq)\\w\*. * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*. * `notificationFrequency` (query, ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum, required) Frequency with which a user receives email. In version 38.0 and later, `EachPost` is the only valid value. _Available in: v38.0_ #### Request body (required) _Available in: v38.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationMemberInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "notificationFrequency": "EachPost" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Notification Member_ A notification member. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationMember`. ### DELETE Subscriptions Notifications Member `DELETE /connect/chatter/subscriptions/notification/{entityId}/members/{userId}` Operation ID: `unsubscribeEntityForNotification`. Tags: Subscriptions Notifications Member Resources. Returns information about the Notification Member. Unsubscribe a user from receiving notifications. _Available in: v38.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/subscriptions/notification/{entityId}/members/{userId}` _Available in: v38.0_ #### Parameters * `entityId` (path, string (Id), required) In version 38.0–39.0, `entityId` must be a topic ID. In version 40.0 and later, `entityId` must be a topic ID or a Chatter feed stream ID. Pattern: ^(0TO|0Fq)\\w\*. * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET User Reputation `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/reputation` Operation ID: `getReputation`. Tags: Users Resources. Gets the specified user's reputation. Get a user's reputation in an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _Reputation_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Reputation`. ### POST Missions Users Activity, Purge `POST /connect/communities/{communityId}/missions/activities/purge-job` Operation ID: `purgeUserMissionsActivities`. Tags: Missions Resources. Start a job to purge Missions user activities for the user. Start a job to purge mission activity for all users. This resource purges these activities. * `FeedItemAnswerAQuestion` — User answered a question. * `FeedItemLikeSomething` — User liked a post or comment. * `FeedItemMarkAnswerAsBest` — User marked an answer as the best answer. * `FeedItemPostQuestion` — User posted a question. * `FeedItemReceiveAComment` — User received a comment on a post. * `FeedItemReceiveALike` — User received a like on a post or comment. * `FeedItemReceiveAnAnswer` — User received an answer to a question. * `FeedItemWriteAComment` — User commented on a post. * `FeedItemWriteAPost` — User made a post. * `FeedItemYourAnswerMarkedBest` — User’s answer was marked as the best answer. **Note**: POST doesn’t take request parameters or a request body. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Responses * **200** _User Mission Activities Job_ User mission activities job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserMissionActivitiesJob`. ### PATCH Missions User Activity, Update `PATCH /connect/communities/{communityId}/missions/users/{userId}` Operation ID: `updateUserMissionActivityCount`. Tags: Missions Resources. Update the activity count for the user Update the mission activity count for a user. _Available in: v45.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `activityCount` (query, integer, required) Number of mission activities of the specified type for the user. _Available in: v45.0_ * `activityType` (query, ConnectUserMissionActivityTypeEnum, required) Type of mission activity for a user. Values are: * `FeedItemAnswerAQuestion` — User answered a question. * `FeedItemLikeSomething` — User liked a post or comment. * `FeedItemMarkAnswerAsBest` — User marked an answer as the best answer. * `FeedItemPostQuestion` — User posted a question. * `FeedItemReceiveAComment` — User received a comment on a post. * `FeedItemReceiveALike` — User received a like on a post or comment. * `FeedItemReceiveAnAnswer` — User received an answer to a question. * `FeedItemWriteAComment` — User commented on a post. * `FeedItemWriteAPost` — User made a post. * `FeedItemYourAnswerMarkedBest` — User’s answer was marked as the best answer. _Available in: v45.0_ #### Request body (required) Mission activity for a user. _Available in: v45.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserMissionActivityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "activityCount": 24, "activityType": "FeedItemWriteAPost" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _User Mission Activity Status_ Status of mission activity for a user. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserMissionActivityStatus`. ### GET Missions User Activity, Export `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/missions/users/{userId}/activities/export-job` Operation ID: `exportUserMissionsActivities`. Tags: Missions Resources. Start a job to export Missions user activities for the user. Export mission activity for a user. You can export these activities with this resource. * `FeedItemAnswerAQuestion` — User answered a question. * `FeedItemLikeSomething` — User liked a post or comment. * `FeedItemMarkAnswerAsBest` — User marked an answer as the best answer. * `FeedItemPostQuestion` — User posted a question. * `FeedItemReceiveAComment` — User received a comment on a post. * `FeedItemReceiveALike` — User received a like on a post or comment. * `FeedItemReceiveAnAnswer` — User received an answer to a question. * `FeedItemWriteAComment` — User commented on a post. * `FeedItemWriteAPost` — User made a post. * `FeedItemYourAnswerMarkedBest` — User’s answer was marked as the best answer. _Available in: v45.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _User Mission Activities Job_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserMissionActivitiesJob`. ### POST Missions User Activity, Purge `POST /connect/communities/{communityId}/missions/users/{userId}/activities/purge-job` Operation ID: `purgeUserMissionsActivitiesByUserId`. Tags: Missions Resources. Start a job to purge Missions user activities for the user. Start a job to purge mission activity for the user. This resource purges these activities. * `FeedItemAnswerAQuestion` — User answered a question. * `FeedItemLikeSomething` — User liked a post or comment. * `FeedItemMarkAnswerAsBest` — User marked an answer as the best answer. * `FeedItemPostQuestion` — User posted a question. * `FeedItemReceiveAComment` — User received a comment on a post. * `FeedItemReceiveALike` — User received a like on a post or comment. * `FeedItemReceiveAnAnswer` — User received an answer to a question. * `FeedItemWriteAComment` — User commented on a post. * `FeedItemWriteAPost` — User made a post. * `FeedItemYourAnswerMarkedBest` — User’s answer was marked as the best answer. **Note**: POST doesn’t take request parameters or a request body. _Available in: v45.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _User Mission Activities Job_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserMissionActivitiesJob`. ### GET Missions User Activity, Progress `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/missions/users/{userId}/progress` Operation ID: `getUserMissionsProgress`. Tags: Missions Resources. Connect resource to calculate user's progress on Missions. Get mission activity progress for a user. _Available in: v46.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _User Mission Activity Collection_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserMissionActivityCollection`. ### GET Top Unanswered Questions (Pilot) `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/question-and-answers/top-unanswered` Operation ID: `getTopUnansweredQuestions`. Tags: Question and Answers Resources. Used to access top unanswered questions for a community. Get the top unanswered questions for the context user in an Experience Cloud site. **Note**: We provided top-five unanswered questions to selected customers through a pilot program that required agreement to specific terms and conditions. This pilot program is closed and not accepting new participants. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `filter` (query, ConnectFeedFilter) Specifies the filter for the feed. `UnansweredQuestionsWithCandidateAnswers` is the only valid value. _Available in: v42.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 0 through 10. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 5. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedElementPage`. ### POST Dashboard Component Snapshot `POST /connect/dashboards/components/{componentId}/snapshots` Operation ID: `postDBCSnapshotCollectionNew`. Tags: Dashboard Component Snapshot Resources. Posts a new dashboard component snapshot to the specified location. A snapshot of a dashboard component. Use this resource to post a snapshot of a dashboard component to a user, group, or dashboard feed to help other users follow changes in the data. _Available in: v25.0_ #### Parameters * `componentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the component. Pattern: ^(01a)\\w\*. * `feedItemText` (query, string) Text that accompanies the dashboard component snapshot. * `filter1` (query, string (Id)) Optional. A dashboard filter item Id. Pattern: ^(0IC)\\w\*. * `filter2` (query, string (Id)) Optional. A second dashboard filter item Id. Pattern: ^(0IC)\\w\*. * `filter3` (query, string (Id)) Optional. A third dashboard filter item Id. Pattern: ^(0IC)\\w\*. * `parentId` (query, string) A user, group, or dashboard Id to which you are posting the snapshot. * `runningUser` (query, string (Id)) Optional. A user Id from which the view of the dashboard will be created, if other than the creator. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DashboardComponentSnapshotInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Dashboard Component Snapshot_ Represents both dashboard component snapshots and alerts you receive when a dashboard component value crosses a threshold. **Note**: In API versions 23.0–31.0, this resource returned a Feed Item Attachment: Dashboard response body. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DashboardComponentSnapshot`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "parentId" : "0F9D00000000I4O", "feedItemBody" : { "messageSegments" : [ { "text" : "Sales Heat", "type" : "Text" } ] } } ``` ### GET Question and Answers Suggestions `GET /connect/question-and-answers/suggestions` Operation ID: `getQuestionAndAnswerSuggestion`. Tags: Question and Answers Suggestions Resources. Return question/article deflection search results. Get question and answers suggestions. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/question-and-answers/suggestions` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `includeArticles` (query, boolean) Specify `true` to include knowledge articles in the search results. To return only questions, specify `false`. _Available in: v32.0_ * `maxResults` (query, integer) The maximum number of results to return for each type of item. Possible values are 1–10. The default value is 5. _Available in: v32.0_ * `q` (query, string, required) Specifies the string to search. The search string must contain at least two characters, not including wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards) . The maximum length is 255 characters. _Available in: v32.0_ * `subjectId` (query, string) Specify a subject ID to search only questions on that object. If the ID is a topic or a user, the ID is ignored. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Question and Answers Suggestion Collection_ Question and answers suggestions search result. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `QuestionAndAnswersSuggestionCollection`. ### GET User Profiles `GET /connect/user-profiles/{userId}` Operation ID: `getUserProfile`. Tags: User Profiles Resources. Returns detail about a user's profile. This contains the user information, a set of capabilities (permissions), and the set of configured profile subtab apps for the given user. Get details about a user’s profile. For information about subtab apps, see [What Is a Subtab App?](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.apps_classic_subtab_overview.htm&type=5) The capabilities information provides some information about the context user’s capabilities in relation to another user, called the subject user. For example, the capabilities information indicates whether the context user can chat with the subject user and whether the context user can direct message the subject user. Specify the subject user as the `{userID}`. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/user-profiles/{userId}` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _User Profile_ Chatter user profile. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserProfile`. ### GET User Profiles Banner Photo `GET /connect/user-profiles/{userId}/banner-photo` Operation ID: `getUserBannerPicture`. Tags: User Profiles Resources. Use this resource to access the banner photo for the specified user, add, update, or delete the photo. To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file in REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Get the banner photo for a user. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/user-profiles/{userId}/banner-photo` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _Banner Photo_ A banner photo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BannerPhoto`. ### POST User Profiles Banner Photo `POST /connect/user-profiles/{userId}/banner-photo` Operation ID: `postUserBannerPicture`. Tags: User Profiles Resources. Use this resource to access the banner photo for the specified user, add, update, or delete the photo. To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file in REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Create the banner photo for a user. To use an image from the Files page as a user banner photo, pass the file ID in the `fileId` property of the request body or in the `fileId` request parameter. Images uploaded on the User Profile page don’t have a file ID and can’t be used as the `fileId`. To upload a binary file as the user banner photo, send it in a multipart/form-data message. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Uploading Binary Files](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). **Note**: Images uploaded on the Group page and on the User page don’t have file IDs and therefore can’t be used. **Note**: Photos are processed asynchronously and may not be visible right away. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/user-profiles/{userId}/banner-photo` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `cropHeight` (query, integer) The length of an edge in pixels of the crop rectangle. _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropWidth` (query, integer) The width of an edge in pixels of the crop rectangle. _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropX` (query, integer) The position X in pixels from the left edge of the image to start the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropY` (query, integer) The position Y in pixels from the top edge of the image to start the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). _Available in: v36.0_ * `fileId` (query, string) ID of an existing file. The key prefix must be 069 and the file size must be less than 8 MB. Images uploaded on the Group page and on the User page don’t have file IDs and therefore can’t be used. Required to use an existing file _Available in: v36.0_ * `versionNumber` (query, integer) Version number of an existing file. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v36.0_ Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `fileUpload` (_string (binary)_) * `cropHeight` (_integer_) Height of the crop rectangle in pixels. _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropWidth` (_integer_) Width of the crop rectangle in pixels. _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropX` (_integer_) X position of the crop rectangle from the left edge of the image in pixels. Top left is position (0,0). _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropY` (_integer_) Y position of the crop rectangle from the top edge of the image in pixels. Top left is position (0,0). _Available in: v36.0_ * `fileId` (_string_) 18 character ID of an existing file. The key prefix must be 069 and the file must be an image and be smaller than 2 GB. Images uploaded on the Group page and on the User page don’t have file IDs and therefore can’t be used. Required to use an existing file _Available in: v36.0_ * `versionNumber` (_integer_) Version number of an existing file. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v36.0_ _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "cropHeight": "120", "cropWidth": "240", "fileId": "069D00000001IOh" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Banner Photo_ A banner photo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BannerPhoto`. ### DELETE User Profiles Banner Photo `DELETE /connect/user-profiles/{userId}/banner-photo` Operation ID: `deleteUserBannerPicture`. Tags: User Profiles Resources. Use this resource to access the banner photo for the specified user, add, update, or delete the photo. To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file in REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Delete the banner photo for a user. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/user-profiles/{userId}/banner-photo` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET User Profiles Photo `GET /connect/user-profiles/{userId}/photo` Operation ID: `getUserProfilePicture`. Tags: User Profiles Resources. Get the URL of a user photo and post a user photo. To use a file from the Files list in REST, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file, you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. To display user profile photos in a feed, cache the user photos. Then use the photoVersionId to determine when you need to update a photo. This technique helps you avoid running over limits and may improve mobile client performance. Get the user profile photo. _Available in: v35.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/user-profiles/{userId}/photo` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _Photo_ Photo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Photo`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` /connect/user-profiles/me/photo?cropSize=240&cropX=20&cropY=20&fileId=069D00000001IOh ``` ### POST User Profiles Photo `POST /connect/user-profiles/{userId}/photo` Operation ID: `postUserProfilePicture`. Tags: User Profiles Resources. Get the URL of a user photo and post a user photo. To use a file from the Files list in REST, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file, you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. To display user profile photos in a feed, cache the user photos. Then use the photoVersionId to determine when you need to update a photo. This technique helps you avoid running over limits and may improve mobile client performance. Post and crop the user profile photo. To use an image from the Files page, pass the file ID in the `fileId` property of the request body or in the `fileId` request parameter. Images uploaded on the User page and on the Group page don’t have a file ID and can’t be used as the `fileId`. To upload a binary file as the user photo, send it in a multipart/form-data message. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Inputs and Binary File Upload Examples](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). To display user profile photos in a feed, cache the user photos. Then use the `photoVersionId` property of the Photo response body to determine when to update a photo. This technique helps you avoid running over limits and may improve mobile client performance. **Note**: Files uploaded on the Group page and on the User Profile page don’t have a file ID and can’t be posted or cropped. Files uploaded on the Files page have a file ID and can be posted and cropped. **Note**: Photos are processed asynchronously and may not be visible right away. _Available in: v35.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/user-profiles/{userId}/photo` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `cropSize` (query, integer) The length, in pixels, of any edge of the crop square. Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v35.0_ * `cropX` (query, integer) The position X, in pixels, from the left edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v35.0_ * `cropY` (query, integer) The position Y, in pixels, from the top edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v35.0_ * `fileId` (query, string) 18 character ID of an existing file. The key prefix must be 069 and the file size must be less than 2 GB. Files uploaded on the Group page and on the User Profile page don’t have a file ID and can’t be posted or cropped. Files uploaded on the Files page have a file ID and can be posted and cropped. Required to choose an existing file. _Available in: v35.0_ * `versionNumber` (query, integer) Version number of the existing content. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v35.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v35.0_ Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `fileUpload` (_string (binary)_) * `cropSize` (_integer_) The length, in pixels, of any edge of the crop square. Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v35.0_ * `cropX` (_integer_) The position X, in pixels, from the left edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v35.0_ * `cropY` (_integer_) The position Y, in pixels, from the top edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v35.0_ * `fileId` (_string_) 18–character ID of an existing file. The key prefix must be 069 and the file size must be less than 2 GB. Files uploaded on the Group page and on the User Profile page don’t have a file ID and can’t be posted or cropped. Files uploaded on the Files page have a file ID and can be posted and cropped. Required to choose an existing file. _Available in: v35.0_ * `versionNumber` (_integer_) Version number of an existing file. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v35.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Photo_ Photo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Photo`. ### DELETE User Profiles Photo `DELETE /connect/user-profiles/{userId}/photo` Operation ID: `deleteUserProfilePicture`. Tags: User Profiles Resources. Get the URL of a user photo and post a user photo. To use a file from the Files list in REST, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file, you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. To display user profile photos in a feed, cache the user photos. Then use the photoVersionId to determine when you need to update a photo. This technique helps you avoid running over limits and may improve mobile client performance. Delete the user profile photo. _Available in: v35.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/user-profiles/{userId}/photo` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** Success ### GET Group Topics `GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}/topics` Operation ID: `getGroupTopics`. Tags: Groups Resources. Get information about topics on group profile. By default return the Topics Recently Talked About by given group. Get up to five topics most recently used in a group. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/groups/{groupId}/topics` _Available in: v28.0_ #### Parameters * `groupId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the group. #### Responses * **200** _Topic Collection_ Topic collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicCollection`. ### GET Topics a User Is Knowledgeable About: Batch Users `GET /chatter/users/batch/{userIds}/knowledgeable-about-topics` Operation ID: `getKnowledgeableAboutTopicCollectionBatch`. Tags: Users Resources. Bulk fetches top 5 topics a user is knowledgeable about for a list of users. Get the top five topics a user is knowledgeable about for a list of users. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/batch/{userIds}/knowledgeable-about-topics` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `userIds` (path, array of string (Id), required) Where userIds is a comma-separated list of up to 500 user IDs. #### Responses * **200** _Batch Results_ Batch results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BatchSbi`. ### GET Topics a User Is Knowledgeable About `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/knowledgeable-about-topics` Operation ID: `getKnowledgeableAboutTopicCollection`. Tags: Users Resources. Get topics a user is knowledgeable about. Get a list of topics that the specified user is knowledgeable about. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/knowledgeable-about-topics` _Available in: v30.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `page` (query, integer) An integer specifying a page of topics. The default value is 0. _Available in: v30.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 to 100. The default value is 25. _Available in: v30.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Topics People Are Knowledgeable About Collection_ A collection of topics people are knowledgeable about response bodies. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicsPeopleAreKnowledgeableAboutCollection`. ### GET User Recommendations, General `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations` Operation ID: `getRecommendations`. Tags: Users Resources. Get all recommendations for a user regardless of recommendation type. Get the Chatter recommendations, such as user, group, file, record, topic, and article recommendations, for the context user. Also get custom and static recommendations for the context user. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations` _Available in: v24.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `channel` (query, ConnectRecommendationChannel) A way to tie custom recommendations together. For example, display recommendations in specific places in the UI or show recommendations based on time of day or geographic locations. Values are: * `CustomChannel1` — Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. For example, community managers can use Experience Builder to determine where recommendations appear. * `CustomChannel2` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel3` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel4` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel5` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `DefaultChannel` —Default recommendation channel. Recommendations appear by default on the Home and Question Detail pages of Customer Service and Partner Central Experience Builder templates. They also appear in the feed in the Salesforce mobile web and anywhere community managers add recommendations using Experience Builder. _Available in: v36.0_ * `contextAction` (query, ConnectRecommendationActionEnum) Action that the user just performed. Supported values are `follow` and `view`. Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` together to get new recommendations based on the action just performed. _Available in: v33.0_ * `contextObjectId` (query, string) ID of the object that the user just performed an action on. * If `contextAction` is `follow`, `contextObjectId` is user ID, file ID, record ID, or topic ID (version 36.0 and later). * If `contextAction` is `view`, `contextObjectId` is user ID, file ID, group ID, record ID, or article ID (version 37.0 and later). Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` together to get new recommendations based on the action just performed. _Available in: v33.0_ * `maxResults` (query, integer) Maximum number of recommendation results; default is 10. Values must be from 1 to 99. _Available in: v23.0_ * `followed` (query, string) ID of a user. Provides new recommendations based on the context of this user ID. Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` in version 33.0 and later. _Available in: v23.0–32.0_ * `viewed` (query, string) ID of a file. Provides new recommendations based on the context of this file ID. Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` in version 33.0 and later. _Available in: v23.0–33.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Chatter Recommendations_ A list of Chatter, custom, and static recommendations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ChatterRecommendations`. ### GET User Recommendations for a Specific Action `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}` Operation ID: `getRecommendationsWithAction`. Tags: Users Resources. A filtered list (by action) of recommendations for a user. Get the Chatter, custom, and static recommendations for the specified action for the context user. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}` _Available in: v24.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendations) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `action` (path, ConnectRecommendationActionEnum, required) Valid values for `{action}` and resulting recommendations: * `follow` returns recommendations to follow users, files, records, and topics (version 36.0 and later). * `join` returns recommendations to join groups. * `view` returns recommendations to view users, files, groups, and records (version 25.0 and later). In version 34.0 and later, `view` returns custom recommendations. In version 35.0 and later, `view` returns static recommendations. In version 37.0 and later, `view` returns article recommendations. * `channel` (query, ConnectRecommendationChannel) A way to tie custom recommendations together. For example, display recommendations in specific places in the UI or show recommendations based on time of day or geographic locations. Values are: * `CustomChannel1` — Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. For example, community managers can use Experience Builder to determine where recommendations appear. * `CustomChannel2` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel3` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel4` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel5` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `DefaultChannel` —Default recommendation channel. Recommendations appear by default on the Home and Question Detail pages of Customer Service and Partner Central Experience Builder templates. They also appear in the feed in the Salesforce mobile web and anywhere community managers add recommendations using Experience Builder. _Available in: v36.0_ * `contextAction` (query, ConnectRecommendationActionEnum) Action that the user just performed. Supported values are `follow` and `view`. Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` together to get new recommendations based on the action just performed. _Available in: v33.0_ * `contextObjectId` (query, string) ID of the object that the user just performed an action on. * If `contextAction` is `follow`, `contextObjectId` is user ID, file ID, record ID, or topic ID (version 36.0 and later). * If `contextAction` is `view`, `contextObjectId` is user ID, file ID, group ID, record ID, or article ID (version 37.0 and later). Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` together to get new recommendations based on the action just performed. _Available in: v33.0_ * `maxResults` (query, integer) Maximum number of recommendation results; default is 10. Values must be from 1 to 99. _Available in: v23.0_ * `followed` (query, string) ID of a user. Provides new recommendations based on the context of this user ID. Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` in version 33.0 and later. _Available in: v23.0–32.0_ * `viewed` (query, string) ID of a file. Provides new recommendations based on the context of this file ID. Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` in version 33.0 and later. _Available in: v23.0–33.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Chatter Recommendations_ A list of Chatter, custom, and static recommendations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendations) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET User Recommendations for an Action and Object Category `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}/{objectCategory}` Operation ID: `getRecommendationByObjectCategory`. Tags: Users Resources. Get a list of recommendations for a user that involve recommended actions. Get the Chatter, custom, and static recommendations for the specified action and object category for the context user. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}/{objectCategory}` _Available in: v23.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendations) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `action` (path, ConnectRecommendationActionEnum, required) * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `channel` (query, ConnectRecommendationChannel) A way to tie custom recommendations together. For example, display recommendations in specific places in the UI or show recommendations based on time of day or geographic locations. Values are: * `CustomChannel1` — Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. For example, community managers can use Experience Builder to determine where recommendations appear. * `CustomChannel2` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel3` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel4` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel5` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `DefaultChannel` —Default recommendation channel. Recommendations appear by default on the Home and Question Detail pages of Customer Service and Partner Central Experience Builder templates. They also appear in the feed in the Salesforce mobile web and anywhere community managers add recommendations using Experience Builder. _Available in: v36.0_ * `contextAction` (query, ConnectRecommendationActionEnum) Action that the user just performed. Supported values are `follow` and `view`. Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` together to get new recommendations based on the action just performed. _Available in: v33.0_ * `contextObjectId` (query, string) ID of the object that the user just performed an action on. * If `contextAction` is `follow`, `contextObjectId` is user ID, file ID, record ID, or topic ID (version 36.0 and later). * If `contextAction` is `view`, `contextObjectId` is user ID, file ID, group ID, record ID, or article ID (version 37.0 and later). Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` together to get new recommendations based on the action just performed. _Available in: v33.0_ * `maxResults` (query, integer) Maximum number of recommendation results; default is 10. Values must be from 1 to 99. _Available in: v23.0_ * `followed` (query, string) ID of a user. Provides new recommendations based on the context of this user ID. Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` in version 33.0 and later. _Available in: v23.0–32.0_ * `viewed` (query, string) ID of a file. Provides new recommendations based on the context of this file ID. Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` in version 33.0 and later. _Available in: v23.0–33.0_ * `objectCategory` (path, string, required) The category of object the recommendation is for. Valid values depend on `{action}`: * If `{action}` is `follow`, `{objectCategory}` is `users`, `files`, `records`, or `topics` (version 36.0 and later). * If `{action}` is `join`, `{objectCategory}` is `groups`. * If `{action}` is `view`, `{objectCategory}` is `users`, `files`, `groups`, `records`, `custom` (version 34.0 and later), `apps` (version 35.0 and later), or `articles` (version 37.0 and later). #### Responses * **200** _Chatter Recommendations_ A list of Chatter, custom, and static recommendations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendations) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` /chatter/users/me/recommendations/view/001 ``` ### GET User Recommendations for an Action and Key Prefix `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}/{idPrefix}` Operation ID: `getRecommendationByKeyPrefix`. Tags: Users Resources. Get a list of recommendations for a user that involve recommended actions. Get the Chatter, custom, and static recommendations for the specified action and key prefix for the context user. _Available in: v26.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}/{idPrefix}` _Available in: v26.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendations) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `action` (path, ConnectRecommendationActionEnum, required) * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `channel` (query, ConnectRecommendationChannel) A way to tie custom recommendations together. For example, display recommendations in specific places in the UI or show recommendations based on time of day or geographic locations. Values are: * `CustomChannel1` — Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. For example, community managers can use Experience Builder to determine where recommendations appear. * `CustomChannel2` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel3` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel4` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel5` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `DefaultChannel` —Default recommendation channel. Recommendations appear by default on the Home and Question Detail pages of Customer Service and Partner Central Experience Builder templates. They also appear in the feed in the Salesforce mobile web and anywhere community managers add recommendations using Experience Builder. _Available in: v36.0_ * `contextAction` (query, ConnectRecommendationActionEnum) Action that the user just performed. Supported values are `follow` and `view`. Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` together to get new recommendations based on the action just performed. _Available in: v33.0_ * `contextObjectId` (query, string) ID of the object that the user just performed an action on. * If `contextAction` is `follow`, `contextObjectId` is user ID, file ID, record ID, or topic ID (version 36.0 and later). * If `contextAction` is `view`, `contextObjectId` is user ID, file ID, group ID, record ID, or article ID (version 37.0 and later). Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` together to get new recommendations based on the action just performed. _Available in: v33.0_ * `maxResults` (query, integer) Maximum number of recommendation results; default is 10. Values must be from 1 to 99. _Available in: v23.0_ * `followed` (query, string) ID of a user. Provides new recommendations based on the context of this user ID. Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` in version 33.0 and later. _Available in: v23.0–32.0_ * `viewed` (query, string) ID of a file. Provides new recommendations based on the context of this file ID. Use `contextAction` and `contextObjectId` in version 33.0 and later. _Available in: v23.0–33.0_ * `idPrefix` (path, string, required) The key prefix — the first three characters of the object ID, which indicates the object type. Valid values depend on `{action}`: * If `{action}` is `follow`, `{idPrefix}` is the key prefix for users (005), files (069), topics (0TO), or records (such as 001 or 003). * If `{action}` is `join`, `{idPrefix}` is the key prefix for groups (0F9). * If `{action}` is `view`, `{idPrefix}` is the key prefix for users (005), files (069), groups (0F9), records (such as 001 or 003), custom recommendations (0RD) in version 34.0 and later, static recommendations (T) in version 35.0 and later, or articles (such as kA0) in version 37.0 and later. #### Responses * **200** _Chatter Recommendations_ A list of Chatter, custom, and static recommendations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendations) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` /chatter/users/me/recommendations/view/001 ``` ### GET User Recommendations for an Action and Object ID `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}/{objectId}` Operation ID: `getRecommendation`. Tags: Users Resources. Get or delete specific remommendations to a user. Get the Chatter, custom, and static recommendations for the specified action and object ID for the context user. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}/{objectId}` _Available in: v24.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendations) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `action` (path, ConnectRecommendationActionEnum, required) * `objectId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) The object the recommendation is for. Valid values depend on `{action}`: * If `{action}` is `follow`, `{objectId}` is a user ID, file ID, record ID, or topic ID (version 36.0 and later). * If `{action}` is `join`, `{objectId}` is a group ID. * If `{action}` is `view`, `{objectId}` is a user ID, file ID, group ID, record ID, custom recommendation ID (version 34.0 and later), `Today` for static recommendations (version 35.0 and later), or an article ID (version 37.0 and later). * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _Chatter Recommendations_ A list of Chatter, custom, and static recommendations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendations) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### DELETE User Recommendations for an Action and Object ID `DELETE /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}/{objectId}` Operation ID: `deleteRecommendation`. Tags: Users Resources. Get or delete specific remommendations to a user. Delete a recommendation for the specified action and object ID for the context user. _Available in: v24.0_ DELETE is used to remove a recommendation and is only valid for the following resources: * `/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/follow/{recommendedUserId}` * `/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/follow/{recommendedFileId}` * `/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/follow/{recommendedRecordId}` * `/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/follow/{recommendedTopicId}` * `/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/join/{recommendedGroupId}` * `/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/view/{customRecommendationId}` * `/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/view/Today` * `/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/view/{recommendedArticleId}` #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}/{objectId}` _Available in: v24.0_ #### Parameters * `action` (path, ConnectRecommendationActionEnum, required) * `objectId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) The object the recommendation is for. Valid values depend on `{action}`: * If `{action}` is `follow`, `{objectId}` is a user ID, file ID, record ID, or topic ID (version 36.0 and later). * If `{action}` is `join`, `{objectId}` is a group ID. * If `{action}` is `view`, `{objectId}` is a user ID, file ID, group ID, record ID, custom recommendation ID (version 34.0 and later), `Today` for static recommendations (version 35.0 and later), or an article ID (version 37.0 and later). * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. ### GET User Recommendations for an Action and Object Type `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}/{objectEnum}` Operation ID: `getRecommendationByObjectType`. Tags: Users Resources. Get or delete specific remommendations to a user. Get the static Chatter recommendation for the specified action and object type for the context user. _Available in: v34.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}/{objectEnum}` _Available in: v34.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendations) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `action` (path, ConnectRecommendationActionEnum, required) Valid value is `view`. * `objectEnum` (path, ConnectRecommendedObjectEnum, required) The type of object being recommended. Valid only when `{action}` is `view`. Valid values: * `Today` — Static recommendations that don't have an ID, for example, the Today app recommendation. * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _Chatter Recommendations_ A list of Chatter, custom, and static recommendations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendations) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### DELETE User Recommendations for an Action and Object Type `DELETE /chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}/{objectEnum}` Operation ID: `deleteRecommendationByObjectType`. Tags: Users Resources. Get or delete specific remommendations to a user. Delete a static recommendation for the specified action and object type for the context user. _Available in: v34.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}/{objectEnum}` _Available in: v34.0_ #### Parameters * `action` (path, ConnectRecommendationActionEnum, required) Valid value is `view`. * `objectEnum` (path, ConnectRecommendedObjectEnum, required) The type of object being recommended. Valid only when `{action}` is `view`. Valid values: * `Today` — Static recommendations that don't have an ID, for example, the Today app recommendation. * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET Topics Recently Used `GET /chatter/users/{userId}/topics` Operation ID: `getUserTopics`. Tags: Users Resources. Information about the topics a user uses most. Get up to five topics most recently used by a user. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/topics` _Available in: v28.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _Topic Collection_ Topic collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicCollection`. ### GET Custom Recommendation Audiences `GET /connect/recommendation-audiences` Operation ID: `getRecommendationAudienceCollection`. Tags: Custom Recommendation Audience Resources. Get a list of recommendation audiences; Create a recommendation audience Get a list of custom recommendation audiences. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/recommendation-audiences` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `page` (query, integer) Zero-index page number. If not specified, page zero is used. _Available in: v35.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Number of items per page. Default is 25. _Available in: v35.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Custom Recommendation Audience Collection_ A collection of custom recommendation audiences. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationAudienceCollection`. ### POST Custom Recommendation Audiences `POST /connect/recommendation-audiences` Operation ID: `postRecommendationAudienceCollection`. Tags: Custom Recommendation Audience Resources. Get a list of recommendation audiences; Create a recommendation audience Create a custom recommendation audience. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/recommendation-audiences` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `name` (query, string, required) The unique name of the custom recommendation audience. _Available in: v35.0_ #### Request body (required) A custom recommendation audience. _Available in: v35.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationAudienceInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Creating a custom recommendation audience ``` { "name": "Custom App Users" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Custom Recommendation Audience_ A custom recommendation audience. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationAudience`. ### GET Custom Recommendation Audience `GET /connect/recommendation-audiences/{recommendationAudienceId}` Operation ID: `getRecommendationAudience`. Tags: Custom Recommendation Audience Resources. Get, update or delete the specified recommendation audience. Get information about a custom recommendation audience. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/recommendation-audiences/{recommendationAudienceId}` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `recommendationAudienceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the recommendation audience. Pattern: ^(02J)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Custom Recommendation Audience_ A custom recommendation audience. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationAudience`. ### DELETE Custom Recommendation Audience `DELETE /connect/recommendation-audiences/{recommendationAudienceId}` Operation ID: `deleteRecommendationAudience`. Tags: Custom Recommendation Audience Resources. Get, update or delete the specified recommendation audience. Delete a custom recommendation audience. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/recommendation-audiences/{recommendationAudienceId}` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `recommendationAudienceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the recommendation audience. Pattern: ^(02J)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. ### PATCH Custom Recommendation Audience `PATCH /connect/recommendation-audiences/{recommendationAudienceId}` Operation ID: `patchRecommendationAudience`. Tags: Custom Recommendation Audience Resources. Get, update or delete the specified recommendation audience. Update a custom recommendation audience. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/recommendation-audiences/{recommendationAudienceId}` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `recommendationAudienceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the recommendation audience. Pattern: ^(02J)\\w\*. * `name` (query, string) The unique name of the custom recommendation audience. _Available in: v35.0_ #### Request body (required) A custom recommendation audience. _Available in: v35.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationAudienceInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Updating a custom list recommendation audience ``` { "criteria": { "memberOperationType": "Add", "members": { "userIds": [ "005B0000000Ge16", "005D0000001GpHp" ] }, "type": "CustomList" }, "name": "My Custom List" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Updating a new members recommendation audience ``` { "criteria": { "value": "30", "type": "MaxDaysInCommunity" }, "name": "New Hires" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Custom Recommendation Audience_ A custom recommendation audience. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationAudience`. ### GET Custom Recommendation Audience Members `GET /connect/recommendation-audiences/{recommendationAudienceId}/members` Operation ID: `getAudienceMembership`. Tags: Custom Recommendation Audience Resources. Get all members from a recommendation audience. Get the members of a custom recommendation audience. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/recommendation-audiences/{recommendationAudienceId}/members` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `recommendationAudienceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the recommendation audience. Pattern: ^(02J)\\w\*. * `page` (query, integer) Zero-index page number. If not specified, page zero is used. _Available in: v35.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Number of items per page. Default is 25. _Available in: v35.0_ #### Responses * **200** _User Reference Collection_ A collection of user references. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserReferenceCollection`. ### GET Custom Recommendation Definitions `GET /connect/recommendation-definitions` Operation ID: `getRecommendationDefinitionCollection`. Tags: Custom Recommendation Definition Resources. Get a list of recommendation definitions. Get a list of custom recommendation definitions. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/recommendation-definitions` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Custom Recommendation Definition Collection_ Represents a list of custom recommendation definitions. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationDefinitionCollection`. ### POST Custom Recommendation Definitions `POST /connect/recommendation-definitions` Operation ID: `postRecommendationDefinitionCollection`. Tags: Custom Recommendation Definition Resources. Get a list of recommendation definitions. Create a custom recommendation definition. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/recommendation-definitions` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `actionUrl` (query, string, required) URL for acting on the custom recommendation, for example, the URL to join a group. _Available in: v33.0_ * `actionUrlName` (query, string, required) Text label for the action URL in the user interface, for example, “Launch.” _Available in: v34.0_ * `explanation` (query, string, required) Explanation, or body, of the custom recommendation. _Available in: v33.0_ * `name` (query, string, required) Name of the custom recommendation definition. The name is displayed in Setup. _Available in: v33.0_ * `title` (query, string) Title of the custom recommendation definition. _Available in: v33.0_ #### Request body (required) A custom recommendation definition. _Available in: v33.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationDefinitionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "actionUrl": "https://www.example.com", "actionUrlName": "Launch", "explanation": "Click this link to learn more!", "name": "Corporate Training Project", "title": "Want to learn more about Corporate Training Project?" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Custom Recommendation Definition_ A custom recommendation definition. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationDefinition`. ### GET Custom Recommendation Definition `GET /connect/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}` Operation ID: `getRecommendationDefinition`. Tags: Custom Recommendation Definition Resources. Returns information about the specified recommendation definition. Get information about a custom recommendation definition. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `recommendationDefinitionId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the recommendation definition. Pattern: ^(0RD)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Custom Recommendation Definition_ A custom recommendation definition. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationDefinition`. ### DELETE Custom Recommendation Definition `DELETE /connect/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}` Operation ID: `deleteRecommendationDefinition`. Tags: Custom Recommendation Definition Resources. Returns information about the specified recommendation definition. Delete a custom recommendation definition. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `recommendationDefinitionId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the recommendation definition. Pattern: ^(0RD)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH Custom Recommendation Definition `PATCH /connect/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}` Operation ID: `patchRecommendationDefinition`. Tags: Custom Recommendation Definition Resources. Returns information about the specified recommendation definition. Modify a custom recommendation definition. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `recommendationDefinitionId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the recommendation definition. Pattern: ^(0RD)\\w\*. * `actionUrl` (query, string) URL for acting on the custom recommendation, for example, the URL to join a group. _Available in: v33.0_ * `actionUrlName` (query, string) Text label for the action URL in the user interface, for example, “Launch.” _Available in: v34.0_ * `explanation` (query, string) Explanation, or body, of the custom recommendation. _Available in: v33.0_ * `name` (query, string) Name of the custom recommendation definition. The name is displayed in Setup. _Available in: v33.0_ * `title` (query, string) Title of the custom recommendation definition. _Available in: v33.0_ #### Request body A custom recommendation definition. _Available in: v33.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationDefinitionInput`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /connect/recommendation-definitions request._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Responses * **200** _Custom Recommendation Definition_ A custom recommendation definition. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationDefinition`. ### GET Custom Recommendation Definition Photo `GET /connect/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}/photo` Operation ID: `getRecommendationDefinitionPicture`. Tags: Custom Recommendation Definition Resources. Use this resource to read, add, update, or delete the photo for the specified recommendation definition.To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file in REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Get information about the photo for a custom recommendation definition. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. To use an existing file as the recommendation definition photo, pass the file ID in the `fileId` property of the request body or in the `fileId` request parameter. To upload a binary file as a recommendation definition photo, you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Inputs and Binary File Upload Examples](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `recommendationDefinitionId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the recommendation definition. Pattern: ^(0RD)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Photo_ Photo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Photo`. ### PUT Custom Recommendation Definition Photo `PUT /connect/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}/photo` Operation ID: `putRecommendationDefinitionPicture`. Tags: Custom Recommendation Definition Resources. Use this resource to read, add, update, or delete the photo for the specified recommendation definition.To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file in REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Upload or modify the photo for a custom recommendation definition. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. To use an existing file as the recommendation definition photo, pass the file ID in the `fileId` property of the request body or in the `fileId` request parameter. To upload a binary file as a recommendation definition photo, you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Inputs and Binary File Upload Examples](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). **Note**: Files uploaded on the Group page and on the User Profile page don’t have a file ID and can’t be posted or cropped. Files uploaded on the Files page have a file ID and can be posted and cropped. **Note:** Photos are processed asynchronously and may not be visible right away. _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `recommendationDefinitionId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the recommendation definition. Pattern: ^(0RD)\\w\*. * `cropSize` (query, integer) The length, in pixels, of any edge of the crop square. Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `cropX` (query, integer) The position X, in pixels, from the left edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `cropY` (query, integer) The position Y, in pixels, from the top edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `fileId` (query, string) 18 character ID of an existing file. The key prefix must be 069 and the file size must be less than 2 GB. Files uploaded on the Group page and on the User Profile page don’t have a file ID and can’t be posted or cropped. Files uploaded on the Files page have a file ID and can be posted and cropped. Required to choose an existing file. _Available in: v25.0_ * `versionNumber` (query, integer) Version number of the existing content. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v25.0_ #### Request body Describes a photo input. _Available in: v29.0_ Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `fileUpload` (_string (binary)_) * `cropSize` (_integer_) The length, in pixels, of any edge of the crop square. Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `cropX` (_integer_) The position X, in pixels, from the left edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `cropY` (_integer_) The position Y, in pixels, from the top edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `fileId` (_string_) 18 character ID of an existing file. The key prefix must be 069 and the file must be an image and be smaller than 2 GB. Images uploaded on the Group page and on the User page don’t have file IDs and therefore can’t be used. Required to choose an existing file. _Available in: v25.0_ * `versionNumber` (_integer_) Version number of an existing file. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v25.0_ _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "cropSize": "120", "cropX": "0", "cropY": "0", "fileId": "069D00000001IOh" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Photo_ Photo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Photo`. ### DELETE Custom Recommendation Definition Photo `DELETE /connect/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}/photo` Operation ID: `deleteRecommendationDefinitionPicture`. Tags: Custom Recommendation Definition Resources. Use this resource to read, add, update, or delete the photo for the specified recommendation definition.To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file in REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Delete the photo for a custom recommendation definition. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. To use an existing file as the recommendation definition photo, pass the file ID in the `fileId` property of the request body or in the `fileId` request parameter. To upload a binary file as a recommendation definition photo, you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Inputs and Binary File Upload Examples](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `recommendationDefinitionId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the recommendation definition. Pattern: ^(0RD)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** Success ### GET Scheduled Custom Recommendations `GET /connect/scheduled-recommendations` Operation ID: `getScheduledRecommendationCollection`. Tags: Scheduled Custom Recommendations Resources. Get a list of scheduled recommendations. Get a list of scheduled custom recommendations. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/scheduled-recommendations` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `channel` (query, ConnectRecommendationChannel) A way to tie custom recommendations together. For example, display recommendations in specific places in the UI or show recommendations based on time of day or geographic locations. Values are: * `CustomChannel1` — Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. For example, community managers can use Experience Builder to determine where recommendations appear. * `CustomChannel2`–`CustomChannel5` — Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `DefaultChannel` — Default recommendation channel. Recommendations appear by default on the Home and Question Detail pages of Customer Service and Partner Central Experience Builder templates. They also appear in the feed in the Salesforce mobile web and anywhere community managers add recommendations using Experience Builder. Use these channel values; you can’t rename or create other channels. If not specified, defaults to `DefaultChannel`. _Available in: v33.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Scheduled Custom Recommendation Collection_ A list of scheduled custom recommendations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ScheduledRecommendationCollection`. ### POST Scheduled Custom Recommendations `POST /connect/scheduled-recommendations` Operation ID: `postScheduledRecommendationCollection`. Tags: Scheduled Custom Recommendations Resources. Get a list of scheduled recommendations. Create a scheduled custom recommendation. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/scheduled-recommendations` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `channel` (query, ConnectRecommendationChannel) A way to tie custom recommendations together. For example, display recommendations in specific places in the UI or show recommendations based on time of day or geographic locations. Values are: * `CustomChannel1` — Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. For example, community managers can use Experience Builder to determine where recommendations appear. * `CustomChannel2` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel3` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel4` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel5` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `DefaultChannel` —Default recommendation channel. Recommendations appear by default on the Home and Question Detail pages of Customer Service and Partner Central Experience Builder templates. They also appear in the feed in the Salesforce mobile web and anywhere community managers add recommendations using Experience Builder. Use these channel values; you can’t rename or create other channels. If not specified, defaults to `DefaultChannel`. Optional for creating a scheduled recommendation. If not specified, defaults to `DefaultChannel`. Don’t use when updating a scheduled recommendation _Available in: v36.0_ * `enabled` (query, boolean) Indicates whether scheduling is enabled. If `true`, the custom recommendation is enabled and appears in Experience Cloud sites. If `false`, custom recommendations in feeds in Salesforce mobile web aren’t removed, but no new custom recommendations appear. In Customer Service and Partner Central sites, disabled custom recommendations no longer appear. _Available in: v34.0_ * `rank` (query, integer) Relative rank of the scheduled custom recommendation indicated by ascending whole numbers starting with 1. Setting the rank is comparable to an insertion into an ordered list. The scheduled custom recommendation is inserted into the position specified by the `rank`. The `rank` of all the scheduled custom recommendations after it is pushed down. See Ranking scheduled custom recommendations example. If the specified `rank` is larger than the size of the list, the scheduled custom recommendation is put at the end of the list. The `rank` of the scheduled custom recommendation is the size of the list, instead of the one specified. If a `rank` is not specified, the scheduled custom recommendation is put at the end of the list. _Available in: v33.0_ * `recommendationAudienceId` (query, string) ID of the audience for this scheduled custom recommendation. _Available in: v35.0_ * `recommendationDefinitionId` (query, string, required) ID of the custom recommendation definition that this scheduled recommendation schedules. Required for creating a scheduled recommendation. You can’t specify a `recommendationDefinitionId` when updating a scheduled custom recommendation. _Available in: v33.0_ #### Request body A scheduled custom recommendation. _Available in: v36.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ScheduledRecommendationInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Creating a new scheduled custom recommendation ``` { "rank": "2", "recommendationDefinitionId": "0RDD00000004CEhOAM" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Scheduled Custom Recommendation_ Represents a scheduled custom recommendation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ScheduledRecommendation`. ### GET Scheduled Custom Recommendation `GET /connect/scheduled-recommendations/{scheduledRecommendationId}` Operation ID: `getScheduledRecommendation`. Tags: Scheduled Custom Recommendations Resources. Provides interaction with scheduled recommendations. Get information about a scheduled custom recommendation. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/scheduled-recommendations/{scheduledRecommendationId}` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `scheduledRecommendationId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a scheduled recommendation. Pattern: ^(0sr)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** Represents a scheduled custom recommendation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ScheduledRecommendation`. ### DELETE Scheduled Custom Recommendation `DELETE /connect/scheduled-recommendations/{scheduledRecommendationId}` Operation ID: `deleteScheduledRecommendation`. Tags: Scheduled Custom Recommendations Resources. Provides interaction with scheduled recommendations. Delete a scheduled custom recommendation. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/scheduled-recommendations/{scheduledRecommendationId}` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `scheduledRecommendationId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a scheduled recommendation. Pattern: ^(0sr)\\w\*. * `deleteDefinitionIfLast` (query, boolean) If `true` and if the DELETE request is for the last scheduled custom recommendation of a custom recommendation definition, deletes the custom recommendation definition. Default is `false` . _Available in: v35.0_ #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH Scheduled Custom Recommendation `PATCH /connect/scheduled-recommendations/{scheduledRecommendationId}` Operation ID: `patchScheduledRecommendation`. Tags: Scheduled Custom Recommendations Resources. Provides interaction with scheduled recommendations. Update a scheduled custom recommendation. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/scheduled-recommendations/{scheduledRecommendationId}` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `scheduledRecommendationId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a scheduled recommendation. Pattern: ^(0sr)\\w\*. * `enabled` (query, boolean) Indicates whether scheduling is enabled. If `true`, the custom recommendation is enabled and appears in Experience Cloud sites. If `false`, custom recommendations in feeds in Salesforce mobile web aren’t removed, but no new custom recommendations appear. In Customer Service and Partner Central sites, disabled custom recommendations no longer appear. _Available in: v34.0_ * `rank` (query, integer) Relative rank of the scheduled custom recommendation indicated by ascending whole numbers starting with 1. Setting the rank is comparable to an insertion into an ordered list. The scheduled custom recommendation is inserted into the position specified by the `rank`. The `rank` of all the scheduled custom recommendations after it is pushed down. See Ranking scheduled custom recommendations example. If the specified `rank` is larger than the size of the list, the scheduled custom recommendation is put at the end of the list. The `rank` of the scheduled custom recommendation is the size of the list, instead of the one specified. If a `rank` is not specified, the scheduled custom recommendation is put at the end of the list. _Available in: v33.0_ * `recommendationAudienceId` (query, string) ID of the audience for this scheduled custom recommendation. When updating a scheduled custom recommendation, specify `ALL` to remove the association between a custom recommendation audience and a scheduled custom recommendation. _Available in: v35.0_ #### Request body A scheduled custom recommendation. _Available in: v34.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ScheduledRecommendationInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Updating a scheduled custom recommendation ``` { "rank": "2" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Scheduled Custom Recommendation_ Represents a scheduled custom recommendation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ScheduledRecommendation`. ### GET Topic Endorsement `GET /connect/topic-endorsements/{topicEndorsementId}` Operation ID: `getTopicEndorsement`. Tags: Topics Resources. Allows a user to endorse and unendorse another user on a topic. Get information about an endorsement. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topic-endorsements/{topicEndorsementId}` _Available in: v30.0_ #### Parameters * `topicEndorsementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a topic endorsement. Pattern: ^(0en)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Topic Endorsement_ Represents one user endorsing another user for a single topic. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicEndorsement`. ### DELETE Topic Endorsement `DELETE /connect/topic-endorsements/{topicEndorsementId}` Operation ID: `deleteTopicEndorsement`. Tags: Topics Resources. Allows a user to endorse and unendorse another user on a topic. Remove an endorsement. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topic-endorsements/{topicEndorsementId}` _Available in: v30.0_ #### Parameters * `topicEndorsementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a topic endorsement. Pattern: ^(0en)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # When you endorse someone for a topic, an endorsement record is created with # the key prefix `0en`. To remove an endorsement, delete the endorsement record. DELETE /connect/topic-endorsements/0enD0000000003UIAQ ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` # This is the response: HTTP 204 ``` ### GET Topics, Opt Out from Knowledgeable People List `GET /connect/topic-opt-outs/{topicOptOutId}` Operation ID: `getTopicOptOut`. Tags: Topics Resources. Allows a user to opt back in to a previously opted out topic. Get a topic opt out. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topic-opt-outs/{topicOptOutId}` _Available in: v30.0_ #### Parameters * `topicOptOutId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a topic opt out. Pattern: ^(0eb)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Topic Opt Out_ An “opt out” from a topic. Indicates that a user doesn’t want to be identified as knowledgeable about a topic. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicOptOut`. ### DELETE Topics, Opt Out from Knowledgeable People List `DELETE /connect/topic-opt-outs/{topicOptOutId}` Operation ID: `deleteTopicOptOut`. Tags: Topics Resources. Allows a user to opt back in to a previously opted out topic. After hiding yourself from the Knowledgeable People list, show yourself again. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topic-opt-outs/{topicOptOutId}` _Available in: v30.0_ #### Parameters * `topicOptOutId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a topic opt out. Pattern: ^(0eb)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # When you opt out of the knowledgeable people list for a topic, a topic opt out # record is created with the key prefix `0eb`. To show yourself in the # knowledgeable people list after you’ve opted out, delete the topic opt out # record. DELETE /connect/topic-opt-outs/0ebD0000000003oIAA ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` # This is the response: HTTP 204 ``` ### GET Topics, Endorse People `GET /connect/topics/{topicId}/endorsements` Operation ID: `getTopicEndorsementCollection`. Tags: Topics Resources. Allows a user to get a collection of topic endorsements. Also allows a user to endorse another user on a specific topic. Get endorsements for a topic. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/{topicId}/endorsements` _Available in: v30.0_ #### Parameters * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. Pattern: ^(0TO)\\w\*. * `endorseeId` (query, string) Specifies the ID of the user who received endorsements. _Available in: v31.0_ * `endorserId` (query, string) Specifies the ID of the user who endorsed others. _Available in: v31.0_ * `page` (query, integer) An integer greater than 0 specifying a page of endorsements. The default value is zero. _Available in: v30.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are between 1 and 100. The default value is 25. _Available in: v30.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Topic Endorsement Collection_ A collection of topic endorsement response bodies. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicEndorsementCollection`. ### POST Topics, Endorse People `POST /connect/topics/{topicId}/endorsements` Operation ID: `postTopicEndorsementCollection`. Tags: Topics Resources. Allows a user to get a collection of topic endorsements. Also allows a user to endorse another user on a specific topic. Endorse a user for a topic. _Available in: v30.0_ #### Parameters * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. Pattern: ^(0TO)\\w\*. * `userId` (query, string) ID of the user to endorse for the topic. You must specify the user ID in a query parameter or in the request body. _Available in: v30.0_ #### Request body Endorse a user who’s knowledgeable about a topic. _Available in: v30.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicEndorsementOnTopicInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Topic Endorsement_ Represents one user endorsing another user for a single topic. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicEndorsement`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "userId" : "005B0000000Ge16" } ``` ### GET Topic Groups `GET /connect/topics/{topicId}/groups` Operation ID: `getTopicGroups`. Tags: Topics Resources. Get information about groups on topic page. By default return the Groups that most often talk about a topic. Get information about the five groups that most recently contributed to a topic. In version 28.0, use `/chatter/topics/{topicId}/groups` #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/{topicId}/groups` _Available in: v29.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/groups](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Groups-Resources/operation/getGroupDetailCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. Pattern: ^(0TO)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Group Page_ Page of Chatter groups. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/groups](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Groups-Resources/operation/getGroupDetailCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Topics, Knowledgeable People List `GET /connect/topics/{topicId}/knowledgeable-users` Operation ID: `getKnowledgeableUserCollection`. Tags: Topics Resources. Get all of the knowledgeable people on a specific topic. Get a list of knowledgeable people for the specified topic. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/{topicId}/knowledgeable-users` _Available in: v30.0_ #### Parameters * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. Pattern: ^(0TO)\\w\*. * `page` (query, integer) An integer greater than 0 specifying a page of topics. The default value is zero. _Available in: v30.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are between 1 and 100. The default value is 25. _Available in: v30.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Knowledgeable People Collection_ A collection of knowledgeable people response bodies. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `KnowledgeableUserCollection`. ### GET Topics, Opt Outs from Knowledgeable People List `GET /connect/topics/{topicId}/topic-opt-outs` Operation ID: `getTopicOptOutCollection`. Tags: Topics Resources. Allows a user to opt out of a topic and determine whether they have opted out of a particular topic. Get a list of topic opt outs for the specified topic. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/{topicId}/topic-opt-outs` _Available in: v30.0_ #### Parameters * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. Pattern: ^(0TO)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Topic Opt Out Collection_ A collection of topic opt out response bodies. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicOptOutCollection`. ### POST Topics, Opt Outs from Knowledgeable People List `POST /connect/topics/{topicId}/topic-opt-outs` Operation ID: `postTopicOptOutCollection`. Tags: Topics Resources. Allows a user to opt out of a topic and determine whether they have opted out of a particular topic. Hide yourself from the Knowledgeable People list for the specified topic. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/{topicId}/topic-opt-outs` _Available in: v30.0_ #### Parameters * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. Pattern: ^(0TO)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Topic Opt Out_ An “opt out” from a topic. Indicates that a user doesn’t want to be identified as knowledgeable about a topic. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicOptOut`. ## Schemas ### ChatterDirectory Chatter directory. * `feeds` (_string_) URL to the feeds resource. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `extensions` (_string_) URL to the extensions resource. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `groups` (_string_) URL to the groups resource. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `organization` (_string_) **Note**: This property is no longer available as of version 26.0. Use the `organization` property in the Connect Directory instead. URL to the organization resource. _Available in: v24.0–26.0_ * `streams` (_string_) URL to the streams resource. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `users` (_string_) Returns a URL to the users resource. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AnnouncementCollection A paginated collection of Announcement response bodies. * `announcements` (_array of object_) A collection of Announcement response bodies. An announcement displays in a designated location in the Salesforce UI until 11:59 p.m. on its expiration date, unless it’s deleted or replaced by another announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/announcements/{announcementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Announcements-Resources/operation/getAnnouncement) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. Each item: See the [GET /chatter/announcements/{announcementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Announcements-Resources/operation/getAnnouncement) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### AnnouncementInput An announcement. * `body` (_object_) MessageBodyInput Text of the announcement. Required for creating an announcement if `feedItemId` isn’t specified. Don’t specify for updating an announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ Includes all fields of `MessageBodyInput`. * `expirationDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date time in ISO 8601 format. The Salesforce UI displays an announcement until 11:59 p.m. on this date unless another announcement is posted first. The Salesforce UI ignores the time value in the `expirationDate`. However, you can use the time value to create your own display logic in your own UI. Required for creating an announcement. Optional for updating an announcement _Available in: v31.0_ * `feedItemId` (_string_) ID of an `AdvancedTextPost` feed item that is the body of the announcement. Required for creating an announcement if `body` isn’t specified. Don’t specify for updating an announcement. _Available in: v36.0_ * `isArchived` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the announcement is archived. _Available in: v36.0_ * `parentId` (_string_) ID of the parent entity for the announcement, that is, a group ID when the announcement appears in a group. Required for creating an announcement if `feedItemId` isn’t specified. Don’t specify for updating an announcement. _Available in: v36.0_ * `sendEmails` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the announcement is sent as an email to all group members regardless of their email setting for the group. If Chatter emails aren’t enabled for the organization, announcement emails aren’t sent. Default value is `false`. Optional for creating an announcement. Don’t specify for updating an announcement _Available in: v36.0_ ### Announcement An announcement. * `expirationDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date time in ISO 8601 format. The Salesforce UI displays an announcement until 11:59 p.m. on this date unless another announcement is posted first. The Salesforce UI ignores the time value in the `expirationDate`. However, you can use the time value to create your own display logic in your own UI. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElement` (_object_) FeedItem The feed element that contains the body of the announcement and its associated comments, likes, and so on. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItem`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isArchived` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the announcement is archived. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sendEmails` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the announcement is sent as an email to all group members. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL to the announcement. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DigestPeriod Time period that’s included in a Chatter email digest. Values are: * `DailyDigest` — The email includes up to the 50 latest posts from the previous day. * `WeeklyDigest` — The email includes up to the 50 latest posts from the previous week. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DailyDigest`, `WeeklyDigest`. ### DigestJobInput Submit a daily or weekly Chatter email digest job. * `period` (_object_, required) DigestPeriod Time period that’s included in a Chatter email digest. Values are: * `DailyDigest` — The email includes up to the 50 latest posts from the previous day. * `WeeklyDigest` — The email includes up to the 50 latest posts from the previous week. _Available in: v37.0_ Includes all fields of `DigestPeriod`. ### DigestJob Represents a successfully enqueued API digest job request. * `period` (_object_) DigestPeriod Time period that’s included in a Chatter email digest. Values are: * `DailyDigest` — The email includes up to the 50 latest posts from the previous day. * `WeeklyDigest` — The email includes up to the 50 latest posts from the previous week. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DigestPeriod`. ### SupportedEmojisOutput A collection of supported emoji. * `supportedEmojis` (_object_) EmojiCollection A collection of supported emoji. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EmojiCollection`. ### ExtensionDefinitionCollection Collection of extension definitions. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `extensionDefinitions` (_array of ExtensionDefinition_) Collection of extension definitions. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of extensions returned. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GroupMembershipRequest Group membership request. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string specifying the date of the membership request. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID for the group membership request object. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastUpdateDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string specifying the last time the request was updated. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `requestedGroup` (_object_) Reference Information about the group the user is requesting to join. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `responseMessage` (_string_) Message to display to the user if their membership request is declined. The value of this property is used only when the value of the `status` property is `Declined`. The maximum length is 756 characters. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectGroupMembershipRequestStatus Status of the request to join a private group. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectGroupMembershipRequestStatus`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this group membership request object. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the user requesting membership in a group. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. ### ConnectGroupMembershipRequestStatus Status of the request to join a private group. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Accepted`, `Declined`, `Pending`. ### UpdateGroupMembershipRequestInput Describes a group membership request input. * `responseMessage` (_string_) Use this property to provide a message to the user if their membership request is declined. The value of this property is used only when the value of the `status` property is `Declined`. The maximum length is 756 characters. * `status` (_object_) ConnectGroupMembershipRequestStatus Status of the membership request. Includes all fields of `ConnectGroupMembershipRequestStatus`. ### Batch Result of an entire batch request operation. Results are ordered in the same order in which the requests were given. Results may either be a successful result with a response body, a successful result without a response body, or an error result without a response body. Success and error are determined by the status code in each result. * `hasErrors` (_boolean_) True if at least one of the results is an error (a status code in the 400 or 500 range). _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `results` (_array of BatchResultItem_) Collection of batch result items. One for each request input. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GroupMember Chatter group member. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the group membership _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastFeedAccessDate` (_string (date-time)_) The date and time at which the group member last accessed the group feed. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `role` (_object_) ConnectGroupMembershipEnum Role of the group member. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectGroupMembershipEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this membership _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the user who is subscribed to this group _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. ### ConnectGroupMembershipEnum _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `GroupManager`, `GroupOwner`, `NotAMember`, `NotAMemberPrivateRequested`, `StandardMember`. ### GroupMemberInput Chatter group member input. * `role` (_object_) ConnectGroupMembershipEnum The role of the member. _Available in: v29.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectGroupMembershipEnum`. * `userId` (_string_) The user ID of the member to be added to the group. To update a group member’s role, pass only the `role` property, don’t pass the `userId` property. _Available in: v23.0_ ### GroupRecord A record associated with a group. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record associated with the group _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `record` (_RecordSummary | UserSummary_) Information about the record associated with the group. The record is one of these types: * Record Summary * User Summary _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `RecordSummary`, `UserSummary`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the record associated with the group _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectGroupArchiveStatusEnum Specifies archive status of groups. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `All`, `Archived`, `NotArchived`. ### GroupPage Page of Chatter groups. * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to this page of groups _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `groups` (_array of object_) Collection of group details _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Groups-Resources/operation/getGroupDetail) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. Each item: See the [GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Groups-Resources/operation/getGroupDetail) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of groups _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the previous page of groups _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ConnectGroupVisibilityEnum Group visibility type. One of the following values: * `PrivateAccess` — Only members of the group can see posts to this group. * `PublicAccess` — All users within the Experience Cloud site can see posts to this group. * `Unlisted` — Reserved for future use. _Available in: v29.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `PrivateAccess`, `PublicAccess`, `UnlistedAccess`. ### GroupInput Chatter group input. * `announcement` (_string_) An announcement ID. An announcement displays in a designated location in the Salesforce UI until 11:59 p.m. on its expiration date, unless it’s deleted or replaced by another announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ * `canHaveChatterGuests` (_boolean_) `true` if this group allows Chatter customers, `false` otherwise. After this property is set to `true`, it cannot be set to `false`. _Available in: v29.0_ * `description` (_string_) The “Description” section of the group _Available in: v29.0_ * `information` (_object_) GroupInformationInput The “Information” section of the group If the group is private, the “Information” section is visible only to members. The “Description” section is visible to everyone. _Available in: v28.0_ Includes all fields of `GroupInformationInput`. * `isArchived` (_boolean_) `true` if the group is archived, `false` otherwise. Defaults to `false`. _Available in: v29.0_ * `isAutoArchiveDisabled` (_boolean_) `true` if automatic archiving is turned off for the group, `false` otherwise. Defaults to `false`. _Available in: v29.0_ * `isBroadcast` (_boolean_) `true` if only group owners and managers can create posts in the group, `false` otherwise. Defaults to `false`. _Available in: v36.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) The name of the group _Available in: v29.0_ * `owner` (_string_) The ID of the group owner. This property is available for PATCH requests only. _Available in: v29.0_ * `visibility` (_object_, required) ConnectGroupVisibilityEnum Group visibility type. One of the following values: * `PrivateAccess` — Only members of the group can see posts to this group. * `PublicAccess` — All users within the Experience Cloud site can see posts to this group. * `Unlisted` — Reserved for future use. _Available in: v29.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectGroupVisibilityEnum`. ### InviteCollectionInput Invitation collection input. * `invitees` (_array of string_, required) List of email addresses to send the invitation to. _Available in: v39.0_ * `message` (_string_) Message to include in the invitation. _Available in: v39.0_ ### InviteCollection A collection of invitations. * `invitations` (_array of Invite_) Collection of invitations. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FileSummaryPage File summary page. * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page of files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `files` (_array of FileSummary_) Collection of one or more files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the previous page of files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### GroupRecordPage A paginated list of records associated with a group. * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page. If there is no next page, returns `null` _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the previous page. If there is no previous page, returns `null` _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `records` (_array of GroupRecord_) Collection of records associated with a group _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalRecordCount` (_integer_) Total number of records associated with a group _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GroupRecordInput Record to add to a Chatter group. * `recordId` (_string_, required) ID of the record. _Available in: v34.0_ ### GroupDetail Chatter group detail. * `additionalLabel` (_string_) An extra label for the group, for example, “Archived,” “Private,” or “Private With Customers.” If there isn’t an extra label, the value is `null`. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `announcement` (_object_) An announcement for the group. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ See the [GET /chatter/announcements/{announcementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Announcements-Resources/operation/getAnnouncement) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `bannerPhoto` (_object_) BannerPhoto The banner photo for the group. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BannerPhoto`. * `canHaveChatterGuests` (_boolean_) `true` if this group allows Chatter customers, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `community` (_object_) ReferenceCore Information about the Experience Cloud site. Returns `null` if the group exists in the default site or if digital experiences isn’t enabled. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `description` (_string_) Text-only description of the group. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `emailToChatterAddress` (_string_) Group’s email address for posting to this group by email. Returns `null` if Chatter emails and posting to Chatter by email aren’t both enabled in your organization. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `fileCount` (_integer_) Number of files posted to this group. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the group. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `information` (_object_) GroupInformation The Information section of the group. If the group is private, this section is visible only to members. If the context user is not a member of the group or does not have Modify All Data or View All Data permission, the value is `null`. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `GroupInformation`. * `isArchived` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the group is archived (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `isAutoArchiveDisabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether automatic archiving is disabled for the group (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `isBroadcast` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the group is a broadcast group (`true`) or not (`false`). In a broadcast group, only group owners and managers can post to the group. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `lastFeedElementPostDate` (_string_) Date of the most recent feed element posted to the group. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `lastFeedItemPostDate` (_string_) Date of the most recent feed item posted to the group. After API version 30.0, use `lastFeedElementPostDate`. _Available in: v24.0–30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `memberCount` (_integer_) Total number of group members. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `myRole` (_ConnectGroupMembershipEnum_) * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the group. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `owner` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the owner of the group. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `pendingRequests` (_integer_) The number of pending requests to join a private group. For public groups, the value is `null`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `photo` (_object_) Photo Information about the group photo. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `type` (_string_) Value is `CollaborationGroup`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Relative URL string to the group. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_ConnectGroupVisibilityEnum_) ### BannerPhoto A banner photo. * `bannerPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the banner photo in a large format. This URL is available only to authenticated users. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `bannerPhotoVersionId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character version ID of the banner photo. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the banner photo. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GroupMemberPage Group member page. * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to this page of members _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `members` (_array of GroupMember_) Collection of group members _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myMembership` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is a member of this group, returns information about that membership, or returns `null` otherwise _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of members _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the previous page of members _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `totalMemberCount` (_integer_) Total number of group members _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GroupMembershipRequestCollection Group membership request collection. * `requests` (_object_) GroupMembershipRequest Information about all requests to join a private group _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `GroupMembershipRequest`. * `total` (_integer_) The total number of requests to join a private group _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GroupChatterSettings A user’s Chatter settings for a specific group. * `emailFrequency` (_object_) ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum The frequency with which a group member receives email from a group. The value `UseDefault` uses the user’s default global setting defined in User Chatter Settings. In communities, the Email on every post option is disabled after more than 10,000 members choose this setting for the group. All members who had this option selected are automatically switched to Daily digests. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum`. ### ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum The frequency with which a group member receives email from a group. One of the following values: The value `UseDefault` uses the user’s default global setting defined in User Chatter Settings. In communities, the Email on every post option is disabled after more than 10,000 members choose this setting for the group. All members who had this option selected are automatically switched to Daily digests. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DailyDigest`, `EachPost`, `Never`, `UseDefault`, `WeeklyDigest`. ### GroupChatterSettingsInput Group Chatter settings input. * `emailFrequency` (_object_) ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum The frequency with which a group member receives email from a group. In communities, the Email on every post option is disabled after more than 10,000 members choose this setting for the group. All members who had this option selected are automatically switched to Daily digests. _Available in: v27.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum`. ### Photo Photo. * `fullEmailPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) A temporary URL to the large profile picture that expires after 30 days. This URL is available to unauthenticated users. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `largePhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the large profile picture. The default width is 200 pixels, while the length is scaled so the original image proportions are maintained. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `mediumPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the medium profile picture. The default width is 160 pixels, and the height is scaled so the original image proportions are maintained. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `photoVersionId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID to that version of the photo. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `smallPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the small profile picture. The default size is 64x64 pixels. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `standardEmailPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) A temporary URL to the small profile picture that expires after 30 days. This URL is available to unauthenticated users. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to a resource that returns a Photo response body: for example, `/services/data/v67.0/chatter/users/005D0000001LL8OIAW/photo`. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GlobalInfluenceThresholdCollection Representation for an influence threshold definition. * `thresholds` (_array of GlobalInfluenceThreshold_) Collection of influence threshold descriptions. ### Like Chatter like. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the like _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likedItem` (_object_) Reference A reference to the liked comment or feed element _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this like _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the user who liked this comment or feed element _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. ### LinkMetadataCollection Collection of link metadata. * `linkMetadataList` (_array of LinkMetadata_) List of metadata for links. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectMentionCompletionType Specifies the type of desired mention completions. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `All`, `Group`, `User`. ### MentionCompletionPage Paginated list of Mention Completion response bodies. * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL of the current page _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `mentionCompletions` (_array of MentionCompletion_) Collection of Mention Completion response bodies to use in a mention. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum Specifies the type of users who can see a feed item. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AllUsers`, `InternalUsers`. ### MentionValidations Information about whether a set of mentions is valid for the context user. * `hasErrors` (_boolean_) Indicates whether at least one of the proposed mentions has an error ( `true` ), or not ( `false` ). For example, context users can’t mention private groups they don’t belong to. If such a group is included in the list of mention validations, `hasErrors` is `true` and the group has a `validationStatus` of `Disallowed` in its mention validation. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mentionValidations` (_array of MentionValidation_) Information about whether a set of mentions is valid for the context user. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ConnectSortOrderEnum The order in which to sort the column. One of these values: * `Ascending` — Items are in ascending alphabetical order (A-Z). * `Descending` — Items are in descending alphabetical order (Z-A). * `MostRecentlyViewed` — Items are in descending chronological order by view. This sort order is valid only for Chatter feed streams. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Ascending`, `Descending`, `MostRecentlyViewed`. ### FeedStreamCollection A collection of Chatter feed streams. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of streams. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of FeedStream_) List of streams. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of streams. In version 39.0, all streams are included in `currentPageUrl` and `nextPageUrl` is `null`. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of streams in the collection. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedStreamInput Chatter feed stream input. * `description` (_string_) Description of the stream, up to 1,000 characters. _Available in: v39.0_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the stream, up to 120 characters. Required when creating a stream (POST). Optional when updating a stream (PATCH) _Available in: v39.0_ * `subscriptionsToAdd` (_array of StreamSubscriptionInput_) List of up to 25 entities whose feeds are included in the stream. Adding an entity that is already added results in no operation. Including the same entity in `subscriptionsToAdd` and `subscriptionsToRemove` results in no operation. _Available in: v39.0_ * `subscriptionsToRemove` (_array of StreamSubscriptionInput_) List of entities whose feeds are removed from the stream. Removing an entity that is already removed results in no operation. Including the same entity in `subscriptionsToAdd` and `subscriptionsToRemove` results in no operation. Optional when updating a stream (PATCH). Not supported when creating a stream (POST) _Available in: v39.0_ ### FeedStream A Chatter feed stream. * `community` (_object_) CommunitySummary Experience Cloud site where the stream is. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommunitySummary`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date the stream was created. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the stream. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the stream. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the stream. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `subscriptions` (_array of FeedEnabledEntitySummary_) List of entities whose feeds are included in the stream. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the stream. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Subscription Chatter subscription, or following, information. * `community` (_object_) Reference Information about the Experience Cloud site. Returns `null` if the subscription exists in the default site or if digital experiences isn’t enabled. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the subscription. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `subject` (_Group | RecordSummary | Topic | UserSummary_) Information about the parent, that is, the thing or person being followed. Valid values are: * Group (23.0) * Record Summary (23.0) * Topic (29.0) * User Summary (23.0) _Filter group: Small_ One of: `Group`, `RecordSummary`, `Topic`, `UserSummary`. * `subscriber` (_Group | UserSummary_) Information about the subscriber, that is, the person following this item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `Group`, `UserSummary`. * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this specific subscription. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserPage Page of Chatter users. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page. If there is no next page, returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the previous page. If there is no previous page, returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `users` (_array of UserDetail_) Collection of user detail information. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserDetail User detail. If the context user doesn’t have permission to see a property, the property is set to `null`. * `aboutMe` (_string_) Text from user's profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `additionalLabel` (_string_) If one exists, an extra label for the user, for example, “Customer,” “Partner,” or “Acme Corporation.” _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `address` (_object_) Address User’s address. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Address`. * `bannerPhoto` (_object_) BannerPhoto User’s banner photo. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BannerPhoto`. * `chatterActivity` (_object_) ChatterActivity Chatter activity statistics. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChatterActivity`. * `chatterInfluence` (_object_) ChatterInfluence User’s influence rank. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChatterInfluence`. * `communityNickname` (_string_) User’s nickname in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `companyName` (_string_) Company name. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentStatus` (_object_) UserStatus User's current status. _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ Includes all fields of `UserStatus`. * `displayName` (_string_) User’s name that is displayed in the site. If nicknames are enabled, the nickname is displayed. If nicknames aren’t enabled, the full name is displayed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `email` (_string_) User's email address. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `firstName` (_string_) User's first name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `firstName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `followersCount` (_integer_) Number of users following this user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `followingCounts` (_object_) FollowingCounts Information about items the user is following. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `FollowingCounts`. * `groupCount` (_integer_) Number of groups user is following. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `hasChatter` (_boolean_) `true` if user has access to Chatter; `false` otherwise. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isActive` (_boolean_) `true` if user is active, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isChatterGuest` (_boolean_) `true` if user is a Chatter customer, `false` otherwise. In version 26.0 and later, use the `userType` property. _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ * `isInThisCommunity` (_boolean_) `true` if the user is in the same Experience Cloud site as the context user; `false` otherwise. Can be `false` for record feed @mentions on posts with the scope “All Users.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) User's last name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `lastName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managerId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the user’s manager. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `managerName` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of manager's first and last names. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile picture. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outOfOffice` (_object_) OutOfOffice If one exists, extra out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OutOfOffice`. * `phoneNumbers` (_array of PhoneNumber_) Collection of user's phone numbers. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `photo` (_object_) Photo Information about the user's photos. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `reputation` (_object_) Reputation Reputation of the user in the site, which is determined by the number of points earned from events and actions performed in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Reputation`. * `stamps` (_array of Stamp_) Collection of the user’s stamps. In version 44.0 and later, use SOQL to get a user’s stamps. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thanksReceived` (_integer_) Number of thanks the user has received. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Value is `User`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the user's Chatter profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `username` (_string_) User name of the user, such as [Admin@mycompany.com](mailto:Admin@mycompany.com) . _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userType` (_ConnectUserTypeEnum_) ### UserInput User input. * `aboutMe` (_string_) The `aboutMe` property of a User Detail response body. The maximum length is 1000 characters. This property populates the “About Me” section of the user profile, which is visible to all members of an Experience Cloud site or org. _Available in: v29.0_ ### UserActivitiesJob User activities job. * `jobToken` (_string_) Token that identifies the user activities job. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `jobType` (_string_) Type of user activities job. Value is `export` or `purge`. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Message describing the status and expected outcome of the job. When the job completes, you receive an email with information about the Salesforce file that contains User Activity Collection. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConversationSummaryCollection Conversation summary collection. * `conversations` (_array of ConversationSummary_) Collection of zero or more conversations. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page of conversations. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of messages, that is, older conversations. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConversationUnreadCount Conversation unread count. * `hasMore` (_boolean_) `true` if the actual number of unread conversations is greater than 50, `false` otherwise _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unreadCount` (_integer_) Number of unread conversations, that is, conversations that have unread messages. Is an exact value up to the maximum of 50, and is capped at 50 if the value is greater. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConversationDetail Conversation detail. * `conversationId` (_string_) 18-character ID of the conversation _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `conversationUrl` (_string_) URL to the conversation detail page _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `members` (_array of UserSummary_) Collection of users participating in this conversation _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messages` (_object_) MessageCollection Messages in this conversation _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MessageCollection`. * `read` (_boolean_) Does the context user have unread messages in this conversation? _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### InputRequest User stream conversation input. * `read` (_boolean_) Changes the conversation status to unread (`false`) or read (`true`). _Available in: v24.0_ ### FollowerPage Page of Chatter followers. * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL of the current page _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `followers` (_array of object_) Collection of one or more subscriptions of those that follow a record _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Subscriptions-Resources/operation/getSubscription) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. Each item: See the [GET /chatter/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Subscriptions-Resources/operation/getSubscription) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore **Note**: This field is no longer available as of version 24.0. If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0–24.0_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of followers _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FollowingPage Page of Chatter followers. * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `following` (_array of object_) Collection of one or more subscriptions _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Subscriptions-Resources/operation/getSubscription) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. Each item: See the [GET /chatter/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Subscriptions-Resources/operation/getSubscription) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL of the next page _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) URL of the previous page _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of records being followed _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FollowingInput Following input. * `subjectId` (_string_) The ID of the record you want to follow, such as a user ID or file ID. **Note**: Use Group Member Input for adding members to groups. _Available in: v23.0_ ### UserGroupDetailCollection A page of groups that a user is a member of. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `groups` (_array of object_) Collection of groups that the user is a member of. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Groups-Resources/operation/getGroupDetail) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. Each item: See the [GET /chatter/groups/{groupId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Groups-Resources/operation/getGroupDetail) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page, or `null` if there is no next page. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page, or `null` if there is no previous page. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of groups that the user is a member of. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MessageCollection Collection of messages. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `messages` (_array of Message_) Collection of one or more messages. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserMessagesMessageInput Description of a user message input. * `body` (_string_) Text of the message body _Available in: v23.0_ * `inReplyTo` (_string_) ID of an existing message that identifies which conversation this message is part of . Specify either `recipients` or `inReplyTo`. Specify one or the other, not both. _Available in: v23.0_ * `recipients` (_array of string_) List of users who are the intended message recipients, up to 9. Comma-separated list of user IDs. Specify either `recipients` or `inReplyTo`. Specify one or the other, not both. _Available in: v23.0_ ### Message Message. * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Text of the message. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `conversationId` (_string_) 18-character ID of the conversation the message is part of. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `conversationUrl` (_string_) URL to the conversation the message is part of. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the message. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recipients` (_array of UserSummary_) Collection of one or more message recipients. The collection of recipients is empty for these resources because the conversation participants are already identified in the conversation’s `members` property in Conversation Detail and Conversation Summary. * /chatter/users/me/conversations * /chatter/users/me/conversations/{conversationId} _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sentDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sender` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the user who sent the message. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `sendingCommunity` (_object_) ReferenceCore Information about the Experience Cloud site from which the message was sent. Returns `null` for the default site or if digital experiences isn’t enabled. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `url` (_string_) URL to this message. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserChatterSettings A user’s global Chatter settings. * `defaultGroupEmailFrequency` (_object_) ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum The default frequency with which a user receives email from a group when they join it. In communities, the Email on every post option is disabled after more than 10,000 members choose this setting for the group. All members who had this option selected are automatically switched to Daily digests. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum`. ### UserChatterSettingsInput A user’s global Chatter settings. * `defaultGroupEmailFrequency` (_object_) ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum The default frequency with which a user receives email from a group when they join. In communities, the Email on every post option is disabled after more than 10,000 members choose this setting for the group. All members who had this option selected are automatically switched to Daily digests. _Available in: v27.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum`. ### NotificationMember A notification member. * `notificationFrequency` (_object_) ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum Frequency with which a user receives email. In version 38.0 and later, `EachPost` is the only valid value. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the notification member. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NotificationMemberInput Notification member input. * `notificationFrequency` (_object_, required) ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum Frequency with which a user receives email. In version 38.0 and later, `EachPost` is the only valid value. _Available in: v38.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailFrequencyEnum`. ### Reputation Reputation for a user. * `reputationLevel` (_object_) ReputationLevel User’s reputation level. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReputationLevel`. * `reputationPoints` (_number (double)_) User's reputation points, which can be earned by performing different activities. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to the reputation. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserMissionActivitiesJob User mission activities job. * `jobToken` (_string_) Token that identifies the mission user activities job. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `jobType` (_string_) Type of user activities job, either `export` or `purge`. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Message describing the status and expected outcome of the job. When the job completes, you receive an email with information about the Salesforce file that contains User Mission Activity Collection. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectUserMissionActivityTypeEnum Type of mission activity for a user. Values are: * `FeedItemAnswerAQuestion` — User answered a question. * `FeedItemLikeSomething` — User liked a post or comment. * `FeedItemMarkAnswerAsBest` — User marked an answer as the best answer. * `FeedItemPostQuestion` — User posted a question. * `FeedItemReceiveAComment` — User received a comment on a post. * `FeedItemReceiveALike` — User received a like on a post or comment. * `FeedItemReceiveAnAnswer` — User received an answer to a question. * `FeedItemWriteAComment` — User commented on a post. * `FeedItemWriteAPost` — User made a post. * `FeedItemYourAnswerMarkedBest` — User’s answer was marked as the best answer. _Available in: v45.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `FeedItemAnswerAQuestion`, `FeedItemLikeSomething`, `FeedItemMarkAnswerAsBest`, `FeedItemPostQuestion`, `FeedItemReceiveAComment`, `FeedItemReceiveALike`, `FeedItemReceiveAnAnswer`, `FeedItemWriteAComment`, `FeedItemWriteAPost`, `FeedItemYourAnswerMarkedBest`. ### UserMissionActivityInput Mission activity for a user. * `activityCount` (_integer_, required) Number of mission activities of the specified type for the user. _Available in: v45.0_ * `activityType` (_object_, required) ConnectUserMissionActivityTypeEnum Type of mission activity for a user. Values are: * `FeedItemAnswerAQuestion` — User answered a question. * `FeedItemLikeSomething` — User liked a post or comment. * `FeedItemMarkAnswerAsBest` — User marked an answer as the best answer. * `FeedItemPostQuestion` — User posted a question. * `FeedItemReceiveAComment` — User received a comment on a post. * `FeedItemReceiveALike` — User received a like on a post or comment. * `FeedItemReceiveAnAnswer` — User received an answer to a question. * `FeedItemWriteAComment` — User commented on a post. * `FeedItemWriteAPost` — User made a post. * `FeedItemYourAnswerMarkedBest` — User’s answer was marked as the best answer. _Available in: v45.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectUserMissionActivityTypeEnum`. ### UserMissionActivityStatus Status of mission activity for a user. * `message` (_string_) Success or error message. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status of mission activity for a user. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserMissionActivityCollection List of mission activities for a user. * `community` (_object_) CommunitySummary Experience Cloud site in which the user performed activities. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `CommunitySummary`. * `userId` (_string_) ID of the user. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `userMissionActivities` (_array of AbstractUserMissionActivity_) List of mission activities performed by the user. A mission activity can be any of these: * User Mission Activity * User Mission _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `userName` (_string_) Name of the user. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ConnectFeedFilter Filter for the feed specified in `redirectedFeedType`. Otherwise, `null`. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AllQuestions`, `AuthoredBy`, `CommunityScoped`, `QuestionsWithCandidateAnswers`, `QuestionsWithCandidateAnswersReviewedPublished`, `Read`, `SolvedQuestions`, `UnansweredQuestions`, `UnansweredQuestionsWithCandidateAnswers`, `Unread`, `UnsolvedQuestions`. ### FeedElementPage Container of feed elements with paginated results. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `elements` (_array of AbstractFeedElement_) Collection of feed elements. A feed element can be any of these: * Generic Feed Element * Feed Item _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isModifiedToken` (_string_) An opaque polling token that describes when a news feed was last modified. Use this as the value in the `{since}` request parameter of the `/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements/is-modified` resource. This feature is available through a Feed Polling pilot program. This pilot program is closed and not accepting new participants. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isModifiedUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL with a `{since}` request parameter that contains an opaque token that describes when the feed was last modified. Returns `null` if the feed isn’t a news feed. Use this URL to poll a news feed for updates. This feature is available through a Feed Polling pilot program. This pilot program is closed and not accepting new participants. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the next page of feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `updatesToken` (_string_) Token to use in an updatedSince parameter, or `null` if not available. An opaque polling token that describes when a news feed was last modified. Use this token as the value in the updatedSince request parameter of the `/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements` resource. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `updatesUrl` (_string_) A resource with the feed elements updated since the feed was refreshed. Value is `null` if the feed doesn’t support updates polling. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### DashboardComponentSnapshotInput Dashboard component snapshot input. * `feedItemBody` (_object_) MessageBodyInput Contains the text that accompanies the feed item associated with the dashboard component snapshot. _Available in: v25.0_ Includes all fields of `MessageBodyInput`. * `filter1Id` (_string_) Optional. A dashboard filter item. * `filter2Id` (_string_) Optional. A second dashboard filter item. * `filter3Id` (_string_) Optional. A third dashboard filter item. * `parentId` (_string_) A user, group, or dashboard ID to which you are posting the snapshot. _Available in: v25.0_ * `runningUserId` (_string_) Optional. A user ID from which the view of the dashboard will be created, if other than the creator. _Available in: v25.0_ * `filterId1` (_string_) Optional. A dashboard filter item ID. _Available in: v25.0_ * `filterId2` (_string_) Optional. A second dashboard filter item ID. _Available in: v25.0_ * `filterId3` (_string_) Optional. A third dashboard filter item ID. _Available in: v25.0_ ### DashboardComponentSnapshot Represents both dashboard component snapshots and alerts you receive when a dashboard component value crosses a threshold. * `componentId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the dashboard component. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `componentName` (_string_) The dashboard component name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dashboardBodyText` (_string_) Display this text next to the actor in the feed element.Use this text in place of the default body text. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dashboardId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the dashboard. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dashboardName` (_string_) The name of the dashboard. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fullSizeImageUrl` (_string (url)_) The source URL to retrieve the full-size image of a snapshot. Access this URL with OAuth credentials. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastRefreshDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date specifying when this dashboard component was last refreshed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastRefreshDateDisplayText` (_string_) Display text for the last refresh date, for example, “Last Refreshed on October 31, 2013.” _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `runningUser` (_object_) UserSummary The running user of the dashboard at the time the snapshot was posted. This value may be `null`. Each dashboard has a running user, whose security settings determine which data to display in a dashboard. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `thumbnailUrl` (_string (url)_) The source URL to retrieve the thumbnail image of a snapshot. Access this URL with OAuth credentials. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### QuestionAndAnswersSuggestionCollection Question and answers suggestions search result. * `articles` (_array of ArticleItem_) Collection of articles. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `questions` (_array of AbstractFeedElement_) Collection of questions, which can be any of these: * Generic Feed Element * Feed Item _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserProfile Chatter user profile. * `capabilities` (_object_) UserCapabilities The context user’s capabilities specific to the subject user’s profile _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `UserCapabilities`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) The ID of the user attached to the profile _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `tabs` (_array of UserProfileTab_) The tabs visible to the context user for that user type _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL of the user’s profile _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userDetail` (_object_) UserDetail The details about the user attached to the profile _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserDetail`. ### TopicCollection Used to return a list of topics. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Returns the current page of topics _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Returns the next page of topics. If there is no next page, returns the string “null” _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `topics` (_array of Topic_) Collection of topics _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BatchSbi Result of an entire batch request operation. Results are ordered in the same order in which the requests were given. Results may either be a successful result with a response body, a successful result without a response body, or an error result without a response body. Success and error are determined by the status code in each result. * `hasErrors` (_boolean_) `true` if at least one of the results in the result set is an HTTP status code in the 400 or 500 range; `false` otherwise _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `results` (_object_) Collection of batch result items _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TopicsPeopleAreKnowledgeableAboutCollection A collection of topics people are knowledgeable about response bodies. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `knowledgeableAboutTopics` (_array of TopicsPeopleAreKnowledgeableAbout_) Collection of topics people are knowledgeable about response bodies. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `userId` (_string_) ID of the user who is knowledgeable about the topics. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectRecommendationChannel Defines the channel the scheduled recommendation will be shown in Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CustomChannel1`, `CustomChannel2`, `CustomChannel3`, `CustomChannel4`, `CustomChannel5`, `DefaultChannel`. ### ConnectRecommendationActionEnum Specifies the type of action to take from a recommendation. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `follow`, `join`, `view`. ### ChatterRecommendations Representation for a list of recommendations. * `recommendations` (_array of ChatterRecommendation_) Collection of recommendations. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectRecommendedObjectEnum Defines the type of static recommendations Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Other`, `Today`. ### RecommendationAudienceCollection A collection of custom recommendation audiences. * `audienceCount` (_integer_) The total number of custom recommendation audiences. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recommendationAudiences` (_array of RecommendationAudience_) A collection of custom recommendation audiences. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecommendationAudienceInput A custom recommendation audience. * `criteria` (_CustomListAudienceCriteriaInput | NewUserAudienceCriteriaInput_) List of audience criteria to update or add. An audience can have up to 100 criteria. Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v36.0_ One of: `CustomListAudienceCriteriaInput`, `NewUserAudienceCriteriaInput`. * `name` (_string_, required) The unique name of the custom recommendation audience. Optional to update a recommendation audience. Required to create a recommendation audience _Available in: v35.0_ * `memberOperationType` (_string_) This property is available only in version 35.0. In version 36.0 and later, use Custom List Audience Criteria Input. The operation to carry out on the audience members. Values are: * `Add` —Adds specified members to the audience. * `Remove` —Removes specified members from the audience. Required to update a recommendation audience. Don’t use or specify `null` to create a recommendation audience _Available in: v35.0 only_ Allowed values: `Add`, `Remove`. * `members` (_object_) UserIdCollectionInput This property is available only in version 35.0. In version 36.0 and later, use Custom List Audience Criteria Input. A collection of user IDs. When updating an audience, you can include up to 100 members. An audience can have up to 100,000 members, and each Experience Cloud site can have up to 100 audiences. Required to update a recommendation audience. Don’t use or specify `null` to create a recommendation audience _Available in: v35.0 only_ Includes all fields of `UserIdCollectionInput`. ### RecommendationAudience A custom recommendation audience. * `criteria` (_CustomListAudienceCriteria | NewUserAudienceCriteria_) The criteria for the custom recommendation audience type. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `CustomListAudienceCriteria`, `NewUserAudienceCriteria`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the custom recommendation audience. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedBy` (_object_) AbstractUser User who last modified the custom recommendation audience. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AbstractUser`. * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the custom recommendation audience. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the custom recommendation audience. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `memberCount` (_integer_) This property is available only in version 35.0. In version 36.0 and later, this property is available in Custom List Audience Criteria. Number of members in the custom recommendation audience. _Available in: v35.0 only_ _Filter group: Small_ * `members` (_object_) This property is available only in version 35.0. In version 36.0 and later, this property is available in Custom List Audience Criteria. Members of the custom recommendation audience. _Available in: v35.0 only_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `UserReferenceCollection`. ### UserReferenceCollection A collection of user references. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userCount` (_integer_) Number of users in the collection. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `users` (_array of ReferenceCore_) A collection of user references. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecommendationDefinitionCollection Represents a list of custom recommendation definitions. * `recommendationDefinitions` (_array of RecommendationDefinition_) A list of custom recommendation definitions. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the Connect REST API resource for the recommendation definition collection. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecommendationDefinitionInput A custom recommendation definition. * `actionUrl` (_string_) URL for acting on the custom recommendation, for example, the URL to join a group. Required for creating a recommendation definition. Optional for updating a recommendation definition _Available in: v33.0_ * `actionUrlName` (_string_) Text label for the action URL in the user interface, for example, “Launch.” Required for creating a recommendation definition. Optional for updating a recommendation definition _Available in: v34.0_ * `explanation` (_string_) Explanation, or body, of the custom recommendation. Required for creating a recommendation definition. Optional for updating a recommendation definition _Available in: v33.0_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the custom recommendation definition. The name is displayed in Setup. Required for creating a recommendation definition. Optional for updating a recommendation definition _Available in: v33.0_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the custom recommendation definition. _Available in: v33.0_ ### RecommendationDefinition A custom recommendation definition. * `actionUrl` (_string_) The URL for acting on this custom recommendation. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `actionUrlName` (_string_) The text label for the action URL in the user interface. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `explanation` (_string_) Explanation of the custom recommendation definition. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the custom recommendation definition. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the custom recommendation definition. The name is displayed in Setup. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `photo` (_object_) Photo Photo of the custom recommendation definition. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the custom recommendation definition. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the Connect REST API resource for the custom recommendation definition. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ScheduledRecommendationCollection A list of scheduled custom recommendations. * `scheduledRecommendations` (_array of ScheduledRecommendation_) A list of scheduled custom recommendations. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the Connect REST API resource for the scheduled custom recommendation collection. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ScheduledRecommendationInput A scheduled custom recommendation. * `channel` (_object_) A way to tie custom recommendations together. For example, display recommendations in specific places in the UI or show recommendations based on time of day or geographic locations. Values are: * `CustomChannel1` — Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. For example, community managers can use Experience Builder to determine where recommendations appear. * `CustomChannel2` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel3` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel4` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel5` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `DefaultChannel` —Default recommendation channel. Recommendations appear by default on the Home and Question Detail pages of Customer Service and Partner Central Experience Builder templates. They also appear in the feed in the Salesforce mobile web and anywhere community managers add recommendations using Experience Builder. Use these channel values; you can’t rename or create other channels. Optional for creating a scheduled recommendation. If not specified, defaults to `DefaultChannel`. Don’t use when updating a scheduled recommendation _Available in: v36.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectRecommendationChannel`. * `enabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether scheduling is enabled. If `true`, the custom recommendation is enabled and appears in Experience Cloud sites. If `false`, custom recommendations in feeds in Salesforce mobile web aren’t removed, but no new custom recommendations appear. In Customer Service and Partner Central sites, disabled custom recommendations no longer appear. _Available in: v34.0_ * `rank` (_integer_) Relative rank of the scheduled custom recommendation indicated by ascending whole numbers starting with 1. Setting the rank is comparable to an insertion into an ordered list. The scheduled custom recommendation is inserted into the position specified by the `rank`. The `rank` of all the scheduled custom recommendations after it is pushed down. See Ranking scheduled custom recommendations example. If the specified `rank` is larger than the size of the list, the scheduled custom recommendation is put at the end of the list. The `rank` of the scheduled custom recommendation is the size of the list, instead of the one specified. If a `rank` is not specified, the scheduled custom recommendation is put at the end of the list. _Available in: v33.0_ * `recommendationAudienceId` (_string_) ID of the audience for this scheduled custom recommendation. When updating a scheduled custom recommendation, specify `ALL` to remove the association between a custom recommendation audience and a scheduled custom recommendation. _Available in: v35.0_ * `recommendationDefinitionId` (_string_) ID of the custom recommendation definition that this scheduled recommendation schedules. Required for creating a scheduled recommendation. You can’t specify a `recommendationDefinitionId` when updating a scheduled custom recommendation. _Available in: v33.0_ ### ScheduledRecommendation Represents a scheduled custom recommendation. * `channel` (_object_) ConnectRecommendationChannel A way to tie custom recommendations together. For example, display recommendations in specific places in the UI or show recommendations based on time of day or geographic locations. Values are: * `CustomChannel1` — Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. For example, community managers can use Experience Builder to determine where recommendations appear. * `CustomChannel2` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel3` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel4` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `CustomChannel5` —Custom recommendation channel. Not used by default. Work with your community manager to define custom channels. * `DefaultChannel` —Default recommendation channel. Recommendations appear by default on the Home and Question Detail pages of Customer Service and Partner Central Experience Builder templates. They also appear in the feed in the Salesforce mobile web and anywhere community managers add recommendations using Experience Builder. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectRecommendationChannel`. * `enabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether scheduling is enabled. If `true`, the custom recommendation is enabled and appears in Experience Cloud sites. If `false`, custom recommendations in feeds in Salesforce mobile web aren’t removed, but no new custom recommendations appear. In Customer Service and Partner Central sites, disabled custom recommendations no longer appear. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the scheduled custom recommendation. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rank` (_integer_) The rank determining the order of this scheduled custom recommendation. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recommendationAudienceId` (_string_) ID of the audience for the scheduled custom recommendation. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recommendationDefinitionRepresentation` (_object_) RecommendationDefinition Custom recommendation definition that this scheduled recommendation schedules. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecommendationDefinition`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the Connect REST API resource for the scheduled custom recommendation. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TopicEndorsement Represents one user endorsing another user for a single topic. * `endorsee` (_object_) UserSummary User being endorsed _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummarySbi`. * `endorsementId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the endorsement record _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `endorser` (_object_) UserSummary User performing the endorsement _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummarySbi`. * `topic` (_object_) Topic Topic the user is being endorsed for _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Topic`. * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API resource URL for the endorsement record _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TopicOptOut An “opt out” from a topic. Indicates that a user doesn’t want to be identified as knowledgeable about a topic. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the topic opt out record. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reason` (_object_) ConnectTopicOptOutReasonEnum The reason the user is opting out of the topic. The only valid value is `topicInfluenceHide`. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectTopicOptOutReasonEnum`. * `topic` (_object_) Topic Topic the user opted out of. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Topic`. * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API resource URL to the topic opt out. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary User that opted out of the topic. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummarySbi`. ### TopicEndorsementCollection A collection of topic endorsement response bodies. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `topicEndorsements` (_array of TopicEndorsement_) Collection of topic endorsement response bodies _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TopicEndorsementOnTopicInput Input required for creating a TopicEndorsement. * `userId` (_string_) ID of the user to endorse for the topic. You must specify the user ID in a query parameter or in the request body. _Available in: v30.0_ ### KnowledgeableUserCollection A collection of knowledgeable people response bodies. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `knowledgeableUsers` (_array of KnowledgeableUser_) Collection of knowledgeable people response bodies _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### TopicOptOutCollection A collection of topic opt out response bodies. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `topicOptOuts` (_array of TopicOptOut_) Collection of topic opt out response bodies. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MessageBodyInput Message body input. * `messageSegments` (_array of MessageSegmentInput_) Collection of message segments, based on type. Segments can be one of the following: * Message Segment Input: Entity Link (version 43.0 and later) * Message Segment Input: Hash Tag * Message Segment Input: Inline Image (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment Input: Link * Message Segment Input: Markup Begin (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment Input: Markup End (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment Input: Mention * Message Segment Input: Text _Available in: v23.0_ ### FeedItem A feed is made up of feed elements. A feed item is a type of feed element. * `actor` (_object_) AbstractActor The entity that created the feed item. Values are: * Record Summary —if a record (23.0) * User Summary —if a user (23.0) * Unauthenticated User —if a Chatter customer (24.0) If the actor is a user, a User Summary response body is returned, not a Record Summary of type user. _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AbstractActor`. * `attachment` (_string_) Depends on the `type` value of the attachment. Values include: * `Approval` — Feed Item Attachment: Approval (v27.0–31.0) * `BasicTemplate` — Feed Item Attachment: Basic Template (v27.0–31.0) * `Canvas` — Feed Item Attachment: Canvas Template (v29.0–31.0) * `CaseComment` — Feed Item Attachment: Case Comment (v24.0–31.0) * `Content` — Feed Item Attachment: Content or `null` if the content is unavailable (v23.0–31.0) * `DashboardComponent` — Feed Item Attachment: Dashboard (v24.0–31.0) * `EmailMessage` — Feed Item Attachment: Email Message (v29.0–31.0) * `Link` — Feed Item Attachment: Link (v23.0–31.0) * `Poll` — Feed Item Attachment: Poll (v26.0–31.0) * `RecordSnapshot` — Feed Item Attachment: Record Snapshot (v29.0–31.0) * `TrackedChange` — Feed Item Attachment: Tracked Change (v29.0–31.0) **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property. _Filter group: Medium_ * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed element. _Available in: v22.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `canShare` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed item can be shared. If a feed item has multiple file attachments and at least one attachment has been deleted or is inaccessible, the feed item can’t be shared. The `canShare` value is incorrectly set to `true` in these cases. **Important**: As of API version 39.0, use the `isSharable` property. _Available in: v27.0–38.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `capabilities` (_object_) FeedElementCapabilitySet A container for all capabilities that can be included with a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCapabilitySet`. * `clientInfo` (_object_) ClientInfo Information about the client app used to authenticate the connection. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ClientInfo`. * `comments` (_object_) CommentPage Comments for this feed item. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.comments.page` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommentPage`. * `createdDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentUserLike` (_object_) ReferenceCore **Note**: This property is no longer available as of version 24.0. Use the `myLike` property instead. A reference to a like object if applicable, `null` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0–24.0_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `event` (_boolean_) `true` if feed item created due to an event change, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `feedElementType` (_object_) ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum Feed elements are the top-level objects that a feed contains. The feed element type describes the characteristics of that feed element. One of these values: * `Bundle` — A container of feed elements. A bundle also has a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `FeedItem` — A feed item has a single parent and is scoped to oneExperience Cloud site or across all Experience Cloud sites. A feed item can have capabilities such as bookmarks, canvas, content, comment, link, poll. Feed items have a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `Recommendation` — A recommendation is a feed element with a recommendations capability. A recommendation suggests records to follow, groups to join, or applications that are helpful to the context user. _Available in: v31.0_ Example: `FeedItem`. Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum`. Example: `FeedItem`. * `hasVerifiedComment` (_boolean_) `true` if the feed item has a verified comment, otherwise `false`. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `header` (_object_) FeedItemBody The header is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message. If a client doesn't know how to render a feed element type, it should render this text. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) `true` if the context user has bookmarked this feed item, `false` otherwise. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.bookmarks.isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isDeleteRestricted` (_boolean_) Returns `true` if the context user can’t delete a feed item. If it returns `false`, possibly the context users can delete the feed item. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isLikedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) `true` if the context user has liked this feed item, `false` otherwise. As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.isLikedByCurrentUser` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isSharable` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed item can be shared. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `likes` (_object_) LikePage Likes for this feed item, **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.page` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `LikePage`. * `likesMessage` (_object_) LikeMessageBody A message body that describes who likes the feed item. As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.likesMessage` property. _Available in: v27.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LikeMessageBody`. * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this feed item. Moderators can view and act on flagged items. If the `communityModeration` property of the Features response body is `false`, this property is `null`. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.moderation.moderationFlags` property. _Available in: v29.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. * `modifiedDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myLike` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user has liked the comment, this property is a reference to the specific like, `null` otherwise. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.myLike` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `originalFeedItem` (_object_) Reference A reference to the original feed item if this feed item is a shared feed item, `null` otherwise. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `originalFeedItemActor` (_object_) AbstractActor Value depends on type of original feed item. Values are: * Record Summary –if original feed item is a record * User Summary –if original feed item is a user * Unauthenticated User —if original feed item is from a Chatter customer * `null` if this feed item is not a shared feed item _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractActor`. * `parent` (_object_) AbstractIdable Value depends on type of parent. Values are: * File Summary—if parent is a file * Group—if parent is a group * Record Summary—if parent is a record * User Summary—if parent is a user **Note**: If the parent is a user, a User Summary response body is returned, not a Record Summary of type user. The same applies for both groups and files. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractIdable`. * `photoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the photo associated with the feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `preamble` (_string_) The preamble is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message, for example, “App Builders - Pam Jones”. In API versions to 28.0, use the `/body/text` property as the default case for rendering text. In API versions 29.0–30.0, use the `/preamble/text` property as the default case for rendering text. In API versions 31.0 and later, use the `/header/text` property as the default case for rendering text. _Available in: v27.0–30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Created date formatted as a relative, localized string, for example, “17m ago” or “Yesterday.” . _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `topics` (_object_) FeedItemTopics Topics for this feed item. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.topics.items` property. _Available in: v28.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemTopics`. * `type` (_object_) ConnectFeedItemTypeEnum The `type` property always returns all types, regardless of API version. However, not all types are valid with all API versions. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property to determine what can be done with a feed item. See [Feeds and Feed Elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_feeds_feed_elements#capabilities). Values are: * `ActivityEvent` — Feed item generated in Case Feed when an event or task associated with a parent record with a feed enabled is created or updated. * `AdvancedTextPost` — A feed item with advanced text formatting, such as a group announcement post. * `ApprovalPost` — Feed item with an approval capability. Approvers can act on the feed item parent. * `AttachArticleEvent` — Feed item generated when an article is attached to a case in Case Feed. * `BasicTemplateFeedItem` — Feed item with an enhanced link capability. * `CallLogPost` — Feed item generated when a call log is saved to a case in Case Feed. * `CanvasPost` — Feed item generated by a canvas app in the publisher or from Connect REST API or Connect in Apex. The post itself is a link to a canvas app. * `CaseCommentPost` — Feed item generated when a case comment is saved in Case Feed. * `ChangeStatusPost` — Feed item generated when the status of a case is changed in Case Feed. * `ChatTranscriptionPost` — Feed item generated in Case Feed when a Live Agent chat transcript is saved to a case. * `CollaborationGroupCreated` — Feed item generated when a new public group is created. Contains a link to the new group. * `CollaborationGroupUnarchived` — Deprecated. Feed item generated when an archived group is activated. * `ContentPost` — Feed item with a content capability. * `CreateRecordEvent` — Feed item that describes a record created in the publisher. * `DashboardComponentAlert` — Feed item with a dashboard alert. * `DashboardComponentSnapshot` — Feed item with a dashboard component snapshot capability. * `EmailMessageEvent` — Feed item generated when an email is sent from a case in Case Feed. * `FacebookPost` — Deprecated. Feed item generated when a Facebook post is created from a case in Case Feed. * `LinkPost` — Feed item with a link capability. * `MilestoneEvent` — Feed item generated when a case milestone is either completed or reaches a violation status. Contains a link to the case milestone. * `PollPost` — Feed item with a poll capability. Viewers of the feed item are allowed to vote on the options in the poll. * `ProfileSkillPost` — Feed item generated when a skill is added to a user’s profile. * `QuestionPost` — Feed item generated when a question is asked. As of API version 33.0, a feed item of this type can have a content capability and a link capability. * `ReplyPost` — Feed item generated by a Chatter Answers reply. * `RypplePost` — Feed item generated when a user posts thanks. * `SocialPost` — Feed item generated when a social post is created from a case in Case Feed. * `TextPost` — Feed item containing text only. * `TrackedChange` — Feed item created when one or more fields on a record have been changed. * `UserStatus` — Deprecated. A user's post to their own profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedItemTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string_) URL to this feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_object_) ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum Who can see this feed item. Values are: * `InternalUsers` — If digital experiences is enabled, only members of the default, internal site can see the feed item. * `AllUsers` — If digital experiences is enabled, all members of the site can see the feed item. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum`. ### EmojiCollection A collection of emoji. * `emojis` (_array of Emoji_) A collection of emoji. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExtensionDefinition An extension's definition. * `canAccess` (_boolean_) Indicates whether users can access the extension when it’s associated with a feed element. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canCreate` (_boolean_) Indicates whether users can create a feed element with the extension in the org. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the extension was created. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `iconUrl` (_string_) URL to the icon for the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `informationCollection` (_array of LightningExtensionInformation_) Collection of extension information. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `position` (_integer_) Position in which the extension is displayed in the publisher. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEnabledInCommunity` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the extension is enabled in the site. _Available in: v40.0 only_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEnabledInLightningPublisher` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the extension is enabled in the Lightning publisher. _Available in: v40.0 only_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReferenceCore A reference to a record. * `id` (_string_) The ID of the record being referenced, which could be an 18-character ID or some other string identifier. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL to the resource endpoint. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserSummary The User Summary response body is a subset of the User Detail response body. * `additionalLabel` (_string_) If one exists, an extra label for the user, for example, “Customer,” “Partner,” or “Acme Corporation.” _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `communityNickname` (_string_) User’s nickname in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `companyName` (_string_) Name of the company. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayName` (_string_) User’s name that is displayed in the site. If nicknames are enabled, the nickname is displayed. If nicknames aren’t enabled, the full name is displayed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstName` (_string_) User's first name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `firstName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isActive` (_boolean_) `true` if user is active, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isChatterGuest` (_boolean_) `true` if user is a Chatter customer, `false` otherwise In version 26.0 and later, user the `userType` property. _Available in: v23.0–26.0_ * `isInThisCommunity` (_boolean_) `true` if the user is in the same Experience Cloud site as the context user; `false` otherwise. Can be `false` for record feed @mentions on posts with the scope “All Users.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) User's last name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `lastName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outOfOffice` (_object_) OutOfOffice If one exists, extra out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OutOfOffice`. * `photo` (_object_) Photo Information about the user's photo. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `reputation` (_object_) Reputation Reputation of the user in the site, which is determined by the number of points earned from events and actions performed in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Reputation`. * `stamps` (_array of Stamp_) Collection of the user’s stamps. In version 44.0 and later, use SOQL to get a user’s stamps. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Value is `User`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the user's Chatter profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userType` (_ConnectUserTypeEnum_) ### BatchResultItem Batch result item. * `result` (_string_) Dependent on the type of batch. Value could be one of the following: * Asset File for `/connect/file-assets/batch/{assetIds}` (v43.0) * Audience for `/connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/audiences/batch/{audienceIds}` (v48.0) * Cart Item for `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/carts/{cartId}/cart-items/batch` (v49.0) and `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/carts/active/cart-items/batch` (v49.0) * Comment for `/chatter/comments/batch/{commentIds}` (v42.0) * Error Message (v23.0) * Feed Item for `/chatter/feed-elements/batch` (v32.0) and `/chatter/feed-elements/batch/{feedElementIds}` (v32.0) * File Summary for `/connect/files/batch/{fileIds}` (v26.0) * Group for `/chatter/groups/batch/{groupIds}` (v23.0) * Group Member for `/chatter/group-memberships/batch/{membershipIds}` (v27.0) * Motif for `/connect/motifs/batch/{idOrPrefixList}` (v27.0) * Read By Capability for `/chatter/feed-elements/batch/{feedElementIds}/capabilities/read-by` (v40.0) * Target for `/connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/targets/batch/{targetIds}` (v47.0) * Topics People Are Knowledgeable About Collection for `/chatter/users/batch/{userIds}/knowledgeable-about-topics` (v36.0) * User Detail for `/chatter/users/batch/{userIds}` (v23.0) * For `/connect/batch`, the value can be any response body depending on the subrequest in the batch. (v28.0) _Filter group: Small_ * `statusCode` (_integer_) HTTP status code indicating the status of this individual request in the batch. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecordSummary Record summary. * `entityLabel` (_object_) EntityLabel Label of the record’s entity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EntityLabel`. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) The localized name . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GroupInformationInput Chatter group information input. * `text` (_string_) The text in the “Information” section of the group. HTML is not supported. The maximum length is 4000 characters (bytes). _Available in: v28.0_ * `title` (_string_) The title in the “Information” section of the group. The maximum length is 240 characters (bytes). _Available in: v28.0_ ### Invite An invitation. * `email` (_string_) Email address of the user. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectGroupViralInvitationsStatusEnum Specifies the status of an invitation to join a group. Values are: * `ActedUponUser` — The user was added to the group. An email was sent asking the user to visit the group. * `Invited` — An email was sent asking the user to sign up for the org. * `MaxedOutUsers` — The group has the maximum allowed members. * `MultipleError` — The user wasn’t invited due to multiple errors. * `NoActionNeededUser` — The user is already a member of the group. * `NotVisibleToExternalInviter` — The user is not accessible to the user sending the invitation. * `Unhandled` — The user couldn’t be added to the group for an unknown reason. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectGroupViralInvitationsStatusEnum`. * `userId` (_string_) ID of the user. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FileSummary Description of a file. For all rendition properties, note the following: For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. * `checksum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository External data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepository`. * `contentModifiedDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. File-specific modified date, which is updated only for direct file operations, such as rename. Modifications to the file from outside of Salesforce can update this date. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentSize` (_integer_) Size of the file in bytes. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentUrl` (_string_) If the file is a link, returns the URL, otherwise the string `null`. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentVersionId` (_string_) ID of the content version. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string when the file was created. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `downloadUrl` (_string_) URL to the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string_) External URL this file points to, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionInformation` (_object_) ExternalFilePermissionInformation External file permission information, such as available groups, available permission types, and current sharing status, or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ExternalFilePermissionInformation`. * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file, such as PDF, PowerPoint. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `flashRenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies if a flash preview version of the file has been rendered. Flash renditions were retired on July 16, 2021. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isArchived` (_boolean_) Specifies if the file is archived (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isFileAsset` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the file is an asset. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isMajorVersion` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is a major version; `false` if the file is a minor version. Major versions can’t be replaced. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this file. Moderators can view and act on flagged items. If the `communityModeration` property of the Features response body is `false`, this property is `null`. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. * `modifiedDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. Modifications to the file from within Salesforce update this date. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `origin` (_string_) Specifies the file source. Valid values are: * `Chatter` — file came from Chatter * `Content` — file came from content * `FileField` — file came from a record or other form _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `owner` (_object_) UserSummary Owner of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `parentFolder` (_object_) ReferenceCore Reference to the parent folder. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `pdfRenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies if a PDF preview version of the file has been rendered. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `publishStatus` (_ConnectFilePublishStatusEnum_) * `renditionUrl` (_string_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string_) URL to the 240px by 180px rendition for the file, if available. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string_) URL to the 720px by 480px rendition for the file, if available. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string_) URL to the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum_) * `sharingPrivacy` (_ConnectFileSharingPrivacyEnum_) * `sharingRole` (_ConnectFileSharingRoleEnum_) * `systemModstamp` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string indicating when a user or any automated system process, such as a trigger, updated the file. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 120 x 90 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 240 x 180 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 720 x 480 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionNumber` (_string_) Version number of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### GroupInformation Describes the “Information” section of a Chatter group. Information about groups, such as the group's members, photo, and the groups in the organization. Create and delete a group, add members to a group, and change the group photo. * `text` (_string_) The text of the “Information” section of a group _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) The title of the “Information” section of a group _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Motif The motif properties contain URLs for small, medium, and large icons that indicate the Salesforce record type. Common record types are files, users, and groups, but all record types have a set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon. All icons are available to unauthenticated users so that, for example, you can display the motif icons in an email. The motif can also contain the record type’s base color. The motif images are icons, not user uploaded images or photos. For example, every user has the same set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon, for example, the following custom object uses the “boat” tab style: `"motif": { "color": "8C004C", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Users use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Groups use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups16.png" },` Files use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/content/content64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/content/content32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/files16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` To view the icons in the previous examples, preface the URL with https:// `{instance_name}`. For example, https:// `{instance_name}` /img/icon/profile64.png. * `color` (_string_) A hex value representing the base color of the record type, or `null`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `largeIconUrl` (_string_) A large icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediumIconUrl` (_string_) A medium icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `smallIconUrl` (_string_) A small icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `svgIconUrl` (_string_) An icon in SVG format indicating the record type, or `null` if the icon doesn’t exist. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GlobalInfluenceThreshold An individual influence definition. * `name` (_string_) Description of this influencer category. For example: 'Active Influencer.' _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `threshold` (_number (double)_) Number expressed as a raw percentile that defines the bottom threshold for this influencer category. For example: 0.25 defines the cutoff for the Active Influencer category, which means it includes users with an influence rank equal to or greater than the 25th percentile (25%) and less than the next highest category threshold. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LinkMetadata Metadata for a link. * `description` (_string_) Description of the link. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `frameSource` (_string_) HTML required to display the resource. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `height` (_integer_) Height required to display the HTML. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `originalUrl` (_string_) Original URL that was used to request the metadata. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `providerUrl` (_string_) URL of the provider that the information is retrieved from. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `source` (_object_) ConnectLinkMetadataSourceEnum Source of the link metadata. Values are: * `None` — Link metadata wasn’t retrieved. * `Sfdc` — Salesforce is the source. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectLinkMetadataSourceEnum`. * `thumbnailUrl` (_string_) Thumbnail of the resource. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the link. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectLinkMetadataTypeEnum Type of link that the metadata represents. Values are: * `Error` — Link metadata couldn’t be retrieved. * `Link` — Represents a link. * `None` — Link metadata wasn’t retrieved because the link isn’t an allowed domain. * `Photo` — Represents a photo. * `Rich` — Represents rich content, typically HTML content. * `Unknown` — Link metadata was retrieved, but the type is unknown. * `Video` — Represents a video. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectLinkMetadataTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string_) URL of the image to display, if one is available. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `width` (_integer_) Width required to display the HTML. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MentionCompletion Information about a record that could be used to @mention a user or group. * `additionalLabel` (_string_) If one exists, an additional label for the record represented by this completion, for example, “(Customer)” or “(Acme Corporation)”. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `description` (_string_) Description for the record represented by this completion. If the record represented by this completion is an internal user, the description shows the user’s title. For users who aren’t internal, the description is `null`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `name` (_string_) Name for the record represented by this completion. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outOfOffice` (_object_) OutOfOffice If the record represented by this completion is a user, an additional out-of-office message, if one exists, for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OutOfOffice`. * `photoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the photo or icon for the record represented by this completion. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `recordId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID for the record represented by this completion. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userType` (_object_) ConnectUserTypeEnum If the record represented by this completion is a user, this value is the user type associated with that user; otherwise the value is `null`. Values are: * `ChatterGuest` — User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly` — User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest` — User is unauthenticated. * `Internal` — User is a standard org member. * `Portal` — User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System` — User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined` — User is a user type that is a custom object. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectUserTypeEnum`. ### MentionValidation Information about whether a proposed mention is valid for the context user. * `recordId` (_string (Id)_) The ID of the mentioned record. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `validationStatus` (_object_) ConnectMentionValidationStatusEnum Type of validation error for a proposed mention, if any. One of these values: * `Disallowed` — The proposed mention is invalid and is rejected because the context user is trying to mention something that is not allowed. For example, a user who is not a member of a private group is trying to mention the private group. * `Inaccessible` — The proposed mention is allowed, but the user or record being mentioned isn’t notified. They don't have access to the parent record that’s being discussed. * `Ok` — There is no validation error for this proposed mention. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectMentionValidationStatusEnum`. ### StreamSubscriptionInput An entity to subscribe to for a feed stream. * `entityId` (_string_, required) The ID of any feed-enabled entity, such as a group, record, or user, that the context user can access. When subscribed, the entity’s feed is included in the feed stream. _Available in: v39.0_ ### CommunitySummary Summary of an Experience Cloud site. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the site. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Localized name of the site. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedEnabledEntitySummary An entity that can have feeds associated with it. * `id` (_string (Id)_) The 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the record's type. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `name` (_string_) The localized name of the record. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) The type of the record. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the record. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Group Chatter group. * `additionalLabel` (_string_) An extra label for the group, for example, “Archived,” “Private,” or “Private With Customers.” If there isn’t an extra label, the value is `null`. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `announcement` (_object_) An announcement for the group. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ See the [GET /chatter/announcements/{announcementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Announcements-Resources/operation/getAnnouncement) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `bannerPhoto` (_object_) BannerPhoto The banner photo for the group. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BannerPhoto`. * `canHaveChatterGuests` (_boolean_) `true` if this group allows Chatter customers, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `community` (_object_) ReferenceCore Information about the Experience Cloud site. Returns `null` if the group exists in the default site or if digital experiences isn’t enabled. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `description` (_string_) Text-only description of the group. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `emailToChatterAddress` (_string_) Group’s email address for posting to this group by email. Returns `null` if Chatter emails and posting to Chatter by email aren’t both enabled in your organization. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `fileCount` (_integer_) Number of files posted to this group. The `fileCount` property is in the Group Detail response body _Available in: v24.0–27.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the group. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isArchived` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the group is archived (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `isAutoArchiveDisabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether automatic archiving is disabled for the group (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `isBroadcast` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the group is a broadcast group (`true`) or not (`false`). In a broadcast group, only group owners and managers can post to the group. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `lastFeedElementPostDate` (_string_) Date of the most recent feed element posted to the group in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `lastFeedItemPostDate` (_string_) Date of the most recent feed item posted to the group in ISO 8601 format. After API version 30.0, use `lastFeedElementPostDate`. _Available in: v24.0–30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `memberCount` (_integer_) Total number of group members. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `myRole` (_ConnectGroupMembershipEnum_) * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the group. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `owner` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the owner of the group. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `photo` (_object_) Photo Information about the group photo. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `type` (_string_) Value is `CollaborationGroup`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Relative URL string to the group. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_ConnectGroupVisibilityEnum_) ### Topic Topic. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `images` (_object_) TopicImages Images associated with the topic _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `TopicImages`. * `isBeingDeleted` (_boolean_) `true` if the topic is currently being deleted; `false` otherwise. After the topic is deleted, when attempting to retrieve the topic, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nonLocalizedName` (_string_) Non-localized name of the topic _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `talkingAbout` (_integer_) Number of people talking about this topic over the last two months, based on factors such as topic additions and comments on posts with the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the topic detail page _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Address Address input representation for a payment method, payment intent, or card payment method. * `city` (_string_) City _Available in: v49.0_ * `country` (_string_) Country, specified using the ISO country code. _Available in: v49.0_ * `formattedAddress` (_string_) Address formatted by locale _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `state` (_string_) State _Available in: v49.0_ * `street` (_string_) Street _Available in: v49.0_ * `zip` (_string_) Zip or postal code _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `companyName` (_string_) Company name _Available in: v49.0_ * `postalCode` (_string_) Postal code _Available in: v49.0_ ### ChatterActivity Chatter activity, such as the number of posts and comments made, and comments, likes, and upvotes received, for a user. * `commentCount` (_integer_) Total number of comments in the org or site made by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `commentReceivedCount` (_integer_) Total number of comments in the org or site received by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likeReceivedCount` (_integer_) Total number of likes and upvotes (in version 45.0 and later) on posts and comments in the org or site received by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `postCount` (_integer_) Total number of posts in the org or site made by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ChatterInfluence Chatter influence. * `percentile` (_string_) Percentile value for the user’s influence rank within the org or Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rank` (_integer_) Number indicating the user’s influence rank, relative to all other users within the org or Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserStatus User status. * `body` (_object_) FeedBody Body of the post _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedBody`. * `parentId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this user status post _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FollowingCounts Chatter following counts. * `people` (_integer_) Number of people the user is following _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `records` (_integer_) Number of records the user is following Topics are a type of record that can be followed as of version 29.0. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of items the user is following _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OutOfOffice User's out-of-office message. * `message` (_string_) Out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PhoneNumber A phone number. * `label` (_string_) Localized string indicating the phone type _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `phoneNumber` (_string_) Phone number _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `phoneType` (_string_) Phone type. One of these values: * `Fax` * `Mobile` * `Work` These values are not localized. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `number` (_string_) This property is not available after version 26.0. Use the `phoneNumber` property instead. Phone number _Available in: v23.0–26.0_ * `type` (_string_) This property is not available after version 29.0. Use the `phoneType` property instead. Values are: * `Fax` * `Mobile` * `Work` _Available in: v23.0–29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Stamp A user stamp. * `description` (_string_) Description of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageUrl` (_string_) Image URL of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectUserTypeEnum If the record represented by this completion is a user, this value is the user type associated with that user; otherwise the value is `null`. Values are: * `ChatterGuest` — User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly` — User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest` — User is unauthenticated. * `Internal` — User is a standard org member. * `Portal` — User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System` — User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined` — User is a user type that is a custom object. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ChatterGuest`, `ChatterOnly`, `Guest`, `Internal`, `Portal`, `System`, `Undefined`. ### ConversationSummary Conversation summary. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the conversation _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `latestMessage` (_object_) Message The most recent message in this conversation _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Message`. * `members` (_array of UserSummary_) Collection of users participating in the conversation _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `read` (_boolean_) Does the context user have unread messages in this conversation? _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the conversation detail page _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedItemBody Chatter feed item body. * `isRichText` (_boolean_) Indicates if the body is rich text. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageSegments` (_array of MessageSegment_) Collection of message segments, based on type. Segments can be one or more of the following: * Message Segment: Entity Link * Message Segment: Field Change * Message Segment: Field Change Name * Message Segment: Field Change Value * Message Segment: Hashtag * Message Segment: Inline Image (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment: Link * Message Segment: Markup Begin (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment: Markup End (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment: Mention * Message Segment: More Changes * Message Segment: Text The collection of message segments could contain message segment types introduced in later API versions. All message segment types are guaranteed to have text and type properties that are available in version 23.0 and later. If a client encounters an unknown message segment type, it can render the text value as a fallback. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `text` (_string_) Display-ready text of the message. Use this text if you don’t want to process the message segments. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReputationLevel Reputation level for a user. * `levelImageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the reputation level image. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `levelName` (_string_) Name of the reputation level. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `levelNumber` (_integer_) Reputation level number, which is the numerical rank of the level, with the lowest level at 1. Administrators define the reputation level point ranges. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractUserMissionActivity Abstract Representation used to represent user activity associated with mission * `activityCount` (_integer_) Number of mission activities of the specified type for the user. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `activityType` (_string_) Type of mission activity for a user. Values are: * `FeedItemAnswerAQuestion` — User answered a question. * `FeedItemLikeSomething` — User liked a post or comment. * `FeedItemMarkAnswerAsBest` — User marked an answer as the best answer. * `FeedItemPostQuestion` — User posted a question. * `FeedItemReceiveAComment` — User received a comment on a post. * `FeedItemReceiveALike` — User received a like on a post or comment. * `FeedItemReceiveAnAnswer` — User received an answer to a question. * `FeedItemWriteAComment` — User commented on a post. * `FeedItemWriteAPost` — User made a post. * `FeedItemYourAnswerMarkedBest` — User’s answer was marked as the best answer. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractFeedElement Since a Feed now contains more than Feed Items, let Feed Elements be the abstract object that all things in the Feed extend. Feed Items and Bundles are each Feed Elements. All Feed Elements have shared properties: id, feedElementType, body, and capabilities. Discriminator: `feedElementType` selects the concrete type. Mapping: `FeedItem` → `FeedItem`, `Bundle` → `FeedElement`, `Recommendation` → `FeedElement`. * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed element. _Available in: v22.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `capabilities` (_object_) FeedElementCapabilitySet A container for all capabilities that can be included with a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCapabilitySet`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElementType` (_object_) ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum Feed elements are the top-level objects that a feed contains. The feed element type describes the characteristics of that feed element. One of these values: * `Bundle` — A container of feed elements. A bundle also has a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `FeedItem` — A feed item has a single parent and is scoped to oneExperience Cloud site or across all Experience Cloud sites. A feed item can have capabilities such as bookmarks, canvas, content, comment, link, poll. Feed items have a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `Recommendation` — A recommendation is a feed element with a recommendations capability. A recommendation suggests records to follow, groups to join, or applications that are helpful to the context user. _Available in: v31.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum`. * `header` (_object_) FeedItemBody The header is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message. If a client doesn't know how to render a feed element type, it should render this text. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parent` (_object_) AbstractIdable The parent of the feed element. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractIdable`. * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Created date formatted as a relative, localized string, for example, “17m ago” or “Yesterday.” . _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ArticleItem Article item in question and answer search results. * `id` (_string_) ID of the article. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rating` (_number (double)_) Rating of the article. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the article. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlLink` (_string (url)_) Link URL to the article. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `viewCount` (_integer_) Number of votes given to the article. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserCapabilities User capabilities. * `canChat` (_boolean_) Specifies if the context user can use Chatter Messenger with the subject user ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canDirectMessage` (_boolean_) Specifies if the context user can direct message the subject user ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canEdit` (_boolean_) Specifies if the context user can edit the subject user’s account ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canFollow` (_boolean_) Specifies if the context user can follow the subject user’s feed ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canViewFeed` (_boolean_) Specifies if the context user can view the feed of the subject user ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canViewFullProfile` (_boolean_) Specifies if the context user can view the full profile of the subject user ( `true` ) or only the limited profile ( `false` ) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isModerator` (_boolean_) Specifies if the subject user is a Chatter moderator or admin ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserProfileTab User profile tab. * `id` (_string_) The tab’s unique identifier or 18–character Id _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDefault` (_boolean_) Specifies if the tab appears first when clicking the user profile ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `tabType` (_object_) ConnectUserProfileTabTypeEnum Specifies the type of user profile tab: * `CustomVisualForce` — Tab that displays data from a Visualforce page. * `CustomWeb` — Tab that displays data from any external web-based application or web page. * `Element` — Tab that displays generic content inline. * `Feed` — Tab that displays the Chatter feed. * `Overview` — Tab that displays user details. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectUserProfileTabTypeEnum`. * `tabUrl` (_string_) The current tab’s content URL (for non built-in tab types) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TopicsPeopleAreKnowledgeableAbout Represents a topic that a specified user is knowledgeable about. * `isEndorsedByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies if the knowledgeable user is endorsed for the topic by the context user, `true` if so, `false` otherwise _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `knowledgeableId` (_string_) ID of the knowledgeable record _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numEndorsements` (_integer_) Number of endorsements received by the knowledgeable user for the topic _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `reasons` (_array of ConnectKnowledgeableReasonEnum_) Reason why the user is considered knowledgeable about the topic. * `Influential` —User was mentioned in posts or in comments on posts with the topic or received likes on comments on posts with the topic. * `Endorsed` —User received endorsement from another user for the topic. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `topic` (_object_) Topic that the user is knowledgeable about _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Topic`. ### ChatterRecommendation A Chatter, custom, or static recommendation. Includes all fields of `AbstractRecommendation`. * `actOnUrl` (_string_) For user, file, group, topic, and record `entity` types, use this Connect REST URL with a POST request to follow the recommended user, file, topic, or record, or join the recommended group. For example: /services/data/v /chatter/users/005D0000001AzOAIA0/following ?subjectId=005D0000001B4CvIAK For recommended object `entity` types, such as custom recommendations, use the `actionUrl` property of the Platform Action response body to take action on the recommendation. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `action` (_string_) Specifies the action to take on the recommendation. Values are: * `follow` (V23.0) * `join` (V23.0) * `view` (V25.0) _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `follow`, `join`, `view`. * `entity` (_ArticleSummary | FileSummary | Group | RecommendedObject | RecordSummary | Topic | UserSummary_) The entity with which the receiver is recommended to take action. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `ArticleSummary`, `FileSummary`, `Group`, `RecommendedObject`, `RecordSummary`, `Topic`, `UserSummary`. ### CustomListAudienceCriteriaInput Criteria for the custom list type of custom recommendation audience. * `type` (_object_, required) ConnectRecommendationAudienceCriteriaType Value must be `MaxDaysInCommunity` . _Available in: v36.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectRecommendationAudienceCriteriaType`. * `criterion` (_array of AudienceCriterionValueInputRequest_) List of mappings of audience criteria fields and values. Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ * `criterionNumber` (_integer_) Number associated with the audience criterion in a formula. For example, (1 AND 2) OR 3. If unspecified, criteria are assigned numbers in the order that they’re added. _Available in: v47.0_ * `criterionOperator` (_string_) Operator used in the personalization audience criterion. Values are: * `Contains` * `Equal` * `GreaterThan` * `GreaterThanOrEqual` * `Includes` * `LessThan` * `LessThanOrEqual` * `NotEqual` * `NotIncludes` * `StartsWith` Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ * `criterionType` (_string_) Type of personalization audience criterion. Values are: * `Audience` —Criterion based on audience. * `Default` —Audience has no criteria. * `Domain` —Criterion based on domain. * `FieldBased` —Criterion based on object fields. * `GeoLocation` —Criterion based on location. * `Permission` —Criterion based on standard or custom permissions. * `Profile` —Criterion based on profile. Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ Allowed values: `Audience`, `Default`, `Domain`, `FieldBased`, `GeoLocation`, `Permission`, `Profile`. * `memberOperationType` (_object_) ConnectRecommendationAudienceMemberOperationType The operation to carry out on the audience members. Values are: * `Add` —Adds specified members to the audience. * `Remove` —Removes specified members from the audience. Required to update a recommendation audience. Don’t use or specify `null` to create a recommendation audience _Available in: v36.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectRecommendationAudienceMemberOperationType`. * `members` (_object_) A collection of user IDs. When updating an audience, you can include up to 100 members. An audience can have up to 100,000 members, and each Experience Cloud site can have up to 100 audiences. Required to update a recommendation audience. Don’t use or specify `null` to create a recommendation audience _Available in: v36.0_ Includes all fields of `UserIdCollectionInput`. ### NewUserAudienceCriteriaInput Criteria for the new members type of custom recommendation audience. * `type` (_object_, required) ConnectRecommendationAudienceCriteriaType Value must be `MaxDaysInCommunity` . _Available in: v36.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectRecommendationAudienceCriteriaType`. * `criterion` (_array of AudienceCriterionValueInputRequest_) List of mappings of audience criteria fields and values. Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ * `criterionNumber` (_integer_) Number associated with the audience criterion in a formula. For example, (1 AND 2) OR 3. If unspecified, criteria are assigned numbers in the order that they’re added. _Available in: v47.0_ * `criterionOperator` (_string_) Operator used in the personalization audience criterion. Values are: * `Contains` * `Equal` * `GreaterThan` * `GreaterThanOrEqual` * `Includes` * `LessThan` * `LessThanOrEqual` * `NotEqual` * `NotIncludes` * `StartsWith` Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ * `criterionType` (_string_) Type of personalization audience criterion. Values are: * `Audience` —Criterion based on audience. * `Default` —Audience has no criteria. * `Domain` —Criterion based on domain. * `FieldBased` —Criterion based on object fields. * `GeoLocation` —Criterion based on location. * `Permission` —Criterion based on standard or custom permissions. * `Profile` —Criterion based on profile. Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ Allowed values: `Audience`, `Default`, `Domain`, `FieldBased`, `GeoLocation`, `Permission`, `Profile`. * `value` (_number (double)_, required) The maximum number of days since a user became a site member. For example, if you specify 30, anyone who became a site member in the last 30 days is included in the new members audience. _Available in: v36.0_ ### UserIdCollectionInput A collection of user IDs. * `userIds` (_array of string_, required) A list of user IDs. _Available in: v35.0_ ### CustomListAudienceCriteria The criteria for the custom list type of recommendation audience. * `type` (_object_) ConnectRecommendationAudienceCriteriaType _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectRecommendationAudienceCriteriaType`. * `memberCount` (_integer_) Total number of members in the custom recommendation audience. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `members` (_object_) UserReferenceCollection Members of the custom recommendation audience. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `UserReferenceCollection`. ### NewUserAudienceCriteria The criteria for the new members type of recommendation audience. * `type` (_object_) ConnectRecommendationAudienceCriteriaType _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectRecommendationAudienceCriteriaType`. * `maxDaysInCommunity` (_number (double)_) The maximum number of days since a user became a site member. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractUser Basic details of a user in the organization. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MotifSbi`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `additionalLabel` (_string_) If one exists, an extra label for the user, for example, “Customer,” “Partner,” or “Acme Corporation.” _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `communityNickname` (_string_) User’s nickname in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `companyName` (_string_) Name of the company. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayName` (_string_) User’s name that is displayed in the site. If nicknames are enabled, the nickname is displayed. If nicknames aren’t enabled, the full name is displayed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstName` (_string_) User's first name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `firstName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInThisCommunity` (_boolean_) `true` if the user is in the same Experience Cloud site as the context user; `false` otherwise. Can be `false` for record feed @mentions on posts with the scope “All Users.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) User's last name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `lastName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outOfOffice` (_object_) If one exists, extra out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OutOfOffice`. * `photo` (_object_) Information about the user's photo. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `reputation` (_object_) Reputation of the user in the Experience Cloud site, which is determined by the number of points earned from events and actions performed in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Reputation`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userType` (_object_) ConnectUserTypeEnum Type of user. Valid values are: * `ChatterGuest` —User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly` —User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest` —User is unauthenticated. * `Internal` —User is a standard org member. * `Portal` —User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System` —User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined` —User is a user type that is a custom object. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectUserTypeEnumSbi`. ### UserSummarySbi The User Summary response body is a subset of the User Detail response body. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MotifSbi`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `additionalLabel` (_string_) If one exists, an extra label for the user, for example, “Customer,” “Partner,” or “Acme Corporation.” _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `communityNickname` (_string_) User’s nickname in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `companyName` (_string_) Name of the company. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayName` (_string_) User’s name that is displayed in the site. If nicknames are enabled, the nickname is displayed. If nicknames aren’t enabled, the full name is displayed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstName` (_string_) User's first name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `firstName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInThisCommunity` (_boolean_) `true` if the user is in the same Experience Cloud site as the context user; `false` otherwise. Can be `false` for record feed @mentions on posts with the scope “All Users.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) User's last name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `lastName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outOfOffice` (_object_) If one exists, extra out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OutOfOffice`. * `photo` (_object_) Information about the user's photo. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `reputation` (_object_) Reputation of the user in the Experience Cloud site, which is determined by the number of points earned from events and actions performed in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Reputation`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userType` (_object_) ConnectUserTypeEnum Type of user. Valid values are: * `ChatterGuest` —User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly` —User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest` —User is unauthenticated. * `Internal` —User is a standard org member. * `Portal` —User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System` —User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined` —User is a user type that is a custom object. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectUserTypeEnumSbi`. * `isActive` (_boolean_) `true` if user is active, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isChatterGuest` (_boolean_) `true` if user is a Chatter customer, `false` otherwise In version 26.0 and later, user the `userType` property. _Available in: v23.0–26.0_ * `stamps` (_array of Stamp_) Collection of the user’s stamps. In version 44.0 and later, use SOQL to get a user’s stamps. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectTopicOptOutReasonEnum The reason the user is opting out of the topic. The only valid value is `topicInfluenceHide`. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `topicInfluenceHide`. ### KnowledgeableUser A knowledgeable user. * `isEndorsedByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies if the knowledgeable user is endorsed for the topic by the context user, `true` if so, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `knowledgeableId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the knowledgeable record. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numEndorsements` (_integer_) Number of endorsements received by the knowledgeable user for the topic. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `reasons` (_array of ConnectKnowledgeableReasonEnum_) Reason why the user is considered knowledgeable about the topic. Values are: * `Influential`—User was mentioned in posts or in comments on posts with the topic or received likes on comments on posts with the topic. * `Endorsed`—User received endorsement from another user for the topic. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `user` (_UserSummarySbi_) ### MessageSegmentInput Input description of a message segment. * `type` (_ConnectMessageSegmentTypeEnum_) ### AbstractActor Describing a person or thing that can act or be acted on in the organization. May or may not correspond to an actual record in the organization, as some actors, such as certain system users, are synthetic in nature. * `name` (_string_) Repository name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) A fixed type name for this object. Check this value to determine the shape of a response body. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedElementCapabilitySet A container for all capabilities that can be included with a feed element. If a capability value is null, that indicates that the capability can not exist on that feed element. If the capability exists but contains null values, then the feed element may have that capability's feature, but that it has not yet been applied. For example, a feed element with a null associated actions capability indicates that no actions may be added to that feed element, whereas an empty associated actions capability means that the feed element may have actions, but none have been provided. Note, that in REST, this output is treated in a special way: null values are not included in the output (effectively making this a traditional JSON map). * `approval` (_object_) ApprovalCapability If a feed element has this capability, it includes information about an approval. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ApprovalCapability`. * `associatedActions` (_object_) AssociatedActionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has platform actions associated with it. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AssociatedActionsCapability`. * `banner` (_object_) BannerCapability If this feed element has this capability, it has a banner motif and style. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BannerCapability`. * `bookmarks` (_object_) BookmarksCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can bookmark it. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BookmarksCapability`. * `bundle` (_object_) AbstractBundleCapability If a feed element has this capability, the feed element may be a group of other feed elements condensed into one. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AbstractBundleCapability`. * `callCollaboration` (_object_) CallCollaborationCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recording comment. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CallCollaborationCapability`. * `canvas` (_object_) CanvasCapability If a feed element has this capability, it renders a canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CanvasCapability`. * `caseComment` (_object_) CaseCommentCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a case comment on the case feed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CaseCommentCapability`. * `chatterLikes` (_object_) ChatterLikesCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can like it. Exposes information about existing likes. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ChatterLikesCapability`. * `close` (_object_) CloseCapability If a feed element has this capability, users with permission can close it. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CloseCapability`. * `comments` (_object_) CommentsCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, the context user can add a comment. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommentsCapability`. * `dashboardComponentSnapshot` (_object_) DashboardComponentSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a dashboard component snapshot. A snapshot is a static image of a dashboard component at a specific point in time. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DashboardComponentSnapshotCapability`. * `directMessage` (_object_) DirectMessageCapability If a feed element has this capability, it’s a direct message. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageCapability`. * `edit` (_object_) EditCapability If a feed element has this capability, users who have permission can edit it. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EditCapability`. * `emailMessage` (_object_) EmailMessageCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has an email message from a case. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EmailMessageCapability`. * `enhancedLink` (_object_) EnhancedLinkCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a link that may contain supplemental information like an icon, a title, and a description. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EnhancedLinkCapability`. * `extensions` (_object_) ExtensionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more extension attachments. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ExtensionsCapability`. * `feedEntityShare` (_object_) FeedEntityShareCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, a feed entity is shared with it. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedEntityShareCapability`. * `files` (_object_) MultipleContentCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more file attachments. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MultipleContentCapability`. * `interactions` (_object_) InteractionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has information about user interactions. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `InteractionsCapability`. * `link` (_object_) LinkCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a link. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LinkCapability`. * `mediaReferences` (_object_) MediaReferenceCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more media references. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MediaReferenceCapability`. * `moderation` (_object_) ModerationCapability If a feed element has this capability, users in the Experience Cloud site can flag the feed element for moderation. This response body also includes information about the flagged content. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ModerationCapability`. * `mute` (_object_) MuteCapability If a feed element has this capability, users can mute it. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MuteCapability`. * `origin` (_object_) OriginCapability If a feed element has this capability, it was created by a feed action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OriginCapability`. * `pin` (_object_) PinCapability If a feed element has this capability, users who have permission can pin it to a feed. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PinCapability`. * `poll` (_object_) PollCapability If a feed element has this capability, the feed element can include a poll for voting. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PollCapability`. * `questionAndAnswers` (_object_) QuestionAndAnswersCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a question and comments on the feed element are answers to the question. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `QuestionAndAnswersCapability`. * `readBy` (_object_) ReadByCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can mark it as read. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReadByCapability`. * `recommendations` (_object_) RecommendationsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recommendation. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecommendationsCapability`. * `recordSnapshot` (_object_) RecordSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all the snapshotted fields of a record for a single create record event. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordSnapshotCapability`. * `socialPost` (_object_) SocialPostCapability If a feed element has this capability, it can interact with a social post on a social network. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialPostCapability`. * `status` (_object_) StatusCapability If a feed post or comment has this capability, it has a status that determines its visibility. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `StatusCapability`. * `topics` (_object_) TopicsCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can add topics to it. Topics help users organize and discover conversations. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TopicsCapability`. * `trackedChanges` (_object_) TrackedChangesCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all changes to a record for a single tracked change event. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TrackedChangesCapability`. * `upDownVote` (_object_) UpDownVoteCapability If a feed post or comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UpDownVoteCapability`. ### ClientInfo Client information. * `applicationName` (_string_) Name of app used for authentication. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `applicationUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the app used for authentication _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommentPage A page of comments. * `comments` (_array of Comment_) Collection of comments. **Important**: Use the `items` property as of version 32.0. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page of comments, that is, the most recent comments. The default is 25 comments per page. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of Comment_) Collection of comments. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of comments, that is, older comments. The default is 25 comments per page. If you want to read more of the comments in search results, all the comments in the thread are refreshed, not just the ones that match the search term. Avoid using `nextPageUrl` until the comments are refreshed. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of published comments across all pages for the parent feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum The type of feed element this input represents. The only valid value is `FeedItem`. Required when creating a feed item (POST). Optional when updating a feed item (PATCH) _Available in: v31.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Bundle`, `FeedItem`, `Recommendation`. ### LikePage Page of Chatter likes. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page of likes. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of Like_) Collection of likes. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likes` (_array of Like_) Collection of likes. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `items` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myLike` (_object_) ReferenceCore **Note**: This field is no longer available as of version 24.0. Either returns a reference to the specific like or returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0–24.0_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of likes. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the previous page of likes. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of likes for the item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LikeMessageBody Chatter like message body. * `messageSegments` (_array of MessageSegment_) Collection of message segments, based on type. Segments can be one or more of the following: * Message Segment: Entity Link * Message Segment: Resource Link * Message Segment: Text _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `text` (_string_) Text summary of the users who like the feed item or comment. For example, “You like this.” or “Renee Moreau, Gordon Johnson, and Pam Jones like this.” _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ModerationFlags Moderation flags. * `flagCount` (_integer_) If the context user is a community moderator, the total number of flags on the post, comment, or file. If the context user isn’t a community moderator, value is `null`. Flags on files is available starting in version 30.0. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flagCountByReason` (_object_) Number of moderation flags categorized by reason. Values for String are: * `FlaggedByRule` — Moderation rule flagged the item. * `FlaggedBySystem` — Einstein flagged the item. * `FlaggedByUserAsInappropriate` — User flagged the item as inappropriate. * `FlaggedByUserAsSpam` — User flagged the item as spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `integer`. * `flaggedByMe` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the post, comment, or file was flagged by the context user ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Flags on files is available starting in version 30.0. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flags` (_object_) ModerationFlagsCollection Collection of flags. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlagsCollection`. ### AbstractIdable Describing a person or thing that can act or be acted on in the organization. Corresponds directly to an actual record in the organization with an addressible ID. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the object _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) Repository name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) A fixed type name for this object. Check this value to determine the shape of a response body. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The Connect REST API URL resource for this object. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedItemTopics Feed item topics. **Important**: This response body isn’t available in version 32.0 and later. In version 32.0 and later, Topics Capability is used. * `canAssignTopics` (_boolean_) `true` if a topic can be assigned to the feed item, `false` otherwise _Available in: v28.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `topics` (_array of Topic_) Collection of topics _Available in: v28.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFeedItemTypeEnum Specifies the type of a feed item. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ActivityEvent`, `AdvancedTextPost`, `AnnouncementPost`, `ApprovalPost`, `AttachArticleEvent`, `AttachExternalDocumentEvent`, `BasicTemplateFeedItem`, `CallLogPost`, `CanvasPost`, `CaseCommentPost`, `ChangeStatusPost`, `ChatTranscriptPost`, `CollaborationGroupCreated`, `CollaborationGroupUnarchived`, `ContentPost`, `CreateRecordEvent`, `DashboardComponentAlert`, `DashboardComponentSnapshot`, `EmailMessageEvent`, `FacebookPost`, `LinkPost`, `MilestoneEvent`, `PollPost`, `ProfileSkillPost`, `QuestionPost`, `ReplyPost`, `RypplePost`, `SocialPost`, `TestItem`, `TextPost`, `TrackedChange`, `UserStatus`. ### Emoji An emoji. * `category` (_string_) Emoji category. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `shortcut` (_string_) Emoji shortcut. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unicodeCharacter` (_string_) Emoji’s unicode character. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LightningExtensionInformation Lightning extension information. * `compositionComponent` (_string_) Component to use in compose state. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `extensionInformationType` (_object_) ConnectExtensionInformationType Value is `Lightning`. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectExtensionInformationType`. * `headerTextLabel` (_string_) Label for the extension’s header. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hoverTextLabel` (_string_) Label for hovering over the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renderComponent` (_string_) Component to use in render or preview state. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EntityLabel An entity's label. * `label` (_string_) Localized singular label of the entity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `labelPlural` (_string_) Localized plural label of the entity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectGroupViralInvitationsStatusEnum Specifies the status of an invitation to join a group. Values are: * `ActedUponUser` — The user was added to the group. An email was sent asking the user to visit the group. * `Invited` — An email was sent asking the user to sign up for the org. * `MaxedOutUsers` — The group has the maximum allowed members. * `MultipleError` — The user wasn’t invited due to multiple errors. * `NoActionNeededUser` — The user is already a member of the group. * `NotVisibleToExternalInviter` — The user is not accessible to the user sending the invitation. * `Unhandled` — The user couldn’t be added to the group for an unknown reason. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ActedUponUser`, `Invited`, `MaxedOutUsers`, `MultipleError`, `NoActionNeededUser`, `NotVisibleToExternalInviter`, `Unhandled`. ### FilesConnectRepository Information about a Files Connect repository. * `authentication` (_object_) FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication Repository authentication information. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication`. * `features` (_object_) FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures Repository features. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures`. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the external data source. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Repository label. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) Repository name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `providerType` (_object_) FilesConnectProviderType Repository provider type. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectProviderType`. * `rootFolderItemsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the repository root folder items, or `null` if the repository does not support browsing. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, `ContentHubRepository`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Connect REST API resource URL to the Files Connect repository. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalFilePermissionInformation External file permissions information. * `externalFilePermissionTypes` (_array of FilesConnectPermissionType_) Available permission types for the parent folder of the external file, or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionsFailure` (_boolean_) `true` if the retrieval of external file information failed or if `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`; `false` otherwise. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionsInfoFailureReason` (_string_) Explanation of the failure if a failure occurred and `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `true`; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFileSharingStatus` (_object_) ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnum Sharing status for the external file. Values are: * `DomainSharing` — File is shared with the domain. * `PrivateSharing` — File is private or shared only with individuals. * `PublicSharing` — File is publicly shared. Value is `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnum`. * `repositoryPublicGroups` (_array of RepositoryGroupSummary_) Available public groups in the external repository or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFilePublishStatusEnum Specifies the publish status of a file. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `PendingAccess`, `PrivateAccess`, `PublicAccess`. ### ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Allowed`, `Restricted`. ### ConnectFileSharingPrivacyEnum Specifies the sharing privacy of a file. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `None`, `PrivateOnRecords`. ### ConnectFileSharingRoleEnum Sharing role of the file. One of these values: * `Admin` — Owner permission, but doesn’t own the file. * `Collaborator` — Viewer permission, and can edit, change permissions, and upload a new version of a file. * `Owner` — Collaborator permission, and can make a file private, and delete a file. * `Viewer` — Can view, download, and share a file. * `WorkspaceManaged` — Permission controlled by the library. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Admin`, `Collaborator`, `Owner`, `Viewer`, `WorkspaceManaged`. ### ConnectLinkMetadataSourceEnum Source of the link metadata. Values are: * `None` — Link metadata wasn’t retrieved. * `Sfdc` — Salesforce is the source. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `None`, `Sfdc`. ### ConnectLinkMetadataTypeEnum Type of link that the metadata represents. Values are: * `Error` — Link metadata couldn’t be retrieved. * `Link` — Represents a link. * `None` — Link metadata wasn’t retrieved because the link isn’t an allowed domain. * `Photo` — Represents a photo. * `Rich` — Represents rich content, typically HTML content. * `Unknown` — Link metadata was retrieved, but the type is unknown. * `Video` — Represents a video. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Error`, `Link`, `None`, `Photo`, `Rich`, `Unknown`, `Video`. ### ConnectMentionValidationStatusEnum Type of validation error for a proposed mention, if any. One of these values: * `Disallowed` — The proposed mention is invalid and is rejected because the context user is trying to mention something that is not allowed. For example, a user who is not a member of a private group is trying to mention the private group. * `Inaccessible` — The proposed mention is allowed, but the user or record being mentioned isn’t notified. They don't have access to the parent record that’s being discussed. * `Ok` — There is no validation error for this proposed mention. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Disallowed`, `Inaccessible`, `Ok`. ### TopicImages Images associated with a topic. * `coverImageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to a topic’s cover image, which appears on the topic page. Both topics and managed topics can have cover images. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `featuredImageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to a managed topic’s featured image, which appears wherever you feature it, for example, on your Experience Cloud site home page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedBody Information about the feed item. * `isRichText` (_boolean_) Whether this is a rich text body. * `messageSegments` (_array of MessageSegment_) Collection of message segments, based on type. The segment types you may encounter will depend on the body type. * `text` (_string_) Unformatted text of the message. This can be an easy summary to use if you don't want to process the message segments. ### MessageSegment Superclass of all message segment representations. * `text` (_string_) Empty string, `""`, for segments of this type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_ConnectMessageSegmentTypeEnum_) ### ConnectUserProfileTabTypeEnum Specifies the type of user profile tab: * `CustomVisualForce` — Tab that displays data from a Visualforce page. * `CustomWeb` — Tab that displays data from any external web-based application or web page. * `Element` — Tab that displays generic content inline. * `Feed` — Tab that displays the Chatter feed. * `Overview` — Tab that displays user details. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CustomVisualForce`, `CustomWeb`, `Element`, `Feed`, `Overview`. ### ConnectKnowledgeableReasonEnum Reason why the user is considered knowledgeable about the topic. One of these values: * `Endorsed`: User received endorsement from another user for the topic. * `Influential`: User was mentioned in posts or in comments on posts with the topic or received likes on comments on posts with the topic. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Endorsed`, `Influential`. ### AbstractRecommendation Describing a single recommendation object. * `platformActionGroup` (_PlatformActionGroup_) A platform action group instance with state appropriate for the context user. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recommendationType` (_object_) ConnectRecommendationTypeEnum Specifies the type of record being recommended. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectRecommendationTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the recommendation. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `explanation` (_object_) The recommendation explanation. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `RecExplanationSummary`. ### ArticleSummary A knowledge article summary. * `articleType` (_string_) Type of the knowledge article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `knowledgeArticleVersionId` (_string_) ID of the knowledge article version. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the knowledge article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastPublishedDate` (_string_) Last published date of the knowledge article. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a knowledge article. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The icon is not a preview of the article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this article, it contains information about the subscription. Otherwise, it returns `null` . _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rating` (_number (double)_) The rating of the article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `summary` (_string_) Summary of the knowledge article contents. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the knowledge article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Value is `KnowledgeArticle` . _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the knowledge article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the knowledge article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `viewCount` (_integer_) Number of times the knowledge article has been viewed. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecommendedObject A custom or static recommendation. * `idOrEnum` (_string_) ID of a recommendation definition for a custom recommendation or the enum value `Today` for static recommendations that don’t have an ID (version 35.0 and later). _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Motif of the recommended object. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the recommended object. _Available in: v22.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) `RecommendedObject` _Available in: v22.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectRecommendationAudienceCriteriaType Custom recommendation audience criteria type. One of these values: * `CustomList`: A custom list of users makes up the audience. * `MaxDaysInCommunity`: New members make up the audience. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CustomList`, `MaxDaysInCommunity`. ### AudienceCriterionValueInputRequest Audience criterion value. * `audienceId` (_string_) ID of an audience. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `Audience` criterion type. _Available in: v53.0_ * `city` (_string_) City of a user. Optional if creating or updating an audience with the `GeoLocation` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `country` (_string_) Country of a user. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `GeoLocation` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `domainId` (_string_) Domain ID of a user. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `Domain` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `entityField` (_string_) Field of an object. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `FieldBased` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `entityType` (_string_) Type of object. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `FieldBased` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `fieldValue` (_string_) Value of a field. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `FieldBased` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `isEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the permission is enabled (`true`) or not (`false`) for a user. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `Permission` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `permission` (_string_) Valid API name of a standard user or custom permission. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `Permission` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `profileId` (_string_) Profile ID of a user. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `Profile` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `subdivision` (_string_) Subdivision of a user. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `GeoLocation` criterion type and using the `city` property _Available in: v48.0_ ### ConnectRecommendationAudienceMemberOperationType Operation to carry out on the custom recommendation audience members. One of these values: * `Add`: Adds specified members to the audience. * `Remove`: Removes specified members from the audience. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Add`, `Remove`. ### MotifSbi The motif properties contain URLs for small, medium, and large icons that indicate the Salesforce record type. Common record types are files, users, and groups, but all record types have a set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon. All icons are available to unauthenticated users so that, for example, you can display the motif icons in an email. The motif can also contain the record type’s base color. The motif images are icons, not user uploaded images or photos. For example, every user has the same set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon, for example, the following custom object uses the “boat” tab style: `"motif": { "color": "8C004C", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Users use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Groups use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups16.png" },` Files use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/content/content64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/content/content32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/files16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` To view the icons in the previous examples, preface the URL with `https://{instance_name}`. For example, `https://{instance_name}/img/icon/profile64.png`. * `color` (_string_) A hex value representing the base color of the record type, or `null` . _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `largeIconUrl` (_string_) A large icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediumIconUrl` (_string_) A medium icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `smallIconUrl` (_string_) A small icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `svgIconUrl` (_string_) An icon in SVG format indicating the record type, or `null` if the icon doesn’t exist. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectUserTypeEnumSbi Type of user. One of these values: * `ChatterGuest`: User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly`: User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest`: User is unauthenticated. * `Internal`: User is a standard org member. * `Portal`: User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System`: User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined`: User is a user type that is a custom object. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ChatterGuest`, `ChatterOnly`, `Guest`, `Internal`, `Portal`, `System`, `Undefined`. ### ConnectMessageSegmentTypeEnum Feed items may have complex information within the post and is therefore broken into rich segments each containing complex information stored in the feed body. Specifies the type of segment and the additional information within. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `EntityLink`, `FieldChange`, `FieldChangeName`, `FieldChangeValue`, `Hashtag`, `InlineImage`, `Link`, `MarkupBegin`, `MarkupEnd`, `Mention`, `MoreChanges`, `ResourceLink`, `Text`. ### ApprovalCapability If a feed element has this capability, it includes information about an approval. * `id` (_string (Id)_) The work item ID. The work item ID is `null` if there isn’t a pending work item associated with the approval record. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `postTemplateFields` (_array of ApprovalPostTemplateField_) The details of the approval post template field. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `processInstanceStepId` (_string (Id)_) The process instance step ID. The associated record represents one step in an approval process. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectWorkflowProcessStatusEnum The status of the approval. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectWorkflowProcessStatusEnum`. ### AssociatedActionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has platform actions associated with it. * `platformActionGroups` (_array of PlatformActionGroup_) The platform action groups associated with a feed element. Platform action groups are returned in the order specified in the Associated Actions Capability Input request body. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### BannerCapability If this feed element has this capability, it has a banner motif and style. * `motif` (_object_) Motif A banner motif. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `style` (_object_) ConnectBannerStyleEnum Decorates a feed item with a color and set of icons. * `Announcement` — An announcement displays in a designated location in the Salesforce UI until 11:59 p.m. on its expiration date, unless it’s deleted or replaced by another announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectBannerStyleEnum`. ### BookmarksCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can bookmark it. * `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed element has been bookmarked by the context user (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractBundleCapability Existence of this capability on a Feed Element means the Feed Element may be a group of other Feed Elements condensed into one. The type of nesting depends on the bundle type. Discriminator: `bundleType` selects the concrete type. Mapping: `GenericBundle` → `GenericBundleCapability`, `TrackedChanges` → `TrackedChangeBundleCapability`. * `bundleType` (_object_) ConnectBundleTypeEnum Type of bundle. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectBundleTypeEnum`. * `page` (_object_) FeedElementCollection A collection of feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCollection`. * `totalElements` (_integer_) The total number of feed elements that this bundle aggregates. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CallCollaborationCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recording comment. * `commentEndTime` (_integer_) End time of the comment on the media player, in seconds. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `commentStartTime` (_integer_) Start time of the comment on the media player, in seconds. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CanvasCapability If a feed element has this capability, it renders a canvas app. * `description` (_string_) A description of the canvas app. The maximum size is 255 characters. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) The API name (developer name) of the client app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `height` (_string_) The height of the canvas app in pixels. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `icon` (_object_) Icon The icon for the canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Icon`. * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) A unique namespace prefix for the canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parameters` (_string_) JSON parameters passed to the canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string (url)_) A thumbnail URL to a preview image. The maximum thumbnail size is 120 pixels by 120 pixels. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) A title for the canvas link. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CaseCommentCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a case comment on the case feed. * `actorType` (_object_) ConnectCaseActorTypeEnum Specifies the type of user who made the comment. * `Customer` — if a Chatter customer made the comment * `CustomerService` — if a service representative made the comment _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCaseActorTypeEnum`. * `createdBy` (_object_) UserDetail Information about the user who created the comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserDetail`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `eventType` (_object_) ConnectCaseCommentEventTypeEnum Specifies an event type for a comment in the case feed. * `NewInternal` — A case comment that has newly been marked Internal Only. * `NewPublished` — A newly published case comment. * `NewPublishedByCustomer` — A case comment by a customer that was newly published. * `PublishExisting` — An existing case comment that was republished. * `PublishExistingByCustomer` — An existing case comment by a customer that was republished. * `UnpublishExistingByCustomer` — An existing case comment by a customer that was unpublished. * `UnpublishExsiting` — An existing case comment that was unpublished. Unfortunately, this typo is in the code, not the documentation. Use this spelling in your code. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCaseCommentEventTypeEnum`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of case comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `published` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the comment has been published. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text of the case comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ChatterLikesCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can like it. Exposes information about existing likes. * `isLikedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed element is liked by the context user (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likesMessage` (_object_) LikeMessageBody A message body that describes who likes the feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LikeMessageBody`. * `myLike` (_object_) Reference If the context user has liked the feed element, this property is a reference to the specific like, `null` otherwise. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `page` (_object_) LikePage Likes information for this feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LikePage`. ### CloseCapability If a feed element has this capability, users with permission can close it. Users can’t edit (specifically the feed item body or title), comment on, or delete a closed feed element. If the closed feed element is a poll, users can’t vote on it. Users can’t edit (specifically the comment body) or delete a comment on a closed feed element or select or remove it as best answer. Admins and moderators can edit and delete closed feed elements and comments on closed feed elements. Admins and moderators can select or remove the best answer status on comments on closed feed elements. * `canContextUserUpdateIsClosed` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user has permission to set the feed element to closed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isClosed` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the feed element is closed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommentsCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, the context user can add a comment. * `page` (_object_) CommentPage The comments information for this feed element or comment. Threaded comments are supported in version 44.0 and later. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommentPage`. ### DashboardComponentSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a dashboard component snapshot. A snapshot is a static image of a dashboard component at a specific point in time. * `dashboardComponentSnapshot` (_object_) DashboardComponentSnapshot The dashboard component snapshot. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DashboardComponentSnapshot`. ### DirectMessageCapability If a feed element has this capability, it’s a direct message. * `memberChanges` (_object_) DirectMessageMembershipActivityCollection Member activities of the direct message, with the most recent activity first. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMembershipActivityCollection`. * `members` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Members included in the direct message. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. * `originalMembers` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Original members of the direct message. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. * `subject` (_string_) Subject of the direct message. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EditCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, it can be edited by users who have permission. * `isEditableByMeUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL to check if the context user is able to edit this feed element or comment. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isEditRestricted` (_boolean_) Specifies whether editing this feed element or comment is restricted. If `true`, the context user can’t edit this feed element or comment. If `false`, the context user may or may not have permission to edit this feed element or comment. To determine if a feed element or comment is editable by the context user, use the Feed Elements, Editability or Comment Capability, Editability resource. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastEditedBy` (_object_) UserDetail Who last edited this feed element or comment. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserDetail`. * `lastEditedDate` (_string (date-time)_) The most recent edit date of this feed element or comment. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `latestRevision` (_integer_) The most recent revision of this feed element or comment. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relativeLastEditedDate` (_string_) Relative last edited date, for example, “2h ago.” _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EmailMessageCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has an email message from a case. * `attachments` (_array of EmailAttachment_) Attachments in the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `automationType` (_object_) ConnectEmailMessageAutomationTypeEnum Automation type of the email message. Values are: * `aiAssisted` — The email message was created with the assistance of AI. * `aiAutomated` — The email message was created automatically by AI. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailMessageAutomationTypeEnum`. * `bccAddresses` (_array of EmailAddress_) BCC addresses for the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `body` (_string_) Body of the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `ccAddresses` (_array of EmailAddress_) CC addresses for the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `direction` (_object_) ConnectEmailMessageDirectionEnum Direction of the email message. Values are: * `Inbound` — An inbound message (sent by a customer). * `Outbound` — An outbound message (sent to a customer by a support agent). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailMessageDirectionEnum`. * `emailMessageId` (_string_) ID of the email message. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `emailMessageSize` (_string_) Size of a case’s email message HTML body. * `Large` — `UseLargeHtmlBody` permission is set, HTML body exceeds 131K characters, and HTML email display is enabled. * `Normal` — Email message doesn’t meet the `Large` criteria. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `emailSize` (_object_) ConnectEmailMessageSizeEnum Size of a case’s email message HTML body. Values are: * `Large` — `UseLargeHtmlBody` permission is set, HTML body exceeds 131K characters, and HTML email display is enabled. * `Normal` — Email message doesn’t meet the `Large` criteria. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailMessageSizeEnum`. * `fromAddress` (_object_) EmailAddress From address for the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EmailAddress`. * `htmlExpandEmailThread` (_integer_) Start location of previous email thread. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isRichText` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the body of the email message is in rich text format. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectEmailMessageStatusEnum Status of an email message on a case. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailMessageStatusEnum`. * `subject` (_string_) Subject of the email message. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `textBody` (_string_) Body of the email message. **Important**: In version 36.0 and later, use the `body` property. _Available in: v32.0–35.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `toAddresses` (_array of EmailAddress_) To addresses of the email message. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalAttachments` (_integer_) Total number of attachments in the email message. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EnhancedLinkCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a link that may contain supplemental information like an icon, a title, and a description. * `description` (_string_) A description with a 500 character limit. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `icon` (_object_) Icon An icon. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Icon`. * `linkRecordId` (_string (Id)_) An ID associated with the link if the link URL refers to a Salesforce record. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `linkUrl` (_string (url)_) A link URL to a detail page if available content can’t display inline. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) A title to a detail page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExtensionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more extensions associated with it. * `items` (_array of Extension_) Collection of extensions. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedEntityShareCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, a feed entity is shared with it. * `feedEntity` (_FeedItemSummary | FeedEntityNotAvailableSummary_) The summary of the feed entity that is shared with the feed element or comment. One of these response bodies: * Feed Item Summary * Feed Entity Not Available Summary _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `FeedItemSummary`, `FeedEntityNotAvailableSummary`. ### MultipleContentCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more file attachments. * `items` (_array of Content_) Collection of files. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### InteractionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has information about user interactions. * `count` (_integer (int64)_) The number of individual views, likes, and comments on a feed post. This count appears in the UI under the feed post as the number of views, for example, “5 views.” _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LinkCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a link. * `url` (_string (url)_) Link URL. The URL can be to an external site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) Description of the link. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MediaReferenceCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more media references. * `media` (_array of MediaReference_) Collection of media references. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ModerationCapability If a feed element has this capability, users in the Experience Cloud site can flag the feed element for moderation. This response body also includes information about the flagged content. * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this feed element. Moderators can view and take action on flagged items. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. ### MuteCapability If a feed element has this capability, users can mute it. Muted feed elements are visible in the muted feed, and invisible in all other feeds that respect mute. * `isMutedByMe` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the context user muted the feed element. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OriginCapability If a feed element has this capability, it was created by a feed action. * `actor` (_object_) UserSummary The user who executed the feed action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `originRecord` (_object_) Reference A reference to the feed element containing the feed action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. ### PinCapability If a feed element has this capability, users who have permission can pin it to a feed. * `isPinnableByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user can pin or unpin the entity to the feed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isPinned` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the entity is pinned (`true`) or not pinned (`false`) to the feed. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PollCapability If a feed element has this capability, the feed element can include a poll for voting. * `choices` (_array of FeedPollChoice_) Collection of poll choices that make up the poll. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myChoiceId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the poll choice that the context user has voted for in this poll. Returns `null` if the context user has not voted. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalVoteCount` (_string_) Total number of votes cast on the feed poll element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### QuestionAndAnswersCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a question and comments on the feed element are answers to the question. * `bestAnswer` (_object_) Comment Comment selected as the best answer for the question. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Comment`. * `bestAnswerSelectedBy` (_object_) UserSummary User who selected the best answer for the question. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `canCurrentUserSelectOrRemoveBestAnswer` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the context user can select or remove a best answer (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `candidateAnswers` (_object_) CandidateAnswersStatus Status of candidate answers for the question. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CandidateAnswersStatus`. * `escalatedCase` (_object_) Reference If a question post is escalated, this is the case to which it was escalated. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `questionTitle` (_string_) Title for the question. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReadByCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can mark it as read. * `isReadByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the feed element has been read (`true`) or not (`false`) by the context user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastReadDateByMe` (_string (date-time)_) Last date when the feed element was marked read for the context user in ISO 8601 format. Otherwise, `null`. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `page` (_object_) ReadByCollection First page of information about who read the feed element and when. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ReadByCollection`. ### RecommendationsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recommendation. * `items` (_array of ChatterRecommendation_) A collection of recommendations. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecordSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all the snapshotted fields of a record for a single create record event. * `recordView` (_object_) RecordView A record representation that includes metadata and data so you can display the record easily. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordView`. ### SocialPostCapability If a feed element has this capability, it can interact with a social post on a social network. * `author` (_object_) SocialAccount Social account that authored the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialAccount`. * `content` (_string_) Content body of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `deletedBy` (_object_) UserSummary User who deleted the social post. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `hiddenBy` (_object_) UserSummary User who hid the social post. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `icon` (_object_) Icon Icon of the social network. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Icon`. * `id` (_string_) ID associated with the social post Salesforce record. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isOutbound` (_boolean_) If `true`, the social post originated from the Salesforce application. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likedBy` (_string_) External social account who liked the social post. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageType` (_object_) ConnectSocialPostMessageTypeEnum Message type of the social post. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSocialPostMessageTypeEnum`. * `name` (_string_) Title or heading of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `postUrl` (_string (url)_) External URL to the social post on the social network. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `provider` (_object_) ConnectSocialNetworkProviderEnum Social network that this social post belongs to. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSocialNetworkProviderEnum`. * `recipient` (_object_) SocialAccount Social account that is the recipient of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialAccount`. * `recipientId` (_string_) ID of the recipient of the social post. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reviewScale` (_number (double)_) Review scale of the social post. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reviewScore` (_number (double)_) Review score of the social post. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) SocialPostStatus Status of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialPostStatus`. ### StatusCapability If a feed post or comment has this capability, it has a status that determines its visibility. * `feedEntityStatus` (_object_) ConnectFeedEntityStatusEnum Status of the feed post or comment. Values are: * `Draft` — The feed post isn’t published but is visible to the author and users with Modify All Data or View All Data permission. Comments can’t be drafts. * `Isolated` — The feed post or comment is isolated, and only admins can see it. * `PendingReview` — The feed post or comment isn’t approved yet and therefore isn’t published or visible. * `Published` — The feed post or comment is approved and visible. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedEntityStatusEnum`. * `isApprovableByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user can change the status of the feed post or comment. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TopicsCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can add topics to it. Topics help users organize and discover conversations. * `canAssignTopics` (_boolean_) `true` if a topic can be assigned to the feed element, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of Topic_) A collection of topics associated with this feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TrackedChangesCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all changes to a record for a single tracked change event. * `changes` (_array of FeedTrackedChange_) Collection of feed tracked changes. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UpDownVoteCapability If a feed post or comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. * `downVoteCount` (_integer (int64)_) Number of downvotes. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myVote` (_object_) ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum Specifies the context user’s vote. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum`. * `upVoteCount` (_integer (int64)_) Number of upvotes. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Comment A comment. * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Message body for the comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `capabilities` (_object_) CommentCapabilities Capabilities associated with the comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `CommentCapabilities`. * `clientInfo` (_object_) ClientInfo Information about the client app used to authenticate the connection. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ClientInfo`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElement` (_object_) Reference Feed element on which the comment is posted. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDeleteRestricted` (_boolean_) Returns `true` if the context user can’t delete the comment. If it returns `false`, possibly the context user can delete the comment. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `likes` (_object_) LikePage Page of likes associated with the comment. This property has no information for comments on direct messages. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `LikePage`. * `likesMessage` (_object_) LikeMessageBody Message body that describes who likes the comment. This property is `null` for comments on direct messages. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `LikeMessageBody`. * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this comment. Moderators can view and act on flagged items. If the `communityModeration` property of the Features response body is `false`, this property is `null`. Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. * `myLike` (_object_) Reference If the context user liked the comment, returns a reference to that like or returns `null`. This property is `null` for comments on direct messages. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `parent` (_object_) Reference Information about the parent of the feed-item associated with this comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Created date formatted as a relative, localized string, for example, “17m ago” or “Yesterday.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `threadLevel` (_integer_) Level of nesting for a comment. 0 indicates a standard comment with a parent post. 1 indicates a threaded comment with a parent comment and a parent post. 2 indicates a threaded comment with two parent comments and a parent post. The UI is limited to these three levels. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `threadParentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the parent comment for a threaded comment. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectCommentTypeEnum Indicates the type of comment. Valid values are: * `ContentComment` — the comment contains an attachment * `TextComment` — the comment contains only text _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommentTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the comment author. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `attachment` (_string_) If the comment does not contain an attachment or if the attachment, returns `null`. Otherwise, returns Feed Item Attachment: Content . **Important**: As of version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `feedItem` (_object_) ReferenceCore Feed item on which the comment is posted. **Important**: As of version 32.0, use the `feedElement` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `isDeletable` (_boolean_) **Note**: This property is no longer available as of version 25.0. Use the `isDeleteRestricted` property instead. Specifies if the context user can delete the comment. _Available in: v23.0–24.0_ ### ModerationFlagsCollection Collection of flags on a feed item, comment, or file. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flags` (_array of ModerationFlagItem_) List of flag details. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Number of items per page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectExtensionInformationType Represents a type of information in Chatter Extension representation Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Lightning`. ### FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication Authentication information for a repository. * `authFlowUrl` (_string_) Depends on the `authProtocol`. * `NoAuthentication` — `null`. * `Oauth` — URL to start the OAuth flow. * `Password` — URL to the authentication settings for external systems. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `authProtocol` (_object_) ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum Authentication protocol used for the repository. Values are: * `NoAuthentication` — Repository doesn’t require authentication. * `Oauth` — Repository uses OAuth authentication protocol. * `Password` — Repository uses user name and password authentication protocol. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum`. * `userHasAuthSettings` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user has credentials or the administrator configured the external data source to use the same set of credentials for every user (`true`). Otherwise, `false`. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures Information about the features of a Files Connect repository. * `canBrowse` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the repository’s folder hierarchy can be browsed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canSearch` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the repository can be searched (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectProviderType Information about the Files Connect provider. * `label` (_string_) Localized label of the provider type. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Provider type. One of these values: * `ContentHubBox` * `ContentHubGDrive` * `ContentHubSharepoint` * `ContentHubSharepointOffice365` * `ContentHubSharepointOneDrive` * `SimpleUrl` _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectPermissionType A permission type. * `id` (_string_) The internal ID of the permission type in the repository. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `label` (_string_) The label as returned by the repository. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnum Sharing status for the external file. Values are: * `DomainSharing` — File is shared with the domain. * `PrivateSharing` — File is private or shared only with individuals. * `PublicSharing` — File is publicly shared. Value is `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DomainSharing`, `PrivateSharing`, `PublicSharing`. ### RepositoryGroupSummary Detailed description of a group entry. * `domain` (_string_) Domain of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `email` (_string_) Email of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `groupType` (_object_) FilesConnectGroupTypeEnum Type of group. Values are: * `Everybody` — Group is public to everybody. * `EverybodyInDomain` — Group is public to everybody in the same domain. * `Unknown` — Group type is unknown. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectGroupTypeEnum`. * `id` (_string_) ID of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `type` (_ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnum_) ### PlatformActionGroup A platform action group instance with state appropriate for the context user. Action link groups are one type of platform action group and are therefore represented as platform action group response bodies. * `category` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum Indicates the priority and relative locations of platform actions. Values are: * `Primary` — The action link group is displayed in the body of the feed element. * `Overflow` — The action link group is displayed in the overflow menu of the feed element. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum`. * `id` (_string_) An 18-character ID or an opaque string ID for the platform action group. If the Platform Action `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `platformActions` (_array of PlatformAction_) The platform action instances for this group. Within an action link group, action links are displayed in the order listed in the `actionLinks` property of the Action Link Group Definition Input request body. Within a feed item, action link groups are displayed in the order specified in the `actionLinkGroupIds` property of the Associated Actions Capability Input request body. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API resource URL for the platform action group. If the Platform Action `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectRecommendationTypeEnum Specifies the type of record that is the subject of a recommendation. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `apps`, `articles`, `custom`, `files`, `groups`, `records`, `topics`, `users`. ### RecExplanationSummary Explanation for a system-generated recommendations of Chatter actions for the logged-in user. * `detailsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL for explanation details. If the recommendation doesn’t have a detailed explanation, the string “null”. * `summary` (_string_) Explanation of recommendation. * `type` (_ConnectRecommendationExplanationEnum_) ### Reference Record field containing a reference to another object. * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reference` (_object_) ReferenceCore Object referenced by the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ApprovalPostTemplateField Description of an approval post template field. * `displayName` (_string_) The field name _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayValue` (_string_) The field value or `null` if the field is set to `null`. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `record` (_object_) Reference A record ID If no record exists or if the reference is `null`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. ### ConnectWorkflowProcessStatusEnum Status of the workflow associated with an approval post feed item attachment. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Approved`, `Fault`, `Held`, `NoResponse`, `Pending`, `Reassigned`, `Rejected`, `Removed`, `Started`. ### ConnectBannerStyleEnum A Banner is used to decorate a Feed Element at presentation time and consists of a color and set of icons. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Announcement`. ### ConnectBundleTypeEnum Defines a sub-type for the Bundle capability. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `GenericBundle`, `TrackedChanges`. ### FeedElementCollection Container of feed-elements URL and isModified resource URL for a feed. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the current page of feed elements. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of feed elements. * `elements` (_array of AbstractFeedElement_) Collection of zero or more feed elements. * `isModifiedToken` (_string_) Since request parameter that can be used in an isModified request. * `isModifiedUrl` (_string (url)_) A News Feed Is-Modified resource with a since request parameter that contains an opaque token that describes when the feed was last modified. Returns null if feed is not a news feed. * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the next page of feed elements. * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of feed elements. * `updatesToken` (_string_) Since request parameter that can be used in an updatedSince request. * `updatesUrl` (_string (url)_) A feed resource with the feed elements updated since the feed was refreshed. Null if not supported by this feed. ### Icon Icon. * `height` (_integer_) The height of the icon, in pixels _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL of the icon. This URL is available to unauthenticated users. The URL doesn’t expire. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `width` (_integer_) The width of the icon, in pixels _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectCaseActorTypeEnum Specifies the type of user who made a case comment. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Customer`, `CustomerService`. ### ConnectCaseCommentEventTypeEnum Specifies the event type of a Case's case comment. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `NewInternal`, `NewPublished`, `NewPublishedByCustomer`, `PublishExisting`, `PublishExistingByCustomer`, `UnpublishExistingByCustomer`, `UnpublishExsiting`. ### DirectMessageMembershipActivityCollection A collection of direct message member activities. * `activities` (_array of DirectMessageMembershipActivity_) Collection of direct message member activities. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DirectMessageMemberCollection A collection of direct message members. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the current page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the next page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `users` (_array of UserSummary_) Collection of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EmailAttachment An email attachment in an email message. * `attachment` (_object_) RecordSummary Record summary of the attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordSummary`. * `contentType` (_string_) Type of attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileName` (_string_) Name of the attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectEmailMessageAutomationTypeEnum If a feed element has this capability, it has an email message from a case. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AiAssisted`, `AiAutomated`. ### EmailAddress An email address for an email message sent from a case record in Case Feed. * `displayName` (_string_) Display name for an email address _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `emailAddress` (_string_) Email address _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedRecord` (_object_) RecordSummary The summary of a related record, for example, a contact or user summary. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordSummary`. ### ConnectEmailMessageDirectionEnum Specifies the direction of a Case's email message. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Inbound`, `Outbound`. ### ConnectEmailMessageSizeEnum Specifies the size category of a Case's email message HTML body. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Large`, `Normal`. ### ConnectEmailMessageStatusEnum Specifies the status of a Case's email message. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DraftStatus`, `ForwardedStatus`, `NewStatus`, `ReadStatus`, `RepliedStatus`, `SentStatus`. ### Extension An extension. * `alternativeRepresentation` (_object_) Alternative Alternative representation of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Alternative`. * `attachmentId` (_string_) Attachment ID of the extension. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `extensionId` (_string_) ID of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `payload` (_string_) Payload associated with the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `payloadVersion` (_string_) Payload version that identifies the structure of the payload associated with the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedItemSummary Representation for a single feed item summary. * `actor` (_AbstractActor_) * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `capabilities` (_object_) FeedElementCapabilitySet The capabilities of the feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCapabilitySet`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z, when the entity was created. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElementType` (_ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum_) * `header` (_object_) MessageBody The header of the feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `MessageBody`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEntityAvailable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the entity is available. If `false`, either the user doesn’t have access to the entity or the entity was deleted. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z, when the feed item was last modified. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `originalFeedItem` (_object_) Reference A reference to the original feed item, for a shared feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `originalFeedItemActor` (_object_) AbstractActor The actor of the original feed item, for a shared feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractActor`. * `parent` (_AbstractIdable_) * `photoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the photo associated with the feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Relative created date, for example, “2h ago.” _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_object_) ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum The visibility of the feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum`. ### FeedEntityNotAvailableSummary Representation when the feed entity is not available. The `isEntityAvailable` property is `false` and all other properties are null. * `actor` (_AbstractActor_) * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z, when the entity was created. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElementType` (_ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum_) * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEntityAvailable` (_boolean_) The value is `false` because the user doesn’t have access to the entity or the entity was deleted. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parent` (_AbstractIdable_) * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Relative created date, for example, “2h ago.” _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Content A file attached to a feed item. * `checksum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository External data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepository`. * `contentUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the content for links and Google docs. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `downloadUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the content. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string (url)_) External URL this file points to, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileSize` (_string_) Size of the file in bytes. If size can’t be determined, returns `unknown`. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file, such as PDF. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasPdfPreview` (_boolean_) `true` if the file has a PDF preview available, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the content. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageDetails` (_object_) ImageFileDetail Image details, or `null` if the file isn’t an image. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ImageFileDetail`. * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string (url)_) URL to the 240 x 180 pixel rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string (url)_) URL to the 720 x 480 pixel rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_object_) ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum`. * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 120 x 90 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 240 x 180 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 720 x 480 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionId` (_string (Id)_) Version ID of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### MediaReference A media reference. * `mediaUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to stream or download the media. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string (url)_) If one exists, URL of the media’s thumbnail. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedPollChoice Feed poll choice. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the poll choice _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `position` (_integer_) The location in the poll where this poll choice exists. The first poll choice starts at 1. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Label text associated with the poll choice _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `voteCount` (_integer_) Total number of votes for this poll choice _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `voteCountRatio` (_number (double)_) The ratio of total number of votes for this poll choice to all votes cast in the poll. Multiply the ratio by 100 to get the percentage of votes cast for this poll choice. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CandidateAnswersStatus The status of candidate answers on a feed element. * `hasCandidateAnswers` (_boolean_) Indicates whether candidate answers are available for a question. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasCandidateAnswersPublished` (_boolean_) Indicates whether any candidate answers are published. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasCandidateAnswersRated` (_boolean_) Indicates whether any candidate answers are rated. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReadByCollection A collection of information about who read the feed element and when. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. The default is 25 items per page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of ReadBy_) Collection of read-by information, including users and when they last read the feed element. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of users who read the feed element. This count appears in the UI under feed posts in private and unlisted Chatter groups as the “seen by” number, for example, “Seen by 48.” _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecordView A view of any record in the org, including a custom object record. This object is used if a specialized object, such as User or ChatterGroup, isn’t available for the record type. Contains data and metadata so you can render a record with one response. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the object _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) The localized name _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedListDefinitions` (_array of ListViewDefinition_) Related list definitions (metadata) for this object. These list definitions don’t include the related list data. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `sections` (_array of RecordViewSection_) List of record view sections. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) A fixed type name for this object. Check this value to determine the shape of a response body. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) The Connect REST API URL resource for this object. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SocialAccount A social account on a social network. * `externalSocialAccountId` (_string_) ID of the external social account, if available. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `handle` (_string_) Social handle, screen name, or alias that identifies this account. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the account as defined by the account's owner. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `profileUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the account's profile. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `socialPersonaId` (_string_) ID of the social persona account, if the external social account ID isn’t available. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectSocialPostMessageTypeEnum The message type of a social post. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Comment`, `Direct`, `Post`, `PrivateMessage`, `Reply`, `Retweet`, `Tweet`. ### ConnectSocialNetworkProviderEnum The social network provider. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Facebook`, `GooglePlus`, `Instagram`, `InstagramBusiness`, `KakaoTalk`, `Kik`, `Line`, `LinkedIn`, `Messenger`, `Other`, `Pinterest`, `QQ`, `Rypple`, `SMS`, `SinaWeibo`, `Snapchat`, `Telegram`, `Twitter`, `VKontakte`, `WeChat`, `WhatsApp`, `YouTube`. ### SocialPostStatus The status of a social post. * `message` (_string_) Status message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectSocialPostStatusTypeEnum Status type. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSocialPostStatusTypeEnum`. ### ConnectFeedEntityStatusEnum Describes the status of a feed item Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Draft`, `Isolated`, `PendingReview`, `Published`. ### FeedTrackedChange Feed tracked change. * `fieldName` (_string_) The name of the field that was updated. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `newValue` (_string_) The new value of the field or `null` if the field length is long or empty. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `oldValue` (_string_) The old value of the field or `null` if the field length is long or empty. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum Type of vote for a feed element or comment. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Down`, `None`, `Up`. ### CommentCapabilities A container for all capabilities that can be included with a comment. * `comments` (_object_) CommentsCapability If a comment has this capability, it has threaded comments. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommentsCapability`. * `content` (_object_) ContentCapability Content, such as a file attachment, associated with this comment. Most Content Capability properties are null if the content has been deleted from the feed element or if the access has changed to private. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ContentCapability`. * `edit` (_object_) EditCapability If a comment has this capability, users who have permission can edit it. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EditCapability`. * `feedEntityShare` (_object_) FeedEntityShareCapability If a comment has this capability, a feed entity is shared with it. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedEntityShareCapability`. * `record` (_object_) RecordCapability If a comment has this capability, it has a record attachment. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordCapability`. * `status` (_object_) StatusCapability If a comment has this capability, it has a status that determines its visibility. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `StatusCapability`. * `upDownVote` (_object_) UpDownVoteCapability If a comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UpDownVoteCapability`. * `verified` (_object_) VerifiedCapability If a comment has this capability, users with permission can mark it as verified or unverified. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `VerifiedCapability`. ### ConnectCommentTypeEnum Indicates the type of comment. Valid values are: * `ContentComment` — the comment contains an attachment * `TextComment` — the comment contains only text _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ContentComment`, `TextComment`. ### ModerationFlagItem Flag details on a feed item, comment, or file. * `createdBy` (_string_) ID of the user who flagged the item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the item was flagged. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the moderation flag. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `moderationType` (_object_) ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum Type of moderation flag. Values are: * `FlagAsInappropriate` — Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` — Flag for spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum`. * `note` (_string_) Note from user who flagged the item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_object_) ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. Values are: * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum`. ### ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum Authentication protocol used for the repository. Values are: * `NoAuthentication` — Repository doesn’t require authentication. * `Oauth` — Repository uses OAuth authentication protocol. * `Password` — Repository uses user name and password authentication protocol. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `NoAuthentication`, `Oauth`, `Password`. ### FilesConnectGroupTypeEnum The detailed information of a directory entry. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Everybody`, `EverybodyInDomain`, `Unknown`. ### ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnum Specifies the type of directory entry. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `GroupEntry`, `UserEntry`. ### ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum Indicates the priority and relative locations of platform actions. Values are: * `Primary` — The action link group is displayed in the body of the feed element. * `Overflow` — The action link group is displayed in the overflow menu of the feed element. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Overflow`, `Primary`. ### PlatformAction A platform action instance with state information for the context user. Action links are one type of platform action and are therefore represented as platform action response bodies. * `actionUrl` (_string (url)_) For action links of `subtype` `Ui` or `Download`, direct the user to download or visit the UI from this link. Salesforce issues a Javascript redirect for the link in this format: `/action-link-redirect/{communityId}/{actionLinkId}?_bearer={bearerToken}`. For `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links and for all platform actions, this value is `null`. Salesforce handles the callout to `Api` or and `ApiAsync` action links. To call an `Api` or an `ApiAsync` action link, you can also make a PATCH request to the /connect/action-links/actionLinkId resource and set `status` to `PendingStatus`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `apiName` (_string_) The API name. This value may be `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `confirmationMessage` (_string_) If this action requires a confirmation and has a status of `NewStatus`, this is a default localized message that should be shown to an end user prior to invoking the action. Otherwise, this is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `createdRecords` (_array of RecordSummary_) The collection of records that this action created after it was invoked by the context user. This collection is empty if the action hasn’t been performed yet by the context user or if the action doesn’t create a record. Only records created by the context user are shown. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `executingUser` (_object_) UserSummary User who initiated execution of the platform action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `groupDefault` (_boolean_) `true` if this platform action is the default or primary platform action in the platform action group; `false` otherwise. There can be only one default platform action per platform action group. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `iconUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL of the icon for the platform action. This value may be `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string_) The ID of the platform action. If the `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) The localized label for this platform action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `platformActionGroup` (_object_) Reference A reference to the platform action group containing this platform action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `status` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum The execution status of the platform action. Values are: * `FailedStatus` — The action link execution failed. * `NewStatus` — The action link is ready to be executed. Available for `Download` and `Ui` action links only. * `PendingStatus` — The action link is executing. Choosing this value triggers the API call for `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links. * `SuccessfulStatus` — The action link executed successfully. For action links only, you can update the `status` by making a PATCH request to the `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` resource. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum`. * `subtype` (_string_) The subtype of a platform action or `null`. If the `type` property is `ActionLink`, possible values are: * `Api` — The action link calls a synchronous API at the action URL. Salesforce sets the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` based on the HTTP status code returned by your server. * `ApiAsync` — The action link calls an asynchronous API at the action URL. The action remains in a `PendingStatus` state until a third party makes a request to `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` to set the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` when the asynchronous operation is complete. * `Download` — The action link downloads a file from the action URL. * `Ui` — The action link takes the user to a web page at the action URL. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionTypeEnum The type of platform action. Values are: * `ActionLink` — An indicator on a feed element that targets an API, a web page, or a file, represented by a button in the Salesforce UI. * `CustomButton` — When clicked, opens a URL or a Visualforce page in a window or executes JavaScript. * `ProductivityAction` — Productivity actions are predefined and attached to a limited set of objects. Productivity actions include Send Email, Call, Map, View Website, and Read News. Except for the Call action, you can’t edit productivity actions. * `QuickAction` — A global or object-specific action. * `StandardButton` — A predefined Salesforce button such as New, Edit, or Delete. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API resource URL for the platform action. If the `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectRecommendationExplanationEnum Indicates the reason-type for a suggested recommendation. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ArticleHasRelatedContent`, `ArticleViewedTogether`, `ArticleViewedTogetherWithViewers`, `Custom`, `FilePopular`, `FileViewedTogether`, `FollowedTogetherWithFollowees`, `GroupMembersFollowed`, `GroupNew`, `GroupPopular`, `ItemViewedTogether`, `PopularApp`, `RecordOwned`, `RecordParentOfFollowed`, `RecordViewed`, `TopicFollowedTogether`, `TopicFollowedTogetherWithFollowees`, `TopicPopularFollowed`, `TopicPopularLiked`, `UserDirectReport`, `UserFollowedTogether`, `UserFollowsSameUsers`, `UserManager`, `UserNew`, `UserPeer`, `UserPopular`, `UserViewingSameRecords`. ### DirectMessageMembershipActivity Direct message membership activity. * `activityDate` (_string (date-time)_) Direct message member activity date. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `actor` (_object_) UserSummary User who changed the direct message membership. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `membersAdded` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Members added to the direct message as part of the activity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. * `membersRemoved` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Members removed from the direct message as part of the activity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. ### Alternative Alternative representation for an extension on a feed element. * `textRepresentation` (_string_) Text representation of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string_) Thumbnail URL to the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MessageBody Representation for a structured text item. * `isRichText` (_boolean_) Whether this is a rich text body. * `messageSegments` (_array of MessageSegment_) Collection of message segments, based on type. The segment types you may encounter will depend on the body type. * `text` (_string_) Unformatted text of the message. This can be an easy summary to use if you don't want to process the message segments. ### ImageFileDetail Image file details. * `height` (_integer_) Image’s height in pixels. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageFormat` (_string_) Image’s format. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orientation` (_string_) Image’s EXIF orientation value, if present. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `width` (_integer_) Image’s width in pixels. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReadBy Information about who read the feed element and when. * `lastReadDateByUser` (_string (date-time)_) When the user last read the feed element in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the user who read the feed element. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. ### ListViewDefinition Related list structure or a search list structure on a record view. There’s no data in the list. * `columns` (_array of ListViewColumn_) The columns of fields shown in this list view. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `label` (_string_) The localized label of this list view. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `objectType` (_object_) ListViewObject The definition of the type of the objects in this list view. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ListViewObject`. * `rowLimit` (_integer_) The maximum number of objects per page in this list view. To view all objects in this related list, page through the data in pages no larger than this size. To build a SOQL statement from this describe, the SOQL statement must include a LIMIT value equal to this value or an error is thrown on execution. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `sortColumns` (_array of ListViewSort_) The columns in which to sort this list view. The sort columns are given in the order of their priority (for example, primary sort, secondary sort, and so on). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### RecordViewSection Section of record fields and values on a record detail. * `columnCount` (_integer_) Number of columns to use to lay out the fields in a record section. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `columnOrder` (_string_) Order of the fields to use in the `fields` property to lay out the fields in a record section. * `LeftRight` — Fields are rendered from left to right. * `TopDown` — Fields are rendered from the top down. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fields` (_array of RecordField | Blank | Compound | Currency | Date | Percent | Picklist | Reference | ReferenceWithDate_) Fields and values for the record contained in this section. A collection of these response bodies: * Record Field * Record Field: Blank * Record Field: Compound * Record Field: Currency * Record Field: Date * Record Field: Percent * Record Field: Picklist * Record Field: Reference * Record Field: Reference with Date _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `heading` (_string_) Localized label to display when rendering this section of fields. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isCollapsible` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the section can be collapsed to hide all the fields (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectSocialPostStatusTypeEnum Status type. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ApprovalPending`, `ApprovalRecalled`, `ApprovalRejected`, `Deleted`, `Failed`, `Hidden`, `Pending`, `Replied`, `Sent`, `Unknown`. ### ContentCapability If a comment has this capability, it has a file attachment. For files attached to a feed post (instead of a comment) in version 36.0 and later, use Files Capability. If content is deleted from a feed element after it’s posted or if the access to the content is changed to private, the Content Capability exists, however most of its properties are null. * `checksum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository The external data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepository`. * `contentUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the content for links and Google docs. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the attachment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `downloadUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the content. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string (url)_) The external URL this file points to, or `null` if it does not point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileSize` (_string_) Size of the file in bytes. If size cannot be determined, returns `Unknown`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasPdfPreview` (_boolean_) `true` if the file has a PDF preview available, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the content. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. Renditions are processed asynchronously and may not be available immediately after the file has been uploaded. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string (url)_) URL to the 240x180 size rendition resource for the file. Renditions are processed asynchronously and may not be available immediately after the file has been uploaded. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string (url)_) URL to the 720x480 size rendition resource for the file. Renditions are processed asynchronously and may not be available immediately after the file has been uploaded. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL of the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_object_) ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum`. * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available, `null` otherwise. The maximum number of characters is 200. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) The status of the rendering of the 120x90 pixel sized preview image of the file. Should be either Processing, Failed, Success, or Na if unavailable. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) The status of the rendering of the 240x180 pixel sized preview image of the file. Should be either Processing, Failed, Success, or Na if unavailable. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) The status of the rendering of the 720x480 pixel sized preview image of the file. Should be either Processing, Failed, Success, or Na if unavailable. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionId` (_string (Id)_) Version ID of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### RecordCapability If a comment has this capability, it has a record attachment. * `recordId` (_string_) ID of the record. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the record. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### VerifiedCapability If a comment has this capability, users with permission can mark it as verified or unverified. * `isVerifiableByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user has permission to mark comments as verified or unverified (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isVerified` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the comment is marked as verified (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isVerifiedByAnonymized` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the comment is marked as verified by an anonymous user (`true`) or not (`false`). If the comment has never been marked as verified or unverified, `null`. Also `null` if the context user doesn’t have permission to mark comments as verified or unverified. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastVerifiedByUser` (_object_) UserSummary User who last marked the comment as verified or unverified, otherwise `null`. Also `null` if the context user doesn’t have permission to mark comments as verified or unverified. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `lastVerifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string. Date when the comment was last marked as verified or unverified, otherwise `null`. Also `null` if the context user doesn’t have permission to mark comments as verified or unverified. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum Type of moderation flag. Values are: * `FlagAsInappropriate` — Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` — Flag for spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `FlagAsInappropriate`, `FlagAsSpam`. ### ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. Values are: * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ModeratorsOnly`, `SelfAndModerators`. ### ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum The execution status of the platform action. Values are: * `FailedStatus` — The action link execution failed. * `NewStatus` — The action link is ready to be executed. Available for `Download` and `Ui` action links only. * `PendingStatus` — The action link is executing. Choosing this value triggers the API call for `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links. * `SuccessfulStatus` — The action link executed successfully. For action links only, you can update the `status` by making a PATCH request to the `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` resource. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `FailedStatus`, `NewStatus`, `PendingStatus`, `SuccessfulStatus`. ### ConnectPlatformActionTypeEnum The type of platform action. Values are: * `ActionLink` — An indicator on a feed element that targets an API, a web page, or a file, represented by a button in the Salesforce UI. * `CustomButton` — When clicked, opens a URL or a Visualforce page in a window or executes JavaScript. * `ProductivityAction` — Productivity actions are predefined and attached to a limited set of objects. Productivity actions include Send Email, Call, Map, View Website, and Read News. Except for the Call action, you can’t edit productivity actions. * `QuickAction` — A global or object-specific action. * `StandardButton` — A predefined Salesforce button such as New, Edit, or Delete. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ActionLink`, `CustomButton`, `ProductivityAction`, `QuickAction`, `StandardButton`. ### ListViewColumn Single column of a record’s related list. Describes how to lay out the column; doesn’t contain the column’s data. * `dataType` (_string_) The object type for this column’s field. This is the object type used in REST API and SOAP API. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `fieldId` (_string_) The fully qualified API field ID, for example, `Contact.Name`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `label` (_string_) The localized label of this column. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The short name of the API field, for example, `Name`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ListViewObject Type of record displayed in the rows of a related list. * `fieldId` (_string_) The API field ID that refers to the parent record. For example, if an Account record has a related list of Contact records, then in the Contact related list definition on the Account this value might be `"Account"`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `type` (_string_) The object type name for this object. This is the object type used in REST API and SOAP API. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ListViewSort Ordinal of a sort order in a related list. * `column` (_string_) The field ID on the related list column to sort. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `order` (_object_) ConnectSortOrderEnum The order in which to sort the column. One of these values: * `Ascending` — Items are in ascending alphabetical order (A-Z). * `Descending` — Items are in descending alphabetical order (Z-A). * `MostRecentlyViewed` — Items are in descending chronological order by view. This sort order is valid only for Chatter feed streams. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSortOrderEnum`. ### RecordField Generic record field containing a label and text value. * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Valid values are: * `Boolean` * `Email` * `Number` * `Phone` * `Text` _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Blank Record field displayed as a place holder in a grid of fields. * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Compound Record field that is a composite of subfields. * `fields` (_array of RecordField | Blank | Compound | Currency | Date | Percent | Picklist | Reference | ReferenceWithDate_) Collection of subfields that make up the compound field. A collection of these response bodies: * Record Field * Record Field: Blank * Record Field: Compound * Record Field: Currency * Record Field: Date * Record Field: Percent * Record Field: Picklist * Record Field: Reference * Record Field: Reference with Date _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Valid values are: * `Address` * `Compound` * `Location` * `Name` _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Currency Record field containing a currency value. * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. Currency is formatted in the default currency of the organization. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Date Record field containing a date. * `dateValue` (_string_) Date that a machine can read. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Valid values are: * `Date` * `DateTime` * `Time` _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Percent Record field containing a percentage value. * `value` (_number (double)_) Value of the percentage. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Picklist Record field containing an enumerated value. * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReferenceWithDate Record field containing a referenced object that acted at a specific time, for example, “Created By...”. * `dateValue` (_string_) Time at which the referenced object acted. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reference` (_object_) ReferenceCore Object referenced by the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Valid values are: * `CreatedBy` * `LastModifiedBy` _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TrackedChangeBundleCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a group of other feed elements aggregated into one feed element called a bundle. This type of bundle aggregates feed tracked changes. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. * `bundleType` (_object_) ConnectBundleTypeEnum Type of bundle. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectBundleTypeEnum`. * `changes` (_array of FeedTrackedChange_) Collection of feed tracked changes. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `page` (_object_) FeedElementCollection A collection of feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCollection`. * `totalElements` (_integer_) The total number of feed elements that this bundle aggregates. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GenericBundleCapability If a feed element has this capability, the feed element may be a group of other feed elements condensed into one. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. * `bundleType` (_object_) ConnectBundleTypeEnum Type of bundle. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectBundleTypeEnum`. * `page` (_object_) FeedElementCollection A collection of feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCollection`. * `totalElements` (_integer_) The total number of feed elements that this bundle aggregates. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedElement A concrete instance of a generic Feed Element. Unless otherwise specified, a generic Feed Element can have shared properties: id, feedElementType, body, and capabilities. * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed element. _Available in: v22.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `capabilities` (_object_, required) FeedElementCapabilitySet A container for all capabilities that can be included with a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCapabilitySet`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElementType` (_object_) ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum Feed elements are the top-level objects that a feed contains. The feed element type describes the characteristics of that feed element. One of these values: * `Bundle` — A container of feed elements. A bundle also has a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `FeedItem` — A feed item has a single parent and is scoped to oneExperience Cloud site or across all Experience Cloud sites. A feed item can have capabilities such as bookmarks, canvas, content, comment, link, poll. Feed items have a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `Recommendation` — A recommendation is a feed element with a recommendations capability. A recommendation suggests records to follow, groups to join, or applications that are helpful to the context user. _Available in: v31.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum`. * `header` (_object_, required) FeedItemBody The header is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message. If a client doesn't know how to render a feed element type, it should render this text. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `id` (_string (Id)_, required) 18-character ID of the feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parent` (_object_, required) AbstractIdable The parent of the feed element. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractIdable`. * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Created date formatted as a relative, localized string, for example, “17m ago” or “Yesterday.” . _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractIdableSbi Describing a person or thing that can act or be acted on in the organization. Corresponds directly to an actual record in the organization with an addressible ID. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MotifSbi`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PlatformActionGroupSbi Representation of a platform action group instance with state appropriate for the logged in user. A platform action group is simply a grouping of platform actions used to indicate mutual exclusivity of actions as well as specify some properties that must be shared across the actions. Stand-alone actions should be in their own action group. * `category` (_ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnumSbi_) * `id` (_string_) The ID for the platform action group. This could be the same 18-character ID or an opaque string ID depending on how it was defined. * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2014-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. * `platformActions` (_array of PlatformActionSbi_) The platform actions for this group. * `url` (_string (url)_) The url for this platform action group. ### ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnumSbi Defines the categories of platform action groups. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Overflow`, `Primary`. ### PlatformActionSbi Representation of an platform action instance with state appropriate for the logged in user. * `actionUrl` (_string (url)_) For action links, this is the URL to the UI or download link if the subtype is Ui or Download, otherwise null. * `apiName` (_string_) The API name. May be null. * `confirmationMessage` (_string_) If this action requires confirmation and is in the New state, this is a default localized message that should be shown to an end user prior to invoking the action. Otherwise this will be null. * `createdRecords` (_array of RecordSummarySbi_) The collection of records that this action created after the action has been invoked by the current user. This will be empty if the action has yet to be performed by the current user. Records created from other users will not be shown. * `executingUser` (_UserSummarySbi_) * `groupDefault` (_boolean_) True if this action should be represented as the default in the group. * `iconUrl` (_string (url)_) The icon URL. May be null. * `id` (_string_) The ID for the platform action. This could be an 18-character ID or an opaque string ID depending on how it was defined. * `label` (_string_) The localized label for this platform action. * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2014-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. * `platformActionGroup` (_ReferenceCore_) * `status` (_ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnumSbi_) * `subtype` (_string_) The subtype of the platform action, e.g. for action links possible values include Api, ApiAsync, Ui, Download * `type` (_ConnectPlatformActionTypeEnumSbi_) * `url` (_string (url)_) The REST URL for this platform action. ### ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnumSbi Defines platform action statuses. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `FailedStatus`, `NewStatus`, `PendingStatus`, `SuccessfulStatus`. ### ConnectPlatformActionTypeEnumSbi Defines the types of platform actions. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ActionLink`, `CustomButton`, `ProductivityAction`, `QuickAction`, `StandardButton`. ### RecordSummarySbi Any record in the organization including custom objects. Typically, a user, group, file, or other detailed object is returned if it is available for that record type. Includes all fields of `AbstractRecordView`. * `entityLabel` (_EntityLabelSbi_) ### EntityLabelSbi Representation of an entity's label. * `label` (_string_) Localized singular label of the entity. * `labelPlural` (_string_) Localized plural label of the entity. ### AbstractRecordView Any record in the organization including custom objects. Typically, a user, group, file, or other detailed object is returned if it is available for that record type. Includes all fields of `AbstractIdableSbi`. * `name` (_string_) A locale-based name of this record. Chatter Feeds Connect REST API # Chatter Feeds Connect REST API > **Note**: The API Reference has a new three-panel layout. Browse grouped endpoints on the left, review endpoint details in the center, and access examples on the right. These REST API resources require Chatter and have a per user, per application, per hour rate limit. This rate limit is different from other Connect REST API resources. When you exceed the rate limit, Chatter REST API resources return a 503 Service Unavailable error code. **Important**: Where possible, we changed noninclusive terms to align with our company value of Equality. We maintained certain terms to avoid any effect on customer implementations. **Version:** v68.0 ## Servers * `https://{MyDomainName}.my.salesforce.com/services/data/v68.0` API server for your Salesforce org. * ``MyDomainName (default None) Your org's My Domain name, which is used as a subdomain for the URLs that Salesforce uses to serve your org. For example, if your Lightning URL is `https://yourcompanyname.lightning.force.com`, then your My Domain name is `yourcompanyname`. Find your My Domain name and login URL on the My Domain page in Setup, or use the `getMyDomainName()` method in the Apex Domain class.`` ## Tags ### Bookmarks Feed Resources The bookmarks feed contains feed elements saved as bookmarks by the context user. To bookmark an item, use PATCH with the [Feed Elements Capability, Bookmarks](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getBookmarksCapability) resource and the `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` parameter. For example: ``` /chatter/feed-elements/0D5D0000000Ir6zKAC/capabilities/bookmarks?isBookmarkedByCurrentUser=true ``` ### Comments Resources Get information about, edit, like, upvote, verify, or delete a comment. Determine whether the context user can edit a comment. ### Company Feed Resources The company feed contains all feed elements and comments from an entire company. The company feed includes posts and comments from: * People in the company, the ones a user follows and the ones a user doesn’t follow * Public groups, including the ones a user is not a member of * Private groups a user is a member of * Updates for records and fields that an administrator configured for feed tracking, including the ones a user is not following. However, a user only sees updates for records they are allowed to access. These resources are not available for communities. ### Direct Messages Feed Resources Get the URL to the context user's direct messages feed and a page of feed elements. Get all the feed elements for the context user's direct messages. ### Draft Feed Resources The draft feed contains all the feed elements from the context user's drafts. ### Experience Cloud Site Comments Moderation Resources Get information about whether a user flagged a comment as inappropriate. Moderators can get the number of times members flagged a comment. Also, flag a comment as inappropriate or delete flags. ### Experience Cloud Site Direct Message Moderation Feed Resources The Experience Cloud site direct message moderation feed contains direct messages that are flagged for moderation. This feed is available only to users with Moderate Experiences Chatter Messages permissions. ### Experience Cloud Site Home Feed Resources The Experience Cloud site home feed contains all feed elements and comments from the Experience Cloud site home. ### Experience Cloud Site Moderation Feed Resources The Experience Cloud site moderation feed contains feed elements and comments that have been flagged for moderation in an Experience Cloud site. This feed is available only to users with the Moderate Experiences Feeds permission. ### Favorites Feed Resources The favorite feed contains favorites saved by the context user. Favorites are feed searches, list views, and topics that the context user has added as a Chatter favorite. ### Feed Elements Resources Access, edit, post, search, and delete feed elements. Access a feed element's capabilities, including bundles and their feed elements. ### Feeds Resources A list of all of the feeds the context user is able to view. Each user may have a different set of feeds. Use this resource to determine what feeds are available. In addition, the different feeds may have unique labels as well as URLs. Use the given labels returned in this resource and avoid hard-coding any of these values. ### Files Feed Resources The files feed contains all the feed elements that contain files posted by people or groups that the context user follows. ### Filter Feed Resources The filter feed is the news feed filtered to contain feed elements whose parent is a specified object type. ### Groups Feed Resources The groups feed contains all feed elements from all groups the context user either owns or is a member of. ### Isolated Feed Resources The isolated feed contains feed elements and comments that are isolated. Isolated feed elements and comments are available only to admins. ### Landing Feed Resources Get information about the landing feed and a page of feed elements. ### Mute Feed Resources The mute feed contains feed elements that the context user muted. ### News Feed Resources The news feed contains feed elements of interest to the context user. You can post feed items to the news feed. **Note**: To match the feed displayed in the Chatter UI, the composition of this feed may change between releases. ### Pending Review Feed Resources The pending review feed contains feed elements and comments that are pending review. ### People Feed Resources The people feed contains all feed elements posted by all people the context user follows. ### Record Feed Resources The feed of the specified record, which could be a group, person, object, file and so on. You can post feed items to the record feed. You can get another user’s record feed. ### Streams Feed Resources The streams feed contains all feed elements from any combination of up to 25 people, groups, records, and topics that the context user subscribes to in the stream. ### To Feed Resources The to feed contains all @mentions of the context user and posts others have made to the context user's feed. ### Topics Feed Resources The topics feed contains all the feed elements for a topic. ### User Profile Feed Resources The user profile feed contains feed elements created by the user, parented by the user, and where the user is mentioned. In Experience Cloud sites only, this feed also contains feed elements on which the user commented. This feed is different than the news feed, which returns more feed items, including group updates. You can post to the user profile feed. You can get another user's user profile feed. **Note**: To match the feed displayed in the Chatter UI, the composition of this feed may change between releases. ## Operations ### GET Comments, Batch `GET /chatter/comments/batch/{commentIds}` Operation ID: `getCommentBatch`. Tags: Comments Resources. Returns information about comments in batch. Get information about a comma-separated list of up to 100 comments. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/batch/{commentIds}` _Available in: v42.0_ #### Parameters * `commentIds` (path, array of string (Id), required) Comma-separated list of up to 100 comment IDs. #### Responses * **200** _Batch Results_ Batch results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Batch`. ### GET Comment `GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}` Operation ID: `getComment`. Tags: Comments Resources. Returns information about the specified comment. Also used to delete a comment. Get information about a comment. To post a comment, use [Feed Elements Capability, Comments Items](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getCommentsCapabilityItems). _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Comment_ A comment. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Comment`. ### DELETE Comment `DELETE /chatter/comments/{commentId}` Operation ID: `deleteComment`. Tags: Comments Resources. Returns information about the specified comment. Also used to delete a comment. Delete a comment. To post a comment, use [Feed Elements Capability, Comments Items](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getCommentsCapabilityItems). _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH Comment `PATCH /chatter/comments/{commentId}` Operation ID: `patchComment`. Tags: Comments Resources. Returns information about the specified comment. Also used to delete a comment. Edit a comment. To post a comment, use [Feed Elements Capability, Comments Items](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getCommentsCapabilityItems). **Note**: PATCH can’t be used to update a comment’s capabilities. _Available in: v34.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}` _Available in: v34.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Comments-Resources/operation/getComment) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommentInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Comment_ A comment. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Comments-Resources/operation/getComment) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Comments Capability, Threaded Comments `GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/comments` Operation ID: `getThreadedCommentsCapability`. Tags: Comments Resources. Used to access the comments capability for a specific feed comment. Access the comments capability for a comment. If the comment doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/comments` _Available in: v44.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/comments](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getCommentsCapability) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. * `threadedCommentsCollapsed` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return threaded comments in a collapsed style (`true`) or not (`false`). If you don’t specify a value, the default is `false`. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Comments Capability_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/comments](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getCommentsCapability) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Comments Capability, Threaded Comments Items `GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/comments/items` Operation ID: `getThreadedCommentsCapabilityItems`. Tags: Comments Resources. Returns information about comment tha re direct desendant for the specified comment. Get threaded comments for a comment. If the comment doesn’t support the `comments` capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/comments/items` _Available in: v44.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/comments/items](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getCommentsCapabilityItems) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you don’t specify a value, the first page is returned. _Available in: v43.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v43.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Comment Page_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/comments/items](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getCommentsCapabilityItems) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Comment Capability, Editability `GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/edit/is-editable-by-me` Operation ID: `getCommentEditCapabilityIsEditableByMe`. Tags: Comments Resources. Used to determine if the context user can edit the comment. Determines whether the context user can edit a comment. If the comment doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v34.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/edit/is-editable-by-me` _Available in: v34.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Entity Is Editable_ Indicates whether the context user can edit a feed element or comment. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedEntityIsEditable`. ### GET Comment Capability, Status `GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/status` Operation ID: `getCommentStatusCapability`. Tags: Comments Resources. Access the status capability of a comment or set the status of a comment. Access the status capability of a comment. If the comment doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v38.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/status` _Available in: v38.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Status Capability_ If a feed post or comment has this capability, it has a status that determines its visibility. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `StatusCapability`. ### PATCH Comment Capability, Status `PATCH /chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/status` Operation ID: `patchCommentStatusCapability`. Tags: Comments Resources. Access the status capability of a comment or set the status of a comment. Set the status of a comment. If the comment doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v38.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/status` _Available in: v38.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. * `feedEntityStatus` (query, ConnectFeedEntityStatusEnum) Status of the feed post or comment. Values are: * `Draft` — The feed post isn’t published but is visible to the author and users with Modify All Data or View All Data permission. Comments can’t be drafts. * `Isolated` — The feed post or comment is isolated, and only admins can see it. * `PendingReview` — The feed post or comment isn’t approved yet and therefore isn’t published or visible. * `Published` — The feed post or comment is approved and visible. You must specify `feedEntityStatus` in a query parameter or a request body schema. _Available in: v38.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v38.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `StatusCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "feedEntityStatus": "Published" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Status Capability_ If a feed post or comment has this capability, it has a status that determines its visibility. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `StatusCapability`. ### GET Comment Capability, Upvote and Downvote `GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/up-down-vote` Operation ID: `getCommentUpDownVoteCapability`. Tags: Comments Resources. Used to get or delete up down vote of a comment. Get the upvotes and downvotes for a comment. If the comment doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v41.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/up-down-vote` _Available in: v41.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Up Down Vote Capability_ If a feed post or comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UpDownVoteCapability`. ### PATCH Comment Capability, Upvote and Downvote `PATCH /chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/up-down-vote` Operation ID: `patchCommentUpDownVoteCapability`. Tags: Comments Resources. Used to get or delete up down vote of a comment. Upvote or downvote a comment. If the comment doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v41.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/up-down-vote` _Available in: v41.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. * `vote` (query, ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum) Type of vote for a feed element or comment. You must specify `vote` in a query parameter or a request body schema. _Available in: v41.0_ #### Request body Upvote or downvote a feed element or a comment. _Available in: v41.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UpDownVoteCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "vote": "Up" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Up Down Vote Capability_ If a feed post or comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UpDownVoteCapability`. ### GET Comment Capability, Upvote and Downvote Items `GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/up-down-vote/items` Operation ID: `getCommentUpDownVoteCapabilityItems`. Tags: Comments Resources. Used to access a page of up or down votes for a specific comment. Get a list of users who upvoted or downvoted a comment. If the comment doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/up-down-vote/items` _Available in: v42.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v42.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v42.0_ * `vote` (query, ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum, required) Specifies the value of the vote for the feed element. You can’t specify `None`. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Vote Collection_ A collection of upvotes or downvotes for a feed element or comment. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `VoteCollection`. ### GET Comment Capability, Verified `GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/verified` Operation ID: `getCommentVerifiedCapability`. Tags: Comments Resources. Used to get or set the verified status of a comment. Get the verified status of a comment. If the comment doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v41.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/verified` _Available in: v41.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Verified Capability_ If a comment has this capability, users with permission can mark it as verified or unverified. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `VerifiedCapability`. ### PATCH Comment Capability, Verified `PATCH /chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/verified` Operation ID: `patchCommentVerifiedCapability`. Tags: Comments Resources. Used to get or set the verified status of a comment. Mark a comment as verified or unverified. If the comment doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v41.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/capabilities/verified` _Available in: v41.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. * `isVerified` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to mark the comment as verified (`true`) or unverified (`false`). Only verified comments can be marked as unverified, and only unverified comments can be marked as verified. You must specify `isVerified` in a query parameter or a request body schema. _Available in: v41.0_ * `isVerifiedByAnonymized` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to mark the comment as verified by an anonymous user (`true`). If a user previously verified a comment and then requested the activity to be deleted, use `isVerifiedByAnonymized` to maintain the verification and anonymize the value of `lastVerifiedByUser`. You can’t set `isVerified` and `isVerifiedByAnonymized` to `true` at the same time. `isVerifiedByAnonymized` can be set to `true` only if `isVerified` is already set to `true`. You can’t set `isVerifiedByAnonymized` to `false`. After `isVerifiedByAnonymized` is set to `true`, it can be undone only when another user marks the comment as unverified and then reverifies the comment. _Available in: v43.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v41.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `VerifiedCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "isVerified": "true" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Verified Capability_ If a comment has this capability, users with permission can mark it as verified or unverified. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `VerifiedCapability`. ### GET Comment Likes `GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}/likes` Operation ID: `getCommentLikeCollection`. Tags: Comments Resources. Returns information about the likes for the specified comment. Also used to add a like to a comment. Get information about the likes for a comment. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/likes` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. * `page` (query, integer) Specifies the number of the page you want returned. * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. #### Responses * **200** _Like Page_ Page of Chatter likes. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LikePage`. ### POST Comment Likes `POST /chatter/comments/{commentId}/likes` Operation ID: `postCommentLikeCollection`. Tags: Comments Resources. Returns information about the likes for the specified comment. Also used to add a like to a comment. Like a comment. **Note**: POST doesn’t take request parameters or a request body. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/likes` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Like_ Chatter like. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Like`. ### PATCH Comment Likes `PATCH /chatter/comments/{commentId}/likes` Operation ID: `patchCommentLikeCollection`. Tags: Comments Resources. Returns information about the likes for the specified comment. Also used to add a like to a comment. Like or unlike a comment. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/likes` _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. * `isLikedByCurrentUser` (query, boolean, required) Specifies whether the context user likes ( `true` ) or unlikes ( `false` ) the comment. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Like Page_ Page of Chatter likes. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LikePage`. ### GET Threaded Comment `GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}/thread-context` Operation ID: `getThreadedCommentsDeepLink`. Tags: Comments Resources. Fetching comment in context view for ThreadedComments Deep Linking behavior for a specified comment. Get a threaded comment in context of its parent comments and post. If the comment doesn’t support the `comments` capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/thread-context` _Available in: v44.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElement) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Feed Item_ Returns the feed element that provides the context for the thread. The response body is a Feed Item. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElement) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Feed Elements, Search `GET /chatter/feed-elements` Operation ID: `getFeedElementCollection`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Post a feed element or search all feed elements in the organization. Search all feed elements in an org. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements` _Available in: v31.0_ #### Parameters * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response class, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you pass in `null`, the first page is returned. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of feed elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in `null`, the default size is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `q` (query, string, required) One or more keywords to search for in the feed elements visible to the context user. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, ConnectFeedSortOrder) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` — Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` — Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` — Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` — Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. _Available in: v31.0_ * `threadedCommentsCollapsed` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return threaded comments in a collapsed style (`true`) or not (`false`). If you don’t specify, the default is `false`. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedElementPage`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` /chatter/feed-elements?feedElementType=FeedItem&subjectId=0F9B000000000W2&text=New+post ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` /chatter/feed-elements?q=track ``` ### POST Feed Elements `POST /chatter/feed-elements` Operation ID: `postFeedElementCollection`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Post a feed element or search all feed elements in the organization. Post feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements` _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElement) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `feedElementType` (query, ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum, required) Feed elements are the top-level items that a feed contains. Feeds are feed element containers. The only possible value is `FeedItem`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `subjectId` (query, string, required) The ID of the parent this feed element is being posted to. This value can be the ID of a user, group, or record, or the string `me` to indicate the context user. _Available in: v31.0_ * `text` (query, string, required) Text of the feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ * `visibility` (query, ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum) Specifies the type of users who can see a feed element. * `AllUsers` — Visibility is not limited to internal users. * `InternalUsers` — Visibility is limited to internal users. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Request body Feed item input. _Available in: v31.0_ Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `attachment` (_string_) You can specify only one of these values in the attachment parameter. Values are: * Attachment Input: Canvas App (v29.0–31.0) * Attachment Input: Existing Content (v23.0–31.0) * Attachment Input: Feed Poll (v26.0–31.0) * Attachment Input: Link (v23.0–31.0) * Attachment Input: New File Upload (v23.0–31.0) **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property. * `body` (_string_) Description of message body. Feed item and comment bodies have a 10,000 character limit. Because this limit can change, we recommend that clients make a `describeSObjects()` call on the FeedItem or FeedComment object. To determine the maximum number of allowed characters, look at the length of the Body or CommentBody field. The body can contain up to 25 mentions. If you specify `originalFeedElementId` to share a feed item, use the `body` property to add the first comment to the feed item. To edit this property in a feed item, make a PATCH request to `/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}`. Editing feed posts is supported in version 34.0 and later. Required unless the feed item has a content capability or a link capability _Available in: v23.0_ * `capabilities` (_object_) FeedElementCapabilitySetInput The capabilities that define the behavior of this feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCapabilitySetInput`. * `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to bookmark the new feed item for the user (`true`) or not (`false`). The default value is `false`. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.bookmarks.isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ * `feedElementType` (_string_) The type of feed element this input represents. The only valid value is `FeedItem`. Required when creating a feed item (POST). Optional when updating a feed item (PATCH) _Available in: v31.0_ * `originalFeedElementId` (_string_) To share a feed element, specify its 18-character ID . You can’t share a post and upload a file in the same request body. In API version 39.0 and later, use the `capabilities.feedEntityShare.feedEntityId` property. _Available in: v31.0–38.0_ * `originalFeedItemId` (_string_) To share a feed item, specify its 18-character ID . In API version 32.0–38.0, use the `originalFeedElementId` property. In API version 39.0 and later, use the `capabilities.feedEntityShare.feedEntityId` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ * `subjectId` (_string_) The ID of the parent this feed element is being posted to. This value can be the ID of a user, group, or record, or the string `me` to indicate the context user. In version 45.0 and later, you can move a feed element from one public group to another by setting this property to the ID of the new public group. You can’t include or change any other properties when moving a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ * `visibility` (_string_) Who can see the post. Valid values are: * `InternalUsers` — If digital experiences is enabled, only members of the default, internal site can see the feed item. * `AllUsers` — If digital experiences is enabled, all members of the site can see the feed item. Default values: * For external users, the default value is `AllUsers`. External users must use this value to see their posts. * For internal users, the default value is `InternalUsers`. Internal users can accept this value or use the value `AllUsers` to allow external users to see their posts. If the parent of the feed item is a user, group, or direct message, the `visibility` of the feed item must be `AllUsers`. _Available in: v26.0_ _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 The following example attaches a poll to a feed item: ``` { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] }, "capabilities": { "poll": { "choices": [ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem", "subjectId": "me" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Feed Item_ Returns the posted feed element. The response body is a Feed Item. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElement) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` /chatter/feed-elements?feedElementType=FeedItem&subjectId=0F9B000000000W2&text=New+post Content-Type: application/json { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] }, "capabilities": { "poll": { "choices": [ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem", "subjectId": "me" } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` /chatter/feed-elements?q=track Content-Type: application/json { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] }, "capabilities": { "poll": { "choices": [ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem", "subjectId": "me" } ``` _Example: Example 3 · HTTP_ ``` { "body" : { "messageSegments" : [ { "type" : "Text", "text" : "When should we meet for release planning? " }] }, "feedElementType" : "FeedItem", "subjectId" : "005D00000016Qxp" } Content-Type: application/json { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] }, "capabilities": { "poll": { "choices": [ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem", "subjectId": "me" } ``` _Example: Example 4 · HTTP_ ``` { "body" : { "messageSegments" : [ { "type" : "Text", "text" : "When should we meet for release planning? " }, { "type" : "Mention", "id" : "005T0000000mzCy" } ] }, "feedElementType" : "FeedItem", "subjectId" : "005D00000016Qxp" } Content-Type: application/json { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] }, "capabilities": { "poll": { "choices": [ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem", "subjectId": "me" } ``` _Example: Example 5 · HTTP_ ``` { "body" : { "messageSegments" : [ { "type" : "Text", "text" : "When should we meet for release planning? " }, { "type" : "Mention", "id" : "005T0000000mzCy" }, { "type" : "Text", "text" : " " }, { "type" : "Mention", "id" : "005B0000000Ek1S" } ] }, "feedElementType" : "FeedItem", "subjectId" : "005D00000016Qxp" } Content-Type: application/json { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] }, "capabilities": { "poll": { "choices": [ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem", "subjectId": "me" } ``` _Example: Example 6 · HTTP_ ``` { "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"Please take a look at these files." } ] }, "capabilities":{ "files":{ "items": [ {"id": "069D00000001IOh"}, {"id": "069D00000002IOg"} ] } }, "subjectId":"me", "feedElementType":"FeedItem" } Content-Type: application/json { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] }, "capabilities": { "poll": { "choices": [ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem", "subjectId": "me" } ``` _Example: Example 7 · HTTP_ ``` { "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"When should we meet for release planning?" } ] }, "capabilities":{ "poll":{ "choices":[ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } }, "feedElementType":"FeedItem", "subjectId":"me" } Content-Type: application/json { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] }, "capabilities": { "poll": { "choices": [ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem", "subjectId": "me" } ``` _Example: Example 8 · HTTP_ ``` { "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "markupType" : "Paragraph", "type" : "MarkupBegin" }, { "markupType" : "Bold", "type" : "MarkupBegin" }, { "text" : "First line of text.", "type" : "Text" }, { "markupType" : "Bold", "type" : "MarkupEnd" }, { "markupType" : "Paragraph", "type" : "MarkupEnd" }, { "markupType" : "Paragraph", "type" : "MarkupBegin" }, { "text" : " ", "type" : "Text" }, { "markupType" : "Paragraph", "type" : "MarkupEnd" }, { "markupType" : "Paragraph", "type" : "MarkupBegin" }, { "text" : "Second line of text.", "type" : "Text" }, { "markupType" : "Paragraph", "type" : "MarkupEnd" } ] }, "subjectId":"me", "feedElementType":"FeedItem" } Content-Type: application/json { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] }, "capabilities": { "poll": { "choices": [ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem", "subjectId": "me" } ``` _Example: Example 9 · HTTP_ ``` { "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "markupType" : "Code", "type" : "MarkupBegin" }, { "text" : "", "type" : "Text" }, { "markupType" : "Code", "type" : "MarkupEnd" } ] }, "subjectId":"me", "feedElementType":"FeedItem" } Content-Type: application/json { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] }, "capabilities": { "poll": { "choices": [ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem", "subjectId": "me" } ``` _Example: Example 10 · HTTP_ ``` { "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"Please take a look at this file." }, { "type":"InlineImage", "fileId":"069xx00000000QO", "altText":"API Spec" }, { "type":"Text", "text":"And this one." }, { "type":"InlineImage", "fileId":"069xx00000000QT", "altText":"REST API Spec" } ] }, "subjectId":"me", "feedElementType":"FeedItem" } Content-Type: application/json { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] }, "capabilities": { "poll": { "choices": [ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem", "subjectId": "me" } ``` _Example: Example 11 · HTTP_ ``` { "body" : { "messageSegments" : [ { "type" : "Text", "text" : "When should we meet for release planning? " }, { "type" : "Mention", "id" : "005D00000016Qxp" }] }, "capabilities" : { "feedEntityShare" : { "feedEntityId" : "0D5B000000Py41t" } }, "feedElementType" : "FeedItem", "subjectId" : "0F9B000000000W2" } Content-Type: application/json { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] }, "capabilities": { "poll": { "choices": [ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem", "subjectId": "me" } ``` _Example: Example 12 · HTTP_ ``` { "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"Thanks for attending my presentation test run this morning. Send me any feedback." } ] }, "capabilities":{ "directMessage":{ "membersToAdd": ["005R0000000I2X4","005R0000000I23Y"], "subject": "Thank you!" } }, "subjectId":"me", "feedElementType":"FeedItem" } Content-Type: application/json { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] }, "capabilities": { "poll": { "choices": [ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem", "subjectId": "me" } ``` ### POST Feed Elements, Batch `POST /chatter/feed-elements/batch` Operation ID: `postFeedElementBatchCollection`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Allows batch posting of feed elements. Post a batch of up to 500 feed elements. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Post a batch of feed elements This example uses the `/chatter/feed-elements/batch` resource to post a batch of feed elements. This example uses cURL. ``` curl -H "X-PrettyPrint: 1" -F 'json={"inputs":[{"richInput":{"subjectId":"me","body":{"messageSegments":[{"type":"Text","text":"Post Number 1"}]},"feedElementType":"FeedItem"}},{"richInput":{"subjectId":"me","body":{"messageSegments":[{"type":"Text","text":"Post Number 2"}]},"feedElementType":"FeedItem"}}]};type=application/json' -X POST https:// ``` Here’s the same example showing just the request body: ``` { "inputs": [ { "richInput": { "subjectId": "me", "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "Post Number 1" } ] }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem" } }, { "richInput": { "subjectId": "me", "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "Post Number 2" } ] }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem" } } ] } ``` #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/batch` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Request body Describes a collection of inputs for a batch request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. * `inputs` (_array of object_, required) Collection of inputs (request bodies) to be processed together. Every Batch Input request body’s `richInput` property must contain the same type of request body. _Available in: v32.0_ * `richInput` (_AbstractFeedElementInput_) _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "inputs": [ { "richInput": { "subjectId": "me", "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "Post Number 1" } ] }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem" } }, { "richInput": { "subjectId": "me", "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "Post Number 2" } ] }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem" } } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Batch Results_ Batch results. The Batch Results response body contains Feed Item response bodies corresponding to each of the request bodies. The Feed Item response bodies are returned in the same order as the request bodies. The request returns an HTTP 200 status code unless an error occurs that affects the entire request (such as a parsing failure). If an individual request body causes an error, the Batch Results Item `statusCode` property contains the appropriate HTTP status code. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Batch`. ### GET Feed Elements, Batch `GET /chatter/feed-elements/batch/{feedElementIds}` Operation ID: `getFeedElementBatch`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Returns information about more than one feed element at the same time. Get information about a comma-separated list of up to 500 feed elements. Errors for feed elements that can’t be loaded are returned in the results. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/batch/{feedElementIds}` _Available in: v31.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementIds` (path, array of string (Id), required) Comma-separated list of up to 500 feed element IDs. #### Responses * **200** _Batch Results_ Batch results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Batch`. ### PATCH Feed Elements Capability, Batch Update Read By `PATCH /chatter/feed-elements/batch/{feedElementIds}/capabilities/read-by` Operation ID: `patchFeedElementReadByCapabilityBatch`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Sets read status more than one feed element at the same time. Mark multiple feed elements as read by the context user at the same time. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/batch/{feedElementIds}/capabilities/read-by` _Available in: v40.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementIds` (path, array of string (Id), required) Comma-separated list of feed element IDs. * `isReadByMe` (query, boolean) Specifies to mark the feed element as read (`true`) for the context user. You must specify `isReadByMe` in a query parameter or a request body. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Request body Mark feed elements as read by the context user. _Available in: v40.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ReadByCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "isReadByMe": "true" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Batch Results_ Batch results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Batch`. ### POST Draft Feed Element `POST /chatter/feed-elements/publish-draft` Operation ID: `postFeedElementPublishDraft`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to publish a specific draft feed element. Publish a draft feed element. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/publish-draft` _Available in: v44.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElement) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (query, string, required) ID of the draft feed element to publish. If you don’t need to update your draft prior to publishing, use this request parameter. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Request body If you want to update your draft prior to publishing, use the Feed Item Input request body. Feed item input. **Note**: Use the `feedElementId` request parameter in addition to the Feed Item Input request body. _Available in: v44.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AbstractFeedElementInput`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /chatter/feed-elements request._ Payload 1 The following example attaches a poll to a feed item: _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 The following example attaches a poll to a feed item: #### Responses * **200** _Feed Item_ Returns the published feed element. The response body is a Feed Item. (A feed item is a type of feed element.) The published feed item has a new ID. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElement) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Feed Element `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}` Operation ID: `getFeedElement`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access, update or delete a specific feed element. Get a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}` _Available in: v31.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `commentSort` (query, ConnectFeedCommentSortOrder) Order of comments. Values are: * `CreatedDateLatestAsc` — Sorts by most recently created comments in ascending order. * `CreatedDateOldestAsc` — Sorts by oldest comments in ascending order. * `Relevance` — Sorts by most relevant content. The default value is `CreatedDateLatestAsc`. Sorting in descending order isn’t supported. _Available in: v41.0_ * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ * `threadedCommentsCollapsed` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return threaded comments in a collapsed style (`true`) or not (`false`). If you don’t specify, the default is `false`. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Generic Feed Element_ Returns the requested feed element. The response body is a Generic Feed Element or a Feed Item. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AbstractFeedElement`. ### DELETE Feed Element `DELETE /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}` Operation ID: `deleteFeedElement`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access, update or delete a specific feed element. Delete a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}` _Available in: v31.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH Feed Element `PATCH /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}` Operation ID: `patchFeedElement`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access, update or delete a specific feed element. Edit a feed element. Feed items are the only type of feed element that can be edited. _Available in: v34.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}` _Available in: v34.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElement) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Request body Feed item input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AbstractFeedElementInput`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /chatter/feed-elements request._ Payload 1 The following example attaches a poll to a feed item: _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 The following example attaches a poll to a feed item: #### Responses * **200** _Feed Item_ Returns the feed element. The response body is a Feed Item. (A feed item is a type of feed element.) Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElement) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Feed Elements Capabilities `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities` Operation ID: `getFeedElementCapabilities`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's set of capabilities. Access a feed element's set of capabilities. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities` _Available in: v31.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Capabilities_ A container for all capabilities that can be included with a feed element. In API version 30.0 and earlier, most feed items can have comments, likes, topics, and so on. In version 31.0 and later, every feed item (and feed element) can have a unique set of capabilities. If a capability property exists on a feed element, that capability is available, even if the capability property doesn’t have a value. For example, if the `ChatterLikes` capability property exists on a feed element (with or without a value), the context user can like that feed element. If the capability property doesn’t exist, it isn’t possible to like that feed element. A capability can also contain associated data. For example, the `Moderation` capability contains data about moderation flags. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedElementCapabilitySet`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Bookmarks `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/bookmarks` Operation ID: `getBookmarksCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access bookmarks for a specific feed element, or to add a bookmark to a specific feed element. Get information about whether a feed element is bookmarked. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/bookmarks` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Bookmarks Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, the context user can bookmark it. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BookmarksCapability`. ### PATCH Feed Elements Capability, Bookmarks `PATCH /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/bookmarks` Operation ID: `patchBookmarksCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access bookmarks for a specific feed element, or to add a bookmark to a specific feed element. Add bookmarks to feed elements. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/bookmarks` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` (query, boolean) Specifies if the feed element should be bookmarked for the user (`true`) or not (`false`). You must specify `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` in a query parameter or a request body. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v32.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BookmarksCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "isBookmarkedByCurrentUser": true } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Bookmarks Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, the context user can bookmark it. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BookmarksCapability`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "isBookmarkedByCurrentUser": true } ``` ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Bundle `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/bundle` Operation ID: `getFeedElementBundleCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's bundle capability. Access the bundle capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/bundle` _Available in: v31.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Generic Bundle Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, the feed element may be a group of other feed elements condensed into one. **Note**: Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AbstractBundleCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Bundle Elements `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/bundle/feed-elements` Operation ID: `getFeedElementBundleFeed`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Returns all feed elements that are grouped together in a bundle. Access all feed elements that are grouped together in a bundle. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/bundle/feed-elements` _Available in: v31.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response class, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you pass in `null`, the first page is returned. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of feed elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in `null`, the default size is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedElementPage`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Chatter Likes `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/chatter-likes` Operation ID: `getChatterLikesCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access likes for a specific feed element. Access information about the chatter likes capability for a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/chatter-likes` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ChatterLikesCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Chatter Likes Items `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/chatter-likes/items` Operation ID: `getChatterLikesCapabilityItems`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a page of likes for a specific feed element, or to add a like to a specific feed element. Access a page of likes for a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/chatter-likes/items` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `page` (query, integer) Specifies the number of the page you want returned. If you don’t specify a value, the first page is returned. _Available in: v32.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of likes per page. Valid values are from 1 to 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Like Page_ Page of Chatter likes. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LikePage`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` /chatter/feed-elements/005B0000000GPo4/capabilities/chatter-likes/items ``` ### POST Feed Elements Capability, Chatter Likes Items `POST /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/chatter-likes/items` Operation ID: `postChatterLikesCapabilityItems`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a page of likes for a specific feed element, or to add a like to a specific feed element. Like a feed element. **Note**: POST doesn’t take request parameters or a request body. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/chatter-likes/items` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Like_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Like`. ### PATCH Feed Elements Capability, Chatter Likes Items `PATCH /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/chatter-likes/items` Operation ID: `patchChatterLikesCapabilityItems`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a page of likes for a specific feed element, or to add a like to a specific feed element. Like or unlike a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/chatter-likes/items` _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `isLikedByCurrentUser` (query, boolean, required) Specifies whether the context user likes ( `true` ) or unlikes ( `false` ) the feed element. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Like Page_ Page of Chatter likes. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LikePage`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Close `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/close` Operation ID: `getCloseCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to get or set the closed state of a feed element. Get the closed status of a feed element. Users can’t edit (specifically the feed item body or title), comment on, or delete a closed feed element. If the closed feed element is a poll, users can’t vote on it. Users can’t edit (specifically the comment body) or delete a comment on a closed feed element or select or remove it as best answer. Admins and moderators can edit and delete closed feed elements and comments on closed feed elements. Admins and moderators can select or remove the best answer status on comments on closed feed elements. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v43.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/close` _Available in: v43.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Close Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, users with permission can close it. Users can’t edit (specifically the feed item body or title), comment on, or delete a closed feed element. If the closed feed element is a poll, users can’t vote on it. Users can’t edit (specifically the comment body) or delete a comment on a closed feed element or select or remove it as best answer. Admins and moderators can edit and delete closed feed elements and comments on closed feed elements. Admins and moderators can select or remove the best answer status on comments on closed feed elements. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CloseCapability`. ### PATCH Feed Elements Capability, Close `PATCH /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/close` Operation ID: `patchCloseCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to get or set the closed state of a feed element. Set a feed element to closed. Users can’t edit (specifically the feed item body or title), comment on, or delete a closed feed element. If the closed feed element is a poll, users can’t vote on it. Users can’t edit (specifically the comment body) or delete a comment on a closed feed element or select or remove it as best answer. Admins and moderators can edit and delete closed feed elements and comments on closed feed elements. Admins and moderators can select or remove the best answer status on comments on closed feed elements. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v43.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/close` _Available in: v43.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `isClosed` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to set the feed element to closed (`true`) or not (`false`). You must specify `isClosed` in a query parameter or a request body. _Available in: v43.0_ #### Request body Set a feed element to closed. Users can’t edit (specifically the feed item body or title), comment on, or delete a closed feed element. If the closed feed element is a poll, users can’t vote on it. Users can’t edit (specifically the comment body) or delete a comment on a closed feed element or select or remove it as best answer. Admins and moderators can edit and delete closed feed elements and comments on closed feed elements. Admins and moderators can select or remove the best answer status on comments on closed feed elements. _Available in: v43.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CloseCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "isClosed": "true" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Close Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, users with permission can close it. Users can’t edit (specifically the feed item body or title), comment on, or delete a closed feed element. If the closed feed element is a poll, users can’t vote on it. Users can’t edit (specifically the comment body) or delete a comment on a closed feed element or select or remove it as best answer. Admins and moderators can edit and delete closed feed elements and comments on closed feed elements. Admins and moderators can select or remove the best answer status on comments on closed feed elements. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CloseCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Comments `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/comments` Operation ID: `getCommentsCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access the comments capability for a specific feed element. Access the comments capability for a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/comments` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `sort` (query, ConnectFeedCommentSortOrder) Order of comments. Values are: * `CreatedDateLatestAsc` — Sorts by most recently created comments in ascending order. * `CreatedDateOldestAsc` — Sorts by oldest comments in ascending order. * `Relevance` — Sorts by most relevant content. The default value is `CreatedDateLatestAsc`. Sorting in descending order isn’t supported. _Available in: v41.0_ * `threadedCommentsCollapsed` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return threaded comments in a collapsed style (`true`) or not (`false`). If you don’t specify, the default is `false`. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Comments Capability_ If a feed element or comment has this capability, the context user can add a comment. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommentsCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Comments Items `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/comments/items` Operation ID: `getCommentsCapabilityItems`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access pages of comments for a specific feed element, or to add a comment to a specific feed element. Access comments for a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/comments/items` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `page` (query, string) The page token to use to view the page. Use the value given in the `nextPageUrl` property of the Comment Page. _Available in: v32.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) The number of comments per page. The default value is 3. _Available in: v32.0_ * `sort` (query, ConnectFeedCommentSortOrder) Order of comments. Values are: * `CreatedDateLatestAsc` — Sorts by most recently created comments in ascending order. * `CreatedDateOldestAsc` — Sorts by oldest comments in ascending order. * `Relevance` — Sorts by most relevant content. The default value is `CreatedDateLatestAsc`. Sorting in descending order isn’t supported. _Available in: v44.0_ * `threadedCommentsCollapsed` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return threaded comments in a collapsed style (`true`) or not (`false`). If you don’t specify, the default is `false`. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Comment Page_ A page of comments. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommentPage`. ### POST Feed Elements Capability, Comments Items `POST /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/comments/items` Operation ID: `postCommentsCapabilityItems`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access pages of comments for a specific feed element, or to add a comment to a specific feed element. Add a comment to a feed element. To upload a binary file to attach to a comment, you must send it in a multipart/form-data request. To send the text of the comment, you can choose to include a JSON or XML rich input body part in the multipart/form-data request. Alternately, you can choose to pass the information in request parameter parts. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Inputs and Binary File Upload Examples](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/comments/items` _Available in: v32.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Comments-Resources/operation/getComment) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `text` (query, string) The comment text. You must specify `text` in a query parameter or `body` in a request body. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v32.0_ Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `feedElementFileUpload` (_string (binary)_) * `attachment` (_string_) Values are: * Attachment Input: Existing Content * Attachment Input: New File Upload **Important**: As of version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ * `body` (_MessageBodyInput_) The body of the comment. To edit this property in a comment, make a PATCH request to `/chatter/comments/{commentId}`. Editing comments is supported in version 34.0 and later. Rich text and inline images are supported in comment bodies in version 35.0 and later. Inline images in content bodies must use content document (069) image files previously uploaded to Salesforce. Entity links are supported in version 43.0 and later. You must specify `text` in a query parameter or `body` in a request body. _Available in: v23.0_ * `capabilities` (_string_) Capabilities of the comment, such as a file attachment. You can edit a comment’s body, but you can’t update a comment’s capabilities. _Available in: v32.0_ * `threadParentId` (_string_) _Available in: v44.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Comment_ A comment. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Comments-Resources/operation/getComment) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"New comment" } ] } } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` { "body" : { "messageSegments" : [ { "type": "mention", "id" : "005D0000001GpHp" }, { "type": "text", "text" : " Did you see the new plans?" } ] } } ``` _Example: Example 3 · HTTP_ ``` { "body" : { "messageSegments" : [ { "type": "mention", "id":"005D0000001LL8YIAW" }, { "type" : "Text", "text" : " " }, { "type": "mention", "id":"005D0000001LL8sIAG" }, { "type": "text", "text":" Did you see the new plans?" } ] } } ``` _Example: Example 4 · HTTP_ ``` { "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"Please take a look at this file." } ] }, "capabilities":{ "content":{ "contentDocumentId":"069D00000001pyS" } } } ``` _Example: Example 5 · HTTP_ ``` { "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "markupType" : "Paragraph", "type" : "MarkupBegin" }, { "markupType" : "Bold", "type" : "MarkupBegin" }, { "text" : "First line of text.", "type" : "Text" }, { "markupType" : "Bold", "type" : "MarkupEnd" }, { "markupType" : "Paragraph", "type" : "MarkupEnd" }, { "markupType" : "Paragraph", "type" : "MarkupBegin" }, { "text" : " ", "type" : "Text" }, { "markupType" : "Paragraph", "type" : "MarkupEnd" }, { "markupType" : "Paragraph", "type" : "MarkupBegin" }, { "text" : "Second line of text.", "type" : "Text" }, { "markupType" : "Paragraph", "type" : "MarkupEnd" } ] } } ``` _Example: Example 6 · HTTP_ ``` { "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "markupType" : "Code", "type" : "MarkupBegin" }, { "text" : "", "type" : "Text" }, { "markupType" : "Code", "type" : "MarkupEnd" } ] } } ``` _Example: Example 7 · HTTP_ ``` { "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"Please take a look at this file." }, { "type":"InlineImage", "fileId":"069xx00000000QO", "altText":"API Spec" }, { "type":"Text", "text":"And this one." }, { "type":"InlineImage", "fileId":"069xx00000000QT", "altText":"REST API Spec" } ] } } ``` ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Direct Message `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/direct-message` Operation ID: `getDirectMessageCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access Direct Message capability for a specific feed item. Access the direct message capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/direct-message` _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Direct Message Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it’s a direct message. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DirectMessageCapability`. ### PATCH Feed Elements Capability, Direct Message `PATCH /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/direct-message` Operation ID: `patchDirectMessageCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access Direct Message capability for a specific feed item. Update the members of a direct message. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/direct-message` _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Request body Create or update the members of a direct message. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DirectMessageCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "membersToAdd": [ "005R0000000I2X4", "005R0000000I23Y", "005R0000000IUV5" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Direct Message Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it’s a direct message. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DirectMessageCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Direct Message Members `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/direct-message/members` Operation ID: `getDirectMessageMemberCollection`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Returns all the Direct Message Members for given Direct Message. Get all the members for a direct message. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/direct-message/members` _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response class, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you pass in `null`, the first page is returned. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Direct Message Member Collection_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Direct Message Membership Activity `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/direct-message/membership-activity` Operation ID: `getDirectMessageMembershipActivityCollection`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Returns all the Direct Message Membersip Activities for given Direct Message. Get the membership activities for a direct message. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/direct-message/membership-activity` _Available in: v40.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response class, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you pass in `null`, the first page is returned. _Available in: v40.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in `null`, the default size is 25. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Direct Message Membership Activity Collection_ A collection of direct message member activities. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DirectMessageMembershipActivityCollection`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Direct Message Original Members `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/direct-message/original-members` Operation ID: `getDirectMessageOriginalMemberCollection`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Returns all the Direct Message Original Members for given Direct Message. Get the original members for a direct message. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/direct-message/original-members` _Available in: v40.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response class, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you pass in `null`, the first page is returned. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Direct Message Member Collection_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Editability `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/edit/is-editable-by-me` Operation ID: `getFeedElementEditCapabilityIsEditableByMe`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to determine if the context user can edit the feed element. Indicates whether the context user can edit the feed element. Feed items are the only type of feed element that can be edited. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v34.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/edit/is-editable-by-me` _Available in: v34.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Entity Is Editable_ Indicates whether the context user can edit a feed element or comment. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedEntityIsEditable`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Mute `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/mute` Operation ID: `getMuteCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to mute a specific feed element for the context user or retrieve the mute status of a specific feed element for the context user. Get information about whether a feed element is muted. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v35.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/mute` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Mute Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, users can mute it. Muted feed elements are visible in the muted feed, and invisible in all other feeds that respect mute. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MuteCapability`. ### PATCH Feed Elements Capability, Mute `PATCH /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/mute` Operation ID: `patchMuteCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to mute a specific feed element for the context user or retrieve the mute status of a specific feed element for the context user. Mute or unmute a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v35.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/mute` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `isMutedByMe` (query, boolean) Indicates whether the feed element is muted for the context user. Default value is `false`. You must specify `isMutedByMe` in a query parameter or a request body. _Available in: v35.0_ #### Request body Mute or unmute a feed element. _Available in: v35.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MuteCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "isMutedByMe": true } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Mute Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, users can mute it. Muted feed elements are visible in the muted feed, and invisible in all other feeds that respect mute. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MuteCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Poll `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/poll` Operation ID: `getPollCapability`. Tags: ⚠️ Deprecated, Feed Elements Resources. **Deprecated**. Used to access a poll for a specific feed element, or update a poll on a specific feed element. Access a poll for a feed element or vote on a poll. To create a poll, use the Feed Elements, Post and Search resource. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/poll` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `feedItemId` (path, string, required) The `{feedItemId}` must have the type `PollPost`. #### Responses * **200** _Poll Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, the feed element can include a poll for voting. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PollCapability`. ### PATCH Feed Elements Capability, Poll `PATCH /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/poll` Operation ID: `patchPollCapability`. Tags: ⚠️ Deprecated, Feed Elements Resources. **Deprecated**. Used to access a poll for a specific feed element, or update a poll on a specific feed element. Access a poll for a feed element or vote on a poll. To create a poll, use the Feed Elements, Post and Search resource. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/poll` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `myChoiceId` (query, string, required) A poll choice ID. _Available in: v32.0_ * `feedItemId` (path, string, required) The `{feedItemId}` must have the type `PollPost`. #### Request body (required) Create or vote on a poll feed element. To create a poll, use the Feed Elements, Post and Search resource. To vote on a poll, use the Feed Elements Capability, Poll resource. #### XML example for creating a poll ``` Monday Tuesday ``` _Available in: v32.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PollCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Creating a poll ``` { "choices": [ "Monday", "Tuesday" ] } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Voting on a poll ``` { "myChoiceId": "09ATC00000001lh2AA" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Poll Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, the feed element can include a poll for voting. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PollCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Question and Answers `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/question-and-answers` Operation ID: `getQuestionAndAnswersCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access question and answers for a specific feed element, or update question and answers on a specific feed element. Access question and answers for a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/question-and-answers` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Question and Answers Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it has a question and comments on the feed element are answers to the question. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `QuestionAndAnswersCapability`. ### PATCH Feed Elements Capability, Question and Answers `PATCH /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/question-and-answers` Operation ID: `patchQuestionAndAnswersCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access question and answers for a specific feed element, or update question and answers on a specific feed element. Update question and answers on a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/question-and-answers` _Available in: v32.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/question-and-answers](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getQuestionAndAnswersCapability) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `bestAnswerId` (query, string) A comment ID to use as a best answer for a question feed element. The best answer comment must already exist on the question feed element. You must specify `bestAnswerId` in a query parameter or a request body. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Request body Create or edit a question feed element or set the best answer of the existing question feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `QuestionAndAnswersCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "bestAnswerId": "0D7D00000000lMAKAY" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Question and Answers Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it has a question and comments on the feed element are answers to the question. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/question-and-answers](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getQuestionAndAnswersCapability) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` 0D7D00000000lMAKAY Content-Type: application/json { "bestAnswerId": "0D7D00000000lMAKAY" } ``` ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Read By `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/read-by` Operation ID: `getReadByCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to mark read status of a specific feed element for the context user or retrieve the read status of a specific feed element for the context user. Access the read by capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/read-by` _Available in: v40.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Read By Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, the context user can mark it as read. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ReadByCapability`. ### PATCH Feed Elements Capability, Read By `PATCH /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/read-by` Operation ID: `patchReadByCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to mark read status of a specific feed element for the context user or retrieve the read status of a specific feed element for the context user. Mark a feed element as read for the context user. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/read-by` _Available in: v40.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `isReadByMe` (query, boolean) Specifies to mark the feed element as read (`true`) for the context user. You must specify `isReadByMe` in a query parameter or a request body. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Request body Mark feed elements as read by the context user. _Available in: v40.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ReadByCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "isReadByMe": "true" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Read By Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, the context user can mark it as read. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ReadByCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Read By Items `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/read-by/items` Operation ID: `getReadByCapabilityItems`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a page of read-by for a specific feed element Get information about who read a feed element and when. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/read-by/items` _Available in: v40.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response class, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you pass in `null`, the first page is returned. _Available in: v40.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in `null`, the default size is 25. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Read By Collection_ A collection of information about who read the feed element and when. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ReadByCollection`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Status `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/status` Operation ID: `getStatusCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to get/set status for a specific feed element Access the status capability of a feed post. Only users with the Can Approve Feed Post and Comment permission can set the status of a feed post or comment. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/status` _Available in: v37.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Status Capability_ If a feed post or comment has this capability, it has a status that determines its visibility. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `StatusCapability`. ### PATCH Feed Elements Capability, Status `PATCH /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/status` Operation ID: `patchStatusCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to get/set status for a specific feed element Set the status of a feed post. Only users with the Can Approve Feed Post and Comment permission can set the status of a feed post or comment. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/status` _Available in: v37.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `feedEntityStatus` (query, ConnectFeedEntityStatusEnum) Status of the feed post or comment. Values are: * `Draft` — The feed post isn’t published but is visible to the author and users with Modify All Data or View All Data permission. Comments can’t be drafts. * `Isolated` — The feed post or comment is isolated, and only admins can see it. * `PendingReview` — The feed post or comment isn’t approved yet and therefore isn’t published or visible. * `Published` — The feed post or comment is approved and visible. You must specify `feedEntityStatus` in a query parameter or a request body. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Request body Change the status of a feed post or comment. _Available in: v37.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `StatusCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "feedEntityStatus": "Published" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Status Capability_ If a feed post or comment has this capability, it has a status that determines its visibility. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `StatusCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Upvote and Downvote `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/up-down-vote` Operation ID: `getUpDownVoteCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to get/update up down vote for a specific feed element Get the upvotes and downvotes for a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v41.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/up-down-vote` _Available in: v41.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Up Down Vote Capability_ If a feed post or comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UpDownVoteCapability`. ### PATCH Feed Elements Capability, Upvote and Downvote `PATCH /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/up-down-vote` Operation ID: `patchUpDownVoteCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to get/update up down vote for a specific feed element Upvote or downvote a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v41.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/up-down-vote` _Available in: v41.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `vote` (query, ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum) Type of vote for a feed element or comment. You must specify `vote` in a query parameter or a request body. _Available in: v41.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v41.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UpDownVoteCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "vote": "Up" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Up Down Vote Capability_ If a feed post or comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UpDownVoteCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Upvote and Downvote Items `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/up-down-vote/items` Operation ID: `getUpDownVoteCapabilityItems`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a page of up or down votes for a specific feed element. Get a list of users who upvoted or downvoted a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/up-down-vote/items` _Available in: v42.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v42.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v42.0_ * `vote` (query, ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum, required) Specifies the value of the vote for the feed element. You can’t specify `None`. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Vote Collection_ A collection of upvotes or downvotes for a feed element or comment. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `VoteCollection`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Approval `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/approval` Operation ID: `getApprovalCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's approval capability. Access the approval capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/approval` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Approval Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it includes information about an approval. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ApprovalCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Associated Actions `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/associated-actions` Operation ID: `getAssociatedActionsCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's associated actions capability. Access the associated actions capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v33.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/associated-actions` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Associated Actions Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it has platform actions associated with it. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AssociatedActionsCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Banner `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/banner` Operation ID: `getBannerCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's banner capability. Access the banner capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/banner` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Banner Capability_ If this feed element has this capability, it has a banner motif and style. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BannerCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Call Collaboration `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/call-collaboration` Operation ID: `getCallCollaborationCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's call collaboration capability. Access the call collaboration capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/call-collaboration` _Available in: v51.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Call Collaboration Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it has a recording comment. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CallCollaborationCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Canvas `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/canvas` Operation ID: `getCanvasCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's canvas capability. Access the canvas capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/canvas` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Canvas Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it renders a canvas app. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CanvasCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Case Comment `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/case-comment` Operation ID: `getCaseCommentCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's case comment capability. Access the case comment capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/case-comment` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Case Comment Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it has a case comment on the case feed. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CaseCommentCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Content `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/content` Operation ID: `getContentCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's content capability. Access the content capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/content` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Content Capability_ If a comment has this capability, it has a file attachment. For files attached to a feed post (instead of a comment) in version 36.0 and later, use Files Capability. If content is deleted from a feed element after it’s posted or if the access to the content is changed to private, the Content Capability exists, however most of its properties are null. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ContentCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Dashboard Component Snapshot `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/dashboard-component-snapshot` Operation ID: `getDashboardComponentSnapshotCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's dashboard component snapshot capability. Access the dashboard component capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/dashboard-component-snapshot` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Dashboard Component Snapshot Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it has a dashboard component snapshot. A snapshot is a static image of a dashboard component at a specific point in time. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DashboardComponentSnapshotCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Email Message `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/email-message` Operation ID: `getEmailMessageCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's email message capability. Access the email message capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/email-message` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Email Message Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it has an email message from a case. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EmailMessageCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Enhanced Link `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/enhanced-link` Operation ID: `getEnhancedLinkCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's enhanced link capability. Access the enhanced link capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/enhanced-link` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Enhanced Link Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it has a link that may contain supplemental information like an icon, a title, and a description. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EnhancedLinkCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Extensions `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/extensions` Operation ID: `getExtensionsCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's extensions capability. Access the extensions capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/extensions` _Available in: v40.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Extensions Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more extensions associated with it. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExtensionsCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Feed Entity Share `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/feed-entity-share` Operation ID: `getFeedEntityShareCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's feed entity share capability. Access the feed entity share capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/feed-entity-share` _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Entity Share Capability_ If a feed element or comment has this capability, a feed entity is shared with it. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedEntityShareCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Files `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/files` Operation ID: `getFilesCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's files capability. Access the files capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/files` _Available in: v37.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Files Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more file attachments. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MultipleContentCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Interactions `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/interactions` Operation ID: `getInteractionsCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's interactions capability. Access the interactions capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/interactions` _Available in: v37.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Interactions Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it has information about user interactions. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `InteractionsCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Link `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/link` Operation ID: `getLinkCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's link capability. Access the link capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/link` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Link Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it has a link. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LinkCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Media References `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/media-references` Operation ID: `getMediaReferenceCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's media references capability. Access the media references capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v41.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/media-references` _Available in: v41.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Media Reference Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more media references. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MediaReferenceCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Origin `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/origin` Operation ID: `getOriginCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's origin capability. Access the origin capability of a feed element. If a feed element has this capability, it was created by a feed action. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v33.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/origin` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Origin Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it was created by a feed action. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OriginCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Recommendations `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/recommendations` Operation ID: `getRecommendationsCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's recommendations capability. Access the recommendations capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/recommendations` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Recommendations Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it has a recommendation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationsCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Record Snapshot `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/record-snapshot` Operation ID: `getRecordSnapshotCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's record snapshot capability. Access the record snapshot capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/record-snapshot` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Record Snapshot Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it contains all the snapshotted fields of a record for a single create record event. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecordSnapshotCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Social Post `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/social-post` Operation ID: `getSocialPostCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's social post capability. Access the social post capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/social-post` _Available in: v37.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Social Post Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it can interact with a social post on a social network. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SocialPostCapability`. ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Tracked Changes `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/tracked-changes` Operation ID: `getTrackedChangesCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access a specific feed element's tracked changes capability. Access the tracked changes capability of a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/tracked-changes` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Tracked Changes Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, it contains all changes to a record for a single tracked change event. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TrackedChangesCapability`. ### GET Related Questions `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/related-posts` Operation ID: `getRelatedFeedPostCollection`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Get the related feed posts for a specific feed element. Get questions related to the context question. Each related feed post has a score indicating how closely it’s related to the context feed post. We return related feed posts sorted by score, with the highest score first. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/related-posts` _Available in: v37.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) `feedElementId` must be a question ID. * `filter` (query, ConnectRelatedFeedPostTypeEnum) Specifies the related question type. Values are: * `Answered` — Related questions that have at least one answer. * `BestAnswer` — Related questions that have a best answer. * `Generic` — All types of related questions, including answered, with a best answer, and unanswered. * `Unanswered` — Related questions that don’t have answers. If not specified, `Generic` is the default value. _Available in: v37.0_ * `maxResults` (query, integer) The maximum number of results to return. You can return up to 25 results; 5 is the default. If not specified, 5 is the default value. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Related Feed Post Collection_ A collection of related feed posts. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AbstractRelatedFeedPostCollection`. ### GET Feeds `GET /chatter/feeds` Operation ID: `getFeedDirectory`. Tags: Feeds Resources. A list of all of the feeds the logged in user is able to view. Each user may have a different set of feeds. Use this resource to determine what feeds are available. In addition, the different feeds may have unique labels as well as URLs. Use the given labels returned in this resource and avoid hard-coding any of these values. A list of all of the feeds the context user is able to view. Each user may have a different set of feeds. Use this resource to determine what feeds are available. In addition, the different feeds may have unique labels as well as URLs. Use the given labels returned in this resource and avoid hard-coding any of these values. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Feed Directory_ Feed directory. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedDirectory`. ### GET List of Favorites `GET /chatter/feeds/favorites/{userId}` Operation ID: `getFeedFavoritesDirectory`. Tags: Favorites Feed Resources. Returns a list of all the favorites for the logged-in user. Creates a favorite of a Chatter feed search. Returns all the favorites for the context user. Favorites are feed searches, list views, and topics that the context user has added as a Chatter favorite. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/favorites/{userId}` _Available in: v24.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** _Favorites Page_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FavoritesPage`. ### POST List of Favorites `POST /chatter/feeds/favorites/{userId}` Operation ID: `postFeedFavoritesDirectory`. Tags: Favorites Feed Resources. Returns a list of all the favorites for the logged-in user. Creates a favorite of a Chatter feed search. Creates a favorite of a Chatter feed search or topic. Favorites are feed searches, list views, and topics that the context user has added as a Chatter favorite. _Note_: The response contains feed searches that were saved using the web UI. However, you can't use Connect REST API to save a feed search. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/favorites/{userId}` _Available in: v24.0_ #### Parameters * `searchText` (query, string) Text of the feed search. Use this parameter for feed searches only. _Available in: v24.0_ * `targetId` (query, string) Id of the topic. Use this parameter for topics only. _Available in: v28.0_ * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Request body _Available in: v24.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedFavoriteInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Favorite_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Favorite`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "searchText" : "release", "targetId" : "0TOD0000000099d" } ``` ### GET Favorite `GET /chatter/feeds/favorites/{userId}/{favoriteId}` Operation ID: `getFeedFavorite`. Tags: Favorites Feed Resources. Returns the feed for the specified favorite. Deletes the specified favorite. Updates the last view date of the specified favorite. Returns the feed for the specified favorite. Favorites are feed searches, list views, and topics that the context user has added as a Chatter favorite. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/favorites/{userId}/{favoriteId}` _Available in: v24.0_ #### Parameters * `favoriteId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the favorite. Pattern: ^(07F)\\w\*. * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** _Favorite_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Favorite`. ### DELETE Favorite `DELETE /chatter/feeds/favorites/{userId}/{favoriteId}` Operation ID: `deleteFeedFavorite`. Tags: Favorites Feed Resources. Returns the feed for the specified favorite. Deletes the specified favorite. Updates the last view date of the specified favorite. Deletes the specified favorite. Favorites are feed searches, list views, and topics that the context user has added as a Chatter favorite. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/favorites/{userId}/{favoriteId}` _Available in: v24.0_ #### Parameters * `favoriteId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the favorite. Pattern: ^(07F)\\w\*. * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** Success ### PATCH Favorite `PATCH /chatter/feeds/favorites/{userId}/{favoriteId}` Operation ID: `patchFeedFavorite`. Tags: Favorites Feed Resources. Returns the feed for the specified favorite. Deletes the specified favorite. Updates the last view date of the specified favorite. Updates the last view date of the specified favorite. Favorites are feed searches, list views, and topics that the context user has added as a Chatter favorite. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/favorites/{userId}/{favoriteId}` _Available in: v24.0_ #### Parameters * `favoriteId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the favorite. Pattern: ^(07F)\\w\*. * `updateLastViewDate` (query, boolean) Sets the last view date of the specified feed favorite to the current system time. Default value is `false`. * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedFavoriteInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Favorite_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Favorite`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "updateLastViewDate" : "true" } ``` ### GET Favorites Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/favorites/{userId}/{favoriteId}/feed-elements` Operation ID: `getFeedFavoriteFeedElementCollection`. Tags: Favorites Feed Resources. Returns a filtered feed, only showing those feed elements for the specified favorite. Returns a filtered feed, only showing those feed elements for the specified favorite. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/favorites/{userId}/{favoriteId}/feed-elements` _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `favoriteId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the favorite. Pattern: ^(07F)\\w\*. * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. _Available in: v31.0_ * `page` (query, string) Page token to use to view the page. Page tokens are returned as part of the response class, for example, `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you pass in `null`, the first page is returned. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of feed elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in `null`, the default size is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, ConnectFeedSortOrder) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` — Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` — Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` — Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` — Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. If you pass in `null`, the default value `CreatedDateDesc` is used. _Available in: v31.0_ * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET List of Filter Feed URLs `GET /chatter/feeds/filter/{userId}` Operation ID: `getFilterFeedDirectory`. Tags: Filter Feed Resources. Use this resource to return a list of the possible key prefix filters that the user can apply to their news feed. You should get this list, then construct additional resource URLs using the key prefixes that are returned. If this list is empty, it means the user isn’t following anything. Use this resource to return a list of the possible key prefix filter feeds that the context user can apply to their news feed. See [Filter Feed Elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Filter-Feed-Resources/operation/getFilterFeedElementCollection). _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/filter/{userId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string, required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Directory_ If the response body is empty, the user isn’t following any records. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedDirectory`. ### GET Specific Filter Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/filter/{userId}/{keyPrefix}` Operation ID: `getFilterFeed`. Tags: Filter Feed Resources. Use this resource to return the URL for the specified key prefix news feed. The key prefix is the three-character prefix code in the object ID. Object IDs are prefixed with three-character codes that specify the type of the object. For example, User objects have a prefix of 005 and Group objects have a prefix of 0F9. You don’t need to generate the key prefixes yourself. Use the List of Filters to see the available key prefixes. A feed object that contains information about a specific filter feed available to the context user. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/filter/{userId}/{keyPrefix}` _Available in: v23.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `keyPrefix` (path, string (IdPrefix), required) The first three characters of the object ID that indicates the object type. * `sort` (query, ConnectFeedSortOrder) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` — Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` — Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` — Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` — Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc`. * `userId` (path, string, required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** _Feed_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This request returns the URL for a filter feed items resource that’s filtered # by the User object (key prefix `005` ). GET /chatter/feeds/filter/me/005 ``` ### GET Filter Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/filter/{userId}/{keyPrefix}/feed-elements` Operation ID: `getFilterFeedElementCollection`. Tags: Filter Feed Resources. Use this resource to return the feed elements from the news feed that are found on parents with the specified key prefix. For example, the feed elements from all the groups the logged-in user is a member of. Feed elements from the context user’s news feed whose parent has the specified key prefix, such as the feed elements from all the groups the context user is a member of. The key prefix specifies the object type and is the first three characters of an object ID. To filter by feed elements with a User parent object, use the key prefix `005`. To filter by feed elements with a Group parent object, use the key prefix `0F9`. To filter by feed elements with a parent object that the context user is following (for example, Account), use the [List of Filter Feed URLs](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Filter-Feed-Resources/operation/getFilterFeedDirectory) to return the parent objects. Suppose the context user is a member of five groups. The following resource returns all of the feed elements for all five of those groups: ``` /chatter/feeds/filter/me/0F9/feed-elements ``` The filter feed returns only the feed elements that are visible to the context user. In this example, the resource doesn’t return the feed elements for groups the context user is not a member of. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/filter/{userId}/{keyPrefix}/feed-elements` _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `keyPrefix` (path, string (IdPrefix), required) The first three characters of the object ID that indicates the object type. * `density` (query, ConnectFeedDensityEnum) * `AllUpdates` — Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations. * `FewerUpdates` — Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations, but hides some system-generated updates from records. _Available in: v31.0_ * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. _Available in: v31.0_ * `page` (query, string) Page token to use to view the page. Page tokens are returned as part of the response class, for example, `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you pass in `null`, the first page is returned. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of feed elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in `null`, the default size is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the feed elements visible to the context user. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, ConnectFeedSortOrder) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` — Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` — Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` — Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` — Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. If you pass in `null`, the default value `CreatedDateDesc` is used. _Available in: v31.0_ * `updatedSince` (query, string) Opaque token defining the modification timestamp of the feed and the sort order. The `updatedSince` parameter doesn’t return feed elements that are created in the same second as the request. _Available in: v31.0_ * `userId` (path, string, required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Experience Cloud Sites Comment Moderation `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/moderation-flags` Operation ID: `getFlagsOnComment`. Tags: Experience Cloud Site Comments Moderation Resources. Used to flag or remove one or more flags from a specific comment. This resource is only available in communities. If the context user is a moderator, get the number of times members flagged a comment. If the context user isn’t a moderator, returns whether the user flagged a comment. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response class, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you pass in `null`, the first page is returned. _Available in: v40.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. The default size is 0. _Available in: v40.0_ * `visibility` (query, ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum) Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v30.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Moderation Flags_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ModerationFlags`. ### POST Experience Cloud Sites Comment Moderation `POST /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/moderation-flags` Operation ID: `addFlagToComment`. Tags: Experience Cloud Site Comments Moderation Resources. Used to flag or remove one or more flags from a specific comment. This resource is only available in communities. If the context user is or isn’t a moderator, flag a comment for moderation. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `note` (query, string) A note of up to 4,000 characters about the flag. _Available in: v38.0_ * `type` (query, ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum) Type of moderation flag. * `FlagAsInappropriate` — Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` — Flag for spam. If a type isn’t specified, it defaults to `FlagAsInappropriate`. _Available in: v38.0_ * `visibility` (query, ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum) Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v30.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v38.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ModerationFlagInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Moderation Flags_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ModerationFlags`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "note" : "Flagged by moderator as spam on 6.6.16.", "type" : "FlagAsSpam", "visibility" : "ModeratorsOnly" } ``` ### DELETE Experience Cloud Sites Comment Moderation `DELETE /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/comments/{commentId}/moderation-flags` Operation ID: `removeFlagFromComment`. Tags: Experience Cloud Site Comments Moderation Resources. Used to flag or remove one or more flags from a specific comment. This resource is only available in communities. If the context user is a moderator, delete all flags on a comment. If the context user isn’t a moderator, remove a flag the user previously added. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `commentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a comment. Pattern: ^(0D7)\\w\*. * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `userId` (query, string) The ID of the context user. If specified, removes the flag the user previously added to the comment. If not specified and the context user is a moderator, removes all flags on the comment. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Responses * **200** Success ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Moderation `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/moderation` Operation ID: `getFlagsOnFeedElement`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to flag or remove one or more flags from a specific feed element. Get information about a feed element's moderation capability. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response class, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you pass in `null`, the first page is returned. _Available in: v40.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. The default size is 0. _Available in: v40.0_ * `visibility` (query, ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum) Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. One of these values: * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Moderation Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, users in the Experience Cloud site can flag the feed element for moderation. This response body also includes information about the flagged content. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ModerationCapability`. ### POST Feed Elements Capability, Moderation `POST /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/moderation` Operation ID: `addFlagToFeedElement`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to flag or remove one or more flags from a specific feed element. Add a moderation flag to a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `note` (query, string) A note of up to 4,000 characters about the flag. _Available in: v38.0_ * `type` (query, ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum) Type of moderation flag. * `FlagAsInappropriate` — Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` — Flag for spam. If a type isn’t specified, it defaults to `FlagAsInappropriate`. _Available in: v38.0_ * `visibility` (query, ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum) Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. One of these values: * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Request body Moderation flag input. _Available in: v38.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ModerationFlagInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "note": "Flagged by moderator as spam on 6.6.16.", "type": "FlagAsSpam", "visibility": "ModeratorsOnly" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Moderation Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, users in the Experience Cloud site can flag the feed element for moderation. This response body also includes information about the flagged content. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ModerationCapability`. ### DELETE Feed Elements Capability, Moderation `DELETE /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/moderation` Operation ID: `removeFlagFromFeedElement`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to flag or remove one or more flags from a specific feed element. Delete all moderation flags from a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a feed element. * `userId` (query, string) The ID of the context user. If specified, removes the flag the user previously added to the post. If not specified and the context user is a moderator, removes all flags on the post. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. ### GET Bookmarks Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/bookmarks/{userId}` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_bookmarks__cc_all_bookmarks`. Tags: Bookmarks Feed Resources. Returns the URL for the bookmarks feed for the context user. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/bookmarks/{userId}` _Available in: v24.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Bookmarks Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/bookmarks/{userId}/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_bookmarks__cc_bookmarks_feed_elements`. Tags: Bookmarks Feed Resources. Returns all feed elements bookmarked by the context user. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/bookmarks/{userId}/feed-elements` _Available in: v24.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `density` (query, string) The density of the feed. One of these values: * `AllUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations. * `FewerUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations, but hides some system-generated updates from records. The default value is `AllUpdates`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. _Available in: v31.0_ * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are between 1 and 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to include per feed element. The default value is 3. The maximum value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v31.0_ * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL, for example: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET Company Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/company` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_company__cc_company_feed_url`. Tags: Company Feed Resources. Returns a URL to the company feed and a page of feed elements. _Available in: v23.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of feed elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in 0, feed elements aren’t returned with the feed. * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Company Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/company/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_company__cc_company_feed_elements`. Tags: Company Feed Resources. Returns the feed elements of a company feed. _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `density` (query, string) The density of the feed. One of these values: * `AllUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations. * `FewerUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations, but hides some system-generated updates from records. The default value is `AllUpdates`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to include per feed element. The default value is 3. The maximum value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v31.0_ * `updatedSince` (query, string) An opaque token defining the modification time stamp of the feed and the sort order. Do not construct this token. Retrieve this token from the `updatesToken` property of the Feed Element Page response body. The `updatedSince` parameter doesn’t return feed elements that are created in the same second as the request. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET Direct Messages Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/direct-messages` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_direct_messages__direct_messages_feed_url`. Tags: Direct Messages Feed Resources. Get the URL to the context user’s direct messages feed and a page of feed elements. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/direct-messages` _Available in: v39.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of feed elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in 0, feed elements aren’t returned with the feed. * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Direct Messages Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/direct-messages/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_direct_messages__direct_messages_feed_elements`. Tags: Direct Messages Feed Resources. Get all the feed elements for the context user’s direct messages. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/direct-messages/feed-elements` _Available in: v39.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to include per feed element. The default value is 3. The maximum value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. The only valid value is `LastModifiedDateDesc` , which sorts the feed by the most recent activity. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET Draft Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/draft/{userId}` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_draft__draft_feed_url`. Tags: Draft Feed Resources. Get the URL to the draft feed. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/draft/{userId}` _Available in: v44.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Draft Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/draft/{userId}/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_draft__draft_feed_elements`. Tags: Draft Feed Resources. Get all the posts that the context user drafted. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/draft/{userId}/feed-elements` _Available in: v44.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. * `density` (query, string) The density of the feed. One of these values: * `AllUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations. * `FewerUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations, but hides some system-generated updates from records. The default value is `AllUpdates`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to include per feed element. The default value is 3. The maximum value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v31.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET Files Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/files/{userId}` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_files__cc_files_feed_url`. Tags: Files Feed Resources. Returns the URL to the feed elements that contain files that are posted by users or groups the context user is following. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/files/{userId}` _Available in: v23.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Files Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/files/{userId}/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_files__cc_files_feed_elements`. Tags: Files Feed Resources. Returns all feed elements posted with files by people or groups that the context user follows. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/files/{userId}/feed-elements` _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `density` (query, string) The density of the feed. One of these values: * `AllUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations. * `FewerUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations, but hides some system-generated updates from records. The default value is `AllUpdates`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to include per feed element. The default value is 3. The maximum value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v31.0_ * `updatedSince` (query, string) An opaque token defining the modification time stamp of the feed and the sort order. Do not construct this token. Retrieve this token from the `updatesToken` property of the Feed Element Page response body. The `updatedSince` parameter doesn’t return feed elements that are created in the same second as the request. _Available in: v31.0_ * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET Groups Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/groups/{userId}` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_groups__cc_groups_feed_url`. Tags: Groups Feed Resources. Returns a URL to the feed elements for all the groups the context user is a member of. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/groups/{userId}` _Available in: v23.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Groups Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/groups/{userId}/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_groups__cc_groups_feed_elements`. Tags: Groups Feed Resources. Returns all feed elements for all groups the context user either owns or is a member of. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/groups/{userId}/feed-elements` _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `density` (query, string) The density of the feed. One of these values: * `AllUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations. * `FewerUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations, but hides some system-generated updates from records. The default value is `AllUpdates`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to include per feed element. The default value is 3. The maximum value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v31.0_ * `updatedSince` (query, string) An opaque token defining the modification time stamp of the feed and the sort order. Do not construct this token. Retrieve this token from the `updatesToken` property of the Feed Element Page response body. The `updatedSince` parameter doesn’t return feed elements that are created in the same second as the request. _Available in: v31.0_ * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET Isolated Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/isolated` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_isolated__isolated_feed_url`. Tags: Isolated Feed Resources. Get the URL to the isolated feed and a page of feed elements. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/isolated` _Available in: v60.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of feed elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in 0, feed elements aren’t returned with the feed. * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Isolated Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/isolated/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_isolated__isolated_feed_elements`. Tags: Isolated Feed Resources. Get all the feed elements and comments that are isolated. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/isolated/feed-elements` _Available in: v60.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v39.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are from 1 to 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v39.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v39.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v39.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page # tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL. For example: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET Landing Feed `GET /chatter/feeds/landing` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_landing`. Tags: Landing Feed Resources. Get information about the landing feed and a page of feed elements. _Available in: v40.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of feed elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in 0, feed elements aren’t returned with the feed. * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. For the landing feed, the service determines the sort order and any `sort` value you specify is ignored. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Mute Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/mute/{userId}` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_mute__cc_all_mute`. Tags: Mute Feed Resources. Returns the URL for the mute feed for the context user. To mute an item, use PATCH with the [Feed Elements Capability, Mute](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getMuteCapability) resource and the `isMutedByMe` parameter. For example: ``` /chatter/feed-elements/0D5D0000000Ir6zKAC/capabilities/mute?isMutedByMe=true ``` #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/mute/{userId}` _Available in: v35.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Mute Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/mute/{userId}/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_mute__cc_mute_feed_elements`. Tags: Mute Feed Resources. Returns all feed elements that the context user muted. To mute an item, use PATCH with the [Feed Elements Capability, Mute](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getMuteCapability) resource and the `isMutedByMe` parameter. For example: ``` /chatter/feed-elements/0D5D0000000Ir6zKAC/capabilities/mute?isMutedByMe=true ``` #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/mute/{userId}/feed-elements` _Available in: v35.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `density` (query, string) The density of the feed. One of these values: * `AllUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations. * `FewerUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations, but hides some system-generated updates from records. The default value is `AllUpdates`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. _Available in: v31.0_ * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are between 1 and 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to include per feed element. The default value is 3. The maximum value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v31.0_ * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL, for example: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET News Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url`. Tags: News Feed Resources. Returns a URL to the feed elements for all feeds for the context user. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/news/{userId}` _Available in: v23.0_ #### Parameters * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Feed`. #### Code samples _Example: Example response body · HTTP_ ``` { "feedElementPostUrl": "/services/data/v/chatter/feed-elements", "feedElementsUrl": "/services/data/v/chatter/feeds/news/005xx000001Sv1mAAB/feed-elements" } ``` ### GET News Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_elements`. Tags: News Feed Resources. All feed elements from all groups the context user either owns or is a member of, as well as all files, records, and users the context user follows. Use this resource to get information about feed elements and to post feed elements. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/news/{userId}/feed-elements` _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `density` (query, string) The density of the feed. One of these values: * `AllUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations. * `FewerUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations, but hides some system-generated updates from records. The default value is `AllUpdates`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. _Available in: v31.0_ * `filter` (query, string) Filter value for a feed. * `AllQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions. * `AuthoredBy` —Feed elements authored by the user profile owner. This value is valid only for the `UserProfile` feed. * `CommunityScoped` —Feed elements that are scoped to Experience Cloud sites. Currently, these feed elements have a User or a Group parent record. However, other parent record types could be scoped to sites in the future. Feed elements that are always visible in all sites are filtered out. This value is valid only for the `UserProfile` feed. * `QuestionsWithCandidateAnswers` — Feed elements that are questions that have candidate answers associated with them. This value is valid only for users with the Access Einstein-Generated Answers permission. * `QuestionsWithCandidateAnswersReviewedPublished` — Feed elements that are questions that have candidate answers that have been reviewed or published. This value is valid only for users with the Access Einstein-Generated Answers permission. * `Read` —Feed elements that are older than 30 days or are marked as read for the context user. Includes existing feed elements when the context user joined the group. This value is valid only for the `Record` feed of a group. * `SolvedQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions and that have a best answer. * `UnansweredQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions and that don’t have any answers. * `UnansweredQuestionsWithCandidateAnswers` — Feed elements that are questions that don’t have answers but have candidate answers associated with them. This value is valid only for users with the Access Einstein-Generated Answers permission. * `Unread` —Feed elements that are created in the past 30 days and aren’t marked as read for the context user. This value is valid only for the `Record` feed of a group. * `UnsolvedQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions and that don’t have a best answer. _Available in: v32.0_ * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to include per feed element. The default value is 3. The maximum value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v31.0_ * `updatedSince` (query, string) An opaque token defining the modification time stamp of the feed and the sort order. Do not construct this token. Retrieve this token from the `updatesToken` property of the Feed Element Page response body. The `updatedSince` parameter doesn’t return feed elements that are created in the same second as the request. _Available in: v31.0_ * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET News Feed Is-Modified `GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}/is-modified` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_is_modified`. Tags: News Feed Resources. Returns information about whether the news feed has been updated or changed since the specified time and date. If you are working with remote organizations such as an ISV, use the `/connect/organization` resource and the `feedPolling` property of the Feature response body to shape your polling strategy. If `feedPolling` isn't enabled, be conservative in how often you poll for new content. _Available in: v26.0_ #### Use the Is-Modified resource to poll the news feed 1. Use either of the following resources to get the latest elements from a news feed or to get information about the feed: [`/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_elements), [`/chatter/feeds/news/me`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url). The response bodies for both resources contain the `isModifiedUrl` property. This property contains the URL to the Is-Modified resource, which includes a `{since}` request parameter that defines the last modified date of the feed. If the sort order of the request to the news feed changes, the news feed is modified. 2. Issue a GET request to the URL in the `isModifiedUrl` property. The Feed Modified Info response contains the following properties. * `isModified` —a boolean indicating whether the feed has been updated since the last time you checked. Conditions under which this property is `true` depend on the sort order of the original request to the news feed. For example, if the feed is sorted by posts (`CreatedDateDesc`) and a comment was added, `isModified` is `false`. * `nextPollUrl` —a string containing the URL of the Is-Modified resource. This property contains a URL only if `isModified` is `false`. If `isModified` is `true`, `nextPollUrl` is `null`. 3. If the `isModified` property is `true`, issue a GET request to the News Feed Elements resource to refresh the news feed. 4. If the `isModified` property is `false`, issue a GET request to the URL in the `nextPollUrl` property. This request also returns a Feed Modified Info response body that contains the `isModified` and `nextPollUrl` properties. We don’t recommend exceeding one poll per minute. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/news/{userId}/is-modified` #### Parameters * `since` (query, string, required) An opaque token containing information about the modification time stamp of the feed and the sort order. Do not construct this token. Retrieve this token from the `isModifiedToken` property of the Feed Item Page or Feed Modified Info response body. _Available in: v23.0_ * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedModifiedInfo`. ### GET Pending Review Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/pending-review` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_pending_review__pending_review_feed_url`. Tags: Pending Review Feed Resources. Get the URL to the pending review feed and a page of feed elements. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/pending-review` _Available in: v39.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of feed elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in 0, feed elements aren’t returned with the feed. * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Pending Review Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/pending-review/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_pending_review__pending_review_feed_elements`. Tags: Pending Review Feed Resources. Get all the feed elements and comments that are pending review. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/pending-review/feed-elements` _Available in: v39.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v39.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are from 1 to 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v39.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v39.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v39.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page # tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL. For example: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET People Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/people/{userId}` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_people__cc_people_feed_url`. Tags: People Feed Resources. Returns a URL to the feed elements for all the people the context user is following. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/people/{userId}` _Available in: v23.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET People Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/people/{userId}/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_people__cc_people_feed_elements`. Tags: People Feed Resources. Returns all the feed elements from all the people the context user follows. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/people/{userId}/feed-elements` _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `density` (query, string) The density of the feed. One of these values: * `AllUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations. * `FewerUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations, but hides some system-generated updates from records. The default value is `AllUpdates`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to include per feed element. The default value is 3. The maximum value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v31.0_ * `updatedSince` (query, string) An opaque token defining the modification time stamp of the feed and the sort order. Do not construct this token. Retrieve this token from the `updatesToken` property of the Feed Element Page response body. The `updatedSince` parameter doesn’t return feed elements that are created in the same second as the request. _Available in: v31.0_ * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET Record Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/record/{recordId}` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_record__cc_record_feed_url`. Tags: Record Feed Resources. Returns a URL to the feed elements for all the records the context user is following, or a URL to all the feed elements of the specified `{recordId}`. Use this resource to get a group feed. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/record/{recordId}` _Available in: v23.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . * `recordId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a record. If `{recordId}` is a user ID, it must be the same as the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Record Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/record/{recordId}/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_record__cc_record_feed_elements`. Tags: Record Feed Resources. Returns the feed elements for all the records the context user is following, or all the feed elements of the specified `{recordId}`. Use this resource to search a feed or to get the feed elements for a specific feed, including another user’s feed or a group feed. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/record/{recordId}/feed-elements` _Available in: v23.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `customFilter` (query, string) Custom filter that applies only to the case feed. See [customFeedFilter](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_meta.meta/api_meta/meta_customfeedfilter.htm) in the Metadata API Developer Guide for supported values. You can specify `customFilter` or `filter`. You can’t specify both. _Available in: v40.0_ * `density` (query, string) The density of the feed. One of these values: * `AllUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations. * `FewerUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations, but hides some system-generated updates from records. The default value is `AllUpdates`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. _Available in: v31.0_ * `filter` (query, string) Specifies a filter value for a feed. * `AllQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions. * `AuthoredBy` —Feed elements authored by the user profile owner. This value is valid only for the `UserProfile` feed. * `CommunityScoped` —Feed elements that are scoped to Experience Cloud sites. Currently, these feed elements have a User or a Group parent record. However, other parent record types could be scoped to sites in the future. Feed elements that are always visible in all sites are filtered out. This value is valid only for the `UserProfile` feed. * `QuestionsWithCandidateAnswers` — Feed elements that are questions that have candidate answers associated with them. This value is valid only for users with the Access Einstein-Generated Answers permission. * `QuestionsWithCandidateAnswersReviewedPublished` — Feed elements that are questions that have candidate answers that have been reviewed or published. This value is valid only for users with the Access Einstein-Generated Answers permission. * `Read` —Feed elements that are older than 30 days or are marked as read for the context user. Includes existing feed elements when the context user joined the group. This value is valid only for the `Record` feed of a group. * `SolvedQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions and that have a best answer. * `UnansweredQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions and that don’t have any answers. * `UnansweredQuestionsWithCandidateAnswers` — Feed elements that are questions that don’t have answers but have candidate answers associated with them. This value is valid only for users with the Access Einstein-Generated Answers permission. * `Unread` —Feed elements that are created in the past 30 days and aren’t marked as read for the context user. This value is valid only for the `Record` feed of a group. * `UnsolvedQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions and that don’t have a best answer. The `filter` parameter doesn’t work for group feeds. You can specify `customFilter` or `filter`. You can’t specify both. _Available in: v32.0_ * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are between 1 and 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to include per feed element. The default value is 3. The maximum value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `showInternalOnly` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to show only feed elements from internal (non-site) users ( `true` ), or not ( `false` ). The default value is `false` . _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v31.0_ * `threadedCommentsCollapsed` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return threaded comments in a collapsed style (`true`) or not (`false`). If you don’t specify a value, the default is `false`. _Available in: v44.0_ * `updatedSince` (query, string) An opaque token defining the modification time stamp of the feed and the sort order. Do not construct this token. Retrieve this token from the `updatesToken` property of the Feed Element Page response body. The `updatedSince` parameter doesn’t return feed elements that are created in the same second as the request. _Available in: v31.0_ * `recordId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a record. If `{recordId}` is a user ID, it must be the same as the context user or the alias `me`. To get the feed elements for a group, specify the group ID as the `{recordId}`. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL, for example: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET Record Pinned Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/record/{recordId}/pinned-feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_record_pin`. Tags: Record Feed Resources. Get pinned feed elements from a group feed. In the UI, pinned feed elements don’t show all auxiliary information, such as comments, likes, interaction counts, or read by information. As a result, the Pinned Feed Element Collection doesn’t include all the information for these capabilities. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/record/{recordId}/pinned-feed-elements` _Available in: v41.0_ #### Parameters * `recordId` (path, string (Id), required) The `{recordId}` must be a group ID. #### Responses * **200** _Pinned Feed Element Collection_ Collection of pinned feed elements. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PinnedFeedElementCollection`. ### PATCH Record Pinned Feed Elements `PATCH /chatter/feeds/record/{recordId}/pinned-feed-elements` Operation ID: `patch_connect_resource_feeds_record_pin`. Tags: Record Feed Resources. Pin or unpin a feed element to a group feed. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/record/{recordId}/pinned-feed-elements` _Available in: v41.0_ #### Parameters * `recordId` (path, string (Id), required) The `{recordId}` must be a group ID. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PinCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "entityId": "0D5B000000TW7uh", "isPinned": "true" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Pin Capability_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PinCapability`. ### GET Streams Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/streams/{streamId}` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_streams__streams_feed_url`. Tags: Streams Feed Resources. Get the URL to the streams feed. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/streams/{streamId}` _Available in: v39.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . * `streamId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the stream. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Streams Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/streams/{streamId}/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_streams__streams_feed_elements`. Tags: Streams Feed Resources. Get all feed elements from any combination of up to 25 people, groups, records, and topics that the context user subscribes to in the stream. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/streams/{streamId}/feed-elements` _Available in: v39.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `density` (query, string) The density of the feed. One of these values: * `AllUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations. * `FewerUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations, but hides some system-generated updates from records. The default value is `AllUpdates`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. _Available in: v31.0_ * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to include per feed element. The default value is 3. The maximum value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v31.0_ * `updatedSince` (query, string) An opaque token defining the modification time stamp of the feed and the sort order. Do not construct this token. Retrieve this token from the `updatesToken` property of the Feed Element Page response body. The `updatedSince` parameter doesn’t return feed elements that are created in the same second as the request. _Available in: v31.0_ * `streamId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the stream. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET To Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/to/{userId}` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_to__cc_to_feed_url`. Tags: To Feed Resources. Returns a URL to the feed elements for the feed of the context user. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/to/{userId}` _Available in: v23.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET To Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/to/{userId}/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_to__cc_to_feed_elements`. Tags: To Feed Resources. Returns the feed elements for all @mentions of the context user, and all posts made to the user's feed. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/to/{userId}/feed-elements` _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `density` (query, string) The density of the feed. One of these values: * `AllUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations. * `FewerUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations, but hides some system-generated updates from records. The default value is `AllUpdates`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. _Available in: v31.0_ * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) The number of feed elements per page. Valid values are between 1 and 100. The default size is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to include per feed element. The default value is 3. The maximum value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v31.0_ * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) `{userId}` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page # tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL, for example: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET Topics Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/topics/{topicId}` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_topics__cc_topics_feed_url`. Tags: Topics Feed Resources. Returns a URL to the feed items for the specified topic. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/topics/{topicId}` _Available in: v28.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Topics Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/topics/{topicId}/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_topics__cc_topics_feed_elements`. Tags: Topics Feed Resources. Returns all feed elements for the specified topic. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/topics/{topicId}/feed-elements` _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `filter` (query, string) Filter value for a feed. * `AllQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions. * `AuthoredBy` —Feed elements authored by the user profile owner. This value is valid only for the `UserProfile` feed. * `CommunityScoped` —Feed elements that are scoped to Experience Cloud sites. Currently, these feed elements have a User or a Group parent record. However, other parent record types could be scoped to sites in the future. Feed elements that are always visible in all sites are filtered out. This value is valid only for the `UserProfile` feed. * `QuestionsWithCandidateAnswers` — Feed elements that are questions that have candidate answers associated with them. This value is valid only for users with the Access Einstein-Generated Answers permission. * `QuestionsWithCandidateAnswersReviewedPublished` — Feed elements that are questions that have candidate answers that have been reviewed or published. This value is valid only for users with the Access Einstein-Generated Answers permission. * `Read` —Feed elements that are older than 30 days or are marked as read for the context user. Includes existing feed elements when the context user joined the group. This value is valid only for the `Record` feed of a group. * `SolvedQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions and that have a best answer. * `UnansweredQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions and that don’t have any answers. * `UnansweredQuestionsWithCandidateAnswers` — Feed elements that are questions that don’t have answers but have candidate answers associated with them. This value is valid only for users with the Access Einstein-Generated Answers permission. * `Unread` —Feed elements that are created in the past 30 days and aren’t marked as read for the context user. This value is valid only for the `Record` feed of a group. * `UnsolvedQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions and that don’t have a best answer. _Available in: v32.0_ * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL` . _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of feed elements per page. Valid values are between 1 and 100. The default value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v31.0_ * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Topics Pinned Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/topics/{topicId}/pinned-feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_topics_pin`. Tags: Topics Feed Resources. Get pinned feed elements from a topic feed. In the UI, pinned feed elements don’t show all auxiliary information, such as comments, likes, interaction counts, or read by information. As a result, the Pinned Feed Element Collection doesn’t include all the information for these capabilities. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/topics/{topicId}/pinned-feed-elements` _Available in: v41.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/record/{recordId}/pinned-feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Record-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_record_pin) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. #### Responses * **200** _Pinned Feed Element Collection_ Collection of pinned feed elements. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/record/{recordId}/pinned-feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Record-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_record_pin) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### PATCH Topics Pinned Feed Elements `PATCH /chatter/feeds/topics/{topicId}/pinned-feed-elements` Operation ID: `patch_connect_resource_feeds_topics_pin`. Tags: Topics Feed Resources. Pin or unpin a feed element to a topic feed. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/topics/{topicId}/pinned-feed-elements` _Available in: v41.0_ #### Parameters * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PinCapabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "entityId": "0D5B000000TW7uh", "isPinned": "true" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Pin Capability_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PinCapability`. ### GET User Profile Feed URL `GET /chatter/feeds/user-profile/{userId}` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_user_profile__cc_user-profile_feed_url`. Tags: User Profile Feed Resources. Returns a URL to the feed elements for the user profile feed. **Note**: To match the feed displayed in the Chatter UI, the composition of this feed may change between releases. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/user-profile/{userId}` _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the user. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET User Profile Feed Elements `GET /chatter/feeds/user-profile/{userId}/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_user_profile__cc_user_profile_feed_elements`. Tags: User Profile Feed Resources. Returns feed elements created by the user, parented by the user, and where the user is mentioned. In Experience Cloud sites only, this feed also contains feed elements on which the user commented. You can get another user’s user profile feed. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/user-profile/{userId}/feed-elements` _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `density` (query, string) The density of the feed. One of these values: * `AllUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations. * `FewerUpdates` —Displays all updates from people and records the user follows and groups the user is a member of. Also displays custom recommendations, but hides some system-generated updates from records. The default value is `AllUpdates`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `elementsPerBundle` (query, integer) Maximum number of feed elements to include in a bundle. The value must be an integer between 0 and 10. The default value is 3. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. _Available in: v31.0_ * `filter` (query, string) Valid values are `CommunityScoped` and `AuthoredBy`. _Available in: v34.0_ * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of feed elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. The default value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v31.0_ * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to include per feed element. The default value is 3. The maximum value is 25. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v31.0_ * `threadedCommentsCollapsed` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return threaded comments in a collapsed style (`true`) or not (`false`). If you don’t specify a value, the default is `false`. _Available in: v44.0_ * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the user. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page # tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET Experience Cloud Site Direct Message Moderation Feed URL `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/direct-message-moderation` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_direct_messages_moderation__direct_message_moderation_feed_url`. Tags: Experience Cloud Site Direct Message Moderation Feed Resources. Get the URL to the direct message moderation feed and a page of feed elements. This feed is available only to users with Moderate Experiences Chatter Messages permissions. _Available in: v40.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of feed elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in 0, feed elements aren’t returned with the feed. * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc`. * `communityId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Experience Cloud Sites Direct Message Moderation Feed Elements `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/direct-message-moderation/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_direct_messages_moderation__direct_message_moderation_feed_elements`. Tags: Experience Cloud Site Direct Message Moderation Feed Resources. Get all the direct messages that are flagged for moderation. This feed is available only to users with Moderate Experiences Chatter Messages permissions. _Available in: v40.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v40.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v40.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v40.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v40.0_ * `communityId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # Page tokens are returned as part of the response body in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET Experience Cloud Site Home Feed URL `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/home` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_communities_home__communities_home_feed_url`. Tags: Experience Cloud Site Home Feed Resources. Get the URL to the Experience Cloud site home feed and a page of feed elements. _Available in: v32.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of feed elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in 0, feed elements aren’t returned with the feed. * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc`. * `communityId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Experience Cloud Site Home Feed Elements `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/home/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_communities_home__home_feed_elements_title`. Tags: Experience Cloud Site Home Feed Resources. Get all feed elements from the Experience Cloud site home feed. _Available in: v32.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `filter` (query, string) Filter value for a feed. * `AllQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions. * `AuthoredBy` —Feed elements authored by the user profile owner. This value is valid only for the `UserProfile` feed. * `CommunityScoped` —Feed elements that are scoped to Experience Cloud sites. Currently, these feed elements have a User or a Group parent record. However, other parent record types could be scoped to sites in the future. Feed elements that are always visible in all sites are filtered out. This value is valid only for the `UserProfile` feed. * `QuestionsWithCandidateAnswers` — Feed elements that are questions that have candidate answers associated with them. This value is valid only for users with the Access Einstein-Generated Answers permission. * `QuestionsWithCandidateAnswersReviewedPublished` — Feed elements that are questions that have candidate answers that have been reviewed or published. This value is valid only for users with the Access Einstein-Generated Answers permission. * `Read` —Feed elements that are older than 30 days or are marked as read for the context user. Includes existing feed elements when the context user joined the group. This value is valid only for the `Record` feed of a group. * `SolvedQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions and that have a best answer. * `UnansweredQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions and that don’t have any answers. * `UnansweredQuestionsWithCandidateAnswers` — Feed elements that are questions that don’t have answers but have candidate answers associated with them. This value is valid only for users with the Access Einstein-Generated Answers permission. * `Unread` —Feed elements that are created in the past 30 days and aren’t marked as read for the context user. This value is valid only for the `Record` feed of a group. * `UnsolvedQuestions` —Feed elements that are questions and that don’t have a best answer. _Available in: v32.0_ * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. When the `sort` parameter is `MostViewed`, the `page` parameter can’t be used. _Available in: v29.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are between 1 and 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. When the `sort` parameter is `MostViewed`, the `pageSize` must be a value from 1 to 25. _Available in: v29.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v29.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v29.0_ * `threadedCommentsCollapsed` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return threaded comments in a collapsed style (`true`) or not (`false`). If you don’t specify a value, the default is `false`. _Available in: v44.0_ * `communityId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page # tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL, for example: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET Experience Cloud Site Moderation Feed URL `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/moderation` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_communities_moderation__communities_moderation_feed_url`. Tags: Experience Cloud Site Moderation Feed Resources. If the context user has the Moderate Experiences Feeds permission, this resource returns the URL to the Experience Cloud site moderation feed and a page of feed elements. _Available in: v32.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of feed elements per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in 0, feed elements aren’t returned with the feed. * `recentCommentCount` (query, integer) Maximum number of comments to return with each feed element. The default value is 3. * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc`. * `communityId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feeds/news/{userId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/News-Feed-Resources/operation/get_connect_resource_feeds_news__cc_news_feed_url) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. ### GET Experience Cloud Site Moderation Feed Elements `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/moderation/feed-elements` Operation ID: `get_connect_resource_feeds_communities_moderation__moderation_feed_elements_title`. Tags: Experience Cloud Site Moderation Feed Resources. If the context user has the Moderate Experiences Feeds permission, this resource returns a list of all feed elements and comments in the Experience Cloud site that have been flagged by site members. _Available in: v31.0_ Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Parameters * `page` (query, string) A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL parameters, such as `nextPageURL`. _Available in: v29.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of elements per page. Valid values are between 1 and 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v29.0_ * `q` (query, string) One or more keywords to search for in the body and comments of feed elements in this feed. The search string can contain wildcards and must contain at least two characters that aren’t wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v29.0_ * `sort` (query, string) Order of feed items in the feed. * `CreatedDateAsc` — Sorts by oldest creation date. This sort order is available only for `DirectMessageModeration`, `Draft`, `Isolated`, `Moderation`, and `PendingReview` feeds. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. * `LastModifiedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent activity. * `MostViewed` —Sorts by most viewed content. This sort order is available only for `Home` feeds when the `ConnectApi.FeedFilter` is `UnansweredQuestions`. * `Relevance` —Sorts by most relevant content. This sort order is available only for `Company`, `Home`, and `Topics` feeds. The default value is `CreatedDateDesc` . _Available in: v29.0_ * `communityId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Responses * **200** _Feed Element Page_ Container of feed elements with paginated results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. Returns the same response body as the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation. See that operation for the full response schema. #### Code samples _Example: Example · HTTP_ ``` # A generated token that indicates the view of feed elements in the feed. Page # tokens are returned as part of the response body, in one of the URL # parameters, such as nextPageURL, for example: "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v/ chatter/feeds/news/ 005D0000001GLowIAN /feed-elements ?page=2011-03-30T17:34:50Z, 0D5D0000000DSv4KAG" ``` ### GET Feed Elements Capability, Topics `GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/topics` Operation ID: `getTopicsCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access and modify topics associated with a specific feed element. Get topics associated with a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is [404: Not Found](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_error_responses). #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/topics` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the feed element. #### Responses * **200** _Topics Capability_ If a feed element has this capability, the context user can add topics to it. Topics help users organize and discover conversations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicsCapabilitySbi`. ### POST Feed Elements Capability, Topics `POST /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/topics` Operation ID: `postTopicsCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access and modify topics associated with a specific feed element. Post topics associated with a feed element. If the feed element doesn’t support this capability, the response is [404: Not Found](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_error_responses). #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/topics` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the feed element. * `topicId` (query, string) ID of an existing topic. Required for existing topics if the `topicName` property isn’t used. _Available in: v32.0_ * `topicName` (query, string) Name of a new or existing topic, up to 150 characters. Required for new topics; required for existing topics if the `topicId` property isn’t used. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Request body Feed item topic input. _Available in: v32.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeedItemTopicsInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 The following example attaches a new topic to a feed item: ``` { "topicName": "W3C" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Topic_ Topic. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicSbi`. ### DELETE Feed Elements Capability, Topics `DELETE /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/topics` Operation ID: `deleteTopicsCapability`. Tags: Feed Elements Resources. Used to access and modify topics associated with a specific feed element. Delete topics associated with a feed element. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/topics` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `feedElementId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the feed element. * `topicId` (query, string, required) An existing topic ID. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Responses * **200** Success ## Schemas ### Batch Result of an entire batch request operation. Results are ordered in the same order in which the requests were given. Results may either be a successful result with a response body, a successful result without a response body, or an error result without a response body. Success and error are determined by the status code in each result. * `hasErrors` (_boolean_) True if at least one of the results is an error (a status code in the 400 or 500 range). _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `results` (_array of BatchResultItem_) Collection of batch result items. One for each request input. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Comment A comment. * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Message body for the comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `capabilities` (_object_) CommentCapabilities Capabilities associated with the comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `CommentCapabilities`. * `clientInfo` (_object_) ClientInfo Information about the client app used to authenticate the connection. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ClientInfo`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElement` (_object_) Reference Feed element on which the comment is posted. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDeleteRestricted` (_boolean_) Returns `true` if the context user can’t delete the comment. If it returns `false`, possibly the context user can delete the comment. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `likes` (_object_) LikePage Page of likes associated with the comment. This property has no information for comments on direct messages. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `LikePage`. * `likesMessage` (_object_) LikeMessageBody Message body that describes who likes the comment. This property is `null` for comments on direct messages. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `LikeMessageBody`. * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this comment. Moderators can view and act on flagged items. If the `communityModeration` property of the Features response body is `false`, this property is `null`. Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. * `myLike` (_object_) Reference If the context user liked the comment, returns a reference to that like or returns `null`. This property is `null` for comments on direct messages. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `parent` (_object_) Reference Information about the parent of the feed-item associated with this comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Created date formatted as a relative, localized string, for example, “17m ago” or “Yesterday.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `threadLevel` (_integer_) Level of nesting for a comment. 0 indicates a standard comment with a parent post. 1 indicates a threaded comment with a parent comment and a parent post. 2 indicates a threaded comment with two parent comments and a parent post. The UI is limited to these three levels. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `threadParentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the parent comment for a threaded comment. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectCommentTypeEnum Indicates the type of comment. Valid values are: * `ContentComment` — the comment contains an attachment * `TextComment` — the comment contains only text _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommentTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the comment author. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `attachment` (_string_) If the comment does not contain an attachment or if the attachment, returns `null`. Otherwise, returns Feed Item Attachment: Content . **Important**: As of version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `feedItem` (_object_) ReferenceCore Feed item on which the comment is posted. **Important**: As of version 32.0, use the `feedElement` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `isDeletable` (_boolean_) **Note**: This property is no longer available as of version 25.0. Use the `isDeleteRestricted` property instead. Specifies if the context user can delete the comment. _Available in: v23.0–24.0_ ### CommentInput A comment. * `body` (_object_, required) MessageBodyInput The body of the comment. Feed item and comment bodies have a 10,000 character limit. Because this limit can change, we recommend that clients make a `describeSObjects()` call on the FeedItem or FeedComment object. To determine the maximum number of allowed characters, look at the length of the Body or CommentBody field. To edit this property in a comment, make a PATCH request to `/chatter/comments/{commentId}`. Editing comments is supported in version 34.0 and later. Rich text and inline images are supported in comment bodies in version 35.0 and later. Inline images in content bodies must use content document (069) image files previously uploaded to Salesforce. Entity links are supported in version 43.0 and later. _Available in: v23.0_ Includes all fields of `MessageBodyInput`. * `capabilities` (_object_) CommentCapabilitiesInput Capabilities of the comment, such as a file attachment. You can edit a comment’s body, but you can’t update a comment’s capabilities. _Available in: v32.0_ Includes all fields of `CommentCapabilitiesInput`. * `threadParentId` (_string_) ID of the parent comment for a threaded comment. _Available in: v44.0_ * `attachment` (_string_) Values are: * Attachment Input: Existing Content * Attachment Input: New File Upload **Important**: As of version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ ### FeedEntityIsEditable Indicates whether the context user can edit a feed element or comment. * `areAttachmentsEditableByMe` (_boolean_) `true` if the context user can add and remove attachments on the feed element or comment, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedEntityUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the feed element or comment. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEditableByMe` (_boolean_) `true` if the context user can edit the feed element or comment, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### StatusCapability If a feed post or comment has this capability, it has a status that determines its visibility. * `feedEntityStatus` (_object_) ConnectFeedEntityStatusEnum Status of the feed post or comment. Values are: * `Draft` — The feed post isn’t published but is visible to the author and users with Modify All Data or View All Data permission. Comments can’t be drafts. * `Isolated` — The feed post or comment is isolated, and only admins can see it. * `PendingReview` — The feed post or comment isn’t approved yet and therefore isn’t published or visible. * `Published` — The feed post or comment is approved and visible. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedEntityStatusEnum`. * `isApprovableByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user can change the status of the feed post or comment. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFeedEntityStatusEnum Describes the status of a feed item Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Draft`, `Isolated`, `PendingReview`, `Published`. ### StatusCapabilityInput Change the status of a feed post or comment. * `feedEntityStatus` (_object_) ConnectFeedEntityStatusEnum Status of the feed post or comment. Values are: * `Draft` — The feed post isn’t published but is visible to the author and users with Modify All Data or View All Data permission. Comments can’t be drafts. * `Isolated` — The feed post or comment is isolated, and only admins can see it. * `PendingReview` — The feed post or comment isn’t approved yet and therefore isn’t published or visible. * `Published` — The feed post or comment is approved and visible. Posts that have a status of `PendingReview` or `Published` can’t be changed to a status of `Draft` and vice versa. Only admins can change the status of a post or comment to or from `Isolated` status. You must specify `feedEntityStatus` in a query parameter or a request body schema. _Available in: v37.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedEntityStatusEnum`. ### UpDownVoteCapability If a feed post or comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. * `downVoteCount` (_integer (int64)_) Number of downvotes. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myVote` (_object_) ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum Specifies the context user’s vote. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum`. * `upVoteCount` (_integer (int64)_) Number of upvotes. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum Type of vote for a feed element or comment. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Down`, `None`, `Up`. ### UpDownVoteCapabilityInput Upvote or downvote a feed element or a comment. * `vote` (_object_) ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum Type of vote for a feed element or comment. You must specify `vote` in a query parameter or a request body schema. _Available in: v41.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum`. ### VoteCollection A collection of upvotes or downvotes for a feed element or comment. * `currentPageToken` (_integer_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of Vote_) Collection of users and their upvotes or downvotes. Upvotes include likes and upvotes. For example, if a post receives five likes and three upvotes, the number of upvotes is eight. For this reason, the collection of users and their upvotes also includes users who liked the post or comment. If a user both liked and upvoted a post, they appear only once in the collection. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_integer_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_integer_) Token identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer (int64)_) Total number of upvotes or downvotes for the feed element or comment. The number of upvotes includes the number of likes and upvotes. For example, if a post receives five likes and three upvotes, the total number of upvotes is eight. If a user both liked and upvoted a post, we count that as two upvotes. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### VerifiedCapability If a comment has this capability, users with permission can mark it as verified or unverified. * `isVerifiableByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user has permission to mark comments as verified or unverified (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isVerified` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the comment is marked as verified (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isVerifiedByAnonymized` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the comment is marked as verified by an anonymous user (`true`) or not (`false`). If the comment has never been marked as verified or unverified, `null`. Also `null` if the context user doesn’t have permission to mark comments as verified or unverified. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastVerifiedByUser` (_object_) UserSummary User who last marked the comment as verified or unverified, otherwise `null`. Also `null` if the context user doesn’t have permission to mark comments as verified or unverified. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `lastVerifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string. Date when the comment was last marked as verified or unverified, otherwise `null`. Also `null` if the context user doesn’t have permission to mark comments as verified or unverified. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### VerifiedCapabilityInput Mark a comment as verified or unverified. * `isVerified` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to mark the comment as verified (`true`) or unverified (`false`). Only verified comments can be marked as unverified, and only unverified comments can be marked as verified. You must specify `isVerified` in a query parameter or a request body schema. _Available in: v41.0_ * `isVerifiedByAnonymized` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to mark the comment as verified by an anonymous user (`true`). If a user previously verified a comment and then requested the activity to be deleted, use `isVerifiedByAnonymized` to maintain the verification and anonymize the value of `lastVerifiedByUser`. You can’t set `isVerified` and `isVerifiedByAnonymized` to `true` at the same time. `isVerifiedByAnonymized` can be set to `true` only if `isVerified` is already set to `true`. You can’t set `isVerifiedByAnonymized` to `false`. After `isVerifiedByAnonymized` is set to `true`, it can be undone only when another user marks the comment as unverified and then reverifies the comment. _Available in: v43.0_ ### LikePage Page of Chatter likes. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page of likes. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of Like_) Collection of likes. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likes` (_array of Like_) Collection of likes. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `items` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myLike` (_object_) ReferenceCore **Note**: This field is no longer available as of version 24.0. Either returns a reference to the specific like or returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0–24.0_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of likes. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the previous page of likes. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of likes for the item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Like Chatter like. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the like _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likedItem` (_object_) Reference A reference to the liked comment or feed element _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this like _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the user who liked this comment or feed element _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. ### ConnectFeedSortOrder Sort order for the feed specified in `redirectedFeedType`. Otherwise, `null`. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CreatedDateAsc`, `CreatedDateDesc`, `LastModifiedDateDesc`, `MostViewed`, `Relevance`. ### FeedElementPage Container of feed elements with paginated results. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `elements` (_array of object_) Collection of feed elements. A feed element can be any of these: * Generic Feed Element * Feed Item _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElement) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. Each item: See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElement) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `isModifiedToken` (_string_) An opaque polling token that describes when a news feed was last modified. Use this as the value in the `{since}` request parameter of the `/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements/is-modified` resource. This feature is available through a Feed Polling pilot program. This pilot program is closed and not accepting new participants. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isModifiedUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL with a `{since}` request parameter that contains an opaque token that describes when the feed was last modified. Returns `null` if the feed isn’t a news feed. Use this URL to poll a news feed for updates. This feature is available through a Feed Polling pilot program. This pilot program is closed and not accepting new participants. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the next page of feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `updatesToken` (_string_) Token to use in an updatedSince parameter, or `null` if not available. An opaque polling token that describes when a news feed was last modified. Use this token as the value in the updatedSince request parameter of the `/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements` resource. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `updatesUrl` (_string_) A resource with the feed elements updated since the feed was refreshed. Value is `null` if the feed doesn’t support updates polling. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum The type of feed element this input represents. The only valid value is `FeedItem`. Required when creating a feed item (POST). Optional when updating a feed item (PATCH) _Available in: v31.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Bundle`, `FeedItem`, `Recommendation`. ### ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum Specifies the type of users who can see a feed item. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AllUsers`, `InternalUsers`. ### FeedElementCapabilitySetInput A container for all capabilities that can be included when creating a feed element. In API version 30.0 and earlier, most feed items can have comments, likes, topics, and so on. In version 31.0 and later, every feed item (and feed element) can have a unique set of capabilities. If a capability property exists on a feed element, that capability is available, even if the capability property doesn’t have a value. For example, if the `ChatterLikes` capability property exists on a feed element (with or without a value), the context user can like that feed element. If the capability property doesn’t exist, it isn’t possible to like that feed element. A capability can also contain associated data. For example, the `Moderation` capability contains data about moderation flags. #### XML example ``` 0Agxx00000000d1CAA 0Agxx00000000d2DFY false 069D00000001IOh 069D00000002IOg ``` * `associatedActions` (_object_) AssociatedActionsCapabilityInput Describes action links that can be created or updated on a feed element. To associate an action link group with a feed element, the client must be the same client app that created the action link group definition and the user must either be the user who created the definition or have View all Data permission. _Available in: v31.0_ Includes all fields of `AssociatedActionsCapabilityInput`. * `bookmarks` (_object_) BookmarksCapabilityInput Create or update a bookmark on a feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ Includes all fields of `BookmarksCapabilityInput`. * `canvas` (_object_) CanvasCapabilityInput Create or update a canvas app associated with a feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ Includes all fields of `CanvasCapabilityInput`. * `content` (_object_) ContentCapabilityInput Attach or update a file on a comment. Use this class to attach a new file or update a file that has already been uploaded to Salesforce. This request body isn’t available for feed posts in version 36.0 and later. In version 36.0 and later, use. _Available in: v32.0–35.0_ Includes all fields of `ContentCapabilityInput`. * `directMessage` (_object_) DirectMessageCapabilityInput Create or update the members of a direct message. _Available in: v39.0_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageCapabilityInput`. * `extensions` (_object_) ExtensionsCapabilityInput Create or update extensions associated with a feed element. _Available in: v40.0_ Includes all fields of `ExtensionsCapabilityInput`. * `feedEntityShare` (_object_) FeedEntityShareCapabilityInput Share a feed entity with a feed post or comment. _Available in: v39.0_ Includes all fields of `FeedEntityShareCapabilityInput`. * `files` (_object_) MultipleContentCapabilityInput Attach up to 10 files that have already been uploaded or remove one or more files from a feed element. _Available in: v36.0_ Includes all fields of `MultipleContentCapabilityInput`. * `link` (_object_) LinkCapabilityInput Create or update a link attached to a feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ Includes all fields of `LinkCapabilityInput`. * `poll` (_object_) PollCapabilityInput Create or vote on a poll feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ Includes all fields of `PollCapabilityInput`. * `questionAndAnswers` (_object_) QuestionAndAnswersCapabilityInput Create or edit a question feed element or set the best answer of the existing question feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ Includes all fields of `QuestionAndAnswersCapabilityInput`. * `status` (_object_) StatusCapabilityInput Change the status of a feed post or comment. _Available in: v44.0_ Includes all fields of `StatusCapabilityInput`. * `topics` (_object_) TopicsCapabilityInput Assign topics to a feed element. _Available in: v38.0_ Includes all fields of `TopicsCapabilityInput`. ### AbstractFeedElementInput Description of a feed element input. * `capabilities` (_object_) FeedElementCapabilitySetInput The capabilities that define the behavior of this feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCapabilitySetInput`. * `feedElementType` (_object_) ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum The type of feed element this input represents. The only valid value is `FeedItem`. Required when creating a feed item (POST). Optional when updating a feed item (PATCH) _Available in: v31.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum`. * `subjectId` (_string_, required) The ID of the parent this feed element is being posted to. This value can be the ID of a user, group, or record, or the string `me` to indicate the context user. In version 45.0 and later, you can move a feed element from one public group to another by setting this property to the ID of the new public group. You can’t include or change any other properties when moving a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ * `attachment` (_string_) You can specify only one of these values in the attachment parameter. Values are: * Attachment Input: Canvas App (v29.0–31.0) * Attachment Input: Existing Content (v23.0–31.0) * Attachment Input: Feed Poll (v26.0–31.0) * Attachment Input: Link (v23.0–31.0) * Attachment Input: New File Upload (v23.0–31.0) **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property. * `body` (_string_) Description of message body. Feed item and comment bodies have a 10,000 character limit. Because this limit can change, we recommend that clients make a `describeSObjects()` call on the FeedItem or FeedComment object. To determine the maximum number of allowed characters, look at the length of the Body or CommentBody field. The body can contain up to 25 mentions. If you specify `originalFeedElementId` to share a feed item, use the `body` property to add the first comment to the feed item. To edit this property in a feed item, make a PATCH request to `/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}`. Editing feed posts is supported in version 34.0 and later. Required unless the feed item has a content capability or a link capability _Available in: v23.0_ * `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to bookmark the new feed item for the user (`true`) or not (`false`). The default value is `false`. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.bookmarks.isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ * `originalFeedElementId` (_string_) To share a feed element, specify its 18-character ID . You can’t share a post and upload a file in the same request body. In API version 39.0 and later, use the `capabilities.feedEntityShare.feedEntityId` property. _Available in: v31.0–38.0_ * `originalFeedItemId` (_string_) To share a feed item, specify its 18-character ID . In API version 32.0–38.0, use the `originalFeedElementId` property. In API version 39.0 and later, use the `capabilities.feedEntityShare.feedEntityId` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ ### ReadByCapabilityInput Mark feed elements as read by the context user. * `isReadByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies to mark the feed element as read (`true`) for the context user. You must specify `isReadByMe` in a query parameter or a request body. _Available in: v40.0_ * `lastReadDateByMe` (_string (date-time)_) Specifies the last date, in ISO 8601 format, when the feed element is marked as read for the context user. If you don’t specify a date or you specify a future date, the current system date is used. _Available in: v40.0_ ### ConnectFeedCommentSortOrder Specifies the order returned by feed sorts. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CreatedDateLatestAsc`, `CreatedDateOldestAsc`, `Relevance`. ### AbstractFeedElement Since a Feed now contains more than Feed Items, let Feed Elements be the abstract object that all things in the Feed extend. Feed Items and Bundles are each Feed Elements. All Feed Elements have shared properties: id, feedElementType, body, and capabilities. Discriminator: `feedElementType` selects the concrete type. Mapping: `FeedItem` → `FeedItem`, `Bundle` → `FeedElement`, `Recommendation` → `FeedElement`. * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed element. _Available in: v22.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `capabilities` (_object_) A container for all capabilities that can be included with a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCapabilities) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElementType` (_object_) ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum Feed elements are the top-level objects that a feed contains. The feed element type describes the characteristics of that feed element. One of these values: * `Bundle` — A container of feed elements. A bundle also has a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `FeedItem` — A feed item has a single parent and is scoped to oneExperience Cloud site or across all Experience Cloud sites. A feed item can have capabilities such as bookmarks, canvas, content, comment, link, poll. Feed items have a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `Recommendation` — A recommendation is a feed element with a recommendations capability. A recommendation suggests records to follow, groups to join, or applications that are helpful to the context user. _Available in: v31.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum`. * `header` (_object_) FeedItemBody The header is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message. If a client doesn't know how to render a feed element type, it should render this text. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parent` (_object_) AbstractIdable The parent of the feed element. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractIdable`. * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Created date formatted as a relative, localized string, for example, “17m ago” or “Yesterday.” . _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedElementCapabilitySet A container for all capabilities that can be included with a feed element. If a capability value is null, that indicates that the capability can not exist on that feed element. If the capability exists but contains null values, then the feed element may have that capability's feature, but that it has not yet been applied. For example, a feed element with a null associated actions capability indicates that no actions may be added to that feed element, whereas an empty associated actions capability means that the feed element may have actions, but none have been provided. Note, that in REST, this output is treated in a special way: null values are not included in the output (effectively making this a traditional JSON map). * `approval` (_object_) ApprovalCapability If a feed element has this capability, it includes information about an approval. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ApprovalCapability`. * `associatedActions` (_object_) AssociatedActionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has platform actions associated with it. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AssociatedActionsCapability`. * `banner` (_object_) BannerCapability If this feed element has this capability, it has a banner motif and style. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BannerCapability`. * `bookmarks` (_object_) BookmarksCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can bookmark it. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BookmarksCapability`. * `bundle` (_object_) AbstractBundleCapability If a feed element has this capability, the feed element may be a group of other feed elements condensed into one. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AbstractBundleCapability`. * `callCollaboration` (_object_) CallCollaborationCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recording comment. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CallCollaborationCapability`. * `canvas` (_object_) CanvasCapability If a feed element has this capability, it renders a canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CanvasCapability`. * `caseComment` (_object_) CaseCommentCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a case comment on the case feed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CaseCommentCapability`. * `chatterLikes` (_object_) ChatterLikesCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can like it. Exposes information about existing likes. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ChatterLikesCapability`. * `close` (_object_) CloseCapability If a feed element has this capability, users with permission can close it. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CloseCapability`. * `comments` (_object_) CommentsCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, the context user can add a comment. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommentsCapability`. * `dashboardComponentSnapshot` (_object_) DashboardComponentSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a dashboard component snapshot. A snapshot is a static image of a dashboard component at a specific point in time. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DashboardComponentSnapshotCapability`. * `directMessage` (_object_) DirectMessageCapability If a feed element has this capability, it’s a direct message. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageCapability`. * `edit` (_object_) EditCapability If a feed element has this capability, users who have permission can edit it. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EditCapability`. * `emailMessage` (_object_) EmailMessageCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has an email message from a case. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EmailMessageCapability`. * `enhancedLink` (_object_) EnhancedLinkCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a link that may contain supplemental information like an icon, a title, and a description. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EnhancedLinkCapability`. * `extensions` (_object_) ExtensionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more extension attachments. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ExtensionsCapability`. * `feedEntityShare` (_object_) If a feed element or comment has this capability, a feed entity is shared with it. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/feed-entity-share](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedEntityShareCapability) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `files` (_object_) MultipleContentCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more file attachments. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MultipleContentCapability`. * `interactions` (_object_) InteractionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has information about user interactions. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `InteractionsCapability`. * `link` (_object_) LinkCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a link. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LinkCapability`. * `mediaReferences` (_object_) MediaReferenceCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more media references. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MediaReferenceCapability`. * `moderation` (_object_) ModerationCapability If a feed element has this capability, users in the Experience Cloud site can flag the feed element for moderation. This response body also includes information about the flagged content. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ModerationCapability`. * `mute` (_object_) MuteCapability If a feed element has this capability, users can mute it. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MuteCapability`. * `origin` (_object_) OriginCapability If a feed element has this capability, it was created by a feed action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OriginCapability`. * `pin` (_object_) PinCapability If a feed element has this capability, users who have permission can pin it to a feed. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PinCapability`. * `poll` (_object_) PollCapability If a feed element has this capability, the feed element can include a poll for voting. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PollCapability`. * `questionAndAnswers` (_object_) QuestionAndAnswersCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a question and comments on the feed element are answers to the question. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `QuestionAndAnswersCapability`. * `readBy` (_object_) ReadByCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can mark it as read. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReadByCapability`. * `recommendations` (_object_) RecommendationsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recommendation. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecommendationsCapability`. * `recordSnapshot` (_object_) RecordSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all the snapshotted fields of a record for a single create record event. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordSnapshotCapability`. * `socialPost` (_object_) SocialPostCapability If a feed element has this capability, it can interact with a social post on a social network. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialPostCapability`. * `status` (_object_) StatusCapability If a feed post or comment has this capability, it has a status that determines its visibility. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `StatusCapability`. * `topics` (_object_) TopicsCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can add topics to it. Topics help users organize and discover conversations. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TopicsCapability`. * `trackedChanges` (_object_) TrackedChangesCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all changes to a record for a single tracked change event. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TrackedChangesCapability`. * `upDownVote` (_object_) UpDownVoteCapability If a feed post or comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UpDownVoteCapability`. ### BookmarksCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can bookmark it. * `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed element has been bookmarked by the context user (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BookmarksCapabilityInput Create or update a bookmark on a feed element. * `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) Specifies if the feed element should be bookmarked for the user (`true`) or not (`false`). You must specify `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` in a query parameter or a request body. _Available in: v32.0_ ### AbstractBundleCapability Existence of this capability on a Feed Element means the Feed Element may be a group of other Feed Elements condensed into one. The type of nesting depends on the bundle type. Discriminator: `bundleType` selects the concrete type. Mapping: `GenericBundle` → `GenericBundleCapability`, `TrackedChanges` → `TrackedChangeBundleCapability`. * `bundleType` (_object_) ConnectBundleTypeEnum Type of bundle. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectBundleTypeEnum`. * `page` (_object_) FeedElementCollection A collection of feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCollection`. * `totalElements` (_integer_) The total number of feed elements that this bundle aggregates. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ChatterLikesCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can like it. Exposes information about existing likes. * `isLikedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed element is liked by the context user (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likesMessage` (_object_) LikeMessageBody A message body that describes who likes the feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LikeMessageBody`. * `myLike` (_object_) Reference If the context user has liked the feed element, this property is a reference to the specific like, `null` otherwise. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `page` (_object_) LikePage Likes information for this feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LikePage`. ### CloseCapability If a feed element has this capability, users with permission can close it. Users can’t edit (specifically the feed item body or title), comment on, or delete a closed feed element. If the closed feed element is a poll, users can’t vote on it. Users can’t edit (specifically the comment body) or delete a comment on a closed feed element or select or remove it as best answer. Admins and moderators can edit and delete closed feed elements and comments on closed feed elements. Admins and moderators can select or remove the best answer status on comments on closed feed elements. * `canContextUserUpdateIsClosed` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user has permission to set the feed element to closed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isClosed` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the feed element is closed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CloseCapabilityInput Set a feed element to closed. Users can’t edit (specifically the feed item body or title), comment on, or delete a closed feed element. If the closed feed element is a poll, users can’t vote on it. Users can’t edit (specifically the comment body) or delete a comment on a closed feed element or select or remove it as best answer. Admins and moderators can edit and delete closed feed elements and comments on closed feed elements. Admins and moderators can select or remove the best answer status on comments on closed feed elements. * `isClosed` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to set the feed element to closed (`true`) or not (`false`). You must specify `isClosed` in a query parameter or a request body. _Available in: v43.0_ ### CommentsCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, the context user can add a comment. * `page` (_object_) The comments information for this feed element or comment. Threaded comments are supported in version 44.0 and later. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/comments/items](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getCommentsCapabilityItems) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. ### CommentPage A page of comments. * `comments` (_array of object_) Collection of comments. **Important**: Use the `items` property as of version 32.0. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Comments-Resources/operation/getComment) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. Each item: See the [GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Comments-Resources/operation/getComment) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page of comments, that is, the most recent comments. The default is 25 comments per page. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of object_) Collection of comments. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Comments-Resources/operation/getComment) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. Each item: See the [GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Comments-Resources/operation/getComment) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of comments, that is, older comments. The default is 25 comments per page. If you want to read more of the comments in search results, all the comments in the thread are refreshed, not just the ones that match the search term. Avoid using `nextPageUrl` until the comments are refreshed. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of published comments across all pages for the parent feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MessageBodyInput Message body input. * `messageSegments` (_array of MessageSegmentInput_) Collection of message segments, based on type. Segments can be one of the following: * Message Segment Input: Entity Link (version 43.0 and later) * Message Segment Input: Hash Tag * Message Segment Input: Inline Image (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment Input: Link * Message Segment Input: Markup Begin (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment Input: Markup End (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment Input: Mention * Message Segment Input: Text _Available in: v23.0_ ### DirectMessageCapability If a feed element has this capability, it’s a direct message. * `memberChanges` (_object_) DirectMessageMembershipActivityCollection Member activities of the direct message, with the most recent activity first. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMembershipActivityCollection`. * `members` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Members included in the direct message. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. * `originalMembers` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Original members of the direct message. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. * `subject` (_string_) Subject of the direct message. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DirectMessageCapabilityInput Create or update the members of a direct message. * `membersToAdd` (_array of string_) List of user IDs for members to include in the direct message. Required when creating a direct message (POST). Optional when updating a direct message (PATCH) _Available in: v39.0_ * `membersToRemove` (_array of string_) List of user IDs for members to remove from the direct message. Optional when updating a direct message (PATCH). Not supported when creating a direct message (POST) _Available in: v40.0_ * `subject` (_string_) Subject of the direct message. Optional when creating a direct message (POST). Not supported when updating a direct message (PATCH) _Available in: v39.0_ ### DirectMessageMemberCollection A collection of direct message members. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the current page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the next page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `users` (_array of UserSummary_) Collection of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DirectMessageMembershipActivityCollection A collection of direct message member activities. * `activities` (_array of DirectMessageMembershipActivity_) Collection of direct message member activities. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MuteCapability If a feed element has this capability, users can mute it. Muted feed elements are visible in the muted feed, and invisible in all other feeds that respect mute. * `isMutedByMe` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the context user muted the feed element. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MuteCapabilityInput Mute or unmute a feed element. * `isMutedByMe` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed element is muted for the context user. Default value is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ ### PollCapability If a feed element has this capability, the feed element can include a poll for voting. * `choices` (_array of FeedPollChoice_) Collection of poll choices that make up the poll. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myChoiceId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the poll choice that the context user has voted for in this poll. Returns `null` if the context user has not voted. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalVoteCount` (_string_) Total number of votes cast on the feed poll element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PollCapabilityInput Create or vote on a poll feed element. To create a poll, use the Feed Elements, Post and Search resource. To vote on a poll, use the Feed Elements Capability, Poll resource. #### XML example for creating a poll ``` Monday Tuesday ``` * `choices` (_array of string_) The choices used to create a new poll. You must specify 2–10 poll choices for each poll. Required for creating a poll _Available in: v32.0_ * `myChoiceId` (_string_, required) ID of an existing choice on the feed poll. Used to vote on an existing poll. Required for voting on a poll _Available in: v32.0_ ### QuestionAndAnswersCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a question and comments on the feed element are answers to the question. * `bestAnswer` (_object_) Comment selected as the best answer for the question. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/comments/{commentId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Comments-Resources/operation/getComment) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `bestAnswerSelectedBy` (_object_) UserSummary User who selected the best answer for the question. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `canCurrentUserSelectOrRemoveBestAnswer` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the context user can select or remove a best answer (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `candidateAnswers` (_object_) CandidateAnswersStatus Status of candidate answers for the question. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CandidateAnswersStatus`. * `escalatedCase` (_object_) Reference If a question post is escalated, this is the case to which it was escalated. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `questionTitle` (_string_) Title for the question. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### QuestionAndAnswersCapabilityInput Create or edit a question feed element or set the best answer of the existing question feed element. * `bestAnswerId` (_string_) A comment ID to use as a best answer for a question feed element. The best answer comment must already exist on the question feed element. Required to PATCH the best answer. Not supported in POST requests. _Available in: v32.0_ * `questionTitle` (_string_) Title for a question feed element. To edit the title of a question, make a PATCH request to `/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}`. Editing question titles is supported in version 34.0 and later. Required to POST or PATCH a question. _Available in: v32.0_ ### ReadByCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can mark it as read. * `isReadByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the feed element has been read (`true`) or not (`false`) by the context user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastReadDateByMe` (_string (date-time)_) Last date when the feed element was marked read for the context user in ISO 8601 format. Otherwise, `null`. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `page` (_object_) ReadByCollection First page of information about who read the feed element and when. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ReadByCollection`. ### ReadByCollection A collection of information about who read the feed element and when. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. The default is 25 items per page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of ReadBy_) Collection of read-by information, including users and when they last read the feed element. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of users who read the feed element. This count appears in the UI under feed posts in private and unlisted Chatter groups as the “seen by” number, for example, “Seen by 48.” _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ApprovalCapability If a feed element has this capability, it includes information about an approval. * `id` (_string (Id)_) The work item ID. The work item ID is `null` if there isn’t a pending work item associated with the approval record. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `postTemplateFields` (_array of ApprovalPostTemplateField_) The details of the approval post template field. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `processInstanceStepId` (_string (Id)_) The process instance step ID. The associated record represents one step in an approval process. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectWorkflowProcessStatusEnum The status of the approval. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectWorkflowProcessStatusEnum`. ### AssociatedActionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has platform actions associated with it. * `platformActionGroups` (_array of PlatformActionGroup_) The platform action groups associated with a feed element. Platform action groups are returned in the order specified in the Associated Actions Capability Input request body. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### BannerCapability If this feed element has this capability, it has a banner motif and style. * `motif` (_object_) Motif A banner motif. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `style` (_object_) ConnectBannerStyleEnum Decorates a feed item with a color and set of icons. * `Announcement` — An announcement displays in a designated location in the Salesforce UI until 11:59 p.m. on its expiration date, unless it’s deleted or replaced by another announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectBannerStyleEnum`. ### CallCollaborationCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recording comment. * `commentEndTime` (_integer_) End time of the comment on the media player, in seconds. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `commentStartTime` (_integer_) Start time of the comment on the media player, in seconds. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CanvasCapability If a feed element has this capability, it renders a canvas app. * `description` (_string_) A description of the canvas app. The maximum size is 255 characters. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) The API name (developer name) of the client app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `height` (_string_) The height of the canvas app in pixels. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `icon` (_object_) Icon The icon for the canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Icon`. * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) A unique namespace prefix for the canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parameters` (_string_) JSON parameters passed to the canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string (url)_) A thumbnail URL to a preview image. The maximum thumbnail size is 120 pixels by 120 pixels. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) A title for the canvas link. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CaseCommentCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a case comment on the case feed. * `actorType` (_object_) ConnectCaseActorTypeEnum Specifies the type of user who made the comment. * `Customer` — if a Chatter customer made the comment * `CustomerService` — if a service representative made the comment _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCaseActorTypeEnum`. * `createdBy` (_object_) UserDetail Information about the user who created the comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserDetail`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `eventType` (_object_) ConnectCaseCommentEventTypeEnum Specifies an event type for a comment in the case feed. * `NewInternal` — A case comment that has newly been marked Internal Only. * `NewPublished` — A newly published case comment. * `NewPublishedByCustomer` — A case comment by a customer that was newly published. * `PublishExisting` — An existing case comment that was republished. * `PublishExistingByCustomer` — An existing case comment by a customer that was republished. * `UnpublishExistingByCustomer` — An existing case comment by a customer that was unpublished. * `UnpublishExsiting` — An existing case comment that was unpublished. Unfortunately, this typo is in the code, not the documentation. Use this spelling in your code. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCaseCommentEventTypeEnum`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of case comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `published` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the comment has been published. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text of the case comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ContentCapability If a comment has this capability, it has a file attachment. For files attached to a feed post (instead of a comment) in version 36.0 and later, use Files Capability. If content is deleted from a feed element after it’s posted or if the access to the content is changed to private, the Content Capability exists, however most of its properties are null. * `checksum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository The external data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepository`. * `contentUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the content for links and Google docs. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the attachment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `downloadUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the content. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string (url)_) The external URL this file points to, or `null` if it does not point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileSize` (_string_) Size of the file in bytes. If size cannot be determined, returns `Unknown`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasPdfPreview` (_boolean_) `true` if the file has a PDF preview available, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the content. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. Renditions are processed asynchronously and may not be available immediately after the file has been uploaded. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string (url)_) URL to the 240x180 size rendition resource for the file. Renditions are processed asynchronously and may not be available immediately after the file has been uploaded. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string (url)_) URL to the 720x480 size rendition resource for the file. Renditions are processed asynchronously and may not be available immediately after the file has been uploaded. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL of the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_object_) ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum`. * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available, `null` otherwise. The maximum number of characters is 200. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) The status of the rendering of the 120x90 pixel sized preview image of the file. Should be either Processing, Failed, Success, or Na if unavailable. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) The status of the rendering of the 240x180 pixel sized preview image of the file. Should be either Processing, Failed, Success, or Na if unavailable. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) The status of the rendering of the 720x480 pixel sized preview image of the file. Should be either Processing, Failed, Success, or Na if unavailable. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionId` (_string (Id)_) Version ID of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### DashboardComponentSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a dashboard component snapshot. A snapshot is a static image of a dashboard component at a specific point in time. * `dashboardComponentSnapshot` (_object_) DashboardComponentSnapshot The dashboard component snapshot. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DashboardComponentSnapshot`. ### EmailMessageCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has an email message from a case. * `attachments` (_array of EmailAttachment_) Attachments in the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `automationType` (_object_) ConnectEmailMessageAutomationTypeEnum Automation type of the email message. Values are: * `aiAssisted` — The email message was created with the assistance of AI. * `aiAutomated` — The email message was created automatically by AI. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailMessageAutomationTypeEnum`. * `bccAddresses` (_array of EmailAddress_) BCC addresses for the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `body` (_string_) Body of the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `ccAddresses` (_array of EmailAddress_) CC addresses for the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `direction` (_object_) ConnectEmailMessageDirectionEnum Direction of the email message. Values are: * `Inbound` — An inbound message (sent by a customer). * `Outbound` — An outbound message (sent to a customer by a support agent). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailMessageDirectionEnum`. * `emailMessageId` (_string_) ID of the email message. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `emailMessageSize` (_string_) Size of a case’s email message HTML body. * `Large` — `UseLargeHtmlBody` permission is set, HTML body exceeds 131K characters, and HTML email display is enabled. * `Normal` — Email message doesn’t meet the `Large` criteria. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `emailSize` (_object_) ConnectEmailMessageSizeEnum Size of a case’s email message HTML body. Values are: * `Large` — `UseLargeHtmlBody` permission is set, HTML body exceeds 131K characters, and HTML email display is enabled. * `Normal` — Email message doesn’t meet the `Large` criteria. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailMessageSizeEnum`. * `fromAddress` (_object_) EmailAddress From address for the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EmailAddress`. * `htmlExpandEmailThread` (_integer_) Start location of previous email thread. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isRichText` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the body of the email message is in rich text format. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectEmailMessageStatusEnum Status of an email message on a case. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailMessageStatusEnum`. * `subject` (_string_) Subject of the email message. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `textBody` (_string_) Body of the email message. **Important**: In version 36.0 and later, use the `body` property. _Available in: v32.0–35.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `toAddresses` (_array of EmailAddress_) To addresses of the email message. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalAttachments` (_integer_) Total number of attachments in the email message. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EnhancedLinkCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a link that may contain supplemental information like an icon, a title, and a description. * `description` (_string_) A description with a 500 character limit. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `icon` (_object_) Icon An icon. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Icon`. * `linkRecordId` (_string (Id)_) An ID associated with the link if the link URL refers to a Salesforce record. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `linkUrl` (_string (url)_) A link URL to a detail page if available content can’t display inline. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) A title to a detail page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExtensionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more extensions associated with it. * `items` (_array of Extension_) Collection of extensions. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedEntityShareCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, a feed entity is shared with it. * `feedEntity` (_FeedItemSummary | FeedEntityNotAvailableSummary_) The summary of the feed entity that is shared with the feed element or comment. One of these response bodies: * Feed Item Summary * Feed Entity Not Available Summary _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `FeedItemSummary`, `FeedEntityNotAvailableSummary`. ### MultipleContentCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more file attachments. * `items` (_array of Content_) Collection of files. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### InteractionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has information about user interactions. * `count` (_integer (int64)_) The number of individual views, likes, and comments on a feed post. This count appears in the UI under the feed post as the number of views, for example, “5 views.” _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LinkCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a link. * `url` (_string (url)_) Link URL. The URL can be to an external site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) Description of the link. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MediaReferenceCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more media references. * `media` (_array of MediaReference_) Collection of media references. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OriginCapability If a feed element has this capability, it was created by a feed action. * `actor` (_object_) UserSummary The user who executed the feed action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `originRecord` (_object_) Reference A reference to the feed element containing the feed action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. ### RecommendationsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recommendation. * `items` (_array of EntityRecommendation_) A collection of recommendations. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecordSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all the snapshotted fields of a record for a single create record event. * `recordView` (_object_) RecordView A record representation that includes metadata and data so you can display the record easily. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordView`. ### SocialPostCapability If a feed element has this capability, it can interact with a social post on a social network. * `author` (_object_) SocialAccount Social account that authored the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialAccount`. * `content` (_string_) Content body of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `deletedBy` (_object_) UserSummary User who deleted the social post. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `hiddenBy` (_object_) UserSummary User who hid the social post. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `icon` (_object_) Icon Icon of the social network. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Icon`. * `id` (_string_) ID associated with the social post Salesforce record. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isOutbound` (_boolean_) If `true`, the social post originated from the Salesforce application. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likedBy` (_string_) External social account who liked the social post. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageType` (_object_) ConnectSocialPostMessageTypeEnum Message type of the social post. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSocialPostMessageTypeEnum`. * `name` (_string_) Title or heading of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `postUrl` (_string (url)_) External URL to the social post on the social network. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `provider` (_object_) ConnectSocialNetworkProviderEnum Social network that this social post belongs to. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSocialNetworkProviderEnum`. * `recipient` (_object_) SocialAccount Social account that is the recipient of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialAccount`. * `recipientId` (_string_) ID of the recipient of the social post. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reviewScale` (_number (double)_) Review scale of the social post. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reviewScore` (_number (double)_) Review score of the social post. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) SocialPostStatus Status of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialPostStatus`. ### TrackedChangesCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all changes to a record for a single tracked change event. * `changes` (_array of FeedTrackedChange_) Collection of feed tracked changes. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectRelatedFeedPostTypeEnum What type of related posts: Generic is the default value. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Answered`, `BestAnswer`, `Generic`, `Unanswered`. ### AbstractRelatedFeedPostCollection A collection of related feed posts. * `relatedFeedPosts` (_array of AbstractRelatedFeedPost_) Collection of related feed posts. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedDirectory Feed directory. * `favorites` (_array of Favorite_) Collection of favorites that the context user has saved. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feeds` (_array of FeedDirectoryItem_) Collection of feed directory items that the context user is allowed to view _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FavoritesPage Page of Chatter favorites. * `favorites` (_array of Favorite_) Collection of one or more favorites _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of favorites _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedFavoriteInput Description of a feed favorite input. * `searchText` (_string_) Text of the feed search. Use this parameter for feed searches only. * `targetId` (_string_) Id of the topic. Use this parameter for topics only. * `updateLastViewDate` (_boolean_) Sets the last view date of the specified feed favorite to the current system time. Default value is `false`. Required for updating a favorite. Don't specify when creating a favorite. ### Favorite Chatter favorite. * `community` (_object_) ReferenceCore Information about the Experience Cloud site. Returns `null` if the favorite exists in the default community or digital experiences isn’t enabled. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `createdBy` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the original creator of the favorite. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `feedUrl` (_string_) URL to the feed item for the favorite. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the favorite. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastViewDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the favorite. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `searchText` (_string_) If the favorite is from a search, contains the search text, if not, contains `null`. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `target` (_object_) ReferenceCore A reference to the topic if applicable, `null` otherwise. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `type` (_string_) One of the following values: * `ListView` * `Search` * `Topic` _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the favorite. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the user who saved the favorite. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. ### ConnectFeedDensityEnum How much of the feed to return in a request for a feed item page. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AllUpdates`, `FewerUpdates`. ### ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. Values are: * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ModeratorsOnly`, `SelfAndModerators`. ### ModerationFlags Moderation flags. * `flagCount` (_integer_) If the context user is a community moderator, the total number of flags on the post, comment, or file. If the context user isn’t a community moderator, value is `null`. Flags on files is available starting in version 30.0. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flagCountByReason` (_object_) Number of moderation flags categorized by reason. Values for String are: * `FlaggedByRule` — Moderation rule flagged the item. * `FlaggedBySystem` — Einstein flagged the item. * `FlaggedByUserAsInappropriate` — User flagged the item as inappropriate. * `FlaggedByUserAsSpam` — User flagged the item as spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `integer`. * `flaggedByMe` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the post, comment, or file was flagged by the context user ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Flags on files is available starting in version 30.0. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flags` (_object_) ModerationFlagsCollection Collection of flags. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlagsCollection`. ### ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum Type of moderation flag. Values are: * `FlagAsInappropriate` — Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` — Flag for spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `FlagAsInappropriate`, `FlagAsSpam`. ### ModerationFlagInput Moderation flag input. * `note` (_string_) A note of up to 4,000 characters about the flag. _Available in: v38.0_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum Type of moderation flag. * `FlagAsInappropriate` — Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` — Flag for spam. _Available in: v38.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum`. * `visibility` (_object_) ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v30.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum`. ### ModerationCapability If a feed element has this capability, users in the Experience Cloud site can flag the feed element for moderation. This response body also includes information about the flagged content. * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this feed element. Moderators can view and take action on flagged items. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. ### Feed Chatter feed. * `feedElementPostUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to post feed elements to this subject. When returned by a request that includes the HTTP header `X-Connect-Bearer-Urls: true`, the URL includes a bearer token. Use this bearer token URL to make POST requests. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElements` (_object_) Page of feed elements for the feed specified in `redirectedFeedType`. Otherwise, `null`. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `feedElementsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isModifiedUrl` (_string (url)_) A News Feed Is-Modified resource with a `{since}` request parameter that contains an opaque token that describes when the feed was last modified. Returns `null` if feed is not a news feed. This feature is available through a Feed Polling pilot program. This pilot program is closed and not accepting new participants. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pinnedFeedElementsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to pinned feed items. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `redirectedFeedFilter` (_object_) ConnectFeedFilter Filter for the feed specified in `redirectedFeedType`. Otherwise, `null`. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedFilter`. * `redirectedFeedSort` (_object_) ConnectFeedSortOrder Sort order for the feed specified in `redirectedFeedType`. Otherwise, `null`. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedSortOrder`. * `redirectedFeedType` (_object_) ConnectFeedType Specifies which feed is returned if `pageSize` is specified. Otherwise, `null`. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedType`. * `respectsMute` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed respects the mute feature. If `true`, the feed shows the ability to mute or unmute each element, depending on the value of `isMutedByMe`; `null` if the mute feature is disabled for the organization. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedItemsUrl` (_string_) URL to feed items. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedModifiedInfo Feed modified information. This feature is available through a Feed Polling pilot program. This pilot program is closed and not accepting new participants. * `isModified` (_boolean_) `true` if a news feed and has been modified since the last time it was polled, `false` otherwise. Returns `null` if the feed is not a news feed. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isModifiedToken` (_string_) An opaque polling token that describes when a news feed was last modified. Use this value as the `{since}` request parameter of the News Feed Is-Modified resource. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPollUrl` (_string (url)_) A News Feed Is-Modified resource with a `{since}` request parameter that contains an opaque token that describes when the feed was last modified. Returns `null` if feed is not a news feed. Make a request to this resource after making a request to the `isModifiedUrl` resource in the Feed or Feed Item Page response bodies. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PinnedFeedElementCollection Collection of pinned feed elements. * `elements` (_array of object_) Collection of pinned feed elements. **Note**: In the UI, pinned feed elements don’t show all auxiliary information, such as comments, likes, interaction counts, or read by information. As a result, the Pinned Feed Element Collection doesn’t include all the information for these capabilities. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElement) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. Each item: See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElement) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. ### PinCapabilityInput Pin or unpin a feed element to a feed. * `entityId` (_string_, required) ID of the entity to pin or unpin. In version 41.0 and later, `entityId` must be a feed item ID. In version 41.0–42.0, only one feed item can be pinned per feed. In version 43.0 and later, three feed items can be pinned per feed. _Available in: v41.0_ * `isPinned` (_boolean_, required) Specifies whether to pin (`true`) or unpin (`false`) the entity. _Available in: v41.0_ ### PinCapability If a feed element has this capability, users who have permission can pin it to a feed. * `isPinnableByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user can pin or unpin the entity to the feed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isPinned` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the entity is pinned (`true`) or not pinned (`false`) to the feed. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TopicsCapabilitySbi Existence of this capability on a Feed Element means the context user may add topics to that Feed Element. Topics are used to track trends in the organization. Includes all fields of `AbstractFeedElementCapability`. * `canAssignTopics` (_boolean_) `true` if a topic can be assigned to the feed element, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v32.0_ * `items` (_array of TopicSbi_) A collection of topics associated with this feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ ### FeedItemTopicsInput Description of a feedItem topic input. * `topicId` (_string_) ID of an existing topic Required for existing topics if the `topicName` property isn’t used _Available in: v29.0_ * `topicName` (_string_) Name of a new or existing topic, up to 150 characters Required for new topics; required for existing topics if the `topicId` property isn’t used _Available in: v29.0_ ### TopicSbi Topic. * `createdDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `images` (_object_) Images associated with the topic _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `TopicImagesSbi`. * `isBeingDeleted` (_boolean_) `true` if the topic is currently being deleted; `false` otherwise. After the topic is deleted, when attempting to retrieve the topic, the response is [404: Not Found](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_error_responses#status-codes-and-error-responses). _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the topic _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nonLocalizedName` (_string_) Non-localized name of the topic _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `talkingAbout` (_integer_) Number of people talking about this topic over the last two months, based on factors such as topic additions and comments on posts with the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the topic detail page _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BatchResultItem Batch result item. * `result` (_string_) Dependent on the type of batch. Value could be one of the following: * Asset File for `/connect/file-assets/batch/{assetIds}` (v43.0) * Audience for `/connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/audiences/batch/{audienceIds}` (v48.0) * Cart Item for `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/carts/{cartId}/cart-items/batch` (v49.0) and `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/carts/active/cart-items/batch` (v49.0) * Comment for `/chatter/comments/batch/{commentIds}` (v42.0) * Error Message (v23.0) * Feed Item for `/chatter/feed-elements/batch` (v32.0) and `/chatter/feed-elements/batch/{feedElementIds}` (v32.0) * File Summary for `/connect/files/batch/{fileIds}` (v26.0) * Group for `/chatter/groups/batch/{groupIds}` (v23.0) * Group Member for `/chatter/group-memberships/batch/{membershipIds}` (v27.0) * Motif for `/connect/motifs/batch/{idOrPrefixList}` (v27.0) * Read By Capability for `/chatter/feed-elements/batch/{feedElementIds}/capabilities/read-by` (v40.0) * Target for `/connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/targets/batch/{targetIds}` (v47.0) * Topics People Are Knowledgeable About Collection for `/chatter/users/batch/{userIds}/knowledgeable-about-topics` (v36.0) * User Detail for `/chatter/users/batch/{userIds}` (v23.0) * For `/connect/batch`, the value can be any response body depending on the subrequest in the batch. (v28.0) _Filter group: Small_ * `statusCode` (_integer_) HTTP status code indicating the status of this individual request in the batch. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedItemBody Chatter feed item body. * `isRichText` (_boolean_) Indicates if the body is rich text. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageSegments` (_array of MessageSegment_) Collection of message segments, based on type. Segments can be one or more of the following: * Message Segment: Entity Link * Message Segment: Field Change * Message Segment: Field Change Name * Message Segment: Field Change Value * Message Segment: Hashtag * Message Segment: Inline Image (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment: Link * Message Segment: Markup Begin (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment: Markup End (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment: Mention * Message Segment: More Changes * Message Segment: Text The collection of message segments could contain message segment types introduced in later API versions. All message segment types are guaranteed to have text and type properties that are available in version 23.0 and later. If a client encounters an unknown message segment type, it can render the text value as a fallback. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `text` (_string_) Display-ready text of the message. Use this text if you don’t want to process the message segments. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommentCapabilities A container for all capabilities that can be included with a comment. * `comments` (_object_) CommentsCapability If a comment has this capability, it has threaded comments. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommentsCapability`. * `content` (_object_) ContentCapability Content, such as a file attachment, associated with this comment. Most Content Capability properties are null if the content has been deleted from the feed element or if the access has changed to private. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ContentCapability`. * `edit` (_object_) EditCapability If a comment has this capability, users who have permission can edit it. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EditCapability`. * `feedEntityShare` (_object_) If a comment has this capability, a feed entity is shared with it. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/feed-entity-share](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedEntityShareCapability) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `record` (_object_) RecordCapability If a comment has this capability, it has a record attachment. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordCapability`. * `status` (_object_) StatusCapability If a comment has this capability, it has a status that determines its visibility. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `StatusCapability`. * `upDownVote` (_object_) UpDownVoteCapability If a comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UpDownVoteCapability`. * `verified` (_object_) VerifiedCapability If a comment has this capability, users with permission can mark it as verified or unverified. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `VerifiedCapability`. ### ClientInfo Client information. * `applicationName` (_string_) Name of app used for authentication. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `applicationUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the app used for authentication _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReferenceCore A reference to a record. * `id` (_string_) The ID of the record being referenced, which could be an 18-character ID or some other string identifier. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL to the resource endpoint. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LikeMessageBody Chatter like message body. * `messageSegments` (_array of MessageSegment_) Collection of message segments, based on type. Segments can be one or more of the following: * Message Segment: Entity Link * Message Segment: Resource Link * Message Segment: Text _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `text` (_string_) Text summary of the users who like the feed item or comment. For example, “You like this.” or “Renee Moreau, Gordon Johnson, and Pam Jones like this.” _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectCommentTypeEnum Indicates the type of comment. Valid values are: * `ContentComment` — the comment contains an attachment * `TextComment` — the comment contains only text _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ContentComment`, `TextComment`. ### UserSummary The User Summary response body is a subset of the User Detail response body. * `additionalLabel` (_string_) If one exists, an extra label for the user, for example, “Customer,” “Partner,” or “Acme Corporation.” _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `communityNickname` (_string_) User’s nickname in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `companyName` (_string_) Name of the company. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayName` (_string_) User’s name that is displayed in the site. If nicknames are enabled, the nickname is displayed. If nicknames aren’t enabled, the full name is displayed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstName` (_string_) User's first name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `firstName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isActive` (_boolean_) `true` if user is active, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isChatterGuest` (_boolean_) `true` if user is a Chatter customer, `false` otherwise In version 26.0 and later, user the `userType` property. _Available in: v23.0–26.0_ * `isInThisCommunity` (_boolean_) `true` if the user is in the same Experience Cloud site as the context user; `false` otherwise. Can be `false` for record feed @mentions on posts with the scope “All Users.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) User's last name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `lastName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outOfOffice` (_object_) OutOfOffice If one exists, extra out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OutOfOffice`. * `photo` (_object_) Photo Information about the user's photo. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `reputation` (_object_) Reputation Reputation of the user in the site, which is determined by the number of points earned from events and actions performed in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Reputation`. * `stamps` (_array of Stamp_) Collection of the user’s stamps. In version 44.0 and later, use SOQL to get a user’s stamps. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Value is `User`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the user's Chatter profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userType` (_ConnectUserTypeEnum_) ### CommentCapabilitiesInput Comment capabilities input. * `content` (_object_) ContentCapabilityInput Content to attach to the comment. _Available in: v32.0_ Includes all fields of `ContentCapabilityInput`. * `feedEntityShare` (_object_) FeedEntityShareCapabilityInput Feed entity to share to the comment. _Available in: v42.0_ Includes all fields of `FeedEntityShareCapabilityInput`. * `record` (_object_) RecordCapabilityInput Existing knowledge article to attach to the comment. _Available in: v42.0_ Includes all fields of `RecordCapabilityInput`. ### Vote An upvote or downvote on a feed element or comment. * `type` (_object_) ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum Type of vote for a feed element or comment. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum`. * `user` (_object_) UserSummary User who voted on the feed element or comment. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `votedItem` (_object_) Reference Reference to the feed element or comment that was voted on. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. ### AssociatedActionsCapabilityInput Describes action links that can be created or updated on a feed element. To associate an action link group with a feed element, the client must be the same client app that created the action link group definition and the user must either be the user who created the definition or have View all Data permission. An action link is a button on a feed element. Clicking an action link can take a user to a Web page, initiate a file download, or invoke an API call to Salesforce or to an external server. An action link includes a URL and an HTTP method, and can include a request body and header information, such as an OAuth token for authentication. Use action links to integrate Salesforce and third-party services into the feed so that users can drive productivity and accelerate innovation. * `actionLinkGroupIds` (_array of string_, required) The action link group IDs to associate with the feed element. Associate one `Primary` and up to 10 total action link groups to a feed item. Action link groups are returned in the order specified in this property. Get an action link group ID in the response from a request to /connect/action-link-group-definitions. _Available in: v33.0_ ### CanvasCapabilityInput Create or update a canvas app associated with a feed element. * `description` (_string_) A description of the canvas app. The maximum size is 255 characters. _Available in: v32.0_ * `developerName` (_string_, required) The API name (developer name) of the client app. _Available in: v32.0_ * `height` (_string_) The height of the canvas app in pixels. _Available in: v32.0_ * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) A unique namespace prefix for the canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ * `parameters` (_string_) JSON parameters passed to the canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string_) A thumbnail URL to a preview image. The maximum thumbnail size is 120 pixels by 120 pixels. _Available in: v32.0_ * `title` (_string_, required) A title for the canvas link. _Available in: v32.0_ ### ContentCapabilityInput Create or update a file associated with a comment. To attach or remove files from a feed post (instead of a comment) in version 36.0 and later, use. * `contentDocumentId` (_string_) ID of the existing content. Required for existing content. Not supported for new content _Available in: v32.0_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the file to be uploaded. Optional for new content. Not supported for existing content _Available in: v32.0_ * `sharingOption` (_object_) ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. This value is used as the file name for new content. For example, if the title is My Title, and the file is a .txt file, the file name is My Title.txt. Required for new content. Not supported for existing content _Available in: v32.0_ ### ExtensionsCapabilityInput Create or update extensions associated with a feed element. * `itemsToAdd` (_array of ExtensionInput_) Collection of extensions to associate with the feed element. Required for creating an extension (POST). Optional for updating an extension (PATCH) _Available in: v40.0_ * `itemsToRemove` (_array of string_) List of attachment IDs to remove from the feed element. Optional for updating an extension (PATCH). Don’t specify for creating an extension (POST) _Available in: v41.0_ ### FeedEntityShareCapabilityInput Share a feed entity with a feed post or comment. * `feedEntityId` (_string_, required) ID of the feed entity to share with the feed post or comment. _Available in: v39.0_ ### MultipleContentCapabilityInput Attach up to 10 files that have already been uploaded or remove one or more files from a feed element. #### XML example ``` 069D00000001IOh 069D00000002IOg ``` * `items` (_array of FileIdInput_, required) A collection of file IDs and the operations to be carried out on the files. _Available in: v36.0_ ### LinkCapabilityInput Create or update a link attached to a feed element. * `url` (_string_, required) URL of the link. _Available in: v32.0_ * `urlName` (_string_) Name of the link. _Available in: v32.0_ ### TopicsCapabilityInput Assign topics to a feed element. * `contextTopicName` (_string_) Name of the parent topic in the site to which the feed element belongs. _Available in: v38.0_ * `topics` (_array of string_, required) List of topics to assign to the feed element. _Available in: v38.0_ ### AbstractIdable Describing a person or thing that can act or be acted on in the organization. Corresponds directly to an actual record in the organization with an addressible ID. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the object _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) Repository name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) A fixed type name for this object. Check this value to determine the shape of a response body. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The Connect REST API URL resource for this object. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EditCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, it can be edited by users who have permission. * `isEditableByMeUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL to check if the context user is able to edit this feed element or comment. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isEditRestricted` (_boolean_) Specifies whether editing this feed element or comment is restricted. If `true`, the context user can’t edit this feed element or comment. If `false`, the context user may or may not have permission to edit this feed element or comment. To determine if a feed element or comment is editable by the context user, use the Feed Elements, Editability or Comment Capability, Editability resource. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastEditedBy` (_object_) UserDetail Who last edited this feed element or comment. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserDetail`. * `lastEditedDate` (_string (date-time)_) The most recent edit date of this feed element or comment. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `latestRevision` (_integer_) The most recent revision of this feed element or comment. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relativeLastEditedDate` (_string_) Relative last edited date, for example, “2h ago.” _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TopicsCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can add topics to it. Topics help users organize and discover conversations. * `canAssignTopics` (_boolean_) `true` if a topic can be assigned to the feed element, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of Topic_) A collection of topics associated with this feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectBundleTypeEnum Defines a sub-type for the Bundle capability. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `GenericBundle`, `TrackedChanges`. ### FeedElementCollection Container of feed-elements URL and isModified resource URL for a feed. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the current page of feed elements. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of feed elements. * `elements` (_array of object_) Collection of zero or more feed elements. See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElement) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. Each item: See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElement) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `isModifiedToken` (_string_) Since request parameter that can be used in an isModified request. * `isModifiedUrl` (_string (url)_) A News Feed Is-Modified resource with a since request parameter that contains an opaque token that describes when the feed was last modified. Returns null if feed is not a news feed. * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the next page of feed elements. * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of feed elements. * `updatesToken` (_string_) Since request parameter that can be used in an updatedSince request. * `updatesUrl` (_string (url)_) A feed resource with the feed elements updated since the feed was refreshed. Null if not supported by this feed. ### MessageSegmentInput Input description of a message segment. * `type` (_ConnectMessageSegmentTypeEnum_) ### DirectMessageMembershipActivity Direct message membership activity. * `activityDate` (_string (date-time)_) Direct message member activity date. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `actor` (_object_) UserSummary User who changed the direct message membership. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `membersAdded` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Members added to the direct message as part of the activity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. * `membersRemoved` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Members removed from the direct message as part of the activity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. ### FeedPollChoice Feed poll choice. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the poll choice _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `position` (_integer_) The location in the poll where this poll choice exists. The first poll choice starts at 1. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Label text associated with the poll choice _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `voteCount` (_integer_) Total number of votes for this poll choice _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `voteCountRatio` (_number (double)_) The ratio of total number of votes for this poll choice to all votes cast in the poll. Multiply the ratio by 100 to get the percentage of votes cast for this poll choice. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CandidateAnswersStatus The status of candidate answers on a feed element. * `hasCandidateAnswers` (_boolean_) Indicates whether candidate answers are available for a question. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasCandidateAnswersPublished` (_boolean_) Indicates whether any candidate answers are published. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasCandidateAnswersRated` (_boolean_) Indicates whether any candidate answers are rated. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReadBy Information about who read the feed element and when. * `lastReadDateByUser` (_string (date-time)_) When the user last read the feed element in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the user who read the feed element. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. ### ApprovalPostTemplateField Description of an approval post template field. * `displayName` (_string_) The field name _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayValue` (_string_) The field value or `null` if the field is set to `null`. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `record` (_object_) Reference A record ID If no record exists or if the reference is `null`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. ### ConnectWorkflowProcessStatusEnum Status of the workflow associated with an approval post feed item attachment. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Approved`, `Fault`, `Held`, `NoResponse`, `Pending`, `Reassigned`, `Rejected`, `Removed`, `Started`. ### PlatformActionGroup A platform action group instance with state appropriate for the context user. Action link groups are one type of platform action group and are therefore represented as platform action group response bodies. * `category` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum Indicates the priority and relative locations of platform actions. Values are: * `Primary` — The action link group is displayed in the body of the feed element. * `Overflow` — The action link group is displayed in the overflow menu of the feed element. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum`. * `id` (_string_) An 18-character ID or an opaque string ID for the platform action group. If the Platform Action `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `platformActions` (_array of PlatformAction_) The platform action instances for this group. Within an action link group, action links are displayed in the order listed in the `actionLinks` property of the Action Link Group Definition Input request body. Within a feed item, action link groups are displayed in the order specified in the `actionLinkGroupIds` property of the Associated Actions Capability Input request body. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API resource URL for the platform action group. If the Platform Action `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Motif The motif properties contain URLs for small, medium, and large icons that indicate the Salesforce record type. Common record types are files, users, and groups, but all record types have a set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon. All icons are available to unauthenticated users so that, for example, you can display the motif icons in an email. The motif can also contain the record type’s base color. The motif images are icons, not user uploaded images or photos. For example, every user has the same set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon, for example, the following custom object uses the “boat” tab style: `"motif": { "color": "8C004C", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Users use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Groups use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups16.png" },` Files use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/content/content64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/content/content32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/files16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` To view the icons in the previous examples, preface the URL with https:// `{instance_name}`. For example, https:// `{instance_name}` /img/icon/profile64.png. * `color` (_string_) A hex value representing the base color of the record type, or `null`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `largeIconUrl` (_string_) A large icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediumIconUrl` (_string_) A medium icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `smallIconUrl` (_string_) A small icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `svgIconUrl` (_string_) An icon in SVG format indicating the record type, or `null` if the icon doesn’t exist. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectBannerStyleEnum A Banner is used to decorate a Feed Element at presentation time and consists of a color and set of icons. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Announcement`. ### Icon Icon. * `height` (_integer_) The height of the icon, in pixels _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL of the icon. This URL is available to unauthenticated users. The URL doesn’t expire. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `width` (_integer_) The width of the icon, in pixels _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectCaseActorTypeEnum Specifies the type of user who made a case comment. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Customer`, `CustomerService`. ### UserDetail User detail. If the context user doesn’t have permission to see a property, the property is set to `null`. * `aboutMe` (_string_) Text from user's profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `additionalLabel` (_string_) If one exists, an extra label for the user, for example, “Customer,” “Partner,” or “Acme Corporation.” _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `address` (_object_) Address User’s address. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Address`. * `bannerPhoto` (_object_) BannerPhoto User’s banner photo. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BannerPhoto`. * `chatterActivity` (_object_) ChatterActivity Chatter activity statistics. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChatterActivity`. * `chatterInfluence` (_object_) ChatterInfluence User’s influence rank. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChatterInfluence`. * `communityNickname` (_string_) User’s nickname in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `companyName` (_string_) Company name. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentStatus` (_object_) UserStatus User's current status. _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ Includes all fields of `UserStatus`. * `displayName` (_string_) User’s name that is displayed in the site. If nicknames are enabled, the nickname is displayed. If nicknames aren’t enabled, the full name is displayed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `email` (_string_) User's email address. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `firstName` (_string_) User's first name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `firstName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `followersCount` (_integer_) Number of users following this user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `followingCounts` (_object_) FollowingCounts Information about items the user is following. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `FollowingCounts`. * `groupCount` (_integer_) Number of groups user is following. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `hasChatter` (_boolean_) `true` if user has access to Chatter; `false` otherwise. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isActive` (_boolean_) `true` if user is active, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isChatterGuest` (_boolean_) `true` if user is a Chatter customer, `false` otherwise. In version 26.0 and later, use the `userType` property. _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ * `isInThisCommunity` (_boolean_) `true` if the user is in the same Experience Cloud site as the context user; `false` otherwise. Can be `false` for record feed @mentions on posts with the scope “All Users.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) User's last name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `lastName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managerId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the user’s manager. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `managerName` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of manager's first and last names. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile picture. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outOfOffice` (_object_) OutOfOffice If one exists, extra out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OutOfOffice`. * `phoneNumbers` (_array of PhoneNumber_) Collection of user's phone numbers. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `photo` (_object_) Photo Information about the user's photos. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `reputation` (_object_) Reputation Reputation of the user in the site, which is determined by the number of points earned from events and actions performed in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Reputation`. * `stamps` (_array of Stamp_) Collection of the user’s stamps. In version 44.0 and later, use SOQL to get a user’s stamps. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thanksReceived` (_integer_) Number of thanks the user has received. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Value is `User`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the user's Chatter profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `username` (_string_) User name of the user, such as [Admin@mycompany.com](mailto:Admin@mycompany.com) . _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userType` (_ConnectUserTypeEnum_) ### ConnectCaseCommentEventTypeEnum Specifies the event type of a Case's case comment. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `NewInternal`, `NewPublished`, `NewPublishedByCustomer`, `PublishExisting`, `PublishExistingByCustomer`, `UnpublishExistingByCustomer`, `UnpublishExsiting`. ### FilesConnectRepository Information about a Files Connect repository. * `authentication` (_object_) FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication Repository authentication information. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication`. * `features` (_object_) FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures Repository features. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures`. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the external data source. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Repository label. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) Repository name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `providerType` (_object_) FilesConnectProviderType Repository provider type. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectProviderType`. * `rootFolderItemsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the repository root folder items, or `null` if the repository does not support browsing. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, `ContentHubRepository`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Connect REST API resource URL to the Files Connect repository. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Allowed`, `Restricted`. ### DashboardComponentSnapshot Represents both dashboard component snapshots and alerts you receive when a dashboard component value crosses a threshold. * `componentId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the dashboard component. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `componentName` (_string_) The dashboard component name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dashboardBodyText` (_string_) Display this text next to the actor in the feed element.Use this text in place of the default body text. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dashboardId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the dashboard. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dashboardName` (_string_) The name of the dashboard. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fullSizeImageUrl` (_string (url)_) The source URL to retrieve the full-size image of a snapshot. Access this URL with OAuth credentials. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastRefreshDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date specifying when this dashboard component was last refreshed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastRefreshDateDisplayText` (_string_) Display text for the last refresh date, for example, “Last Refreshed on October 31, 2013.” _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `runningUser` (_object_) UserSummary The running user of the dashboard at the time the snapshot was posted. This value may be `null`. Each dashboard has a running user, whose security settings determine which data to display in a dashboard. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `thumbnailUrl` (_string (url)_) The source URL to retrieve the thumbnail image of a snapshot. Access this URL with OAuth credentials. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EmailAttachment An email attachment in an email message. * `attachment` (_object_) RecordSummary Record summary of the attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordSummary`. * `contentType` (_string_) Type of attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileName` (_string_) Name of the attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectEmailMessageAutomationTypeEnum If a feed element has this capability, it has an email message from a case. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AiAssisted`, `AiAutomated`. ### EmailAddress An email address for an email message sent from a case record in Case Feed. * `displayName` (_string_) Display name for an email address _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `emailAddress` (_string_) Email address _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedRecord` (_object_) RecordSummary The summary of a related record, for example, a contact or user summary. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordSummary`. ### ConnectEmailMessageDirectionEnum Specifies the direction of a Case's email message. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Inbound`, `Outbound`. ### ConnectEmailMessageSizeEnum Specifies the size category of a Case's email message HTML body. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Large`, `Normal`. ### ConnectEmailMessageStatusEnum Specifies the status of a Case's email message. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DraftStatus`, `ForwardedStatus`, `NewStatus`, `ReadStatus`, `RepliedStatus`, `SentStatus`. ### Extension An extension. * `alternativeRepresentation` (_object_) Alternative Alternative representation of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Alternative`. * `attachmentId` (_string_) Attachment ID of the extension. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `extensionId` (_string_) ID of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `payload` (_string_) Payload associated with the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `payloadVersion` (_string_) Payload version that identifies the structure of the payload associated with the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedItemSummary Representation for a single feed item summary. * `actor` (_AbstractActor_) * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `capabilities` (_object_) The capabilities of the feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCapabilities) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z, when the entity was created. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElementType` (_ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum_) * `header` (_object_) MessageBody The header of the feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `MessageBody`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEntityAvailable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the entity is available. If `false`, either the user doesn’t have access to the entity or the entity was deleted. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z, when the feed item was last modified. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `originalFeedItem` (_object_) Reference A reference to the original feed item, for a shared feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `originalFeedItemActor` (_object_) AbstractActor The actor of the original feed item, for a shared feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractActor`. * `parent` (_AbstractIdable_) * `photoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the photo associated with the feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Relative created date, for example, “2h ago.” _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_object_) ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum The visibility of the feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum`. ### FeedEntityNotAvailableSummary Representation when the feed entity is not available. The `isEntityAvailable` property is `false` and all other properties are null. * `actor` (_AbstractActor_) * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z, when the entity was created. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElementType` (_ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum_) * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEntityAvailable` (_boolean_) The value is `false` because the user doesn’t have access to the entity or the entity was deleted. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parent` (_AbstractIdable_) * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Relative created date, for example, “2h ago.” _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Content A file attached to a feed item. * `checksum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository External data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepository`. * `contentUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the content for links and Google docs. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `downloadUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the content. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string (url)_) External URL this file points to, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileSize` (_string_) Size of the file in bytes. If size can’t be determined, returns `unknown`. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file, such as PDF. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasPdfPreview` (_boolean_) `true` if the file has a PDF preview available, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the content. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageDetails` (_object_) ImageFileDetail Image details, or `null` if the file isn’t an image. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ImageFileDetail`. * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string (url)_) URL to the 240 x 180 pixel rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string (url)_) URL to the 720 x 480 pixel rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_object_) ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum`. * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 120 x 90 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 240 x 180 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 720 x 480 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionId` (_string (Id)_) Version ID of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### MediaReference A media reference. * `mediaUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to stream or download the media. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string (url)_) If one exists, URL of the media’s thumbnail. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EntityRecommendation Representation of a single recommendation object that is a Salesforce record with an ID. * `action` (_object_) ConnectRecommendationActionEnum Specifies the action to take on the recommendation. Values are: * `follow` (v23.0) * `join` (v23.0) * `view` (v25.0) _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectRecommendationActionEnum`. * `actOnUrl` (_string (url)_) For user, file, group, topic, and record entity types, use this Connect REST URL with a POST request to follow the recommended user, file, topic, or record, or join the recommended group. For recommended object entity types, such as custom recommendations, use the `actionUrl` property of the response body to take action on the recommendation. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `entity` (_object_) AbstractActor The entity with which the receiver is recommended to take action. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AbstractActor`. * `explanation` (_object_) RecExplanationSummary The recommendation explanation. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `RecExplanationSummary`. * `platformActionGroup` (_PlatformActionGroup_) * `recommendationType` (_ConnectRecommendationTypeEnum_) * `url` (_string (url)_) Url to the connect resource for the recommendation. ### RecordView A view of any record in the org, including a custom object record. This object is used if a specialized object, such as User or ChatterGroup, isn’t available for the record type. Contains data and metadata so you can render a record with one response. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the object _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) The localized name _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedListDefinitions` (_array of ListViewDefinition_) Related list definitions (metadata) for this object. These list definitions don’t include the related list data. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `sections` (_array of RecordViewSection_) List of record view sections. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) A fixed type name for this object. Check this value to determine the shape of a response body. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) The Connect REST API URL resource for this object. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SocialAccount A social account on a social network. * `externalSocialAccountId` (_string_) ID of the external social account, if available. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `handle` (_string_) Social handle, screen name, or alias that identifies this account. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the account as defined by the account's owner. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `profileUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the account's profile. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `socialPersonaId` (_string_) ID of the social persona account, if the external social account ID isn’t available. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectSocialPostMessageTypeEnum The message type of a social post. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Comment`, `Direct`, `Post`, `PrivateMessage`, `Reply`, `Retweet`, `Tweet`. ### ConnectSocialNetworkProviderEnum The social network provider. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Facebook`, `GooglePlus`, `Instagram`, `InstagramBusiness`, `KakaoTalk`, `Kik`, `Line`, `LinkedIn`, `Messenger`, `Other`, `Pinterest`, `QQ`, `Rypple`, `SMS`, `SinaWeibo`, `Snapchat`, `Telegram`, `Twitter`, `VKontakte`, `WeChat`, `WhatsApp`, `YouTube`. ### SocialPostStatus The status of a social post. * `message` (_string_) Status message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectSocialPostStatusTypeEnum Status type. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSocialPostStatusTypeEnum`. ### FeedTrackedChange Feed tracked change. * `fieldName` (_string_) The name of the field that was updated. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `newValue` (_string_) The new value of the field or `null` if the field length is long or empty. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `oldValue` (_string_) The old value of the field or `null` if the field length is long or empty. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractRelatedFeedPost A related feed post * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the related question. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `mySubscriptions` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following the item, it contains information about the subscription. Otherwise, it returns `null`. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the related question. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `score` (_number (double)_) Score of the related feed post that indicates how closely related it is to the context feed post. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the related feed post. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Value is `RelatedQuestion`. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the related question. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedDirectoryItem The definition of a feed. * `feedElementsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the resource of the feed elements for a specific feed. For example: `/chatter/feeds/files/me/feed-elements` _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedType` (_object_) ConnectFeedType The feed type. One of these values: * `Bookmarks` — Contains all feed items saved as bookmarks by the context user. * `Company` — Contains all feed items except feed items of type `TrackedChange`. To see the feed item, the user must have sharing access to its parent. * `DirectMessageModeration` — Contains all direct messages that are flagged for moderation. The Direct Message Moderation feed is available only to users with Moderate Experiences Chatter Messages permissions. * `DirectMessages` — Contains all feed items of the context user’s direct messages. * `Draft` — Contains all the feed items that the context user drafted. * `Files` — Contains all feed items that contain files posted by people or groups that the context user follows. * `Filter` — Contains the news feed filtered to contain feed items whose parent is a specified object type. * `Groups` — Contains all feed items from all groups the context user either owns or is a member of. * `Home` — Contains all feed items associated with any managed topic in an Experience Cloud site. * `Isolated` — Contains all the feed items and comments that are isolated. * `Landing` — Contains all feed items that best drive user engagement when the feed is requested. Allows clients to avoid an empty feed when there aren’t many personalized feed items. * `Moderation` — Contains all feed items that are flagged for moderation, except direct messages. The moderation feed is available only to users with Moderate Experiences Feeds permissions. * `Mute` — Contains all feed items that the context user muted. * `News` — Contains all updates for people the context user follows, groups the user is a member of, and files and records the user is following. Contains all updates for records whose parent is the context user. * `PendingReview` — Contains all feed items and comments that are pending review. * `People` — Contains all feed items posted by all people the context user follows. * `Record` — Contains all feed items whose parent is a specified record, which could be a group, user, object, file, or any other standard or custom object. When the record is a group, the feed also contains feed items that mention the group. When the record is a user, the feed contains only feed items on that user. You can get another user’s record feed. * `Streams` — Contains all feed items for any combination of up to 25 feed-enabled entities that the context user subscribes to in a stream. Examples of feed-enabled entities include people, groups, and records, * `To` — Contains all feed items with mentions of the context user. Contains feed items the context user commented on and feed items created by the context user that are commented on. * `Topics` — Contains all feed items that include the specified topic. * `UserProfile` — Contains feed items created when a user changes records that can be tracked in a feed. Contains feed items whose parent is the user and feed items that @mention the user. This feed is different than the news feed, which returns more feed items, including group updates. You can get another user’s user profile feed. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedType`. * `feedUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the resource of a specific feed. For example: `/services/data/v67.0/chatter/feeds/files/me` _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `keyPrefix` (_string_) For filter feeds, this value is the key prefix associated with the object type used to filter this feed. All feed items in this feed have a parent whose object type matches this key prefix value. For non-filter feeds, this value is `null`. A key prefix is the first three characters of a record ID, which specifies the object type. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `label` (_string_) Name of the feed, such as, Groups, People, Company, and so on _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedItemsUrl` (_string_) URL to the resource of the feed items for a specific feed. For example: `/chatter/feeds/files/me/feed-elements` _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ModerationFlagsCollection Collection of flags on a feed item, comment, or file. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flags` (_array of ModerationFlagItem_) List of flag details. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Number of items per page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFeedFilter Filter for the feed specified in `redirectedFeedType`. Otherwise, `null`. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AllQuestions`, `AuthoredBy`, `CommunityScoped`, `QuestionsWithCandidateAnswers`, `QuestionsWithCandidateAnswersReviewedPublished`, `Read`, `SolvedQuestions`, `UnansweredQuestions`, `UnansweredQuestionsWithCandidateAnswers`, `Unread`, `UnsolvedQuestions`. ### ConnectFeedType The feed type. One of these values: * `Bookmarks` — Contains all feed items saved as bookmarks by the context user. * `Company` — Contains all feed items except feed items of type `TrackedChange`. To see the feed item, the user must have sharing access to its parent. * `DirectMessageModeration` — Contains all direct messages that are flagged for moderation. The Direct Message Moderation feed is available only to users with Moderate Experiences Chatter Messages permissions. * `DirectMessages` — Contains all feed items of the context user’s direct messages. * `Draft` — Contains all the feed items that the context user drafted. * `Files` — Contains all feed items that contain files posted by people or groups that the context user follows. * `Filter` — Contains the news feed filtered to contain feed items whose parent is a specified object type. * `Groups` — Contains all feed items from all groups the context user either owns or is a member of. * `Home` — Contains all feed items associated with any managed topic in an Experience Cloud site. * `Isolated` — Contains all the feed items and comments that are isolated. * `Landing` — Contains all feed items that best drive user engagement when the feed is requested. Allows clients to avoid an empty feed when there aren’t many personalized feed items. * `Moderation` — Contains all feed items that are flagged for moderation, except direct messages. The moderation feed is available only to users with Moderate Experiences Feeds permissions. * `Mute` — Contains all feed items that the context user muted. * `News` — Contains all updates for people the context user follows, groups the user is a member of, and files and records the user is following. Contains all updates for records whose parent is the context user. * `PendingReview` — Contains all feed items and comments that are pending review. * `People` — Contains all feed items posted by all people the context user follows. * `Record` — Contains all feed items whose parent is a specified record, which could be a group, user, object, file, or any other standard or custom object. When the record is a group, the feed also contains feed items that mention the group. When the record is a user, the feed contains only feed items on that user. You can get another user’s record feed. * `Streams` — Contains all feed items for any combination of up to 25 feed-enabled entities that the context user subscribes to in a stream. Examples of feed-enabled entities include people, groups, and records, * `To` — Contains all feed items with mentions of the context user. Contains feed items the context user commented on and feed items created by the context user that are commented on. * `Topics` — Contains all feed items that include the specified topic. * `UserProfile` — Contains feed items created when a user changes records that can be tracked in a feed. Contains feed items whose parent is the user and feed items that @mention the user. This feed is different than the news feed, which returns more feed items, including group updates. You can get another user’s user profile feed. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Bookmarks`, `Company`, `DirectMessageModeration`, `DirectMessages`, `Draft`, `Files`, `Filter`, `Groups`, `Home`, `Isolated`, `Landing`, `Moderation`, `Muted`, `News`, `PendingReview`, `People`, `Record`, `Streams`, `To`, `Topics`, `UserProfile`. ### AbstractFeedElementCapability In v30.0 and prior, every Feed Item could be commented on, liked, assigned topics, etc. In v31.0 and after, features exist that disable or change certain attributes of Feed Items and Comments. For example, a question post adds the capability to mark a certain Comment as the best Comment. Capabilities are a way to extensibly declare which actions/attributes are allowed on Feed Items and Elements. Important: The existence of the Capability on a Feed Element (and any associated data with that Feed Element Capability), indicates that the Capability is available. For example, the "ChatterLikes" Capability object will exist only on Feed Elements where it is possible to like that Element. Capabilities are bound to an API version range and won't appear in older API versions where they didn't used to appear. ### TopicImagesSbi Images associated with a topic. * `coverImageUrl` (_string_) URL to a topic’s cover image, which appears on the topic page. Both topics and managed topics can have cover images. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `featuredImageUrl` (_string_) URL to a managed topic’s featured image, which appears wherever you feature it, for example, on your Experience Cloud site home page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MessageSegment Superclass of all message segment representations. * `text` (_string_) Empty string, `""`, for segments of this type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_ConnectMessageSegmentTypeEnum_) ### RecordCapability If a comment has this capability, it has a record attachment. * `recordId` (_string_) ID of the record. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the record. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OutOfOffice User's out-of-office message. * `message` (_string_) Out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Photo Photo. * `fullEmailPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) A temporary URL to the large profile picture that expires after 30 days. This URL is available to unauthenticated users. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `largePhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the large profile picture. The default width is 200 pixels, while the length is scaled so the original image proportions are maintained. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `mediumPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the medium profile picture. The default width is 160 pixels, and the height is scaled so the original image proportions are maintained. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `photoVersionId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID to that version of the photo. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `smallPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the small profile picture. The default size is 64x64 pixels. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `standardEmailPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) A temporary URL to the small profile picture that expires after 30 days. This URL is available to unauthenticated users. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to a resource that returns a Photo response body: for example, `/services/data/v67.0/chatter/users/005D0000001LL8OIAW/photo`. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Reputation Reputation for a user. * `reputationLevel` (_object_) ReputationLevel User’s reputation level. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReputationLevel`. * `reputationPoints` (_number (double)_) User's reputation points, which can be earned by performing different activities. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to the reputation. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Stamp A user stamp. * `description` (_string_) Description of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageUrl` (_string_) Image URL of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectUserTypeEnum If the record represented by this completion is a user, this value is the user type associated with that user; otherwise the value is `null`. Values are: * `ChatterGuest` — User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly` — User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest` — User is unauthenticated. * `Internal` — User is a standard org member. * `Portal` — User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System` — User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined` — User is a user type that is a custom object. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ChatterGuest`, `ChatterOnly`, `Guest`, `Internal`, `Portal`, `System`, `Undefined`. ### RecordCapabilityInput Attach an existing knowledge article to a comment. * `recordId` (_string_, required) ID of the existing knowledge article to attach. _Available in: v42.0_ ### ExtensionInput An extension. * `alternativeRepresentation` (_object_, required) AlternativeInput Alternative representation of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ Includes all fields of `AlternativeInput`. * `extensionId` (_string_, required) ID of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ * `payload` (_string_, required) Payload associated with the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ * `payloadVersion` (_string_) Payload version that identifies the structure of the payload associated with the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ ### FileIdInput Attach a file that has already been uploaded or remove a file from a feed element. #### XML example ``` 069D00000001IOh ``` * `id` (_string_, required) ID of a file that has already been uploaded. _Available in: v36.0_ * `operationType` (_object_) ConnectOperationTypeEnum Operation to carry out on the file. Values are: * `Add` — Adds the file to the feed element. * `Remove` — Removes the file from the feed element. `Remove` operations are processed before `Add` operations. Adding content that is already added and removing content that is already removed result in no operation. If not specified, defaults to `Add`. _Available in: v36.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectOperationTypeEnum`. ### Topic Topic. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `images` (_object_) TopicImages Images associated with the topic _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `TopicImages`. * `isBeingDeleted` (_boolean_) `true` if the topic is currently being deleted; `false` otherwise. After the topic is deleted, when attempting to retrieve the topic, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nonLocalizedName` (_string_) Non-localized name of the topic _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `talkingAbout` (_integer_) Number of people talking about this topic over the last two months, based on factors such as topic additions and comments on posts with the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the topic detail page _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectMessageSegmentTypeEnum Feed items may have complex information within the post and is therefore broken into rich segments each containing complex information stored in the feed body. Specifies the type of segment and the additional information within. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `EntityLink`, `FieldChange`, `FieldChangeName`, `FieldChangeValue`, `Hashtag`, `InlineImage`, `Link`, `MarkupBegin`, `MarkupEnd`, `Mention`, `MoreChanges`, `ResourceLink`, `Text`. ### ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum Indicates the priority and relative locations of platform actions. Values are: * `Primary` — The action link group is displayed in the body of the feed element. * `Overflow` — The action link group is displayed in the overflow menu of the feed element. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Overflow`, `Primary`. ### PlatformAction A platform action instance with state information for the context user. Action links are one type of platform action and are therefore represented as platform action response bodies. * `actionUrl` (_string (url)_) For action links of `subtype` `Ui` or `Download`, direct the user to download or visit the UI from this link. Salesforce issues a Javascript redirect for the link in this format: `/action-link-redirect/{communityId}/{actionLinkId}?_bearer={bearerToken}`. For `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links and for all platform actions, this value is `null`. Salesforce handles the callout to `Api` or and `ApiAsync` action links. To call an `Api` or an `ApiAsync` action link, you can also make a PATCH request to the /connect/action-links/actionLinkId resource and set `status` to `PendingStatus`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `apiName` (_string_) The API name. This value may be `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `confirmationMessage` (_string_) If this action requires a confirmation and has a status of `NewStatus`, this is a default localized message that should be shown to an end user prior to invoking the action. Otherwise, this is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `createdRecords` (_array of RecordSummary_) The collection of records that this action created after it was invoked by the context user. This collection is empty if the action hasn’t been performed yet by the context user or if the action doesn’t create a record. Only records created by the context user are shown. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `executingUser` (_object_) UserSummary User who initiated execution of the platform action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `groupDefault` (_boolean_) `true` if this platform action is the default or primary platform action in the platform action group; `false` otherwise. There can be only one default platform action per platform action group. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `iconUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL of the icon for the platform action. This value may be `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string_) The ID of the platform action. If the `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) The localized label for this platform action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `platformActionGroup` (_object_) Reference A reference to the platform action group containing this platform action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `status` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum The execution status of the platform action. Values are: * `FailedStatus` — The action link execution failed. * `NewStatus` — The action link is ready to be executed. Available for `Download` and `Ui` action links only. * `PendingStatus` — The action link is executing. Choosing this value triggers the API call for `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links. * `SuccessfulStatus` — The action link executed successfully. For action links only, you can update the `status` by making a PATCH request to the `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` resource. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum`. * `subtype` (_string_) The subtype of a platform action or `null`. If the `type` property is `ActionLink`, possible values are: * `Api` — The action link calls a synchronous API at the action URL. Salesforce sets the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` based on the HTTP status code returned by your server. * `ApiAsync` — The action link calls an asynchronous API at the action URL. The action remains in a `PendingStatus` state until a third party makes a request to `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` to set the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` when the asynchronous operation is complete. * `Download` — The action link downloads a file from the action URL. * `Ui` — The action link takes the user to a web page at the action URL. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionTypeEnum The type of platform action. Values are: * `ActionLink` — An indicator on a feed element that targets an API, a web page, or a file, represented by a button in the Salesforce UI. * `CustomButton` — When clicked, opens a URL or a Visualforce page in a window or executes JavaScript. * `ProductivityAction` — Productivity actions are predefined and attached to a limited set of objects. Productivity actions include Send Email, Call, Map, View Website, and Read News. Except for the Call action, you can’t edit productivity actions. * `QuickAction` — A global or object-specific action. * `StandardButton` — A predefined Salesforce button such as New, Edit, or Delete. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API resource URL for the platform action. If the `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Address Address input representation for a payment method, payment intent, or card payment method. * `city` (_string_) City _Available in: v49.0_ * `country` (_string_) Country, specified using the ISO country code. _Available in: v49.0_ * `formattedAddress` (_string_) Address formatted by locale _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `state` (_string_) State _Available in: v49.0_ * `street` (_string_) Street _Available in: v49.0_ * `zip` (_string_) Zip or postal code _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `companyName` (_string_) Company name _Available in: v49.0_ * `postalCode` (_string_) Postal code _Available in: v49.0_ ### BannerPhoto A banner photo. * `bannerPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the banner photo in a large format. This URL is available only to authenticated users. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `bannerPhotoVersionId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character version ID of the banner photo. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the banner photo. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ChatterActivity Chatter activity, such as the number of posts and comments made, and comments, likes, and upvotes received, for a user. * `commentCount` (_integer_) Total number of comments in the org or site made by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `commentReceivedCount` (_integer_) Total number of comments in the org or site received by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likeReceivedCount` (_integer_) Total number of likes and upvotes (in version 45.0 and later) on posts and comments in the org or site received by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `postCount` (_integer_) Total number of posts in the org or site made by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ChatterInfluence Chatter influence. * `percentile` (_string_) Percentile value for the user’s influence rank within the org or Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rank` (_integer_) Number indicating the user’s influence rank, relative to all other users within the org or Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserStatus User status. * `body` (_object_) FeedBody Body of the post _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedBody`. * `parentId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this user status post _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FollowingCounts Chatter following counts. * `people` (_integer_) Number of people the user is following _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `records` (_integer_) Number of records the user is following Topics are a type of record that can be followed as of version 29.0. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of items the user is following _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PhoneNumber A phone number. * `label` (_string_) Localized string indicating the phone type _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `phoneNumber` (_string_) Phone number _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `phoneType` (_string_) Phone type. One of these values: * `Fax` * `Mobile` * `Work` These values are not localized. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `number` (_string_) This property is not available after version 26.0. Use the `phoneNumber` property instead. Phone number _Available in: v23.0–26.0_ * `type` (_string_) This property is not available after version 29.0. Use the `phoneType` property instead. Values are: * `Fax` * `Mobile` * `Work` _Available in: v23.0–29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication Authentication information for a repository. * `authFlowUrl` (_string_) Depends on the `authProtocol`. * `NoAuthentication` — `null`. * `Oauth` — URL to start the OAuth flow. * `Password` — URL to the authentication settings for external systems. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `authProtocol` (_object_) ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum Authentication protocol used for the repository. Values are: * `NoAuthentication` — Repository doesn’t require authentication. * `Oauth` — Repository uses OAuth authentication protocol. * `Password` — Repository uses user name and password authentication protocol. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum`. * `userHasAuthSettings` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user has credentials or the administrator configured the external data source to use the same set of credentials for every user (`true`). Otherwise, `false`. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures Information about the features of a Files Connect repository. * `canBrowse` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the repository’s folder hierarchy can be browsed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canSearch` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the repository can be searched (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectProviderType Information about the Files Connect provider. * `label` (_string_) Localized label of the provider type. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Provider type. One of these values: * `ContentHubBox` * `ContentHubGDrive` * `ContentHubSharepoint` * `ContentHubSharepointOffice365` * `ContentHubSharepointOneDrive` * `SimpleUrl` _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecordSummary Record summary. * `entityLabel` (_object_) EntityLabel Label of the record’s entity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EntityLabel`. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `name` (_string_) The localized name . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Alternative Alternative representation for an extension on a feed element. * `textRepresentation` (_string_) Text representation of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string_) Thumbnail URL to the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractActor Describing a person or thing that can act or be acted on in the organization. May or may not correspond to an actual record in the organization, as some actors, such as certain system users, are synthetic in nature. * `name` (_string_) Repository name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) A fixed type name for this object. Check this value to determine the shape of a response body. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MessageBody Representation for a structured text item. * `isRichText` (_boolean_) Whether this is a rich text body. * `messageSegments` (_array of MessageSegment_) Collection of message segments, based on type. The segment types you may encounter will depend on the body type. * `text` (_string_) Unformatted text of the message. This can be an easy summary to use if you don't want to process the message segments. ### ImageFileDetail Image file details. * `height` (_integer_) Image’s height in pixels. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageFormat` (_string_) Image’s format. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orientation` (_string_) Image’s EXIF orientation value, if present. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `width` (_integer_) Image’s width in pixels. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectRecommendationActionEnum Specifies the type of action to take from a recommendation. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `follow`, `join`, `view`. ### RecExplanationSummary Explanation for a system-generated recommendations of Chatter actions for the logged-in user. * `detailsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL for explanation details. If the recommendation doesn’t have a detailed explanation, the string “null”. * `summary` (_string_) Explanation of recommendation. * `type` (_ConnectRecommendationExplanationEnum_) ### ConnectRecommendationTypeEnum Specifies the type of record that is the subject of a recommendation. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `apps`, `articles`, `custom`, `files`, `groups`, `records`, `topics`, `users`. ### ListViewDefinition Related list structure or a search list structure on a record view. There’s no data in the list. * `columns` (_array of ListViewColumn_) The columns of fields shown in this list view. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `label` (_string_) The localized label of this list view. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `objectType` (_object_) ListViewObject The definition of the type of the objects in this list view. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ListViewObject`. * `rowLimit` (_integer_) The maximum number of objects per page in this list view. To view all objects in this related list, page through the data in pages no larger than this size. To build a SOQL statement from this describe, the SOQL statement must include a LIMIT value equal to this value or an error is thrown on execution. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `sortColumns` (_array of ListViewSort_) The columns in which to sort this list view. The sort columns are given in the order of their priority (for example, primary sort, secondary sort, and so on). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### RecordViewSection Section of record fields and values on a record detail. * `columnCount` (_integer_) Number of columns to use to lay out the fields in a record section. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `columnOrder` (_string_) Order of the fields to use in the `fields` property to lay out the fields in a record section. * `LeftRight` — Fields are rendered from left to right. * `TopDown` — Fields are rendered from the top down. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fields` (_array of RecordField | Blank | Compound | Currency | Date | Percent | Picklist | Reference | ReferenceWithDate_) Fields and values for the record contained in this section. A collection of these response bodies: * Record Field * Record Field: Blank * Record Field: Compound * Record Field: Currency * Record Field: Date * Record Field: Percent * Record Field: Picklist * Record Field: Reference * Record Field: Reference with Date _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `heading` (_string_) Localized label to display when rendering this section of fields. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isCollapsible` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the section can be collapsed to hide all the fields (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectSocialPostStatusTypeEnum Status type. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ApprovalPending`, `ApprovalRecalled`, `ApprovalRejected`, `Deleted`, `Failed`, `Hidden`, `Pending`, `Replied`, `Sent`, `Unknown`. ### ModerationFlagItem Flag details on a feed item, comment, or file. * `createdBy` (_string_) ID of the user who flagged the item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the item was flagged. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the moderation flag. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `moderationType` (_object_) ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum Type of moderation flag. Values are: * `FlagAsInappropriate` — Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` — Flag for spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum`. * `note` (_string_) Note from user who flagged the item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_object_) ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. Values are: * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum`. ### ReputationLevel Reputation level for a user. * `levelImageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the reputation level image. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `levelName` (_string_) Name of the reputation level. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `levelNumber` (_integer_) Reputation level number, which is the numerical rank of the level, with the lowest level at 1. Administrators define the reputation level point ranges. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AlternativeInput Alternative representation for an extension on a feed element. * `textRepresentation` (_string_, required) Text representation of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string_) Thumbnail URL to the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ ### ConnectOperationTypeEnum Operation to carry out on the file. Values are: * `Add` — Adds the file to the feed element. * `Remove` — Removes the file from the feed element. `Remove` operations are processed before `Add` operations. Adding content that is already added and removing content that is already removed result in no operation. If not specified, defaults to `Add`. _Available in: v36.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Add`, `Remove`. ### TopicImages Images associated with a topic. * `coverImageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to a topic’s cover image, which appears on the topic page. Both topics and managed topics can have cover images. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `featuredImageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to a managed topic’s featured image, which appears wherever you feature it, for example, on your Experience Cloud site home page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum The execution status of the platform action. Values are: * `FailedStatus` — The action link execution failed. * `NewStatus` — The action link is ready to be executed. Available for `Download` and `Ui` action links only. * `PendingStatus` — The action link is executing. Choosing this value triggers the API call for `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links. * `SuccessfulStatus` — The action link executed successfully. For action links only, you can update the `status` by making a PATCH request to the `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` resource. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `FailedStatus`, `NewStatus`, `PendingStatus`, `SuccessfulStatus`. ### ConnectPlatformActionTypeEnum The type of platform action. Values are: * `ActionLink` — An indicator on a feed element that targets an API, a web page, or a file, represented by a button in the Salesforce UI. * `CustomButton` — When clicked, opens a URL or a Visualforce page in a window or executes JavaScript. * `ProductivityAction` — Productivity actions are predefined and attached to a limited set of objects. Productivity actions include Send Email, Call, Map, View Website, and Read News. Except for the Call action, you can’t edit productivity actions. * `QuickAction` — A global or object-specific action. * `StandardButton` — A predefined Salesforce button such as New, Edit, or Delete. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ActionLink`, `CustomButton`, `ProductivityAction`, `QuickAction`, `StandardButton`. ### FeedBody Information about the feed item. * `isRichText` (_boolean_) Whether this is a rich text body. * `messageSegments` (_array of MessageSegment_) Collection of message segments, based on type. The segment types you may encounter will depend on the body type. * `text` (_string_) Unformatted text of the message. This can be an easy summary to use if you don't want to process the message segments. ### ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum Authentication protocol used for the repository. Values are: * `NoAuthentication` — Repository doesn’t require authentication. * `Oauth` — Repository uses OAuth authentication protocol. * `Password` — Repository uses user name and password authentication protocol. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `NoAuthentication`, `Oauth`, `Password`. ### EntityLabel An entity's label. * `label` (_string_) Localized singular label of the entity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `labelPlural` (_string_) Localized plural label of the entity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectRecommendationExplanationEnum Indicates the reason-type for a suggested recommendation. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ArticleHasRelatedContent`, `ArticleViewedTogether`, `ArticleViewedTogetherWithViewers`, `Custom`, `FilePopular`, `FileViewedTogether`, `FollowedTogetherWithFollowees`, `GroupMembersFollowed`, `GroupNew`, `GroupPopular`, `ItemViewedTogether`, `PopularApp`, `RecordOwned`, `RecordParentOfFollowed`, `RecordViewed`, `TopicFollowedTogether`, `TopicFollowedTogetherWithFollowees`, `TopicPopularFollowed`, `TopicPopularLiked`, `UserDirectReport`, `UserFollowedTogether`, `UserFollowsSameUsers`, `UserManager`, `UserNew`, `UserPeer`, `UserPopular`, `UserViewingSameRecords`. ### ListViewColumn Single column of a record’s related list. Describes how to lay out the column; doesn’t contain the column’s data. * `dataType` (_string_) The object type for this column’s field. This is the object type used in REST API and SOAP API. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `fieldId` (_string_) The fully qualified API field ID, for example, `Contact.Name`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `label` (_string_) The localized label of this column. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The short name of the API field, for example, `Name`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ListViewObject Type of record displayed in the rows of a related list. * `fieldId` (_string_) The API field ID that refers to the parent record. For example, if an Account record has a related list of Contact records, then in the Contact related list definition on the Account this value might be `"Account"`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `type` (_string_) The object type name for this object. This is the object type used in REST API and SOAP API. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ListViewSort Ordinal of a sort order in a related list. * `column` (_string_) The field ID on the related list column to sort. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `order` (_object_) ConnectSortOrderEnum The order in which to sort the column. One of these values: * `Ascending` — Items are in ascending alphabetical order (A-Z). * `Descending` — Items are in descending alphabetical order (Z-A). * `MostRecentlyViewed` — Items are in descending chronological order by view. This sort order is valid only for Chatter feed streams. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSortOrderEnum`. ### RecordField Generic record field containing a label and text value. * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Valid values are: * `Boolean` * `Email` * `Number` * `Phone` * `Text` _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Blank Record field displayed as a place holder in a grid of fields. * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Compound Record field that is a composite of subfields. * `fields` (_array of RecordField | Blank | Compound | Currency | Date | Percent | Picklist | Reference | ReferenceWithDate_) Collection of subfields that make up the compound field. A collection of these response bodies: * Record Field * Record Field: Blank * Record Field: Compound * Record Field: Currency * Record Field: Date * Record Field: Percent * Record Field: Picklist * Record Field: Reference * Record Field: Reference with Date _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Valid values are: * `Address` * `Compound` * `Location` * `Name` _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Currency Record field containing a currency value. * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. Currency is formatted in the default currency of the organization. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Date Record field containing a date. * `dateValue` (_string_) Date that a machine can read. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Valid values are: * `Date` * `DateTime` * `Time` _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Percent Record field containing a percentage value. * `value` (_number (double)_) Value of the percentage. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Picklist Record field containing an enumerated value. * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Reference Record field containing a reference to another object. * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reference` (_object_) ReferenceCore Object referenced by the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReferenceWithDate Record field containing a referenced object that acted at a specific time, for example, “Created By...”. * `dateValue` (_string_) Time at which the referenced object acted. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reference` (_object_) ReferenceCore Object referenced by the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Valid values are: * `CreatedBy` * `LastModifiedBy` _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectSortOrderEnum The order in which to sort the column. One of these values: * `Ascending` — Items are in ascending alphabetical order (A-Z). * `Descending` — Items are in descending alphabetical order (Z-A). * `MostRecentlyViewed` — Items are in descending chronological order by view. This sort order is valid only for Chatter feed streams. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Ascending`, `Descending`, `MostRecentlyViewed`. ### FeedItem A feed is made up of feed elements. A feed item is a type of feed element. * `actor` (_object_, required) AbstractActor The entity that created the feed item. Values are: * Record Summary —if a record (23.0) * User Summary —if a user (23.0) * Unauthenticated User —if a Chatter customer (24.0) If the actor is a user, a User Summary response body is returned, not a Record Summary of type user. _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AbstractActor`. * `attachment` (_string_) Depends on the `type` value of the attachment. Values include: * `Approval` — Feed Item Attachment: Approval (v27.0–31.0) * `BasicTemplate` — Feed Item Attachment: Basic Template (v27.0–31.0) * `Canvas` — Feed Item Attachment: Canvas Template (v29.0–31.0) * `CaseComment` — Feed Item Attachment: Case Comment (v24.0–31.0) * `Content` — Feed Item Attachment: Content or `null` if the content is unavailable (v23.0–31.0) * `DashboardComponent` — Feed Item Attachment: Dashboard (v24.0–31.0) * `EmailMessage` — Feed Item Attachment: Email Message (v29.0–31.0) * `Link` — Feed Item Attachment: Link (v23.0–31.0) * `Poll` — Feed Item Attachment: Poll (v26.0–31.0) * `RecordSnapshot` — Feed Item Attachment: Record Snapshot (v29.0–31.0) * `TrackedChange` — Feed Item Attachment: Tracked Change (v29.0–31.0) **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property. _Filter group: Medium_ * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed element. _Available in: v22.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `canShare` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed item can be shared. If a feed item has multiple file attachments and at least one attachment has been deleted or is inaccessible, the feed item can’t be shared. The `canShare` value is incorrectly set to `true` in these cases. **Important**: As of API version 39.0, use the `isSharable` property. _Available in: v27.0–38.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `capabilities` (_object_, required) A container for all capabilities that can be included with a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCapabilities) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `clientInfo` (_object_) ClientInfo Information about the client app used to authenticate the connection. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ClientInfo`. * `comments` (_object_) Comments for this feed item. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.comments.page` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/comments/items](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getCommentsCapabilityItems) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `createdDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentUserLike` (_object_) ReferenceCore **Note**: This property is no longer available as of version 24.0. Use the `myLike` property instead. A reference to a like object if applicable, `null` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0–24.0_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `event` (_boolean_) `true` if feed item created due to an event change, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `feedElementType` (_object_) ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum Feed elements are the top-level objects that a feed contains. The feed element type describes the characteristics of that feed element. One of these values: * `Bundle` — A container of feed elements. A bundle also has a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `FeedItem` — A feed item has a single parent and is scoped to oneExperience Cloud site or across all Experience Cloud sites. A feed item can have capabilities such as bookmarks, canvas, content, comment, link, poll. Feed items have a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `Recommendation` — A recommendation is a feed element with a recommendations capability. A recommendation suggests records to follow, groups to join, or applications that are helpful to the context user. _Available in: v31.0_ Example: `FeedItem`. Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum`. Example: `FeedItem`. * `hasVerifiedComment` (_boolean_) `true` if the feed item has a verified comment, otherwise `false`. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `header` (_object_, required) FeedItemBody The header is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message. If a client doesn't know how to render a feed element type, it should render this text. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `id` (_string_, required) 18-character ID of the feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) `true` if the context user has bookmarked this feed item, `false` otherwise. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.bookmarks.isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isDeleteRestricted` (_boolean_) Returns `true` if the context user can’t delete a feed item. If it returns `false`, possibly the context users can delete the feed item. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isLikedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) `true` if the context user has liked this feed item, `false` otherwise. As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.isLikedByCurrentUser` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isSharable` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed item can be shared. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `likes` (_object_) LikePage Likes for this feed item, **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.page` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `LikePage`. * `likesMessage` (_object_) LikeMessageBody A message body that describes who likes the feed item. As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.likesMessage` property. _Available in: v27.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LikeMessageBody`. * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this feed item. Moderators can view and act on flagged items. If the `communityModeration` property of the Features response body is `false`, this property is `null`. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.moderation.moderationFlags` property. _Available in: v29.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. * `modifiedDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myLike` (_object_) ReferenceCore If the context user has liked the comment, this property is a reference to the specific like, `null` otherwise. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.myLike` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `originalFeedItem` (_object_) Reference A reference to the original feed item if this feed item is a shared feed item, `null` otherwise. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceCore`. * `originalFeedItemActor` (_object_) AbstractActor Value depends on type of original feed item. Values are: * Record Summary –if original feed item is a record * User Summary –if original feed item is a user * Unauthenticated User —if original feed item is from a Chatter customer * `null` if this feed item is not a shared feed item _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractActor`. * `parent` (_object_, required) AbstractIdable Value depends on type of parent. Values are: * File Summary—if parent is a file * Group—if parent is a group * Record Summary—if parent is a record * User Summary—if parent is a user **Note**: If the parent is a user, a User Summary response body is returned, not a Record Summary of type user. The same applies for both groups and files. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractIdable`. * `photoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the photo associated with the feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `preamble` (_string_) The preamble is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message, for example, “App Builders - Pam Jones”. In API versions to 28.0, use the `/body/text` property as the default case for rendering text. In API versions 29.0–30.0, use the `/preamble/text` property as the default case for rendering text. In API versions 31.0 and later, use the `/header/text` property as the default case for rendering text. _Available in: v27.0–30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Created date formatted as a relative, localized string, for example, “17m ago” or “Yesterday.” . _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `topics` (_object_) FeedItemTopics Topics for this feed item. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.topics.items` property. _Available in: v28.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemTopics`. * `type` (_object_) ConnectFeedItemTypeEnum The `type` property always returns all types, regardless of API version. However, not all types are valid with all API versions. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property to determine what can be done with a feed item. See [Feeds and Feed Elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_feeds_feed_elements#capabilities). Values are: * `ActivityEvent` — Feed item generated in Case Feed when an event or task associated with a parent record with a feed enabled is created or updated. * `AdvancedTextPost` — A feed item with advanced text formatting, such as a group announcement post. * `ApprovalPost` — Feed item with an approval capability. Approvers can act on the feed item parent. * `AttachArticleEvent` — Feed item generated when an article is attached to a case in Case Feed. * `BasicTemplateFeedItem` — Feed item with an enhanced link capability. * `CallLogPost` — Feed item generated when a call log is saved to a case in Case Feed. * `CanvasPost` — Feed item generated by a canvas app in the publisher or from Connect REST API or Connect in Apex. The post itself is a link to a canvas app. * `CaseCommentPost` — Feed item generated when a case comment is saved in Case Feed. * `ChangeStatusPost` — Feed item generated when the status of a case is changed in Case Feed. * `ChatTranscriptionPost` — Feed item generated in Case Feed when a Live Agent chat transcript is saved to a case. * `CollaborationGroupCreated` — Feed item generated when a new public group is created. Contains a link to the new group. * `CollaborationGroupUnarchived` — Deprecated. Feed item generated when an archived group is activated. * `ContentPost` — Feed item with a content capability. * `CreateRecordEvent` — Feed item that describes a record created in the publisher. * `DashboardComponentAlert` — Feed item with a dashboard alert. * `DashboardComponentSnapshot` — Feed item with a dashboard component snapshot capability. * `EmailMessageEvent` — Feed item generated when an email is sent from a case in Case Feed. * `FacebookPost` — Deprecated. Feed item generated when a Facebook post is created from a case in Case Feed. * `LinkPost` — Feed item with a link capability. * `MilestoneEvent` — Feed item generated when a case milestone is either completed or reaches a violation status. Contains a link to the case milestone. * `PollPost` — Feed item with a poll capability. Viewers of the feed item are allowed to vote on the options in the poll. * `ProfileSkillPost` — Feed item generated when a skill is added to a user’s profile. * `QuestionPost` — Feed item generated when a question is asked. As of API version 33.0, a feed item of this type can have a content capability and a link capability. * `ReplyPost` — Feed item generated by a Chatter Answers reply. * `RypplePost` — Feed item generated when a user posts thanks. * `SocialPost` — Feed item generated when a social post is created from a case in Case Feed. * `TextPost` — Feed item containing text only. * `TrackedChange` — Feed item created when one or more fields on a record have been changed. * `UserStatus` — Deprecated. A user's post to their own profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedItemTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string_) URL to this feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_object_) ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum Who can see this feed item. Values are: * `InternalUsers` — If digital experiences is enabled, only members of the default, internal site can see the feed item. * `AllUsers` — If digital experiences is enabled, all members of the site can see the feed item. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum`. ### TrackedChangeBundleCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a group of other feed elements aggregated into one feed element called a bundle. This type of bundle aggregates feed tracked changes. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. * `bundleType` (_object_) ConnectBundleTypeEnum Type of bundle. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectBundleTypeEnum`. * `changes` (_array of FeedTrackedChange_) Collection of feed tracked changes. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `page` (_object_) FeedElementCollection A collection of feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCollection`. * `totalElements` (_integer_) The total number of feed elements that this bundle aggregates. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GenericBundleCapability If a feed element has this capability, the feed element may be a group of other feed elements condensed into one. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. * `bundleType` (_object_) ConnectBundleTypeEnum Type of bundle. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectBundleTypeEnum`. * `page` (_object_) FeedElementCollection A collection of feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCollection`. * `totalElements` (_integer_) The total number of feed elements that this bundle aggregates. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedItemTopics Feed item topics. **Important**: This response body isn’t available in version 32.0 and later. In version 32.0 and later, Topics Capability is used. * `canAssignTopics` (_boolean_) `true` if a topic can be assigned to the feed item, `false` otherwise _Available in: v28.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `topics` (_array of Topic_) Collection of topics _Available in: v28.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFeedItemTypeEnum Specifies the type of a feed item. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ActivityEvent`, `AdvancedTextPost`, `AnnouncementPost`, `ApprovalPost`, `AttachArticleEvent`, `AttachExternalDocumentEvent`, `BasicTemplateFeedItem`, `CallLogPost`, `CanvasPost`, `CaseCommentPost`, `ChangeStatusPost`, `ChatTranscriptPost`, `CollaborationGroupCreated`, `CollaborationGroupUnarchived`, `ContentPost`, `CreateRecordEvent`, `DashboardComponentAlert`, `DashboardComponentSnapshot`, `EmailMessageEvent`, `FacebookPost`, `LinkPost`, `MilestoneEvent`, `PollPost`, `ProfileSkillPost`, `QuestionPost`, `ReplyPost`, `RypplePost`, `SocialPost`, `TestItem`, `TextPost`, `TrackedChange`, `UserStatus`. ### FeedElement A concrete instance of a generic Feed Element. Unless otherwise specified, a generic Feed Element can have shared properties: id, feedElementType, body, and capabilities. * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed element. _Available in: v22.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `capabilities` (_object_, required) A container for all capabilities that can be included with a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ See the [GET /chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCapabilities) operation for the full schema. This field is shown empty in this operation's Response samples but is populated in actual API responses. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElementType` (_object_) ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum Feed elements are the top-level objects that a feed contains. The feed element type describes the characteristics of that feed element. One of these values: * `Bundle` — A container of feed elements. A bundle also has a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `FeedItem` — A feed item has a single parent and is scoped to oneExperience Cloud site or across all Experience Cloud sites. A feed item can have capabilities such as bookmarks, canvas, content, comment, link, poll. Feed items have a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `Recommendation` — A recommendation is a feed element with a recommendations capability. A recommendation suggests records to follow, groups to join, or applications that are helpful to the context user. _Available in: v31.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum`. * `header` (_object_, required) FeedItemBody The header is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message. If a client doesn't know how to render a feed element type, it should render this text. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `id` (_string (Id)_, required) 18-character ID of the feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parent` (_object_, required) AbstractIdable The parent of the feed element. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractIdable`. * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Created date formatted as a relative, localized string, for example, “17m ago” or “Yesterday.” . _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ CMS Connect REST API # CMS Connect REST API > **Note**: The API Reference has a new three-panel layout. Browse grouped endpoints on the left, review endpoint details in the center, and access examples on the right. **Important**: Where possible, we changed noninclusive terms to align with our company value of Equality. We maintained certain terms to avoid any effect on customer implementations. **Version:** v68.0 ## Servers * `https://{MyDomainName}.my.salesforce.com/services/data/v68.0` API server for your Salesforce org. * ``MyDomainName (default None) Your org's My Domain name, which is used as a subdomain for the URLs that Salesforce uses to serve your org. For example, if your Lightning URL is `https://yourcompanyname.lightning.force.com`, then your My Domain name is `yourcompanyname`. Find your My Domain name and login URL on the My Domain page in Setup, or use the `getMyDomainName()` method in the Apex Domain class.`` ## Tags ### CMS Managed Content Resources Get published managed content versions for an Experience Cloud site or a channel. Search managed content in an Experience Cloud site or channel. Get managed content delivery channels for the context user. Get published managed content versions for a channel. Search managed content in a channel. Get the binary stream of published managed content. Get or update the searchable status for managed content types in a channel. Get a piece of managed content. Get a managed content folder. If you have enhanced CMS workspaces, see [Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/Enhanced-CMS-Workspaces-Resources). ### Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources Get managed content channels. Create a managed content channel. Get, update, or delete a managed content channel. Get managed content delivery channels. Get collection items for a channel or Experience Cloud site. Get a collection of published contents for a channel or Experience Cloud site. Get a piece of published content for a channel or Experience Cloud site. Search for content in a channel or Experience Cloud site. Get the binary stream of a media node of published content in a channel. Get or update the searchable status for managed content types in a channel. Get search indexes or trigger search indexing for a channel. Create managed content. Get a version of a piece of content. Clone a piece of managed content. Get, add, or remove taxonomy term associations from managed content. Get digital asset management (DAM) providers. Create, update, or delete a DAM provider instance. Publish and unpublish content. Create, update, get, or delete a managed content variant. Get a managed content folder. Get targets that a managed content space folder can be shared with. Get or update the targets that a managed content space folder is shared with. Search for managed content items, including variants and folders, in spaces and folders. Get managed content spaces. Create, get, or update a managed content space. Get channels for a managed content space. Add or remove channels from a managed content space. These resources are available for enhanced CMS workspaces. If you don’t have enhanced CMS workspaces, see [CMS Managed Content Resources](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/CMS-Managed-Content-Resources). ## Operations ### GET CMS Channels `GET /connect/cms/channels` Operation ID: `getManagedContentChannels`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. The management resource endpoint of Managed Content Channels API. Used to create and get all ManagedContentChannel Get managed content channels. To get managed content delivery channels, see [CMS Delivery Channels](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/CMS-Managed-Content-Resources/operation/getChannels). _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v62.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v62.0_ * `showDetails` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to show the channels’ detailed information ( `true` ) or summary information only ( `false` ). If you don't specify a value, the default is `false` . _Available in: v62.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Channels_ Collection of managed content channels. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentChannels`. ### POST CMS Channels `POST /connect/cms/channels` Operation ID: `postManagedContentChannels`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. The management resource endpoint of Managed Content Channels API. Used to create and get all ManagedContentChannel Create managed content channels. To get managed content delivery channels, see [CMS Delivery Channels](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/CMS-Managed-Content-Resources/operation/getChannels). _Available in: v62.0_ #### Request body Input body to create a managed content channel. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentChannelCreate`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "name": "New Channel", "targetId": "0DBxx0000004ExEGAU", "type": "Community" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Channel_ Managed content channel. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentChannel`. ### GET CMS Channel `GET /connect/cms/channels/{channelId}` Operation ID: `getManagedContentChannel`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. The management resource endpoint of CMS Channels for a specific ManagedContentChannel (CMS Channel) Get a managed content channel. To get a managed content delivery channel, see [CMS Delivery Channel](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/Enhanced-CMS-Workspaces-Resources/operation/getManagedContentDeliveryChannel). _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Channel_ Managed content channel. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentChannel`. ### DELETE CMS Channel `DELETE /connect/cms/channels/{channelId}` Operation ID: `deleteManagedContentChannel`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. The management resource endpoint of CMS Channels for a specific ManagedContentChannel (CMS Channel) Delete a managed content channel. To get a managed content delivery channel, see [CMS Delivery Channel](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/Enhanced-CMS-Workspaces-Resources/operation/getManagedContentDeliveryChannel). _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. ### PATCH CMS Channel `PATCH /connect/cms/channels/{channelId}` Operation ID: `patchManagedContentChannel`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. The management resource endpoint of CMS Channels for a specific ManagedContentChannel (CMS Channel) Update a managed content channel. To get a managed content delivery channel, see [CMS Delivery Channel](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/Enhanced-CMS-Workspaces-Resources/operation/getManagedContentDeliveryChannel). _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. #### Request body Input body to update a managed content channel. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentChannelUpdate`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "name": "New Channel Name" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Channel_ Managed content channel. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentChannel`. ### GET CMS Channel Search Indexes `GET /connect/cms/channels/{channelId}/search/indexes` Operation ID: `getManagedContentSearchIndexes`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Used to trigger search indexes for CMS content Get the latest live and non-live search indexes. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Search Index Collection_ Collection of search indexes for a channel. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSearchIndexCollection`. ### POST CMS Channel Search Indexes `POST /connect/cms/channels/{channelId}/search/indexes` Operation ID: `postManagedContentSearchIndex`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Used to trigger search indexes for CMS content Trigger incremental or full search indexing for a channel. _Available in: v54.0_ After you index your content, use the [Experience Cloud CMS Content Search Resource](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/Experience-Cloud-CMS-Content-Search-Resources/operation/searchSite) to search your site. #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. * `fallbackToFullIndex` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to perform a full index in cases where incremental indexes aren’t possible ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If unspecified, defaults to `true` . This parameter has no effect if `isIncremental` is unspecified or set to `false` . _Available in: v59.0_ * `isIncremental` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to update the index only with changes that have happened since the last full index was performed ( `true` ) or perform a full index ( `false` ). If unspecified, the default is `false` . _Available in: v59.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Search Index_ Search index for a channel. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSearchIndex`. ### GET CMS Searchable Content Types, Channel `GET /connect/cms/channels/{channelId}/searchable-content-types` Operation ID: `getContentTypeSearchStatus`. Tags: CMS Managed Content Resources. Used to fetch all content types searchable status or update a content type searchable status in a channel. Get the searchable status for managed content types in a channel. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v49.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Type Searchable Collection_ Collection of searchable statuses for managed content types. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentTypeSearchableCollection`. ### PATCH CMS Searchable Content Types, Channel `PATCH /connect/cms/channels/{channelId}/searchable-content-types` Operation ID: `updateContentTypeSearchStatus`. Tags: CMS Managed Content Resources. Used to fetch all content types searchable status or update a content type searchable status in a channel. Update the searchable status for managed content types in a channel. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. #### Request body Update the searchable status of a managed content type. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentTypeSearchableInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "name": "Media", "isSearchable": "false" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Type Searchable_ Searchable status for a managed content type. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentTypeSearchable`. ### GET CMS Content Job `GET /connect/cms/content/jobs/{jobId}` Operation ID: `getContentJob`. Tags: CMS Managed Content Resources. The resource endpoint of Managed Content Jobs API for a specific ManagedContentImportExportJob (CMS Import/Export Job) record Get information about an import or export job. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Parameters * `jobId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the job. Pattern: ^(0gU)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** Managed Content Job Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentJob`. ### POST CMS Contents `POST /connect/cms/contents` Operation ID: `postManagedContentDocumentCreate`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. This API allows to create a new managed content. Create managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ **Note:** In version 56.0 and later, you can upload binary files to create managed content. To upload a binary file, you must send it in a multipart/form-data request. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Uploading Binary Files](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). #### Request body Managed content. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Version 60.0 and later ``` { "contentSpaceOrFolderId": "0Zuxx00000003M5CAI", "title": "Title of Document", "contentType": "sfdc_cms__news", "urlName": "test-url", "contentBody": { "bannerImage": { "source": { "type": "imageReference", "ref": { "contentKey": "MCZOCY2AM5PFBADN5UDRB53TLXR4" } } }, "excerpt": "this is test excerpt", "body": "<p>Test body</p>" } } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Version 54.0–59.0 ``` { "contentSpaceOrFolderId": "0Zuxx00000003M5CAI", "title": "Title of Document", "contentType": "ftestSfdcOnly__banner", "urlName": "testUrl", "contentBody": { "bannerImage": "MCZOCY2AM5PFBADN5UDRB53TLXR4", "featuredEvent": "MCZOCY2AM5PFBADN5UDRB53TLXR4", "excerpt": "this is test except", "body": "<p>Test body</p>" } } ``` Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `ManagedContentInputParam` (_ManagedContentInput_) * `contentData` (_string (binary)_) #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Document_ Managed content document. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentDocument`. ### POST CMS Contents Publish `POST /connect/cms/contents/publish` Operation ID: `postManagedContentPublish`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Connect endpoint for CMS json based deployment publish action. Publish content. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Request body Managed content publish. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentPublishInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "description": "Test Description", "contentIds": [ "20YRM0000000CPi2AM" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Publish_ Managed content publish action. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentPublishOutput`. ### POST CMS Contents Unpublish `POST /connect/cms/contents/unpublish` Operation ID: `postManagedContentUnpublish`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Connect endpoint for CMS json based deployment unpublish action. Unpublish content. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Request body Managed content unpublish. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentUnpublishInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "description": "Test Description", "contentIds": [ "20YRM0000000CPi2AM" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Unpublish_ Managed content unpublish action. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentUnpublishOutput`. ### POST CMS Contents Variants `POST /connect/cms/contents/variants` Operation ID: `createManagedContentVariant`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. This API allows create operation on a managed content variant. Create a managed content variant. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Request body Input used to create a managed content variant. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentVariantInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "managedContentKeyorId": "MCWWQJDO2BUZAX7FITHQVAGIASAE", "language": "fr", "title": "French title", "urlName": "my_url_name", "contentBody": { "excerpt": "French excerpt", "body": "French body" } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Variant_ Managed content variant. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentVariant`. ### GET CMS Contents Variant `GET /connect/cms/contents/variants/{variantId}` Operation ID: `getManagedContentVariant`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. This API allows operations on a managed content variant. Get a managed content variant. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `variantId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the variant. Pattern: ^(9Ps)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Variant_ Managed content variant. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentVariant`. ### PUT CMS Contents Variant `PUT /connect/cms/contents/variants/{variantId}` Operation ID: `replaceManagedContentVariant`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. This API allows operations on a managed content variant. Update a managed content variant. _Available in: v54.0_ **Note:** In version 56.0 and later, you can upload binary files. To upload a binary file, you must send it in a multipart/form-data request. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Uploading Binary Files](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). #### Parameters * `variantId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the variant. Pattern: ^(9Ps)\\w\*. #### Request body Managed content variant update. Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `contentData` (_string (binary)_) * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the managed content variant. _Available in: v63.0_ * `contentBody` (_string_) Body of the managed content variant. _Available in: v54.0_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the managed content variant. _Available in: v54.0_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the managed content variant within the org. _Available in: v54.0_ _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Version 60.0 and later ``` { "title": "Title of Document", "urlName": "test-url", "contentBody": { "bannerImage": { "source": { "type": "imageReference", "ref": { "contentKey": "MCZOCY2AM5PFBADN5UDRB53TLXR4" } } }, "excerpt": "this is test excerpt", "body": "<p>Test body</p>" } } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Version 54.0–59.0 ``` { "title": "My Updated Title", "urlName": "my_updated_url_name", "contentBody": { "bannerImage": "MCZOCY2AM5PFBADN5UDRB53TLXR4", "featuredEvent": "MCZOCY2AM5PFBADN5UDRB53TLXR4", "excerpt": "this is my updated excerpt", "body": "<p>Test updated body</p>" } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Variant_ Managed content variant. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentVariant`. ### DELETE CMS Contents Variant `DELETE /connect/cms/contents/variants/{variantId}` Operation ID: `deleteManagedContentVariant`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. This API allows operations on a managed content variant. Delete a managed content variant. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `variantId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the variant. Pattern: ^(9Ps)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. ### GET CMS Content `GET /connect/cms/contents/{contentKeyOrId}` Operation ID: `getManagedContent`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. This API allows to get existing managed content. Get a piece of managed content. In enhanced CMS workspaces, get a version of a piece of managed content. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Parameters * `contentKeyOrId` (path, string, required) A unique identifier or ID of a content. * `contentVersion` (query, string) Content version of the managed content. _Available in: v66.0_ * `language` (query, string) Language locale of the managed content, for example, `en_US`. If you don't specify `version` or if you specify a `version` corresponding to the latest version, the document is returned in the fallback language, if available, or in the primary language of the workspace. If you specify a `version` which isn’t the latest version and isn’t available for the language, an error is returned. If you don’t specify a language, the document is returned in the primary language of the workspace. _Available in: v57.0_ * `variantVersion` (query, string) Variant version of the managed content. _Available in: v66.0_ * `version` (query, string) In non-enhanced workspaces, the 18-character ID of the content version. In enhanced workspaces, the version number ID. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Document_ Managed content document. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentDocument`. ### POST CMS Content Clone `POST /connect/cms/contents/{contentKeyOrId}/clone` Operation ID: `postManagedContentDocumentClone`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. This API allows to clone existing managed content. Clone a piece of managed content. _Available in: v61.0_ #### Parameters * `contentKeyOrId` (path, string, required) Content key or ID of the managed content. #### Request body Managed content clone input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentDocumentCloneInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "includeVariants": true, "contentSpaceOrFolderId": "9Puxx0000004M92CAE", "title": "Cloned Content", "apiName": "new_api_name" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Document Clone_ Managed content document clone. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentDocumentClone`. ### GET CMS Content Taxonomy Terms `GET /connect/cms/contents/{contentKeyOrId}/taxonomy-terms` Operation ID: `getTaxonomyTerms`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Resource for fetching and updating taxonomy terms associated with managed content. Get taxonomy terms that are associated with managed content. Content admins use this resource to work with taxonomy term associations with CMS managed content. Content taxonomists use [Content Taxonomy Resources](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Content-Taxonomy-Resources) to create, get, update, delete, and search content taxonomy terms. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `contentKeyOrId` (path, string, required) A unique identifier or ID of a content. #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Taxonomy Term Collection_ Collection of managed content taxonomy terms. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentTaxonomyTermCollection`. ### PATCH CMS Content Taxonomy Terms `PATCH /connect/cms/contents/{contentKeyOrId}/taxonomy-terms` Operation ID: `updateTaxonomyTerms`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Resource for fetching and updating taxonomy terms associated with managed content. Add or remove taxonomy term associations from managed content. Content admins use this resource to work with taxonomy term associations with CMS managed content. Content taxonomists use [Content Taxonomy Resources](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Content-Taxonomy-Resources) to create, get, update, delete, and search content taxonomy terms. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `contentKeyOrId` (path, string, required) A unique identifier or ID of a content. * `publish` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to publish the taxonomy term associations ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If unspecified, defaults to `false` . If content is published and has no outstanding changes, setting `true` publishes the taxonomy term association changes. Setting `false` saves the taxonomy term association changes and those changes are published along with the next content publish. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Request body Add or remove taxonomy term associations from managed content. _Available in: v63.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentTaxonomyTermsInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "termsToAdd": [ "15dxx000001X8UzBBJ", "15dxx000001X8UzBBJ", "15dxx000001X8UzDBK" ], "termsToRemove": [ "15dxx000001X8UzBCI" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Taxonomy Term Collection_ Collection of managed content taxonomy terms. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentTaxonomyTermCollection`. ### GET CMS Delivery Channels `GET /connect/cms/delivery/channels` Operation ID: `getChannels`. Tags: CMS Managed Content Resources. The delivery resource endpoint of Managed Content Channels API. Used to get channels available for the current user Get managed content delivery channels for the context user. _Available in: v48.0_ This resource returns Managed Content Channel Collection response schema in v48.0–61.0. #### Parameters * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you pass in `null` or 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v48.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Delivery Channels_ Collection of managed content delivery channels. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentDeliveryChannels`. ### GET CMS Delivery Channel `GET /connect/cms/delivery/channels/{channelId}` Operation ID: `getManagedContentDeliveryChannel`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. The delivery resource endpoint of Managed Content Channels API. Used to get details of a channel requested by the user Get a managed content delivery channel. _Available in: v54.0_ This resource returns Managed Content Channel Detail in v54.0–61.0. #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Delivery Channel_ Managed content delivery channel. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentDeliveryChannel`. ### GET CMS Delivery Collection `GET /connect/cms/delivery/channels/{channelId}/collections/{collectionKeyOrId}` Operation ID: `getCollectionItemsForSiteByCollectionKeyOrId`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. This API used to get collection Items. Get collection items for a channel or Experience Cloud site. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/sites/{siteId}/cms/delivery/collections/{collectionKeyOrId}` _Available in: v56.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. * `collectionKeyOrId` (path, string, required) Collection key or ID of the collection. A collection key is a unique identifier such as MCA4CCV5QS2BAB5H7YRCRPTCWGZQ. * `language` (query, string) Language locale for the managed content, for example, `en_US`. If you don’t specify a language or if the requested translation isn’t available, the language defaults to the channel or site’s default language. If the channel or site’s default language isn’t available, the language defaults to the primary language of the content space. _Available in: v56.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. If you don't specify a value, the default size is 50. _Available in: v63.0_ * `pageToken` (query, integer) Integer specifying a page token of items. If you don't specify a value, the default value is 0, which returns the first page token. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Collection Items_ Managed content collection Items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentCollectionItems`. ### GET CMS Delivery Contents `GET /connect/cms/delivery/channels/{channelId}/contents` Operation ID: `getManagedContentsDelivery`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. The delivery resource endpoint of Managed Content Delivery List API to fetch a multiple records of content published to a particular channel or site Get a collection of published contents for a channel or Experience Cloud site. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/sites/{siteId}/cms/delivery/contents` _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. * `contentKeys` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of up to 50 content keys. Specify either managed content IDs or content keys. _Available in: v55.0_ * `contentTypeFQN` (query, string) Fully qualified name of the managed content type. _Available in: v55.0_ * `expandReferences` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include details of references ( `true` ) or summaries of references ( `false` ) in the response body. If unspecified, the default value is `false` . _Available in: v55.0_ * `includeContentBody` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return the content body (`true`) or the content summary (`false`). If unspecified, the default value is `false`. _Available in: v55.0_ * `language` (query, string) Language locale for the managed content, for example, `en_US`. If the requested translation isn’t available, the language defaults to the configured fallback language or the channel’s default language. If the content isn’t available in the fallback language and the channel’s default language, we return an error. _Available in: v55.0_ * `managedContentIds` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of up to 100 managed content IDs. Specify either managed content IDs or content keys. _Available in: v55.0_ * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v55.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. If unspecified, the default size is 25. If you specify `true` for `expandReferences` or `includeContentBody` , the maximum page size you can specify is 25. _Available in: v55.0_ * `publishEndDate` (query, string) ISO 8601 formatted publish end date. _Available in: v55.0_ * `publishStartDate` (query, string) ISO 8601 formatted publish start date. _Available in: v55.0_ * `referenceDepth` (query, integer) An integer 0–3 specifying the depth of references. If you specify 0, the `references` property of the Managed Content Delivery Document Collection response body is null. If unspecified, the default value is 0. _Available in: v55.0_ * `referencesAsList` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return the references as a list in the `referencesList` property of the Managed Content Delivery Document Collection response body ( `true` ). If you specify `false` , the references are returned as key value pairs in the `references` property. If unspecified, the default value is `false` . _Available in: v55.0_ * `showAbsoluteUrl` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to show absolute URLs in the response body (`true`) or not (`false`). If you don’t specify a value, the default is `false`. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Delivery Document Collection_ Managed content delivery document collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentDeliveryDocumentCollection`. ### POST CMS Delivery Channel Contents Search `POST /connect/cms/delivery/channels/{channelId}/contents/enhanced-search` Operation ID: `v2DeliverySearchOnContentsForChannelByChannelId`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Post Request to search for enhanced contents within the specified V2 channel. Search for content in a channel or an Experience Cloud site. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/sites/{siteId}/cms/delivery/contents/enhanced-search` _Available in: v64.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. #### Request body Search managed content in a channel. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentDeliverySearchInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "queryTerm": "BMW", "filters": { "taxonomyQuery": { "expression": "'15dxx000001X8UzBBJ' OR '15dxx000001X8UzBBD'", "doesSearchInHierarchy": false }, "language": "en_US", "contentTypeFQNs": [ "sfdc_cms__news", "sfdc_cms__marketing" ] }, "page": 1, "pageSize": 10 } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Delivery Search Result Collection_ Collection of paginated managed content delivery search results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentDeliverySearchResultCollection`. ### GET CMS Delivery, Channel Query `GET /connect/cms/delivery/channels/{channelId}/contents/query` Operation ID: `getAllContent`. Tags: CMS Managed Content Resources. The delivery part of Managed Content API. Used to get a collection of published content versions. Get published managed content versions for a channel. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. * `contentKeys` (query, array of string) List of up to 50 content keys for the managed content. A content key is a universally unique identifier (UUID) such as MCA4CCV5QS2BAB5H7YRCRPTCWGZQ. Specify either `contentKeys` or `managedContentIds`. _Available in: v51.0_ * `endDate` (query, string) Publish end date in ISO 8601 format, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. _Available in: v48.0_ * `includeMetadata` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include metadata in the response (`true`) or not (`false`). The default value is `false`. _Available in: v48.0_ * `language` (query, string) Language locale for the managed content, for example, `en_US`. If the requested translation isn’t available, the language defaults to the context user’s language. If the context user’s language isn’t available, the language defaults to the content type’s original language. _Available in: v48.0_ * `managedContentIds` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of managed content IDs. HTTP/2 clients support up to 200 IDs. HTTP/1.1 clients don’t. Specify either `contentKeys` or `managedContentIds`. _Available in: v48.0_ * `managedContentType` (query, string) Developer name of the content type, such as `cms_document` or `cms_image`. _Available in: v48.0_ * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v48.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. For performance reasons, we recommend 25 or fewer items per page. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v48.0_ * `showAbsoluteUrl` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to show absolute URLs in the response body (`true`) or not (`false`). If you don’t specify a value, the default is `false`. _Available in: v50.0_ * `startDate` (query, string) Publish start date in ISO 8601 format, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Version Collection_ Collection of managed content versions. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentVersionCollection`. ### GET CMS Delivery Search, Channel `GET /connect/cms/delivery/channels/{channelId}/contents/search` Operation ID: `getManagedContentSearch`. Tags: CMS Managed Content Resources. CMS Search API upon a channel Search managed content in a channel. **Note**: CMS Delivery Search, Channel doesn’t support enhanced CMS channels. To search in enhanced CMS workspaces, use [CMS Search](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/Enhanced-CMS-Workspaces-Resources/operation/searchManagedContentForItems). _Available in: v48.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v48.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v48.0_ * `queryTerm` (query, string, required) SOSL query. _Available in: v48.0_ * `scope` (query, ConnectManagedContentSearchScopeEnum) Scope of the content search. Values are: * `All` —Search all text. * `TitleOnly` —Search only title text. If you don’t specify a value, the default is `All`. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Search Result Collection_ Collection of managed content search results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSearchResultCollection`. ### GET CMS Delivery Content `GET /connect/cms/delivery/channels/{channelId}/contents/{contentKeyOrId}` Operation ID: `getManagedContentDelivery`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. The delivery resource endpoint of Managed Content Delivery API to fetch a single record of content published to a particular channel or site Get a piece of published content for a channel or Experience Cloud site. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/sites/{siteId}/cms/delivery/contents/{contentKeyOrId}` _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. * `contentKeyOrId` (path, string, required) Content key or ID of the managed content. * `contentVersion` (query, integer) * `expandReferences` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include details of references ( `true` ) or summaries of references ( `false` ) in the response body. If unspecified, the default value is `false` . _Available in: v54.0_ * `language` (query, string) Language locale for the managed content, for example, `en_US`. To get content for a channel in the specified language, that language must be added to the channel. If you don’t specify a language or if the requested translation isn’t available, the language defaults to the channel or site’s default language. If the channel or site’s default language isn’t available, the language defaults to the primary language of the content space. _Available in: v54.0_ * `referenceDepth` (query, integer) An integer 0–3 specifying the depth of references. If you specify 0, the `references` property of the Managed Content Delivery Document response body is null. If unspecified, the default value is 0. _Available in: v54.0_ * `referencesAsList` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return the references as a list in the `referencesList` property of the Managed Content Delivery Document response body ( `true` ). If you specify `false` , the references are returned as key value pairs in the `references` property. If unspecified, the default value is `false` . _Available in: v54.0_ * `showAbsoluteUrl` (query, boolean) For public channels only, specifies whether to return the absolute `unauthenticatedUrl` in the response body. If you don’t specify a value, the default is `false`. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Delivery Document_ Managed content in delivery scope. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentDeliveryDocument`. ### GET CMS Delivery Content, Channel `GET /connect/cms/delivery/channels/{channelId}/media/{mediaGuid}/content` Operation ID: `getMediaBlob`. Tags: CMS Managed Content Resources. Bytes of a media node within managed content item. Only returns bytes of media node if managed content item is published to the specified channel. Media guid uniquely identifies media node. If managed content item has multiple media nodes they will have different media guids. User must have access to the specified channel and managed content has to be published to that channel to be able to retrieve the bytes. Get the binary stream of a media node of published content in a channel. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. * `mediaGuid` (path, string (Id), required) The `{mediaGuid}` parameter uniquely identifies the media node. * `language` (query, string) Language locale for the managed content, for example, `en_US`. To get content for a channel in the specified language, that language must be added to the channel. If you don’t specify a language or if the requested translation isn’t available, the language defaults to the channel or site’s default language. If the channel or site’s default language isn’t available, the language defaults to the primary language of the content space. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Responses * **200** Binary stream of the content Media type: `application/octet-stream`. Schema: `string (binary)`. Binary stream of the content Type: `string (binary)`. ### GET CMS Digital Asset Management Providers `GET /connect/cms/digital-asset-management-providers` Operation ID: `getManagedContentProviders`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Gets a collection of Managed Content Providers. Get digital asset management (DAM) providers. _Available in: v65.0_ #### Parameters * `contentSpaceId` (query, string) ID of the managed content space. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Provider Collection_ Collection of managed content providers. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentProviderCollection`. ### POST CMS Digital Asset Management Providers `POST /connect/cms/digital-asset-management-providers` Operation ID: `createManagedContentProvider`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Gets a collection of Managed Content Providers. Create a DAM provider instance. _Available in: v65.0_ #### Request body Create or update a managed content provider instance. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentProviderInstanceInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Creating a managed content provider instance ``` { "instanceKey": "https://xxxxxx.com", "isDefault": "true", "name": "Bynder-Brand-1", "providerLightningComponentId": "106xxxxxxxxxxx" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Provider Instance_ Information about a managed content provider instance. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentProviderInstance`. ### DELETE CMS Digital Asset Management Provider `DELETE /connect/cms/digital-asset-management-providers/{providerInstanceId}` Operation ID: `deleteManagedContentProviderInstance`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Used to delete a single Managed Content Provider Instance. Delete a digital asset management (DAM) provider instance. _Available in: v65.0_ **Note:** You can’t delete a DAM provider instance that’s in use. Delete managed content that’s associated with a DAM provider instance before deleting the instance. #### Parameters * `providerInstanceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the provider instance. Pattern: ^(1QX)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH CMS Digital Asset Management Provider `PATCH /connect/cms/digital-asset-management-providers/{providerInstanceId}` Operation ID: `updateManagedContentProviderInstance`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Used to delete a single Managed Content Provider Instance. Update a digital asset management (DAM) provider instance. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Parameters * `providerInstanceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the provider instance. Pattern: ^(1QX)\\w\*. #### Request body Create or update a managed content provider instance. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentProviderInstanceInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Creating a managed content provider instance ``` { "instanceKey": "https://xxxxxx.com", "isDefault": "true", "name": "Bynder-Brand-1", "providerLightningComponentId": "106xxxxxxxxxxx" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Updating a managed content provider instance ``` { "instanceKey": "https://xxxxxx.com", "isDefault": "true", "name": "Bynder-Brand-1" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Provider Instance_ Information about a managed content provider instance. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentProviderInstance`. ### GET CMS Folder `GET /connect/cms/folders/{folderId}` Operation ID: `getManagedContentSpaceFolder`. Tags: CMS Managed Content Resources. Resource on CMS Folders i.e. ManagedContentSpaceFolder Get a managed content folder. _Available in: v53.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the folder. Pattern: ^(9Pu)\\w\*. * `contextContentSpaceId` (query, string) ID of the context workspace. Specify to get folder hierarchy information starting from the root of the context workspace. _Available in: v61.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Space Folder Detail_ Managed content space folder. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSpaceFolderDetail`. ### DELETE CMS Folder `DELETE /connect/cms/folders/{folderId}` Operation ID: `deleteManagedContentSpaceFolder`. Tags: CMS Managed Content Resources. Resource on CMS Folders i.e. ManagedContentSpaceFolder Delete a managed content folder. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the folder. Pattern: ^(9Pu)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** Success ### PATCH CMS Folder `PATCH /connect/cms/folders/{folderId}` Operation ID: `patchManagedContentSpaceFolder`. Tags: CMS Managed Content Resources. Resource on CMS Folders i.e. ManagedContentSpaceFolder Update a managed content folder. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the folder. Pattern: ^(9Pu)\\w\*. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSpaceFolderInputRep`. #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Space Folder Detail_ Managed content space folder. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSpaceFolderDetail`. ### GET CMS Folder Items `GET /connect/cms/folders/{folderId}/folder-items` Operation ID: `getManagedContentSpaceFolderItemsV2`. Tags: CMS Managed Content Resources. Resource to get the list of items in a folder Get folder items. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the folder. Pattern: ^(9Pu)\\w\*. * `contentTypeFilter` (query, ConnectMCSFolderItemsContentTypesFilterEnum) Filter to include or exclude the content type. If unspecified, default is `In`. _Available in: v68.0_ * `contentTypes` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of content types. _Available in: v68.0_ * `includePublishedOnly` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include only published content (`true`) or not (`false`). If `true`, folders are also returned. _Available in: v68.0_ * `includeSharedWithSpaceFolder` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include the shared-with-space folder in the root folder (`true`) or (`not`). _Available in: v68.0_ Default: `true`. * `itemType` (query, ConnectMCSFolderItemsFilterEnum) Filter for folder items. _Available in: v68.0_ * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v68.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v68.0_ * `queryTerm` (query, string) Search query string. Searches first level on the folder and on item names. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Space Folder Item Collection_ Folder item collection for a managed content space. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSpaceFolderItemCollectionV2`. ### GET CMS Folder Share Targets `GET /connect/cms/folders/{folderId}/share-targets` Operation ID: `getMCSFolderShareTargets`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. The Folder Shares Target API to get the list of share targets with which the folder can be shared Get targets that a managed content space folder can be shared with. To get targets that a managed content space folder is shared with, use [CMS Folder Shares](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/Enhanced-CMS-Workspaces-Resources/operation/getMCSFolderShares). _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the folder. Pattern: ^(9Pu)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _MCS Folder Share Target Collection_ Collection of targets that a managed content space folder can be shared with. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MCSFolderShareTargetCollection`. ### GET CMS Folder Shares `GET /connect/cms/folders/{folderId}/shares` Operation ID: `getMCSFolderShares`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. The Folder Shares API to get, create, or delete the shares of a folder in CMS Get the targets that a managed content space folder is shared with. Workspaces are the only supported sharing targets. To get targets that a managed content space folder can be shared with, use [CMS Folder Share Targets](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/Enhanced-CMS-Workspaces-Resources/operation/getMCSFolderShareTargets). _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the folder. Pattern: ^(9Pu)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _MCS Folder Share Collection_ Collection of targets that a managed content space folder is shared with. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MCSFolderShareCollection`. ### PATCH CMS Folder Shares `PATCH /connect/cms/folders/{folderId}/shares` Operation ID: `patchMCSFolderShares`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. The Folder Shares API to get, create, or delete the shares of a folder in CMS Update the targets that a managed content space folder is shared with. Workspaces are the only supported sharing targets. To get targets that a managed content space folder can be shared with, use [CMS Folder Share Targets](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/Enhanced-CMS-Workspaces-Resources/operation/getMCSFolderShareTargets). _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the folder. Pattern: ^(9Pu)\\w\*. #### Request body Update the targets that a managed content space folder is shared with. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MCSFolderShareCollectionUpdateInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "shareWith": [ { "targetId": "0Zu000000000001" }, { "targetId": "0Zu000000000002" } ], "unshareWith": [ "0Zu000000000003", "0Zu000000000004" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _MCS Folder Share Collection_ Collection of targets that a managed content space folder is shared with. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MCSFolderShareCollection`. ### GET CMS Search `GET /connect/cms/items/search` Operation ID: `searchManagedContentForItems`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Get Request to search for Managed Content items within Managed Content Spaces and Folders. Search for managed content items, including variants, in spaces and folders. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Parameters * `contentSpaceOrFolderIds` (query, array of string (Id), required) IDs of managed content spaces (key prefix 0Zu) and folders (key prefix 9Pu) in which to search. In version 57.0, exactly one space is required and one folder in that space is allowed. _Available in: v57.0_ * `contentTypeFQN` (query, string) Fully qualified name of the content type used to restrict the search. _Available in: v57.0_ * `languages` (query, array of string) List of up to 10 languages or `All` to search for all languages. Specify each language as a language only, such as `en` , or as a language and locale, such as `en_US` . Search returns only exact matches and only languages that are supported by the workspace. If unspecified, the workspace default language is used. In version 57.0, search returns all languages by default. In version 58.0 and later, use `languages=All` to get all the languages. _Available in: v58.0_ * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v57.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v57.0_ * `queryTerm` (query, string, required) List of up to 50 space separated search terms. The search terms must contain at least two characters that aren’t [wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards) . _Available in: v57.0_ * `scope` (query, ConnectManagedContentSearchScopeEnum) Text search scope for items. If unspecified, defaults to `All` . If you specify a folder ID, you can’t restrict the search scope. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Search Result Items Collection_ Paginated collection of CMS keyword-based search result items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSearchResultItemsCollection`. ### GET CMS Spaces `GET /connect/cms/spaces` Operation ID: `getManagedContentSpaceCollection`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Resource endpoint to access Managed Content Spaces Get managed content spaces. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Parameters * `nameFragment` (query, string) Name fragment to filter spaces that contain the value in the workspace name. _Available in: v64.0_ * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v64.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. If you don't specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Space Collection_ Collection of managed content spaces. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSpaceCollection`. ### POST CMS Spaces `POST /connect/cms/spaces` Operation ID: `postManagedContentSpaceCollection`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Resource endpoint to access Managed Content Spaces Create a managed content space. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Request body Create a managed content space. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSpaceInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "name": "ShoeStoreWorkspace", "description": "To serve shoe store content.", "defaultLanguage": "en_US", "spacetype": "Content", "apiName": "shoe_store_workspace" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Space_ Managed content space. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSpace`. ### GET CMS Space `GET /connect/cms/spaces/{contentSpaceId}` Operation ID: `getManagedContentSpace`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Get a Managed Content Space. Details include Root Folder Id and Supported languages. Get a managed content space. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `contentSpaceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the content space. Pattern: ^(0Zu)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Space_ Managed content space. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSpace`. ### DELETE CMS Space `DELETE /connect/cms/spaces/{contentSpaceId}` Operation ID: `deleteManagedContentSpace`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Get a Managed Content Space. Details include Root Folder Id and Supported languages. Delete a managed content space asynchronously. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Parameters * `contentSpaceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the content space. Pattern: ^(0Zu)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Space Delete_ Details of an async managed content space delete operation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSpaceDelete`. ### PATCH CMS Space `PATCH /connect/cms/spaces/{contentSpaceId}` Operation ID: `patchManagedContentSpace`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Get a Managed Content Space. Details include Root Folder Id and Supported languages. Update a managed content space. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Parameters * `contentSpaceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the content space. Pattern: ^(0Zu)\\w\*. #### Request body Update the name or description of a managed content space. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSpaceUpdateInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "name": "ShoeStoreWorkspaceUpdated", "description": "To serve shoe store content. Updated." } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Space_ Managed content space. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSpace`. ### GET CMS Space Channels `GET /connect/cms/spaces/{contentSpaceId}/channels` Operation ID: `getManagedContentSpaceChannels`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. The management resource endpoint of Managed Content Space Channels API for a specific ManagedContentSpace record Get channels for a managed content space. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `contentSpaceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the content space. Pattern: ^(0Zu)\\w\*. * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v62.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. If you don't specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Space Channels_ List of managed content space channels. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSpaceChannels`. ### PATCH CMS Space Channels `PATCH /connect/cms/spaces/{contentSpaceId}/channels` Operation ID: `patchManagedContentSpaceChannels`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. The management resource endpoint of Managed Content Space Channels API for a specific ManagedContentSpace record Add or remove channels from a managed content space. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `contentSpaceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the content space. Pattern: ^(0Zu)\\w\*. #### Request body Channels to add or remove from a managed content space. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSpaceChannelsInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "spaceChannels": [ { "channelId": "0ap000000000001", "operation": "Add" }, { "channelId": "0ap000000000003", "operation": "Remove" }, { "channelId": "0ap000000000004", "operation": "Remove" }, { "channelId": "0ap000000000002", "operation": "Add" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Space Channels_ List of managed content space channels. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSpaceChannels`. ### GET Managed Content Delivery, Experience Cloud Site `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/managed-content/delivery` Operation ID: `getAllManagedContent`. Tags: CMS Managed Content Resources. The delivery part of Managed Content API. Used to get a collection of published content versions. Get published managed content versions for an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `contentKeys` (query, array of string) List of up to 50 content keys for the managed content. A content key is a universally unique identifier (UUID) such as MCA4CCV5QS2BAB5H7YRCRPTCWGZQ. Specify either `contentKeys` or `managedContentIds`. _Available in: v51.0_ * `language` (query, string) Language locale for the managed content, for example, `en_US`. If the requested translation isn’t available, the language defaults to the context user’s language. If the context user’s language isn’t available, the language defaults to the content type’s original language. _Available in: v47.0_ * `managedContentIds` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of managed content IDs. HTTP/2 clients support up to 200 IDs. HTTP/1.1 clients don’t. Specify either `contentKeys` or `managedContentIds`. _Available in: v47.0_ * `managedContentType` (query, string) Developer name of the content type, such as `cms_document` or `cms_image`. _Available in: v47.0_ * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v47.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. For performance reasons, we recommend 25 or fewer items per page. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v47.0_ * `showAbsoluteUrl` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to show absolute URLs in the response body (`true`) or not (`false`). If you don’t specify a value, the default is `false`. _Available in: v50.0_ * `topics` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of up to 15 content topic names. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Version Collection_ Collection of managed content versions. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentVersionCollection`. ### GET Managed Content Delivery Search, Experience Cloud Site `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/managed-content/delivery/contents/search` Operation ID: `getManagedContentSearchResourceOnCommunity`. Tags: CMS Managed Content Resources. CMS Search API upon a channel/community Search managed content in an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v48.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v48.0_ * `queryTerm` (query, string, required) SOSL query. _Available in: v48.0_ * `scope` (query, ConnectManagedContentSearchScopeEnum) Scope of the content search. Values are: * `All` —Search all text. * `TitleOnly` —Search only title text. If you don’t specify a value, the default is `All`. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Search Result Collection_ Collection of managed content search results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentSearchResultCollection`. ### GET CMS Channel Content Rendition `GET /connect/cms/delivery/channels/{channelId}/contents/{contentKeyOrId}/renditions/{renditionType}` Operation ID: `getManagedContentDeliveryRendition`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. The delivery rendition resource for retrieving pre-rendered content via channels Get a managed content rendition for a channel. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a channel. Pattern: ^(0ap)\\w\*. * `contentKeyOrId` (path, string, required) Content key or ID of the managed content. * `renditionType` (path, string, required) Type of rendition. * `language` (query, string) Language locale for the managed content, for example, en\_US. The requested language must be added to the channel. If you don’t specify a language or if the requested translation isn’t available, the language defaults to the channel or site’s default language. If the channel or site’s default language isn’t available, the language defaults to the primary language of the content space. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Delivery Rendition_ Managed content delivery rendition. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentDeliveryRendition`. ### POST CMS Contents Metadata `POST /connect/cms/contents/metadata` Operation ID: `exposeContentsAsMetadata`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Exposes a batch of existing managed contents (each addressed by its content key or Id) as metadata. "metadata" is a static collection route and does not collide with the item routes under /connect/cms/contents/${contentKeyOrId}. Expose managed content as metadata so it can be accessed through Metadata API. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentMetadataCollectionInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Metadata Collection_ Collection of managed content metadata. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentMetadataCollection`. ### GET CMS Space Single Item `GET /connect/cms/spaces/{contentSpaceId}/contents/single-item/{contentTypeFQN}` Operation ID: `getManagedContentSingleItemContent`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. Gets the single-item managed content of the given content type in a content space. Get a single managed content item for a managed content space. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Parameters * `contentSpaceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the content space. Pattern: ^(0Zu)\\w\*. * `contentTypeFQN` (path, string, required) Fully qualified name of the managed content type. #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Document_ Managed content document. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentDocument`. ### POST CMS Space Items, Delete `POST /connect/cms/spaces/{contentSpaceId}/items/delete` Operation ID: `postManagedContentItemsDelete`. Tags: Enhanced CMS Workspaces Resources. This API asynchronously bulk deletes managed content items. Asynchronously bulk delete managed content folders and items for a managed content space. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Parameters * `contentSpaceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the content space. Pattern: ^(0Zu)\\w\*. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentItemsDeleteInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Managed Content Items Delete_ Result of submitting an asynchronous managed content items delete job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedContentItemsDeleteOutput`. ### GET Experience Cloud CMS Content Search `GET /connect/sites/{siteId}/search` Operation ID: `searchSite`. Tags: Experience Cloud CMS Content Search Resources. Site search api. Search an Experience Cloud site. This resource is available only for sites with Enhanced CMS Workspaces. Make sure your content is indexed with the [CMS Channel Search Indexes](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/Enhanced-CMS-Workspaces-Resources/operation/getManagedContentSearchIndexes) resource before searching your site. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `siteId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. Pattern: ^(0DM)\\w\*. * `language` (query, string) Language locale for the context user. If unspecified or if the specified language locale isn’t available, the default value is `en_US`. _Available in: v54.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 240. If unspecified, defaults to 25. _Available in: v54.0_ * `pageToken` (query, string) Specifies the base64 encoded page token. Page tokens are returned as part of the response. If unspecified, the first page is returned. _Available in: v54.0_ * `queryTerm` (query, string, required) White-space separated words used to search for relevant content. Provide a maximum of 1024 characters, composed of up to 32 words and white spaces. Logical operators aren’t supported. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Responses * **200** _CMS Content Search Result_ CMS Content Search result. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SiteSearchResult`. ### GET Content Workspace Permissions `GET /connect/content/workspace/{workspaceId}/permissions/{userId}` Operation ID: `getUsersWorkspacePermission`. Tags: Content Workspace Permissions Resources. Resource for a user's specific permissions they have on a workspace. Get a user's permissions for a content workspace. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `workspaceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the workspace. Pattern: ^(058)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Workspace Permission_ A user’s permissions for a workspace. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `WorkspacePermission`. ## Schemas ### ManagedContentChannels Collection of managed content channels. * `channels` (_ManagedContentChannel | ManagedContentChannelSummary_) List of managed content channels. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `ManagedContentChannel`, `ManagedContentChannelSummary`. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_, nullable) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_, nullable) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_, nullable) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalChannels` (_integer_) Total number of managed content channels. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentChannelCreate Input body to create a managed content channel. * `cacheControlMaxAge` (_integer (int64)_) Cache control max age value in seconds. _Available in: v62.0_ * `domain` (_string_) ID or name of the domain assigned to the public channel. _Available in: v62.0_ * `isCrossApi` (_boolean_) Optional, set to signify that the channel is able to support both 1.0 and 2.0 contents * `isDedicatedContentDelivery` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the channel has off-core dedicated content delivery enabled (`true`) or not (`false`). Orgs hosted on Hyperforce use off-core dedicated content delivery to deliver content in public channels with high performance and low latency. _Available in: v63.0_ * `isDomainLocked` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the domain is locked and can’t be changed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v62.0_ * `isSearchable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the text contents of the channel are searchable (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v62.0_ * `managedContentOffCoreLocation` (_ManagedContentOffCoreLocationInput_) * `mediaCacheControlMaxAge` (_integer (int64)_) Media cache control max age value in seconds. _Available in: v62.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) Name of the managed content channel. _Available in: v62.0_ * `targetId` (_string_) ID of the target associated with the managed content channel. Required for all channel types except `PublicUnauthenticated` _Available in: v62.0_ * `type` (_object_, required) ConnectManagedContentChannelTypeEnum Type of managed content channel. Values are: * `CloudToCloud` —Cloud-to-Cloud integrated channel. * `Community` —Experience Cloud site channel. * `ConnectedApp` —Channel served by a connected app. * `PublicUnauthenticated` —Public channel. All published content is publicly available. * `UserPermission` —Channel backed by a system permission. All published content is available only to users with the permission. * `WebApp` —Channel served by a web app. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentChannelTypeEnum`. ### ManagedContentChannel Managed content channel. * `cacheControlMaxAge` (_integer (int64)_) HTTP cache control max age response header for content delivered from the channel. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `channelId` (_string_) ID of the managed content channel. _Available in: v48.0–61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `channelName` (_string_) Name of the managed content channel. _Available in: v48.0–61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `channelType` (_string_) Type of managed content channel. Values are: * `CloudToCloud` —Cloud-to-Cloud integrated channel. * `Community` —Experience Cloud site channel. * `ConnectedApp` —Channel served by a connected app. * `PublicUnauthenticated` —Public channel. All published content is publicly available. * `UserPermission` —Channel backed by a system permission. All published content is available only to users with the permission. * `WebApp`—Channel served by a web app. _Available in: v48.0–61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `CloudToCloud`, `Community`, `ConnectedApp`, `PublicUnauthenticated`, `UserPermission`, `WebApp`. * `domain` (_string_) ID or name of the domain assigned to the channel. _Available in: v52.0–61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `domainId` (_string_) ID of the domain assigned to the channel. In version 52.0 and later, this information is returned in the `domain` property. _Available in: v50.0–51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `domainName` (_string_) Name of the domain assigned to the channel. _Available in: v50.0–61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isChannelSearchable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the text contents of the channel are searchable (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v48.0–61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDedicatedContentDelivery` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the channel has off-core dedicated content delivery enabled (`true`) or not (`false`). Orgs hosted on Hyperforce use off-core dedicated content delivery to deliver content in public channels with high performance and low latency. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDomainLocked` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the domain is locked and can’t be changed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v50.0–61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isSearchable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the text contents of the channel are searchable ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentChannelDomain` (_object_) ManagedContentChannelDomain Domain associated with the channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentChannelDomain`. * `mediaCacheControlMaxAge` (_integer (int64)_) HTTP cache control max age response header for media delivered from the channel. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the managed content channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `targetId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the target associated with the channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentChannelTypeEnum Type of managed content channel. Values are: * `CloudToCloud` —Cloud-to-Cloud integrated channel. * `Community` —Experience Cloud site channel. * `ConnectedApp` —Channel served by a connected app. * `PublicUnauthenticated` —Public channel. All published content is publicly available. * `UserPermission` —Channel backed by a system permission. All published content is available only to users with the permission. * `WebApp` —Channel served by a web app. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentChannelTypeEnum`. ### ManagedContentChannelUpdate Input body to update a managed content channel. * `cacheControlMaxAge` (_integer (int64)_) Cache control max age value in seconds. _Available in: v62.0_ * `domain` (_string_) ID or name of the domain assigned to the public channel. _Available in: v62.0_ * `isDedicatedContentDelivery` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the channel has off-core dedicated content delivery enabled (`true`) or not (`false`). Orgs hosted on Hyperforce use off-core dedicated content delivery to deliver content in public channels with high performance and low latency. _Available in: v63.0_ * `isDomainLocked` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the domain is locked and can’t be changed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v62.0_ * `isSearchable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the text contents of the channel are searchable (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v62.0_ * `managedContentOffCoreLocation` (_ManagedContentOffCoreLocationInput_) * `mediaCacheControlMaxAge` (_integer (int64)_) Media cache control max age value in seconds. _Available in: v62.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) Name of the managed content channel. _Available in: v62.0_ * `targetId` (_string_) ID of the target associated with the managed content channel. Required for all channel types except `PublicUnauthenticated` _Available in: v62.0_ ### ManagedContentSearchIndexCollection Collection of search indexes for a channel. * `indexes` (_array of ManagedContentSearchIndex_) List of search indexes, including the current live index and the latest in-progress or failed index. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentSearchIndex Search index for a channel. * `completionDate` (_string (date-time)_) Completion date of the index. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Creation date of the index. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `creationType` (_object_) ConnectSearchIndexCreationTypeEnum Creation type of the index. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchIndexCreationTypeEnum`. * `id` (_string_) ID of the index. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `indexStatus` (_object_) ConnectSearchIndexStatusEnum Status of the index. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchIndexStatusEnum`. * `message` (_string_) Detailed message for the index status. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentTypeSearchableCollection Collection of searchable statuses for managed content types. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of ManagedContentTypeSearchable_) Searchable statuses for managed content types. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalItems` (_integer_) Total count of searchable statuses for managed content types. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentTypeSearchableInput Update the searchable status of a managed content type. * `isSearchable` (_boolean_, required) Specifies whether to set the managed content type to searchable (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) Developer name of the managed content type. In version 63.0 and later, specify the fully qualified name for content types that are package-installed. _Available in: v49.0_ ### ManagedContentTypeSearchable Searchable status for a managed content type. * `id` (_string_) ID of the managed content type. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isSearchable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the managed content type is searchable (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Master label of the managed content type. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Developer name of the managed content type. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentJob Information about a managed content import/export job * `createdBy` (_object_) ManagedContentUserSummary User who created the managed content job. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentUserSummary`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the managed content job was created. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorBodyUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the error content body of the job. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content job. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `inputBodyUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the input content body of the job. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `jobType` (_string_) Type of managed content job. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Delete`, `Export`, `Import`. * `lastModifiedBy` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who most recently modified the managed content job. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the managed content job was most recently modified. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastStatusUpdateDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the status of the job was most recently updated. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the job. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outputBodyUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the output content body of the job. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_) Start date of the job. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status of the managed content job. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Completed`, `CompletedWithError`, `Created`, `Failed`, `Pending`, `Processing`. ### ManagedContentInput Managed content. * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the managed content. _Available in: v61.0_ * `contentBody` (_object_, required) ManagedContentBodyInputRep Body of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentBodyInputRep`. * `contentKey` (_string_) Content key to assign to the managed content. A content key is a universally unique identifier (UUID) such as MCA4CCV5QS2BAB5H7YRCRPTCWGZQ. _Available in: v56.0_ * `contentSpaceOrFolderId` (_string_, required) Content space or folder ID where the content is created. _Available in: v54.0_ * `contentType` (_string_, required) Fully qualified name of the content type to create. If you’re uploading a binary file using a multipart/form-data message, `contentType` must be `sfdc_cms__image` or `sfdc_cms__doc`. You can't create a Form using `sfdc_cms__form`. The `sfdc_cms__form` content type isn't supported. _Available in: v54.0_ * `externalId` (_string_) External ID of the managed content. _Available in: v58.0_ * `externalSource` (_ManagedContentExternalSourceInput_) * `title` (_string_, required) Title of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the managed content within the org. _Available in: v54.0_ ### ManagedContentDocument Managed content document. * `apiName` (_string_, nullable) API name of the managed content. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentBody` (_object_) Map of properties of the managed content with their values. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `contentFqn` (_string_, nullable) Fully qualified name (FQN) of the managed content. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentKey` (_string_) Globally unique identifier (GUID) for the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentSpace` (_object_) ManagedContentSpaceSummary Content space of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentSpaceSummary`. * `contentType` (_object_) ManagedContentTypeSummary Type of managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentTypeSummary`. * `contentVersion` (_integer_, nullable) Content version of the managed content. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdBy` (_object_) ManagedContentUserSummary User who created the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentUserSummary`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the managed content was created. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalId` (_string_, nullable) External ID of the managed content. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folder` (_object_) ManagedContentFolderSummary Folder of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentFolderSummary`. * `isPublished` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the managed content variant is published to a channel (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `language` (_string_) Language locale of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedBy` (_object_) ManagedContentUserSummary User who last modified the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentUserSummary`. * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the managed content was last modified. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentVariantId` (_string (Id)_) Managed content variant ID. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentVersionId` (_string (Id)_) Managed content version ID. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `source` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentGenerationSourceEnum Source of the managed content. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentGenerationSourceEnum`. * `status` (_object_) ManagedContentVariantStatus Status of the managed content variant. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentVariantStatus`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `variantVersion` (_integer_, nullable) Variant version of the managed content. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionNumber` (_string_) Version number of the managed content. In version 66.0 and later, use `contentVersion` and `variantVersion` for version information. _Available in: v57.0–65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentPublishInput Managed content publish. * `contentIds` (_array of string_) IDs of content to publish. All variants of the content are published. Required if `variantIds` isn’t specified _Available in: v55.0_ * `contextContentSpaceId` (_string_) ID of the context workspace. If specified, content from other workspaces is published if it is shared to the specified workspace. If unspecified, the context workspace is derived from the content’s origin workspace. All content in the request should belong to the same origin workspace. _Available in: v61.0_ * `description` (_string_) Description for publish action. _Available in: v55.0_ * `includeContentReferences` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to include content references (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v57.0_ * `variantIds` (_array of string_) IDs of variants to publish. All variants must be from the same content space. Required if `contentIds` isn’t specified _Available in: v57.0_ ### ManagedContentPublishOutput Managed content publish action. * `deploymentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content deployment. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_, nullable) Publish description. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `publishDate` (_string (date-time)_, nullable) Publish date. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentUnpublishInput Managed content unpublish. * `contentIds` (_array of string_) IDs of content to unpublish. All variants of the content are unpublished. Required if `variantIds` isn’t specified _Available in: v55.0_ * `contextContentSpaceId` (_string_) ID of the context workspace. If specified, content from other workspaces is unpublished if it is shared to the specified workspace. If unspecified, the context workspace is derived from the content’s origin workspace. All content in the request should belong to the same origin workspace. _Available in: v61.0_ * `description` (_string_) Description for unpublish action. _Available in: v55.0_ * `variantIds` (_array of string_) IDs of variants to unpublish. All variants must be from the same content space. Required if `contentIds` isn’t specified _Available in: v57.0_ ### ManagedContentUnpublishOutput Managed content unpublish action. * `deploymentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the Managed content deployment. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_, nullable) Unpublish description. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unpublishDate` (_string (date-time)_, nullable) Unpublish date. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentVariantInput Input used to create a managed content variant. * `contentBody` (_object_, required) Body of the managed content variant. _Available in: v58.0_ Additional properties: `object`. * `language` (_string_, required) Language of the managed content variant. _Available in: v58.0_ * `managedContentKeyOrId` (_string_, required) Managed content key or ID of the content associated to the variant to be created. _Available in: v58.0_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the managed content variant. _Available in: v58.0_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the managed content variant within the org. _Available in: v58.0_ ### ManagedContentVariant Managed content variant. * `apiName` (_string_, nullable) API name of the managed content variant. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentBody` (_object_) Map of properties of the managed content with their values. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `contentFqn` (_string_, nullable) Fully qualified name (FQN) of the managed content. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentKey` (_string_) Globally unique identifier (GUID) for the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentSpace` (_object_) ManagedContentSpaceSummary Content space of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentSpaceSummary`. * `contentType` (_object_) ManagedContentTypeSummary Type of managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentTypeSummary`. * `createdBy` (_object_) ManagedContentUserSummary User who created the managed content variant. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentUserSummary`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the managed content variant was created. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `deliveryUrls` (_array of ManagedContentDeliveryUrlChannel_, nullable) Delivery channels that produce a public delivery URL for the media (image) content, each paired with its absolute URL. Empty for non-media content types or when no delivery channel can be resolved. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `externalId` (_string_) External ID of the managed content. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folder` (_object_) ManagedContentFolderSummary Folder of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentFolderSummary`. * `isPublished` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the managed content variant is published to a channel (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `language` (_string_) Language locale of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedBy` (_object_) ManagedContentUserSummary User who last modified the managed content variant. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentUserSummary`. * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the managed content variant was last modified. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentVariantId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content variant. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentVersionId` (_string (Id)_) Managed content version ID. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `source` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentGenerationSourceEnum Source of the managed content. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentGenerationSourceEnum`. * `status` (_object_) ManagedContentVariantStatus Information about a managed content variant's status in the authoring space. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentVariantStatus`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentDocumentCloneInput Managed content clone input. * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the cloned content. _Available in: v61.0_ * `contentSpaceOrFolderId` (_string_) ID of the target folder for the cloned content. If unspecified, defaults to the folder of the source content. _Available in: v61.0_ * `includeVariants` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to include variants (`true`) or not (`false`) when cloning the content. If unspecified, default is `false`. _Available in: v61.0_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the cloned content. If unspecified, “clone of” is appended to the source content’s title. _Available in: v61.0_ ### ManagedContentDocumentClone Managed content document clone. * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the cloned content. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cloneStatus` (_object_) ManagedContentCloneStatus Status of the cloned content. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentCloneStatus`. * `contentKey` (_string_) Globally unique identifier (GUID) for the cloned content. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorMessage` (_string_, nullable) Error message if the primary variant failed to clone. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `failedVariants` (_array of ManagedContentFailedVariants_) Information about failed cloned variants if cloning was partially successful. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folder` (_object_) ManagedContentFolderSummary Folder of the cloned content. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentFolderSummary`. * `managedContentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the cloned content in the authoring workspace. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceURL` (_string (url)_) Resource URL of the cloned content. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sourceContentKeyOrId` (_string_) ID or content key of the source managed content in the authoring workspace. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of cloned content. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `variants` (_array of ManagedContentClonedVariant_) List of cloned variants. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ManagedContentTaxonomyTermCollection Collection of managed content taxonomy terms. * `contentKey` (_string_) Unique identifier of a managed content that is unchanged by org migration. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content in authoring space. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxonomyTerms` (_array of ManagedContentTaxonomyTerm_) List of taxonomy terms associated with managed content. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentTaxonomyTermsInput Add or remove taxonomy term associations from managed content. * `termsToAdd` (_array of string (Id)_) List of IDs of the taxonomy terms to associate with managed content. Required if `termsToRemove` isn't specified _Available in: v63.0_ * `termsToRemove` (_array of string (Id)_) List of IDs of the taxonomy terms to remove their association with managed content. Required if `termsToAdd` isn't specified _Available in: v63.0_ ### ManagedContentDeliveryChannels Collection of managed content delivery channels. * `channels` (_array of ManagedContentDeliveryChannelSummary_) List of managed content delivery channels. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_, nullable) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_, nullable) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_, nullable) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalChannels` (_integer_) Total number of managed content delivery channels. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentDeliveryChannel Managed content delivery channel. * `domain` (_string_, nullable) ID or name of the domain assigned to the channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `domainName` (_string_, nullable) Name of the domain assigned to the channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDedicatedContentDelivery` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the channel has off-core dedicated content delivery enabled (`true`) or not (`false`). Orgs hosted on Hyperforce use off-core dedicated content delivery to deliver content in public channels with high performance and low latency. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDomainLocked` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the domain is locked and can’t be changed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isSearchable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the text contents of the channel are searchable (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the managed content channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentChannelTypeEnum Type of managed content channel. Values are: * `CloudToCloud` —Cloud-to-Cloud integrated channel. * `Community` —Experience Cloud site channel. * `ConnectedApp` —Channel served by a connected app. * `PublicUnauthenticated` —Public channel. All published content is publicly available. * `UserPermission` —Channel backed by a system permission. All published content is available only to users with the permission. * `WebApp` —Channel served by a web app. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentChannelTypeEnum`. ### ManagedContentCollectionItems Managed content collection Items. * `channelSummary` (_object_) ManagedContentDeliveryChannelSummary Summary information about the managed content delivery channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentDeliveryChannelSummary`. * `collectionKey` (_string_) Unique identifier for the collection. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `collectionType` (_object_) ManagedContentTypeSummary Type of collection. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentTypeSummary`. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the collection. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of ManagedContentCollectionItem_) List of collection Items. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `language` (_string_) Language locale of the collection. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `publishedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Most recent publish date of the collection. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the collection. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of items in the current collection detail page. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the collection. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `channelInfo` (_object_) ManagedContentChannelSummary Information about the managed content channel. _Available in: v56.0–61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentChannelSummary`. ### ManagedContentDeliveryDocumentCollection Managed content delivery document collection. * `channelSummary` (_object_) ManagedContentDeliveryChannelSummary Summary information about the managed content delivery channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentDeliveryChannelSummary`. * `contents` (_ManagedContentDeliveryDocument | ManagedContentDeliveryDocumentSummary_) List of managed content delivery documents. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ One of: `ManagedContentDeliveryDocument`, `ManagedContentDeliveryDocumentSummary`. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of managed content records. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of managed content records. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page of managed content records. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `references` (_ManagedContentReference | ManagedContentReferenceSummary_) Map of references with `contentKey` as the key. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ One of: `ManagedContentReference`, `ManagedContentReferenceSummary`. * `referencesList` (_ManagedContentReference | ManagedContentReferenceSummary_) List of references. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ One of: `ManagedContentReference`, `ManagedContentReferenceSummary`. * `channelInfo` (_object_) ManagedContentChannelSummary Information about the managed content channel. _Available in: v55.0–61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentChannelSummary`. ### ManagedContentDeliverySearchInput Search managed content in a channel. * `filters` (_object_) ManagedContentDeliverySearchFiltersInputRequest Filters used to search managed content. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentDeliverySearchFiltersInputRequest`. * `page` (_integer_) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don't specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v64.0_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 to 250. If you don't specify a value, the default is 25. _Available in: v64.0_ * `queryTerm` (_string_, required) Query term used as key word to search managed content. _Available in: v64.0_ ### ManagedContentDeliverySearchResultCollection Collection of paginated managed content delivery search results. * `count` (_integer_) Total count of search results. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isNextPageAvailable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether there are more search results ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of ManagedContentDeliverySearchResultItem_) Collection of search result items. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentVersionCollection Collection of managed content versions. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of ManagedContentVersion_) List of managed content versions. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentTypes` (_object_) Map of managed content types. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `ManagedContentType`. * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of managed content versions. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalTypes` (_integer_) Total number of managed content types. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectManagedContentSearchScopeEnum Specify the text search scope for contents Type: `string`. Allowed values: `All`, `TitleOnly`. ### ManagedContentSearchResultCollection Collection of managed content search results. * `count` (_integer_) Total number of search results. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUri` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of ManagedContentSearchResult_) Collection of search results. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUri` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentDeliveryDocument Managed content in delivery scope. * `channelInfo` (_object_) ManagedContentChannelSummary Information about the managed content channel. _Available in: v54.0–61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentChannelSummary`. * `channelSummary` (_object_) ManagedContentDeliveryChannelSummary Summary information about the managed content delivery channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentDeliveryChannelSummary`. * `contentBody` (_object_) Map of properties of the managed content with their values. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `contentKey` (_string_) Globally unique identifier (GUID) for the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentType` (_object_) ManagedContentTypeSummary Type of managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentTypeSummary`. * `contentVersion` (_integer_) The version of the managed content. * `isLatest` (_boolean_) Whether the content version is the latest version of the content. * `language` (_string_) Language locale of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `publishedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Most recent publish date of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `references` (_ManagedContentReference | ManagedContentReferenceSummary_) Map of references with `contentKey` as the key. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `ManagedContentReference`, `ManagedContentReferenceSummary`. * `referencesList` (_ManagedContentReference | ManagedContentReferenceSummary_) List of references. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `ManagedContentReference`, `ManagedContentReferenceSummary`. * `resourceUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the single content delivery resource. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unauthenticatedUrl` (_string (url)_) Public URL for the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentProviderCollection Collection of managed content providers. * `contentSpaceId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content space, if provided. Otherwise, `null` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of managed content providers. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_, nullable) URL to the next page of managed content providers. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `providers` (_array of ManagedContentProvider_) Managed content providers. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of managed content providers. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentProviderInstanceInput Create or update a managed content provider instance. * `instanceKey` (_string_) Provider instance key. Required for POST. At least one property is required for PATCH _Available in: v65.0_ * `isDefault` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the instance is the default instance ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Required for POST. At least one property is required for PATCH. _Available in: v65.0_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the provider instance. Required for POST. At least one property is required for PATCH. _Available in: v65.0_ * `providerLightningComponentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the provider lightning component. Required for POST. This property isn’t supported for PATCH. _Available in: v65.0_ ### ManagedContentProviderInstance Information about a managed content provider instance. * `instanceKey` (_string_) Provider instance key. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDefault` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the instance is the default instance ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEnabledForSpace` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the provider instance is enabled for the managed content space ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If there isn't a managed content space context, defaults to `false` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the provider instance. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `providerInstanceId` (_string_) ID of the provider instance. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentSpaceFolderDetail Managed content space folder. * `createdBy` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who created the managed content folder. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the managed content folder was created. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folderHierarchy` (_array of ManagedContentSpaceFolder_) List of parent folders in the hierarchy, starting from the root up to the direct parent of the managed content folder. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folderType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentSpaceFolderTypeEnum Type of folder. Values are: * `SharedWithSpace` —Special folder to view the folders or workspaces that are shared with a workspace. * `Standard` —Folder created by a user. * `System` —Internal folder, such as the root folder. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentSpaceFolderTypeEnum`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content space folder. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isShared` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the folder is shared with another workspace ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedBy` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who most recently modified the managed content folder. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the managed content folder was most recently modified. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the managed content space folder. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parentFolderId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the parent folder of the managed content space folder. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentSpaceFolderInputRep Input representation of a content space folder * `name` (_string_) Name of the folder. _Available in: v68.0_ * `parentFolderId` (_string_) ID of the parent folder. _Available in: v68.0_ ### ConnectMCSFolderItemsContentTypesFilterEnum Filter to include or exclude the content type. If unspecified, default is `In`. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `In`, `NotIn`. ### ConnectMCSFolderItemsFilterEnum Filter for folder items. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Content`, `Folders`. ### ManagedContentSpaceFolderItemCollectionV2 Public collection representation of folder items inside a ManagedContentSpaceFolder * `folderId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the folder. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folderItems` (_array of ManagedContentSpaceFolderItemV2_) List of folder items. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parentFolderId` (_string (Id)_, nullable) ID of the parent folder. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MCSFolderShareTargetCollection Collection of targets that a managed content space folder can be shared with. * `shareTargets` (_array of MCSFolderShareTarget_) List of targets that a managed content space folder can be shared with. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MCSFolderShareCollection Collection of targets that a managed content space folder is shared with. * `folderId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content space folder. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `shares` (_array of MCSFolderShare_) List of targets that a managed content space folder is shared with. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MCSFolderShareCollectionUpdateInput Update the targets that a managed content space folder is shared with. * `shareWith` (_array of MCSFolderShareInput_) List of target IDs to share the managed content space folder with. Supported target IDs are the root folder IDs of workspaces. To get the root folder ID of a space, use the [CMS Space](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/Enhanced-CMS-Workspaces-Resources/operation/getManagedContentSpace) resource. Required if `unshareWith` isn’t specified _Available in: v63.0_ * `unshareWith` (_array of string_) Comma-separated list of target IDs to unshare the managed content space folder with. Required if `shareWith` isn’t specified _Available in: v63.0_ ### ManagedContentSearchResultItemsCollection Paginated collection of CMS keyword-based search result items. * `count` (_integer_) Total count of search results. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUri` (_string (url)_) URI for the current page of search results. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_ManagedContentFolderSearchResult | ManagedContentVariantSearchResult_) List of search result items. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `ManagedContentFolderSearchResult`, `ManagedContentVariantSearchResult`. * `nextPageUri` (_string (url)_) URI for the next page of search results. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentSpaceCollection Collection of managed content spaces. * `spaces` (_array of ManagedContentSpace_) Collection of managed content spaces corresponding to the current page. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentSpaceInput Create a managed content space. * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the managed content space. _Available in: v64.0_ * `defaultLanguage` (_string_) Default language of the managed content space. _Available in: v64.0_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the managed content space. _Available in: v64.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) Name of the managed content space. _Available in: v64.0_ * `spaceType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentSpaceTypeEnum Type of managed content space. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentSpaceTypeEnum`. ### ManagedContentSpace Managed content space. * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the managed content space. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdBy` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who created the managed content space. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the managed content space was created. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `defaultLanguage` (_string_) Default language of the managed content space. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_, nullable) Description of the managed content space. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fullyQualifiedName` (_string_, nullable) Fully qualified name of the managed content space. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content space. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEnhancedSpace` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the space is enhanced (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isFlowOrchestrationEnabled` (_boolean_, nullable) Specifies whether Flow Orchestration is enabled (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedBy` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who last modified the managed content space. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the managed content space was last modified. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the managed content space. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rootFolderId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the root folder of the managed content space. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `spaceType` (_object_) ManagedContentSpaceBaseType Base type of the managed content space. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentSpaceBaseType`. ### ManagedContentSpaceDelete Details of an async Managed Content Space delete operation * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the space being deleted. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentSpaceUpdateInput Update the name or description of a managed content space. * `description` (_string_) Description of the managed content space. _Available in: v64.0_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the managed content space. _Available in: v64.0_ ### ManagedContentSpaceChannels List of managed content space channels. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_, nullable) URL to the current page of managed content space channels. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_, nullable) URL to the next page of Mmanaged content space channels. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_, nullable) URL to the previous page of managed content space channels. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `spaceChannels` (_array of ManagedContentSpaceChannel_) List of managed content space channels. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalSpaceChannels` (_integer_) Total count of managed content space channels returned for the request. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentSpaceChannelsInput Channels to add or remove from a managed content space. * `spaceChannels` (_array of ManagedContentSpaceChannelInput_, required) List of channels to add or remove from the managed content space. _Available in: v62.0_ ### ManagedContentDeliveryRendition Representation of the CMS content rendition for delivery * `channelSummary` (_object_) ManagedContentDeliveryChannelSummary Summary information about the managed content channel. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentDeliveryChannelSummary`. * `contentKey` (_string_) Globally unique identifier (GUID) for the managed content. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentType` (_object_) ManagedContentTypeSummary Type of managed content. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentTypeSummary`. * `language` (_string_) Language of the returned content. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionBody` (_object_) Rendered content body. The structure varies by rendition type. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. * `renditionContentType` (_object_) ManagedContentTypeSummary Content type that defines the structure of the rendition body. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentTypeSummary`. ### ManagedContentMetadataCollectionInput Input for exposing a batch of managed contents as metadata. * `contentKeyOrIds` (_array of string_, required) Up to 100 content keys or IDs of the managed content to expose. Duplicates are removed server-side so that they don’t count against the maximum. _Available in: v68.0_ ### ManagedContentMetadataCollection The results of a batch expose-as-metadata request. * `results` (_array of ManagedContentMetadata_) List of exposed items, with one entry per unique identifier in request order. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ManagedContentItemsDeleteInput Input representation for asynchronously deleting managed content items. * `folderIds` (_array of string_) List of folder IDs in the managed content space to delete. Each folder and its contents and subfolders are deleted. Required if `managedContentIds` isn’t specified. _Available in: v68.0_ * `managedContentIds` (_array of string_) List of managed content IDs in the managed content space to delete. Required if `folderIds` isn’t specified. _Available in: v68.0_ * `name` (_string_) Optional friendly name for the async delete job. If unspecified, a name is autogenerated. _Available in: v68.0_ ### ManagedContentItemsDeleteOutput Result of submitting an asynchronous managed content items delete job. * `managedContentJobSummary` (_object_) ManagedContentJobSummary Summary of the asynchronous delete job. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentJobSummary`. ### SiteSearchResult CMS Content Search result. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token for the current page of search results. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of search results. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of SiteSearchItem_) Collection of search result items. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `language` (_string_, nullable) Language of the search results. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_, nullable) Token for the next page of search results. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_, nullable) URL to the next page of search results, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Number of items per page in search results. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_, nullable) Token for the previous page of search results. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_, nullable) URL to the previous page of search results, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalItems` (_integer_) Total number of items in the search results across all pages. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### WorkspacePermission A user’s permissions for a workspace. * `canAddFileComments` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user can add comments on files in the workspace. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canAddFiles` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user can add files to the workspace. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canAddFilesOnBehalfOfOthers` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user can add files on behalf of others to the workspace. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canArchiveFiles` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user can archive files in the workspace. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canAttachOrShareFilesToFeed` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user can attach or share files in the workspace to a feed. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canDeleteFiles` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user can delete files in the workspace. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canDeliverContent` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user can create a content delivery from files in the workspace. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canFeatureFiles` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user can feature files in the workspace. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canManageWorkspace` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user can perform any action on the workspace or change the workspace membership. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canModifyFileComments` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user can modify comments on files in the workspace. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canOrganizeFilesAndFolders` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user can organize files and folders in the workspace. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canTagFiles` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user can add tags to files in the workspace. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canViewFileComments` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user can view comments on files in the workspace. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentChannelSummary Managed content channel. * `domainUrl` (_string_) Domain URL of the channel. _Available in: v55.0–61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the managed content channel. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceUrl` (_string_) Resource URL to complete information of the channel. _Available in: v54.0–61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `target` (_object_) ManagedContentChannelTargetSummary Target site associated with the channel. _Available in: v54.0–61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentChannelTargetSummary`. * `type` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentChannelTypeEnum Type of managed content channel. Values are: * `CloudToCloud` —Cloud-to-Cloud integrated channel. * `Community` —Experience Cloud site channel. * `ConnectedApp` —Channel served by a connected app. * `PublicUnauthenticated` —Public channel. All published content is publicly available. * `UserPermission` —Channel backed by a system permission. All published content is available only to users with the permission. * `WebApp` —Channel served by a web app. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentChannelTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the channel resource. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentOffCoreLocationInput The input representation for creating or updating an offcore location * `bucketName` (_string_) Indicates the bucket name of the offcore location * `namedCredential` (_string_) Indicates the Named Credential that contains the authentication details to connect to the off-core location. * `offCoreLocationType` (_ConnectManagedContentOffCoreLocationTypeEnum_) ### ConnectManagedContentChannelTypeEnum Type of managed content channel. Values are: * `CloudToCloud` —Cloud-to-Cloud integrated channel. * `Community` —Experience Cloud site channel. * `ConnectedApp` —Channel served by a connected app. * `PublicUnauthenticated` —Public channel. All published content is publicly available. * `UserPermission` —Channel backed by a system permission. All published content is available only to users with the permission. * `WebApp` —Channel served by a web app. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CloudToCloud`, `Community`, `ConnectedApp`, `PublicUnauthenticated`, `UserPermission`, `WebApp`. ### ManagedContentChannelDomain Domain associated with the managed content channel. * `isLocked` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the domain is locked and can’t be changed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_, nullable) Name of the domain assigned to the channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_, nullable) Value of the domain (name or ID) associated with the channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectSearchIndexCreationTypeEnum Creation type of the index. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Manual`, `Scheduled`. ### ConnectSearchIndexStatusEnum Status of the index. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Expired`, `Failed`, `InProgress`, `Live`. ### ManagedContentUserSummary Information about the user who created or modified managed content. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceUrl` (_string (url)_) Resource URL of the user. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentBodyInputRep Input representation for the body of a piece of managed content. * `nodeMap` (_object_, required) Body of the managed content version. _Available in: v60.0_ ### ManagedContentExternalSourceInput Input representation for a managed content external source * `providerInstanceId` (_string_) The id of the associated provider instance. Optional. * `sourceContext` (_ConnectManagedContentSourceContextEnum_) ### ManagedContentSpaceSummary Information about the managed content space. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content space. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceUrl` (_string (url)_) Resource URL of the managed content space. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentTypeSummary Managed content type. * `fullyQualifiedName` (_string_) Fully qualified name of the managed content type. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the standard content type or ID of the custom content type. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentFolderSummary Information about the managed content folder. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content folder in the authoring space. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceUrl` (_string (url)_) Resource URL of the managed content folder. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectManagedContentGenerationSourceEnum Source of the managed content. _Available in: v68.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AI`, `User`. ### ManagedContentVariantStatus Information about a managed content variant's status in the authoring space. * `label` (_string_) Localized label for the status. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentVariantStatusEnum Status of the managed content variant. Values are: * `Draft` —Content isn’t published. * `Published` —Content is published and available for use in your live sites. * `Revised` —Content that’s published and edited. Publish this content to make the changes available for use in your live sites. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentVariantStatusEnum`. ### ManagedContentDeliveryUrlChannel A delivery channel and the absolute public delivery URL it produces for a media content item * `channelId` (_string_) ID of the delivery channel that produces this URL. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `channelName` (_string_, nullable) Display name of the delivery channel that produces this URL. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `channelType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentChannelTypeEnum Type of delivery channel that produces the URL. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentChannelTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string_) Publicly-resolvable absolute delivery URL of the media (image) content for the channel. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ManagedContentCloneStatus Managed content clone status. * `label` (_string_) Localized label for the status. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentCloneStatusEnum Status of the managed content clone. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentCloneStatusEnum`. ### ManagedContentFailedVariants Information about failed cloned managed content variants if cloning was partially successful. * `errorMessage` (_string_) Error message for the failure. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `language` (_string_) Language of the failed translated variant. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sourceManagedContentVariantId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content variant that failed to clone. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentClonedVariant Information about clone variants. * `language` (_string_) Language of the translated clone variant. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentVariantId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the clone variant. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceURL` (_string (url)_, nullable) Resource URL of the clone variant. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentTaxonomyTerm Content taxonomy term associated with managed content. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the term. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the term. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pathsFromRoot` (_array of ManagedContentTaxonomyPath_) Path(s) from a root term to the term. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ManagedContentDeliveryChannelSummary Summary information of a managed content delivery channel. * `domainUrl` (_string (url)_) Domain URL of the channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content delivery channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the managed content channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceUrl` (_string (url)_) Resource URL to complete information of the channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `target` (_object_) ManagedContentChannelTargetSummary Target site associated with the channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentChannelTargetSummary`. * `type` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentChannelTypeEnum Type of managed content channel. Values are: * `CloudToCloud` —Cloud-to-Cloud integrated channel. * `Community` —Experience Cloud site channel. * `ConnectedApp` —Channel served by a connected app. * `PublicUnauthenticated` —Public channel. All published content is publicly available. * `UserPermission` —Channel backed by a system permission. All published content is available only to users with the permission. * `WebApp` —Channel served by a web app. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentChannelTypeEnum`. ### ManagedContentCollectionItem Managed content collection item. * `body` (_object_) Map of properties of the collection item with their values. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Additional properties: `object`. * `contentType` (_object_) ManagedContentCollectionItemTypeSummary Type of collection item. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentCollectionItemTypeSummary`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the collection item. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name or title for collection item. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentDeliveryDocumentSummary Managed content delivery document summary. * `contentKey` (_string_) Globally unique identifier (GUID) for the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentType` (_object_) ManagedContentTypeSummary Type of managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentTypeSummary`. * `contentVersion` (_integer_) The version of the managed content. * `isLatest` (_boolean_) Whether the content version is the latest version of the content. * `language` (_string_) Language locale of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `publishedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Most recent publish date of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the single content delivery resource. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unauthenticatedUrl` (_string (url)_) Public URL for the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentReference Managed content reference. * `contentBody` (_object_) Map of properties of the managed content reference with their values. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `contentKey` (_string_) Unique identifier for the managed content reference. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content reference. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the single content delivery resource. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the managed content reference. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentReferenceSummary Summary of the managed content reference. * `contentKey` (_string_) Unique identifier for the managed content reference. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content reference. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the single content delivery resource. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the managed content reference. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentDeliverySearchFiltersInputRequest Filters used to search managed content. * `contentTypeFQNs` (_array of string_) Standard content type fully qualified names to filter managed content. Filtering by custom content type isn't supported. _Available in: v64.0_ * `language` (_string_) Language to filter managed content. _Available in: v64.0_ * `taxonomyQuery` (_object_) ManagedContentDeliverySearchTaxonomyQueryInputRequest Taxonomy query to filter managed content. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentDeliverySearchTaxonomyQueryInputRequest`. ### ManagedContentDeliverySearchResultItem Managed content search result item. * `contentKey` (_string_) Key of the managed content. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentType` (_object_) ManagedContentTypeSummary Managed content type. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentTypeSummary`. * `language` (_string_) Language of the managed content. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentId` (_string_) ID of the managed content. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `publishedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the managed content was published. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `resourceUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the managed content resource. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxonomyTerms` (_array of ManagedContentTaxonomyTerm_) Taxonomy terms of the managed content. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the managed content. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentVersion Managed content version. * `associations` (_object_) ManagedContentAssociations Content topics associated with the managed content. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentAssociations`. * `contentKey` (_string_) Content key of the managed content. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentNodes` (_ManagedContentMediaNodeValue | ManagedContentTextNodeValue | ManagedContentDateAndTimeNodeValue | ManagedContentDateNodeValue | ManagedContentMediaSourceNodeValue_) Map of content nodes. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ One of: `ManagedContentMediaNodeValue`, `ManagedContentTextNodeValue`, `ManagedContentDateAndTimeNodeValue`, `ManagedContentDateNodeValue`, `ManagedContentMediaSourceNodeValue`. * `contentUrlName` (_string_) Content URL name of the managed content version. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `language` (_string_) Language of the managed content version. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `publishedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the managed content version was last published. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the managed content version. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of managed content version. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `typeLabel` (_string_) Type label of the managed content type. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unauthenticatedUrl` (_string (url)_) Unauthenticated delivery URL. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentType Managed content type. * `label` (_string_) Label of the managed content type. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Developer name of the managed content type. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nodeTypes` (_object_) Map of node types for the managed content type. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `ManagedContentNodeType`. ### ManagedContentSearchResult A managed content search result. * `contentKey` (_string_) Content key of the managed content. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentType` (_object_) ManagedContentSearchResultContentType Content type of the managed content. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentSearchResultContentType`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `publishDate` (_string (date-time)_) Publish date of the managed content. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the managed content. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the managed content version. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ManagedContentProvider Information about a managed content provider. * `componentDefinition` (_string_) Provider lightning component definition. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `icon` (_string_) Icon of the dropdown menu item. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the dropdown menu item. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `providerId` (_string_) ID of the provider. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `providerInstances` (_array of ManagedContentProviderInstance_) Instances of the provider. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `providerLightningComponentId` (_string_) ID of the dropdown menu item. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentProviderTypeEnum Type of managed content provider. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentProviderTypeEnum`. ### ManagedContentSpaceFolder Managed content space folder. * `folderType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentSpaceFolderTypeEnum Type of folder. Values are: * `SharedWithSpace` —Special folder to view the folders or workspaces that are shared with a workspace. * `Standard` —Folder created by a user. * `System` —Internal folder, such as the root folder. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentSpaceFolderTypeEnum`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content space folder. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the managed content space folder. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parentFolderId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the parent folder of the managed content space folder. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectManagedContentSpaceFolderTypeEnum Type of folder. Values are: * `SharedWithSpace` —Special folder to view the folders or workspaces that are shared with a workspace. * `Standard` —Folder created by a user. * `System` —Internal folder, such as the root folder. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `SharedWithSpace`, `Standard`, `System`. ### ManagedContentSpaceFolderItemV2 Public representation of a folder item inside a ManagedContentSpaceFolder * `contentSummary` (_object_) ManagedContentSpaceFolderItemContentSummaryV2 Content-specific details. Returned only when `isFolder` is `false`. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentSpaceFolderItemContentSummaryV2`. * `createdBy` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user that created the item. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the item was created. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folderSummary` (_object_) ManagedContentSpaceFolderItemFolderSummaryV2 Folder-specific details. Returned only when `isFolder` is `true`. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentSpaceFolderItemFolderSummaryV2`. * `isFolder` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the folder item is a folder (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedBy` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user that most recently modified the item. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedByName` (_string_) Display name of the user that most recently modified the item. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the item was last modified. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentOrFolderId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the folder item. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the ManagedContentVariant or name of the ManagedContentSpaceFolder. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MCSFolderShareTarget Target that a managed content space folder can be shared with. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the share target. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the share target. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceUrl` (_string (url)_) Resource URL of the share target that provides target details. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MCSFolderShare Target that a managed content space folder is shared with. * `canUserUnshare` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user has permission to unshare with the target space ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Content Manager or higher role in the target workspace has permission to unshare. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `shareStatus` (_object_) ConnectMCSFolderShareStatusEnum Status of sharing a managed content space folder. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectMCSFolderShareStatusEnum`. * `targetId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the share target. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `targetLabel` (_string_) Label of the share target. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MCSFolderShareInput Target to share a managed content space folder with. * `targetId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the target to share the managed content space folder with. Supported target IDs are the root folder IDs of workspaces. To get the root folder ID of a space, use the [CMS Space](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/Enhanced-CMS-Workspaces-Resources/operation/getManagedContentSpace) resource. _Available in: v63.0_ ### ManagedContentFolderSearchResult Keyword-based search result for a managed content folder. * `createdBy` (_object_) ManagedContentUserSummary User who created the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentUserSummary`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date and time when the managed content variant was created. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folder` (_object_) ManagedContentFolderSummary Folder that the managed content variant resides in. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentFolderSummary`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedBy` (_object_) ManagedContentUserSummary User who last modified the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentUserSummary`. * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last date and time when the managed content variant was modified. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentSpaceId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the content space of the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the managed content folder. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of search result: `ManagedContentVariantSearchResultRepresentation` . _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentVariantSearchResult Keyword-based search result for a managed content variant. * `contentKey` (_string_) Content key of the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentType` (_object_) ManagedContentSearchResultContentType Content type of the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentSearchResultContentType`. * `createdBy` (_object_) ManagedContentUserSummary User who created the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentUserSummary`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date and time when the managed content variant was created. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folder` (_object_) ManagedContentFolderSummary Folder that the managed content variant resides in. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentFolderSummary`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `language` (_object_) ManagedContentLanguageSummary Language summary of the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentLanguageSummary`. * `lastModifiedBy` (_object_) ManagedContentUserSummary User who last modified the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentUserSummary`. * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last date and time when the managed content variant was modified. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastPublishedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Most recent publish date of the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content parent of the managed content variant. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentSpaceId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the content space of the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentVariantStatusEnum Status of the managed content variant. Values are: * `Draft` —Content isn’t published. * `Published` —Content is published and available for use in your live sites. * `Revised` —Content that’s published and edited. Publish this content to make the changes available for use in your live sites. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentVariantStatusEnum`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of search result: `ManagedContentVariantSearchResultRepresentation` . _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL of the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlValue` (_string_) URL value for the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `variantType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentVariantTypeEnum Type of the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentVariantTypeEnum`. ### ConnectManagedContentSpaceTypeEnum Type of managed content space. _Available in: v64.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `App_Dev`, `Content`, `Enablement`, `Experience`, `ExperienceContainer`, `Fragment_Space`, `Gen_AI`, `Library`, `Marketing`, `SalesEngagement`, `Web_App`. ### ManagedContentSpaceBaseType Base type of the managed content space. * `apiName` (_string_, nullable) API name of the base type of the managed content space. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentSpaceChannel Managed content space channel. * `channelSummary` (_object_) ManagedContentChannelSummary Information about the managed content space channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentChannelSummary`. * `createdBy` (_object_) ManagedContentUserSummary Information about the user who created the managed content space channel. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentUserSummary`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the managed content space channel was created. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentSpaceChannelStatusEnum Status of the add or remove operation for a channel and managed content space. * `Added` —Channel was added to the managed content space. * `Failed` —Add or remove operation failed. * `Pending` —Add or remove operation is pending. * `Removed` —Channel was removed from the managed content space. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentSpaceChannelStatusEnum`. ### ManagedContentSpaceChannelInput Channel to add or remove from a managed content space. * `channelId` (_string_, required) ID of the channel to add or remove from the managed content space. _Available in: v62.0_ * `operation` (_object_, required) ConnectManagedContentSpaceChannelOperationEnum Operation to perform on the channel and managed content space. * `Add` —Add a channel to a managed content space. * `Remove` —Remove a channel from a managed content space. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentSpaceChannelOperationEnum`. ### ManagedContentMetadata A single managed content that was exposed as metadata. * `contentKey` (_string_) Resolved content key. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `fullyQualifiedName` (_string_) Full Metadata API name of the created DigitalExperience component, such as `./`. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `managedContentId` (_string_) Resolved managed content ID. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `resourceURL` (_string_) URL of the exposed managed content. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ManagedContentJobSummary Summary of an asynchronous managed content job. * `id` (_string_) ID of the job. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the job. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status of the job. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SiteSearchItem CMS Content Search result item. * `contentReference` (_string_) Content reference field, which is the route developer name for a site page or a content key for a content detail page. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentTypeDeveloperName` (_string_) Developer name of the content type of the site search result item. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `highlightedSnippet` (_string_) Text snippet that contains the query term. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the site search result item. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageType` (_object_) ConnectSitesPageTypeEnum Type of site search result item. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSitesPageTypeEnum`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the site search result item. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentChannelTargetSummary Target site associated with the channel. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the site associated with the channel. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectManagedContentOffCoreLocationTypeEnum Specifies different types of off-core locations, such as AWS S3, configured by the customer. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Customer_External_S3_Location`. ### ConnectManagedContentSourceContextEnum Specifies the context in which Managed Content was created Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DigitalAssetManagerProvider`. ### ConnectManagedContentVariantStatusEnum Status of the managed content variant. Values are: * `Draft` —Content isn’t published. * `Published` —Content is published and available for use in your live sites. * `Revised` —Content that’s published and edited. Publish this content to make the changes available for use in your live sites. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Draft`, `Published`, `Revised`. ### ConnectManagedContentCloneStatusEnum Status of the managed content clone. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Failure`, `PartialSuccess`, `Success`. ### ManagedContentTaxonomyPath Path to a managed content taxonomy term. * `label` (_string_) Text representation of the path from the root, joined with a delimiter. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxonomyFragment` (_object_) ManagedContentTaxonomyPathFragment Path fragment representing the taxonomy. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentTaxonomyPathFragment`. * `termFragments` (_array of ManagedContentTaxonomyPathFragment_) Path fragments representing the terms from root term to the term, inclusive. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentCollectionItemTypeSummary Summary of a collection item type. * `fullyQualifiedName` (_string_) Fully qualified name of the collection item type. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the collection item type. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentDeliverySearchTaxonomyQueryInputRequest Taxonomy query to filter managed content. * `expression` (_string_) Taxonomy term ID expression to filter managed content. Required if `doesSearchInHierarchy` is `true` . Otherwise, optional _Available in: v64.0_ * `doesSearchInHierarchy` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to search in the taxonomy term hierarchy ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Default is `false` . _Available in: v64.0_ ### ManagedContentAssociations Content topics associated with managed content. * `topics` (_array of TopicSummary_) A collection of topics associated with the managed content. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentMediaNodeValue Managed content node of media type. * `altText` (_string_) Alternative text for the managed content node. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `altUrl` (_string_) Alternative URL to the managed content node. In version 49.0 and later, this information is returned in the `thumbnailUrl` property. _Available in: v47.0–48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentKey` (_string_) Content key of the managed content. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileName` (_string_) File name of the managed content node. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediaType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentMediaTypeEnum Type of managed content media. Value is `Image`. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentMediaTypeEnum`. * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the managed content node. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nodeType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum Type of managed content node. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum`. * `resourceUrl` (_string (url)_) Resource URL to the image. In version 48.0, the resource URL is available if referencing asset files and is `null` if referencing media. In version 49.0 and later, the resource URL is available if referencing asset files or media. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the thumbnail of the media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the managed content node. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unauthenticatedUrl` (_string (url)_) Unauthenticated URL to the image or `null` if the image isn’t visible to external users. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the image. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentTextNodeValue Managed content node of text type. * `nodeType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum Type of managed content node. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum`. * `value` (_string_) Text value of the managed content node. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentDateAndTimeNodeValue Managed content node of date and time type. * `dateTimeValue` (_string (date-time)_) UTC date and time value of the managed content node. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nodeType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum Type of managed content node. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum`. * `timeZone` (_string_) Time zone in which the date and time is authored. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentDateNodeValue Managed content node of date type. * `nodeType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum Type of managed content node. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum`. * `value` (_string (date-time)_) Date value of the managed content node. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentMediaSourceNodeValue Source of managed content media. * `fileName` (_string_) File name of the media source. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isExternal` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the media source is referenced via an external URL (`true`) or uploaded (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediaType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentMediaTypeEnum Type of managed content media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentMediaTypeEnum`. * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the media source. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nodeType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum Type of managed content node. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum`. * `referenceId` (_string_) Reference ID of the uploaded media source. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceUrl` (_string (url)_) Resource URL of the media source. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unauthenticatedUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the media source for unauthenticated users, or `null` if the media source isn’t available to external users. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the media source for authenticated users. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedContentNodeType Managed content node type. * `label` (_string_) Label of the managed content node type. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Developer name of the managed content node type. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nodeType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum Type of managed content node. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum`. ### ManagedContentSearchResultContentType Content type of a managed content search result. * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name of the managed content type. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the managed content type. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ConnectManagedContentProviderTypeEnum Type of managed content provider. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DigitalAssetManager`. ### ManagedContentSpaceFolderItemContentSummaryV2 Content-specific details of a folder item in a ManagedContentSpaceFolder * `contentKey` (_string_) Content key of the managed content, such as MCA4CCV5QS2BAB5H7YRCRPTCWGZQ. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentType` (_object_) ManagedContentTypePublicSummary Type of managed content. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentTypePublicSummary`. * `isPublished` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the content is published (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `language` (_object_) ManagedContentLanguageSummary Language summary of the managed content. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentLanguageSummary`. * `managedContentVariantId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the primary managed content variant. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mimeType` (_string_) Mimetype for media content. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentVariantStatusEnum Status of the managed content variant. Values are: * `Draft` —Content isn’t published. * `Published` —Content is published and available for use in your live sites. * `Revised` —Content that’s published and edited. Publish this content to make the changes available for use in your live sites. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentVariantStatusEnum`. ### ManagedContentSpaceFolderItemFolderSummaryV2 Folder-specific details of a folder item in a ManagedContentSpaceFolder * `folderType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentSpaceFolderTypeEnum Type of folder. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentSpaceFolderTypeEnum`. * `hasChildFolders` (_boolean_) Specifies whether this folder has child folders (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isShared` (_boolean_) Specifies whether this folder is shared with another workspace (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectMCSFolderShareStatusEnum Status of sharing a managed content space folder. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `PendingShare`, `PendingUnshare`, `Shared`. ### ManagedContentLanguageSummary Language information for managed content. * `displayLabel` (_string_) Display label for the language of a managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `locale` (_string_) Language locale of a managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectManagedContentVariantTypeEnum Indicates the managed content variant type Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Content`, `Translation`, `Variation`. ### ConnectManagedContentSpaceChannelStatusEnum Status of the add or remove operation for a channel and managed content space. * `Added` —Channel was added to the managed content space. * `Failed` —Add or remove operation failed. * `Pending` —Add or remove operation is pending. * `Removed` —Channel was removed from the managed content space. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Added`, `Failed`, `Pending`, `Removed`. ### ConnectManagedContentSpaceChannelOperationEnum Operation to perform on the channel and managed content space. * `Add` —Add a channel to a managed content space. * `Remove` —Remove a channel from a managed content space. _Available in: v62.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Add`, `Remove`. ### ConnectSitesPageTypeEnum Type of site search result item. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ContentPage`, `SitePage`. ### ManagedContentTaxonomyPathFragment Fragment of a managed content taxonomy path. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the term or the taxonomy. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the term or the taxonomy. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TopicSummary Summary of a topic. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the topic. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the topic. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectManagedContentMediaTypeEnum Type of managed content media. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Document`, `Image`, `Video`. ### ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum Type of managed content node. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Date`, `DateTime`, `Media`, `MediaSource`, `MultilineText`, `NameField`, `RichText`, `Text`, `Url`. ### ManagedContentTypePublicSummary Public summary of a managed content type (developerName, label, namespace). * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name of the managed content, for example, `news`. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Localized label of the managed content type. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `namespace` (_string_) Namespace of the managed content type, for example, `sfdc_cms__`. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractManagedContentDeliveryDocument Summary Information of the content referred inside managed content * `contentKey` (_string_) Globally unique identifier (GUID) for the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentType` (_object_) ManagedContentTypeSummary Type of managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentTypeSummary`. * `contentVersion` (_integer_) The version of the managed content. * `isLatest` (_boolean_) Whether the content version is the latest version of the content. * `language` (_string_) Language locale of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `publishedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Most recent publish date of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the single content delivery resource. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unauthenticatedUrl` (_string (url)_) Public URL for the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the managed content. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractMCSFolder Abstract Representation of a CMS Folder i.e. ManagedContentSpaceFolder having only Id, Name, ParentFolderId * `folderType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentSpaceFolderTypeEnum Type of folder. Values are: * `SharedWithSpace` —Special folder to view the folders or workspaces that are shared with a workspace. * `Standard` —Folder created by a user. * `System` —Internal folder, such as the root folder. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentSpaceFolderTypeEnum`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content space folder. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the managed content space folder. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parentFolderId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the parent folder of the managed content space folder. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractManagedContentSearchResult A keyword-based search result for a Managed Content Variant or Folder. Discriminator: `type` selects the concrete type. * `createdBy` (_object_) ManagedContentUserSummary User who created the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentUserSummary`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date and time when the managed content variant was created. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folder` (_object_) ManagedContentFolderSummary Folder that the managed content variant resides in. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentFolderSummary`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedBy` (_object_) ManagedContentUserSummary User who last modified the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ManagedContentUserSummary`. * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last date and time when the managed content variant was modified. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentSpaceId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the content space of the managed content variant. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of search result: `ManagedContentVariantSearchResultRepresentation` . _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractManagedContentChannel An abstract Channel Output Representation to allow Summary or Detailed representation ### ManagedContentNodeValue Information about a managed content node. Discriminator: `nodeType` selects the concrete type. Mapping: `Date` → `ManagedContentDateNodeValue`, `DateTime` → `ManagedContentDateAndTimeNodeValue`, `Media` → `ManagedContentMediaNodeValue`, `MediaSource` → `ManagedContentMediaSourceNodeValue`, `Text` → `ManagedContentTextNodeValue`. * `nodeType` (_object_) ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum Type of managed content node. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedContentNodeTypeEnum`. ### AbstractManagedContentReference Summary Information of the content referred inside managed content * `contentKey` (_string_) Unique identifier for the managed content reference. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedContentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content reference. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the single content delivery resource. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Commerce Connect REST API # Commerce Connect REST API > **Note**: The API Reference has a new three-panel layout. Browse grouped endpoints on the left, review endpoint details in the center, and access examples on the right. **Important**: Where possible, we changed noninclusive terms to align with our company value of Equality. We maintained certain terms to avoid any effect on customer implementations. **Version:** v67.0 ## Servers * `https://{MyDomainName}.my.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0` API server for your Salesforce org. * ``MyDomainName (default None) Your org's My Domain name, which is used as a subdomain for the URLs that Salesforce uses to serve your org. For example, if your Lightning URL is `https://yourcompanyname.lightning.force.com`, then your My Domain name is `yourcompanyname`. Find your My Domain name and login URL on the My Domain page in Setup, or use the `getMyDomainName()` method in the Apex Domain class.`` ## Tags ### Commerce B2B Resources Get, create, update, and delete your commerce data. Work with address management, carts, checkouts, orders, products, promotions, taxes, wishlists, and search settings. ### Commerce Einstein Webstore Resources Get the status of a Commerce Einstein deployment. Get the Commerce Einstein configuration. Export and purge Commerce Einstein activity. Get Commerce Einstein product recommendations. ### Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources Manage inventory across locations. Available in Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory. ### Salesforce Order Management Resources Manage orders and the order fulfillment process. Available in Salesforce Order Management orgs. ### Salesforce Payments Resources Information about Salesforce Payments, including content, rendered version, and sharing. **Note**: For the most updated Payments API documentation, see the [Salesforce Payments APIs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/salesforce-commerce/references/comm-payments-ref?meta=Summary) and the [Salesforce Commerce Payments APIs](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/commerce/salesforce-commerce/references/comm-ccs-payments-ref?meta=Summary) in the B2B Commerce and D2C Commerce Developer Guide. To access Salesforce Payments resources whose endpoints begin `/commerce/payments`, your org must have one or more of these licenses: * Salesforce Payments * Salesforce Order Management * B2B Commerce, or D2C Commerce ## Operations ### PUT Commerce Webstore Checkouts `PUT /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts` Operation ID: `putCheckoutStartV2`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Start Checkout Session V2 Start a Commerce store checkout. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v55.0_ **Note:** PUT is supported in version 57.0 and later. #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Request body Input to start a Commerce store checkout for a cart. _Available in: v55.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CheckoutStartInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "cartId": "0a6456789012345AAA", "customFields": [ { "attributes": { "type": "WebCart" }, "CartCustomNumberField__c": 1, "CartCustomTextField__c": "Text1" }, { "attributes": { "type": "CartDeliveryGroup" }, "CdgDistrict__c": "District1" }, { "attributes": { "type": "CartDeliveryGroup" }, "id": "0a7xx000000006TAAQ", "CdgWardField__c": 8 } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Checkout_ Checkout for a Commerce store. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CheckoutSessionV2`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Here’s an example for POST. ``` { "checkoutId": "2z9R000000008LfIAI" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Here’s an example for PUT when delivery methods and delivery groups are present. ``` { "checkoutId": "2z9R000000008LfIAI", "deliveryGroups": { "count": 1, "items": [ { "deliveryAddress": { "name": "Alan Johnson", "firstName": "Alan", "lastName": "Johnson", "region": "CA", "country": "US", "city": "San Francisco", "street": "415 Mission St", "companyName": "Salesforce", "postalCode": "94105" }, "availableDeliveryMethods": [ { "id": "2Dmxx0000004CFVCA2", "name": "Delivery Method 1", "shippingFee": "3.14", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "carrier": "UPS", "classOfService": "Same day UPS Ground" }, { "id": "2Dmxx0000005DEWDB3", "name": "Delivery Method 2", "shippingFee": "2.03", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "carrier": "UPS", "classOfService": "Next day UPS Ground" } ], "id": "0a7xx0000000000CA2", "isDefault": true, "name": "Default Delivery", "desiredDeliveryDate": "2021-05-28T16:41:41.090Z", "shippingInstructions": "type code 1234 on gate keypad", "customFields": [ { "attributes": { "type": "CartDeliveryGroup" }, "MyCustomTextField__c": "Text", "MyCustomNumberField__c": 12345, "MyCustomPhoneField__c": "4145551212", "MyCustomAddressField__c": { "street": "415 Mission St", "postalCode": "94105", "city": "San Francisco", "state": "California", "stateCode": "US_CA", "country": "United States", "countryCode": "US", "geocodeAccuracy": "City", "latitude": 34, "longitude": 85.9 } } ] } ] }, "customFields": [ { "attributes": { "type": "WebCart" }, "MyCustomTextField__c": "Text", "MyCustomNumberField__c": 12.34, "MyCustomPercentField__c": 0.2345, "MyCustomGeolocationField__c": { "latitude": 33.345, "longitude": 45.567 } } ] } ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Checkouts `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts` Operation ID: `postCheckoutStartV2`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Start Checkout Session V2 Start a Commerce store checkout. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Request body Input to start a Commerce store checkout for a cart. _Available in: v55.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CheckoutStartInput`. _Example example\_1: same as PUT /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts request._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Responses * **200** _Checkout_ Checkout for a Commerce store. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CheckoutSessionV2`. _Example example\_2: same as PUT /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts 200 response._ Payload 2 Here’s an example for PUT when delivery methods and delivery groups are present. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Here’s an example for POST. ``` { "checkoutId": "2z9R000000008LfIAI" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Here’s an example for PUT when delivery methods and delivery groups are present. ### GET Commerce Webstore Checkout `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts/{activeOrCheckoutId}` Operation ID: `getCheckoutV2`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Checkout Operations V2 Get a Commerce store checkout. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v55.0_ If you want to use this resource with a WebStore of type B2CE, open a case with Salesforce Support and provide this information: Salesforce organization ID Tenant ID (You can find this ID on the Manage Cloud-to-Cloud Connections page in Setup) B2C Commerce Business Manager login URL B2C Commerce site IDs **Note**: During the checkout process, you must make a GET request to `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts/{activeOrCheckoutId}` or `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts/{checkoutId}` at least once after making a PATCH request to `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts`. We recommend continuously polling the GET request until the API returns a `200 OK` status, indicating that the response is ready for consumption. **Note:** To resolve a [409](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_error_responses) error returned on a PATCH or DELETE request, retry your request until it returns a 2xx status with updated data. To avoid returning a 409 error on PATCH or DELETE requests, make sure that you don’t have any custom code that modifies the cart or a checkout session while calling PATCH or DELETE. #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. _Available in: v55.0_ Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `activeOrCheckoutId` (path, string, required) Values for `{activeOrCheckoutId}` are: * `{checkoutId}` —ID of the checkout. * `active` —Active checkout. _Available in: v55.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Checkout_ Checkout for a Commerce store. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CheckoutSessionV2`. _Example example\_2: same as PUT /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts 200 response._ Payload 2 Here’s an example for PUT when delivery methods and delivery groups are present. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Here’s an example for POST. ``` { "checkoutId": "2z9R000000008LfIAI" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Here’s an example for PUT when delivery methods and delivery groups are present. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZESG000001n96S4AQ/checkouts/2z9R000000008LfIAI ``` ### DELETE Commerce Webstore Checkout `DELETE /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts/{activeOrCheckoutId}` Operation ID: `deleteCheckoutV2`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Checkout Operations V2 Delete a Commerce store checkout. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v55.0_ If you want to use this resource with a WebStore of type B2CE, open a case with Salesforce Support and provide this information: Salesforce organization ID Tenant ID (You can find this ID on the Manage Cloud-to-Cloud Connections page in Setup) B2C Commerce Business Manager login URL B2C Commerce site IDs **Note**: During the checkout process, you must make a GET request to `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts/{activeOrCheckoutId}` or `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts/{checkoutId}` at least once after making a PATCH request to `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts`. We recommend continuously polling the GET request until the API returns a `200 OK` status, indicating that the response is ready for consumption. **Note:** To resolve a [409](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_error_responses) error returned on a PATCH or DELETE request, retry your request until it returns a 2xx status with updated data. To avoid returning a 409 error on PATCH or DELETE requests, make sure that you don’t have any custom code that modifies the cart or a checkout session while calling PATCH or DELETE. #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. _Available in: v55.0_ Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `activeOrCheckoutId` (path, string, required) Values for `{activeOrCheckoutId}` are: * `{checkoutId}` —ID of the checkout. * `active` —Active checkout. _Available in: v55.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string (Id)) Pattern: ^(001)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH Commerce Webstore Checkout `PATCH /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts/{activeOrCheckoutId}` Operation ID: `patchCheckoutV2`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Checkout Operations V2 Update a Commerce store checkout. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v55.0_ If you want to use this resource with a WebStore of type B2CE, open a case with Salesforce Support and provide this information: Salesforce organization ID Tenant ID (You can find this ID on the Manage Cloud-to-Cloud Connections page in Setup) B2C Commerce Business Manager login URL B2C Commerce site IDs **Note**: During the checkout process, you must make a GET request to `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts/{activeOrCheckoutId}` or `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts/{checkoutId}` at least once after making a PATCH request to `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts`. We recommend continuously polling the GET request until the API returns a `200 OK` status, indicating that the response is ready for consumption. **Note:** To resolve a [409](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_error_responses) error returned on a PATCH or DELETE request, retry your request until it returns a 2xx status with updated data. To avoid returning a 409 error on PATCH or DELETE requests, make sure that you don’t have any custom code that modifies the cart or a checkout session while calling PATCH or DELETE. #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. _Available in: v55.0_ Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `activeOrCheckoutId` (path, string, required) Values for `{activeOrCheckoutId}` are: * `{checkoutId}` —ID of the checkout. * `active` —Active checkout. _Available in: v55.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string (Id)) Pattern: ^(001)\\w\*. #### Request body Input for a Commerce store checkout. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CheckoutSessionV2Input`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Here’s an example of a request including contact information and Cart custom fields: The PATCH request fails if it includes contact information with Cart Delivery Group custom fields or with both Cart and Cart Delivery Group custom fields. ``` { "contactInfo": { "firstName": "Alan", "lastName": "Johnson", "email": "al**@jo*****.com", "phoneNumber": "******3944" }, "customFields": [ { "attributes": { "type": "WebCart" }, "Id": "0a6xx0000000000", "MyCustomTextField__c": "Foo", "MyCustomNumberField__c": 12.34, "MyCustomPercentField__c": 0.2345, "MyCustomGeolocationField__c": { "latitude": 33.345, "longitude": 45.567 } } ] } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Here’s an example of a request including shipping information (`deliveryAddress`, `desiredDeliveryDate`, and `shippingInstructions`) without custom fields: Any combination of these three sub-resources is valid if custom fields aren’t included in the request. ``` { "deliveryAddress": { "name": "Alan Johnson", "firstName": "Alan", "lastName": "Johnson", "region": "CA", "country": "US", "city": "San Francisco", "street": "415 Mission St", "postalCode": "94105" }, "desiredDeliveryDate": "2021-05-28T16:41:41.090Z", "shippingInstructions": "type code 1234 on gate keypad" } ``` _Example: example\_3_ Payload 3 Here’s an example of a request for a guest user, including contact information and delivery address: ``` { "contactInfo": { "firstName": "Alan", "lastName": "Johnson", "email": "al**@jo*****.com", "phoneNumber": "******3944" }, "deliveryAddress": { "name": "Alan Johnson", "firstName": "Alan", "lastName": "Johnson", "region": "CA", "country": "US", "city": "San Francisco", "street": "415 Mission St", "postalCode": "94105" } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Checkout_ Checkout for a Commerce store. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CheckoutSessionV2`. _Example example\_2: same as PUT /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts 200 response._ Payload 2 Here’s an example for PUT when delivery methods and delivery groups are present. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Here’s an example for POST. ``` { "checkoutId": "2z9R000000008LfIAI" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Here’s an example for PUT when delivery methods and delivery groups are present. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # Here’s an example of a request including delivery method and custom fields. A # PATCH request that includes `deliveryMethodId` clears all payment information # for the checkout, including `WebCart.BillingAddress`. { "deliveryMethodId": "7cdLT000000EzA5YAK", "customFields": [ { "attributes": { "type": "WebCart" }, "Id": "0a6xx0000000000", "MyCustomTextField__c": "Foo", "MyCustomNumberField__c": 12.34, "MyCustomPercentField__c": 0.2345, "MyCustomGeolocationField__c": { "latitude": 33.345, "longitude": 45.567 } }, { "attributes": { "type": "CartDeliveryGroup" }, "Id": "0a7SB000000oBujYAE", "MyCustomTextField__c": "Bar", "MyCustomNumberField__c": 4.55, "MyCustomPhoneField__c": "******1212", "MyCustomAddressField__c": { "street": "100 Folsom Street", "city": "San Francisco", "state": "California", //This field isn't currently supported in custom fields. "stateCode": "US_CA", "postalCode": "93555", "country": "United States", //This field isn't currently supported in custom fields. "countryCode": "US", "geocodeAccuracy": "City", "latitude": 34, "longitude": 85.9 } } ] } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` # Here’s an example of a request including shipping information # (deliveryAddress, desiredDeliveryDate, and shippingInstructions) and custom # fields. The PATCH request fails if it includes only shipping instructions # along with custom fields for either Cart or Cart Delivery Group. { "deliveryAddress": { "name": "Alan Johnson", "firstName": "Alan", "lastName": "Johnson", "region": "CA", "country": "US", "city": "San Francisco", "street": "415 Mission St", "postalCode": "94105" }, "desiredDeliveryDate": "2021-05-28T16:41:41.090Z", "shippingInstructions": "type code 1234 on gate keypad", "customFields": [ { "attributes": { "type": "WebCart" }, "Id": "0a6xx0000000000", "MyCustomTextField__c": "Foo", "MyCustomNumberField__c": 12.34, "MyCustomPercentField__c": 0.2345, "MyCustomGeolocationField__c": { "latitude": 33.345, "longitude": 45.567 } }, { "attributes": { "type": "CartDeliveryGroup" }, "Id": "0a7SB000000oBujYAE", "MyCustomTextField__c": "Bar", "MyCustomNumberField__c": 4.55, "MyCustomPhoneField__c": "******1212", "MyCustomAddressField__c": { "street": "100 Folsom Street", "city": "San Francisco", "state": "California", //This field isn't currently supported in custom fields. "stateCode": "US_CA", "postalCode": "93555", "country": "United States", //This field isn't currently supported in custom fields. "countryCode": "US", "geocodeAccuracy": "City", "latitude": 34, "longitude": 85.9 } } ] } ``` _Example: Example 3 · HTTP_ ``` { "deliveryAddress": { "name": "Alan Johnson", "firstName": "Alan", "lastName": "Johnson", "region": "CA", "country": "US", "city": "San Francisco", "street": "415 Mission St", "postalCode": "94105" }, "desiredDeliveryDate": "2021-05-28T16:41:41.090Z", "shippingInstructions": "type code 1234 on gate keypad", "customFields": [ { "attributes": { "type": "WebCart" }, "Id": "0a6xx0000000000", "MyCustomTextField__c": "Foo", "MyCustomNumberField__c": 12.34, "MyCustomPercentField__c": 0.2345, "MyCustomGeolocationField__c": { "latitude": 33.345, "longitude": 45.567 } }, { "attributes": { "type": "CartDeliveryGroup" }, "Id": "0a7SB000000oBujYAE", "MyCustomTextField__c": "Bar", "MyCustomNumberField__c": 4.55, "MyCustomPhoneField__c": "4145551212", "MyCustomAddressField__c": { "street": "100 Folsom Street", "city": "San Francisco", "state": "California", //This field isn't currently supported in customFields. "stateCode": "US_CA", "postalCode": "93555", "country": "United States", //This field isn't currently supported in customFields. "countryCode": "US", "geocodeAccuracy": "City", "latitude": 34, "longitude": 85.9 } } ] } ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Checkout Orders `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts/{activeOrCheckoutId}/orders` Operation ID: `postCheckoutOrderV2`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Checkout Place Order Operations v2 Place an order for a Commerce store checkout. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Error responses An invalid POST request to [Commerce Webstore Checkout Orders](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Commerce-B2B-Resources/operation/postCheckoutOrderV2) can return several HTTP response codes depending upon the type of error. * [409](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_error_responses) indicates that you have custom code that's modifying the cart after a payment-autorization request. To resolve the error, make sure that you don’t have custom code that modifies the cart or a checkout session while calling POST. * In version 63.0 and later, [412](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_error_responses) indicates that there’s an issue with a precondition, such as incomplete contact information or an inventory reservation error. To resolve the error, make sure that all required contact information is provided and that inventory reservations are correctly processed before calling POST. * In version 63.0 and later, [422](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_error_responses) indicates a validation error such as an unauthorized payment method or missing delivery method. For 422 errors, a localized error message is included in the Checkout Order response body. To resolve the error, address the provided error message. For example, verify that the payment method is authorized or ensure that an order delivery method is provided during the checkout process. **Note**: POST doesn’t take request parameters or a request body. #### Parameters * `activeOrCheckoutId` (path, string, required) Values for `{activeOrCheckoutId}` are: * `{checkoutId}` —ID of the checkout. * `active` —Active checkout. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Checkout Order_ Order for a Commerce store checkout. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CheckoutOrderV2`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "orderReferenceNumber": "ER37G-VYS2M-6GPHH-HG4DE" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 (with errors) ``` { "errors": [ { "type": "/commerce/errors/shipping-failure", "title": "We are unable to place the order. Please correct the error and try again.", "detail": "There are no configured Order Delivery Methods." } ], "order​Reference​Number": "ER37G-VYS2M-6GPHH-HG4DE" } ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Checkout, Place Order Action `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts/{activeOrCheckoutId}/orders/actions` Operation ID: `postCheckoutOrderAction`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Checkout Place Order Action Operations Place an order for a Commerce store checkout. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Parameters * `activeOrCheckoutId` (path, string, required) Values for `{activeOrCheckoutId}` are: * `{checkoutId}` —ID of the checkout. * `active` —Active checkout. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If not specified, it defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Request body Input representation of the Commerce store checkout.request. _Available in: v64.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CheckoutOrderActionListInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Example request for the prepare action in a place order request: ``` { "actions": [ { "action": "prepare" } ] } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Example request for the submit action in a place order request: ``` { "actions": [ { "action": "submit" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Checkout Order Action Collection_ Output representation of the Commerce store checkout request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CheckoutOrderActionCollection`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/checkouts/2z9R000000008LfIAI/orders/actions Content-Type: application/json { "actions": [ { "action": "prepare" } ] } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/checkouts/2z9R000000008LfIAI/orders/actions Content-Type: application/json { "actions": [ { "action": "submit" } ] } ``` _Example: Example 3 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/checkouts/active/orders/actions Content-Type: application/json { "actions": [ { "action": "prepare" } ] } ``` _Example: Example 4 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/checkouts/active/orders/actions Content-Type: application/json { "actions": [ { "action": "submit" } ] } ``` _Example: Example 5 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/checkouts/active/orders/actions?effectiveAccountId=001xx000003GYv5AAG Content-Type: application/json { "actions": [ { "action": "prepare" } ] } ``` _Example: Example 6 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/checkouts/active/orders/actions?effectiveAccountId=001xx000003GYv5AAG Content-Type: application/json { "actions": [ { "action": "submit" } ] } ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Checkout Payments `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/checkouts/{activeOrCheckoutId}/payments` Operation ID: `postCheckoutPayment`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Checkout Payment Operations Payment for a Commerce store checkout. To access this resource, you need a B2B or D2C Commerce license and the system permissions included in either the Buyer (B2B stores only) or Shopper (D2C stores only) [preconfigured permission set](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_preconfigured_perm_sets.htm&type=5). In API version 63.0 and later, the Commerce Webstore Checkout Payments API is reenterable. If a payment already exists for a cart, a POST request handles the existing payment as follows. * If the payment is a PaymentAuthorization, the authorization is reversed. * If the payment is captured, a refund is issued. * If the payment is a simple purchase order, the purchase order number is replaced. Reentrance for simple purchase orders is supported in API version 64.0 and later. You can update the billing address with a reentrant request. However, you can't change the payment type. For example, if a payment authorization or capture was performed, you can't make a new request with a requestType of `SimplePurchaseOrder`. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `activeOrCheckoutId` (path, string, required) Values for `{activeOrCheckoutId}` are: * `{checkoutId}` —ID of the checkout. * `active` —Active checkout. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Payment input for a Commerce store checkout. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CheckoutPaymentInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Authorized payment ``` { "requestType": "Auth", "paymentToken": "cardPaymentMethodId", "billingAddress": { "name": "John Doe", "street": "123 Acme Drive", "city": "Los Angeles", "region": "CA", "country": "US", "postalCode": "90001" } } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Simple purchase order ``` { "requestType": "SimplePurchaseOrder", "paymentToken": 348957393223, "billingAddress": { "name": "John Doe", "street": "123 Acme Drive", "city": "Los Angeles", "region": "CA", "country": "US", "postalCode": "90001" } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Checkout Payment_ Payment response for a Commerce store checkout. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CheckoutPaymentOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "requestType":"PostAuth", "paymentToken": 'pi_0swefj329r4ljsdfk', "billingAddress":{ "name":"John Doe", "street":"123 Acme Drive", "city":"Los Angeles", "region":"CA", "country":"US", "postalCode":"90001" } } ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Payments Token `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/payments/token` Operation ID: `postPaymentToken`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Payment token resource wrapper specific to payment api Tokenize a payment for a Commerce store checkout. To access this resource, you need a B2B Commerce license and the system permissions included in the Buyer (B2B stores only) [preconfigured permission set](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_preconfigured_perm_sets.htm&type=5). _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string (Id)) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. Pattern: ^(001)\\w\*. #### Request body Input to tokenize a credit card payment method for a Commerce store checkout. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PaymentTokenInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Payment Token_ Represents a payment token for a Commerce store checkout. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PaymentToken`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "billingAddress":{ "name":"John Doe", "street":"123 Acme Drive", "city":"Los Angeles", "region":"CA", "country":"US", "postalCode":"90001" } "cardPaymentMethod":{ "cardHolderName":"John Doe", "cardNumber":"4242424242424242", "expiryMonth":"12", "expiryYear":"24", "cvv":"141", "cardType":"Visa" } "hasSubscriptionProduct": true, } ``` ### GET Commerce Webstore Wishlists `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/wishlists` Operation ID: `getWishlist`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Used to create a Wishlist and takes optional products to add to this Wishlist. Get wishlists. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v49.0_ * `includeDisplayedList` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include the displayed list (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, defaults to `false` . _Available in: v49.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v51.0_ * `productFields` (query, string) Comma-separated list of custom product fields. Fields aren’t case-sensitive. For example, `ProductCode` and `productcode` return the same results. If `includeDisplayedList` is unspecified or `false`, `productFields` is ignored. _Available in: v51.0_ * `sortItemsBy` (query, ConnectWishlistItemSortOrderEnum) Sort order for wishlist items. Values are: * `CreatedDateAsc` —Sorts by oldest creation date. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. The default sort order is `CreatedDateDesc`. If `includeDisplayedList` is unspecified or `false`, `sortItemsBy` is ignored. _Available in: v51.0_ * `wishlistId` (query, string) ID of the wishlist. If unspecified, all the wishlist summaries are returned. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Wishlist Summaries_ List of wishlist summaries and the displayed list for the context user. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `WishlistSummaries`. ### POST Commerce Webstore Wishlists `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/wishlists` Operation ID: `postWishlist`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Used to create a Wishlist and takes optional products to add to this Wishlist. Create a wishlist. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Request body Wishlist to create. _Available in: v49.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `WishlistInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "name": "My List", "products": [ { "productId": "01tRM000000Osl0YAC" }, { "productId": "01tRM000000Oi92YAC" }, { "productId": "01tRM000000NJCeYAO" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Wishlist_ Wishlist, including summary and items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Wishlist`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Wishlist `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/wishlists/{wishlistId}` Operation ID: `getWishlistSummary`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Used to edit, delete or get a specific Wishlist. Get a wishlist. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `wishlistId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the wishlist. Pattern: ^(3or)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v49.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v51.0_ * `productFields` (query, string) Comma-separated list of custom product fields. Fields aren’t case-sensitive. For example, `ProductCode` and `productcode` return the same results. _Available in: v51.0_ * `sortItemsBy` (query, ConnectWishlistItemSortOrderEnum) Sort order for wishlist items. Values are: * `CreatedDateAsc` —Sorts by oldest creation date. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. The default sort order is `CreatedDateDesc`. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Wishlist_ Wishlist, including summary and items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Wishlist`. ### DELETE Commerce Webstore Wishlist `DELETE /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/wishlists/{wishlistId}` Operation ID: `deleteWishlistSummary`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Used to edit, delete or get a specific Wishlist. Delete a wishlist. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `wishlistId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the wishlist. Pattern: ^(3or)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH Commerce Webstore Wishlist `PATCH /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/wishlists/{wishlistId}` Operation ID: `patchWishlistSummary`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Used to edit, delete or get a specific Wishlist. Update the name of a wishlist. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v49.0_ **Note:** PATCH is supported in version 50.0 and later. #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `wishlistId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the wishlist. Pattern: ^(3or)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Request body Wishlist name to update. _Available in: v50.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `WishlistUpdateInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "name": "My List" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Wishlist Summary_ Summary of a wishlist. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `WishlistSummary`. ### POST Commerce Webstore Wishlist, Add to Cart `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/wishlists/{wishlistId}/actions/add-wishlist-to-cart` Operation ID: `postWishlistAddToCart`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Used to add products from a Wishlist to a Cart. Add a wishlist to a cart. Adding wishlists to carts respects buyer View Product entitlements and only users entitled to view product data can access it. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `wishlistId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the wishlist. Pattern: ^(3or)\\w\*. * `cartId` (query, string) ID of the cart. If unspecified, wishlist items are added to the active cart. _Available in: v49.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Wishlist to Cart Result_ Result of adding a wishlist to a cart. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `WishlistToCartResult`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Wishlist Items `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/wishlists/{wishlistId}/wishlist-items` Operation ID: `getWishlistItemCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Used to add and read items from Wishlist Item Collection. Get wishlist items. Adding items to wishlists respects buyer View Product entitlements and only users entitled to view product data can access it. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `wishlistId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the wishlist. Pattern: ^(3or)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v49.0_ * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you don’t specify a value, the first page is returned. _Available in: v49.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 200. If unspecified, the default size is 25. _Available in: v49.0_ * `productFields` (query, string) Comma-separated list of custom product fields. Fields aren’t case-sensitive. For example, `ProductCode` and `productcode` return the same results. _Available in: v51.0_ * `sortItemsBy` (query, ConnectWishlistItemSortOrderEnum) Sort order for wishlist items. Values are: * `CreatedDateAsc` —Sorts by oldest creation date. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by most recent creation date. The default sort order is `CreatedDateDesc`. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Wishlist Item Collection_ Collection of wishlist items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `WishlistItemCollection`. ### POST Commerce Webstore Wishlist Items `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/wishlists/{wishlistId}/wishlist-items` Operation ID: `postWishlistItemCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Used to add and read items from Wishlist Item Collection. Add items to the wishlist. Adding items to wishlists respects buyer View Product entitlements and only users entitled to view product data can access it. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `wishlistId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the wishlist. Pattern: ^(3or)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Request body Item to update or add to a wishlist. _Available in: v49.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `WishlistItemInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "productId": "01tRM000000NJCeYAO" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Wishlist Item_ Item in a wishlist to create. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `WishlistItem`. ### DELETE Commerce Webstore Wishlist Item `DELETE /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/wishlists/{wishlistId}/wishlist-items/{wishlistItemId}` Operation ID: `deleteWishlistItem`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Used to update or delete single Wishlist Item. Delete a wishlist item. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `wishlistId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the wishlist. Pattern: ^(3or)\\w\*. * `wishlistItemId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the wishlist item. Pattern: ^(3os)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. ### GET Commerce Webstore Account Addresses `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/accounts/{accountId}/addresses` Operation ID: `getCommerceAddress`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Account address management. Retrieve a collection of addresses for a webstore account. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `accountId` (path, string, required) ID of the account. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `addressId` (query, string) ID of the account address. _Available in: v56.0_ * `addressType` (query, array of string) List of address types (for example, “Shipping” or “Billing”). _Available in: v54.0_ * `defaultOnly` (query, boolean) Indicate if you only want the default address ( `true` ) or all addresses for the account ( `false` ). The default value is `false` . _Available in: v54.0_ * `excludeUnsupportedCountries` (query, boolean) Indicate if you want to retrieve all addresses ( `false` ) or only addresses of type Shipping that are in countries included in the store’s shipToCountries list ( `true` ). The default value is `false` . _Available in: v57.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) A list of custom fields for the address. _Available in: v54.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v54.0_ * `pageToken` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you don’t specify a value, the first page is returned. _Available in: v54.0_ * `shouldShowDefaultAddrFirst` (query, boolean) * `sortOrder` (query, ConnectCommerceAddressSortOrderEnum) Sort order for Commerce addresses. Values are: * `CreatedDateAsc` —Sort in ascending order of created date. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sort in descending order of created date. * `NameAsc` —Sort in ascending order of name. * `NameDesc` —Sort in descending order of name. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Address Collection_ A collection of commerce addresses. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceAddressCollection`. ### POST Commerce Webstore Account Addresses `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/accounts/{accountId}/addresses` Operation ID: `postCommerceAddress`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Account address management. Create a Commerce account address for a webstore. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `accountId` (path, string, required) ID of the account. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Commerce address input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceAddressInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Address_ Address for a Commerce account. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceAddressOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "addressId":"81Wxx0000000001EAA", "city":"Boston", "country":"US", "isDefault":true, "name":"Home Address", "postalCode":"01234", "region":"MA", "street":"1 Milk Street", “addressType”: “Billing”, "commerceAddressFieldInputList": { "fields" : [ { "dataName" : "options__c", "text" : "alpha" } ] } } ``` ### DELETE Commerce Webstore Account Address `DELETE /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/accounts/{accountId}/addresses/{addressId}` Operation ID: `deleteCommerceAddressPatchDelete`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Account address management. Delete an address for a Commerce account associated with a webstore. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `accountId` (path, string, required) ID of the account. * `addressId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the address. Pattern: ^(8lW)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** Success ### PATCH Commerce Webstore Account Address `PATCH /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/accounts/{accountId}/addresses/{addressId}` Operation ID: `patchCommerceAddressPatchDelete`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Account address management. Update an address for a Commerce account associated with a webstore. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `accountId` (path, string, required) ID of the account. * `addressId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the address. Pattern: ^(8lW)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Commerce address input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceAddressInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Address_ Address for a Commerce account. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceAddressOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "addressId":"81Wxx0000000001EAA", "city":"Boston", "country":"US", "isDefault":true, "name":"Home Address", "postalCode":"01234", "region":"MA", "street":"1 Milk Street", “addressType”: “Billing”, "commerceAddressFieldInputList": { "fields" : [ { "dataName" : "options__c", "text" : "alpha" } ] } } ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Buyer Registration `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/buyers/registrations` Operation ID: `postBuyerRegistration`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Initiates buyer registration process for a guest user Lets a guest shopper register an account with a merchant. This resource is for use with one-click checkout with Salesforce Payments and Salesforce Commerce. Before the shopper completes their order, they can choose to save their payment and shipping information for future use. This resource creates a Person account, user record, and a contact point address for saving shipping information. To use this API, complete these store configurations: * Enable Person Accounts * Configure self-registration * Enable guest user access to the webstore _Available in: v61.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Provides a customer’s account registration information for your store. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BuyerRegistrationInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Buyer Registration_ The ID of the registered buyer that is returned in the response. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BuyerRegistration`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "captchaToken": "EXAMPLE_CAPTCHA_TOKEN_VALUE", "email": "jdoe@salesforce.com", "phoneNumber": "+18585559876", "firstName": "Jose", "lastName": "Figueroa", "addressList": { "addresses": [ { "city": "San Ysidro", "companyName": "", "country": "US", "firstName": "Jose", "lastName": "Figueroa", "name": "Jose Figueroa", "postalCode": "92143", "region": "MA", "street": "1 Main St" } ] } ``` ### GET Commerce Webstore My Profile `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/myprofile` Operation ID: `getBuyerProfile`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Fetch a buyer profile. Retrieve the buyer's account details. The `Commerce Webstore My Profile Initiate OTP` and `Commerce Webstore My Profile Verify OTP` APIs integrate with the myprofile API to securely manage updates to a buyer's profile information—specifically their email and phone number. These APIs enforce re-authentication before any changes are made, ensuring that only authorized users can modify contact details and that the new information is verified as belonging to the buyer. _Available in: v52.0_ **Note:** GET is supported in API version 52.0 and later. #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BuyerProfile`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/myprofile ``` ### PATCH Commerce Webstore My Profile `PATCH /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/myprofile` Operation ID: `patchBuyerProfile`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Fetch a buyer profile. Update buyer account details. Updates the registered buyer’s details by identifying the buyer user’s ID within the logged-in context. The `Commerce Webstore My Profile Initiate OTP` and `Commerce Webstore My Profile Verify OTP` APIs integrate with the myprofile API to securely manage updates to a buyer's profile information—specifically their email and phone number. These APIs enforce re-authentication before any changes are made, ensuring that only authorized users can modify contact details and that the new information is verified as belonging to the buyer. _Available in: v52.0_ **Note:** PATCH is supported in API version 59.0 and later. #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Input details for the buyer profile update request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BuyerProfileInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Here's an example of a request that includes both email and phone number updates when two-factor authentication is disabled: ``` { "firstName": "Morton", "lastName": "Strosin", "email": "Ma**********@vi*****.info", "phoneNumber": "********7740", "verificationInput": {} } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Here's an example of a request that includes an email update when two-factor authentication is enabled: ``` { "firstName": "Morton", "lastName": "Strosin", "email": "Ma**********@vi*****.info", "verificationInput": { "reCaptchaToken": "EXAMPLE_RECAPTCHA_TOKEN_VALUE", "stepUpVerificationIdentifier": "hjdfghjdfgj768" } } ``` _Example: example\_3_ Payload 3 Here's an example of a request that includes a phone number update when two-factor authentication is enabled: ``` { "firstName": "Morton", "lastName": "Strosin", "phoneNumber": "********7740", "verificationInput": { "reCaptchaToken": "EXAMPLE_RECAPTCHA_TOKEN_VALUE", "stepUpVerificationIdentifier": "hjdfghjdfgj768" } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Buyer Profile Update_ Output details for a buyer profile update request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BuyerProfilePatch`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Here's an example of a response when two-factor authentication is disabled: ``` { "firstName": "Morton", "isEmailVerified": "true", "isPhoneVerified": "true", "lastName": "Strosin", "email": "Ma**********@vi*****.info", "phoneNumber": "********7740", "userName": "morton.Strosin10@salesforce.com", "verificationResponse": {} } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Here's an example of a response when two-factor authentication is enabled: ``` { "firstName": "Morton", "isEmailVerified": "true", "isPhoneVerified": "true", "lastName": "Strosin", "email": "Ma**********@vi*****.info", "phoneNumber": "********7740", "userName": "morton.Strosin10@salesforce.com", "verificationResponse": { "identifier": "z9jOsN8Buj8bRISupnbg", "message": "Ok", "method": "Sms", "recipient": "(***) ***-6705", "status": "Success" } } ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore My Profile Initiate OTP `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/myprofile/actions/initOTP` Operation ID: `postBuyerProfileInit`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. This API will be consumed for verify action on Email and Phone field. This will internally trigger the OTP on the unverified email/phone. Initiate the one-time password (OTP) via the specified method, such as SMS or Email. The API returns a unique identifier associated with the OTP request. This process make sures that any changes to buyer's critical information, such as email and phone number, are securely verified before the update using the [Commerce Webstore My Profile](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Commerce-B2B-Resources/operation/getBuyerProfile) PATCH method. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Input details for a buyer profile OTP initiate request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BuyerProfileInitInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "method": "SMS", "reCaptchaToken": "EXAMPLE_RECAPTCHA_TOKEN_VALUE", "type": "Verify" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Buyer Profile Initiate OTP Output_ Output details for the buyer profile OTP initiate request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BuyerProfileInitOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "identifier": "z9jOsN8Buj8bRISupnbg", "message": "The update request was successful.", "recipient": "(***) ***-6705", "status": "Success" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/myprofile/actions/initOTP Content-Type: application/json { "method": "SMS", "reCaptchaToken": "EXAMPLE_RECAPTCHA_TOKEN_VALUE", "type": "Verify" } ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore My Profile Verify OTP `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/myprofile/actions/verify` Operation ID: `postBuyerProfileVerify`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Verifies the code entered by User for Step-Up Verification and Email/Phone Number verification. Validate the one-time-password (OTP) provided by the buyer. The OTP is initiated through the [Commerce Webstore My Profile Initiate OTP](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Commerce-B2B-Resources/operation/postBuyerProfileInit) API, which is triggered when there is a change in the buyer's email or phone number. This API must be called before updating the buyer's email and phone number using the [Commerce Webstore My Profile](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Commerce-B2B-Resources/operation/getBuyerProfile) PATCH method. Upon successful verification, the buyer's email or phone number is updated, and the corresponding verification fields, including `hasUserVerifiedEmail` or `hasUserVerifiedPhoneNumber` are set to true in the API response. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Input details for the buyer profile verify request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BuyerProfileVerifyInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "code": "87XXXX", "identifier": "z9jOsN8Buj8bRISupnbg" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Buyer Profile Verify Output_ Output details for the buyer profile verify request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BuyerProfileVerifyOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "identifier": "z9jOsN8Buj8bRISupnbg", "message": "The verification request was successful.", "status": "Success" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/myprofile/actions/verify Content-Type: application/json { "code": "87XXXX", "identifier": "z9jOsN8Buj8bRISupnbg" } ``` ### GET Commerce Webstore Order Summaries `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries` Operation ID: `getOrderSummaryCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Fetch collection of order summaries. Get order summaries. This API is available only to registered users. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `earliestDate` (query, string) Oldest created or ordered date, depending on the `sortOrder` value, for order summaries to return. Results include any orders on and after this date.. The supported date format is `yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss.SSSZ`. For example, 2001-07-04T12:08:56.235-0700 , 2001-07-04T12:08:56.235+0700, or 2001-07-04T12:08:56.235-0000 (UTC). See [Valid Date and DateTime Formats](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_rest.meta/api_rest/intro_valid_date_formats.htm). _Available in: v51.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v51.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) List of up to 35 additional order summary fields to display in the UI in each item row. For example, `fields=orderNumber, status, orderLifeCycleType` . These order summary fields are returned regardless of fields specified. * `createdDate` * `orderSummaryId` * `orderNumber` * `orderedDate` * `ownerId` * `status` * `totalAmount` _Available in: v51.0_ * `includeAdjustmentDetails` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to fetch price adjustment details based on their type (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v56.0_ * `includeProducts` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include product media in order summaries (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v61.0_ * `latestDate` (query, string) Most recent created or ordered date, depending on the `sortOrder` value, for order summaries to return. Results include any orders before this date. The supported date format is `yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss.SSSZ`. For example, 2001-07-04T12:08:56.235-0700 , 2001-07-04T12:08:56.235+0700, or 2001-07-04T12:08:56.235-0000 (UTC). See [Valid Date and DateTime Formats](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.api_rest.meta/api_rest/intro_valid_date_formats.htm). _Available in: v51.0_ * `ownerScoped` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the results are scoped to orders owned by the context user (`true`) or to orders owned by and shared with the context user (`false`). If unspecified, defaults to `true`. _Available in: v51.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v51.0_ * `pageToken` (query, string) Specifies the base64 encoded page token. Page tokens are returned as part of the response. If unspecified, the first page is returned. _Available in: v51.0_ * `sortOrder` (query, ConnectOrderSummarySortEnum) Sort order for order summaries. Values are: * `CreatedDateAsc` —Sorts by the oldest created date. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by the most recent created date. * `OrderedDateAsc` —Sorts by the oldest ordered date. * `OrderedDateDesc` —Sorts by the most recent ordered date. If unspecified, defaults to `OrderedDateDesc`. If you’re sorting by ordered date, make sure the ordered date is populated on your order summary records. A `null` value isn’t supported and results in an error. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Order Summary Collection_ Collection of order summaries. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderSummaryCollection`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "count": 2, "currentPageToken": null, "currentPageUrl": "/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZEOK00000008vK/order-summaries?​effectiveAccountId=001OK000001o5Ft&fields=AccountId&includeAdjustmentDetails=false&includeProducts=true​&ownerScoped=false&pageSize=25&sortOrder=OrderedDateDesc", "nextPageToken": null, "nextPageUrl": null, "orderSummaries": [ { "adjustmentAggregates": null, "createdDate": "2024-03-08T07:28:32.000Z", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "fields": { "AccountId": { "label": "Account ID", "text": "001OK000001o5FtYAI", "type": "reference" } }, "orderNumber": "00000110", "orderSummaryId": "1OsOK00000006Sh0AI", "orderedDate": "2023-10-02T11:03:27.000Z", "ownerId": "005OK000000JZklYAG", "products": [ { "canViewProduct": true, "errorCode": null, "errorMessage": null, "fields": {}, "id": "01tOK000000EUprYAG", "media": { "alternateText": "Default Image", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": null, "sortOrder": null, "thumbnailUrl": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg", "title": null, "url": null }, "variationAttributes": {} } ], "status": "Created", "totalAmount": "26.98" }, { "adjustmentAggregates": null, "createdDate": "2024-03-08T07:28:32.000Z", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "fields": { "AccountId": { "label": "Account ID", "text": "001OK000001o5FtYAI", "type": "reference" } }, "orderNumber": 109, "orderSummaryId": "1OsOK00000006Sg0AI", "orderedDate": "2023-10-02T11:02:06.000Z", "ownerId": "005OK000000JZklYAG", "products": [ { "canViewProduct": true, "errorCode": null, "errorMessage": null, "fields": {}, "id": "01tOK000000EUpmYAG", "media": { "alternateText": "Default Image", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": null, "sortOrder": null, "thumbnailUrl": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg", "title": null, "url": null }, "variationAttributes": {} } ], "status": "Created", "totalAmount": "561.98" } ], "previousPageToken": null, "previousPageUrl": null, "sortOrder": "OrderedDateDesc" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZExx0000000002GAA/order-summaries ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZEOK00000008vK4AQ/order-summaries?effectiveAccountId=001OK000001o5FtYAI&ownerScoped=false&fields=AccountId&includeProducts=true ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Add Order Summaries to Cart v2 `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries/actions/add-order-to-cart` Operation ID: `postAddOrderToCartResourceV2`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Performs add-order-to-cart action on an OrderSummary Add an order summary to an active or a current cart. The API includes products from the existing order summary, with the same quantity and configuration details, such as the product selling model. This API is available to both registered and guest users. For registered users, this API uses the webstore’s order summary ID or reference number. For guest users, provide an order summary reference number. Authenticated users can reorder simple, variant, bundle, and configurable products, whereas guest users can't reorder configurable products. Support for reordering configurable products is available starting from API version 67.0 and later, and requires a Revenue Lifecycle Management license in addition to the B2B Commerce license. This API authorizes guest users using either a session cookie, an access token generated via the [Commerce Webstore Order Summary Authorization](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Commerce-B2B-Resources/operation/postOrderSummaryAuthorization) API, or a `verification` object (email, last name, or phone). If both an access token and verification input are provided along with the session cookie, the API authorizes using whichever one is valid. **Note**: Session cookie authorization is only available on Salesforce-hosted stores. If the existing order summary includes a gift-wrap item, this API only adds the other items to the cart, ignoring the gift-wrap item. For example, if you have eight order item summaries and a gift-wrap item summary in an order summary, only these eight products are added to the cart when you reorder. However, buyers can choose to add gift wrap for the new order during checkout. **Note**: Gift wrap applies to the entire order summary with a single delivery address and isn't for a specific order item summary. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. This field is required only for authenticated or registered shoppers. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Request body Input for adding an order to a cart. _Available in: v59.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AddOrderToCartInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Here’s a sample request for a registerd user: ``` { "cartStateOrId": "active", "orderSummaryIdOrRefNumber": "Oder_Summary_ID" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Here’s a sample request with verification for a guest user: ``` { "cartStateOrId": "active", "orderSummaryIdOrRefNumber": "GJA4C-MUVBN-6ZT4P-V6CSB", "verification": { "email": "Ma**********@vi*****.info", "lastName": "Strosin", "phoneNumber": "********7740" } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Order to Cart Result_ Result of action adding an order to a cart. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderToCartResult`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "cartId": "0a6RO0000000146YAA", "totalSucceededProductCount": 3, "totalFailedProductCount": 2, "unaddedProducts": [ { "productId": "01txx00000034cv", "productName": "Sample Product Name 1", "productSKU": "00001", "errorCode": "ERROR_MAX_LIMIT_EXCEEDED", "errorMessage": "Sample Error Message 1", "media": { "alternateText": null, "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmRO00000000x2YAA", "mediaType": null, "sortOrder": null, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "tshirt 5", "url": "/cms/delivery/media/MC2KSOOFJGRZDDJGQG4QJHLKHTZQ?recordId=01tRO000000FVNB&buyerId=001RO000001npBo" } }, { "productId": "01txx00000034cw", "productName": "Sample Product Name 2", "productSKU": "00002", "errorCode": "ERROR_SAVING_CARTITEM", "errorMessage": "Sample Error Message 2", "media": { "alternateText": null, "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmRO00000000x2YAB", "mediaType": null, "sortOrder": null, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "tshirt 3", "url": "/cms/delivery/media/MC2KSOOFJGRZDDJGQG4QJHLKHTZQ?recordId=01tRO000000FVNB&buyerId=001RO000001npBo" } } ] } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # Here’s a sample request with access token for a guest user: { "cartStateOrId": "active", "orderSummaryIdOrRefNumber": "GJA4C-MUVBN-6ZT4P-V6CSB", "accessToken": "U2FsdGVkX1+kp1d8aQKHsqZJv1shF8Jx4Nc0kOdN+L5gViQa/sZtU5NHMDpIUEhz" } } ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Order Summary Authorization `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries/actions/authorize` Operation ID: `postOrderSummaryAuthorization`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Authorize guest users by validating the Guest PII for requested orderSummary Authorize guest users by verifying their personally identifiable information to access the requested order summary. This API is specifically for guest users. This API is used to authorize a guest user and retrieve an access token, which can then be used as input for the Commerce Webstore Order Summary Lookup GET API to retrieve the requested order summary record. The access token is valid for 60 minutes. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Input representation to authorize guest access for the requested order summary record. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderSummaryAuthorizationInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "email": "Ma**********@vi*****.info", "lastName": "Strosin", "orderSummaryRefNumber": "GJA4C-MUVBN-6ZT4P-V6CSB", "phoneNumber": "********7740" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Order Summary Authorization Output_ Result of the authorize guest user request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderSummaryAuthorizationOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "accessToken": "U2FsdGVkX1+kp1d8aQKHsqZJv1shF8Jx4Nc0kOdN+L5gViQa/sZtU5NHMDpIUEhz" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/order-summaries/actions/authorize Content-Type: application/json { "email": "Ma**********@vi*****.info", "lastName": "Strosin", "orderSummaryRefNumber": "GJA4C-MUVBN-6ZT4P-V6CSB", "phoneNumber": "********7740" } ``` ### GET Commerce Webstore Order Summary Lookup `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries/actions/lookup` Operation ID: `getOrderSummaryLookup`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Lookup details about an OrderSummary Look up details about an order summary, including its line items and relevant order amount fields. This API is available to both registered and guest users. _Available in: v58.0_ **Note**: Session cookie authorization is only available on Salesforce-hosted stores. **Note:** GET is supported in API version 64.0 and later. #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `accessToken` (query, string) Encrypted access token, retrieved from the Comerce Webstore Order Summary Authorization API after successful verification for guest users. This access token is valid for 60 minutes. This is required for guest users if the request doesn't include a valid session cookie. _Available in: v64.0_ * `deliveryGroupId` (query, string) ID of the delivery group associated with the order summary. _Available in: v64.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user or, for guest users, the guest user profile ID of the current store. ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. This field is required only for authenticated or registered users. _Available in: v64.0_ * `excludeParameters` (query, array of string) List of fields to exclude from the API response, including `AdjustmentAggregates` , `Adjustments` , `DeliveryGroups` , `LineItems` , and `Payments` . _Available in: v64.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) List of specific fields, including custom fields, to return in the response along with default fields. For example, `OrderSummary.TotalAmount` , `OrderItemSummary.Quantity` , `Product2.Description` ,​ `OrderDeliveryGroupSummary.GrandTotalAmount` , `OrderDeliveryMethod.Carrier` . _Available in: v64.0_ * `orderSummaryIdOrRefNumber` (query, string, required) Either the order summary ID or reference number. For guest users, use the order summary reference number. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Order Summary Lookup Output_ Order summary lookup output. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderSummaryLookupOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "adjustmentAggregates": null, "adjustments": [ { "amount": "-1.1", "basisReferenceDisplayName": null, "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "displayName": "@product_details_with_promotion 10% OFF GoGoo Blueberry Caffeinated", "targetType": "SplitLine", "type": "Promotion" } ], "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "deliveryGroups": [ { "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "deliveryMethod": { "fields": { "TransitTimeMin": { "dataName": "TransitTimeMin", "dataType": "xsd:int", "label": "Minimum Transit Time", "text": "3", "type": "int" }, "TransitTimeUnit": { "dataName": "TransitTimeUnit", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Unit of Transit Time", "text": "Days", "type": "picklist" }, "AdjustedShippingFee": { "dataName": "AdjustedShippingFee", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Adjusted Shipping Fee", "text": "11.99", "type": "currency" }, "TransitTimeMax": { "dataName": "TransitTimeMax", "dataType": "xsd:int", "label": "Maximum Transit Time", "text": "5", "type": "int" }, "ProcessTimeUnit": { "dataName": "ProcessTimeUnit", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Unit of Order Processing Time", "text": "Days", "type": "picklist" }, "TotalAdjustmentAmount": { "dataName": "TotalAdjustmentAmount", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Total Adjustment Amount", "text": "0.0", "type": "currency" }, "ProcessTime": { "dataName": "ProcessTime", "dataType": "xsd:int", "label": "Order Processing Time", "text": "1", "type": "int" }, "LatestEstimatedDeliveryDate": { "dataName": "LatestEstimatedDeliveryDate", "dataType": "xsd:date", "label": "Latest Estimated Delivery Date", "text": "2024-12-08T19:37:42Z", "type": "date" }, "EarliestEstimatedDeliveryDate": { "dataName": "EarliestEstimatedDeliveryDate", "dataType": "xsd:date", "label": "Earliest Estimated Delivery Date", "text": "2024-12-06T19:37:42Z", "type": "date" }, "ShippingFee": { "dataName": "ShippingFee", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Shipping Fee", "text": "11.99", "type": "currency" }, "Name": { "dataName": "Name", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Name", "text": "Shipping Method 1", "type": "string" } }, "id": null }, "fields": { "DeliverToCountry": { "dataName": "DeliverToCountry", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Country", "text": "US", "type": "string" }, "DeliverToCity": { "dataName": "DeliverToCity", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "City", "text": "San Francisco", "type": "string" }, "DeliverToState": { "dataName": "DeliverToState", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "State/Province", "text": "CO", "type": "string" }, "DeliverToPostalCode": { "dataName": "DeliverToPostalCode", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Zip", "text": "94105", "type": "string" }, "DeliverToStreet": { "dataName": "DeliverToStreet", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Address", "text": "415 Mission St, San Francisco, CA 94105", "type": "textarea" }, "DesiredDeliveryDate": { "dataName": "DesiredDeliveryDate", "dataType": "xsd:dateTime", "label": "Desired Delivery Date", "text": "2025-01-01T19:36:44Z", "type": "datetime" }, "Name": { "dataName": "Name", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Cart Name", "text": "Shipment 1", "type": "string" } }, "id": null, "lineItems": [ { "adjustmentAggregates": null, "adjustments": [], "associatedLineItems": [], "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "fields": { "Description": { "dataName": "Description", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Description", "text": "GoGoo Blueberry Caffeinated, 1oz - 6 pack", "type": "string" }, "OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryId": { "dataName": "OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryId", "dataType": "tns:ID", "label": "Order Delivery Group Summary ID", "text": "0a7SG000001ax93YAA", "type": "reference" }, "UnitAdjustedPriceWithItemAdj": { "dataName": "UnitAdjustedPriceWithItemAdj", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Unit price that includes both tier and item level discounts for this cart item", "text": "9.89", "type": "currency" }, "TotalListPrice": { "dataName": "TotalListPrice", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Total List Price", "text": "11.5", "type": "currency" }, "Quantity": { "dataName": "Quantity", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Quantity", "text": "1.0", "type": "double" }, "StockKeepingUnit": { "dataName": "StockKeepingUnit", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Product Sku", "text": "6010032", "type": "string" }, "ListPrice": { "dataName": "ListPrice", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "List Price", "text": "11.5", "type": "currency" }, "TotalLineAdjustmentAmount": { "dataName": "TotalLineAdjustmentAmount", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Line Adjustments", "text": "-1.1", "type": "currency" }, "ReferencePrice": { "dataName": "ReferencePrice", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Reference Price", "text": "11.5", "type": "currency" }, "Name": { "dataName": "Name", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Name", "text": "GoGoo Blueberry Caffeinated, 1oz - 6 pack", "type": "string" }, "ItemizedAdjustmentAmount": { "dataName": "ItemizedAdjustmentAmount", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Item Promotions Total", "text": "-1.1", "type": "currency" }, "TotalLineTaxAmount": { "dataName": "TotalLineTaxAmount", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Line Subtotal Tax", "text": "0.0", "type": "currency" }, "UnitPrice": { "dataName": "UnitPrice", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Unit Price", "text": "10.99", "type": "currency" }, "Type": { "dataName": "Type", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Type", "text": "Product", "type": "picklist" }, "Product2Id": { "dataName": "Product2Id", "dataType": "tns:ID", "label": "Product ID", "text": "01tSG000000MTlTYAW", "type": "reference" }, "TotalPrice": { "dataName": "TotalPrice", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Pretax Total", "text": "10.99", "type": "currency" }, "TotalLineAmount": { "dataName": "TotalLineAmount", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Line Subtotal", "text": "10.99", "type": "currency" } }, "id": null, "itemClass": "Simple", "processExceptions": [], "product": { "canViewProduct": true, "errorCode": null, "errorMessage": null, "fields": { "Description": { "dataName": "Description", "dataType": "STANDARD", "label": "Description", "text": "Alpine Sport Energy GoGoo Caffeinated Gel Pack. Performance and Endurance when you need it.", "type": "TEXTAREA" }, "StockKeepingUnit": { "dataName": "StockKeepingUnit", "dataType": "STANDARD", "label": "StockKeepingUnit", "text": "6010032", "type": "STRING" }, "Name": { "dataName": "Name", "dataType": "STANDARD", "label": "Name", "text": "GoGoo Blueberry Caffeinated, 1oz - 6 pack", "type": "STRING" } }, "id": "01tSG000000MTlTYAW", "media": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmSG0000006MS0YAM", "mediaType": null, "sortOrder": null, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "jpg", "url": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/northerntrailoutfitters.com/nto-alpine-nutrition/default/images/large/alpine-energy-gogoo-blueberry-caffeinefree.jpg" }, "variationAttributes": {} }, "productSellingModel": null } ] } ], "fields": { "UniqueProductCount": { "dataName": "UniqueProductCount", "dataType": "xsd:int", "label": "Unique Products (SKUs) in the Cart", "text": "1", "type": "int" }, "TaxLocaleType": { "dataName": "TaxLocaleType", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Tax Locale Type", "text": "Net", "type": "picklist" }, "TotalAdjustedDeliveryAmount": { "dataName": "TotalAdjustedDeliveryAmount", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Shipping", "text": "11.99", "type": "currency" }, "TotalListAmount": { "dataName": "TotalListAmount", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Total List Amount in Cart", "text": "23.49", "type": "currency" }, "AccountId": { "dataName": "AccountId", "dataType": "tns:ID", "label": "Account ID", "text": "001SG00000lpQ2DYAU", "type": "reference" }, "TotalCartLevelAdjAmount": { "dataName": "TotalCartLevelAdjAmount", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Total cart level adjustment amount for all the items in the cart. Includes discount and surcharge.", "text": "0.0", "type": "currency" }, "OwnerId": { "dataName": "OwnerId", "dataType": "tns:ID", "label": "Owner ID", "text": "005SG000004wdi2YAA", "type": "reference" }, "TotalProductAmount": { "dataName": "TotalProductAmount", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Product Subtotal", "text": "10.99", "type": "currency" }, "TotalTaxAmount": { "dataName": "TotalTaxAmount", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Tax", "text": "0.0", "type": "currency" }, "SalesStoreId": { "dataName": "SalesStoreId", "dataType": "tns:ID", "label": "Sales Store ID", "text": "0ZESG000000z1bt4AA", "type": "reference" }, "GrandTotalAmount": { "dataName": "GrandTotalAmount", "dataType": "xsd:double", "label": "Total", "text": "21.88", "type": "currency" } }, "id": null, "orderNumber": "EYWFU-7BIS4-DVLY7-GVJFV", "owner": { "email": "mo****.*******@abc.com", "firstName": "Morgan", "lastName": "Sholace", "phoneNumber": "********0753", "userName": null }, "payments": [ { "fields": {}, "paymentMethod": { "fields": { "PaymentMethodType": { "dataName": "PaymentMethodType", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Payment Method Type", "text": "ACH", "type": "picklist" }, "BillingCountry": { "dataName": "BillingCountry", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Billing Country", "text": "US", "type": "string" }, "BillingStreet": { "dataName": "BillingStreet", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Billing Street", "text": "415 Mission St, San Francisco, CA 94105", "type": "textarea" }, "BillingCity": { "dataName": "BillingCity", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Billing City", "text": "San Francisco", "type": "string" }, "BillingPostalCode": { "dataName": "BillingPostalCode", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Billing Zip", "text": "94105", "type": "string" }, "Id": { "dataName": "Id", "dataType": "tns:ID", "label": "Alternative Payment Method ID", "text": "8Z7SG0000006fLR0AY", "type": "id" }, "PaymentMethodSubType": { "dataName": "PaymentMethodSubType", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Payment Method Sub Type", "text": "STRIPE TEST BANK", "type": "string" }, "PaymentMethodDetails": { "dataName": "PaymentMethodDetails", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Payment Method Details", "text": "6789", "type": "string" }, "BillingState": { "dataName": "BillingState", "dataType": "xsd:string", "label": "Billing State", "text": "CO", "type": "string" } }, "id": null } } ], "status": null } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores​/0ZExx00000000l2/order-summaries/actions/lookup?effectiveAccountId=001xx000003GYl8AAG&deliveryGroupId=0agxx000000003cAAA https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores​/0ZExx00000000l2/order-summaries/actions/lookup?accessToken=U2FsdGVkX1+kp1d8aQKHsqZJv1shF8Jx4Nc0kOdN+L5gViQa/sZtU5NHMDpIUEhz &excludeParameters=Adjustments,DeliveryGroups ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Order Summary Lookup `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries/actions/lookup` Operation ID: `postOrderSummaryLookup`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Lookup details about an OrderSummary Look up details about an order summary, including its line items and relevant order amount fields. This API is available to both registered and guest users. _Available in: v58.0_ **Note**: Session cookie authorization is only available on Salesforce-hosted stores. **Note:** POST methods usually create records, but for this resource, POST is used to retrieve the requested order summary record. Both POST and GET methods retrieve the same information. #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `deliveryGroupId` (query, string) ID of the delivery group associated with the order summary. _Available in: v58.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user or, for guest users, the guest buyer profile ID of the current store. _Available in: v58.0_ * `excludeAdjustmentAggregates` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to exclude ( `true` ) or return ( `false` ) adjustment aggregates associated with an order summary. Adjustment aggregates include fields detailing promotional amounts by price, tax, and total. Aggregates are calculated asynchronously and result returned to the order summary. If unspecified, the default value is `false` . _Available in: v58.0_ * `excludeAdjustments` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to exclude ( `true` ) or return ( `false` ) adjustments associated with an order summary. Adjustments include promotional discounts. If unspecified, the default value is `false` . _Available in: v58.0_ * `excludeDeliveryGroups` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to exclude delivery groups from the response. If unspecified, the default value is `false` . _Available in: v58.0_ * `excludeLineItems` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to exclude line items from the response. If unspecified, the default value is `false` . _Available in: v58.0_ * `excludePayments` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to exclude payment information from the response. If unspecified, the default value is `false` . _Available in: v63.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) List of specific fields, including custom fields, to return in the response along with default fields. For example, `OrderSummary.TotalAmount` , `OrderItemSummary.Quantity` , `Product2.Description` ,​ `OrderDeliveryGroupSummary.GrandTotalAmount` , `OrderDeliveryMethod.Carrier` . _Available in: v58.0_ #### Request body Order summary lookup input. _Available in: v58.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderSummaryLookupInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Here's an example where the request for registered buers include the order summary ID: ``` { "orderSummaryIdOrRefNumber": "1Osxx0000004DypCAE" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Order Summary Lookup Output_ Order summary lookup output. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderSummaryLookupOutput`. _Example example\_1: same as GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries/actions/lookup 200 response._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores​/0ZExx00000000l2/order-summaries/actions/lookup https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores​/0ZExx00000000l2/order-summaries/actions/lookup?effectiveAccountId=001xx000003GYl8AAG&deliveryGroupId=0agxx000000003cAAA Content-Type: application/json { "orderSummaryIdOrRefNumber": "1Osxx0000004DypCAE" } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` # Here’s an example where the request for guest shoppers includes the order # summary reference number and verification details: { "orderSummaryIdOrRefNumber":"GJA4C-MUVBN-6ZT4P-V6CSB", "verification":{ "lastName":”Strosin”, "email":”Ma**********@vi*****.info”, "phoneNumber":"********7740" } } ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Order Summaries, Adjustment Aggregates `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries/async-actions/adjustment-aggregates` Operation ID: `postOrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregatesAsync`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Submit a job to calculate adjustment aggregates for provided order summary ids, and the return status URL Submit a job to calculate adjustment aggregates for a list of order summary IDs. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Order summary IDs for calculating adjustment aggregates. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregatesAsyncInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "orderSummaryIds": [ "1Osxx0000004CDsCAM", "1Osxx0000004CH6CAM" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Order Summary Adjustment Aggregates Async Output_ Async adjustment aggregates output. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregatesAsyncOutput`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Order Summary `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}` Operation ID: `getOrderSummaryDetail`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Fetch details of an Order Summary. Get an order summary. This API is available only to registered users. **Note**: We recommend using the enhanced [Commerce Webstore Order Summary Lookup](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Commerce-B2B-Resources/operation/getOrderSummaryLookup) API, which is accessible to both registered and guest users. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the order summary. Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v55.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) List of up to 35 additional order summary fields to display in the UI in each item row. These order summary fields are returned regardless of fields specified. * `createdDate` * `orderSummaryId` * `orderNumber` * `orderedDate` * `ownerId` * `status` * `totalAmount` _Available in: v55.0_ * `includeAdjustmentDetails` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return adjustment details (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, the default value is `false`. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Order Summary_ Order summary information. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderSummary`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` [ { "adjustmentAggregates": null, "createdDate": "2024-03-08T07:28:32.000Z", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "fields": { "AccountId": { "label": "Account ID", "text": "001OK000001o5FtYAI", "type": "reference" } }, "orderNumber": "00000110", "orderProductTopLevelLineCount": 1, "orderSummaryId": "1OsOK00000006Sh0AI", "orderedDate": "2023-10-02T11:03:27.000Z", "ownerId": "005OK000000JZklYAG", "products": [ { "canViewProduct": true, "errorCode": null, "errorMessage": null, "fields": {}, "id": "01tOK000000EUprYAG", "media": { "alternateText": "Default Image", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": null, "sortOrder": null, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "jpg", "url": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/northerntrailoutfitters.com/nto-alpine-nutrition/default/images/large/alpine-blends-gobrew-coffee-wholebean-frenchroast.jpg" }, "variationAttributes": {} } ], "status": "Created", "totalAmount": "26.98" }, { "adjustmentAggregates": null, "createdDate": "2024-03-08T07:28:32.000Z", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "fields": { "AccountId": { "label": "Account ID", "text": "001OK000001o5FtYAI", "type": "reference" } }, "orderNumber": 109, "orderProductTopLevelLineCount": 1, "orderSummaryId": "1OsOK00000006Sg0AI", "orderedDate": "2023-10-02T11:02:06.000Z", "ownerId": "005OK000000JZklYAG", "products": [ { "canViewProduct": true, "errorCode": null, "errorMessage": null, "fields": {}, "id": "01tOK000000EUpmYAG", "media": { "alternateText": "Default Image", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": null, "sortOrder": null, "thumbnailUrl": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg", "title": null, "url": null }, "variationAttributes": {} } ], "status": "Created", "totalAmount": "561.98" } ] ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 ``` [ { "adjustmentAggregates": null, "createdDate": "2024-05-06T06:02:18.000Z", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "fields": { "Status": { "label": "Status", "text": "Created", "type": "picklist" } }, "orderNumber": "IIW3K-TRKFO-7TE3D-S3UCC", "orderProductTopLevelLineCount": 1, "orderSummaryId": "1Osxx0000004CAaCAM", "orderedDate": "2023-12-21T14:38:12.000Z", "ownerId": "005xx000001X7rlAAC", "products": [ { "canViewProduct": false, "errorCode": null, "errorMessage": null, "fields": {}, "id": "01txx0000006i2eAAA", "media": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmxx000000000RAAQ", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "jpg", "url": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/northerntrailoutfitters.com/nto-alpine-nutrition/default/images/large/alpine-blends-gobrew-coffee-wholebean-frenchroast.jpg" }, "variationAttributes": {} } ], "status": "Created", "totalAmount": "25.98" } ] ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Add Order Summaries to Cart v1 `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/actions/add-order-to-cart` Operation ID: `postAddOrderToCart`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Performs add-order-to-cart action on an OrderSummary Use a webstore’s order summary to add an order to a cart. This API is available only to registered users. **Note**: We recommend using the enhanced [Commerce Webstore Add Order Summaries to Cart](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Commerce-B2B-Resources/operation/postAddOrderToCartResourceV2) API, which is accessible to both registered and guest users. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the order summary. Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If `null`, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Request body Input for action adding an order to a cart. _Available in: v57.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderToCartInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "cartStateOrId": "0a6xx0000000cwXAAQ" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Order to Cart Result_ Result of action adding an order to a cart. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderToCartResult`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries/actions/add-order-to-cart 200 response._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/vXX.X/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/order-summaries/orderSummaryId/actions/add-order-to-cart Content-Type: application/json { "cartStateOrId": "0a6xx0000000cwXAAQ" } ``` ### GET Commerce Webstore Order Summary, Adjustments `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/adjustments` Operation ID: `getOrderSummaryAdjustmentCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Fetch Adjustments related to a given order summary. Get adjustments for an order summary. _Available in: v53.0_ #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the order summary. Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v53.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Order Summary Adjustment Collection_ Collection of adjustments for an order summary. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderSummaryAdjustmentCollection`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Order Delivery Groups `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/delivery-groups` Operation ID: `getOrderDeliveryGroupSummaryCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. A collection of order item delivery groups. Get order delivery groups. This API is available only to registered users. **Note**: We recommend using the enhanced [Commerce Webstore Order Summary Lookup](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Commerce-B2B-Resources/operation/getOrderSummaryLookup) API, which is accessible to both registered and guest users. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the order summary. Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v51.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) List of up to 15 order delivery group summary or order delivery method fields to display in the UI in each item row. For example, `fields=OrderDeliveryGroupSummary.DeliveryAddress, OrderDeliveryMethod.Name`. _Available in: v51.0_ * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you don’t specify a value, the first page is returned. _Available in: v51.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v51.0_ * `sort` (query, ConnectOrderDeliveryGroupSummarySortEnum) Sort order for order delivery group summaries. Values are: * `IdAsc` —Sorts by ID in ascending alphanumeric order (A–Z, 0–9). * `IdDesc` —Sorts by ID in descending alphanumeric order (Z–A, 9–0). If unspecified, `IdAsc` is the default sort order. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Order Delivery Group Summary Collection_ Collection of order delivery group summaries. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryCollection`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Order Items `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/items` Operation ID: `getOrderItemSummaryCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Represents collection of order item summaries. Get order items. This API is available only to registered users. **Note**: We recommend using the enhanced [Commerce Webstore Order Summary Lookup](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Commerce-B2B-Resources/operation/getOrderSummaryLookup) API, which is accessible to both registered and guest users. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the order summary. Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v51.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) List of up to 15 order item summary or product fields to display in the UI in each item row. For example, `fields=OrderItemSummary.Tax, OrderItemSummary.Total, OrderItemSummary.Quantity, Product2.StockKeepingUnit` . _Available in: v51.0_ * `includeAdjustmentDetails` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return adjustment details (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, the default value is `false`. _Available in: v55.0_ * `orderDeliveryGroupSummaryId` (query, string) ID of the order delivery group summary. _Available in: v51.0_ * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you don’t specify a value, the first page is returned. _Available in: v51.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v51.0_ * `sort` (query, ConnectOrderItemSummarySortEnum) Sort order for order item summaries. Values are: * `IdAsc` —Sorts by ID in ascending alphanumeric order (A–Z, 0–9). * `IdDesc` —Sorts by ID in descending alphanumeric order (Z–A, 9–0). If unspecified, `IdAsc` is the default sort order. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Order Item Summary Collection_ Collection of order item summaries. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderItemSummaryCollection`. ### POST Commerce Webstore Order Items, Adjustments `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/items/adjustments` Operation ID: `postOrderItemSummaryAdjustmentCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Fetch collection of adjustments for given OrderItemSummary IDs. Get adjustments for order items. _Available in: v53.0_ **Note:** POST methods typically create an item, but for this resource POST is used to retrieve information. GET calls can be cached. #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the order summary. Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v53.0_ #### Request body Collection of order item summaries. _Available in: v53.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderItemSummaryAdjustmentCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "orderItemSummaries": [ { "orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx00000000W0001" }, { "orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx00000000W0054" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Order Item Summary Adjustment Collection_ Collection of adjustments for order item summaries. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderItemSummaryAdjustmentCollection`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Order Shipments `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/shipments` Operation ID: `getOrderShipmentCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. A collection of Shipments. Get order shipments. _Available in: v52.0_ #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the order summary. Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v52.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) List of up to 15 additional shipment and order delivery method fields to display in the UI in each item row. For example, `fields=Shipment.Status, OrderDeliveryMethod.Name` . _Available in: v52.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v52.0_ * `pageToken` (query, string) Specifies the base64 encoded page token. Page tokens are returned as part of the response. If unspecified, the first page is returned. _Available in: v52.0_ * `sortOrder` (query, ConnectOrderShipmentSortEnum) Sort order for shipments. Values are: * `ExpectedDeliveryDateAsc` —Sorts by the oldest expected delivery date. * `ExpectedDeliveryDateDesc` —Sorts by the most recent expected delivery date. * `ShipmentNumberAsc` —Sorts by shipment number in ascending order (0–9). * `ShipmentNumberDesc` —Sorts by shipment number in descending order (9–0). If unspecified, defaults to `ShipmentNumberAsc`. If you’re sorting by expected delivery date, make sure the expected delivery date is populated on your shipment records. A `null` value isn’t supported and results in an error. _Available in: v52.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Order Shipment Collection_ Collection of order shipments. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderShipmentCollection`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Shipment Items `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/shipments/{shipmentId}/items` Operation ID: `getOrderShipmentItemCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. A collection of Shipment Items. Get shipment items. _Available in: v52.0_ #### Parameters * `shipmentId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the shipment. Pattern: ^(0OB)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v52.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) List of up to 15 additional shipment items, order item summary, and product fields to display in the UI in each item row. For example, `fields=ShipmentItems.Status, Product2.Name, OrderItemSummary.UnitPrice` . _Available in: v52.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v52.0_ * `pageToken` (query, string) Specifies the base64 encoded page token. Page tokens are returned as part of the response. If unspecified, the first page is returned. _Available in: v52.0_ * `sortOrder` (query, ConnectOrderShipmentItemSortEnum) Sort order for the shipment items. Values are: * `IdAsc` —Sorts by ID in ascending alphanumeric order (A–Z, 0–9). * `IdDesc` —Sorts by ID in descending alphanumeric order (Z–A, 9–0). If unspecified, defaults to `IdAsc`. _Available in: v52.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Order Shipment Item Collection_ Collection of order shipment items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderShipmentItemCollection`. ### GET Commerce Management Webstore Search, Facetable Attributes `GET /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/attribute-settings/facetable-fields` Operation ID: `getFacetableAttributes`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Manages facetable search attributes in a webstore Get facetable attributes. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Facetable Attributes Collection_ Collection of facetable attributes. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FacetableAttributesCollectionOutput`. ### PUT Commerce Management Webstore Search, Facetable Attributes `PUT /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/attribute-settings/facetable-fields` Operation ID: `putFacetableAttributes`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Manages facetable search attributes in a webstore Update facetable attributes. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Collection of facetable settings for search attributes. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FacetableAttributesCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "facetableAttributeSettings": [ { "type": "ProductCategory", "nameOrId": "Id", "displayRank": "1", "displayType": "CategoryTree" }, { "type": "Standard", "nameOrId": "Family", "displayRank": "2", "displayType": "MultiSelect" }, { "type": "Custom", "nameOrId": "color__c", "displayRank": "3", "displayType": "MultiSelect" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Facetable Attributes Collection_ Collection of facetable attributes. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FacetableAttributesCollectionOutput`. ### GET Commerce Management Webstore Search, Searchable Attributes `GET /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/attribute-settings/searchable-fields` Operation ID: `getSearchableAttributes`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Manages searchable attributes in a webstore Get searchable attributes. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Searchable Attributes Collection_ Collection of searchable attributes. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchableAttributesCollectionOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "searchableAttributeSettings": [ { "label": "Product Name", "nameOrId": "Name", "type": "Standard", "weight": 8 }, { "label": "Description", "nameOrId": "Description", "type": "Standard", "weight": 3 }, { "label": "SKU", "nameOrId": "StockKeepingUnit", "type": "Standard", "weight": 6 } ] } ``` ### PATCH Commerce Management Webstore Search, Searchable Attributes `PATCH /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/attribute-settings/searchable-fields` Operation ID: `patchSearchableAttributes`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Manages searchable attributes in a webstore Update searchable attributes. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Collection of searchable attributes. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchableAttributesCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "searchableAttributeSettings": [ { "nameOrId": "Name", "type": "Standard", "isSearchable": true, "weight": 8 }, { "nameOrId": "Description", "type": "Standard", "isSearchable": true, "weight": 3 }, { "nameOrId": "StockKeepingUnit", "type": "Standard", "isSearchable": true, "weight": 6 } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Searchable Attributes Collection_ Collection of searchable attributes. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchableAttributesCollectionOutput`. _Example example\_1: same as GET /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/attribute-settings/searchable-fields 200 response._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ### GET Commerce Webstore Search Boost and Bury Rules, Create `GET /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/boost-bury-rules` Operation ID: `getBoostBuryRulesCollectionManagement`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Connect API resources for Search boost and bury rule Collection Get all boost and bury rules for a webstore. Keep these considerations in mind when using boost and bury rules to influence search results. * Boost and bury rules aren’t intended for precise control over ranking products in your search results. * Boost and bury rules influence how products are ranked in search results, but they don’t override them. * A product being boosted appears earlier and is ranked higher in the search results relative to its ranking without the rule and not relative to other products. * Boost and bury rules don’t guarantee that products with a higher boost value appear before products with a lower boost value. * Boost and bury rules only apply when the Best Match sort rule uses a relevance score to rank products. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Boost and Bury Rules Collection_ Collection of boost and bury rules. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchBoostBuryRulesCollectionOutput`. ### POST Commerce Webstore Search Boost and Bury Rules, Create `POST /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/boost-bury-rules` Operation ID: `postBoostBuryRulesCollectionManagement`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Connect API resources for Search boost and bury rule Collection Create a boost and bury rule. Keep these considerations in mind when using boost and bury rules to influence search results. * Boost and bury rules aren’t intended for precise control over ranking products in your search results. * Boost and bury rules influence how products are ranked in search results, but they don’t override them. * A product being boosted appears earlier and is ranked higher in the search results relative to its ranking without the rule and not relative to other products. * Boost and bury rules don’t guarantee that products with a higher boost value appear before products with a lower boost value. * Boost and bury rules only apply when the Best Match sort rule uses a relevance score to rank products. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Boost and bury rule input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchBoostBuryRuleInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "name": "Medium boost all Alpine products", "action": "Boost", "level": 70, "targetExpression": { "conditions": [ { "attributeNameOrId": "Id", "attributeType": "Product2", "values": [ "01txx0000006iiOAAQ", "01txx0000006ij4AAA" ] } ] }, "startDate": "2023-07-31T00:10:00.000Z", "endDate": "2023-08-31T00:10:00.000Z" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Boost and Bury Rule_ Boost and bury rule information. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchBoostBuryRuleOutput`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Search Boost and Bury Rules, Manage `GET /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/boost-bury-rules/{ruleId}` Operation ID: `getBoostBuryRulesManagement`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Connect API resources for Search boost and bury rules Get a boost and bury rule. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `ruleId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the rule. Pattern: ^(15O)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Boost and Bury Rule_ Boost and bury rule information. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchBoostBuryRuleOutput`. ### DELETE Commerce Webstore Search Boost and Bury Rules, Manage `DELETE /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/boost-bury-rules/{ruleId}` Operation ID: `deleteBoostBuryRulesManagement`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Connect API resources for Search boost and bury rules Delete a boost and bury rule. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `ruleId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the rule. Pattern: ^(15O)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET Commerce Management Webstore Search, Index Logs `GET /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/index-logs` Operation ID: `getCommerceSearchIndexLogs`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Resource for retrieving search index logs for a webstore Get search index logs for a webstore. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `pageSize` (query, integer) Number of log records returned. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Search Index Log Collection_ Collection of search index logs for a webstore. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSearchIndexLogCollection`. ### GET Commerce Management Webstore Search, Indexes `GET /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/indexes` Operation ID: `getCommerceSearchIndexCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Indexes information for a webstore Get indexes. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Search Index Collection_ Collection of indexes. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSearchIndexCollectionOutput`. ### POST Commerce Management Webstore Search, Indexes `POST /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/indexes` Operation ID: `postCommerceSearchIndexCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Indexes information for a webstore Create an index of a product catalog. _Available in: v49.0_ **Note**: POST doesn’t take request parameters or a request body. #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `indexBuildType` (query, ConnectCommerceSearchIndexBuildTypeEnum) #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Search Index_ Index information. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSearchIndexOutput`. ### GET Commerce Management Webstore Search, Index `GET /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/indexes/{indexId}` Operation ID: `getCommerceSearchIndex`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Index information for a webstore Get a search index. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `indexId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the index. Pattern: ^(0ax)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Search Index_ Index information. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSearchIndexOutput`. ### GET Commerce Management Webstore Search, Product Settings `GET /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/product-settings` Operation ID: `getSearchProductSetting`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. This accesses and manipulates product settings for search associated with a web store Get product search settings. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `ids` (query, array of string (Id), required) Comma-separated list of up to 250 18-character product IDs. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Search Product Setting Collection Output_ Collection of product search settings. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchProductSettingCollectionOutput`. ### PATCH Commerce Management Webstore Search, Product Settings `PATCH /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/product-settings` Operation ID: `patchSearchProductSetting`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. This accesses and manipulates product settings for search associated with a web store Update product search settings. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Collection of product search settings. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchProductSettingCollectionInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Search Product Setting Collection Output_ Collection of product search settings. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchProductSettingCollectionOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "searchProductSettings": [ { "id": "productId1", "searchable": true }, { "id": “productId2”, "searchable": false } ] } ``` ### GET Commerce Management Webstore Search, Include Rules `GET /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/results-rules` Operation ID: `getCommerceSearchResultsRulesManagement`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Connect API resources for Search result rules Retrieve search include rules for a webstore. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `direction` (query, SortDirectionEnum) * `offset` (query, integer) * `sortByFieldApiName` (query, string) #### Responses * **200** _Search Results Rules Collection_ Collection of include search rules. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchResultsRulesCollectionOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/management/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/search/results-rules ``` ### PUT Commerce Management Webstore Search, Include Rules `PUT /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/results-rules` Operation ID: `putCommerceSearchResultsRulesManagement`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Connect API resources for Search result rules Create search include rules for a webstore. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Include search rules input collection information of a webstore. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchResultsRulesCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "searchResultsRules": [ { "type": "BidirectionalSynonym", "ruleDefinition": [ "decaffeinated", "decaf" ], "locales": [ "en_US" ] }, { "type": "UnidirectionalSynonym", "ruleDefinition": [ "dog", "puppy" ], "locales": [ "en_US" ] }, { "type": "BidirectionalSynonym", "ruleDefinition": [ "wintercoat", "jacket", "coat" ], "locales": [ "en_US" ] } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Search Results Rules Collection_ Collection of include search rules. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchResultsRulesCollectionOutput`. ### POST Commerce Management Webstore Search, Include Rules `POST /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/results-rules` Operation ID: `postCommerceSearchResultsRulesManagement`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Connect API resources for Search result rules Create search include rules for a webstore. _Available in: v58.0_ **Note:** POST is supported in version 66.0 and later. #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Include search rule input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchResultsRuleInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "searchResultsRules": [ { "type": "BidirectionalSynonym", "ruleDefinition": [ "shirt", "blouse", "top" ], "locales": [ "en_US" ] }, { "type": "UnidirectionalSynonym", "ruleDefinition": [ "jeans", "denim pants" ], "locales": [ "en_US" ] }, { "type": "BidirectionalSynonym", "ruleDefinition": [ "dress", "gown" ], "locales": [ "en_GB" ] } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Include Search Rule_ Include search rule. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchResultsRuleOutput`. ### PUT Commerce Management Webstore Search, Include Rule `PUT /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/results-rules/{ruleId}` Operation ID: `putCommerceSearchResultRuleManagement`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Connect API resources for managing a single Search result rule Update a single search include rule for a web store. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Parameters * `ruleId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the rule. Pattern: ^(3d8)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Include search rule input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchResultsRuleInput`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/results-rules request._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Responses * **200** _Include Search Rule_ Include search rule. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchResultsRuleOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/management/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/search/results-rules/ruleId Content-Type: application/json { "searchResultsRules": [ { "type": "BidirectionalSynonym", "ruleDefinition": [ "shirt", "blouse", "top" ], "locales": [ "en_US" ] }, { "type": "UnidirectionalSynonym", "ruleDefinition": [ "jeans", "denim pants" ], "locales": [ "en_US" ] }, { "type": "BidirectionalSynonym", "ruleDefinition": [ "dress", "gown" ], "locales": [ "en_GB" ] } ] } ``` ### DELETE Commerce Management Webstore Search, Include Rule `DELETE /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/results-rules/{ruleId}` Operation ID: `deleteCommerceSearchResultRuleManagement`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Connect API resources for managing a single Search result rule Delete a single search include rule for a web store. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Parameters * `ruleId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the rule. Pattern: ^(3d8)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET Commerce Management Webstore Search, Sort Rules `GET /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/sort-rules` Operation ID: `getCommerceSearchSortRulesManagement`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Resource to retrieve all sort rules for a webstore for an admin. Retrieve sort rules for a webstore. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Sort Rules Collection_ Collection of sort rules. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SortRulesCollection`. ### PUT Commerce Management Webstore Search, Sort Rules `PUT /commerce/management/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/sort-rules` Operation ID: `putCommerceSearchSortRulesManagement`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Resource to retrieve all sort rules for a webstore for an admin. Create sort rules for a webstore. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Sort rules input collection information an admin can use to create sort rules for a webstore. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SortRulesCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "sortRules": [ { "type": "ProductBased", "sortStandardField": "Stock_Keeping_Unit", "direction": "Ascending", "labelSuffix": "Asc", "sortOrder": "1" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Sort Rules Collection_ Collection of sort rules. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SortRulesCollection`. ### POST Commerce Webstore Product Search `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/product-search` Operation ID: `postProductSearch`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Resource to perform product searches in a webstore. Search products. Searching products respects buyer View Product entitlements and only users entitled to view product data can access this resource. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v49.0_ **Note**: In API version 58.0, this resource was superseded by the [Commerce Webstore Search Products](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Commerce-B2B-Resources/operation/getCommerceProductSearch) GET endpoint. To access the latest API features past version 58.0, we recommend using the GET endpoint. For example, only the GET endpoint can return product variation information or query a subset of searchable fields. **Note:** POST methods typically create an item, but for this resource POST is used to retrieve information. GET calls can be cached. #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Request body Product search. _Available in: v49.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductSearchInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Product Search Results_ Product search results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductSearchResults`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "searchTerm": "lightweight", "categoryId": "0ZGxx000000006TGAQ", //categoryId for women’s running shoes "refinements": [ { "attributeType": "Custom", "nameOrId": "Color__c", "values": ["red", "blue"], "type": "DistinctValue" }, { "attributeType": "Custom", "nameOrId": "Size__c", "values": ["5"], "type": "DistinctValue" } ], "fields": ["Name", "Description", "StockKeepingUnit", "Size__c", "Arch__c"], "grouping": { "groupingOption": "VariationParent" }, "page" : 0, "pageSize" : 25} ``` ### GET Commerce Webstore Search Products `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/products` Operation ID: `getCommerceProductSearch`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Search for products by search term or category in a webstore. Search products by search term or category in a webstore. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `categoryId` (query, string) Category ID returns results for products in this category or its subcategories. Required if `searchTerm` isn’t specified _Available in: v58.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v58.0_ * `effectiveBuyerGroupIds` (query, array of string) List containing an ID of the buyer group for which the request is made. This parameter accepts only a single ID in the list. _Available in: v62.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string, required) Product fields to return in search results. Search results include fields you have access to. _Available in: v58.0_ * `grouping` (query, string) Grouping option for search results. If unspecified, the default is the value specified in **Search** **Results Display Settings** **Results Grouping**. Values are: * `NoGrouping` —Search results aren’t grouped. * `VariationParent` —Search results are grouped by the variation parent. _Available in: v58.0_ * `includeProductVariationInfo` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include product variation information in search results (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v63.0_ * `includeQuantityRule` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include purchase quantity rule information for products in search results (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v58.0_ * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v58.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 200. If unspecified, defaults to 20. When multiplying the `page` and `pageSize` property values together, they can’t exceed 5000. For example, for a `pageSize` of 20, you can specify a `page` value up to 250. _Available in: v58.0_ * `refinements` (query, string) List up to nine refinements (facets) for search results. Buyers or shoppers can select up to 20 values for each distinct value refinement, as well as minimum or maximum values for a range refinement. The `refinements` parameter is encoded as a Base64 string from the JSON representation of the Distinct Value Refinement Input or Range Refinement Input. _Available in: v58.0_ * `searchFields` (query, array of string) The subset of searchable fields to search. Only the fields specified in this parameter are searched. If you don't specify this parameter, or if the fields specified are invalid, all searchable fields are searched. To use the `searchFields` parameter, you must also specify the `searchTerm` parameter. The variation attribute field is not supported by the `searchFields` parameter. _Available in: v62.0_ * `searchTerm` (query, string) List of up to 32 space-separated search terms. Required if `categoryId` isn’t specified _Available in: v58.0_ * `skipDecoration` (query, boolean) * `sortRuleId` (query, string) ID of the sort rule that specifies the order of products in the search results. If unspecified, the default sort type is relevancy. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Product Search Results_ Product search results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceProductSearchResults`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Search, Sort Rules `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/sort-rules` Operation ID: `getCommerceSearchSortRules`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Resource to retrieve sort rules for a webstore on the live index. Get sort rules for the live index. _Available in: v52.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Sort Rules Collection_ Collection of sort rules. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SortRulesCollection`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Product Search Suggestions `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/search/suggestions` Operation ID: `getProductSearchSuggestions`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Resource to get suggestions for product searches in a webstore. Get suggestions for product searches. _Available in: v52.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v52.0_ * `includeSuggestedProducts` (query, boolean) Specifies whether a search term returns product suggestions (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. If `true`, the service returns the suggested product IDs. _Available in: v58.0_ * `includeSuggestedTerms` (query, boolean) Specifies whether a request returns search term suggestions (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, defaults to `true`. The value returned can include recent or popular term suggestions. At least one of `includeSuggestedTerms` or `includeSuggestedProducts` must be set to `true`. _Available in: v64.0_ * `maxResults` (query, integer) Maximum number of suggestions. Values are from 1 through 10. If unspecified, defaults to 10. _Available in: v52.0_ * `maxSuggestedProducts` (query, integer) Maximum number of product suggestions. Values are from 1 through 10. If unspecified, defaults to 6. _Available in: v58.0_ * `popularProductsCategoryId` (query, string) ID of the category that identifies a store's popular products. This category can be configured on the search input component. If `popularProductsCategoryId` is populated, the search term for a request is empty, and `includeSuggestedProducts` is `true`, product suggestions are returned from the specified category. If a search term is specified, `popularProductsCategoryId` is ignored and suggestions are based on the search term instead. _Available in: v64.0_ * `searchTerm` (query, string) Search term with up to 100 characters. If specified, the service returns autocomplete suggestions from the user’s recent searches. If unspecified, the service returns suggestions from the user’s recent searches. _Available in: v52.0_ * `suggestedFields` (query, array of string) List of field names recommended for inclusion in the response based on the search context. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Product Search Suggestions Results_ Product search suggestions results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductSearchSuggestionsResults`. ### POST Commerce Webstore Promotions, Coupon Code Redemption, Decrease `POST /commerce/promotions/actions/decrease-use/coupon-codes` Operation ID: `postCouponCodeRedemptionDecreaseUse`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Coupon Code Redemption Decrease Use Resource Get coupon code redemption usage to revert a previously redeemed coupon code. For example, use when an item that used a coupon code is returned so that the coupon code can be reverted. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Request body Input representation for coupon code redemption. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CouponCodeRedemptionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "couponCodes": [ "code1", "code2", "code3", "code4" ], "transactionId": "0a6D20000004CETIA2", "buyer": "001xx000003GZ6NAAW" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Coupon Code Redemption Collection_ Collection of coupon code redemption results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CouponCodeRedemptionCollection`. ### POST Commerce Webstore Promotions, Evaluate Action `POST /commerce/promotions/actions/evaluate` Operation ID: `postPromotionEvaluationHS`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Promotion Evaluation High Scale Resource Determine which promotions the customer is eligible for based on the store and buyer group, and compute the applicable price adjustments based on the coupons and the items in the cart. This API evaluates only the first 50 active manual promotions and first 50 active automatic promotions, based on priority. This API computes and returns applicable price adjustments, but it does not apply those adjustments to the webcart record. If you want to enable promotions based on shipping, contact Salesforce Customer Support. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Request body Find promotions that the customer is eligible for and compute their discounts. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PromotionEvaluationHSInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "cart": { "cartDeliveryGroups": [ { "cartDeliveryGroupId": "0a7xx000000001dAAA", "cartDeliveryGroupMethods": [ { "cartDeliveryMethodId": "2Dmxx0000004MMuCAM", "price": "25.00" }, { "cartDeliveryMethodId": "2Dmxx0000004MMuCAG", "price": "25.00" } ] } ], "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "id": "3z6xx000000001eAAA", "cartAdjustmentGroups": [ { "id": "0m9xx0000006j3SAAQ", "cartId": "3z6xx000000001eAAA", "priceAdjustmentCauseId": "0c8xx0000000001AAA", "adjustmentDescription": "test", "priority": 2, "adjustmentType": "AdjustmentPercentage", "adjustmentValue": -10, "baseAmount": -1.8, "adjustmentBasisReference": null } ], "cartItems": [ { "id": "01txx0000006i2SAAQ", "type": "Product", "product2Id": "01txx0000006i2SAAQ", "sku": null, "quantity": 1, "salesPrice": 20, "totalNetAmount": 18, "cartDeliveryGroupId": "0a7xx000000001dAAA", "cartItemPriceAdjustments": [ { "id": "0U1xx0000006f1DCAQ", "cartItemId": "01txx0000006i2SAAQ", "priceAdjustmentCauseId": "0c8xx0000000001AAA", "priority": 1, "adjustmentDescription": null, "adjustmentType": "AdjustmentAmount", "adjustmentAmountScope": "Total", "adjustmentTargetType": "Item", "adjustmentBasisReference": null, "baseAmount": -2, "adjustmentValue": -2 } ] } ] }, "couponCodes": [], "effectiveAccountId": null, "webStoreId": "0ZExx0000000002GAA", "isItemizeHeaderAdjustments": "false", "scope": "Delivery" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Promotion Evaluation_ Results of a promotion evaluation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PromotionEvaluationHS`. ### POST Commerce Webstore Promotions, Evaluate Products Action `POST /commerce/promotions/actions/evaluate-products` Operation ID: `postPromotionProductEvaluation`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Promotion Product Evaluation Resource Determine which promotions apply to a product or set of products, and compute the applicable price adjustments. This API evaluates discrete products, including product variants and independent products but not parent products. Domain dependent and independent use cases are both supported. For example, a domain dependent call uses `webstoreId` and `effectiveAccountId` to evaluate products in a cart based on internal products or product categories. A domain independent call uses an external dataset based on SKUs or product categories. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Request body Finds promotions that products are eligible for and computes the discounts. Supports domain dependent requests based on `webstoreId` and `effectiveAccountId`, or domain independent requests using an external dataset based on SKUs or product categories. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PromotionProductEvaluationInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 (domain dependent evaluation) ``` { "products": [ { "productId": "01txx000000001dAAA", "salesPrice": "60" }, { "productId": "01txx000000001dABB", "salesPrice": "50" } ], "effectiveAccountId": "3K0xx0000004CAeCAM", "webStoreId": "0ZExx000000001dGAA" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 (domain independent evaluation) ``` { "products": [ { "sku": "sku_1", "salesPrice": "60" }, { "sku": "sku_2", "salesPrice": "50" } ], "productCategories": { "sku_1": [ "category_1" ], "sku_2": [ "category_2" ] }, "segments": [ "segment1", "segment2" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Promotion Product Evaluation_ Results of a promotion product evaluation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PromotionProductEvaluationResults`. ### POST Commerce Webstore Promotions, Coupon Code Redemption, Increase `POST /commerce/promotions/actions/increase-use/coupon-codes` Operation ID: `postCouponCodeRedemptionIncreaseUse`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Coupon Code Redemption Increase Use Resource Get coupon code redemption addition (increase) usage. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Request body Input representation for coupon code redemption. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CouponCodeRedemptionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "couponCodes": [ "code1", "code2", "code3", "code4" ], "transactionId": "0a6D20000004CETIA2", "buyer": "001xx000003GZ6NAAW" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Coupon Code Redemption Collection_ Collection of coupon code redemption results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CouponCodeRedemptionCollection`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Composite Promotions `GET /commerce/promotions/composite-promotions` Operation ID: `getCompositePromotion`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Composite Promotion Resource Retrieve the details of a specified promotion. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `promotionId` (query, string) ID of the promotion record associated with the store. This is a required field if `templateId` and `webstoreId` aren’t specified. _Available in: v62.0_ * `templateId` (query, string) Unique Identifier for the template. If specified, the API returns the promotion data related to the template ID. _Available in: v62.0_ * `webstoreId` (query, string) ID of the store. This field is required if `templateId` is specified. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Composite Promotion_ Output representation of the composite promotion information. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CompositePromotion`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "name": "Buy Tennis racquet, and tennis shoes get 20% off and buy minimum of 2 tennis balls get 10% off", "description": "Buy Tennis racquet, and tennis shoes get 20% off and buy minimum of 2 tennis balls get 10% off", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "areQualItemsExclFromDiscounts": true, "discountOrder": "MostExpensive", "discountRestriction": "None", "active": false, "MaximumUsageCount": 1, "PriorityNumber": null, "IsTiered": false, "Objective": "Upsell tennis products", "IsAutomatic": false, "startDateTime": "2022-05-09T20:00:00.000+0000", "endDateTime": "2022-05-17T19:00:00.000+0000", "displayName": { "default": "Buy Tennis racquet, and tennis shoes get 20% off and buy minimum of 2 tennis balls get 10% off", "translations": [ { "fr": "Achetez un p1, p2 ou p3, obtenez un 2e produit à 20 % de réduction" }, { "de": "Kaufen Sie ein p1, p2 oder p3 und erhalten Sie 20 % Rabatt auf ein zweites Produkt" } ] }, "termsAndConditions": { "default": "Buy Tennis racquet, and shoes get 20% off and buy tennis balls get 10% off", "translations": [ { "fr": "Achetez un p1, p2 ou p3, obtenez un 2e produit à 20 % de réduction, jusqu'à épuisement des stocks" }, { "de": "Kaufen Sie ein p1, p2 oder p3 und erhalten Sie 20% Rabatt auf ein zweites Produkt, solange der Vorrat reicht" } ] }, "qualifiers": [ { "qualifierType": "Quantity", "qualifierValue": "3", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "qualifierReference": [ { "name": "Tennis racquet", "id": "ODDD12323432423", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "operatorType": "EQUALS_TO" }, { "name": "Tennis shoes", "id": "ODDD123234323422", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "operatorType": "EQUALS_TO" } ] }, { "qualifierType": "Amount", "qualifierValue": "100", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "qualifierReference": [ { "name": "Tennis Balls", "id": "ODDD12323432423", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "operatorType": "EQUALS_TO" } ] } ], "targets": [ { "adjustmentType": "PercentageDiscount", "adjustmentValue": "20", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "isMinItemCountRequired": false, "restrictionQuantity": null, "ruleCriteriaType": "ANY_REQUIRED", "targetReferences": [ { "id": "ODDD12323432423", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "name": "Tennis racquet", "operatorType": "EQUAL_TO" } ] }, { "adjustmentType": "PercentageDiscount", "adjustmentValue": "10", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "isMinItemCountRequired": false, "restrictionQuantity": null, "ruleCriteriaType": "ANY_REQUIRED", "targetReferences": [ { "id": "ODDD12323432423", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "name": "Tennis Balls", "operatorType": "EQUAL_TO" } ] } ], "segments": [ { "webstoreId": "0ZExx0000000085GAA", "webstoreName": "ABC Store" } ] } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v62.0​/commerce/promotions/composite-promotions?promotionId=ARDG76987698 https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v62.0​/commerce/promotions/composite-promotions?webstoreId=ARDG76987698&templateId=10OFF ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Composite Promotions `POST /commerce/promotions/composite-promotions` Operation ID: `postCompositePromotion`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Composite Promotion Resource Create a new promotion and all of the associated objects, including segments, qualifiers, targets, and translations. The API returns the ID of the created promotion. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Request body Input representation of the create promotion request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CompositePromotionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "active": false, "areQualItemsExclFromDiscounts": false, "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "description": "This is fall promotion.Get 10% off on Product 'Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack'", "discountOrder": "MostExpensive", "discountRestriction": "None", "displayName": { "translations": {}, "value": "Fall Promotion" }, "objective": "Upsell product in fall", "isTiered": true, "endDateTime": null, "exclusivityType": "Class", "maximumUsageCount": 1, "name": "Fall Promotion", "priorityNumber": null, "qualifierCriteria": "All", "segments": [ { "id": "0ZESB0000006vja4AA", "name": "Codecept B2B LWR Store", "segmentType": "Webstore" } ], "startDateTime": "2023-09-01T00:00:00Z", "targetCriteria": "Any", "targets": [ { "adjustmentType": "PercentageDiscount", "adjustmentValue": "10", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "isMinItemCountRequired": false, "restrictionQuantity": null, "ruleCriteriaType": "ANY", "targetReferences": [ { "id": "01tSB0000002p01YAA", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "name": "Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "operatorType": "EQUALS_TO" } ] } ], "qualifiers": [ { "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "qualifierReferences": [ { "id": "01tSB0000002p01YAA", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "name": "Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "operatorType": "EQUALS_TO" } ], "qualifierType": "Quantity", "qualifierValue": 2 } ], "termsAndCondition": { "translations": {}, "value": "This is fall promotion.Get 10% off on Product 'Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack." } } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 ``` { "active": false, "areQualItemsExclFromDiscounts": false, "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "description": "This is fall promotion.Get 10% off on Product 'Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack'", "discountOrder": "MostExpensive", "discountRestriction": "None", "displayName": { "translations": {}, "value": "Fall Promotion" }, "objective": "Upsell product in fall", "isTiered": true, "endDateTime": null, "exclusivityType": "Class", "maximumUsageCount": 1, "name": "Fall Promotion", "priorityNumber": null, "qualifierCriteria": "All", "segments": [ { "id": "0ZESB0000006vja4AA", "name": "Codecept B2B LWR Store", "segmentType": "Webstore" } ], "startDateTime": "2023-09-01T00:00:00Z", "targetCriteria": "Any", "coupon": [ { "couponCode": "FALL", "redemptionLimitAllBuyers": 5, "redemptionLimitPerBuyer": 2 }, { "couponCode": "FALL1", "redemptionLimitAllBuyers": 5, "redemptionLimitPerBuyer": 2 } ], "tiers": [ { "name": "Tier 1", "targets": [ { "adjustmentType": "PercentageDiscount", "adjustmentValue": "10", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "isMinItemCountRequired": false, "restrictionQuantity": null, "ruleCriteriaType": "ANY_REQUIRED", "targetReferences": [ { "id": "01tSB0000002p01YAA", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "name": "Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "operatorType": "EQUALS_TO" } ] } ], "qualifiers": [ { "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "qualifierReferences": [ { "id": "01tSB0000002p01YAA", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "name": "Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "operatorType": "EQUALS_TO" } ], "ruleCriteriaType": "ANY_REQUIRED", "qualifierType": "Quantity", "qualifierValue": 2 } ] }, { "name": "Tier 2", "targets": [ { "adjustmentType": "PercentageDiscount", "adjustmentValue": "20", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "isMinItemCountRequired": false, "restrictionQuantity": null, "ruleCriteriaType": "ANY_REQUIRED", "targetReferences": [ { "id": "01tSB0000002p01YAA", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "name": "Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "operatorType": "EQUAL_TO" } ] } ], "qualifiers": [ { "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "qualifierReferences": [ { "id": "01tSB0000002p01YAA", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "name": "Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "operatorType": "EQUALS_TO" } ], "ruleCriteriaType": "ANY_REQUIRED", "qualifierType": "Quantity", "qualifierValue": 3 } ] } ], "termsAndCondition": { "translations": {}, "value": "This is fall promotion.Get 10% off on Product 'Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack'" } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Composite Promotion Result_ Output representation of composite promotion create request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CompositePromotionResult`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "promotionId": "0c8RO0000000veWYAQ", "success": true, "errors": [] } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/promotions/composite-promotions Content-Type: application/json { "active": false, "areQualItemsExclFromDiscounts": false, "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "description": "This is fall promotion.Get 10% off on Product 'Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack'", "discountOrder": "MostExpensive", "discountRestriction": "None", "displayName": { "translations": {}, "value": "Fall Promotion" }, "objective": "Upsell product in fall", "isTiered": true, "endDateTime": null, "exclusivityType": "Class", "maximumUsageCount": 1, "name": "Fall Promotion", "priorityNumber": null, "qualifierCriteria": "All", "segments": [ { "id": "0ZESB0000006vja4AA", "name": "Codecept B2B LWR Store", "segmentType": "Webstore" } ], "startDateTime": "2023-09-01T00:00:00Z", "targetCriteria": "Any", "targets": [ { "adjustmentType": "PercentageDiscount", "adjustmentValue": "10", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "isMinItemCountRequired": false, "restrictionQuantity": null, "ruleCriteriaType": "ANY", "targetReferences": [ { "id": "01tSB0000002p01YAA", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "name": "Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "operatorType": "EQUALS_TO" } ] } ], "qualifiers": [ { "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "qualifierReferences": [ { "id": "01tSB0000002p01YAA", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "name": "Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "operatorType": "EQUALS_TO" } ], "qualifierType": "Quantity", "qualifierValue": 2 } ], "termsAndCondition": { "translations": {}, "value": "This is fall promotion.Get 10% off on Product 'Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack." } } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/promotions/composite-promotions Content-Type: application/json { "active": false, "areQualItemsExclFromDiscounts": false, "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "description": "This is fall promotion.Get 10% off on Product 'Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack'", "discountOrder": "MostExpensive", "discountRestriction": "None", "displayName": { "translations": {}, "value": "Fall Promotion" }, "objective": "Upsell product in fall", "isTiered": true, "endDateTime": null, "exclusivityType": "Class", "maximumUsageCount": 1, "name": "Fall Promotion", "priorityNumber": null, "qualifierCriteria": "All", "segments": [ { "id": "0ZESB0000006vja4AA", "name": "Codecept B2B LWR Store", "segmentType": "Webstore" } ], "startDateTime": "2023-09-01T00:00:00Z", "targetCriteria": "Any", "coupon": [ { "couponCode": "FALL", "redemptionLimitAllBuyers": 5, "redemptionLimitPerBuyer": 2 }, { "couponCode": "FALL1", "redemptionLimitAllBuyers": 5, "redemptionLimitPerBuyer": 2 } ], "tiers": [ { "name": "Tier 1", "targets": [ { "adjustmentType": "PercentageDiscount", "adjustmentValue": "10", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "isMinItemCountRequired": false, "restrictionQuantity": null, "ruleCriteriaType": "ANY_REQUIRED", "targetReferences": [ { "id": "01tSB0000002p01YAA", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "name": "Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "operatorType": "EQUALS_TO" } ] } ], "qualifiers": [ { "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "qualifierReferences": [ { "id": "01tSB0000002p01YAA", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "name": "Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "operatorType": "EQUALS_TO" } ], "ruleCriteriaType": "ANY_REQUIRED", "qualifierType": "Quantity", "qualifierValue": 2 } ] }, { "name": "Tier 2", "targets": [ { "adjustmentType": "PercentageDiscount", "adjustmentValue": "20", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "isMinItemCountRequired": false, "restrictionQuantity": null, "ruleCriteriaType": "ANY_REQUIRED", "targetReferences": [ { "id": "01tSB0000002p01YAA", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "name": "Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "operatorType": "EQUAL_TO" } ] } ], "qualifiers": [ { "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "qualifierReferences": [ { "id": "01tSB0000002p01YAA", "itemReferenceType": "Product", "name": "Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "operatorType": "EQUALS_TO" } ], "ruleCriteriaType": "ANY_REQUIRED", "qualifierType": "Quantity", "qualifierValue": 3 } ] } ], "termsAndCondition": { "translations": {}, "value": "This is fall promotion.Get 10% off on Product 'Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack'" } } ``` ### GET Commerce Webstore Application Context `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/application-context` Operation ID: `getApplicationContext`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Returns application context information for the current WebStore Get application context information for a Commerce store. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Application Context_ Application context for a Commerce store. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ApplicationContext`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "cartCalculateEnabled": true, "checkoutSettings": { "isManagedCheckoutEnabled": false, "isMngCheckoutAutoPublished": true, "paymentConfiguration": { "businessAchEnabled": false, "paymentMethodManualCaptureEnabled": false, "paymentMethodSetDevName": "" }, "shippingMethodsEnabled": true }, "country": "US", "defaultCurrency": "USD", "giftingConfig": { "isGiftMessageEnabled": false, "isGiftWrapEnabled": false, "isGiftingEnabled": false }, "guestBrowsingEnabled": false, "guestCartCheckoutEnabled": true, "guestCartEnabled": true, "guestCheckoutEnabled": true, "inventoryConfiguration": { "isInventoryEnabled": false }, "managedCheckoutVersion": "0.117.0", "markets": [], "orderStatuses": [ { "apiName": "Created", "displayValue": "Created" } ], "placeOrderV2Enabled": true, "productConfig": { "configuratorFlowApiName": "Commerce_Product_Configurator_Flow" }, "propertiesEx": { "shopperCopilotUIEnabled": false, "highScaleCartEnabled": false }, "sessionDrivenCurrency": true, "shippingCountries": [ "US" ], "shopperConsentEnabled": false, "skipPhoneNumberValidationEnabled": false, "splitShipmentEnabled": false, "subscriptionConfig": { "commerceSubscriptionARCUIEnabled": false, "rlmSubscriptionEnabled": false, "subscriptionPlusEnabled": false }, "supportedCurrencies": [ "USD" ], "taxType": "Gross", "usesSingleEntitlementPolicy": false, "usesUniversalPricebooks": false } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZESG000002PLXz4AO/application-context ``` ### GET Commerce Webstore Session Context `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/session-context` Operation ID: `getSessionContext`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Returns session context information for the current WebStore Get session context information for a Commerce store. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) #### Responses * **200** _Session Context_ Session context for a shopper using a Commerce store. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SessionContext`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/webstoreId/session-context ``` ### GET Shipping Profiles `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/shipping-profiles` Operation ID: `getCommerceShippingProfileCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Shipping Profile collection Resource Retrieve a list of native shipping profiles for a webstore. Currently, this API returns only one shipping profile, which is the default shipping profile of a webstore. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Shipping Profile Collection_ Output representation of the shipping profile collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ShippingProfileCollection`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "count": 1, "total": 1, "items": [ { "id": "7LAxxxxxxxxxx1", "name": "General Shipping Profile", "isDefault": true, "ShippingRateGroups": [ { "id": "8Ni000000000001", "name": "Shipping rate group 1", "shippingZones": [ { "Id": "12h000000000100", "countries": [ { "isoCode": "US", "label": "United States" }, { "isoCode": "CA", "label": "Canada" } ], "StandardShippingRates": [ { "conditionFactor": "ORDER_PRICE", "conditionRangeMax": 50, "conditionRangeMin": 0, "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "id": "5fy000000000001", "name": "ShippingRate1", "price": 10, "transitTimeMax": 5, "transitTimeMin": 2, "transitTimeUnit": "days", "weightUnit": "Pounds" }, { "conditionFactor": "ORDER_PRICE", "conditionRangeMax": 50, "conditionRangeMin": 10, "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "id": "5fy000000000002", "name": "ShippingRate2", "price": 5, "transitTimeMax": 5, "transitTimeMin": 2, "transitTimeUnit": "days", "weightUnit": "Pounds" } ] } ] } ] } ] } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZESG000001E9aj4AC/shipping-profiles ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Calculate Taxes `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/taxes/actions/calculate-taxes` Operation ID: `postCalculateTaxes`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Resource endpoint to Calculate Taxes for Commerce Calculate taxes for a Commerce webstore. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) #### Request body Calculate tax input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CalculateTaxesInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "calculatebyTaxClass": false, "lineItemGroups": [ { "shipToAddress": { "countryIsoCode": "US", "stateIsoCode": "CA" }, "lineItems": [ { "lineId": "lineId1", "productId": "01txx0000006pTkAAI", "quantity": "1", "unitPrice": "100", "totalPrice": "100", "adjustments": [ { "id": "lineAdjustment1", "type": "promotional", "amount": "-10" }, { "id": "lineAdjustment2", "type": "tiered", "amount": "-5" } ] }, { "lineId": "lineId2", "productId": "01txx0000006pTlAAI", "quantity": "4", "unitPrice": "50", "totalPrice": "50" } ] } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Calculate Taxes_ List tax classes. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CalculateTaxes`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Taxes `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/taxes/products/{productId}` Operation ID: `getGetStoreTaxesInfo`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Resource endpoint to get Store Taxes Info Get taxes for a product based on the store, state, country, and buyer account or guest profile ID. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `productId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the product. Pattern: ^(01t)\\w\*. * `countryIsoCode` (query, string, required) ISO code of the country. Must match one of the valid ISO codes defined within the org’s State-Country picklist. For example, US for United States. If unspecified, the default value is the default country for the webstore. _Available in: v56.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string, required) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v56.0_ * `stateIsoCode` (query, string) ISO code of the state. Must match one of the valid ISO codes defined within the org’s State picklist. For example, CA for California state. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Store Taxes Info_ Output representation of the tax type along with a collection of tax details about a product. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GetStoreTaxesInfo`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "taxLocaleType": "Gross", "taxesInfo": { "01tPI0000003fLBYAY": { "taxesInfoList": [ { "countryIsoCode": "US", "priority": 1, "stateIsoCode": "CA", "taxRatePercentage": "10.00", "taxTreatmentDescription": "Created for test purposes.", "taxTreatmentName": "Default Tax treatment" } ] } } } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZEPI0000000j8Q4AQ/taxes/products/01tPI0000003fLBYAY?effectiveAccountId=001PI0000025YckYAE&countryIsoCode=US&stateIsoCode=CA ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Composite Products, Create `POST /commerce/management/webstore/{webstoreId}/composite-products` Operation ID: `postCompositeCommerceProductCreate`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Create Composite Commerce Product and associate with given Categories, Media etc. Add a product to your store and associate it with the specified category and media records. When a store is created, these default records are automatically created: DefaultBuyerGroupId (maps to: [BuyerGroup](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_buyergroup.htm)), DefaultEntitlementPolicyId (maps to: CommerceEntitlementPolicy), DefaultManagedContentSpaceId (maps to: [ManagedContentSpace](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_managedcontentspace.htm)), DefaultPriceBookId (maps to: [PriceBook2](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_pricebook2.htm)), DefaultProductCatalogId (maps to: [ProductCatalog](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_productcatalog.htm)), and DefaultStrikeThroughPricebookId (maps to: [PriceBook2](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_pricebook2.htm)). This API works within the store's context, so when you make a create request, it automatically associates the product to default buyer group, entitlement policy, and price book records created during store setup, along with the current store's catalog. It also associates the specified category and media in the request. This streamlines product creation and enhances the efficiency of your online retail tasks. If the API faces a problem associating the product to any store default records, it won't add the product with incomplete default store records. Instead, it cancels the product addition and rollbacks the creation request. **Note**: Currently, you can’t modify the default association of the product with these default records created during the store’s setup. _Available in: v61.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Input representation of the composite product create request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CompositeCommerceProductInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Composite Product_ Representation of the composite product create or upsert request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CompositeCommerceProductOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Here’s an example if the request is successful: ``` { "productId": "generatedProductId123", "success": true, "error": [] } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Here's an example if the request has errors: ``` { "productId": null, "success": false, "errors": [ { "errorCode": "Invalid_Input", "message": "Failed to create/update the product" }, { "errorCode": "Invalid_Input", "message": "Failed to create/update the price" } ] } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "productFields": { "Name": "Sample Product", "Type": "Base", // This is required when creating a variant parent "Description": "This is a sample product", "StockKeepingUnit": "110000", "CustomField1__c": 9999, "CustomField2__c": "some custom text" }, "categoryIds": [ "0ZGxx0000000007GAA", "0ZGxx0000000008GAA" ], "productMedia": [ { "mediaId": "20Yxx0000011QskEAE", "developerName": "productDetailImage" }, { "mediaId": "20Yxx0000011QslEAE", "developerName": "productListImage" } ], "attributeSetInfo": { "id": "0iYxx0000000001EAA", // present if using an existing set "name": "Apparel", // present if creating a new set "attributes": [ // present if creating a new set "Color__c", "Size__c" ] } } ``` ### PUT Commerce Webstore Composite Products, Update `PUT /commerce/management/webstore/{webstoreId}/composite-products/{productId}` Operation ID: `putCompositeCommerceProductUpdate`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Update Composite Commerce Product and associations with given Categories, Media etc. Update an existing product record with the specified category and media records. When updating a product record, you need to include both the existing category and media records that are already linked to it, along with any new ones you want to add. For example, if a product record has two categories and three media records associated with it, the API will delete and then reinsert all the category and media records. If you don't specify the existing associated category and media records, the API removes their association with the product. _Available in: v61.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `productId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the product. Pattern: ^(01t)\\w\*. #### Request body Input representation of the composite product create request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CompositeCommerceProductInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Composite Product_ Representation of the composite product create or upsert request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CompositeCommerceProductOutput`. _Example example\_2: same as POST /commerce/management/webstore/{webstoreId}/composite-products 200 response._ Payload 2 Here's an example if the request has errors: _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Here’s an example if the request is successful: ``` { "productId": "generatedProductId123", "success": true, "error": [] } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Here's an example if the request has errors: #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "productFields": { "Name": "Sample Product", "Type": "Base", // This is required when creating a variant parent "Description": "This is a sample product", "StockKeepingUnit": "110000", "CustomField1__c": 9999, "CustomField2__c": "some custom text" }, "categoryIds": [ "0ZGxx0000000007GAA", "0ZGxx0000000008GAA" ], "productMedia": [ { "mediaId": "20Yxx0000011QskEAE", "developerName": "productDetailImage" }, { "mediaId": "20Yxx0000011QslEAE", "developerName": "productListImage" } ], "attributeSetInfo": { "id": "0iYxx0000000001EAA", // present if using an existing set "name": "Apparel", // present if creating a new set "attributes": [ // present if creating a new set "Color__c", "Size__c" ] } } ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Composite Product Variations, Create `POST /commerce/management/webstore/{webstoreId}/composite-variations` Operation ID: `postCompositeCommerceVariationUpsert`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Create or Update variation products for a given variation parent with provided media and pricing. Create variation products with media and pricing details for a given parent product. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Input representation of product variation details. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CompositeCommerceVariationInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Composite Product Variation_ Composite product variation create request response. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CompositeCommerceVariationOutput`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Category Menu Items `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/category-menu-items` Operation ID: `getCategoryMenuItem`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Fetch product category menu items for the given parent item and store Retrieve product category menu items for the given parent item and store. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `addHomeMenuItem` (query, boolean) Indicates if a home menu item should be included. The default value is false. _Available in: v64.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v64.0_ * `includeImageUrl` (query, boolean) Indicates if the image URL should be included for root items. _Available in: v64.0_ * `maxItems` (query, integer) Maximum number of category items to be retrieved. _Available in: v64.0_ * `maxLevels` (query, integer) Maximum number of hierarchical levels to be retrieved. _Available in: v64.0_ * `publishStatus` (query, string) Publish status of the storefront. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Navigation Menu Item Collection_ Collection of navigation menu items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NavigationMenuItemCollection`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Product Categories Children `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/product-categories/children` Operation ID: `getProductCategoryCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Returns List of Product category information including fields and related media, etc based of the parent product category Id. Get product categories for a specific parent product category or get all the top-level product categories for the store. _Available in: v52.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v52.0_ * `excludeFields` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the fields are returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v52.0_ * `excludeMedia` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the media groups and default images of the product are returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v52.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of field names. If this list is unspecified, all fields are returned. There is no limit to the number of fields you can specify. The number of fields and number of characters in the field name may affect the URL size limit. If `excludeFields` and `fields` are specified, the `excludeFields` parameter takes precedence. _Available in: v52.0_ * `mediaGroups` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of developer names of media group records. If this list is empty or unspecified, all media groups are returned. If `excludeMedia` and `mediaGroups` are specified, the `excludeMedia` parameter takes precedence. _Available in: v52.0_ * `parentProductCategoryId` (query, string) ID of the product category for which you want to get all the children product categories. If unspecified, returns all the top-level product categories for the store. _Available in: v52.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Product Category Detail Collection_ Collection of product category details. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductCategoryDetailCollection`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Product Category `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/product-categories/{productCategoryId}` Operation ID: `getCategoryView`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Returns category information including fields and related media, etc. Get a product category. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `productCategoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the product category. Pattern: ^(0ZG)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v49.0_ * `excludeFields` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the fields are returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v49.0_ * `excludeMedia` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the media groups of the category are returned ( `false` ) or not ( `true` ). If unspecified, defaults to `false` . _Available in: v49.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of field names. If this list is unspecified, all fields are returned. There is no limit to the number of fields you can specify. The number of fields and number of characters in the field name may affect the URL size limit. If `excludeFields` and `fields` are specified, the `excludeFields` parameter takes precedence. _Available in: v49.0_ * `mediaGroups` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of developer names of media group records. If this list is empty or unspecified, all media groups are returned. If `excludeMedia` and `mediaGroups` are specified, the `excludeMedia` parameter takes precedence. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Product Category Detail_ Details of a product category. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductCategoryDetail`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Product Category Path `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/product-category-path/product-categories/{productCategoryId}` Operation ID: `getCategoryPath`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Returns the category path from the root category to the current category. Get the product category path from the root category to the current category. Getting product category paths respects buyer View Product entitlements and only users entitled to view product data can access it. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `productCategoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the product category. Pattern: ^(0ZG)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string (Id)) #### Responses * **200** _Product Category Path_ List of product categories in a path. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductCategoryPath`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Products `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/products` Operation ID: `getProductOverviewCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Used to fetch standard field data, custom field data, price and default image for a list of Products(20). Get fields and default images for a list of products. **Note**: Dynamic bundles are supported only in Commerce B2B stores. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v54.0_ * `excludeMedia` (query, boolean) Specifies whether default images are returned for the products ( `false` ) or not ( `true` ). The default is `false` . _Available in: v54.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of field names to return for each product. If the list is empty or not specified, all fields are returned. You can specify any number of fields. _Available in: v54.0_ * `ids` (query, array of string (Id)) List of product IDs. Specify either a list of product IDs or SKUs, but not both. Either `ids` or `skus` is required, but not both. _Available in: v54.0_ * `includeAttributeSetInfo` (query, boolean) Indicates whether the attribute set information for the product is returned ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Default value is `false` . _Available in: v63.0_ * `includeGroupByAttributeVariationInfo` (query, boolean) Indicates whether the attribute variation information for the product is returned ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Default value is `false` . _Available in: v63.0_ * `includeProductSellingModels` (query, boolean) Indicates whether product selling model options are returned ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Default value is `false` . _Available in: v63.0_ * `includeQuantityRule` (query, boolean) Indicates whether the quantity rule information for the product is returned ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Default value is `false` . _Available in: v63.0_ * `noCache` (query, string) * `skus` (query, array of string) List of SKUs. Specify either a list of SKUs or product IDs, but not both. Either `skus` or `ids` is required, but not both. _Available in: v54.0_ * `excludePrices` (query, boolean) Specifies whether prices are returned for the products ( `false` ) or not ( `true` ). The default is `false` . In version 58 and later, prices aren’t returned for products regardless of this request parameter. To get pricing information for products in version 58.0 and later, use [Commerce Webstore Pricing Products](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Commerce-B2B-Resources/operation/getMultiProductPrice). _Available in: v54.0–57.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Product Overview Collection_ A collection of product overviews. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductOverviewCollection`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "products": [ { "defaultImage": { "alternateText": "variations-amazon.png", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmSG000005olVVYAY", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "variations-amazon.png", "url": "/cms/delivery/media/MCVCHRIP72OVFIDPYX4R67HCC66U?oid=00DSG00000EB40D&version=1.1&channelId=0apSG0000010zCk" }, "error": {}, "fields": { "LastModifiedDate": "2025-01-24T18:49:21Z", "DisplayUrl": null, "IsDeleted": "false", "Description": null, "ProductCode": null, "IsActive": "true", "ExternalId": null, "LastViewedDate": null, "UserRecordAccessId": null, "LastReferencedDate": null, "StockKeepingUnit": null, "CurrencyIsoCode": "USD", "Name": "color_size variation", "SystemModstamp": "2025-01-24T18:49:22Z", "IsArchived": "false", "Type": "Base", "CreatedById": "005SG00000CCGwX", "CloneSourceId": null, "QuantityUnitOfMeasure": null, "CreatedDate": "2025-01-24T18:49:21Z", "Family": null, "ProductClass": "VariationParent", "LastModifiedById": "005SG00000CCGwX" }, "id": "01tSG000003xbeXYAQ", "mediaGroups": [ { "developerName": "productListImage", "id": "2mgSG000000oceoYAA", "mediaItems": [ { "alternateText": "variations-amazon.png", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmSG000005olVVYAY", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "variations-amazon.png", "url": "/cms/delivery/media/MCVCHRIP72OVFIDPYX4R67HCC66U?oid=00DSG00000EB40D&version=1.1&channelId=0apSG0000010zCk" } ], "name": "Product List Image", "usageType": "Listing" } ], "name": "color_size variation", "productClass": "VariationParent", "isConfigurationAllowed": true, "success": true, "variationAttributeSet": { "apiName": "Color_Size", "attributes": [], "label": "Color_Size" }, "variationInfo": { "attributesToProductMappings": [ { "canonicalKey": "Blue_Large", "image": { "alternateText": "blue.png", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmSG000005olX7YAI", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "blue.png", "url": "/cms/delivery/media/MCEOJ5CVZPPVEH5GZ7TJ2NUUUML4?oid=00DSG00000EB40D&version=1.1&channelId=0apSG0000010zCk" }, "mediaItems": [ { "alternateText": "blue.png", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmSG000005olX7YAI", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "blue.png", "url": "/cms/delivery/media/MCEOJ5CVZPPVEH5GZ7TJ2NUUUML4?oid=00DSG00000EB40D&version=1.1&channelId=0apSG0000010zCk" }, { "alternateText": "Green.png", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmSG000005olX7YAI", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "blue.png", "url": "/cms/delivery/media/MCEOJ5CVZPPVEH5GZ7TJ2NUUUML4?oid=00DSG00000EB40D&version=1.1&channelId=0apSG0000010zCk" } ], "productId": "01tSG000003xbg9YAA", "selectedAttributes": [ { "apiName": "Color__c", "label": "Color", "sequence": 0, "value": "Blue" }, { "apiName": "Size__c", "label": "Size", "sequence": 1, "value": "Large" } ], "urlName": null } ], "variationAttributeInfo": { "Color__c": { "allowableValues": [ "Blue", "Green", "Red" ], "apiName": "Color__c", "availableValues": [ "Blue", "Green", "Red" ], "fieldEnumOrId": "00NSG00000cFRYf", "groupedBy": false, "label": "Color", "objectName": "ProductAttribute", "options": [ { "apiName": "Blue", "colorHexCode": "#292FD3", "label": "Blue", "variantAvailable": true }, { "apiName": "Green", "colorHexCode": "#28E72C", "label": "Green", "variantAvailable": true }, { "apiName": "Red", "colorHexCode": "#ED1111", "label": "Red", "variantAvailable": true } ], "sequence": 0, "viewType": "ColorSwatch" }, "Size__c": { "allowableValues": [ "Large", "Medium", "Small" ], "apiName": "Size__c", "availableValues": [ "Large" ], "fieldEnumOrId": "00NSG00000cFRYg", "groupedBy": false, "label": "Size", "objectName": "ProductAttribute", "options": [ { "apiName": "Large", "colorHexCode": null, "label": "Large", "variantAvailable": true }, { "apiName": "Medium", "colorHexCode": null, "label": "Medium", "variantAvailable": false }, { "apiName": "Small", "colorHexCode": null, "label": "Small", "variantAvailable": false } ], "sequence": 1, "viewType": "Dropdown" } }, "variationCount": 3 } } ], "total": 1 } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 ``` { "products": [ { "defaultImage": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmxx000000010yAAA", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" }, "error": {}, "fields": { "Description": "One box of Alpine Energy Post Workout single serve, compostable Eco Pods. Chai Flavor.", "ProductCode": "r7832487624876423867", "Name": "Alpine Energy Post Eco Pod, Chai", "ProductClass": "VariationParent" }, "id": "01txx0000006mCXAAY", "name": "Alpine Energy Post Eco Pod, Chai", "productClass": "Simple", "isConfigurationAllowed": true, "productSellingModels": [ { "displayName": "PSM2", "id": "0jPxx000000001dEAA", "name": "PSM1", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Months", "sellingModelType": "TermDefined", "subscriptionTermRule": { "increment": 2, "maximum": 10, "minimum": 2 } } ], "purchaseQuantityRule": { "increment": "1.0", "maximum": "1.0E+8", "minimum": "1.0" }, "sku": "6010019", "success": true }, { "defaultImage": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmxx000000010wAAA", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" }, "error": {}, "fields": { "Description": "A signature Alpine health and fitness beverage. This post-workout beverage with Chai flavor is designed to help athletes maximize recovery and gains. 0.5L PET", "Name": "Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "Family": "Alpine Energy", "ProductClass": "VariationParent" }, "id": "01txx0000006mCWAAY", "name": "Alpine Energy Drink Chai Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "productClass": "VariationParent", "productSellingModels": [ { "id": "0jPxx000000003FEAQ", "name": "PSM2", "pricingTerm": null, "pricingTermUnit": null, "sellingModelType": "OneTime" }, { "description": "<p>377834kajhsbfkhjdabf</p>", "displayName": "PSM", "id": "0jPxx000000001dEAA", "name": "PSM1", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Months", "sellingModelType": "TermDefined", "subscriptionTermRule": { "increment": 2, "maximum": 4, "minimum": 2 } } ], "purchaseQuantityRule": { "increment": "1.0", "maximum": "1.0E+8", "minimum": "1.0" }, "sku": "6010009", "Success": true, "variationAttributeSet": { "attributes": { "Size__c": null, "Color__c": null }, "developerName": "Apparel", "id": null }, "variationInfo": { "attributesToProductMappings": [ { "canonicalKey": "Blue_Large", "productId": "01txx0000006mNpAAI", "selectedAttributes": [ { "apiName": "Color__c", "label": "Color", "sequence": 0, "value": "Blue" }, { "apiName": "Size__c", "label": "Size", "sequence": 1, "value": "Large" } ], "urlName": null, "image": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmxx000000012jAAA", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" } }, { "canonicalKey": "Green_Medium", "productId": "01txx0000006mNqAAI", "selectedAttributes": [ { "apiName": "Color__c", "label": "Color", "sequence": 0, "value": "Green" }, { "apiName": "Size__c", "label": "Size", "sequence": 1, "value": "Medium" } ], "urlName": null, "image": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmxx000000012jAAA", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" } }, { "canonicalKey": "Red_Small", "productId": "01txx0000006mNrAAI", "selectedAttributes": [ { "apiName": "Color__c", "label": "Color", "sequence": 0, "value": "Red" }, { "apiName": "Size__c", "label": "Size", "sequence": 1, "value": "Small" } ], "urlName": null, "image": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmxx000000012jAAA", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" } } ], "variationAttributeInfo": { "Color__c": { "allowableValues": [ "Blue", "Green", "Red" ], "apiName": "Color__c", "availableValues": [ "Blue", "Green", "Red" ], "options": [ { "label": "Red", "api": "red__c", "color": "#FF0000", "isAvailable": true }, { "label": "Blue", "api": "blue__c", "color": "#0000FF", "isAvailable": true }, { "label": "Green", "api": "green__c", "color": "#0000FF", "isAvailable": false } ], "viewType": "ColorSwatch", "fieldEnumOrId": "00Nxx000001G3XI", "label": "Color", "objectName": "ProductAttribute", "sequence": 0 }, "Size__c": { "allowableValues": [ "Large", "Medium", "Small" ], "apiName": "Size__c", "availableValues": [ "Large", "Medium", "Small" ], "viewType": "DropDown", "options": [ { "label": "Large", "api": "Large__c", "isAvailable": true }, { "label": "Medium", "api": "Medium__c", "isAvailable": true }, { "label": "Small", "api": "Small__C", "isAvailable": true } ] }, "fieldEnumOrId": "00Nxx000001G3XJ", "label": "Size", "objectName": "ProductAttribute", "sequence": 1 }, "variationCount": 3 } }, { "error": { "errorCode": "PRODUCT_NOT_FOUND", "message": "You can't view 234423." }, "success": false } ], "total": 3 } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000004rGAA/products ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000004rGAA/products?effectiveAccountId=${accountId}&excludePrices=${true}&excludeMedia=${true}&ids=${01txx0000006i44AII, 01txx0000006i44ACC, 01txx0000006i44ACC,…., 20th}&fields=${sku,name,productCode} ``` ### GET Commerce Webstore Product `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/products/{productId}` Operation ID: `getProductView`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Used to fetch standard field data, custom field data, and enrichment data for a single Product Get a product. Getting products respects buyer View Product entitlements and only users entitled to view product data can access it. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `productId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the product. Pattern: ^(01t)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v49.0_ * `excludeAttributeSetInfo` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the attribute set information for the product is returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v50.0_ * `excludeDynamicAttributeInfo` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the dynamic attribute information for the product is returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `true`. _Available in: v66.0_ * `excludeFields` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the fields are returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v49.0_ * `excludeMedia` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the media groups and default images of the product are returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v49.0_ * `excludePrimaryProductCategory` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the primary category path of the product is returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v49.0_ * `excludeProductSellingModels` (query, boolean) Specifies whether product selling models are returned or not. The behavior of this parameter depends on whether you turn on the CommerceSubscription permission. If the permission is on, and if you set the parameter to `false` (or if you omit the parameter), product selling models are returned. If the permission is on, and if you set the parameter to `true`, product selling models are not returned. If the permission is off, product selling models are not returned, regardless of whether you omit the parameter or provide a value. _Available in: v56.0_ * `excludeQuantityRule` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the quantity rule information for the product is returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v52.0_ * `excludeVariationInfo` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the variation information for the product is returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v50.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of field names. If this list is unspecified, all fields are returned. There is no limit to the number of fields you can specify. The number of fields and number of characters in the field name may affect the URL size limit. If `excludeFields` and `fields` are specified, the `excludeFields` parameter takes precedence. _Available in: v49.0_ * `mediaGroups` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of developer names of media group records. If this list is empty or unspecified, all media groups are returned. If `excludeMedia` and `mediaGroups` are specified, the `excludeMedia` parameter takes precedence. _Available in: v49.0_ * `noCache` (query, string) Specifies whether to ignore cached data and return the latest response ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v66.0_ * `excludeEntitlementDetails` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the entitlement details of the product are returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v49.0–56.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Product Detail_ Details of a product. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductDetail`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "products": [ { "defaultImage": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" }, "error": {}, "fields": { "ConfigureDuringSale": "NotAllowed", "StockKeepingUnit": null, "Name": "KeyBoard" }, "id": "01tSG00000BpCgKYAV", "isConfigurationAllowed": false, "mediaGroups": [ { "developerName": "productListImage", "id": "2mgSG000001u6JwYAI", "mediaItems": [ { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" } ], "name": "Product List Image", "usageType": "Listing" } ], "name": "KeyBoard", "productClass": "Simple", "productSellingModels": [ { "id": "0jPSG000000B2he2AC", "name": "One Time", "pricingTerm": null, "pricingTermUnit": null, "sellingModelType": "OneTime" }, { "id": "0jPSG000000B2hd2AC", "name": "Term Based - Monthly", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Months", "sellingModelType": "TermDefined", "subscriptionTermRule": { "increment": 1, "maximum": null, "minimum": 1 } }, { "id": "0jPSG000000B2hi2AC", "name": "Evergreen - Monthly", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Months", "sellingModelType": "Evergreen" } ], "success": true }, { "defaultImage": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" }, "error": {}, "fields": { "ConfigureDuringSale": "NotAllowed", "StockKeepingUnit": "M-0002", "Name": "Mac Bundle" }, "id": "01tSG00000BpCgJYAV", "isConfigurationAllowed": false, "mediaGroups": [ { "developerName": "productListImage", "id": "2mgSG000001u6JwYAI", "mediaItems": [ { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" } ], "name": "Product List Image", "usageType": "Listing" } ], "name": "Mac Bundle", "productClass": "Bundle", "productSellingModels": [ { "id": "0jPSG000000B2he2AC", "name": "One Time", "pricingTerm": null, "pricingTermUnit": null, "sellingModelType": "OneTime" }, { "id": "0jPSG000000B2hd2AC", "name": "Term Based - Monthly", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Months", "sellingModelType": "TermDefined" }, { "id": "0jPSG000000B2hi2AC", "name": "Evergreen - Monthly", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Months", "sellingModelType": "Evergreen" } ], "sku": "M-0002", "success": true }, { "defaultImage": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" }, "error": {}, "fields": { "ConfigureDuringSale": null, "StockKeepingUnit": null, "Name": "subproduct" }, "id": "01tSG00000BpCgFYAV", "isConfigurationAllowed": false, "mediaGroups": [ { "developerName": "productListImage", "id": "2mgSG000001u6JwYAI", "mediaItems": [ { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" } ], "name": "Product List Image", "usageType": "Listing" } ], "name": "subproduct", "productClass": "Simple", "productSellingModels": [ { "id": "0jPSG000000B2hd2AC", "name": "Term Based - Monthly", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Months", "sellingModelType": "TermDefined" }, { "id": "0jPSG000000B2hh2AC", "name": "Evergreen - Yearly", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Annual", "sellingModelType": "Evergreen" } ], "success": true }, { "defaultImage": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" }, "error": {}, "fields": { "ConfigureDuringSale": null, "StockKeepingUnit": null, "Name": "testproduct1" }, "id": "01tSG00000BpCgDYAV", "isConfigurationAllowed": false, "mediaGroups": [ { "developerName": "productListImage", "id": "2mgSG000001u6JwYAI", "mediaItems": [ { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" } ], "name": "Product List Image", "usageType": "Listing" } ], "name": "testproduct1", "productClass": "Simple", "productSellingModels": [ { "id": "0jPSG000000B2hd2AC", "name": "Term Based - Monthly", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Months", "sellingModelType": "TermDefined" }, { "id": "0jPSG000000B2hf2AC", "name": "Term Based - Yearly", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Annual", "sellingModelType": "TermDefined" } ], "success": true }, { "defaultImage": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" }, "error": {}, "fields": { "ConfigureDuringSale": null, "StockKeepingUnit": null, "Name": "testproduct" }, "id": "01tSG00000BpCgCYAV", "isConfigurationAllowed": false, "mediaGroups": [ { "developerName": "productListImage", "id": "2mgSG000001u6JwYAI", "mediaItems": [ { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" } ], "name": "Product List Image", "usageType": "Listing" } ], "name": "testproduct", "productClass": "Simple", "success": true } ], "total": 5 } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZEOK00000008vJ4AQ/products/01tOK000000EUozYAG ``` ### GET Commerce Webstore Product Children `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/products/{productId}/children` Operation ID: `getProductChildCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. A Collection of child product assigned to Parent Product ie (SET, BUNDLE) with default quantity. Get a collection of child products related to a parent product. This resource respects buyer View Product entitlements, allowing access only to users authorized to view product data. It supports bundle and set products but is not available for simple, variation, or variation-parent products. **Note**: Dynamic bundles are supported only in Commerce B2B stores. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Parameters * `productId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the product. Pattern: ^(01t)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v57.0_ * `excludeAttributeSetInfo` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the attribute set information for the product is returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v57.0_ * `excludeDynamicAttributeInfo` (query, boolean) * `excludeFields` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the fields are returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v57.0_ * `excludeMedia` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the media groups and default images of the product are returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v57.0_ * `excludeQuantityRule` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the quantity rule information for the product is returned (`false`) or not (`true`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v57.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of field names. If this list is empty or unspecified, all fields are returned. There’s no limit to the number of fields you can specify. The number of fields and number of characters in the field name may affect the URL size limit. If `excludeFields` and `fields` are specified, the `excludeFields` parameter takes precedence. _Available in: v57.0_ * `includeProductSellingModels` (query, boolean) Indicates whether product selling model options are returned ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Default value is `false` . _Available in: v63.0_ * `includeRequiredChildrenOnly` (query, boolean) * `mediaGroups` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of developer names of media group records. Possible values: * `Attachment` * `productDetailImage` * `productListImage` If this list is empty or unspecified, all media groups are returned. If `excludeMedia` and `mediaGroups` are specified, the `excludeMedia` parameter takes precedence. For product bundles, only the `producListImage` is returned. _Available in: v57.0_ * `noCache` (query, string) * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 20. _Available in: v57.0_ * `pageToken` (query, string) Specifies the base64 encoded page token. Page tokens are returned as part of the response. If unspecified, the first page is returned. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Product Child Collection_ Collection of child products related to a parent product. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductChildCollection`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Example response for a product set: ``` { "count": 2, "currentPageToken": "eyJwIjoyMCwibyI6MH0=", "currentPageUrl": "/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000004tGAA/products/01txx0000006iGyAAI/​children?mediaGroups=productListImage&pageToken=eyJwIjoyMCwibyI6MH0%3D", "items": [ { "defaultQuantity": "1.0", "isEntitled": true, "productInfo": { "defaultImage": null, "fields": { "LastModifiedDate": "2024-10-31T18:14:13Z", "DisplayUrl": null, "IsDeleted": "false", "Description": "A signature Alpine health and fitness beverage. This post-workout beverage with Tart Cherry flavor is designed to help athletes maximize recovery and gains. 0.5L PET", "ProductCode": null, "IsActive": "true", "ExternalId": null, "LastViewedDate": "2024-11-07T00:06:06Z", "UserRecordAccessId": null, "LastReferencedDate": "2024-11-07T00:06:06Z", "StockKeepingUnit": "6010015", "CurrencyIsoCode": "USD", "Name": "Alpine Energy Drink Tart Cherry Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "SystemModstamp": "2024-11-04T18:40:55Z", "IsArchived": "false", "Type": null, "CreatedById": "005xx000001X7zp", "CloneSourceId": null, "QuantityUnitOfMeasure": null, "CreatedDate": "2024-10-31T18:14:13Z", "Family": "Alpine Energy", "ProductClass": "Simple", "LastModifiedById": "005xx000001X7zp" }, "id": "01txx0000006iCGAAY", "mediaGroups": [ { "developerName": "productListImage", "id": "2mgxx000000004sAAA", "mediaItems": [ { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmxx000000005AAAQ", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "jpg", "url": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/northerntrailoutfitters.com/nto-alpine-nutrition/​default/images/large/6Pack-Tart-Cherry-Post-Large.jpg" } ], "name": "Product List Image", "usageType": "Listing" } ], "productClass": "Simple", "productSellingModels": [ { "id": "0jPxx000000003FEAQ", "name": "PSM Evergreen", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Annual", "sellingModelType": "Evergreen" } ], "purchaseQuantityRule": null, "urlName": null } }, { "defaultQuantity": "1.0", "isEntitled": true, "productInfo": { "defaultImage": null, "fields": { "LastModifiedDate": "2024-10-31T18:14:13Z", "DisplayUrl": null, "IsDeleted": "false", "Description": "One box of Alpine Energy During Workout single serve, compostable Eco Pods. Chai Flavor.", "ProductCode": null, "IsActive": "true", "ExternalId": null, "LastViewedDate": "2024-11-12T19:38:36Z", "UserRecordAccessId": null, "LastReferencedDate": "2024-11-12T19:38:36Z", "StockKeepingUnit": "6010018", "CurrencyIsoCode": "USD", "Name": "Alpine Energy During Eco Pod, Chai", "SystemModstamp": "2024-10-31T18:14:13Z", "IsArchived": "false", "Type": null, "CreatedById": "005xx000001X7zp", "CloneSourceId": null, "QuantityUnitOfMeasure": null, "CreatedDate": "2024-10-31T18:14:13Z", "Family": "Alpine Energy", "ProductClass": "Simple", "LastModifiedById": "005xx000001X7zp" }, "id": "01txx0000006iCBAAY", "mediaGroups": [ { "developerName": "productListImage", "id": "2mgxx000000004sAAA", "mediaItems": [ { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmxx000000004zAAA", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "jpg", "url": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/northerntrailoutfitters.com/nto-alpine-nutrition/​default/images/large/alpine_energy_product_ecopod-chai.jpg" } ], "name": "Product List Image", "usageType": "Listing" } ], "productClass": "Simple", "productSellingModels": [ { "id": "0jPxx000000001dEAA", "name": "PSM Term", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Months", "sellingModelType": "TermDefined", "subscriptionTermRule": { "increment": 1, "maximum": null, "minimum": 1 } }, { "id": "0jPxx000000003FEAQ", "name": "PSM Evergreen", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Annual", "sellingModelType": "Evergreen" } ], "purchaseQuantityRule": null, "urlName": null } } ], "nextPageToken": null, "nextPageUrl": null, "previousPageToken": null, "previousPageUrl": null, "productClass": "Set", "total": 2 } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Example response for a product bundle: ``` { "count": 1, "currentPageToken": "eyJwIjoyMCwibyI6MH0=", "currentPageUrl": "/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000009hGAA/products/01txx0000006j8CAAQ/​children?pageToken=eyJwIjoyMCwibyI6MH0%3D", "items": [ { "defaultQuantity": "2.0", "isEntitled": true, "isPriceIncludedInParent": false, "isRequired": false, "isDefault": true, "componentGroup": { "id": "0y7xx000000006T", "name": "pcg1" }, "productInfo": { "defaultImage": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" }, "fields": { "LastModifiedDate": "2025-06-10T09:31:43Z", "FulfillmentQtyCalcMethod": null, "Description": "testBundleChild1", "StockCheckMethod": null, "SpecificationType": "Commercial", "IsActive": "true", "LastReferencedDate": null, "StockKeepingUnit": "testBundleChild1", "ExternalDataSourceId": null, "Name": "testBundleChild1", "ShippingWeightUnitOfMeasure": null, "CreatedById": "005xx000001X8Er", "RecordTypeId": "012xx0000005pnQ", "DiscontinuedDate": null, "ProductClass": "Simple", "CanRamp": "false", "DisplayUrl": null, "IsDeleted": "false", "ConfigureDuringSale": null, "IsAssetizable": "false", "ProductCode": "testBundleChild1", "UsageModelType": null, "ExternalId": null, "ProductPurpose": "Sell", "LastViewedDate": null, "UserRecordAccessId": null, "HelpText": null, "CurrencyIsoCode": "USD", "AvailabilityDate": null, "BasedOnId": null, "SystemModstamp": "2025-06-10T09:35:22Z", "IsArchived": "false", "DecompositionScope": null, "BillingPolicyId": null, "Type": null, "EndOfLifeDate": null, "IsShippingChargeNotApplicable": "false", "QuantityUnitOfMeasure": null, "CreatedDate": "2025-06-10T09:31:43Z", "Family": null, "UnitOfMeasureId": null, "ShippingWeight": null, "LastModifiedById": "005xx000001X8Er", "TaxPolicyId": null, "IsSoldOnlyWithOtherProds": "false" }, "id": "01txx0000006j9oAAA", "mediaGroups": [ { "developerName": "productListImage", "id": "2mgxx000000009kAAA", "mediaItems": [ { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" } ], "name": "Product List Image", "usageType": "Listing" }, { "developerName": "productDetailImage", "id": "2mgxx000000009jAAA", "mediaItems": [ { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": null, "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "image", "url": "/img/b2b/default-product-image.svg" } ], "name": "Product Detail Images", "usageType": "Standard" } ], "productClass": "Simple", "purchaseQuantityRule": null, "urlName": null } } ], "nextPageToken": "eyJwIjoyMCwibyI6MjB9", "nextPageUrl": "/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000009hGAA/products/01txx0000006j8CAAQ/​children?pageToken=eyJwIjoyMCwibyI6MjB9", "previousPageToken": null, "previousPageUrl": null, "productClass": "Bundle", "total": 1 } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000004tGAA/products/01txx0000006iGyAAI/children ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000004tGAA/products/01txx0000006iGyAAI/children?mediaGroups=productListImage&pageToken=eyJwIjoyMCwibyI6MH0%3D&includeProductSellingModels=true ``` ### GET Commerce Webstore Product Featured Products `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/products/{productId}/featured-products` Operation ID: `getFeaturedProductCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Retrieve products featured by another product in the context of a particular webstore. Retrieve a collection of feature products for a specific product. Featured products include complementary items, promotional products, best-sellers, new arrivals, or limited-time offers. For example, if a customer buys a shirt, the featured products list suggests shoes, pants, and accessories to complete the outfit. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Parameters * `productId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the product. Pattern: ^(01t)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v64.0_ * `excludeFields` (query, boolean) Indicates whether the product fields are returned ( `false` ) or not ( `true` ). If unspecified, defaults to `false` . _Available in: v64.0_ * `fields` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of product field names. If this list is empty or unspecified, all fields are returned. There is no limit to the number of fields you can specify. _Available in: v64.0_ * `includeAttributeSetInfo` (query, boolean) Indicates whether to include attribute set information for a variation parent product ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Default value is `false` . _Available in: v64.0_ * `includeMediaGroups` (query, boolean) Indicates whether media groups are returned ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Default value is `false` . _Available in: v64.0_ * `includeProductSellingModel` (query, boolean) Indicates whether product selling model options are returned ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Default value is `false` . _Available in: v64.0_ * `includePurchaseQuantityRules` (query, boolean) Indicates whether purchase quantity rules are returned ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Default value is `false` . _Available in: v64.0_ * `mediaGroups` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of developer names of media group records. Possible media groups are: * `Attachment` * `ProductDetailImage` * `ProductListImage` If this list is empty or unspecified, all media groups are returned. If `excludeMedia` and `mediaGroups` are specified, the `excludeMedia` parameter takes precedence. _Available in: v64.0_ * `relationshipTypes` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of developer names of relationship type records. This defines how the featured product is related to a product. The field is a dynamic enum. If no `relationshipTypes` are specified, the API response returns all available relationship types. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Featured Products Output_ Details of featured products for a specified product. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FeaturedProductsOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "featuredProductsByRelationshipType": { "similarProducts": [ { "defaultImage": null, "fields": { "LastModifiedDate": "2024-10-31T18:14:13Z", "DisplayUrl": null, "IsDeleted": "false", "Description": "A signature Alpine health and fitness beverage. This post-workout beverage with Tart Cherry flavor is designed to help athletes maximize recovery and gains. 0.5L PET", "ProductCode": null, "IsActive": "true", "ExternalId": null, "LastViewedDate": "2024-11-07T00:06:06Z", "UserRecordAccessId": null, "LastReferencedDate": "2024-11-07T00:06:06Z", "StockKeepingUnit": "6010015", "CurrencyIsoCode": "USD", "Name": "Alpine Energy Drink Tart Cherry Post 0.5L PET - 6 pack", "SystemModstamp": "2024-11-04T18:40:55Z", "IsArchived": "false", "Type": null, "CreatedById": "005xx000001X7zp", "CloneSourceId": null, "QuantityUnitOfMeasure": null, "CreatedDate": "2024-10-31T18:14:13Z", "Family": "Alpine Energy", "ProductClass": "Simple", "LastModifiedById": "005xx000001X7zp" }, "id": "01txx0000006iCGAAY", "mediaGroups": [ { "developerName": "productListImage", "id": "2mgxx000000004sAAA", "mediaItems": [ { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmxx000000005AAAQ", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "jpg", "url": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/northerntrailoutfitters.com/nto-alpine-nutrition/default/images/large/6Pack-Tart-Cherry-Post-Large.jpg" } ], "name": "Product List Image", "usageType": "Listing" } ], "productClass": "Simple", "productSellingModels": [ { "id": "0jPxx000000003FEAQ", "name": "PSM Evergreen", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Annual", "sellingModelType": "Evergreen" } ], "purchaseQuantityRule": null, "urlName": null } ] } } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000004tGAA/products/01txx0000006iGyAAI/featured-products ``` ### POST Commerce Import Category Job, Create `POST /commerce/management/import/category/jobs` Operation ID: `postCommerceCategoryImportCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Management Import Connect POST API for importing categories asynchronously Create a job to asynchronously import category data using a .csv file. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Request body Configuration for an asynchronous category import job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CategoryImportInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "importConfiguration": { "importSource": { "contentVersionId": "069xx0000004CH6AAM" }, "importSettings": { "productCatalogId": "0ZSxx000000004rGAA" } } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Category Import_ Information about a category import job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CategoryImport`. ### GET Commerce Import Category Job, Manage `GET /commerce/management/import/category/jobs/{jobId}` Operation ID: `getCommerceCategoryImport`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Management Import Connect GET and PATCH API for importing categories asynchronously Get the status of a job to asynchronously import category data using a .csv file. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `jobId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the job. Pattern: ^(750)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Category Import_ Information about a category import job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CategoryImport`. ### PATCH Commerce Import Category Job, Manage `PATCH /commerce/management/import/category/jobs/{jobId}` Operation ID: `patchCommerceCategoryImport`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Management Import Connect GET and PATCH API for importing categories asynchronously Cancel or get the status of a job to asynchronously import category data using a .csv file. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `jobId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the job. Pattern: ^(750)\\w\*. #### Request body Cancel asynchronous category import job input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CategoryImportAbortInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "status": "Aborted" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Category Import_ Information about a category import job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CategoryImport`. ### POST Commerce Import Product Job, Create `POST /commerce/management/import/product/jobs` Operation ID: `postCommerceAsyncProductImportCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Management Import Connect API for importing products asynchronously Create a job to asynchronously import product data using a .csv file. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Request body Configuration for an asynchronous global product import job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GlobalProductImportInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "importConfiguration": { "importSource": { "contentVersionId": "069RM0000008F4FYAU" }, "importSettings": { "category": { "productCatalogId": "0ZSRM00000004Fk4AI" }, "media": { "cmsWorkspaceId": "0ZuRM0000000Fcz0AE" }, "price": { "pricebookAliasToIdMapping": { "original": "01sRM000004aArJYAU", "sales": "01sRM000004aArIYAU", "wintersales": "01sRM000004aArKYAU" } }, "entitlement": { "defaultEntitlementPolicyId": "1CeRM00000003o40AA" } } } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Global Product Import_ Information about a global product import job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GlobalProductImport`. ### GET Commerce Import Product Job, Manage `GET /commerce/management/import/product/jobs/{jobId}` Operation ID: `getCommerceAsyncProductImport`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Management Import Connect API for importing products asynchronously Get the status of a job to asynchronously import global product data using a .csv file. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Parameters * `jobId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the job. Pattern: ^(750)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Global Product Import_ Information about a global product import job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GlobalProductImport`. ### PATCH Commerce Import Product Job, Manage `PATCH /commerce/management/import/product/jobs/{jobId}` Operation ID: `patchCommerceAsyncProductImport`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Management Import Connect API for importing products asynchronously Cancel or get the status of a job to asynchronously import global product data using a .csv file. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Parameters * `jobId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the job. Pattern: ^(750)\\w\*. #### Request body Cancel asynchronous product import job input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductImportCancelInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "status": "Aborted" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Global Product Import_ Information about a global product import job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GlobalProductImport`. ### GET Commerce Extensions `GET /commerce/extension/extensions` Operation ID: `getExtensionCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Get a collection of available extensions Get a collection of Commerce extensions available for your org. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Extension Collection_ Collection of Commerce extensions. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExtensionOutputCollection`. ### GET Commerce Extension Mappings `GET /commerce/extension/mappings` Operation ID: `getMappingCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Supports creating and retrieving extension provider mappings. Get extension provider mappings, which associate an extension provider with a webstore. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `epn` (query, string) Extension point name. For valid values, see the [RegisteredExternalService](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_registeredexternalservice.htm) object's ExtensionPointName field. If you omit the extension point name, the system gets all extension mappings for the webstore. If you specify an extension point name, the system gets mappings only for that extension point. _Available in: v58.0_ * `webstoreId` (query, string) ID of the webstore. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Extension Mappings Collection_ Collection of Commerce extension mappings. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MappingOutputCollection`. ### POST Commerce Extension Mappings `POST /commerce/extension/mappings` Operation ID: `postMappingCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Supports creating and retrieving extension provider mappings. Set extension provider mappings, which associate an extension provider with a webstore. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Request body (required) Describes information used to map an extension provider to a webstore. _Available in: v58.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MappingInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "webstoreId": "0ZExx000000003FGAQ", "providerName": "UltimateInventory" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Extension Mapping_ Mapping of a Commerce extension provider to a webstore. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MappingOutput`. ### GET Commerce Extension Mapping `GET /commerce/extension/mappings/{mappingId}` Operation ID: `getMapping`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Manage individual extension mappings. Get a Commerce extension mapping. An extension provider is an Apex Class that implements a Commerce extension. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `mappingId` (path, string, required) ID of the mapping. #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Extension Mapping_ Mapping of a Commerce extension provider to a webstore. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MappingOutput`. ### PUT Commerce Extension Mapping `PUT /commerce/extension/mappings/{mappingId}` Operation ID: `putMapping`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Manage individual extension mappings. Delete, get, or modify a Commerce extension mapping. An extension provider is an Apex Class that implements a Commerce extension. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `mappingId` (path, string, required) ID of the mapping. #### Request body Describes information used to map an extension provider to a webstore. _Available in: v58.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. * `mappingInputRepresentation` (_object_) MappingInput An Commerce Extension Provider Mapping Input object, which describes information used to map an extension provider to a webstore. You can provide this information in the request body or as a URL parameter. Includes all fields of `MappingInput`. * `providerName` (_string_) Unique name of the extension provider. * `webstoreId` (_string_) ID of the webstore. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "webstoreId": "0ZExx000000003FGAQ", "providerName": "UltimateInventory" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Extension Mapping_ Mapping of a Commerce extension provider to a webstore. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MappingOutput`. ### DELETE Commerce Extension Mapping `DELETE /commerce/extension/mappings/{mappingId}` Operation ID: `deleteMapping`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Manage individual extension mappings. Delete a Commerce extension mapping. An extension provider is an Apex Class that implements a Commerce extension. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `mappingId` (path, string, required) ID of the mapping. #### Responses * **200** Success ### GET Commerce Extension Providers `GET /commerce/extension/providers` Operation ID: `getExtensionProvidersCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Supports registering and retrieving extension providers. Get Commerce extension providers or register a Commerce extension provider. An extension provider is an Apex Class that implements a Commerce extension. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `epn` (query, string) Extension point name (unique identifier for an extension). For valid values, see the [RegisteredExternalService](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_registeredexternalservice.htm) object's ExtensionPointName field. _Available in: v58.0_ * `webstoreId` (query, string, required) ID of a webstore. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Extension Provider Collection_ Collection of Commerce extension providers. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProviderOutputCollection`. ### POST Commerce Extension Providers `POST /commerce/extension/providers` Operation ID: `postExtensionProvidersCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Supports registering and retrieving extension providers. Get Commerce extension providers or register a Commerce extension provider. An extension provider is an Apex Class that implements a Commerce extension. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Request body An extension provider for an Commerce extension point. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProviderInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "name": "UltimateInventory", "epn": "Commerce_Domain_Inventory_Service", "type": "apexClass", "description": "Extension provider for ultimate inventory.", "isApplication": true, "apexClass": { "classId": "0ZExx000000003FGAQ", "className": "UltimateSoftwareSalesforceInventoryServiceExtension" } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Extension Provider_ A Commerce extension provider. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProviderOutput`. ### GET Commerce Extension Provider `GET /commerce/extension/providers/{providerId}` Operation ID: `getExtensionProvider`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Manage individual extension providers. Get a Commerce extension provider. An extension provider is an Apex Class that implements a Commerce extension. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `providerId` (path, string, required) ID of the provider. #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Extension Provider_ A Commerce extension provider. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProviderOutput`. ### DELETE Commerce Extension Provider `DELETE /commerce/extension/providers/{providerId}` Operation ID: `deleteExtensionProvider`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Manage individual extension providers. Delete a Commerce extension provider. An extension provider is an Apex Class that implements a Commerce extension. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `providerId` (path, string, required) ID of the provider. #### Responses * **200** Success ### PATCH Commerce Extension Provider `PATCH /commerce/extension/providers/{providerId}` Operation ID: `patchExtensionProvider`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Manage individual extension providers. Modify a Commerce extension provider. An extension provider is an Apex Class that implements a Commerce extension. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `providerId` (path, string, required) ID of the provider. #### Request body An extension provider for an Commerce extension point. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProviderInput`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /commerce/extension/providers request._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Extension Provider_ A Commerce extension provider. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProviderOutput`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Pricing Products `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/pricing/products` Operation ID: `getMultiProductPrice`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Resource endpoint for calculating the price for multiple products Get the prices for multiple products. Getting prices for products respects buyer entitlements and only users entitled to view product and price data can access it. To get price information, the context store and account must have 25 or fewer price books associated with them. To reduce the number of active price books for the account within the store, you can change the active status, modify valid dates, or remove assignments of price books. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v49.0_ **Note:** POST methods typically create an item, but for this resource POST is used to retrieve information. GET calls can be cached. #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `currencyIsoCode` (query, string) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the product pricing record. Products are priced using the currency for the buyer account or guest buyer profile. If your store doesn’t support the currency for the buyer account or guest buyer profile, products are priced using the default currency for your store. _Available in: v54.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v54.0_ * `productIds` (query, array of string, required) List of product IDs for which you want to get prices. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Pricing Result_ Product pricing result. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PricingResult`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZExx0000000002GAA/pricing/products ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZEOK00000008vK4AQ/pricing/products?currencyIsoCode=USD&effectiveAccountId=001OK000001o5FtYAI&productIds=01txx000000000A,01txx000000000V ``` ### POST Commerce Webstore Pricing Products `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/pricing/products` Operation ID: `postMultiProductPrice`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Resource endpoint for calculating the price for multiple products Getting prices for products respects buyer entitlements and only users entitled to view product and price data can access it. To get price information, the context store and account must have 25 or fewer price books associated with them. To reduce the number of active price books for the account within the store, you can change the active status, modify valid dates, or remove assignments of price books. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v49.0_ **Note:** POST methods typically create an item, but for this resource POST is used to retrieve information. GET calls can be cached. #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `currencyIsoCode` (query, string) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the product pricing record. Products are priced using the currency for the buyer account or guest buyer profile. If your store doesn’t support the currency for the buyer account or guest buyer profile, products are priced using the default currency for your store. _Available in: v49.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Request body Pricing for multiple products. _Available in: v49.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PricingInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "pricingLineItems": [ { "productId": "01txx000000000V" }, { "productId": "01txx000000000W" }, { "productId": "01txx000000000A" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Pricing Result_ Product pricing result. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PricingResult`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Pricing Product `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/pricing/products/{productId}` Operation ID: `getProductPrice`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Used to get the list price and buyer price for a product in the context of a Web Store Get the list and buyer price for a product. Getting prices for products respects buyer entitlements and only users entitled to view product and price data can access it. To get price information, the context store and account must have 25 or fewer price books associated with them. To reduce the number of active price books for the account within the store, you can change the active status, modify valid dates, or remove assignments of price books. If a store is segmented into markets, this API looks at the language parameter appended to the URL to determine the shopper’s locale and returns the appropriate values. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `productId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the product. Pattern: ^(01t)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `allProductSellingModelPrices` (query, array of string) List of product selling model prices for the product. _Available in: v60.0_ * `currencyIsoCode` (query, string) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the cart. _Available in: v57.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v49.0_ * `includeChildProductPrices` (query, boolean) Indicates whether to include child product prices in the response ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Default value is `false` . _Available in: v65.0_ * `productSellingModelIds` (query, array of string) List of product selling model IDs for the product. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Product Price_ Pricing information for a product. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductPrice`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "childEntries": [ { "childEntries": [], "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "listPrice": "59.99", "lowestUnitPrice": null, "priceAdjustment": null, "pricebookEntryId": "01uxx00000090SSAAY", "productId": "01txx0000006kYyAAI", "productPriceEntries": [ { "error": {}, "listPrice": "59.99", "lowestUnitPrice": null, "priceAdjustment": null, "pricebookEntryId": "01uxx00000090SSAAY", "productSellingModelId": null, "success": true, "unitPrice": "55.5" } ], "productSellingModelId": null, "unitPrice": "55.5" } ], "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "listPrice": "150.0", "lowestUnitPrice": null, "priceAdjustment": null, "pricebookEntryId": "01uxx000000910EAAQ", "productId": "01txx0000006knQAAQ", "productPriceEntries": [ { "error": {}, "listPrice": "150.0", "lowestUnitPrice": null, "priceAdjustment": null, "pricebookEntryId": "01uxx000000910EAAQ", "productSellingModelId": null, "success": true, "unitPrice": "100.0" } ], "productSellingModelId": null, "unitPrice": "100.0" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/pricing/products/01txx0000006knQAAQ ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/pricing/products/01txx0000006knQAAQ?effectiveAccountId=001xx000003DMe9 ``` ### GET Commerce Subscriptions `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/subscriptions` Operation ID: `getCommerceSubscriptionCollection`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Fetch collection of subscriptions. Retrieve a collection of Commerce subscriptions. This API is available only to registered shoppers. This API retrieves Commerce subscriptions based on the account ID specified in the `effectiveAccountId` parameter. If no account ID is provided as a query parameter, the API defaults to the user’s context and returns subscriptions relevant to them. To access this API, users must have the B2B Commerce license. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. This field is required for the account switcher to view subscriptions associated with other registered shoppers. _Available in: v63.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If unspecified, defaults to 25. _Available in: v63.0_ * `pageToken` (query, string) Page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken` . If you don’t specify a value, the first page is returned. _Available in: v63.0_ * `sortOrder` (query, string) Sort order for subscriptions. Possible values are: * `CreatedDateAsc` —Sort results in ascending order of created date. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sort results in descending order of created date. If unspecified, defaults to `CreatedDateDesc`. _Available in: v63.0_ * `state` (query, string) State of the subscription. Possible values are: * `Active` * `Past` If unspecified, defaults to `Active`. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Subscription Collection_ Representation for the Commerce subscriptions collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSubscriptionCollection`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "count": 2, "currentPageToken": null, "currentPageUrl": "/services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZExx0000000001/subscriptions?effectiveAccountId=001xx000003GZ4l&pageSize=25&sortOrder=CreatedDateDesc", "nextPageToken": null, "nextPageUrl": null, "previousPageToken": null, "previousPageUrl": null, "sortOrder": "CreatedDateDesc", "subscriptions": [ { "amendmentStatus": null, "billing": { "billingMethod": "OrderAmount", "billingPeriodAmount": "38.0", "billingTerm": 1, "billingTermUnit": "Month", "billingType": "Advance", "cancellationDate": null, "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "nextBillingDate": null, "savedPaymentMethod": null }, "cancelStatus": null, "endDate": "2025-10-25T23:59:59.000+0000", "id": "02ixx0000004HxeAAE", "lastAction": { "details": { "changes": [ { "field": "quantity", "previousValue": 2, "newValue": 1 } ], "errors": null, "status": "Success" }, "effectiveDateTime": "2025-12-20", "performedDateTime": "2025-11-20T09:39:59.000Z", "type": "Amend" }, "processExceptions": [], "product": { "canViewProduct": true, "error": null, "fields": { "Description": { "dataName": "Description", "dataType": "STANDARD", "label": "Description", "text": "A signature Alpine health and fitness beverage. This post-workout beverage with Chai flavor is designed to help athletes maximize recovery and gains. 0.5L PET", "type": "TEXTAREA" }, "StockKeepingUnit": { "dataName": "StockKeepingUnit", "dataType": "STANDARD", "label": "StockKeepingUnit", "text": "6010009", "type": "STRING" }, "Name": { "dataName": "Name", "dataType": "STANDARD", "label": "Name", "text": "Netflix subscription", "type": "STRING" } }, "id": "01txx0000006i2SAAQ", "image": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmxx0000000003AAA", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "jpg", "url": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/northerntrailoutfitters.com/nto-alpine-nutrition/default/images/large/6Pack-Chai-Post-Large.jpg" }, "name": "Netflix subscription", "purchaseQuantityRule": { "increment": "1.0", "maximum": "8", "minimum": "1.0" }, "sku": "6010009", "success": true, "variationAttributes": [] }, "quantity": 2, "renewalStatus": null, "sellingModel": { "id": "0jPxx0000000002EAA", "name": "Term - Monthly", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Months", "sellingModelType": "TermDefined" }, "startDate": "2025-09-26T00:00:00.000+0000", "subscriptionTerm": 1 }, { "amendmentStatus": null, "billing": null, "cancelStatus": null, "endDate": "2026-01-24T23:59:59.000+0000", "id": "02ixx0000004HKwAAM", "lastAction": null, "processExceptions": [], "product": { "canViewProduct": true, "error": null, "fields": { "Description": { "dataName": "Description", "dataType": "STANDARD", "label": "Description", "text": "A signature Alpine health and fitness beverage. This post-workout beverage with Chai flavor is designed to help athletes maximize recovery and gains. 0.5L PET", "type": "TEXTAREA" }, "StockKeepingUnit": { "dataName": "StockKeepingUnit", "dataType": "STANDARD", "label": "StockKeepingUnit", "text": "6010009", "type": "STRING" }, "Name": { "dataName": "Name", "dataType": "STANDARD", "label": "Name", "text": "Netflix subscription", "type": "STRING" } }, "id": "01txx0000006i2SAAQ", "image": { "alternateText": "", "contentVersionId": null, "id": "2pmxx0000000003AAA", "mediaType": "Image", "sortOrder": 0, "thumbnailUrl": null, "title": "jpg", "url": "https://s3.amazonaws.com/northerntrailoutfitters.com/nto-alpine-nutrition/default/images/large/6Pack-Chai-Post-Large.jpg" }, "name": "Netflix subscription", "purchaseQuantityRule": { "increment": "1.0", "maximum": "8", "minimum": "1.0" }, "sku": "6010009", "success": true, "variationAttributes": [] }, "quantity": 2, "renewalStatus": null, "sellingModel": { "id": "0jPxx0000000002EAA", "name": "Term - Monthly", "pricingTerm": 1, "pricingTermUnit": "Months", "sellingModelType": "TermDefined" }, "startDate": "2025-09-25T00:00:00.000+0000", "subscriptionTerm": 4 } ] } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/subscriptions ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/subscriptions?effectiveAccountId=001xx000003DMe9&state=active&sortOrder=CreatedDateDesc ``` ### POST Commerce Subscription Amendment Initiation `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/subscriptions/actions/initiate-amendment` Operation ID: `postCommerceSubscriptionAmend`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Subscription Amend Resource Amend an active Commerce subscription. This API is available only to registered shoppers. Amendments allow you to modify the digital product quantity of an active subscription. When a customer needs quantity changes to their subscription, you can apply them through an amendment. When using this resource, keep the following considerations in mind: * For positive amendments, changes can be done anytime before the next billing date. By default, pricing is based on the current list price of the digital product subscription. * For negative amendments, changes are allowed only on the next billing date. By default, pricing is based on the last transaction price of the digital product subscription. * A renewed subscription can’t be amended before its renewal start date. To access this API, users must have the following licenses and permissions: * B2B Commerce * Revenue Lifecycle Management _Available in: v65.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If not specified, it defaults to the account ID for the context user. This field is required if the buyer wants to cancel a subscription associated with a managed account other than their default account. _Available in: v65.0_ #### Request body Input representation for the Commerce subscription amend request. _Available in: v65.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSubscriptionAmendInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "amendStartDate": "2025-08-01T00:00:00.000Z", "quantityChange": 50, "subscriptionIds": [ "02ixx0000004Hb4AAE" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Subscription Amend_ Representation for the Commerce subscription amend request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSubscriptionAmendOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "orderId": "8015i000000obwHAAQ" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/subscriptions/actions/initiate-amendment Content-Type: application/json { "amendStartDate": "2025-08-01T00:00:00.000Z", "quantityChange": 50, "subscriptionIds": [ "02ixx0000004Hb4AAE" ] } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/subscriptions/actions/initiate-amendment?effectiveAccountId=001xx000003DMe9 Content-Type: application/json { "amendStartDate": "2025-08-01T00:00:00.000Z", "quantityChange": 50, "subscriptionIds": [ "02ixx0000004Hb4AAE" ] } ``` ### POST Commerce Subscription Cancellation `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/subscriptions/actions/initiate-cancellation` Operation ID: `postCommerceSubscriptionCancel`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Subscription Cancel Resource Cancel an active Commerce subscription. This API is available only to registered shoppers. This API cancels a Commerce subscription for a registered shopper using the account ID specified in the `effectiveAccountId` parameter. If no account ID is provided as a query parameter, the API defaults to the user’s context to cancel the specified subscription. When using this resource, keep the following considerations in mind: * A subscription cancellation takes effect only on the subscription’s next billing date. * A subscription that has been amended or renewed cannot be canceled before the amendment or renewal start date. To cancel such a subscription, you must first revert the amendment or renewal using the [Initiate Rollback on Last Action](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide.meta/revenue_lifecycle_management_dev_guide/actions_obj_initiate_rollback_last_action.htm). Once the rollback is complete, you can cancel the subscription using the Commerce Webstore Subscription Cancellation API. For example, if you amend your current subscription by increasing its quantity from 5 to 10 and later decide to cancel the subscription, you can't cancel it directly. Instead, first initiate a rollback to revert the amendment, and then proceed with the cancellation using the API. To access this API, users must have the following licenses and permissions: * B2B Commerce * Revenue Lifecycle Management _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If not specified, it defaults to the account ID for the context user. This field is required if the buyer wants to cancel a subscription associated with a managed account other than their default account. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Request body Input representation for the Commerce subscription cancel request. _Available in: v63.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSubscriptionCancelInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "subscriptionIds": [ "02ixx0000004Hb4AAE" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Subscription Cancel Output_ Representation for the Commerce subscription cancellation request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSubscriptionCancelOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "orderId": "8015i000000obwHAAQ" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/subscriptions/actions/initiate-cancellation Content-Type: application/json { "subscriptionIds": [ "02ixx0000004Hb4AAE" ] } ``` ### POST Commerce Subscription Renewal Initiation `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/subscriptions/actions/initiate-renewal` Operation ID: `postCommerceSubscriptionRenew`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Subscription Renewal Resource Renew an active Commerce subscription. This API is available only to registered shoppers. When using this resource, keep the following considerations in mind: * Subscription renewal takes effect after the end date of subscription. You can renew only once before the subscription term ends. After the term ends, you can renew again. * Default pricing for renewals is based on the current list price of the digital product subscription. * An amended subscription can’t be renewed before its amendment start date. To access this API, users must have the following licenses and permissions: * B2B Commerce * Revenue Lifecycle Management _Available in: v65.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If not specified, it defaults to the account ID for the context user. This field is required if the buyer wants to cancel a subscription associated with a managed account other than their default account. _Available in: v65.0_ #### Request body Input representation for the Commerce subscription renew request. _Available in: v65.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSubscriptionRenewInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "renewalEndDate": "2025-12-31T23:59:59.000Z", "renewalStartDate": "2025-06-01T00:00:00.000Z", "renewalTermLength": 1, "renewalTermUnit": "Year", "subscriptionIds": [ "02ixx0000004Hb4AAE", "02ixx0000004Hc5AAE" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Subscription Renew_ Representation for the Commerce subscription renew request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSubscriptionRenewOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "orderId": "8015i000000obwHAAQ" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/subscriptions/actions/initiate-renewal Content-Type: application/json { "renewalEndDate": "2025-12-31T23:59:59.000Z", "renewalStartDate": "2025-06-01T00:00:00.000Z", "renewalTermLength": 1, "renewalTermUnit": "Year", "subscriptionIds": [ "02ixx0000004Hb4AAE", "02ixx0000004Hc5AAE" ] } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx000000005rGAA/subscriptions/actions/initiate-renewal?effectiveAccountId=001xx000003DMe9 Content-Type: application/json { "renewalEndDate": "2025-12-31T23:59:59.000Z", "renewalStartDate": "2025-06-01T00:00:00.000Z", "renewalTermLength": 1, "renewalTermUnit": "Year", "subscriptionIds": [ "02ixx0000004Hb4AAE", "02ixx0000004Hc5AAE" ] } ``` ### POST Commerce Subscription Renewal Price Forecast `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/subscriptions/renewal-price-forecast` Operation ID: `postCommerceSubscriptionRenewalPriceForecast`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Subscription Renewal Price Forecast Resource Retrieve renewal pricing forecasts for specified Commerce subscriptions. This API is available only to authenticated registered shoppers. To access this API, users must have the following licenses and permissions: * B2B Commerce * Revenue Lifecycle Management _Available in: v67.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If not specified, it defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v67.0_ #### Request body Input representation for renewal price forecasting of the specified Commerce subscriptions. _Available in: v67.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSubscriptionRenewalPriceForecastInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Sample request using a list of subscription IDs. ``` { "subscriptionIds": [ "02iSG000001n4ujYAA", "02iSG000001gomDYAQ" ] } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Sample request using start and end dates along with subscription IDs. ``` { "subscriptionIds": [ "02iSG000001n4ujYAA", "02iSG000001gomDYAQ" ], "startDate": "2026-03-06T00:00:00", "endDate": "2027-04-05T00:00:00" } ``` _Example: example\_3_ Payload 3 Sample request using start date and term length along with subscription IDs. ``` { "subscriptionIds": [ "02iSG000001n4ujYAA", "02iSG000001gomDYAQ" ], "startDate": "2026-03-06T00:00:00", "termLength": 1, "termUnit": "Month" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Subscription Renewal Price Forecast_ Output representation of the Commerce subscription renewal price forecast. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSubscriptionRenewalPriceForecastOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "errors": [], "renewalPriceForecasts": [ { "endDate": "2027-02-10T00:00:00.000Z", "renewalPriceDetails": [ { "netUnitPrice": "35.00", "quantity": "10.00" } ], "startDate": "2026-06-01T00:00:00.000Z", "subscriptionId": "02iSG000001hHg9YAE", "totalLineAmount": "100.90" } ] } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` http://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZESG000002TTAL/subscriptions/renewal-price-forecast Content-Type: application/json { "subscriptionIds": [ "02iSG000001n4ujYAA", "02iSG000001gomDYAQ" ] } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` http://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZESG000002TTAL/subscriptions/renewal-price-forecast Content-Type: application/json { "subscriptionIds": [ "02iSG000001n4ujYAA", "02iSG000001gomDYAQ" ], "startDate": "2026-03-06T00:00:00", "endDate": "2027-04-05T00:00:00" } ``` _Example: Example 3 · HTTP_ ``` http://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZESG000002TTAL/subscriptions/renewal-price-forecast Content-Type: application/json { "subscriptionIds": [ "02iSG000001n4ujYAA", "02iSG000001gomDYAQ" ], "startDate": "2026-03-06T00:00:00", "termLength": 1, "termUnit": "Month" } ``` _Example: Example 4 · HTTP_ ``` http://yourInstance.salesforce.com//services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZESG000002TTAL/subscriptions/renewal-price-forecast?effectiveAccountId=001SG00001MZvXh Content-Type: application/json { "subscriptionIds": [ "02iSG000001n4ujYAA", "02iSG000001gomDYAQ" ] } ``` _Example: Example 5 · HTTP_ ``` http://yourInstance.salesforce.com//services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZESG000002TTAL/subscriptions/renewal-price-forecast?effectiveAccountId=001SG00001MZvXh Content-Type: application/json { "subscriptionIds": [ "02iSG000001n4ujYAA", "02iSG000001gomDYAQ" ], "startDate": "2026-03-06T00:00:00", "endDate": "2027-04-05T00:00:00" } ``` _Example: Example 6 · HTTP_ ``` http://yourInstance.salesforce.com//services/data/v67.0/commerce/webstores/0ZESG000002TTAL/subscriptions/renewal-price-forecast?effectiveAccountId=001SG00001MZvXh Content-Type: application/json { "subscriptionIds": [ "02iSG000001n4ujYAA", "02iSG000001gomDYAQ" ], "startDate": "2026-03-06T00:00:00", "termLength": 1, "termUnit": "Month" } ``` ### GET Commerce Subscription Action History `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}/action-history` Operation ID: `getCommerceSubscriptionActionsHistory`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. This API allows Internal and Buyer Users to fetch subscription actions history for a specific subscription. Retrieve the complete subscription action history for the specified subscription. This API is available only for authenticated buyers. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Parameters * `subscriptionId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the subscription to fetch actions history for. Pattern: ^(02i)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string, required) ID of the account for which the request is made. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Subscription Actions History_ Representation for subscription actions history. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSubscriptionActionsHistory`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "actions": [ { "details": { "changes": [ { "field": "quantity", "previousValue": 1, "newValue": 0 }, { "field": "subscriptionTerm", "previousValue": 2, "newValue": 0 } ], "errors": null, "status": "Success" }, "effectiveDateTime": "2026-01-21T23:59:59.000+0000", "performedDateTime": "2025-12-21T08:33:58.000Z", "type": "Cancel" }, { "details": { "changes": [ { "field": "quantity", "previousValue": 2, "newValue": 1 }, { "field": "subscriptionTerm", "previousValue": 4, "newValue": 4 } ], "errors": null, "status": "Success" }, "effectiveDateTime": "2025-12-20T00:00:00.000Z", "performedDateTime": "2025-11-20T09:39:59.000Z", "type": "Amend" } ] } ``` ### PATCH Commerce Subscriptions, Saved Payment Method `PATCH /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/subscriptions/{subscriptionId}/saved-payment-methods` Operation ID: `patchCommerceSubscriptionSavedPaymentMethod`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Commerce Saved Payment Method Update the saved payment method associated with a specific Commerce subscription. This API is available only to registered buyers. In the out-of-the-box Commerce solution, this API is implemented on the My Subscriptions page, enabling buyers to update saved payment methods for their subscriptions through My Subscription experience. To access this API, users must have the following licenses and permissions: * B2B Commerce, or D2C Commerce * Revenue Lifecycle Management _Available in: v63.0_ Here’s a sample response for the Commerce Subscription Detail in the Saved Payment Method PATCH request: #### Parameters * `subscriptionId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the subscription record for which the request is made Pattern: ^(02i)\\w\*. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the web store for which the request is made Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. For the account switcher, if the user provides a valid effectiveAccountId, the API updates the saved payment method associated with a Commerce subscription for that account ID. The account switcher feature is only applicable to B2B Commerce. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Request body Input representation for updating a saved payment method associated with a subscription. _Available in: v63.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSubscriptionSavedPaymentMethodInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "merchantAccountId": "8zbxx00000000ODAAY", "savedPaymentMethodId": "12qxx000002pmjEAAQ" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _billing_ Here’s a sample response for the Commerce Subscription Detail in the Saved Payment Method PATCH request: The PATCH API populates only the `billing`, `endDate`, `id`, and `startDate` field values in the response. Other fields are ignored by the PATCH API. ``` { "billing": { "billingMethod": "OrderAmount", "billingPeriodAmount": null, "billingTerm": 1, "billingTermUnit": "Month", "billingType": "Arrears", "cancellationDate": null, "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "nextBillingDate": "2024-10-10", "savedPaymentMethod": { "gatewayResponse": {}, "id": "12qxx000002pmmSAAQ", "merchantAccountId": "8zbxx00000000ODAAY", "name": "Ra*****" } }, "cancelStatus": null, "endDate": "2025-09-10T23:59:59.000Z", "id": "02ixx0000004HJKAA2", "product": null, "quantity": null, "sellingModel": null, "startDate": "2024-09-10T00:00:00.000Z", "subscriptionTerm": null } ``` Commerce Subscription Detail Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceSubscriptionDetail`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/commerce/webstores/0ZExx00000003NhGAI/subscriptions/02ixx0000004HJKAA2/saved-payment-methods Content-Type: application/json { "merchantAccountId": "8zbxx00000000ODAAY", "savedPaymentMethodId": "12qxx000002pmjEAAQ" } ``` ### GET Business Objectives `GET /connect/business-objectives` Operation ID: `getBusinessObjectives`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Get business objective information Get business objective (goal) information _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `channelId` (query, string) Associated channel ID. _Available in: v59.0_ * `includeInsightSummary` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include an insight summary in the response. Default value is `false` . _Available in: v59.0_ * `includeRecSummary` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include a summary of recommended actions in the response. Default value is `false` . _Available in: v59.0_ * `kpiName` (query, string) Name of the key performance indicator. _Available in: v59.0_ * `webstoreId` (query, string, required) ID of the webstore to retrieve business objectives from. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Business Objectives Summary_ List of summaries for business objectives, or goals. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BusinessObjectivesSummaryOutput`. ### PATCH Business Objectives `PATCH /connect/business-objectives` Operation ID: `patchBusinessObjectives`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Get business objective information Get business objective (goal) information _Available in: v59.0_ #### Request body A business objective, or goal, and insights associated with it. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BusinessObjectiveInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "businessObjectiveId": "0GO000000000001", "insightSummary": { "targetCompletionDate": "2024-12-31", "targetValue": 1000000 } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Business Objective Summary_ Summary of a business objective, or goal. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BusObjSummaryOutput`. ### GET Business Objectives, Recommendations `GET /connect/business-objectives/recommendations` Operation ID: `getRecommendations`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Retrieve recommendations information Get recommended actions for business objectives (goals). _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `businessObjectiveId` (query, string, required) ID of the business objective. _Available in: v59.0_ * `channelId` (query, string) Associated channel ID for the recommended action. _Available in: v59.0_ * `domain` (query, string) Domain of the recommended action to filter by. _Available in: v59.0_ * `externalName` (query, string) External name used for recommended action filtering. _Available in: v59.0_ * `grouping` (query, string) Free-form categorization field to filter the recommended action by additional groupings. _Available in: v59.0_ * `secondaryState` (query, string) Optional state field for additional filtering of recommendation states. _Available in: v59.0_ * `state` (query, string) Primary state of the recommended action to filter by (e.g., "ACTIVE", "INACTIVE", "ACCEPTED", "NOT\_EXPIRING"). _Available in: v59.0_ * `tertiaryState` (query, string) Optional state field for additional filtering of recommendation states. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Recommended Actions_ List of recommended actions. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationsOutput`. ### PUT Business Objectives, Recommendations `PUT /connect/business-objectives/recommendations` Operation ID: `putRecommendations`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Retrieve recommendations information Create and update recommended actions for business objectives (goals). _Available in: v59.0_ #### Request body Recommended action for a business objective, or goal. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BusObjRecommendationInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "acceptanceLabel": "Accept Recommendation", "actionInfo": { "name": "recommendedAction", "parameters": "{\"actionType\": \"product_recommendation\"}" }, "businessObjectiveId": "0GO000000000001", "channelId": "0CH000000000001", "description": "Increase revenue by promoting this product", "domain": "Product", "externalName": "PROD_REC_001", "externalState": "{\"productId\": \"01t000000000001\"}", "goalId": "0GG000000000001", "grouping": "revenue_growth", "iconName": "standard:product", "imageId": 69000000000001, "name": "Product Recommendation", "output": { "name": "lastExecutedAction", "parameters": "{\"executionTime\": \"2024-03-21T10:30:00Z\"}" }, "recommendationId": "0RG000000000001", "rejectionLabel": "Dismiss", "score": "85", "state": "ACTIVE", "secondaryState": "HIGH_PRIORITY", "tertiaryState": "REVENUE_FOCUSED" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Recommended Action_ Recommended action. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Rec`. ### POST Business Objectives, Recommendations `POST /connect/business-objectives/recommendations` Operation ID: `postRecommendations`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Retrieve recommendations information Create recommended actions for business objectives (goals). _Available in: v59.0_ #### Request body Recommended action for a business objective, or goal. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BusObjRecommendationInput`. _Example example\_1: same as PUT /connect/business-objectives/recommendations request._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Responses * **200** _Recommended Action_ Recommended action. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Rec`. ### PATCH Business Objectives, Recommendations `PATCH /connect/business-objectives/recommendations` Operation ID: `patchRecommendations`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Retrieve recommendations information Update recommended actions for business objectives (goals). _Available in: v59.0_ #### Request body Recommended action for a business objective, or goal. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BusObjRecommendationInput`. _Example example\_1: same as PUT /connect/business-objectives/recommendations request._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Responses * **200** _Recommended Action_ Recommended action. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Rec`. ### GET Commerce Webstore Externally Managed Accounts `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/external-managed-accounts` Operation ID: `getExternalManagedAccount`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. A collection of External Managed Accounts. Get a collection of externally managed accounts. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `includeMyAccount` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return the context user’s account (`true`) or not (`false`). The default value is `false`. _Available in: v53.0_ #### Responses * **200** _External Managed Account Collection Output_ Collection of externally managed accounts. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalManagedAccountCollectionOutput`. ### POST Commerce Einstein Webstore Activities, Export `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/ai/activities/export-jobs` Operation ID: `postCommerceEinsteinActivityExportJobCollection`. Tags: Commerce Einstein Webstore Resources. Connect resource for posting activity export jobs to the queue. Enqueue a job to export Commerce Einstein activity for a store. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Commerce Einstein activity job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceEinsteinActivityJobInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "userId": "005B0000000Ge16" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Einstein Activity Export Job_ Commerce Einstein activity export job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceEinsteinActivityExportJob`. ### GET Commerce Einstein Webstore Activities, Export Status `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/ai/activities/export-jobs/{jobId}` Operation ID: `getCommerceEinsteinActivityExportJob`. Tags: Commerce Einstein Webstore Resources. Connect API endpoint for getting the status of an activity export job. Get the status of a Commerce Einstein activity export job for a store. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `jobId` (path, string, required) ID of the job. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Einstein Activity Export Job_ Commerce Einstein activity export job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceEinsteinActivityExportJob`. ### GET Commerce Einstein Webstore Activities, Download Export File `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/ai/activities/export-jobs/{jobId}/file-content` Operation ID: `getCommerceEinsteinActivityExportFile`. Tags: Commerce Einstein Webstore Resources. Implementation of a Connect API endpoint for downloading exported Commerce Einstein activity files. Download an exported Commerce Einstein activity file for a store. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `jobId` (path, string, required) ID of the job. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** Binary stream of the file content Media type: `application/octet-stream`. Schema: `string (binary)`. Binary stream of the file content Type: `string (binary)`. ### POST Commerce Einstein Webstore Activities, Purge `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/ai/activities/purge-jobs` Operation ID: `postCommerceEinsteinActivityPurgeJobCollection`. Tags: Commerce Einstein Webstore Resources. Connect resource for posting activity purge jobs to the queue. Enqueue a job to purge Commerce Einstein activity for a store. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Commerce Einstein activity job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceEinsteinActivityJobInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "userId": "005B0000000Ge16" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Einstein Activity Purge Job_ Commerce Einstein activity purge job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceEinsteinActivityPurgeJob`. ### GET Commerce Einstein Webstore Activities, Purge Status `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/ai/activities/purge-jobs/{jobId}` Operation ID: `getCommerceEinsteinActivityPurgeJob`. Tags: Commerce Einstein Webstore Resources. Connect API endpoint for getting the status of an activity purge job. Get the status of a Commerce Einstein activity purge job for a store. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `jobId` (path, string, required) ID of the job. * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Einstein Activity Purge Job_ Commerce Einstein activity purge job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceEinsteinActivityPurgeJob`. ### GET Commerce Einstein Webstore Configuration `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/ai/configuration` Operation ID: `getCommerceEinsteinConfiguration`. Tags: Commerce Einstein Webstore Resources. Provides access to Commerce Einstein configuration Get the Commerce Einstein configuration for a store. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Einstein Configuration_ Commerce Einstein configuration. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceEinsteinConfiguration`. ### GET Commerce Einstein Webstore Recommendations `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/ai/recommendations` Operation ID: `getCommerceEinsteinRecommendations`. Tags: Commerce Einstein Webstore Resources. Get recommendations in a webstore. Get Commerce Einstein product recommendations. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `anchorFromCurrentCart` (query, boolean) Indicates whether to use products in the cart as anchor values for generating product recommendations ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If unspecified, the default value is false . Use this field when using a product recommender as `CustomersWhoBoughtAlsoBought` . _Available in: v63.0_ * `anchorValues` (query, array of string (Id)) List of product or category IDs to use as context for the recommendations. When using a product recommender, such as `SimilarProducts` or `ComplementaryProducts` , specify product IDs. When using a category recommender, such as `MostViewedByCategory` or `TopSellingByCategory` , specify category IDs. The anchor list can't contain both product IDs and category IDs. This field is required for product or category recommenders. _Available in: v55.0_ * `currencyIsoCode` (query, string) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the recommendation. _Available in: v56.0_ * `dataSpace` (query, string) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v60.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. To view prices from the API, administrators must specify an effective account. _Available in: v55.0_ * `includePricingAndProductInformation` (query, boolean) Indicates whether to include product and pricing information for the request product in the response ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If unspecified, the default value is false . _Available in: v63.0_ * `includeRequestProduct` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include product information for the requested product in the response ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If unspecified, the default value is false . _Available in: v60.0_ * `individualId` (query, string) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v60.0_ * `personalizationPoint` (query, string) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v60.0_ * `recommender` (query, CommerceEinsteinRecommenderConnectEnum, required) Specifies the recommender to use to generate recommendations. * `RecentlyViewed` — Generates recommendations based on items that the customer recently viewed. * `SimilarProducts` — Generates recommendations based on the viewing behavior of customers who viewed the same product and the product’s similarity to other products. These recommendations match the category of the product viewed. * `ComplementaryProducts` — Generates recommendations of products that complement other products. These recommendations don’t match the category of the product being viewed. * `CustomersWhoBoughtAlsoBought` — Generates recommendations of products that were bought by other customers who also bought this product. * `MostViewedByCategory` — Generates recommendations of products that were most viewed in a specific category. * `Personalization` —Reserved for future use. * `TopSellingByCategory` — Generates recommendations by analyzing which products were recently purchased by other customers in the category being viewed. * `Upsell` — Generates recommendations by analyzing the purchasing behavior of other shoppers who either bought or viewed the same product. * `TopSelling` — Generates recommendations by analyzing which products were recently purchased by other customers. * `PersonalizedForShopper` —Reserved for future use. When you specify a recommender, always include the `cqcid` cookie value in the "Cookie" header of your request. The value of the `cqcid` cookie must be the same as that used in the shopper's Einstein activity tracking events. If you omit the `cqcid` cookie, an empty set of results is returned. For more information about each recommender, see the Usage Notes section for the [Einstein Recommendations Component for D2C Stores](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_einstein_component.htm&type=5). _Available in: v55.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Einstein Recommendation Results_ Commerce Einstein recommendations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceEinsteinRecommendationResults`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0//commerce/webstores/0ZExx0000000002GAA/ai/recommendations ``` ### GET Commerce Einstein Webstore Deployment Status `GET /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/ai/status` Operation ID: `getCommerceEinsteinStatus`. Tags: Commerce Einstein Webstore Resources. Provides access to Commerce Einstein deployment status Get the status of a Commerce Einstein deployment for a store. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of the web store. Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Commerce Einstein Status_ Commerce Einstein deployment status. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommerceEinsteinStatus`. ### POST Fulfillment Orders, Create Multiple `POST /commerce/fulfillment/actions/create-multiple` Operation ID: `postMultipleFulfillmentOrderCreate`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Creates Multiple FulfillmentOrders in a Single Request Create FulfillmentOrders for multiple OrderDeliveryGroups in a single request. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Multiple Fulfillment Order Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Multiple Fulfillment Order Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Request body List of inputs for creating fulfillment orders. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MultipleFulfillmentOrderInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Multiple Fulfillment Order Output_ A list of responses for the individual FulfillmentOrder creation attempts from a request to create multiple fulfillment orders. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MultipleFulfillmentOrderOutput`. ### POST Fulfillment Orders `POST /commerce/fulfillment/fulfillment-orders` Operation ID: `postFulfillmentOrderCreate`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Creates Fulfillment Orders Create one or more FulfillmentOrders and FulfillmentOrderLineItems for an OrderDeliveryGroupSummary, which defines a delivery method and recipient for an OrderSummary. You specify the OrderItemSummaries to allocate, which can be fulfilled from different locations. Specifying multiple fulfillment groups creates one FulfillmentOrder for each location. For each OrderItemSummary, a FulfillmentOrderLineItem is created and assigned to the corresponding FulfillmentOrder. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Fulfillment Order Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Fulfillment Order Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Request body An OrderDeliveryGroupSummary that defines a delivery method and recipient, and a list of fulfillment groups to assign to FulfillmentOrders. Each fulfillment group is a set of OrderItemSummaries that match the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary and share the same fulfillment location. The method creates a FulfillmentOrder for each fulfillment group and a FulfillmentOrderLineItem for each OrderItemSummary. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FulfillmentOrderInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "defaultActivationStatus": "Allocated", "orderSummaryId": "1Osxx0000000000001", "orderDeliveryGroupSummaryId": "0ag7Q000000xPYgQAM", "fulfillmentGroups": [ { "fulfilledFromLocationId": "131xx00000000W0001", "fulfillmentType": "warehouse", "orderItemSummaries": [ { "orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx00000000W0001", "quantity": 3 }, { "orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx00000000W0002", "quantity": 1 } ] } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Fulfillment Order Output_ A list of IDs of the created FulfillmentOrders. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FulfillmentOrderOutput`. ### POST Fulfillment Orders, Create Multiple Invoices `POST /commerce/fulfillment/fulfillment-orders/actions/create-multiple-invoices` Operation ID: `postFulfillmentOrderCreateMultipleInvoices`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Creates multiple Invoices for the Fulfillment Orders Create Invoices for multiple FulfillmentOrders. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Multiple Fulfillment Order Invoices Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Multiple Fulfillment Order Invoices Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v52.0_ #### Request body The FulfillmentOrders to create Invoices for. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "fulfillmentOrderIds": [ "0a3xx00000000W1", "0a3xx00000000W2", "0a3xx00000000W3" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Multiple Fulfillment Order Invoices Output_ IDs of the created Invoices. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesOutput`. ### POST Fulfillment Orders, Cancel Item `POST /commerce/fulfillment/fulfillment-orders/{fulfillmentOrderId}/actions/cancel-item` Operation ID: `postFulfillmentOrderCancelOrderItems`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Cancels items from the Fulfillment Order Cancel FulfillmentOrderLineItems from a FulfillmentOrder. This action doesn’t cancel the associated OrderItemSummaries, so reallocate the canceled quantities to a new FulfillmentOrder. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Fulfillment Order Cancel Line Items Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Fulfillment Order Cancel Line Items Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Parameters * `fulfillmentOrderId` (path, string (Id), required) Fulfillment Order ID Pattern: ^(0a3)\\w\*. #### Request body A list of FulfillmentOrderLineItems and quantities to cancel. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancelInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "fulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancel": [ { "fulfillmentOrderLineItemId": "0a4xx00000000W0001", "quantity": 1 }, { "fulfillmentOrderLineItemId": "0a4xx00000000W0002", "quantity": 2 } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Fulfillment Order Cancel Line Items Output_ Wraps the base output. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FulfillmentOrderCancelLineItemsOutput`. ### POST Fulfillment Orders, Create Invoice `POST /commerce/fulfillment/fulfillment-orders/{fulfillmentOrderId}/actions/create-invoice` Operation ID: `postFulfillmentOrderCreateInvoice`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Creates an Invoice for the Fulfillment Order Create an invoice for a FulfillmentOrder that doesn’t have one. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Fulfillment Order Invoice Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Fulfillment Order Invoice Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Parameters * `fulfillmentOrderId` (path, string (Id), required) Fulfillment Order ID Pattern: ^(0a3)\\w\*. #### Request body Use an empty request body for this input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FulfillmentOrderInvoiceInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` {} ``` #### Responses * **200** _Fulfillment Order Invoice Output_ ID of the created invoice. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FulfillmentOrderInvoiceOutput`. ### POST Fulfillment Orders, Distribute Quantities `POST /commerce/fulfillment/pick-tickets/actions/distribute-quantities` Operation ID: `postDistributePickedQuantities`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Distributes batch-picked quantities to orders that require the items picked. Distributes batch-picked quantities to orders that require the items picked. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Request body (required) Input representation to Distribute Picked Quantities. _Available in: v58.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. * `distributePickedQuantitiesInput` (_object_, required) DistributePickedQuantitiesInput Input to Distribute Picked Quantities. Includes all fields of `DistributePickedQuantitiesInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Distribute Picked Quantities Output_ Output representation of where the quantities were distributed in orders and any remaining quantity Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DistributePickedQuantitiesOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` POST /services/data/vXX.0/commerce/fulfillment/pick-tickets/actions/distribute-quantities Content-Type: application/json; charset=UTF-8 Accept: application/json { "quantitiesPickedList": [{ "externalItemId": "sku1", "quantity": 16 }], "optimizationCriteria": "FulfillInSequencePartial", "distributeToOrders": [{ "externalOrderId:": "FO-1", "itemQuantities": [{ "externalItemId": "sku1", "quantity": 4 }] }] } ``` ### GET Analytics, Text Classifications `GET /commerce/order-management/analytics/ai/text-classifications` Operation ID: `getTextClassifications`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Get text classified into different classifications using text analysis. Get text classified into different classifications using text analysis. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `ids` (query, array of string, required) List of request IDs. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Text Classifications Bulk Results_ Text classification bulk results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TextClassificationsBulkResultsOutput`. ### POST Analytics, Text Classifications `POST /commerce/order-management/analytics/ai/text-classifications` Operation ID: `postTextClassifications`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Get text classified into different classifications using text analysis. Get text classified into different classifications using text analysis. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `llmType` (query, string, required) The large language model that’s used for analysis. Supports open-ai only. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Request body (required) Input representation for text classifications request submission. _Available in: v59.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TextClassificationsInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "textList": [ "description not matching one aaa", "Runs big", "color is different", "color is different", "Didn't fit", "bad quality", "Wrong color", "Didn't like", "Didn't like" ], "classifiers": [ "Runs big", "Runs small", "Defective", "Inaccurate Description", "Color does", "Item arrived late", "Other" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Text Classifications_ HTTP headers containing URLs associating text strings and classifications. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TextClassificationsOutput`. ### GET Analytics, Products Return Rate `GET /commerce/order-management/analytics/insights/products-return-rate` Operation ID: `getProductsReturnRate`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Get products with return rates Get a page of products with return rates. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `dataSpacePrefixes` (query, array of string) The data space prefixes that fetch the related products of a data space. _Available in: v65.0_ * `page` (query, integer, required) Number of the page (for example, 2). _Available in: v59.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer, required) Number of items per page. Valid values are 0 to 50. _Available in: v59.0_ * `products` (query, array of string) List of product IDs for which you want to get return rates. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Responses * **200** Product Return Rate List Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductReturnRateListOutput`. ### POST Preview Cart to Exchange Order `POST /commerce/order-management/exchanges/actions/preview-cart-to-exchange-order` Operation ID: `postPreviewCartToExchangeOrder`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Returns the expected change order financial values for a preview exchange order action on the Main Order Summary without executing the action. Retrieves a preview of an exchange order. This action considers the order summary balance and the difference between the return order and the cart that represents the exchange order. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Request body Information required to preview a cart to exchange order. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PreviewCartToExchangeOrderInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "orderSummaryId": "1Osxx0000000000", "exchangeCartId": "0a6xx0000000000", "referenceId": "2oNxx0000000000" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Preview Cart To Exchange Order_ Expected change order financial values for the preview cart to exchange order action. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PreviewCartToExchangeOrderOutput`. ### POST Submit Cart to Exchange Order `POST /commerce/order-management/exchanges/actions/submit-cart-to-exchange-order` Operation ID: `postSubmitCartToExchangeOrder`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Submits and creates the Exchange Order Summary Creates an exchange order summary, based on the return order and the cart used for exchanges. The new exchange order summary is attached to the original order summary (created before any exchanges occurred). You can also provide optional payment information and optional information about order summary sequences, which affect the newly created exchange order summary. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Request body Information required to submit an exchange order. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SubmitCartToExchangeOrderInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "orderSummaryId": "1Osxx0000000000", "exchangeCartId": "0a6xx0000000000", "referenceId": "2oNxx0000000000", "orderNumber": "My exchange order", "paymentInfoList": { "paymentInfoItems": [ { "paymentIds": [ "0aQxx0000000000", "0aQxx0000000001" ], "name": "VISA-1234", "paymentMethodId": "0aaxx0000000001", "lastPaymentGatewayLogId": "0Xtxx0000000001" }, { "paymentAuthorizationId": "0Xcxx0000000002", "name": "VISA-4567", "paymentMethodId": "0aaxx0000000002", "lastPaymentGatewayLogId": "0Xtxx0000000002" }, { "paymentIds": [ "0aQxx0000000003", "0aQxx0000000004" ], "paymentAuthorizationId": "0Xcxx0000000003", "name": "VISA-9123", "paymentMethodId": "0aaxx0000000003", "lastPaymentGatewayLogId": "0Xtxx0000000003" } ] }, "sequences": { "sequences": [ { "orderPaymentSummaryId": "0bMxx0000000000", "amount": 10 }, { "orderPaymentSummaryId": "0bMxx0000000001", "amount": 20 }, { "orderPaymentSummaryId": "0bMxx0000000002" } ] } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Submit Cart to Exchange Order_ Exchange order summary resulting from a submit cart to exchange order action. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SubmitCartToExchangeOrderOutput`. ### POST Order Payment Summaries `POST /commerce/order-management/order-payment-summaries` Operation ID: `postCreateOrderPaymentSummary`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Create an Order Payment Summary for a given Order Summary, Payment and/or Payment Authorization as well as an optional Payment Method. Create an OrderPaymentSummary for an OrderSummary. Specify a payment authorization or payments that share the same payment method. In an org with the multicurrency feature enabled, the OrderPaymentSummary inherits the CurrencyIsoCode value from the OrderSummary. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Create Order Payment Summary Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Create Order Payment Summary Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Request body An OrderSummary for which to create an OrderPaymentSummary, with the payment authorization or payments to include in it. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CreateOrderPaymentSummaryInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Create Order Payment Summary Output_ ID of the created Order Payment Summary. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CreateOrderPaymentSummaryOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "orderSummaryId":"1Osxx0000000000001", "paymentAuthorizationId":"2Dgxx00000000W0001", “name”: “CASH” } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` { "orderSummaryId":"1Osxx0000000000001", "paymentIds":[ "0a3xx0000000085AAA", "0a3xx0000000085BBB", ], “name”: “CASH” } ``` ### POST Order Summaries `POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries` Operation ID: `postOrderSummaryCreate`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Create an Order Summary for a given Order. Create an OrderSummary based on an order. That order is considered the original order for the OrderSummary. Subsequent change orders that apply to the OrderSummary are also represented as orders. You can specify whether the order is managed in Salesforce Order Management or by an external system. Most Salesforce Order Management APIs can run only on orders that it manages. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is an Order Summary Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is an Order Summary Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Request body An order from which to create an OrderSummary. Optionally, you can specify OrderSummary-specific information such as its Status and whether it is managed in Salesforce Order Management. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderSummaryInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "orderId": "801xx000003GbTgAAK" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Order Summary Output_ ID of the created Order Summary. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderSummaryOutput`. ### POST Order Summaries, Create Multiple Invoices from Change Orders `POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries/actions/create-multiple-change-invoices` Operation ID: `postCreateMultipleInvoicesFromChangeOrders`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Creates multiple Invoices for the Change Orders Create Invoices to represent the charges for one or more change orders. Create Invoices for change orders that increase order amounts, such as for return fees. When you ensure the refund for a return, include the invoices for any associated return fees in the request. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Create Multiple Invoices From Change Orders Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Create Multiple Invoices From Change Orders Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Request body Data about the change orders to create Invoices for. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CreateMultipleInvoicesFromChangeOrdersInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Create Multiple Invoices From Change Orders Output_ List of lists of invoices created from change orders for fees. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CreateMultipleInvoicesFromChangeOrdersOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` [ { "changeOrderIds" ["0a3xx00000000W1", "0a3xx00000000W2", "0a3xx00000000W3"], "orderSummaryId": "1Osxx0000004EAqCAM" } ] ``` ### POST Order Summaries, Multiple Ensure Funds Async `POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries/async-actions/multiple-ensure-funds-async` Operation ID: `postOrderSummaryMultipleEnsureFundsAsync`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. This action triggers asynchronous background processes that send requests to the payment provider and await a response. It returns multiple IDs of the processes. Ensure and apply funds for one or more Invoices. If needed, capture authorized funds by sending a request to a payment provider. This method inserts a background operation into an asynchronous job queue and returns the ID of that operation so you can track its status. Payment gateway responses appear in the payment gateway log and do not affect the background operation status. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Usage For each Invoice in the request, this method checks the OrderPaymentSummaries associated with the specified OrderSummary for funds to apply to the Invoice balance following this logic. 1. Verify that the Invoice balance doesn’t exceed the total BalanceAmount of all the OrderPaymentSummaries associated with the OrderSummary. 2. If an OrderPaymentSummary has a BalanceAmount equal to the invoice balance, apply the funds from that OrderPaymentSummary. 3. If no exact match was found, apply funds from the OrderPaymentSummary with the largest BalanceAmount. 4. If the Invoice still has a balance to ensure, repeat steps 2 and 3 until the full balance is ensured or no captured funds remain. 5. If the Invoice still has a balance, look for an OrderPaymentSummary with an authorized amount equal to the remaining Invoice balance. If one exists, capture and apply the funds from that OrderPaymentSummary. 6. If no exact match was found, capture and apply funds from the OrderPaymentSummary with the largest authorized amount. 7. If the Invoice still has a balance to ensure, repeat steps 5 and 6 until the full balance is ensured. If multiple OrderPaymentSummaries have equal BalanceAmount values, their order of selection is random. If the method creates a payment, the payment record’s ClientContext value isn’t predictable. Don't use it in custom logic. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Multiple Async Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Multiple Async Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. #### Request body List of Invoices and the associated OrderSummaries. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MultipleEnsureFundsAsyncInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "asyncInputs": [ { "orderSummaryId": "1Osxx0000000001", "invoiceId": "3ttxx0000000001" }, { "orderSummaryId": "1Osxx0000000002", "invoiceId": "3ttxx0000000002" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Multiple Async Output_ IDs of the asynchronous background operations. This output only includes the operation IDs, regardless of whether calls are made to an external payment gateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MultipleAsyncOutput`. ### POST Order Summaries, Preview Adjust `POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/actions/adjust-item-preview` Operation ID: `postAdjustOrderItemSummaryPreview`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Adjusts items from the Order Summary Retrieve the expected results of adjusting the price of one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actually executing the adjustment. The response data contains the financial changes that would result from submitting the proposed adjustment. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is an Adjust Order Summary Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is an Adjust Order Summary Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) Order Summary ID Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. #### Request body Price adjustments to order item summaries that together make up a price adjustment to an order, with options for adjusting items in the process of being fulfilled. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AdjustOrderItemSummaryInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "adjustItems": [ { "reason": "Unknown", "amount": -45, "adjustmentType": "AmountWithoutTax", "orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004EXLAA2", "description": "foobar" } ], "allocatedItemsChangeOrderType": "Disallowed" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Adjust Order Summary Output_ Output representation of the financial changes for an adjust items action. For a preview action, these values are the expected output. For a submit action, these values are the actual output. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AdjustOrderSummaryOutput`. ### POST Order Summaries, Submit Adjust `POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/actions/adjust-item-submit` Operation ID: `postAdjustOrderItemSummarySubmit`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Adjusts items from the Order Summary Adjust the price of one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create corresponding change orders. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Usage When a price adjustment is applied to an OrderItemSummary, its quantities are considered in three groups: * **Pre-fulfillment**: QuantityAvailableToFulfill, which is equal to QuantityOrdered - QuantityCanceled - QuantityAllocated * **In-fulfillment**: QuantityAllocated - QuantityFulfilled * **Post-fulfillment**: QuantityAvailableToReturn, which is equal to QuantityFulfilled - QuantityReturnInitiated You can apply adjustments to these groups in three different ways, controlled by the `{allocatedItemsChangeOrderType}` input property: * Distribute the adjustment evenly between pre-fulfillment and post-fulfillment quantities. Ignore in-fulfillment quantities. Create one change order for the adjustments to pre-fulfillment quantities and one change order for the adjustments to post-fulfillment quantities. * Distribute the adjustment evenly between pre-fulfillment, in-fulfillment, and post-fulfillment quantities. Create one change order for the adjustments to both pre-fulfillment and in-fulfillment quantities, and one change order for the adjustments to post-fulfillment quantities. * Distribute the adjustment evenly between pre-fulfillment, in-fulfillment, and post-fulfillment quantities. Create one change order for the adjustments to pre-fulfillment quantities, one change order for the adjustments to in-fulfillment quantities, and one change order for the adjustments to post-fulfillment quantities. After submitting a price adjustment, process refunds as appropriate: * If the discount only applied to OrderItemSummaries for which payment has not been captured, it does not require a refund. This situation normally applies to OrderItemSummaries in the US that have not been fulfilled. * If the discount applied to OrderItemSummaries that have not been fulfilled and for which payment has been captured, process a refund. In this case, pass the `{totalExcessFundsAmount}` from the response body to the [Order Summaries, Ensure Refunds Async](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Salesforce-Order-Management-Resources/operation/postOrderSummaryEnsureRefundsAsync) resource. * If the discount applied to OrderItemSummaries that have been fulfilled, process a refund. Pass the `{postFulfillmentChangeOrderId}` from the response body to the [Order Summaries, Create Credit Memo](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Salesforce-Order-Management-Resources/operation/postCreateCreditMemo) resource, then pass the CreditMemo to the [Order Summaries, Ensure Refunds Async](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Salesforce-Order-Management-Resources/operation/postOrderSummaryEnsureRefundsAsync) resource. * If the discount applied to both fulfilled and unfulfilled OrderItemSummaries for which payment has been captured, process both refunds. Pass the `{postFulfillmentChangeOrderId}` from the response body to the [Order Summaries, Create Credit Memo](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Salesforce-Order-Management-Resources/operation/postCreateCreditMemo) resource, then pass the credit memo and the `{totalExcessFundsAmount}` from the response body to the [Order Summaries, Ensure Refunds Async](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Salesforce-Order-Management-Resources/operation/postOrderSummaryEnsureRefundsAsync) resource. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is an Adjust Order Summary Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is an Adjust Order Summary Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) Order Summary ID Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. #### Request body Price adjustments to order item summaries that together make up a price adjustment to an order, with options for adjusting items in the process of being fulfilled. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AdjustOrderItemSummaryInput`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/actions/adjust-item-preview request._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Responses * **200** _Adjust Order Summary Output_ Output representation of the financial changes for an adjust items action. For a preview action, these values are the expected output. For a submit action, these values are the actual output. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AdjustOrderSummaryOutput`. ### POST Order Summaries, Create Credit Memo `POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/actions/create-credit-memo` Operation ID: `postCreateCreditMemo`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Creates a Credit Memo associated with the Order Summary Create a credit memo to represent the refund for one or more change orders associated with an OrderSummary. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Create Credit Memo Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Create Credit Memo Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) Order Summary ID Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. #### Request body A list of change orders used to create a credit memo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CreateCreditMemoInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "changeOrderIds": [ "801R0000000EAAkIAO" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Create Credit Memo Output_ ID of a created Credit Memo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CreateCreditMemoOutput`. ### POST Order Summaries, Preview Cancel `POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/actions/preview-cancel` Operation ID: `postOrderSummaryPreviewCancel`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Returns the expected change order financial values for a cancel items action on the Order Summary without executing the action Retrieve the expected change order values for canceling one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actually executing the cancel. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Preview Cancel Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Preview Cancel Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) Order Summary ID Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. #### Request body A list of changes to order item summaries that make up an order change, such as a cancel or return. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ChangeInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "changeItems": [ { "orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004FYDAA2", "quantity": 1, "reason": "Wrong Item", "shippingReductionFlag": true } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Preview Cancel Output_ Expected financial values for a proposed cancel action. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PreviewCancelOutput`. ### POST Order Summaries, Preview Change `POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/actions/preview-change` Operation ID: `postPreviewChangeOrderSummary`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Returns the expected change order financial values for changing order summary fields and related entities without executing the action Return the expected change order financial values for changing order summary fields and related entities without executing the action. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) Order Summary ID Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. #### Request body (required) application/json _Available in: v66.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. * `changeOrderSummaryInput` (_object_, required) ChangeOrderSummaryInput The order summary change that you’re previewing. Includes all fields of `ChangeOrderSummaryInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Preview Change Order Summary_ The output representation for the change order summary preview. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PreviewChangeOrderSummaryOutput`. ### POST Order Summaries, Preview Return `POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/actions/preview-return` Operation ID: `postOrderSummaryPreviewReturn`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Returns the expected change order financial values for a return items action on the Order Summary without executing the action Retrieve the expected change order values for a simple return of one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, without actually executing the return. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Preview Return Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Preview Return Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) Order Summary ID Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. #### Request body A list of changes to order item summaries that make up an order change, such as a cancel or return. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ChangeInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "changeItems": [ { "orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004FYDAA2", "quantity": 1, "reason": "Wrong Item", "shippingReductionFlag": true } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Preview Return Output_ Expected financial values for a proposed return action. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PreviewReturnOutput`. ### POST Order Summaries, Submit Cancel `POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/actions/submit-cancel` Operation ID: `postOrderSummarySubmitCancel`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Cancels items from the Order Summary Cancel one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create a corresponding change order. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Submit Cancel Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Submit Cancel Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) Order Summary ID Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. #### Request body A list of changes to order item summaries that make up an order change, such as a cancel or return. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ChangeInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "changeItems": [ { "orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004FYDAA2", "quantity": 1, "reason": "Wrong Item", "shippingReductionFlag": true } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Submit Cancel Output_ ID of the change order created for a cancel action, and a set of its financial values. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SubmitCancelOutput`. ### POST Order Summaries, Submit Change `POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/actions/submit-change` Operation ID: `postSubmitChangeOrderSummary`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Submits the change order values for changing order summary fields and related entities. Submit changes to an existing order summary's non-financial fields, pre-fulfillment order item summaries, and related adjustments and taxes, including custom fields. This resource supports adding or modifying order delivery groups and order level adjustments. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) Order Summary ID Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. #### Request body (required) application/json _Available in: v66.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. * `changeOrderSummaryInput` (_object_, required) ChangeOrderSummaryInput The order summary that you’re changing. Includes all fields of `ChangeOrderSummaryInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Submit Change Order Summary_ The output representation for the submitted change order summary. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SubmitChangeOrderSummaryOutput`. ### POST Order Summaries, Submit Return `POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/actions/submit-return` Operation ID: `postOrderSummarySubmitReturn`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Returns items from the Order Summary Return one or more OrderItemSummaries from an OrderSummary, and create a corresponding change order. This return is a simple return that creates a change order but not a ReturnOrder. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Usage After submitting a return, process a refund. Pass the `{changeOrderId}` from the response body to the [Order Summaries, Create Credit Memo](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Salesforce-Order-Management-Resources/operation/postCreateCreditMemo) resource, then pass the CreditMemo to the [Order Summaries, Ensure Refunds Async](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Salesforce-Order-Management-Resources/operation/postOrderSummaryEnsureRefundsAsync) resource. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Submit Return Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Submit Return Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) Order Summary ID Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. #### Request body A list of changes to order item summaries that make up an order change, such as a cancel or return. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ChangeInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "changeItems": [ { "orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004FYDAA2", "quantity": 1, "reason": "Wrong Item", "shippingReductionFlag": true } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Submit Return Output_ ID of the change order created for a return action, and a set of its financial values. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SubmitReturnOutput`. ### POST Order Summaries, Ensure Funds Async `POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/async-actions/ensure-funds-async` Operation ID: `postOrderSummaryEnsureFundsAsync`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. This action triggers an asynchronous background process that sends a request to the payment provider and awaits a response. It returns the ID of that process. Ensure funds for an Invoice and apply them to it and optional define a sequence to capture payments in. If needed, capture authorized funds by sending a request to a payment provider. This method inserts a background operation into an asynchronous job queue and returns the ID of that operation so you can track its status. Payment gateway responses appear in the payment gateway log and do not affect the background operation status. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Usage This method checks the OrderPaymentSummaries associated with the specified OrderSummary for funds to apply to the Invoice balance following this logic: 1. Verify that the Invoice balance doesn’t exceed the total BalanceAmount of all the OrderPaymentSummaries associated with the OrderSummary. 2. If an OrderPaymentSummary has a BalanceAmount equal to the Invoice balance, apply the funds from that OrderPaymentSummary. 3. If no exact match was found, apply funds from the OrderPaymentSummary with the largest BalanceAmount. 4. If the Invoice still has a balance to ensure, repeat steps 2 and 3 until the full balance is ensured or no captured funds remain. 5. If the Invoice still has a balance, look for an OrderPaymentSummary with an authorized amount equal to the remaining Invoice balance. If one exists, capture and apply the funds from that OrderPaymentSummary. 6. If no exact match was found, capture and apply funds from the OrderPaymentSummary with the largest authorized amount. 7. If the Invoice still has a balance to ensure, repeat steps 5 and 6 until the full balance is ensured. If multiple OrderPaymentSummaries have equal BalanceAmount values, their order of selection is random. If the method creates a payment, the payment record’s ClientContext value isn’t predictable. Don't use it in custom logic. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is an Ensure Funds Async Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is an Ensure Funds Async Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) Order Summary ID Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. #### Request body ID of an Invoice to ensure funds for and apply them to. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EnsureFundsAsyncInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "invoiceId": "3ttR000000000JNIAY" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Ensure Funds Async Output_ ID of the asynchronous background operation. This output only includes the operation ID, regardless of whether a call is made to an external payment gateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EnsureFundsAsyncOutput`. ### POST Order Summaries, Ensure Refunds Async `POST /commerce/order-management/order-summaries/{orderSummaryId}/async-actions/ensure-refunds-async` Operation ID: `postOrderSummaryEnsureRefundsAsync`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. This action triggers an asynchronous background process that sends a request to the payment provider and awaits a response. It returns the ID of that process. Ensure refunds for a CreditMemo or excess funds by sending a request to a payment provider. This method inserts a background operation into an asynchronous job queue and returns the ID of that operation so you can track its status. Payment gateway responses appear in the payment gateway log and don’t affect the background operation status. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Usage This method applies the refund to the OrderPaymentSummaries associated with the specified OrderSummary following this logic. 1. Verify that the CreditMemo balance and excess funds amount don't exceed the total AvailableToRefund amount of all the OrderPaymentSummaries associated with the OrderSummary. 2. If sequences is specified, follow these steps. 1. Traverse the sequences list in order and apply the specified refund amounts to the specified OrderPaymentSummaries. 2. If the specified CreditMemo and excess funds are fully refunded, or if isAllowPartial is true, then the action stops here. 3. If a CreditMemo is specified, follow these steps. 1. If an OrderPaymentSummary has an AvailableToRefund amount matching the CreditMemo’s remaining balance, apply the refund to that payment. 2. If no exact match was found but one or more OrderPaymentSummary has a large enough AvailableToRefund amount to cover the balance, use the OrderPaymentSummary with the smallest AvailableToRefund amount. 3. If no single OrderPaymentSummary has a large enough AvailableToRefund amount, use multiple OrderPaymentSummaries in descending order of AvailableToRefund amount. This ensures the fewest OrderPaymentSummaries are used. 4. If only one OrderPaymentSummary is specified but has multiple payments, follow these steps. 1. If a payment has an amount matching the CreditMemo’s remaining balance, apply the refund to that payment. 2. If no exact match was found but one or more payment has a large enough amount to cover the balance, use the payment with the smallest amount. 3. If no single payment has a large enough amount, use multiple payments in descending order of amount. This ensures the fewest payments are used. 5. If an excess funds amount is specified, follow these steps. 1. Examine those OrderPaymentSummaries. If one has an AvailableToRefund amount matching the excess funds amount, apply the refund to that OrderPaymentSummary. 2. If no exact match was found but one or more OrderPaymentSummary has a large enough AvailableToRefund amount to cover the balance, use the OrderPaymentSummary with the smallest AvailableToRefund amount. 3. If no single OrderPaymentSummary has a large enough AvailableToRefund amount, use multiple OrderPaymentSummaries in descending order of AvailableToRefund amount. This ensures the fewest OrderPaymentSummaries are used. If multiple OrderPaymentSummaries have equal AvailableToRefund amounts, their order of selection is random. If the method creates a refund, the refund record’s ClientContext value isn’t predictable. Don't use it in custom logic. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is an Ensure Refunds Async Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is an Ensure Refunds Async Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. #### Parameters * `orderSummaryId` (path, string (Id), required) Order Summary ID Pattern: ^(1Os)\\w\*. #### Request body ID of a credit memo to ensure refunds for, an amount of excess funds to refund, or both. At least one is required. Also includes any invoices for fees that reduce the refund amount, such as return fees. If multiple payment methods are available, you can specify how to distribute the refund. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EnsureRefundsAsyncInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Ensure Refunds Async Output_ ID of the asynchronous background operation. This output only includes the operation ID, regardless of whether a call is made to an external payment gateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EnsureRefundsAsyncOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "creditMemoId": "50gR000000000JB00G", "invoicesToPay": [ { .."invoiceId": "3ttR000000000JNIAY" } ] } ``` ### GET Products `GET /commerce/order-management/products` Operation ID: `getProductsExpand`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Capture the return reasons from external sources based on the product ids. Capture the return reasons from external sources based on the product IDs. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `expand` (query, array of ConnectProductExpandType, required) Product expand type. Valid value is `ReturnReasons` . _Available in: v59.0_ * `products` (query, array of string, required) A list of IDs to fetch details for. _Available in: v59.0_ * `scope` (query, string, required) The scope for the extensibility framework. Requires a webstore ID. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Product List_ Products with product data and with expand details. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductsListOutput`. ### POST Routing, Find Routes with Fewest Splits `POST /commerce/order-management/routing/actions/find-routes-with-fewest-splits` Operation ID: `postFindRoutesWithFewestSplits`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Find Routes With Fewest Splits Returns combinations of inventory locations that can fulfill an order within a specified limit of shipment splits. By default, checks up to 1,000,000 potential routes, returning a maximum of 10,000 results. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Find Routes With Fewest Splits Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Find Routes With Fewest Splits Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Request body Data used to calculate order fulfillment routes involving the fewest number of shipment splits. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Find Routes With Fewest Splits Output_ A list of inventory location combinations that can fulfill an order without exceeding the maximum number of shipments. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsOutput`. ### POST Routing, Find Routes with Fewest Splits Using OCI `POST /commerce/order-management/routing/actions/find-routes-with-fewest-splits-using-oci` Operation ID: `postFindRoutesWithFewestSplitsUsingOCI`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Find Routes With Fewest Splits Using Omnichannel Inventory Service For one or more order summaries, find inventory availability using Omnichannel Inventory and identify the fulfillment routes with fewest splits. This method combines the functionality of the Get Inventory Availability and Find Routes With Fewest Splits resources. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Find Routes With Fewest Splits Using OCI Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Find Routes With Fewest Splits Using OCI Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Request body Data used to calculate order fulfillment routes involving the fewest number of shipment splits, taking into account inventory availability. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsUsingOCIInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Find Routes With Fewest Splits Using OCI Output_ A list of order fulfillment routes with inventory availability information. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsUsingOCIOutput`. ### POST Routing, Rank By Average Distance `POST /commerce/order-management/routing/actions/rank-byaverage-distance` Operation ID: `postRankAverageDistance`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Rank Average Distance Calculates the average distance from sets of inventory locations to an order recipient, and ranks them. Use this method to compare the average shipping distances for different sets of locations that can fulfill an order. While this method is executing, you can’t invoke another Apex callout. When the HTTP status code indicates success, the response body is a Rank Average Distance Output. The response body can still indicate processing errors. When the HTTP status code is in the 400 (client error) or 500 (server error) range, the response body is an Error with Output. The `output` property is a Rank Average Distance Output, and the value of the `enhancedErrorType` property can be ignored. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Request body An order recipient’s geographic location and information about sets of inventory locations that can fulfill the order. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RankAverageDistanceInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Rank Average Distance Output_ The results of calculating the average distances from sets of inventory locations to an order recipient. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RankAverageDistanceOutput`. ### POST Routing, Confirm Held Capacity `POST /commerce/order-management/routing/fulfillment-order-capacity/actions/confirm-held-capacity` Operation ID: `postConfirmHeldFOCapacity`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Confirm Held Fulfillment Order Capacity Confirm held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. This call decreases a location’s held capacity and increases its assigned fulfillment order count. Confirm held capacity when you assign a fulfillment order to a location. Confirm Held FO Capacity Output _Available in: v55.0_ #### Request body Request to confirm held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. Can correspond to one action call. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConfirmHeldFOCapacityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "confirmHeldFOCapacityRequests": [ { "capacityRequests": [ { "actionRequestId": "FOCapacityInteractionId1", "locationId": "LOC-1" } ], "allOrNothing": false }, { "capacityRequests": [ { "actionRequestId": "FOCapacityInteractionId2", "locationId": "LOC-1" }, { "actionRequestId": "FOCapacityInteractionId3", "locationId": "LOC-2" } ], "allOrNothing": false } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Confirm Held FO Capacity Output_ Response to a request to confirm held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. Can correspond to one action call. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConfirmHeldFOCapacityOutput`. ### POST Routing, Get Capacity Values `POST /commerce/order-management/routing/fulfillment-order-capacity/actions/get-capacity-values` Operation ID: `postGetFOCapacityValues`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Get Capacity Fulfillment Order Reservations Get information about the current fulfillment order capacity of one or more locations. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Request body Locations to get fulfillment order capacity information for. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GetFOCapacityValuesRequestInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "locationIds": [ "LOC-1", "LOC-2", "LOC-3", "LOC-5" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Get FO Capacity Values Output_ Response to a request for fulfillment order capacity values for one or more locations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GetFOCapacityValuesOutput`. ### POST Routing, Hold Capacity `POST /commerce/order-management/routing/fulfillment-order-capacity/actions/hold-capacity` Operation ID: `postHoldFOCapacity`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Hold fulfillment order capacity. Hold fulfillment order capacity at a location. Holding capacity at a location reserves a space for a fulfillment order that you’ll assign to it. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Request body Request to hold fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. Can correspond to one action call. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `HoldFOCapacityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "holdFOCapacityRequests": [ { "capacityRequests": [ { "actionRequestId": "FOCapacityInteractionId1", "locationId": "LOC-1" }, { "actionRequestId": "FOCapacityInteractionId2", "locationId": "LOC-1" }, { "actionRequestId": "FOCapacityInteractionId3", "locationId": "LOC-2" } ], "allOrNothing": false }, { "capacityRequests": [ { "actionRequestId": "FOCapacityInteractionId4", "locationId": "LOC-1" }, { "actionRequestId": "FOCapacityInteractionId5", "locationId": "LOC-1" } ], "allOrNothing": true } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Hold FO Capacity Output_ Response to a request to hold fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. Can correspond to one action call. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `HoldFOCapacityOutput`. ### POST Routing, Release Held Capacity `POST /commerce/order-management/routing/fulfillment-order-capacity/actions/release-held-capacity` Operation ID: `postReleaseHeldFOCapacity`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Release Fulfillment Order Reservations Release held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. This call decreases a location’s held capacity without changing its assigned fulfillment order count. Release held capacity when you cancel the assignment of a fulfillment order to a location. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Request body Request to release held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. Can correspond to one action call. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ReleaseHeldFOCapacityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "releaseHeldFOCapacityRequests": [ { "capacityRequests": [ { "actionRequestId": "FOCapacityInteractionId1", "locationId": "LOC-1" }, { "actionRequestId": "FOCapacityInteractionId4", "locationId": "LOC-1" } ], "allOrNothing": false }, { "capacityRequests": [ { "actionRequestId": "FOCapacityInteractionId2", "locationId": "LOC-2" }, { "actionRequestId": "FOCapacityInteractionId3", "locationId": "LOC-2" } ], "allOrNothing": false } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Release Held FO Capacity Output_ Response to a request to release held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. Can correspond to one action call. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ReleaseHeldFOCapacityOutput`. ### GET Repricing, Product Search `GET /commerce/order-management/webstores/{webstoreId}/products` Operation ID: `ProductSearch`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Search for products by keyword. Search a webstore for products by search term. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) Web Store ID Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. Required for B2B and D2C webstores _Available in: v59.0_ * `facets` (query, string) A list of facet names to filter the search. For example, `["size_medium", "color_red"]` is encoded to `WyJzaXplX21lZGl1bSIsICJjb2xvcl9yZWQiXQ==` _Available in: v59.0_ * `page` (query, integer) Maximum number of search results pages to return. If you don't specify a value, the default is 1. _Available in: v59.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 20. _Available in: v59.0_ * `searchTerm` (query, string, required) Term used for the search. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Product Search_ Product search response. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductSearchOutput`. ### GET Repricing, Product Details `GET /commerce/order-management/webstores/{webstoreId}/products/{skuOrProductId}` Operation ID: `ProductDetails`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Product Details Resource Get details of a product in a web store. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `skuOrProductId` (path, string, required) SKU or Product ID * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) Web Store ID Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. * `currencyCode` (query, string) ISO currency code. If you pass null, the default store value is used. _Available in: v55.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) Effective Account ID. Required for B2B stores. For other stores, pass null. Required for B2B stores _Available in: v55.0_ * `excludeAttributeSetInfo` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the attribute set information for the product is returned. * `excludeBundleChildrenInfo` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the child product information for the product bundle is returned. _Available in: v64.0_ * `excludeMedia` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the media groups and default images of the product are returned. * `excludePrices` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the prices for the product is returned. * `excludeQuantityRule` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the quantity rule information for the product is returned. * `excludeVariationInfo` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the variation information for the product is returned. * `locale` (query, string) Locale. If you pass null, the default store value is used. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProductDetailsOutput`. ### POST Return Orders `POST /commerce/returns/return-orders` Operation ID: `postReturnOrderCreate`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Creates Return Order Create a ReturnOrder and ReturnOrderLineItems for items belonging to an OrderSummary. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Request body Data for creating a ReturnOrder and ReturnOrderLineItems. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ReturnOrderInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "orderSummaryId": "1Osxx0000004EAqCAM", "status": "Submitted", "returnOrderLifeCycleType": "Unmanaged", "returnOrderLineItems": [ { "quantityExpected": "1", "reasonForReturn": "Not Satisfied", "canReduceShipping": false, "orderItemSummaryId": "10uxx0000004GKbAAM", "quantityReceived": "0" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Return Order Output_ Output representation of the created Return Order. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ReturnOrderOutput`. ### POST Return Orders, Return Items `POST /commerce/returns/return-orders/{returnOrderId}/actions/return-items` Operation ID: `postReturnItems`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Return Items Process ReturnOrderLineItems belonging to a ReturnOrder. Processing a ReturnOrderLineItem generates a change Order and makes that ReturnOrderLineItem read-only. The change order for a returned item or delivery charge has a positive amount and should be used to create a credit memo. The change order for a return fee has a negative amount and should be used to create an invoice. If a processed ReturnOrderLineItem has any remaining expected quantity, then the API creates a separate ReturnOrderLineItem representing that quantity. _Available in: v52.0_ #### Parameters * `returnOrderId` (path, string (Id), required) Return Order ID Pattern: ^(2oN)\\w\*. #### Request body Data about products and delivery charges to return, as well as associated return fees. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ReturnItemsInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "returnOrderItems": [ { "returnOrderLineItemId": "10uxx0000004GKbAAM", "quantityReturned": "1", "quantityToCancel": "0", "quantityReceived": "1", "quantityRejected": "0", "reasonForRejection": "N/A" } ], "returnOrderItemDeliveryCharges": [ { "returnOrderLineItemId": "10uxx0000004GKbAAP" } ], "returnOrderItemFees": [ { "returnOrderLineItemId": "10uxx0000004GKbA23", "quantityReturned": "1", "quantityToCancel": "0" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Return Items Output_ Output of Return Items. Includes the ID of the generated change order for items and delivery charges being returned, as well as the ID of the generated change order for any charged return fees. Also includes information about any ReturnOrderLineItems that were created to represent remaining return quantities. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ReturnItemsOutput`. ### POST Register Guest Buyer `POST /commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/accounts/{accountId}/actions/register-guest-buyer` Operation ID: `postRegisterGuestBuyer`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Register the given account id as buyer for given webstore Register a guest buyer for a webstore using an account ID. This action enables a guest buyer to order on behalf of another buyer. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Parameters * `accountId` (path, string, required) Account ID * `webstoreId` (path, string (Id), required) Web Store ID Pattern: ^(0ZE)\\w\*. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RegisterGuestBuyerInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Register Guest Buyer_ Indicates success or failure of a register guest buyer action. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RegisterGuestBuyerOutput`. ### POST Pending Order Summaries `POST /commerce/order-summaries` Operation ID: `postSubmitOrderSummaryGraphs`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Receives Order Summary graphs to be enqueued Create pending order summaries from order summary graphs. The High Scale Orders feature must be active, but a B2C Commerce connection isn’t required. Created pending order summaries are queued for automatic processing into order summaries, the same as pending order summaries ingested from B2C Commerce. The provided JSON example references person accounts, but business accounts are also supported. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Request body List of graphs containing order summary data. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderSummaryGraphsInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "orderSummaryGraphs": [ { "orderSummaryGraphId": "${ID}", "purchaseSupportDetails": [ { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "Account" }, "Name": "FTest Suite", "FirstName": "FTest", "LastName": "Suite", "Phone": "(111)-111-1111", "isPersonAccount": true }, "referenceId": "refAccount" }, { "referenceId": "refProduct2_1", "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "Product2" }, "Description": "WOMEN'S TORPEDO JACKET 1", "Name": "WOMEN'S TORPEDO JACKET 1", "StockKeepingUnit": "${ProductCode1}", "ProductCode": "${ProductCode1}", "IsActive": true } }, { "referenceId": "refProduct2_2", "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "Product2" }, "Description": "Apple Watch", "Name": "Apple Watch", "StockKeepingUnit": "${ProductCode2}", "ProductCode": "${ProductCode2}", "IsActive": true } }, { "referenceId": "refPricebookEntry_1", "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "PricebookEntry" }, "Pricebook2Id": "${StandardPricebookId}", "UnitPrice": 200, "IsActive": true, "Product2Id": "@{refProduct2_1.id}", "CurrencyIsoCode": "USD" } }, { "referenceId": "refPricebookEntry_2", "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "PricebookEntry" }, "Pricebook2Id": "${StandardPricebookId}", "UnitPrice": 800, "IsActive": true, "Product2Id": "@{refProduct2_2.id}", "CurrencyIsoCode": "USD" } }, { "referenceId": "refSalesChannel", "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "SalesChannel" }, "Description": "NTO", "SalesChannelName": "${SalesChannelName}" } }, { "referenceId": "refPromotion_1", "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "Promotion" }, "Name": "${PromotionName1}", "DisplayName": "${PromotionName1}", "Description": "${PromotionName1}", "StartDate": "2022-05-24", "StartDateTime": "2021-09-06T23:58:59Z", "EndDateTime": "2025-09-06T23:58:59Z", "IsAutomatic": true, "IsCommercePromotion": true, "IsActive": true } }, { "referenceId": "refPromotion_2", "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "Promotion" }, "Name": "${PromotionName2}", "DisplayName": "${PromotionName2}", "Description": "${PromotionName2}", "StartDate": "2022-05-24", "StartDateTime": "2021-09-06T23:58:59Z", "EndDateTime": "2025-09-06T23:58:59Z", "IsCommercePromotion": true, "IsActive": true } }, { "referenceId": "refWebStore", "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "WebStore" }, "Name": "NTO USD", "Type": "B2CE", "ExternalReference": "${WebStoreExternalReference}", "DefaultTaxLocaleType": "Net" } }, { "referenceId": "refOrderDeliveryMethod", "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderDeliveryMethod" }, "Name": "Overnight", "Description": "FedEx", "ReferenceNumber": "${OrderDeliveryMethodReferenceNumber}", "ProductId": "@{refProduct2_2.id}", "IsActive": true } } ], "purchaseDetails": [ { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderSummary" }, "OrderNumber": "${NUMBER}", "OrderLifeCycleType": "MANAGED", "BillingEmailAddress": "${EMAIL}", "BillingPhoneNumber": "${PHONE}", "OrderedDate": "${DATE}", "Description": "${TEXT}", "SalesChannelId": "@{refSalesChannel.id}", "SalesStoreId": "@{refWebStore.id}", "AccountId": "@{refAccount.id}", "ExternalReferenceIdentifier": "${ExternalReferenceIdentifier}", "Pricebook2Id": "${StandardPricebookId}", "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderSummary]}": "${TEXT}", "CurrencyIsoCode": "USD" }, "referenceId": "refOrderSummary" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "CardPaymentMethod" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[CardPaymentMethod]}": "${TEXT}", "GatewayToken": "dcdn23wj3vkb8sf1kho", "PaymentGatewayId": "${PaymentGatewayId}", "Status": "Active", "PaymentMethodStreet": "11122 HARBOUR SPRINGS CIR", "PaymentMethodCity": "BOCA RATON", "PaymentMethodPostalCode": "33428", "PaymentMethodState": "FL", "PaymentMethodCountry": "us", "InputCardNumber": "************1234", "CardType": "Visa", "CardHolderName": "Me and Me", "ExpiryYear": "2021", "ExpiryMonth": "1", "CardCategory": "CreditCard", "AccountId": "@{refAccount.id}", "ProcessingMode": "External" }, "referenceId": "refCardPaymentMethod" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderPaymentSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderPaymentSummary]}": "${TEXT}", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}", "OwnerId": "${OwnerId}" }, "referenceId": "refOrderPaymentSummary" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "PaymentAuthorization" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[PaymentAuthorization]}": "${TEXT}", "PaymentGatewayId": "${PaymentGatewayId}", "Amount": 326.79, "ProcessingMode": "External", "Status": "Processed", "GatewayRefNumber": "0000010112", "AccountId": "@{refAccount.id}", "PaymentMethodId": "@{refCardPaymentMethod.id}", "OrderPaymentSummaryId": "@{refOrderPaymentSummary.id}" }, "referenceId": "refPayment" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "PaymentGatewayLog" }, "PaymentGatewayId": "${PaymentGatewayId}", "InteractionStatus": "Success", "InteractionType": "Authorization", "ReferencedEntityId": "@{refPayment.id}" }, "referenceId": "refPaymentGatewayLog" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderDeliveryGroupSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderDeliveryGroupSummary]}": "${TEXT}", "EmailAddress": "me@salesforce.com", "DeliverToCity": "BOCA RATON", "DeliverToCountry": "us", "DeliverToName": "Me and Me", "DeliverToPostalCode": "33428", "DeliverToState": "FL", "DeliverToStreet": "11122 HARBOUR SPRINGS CIR", "PhoneNumber": "3333333333", "OrderDeliveryMethodId": "@{refOrderDeliveryMethod.id}", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}" }, "referenceId": "refOrderDeliveryGroup" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderItemSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderItemSummary,Order]}": "${TEXT}", "Description": "WOMEN'S TORPEDO JACKET 1", "Type": "Order Product", "Quantity": 1, "TotalLineAmount": 200, "LineNumber": 1, "UnitPrice": 200, "ListPrice": 200, "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}", "OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryId": "@{refOrderDeliveryGroup.id}", "Product2Id": "@{refProduct2_1.id}", "PricebookEntryId": "@{refPricebookEntry_1.id}" }, "referenceId": "refOrderItem_1" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderItemSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderItemSummary,Order]}": "${TEXT}", "Description": "WOMEN'S TORPEDO JACKET 2", "Type": "Order Product", "Quantity": 1, "TotalLineAmount": 800, "LineNumber": 1, "UnitPrice": 800, "ListPrice": 800, "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}", "OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryId": "@{refOrderDeliveryGroup.id}", "Product2Id": "@{refProduct2_2.id}", "PricebookEntryId": "@{refPricebookEntry_2.id}" }, "referenceId": "refOrderItem_2" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary]}": "${TEXT}", "Name": "2072100 - Tax", "Type": "Estimated", "Amount": 10, "Rate": 0.05, "TaxEffectiveDate": "2018-09-18T17:15:58.000Z", "OrderItemSummaryId": "@{refOrderItem_1.id}", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}" }, "referenceId": "refrefOrderItem_1_OrderItemTaxLineItem_1" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary]}": "${TEXT}", "Name": "2072100 - Tax", "Type": "Estimated", "Amount": 40, "Rate": 0.05, "TaxEffectiveDate": "2018-09-18T17:15:58.000Z", "OrderItemSummaryId": "@{refOrderItem_2.id}", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}" }, "referenceId": "refrefOrderItem_2_OrderItemTaxLineItem_2" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderAdjustmentGroupSummary" }, "Name": "20%offOrderAmountOver100", "Description": "20%offOrderAmountOver100", "Type": "Header", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}", "AdjustmentCauseId": "@{refPromotion_1.id}" }, "referenceId": "refOrderAdjustmentGroupSummary_1" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderAdjustmentGroupSummary" }, "Name": "50offOrderAmountOver100", "Description": "50offOrderAmountOver100", "Type": "Header", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}", "AdjustmentCauseId": "@{refPromotion_2.id}" }, "referenceId": "refOrderAdjustmentGroupSummary_2" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary]}": "${TEXT}", "Name": "2072100 - 20%offOrderAmountOver100", "Amount": -15.84, "OrderItemSummaryId": "@{refOrderItem_1.id}", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}", "OrderAdjustmentGroupSummaryId": "@{refOrderAdjustmentGroupSummary_1.id}" }, "referenceId": "refrefOrderItem_1_OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem_1" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary]}": "${TEXT}", "Name": "2072100 - 20%offOrderAmountOver100", "Amount": -15.84, "OrderItemSummaryId": "@{refOrderItem_1.id}", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}", "OrderAdjustmentGroupSummaryId": "@{refOrderAdjustmentGroupSummary_2.id}" }, "referenceId": "refrefOrderItem_1_OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem_2" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary]}": "${TEXT}", "Name": "2072100 - 20%offOrderAmountOver100", "Amount": -15.84, "OrderItemSummaryId": "@{refOrderItem_2.id}", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}", "OrderAdjustmentGroupSummaryId": "@{refOrderAdjustmentGroupSummary_1.id}" }, "referenceId": "refrefOrderItem_2_OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem_1" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummary]}": "${TEXT}", "Name": "2072100 - 20%offOrderAmountOver100", "Amount": -15.84, "OrderItemSummaryId": "@{refOrderItem_2.id}", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}", "OrderAdjustmentGroupSummaryId": "@{refOrderAdjustmentGroupSummary_2.id}" }, "referenceId": "refrefOrderItem_2_OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem_2" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary]}": "${TEXT}", "Name": "2072100 - Adjustment Tax", "Type": "Estimated", "Amount": -0.79, "Rate": 0.05, "TaxEffectiveDate": "2021-02-12T23:53:01.471Z", "OrderItemSummaryId": "@{refOrderItem_1.id}", "OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaryId": "@{refrefOrderItem_1_OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem_1.id}", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}" }, "referenceId": "refrefOrderItem_1_OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem_1_OrderItemTaxLineItem_1" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary]}": "${TEXT}", "Name": "2072100 - Adjustment Tax", "Type": "Estimated", "Amount": -0.79, "Rate": 0.05, "TaxEffectiveDate": "2021-02-12T23:53:01.471Z", "OrderItemSummaryId": "@{refOrderItem_1.id}", "OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaryId": "@{refrefOrderItem_1_OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem_2.id}", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}" }, "referenceId": "refrefOrderItem_1_OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem_2_OrderItemTaxLineItem_2" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary]}": "${TEXT}", "Name": "2072100 - Adjustment Tax", "Type": "Estimated", "Amount": -0.79, "Rate": 0.05, "TaxEffectiveDate": "2021-02-12T23:53:01.471Z", "OrderItemSummaryId": "@{refOrderItem_2.id}", "OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaryId": "@{refrefOrderItem_2_OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem_1.id}", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}" }, "referenceId": "refrefOrderItem_2_OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem_1_OrderItemTaxLineItem_1" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary]}": "${TEXT}", "Name": "2072100 - Adjustment Tax", "Type": "Estimated", "Amount": -0.79, "Rate": 0.05, "TaxEffectiveDate": "2021-02-12T23:53:01.471Z", "OrderItemSummaryId": "@{refOrderItem_2.id}", "OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaryId": "@{refrefOrderItem_2_OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem_2.id}", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}" }, "referenceId": "refrefOrderItem_2_OrderItemAdjustmentLineItem_2_OrderItemTaxLineItem_2" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderItemSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderItemSummary,Order]}": "${TEXT}", "Description": "Shipping", "Type": "Delivery Charge", "Quantity": 1, "TotalLineAmount": 200, "LineNumber": 1, "UnitPrice": 200, "ListPrice": 200, "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}", "OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryId": "@{refOrderDeliveryGroup.id}", "Product2Id": "@{refProduct2_1.id}", "PricebookEntryId": "@{refPricebookEntry_1.id}" }, "referenceId": "refShipping" }, { "attributes": { "attributes": { "type": "OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary" }, "${CustomAttribute.for[OrderItemTaxLineItemSummary]}": "${TEXT}", "Name": "DeliveryCharge - Tax", "Type": "Estimated", "Amount": 10, "Rate": 0.05, "TaxEffectiveDate": "2018-09-18T17:15:58.000Z", "OrderItemSummaryId": "@{refShipping.id}", "OrderSummaryId": "@{refOrderSummary.id}" }, "referenceId": "refShipping_OrderItemTaxLineItem" } ] } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Order Summary Graphs Output_ Response from creating pending order summaries. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OrderSummaryGraphsOutputRepresentationList`. ### POST Estimate Delivery Date `POST /commerce/delivery/estimation-setup/{externalReference}/estimate/estimate-date` Operation ID: `EstimateDeliveryDate`. Tags: Salesforce Order Management Resources. Get the estimated delivery date based on the given details. Forecast an expected delivery date and time based on delivery estimation settings and the selected shipping carrier method. Provide information on when a package is expected to be shipped and delivered. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `externalReference` (path, string, required) External Reference #### Request body Delivery date estimation information. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EstimateDeliveryDateInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "shippingCarrier": { "externalReference": "UPS001", "shippingCarrierMethods": [ { "externalReference": "UPSGround001" }, { "externalReference": "UPSAIR001" } ] }, "locations": [ "California" ], "products": [ { "stockKeepingUnit": "SKU01", "quantity": 5 } ], "deliveryAddress": { "country": "USA", "state": "CA", "city": "San Francisco", "postalCode": "00000", "latitude": 30.123, "longitude": 100.123 } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Estimate Delivery Date_ Estimated delivery dates. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EstimateDeliveryDateOutput`. ### POST Delivery Routing Engine `POST /commerce/delivery/route/routing-rules` Operation ID: `DeliveryRoutingEngine`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Calculate optimal delivery routes based on fulfillment criteria and location constraints Retrieve routing rules that determine which fulfillment locations should fulfill products for a given delivery address, returning ranked routes and the best location per SKU based on configured fulfillment routing criteria. _Available in: v67.0_ #### Request body Input for the Delivery Routing Engine, which retrieves routing rules to determine which fulfillment locations should fulfill products for a given delivery address. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DeliveryRoutingEngineInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "fulfillmentCriteriaGroupName": "Standard_Routing", "locationGroupName": "US_West_Warehouses", "products": { "products": [ { "stockKeepingUnit": "SKU-001", "quantity": 2 }, { "stockKeepingUnit": "SKU-002", "quantity": 1 } ] }, "deliveryAddress": { "countryCode": "US", "postalCode": "94105" }, "excludeLocations": { "locations": [ "LOC-CLOSED-01" ] } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Delivery Routing Engine Output_ Delivery routing engine output, including ranked routes and the best fulfillment locations for each SKU. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DeliveryRoutingEngineOutput`. ### POST Availability Records, Batch Update `POST /commerce/oci/availability-records/actions/batch-update` Operation ID: `postBatchUpdate`. Tags: Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources. Batch update inventory records, specify the records Update a batch of inventory records to Omnichannel Inventory. Add a new inventory record or update on hand, future quantity, future date, safety stock count, and shipping eligibility to an existing inventory record. Supports partial success. For example, when 10 items are sent and two fail, the failed items show in the error section. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Request body Details of one or more inventory records to update in a batch. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCIBatchUpdateInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "records": [ { "externalRefId": "7282822-9823-aaa", "futureStock": [ { "expectedDate": "2019-08-24T21:13:00Z", "quantity": 10.25 } ], "attributeSet": { "groupEligibilityExclusion": [ "GroupA", "GroupB" ] }, "locationIdentifier": "warehouse5", "onHand": 1200.35, "safetyStockCount": 12.45, "stockKeepingUnit": "sku123", "actionRequestId": "82251928-8863-488e-840b-2aebd10b57ba", "effectiveDate": "2019-07-24T21:13:00Z" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _OCI Batch Update_ Details of the updated inventory records. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCIBatchUpdateOutput`. ### POST Availability Records, Upload `POST /commerce/oci/availability-records/uploads` Operation ID: `postUploadInventoryAvailability`. Tags: Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources. Upload inventory availability records to the Inventory Availability Service, and check for status. Upload an inventory availability data file to Omnichannel Inventory. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Request body (required) JSON or CSV file containing inventory availability data. To create an inventory data file, format the data as a series of NDJSON or CSV entries that represent locations and individual inventory records. Inventory Import Data Considerations: * Separate the top-level entries with line feeds, not commas. Each entry must be on a single line. * When the system reads a location entry, it assigns the subsequent inventory entries to that location until it reads another location entry. * Legacy NDJSON requires that you specify a header record for each location entry (`{"location":"wickenburg","mode":"UPDATE"}`). The header isn't required for a high-performance NDJSON layout or CSV file. * Each inventory record entry requires a unique recordId. Best practice is to use a UUID. The recordId protects against importing duplicate data. The recordId is provided in NDJSON and automatically generated for CSV. * Each inventory record entry requires an effectiveDate. * If provided, each futures entry requires a nonzero quantity and a future expectedDate. **Note:** The file must be in NDJSON or CSV format. For larger collections, use the Commerce API or split the data into multiple files. The Commerce API accepts GZIP, NDJSON, or CSV files up to 100 MB. _Available in: v51.0 (JSON), v63.0 (CSV)_ Media type: `application/octet-stream`. Schema: `string (binary)`. Type: `string (binary)`. #### Responses * **200** _OCI Upload Inventory Availability Output_ Response to an upload inventory availability job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example illustrates the data format. For readability, this example shows # the first few entries on multiple lines. In the import file, each location and # inventory record entry must be on a single line. { "location":"Warehouse-A", // location identifier "mode":"UPDATE" // must be UPDATE (other operations might be available in future releases) } { "recordId":"0a87539d-f3dd-47bc-91c7-9c752e39dbe0", // unique identifier for the inventory record "onHand":10, "sku":"12389156", "effectiveDate":"2020-12-08T14:05:22.790896-07:00", "futures":[ // list of future restocks { "quantity":1, "expectedDate":"2021-04-18T14:05:22.781-07:00" }, { "quantity":5, "expectedDate":"2021-05-18T14:05:22.781-07:00" } ], "safetyStockCount":0 } { "recordId":"0a87539d-f3dd-47bc-91c7-9c752e312345", "onHand":10, "sku":"9485728", "effectiveDate":"2020-12-08T14:05:22.790896-07:00", "futures":[ { "quantity":10, "expectedDate":"2021-04-18T14:05:22.781-07:00" } ], "safetyStockCount":0 } {"location":"Warehouse-B","mode":"UPDATE"} {"recordId":"0a87539d-f3dd-47bc-91c7-9c75abc123de","onHand":10,"sku":"12389156","effectiveDate":"2020-12-08T14:05:22.790896-07:00","futures":[{"quantity":1,"expectedDate":"2021-04-18T14:05:22.781-07:00"}],"safetyStockCount":0} {"recordId":"0a87539d-f3dd-47bc-91c7-9c75abc98765","onHand":10,"sku":"93867201","effectiveDate":"2020-12-08T14:05:22.790896-07:00","futures":[{"quantity":5,"expectedDate":"2021-04-18T14:05:22.781-07:00"}],"safetyStockCount":0} ``` ### GET Availability Records, Upload `GET /commerce/oci/availability-records/uploads/{uploadId}` Operation ID: `getUploadInventoryAvailability_22579949`. Tags: Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources. Upload inventory availability records to the Inventory Availability Service, and check for status. Retrieve the status of an inventory availability upload job. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Parameters * `uploadId` (path, string, required) ID of the upload. #### Responses * **200** _OCI Upload Inventory Availability Status Output_ Detailed status of an upload inventory availability job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityStatusOutput`. ### POST Availability Records, Get Availability `POST /commerce/oci/availability/availability-records/actions/get-availability` Operation ID: `postGetAvailabilityService`. Tags: Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources. Get inventory levels; optionally, specify SKU and location or location group Retrieve inventory availability data for one or more products at one or more inventory locations or location groups. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Request body Details of a request to retrieve inventory availability. Specify exactly one location criterion (`locationGroupIdentifier`, `locationGroupIdentifiers`, or `locationIdentifiers`) and exactly one product SKU value (`stockKeepingUnit` or `stockKeepingUnits`). Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityInput`. #### Responses * **200** _OCI Get Inventory Availability Output_ Response to a request for inventory availability data. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityOutput`. ### POST Location Graph, Upload `POST /commerce/oci/location-graph/uploads` Operation ID: `postPublishLocationStructure`. Tags: Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources. Publish inventory locations structure (including locations, location groups and their assignments) to Omnichannel Inventory Service, and check publish status Asynchronously publish information about your inventory locations and location groups to Omnichannel Inventory. The publish includes records whose IsEnabled and ShouldSyncWithOci fields are both true. This method returns an ID that you can use to retrieve the status of the publish job. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Responses * **200** _OCI Publish Location Structure Output_ Response to a publish location structure request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCIPublishLocationStructureOutput`. ### GET Location Graph, Upload `GET /commerce/oci/location-graph/uploads/{uploadId}` Operation ID: `getPublishLocationStructure_-477180781`. Tags: Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources. Publish inventory locations structure (including locations, location groups and their assignments) to Omnichannel Inventory Service, and check publish status Retrieve the status of a publish location structure job. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Parameters * `uploadId` (path, string, required) ID of the upload. #### Responses * **200** _OCI Publish Location Structure Status Output_ Detailed status of a publish location structure job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCIPublishLocationStructureStatusOutput`. ### POST Reservations, Fulfill `POST /commerce/oci/reservation/actions/fulfillments` Operation ID: `postFulfillReservation`. Tags: Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources. Fulfill products for inventory reservation Fulfill one or more inventory reservations. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Request body A list of inventory reservations to fulfill. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCIFulfillReservationInput`. #### Responses * **200** _OCI Fulfill Reservation Output_ Response to a request to fulfill one or more inventory reservations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCIFulfillReservationOutput`. ### POST Reservations, Release `POST /commerce/oci/reservation/actions/releases` Operation ID: `postReleaseReservation`. Tags: Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources. Remove reservations from inventory items Release one or more existing inventory reservations to free up that inventory. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Request body Details of one or more inventory reservations to release. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCIReleaseReservationInput`. #### Responses * **200** _OCI Release Reservation Output_ Response to a request to release one or more inventory reservations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCIReleaseReservationOutput`. ### POST Reservations, Create `POST /commerce/oci/reservation/actions/reservations` Operation ID: `postCreateReservation`. Tags: Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources. Create reservation for products Create an inventory reservation in Omnichannel Inventory. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Request body Data to reserve inventory at one or more Omnichannel Inventory locations or location groups. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCICreateReservationInput`. #### Responses * **200** _OCI Create Reservation Output_ Result of an Omnichannel Inventory reservation creation request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCICreateReservationOutput`. ### POST Reservations, Transfer `POST /commerce/oci/reservation/actions/transfers` Operation ID: `postTransferReservation`. Tags: Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources. Transfer inventory reservations to a location Transfer one or more inventory reservations between locations or location groups. This API doesn’t change physical quantities, but reduces the reserved quantity at the source and increases it at the destination. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Request body A list of inventory reservation transfers and specifies whether a single failure cancels the entire list. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCITransferReservationInput`. #### Responses * **200** _OCI Transfer Reservation Output_ Response to a request to transfer one or more inventory reservations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCITransferReservationOutput`. ### POST Reservations, Update `POST /commerce/oci/reservation/actions/update` Operation ID: `postUpdateReservation`. Tags: Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources. Update reservation for products Updates an existing reservation in Omnichannel Inventory. Add, remove, and update quantities for existing SKUs in the reservation. _Available in: v61.0_ #### Request body Data to update one or more Omnichannel Inventory item reservations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCIUpdateReservationInput`. #### Responses * **200** _OCI Update Reservation Output_ Result of an Omnichannel Inventory update request for reserved inventory. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OCIUpdateReservationOutput`. ### POST Inventory Check Availability `POST /commerce/inventory/check-availability` Operation ID: `postInventoryCheckAvailability`. Tags: Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources. Used to get access to Inventory Check Availability Get information about inventory availability for products in locations or location groups in your commerce inventory system. Provides available to fulfill, available to order, and on hand quantity information. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Parameters * `scope` (query, string, required) Expression specifying the webstore ID. Example: `/commerce/inventory/check-availability?scope=webStoreId%20Eq%20%270ZExx000000123FGAQ%27` _Available in: v60.0_ #### Request body (required) Check inventory availability in either an individual location or group location. Check for available to fulfill, available to order, and on hand quantity information. _Available in: v60.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `InventoryCheckAvailabilityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 * Locations ``` { "locations": [ { "locationId": "131xx0000004FwPAAU", "includeInventoryLevel": false, "products": [ { "product2Id": "01txx0000006i65AAA", "quantity": 10 }, { "product2Id": "01txx0000006i66AAA", "quantity": 11 } ] }, { "locationId": "131xx1234567FwSAAU", "includeInventoryLevel": false, "products": [ { "product2Id": "01txx0000006i67AAA", "quantity": 100 }, { "product2Id": "01txx0000006i68AAA", "quantity": 400 } ] } ], "inventoryDimension": "AvailableToOrder" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 * Location Groups ``` { "locationGroups": [ { "locationGroupId": "0ghxx000000001eAAA", "includeInventoryLevel": false, "products": [ { "product2Id": "01txx0000006i65AAA", "quantity": 10 }, { "product2Id": "01txx0000006i66AAA", "quantity": 11 } ] }, { "locationGroupId": "0ghxx000000001dAAA", "includeInventoryLevel": false, "products": [ { "product2Id": "01txx0000006i67AAA", "quantity": 100 }, { "product2Id": "01txx0000006i68AAA", "quantity": 400 } ] } ], "inventoryDimension": "AvailableToOrder" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _OCI Inventory Check Availability Output_ Inventory product availability for an individual location or location group. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `InventoryCheckAvailabilityOutput`. ### GET Inventory Levels `GET /commerce/inventory/levels` Operation ID: `getInventoryLevels`. Tags: Salesforce Omnichannel Inventory Resources. Used to get access to Inventory Levels Get information about inventory levels for products in locations and location groups in your commerce inventory system. There are limits to how many product IDs, SKUs, and locations requests can be made at a time. Refer to the parameter descriptions for limits. Previously retrieved product inventory values are cached. Cached products aren't included in subsequent requests to external inventory systems, like Omnichannel Inventory. Consequently, the number of products counted towards request limits may be lower, depending on how many products have been cached when the request is made. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Parameters * `includeRelatedProducts` (query, boolean) * `locationgroups` (query, array of string) List of location groups where the inventory is requested. Required if `locations` isn't used. _Available in: v60.0_ * `locations` (query, array of string) List of locations that contain inventory. A maximum of 100 product and location combinations are allowed per request. Required if `locationgroups` isn't used. _Available in: v60.0_ * `products` (query, array of string, required) List of products (ID or SKU). * A maximum of 100 product ID and location combinations are allowed per request. * A maximum of 20 SKU and location combinations are allowed per request. _Available in: v60.0_ * `scope` (query, string, required) Webstore ID. Example: `/commerce/inventory/levels?scope=webStoreId Eq '0ZExx000000123FGAQ'` _Available in: v60.0_ #### Responses * **200** _OCI Inventory Levels Output_ Inventory levels data. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `InventoryLevelsOutput`. ### POST Invoice Creation `POST /commerce/invoicing/invoices/collection/actions/generate` Operation ID: `postInvoice`. Tags: Commerce B2B Resources. Invoice service REST resource Create an invoice for an account, order, or a list of billing schedules. This API request creates billing period items for the matching billing schedules. The billing period items are created for the period between the next charge date of the billing schedule and the specified target date. Invoice lines are created by processing these billing period items. These invoice lines are then grouped into invoices based on the defined grouping criteria on the billing schedule. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Special Access Rules You need the Generate Invoices From Billing Schedule API, Billing Operations User, or Billing Customer Service permission set to use this API. Commerce B2B and D2C customers can call this API if Commerce Subscriptions is enabled. #### Request body Input representation of the details of the billing schedule. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `InvoiceInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "accountId": "001SG00000mYtRWYA0", "action": "Posted", "billingScheduleIds": [ "44bSG000000CVeMYAW" ], "billingTransactionId": "801SG00000mYtaXYAS", "correlationId": null, "invoiceDate": "2024-01-12", "targetDate": "2024-01-12" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Revenue Async Response_ Output representation of the result of the API request with the request identifier. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RevenueAsync`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "errors": null, "requestIdentifier": "ae6f23bc-f056-44b7-aa4d-c7f6fc5e0cf4", "success": true } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/commerce/invoicing/invoices/collection/actions/generate Content-Type: application/json { "accountId": "001SG00000mYtRWYA0", "action": "Posted", "billingScheduleIds": [ "44bSG000000CVeMYAW" ], "billingTransactionId": "801SG00000mYtaXYAS", "correlationId": null, "invoiceDate": "2024-01-12", "targetDate": "2024-01-12" } ``` ## Schemas ### CheckoutStartInput Input to start a Commerce store checkout for a cart. * `cartId` (_string_, required) ID of a cart, or the value `active` , which indicates that the checkout operation should use the active cart. _Available in: v55.0_ * `customFields` (_array of object_) Array of sObjects with their respective custom fields. Currently, custom fields are supported on the [WebCart](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_webcart.htm) and [CartDeliveryGroup](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_cartdeliverygroup.htm) entities. You can specify up to 21 sObjects in the array: one WebCart and multiple CartDeliveryGroups. Field-level security rules from the [shopper profile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_create_shopper_profile.htm&type=5) are applied to the custom fields. The rules are applied for registered shoppers and for the guest shopper profile. The custom fields can be of type Checkbox, Currency, Date, Email, LongTextArea, Number, Percent, Phone, Text, TextArea, Url, Address, or Location. We currently don’t support updating the `country` and `state` fields through `customFields` as part of the address update using request. Instead, specify the `countryCode` and `stateCode`. Use the `{yyyy-MM-dd}` format to specify `date` fields. Use the `{yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ss.SSS+/-HH:mm}` or `{yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ss.SSSZ}` formats to specify `dateTime` fields. When a timezone is added to a UTC `dateTime`, the result is the date and time in that timezone. Use the `{HH:mm.ss.SSS}` or `{HH:mm.ss.SSSZ}` formats to specify `time` fields. When a timezone is added to a UTC time, the result is the time in that timezone. The `customFields` property isn't supported in stores built on an Aura template. _Available in: v62.0_ Additional properties: `any`. * `deliveryAddress` (_string_) Delivery address * `deliveryAddressInput` (_object_) CheckoutStartAddressInputRequest Address data used for the delivery address. _Available in: v61.0_ Includes all fields of `CheckoutStartAddressInputRequest`. ### CheckoutSessionV2 Checkout for a Commerce store. * `cartSummary` (_object_) CartSummaryInformation Summary details of a cart. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CartSummaryInformation`. * `checkoutId` (_string (Id)_) ID for the checkout. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contactInfo` (_object_) ContactInfoV2 Information for a guest contact. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ContactInfoV2`. * `customFields` (_array of object_) Array of sObjects and viewable custom fields for the sObjects. Currently, only the WebCart and CartDeliveryGroup sObjects are supported. The custom fields can be of type Checkbox, Currency, Date, Email, LongTextArea, Number, Percent, Phone, Text, TextArea, or Url. The supported format for `dateTime` fields is `{yyyy-MM-ddTHH:mm:ss.SSSZ}`. The supported format for `time` fields is `{HH:mm.ss.SSSZ}`. The `customFields` property isn't supported in stores built on an Aura template. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `any`. * `deliveryGroups` (_object_) DeliveryGroupCollectionV2 Available delivery group for checkout. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `DeliveryGroupCollectionV2`. * `errors` (_array of CheckoutError_) List of errors, if any, for the checkout. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orderReferenceNumber` (_string_) Globally unique identifier (GUID) of the payment order generated after successful completion of a payment request. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CheckoutSessionV2Input Checkout Session Input Representation * `contactInfo` (_CheckoutContactInfoV2Input_) * `customFields` (_array of object_) Custom Fields Additional properties: `any`. * `deliveryAddress` (_CheckoutAddressInputV2CommerceCheckout_) * `deliveryMethodId` (_string_) Checkout Delivery Method ID * `desiredDeliveryDate` (_string (date-time)_) Checkout Desired Delivery Date * `shippingInstructions` (_string_) Checkout Shipping Instructions ### CheckoutOrderV2 Checkout Order Representation * `errors` (_array of CheckoutError_) List of errors, if any. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orderReferenceNumber` (_string_) Reference number for the order. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CheckoutOrderActionListInput Input representation of the Commerce store checkout.request. * `actions` (_array of CheckoutOrderActionInput_, required) Details of the action to be performed on the place order request. _Available in: v64.0_ ### CheckoutOrderActionCollection Checkout Order Action Collection Representation * `actions` (_array of CheckoutOrderAction_) Details of the action and the associated order reference number. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errors` (_array of CheckoutError_) List of errors, if any. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CheckoutPaymentInput Payment input for a Commerce store checkout. * `billingAddress` (_object_) CheckoutAddressInput Billing address for the checkout. Don't include a value for `shipToPhoneNumber` on the Checkout Address Input. This field is ingored in the payment request. _Available in: v55.0_ Includes all fields of `CheckoutAddressInput`. * `paymentAmount` (_number (double)_) Payment Amount * `paymentToken` (_string_) Payment token value has a different meaning depending on the request type. If the request type is `Auth`, the value is a card payment method ID. If the request type is `SimplePurchaseOrder`, the value is a purchase order number. If the request type is `PostAuth`, the value is a string that identifies the payment transaction so it can be validated by the payment gateway adapter’s PostAuth handler. Required if `requestType` is `Auth` , `PostAuth` , or `SimplePurchaseOrder` _Available in: v55.0_ * `paymentsData` (_string_) Additional data from a payment request for custom checkout implementations. Supports up to four key-value pairs. `paymentsData` is only applicable to requests with a `requestType` of `Auth` or `PostAuth` . Simple purchase orders don’t support `paymentsData` . _Available in: v55.0_ * `requestType` (_object_, required) PaymentRequestType Type of payment request. Valid values are: * `Auth` —Payment authorization request. * `PostAuth` — Record a payment transaction that happened outside of the Salesforce platform * `SimplePurchaseOrder` — Use a purchase order as a form of payment _Available in: v55.0_ Includes all fields of `PaymentRequestType`. ### CheckoutPaymentOutput Checkout Payment Representation * `errors` (_array of CheckoutError_) A list of errors, if any. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `paymentData` (_object_, nullable) Additional data from a payment request for custom checkout implementations. Supports up to four key-value pairs. `paymentData` is only applicable to requests with a `requestType` of `Auth` or `PostAuth` . Simple purchase orders don’t support `paymentData` . _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. * `salesforceResultCode` (_string_) PaymentResultCode Salesforce payment result code. Valid values are: * `Decline` —Payment was declined * `Success` —Payment succeeded. * `SystemError` —System error. * `ValidationError` —Validation error. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Decline`, `Success`, `SystemError`, `ValidationError`. ### PaymentTokenInput Input to tokenize a credit card payment method for a Commerce store checkout. * `billingAddress` (_object_) CheckoutAddressInput Billing address for the checkout. Don't include a value for `shipToPhoneNumber` on the Checkout Address Input. This field is ingored in the payment request. _Available in: v55.0_ Includes all fields of `CheckoutAddressInput`. * `cardPaymentMethod` (_object_, required) CardPaymentMethodTokenizationInputRequest Credit card payment method to tokenize. _Available in: v55.0_ Includes all fields of `CardPaymentMethodTokenizationInputRequest`. * `hasSubscriptionProduct` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the cart has subscription products ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). This field is used for third-party payment gateway integrations with Commerce subscriptions. When set to true, it triggers the [`AuthorizationRequest`](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexref.meta/apexref/apex_class_commercepayments_AuthorizationRequest.htm) Apex class to include the `SavedPaymentMethod` for payment authorization. To use this field, you must have the required permission. Contact Salesforce Customer Support for more help. _Available in: v67.0_ ### PaymentToken Payment Token Representation * `errors` (_array of CheckoutError_) List of errors, if any. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `token` (_string_) Token for the payment. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectWishlistItemSortOrderEnum Sort order for wishlist items. One of these values: * `CreatedDateAsc`: Sorts by oldest creation date. * `CreatedDateDesc`: Sorts by most recent creation date. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CreatedDateAsc`, `CreatedDateDesc`. ### WishlistSummaries List of wishlist summaries and the displayed list for the context user. * `displayedList` (_object_) Wishlist Oldest wishlist displayed for the context user. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Wishlist`. * `summaries` (_array of WishlistSummary_) Summary of wishlists belonging to the context user. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `wishlistCount` (_integer_) Total number of wishlists belonging to the context user. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### WishlistInput Wishlist to create. * `name` (_string_, required) Name of the wishlist. _Available in: v49.0_ * `products` (_array of WishlistItemInput_) List of products to add to the wishlist. _Available in: v49.0_ ### Wishlist Wishlist, including summary and items. * `page` (_object_) WishlistItemCollection Page of wishlist items. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `WishlistItemCollection`. * `summary` (_object_) WishlistSummary Summary of the wishlist. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `WishlistSummary`. ### WishlistUpdateInput Wishlist name to update. * `name` (_string_, required) Update a wishlist name. _Available in: v50.0_ ### WishlistSummary Summary of a wishlist. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date for the wishlist in ISO 8601 format, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the wishlist. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date of the wishlist in ISO 8601 format, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the wishlist. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `wishlistProductCount` (_integer_) Unique product count in the wishlist. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### WishlistToCartResult Result of adding a wishlist to a cart. * `cartId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the cart to which the products were added. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `failedWishlistToCartItems` (_array of CartItemResultCommerceWishlist_) Wishlist items that weren’t successfully added to the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `productsFailedCount` (_integer_) Total number of products that weren’t added to the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productsRequestedCount` (_integer_) Total number of products requested to add to the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productsSucceededCount` (_integer_) Total number of products that were successfully added to the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `succeededWishlistToCartItems` (_array of CartItemResultCommerceWishlist_) Wishlist items that were successfully added to the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### WishlistItemCollection Collection of wishlist items. * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasErrors` (_boolean_) Specifies whether at least one of the results contains an error (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of WishlistItem_) Collection of wishlist items. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### WishlistItemInput Item to update or add to a wishlist. * `productId` (_string_, required) ID of the product to update or add to the wishlist. _Available in: v49.0_ ### WishlistItem Item in a wishlist to create. * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponse Error information. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponseBilling`. * `listPrice` (_number (double)_) List price of the wishlist item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productSummary` (_object_) CartProductSummary Product summary for the wishlist item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CartProductSummary`. * `salesPrice` (_number (double)_) Sales price of the wishlist item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `wishlistItemId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the wishlist item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectCommerceAddressSortOrderEnum Sort order for Commerce addresses. Values are: * `CreatedDateAsc` —Sort in ascending order of created date. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sort in descending order of created date. * `NameAsc` —Sort in ascending order of name. * `NameDesc` —Sort in descending order of name. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CreatedDateAsc`, `CreatedDateDesc`, `NameAsc`, `NameDesc`. ### CommerceAddressCollection A collection of commerce addresses. * `count` (_integer_) Count of addresses. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token to the current page of addresses. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of addresses. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of CommerceAddressOutput_) List of addresses. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token to the next page of addresses. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of addresses. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Page size for addresses. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token to previous page of addresses. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page of addresses. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sortOrder` (_object_) ConnectCommerceAddressSortOrderEnum Sort order for Commerce addresses. Values are: * `CreatedDateAsc` —Sort in ascending order of created date. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sort in descending order of created date. * `NameAsc` —Sort in ascending order of name. * `NameDesc` —Sort in descending order of name. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceAddressSortOrderEnum`. ### CommerceAddressInput Commerce address input. * `addressType` (_string_) Type of address, for example, `Shipping` or `Billing`. _Available in: v54.0_ * `city` (_string_) The address city. _Available in: v54.0_ * `commerceAddressFieldInputList` (_array of CommerceAddressFieldInput_) A list of custom address fields, if any. _Available in: v54.0_ * `companyName` (_string_) The address company name. _Available in: v57.0_ * `country` (_string_) The address country, specified using the ISO country code. For example, `US` for United States. _Available in: v54.0_ * `firstName` (_string_) The address first name. _Available in: v57.0_ * `isDefault` (_boolean_) Indicates whether a contact’s address is the preferred method of communication (`true`) or not (`false`). The default value is `false`. _Available in: v54.0_ * `lastName` (_string_) The address last name. _Available in: v57.0_ * `middleName` (_string_) The address middle name. _Available in: v57.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) Name of the contact. _Available in: v54.0_ * `phoneNumber` (_string_) The phone number associated with the address, including a valid country code. For example, `+1xxxxxxxxxx` (for a US number). _Available in: v57.0_ * `postalCode` (_string_) Zip code or postal code for the address. _Available in: v54.0_ * `region` (_string_) The address state, specified using the ISO state code. For example, CA for California state. _Available in: v54.0_ * `street` (_string_) The address street. _Available in: v54.0_ * `countryCode` (_string_) Two-character country code. For example, US for United States. _Available in: v54.0–58.0_ * `regionCode` (_string_) The address state code. For example, `CA` for California state. _Available in: v54.0–58.0_ ### CommerceAddressOutput Address for a Commerce account. * `addressId` (_string_) ID of the address. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `addressType` (_string_) Type of address (for example, “Shipping” or “Billing”). _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `city` (_string_) The address city. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `companyName` (_string_) The address company name. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `country` (_string_) The address country. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fields` (_object_) Custom fields for the address. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `firstName` (_string_) The address first name. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDefault` (_boolean_) Indicates whether a contact’s address is the preferred method of communication (`true`) or not (`false`). The default value is `false`. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) The address last name. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `middleName` (_string_) The address middle name. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the contact. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `phoneNumber` (_string_) The address phone number. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `postalCode` (_string_) Zip code or postal code for the address. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `region` (_string_) The address state. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `street` (_string_) The address street. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `countryCode` (_string_) Two-character country code. _Available in: v54.0–58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `regionCode` (_string_) The address state code. _Available in: v54.0–58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BuyerRegistrationInput Provides a customer’s account registration information for your store. * `addressList` (_array of CheckoutAddressInputV2CommerceCheckout_, required) Saves the customer’s physical address entered during checkout. _Available in: v61.0_ * `captchaToken` (_string_, required) Generated token used to verify user identity. _Available in: v61.0_ * `email` (_string_, required) Customer’s email address. _Available in: v61.0_ * `firstName` (_string_, required) Customer’s first name. _Available in: v61.0_ * `lastName` (_string_, required) Customer’s last name. _Available in: v61.0_ * `phoneNumber` (_string_, required) Customer’s phone number _Available in: v61.0_ ### BuyerRegistration The ID of the registered buyer that is returned in the response. * `accountId` (_string_) The account ID created for the guest user during the registration process. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BuyerProfile Details for a buyer profile fetch request. * `email` (_string_) The email address of the buyer. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `firstName` (_string_) The first name of the buyer. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEmailVerified` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the email address of the buyer is verified ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isPhoneVerified` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the phone number of the buyer is verified ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) The last name of the buyer. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `phoneNumber` (_string_) The phone number of the buyer. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userName` (_string_) The user name of the buyer in the Salesforce org, such as `user@mycompany.com` . _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BuyerProfileInput Input details for the buyer profile update request. * `email` (_string_) The email address of the buyer. _Available in: v59.0_ * `firstName` (_string_) The first name of the buyer. _Available in: v59.0_ * `lastName` (_string_) The last name of the buyer. _Available in: v59.0_ * `phoneNumber` (_string_) The phone number of the buyer. _Available in: v59.0_ * `verificationInput` (_object_, required) BuyerProfileVerificationInput The verification details required to update either the buyer's email or phone number. This update process applies only when two-factor authentication is enabled in your Salesforce org. When two-factor authentication is disabled in your org, you can update both the buyer's email and phone number within a single API request. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `BuyerProfileVerificationInput`. ### BuyerProfilePatch Output details for a buyer profile update request. * `email` (_string_) The email of the buyer. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `firstName` (_string_) The first name of the buyer. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEmailVerified` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the email of the buyer is verified ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isPhoneVerified` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the phone number of the buyer is verified ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) The last name of the buyer. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `phoneNumber` (_string_) The phone number of the buyer. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userName` (_string_) The user name of the buyer in the Salesforce org, such as `user@mycompany.com` . _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `verificationResponse` (_object_) BuyerProfileVerificationResponse The response details for an email address or phone number update request. This field is populated only if two-factored authentication is enabled in your Salesforce org. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BuyerProfileVerificationResponse`. ### BuyerProfileInitInput Input details for a buyer profile OTP initiate request. * `method` (_object_, required) BuyerProfileInitMethodEnum The mode used to send one-time-password (OTP) for verification. Possible _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `BuyerProfileInitMethodEnum`. * `reCaptchaToken` (_string_, required) An encrypted response generated by Google reCAPTCHA. This token is used as a unique identifier to verify the user's identity. _Available in: v64.0_ * `type` (_object_, required) BuyerProfileInitTypeEnum The type for which one-time-password (OTP) is required to be sent. Possible _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `BuyerProfileInitTypeEnum`. ### BuyerProfileInitOutput Output details for the buyer profile OTP initiate request. * `identifier` (_string_) An unique identifier associated with the OTP request. The identifier is used to verify the OTP through the `Commerce Webstore My Profile Verify OTP` API. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) The response message for a successful or failed initiate OTP request. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recipient` (_string_) The recipient of the OTP can be either the buyer's email or phone number, which is masked. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Indicates whether the initiate OTP request succeeded or failed. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BuyerProfileVerifyInput Input details for the buyer profile verify request. * `code` (_string_, required) The one-time-password (OTP) to be verified. This is generated through the `Commerce Webstore My Profile Initiate OTP` API. _Available in: v64.0_ * `identifier` (_string_, required) An identifier associated with the OTP. This is generated through the `Commerce Webstore My Profile Initiate OTP` API. _Available in: v64.0_ ### BuyerProfileVerifyOutput Output details for the buyer profile verify request. * `identifier` (_string_) An unique identifier for the one-time-password (OTP). _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) The response message for a successful or failed verification request. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) The status of the verification request. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectOrderSummarySortEnum Sort order for order summaries. Values are: * `CreatedDateAsc` —Sorts by the oldest created date. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by the most recent created date. * `OrderedDateAsc` —Sorts by the oldest ordered date. * `OrderedDateDesc` —Sorts by the most recent ordered date. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CreatedDateAsc`, `CreatedDateDesc`, `OrderedDateAsc`, `OrderedDateDesc`. ### OrderSummaryCollection Collection of order summaries. * `count` (_integer_) Total count of order summaries returned on the current page. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orderSummaries` (_array of OrderSummary_) Collection of order summaries. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sortOrder` (_object_) ConnectOrderSummarySortEnum Sort order for order summaries. Values are: * `CreatedDateAsc` —Sorts by the oldest created date. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sorts by the most recent created date. * `OrderedDateAsc` —Sorts by the oldest ordered date. * `OrderedDateDesc` —Sorts by the most recent ordered date. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectOrderSummarySortEnum`. ### AddOrderToCartInput Input for adding an order to a cart. * `accessToken` (_string_) Encrypted access token, retrieved from the Commerce Webstore Order Summary Authorization API after successful verification for guest users. The access token is valid for 60 minutes. This is required for guest users if the request doesn't include the session cookie and `verification` field. _Available in: v64.0_ * `cartStateOrId` (_string_, required) Cart state (`active` or `current`) or the ID of the cart to which the products from an order are to be copied. _Available in: v59.0_ * `orderSummaryIdOrRefNumber` (_string_, required) Either the order summary ID or reference number value. For guest shoppers, use the order reference number. _Available in: v59.0_ * `verification` (_object_) OrderSummaryVerificationInput Verification attributes for guest shoppers. This is required for guest users if the request doesn't include the session cookie and `accessToken` field. _Available in: v59.0_ Includes all fields of `OrderSummaryVerificationInput`. ### OrderToCartResult Result of action adding an order to a cart. * `cartId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the cart. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalFailedProductCount` (_integer_) Number of products that couldn't be successfully added to the cart from the order. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalSucceededProductCount` (_integer_) Number of products successfully added to the cart from the order. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unaddedProducts` (_array of OrderToCartFailedProduct_) Collection of products not successfully added to the cart. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderSummaryAuthorizationInput Input representation to authorize guest access for the requested order summary record. * `email` (_string_, required) An email address of the guest user. _Available in: v64.0_ * `lastName` (_string_) The last name of the guest user. _Available in: v64.0_ * `orderSummaryRefNumber` (_string_, required) The order summary reference number of the order summary record. _Available in: v64.0_ * `phoneNumber` (_string_, required) The phone number of the guest user. _Available in: v64.0_ ### OrderSummaryAuthorizationOutput Result of the authorize guest user request. * `accessToken` (_string_) An encrypted token used in the Commerce Webstore Order Summary Lookup GET API to validate guest access for the requested order summary record. The access token is valid for 60 minutes. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderSummaryLookupOutput Order summary lookup output. * `adjustmentAggregates` (_object_) OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregates Adjustment aggregates associated with the order summary. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregates`. * `adjustments` (_array of OrderSummaryAdjustment_) Collection of adjustments for an order summary. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the order summary. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `deliveryGroups` (_array of OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryLookupOutput_) Delivery groups associated with the order summary. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fields` (_object_) Map of requested order summary fields. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the order summary. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orderNumber` (_string_) Reference number of the order summary. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `owner` (_object_) BuyerProfile Buyer profile details for an order summary. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BuyerProfile`. * `payments` (_array of OrderPaymentSummary_) Payment details for an order summary. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status associated with the order summary. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderSummaryLookupInput Order summary lookup input. * `orderSummaryIdOrRefNumber` (_string_, required) Either the order summary ID or reference number value. For guest shoppers, use the order reference number. _Available in: v58.0_ * `verification` (_object_) OrderSummaryVerificationInput Verification attributes for guest shoppers. This is required for guest users if the request doesn't include a valid session cookie. _Available in: v58.0_ Includes all fields of `OrderSummaryVerificationInput`. ### OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregatesAsyncInput Order summary IDs for calculating adjustment aggregates. * `orderSummaryIds` (_array of string_, required) List of order summary IDs. _Available in: v55.0_ ### OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregatesAsyncOutput Async adjustment aggregates output. * `statusURL` (_string_) Status URL. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderSummary Order summary information. * `adjustmentAggregates` (_object_) OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregates Adjustment aggregates associated with the order summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregates`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date of the order summary. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the order summary record. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fields` (_object_) Map of requested order summary fields. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `orderNumber` (_string_) Order number of the order summary. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orderProductTopLevelLineCount` (_integer_) Count of top level order product line summaries. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the order summary. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orderedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Ordered date of the order summary. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `ownerId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the owner of the order summary. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `products` (_array of OrderSummaryProductLookupOutput_) Order summary product lookup details. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status of the order summary. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalAmount` (_string_) Total amount of the order summary. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderToCartInput Input for action adding an order to a cart. * `cartStateOrId` (_string_, required) Cart state (`active` or `current`) or the ID of the cart to which the products from an order are to be copied. _Available in: v57.0_ ### OrderSummaryAdjustmentCollection Collection of adjustments for an order summary. * `adjustments` (_array of OrderSummaryAdjustment_) Collection of adjustments for an order summary. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectOrderDeliveryGroupSummarySortEnum Sort order for order delivery group summaries. One of these values: * `IdAsc`: Sorts by ID in ascending alphanumeric order (A–Z, 0–9). * `IdDesc`: Sorts by ID in descending alphanumeric order (Z–A, 9–0). Type: `string`. Allowed values: `IdAsc`, `IdDesc`. ### OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryCollection Collection of order delivery group summaries. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page of order delivery group summaries. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of order delivery group summaries. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page of order delivery group summaries. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of order delivery group summaries. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orderDeliveryGroups` (_array of OrderDeliveryGroupSummary_) Collection of order delivery group summaries. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying previous page of order delivery group summaries. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page of order delivery group summaries. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectOrderItemSummarySortEnum Sort order for order item summaries. One of these values: * `IdAsc`: Sorts by ID in ascending alphanumeric order (A–Z, 0–9). * `IdDesc`: Sorts by ID in descending alphanumeric order (Z–A, 9–0). Type: `string`. Allowed values: `IdAsc`, `IdDesc`. ### OrderItemSummaryCollection Collection of order item summaries. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page of items. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of items. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of OrderItemSummary_) Collection of order item summaries. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page of items. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of items. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page of items. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page of items. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderItemSummaryAdjustmentCollectionInput Collection of order item summaries. * `orderItemSummaries` (_array of OrderItemSummaryAdjustmentInput_, required) List of order item summaries. _Available in: v53.0_ ### OrderItemSummaryAdjustmentCollection Collection of adjustments for order item summaries. * `orderItemSummaries` (_object_) Order item summaries and their associated adjustments. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `OrderItemSummaryAdjustmentList`. ### ConnectOrderShipmentSortEnum Sort order for order shipments. Values are: * `ExpectedDeliveryDateAsc` —Sorts by the oldest expected delivery date. * `ExpectedDeliveryDateDesc` —Sorts by the most recent expected delivery date. * `ShipmentNumberAsc` —Sorts by shipment number in ascending order (0–9). * `ShipmentNumberDesc` —Sorts by shipment number in descending order (9–0). _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ExpectedDeliveryDateAsc`, `ExpectedDeliveryDateDesc`, `ShipmentNumberAsc`, `ShipmentNumberDesc`. ### OrderShipmentCollection Collection of order shipments. * `count` (_integer_) Total number of records returned in the collection. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page of order shipments. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of order shipments. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page of order shipments. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of order shipments. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page of order shipments. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page of order shipments. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `shipments` (_array of OrderShipment_) Collection of order shipments. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sortOrder` (_object_) ConnectOrderShipmentSortEnum Sort order for order shipments. Values are: * `ExpectedDeliveryDateAsc` —Sorts by the oldest expected delivery date. * `ExpectedDeliveryDateDesc` —Sorts by the most recent expected delivery date. * `ShipmentNumberAsc` —Sorts by shipment number in ascending order (0–9). * `ShipmentNumberDesc` —Sorts by shipment number in descending order (9–0). _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectOrderShipmentSortEnum`. ### ConnectOrderShipmentItemSortEnum Sort order for order shipment items. Values are: * `IdAsc` —Sorts by ID in ascending alphanumeric order (A–Z, 0–9). * `IdDesc` —Sorts by ID in descending alphanumeric order (Z–A, 9–0). _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `IdAsc`, `IdDesc`. ### OrderShipmentItemCollection Collection of order shipment items. * `count` (_integer_) Total number of records returned in a page. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page of order shipment items. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of order shipment items. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of OrderShipmentItem_) Collection of order shipment items. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page of order shipment items. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of order shipment items. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page of order shipment items. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page of order shipment items. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sortOrder` (_object_) ConnectOrderShipmentItemSortEnum Sort order for order shipment items. Values are: * `IdAsc` —Sorts by ID in ascending alphanumeric order (A–Z, 0–9). * `IdDesc` —Sorts by ID in descending alphanumeric order (Z–A, 9–0). _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectOrderShipmentItemSortEnum`. ### FacetableAttributesCollectionOutput Collection of facetable attributes. * `facetableAttributeSettings` (_array of FacetableAttributeOutput_) Collection of facetable attributes. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FacetableAttributesCollectionInput Collection of facetable settings for search attributes. * `facetableAttributeSettings` (_array of FacetableAttributeInput_, required) Collection of up to 50 facetable settings. _Available in: v49.0_ ### SearchableAttributesCollectionOutput Collection of searchable attributes. * `searchableAttributeSettings` (_array of SearchableAttributeOutput_) Collection of searchable attributes. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SearchableAttributesCollectionInput Collection of searchable attributes. * `searchableAttributeSettings` (_array of SearchableAttributeInput_, required) Collection of up to 25 searchable attributes. _Available in: v49.0_ ### SearchBoostBuryRulesCollectionOutput Collection of boost and bury rules. * `boostBuryRules` (_array of SearchBoostBuryRuleOutput_) Collection of boost and bury rules. A webstore can have up to 25 rules. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### SearchBoostBuryRuleInput Boost and bury rule input. * `action` (_object_, required) ConnectSearchBoostBuryRuleActionEnum Action of the boost and bury rule. Values are: * `Boost` —Boost rule. Increases search result rankings for targeted products. * `Bury` —Bury rule. Decreases search result rankings for targeted products. _Available in: v59.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchBoostBuryRuleActionEnum`. * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_, required) End date and time of the boost and bury rule. _Available in: v59.0_ * `level` (_integer_, required) Level of the boost and bury rule. Values are from 1-100. The level determines the degree to which a boost and bury rule influences search result rankings for the targeted products. _Available in: v59.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) Name of the boost and bury rule. _Available in: v59.0_ * `queryContext` (_BoostBuryQueryContextInput_) * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_, required) Start date and time of the boost and bury rule. _Available in: v59.0_ * `targetExpression` (_object_, required) BoostBuryTargetExpressionInput Target expression for a boost and bury rule. The target expression specifies which products a boost and bury rule applies to. _Available in: v59.0_ Includes all fields of `BoostBuryTargetExpressionInput`. ### SearchBoostBuryRuleOutput Boost and bury rule information. * `action` (_object_) ConnectSearchBoostBuryRuleActionEnum Action of the boost and bury rule. Values are: * `Boost` —Boost rule. Increases search result rankings for targeted products. * `Bury` —Bury rule. Decreases search result rankings for targeted products. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchBoostBuryRuleActionEnum`. * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_) End date and time of the boost and bury rule. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the boost and bury rule. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `level` (_integer_) Level of the boost and bury rule. Values are from 1-100. The level determines the degree to which a boost and bury rule influences search result rankings for the targeted products. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the boost and bury rule. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `queryContext` (_BoostBuryQueryContextOutput_) * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_) Start date and time of the boost and bury rule. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `targetExpression` (_object_) BoostBuryTargetExpressionOutput Target expression for a boost and bury rule. The target expression specifies which products a boost and bury rule applies to. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BoostBuryTargetExpressionOutput`. ### CommerceSearchIndexLogCollection Collection of search index logs for a webstore. * `indexLogs` (_array of CommerceSearchIndexLog_) List of up to 100 index logs sorted by most recent catalog snapshot time of the index. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceSearchIndexCollectionOutput Collection of indexes. * `indexes` (_array of CommerceSearchIndexOutput_) List of up to two indexes. Returns the completed, live index and either the in-progress, out-of-use index or the most-recently-failed, out-of-use index. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectCommerceSearchIndexBuildTypeEnum Build type of the index. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Full`, `Incremental`. ### CommerceSearchIndexOutput Index information. * `completionDate` (_string (date-time)_) Completion date and time of the index. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Creation date of the index. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `creationType` (_object_) ConnectCommerceSearchIndexCreationTypeEnum Creation type of the index. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSearchIndexCreationTypeEnum`. * `id` (_string_) ID of the index. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `indexBuildType` (_object_) ConnectCommerceSearchIndexBuildTypeEnum Build type of the index. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSearchIndexBuildTypeEnum`. * `indexStatus` (_object_) ConnectCommerceSearchIndexStatusEnum Status of the index. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSearchIndexStatusEnum`. * `indexUsage` (_object_) ConnectCommerceSearchIndexUsageEnum Usage of the index. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSearchIndexUsageEnum`. * `isIncrementable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the index allows incremental indexing (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastCatalogSnapshotTime` (_string (date-time)_) Catalog snapshot time of the index. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Detailed message for the index status. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SearchProductSettingCollectionOutput Collection of product search settings. * `searchProductSettings` (_array of SearchProductSettingOutput_) Collection of product search settings. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SearchProductSettingCollectionInput Collection of product search settings. * `searchProductSettings` (_array of SearchProductSettingInput_, required) Up to 200 product search settings to update. Products of class `VariationParent` can’t be updated. _Available in: v49.0_ ### SortDirectionEnum Sort direction for search result rules Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Ascending`, `Descending`. ### SearchResultsRulesCollectionOutput Collection of include search rules. * `offset` (_integer_) Offset for pagination * `pageSize` (_integer_) Page size for pagination * `searchRules` (_array of SearchResultsRuleOutput_) A collection of include search rules. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `totalCount` (_integer_) Total count of all search result rules ### SearchResultsRulesCollectionInput Search results rules input collection information of a webstore. * `searchResultsRules` (_array of SearchResultsRuleInput_, required) An input collection of search results rules _Available in: v58.0_ ### SearchResultsRuleInput Input representation of a search result rule. * `isActive` (_boolean_) Whether the search result rule is active. * `locales` (_array of string_, required) Comma-separated list of locales that the include search rule applies to. _Available in: v58.0_ * `ruleDefinition` (_array of string_, required) Comma-separated list of terms that the include search rule applies to. Valid number of unique strings is from 2 through 5. _Available in: v58.0_ * `type` (_object_, required) ConnectCommerceSearchResultRuleTypeEnum Type of search rule. Value is: * `BidirectionalSynonym` —Use when terms are interchangeable and must return the same results both ways. For example, jacket ⇄ winter coat. Available from API version 66.0 and later. * `Include` —Use when a term in a query matches any term in a `ruleDefinition`, Commerce Search returns results for all terms in the list. Supported in API versions 58.0 to 66.0. We suggest using `BidirectionalSynonym`, which returns equivalent results for interchangeable terms in both directions, unlike `Include`. * `UnidirectionalSynonym` —Use when one term must expand results, but not necessarily the reverse. For example, jacket → hoodie. Available from API version 66.0 and later. _Available in: v58.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSearchResultRuleTypeEnum`. ### SearchResultsRuleOutput Include search rule. * `isActive` (_boolean_) Whether the search result rule is active. * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date of the search result rule. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `locales` (_array of string_) Comma-separated list of up to 10 locales that the include search rule applies to. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `ruleDefinition` (_array of string_) Comma-separated list of terms that the include search rule applies to. Valid number of unique strings is from 2 through 5. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `searchResultsRuleId` (_string (Id)_) Entity ID of the search result rule. * `type` (_object_) ConnectCommerceSearchResultRuleTypeEnum Type of search rule. Value is: * `BidirectionalSynonym` —Use when terms are interchangeable and should return the same results both ways. For example, jacket ⇄ winter coat. Available from API version 66.0 and later. * `Include` —When a term in a query matches any term in a `ruleDefinition`, Commerce Search returns results for all terms in the list. Supported in API versions 58.0 to 66.0. We suggest using `BidirectionalSynonym`, which returns equivalent results for interchangeable terms in both directions, unlike `Include`. * `UnidirectionalSynonym` —Use when one term should expand results, but not necessarily the reverse. For example, jacket → hoodie. Available from API version 66.0 and later. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSearchResultRuleTypeEnum`. * `searchResultRuleId` (_string_) ID of the include search rule. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SortRulesCollection Collection of sort rules. * `sortRules` (_array of SortRule_) Collection of sort rules. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SortRulesCollectionInput Sort rules input collection information an admin can use to create sort rules for a webstore. * `sortRules` (_array of SortRuleInput_, required) A collection of sort rules inputs. _Available in: v54.0_ ### ProductSearchInput Product search. * `categoryId` (_string_) Category ID returns results for products in this category or its subcategories. If you omit `categoryId` from the request, all categories are searched. If you specify `categoryId` and `searchTerm`, only products in the specified category are searched. Required if `searchTerm` isn’t specified _Available in: v49.0_ * `fields` (_array of string_) Product fields to return in search results. Search results include fields you have access to. If unspecified, returns the `Name`, `Description`, `StockKeepingUnit`, `ProductCode`, and `Family` fields. _Available in: v49.0_ * `grouping` (_object_) ProductSearchGroupingInput Specifies whether to group products in search results and how to group them. If unspecified, the default is the value specified in **Search** **Results Display Settings** **Results Grouping**. _Available in: v51.0_ Includes all fields of `ProductSearchGroupingInput`. * `includePrices` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to include prices for products in search results (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v49.0_ * `includeQuantityRule` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to include purchase quantity rule information for products in search results (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v52.0_ * `page` (_integer_) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. When multiplying the `page` and `pageSize` property values together, they can’t exceed 5000. For example, for a `pageSize` of 20, you can specify a `page` value up to 250. _Available in: v49.0_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 200. If unspecified, the default is the value specified in Results per Page in **Search** **Results Display Settings**. When multiplying the `page` and `pageSize` property values together, they can’t exceed 5000. For example, for a `pageSize` of 20, you can specify a `page` value up to 250. _Available in: v49.0_ * `refinements` (_array of RefinementInput_) List up to nine refinements (facets) for search results. Buyers or shoppers can select up to 20 values for each refinement. _Available in: v49.0_ * `searchTerm` (_string_) List of up to 32 space-separated search terms. Required if `categoryId` isn’t specified _Available in: v49.0_ * `sortRuleId` (_string_) ID of the sort rule that specifies the order of products in the search results. _Available in: v52.0_ ### ProductSearchResults Product search results. * `categories` (_object_) SearchCategory Categories from the search results. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SearchCategory`. * `correlationId` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `facets` (_array of SearchFacet_) Facets from the search results. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `locale` (_string_) Locale of the search results. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productsPage` (_object_) ProductSummaryCollection Page of products from the search results. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ProductSummaryCollectionCommerceSearch`. ### CommerceProductSearchResults Product search results. * `categories` (_object_) SearchCategory Categories from the search results. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SearchCategory`. * `correlationId` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `facets` (_array of DistinctValueSearchFacet_) Facets from the search results. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `locale` (_string_) Locale of the search results. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productsPage` (_object_) CommerceProductSummaryCollection Page of products from the search results. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `CommerceProductSummaryCollection`. ### ProductSearchSuggestionsResults Product search suggestions results. * `recentSearchSuggestions` (_array of AbstractSearchSuggestion_) Suggestions based on the user’s recent searches. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CouponCodeRedemptionInput Input representation for coupon code redemption. * `buyer` (_string_, required) ID of the buyer account or email address for a guest user. _Available in: v60.0_ * `couponCodes` (_array of string_, required) List of coupon codes. _Available in: v58.0_ * `transactionId` (_string_, required) ID of the transaction, which must be a valid cart ID. _Available in: v58.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (_string_, required) ID of the account. _Available in: v58.0–59.0_ ### CouponCodeRedemptionCollection Collection of coupon code redemption results. * `couponCodeRedemptionResults` (_array of CouponCodeRedemptionResult_) List of coupon code redemption results. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PromotionEvaluationHSInput Evaluate Promotions High Scale Input Representation * `cart` (_object_, required) CartInput Cart and its items. _Available in: v56.0_ Includes all fields of `CartInput`. * `couponCodes` (_array of string_) Collection of coupon codes to enable promotions. A customer can apply a maximum of two coupons per cart. _Available in: v56.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the account for which the request is made. _Available in: v56.0_ * `isItemizeHeaderAdjustments` (_boolean_) Specifies whether order-level adjustments are itemized (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, the default value is `false`. _Available in: v56.0_ * `parentProducts` (_array of ParentProductInputRepresentationPair_) Collection of parent product IDs mapped to their variation product IDs. _Available in: v56.0_ * `productCategories` (_array of ProductCategoryInputRepresentationPair_) Collection of product IDs mapped to their associated category IDs. _Available in: v56.0_ * `scope` (_object_) ConnectPromotionScopeEnum Promotion evaluation scope. If no value is provided, default is Cart. If you want any shipping promotions to be evaluated, set to Delivery. _Available in: v60.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPromotionScopeEnum`. * `segments` (_array of string_) All promotions associated with promotion segments specified in this collection are active and can be evaluated against the cart. Additionally, any segments associated with a store or buyer group are also still evaluated against the cart. If this field is not present, only the promotions associated with a store or buyer group are evaluated. _Available in: v56.0_ * `webStoreId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the store for which the request is made. If unspecified, defined segments must be used instead. _Available in: v56.0_ * `cartDeliveryGroups` (_array of PromotionCartDeliveryGroupInputRequest_) List of cart delivery groups associated with the items in the cart. Available if shipping promotions are enabled. Required when evaluating shipping promotions _Available in: v57.0_ ### PromotionEvaluationHS Evaluate Promotions High Scale Output Representation * `cart` (_CartOutput_) * `coupons` (_array of Coupon_) Represents the list of coupons ### PromotionProductEvaluationInput Finds promotions that products are eligible for and computes the discounts. Supports domain dependent requests based on `webstoreId` and `effectiveAccountId`, or domain independent requests using an external dataset based on SKUs or product categories. * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the payment group record. Required when multi-currency is enabled _Available in: v58.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (_string (Id)_) For domain dependent evaluation, this is the ID of the account for which the request is made. For domain independent evaluation, this is a buyer ID from another system. No validation will be performed on this value. _Available in: v58.0_ * `productCategories` (_object_) For domain independent evaluation, this is the map of product IDs to their associated category IDs. _Available in: v58.0_ Additional properties: `string`. * `products` (_array of PromotionProductInput_, required) List of product objects. _Available in: v58.0_ * `segments` (_array of string_) All promotions associated with promotion segments specified in this list are active and can be evaluated against the products. Additionally, any segments associated with a store or buyer group are also still evaluated against the products. If this field is not present, only the promotions associated with a store or buyer group are evaluated. Required for domain independent evaluation _Available in: v58.0_ * `webStoreId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the store for which the request is made. If unspecified, defined segments must be used instead. _Available in: v58.0_ ### PromotionProductEvaluationResults Promotion Product Evaluation Results Output Representation * `promotionProductEvaluationResults` (_array of PromotionProductEvaluationResult_) Represents the list of product evaluation result representation used in results ### CompositePromotion Output representation of the composite promotion information. * `active` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the promotion is active ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `areQualItemsExclFromDiscounts` (_boolean_) Indicates whether qualifying items are excluded from discounts for the promotion ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `coupons` (_array of PromotionCoupon_) List of coupons associated with the promotion. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the promotion. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the promotion. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `discountOrder` (_object_) ConnectDiscountOrderTypeEnum Discount order for the promotion. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectDiscountOrderTypeEnum`. * `discountRestriction` (_object_) ConnectDiscountRestrictionTypeEnum Discount restriction for the promotion. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectDiscountRestrictionTypeEnum`. * `displayName` (_object_) PromotionTranslation Promotion display name and translated values. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PromotionTranslation`. * `endDateTime` (_string_) The date time the promotion ends. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `exclusivityType` (_object_) ConnectPromotionExclusivityTypeEnum Type of exclusivity to be considered when applying the promotion. Possible values are: * `Class` —Class exclusion. * `Global` —Global exclusion. * `No` —No exclusion. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPromotionExclusivityTypeEnum`. * `generationId` (_string_) ID of the generated promotion. This field is used to display the feedback component and collect promotion feedback when Smart Promotion is enabled. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isApproachingDiscountApplicable` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the promotion is an approaching discount ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If true, the promotion shows an approaching discount alert. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `maximumUsageCount` (_integer_) Number of times the promotion can apply to a cart. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the promotion. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `objective` (_string_) Objective of the promotion. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `priorityNumber` (_integer_) Priority number for the promotion. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `qualifierCriteria` (_object_) ConnectPromotionCriteriaTypeEnum Qualifier criteria for the promotion. Possible values are: * `All` —All the criteria are met. * `Any` —Any of the criteria can be met. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPromotionCriteriaTypeEnum`. * `qualifiers` (_array of PromotionQualifier_) List of promotion qualifiers. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `segments` (_array of PromotionSegment_) List of promotion segments associated with the web store or buyer group. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `startDateTime` (_string_) The date time the promotion starts. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `targetCriteria` (_object_) ConnectPromotionCriteriaTypeEnum Promotion criteria type. Possible values are: * `All` —All the criteria are met. * `Any` —Any of the criteria can be met. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPromotionCriteriaTypeEnum`. * `targets` (_array of PromotionTarget_) List of promotion targets. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `termsAndCondition` (_object_) PromotionTranslation Promotion terms and conditions and translated values. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PromotionTranslation`. * `tiered` (_boolean_) Indicates whether promotion is tiered ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CompositePromotionInput Input representation of the create promotion request. * `active` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the promotion is active ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v62.0_ * `areQualItemsExclFromDiscounts` (_boolean_) Indicates whether qualifying items are excluded from discounts for the promotion ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v62.0_ * `coupons` (_array of PromotionCouponInput_) List of coupons associated with the promotion. _Available in: v63.0_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the promotion. _Available in: v62.0_ * `description` (_string_) Localized display name of the promotion. _Available in: v62.0_ * `discountOrder` (_object_) ConnectDiscountOrderTypeEnum Discount order for the promotion. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectDiscountOrderTypeEnum`. * `discountRestriction` (_object_) ConnectDiscountRestrictionTypeEnum Discount restriction for the promotion. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectDiscountRestrictionTypeEnum`. * `displayName` (_object_) PromotionTranslationInput Promotion display name and translated values. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `PromotionTranslationInput`. * `endDateTime` (_string_) The date time the promotion ends. _Available in: v62.0_ * `exclusivityType` (_object_) ConnectPromotionExclusivityTypeEnum Type of exclusivity to be considered when applying the promotion. Possible values are: * `Class` —Class exclusion. * `Global` —Global exclusion. * `No` —No exclusion. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPromotionExclusivityTypeEnum`. * `generationId` (_string_) ID of the generated promotion. This field is used to display the feedback component and collect promotion feedback when Smart Promotion is enabled. _Available in: v62.0_ * `isApproachingDiscountApplicable` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the promotion is an approaching discount ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If true, the promotion shows an approaching discount alert. _Available in: v64.0_ * `maximumUsageCount` (_integer_) Number of times a promotion can apply to a cart. _Available in: v62.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) Name of the promotion. _Available in: v62.0_ * `objective` (_string_) Objective for promotion. _Available in: v62.0_ * `priorityNumber` (_integer_) Priority number for the promotion. _Available in: v62.0_ * `qualifierCriteria` (_object_) ConnectPromotionCriteriaTypeEnum Qualifier criteria for the promotion. Possible values are: * `All` —All the criteria are met. * `Any` —Any of the criteria can be met. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPromotionCriteriaTypeEnum`. * `qualifiers` (_array of PromotionQualifierInput_) List of promotion qualifiers. _Available in: v62.0_ * `segments` (_array of PromotionSegmentInput_, required) List of promotion segments associated with the web store or buyer group. _Available in: v62.0_ * `startDateTime` (_string_) The date time the promotion starts. _Available in: v62.0_ * `targetCriteria` (_object_) ConnectPromotionCriteriaTypeEnum Promotion criteria type. Possible values are: * `All` —All the criteria are met. * `Any` —Any of the criteria can be met. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPromotionCriteriaTypeEnum`. * `targets` (_array of PromotionTargetInput_, required) List of promotion targets. _Available in: v62.0_ * `termsAndCondition` (_object_) PromotionTranslationInput Promotion terms and conditions and translated values. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `PromotionTranslationInput`. * `tiered` (_boolean_) Indicates whether promotion is tiered ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If it is a tiered promotion, each tier can have its own set of targets and qualifiers. For example, buy 1 "t-shirt" and get 10% off or buy 2 "t-shirts” and get 20% off. _Available in: v62.0_ ### CompositePromotionResult Output representation of composite promotion create request. * `errors` (_array of string_) Any error messages that were returned by the API. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `promotionId` (_string_) ID of the promotion record created after the API request is successful. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the API request was successful ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ApplicationContext Application context for a Commerce store. * `cartCalculateEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the cart is enabled ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `catalogSnapshotVersionId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the catalog snapshot's version. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `checkoutSettings` (_object_) CheckoutSettings Settings for Salesforce Checkout. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CheckoutSettings`. * `clientSidePaymentConfiguration` (_object_) ClientSidePaymentConfiguration Client-side payment configuration. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ClientSidePaymentConfiguration`. * `commerceMultiCartEnabled` (_boolean_) true if multi cart is enabled for the org * `country` (_string_) Two-digit ISO code of the store's country. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `defaultCurrency` (_string_) Default currency for the store. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `giftingConfig` (_object_) GiftingConfig Gifting configuration settings for the org. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `GiftingConfig`. * `guestBrowsingEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates if guest browsing is enabled (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `guestCartCheckoutEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the guest cart checkout feature is enabled ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). In API version 58.0 and later, use `guestCartEnabled` and `guestCheckoutEnabled` instead. _Available in: v54.0–57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `guestCartEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the guest cart access is enabled ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `guestCheckoutEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the guest checkout access is enabled ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hideShippingAddress` (_boolean_) true if shipping address should be hidden * `inventoryConfiguration` (_object_) InventoryConfiguration Inventory configuration settings for the store. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `InventoryConfiguration`. * `managedCheckoutVersion` (_string_) Managed checkout version number for the store. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `markets` (_array of Market_) Market configuration for the store. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orderStatuses` (_array of OrderStatus_) Order statuses available in the Status picklist of the [Order Summary](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_ordersummary.htm) object. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `placeOrderV2Enabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether place order orchestration V2 is enabled ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) for your web store. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productConfig` (_object_) ProductConfig Product configuration settings for the org. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductConfig`. * `propertiesEx` (_object_) Map of extra properties. Properties contained here should not be relied on and may be removed at any time. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. * `quoteStatuses` (_array of QuoteStatus_) List of Quote Statuses linked to the Status picklist of the Quote Entity * `sessionDrivenCurrency` (_boolean_) Indicates whether to base the currency on the session context value (`true`) or not (`false`). For D2C stores without markets, this property is set to `false`. For D2C stores with markets and for all B2B stores (with or without markets), the property is set to `true`. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `shippingCountries` (_array of string_) Array of two-digit ISO codes of the countries to which purchases in the store can be shipped. If the store’s Supported Ship To Countries field is set, this value matches it. If not, then this value matches the `country` value. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `shopperConsentEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether shopper consent is enabled ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) for your web store. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `skipPhoneNumberValidationEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether skip phone number validation is enabled ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) for your web store. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `splitShipmentEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether split shipment is enabled ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) for your web store. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `subscriptionConfig` (_object_) SubscriptionConfig Commerce subscription configuration settings for the org. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SubscriptionConfig`. * `supportedCurrencies` (_array of string_) List of currencies supported for the store. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxType` (_string_) Tax type of the store. `Gross` if prices include tax. `Net` if prices don't include tax. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `usesSingleEntitlementPolicy` (_boolean_) Indicates if the store uses a single entitlement policy ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `usesUniversalPricebooks` (_boolean_) Indicates if the store uses a single price book for both guest and authenticated users ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SessionContext Session context for a shopper using a Commerce store. * `accountId` (_string_) Context user's account ID. This field is included in the response only for authenticated users and doesn't apply to guest users. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `accountName` (_string_) Context user's account name. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `buyerGroups` (_array of BuyerGroup_) List of buyer groups associated with the context. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `guestUser` (_boolean_) Indicates if the session context is for a guest user ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `profile` (_object_) CommerceUserProfile User's profile data. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommerceUserProfile`. * `userId` (_string_) ID of the user. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userName` (_string_) Full name of the user. _Available in: v54.0_ —61.0 _Filter group: Small_ ### ShippingProfileCollection Output representation of the shipping profile collection. * `count` (_integer_) Number of shipping profiles returned on the current page. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of ShippingProfile_) List of shipping profiles. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of shipping profiles available for a webstore. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CalculateTaxesInput Calculate tax input. * `calculatebyTaxClass` (_boolean_) Flag representing if taxes are calculated based on tax class. _Available in: v58.0_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) ISO code of the country. Must match one of the valid ISO codes defined within the org’s State-Country picklist. If unspecified, the default value is the default country for the webstore. Required when multi-currency is enabled _Available in: v58.0_ * `lineItemGroups` (_array of array of CalculateTaxesLineItemInput_, required) List of line items grouped by shipping address. _Available in: v58.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (_string_, required) The ID of the account for which the request is made. _Available in: v58.0_ ### CalculateTaxes List tax classes. * `classTax` (_array of ClassTaxes_) A tax class. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponse Error code and message. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponseBilling`. * `lineItems` (_array of CalculateTaxesLineItem_) List of calculate taxes line item. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the execution was successful `(true)` or not `(false)` . _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxLocaleType` (_object_) TaxLocaleTypeEnum Tax types of the store. Values are: * Gross – Prices include tax. * Net – Prices don’t include tax. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TaxLocaleTypeEnum`. * `totalTaxAmount` (_string_) Total tax amount. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GetStoreTaxesInfo Output representation of the tax type along with a collection of tax details about a product. * `taxLocaleType` (_object_) TaxLocaleTypeEnum Tax type of the store. Possible values are: * `Gross` —Prices include tax. * `Net` —Prices don’t include tax. . _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TaxLocaleTypeEnum`. * `taxesInfo` (_object_) Tax rate and tax treatment information for the store. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. TaxesInfoContainer Includes all fields of `TaxesInfoContainer`. ### CompositeCommerceProductInput Input representation of the composite product create request. * `attributeSetInfo` (_object_) ProductAttributeSetInput Attribute set information for a variation parent product. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `ProductAttributeSetInput`. * `categoryIds` (_array of string_) A list of category IDs to be associated with the product. _Available in: v61.0_ * `productFields` (_object_, required) A map of product field names and their values. _Available in: v61.0_ Additional properties: `string`. * `productMedia` (_array of ProductMediaInput_) A list of media records to be associated with the product. _Available in: v61.0_ * `productPricing` (_object_) ProductPricingInput Details of the product pricing. _Available in: v61.0_ Includes all fields of `ProductPricingInput`. ### CompositeCommerceProductOutput Representation of the composite product create or upsert request. * `errorDetails` (_array of CompositeProductErrorDetailsResponse_) List of ErrorDetailsResponseRepresentation * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponse_) The list of errors that were returned, including the error code and error message. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productId` (_string_) The Salesforce ID of the product record created after the request was successful. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the product was successfully created ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CompositeCommerceVariationInput Input representation of product variation details. * `parentProductId` (_string_, required) ID of the variation parent product. _Available in: v62.0_ * `variations` (_array of ProductVariationInput_, required) List of variation products and their attributes. _Available in: v62.0_ ### CompositeCommerceVariationOutput Composite product variation create request response. * `errorDetails` (_object_) List of error details per variation Additional properties: `array of CompositeProductErrorDetailsResponse`. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponse_) List of any errors that were returned, including the error code and error message. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productIds` (_array of string_) IDs of the created product variations. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the product variations were successfully created (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NavigationMenuItemCollection Navigation Menu Item Collection * `menuItems` (_array of NavigationMenuItem_) List of navigation menu items. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductCategoryDetailCollection Collection of product category details. * `productCategories` (_array of ProductCategoryDetail_) List of product category details. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductCategoryDetail Details of a product category. * `bannerImage` (_object_) ProductCategoryMedia Banner image of the product category. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductCategoryMedia`. * `fields` (_object_) List of fields for the product category. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `string`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product category. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediaGroups` (_array of ProductCategoryMediaGroup_) List of media groups of the product category. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `tileImage` (_object_) ProductCategoryMedia Tile image of the product category. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductCategoryMedia`. * `urlName` (_string_) SEO-friendly URL name of the product category. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductCategoryPath List of product categories in a path. * `path` (_array of ProductCategory_) List of product categories in a path. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductOverviewCollection A collection of product overviews. * `products` (_array of ProductOverview_) Collection of product overview. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of products returned. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductDetail Details of a product. * `attributeSetInfo` (_object_) Map of the attribute set developer name to its metadata. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `ProductAttributeSetInfo`. * `defaultImage` (_object_) ProductMedia Default image of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductMedia`. * `dynamicAttributeCount` (_integer_) Count of dynamic attributes associated with the product. This field is supported for both simple products and dynamic product bundles. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fields` (_object_) List of fields for the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `string`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isConfigurationAllowed` (_boolean_) isConfigurationAllowed value for Product * `mediaGroups` (_array of ProductMediaGroup_) List of media groups of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `primaryProductCategoryPath` (_object_) ProductCategoryPath Primary category path of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductCategoryPath`. * `productClass` (_object_) ConnectProductClassEnum Class of product. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectProductClassEnum`. * `productSellingModels` (_array of ProductSellingModel_) List of product selling models for the product. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `purchaseQuantityRule` (_object_) PurchaseQuantityRule If one exists, purchase quantity rule for the product. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PurchaseQuantityRule`. * `urlName` (_string_) SEO-friendly URL name for the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `variationAttributeSet` (_object_) ProductAttributeSet Variation attribute set for the product. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductAttributeSet`. * `variationInfo` (_object_) ProductVariationInfo Available and allowable values for variation attributes and a map to resolve variation product IDs from attribute value combinations. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductVariationInfo`. * `variationParentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the variation parent. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `entitlement` (_object_) ProductEntitlement Entitlement details for the product. To get pricing information for products in version 57 and later, use [Commerce Webstore Pricing Products](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Commerce-B2B-Resources/operation/getMultiProductPrice). _Available in: v49.0–56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductEntitlement`. ### ProductChildCollection Collection of child products related to a parent product. * `count` (_integer_) Number of child products returned on this page. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Current page token, if any. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the current page in the response. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of ProductChild_) Collection of child products related to the parent product. The child products are sorted by their configured sequence values, in ascending order, with null values sorted last. If there are no configured sequence values, the child products are sorted by `createdDate` , in ascending order. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token for the next page, if any. A value is included in the response only if a value is returned for `nextPageUrl`. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the next page, if any. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token for the previous page, if any. A value is included in the response only if a value is returned for `previousPageUrl`. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the previous page, if any. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productClass` (_object_) ConnectProductClassEnum Class of product. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectProductClassEnum`. * `total` (_integer_) Total number of child products in the collection. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeaturedProductsOutput Details of featured products for a specified product. * `featuredProductsByRelationshipType` (_object_) A map of each relationship type to an ordered list of featured products associated with that type. The lists are sorted based on the `Sequence` field on the junction object. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `array of ProductDetail`. ### CategoryImportInput Configuration for an asynchronous category import job. * `importConfiguration` (_object_, required) ImportConfiguration Configuration for a category import operation. _Available in: v59.0_ Includes all fields of `ImportConfiguration`. ### CategoryImport Information about a category import job. * `categoriesCreated` (_integer_) Number of product categories created by the import. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `categoriesSlugsCreated` (_integer_) Number of category URL slugs created by the import. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `categoriesSlugsUpdated` (_integer_) Number of category URL slugs updated by the import. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `categoriesUpdated` (_integer_) Number of product categories updated by the import. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentVersionId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the .csv file that was imported. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `endTime` (_integer (int64)_) Unix epoch timestamp when the import finished. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorMessages` (_object_) Map of .csv file record number to error message. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `string`. * `jobId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the import job. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `numberError` (_integer_) Number of .csv records that failed to process. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numberSuccess` (_integer_) Number of .csv records that processed successfully. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numberToProcess` (_integer_) Number of .csv records in the data source. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numberWarning` (_integer_) Number of warnings while processing csv records * `processTime` (_integer (int64)_) Unix epoch timestamp of how long the import process took. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productCatalogId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product catalog imported to. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `startTime` (_integer (int64)_) Unix epoch timestamp when the import started. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `startedBy` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who started the import. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status of the import. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `warningMessages` (_object_) Map of record number to associated list of warning messages. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `array of string`. ### CategoryImportAbortInput Cancel asynchronous category import job input. * `status` (_string_, required) The value must be `Aborted` . _Available in: v59.0_ ### GlobalProductImportInput Configuration for an asynchronous global product import job. * `importConfiguration` (_object_, required) ImportConfiguration Configuration for a product import operation. _Available in: v57.0_ Includes all fields of `ImportConfiguration`. ### GlobalProductImport Information about a global product import job. * `cmsWorkspaceId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the CMS workspace. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `commerceEntitlementPolicyId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the entitlement policy imported to. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `commerceEntitlementProductsCreated` (_integer_) Number of entitlement products created by the import. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentVersionId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the .csv file that was imported. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `endTime` (_integer (int64)_) Unix epoch timestamp when the import finished. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorMessages` (_object_) Map of .csv file record number to error message. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `string`. * `jobId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the import job. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `numberError` (_integer_) Number of .csv records that failed to process. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numberSuccess` (_integer_) Number of .csv records that processed successfully. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numberToProcess` (_integer_) Number of .csv records in the data source. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numberWarning` (_integer_) Number of warning messages. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pricebookAliasToIdMapping` (_object_) Map of pricebook aliases to pricebook IDs. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Additional properties: `string (Id)`. * `pricebookEntriesCreated` (_integer_) Number of pricebook entries created by the import. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pricebookEntriesUpdated` (_integer_) Number of pricebook entries updated by the import. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `processTime` (_integer (int64)_) Unix epoch timestamp of how long the import process took. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productAttributeSetProductsCreated` (_integer_) Number of product attribute set products created by the import. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productAttributesCreated` (_integer_) Number of product attributes created by the import. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productAttributesUpdated` (_integer_) Number of product attributes updated by the import. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productCatalogId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product catalog imported to. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productCategoriesCreated` (_integer_) Number of product categories created by the import. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productCategoryProductsCreated` (_integer_) Number of product category products created by the import. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productMediaCreated` (_integer_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `productMediaUpdated` (_integer_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `productSellingModelCreated` (_integer_) Number of product selling models created by the import. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `productSellingModelOptionCreated` (_integer_) Number of product selling model options created by the import. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `productsCreated` (_integer_) Number of products created by the import. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productsUpdated` (_integer_) Number of products updated by the import. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sampleData` (_object_) ConnectSampleDataEnum Sample .csv file that was imported. Values are: * `B2BSampleData` —B2B sample data set. * `Camera` —Camera store sample data set. * `Coffee` —Coffee store sample data set. * `Hardware` —Hardware store sample data set. * `NorthernTrail` —Outdoor goods store sample data set. * `NorthernTrailLarge` —Larger outdoor goods store sample data set. * `Simple` —Two-product sample data set. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSampleDataEnum`. * `slugsCreated` (_integer_) Number of URL slugs created by the import. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `slugsUpdated` (_integer_) Number of URL slugs updated by the import. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `startTime` (_integer (int64)_) Unix epoch timestamp when the import started. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `startedBy` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user of who started the import. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status of the import. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `warningMessages` (_object_) Map of record number to associated list of warning messages. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `array of string`. * `webstoreId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the store imported to (if used). _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ProductImportCancelInput Cancel asynchronous product import job input. * `status` (_string_, required) The value must be `Aborted`. _Available in: v57.0_ ### ExtensionOutputCollection Collection of Commerce extensions. * `count` (_integer_) Total number of extensions. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `items` (_array of ExtensionOutput_) Collection of extensions. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### MappingOutputCollection Collection of Commerce extension mappings. * `count` (_integer_) Total number of extensions. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `items` (_array of MappingOutput_) Collection of extension mappings. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### MappingInput Input representation for mapping. * `epn` (_string_) Extension point name (unique identifier for an extension). For valid values, see the [RegisteredExternalService](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_registeredexternalservice.htm) object's ExtensionPointName field. _Available in: v59.0_ * `id` (_string_) Mapping ID. _Available in: v59.0_ * `providerName` (_string_, required) Unique name of the extension provider. _Available in: v59.0_ * `webstoreId` (_string_, required) ID of the webstore. _Available in: v59.0_ ### MappingOutput Mapping of a Commerce extension provider to a webstore. * `epn` (_string_) Extension point name (unique identifier for an extension). For valid values, see the ExtensionPointName field of [RegisteredExternalService](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_registeredexternalservice.htm) . _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) Mapping ID. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `providerName` (_string_) Unique name of the extension provider. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `webstoreId` (_string_) ID of the webstore. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProviderOutputCollection Collection of Commerce extension providers. * `count` (_integer_) Total number of extensions. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `items` (_array of ProviderOutput_) List of extension providers. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProviderInput Input representation of a Provider * `apexClass` (_object_, required) ApexClassInput Apex class for the extension provider. _Available in: v59.0_ Includes all fields of `ApexClassInput`. * `configUrl` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v59.0_ * `description` (_string_, required) Description of the provider. _Available in: v59.0_ * `epn` (_string_, required) Extension point name (unique identifier for an extension). For valid values, see the [RegisteredExternalService](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_registeredexternalservice.htm) object's ExtensionPointName field. _Available in: v59.0_ * `iconUri` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v59.0_ * `isApplication` (_boolean_, required) Indicates if the extension provider is contained within a managed package. ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v59.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) Unique name of the extension provider. _Available in: v59.0_ * `type` (_string_, required) Type of extension (for example, apexClass). _Available in: v59.0_ ### ProviderOutput A Commerce extension provider. * `apexClass` (_object_) ApexClassOutput Commerce extension provider Apex class. This class extends an Apex base class and provides a custom implementation for an extension point. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ApexClassOutput`. * `configUrl` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the extension provider. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `effectiveMappings` (_array of EffectiveMapping_) Collection of mappings associated with the extension provider. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `epn` (_string_) Extension point name (unique identifier for an extension). For valid values, see the [RegisteredExternalService](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_registeredexternalservice.htm) object's ExtensionPointName field. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `iconUri` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the extension provider. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `isApplication` (_boolean_) Indicates if the extension provider is contained within a managed package. ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `name` (_string_) Unique name of the extension provider. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `type` (_string_) Type of extension (for example, apexClass). _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### PricingResult Product pricing result. * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponse Error code and message. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponseBilling`. * `pricingLineItemResults` (_array of PricingResultLineItemCommerceStorePricing_) Pricing result line Items. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the execution was successful (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PricingInput Pricing for multiple products. * `pricingLineItems` (_array of PricingLineItemInput_, required) Up to 500 line items for pricing. _Available in: v49.0_ ### ProductPrice Pricing information for a product. * `childEntries` (_array of ProductPrice_) List of line item prices for the child products. _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `ProductPrice`._ _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contractId` (_string_) Represents the ID of the contract * `contractItemPriceId` (_string_) Represents the ID of the contract item price * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the product. Products are priced using the currency for the buyer account or guest buyer profile. If your store doesn’t support the currency for the buyer account or guest buyer profile, products are priced using the default currency for your store. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `listPrice` (_string_) List price for the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lowestUnitPrice` (_string_) Lowest unit price for the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `priceAdjustment` (_object_) PriceAdjustmentSchedule Price adjustment schedule for the product. If a product selling model ID is specified in a request parameter, this property is empty. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PriceAdjustmentSchedule`. * `pricebookEntryId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the price book entry. If a product selling model ID is specified in a request parameter, this property is empty. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productId` (_string_) ID of the product. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productPriceEntries` (_array of ProductPriceEntry_) List of line item prices for the product. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productSellingModelId` (_string (Id)_) Represents the ID of the product selling model * `unitPrice` (_string_) Unit price for the product. If a product selling model ID is specified in a request parameter, this property is empty. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceSubscriptionCollection Representation for the Commerce subscriptions collection. * `count` (_integer_) Total number of subscriptions returned only on the current page. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token for the current page of subscriptions. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of subscriptions. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token for the next page of subscriptions. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of subscriptions. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token for the previous page of subscriptions. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page of subscriptions. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sortOrder` (_object_) ConnectCommerceSubscriptionSortEnum Sort order of the subscription results returned in the page. Possible values are: * `CreatedDateAsc` —Sort in ascending order of created date. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sort in descending order of created date. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSubscriptionSortEnum`. * `subscriptions` (_array of CommerceSubscriptionDetail_) Details of Commerce subscriptions. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceSubscriptionAmendInput Input representation for the Commerce subscription amend request. * `amendStartDate` (_string (date)_, required) The date when the subscription amendment takes effect. The specified date must not be in the past and cannot be later than the subscription end date. _Available in: v65.0_ * `outputType` (_OutputTypeEnum_) * `quantityChange` (_number (double)_, required) The change in digital product quantity for the existing subscription. _Available in: v65.0_ * `recordId` (_string_) ID of the record. * `subscriptionIds` (_array of string_, required) List of digital product subscription IDs to amend. Currently supports amending only one digital product subscription per request. _Available in: v65.0_ ### CommerceSubscriptionAmendOutput Representation for the Commerce subscription amend request. * `orderId` (_string (Id)_) Order ID created for the Commerce subscription amend request. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recordId` (_string (Id)_) Id of the generated record. * `requestIdentifier` (_string_) Unique identifier for tracking this request. ### CommerceSubscriptionCancelInput Input representation for the Commerce subscription cancel request. * `cancelStartDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the cancellation should take effect. * `subscriptionIds` (_array of string_) Set Subscription Ids * `subscriptions` (_array of string_, required) List of digital product subscription IDs to cancel. Currently supports canceling only one digital product subscription per request. _Available in: v63.0_ ### CommerceSubscriptionCancelOutput Representation for the Commerce subscription cancellation request. * `orderId` (_string (Id)_) Order ID created for the Commerce subscription cancellation request. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recordId` (_string (Id)_) Id of the generated record. * `requestIdentifier` (_string_) Unique identifier for tracking this request. ### CommerceSubscriptionRenewInput Input representation for the Commerce subscription renew request. * `renewalEndDate` (_string (date-time)_) The date when the subscription renewal period ends. If `renewalStartDate` is present, you must specify either `renewalEndDate` or both `renewalTermLength` and `renewalTermUnit` . _Available in: v65.0_ * `renewalStartDate` (_string (date-time)_, required) The date when the subscription renewal period begins. Defaults to one day after the current subscription end date. _Available in: v65.0_ * `renewalTermLength` (_integer_) The duration of the renewal term. If `renewalStartDate` is provided, you must specify either `renewalEndDate` or both `renewalTermLength` and `renewalTermUnit` . _Available in: v65.0_ * `renewalTermUnit` (_string_) The unit of time for the renewal term. For example, days, months, or years. If `renewalStartDate` is present, you must specify either `renewalEndDate` or both `renewalTermLength` and `renewalTermUnit` . _Available in: v65.0_ * `subscriptionIds` (_array of string_, required) List of digital product subscription IDs to renew. The default is 5. The maximum value is 25. The API supports renewal of one digital product subscription per request. From API version 66.0 and later, you can renew multiple subscriptions in a single request. _Available in: v65.0_ ### CommerceSubscriptionRenewOutput Representation for the Commerce subscription renew request. * `orderId` (_string (Id)_) Order ID created for the Commerce subscription renew request. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recordId` (_string (Id)_) Id of the generated record. * `requestIdentifier` (_string_) Unique identifier for tracking this request. ### CommerceSubscriptionRenewalPriceForecastInput Input representation for renewal price forecasting of the specified Commerce subscriptions. * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_) End date for the renewal. If `startDate` is present, then either `endDate` , or ( `termLength` and `termUnit` ), must be present. _Available in: v67.0_ * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_) Start date for the renewal. Defaults to one day after the current subscription end date. _Available in: v67.0_ * `subscriptionIds` (_array of string_, required) List of subscription IDs for renewal price forecasting. _Available in: v67.0_ * `termLength` (_integer_) Term length for the renewal. If `startDate` is present, then either `endDate` , or ( `termLength` and `termUnit` ), must be present. _Available in: v67.0_ * `termUnit` (_string_) Term unit for the renewal. If `startDate` is present, then either `endDate` , or ( `termLength` and `termUnit` ), must be present. _Available in: v67.0_ ### CommerceSubscriptionRenewalPriceForecastOutput Output representation of the Commerce subscription renewal price forecast. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponse_) Error response representation for renewal price forecast. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renewalPriceForecasts` (_array of SubscriptionRenewalPriceForecastDetail_) List of commerce subscription renewal price forecast details. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceSubscriptionActionsHistory Representation for subscription actions history. * `actions` (_array of SubscriptionActionOutput_) List of actions associated with a subscription. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceSubscriptionSavedPaymentMethodInput Input representation for updating a saved payment method associated with a subscription. * `merchantAccountId` (_string_, required) Salesforce Payments merchant account ID associated with the saved payment method. _Available in: v63.0_ * `savedPaymentMethodId` (_string_, required) ID of the saved payment method record associated with the Commerce subscription. _Available in: v63.0_ ### CommerceSubscriptionDetail Representation for the Commerce subscription details. * `amendmentStatus` (_object_) OperationStatus Amendment status of the subscription. Possible values are: * `Failed` —The operation status is failed. * `InProgress` —The operation status is in progress. * `Success` —The operation status is successful. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OperationStatus`. * `billing` (_object_) CommerceSubscriptionBillingSummary Billing info associated with the Commerce subscription. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommerceSubscriptionBillingSummary`. * `cancelStatus` (_object_) OperationStatus Cancel status of the subscription. Possible values are: * `Failed` —The operation status is failed. * `InProgress` —The operation status is in progress. * `Success` —The operation status is successful. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OperationStatus`. * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_) End date associated with the Commerce subscription. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the Commerce subscription record. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastAction` (_object_) SubscriptionActionOutput Details about the most recent action performed on the subscription. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SubscriptionActionOutput`. * `processExceptions` (_array of ProcessExceptionOutput_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `product` (_object_) BuyerProductSummary Product associated with the Commerce subscription. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BuyerProductSummary`. * `quantity` (_number (double)_) Quantity associated with the Commerce subscription. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renewalStatus` (_object_) OperationStatus Renewal status of the subscription. Possible values are: * `Failed` —The operation status is failed. * `InProgress` —The operation status is in progress. * `Success` —The operation status is successful. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OperationStatus`. * `sellingModel` (_object_) ProductSellingModel Selling model associated with the Commerce subscription. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductSellingModelCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_) Start date associated with the Commerce subscription. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `subscriptionTerm` (_integer_) Subscription term associated with the Commerce subscription. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BusinessObjectivesSummaryOutput List of summaries for business objectives, or goals. * `businessObjectivesSummary` (_array of BusObjSummaryOutput_) List of business objective summaries. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BusinessObjectiveInput A business objective, or goal, and insights associated with it. * `businessObjectiveId` (_string_, required) ID of the business objective. _Available in: v62.0_ * `insightSummary` (_object_) BusObjInsightsInput A summary of insights about the business objective. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `BusObjInsightsInput`. * `associations` (_array of BusinessObjectiveAssociationInputRequest_) List of business objective associations. _Available in: v59.0_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the business objective. _Available in: v59.0_ * `labelName` (_string_, required) Label name of the business objective. _Available in: v59.0_ ### BusObjSummaryOutput Summary of a business objective, or goal. * `description` (_string_) Description of the business objective. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the business objective. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `insightSummary` (_object_) BusObjInsightsOutput Summary of insights related to the business objective. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BusObjInsightsOutput`. * `kpi` (_string_) Key performance indicator associated with the business objective. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `labelName` (_string_) Display name of the business objective. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recommendationSummary` (_object_) BusObjRecommendationsOutput Summary of recommended actions for the business objective. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BusObjRecommendationsOutput`. ### RecommendationsOutput List of recommended actions. * `recommendations` (_array of Rec_) List of recommended actions. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BusObjRecommendationInput Recommended action for a business objective, or goal. * `acceptanceLabel` (_string_) Text indicating user acceptance of the recommended action. _Available in: v60.0_ * `actionInfo` (_object_) ActionInfoInput Name and parameters required for processing and displaying the recommended action. _Available in: v60.0_ Includes all fields of `ActionInfoInput`. * `businessObjectiveId` (_string_, required) 18-character business objective ID associated with the recommended action. _Available in: v60.0_ * `channelId` (_string_, required) Associated channel ID for the recommended action. _Available in: v61.0_ * `description` (_string_) Detailed description of the recommended action. _Available in: v60.0_ * `domain` (_string_) Domain category of the recommended action (e.g., "Product"). _Available in: v60.0_ * `externalName` (_string_) External identifier used for recommended action tracking. _Available in: v61.0_ * `externalState` (_string_) JSON string containing data required for executing the recommended action. _Available in: v60.0_ * `goalId` (_string_) 18-character GoalAssignment ID linked to the recommended action. _Available in: v61.0_ * `grouping` (_string_) Free-form categorization field to keep track of additional groupings of the recommended actions. _Available in: v62.0_ * `iconName` (_string_) SLDS icon name representing the recommended action domain. _Available in: v60.0_ * `imageId` (_string_) Content asset file ID for the recommended action display image. _Available in: v60.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) Display name of the recommended action. _Available in: v60.0_ * `output` (_object_) ActionInfoInput Stores the last executed snapshot of the recommended action. _Available in: v61.0_ Includes all fields of `ActionInfoInput`. * `recommendationId` (_string_, required) 18-character unique identifier for the recommended action. _Available in: v60.0_ * `rejectionLabel` (_string_) Text indicating user rejection of the recommended action. _Available in: v60.0_ * `score` (_string_) Impact score of the recommended action (value between 0-100). _Available in: v60.0_ * `secondaryState` (_string_) Optional state field for additional filtering of recommended action states. _Available in: v62.0_ * `state` (_string_) Primary state of the recommended action (e.g., "ACTIVE", "INACTIVE", "ACCEPTED", "NOT\_EXPIRING"). _Available in: v60.0_ * `tertiaryState` (_string_) Optional state field for additional filtering of recommended action states. _Available in: v62.0_ ### Rec Recommended action. * `acceptanceLabel` (_string_) Text indicating user acceptance of the recommended action. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `actionInfo` (_object_) ActionInfoOutput Name and parameters required for processing and displaying the recommended action. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ActionInfoOutput`. * `businessObjectiveId` (_string_) 18-character business objective ID associated with the recommended action. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `channelId` (_string_) Associated channel ID for the recommended action. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Creation date of the recommended action. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the recommended action. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `domain` (_string_) Domain category of the recommended action (e.g., "Product"). _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalName` (_string_) External identifier used for recommended action tracking. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalState` (_string_) JSON string containing data required for executing the recommended action. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `grouping` (_string_) Free-form categorization field to keep track of additional groupings of the recommended actions. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `iconName` (_string_) SLDS icon name representing the recommended action domain. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the recommended action. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageId` (_string_) Content asset file ID for the recommended action display image. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date that the recommended action was last modified. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Display name of the recommended action. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `output` (_object_) ActionInfoOutput Stores the last executed snapshot of the recommended action. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ActionInfoOutput`. * `rejectionLabel` (_string_) Text indicating user rejection of the recommended action. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `score` (_integer_) Impact score of the recommended action (value between 0-100). _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `secondaryState` (_string_) Optional state field for additional filtering of recommended action states. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `state` (_string_) Primary state of the recommended action (e.g., "ACTIVE", "INACTIVE", "ACCEPTED", "NOT\_EXPIRING"). _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `tertiaryState` (_string_) Optional state field for additional filtering of recommended action states. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalManagedAccountCollectionOutput Collection of externally managed accounts. * `externalManagedAccounts` (_array of ExternalManagedAccountOutput_) Collection of externally managed accounts. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalExternalManagedAccounts` (_integer_) Total number of externally managed accounts. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceEinsteinActivityJobInput Commerce Einstein activity job. * `cookieId` (_string_) ID of the cookie. Specify `cookieId` or `userId`, not both. Required if `userId` isn’t specified _Available in: v52.0_ * `userId` (_string_) ID of the user. Specify `cookieId` or `userId`, not both. Required if `cookieId` isn’t specified _Available in: v52.0_ ### CommerceEinsteinActivityExportJob Commerce Einstein activity export job. * `fileUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to download the export file after the job completes. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileUrlExpiration` (_string (date-time)_) Expiration date of the file download URL, which is 30 days after the job completes. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `jobId` (_string_) ID of the job. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `statusCode` (_object_) ConnectCommerceEinsteinActivityJobStatusEnum Status code for the job. Values are: * `Completed` —Job completed. * `NoData` —Export job completed with no data. * `Pending` —Job is in progress. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceEinsteinActivityJobStatusEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the job resource. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceEinsteinActivityPurgeJob Commerce Einstein activity purge job. * `jobId` (_string_) ID of the job. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `statusCode` (_object_) ConnectCommerceEinsteinActivityJobStatusEnum Status code for the job. Values are: * `Completed` —Job completed. * `NoData` —Export job completed with no data. * `Pending` —Job is in progress. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceEinsteinActivityJobStatusEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the job resource. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceEinsteinConfiguration Commerce Einstein configuration. * `activityTrackingEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether activity tracking is enabled for the site (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `catalogExists` (_boolean_) Specifies if the storefront catalog is deployed and finished uploading successfully (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `deploymentEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies if the Deploy Commerce Einstein toggle is enabled on the Commerce Einstein tab in the Administration Workspace (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `host` (_string_) Host name for Commerce Einstein APIs. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDeployed` (_boolean_) Specifies if Commerce Einstein is deployed successfully (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `siteId` (_string_) Site ID for Commerce Einstein. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `tenant` (_string_) Tenant identifier for Commerce Einstein. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceEinsteinRecommenderConnectEnum Enumerating the different recommendations available in commerce einstein Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ComplementaryProducts`, `CustomersWhoBoughtAlsoBought`, `MostViewedByCategory`, `Personalization`, `PersonalizedForShopper`, `RecentlyViewed`, `SimilarProducts`, `TopSelling`, `TopSellingByCategory`, `Upsell`. ### CommerceEinsteinRecommendationResults Commerce Einstein recommendations. * `productPage` (_object_) ProductSummaryCollection Products being recommended. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductSummaryCollection`. * `uuid` (_string_) Recommendations identifier. This value is passed back to the viewReco activity. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceEinsteinStatus Commerce Einstein deployment status. * `statusCode` (_object_) ConnectCommerceEinsteinStatusEnum Status code for the deployment. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceEinsteinStatusEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the status resource. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MultipleFulfillmentOrderInput List of inputs for creating fulfillment orders. * `allOrNothing` (_boolean_) Controls whether a single failed request cancels all other requests in the list. * `fulfillmentOrders` (_array of FulfillmentOrderInput_, required) Each element contains the data to create one fulfillment order. _Available in: v50.0_ ### MultipleFulfillmentOrderOutput A list of responses for the individual FulfillmentOrder creation attempts from a request to create multiple fulfillment orders. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `fulfillmentOrders` (_array of FulfillmentGroupOutput_) _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### FulfillmentOrderInput An OrderDeliveryGroupSummary that defines a delivery method and recipient, and a list of fulfillment groups to assign to FulfillmentOrders. Each fulfillment group is a set of OrderItemSummaries that match the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary and share the same fulfillment location. The method creates a FulfillmentOrder for each fulfillment group and a FulfillmentOrderLineItem for each OrderItemSummary. * `defaultActivationStatus` (_string_) Default activation status for a new fulfillment order. If you don't specify a value, the default value is `Allocated`, which belongs to the `Activated` status category. This default can be changed, but the replacement status must also have a status category of `Activated`. _Available in: v58.0_ * `fulfillmentGroups` (_array of FulfillmentGroupInput_, required) List of fulfillment groups that specify the OrderItemSummaries and fulfillment locations. _Available in: v48.0_ * `orderDeliveryGroupSummaryId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the OrderDeliveryGroupSummary. _Available in: v48.0_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the OrderSummary. _Available in: v48.0_ ### FulfillmentOrderOutput A list of IDs of the created FulfillmentOrders. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `fulfillmentOrderIds` (_array of string_) A list of IDs of created Fulfillment Orders. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesInput The FulfillmentOrders to create Invoices for. * `fulfillmentOrderIds` (_array of string_, required) List of IDs of FulfillmentOrders to create Invoices for. _Available in: v52.0_ ### MultipleFulfillmentOrderInvoicesOutput IDs of the created Invoices. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `invoiceIds` (_array of string_) List of IDs of the created Invoices. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### FulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancelInput A list of FulfillmentOrderLineItems and quantities to cancel. * `fulfillmentOrderLineItemsToCancel` (_array of FulfillmentOrderLineItemInput_, required) List of FulfillmentOrderLineItems and quantities. _Available in: v48.0_ ### FulfillmentOrderCancelLineItemsOutput Wraps the base output. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### FulfillmentOrderInvoiceInput Input representation of an invoice to create ### FulfillmentOrderInvoiceOutput ID of the created invoice. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `invoiceId` (_string_) ID of the created invoice. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### DistributePickedQuantitiesInput Input representation to Distribute Picked Quantities. * `distributeToOrders` (_array of DistributeToOrdersInput_, required) List of orders that need quantities distributed. _Available in: v58.0_ * `optimizationCriteria` (_string_, required) Criteria used for distributing picked quantities to orders. _Available in: v58.0_ * `quantitiesPickedList` (_array of ItemQuantityInput_, required) Quantities for each item picked. _Available in: v58.0_ ### DistributePickedQuantitiesOutput Output representation of where the quantities were distributed in orders and any remaining quantity * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `fullyDistributedOrdersList` (_array of OrderQuantitiesOutput_) Orders that have all quantities distributed. _Available in: v58.0_ * `notDistributedOrdersList` (_array of OrderQuantitiesOutput_) Orders that have no quantities available after distribution. _Available in: v58.0_ * `partiallyDistributedOrdersList` (_array of OrderQuantitiesOutput_) Orders that have partially distributed quantities after distribution. _Available in: v58.0_ * `quantitiesRemainingList` (_array of ItemQuantityOutput_) The quantities remaining after the distribution. _Available in: v58.0_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### TextClassificationsBulkResultsOutput Text classification bulk results. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `resultsList` (_array of TextClassificationsResultWithIdOutput_) List of results for passed request IDs. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### TextClassificationsInput Input representation for text classifications request submission. * `classifiers` (_array of string_, required) List of classifiers according to which text has to be classified. _Available in: v59.0_ * `textList` (_array of string_, required) List of text to be classified. _Available in: v59.0_ ### TextClassificationsOutput HTTP headers containing URLs associating text strings and classifications. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `httpHeaders` (_array of HttpHeaderOutput_) HTTP headers for text classifications output. Each header provides a URL you can use to get the result of the classification. The URL takes a list of text strings and classifiers that each text string can be classified in. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProductReturnRateListOutput Output representation of products with return rates * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `productReturnRateList` (_array of ProductReturnRateOutput_) List of product return rates. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### PreviewCartToExchangeOrderInput Information required to preview a cart to exchange order. * `exchangeCartId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the cart used for adding items to the exchange order. _Available in: v60.0_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string (Id)_, required) Order summary ID. _Available in: v60.0_ * `referenceId` (_string (Id)_, required) Return order ID. _Available in: v60.0_ ### PreviewCartToExchangeOrderOutput Expected change order financial values for the preview cart to exchange order action. * `balanceStateExchangeWebCart` (_object_) BalanceStatePreviewOutput The balance state preview for the exchange web cart. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BalanceStatePreviewOutput`. * `balanceStateOriginalOrderSummary` (_object_) BalanceStatePreviewOutput The balance state preview for the original order summary. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BalanceStatePreviewOutput`. * `balanceStateReturnOrder` (_object_) BalanceStatePreviewOutput The balance state preview for the return order. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BalanceStatePreviewOutput`. * `changeBalances` (_object_) ChangeItemOutput Expected financial values for the proposed cancel action. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChangeItemOutput`. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string_) The ID of the OrderSummary. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### SubmitCartToExchangeOrderInput Information required to submit an exchange order. * `exchangeCartId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the cart used for adding items to the exchange order. _Available in: v60.0_ * `orderNumber` (_string_) Order number. _Available in: v60.0_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string (Id)_, required) Order summary ID. _Available in: v60.0_ * `paymentInfoList` (_array of PaymentInfoInput_) List of payment information when additional funds are needed for the newly created exchange order. _Available in: v60.0_ * `referenceId` (_string (Id)_) Return order ID. _Available in: v60.0_ * `reservationType` (_string_) The reservation that's created by the submit API. The possible values are Full, which means there’s a reservation against the exchange cart, or None if there’s no reservation. _Available in: v61.0_ * `sequences` (_array of SharedOrderPaymentSummarySequenceInput_) Ordered list of order payment summaries and reserved balance amounts to apply them to. _Available in: v60.0_ ### SubmitCartToExchangeOrderOutput Exchange order summary resulting from a submit cart to exchange order action. * `balanceStateExchangeWebCart` (_object_) BalanceStatePreviewOutput The balance state preview for the exchange web cart. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BalanceStatePreviewOutput`. * `balanceStateOriginalOrderSummary` (_object_) BalanceStatePreviewOutput The balance state preview for the original order summary. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BalanceStatePreviewOutput`. * `balanceStateReturnOrder` (_object_) BalanceStatePreviewOutput The balance state preview for the return order. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BalanceStatePreviewOutput`. * `changeBalances` (_object_) ChangeItemOutput Expected financial values for the proposed cancel action. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChangeItemOutput`. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `exchangeOrderSummaryId` (_string_) Exchange order summary ID. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string_) The ID of the OrderSummary. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CreateOrderPaymentSummaryInput An OrderSummary for which to create an OrderPaymentSummary, with the payment authorization or payments to include in it. * `name` (_string_) Name of the OrderPaymentSummary. _Available in: v66.0_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the OrderSummary. _Available in: v48.0_ * `paymentAuthorizationId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the payment authorization. Either a payment authorization or at least one payment is required. _Available in: v48.0_ * `paymentIds` (_array of string_) List of IDs of the payments. Either a payment authorization or at least one payment is required. _Available in: v48.0_ ### CreateOrderPaymentSummaryOutput ID of the created Order Payment Summary. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderPaymentSummaryId` (_string_) ID of the Order Payment Summary. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OrderSummaryInput An order from which to create an OrderSummary. Optionally, you can specify OrderSummary-specific information such as its Status and whether it is managed in Salesforce Order Management. * `businessModel` (_string_) The order’s business model. It can have one of these values: * B2B * B2C _Available in: v53.0_ * `externalCustomerIdReference` (_string_) External Customer Reference Identifier * `externalReferenceIdentifier` (_string_) Used internally to prevent duplicate records. This value is case-sensitive. _Available in: v56.0_ * `name` (_string_) Specifies an OrderNumber to assign to the order summary. _Available in: v50.0_ * `orderId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the original order. _Available in: v48.0_ * `orderLifeCycleType` (_string_) Specifies whether the order is managed in Salesforce Order Management or by an external system. It can have one of these values: * `MANAGED` —Managed in Salesforce Order Management. * `UNMANAGED` —Managed by an external system. If no value is specified, the default is `MANAGED`. _Available in: v49.0_ Allowed values: `MANAGED`, `UNMANAGED`. * `sourceProcess` (_string_) Describes the order process creating the OrderSummary. It can have one of these values: * `Exchange—An Exchange process.` * `OrderOnBehalf` —An Order on Behalf Of process. * `Standard` —Any process other than Exchange or Order on Behalf Of. If no value is specified, the default is `Standard`. _Available in: v57.0_ Allowed values: `Exchange—An Exchange process.`, `OrderOnBehalf`, `Standard`. * `status` (_string_) Specifies a status to assign to the order summary. The value must match one of the picklist values on the Status field of the OrderSummary object. _Available in: v50.0_ ### OrderSummaryOutput ID of the created Order Summary. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string_) ID of the Order Summary. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CreateMultipleInvoicesFromChangeOrdersInput Data about the change orders to create Invoices for. * `invoicesFromChangeOrders` (_array of CreateInvoiceFromChangeOrdersInput_, required) List of OrderSummary IDs with the IDs of the associated change orders to create Invoices for. Each entry in the list generates one invoice, which combines the change orders in that entry. _Available in: v56.0_ ### CreateMultipleInvoicesFromChangeOrdersOutput List of lists of invoices created from change orders for fees. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `invoices` (_array of CreateInvoiceFromChangeOrdersOutput_) List of IDs of invoices created from change orders for fees. Include these invoice IDs when calling Ensure Refunds for the return that the fees applied to. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### MultipleEnsureFundsAsyncInput List of Invoices and the associated OrderSummaries. * `asyncInputs` (_array of InnerEnsureFundsAsyncInput_, required) List of Invoices to ensure funds for and the associated OrderSummaries. _Available in: v56.0_ ### MultipleAsyncOutput IDs of the asynchronous background operations. This output only includes the operation IDs, regardless of whether calls are made to an external payment gateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operations. * `asyncOutputs` (_array of AsyncOutput_) List of IDs of background operations. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### AdjustOrderItemSummaryInput Price adjustments to order item summaries that together make up a price adjustment to an order, with options for adjusting items in the process of being fulfilled. * `adjustItems` (_array of AdjustItemInput_, required) List of price adjustments to order item summaries. _Available in: v49.0_ * `allocatedItemsChangeOrderType` (_string_) Process to use for order item summary quantities that are currently being fulfilled, defined as `QuantityAllocated` - `QuantityFulfilled`. Values are: * `Disallowed` —When distributing the adjustment, ignore any quantities being fulfilled. If an order item summary’s entire quantity is being fulfilled, return an error. This is the default value. * `InFulfillment` —When distributing the adjustment, include quantities being fulfilled. Create a separate change order for the adjustments made to those quantities. * `PreFulfillment` —When distributing the adjustment, include quantities being fulfilled. Include the adjustments made to those quantities in the change order for pre-fulfillment quantity adjustments. _Available in: v55.0_ Allowed values: `Disallowed`, `InFulfillment`, `PreFulfillment`. * `individualLineItemTaxAdjustments` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to create multiple lines for each tax adjustment or one line with all tax adjustments. The default value is false. _Available in: v59.0_ ### AdjustOrderSummaryOutput Output representation of the financial changes for an adjust items action. For a preview action, these values are the expected output. For a submit action, these values are the actual output. * `changeBalances` (_object_) ChangeItemOutput Expected financial values for the proposed cancel action. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChangeItemOutput`. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `inFulfillmentChangeOrderId` (_string_) ID of the change Order that holds the financial changes applicable to OrderItemSummary quantities that are in the process of being fulfilled. This change Order is only created for a request that specified an `allocatedItemsChangeOrderType` of InFulfillment. For an adjustPreview call, this value is always null. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string_) The ID of the OrderSummary. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `postFulfillmentChangeOrderId` (_string_) ID of the change Order that holds the financial changes applicable to OrderItemSummary quantities that have been fulfilled. For an adjustPreview call, this value is always null. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `preFulfillmentChangeOrderId` (_string_) ID of the change Order that holds the financial changes applicable to OrderItemSummary quantities that have not been fulfilled. If the request specified an `allocatedItemsChangeOrderType` of PreFulfillment, this change Order also includes the changes applicable to OrderItemSummary quantities that are in the process of being fulfilled. For an adjustPreview call, this value is always null. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CreateCreditMemoInput A list of change orders used to create a credit memo. * `changeOrderIds` (_array of string_, required) List of IDs of the change orders. _Available in: v48.0_ ### CreateCreditMemoOutput ID of a created Credit Memo. * `creditMemoId` (_string_) ID of the created Credit Memo. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ChangeInput A list of changes to order item summaries that make up an order change, such as a cancel or return. * `changeItems` (_array of ChangeItemInput_, required) List of changes to OrderItemSummaries. _Available in: v48.0_ ### PreviewCancelOutput Expected financial values for a proposed cancel action. * `changeBalances` (_object_) ChangeItemOutput Expected financial values for the proposed cancel action. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChangeItemOutput`. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string_) The ID of the OrderSummary. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ChangeOrderSummaryInput A change to an order summary. There are some general validations for this input. The maximum number of changes allowed per request is 100. You must include at least one change for an entity, and each change that’s associated with an entity counts as one change. You can modify only order item summaries in Ordered status. * `changeOrdersReferenceNumber` (_string_) The order reference number value for the Change Order associated with the current request. _Available in: v66.0_ * `changeReason` (_string_, required) The reason for the change. It has to be an active Picklist value from the OrderItemSummaryChange entity Reason field. _Available in: v66.0_ * `orderAdjustmentGroupSummaries` (_array of ChangeOrderAdjustmentGroupSummaryInput_) The list of order adjustment group summaries changes. _Available in: v66.0_ * `orderDeliveryGroupSummaries` (_array of ChangeOrderDeliveryGroupSummaryInput_) The list of order delivery group summaries changes. _Available in: v66.0_ * `orderItemAdjustmentLineSummaries` (_array of ChangeOrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaryInput_) The list of order item adjustment line summaries changes. _Available in: v66.0_ * `orderItemSummaries` (_array of ChangeOrderItemSummaryInput_) The list of order item summaries changes. _Available in: v66.0_ * `orderItemTaxLineItemSummaries` (_array of ChangeOrderItemTaxLineItemSummaryInput_) The list of order item tax line item summaries changes. _Available in: v66.0_ * `orderSummary` (_object_) The order summary sObject representation that contains the changes for the Order Summary. _Available in: v66.0_ Additional properties: `any`. ### PreviewChangeOrderSummaryOutput The output representation for the change order summary preview. * `changeBalances` (_object_) ChangeItemOutput Expected financial values for the proposed cancel action. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChangeItemOutput`. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string_) The ID of the OrderSummary. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### PreviewReturnOutput Expected financial values for a proposed return action. * `changeBalances` (_object_) ChangeItemOutput Expected financial values for the proposed cancel action. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChangeItemOutput`. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string_) The ID of the OrderSummary. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### SubmitCancelOutput ID of the change order created for a cancel action, and a set of its financial values. * `changeBalances` (_object_) ChangeItemOutput Financial values resulting from the cancel. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChangeItemOutput`. * `changeOrderId` (_string_) ID of the change order created for the canceled order items and shipping charges. Use this change order to create a credit memo. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `feeChangeOrderId` (_string_) ID of the change order created by canceling order items with associated cancel fees. Use this change order to create an invoice. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### SubmitChangeOrderSummaryOutput The output representation for the submitted change order summary. * `changeBalances` (_object_) ChangeItemOutput Expected financial values for the proposed cancel action. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChangeItemOutput`. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string_) The ID of the OrderSummary. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `preFulfillmentChangeOrderId` (_string_) The pre fulfillment change order ID that holds the financial changes applicable to the modified order. When the change is non-financial, this value is always null. Use this change order to create a credit memo. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### SubmitReturnOutput ID of the change order created for a return action, and a set of its financial values. * `changeBalances` (_object_) ChangeItemOutput Financial values resulting from the return. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChangeItemOutput`. * `changeOrderId` (_string_) ID of the change order created for the returned order items and shipping charges. Use this change order to create a credit memo. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `feeChangeOrderId` (_string_) ID of the change order created by returning order items with associated return fees. Use this change order to create an invoice. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### EnsureFundsAsyncInput ID of an Invoice to ensure funds for and apply them to. * `invoiceId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the Invoice. _Available in: v48.0_ * `isAllowPartial` (_boolean_, required) If true, the invoice can be funded through multiple, partial payments. Optionally, define a sequence to capture multiple payments. If false, the invoice must be funded through a single payment. Default value is false. _Available in: v60.0_ * `isReservedBalanceAmountConsidered` (_boolean_) Is Reserved Balance Considered * `sequences` (_array of SequenceOrderPaymentSummaryInput_) The payment sequence in which the funds are captured for the invoice. _Available in: v60.0_ * `isConsiderReservedBalanceAmount` (_boolean_) If true, the reserved balance amount is used for the Order Summary to fund the invoice. If not enough reserved balance amount, any available balance that isn’t reserved by another Order Summary is used. If false, any available balance is used. _Available in: v59.0_ ### EnsureFundsAsyncOutput ID of the asynchronous background operation. This output only includes the operation ID, regardless of whether a call is made to an external payment gateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operation. * `backgroundOperationId` (_string_) ID of the background operation. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### EnsureRefundsAsyncInput ID of a credit memo to ensure refunds for, an amount of excess funds to refund, or both. At least one is required. Also includes any invoices for fees that reduce the refund amount, such as return fees. If multiple payment methods are available, you can specify how to distribute the refund. * `creditMemoId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the credit memo that represents a refund amount. Either `creditMemoId` or `excessFundsAmount` is required _Available in: v48.0_ * `excessFundsAmount` (_number (double)_) Amount of excess funds to refund. Either `excessFundsAmount` or `creditMemoId` is required _Available in: v49.0_ * `invoicesToPay` (_array of InvoiceToPayInput_) List of invoices for any fees that reduce the refund, such as return fees. _Available in: v56.0_ * `isAllowPartial` (_boolean_) This value controls the behavior when the amounts included in the `sequences` list don’t cover the entire refund amount. If this value is false, then the default refund logic is applied to ensure the remaining refund amount. If this value is true, then the unrefunded balance remains on the credit memo. If you don’t specify a `sequences` list, this value is ignored and the default refund logic is applied. The default value is false. _Available in: v56.0_ * `isReservedBalanceAmountConsidered` (_boolean_) If true, the refundable amount is used to open the payment balance for the reservedBalanceAmount in the Order Payment Summaries. The remaining refundable amount considers the sequence of order payment summaries, if provided. If false, any reserved balance amount for exchanges is refunded. _Available in: v59.0_ * `sequences` (_array of SequenceOrderPaymentSummaryInput_) Ordered list of refund amounts and OrderPaymentSummaries to apply them to. An OrderPaymentSummary must either belong to the order summary or be a reference to the order summary in the OrderPaymentSummaryReference entity. The process traverses this list in order and stops when it's refunded the full amount. _Available in: v56.0_ ### EnsureRefundsAsyncOutput ID of the asynchronous background operation. This output only includes the operation ID, regardless of whether a call is made to an external payment gateway. It doesn’t include any errors from the operation. * `backgroundOperationId` (_string_) ID of the background operation. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ConnectProductExpandType ProductExpandType enumeration. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ReturnReasons`. ### ProductsListOutput Products with product data and with expand details. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `products` (_array of ProductOutput_) The product’s identifier. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsInput Data used to calculate order fulfillment routes involving the fewest number of shipment splits. * `locationAvailableInventory` (_array of LocationAvailabilityInput_) Each list element represents the available quantity of a product at an inventory location. At least one element is required _Available in: v51.0_ * `maximumNumberOfSplits` (_integer_) The maximum allowable number of shipment splits. Routing options that involve more than this number of splits are not returned. Each split represents an additional shipment. Specifying a maximum of 0 returns only locations that can fulfill the entire order in a single shipment. A maximum of 1 returns combinations of locations that can fulfill the order in one or two shipments, and so on. _Available in: v51.0_ * `orderedQuantities` (_array of QuantityWithSkuInput_) Each list element represents a quantity of a product to be routed for fulfillment. At least one element is required _Available in: v51.0_ ### FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsOutput A list of inventory location combinations that can fulfill an order without exceeding the maximum number of shipments. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `targetLocations` (_array of AvailableLocationOutput_) Each element of the list is a set of inventory locations that together can fulfill the order being routed. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsUsingOCIInput Data used to calculate order fulfillment routes involving the fewest number of shipment splits, taking into account inventory availability. * `findRoutesWithFewestSplitsUsingOCIInputs` (_array of FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsGroupUsingOCIInput_) Each list element represents a routing request for one order. At least one element is required _Available in: v54.0_ * `ociExpandAttributes` (_string_) The string value groupEligibilityExclusion excludes specific locations. ### FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsUsingOCIOutput A list of order fulfillment routes with inventory availability information. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `results` (_array of FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsWithInventoryOutput_) Each element of the list is the response for one element of the input list. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### RankAverageDistanceInput An order recipient’s geographic location and information about sets of inventory locations that can fulfill the order. * `deliveryCountryCode` (_string_, required) The country code of the order recipient. _Available in: v51.0_ * `deliveryPostalCode` (_string_, required) The postal code of the order recipient. _Available in: v51.0_ * `distanceUnit` (_string_) Specify mi or km to return average distances in miles or kilometers, respectively. _Available in: v51.0_ * `sortResult` (_string_) Specify ASC or DESC to rank the results by average shipping distance in ascending or descending order, respectively. _Available in: v51.0_ * `targetLocations` (_array of TargetLocationInput_) Each element is a set of inventory locations that can combine to fulfill the order. At least one element is required _Available in: v51.0_ ### RankAverageDistanceOutput The results of calculating the average distances from sets of inventory locations to an order recipient. * `distanceUnit` (_string_) The specified unit of distance (miles or kilometers). _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `results` (_array of AverageDistanceResultOutput_) The results of the shipping distance calculations. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ConfirmHeldFOCapacityInput Request to confirm held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. Can correspond to one action call. * `confirmHeldFOCapacityRequests` (_array of ConfirmHeldFOCapacityRequestInput_, required) List of requests to confirm held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. _Available in: v55.0_ ### ConfirmHeldFOCapacityOutput Response to a request to confirm held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. Can correspond to one action call. * `confirmHeldFOCapacityResponses` (_array of ConfirmHeldFOCapacityResponseOutput_) List of responses to the requests to confirm held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### GetFOCapacityValuesRequestInput Locations to get fulfillment order capacity information for. * `locationIds` (_array of string_, required) List of IDs of the locations to get fulfillment order capacity information for. _Available in: v55.0_ ### GetFOCapacityValuesOutput Response to a request for fulfillment order capacity values for one or more locations. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locations` (_array of LocationCapacityOutput_) List of fulfillment order capacity values for one or more locations. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### HoldFOCapacityInput Request to hold fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. Can correspond to one action call. * `holdFOCapacityRequests` (_array of HoldFOCapacityRequestInput_, required) List of requests to hold fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. _Available in: v55.0_ ### HoldFOCapacityOutput Response to a request to hold fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. Can correspond to one action call. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `holdFOCapacityResponses` (_array of HoldFOCapacityResponseOutput_) List of responses to the requests to hold fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ReleaseHeldFOCapacityInput Request to release held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. Can correspond to one action call. * `releaseHeldFOCapacityRequests` (_array of ReleaseHeldFOCapacityRequestInput_, required) List of requests to release held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. _Available in: v55.0_ ### ReleaseHeldFOCapacityOutput Response to a request to release held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. Can correspond to one action call. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `releaseHeldFOCapacityResponses` (_array of ReleaseHeldFOCapacityResponseOutput_) List of responses to the requests to release held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProductSearchOutput Product search response. * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `facets` (_array of ProductSearchFacetOutput_) A list of facet names to filter the search. For example, `["size_medium", "color_red"]`. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locale` (_string_) Locale used for the product search. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `pageNumber` (_integer_) Maximum number of search results pages to return. If you don't specify a value, the default is 1. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 20. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `products` (_array of ProductSearchProductOutput_) Array of products found by the search. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalRecordsFound` (_integer (int64)_) Total products found. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProductDetailsOutput Details about a product. * `attributes` (_array of ProductVariationAttributeOutput_) List of variation attributes that define variations of the product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `childItems` (_array of ProductBundleChildOutput_) For bundle products only: an array of the individual products that are a part of the bundle. Only applicable for B2B or D2C stores. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Currency ISO code. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `fields` (_object_) List of the product’s fields. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `imageGroups` (_array of ProductImageGroupOutput_) List of the product’s image groups. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `listPrice` (_number (double)_) List price. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `name` (_string_) Name. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `productClass` (_string_) List of variation attributes that define variations of the product. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `productId` (_string_) Product ID. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `productQuantityRule` (_ProductQuantityRuleOutput_) * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) The product’s class. Possible values are: Bundle, Simple, Variation, Variation Parent, or Set. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalChildrenCount` (_string_) For bundles only: the total number of child products in a bundle. Only applicable for B2B or D2C stores. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `unitPrice` (_number (double)_) Unit price. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `variants` (_array of ProductVariantOutput_) List of variations of the product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ReturnOrderInput Data for creating a ReturnOrder and ReturnOrderLineItems. * `orderSummaryId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the OrderSummary containing the items to be returned. The OrderSummary’s OrderLifeCycleType must be Managed. _Available in: v50.0_ * `refundInstructionsHint` (_RefundInstructionsHintInput_) * `returnOrderLifeCycleType` (_string_, required) The LifeCycleType of the ReturnOrder. Possible values are: * Managed—Process the ReturnOrder using the APIs and actions. It can generate change orders and affects financial fields and rollup calculations. * Unmanaged—The ReturnOrder is for tracking purposes only. It isn’t involved in any financial calculations and doesn’t generate any change orders. The system doesn’t prevent the creation of duplicate ReturnOrderLineItems in an unmanaged ReturnOrder for the same OrderItem. _Available in: v51.0_ * `returnOrderLineItems` (_array of ReturnOrderLineItemInput_) List of data for creating ReturnOrderLineItems. At least one element is required _Available in: v50.0_ * `status` (_string_, required) Status to assign the ReturnOrder. This value must match an entry in the ReturnOrder object’s Status picklist. _Available in: v50.0_ ### ReturnOrderOutput Output representation of the created Return Order. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `returnOrderId` (_string_) A newly created Return Order ID _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ReturnItemsInput Data about products and delivery charges to return, as well as associated return fees. * `returnOrderItemDeliveryCharges` (_array of ReturnOrderItemDeliveryChargeInput_) List of ReturnOrderLineItems to return that represent delivery charges. _Available in: v52.0_ * `returnOrderItemFees` (_array of ReturnOrderItemFeeInput_) List of ReturnOrderLineItems to process that represent return fees. _Available in: v56.0_ * `returnOrderItems` (_array of ReturnOrderItemInput_, required) List of ReturnOrderLineItems to process that represent products, along with data about how to process them. _Available in: v52.0_ ### ReturnItemsOutput Output of Return Items. Includes the ID of the generated change order for items and delivery charges being returned, as well as the ID of the generated change order for any charged return fees. Also includes information about any ReturnOrderLineItems that were created to represent remaining return quantities. * `changeOrderId` (_string_) ID of the change order created by processing the ReturnOrderLineItems representing returned items and delivery charges. Use this change order to create a credit memo. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `feeChangeOrderId` (_string_) ID of the change order created by processing the ReturnOrderLineItems representing return fees. Use this change order to create an invoice. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `refundInstructionsHint` (_RefundInstructionsHintOutput_) * `returnLineItemSplits` (_array of ReturnOrderItemSplitLineOutput_) List of properties representing any remaining quantities from partial returns processed by this call. It includes order items, delivery charges, and return fees. Each element of the list includes the ID of a split ReturnOrderLineItem and the ID of the partially processed ReturnOrderLineItem whose remaining quantity it holds. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### RegisterGuestBuyerInput Input representation to Register Guest Buyer ### RegisterGuestBuyerOutput Indicates success or failure of a register guest buyer action. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OrderSummaryGraphsInput List of graphs containing order summary data. * `orderSummaryGraphs` (_array of OrderSummaryGraphInput_, required) List of graphs containing order summary data. _Available in: v57.0_ * `processingInstructions` (_ProcessingInstructionsInput_) ### OrderSummaryGraphsOutputRepresentationList Response from creating pending order summaries. * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponse Error details, if applicable. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponseBilling`. * `orderSummaryGraphsResults` (_array of OrderSummaryGraphOutput_) List of processing results for the order summary graphs in the request. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Whether the order summary graphs were successfully processed. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### EstimateDeliveryDateInput Delivery date estimation information. * `deliveryAddress` (_string_) apex\_connectapi\_input\_delivery\_address Delivery address. _Available in: v63.0_ * `locations` (_array of string_) List of location external references. _Available in: v63.0_ * `products` (_array of DeliveryEstimationProductInput_, required) List of products included in delivery estimation. _Available in: v63.0_ * `shippingCarrier` (_string_, required) apex\_connectapi\_input\_shipping\_carrier Shipping carrier used to deliver the order. _Available in: v63.0_ ### EstimateDeliveryDateOutput Estimated delivery dates. * `deliveryEstimates` (_array of DeliveryEstimateOutput_) List of delivery estimations. _Available in: v63.0_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `estimatedDeliveryReference` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_string Unique code, reference, or identifier for the estimated delivery used by external systems. _Available in: v63.0_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### DeliveryRoutingEngineInput Input for the Delivery Routing Engine, which retrieves routing rules to determine which fulfillment locations should fulfill products for a given delivery address. * `deliveryAddress` (_object_, required) DeliveryAddressInput The destination address for delivery. Use a valid address format. * Coordinates: latitude and longitude * Postal: country code and postal code * Geographic: country code, state, and city _Available in: v67.0_ Includes all fields of `DeliveryAddressInput`. * `excludeLocations` (_object_) LocationListInput Locations that are excluded from routing consideration. Don't leave any identifier blank. The list can contain up to 100 items. _Available in: v67.0_ Includes all fields of `LocationListInput`. * `fulfillmentCriteriaGroupName` (_string_, required) The name of the fulfillment criteria group used for routing. _Available in: v67.0_ * `locationGroupName` (_string_, required) The name of the location group where routing is happening. _Available in: v67.0_ * `products` (_array of RoutingProductInput_, required) The list of products to route. Enter a value between 1 to 2,000 items. _Available in: v67.0_ ### DeliveryRoutingEngineOutput Delivery routing engine output, including ranked routes and the best fulfillment locations for each SKU. * `bestLocationsPerStockKeepingUnit` (_object_) The best fulfillment locations for each SKU. The map key is the SKU string. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `array of BestLocationPerSKUOutput`. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `routes` (_array of RouteOutput_) Delivery routes ranked by score. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCIBatchUpdateInput Details of one or more inventory records to update in a batch. * `records` (_array of OCIBatchUpdateSingleInput_, required) Data for one inventory record in a list to update. _Available in: v62.0_ ### OCIBatchUpdateOutput Details of the updated inventory records. * `errors` (_array of OCIBatchUpdateErrorOutput_) Errors returned by the transaction. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityOutput Response to an upload inventory availability job. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that resulted in the transaction * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. * `uploadId` (_string_) Identifier of the upload job. Use this value to retrieve the status of the job. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCIUploadInventoryAvailabilityStatusOutput Detailed status of an upload inventory availability job. * `endTimeUTC` (_string_) The UTC time when the job finished. (for example: "2020-07-06T22:54:08.012Z") _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that resulted in the transaction * `recordsProcessedCount` (_integer_) The number of records processed by the job. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `recordsReadCount` (_integer_) The number of records read by the job. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `recordsSkippedCount` (_integer_) The number of records skipped by the job. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `startTimeUTC` (_string_) _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `status` (_string_) The overall status of the inventory availability upload (e.g. "PENDING", "COMPLETED"). _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. * `uploadId` (_string_) Identifier of the job. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `validationErrors` (_array of string_) List of any validation errors returned by the job. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `validationStatus` (_string_) The validation status of the job. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityInput Details of a request to retrieve inventory availability. * `expand` (_array of string_) Expand * `locationGroupIdentifier` (_string_) The External Reference of a location group to retrieve inventory availability data for. Specifying this value retrieves inventory data for all locations belonging to this group. _Available in: v51.0_ * `locationGroupIdentifiers` (_array of string_) A list of up to 100 External References of location groups to retrieve inventory availability data for. _Available in: v51.0_ * `locationIdentifiers` (_array of string_) A list of up to 100 External References of locations to retrieve inventory availability data for. _Available in: v51.0_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) The SKU of a product to retrieve inventory availability data for. Specifying a SKU with no locations or location groups returns availability data for that SKU at all inventory locations that aren’t assigned to location groups. _Available in: v51.0_ * `stockKeepingUnits` (_array of string_) A list of up to 100 SKUs of products to retrieve inventory availability data for. _Available in: v51.0_ * `useCache` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to fetch the inventory data from the cache. The default value is `true` . _Available in: v51.0_ * `includeRelatedProducts` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the returned inventory level includes variant products if the given product has variants. When set to `true` , only one product ID is accepted. There's a limit of 100 variant products. If the total of variants exceeds 100, no variants are included in the inventory level. _Available in: v64.0_ ### OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityOutput Response to a request for inventory availability data. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that resulted in the transaction * `locationGroups` (_array of OCILocationGroupAvailabilityOutput_) A list of inventory availability data for individual location groups. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locations` (_array of OCILocationAvailabilityOutput_) A list of inventory availability data for individual locations. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. ### OCIPublishLocationStructureOutput Response to a publish location structure request. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that resulted in the transaction * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. * `uploadId` (_string_) Identifier of the publish job. Use this value to retrieve the status of the job. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCIPublishLocationStructureStatusOutput Detailed status of a publish location structure job. * `endTimeUTC` (_string_) The UTC time when the job finished. (for example: "2020-07-06T22:54:08.012Z") _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that resulted in the transaction * `recordsProcessedCount` (_integer_) The number of records processed by the job. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `recordsReadCount` (_integer_) The number of records read by the job. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `recordsSkippedCount` (_integer_) The number of records skipped by the job. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `startTimeUTC` (_string_) The UTC time when the job started. (for example: "2020-07-06T22:53:06.788Z") _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `status` (_string_) The status of the job. (e.g., "PENDING," "COMPLETED," etc.). _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. * `uploadId` (_string_) Identifier of the job. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `validationErrors` (_array of string_) List of any validation errors returned by the job. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `validationStatus` (_string_) The validation status of the job. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCIFulfillReservationInput A list of inventory reservations to fulfill. * `fulfillmentRecords` (_array of OCIFulfillReservationSingleInput_) A list of inventory reservations. The list can include up to 100 elements. At least one element is required. _Available in: v51.0_ * `reservationId` (_string_) The ID of the inventory reservation. _Available in: v58.0_ ### OCIFulfillReservationOutput Response to a request to fulfill one or more inventory reservations. * `errors` (_array of OCIFulfillReservationErrorOutput_) Responses for the individual reservations in the fulfillment request. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request was successful. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCIReleaseReservationInput Details of one or more inventory reservations to release. * `releaseRecords` (_array of OCIReleaseReservationSingleInput_) List of inventory reservations to release. The list can include up to 100 elements. At least one element is required. _Available in: v51.0_ * `reservationId` (_string_) The ID of the inventory reservation. _Available in: v58.0_ ### OCIReleaseReservationOutput Response to a request to release one or more inventory reservations. * `errors` (_array of OCIReleaseReservationErrorOutput_) Responses for the individual reservations in the release request. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request was successful. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCICreateReservationInput Data to reserve inventory at one or more Omnichannel Inventory locations or location groups. * `actionRequestId` (_string_, required) A UUID that identifies the request. Use the action request IDs in response data to identify which requests succeeded or failed. If the `OmnichannelInventoryService` class's `createReservation` method is called, the actionRequestId is used for the reservationId. _Available in: v51.0_ * `allowPartialReservations` (_boolean_) When true, if the system can’t create the entire reservation, then it attempts to create a partial reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ * `createAllOrNothingRecords` (_array of OCICreateReservationSingleInput_) Records to reserve with all or nothing * `createRecords` (_array of OCICreateReservationSingleInput_) A list of product quantities and locations or location groups. The list can include up to 100 elements. At least one element is required _Available in: v51.0_ * `expirationSeconds` (_integer_) A length of time in seconds. If the reservation isn’t fulfilled within this amount of time after the `reservationTime`, then it expires. The maximum value is 14400. _Available in: v51.0_ * `externalRefId` (_string_) External reference ID. _Available in: v51.0_ * `reservationId` (_string_) Reservation Id * `reservationTime` (_string_) The time at which to record the reservation. Example: 2020-07-24T21:13:00Z _Available in: v51.0_ ### OCICreateReservationOutput Result of an Omnichannel Inventory reservation creation request. * `details` (_array of OCICreateReservationSingleOutput_) Details for each product in the reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errors` (_array of OCICreateReservationErrorOutput_) Any errors returned by the reservation request. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `expirationTime` (_string_) The time at which the reservation would expire. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reservationTime` (_string_) The time when the reservation was recorded. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the reservation was successfully created. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCITransferReservationInput A list of inventory reservation transfers and specifies whether a single failure cancels the entire list. * `allOrNothingTransferId` (_string_) Controls whether a single failed transfer cancels all other transfers in the `transferRecords` list. * To allow some transfers in the `transferRecords` list to succeed when others fail, don’t include this property. * To cancel all the transfers in the `transferRecords` list when any of them fail, set this property to a UUID. The ID must be unique, but isn’t otherwise used in this version. _Available in: v51.0_ * `reservationId` (_string_) The ID of the inventory reservation. _Available in: v58.0_ * `transferRecords` (_array of OCITransferReservationSingleInput_) A list of inventory reservation transfers. The list can include up to 100 elements. At least one element is required. _Available in: v51.0_ ### OCITransferReservationOutput Response to a request to transfer one or more inventory reservations. * `errors` (_array of OCITransferReservationErrorOutput_) Responses for the individual reservations in the transfer request. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request was successful. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCIUpdateReservationInput Data to update one or more Omnichannel Inventory item reservations. * `actionRequestId` (_string_, required) Unique and idempotent action request ID. Use in response data to identify which requests succeeded or failed. _Available in: v61.0_ * `allowPartialReservations` (_boolean_) When true, if the system can’t update the entire reservation, then it attempts to update a partial reservation. _Available in: v61.0_ * `externalRefId` (_string_) External reference ID. _Available in: v61.0_ * `reservationId` (_string_) The ID of the inventory reservation. _Available in: v61.0_ * `reservationTime` (_string_) The time the reservation was updated. Example: 2020-07-24T21:13:00Z. _Available in: v61.0_ * `updateAllOrNothingRecords` (_array of OCIUpdateReservationSingleInput_) Controls whether a single failed request updates all other requests in the list (true) or whether some requests can succeed if others fail (false). The default value is false. _Available in: v61.0_ * `updateRecords` (_array of OCIUpdateReservationSingleInput_) A list of product quantities and locations or location groups. The list can have up to 100 elements. At least one element is required _Available in: v61.0_ ### OCIUpdateReservationOutput Result of an Omnichannel Inventory update request for reserved inventory. * `details` (_array of OCIUpdateReservationSingleOutput_) Details for each product in the reservation. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errors` (_array of OCIUpdateReservationErrorOutput_) Any errors returned by the reservation update request. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `reservationTime` (_string_) The time when the reservation was updated. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the reservation was successfully updated. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### InventoryCheckAvailabilityInput Check inventory availability in either an individual location or group location. Check for available to fulfill, available to order, and on hand quantity information. * `inventoryDimension` (_string_) Fulfillment option you want to check. * On Hand: Inventory available, not counting Future Inventory or Quantity Reserved. * Available to Fulfill (ATF): Inventory that can be fulfilled now. * Available to Order (ATO): Inventory that can be ordered. Default option if no dimension is selected. _Available in: v60.0_ * `locationGroups` (_array of LocationGroupCheckAvailabilityInput_) A list of inventory availability data for location groups. Required if `locations` isn’t requested. _Available in: v60.0_ * `locations` (_array of LocationCheckAvailabilityInput_) A list of inventory availability data for individual locations. Required if `locationsGroups` isn’t requested. _Available in: v60.0_ ### InventoryCheckAvailabilityOutput Inventory product availability for an individual location or location group. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that resulted in the transaction * `locationGroups` (_array of LocationGroupCheckAvailabilityOutput_) List of inventory availability data for individual location groups. Request `locationGroups` or `location` information, not both. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locations` (_array of LocationCheckAvailabilityOutput_) List of inventory availability data for individual locations. Request `locationGroups` or `location` information, not both. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. ### InventoryLevelsOutput Inventory levels data. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that resulted in the transaction * `locationGroups` (_array of LocationGroupLevelsOutput_) List of inventory availability data for individual location groups. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locations` (_array of LocationLevelsOutput_) List of inventory availability data for individual locations. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. * `totalInventory` (_array of InventoryProductOutput_) All inventory information associated with the product. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### InvoiceInput Connect API representation of an invoice service input request * `accountId` (_string_) ID of the account record to create the invoices for. Required if the `billingScheduleIds` or `billingTransactionId` property isn’t specified. _Available in: v63.0_ * `action` (_object_, required) InvoiceActionEnum Type of invoice to be created. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `InvoiceActionEnum`. * `billingScheduleIds` (_array of string_) List of billing schedule IDs that’s used to create the invoices. You can specify a maximum of 200 billing schedules. Required if the `accountId` or `billingTransactionId` property isn’t specified. _Available in: v62.0_ * `billingTransactionId` (_string_) ID of the billing transaction record, which is the order ID, to create the invoices for. Required if the `accountId` or `billingScheduleIds` property isn’t specified. _Available in: v63.0_ * `configurationOverrides` (_object_) InvoiceAPIConfigurationOverrideInput Additional configuration details for generating an invoice. These details specify whether the generation of payment schedules and payment schedule items must be skipped. _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `InvoiceAPIConfigurationOverrideInput`. * `correlationId` (_string_) Property that’s tagged against the published `InvoiceProcessedEvent` event, if specified. _Available in: v62.0_ * `invoiceDate` (_string_, required) Stamping date of the invoice in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v62.0_ * `targetDate` (_string_, required) Date in ISO 8601 format used to decide the billing periods that are included to create invoices. _Available in: v62.0_ ### RevenueAsync Connect API representation of an async service result * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Details of errors, if any. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `requestIdentifier` (_string_) Unique identifier of the request. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `statusURL` (_string_) a StatusURL for tracking this operation * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the API request is successful (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CheckoutStartAddressInputRequest Checkout start address input. * `city` (_string_) The address city. _Available in: v61.0, v0.0_ * `companyName` (_string_, required) The address company name. _Available in: v61.0_ * `country` (_string_, required) ISO code of the address country. Must match one of the valid ISO codes defined within the org’s State-Country picklist. _Available in: v61.0_ * `firstName` (_string_) First name of the contact. _Available in: v61.0_ * `id` (_string_) ID for the checkout _Available in: v61.0_ * `lastName` (_string_) Last name of the contact. _Available in: v61.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) Name of the contact. _Available in: v61.0_ * `postalCode` (_string_) Zip code or postal code for the address. _Available in: v61.0_ * `region` (_string_) ISO code of the address region. Must match one of the valid ISO codes defined within the org’s State-Country picklist. _Available in: v61.0_ * `shouldUseDefaultAddress` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the contact’s default address shoud be used for checkout ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v61.0_ * `street` (_string_, required) Address street. _Available in: v61.0_ ### CartSummaryInformation Cart Summary Node Representation * `accountId` (_string_) The ID of account for the Cart. * `asyncOperationStatus` (_ConnectCartAsyncOperationStatusEnum_) * `cartId` (_string_) Unique ID of the Cart * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO currency code associated with the cart. * `firstPymtGrandTotalAmount` (_string_) The first payment amount with taxes of the current cart. * `firstPymtTotalAmount` (_string_) The total amount on the first payment of the current cart. * `firstPymtTotalListPrice` (_string_) The total list price on the first payment of the current cart. * `firstPymtTotalTaxAmount` (_string_) The first payment total tax amount of the current cart. * `grandTotalAmount` (_string_) Grand total amount including shipping and tax for items in the cart, in the currency of the cart. * `isSecondary` (_boolean_) True if the cart should be secondary. * `messagesSummary` (_CartMessagesSummary_) * `name` (_string_) The friendly name for the cart. * `orderOwnerId` (_string_) The Order Owner ID of the Cart. * `ownerId` (_string_) The ID of the owner of the Cart. * `purchaseOrderNumber` (_string_) The associated purchase order for this cart. * `quoteLineItemCount` (_integer_, nullable) Tracks the count of items added to the webcart from quotes. * `status` (_ConnectCartStatusEnum_) * `taxType` (_ConnectCartTaxTypeEnum_) * `totalAmountWithItemAdjustment` (_string_) The total amount with item level adjustment on cart. * `totalBalanceAmountAfterCartCredits` (_string_) The total cart balance after applying the cart credits. * `totalCartLevelAdjustmentAmount` (_string_) The total cart level discount amount on cart. * `totalChargeAmount` (_string_) Total amount for shipping and other charges in the currency of the cart. * `totalChargeAmountWithItemAdjustment` (_string_) The total amount with shipping item level adjustment on cart. * `totalListPrice` (_string_) The total list price of the Cart in the currency of the Cart. * `totalProductAmount` (_string_) Total amount including discounts, but excluding shipping and tax, for product items in the cart. * `totalProductAmountAfterAdjustments` (_string_) TotalProductAmount when Promotion is OFF and Sum of TotalProductAmount and TotalPromotionalAdjustmentAmount with Promotions ON * `totalProductCount` (_string_) The total count of all the items in the Cart. * `totalProductLineItemCount` (_integer_) The total count of cart items of type product in the current cart. * `totalProductListAmount` (_string_) The total list amount for products in the Cart. * `totalPromotionalAdjustmentAmount` (_string_) Sum of all Itemized adjustments amounts and distributed adjustments amounts in the Cart. * `totalSubProductCount` (_string_) The total quantity of subscription product (Evergreen or Term-Defined) of the current cart. * `totalTaxAmount` (_string_) Total tax amount for the cart, including tax on shipping, if applicable. * `type` (_ConnectCartTypeEnum_) * `uniqueProductCount` (_integer_) The total count of unique items(SKUs) in the Cart * `webstoreId` (_string_) The ID of webstore of the Cart. ### ContactInfoV2 Guest Contact Info Representation * `email` (_string_) Email * `firstName` (_string_) First Name * `lastName` (_string_) Last Name * `phoneNumber` (_string_) Phone Number * `secondName` (_string_) Second Name ### DeliveryGroupCollectionV2 Delivery Group Collection V2 Representation * `count` (_integer_) Number of delivery group items returned on the current page. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Current page token. This property should always be provided. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) An absolute URL which points to current page in the items (array of DeliveryGroupRepresentations). This property should always be provided. * `id` (_string (Id)_) Delivery group Id * `items` (_array of DeliveryGroupV2_) List of delivery groups. * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Next page token. Returned only if next page exists. * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Absolute URL pointing to the next page in delivery groups list. Will be returned only if next page exists. * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Previous page token. This property should always be provided. * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Absolute url to the previous page of delivery group items. Maybe returned if previous page exists. * `sortOrder` (_string_) Sorting type for list of delivery groups. Supported sorting orders CreatedDateDesc, CreatedDateAsc. This property should always be provided. * `total` (_integer_) Total amount of delivery groups. ### CheckoutError Checkout Error Representation * `detail` (_string_) Detailed information about the error. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `instance` (_string_) A URI reference that identifies the specific occurrence of the problem. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `invalidParameters` (_array of InvalidParameter_) List of invalid parameters, if any. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `title` (_string_) Brief summary of the error. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of error. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CheckoutContactInfoV2Input Checkout Contact Info Representation * `email` (_string_) Email * `firstName` (_string_) First Name * `isoCountryCodeForPhoneNumber` (_string_) Phone number ISO country code * `lastName` (_string_) Last Name * `phoneNumber` (_string_) Phone number * `secondName` (_string_) Second Name ### CheckoutAddressInputV2CommerceCheckout Address input representation * `city` (_string_) City * `companyName` (_string_) CompanyName * `country` (_string_) Country * `firstName` (_string_) FirstName * `id` (_string_) Id * `lastName` (_string_) LastName * `name` (_string_) Name * `postalCode` (_string_) Postal Code * `region` (_string_) Region * `shipToPhoneNumber` (_string_) Shipping Phone Number * `street` (_string_) Street ### CheckoutOrderActionInput Input representation of the Checkout Order action request, including the action and its parameters for a single order. * `action` (_string_, required) Name of the action to be performed on the place order request. Valid values are: * `prepare` —Validates the request, temporarily reserves inventory, and applies coupons on the items in the cart. * `submit` —Validates the request, enqueues order creation, and returns the order reference number. _Available in: v64.0_ Allowed values: `prepare`, `submit`. * `parameters` (_object_) CheckoutOrderActionParametersInput Parameter for the `submit` action in a place order request. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `CheckoutOrderActionParametersInput`. ### CheckoutOrderAction Checkout Order Action Representation * `action` (_string_) Name of the action. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orderReferenceNumber` (_string_) Unique reference number generated after successfully placing an order. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CheckoutAddressInput Checkout address input. * `city` (_string_) The address city. _Available in: v55.0_ * `country` (_string_, required) ISO code of the address country. Must match one of the valid ISO codes defined within the org’s State-Country picklist. _Available in: v55.0_ * `countryCode` (_string_) Country Code * `name` (_string_, required) Name of the contact. _Available in: v55.0_ * `postalCode` (_string_) Zip code or postal code for the address. _Available in: v55.0_ * `region` (_string_) ISO code of the address region. Must match one of the valid ISO codes defined within the org’s State-Country picklist. _Available in: v55.0_ * `regionCode` (_string_) Region Code * `street` (_string_, required) The address street. _Available in: v55.0_ * `firstName` (_string_) First name of the contact. _Available in: v57.0_ * `isDefault` (_boolean_) Indicates whether a contact’s address is the default address (`true`) or not (`false`). The default value is `false`. _Available in: v55.0_ * `lastName` (_string_) Last name of the contact. _Available in: v57.0_ * `shipToPhoneNumber` (_string_) Phone number of the contact. Don't include a value for this field when submitting an address to the payment API. All default payment components strip phone numbers from the address before submitting to the payment API. If you specify a value, it must be a valid phone number with a country code. _Available in: v63.0_ ### PaymentRequestType Type of payment request. Valid values are: * `Auth` —Payment authorization request. * `PostAuth` — Record a payment transaction that happened outside of the Salesforce platform * `SimplePurchaseOrder` — Use a purchase order as a form of payment _Available in: v55.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Auth`, `ClientRequest`, `PostAuth`, `SimplePurchaseOrder`. ### CardPaymentMethodTokenizationInputRequest Credit card payment method input for tokenization. * `cardHolderName` (_string_, required) Name of the card holder that appears on the card. _Available in: v55.0_ * `cardNumber` (_string_, required) Card number. _Available in: v55.0_ * `cardType` (_string_, required) Card network type. Valid values are: * `AmericanExpress` * `MasterCard` * `Visa` _Available in: v55.0_ * `cvv` (_integer_, required) CVV (security code). _Available in: v55.0_ * `expiryMonth` (_integer_, required) Card expiration month. _Available in: v55.0_ * `expiryYear` (_integer_, required) Card expiration year. _Available in: v55.0_ ### CartItemResultCommerceWishlist A representation to represent result of a Get Cart Item api request. It contains the cart item information, status code for the request, and message if the request is not successful * `cartItem` (_object_) AbstractCartItem Cart item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AbstractCartItem`. * `message` (_string_) Message when the request isn’t successful. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status for the request. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ErrorResponseBilling Error response representation * `errorCode` (_string_) Error Code * `errorEntityId` (_string_) Error Entity Id * `message` (_string_) Message stating the reason for error, if any ### CartProductSummary The product summary for a cart item. * `dynamicAttributes` (_object_) Represents the dynamic attributes associated with this product. Additional properties: `CommerceProductDynamicAttribute`. * `fields` (_object_) Map of Product fields and values requested via input query parameter. Additional properties: `string`. * `isConfigurationAllowed` (_boolean_) Signifies whether product is configurable or not * `name` (_string_) The name of the Product. * `productClass` (_ConnectProductClassEnumCommerceBuyerexperience_) * `productId` (_string (Id)_) The ID of the Product. * `productSubscriptionInformation` (_ProductSellingModelCommerceBuyerexperience_) * `productUrlName` (_string_) Friendly URL name for the product, used for SEO purposes. * `purchaseQuantityRule` (_PurchaseQuantityRuleCommerceEinstein_) * `sku` (_string_) The sku of the Product. * `thumbnailImage` (_ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience_) * `variationAttributes` (_object_) Variation attributes associated to this product Additional properties: `CartProductAttributeCommerceWishlist`. ### CommerceAddressFieldInput Commerce address field input. This is used to reference custom fields for the address. * `dataName` (_string_, required) The name of the custom address field. _Available in: v54.0_ * `text` (_string_) The value of the custom address field. _Available in: v54.0_ ### RecordField Record field containing a reference to another object. * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reference` (_object_) Reference Object referenced by the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. ### BuyerProfileVerificationInput Input details for the buyer profile verification request. * `reCaptchaToken` (_string_, required) An encrypted response generated by Google reCAPTCHA. This token is used as a unique identifier to verify the user's identity. _Available in: v64.0_ * `stepUpVerificationIdentifier` (_string_, required) An unique identifier for updating the buyer's email and phone number. This identifier is generated by the `Commerce Webstore My Profile Initiate OTP` API. _Available in: v64.0_ ### BuyerProfileVerificationResponse Response details for the buyer profile verification request. * `identifier` (_string_) An identifier for the OTP generated through the `Commerce Webstore My Profile Initiate OTP` API. The `Commerce Webstore My Profile Verify OTP` API uses this identifier to verify the OTP. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) The response message for a successful or failed update request. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `method` (_object_) BuyerProfileInitMethodEnum The mode used for sending one-time password (OTP). Possible _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BuyerProfileInitMethodEnum`. * `recipient` (_string_) The recipient of the one-time password (OTP) can be either the buyer's email or phone number, which can be masked. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Indicates whether the request succeeded or failed. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BuyerProfileInitMethodEnum The mode used for sending one-time password (OTP). Possible _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Email`, `Sms`. ### BuyerProfileInitTypeEnum The type for which one-time-password (OTP) is required to be sent. Possible _Available in: v64.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `StepUp`, `Verify`. ### OrderSummaryVerificationInput Order summary verification input. * `email` (_string_) Guest shopper or registered buyer’s email address. This is required for guest shoppers. _Available in: v58.0_ * `lastName` (_string_) Guest shopper or registered buyer’s last name. _Available in: v58.0_ * `phoneNumber` (_string_) Guest shopper or registered buyer’s phone number. This is required for guest shoppers. _Available in: v58.0_ ### OrderToCartFailedProduct Product that couldn’t be added to the cart from an order, with error information. * `errorCode` (_string_) Error code. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorMessage` (_string_) Error message about the cause of the failure. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `media` (_object_) ProductMedia Media associated with the product. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `productId` (_string_) ID of the product. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productName` (_string_) Name of the product. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productSKU` (_string_) SKU of the product. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregates Output representation of the a djustment aggregates associated with an order summary. * `available` (_boolean_) Indicates if adjustment aggregate values are available (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregatesStatusEnum Order summary adjustment aggregate job status. Values are: * `Failed` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary failed. * `InProgress` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary is in progress. * `NotInitiated` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary is not initiated. * `Submitted` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary is submitted. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregatesStatusEnum`. * `totalDeliveryPromotionDistAmount` (_string_) Total distributed delivery promotion amounts associated with an order summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalDeliveryPromotionLineAmount` (_string_) Total delivery promotion line amounts associated with an order summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalDeliveryPromotionTotalAmount` (_string_) Total delivery promotion amount associated with an order summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalProductPromotionDistAmount` (_string_) Total distributed product promotion amounts associated with an order summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalProductPromotionLineAmount` (_string_) Total product promotion line amount associated with an order summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalProductPromotionTotalAmount` (_string_) Total product promotion amount associated with an order summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderSummaryAdjustment Adjustment associated with an order summary. * `amount` (_string_) Amount associated with the adjustment. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `basisReferenceDisplayName` (_string_) Display name for secondary cause of the adjustment (for example, Null or the CouponCode that’s associated with a Coupon) _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the adjustment. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayName` (_string_) Display name for the primary cause of the adjustment (for example, Display name of the Promotion) _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `targetType` (_object_) ConnectOrderSummaryAdjustmentTargetTypeEnum Type of price adjustment in promotions. Values are: * `SplitLine` —Price adjustment on an order item. * `Header` —Price adjustment on the entire order. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectOrderSummaryAdjustmentTargetTypeEnum`. * `type` (_string_) Type of adjustment (for example, Promotion, Other). _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryLookupOutput Order delivery group summary lookup output. * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the order delivery group summary record. _Filter group: Small_ * `deliveryMethod` (_object_) OrderDeliveryMethodLookupOutput Delivery method associated with order the delivery group summary. _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderDeliveryMethodLookupOutput`. * `fields` (_object_) Map of requested order delivery group summary fields. _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the order delivery group summary. _Filter group: Small_ * `lineItems` (_array of OrderItemSummaryLookupOutput_) Line items associated with the order delivery group summary. _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderPaymentSummary Details for the order payment summary. * `fields` (_object_) Collection of order payment summary fields. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `paymentMethod` (_object_) OrderPaymentMethod List of order payment methods. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderPaymentMethod`. ### OrderSummaryProductLookupOutput Order summary product lookup output. * `canViewProduct` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user can view the product (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dynamicAttributes` (_object_) Represents the dynamic attributes associated with this product Additional properties: `CommerceProductDynamicAttribute`. * `errorCode` (_string_) Error code captured during product load. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorMessage` (_string_) Error message captured during product load. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fields` (_object_) Map of requested product fields. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) Id of the product _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `media` (_object_) ProductMedia Associated product media. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `variationAttributes` (_object_) Variation attributes (color, size, and so on) associated with the product. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `OrderSummaryProductAttribute`. ### OrderDeliveryGroupSummary Order delivery group summary. * `fields` (_object_) Map of fields from order delivery group summary and other related objects that were queried. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. ### OrderItemSummary Details of an OrderItemSummary from a failed FulfillmentOrder in a create multiple fulfillment orders request. * `adjustmentAggregates` (_object_) OrderItemSummaryAdjustmentAggregates Adjustment aggregates associated with an order item summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderItemSummaryAdjustmentAggregates`. * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) CurrencyIsoCode of the order item summary. * `fields` (_object_) Map of fields from order item summary and other related objects that were queried. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `orderItemSummaryId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the OrderItemSummary. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the order summary. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `product` (_object_) OrderItemSummaryProduct Associated product item information. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderItemSummaryProduct`. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) List of errors specific to the OrderItemSummary, if any. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_) Quantity of the OrderItemSummary. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OrderItemSummaryAdjustmentInput Order item summary. * `orderItemSummaryId` (_string_, required) ID of the order item summary. _Available in: v53.0_ ### OrderItemSummaryAdjustmentList List of adjustments for an order item summary. * `adjustments` (_array of OrderSummaryAdjustment_) Adjustments associated with an order item summary. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderShipment Order shipment. * `expectedDeliveryDate` (_string (date-time)_) Expected delivery date for the shipment. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fields` (_object_) Map of requested fields. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `orderSummaryId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the order summary. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `shipmentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the shipment. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `shipmentNumber` (_string_) Number of the shipment. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status of the shipment. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderShipmentItem Order shipment item. * `fields` (_object_) Map of requested fields. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `orderItemSummaryId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the order item summary. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `product` (_object_) OrderItemSummaryProduct Product mapped to an order item summary. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderItemSummaryProduct`. * `productId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_) Quantity of the product. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `shipmentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the shipment. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `shipmentItemId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the shipment item. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FacetableAttributeOutput Facetable attribute. * `displayRank` (_integer_) Display rank of the facet. Valid values are from 1 through 50. Values must be unique and sequential. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayType` (_object_) ConnectFacetDisplayTypeEnum Display type of the facet. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFacetDisplayTypeEnum`. * `facetValueSortType` (_ConnectFacetValueSortTypeEnum_) * `label` (_string_) Localized label of the attribute. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nameOrId` (_string_) Developer name of the attribute. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum Type of attribute. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum`. ### FacetableAttributeInput Facetable attribute for search. * `displayRank` (_integer_, required) Display rank of the facet. Valid values are from 1 through 50. Values must be unique and sequential. _Available in: v49.0_ * `displayType` (_object_, required) ConnectFacetDisplayTypeEnum Display type of the facet. _Available in: v49.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFacetDisplayTypeEnum`. * `facetValueSortType` (_ConnectFacetValueSortTypeEnum_) * `nameOrId` (_string_, required) Developer name of the attribute. In version 49.0 and later, the ID of the attribute isn’t supported. _Available in: v49.0_ * `type` (_object_, required) ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum Type of attribute. When updating facetable attributes, you must include a `ProductCategory` facet with `nameOrId` set to `Id` and `displayType` set to `categoryTree` , as shown in the JSON example. _Available in: v49.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum`. ### SearchableAttributeOutput Searchable attribute. * `label` (_string_) Localized label of the attribute. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nameOrId` (_string_) Developer name of the attribute. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum Type of attribute. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum`. * `weight` (_integer_) Specifies the relative contribution of each searchable field to the relevance ranking of search results. Valid values: 1 (lowest)–10 (highest). Default to 1 if not specified or if set to null. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SearchableAttributeInput Searchable attribute. * `isSearchable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the attribute is searchable (`true`) or not (`false`). Default value is `true`. _Available in: v49.0_ * `nameOrId` (_string_, required) Developer name of the attribute. In version 49.0 and later, the ID of the attribute isn’t supported. _Available in: v49.0_ * `type` (_object_, required) ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum Type of attribute. _Available in: v49.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum`. * `weight` (_integer_) Specifies the relative contribution of each searchable field to the relevance ranking of search results. Valid values: 1 (lowest)–10 (highest). Default to 1 if not specified or if set to null. Usage: * The `weight` property controls how much each searchable field contributes to search result relevance ranking. * Fields with a higher weight cause matches on those fields to rank higher in search results. For example, setting the `Name` field to weight 8 and `Description` to weight 3 means products matching by name rank above products matching only by description. * A re-index is required after changing weights for the new rankings to take effect in search results. _Available in: v67.0_ ### ConnectSearchBoostBuryRuleActionEnum Action of the boost and bury rule. Values are: * `Boost` —Boost rule. Increases search result rankings for targeted products. * `Bury` —Bury rule. Decreases search result rankings for targeted products. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Boost`, `Bury`. ### BoostBuryQueryContextInput Search Boost bury query context * `conditions` (_array of BoostBuryQueryContextConditionInput_) List of conditions for the query context ### BoostBuryTargetExpressionInput Target expression for a boost and bury rule. * `conditions` (_array of BoostBuryConditionInput_, required) List of conditions for the boost and bury rule target expression. _Available in: v59.0_ ### BoostBuryQueryContextOutput Search boost bury query context * `conditions` (_array of BoostBuryQueryContextConditionOutput_) List of conditions for the query context ### BoostBuryTargetExpressionOutput Target expression for a boost and bury rule. * `conditions` (_array of BoostBuryConditionOutput_) List of conditions for the boost and bury rule target expression. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceSearchIndexLog Search index log information. * `catalogSnapshotTime` (_string (date-time)_) Catalog snapshot time of the index build. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `completionDate` (_string (date-time)_) Completion date of the index build. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who initiated the index build. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `indexBuildStatus` (_object_) ConnectCommerceSearchIndexStatusEnum Status of the index. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSearchIndexStatusEnum`. * `indexBuildType` (_object_) ConnectCommerceSearchIndexBuildTypeEnum Build type of the index. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSearchIndexBuildTypeEnum`. * `indexCreationType` (_ConnectCommerceSearchIndexCreationTypeEnum_) * `indexId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the index build. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Detailed message for the index build status. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numberOfProducts` (_integer_) Number of new or changed products in the index build. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectCommerceSearchIndexCreationTypeEnum Creation type of the index. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Manual`, `Scheduled`. ### ConnectCommerceSearchIndexStatusEnum Status of the index. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Completed`, `CompletedWithErrors`, `Failed`, `InProgress`. ### ConnectCommerceSearchIndexUsageEnum Usage of the index. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Live`, `OutOfUse`. ### SearchProductSettingOutput Product search setting. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `searchable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the product is searchable (`true`) or not (`false`). Products of class `VariationParent` are `null`. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SearchProductSettingInput Product search setting. * `id` (_string_, required) ID of the product. Products of class `VariationParent` can’t be updated. _Available in: v49.0_ * `searchable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the product is searchable (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ ### ConnectCommerceSearchResultRuleTypeEnum Type of search rule. Value is: * `BidirectionalSynonym` —Use when terms are interchangeable and should return the same results both ways. For example, jacket ⇄ winter coat. Available from API version 66.0 and later. * `Include` —When a term in a query matches any term in a `ruleDefinition`, Commerce Search returns results for all terms in the list. Supported in API versions 58.0 to 66.0. We suggest using `BidirectionalSynonym`, which returns equivalent results for interchangeable terms in both directions, unlike `Include`. * `UnidirectionalSynonym` —Use when one term should expand results, but not necessarily the reverse. For example, jacket → hoodie. Available from API version 66.0 and later. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `BidirectionalSynonym`, `Include`, `UnidirectionalSynonym`. ### SortRule Sort rule. * `direction` (_object_) ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleDirectionEnum Direction of the sort rule. Values are: * `Ascending` —Sorts in ascending alphanumeric order (A–Z, 0–9). * `Default` —When no direction is defined, sorts by relevance. * `Descending` —Sorts in descending alphanumeric order (Z–A, 9–0). _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleDirectionEnum`. * `label` (_string_) Label of the sort rule. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `labelSuffix` (_object_) ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleLabelSuffixEnum Label suffix of the sort rule. Values are: * `Ascen` —Label suffix for 'Asc' * `Ascending` —Label suffix for 'Ascending' * `Az` —Label suffix for 'A-Z' * `Descen` —Label suffix for 'Desc' * `Descending` —Label suffix for 'Descending' * `FewMany` —Label suffix for 'Few-Many' * `HeavyLight` —Label suffix for 'Heavy-Light' * `HighLow` —Label suffix for 'High-Low' * `HighestLowest` —Label suffix for 'Highest-Lowest' * `LightHeavy` —Label suffix for 'Light-Heavy' * `LowHigh` —Label suffix for 'Low-High' * `LowestHighest` —Label suffix for 'Lowest-Highest' * `ManyFew` —Label suffix for 'Many-Few' * `NewOld` —Label suffix for 'New-Old' * `Newest` —Label suffix for 'Newest' * `NewestOldest` —Label suffix for 'Newest-Oldest' * `NineZero` —Label suffix for '9-0' * `OldNew` —Label suffix for 'Old-New' * `Oldest` —Label suffix for 'Oldest' * `OldestNewest` —Label suffix for 'Oldest-Newest' * `PriceDecreasing` —Label suffix for '$$-$' * `PriceIncreasing` —Label suffix for '$-$$' * `ThickThin` —Label suffix for 'Thick-Thin' * `ThinThick` —Label suffix for 'Thin-Thick' * `Za` —Label suffix for 'Z-A' * `ZeroNine` —Label suffix for '0-9' _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleLabelSuffixEnum`. * `nameOrId` (_string_) Name of the sort rule field or, if the sort rule is based on a custom field, ID. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sortOrder` (_integer_) Sort order for the rule. A lower number has higher precedence. The first sort option is called when no other option is selected. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sortRuleId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the sort rule. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleTypeEnum Type of sort rule. Values are: * `ProductAttributeBased` —Sorts by product attribute fields. * `ProductBased` —Sorts by product field data. * `Relevancy` —Sorts by product and catalog term frequency. * `SortByPricebook` —Sorts by product prices defined in the specified pricebook (version 55.0 and later). _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleTypeEnum`. ### SortRuleInput Sort rule input. * `customFieldId` (_string_, required) A custom field to use for sorting. You must specify a custom field ID or a standard sort field, but not both. _Available in: v54.0_ * `direction` (_object_) ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleDirectionEnum Direction of the sort rule. Values are: * `Ascending` —Sorts in ascending alphanumeric order (A–Z, 0–9). * `Default` —When no direction is defined, sorts by relevance. * `Descending` —Sorts in descending alphanumeric order (Z–A, 9–0). _Available in: v54.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleDirectionEnum`. * `labelSuffix` (_object_) ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleLabelSuffixEnum Label suffix of the sort rule. Valid values: * `Ascen` —Label suffix for 'Asc' * `Ascending` —Label suffix for 'Ascending' * `Az` —Label suffix for 'A-Z' * `Descen` —Label suffix for 'Desc' * `Descending` —Label suffix for 'Descending' * `FewMany` —Label suffix for 'Few-Many' * `HeavyLight` —Label suffix for 'Heavy-Light' * `HighLow` —Label suffix for 'High-Low' * `HighestLowest` —Label suffix for 'Highest-Lowest' * `LightHeavy` —Label suffix for 'Light-Heavy' * `LowHigh` —Label suffix for 'Low-High' * `LowestHighest` —Label suffix for 'Lowest-Highest' * `ManyFew` —Label suffix for 'Many-Few' * `NewOld` —Label suffix for 'New-Old' * `Newest` —Label suffix for 'Newest' * `NewestOldest` —Label suffix for 'Newest-Oldest' * `NineZero` —Label suffix for '9-0' * `OldNew` —Label suffix for 'Old-New' * `Oldest` —Label suffix for 'Oldest' * `OldestNewest` —Label suffix for 'Oldest-Newest' * `PriceDecreasing` —Label suffix for '$$-$' * `PriceIncreasing` —Label suffix for '$-$$' * `ThickThin` —Label suffix for 'Thick-Thin' * `ThinThick` —Label suffix for 'Thin-Thick' * `Za` —Label suffix for 'Z-A' * `ZeroNine` —Label suffix for '0-9' _Available in: v54.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleLabelSuffixEnum`. * `sortOrder` (_integer_, required) Sort order for the rule. A lower number has higher precedence. The first sort option is called when no other option is selected. _Available in: v54.0_ * `sortStandardField` (_object_) ConnectCommerceSortStandardFieldEnum A standard field typically used for sorting (for example, Name, StockKeepingUnit, CreatedDate, Family, or ProductCode). Required for ProductAttributeBased or ProductBased sort types. _Available in: v54.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSortStandardFieldEnum`. * `type` (_object_, required) ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleTypeEnum Type of sort rule. Values are: * `ProductAttributeBased` —Sorts by product attribute fields. * `ProductBased` —Sorts by product field data. * `Relevancy` —Sorts by product and catalog term frequency. * `SortByPricebook` —Sorts by product prices defined in the specified pricebook (version 55.0 and later). _Available in: v54.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleTypeEnum`. ### ProductSearchGroupingInput Grouping information for product search results. * `groupingOption` (_object_, required) ConnectSearchGroupingOptionEnum Grouping option for search results. Values are: * `BestMatch` —Search results are grouped by the best-match product of the variation group. * `NoGrouping` —Search results aren’t grouped. * `VariationParent` —Search results are grouped by the variation parent. _Available in: v51.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchGroupingOptionEnum`. * `topProductType` (_string_) Type of the top product to return for each product group in search results. Value is: * `VariationParent` If `NoGrouping` is specified for `groupingOption`, `topProductType` is ignored. _Available in: v51.0_ —62.0 ### RefinementInput Abstract superclass of all attribute-based refinement input representations for product search. * `attributeType` (_object_) ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum Search attribute type. _Available in: v50.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum`. * `nameOrId` (_string_) Developer name of the attribute. In version 49.0 and later, the ID of the attribute isn’t supported. _Available in: v49.0_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectSearchFacetTypeEnum Search facet type. Value is: _Available in: v49.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchFacetTypeEnum`. ### SearchCategory Search category. * `category` (_object_) ProductCategory Information about the category. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductCategoryCommerceSearch`. * `children` (_array of SearchCategory_) First-level child categories of the category searched with non-empty search results. _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `SearchCategory`._ _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productCount` (_integer (int64)_) Number of products in the search results that belong to the category. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SearchFacet Abstract superclass of all Search Facet representations. * `attributeType` (_object_) ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum Type of search attribute for the refinement. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum`. * `displayName` (_string_) Display name of the facet. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayRank` (_integer_) Display rank of the facet. Valid values are from 1 through 50. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayType` (_object_) ConnectFacetDisplayTypeEnum Display type of the facet. Value is: _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFacetDisplayTypeEnum`. * `facetType` (_object_) ConnectSearchFacetTypeEnum Type of the facet. Value is: _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchFacetTypeEnum`. * `nameOrId` (_string_) Developer name of the attribute for the refinement. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductSummaryCollectionCommerceSearch Collection of product summaries. * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Number of products per page in the search results. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `products` (_array of ProductSummaryCommerceSearch_) Collection of product summaries. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer (int64)_) Total number of products in the search results. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DistinctValueSearchFacet Facet with distinct values in product search results. * `attributeType` (_object_) ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum Type of search attribute for the refinement. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum`. * `displayName` (_string_) Display name of the facet. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayRank` (_integer_) Display rank of the facet. Valid values are from 1 through 50. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayType` (_object_) ConnectFacetDisplayTypeEnum Display type of the facet. Value is: _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFacetDisplayTypeEnum`. * `facetType` (_object_) ConnectSearchFacetTypeEnum Type of the facet. Value is: _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchFacetTypeEnum`. * `nameOrId` (_string_) Developer name of the attribute for the refinement. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `values` (_array of DistinctFacetValue_) Values of the facet found in the search result. Sorted by display name in alphabetical order. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### CommerceProductSummaryCollection Collection of product summary representations in product search results. * `pageSize` (_integer_) Number of products per page in search result _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `products` (_array of CommerceProductSummary_) Collection of product summaries. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer (int64)_) Total number of products in the search result across all pages. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractSearchSuggestion The abstract representation class for search suggestions * `value` (_string_) Search suggestion. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CouponCodeRedemptionResult Coupon code redemption result. * `availableRedemptions` (_integer_) Number of coupon code redemptions available. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `availableRedemptionsThisBuyer` (_integer_) Represents the available coupon code redemptions value for the buyer. * `couponCode` (_string_) Coupon code. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorMsg` (_string_) Error message when coupon code redemption isn’t successful. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isSuccess` (_boolean_) Specifies whether increasing or decreasing the coupon code redemption is successful ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `redemptionLimit` (_integer_) Number of coupon code redemptions allowed. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `redemptionLimitPerBuyer` (_integer_) Represents the coupon code redemption limit value per buyer. ### CartInput A cart. * `cartAdjustmentGroups` (_array of CartAdjustmentGroupInput_) Cart Adjustment Groups * `cartDeliveryGroups` (_array of CartDeliveryGroupInput_) Cart Delivery Groups * `cartItems` (_array of CartItemInput_) Cart Items * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Currency ISO code of the cart. _Available in: v57.0_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) Id of Cart * `customFields` (_array of SobjectAttributesInputRequest_) Array of sObjects and custom fields for the sObjects. Standard fields are ignored. The custom fields must already be defined for the sObject. Currently, only the WebCart sObject is supported. Field-level security rules from the [shopper profile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_create_shopper_profile.htm&type=5) are applied to the custom fields. The rules are applied for registered shoppers and for the guest shopper profile. _Available in: v61.0_ * `effectiveAccountId` (_string_) ID of the buyer account or guest buyer profile for which the request is made. If unspecified, the default value is determined from context. _Available in: v49.0_ * `isSecondary` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the cart is secondary (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v53.0_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the cart. The name can have up to 250 Unicode characters. If unspecified, defaults to the generated name. _Available in: v49.0_ * `orderOwnerId` (_string_) ID of the owner of the order. _Available in: v58.0_ * `type` (_string_) Type of cart. Values are: * `Cart` —Cart created by a customer. * `PayNowReadOnly` —Clone of a Template cart that the customer can check out with using the Pay Now feature. * `Template` —Cart created by an internal user. If unspecified, defaults to `Cart` . _Available in: v49.0_ Allowed values: `Cart`, `PayNowReadOnly`, `Template`. * `typeAsString` (_string_) Type of the cart provided as a string. _Available in: v59.0_ ### ParentProductInputRepresentationPair Parent Product Input Representation Pair * `childProductId` (_string_) Child Product Id * `parentProductId` (_string_) Parent Product Id ### ProductCategoryInputRepresentationPair Product Category Input Representation Pair * `categoryId` (_string_) Category Id * `productId` (_string_) Product Id ### ConnectPromotionScopeEnum Promotion evaluation scope. If no value is provided, default is Cart. If you want any shipping promotions to be evaluated, set to Delivery. _Available in: v60.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Cart`, `Delivery`. ### PromotionCartDeliveryGroupInputRequest IDs of the cart delivery group and its delivery method. * `cartDeliveryGroupId` (_string_, required) ID of the cart delivery group. _Available in: v57.0_ * `cartDeliveryGroupMethods` (_array of CartDeliveryGroupMethodInput_) Collection of cart delivery group methods. _Available in: v60.0_ * `deliveryMethodId` (_string_, required) ID of the delivery method. _Available in: v57.0_ ### CartOutput Cart and its contents. * `approachingDiscounts` (_array of ApproachingDiscountOutput_) Qualifier for a promotion with an approaching discount. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `bonusProducts` (_array of BonusProductOutput_) Bonus Products * `cartAdjustmentGroups` (_array of CartAdjustmentGroup_) Cart adjustment groups associated with the cart. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartDeliveryGroups` (_array of CartDeliveryGroupOutput_) CartDeliveryGroups * `cartItems` (_array of CartItemOutput_) Cart items associated with the cart. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the cart. Only returned for multi-currency orgs. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the cart. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalAdjustmentBaseAmount` (_string_) Sum of all adjustments on the cart. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalNetAmount` (_string_) Total price of the cart items after all adjustments (includes other item types). _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalProductBaseAmount` (_string_) Total price of all cart products after all adjustments (excludes other item types). _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of cart item. Valid values are: * `Product` * `DeliveryCharge` . _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Coupon A coupon for a promotion. * `couponCode` (_string_) Coupon code for the coupon. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `couponErrorCode` (_string_) Error code if the coupon is invalid. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the coupon. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isValidCoupon` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the coupon is valid ( `true` ) or invalid ( `false` ). _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PromotionProductInput Products for promotion product evaluation. Supports domain dependent requests based on `productId` and domain independent requests based on `sku`. * `productId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product. Required for domain dependent evaluation _Available in: v58.0_ * `salesPrice` (_string_, required) Sales price of the product. _Available in: v58.0_ * `sku` (_string_) Stock keeping unit (SKU) of the product. Required for domain independent evaluation _Available in: v58.0_ ### PromotionProductEvaluationResult Results of a promotion product evaluation. * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the payment group record. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorMessage` (_string_) Promotion product evaluation error message. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isSuccess` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the promotion product evaluation is a success ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productId` (_string_) ID of the product. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `promotionPriceAdjustmentList` (_array of PromotionPriceAdjustment_) Represents the list of Promotion Discounts _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `promotionalPrice` (_string_) Promotional price of the product _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `salesPrice` (_string_) Sales price of the product. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sku` (_string_) Stock keeping unit (SKU) of the product. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PromotionCoupon A coupon used in a promotion. * `couponCode` (_string_) Coupon code. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `couponId` (_string_) Coupon id * `description` (_string_) Coupon description * `endDateTime` (_string_) Coupon end date time * `isActive` (_boolean_) Whether or not the coupon is active * `redemptionLimitAllBuyers` (_integer_) Redemption limit all buyers * `redemptionLimitPerBuyer` (_integer_) Redemption limit per buyer * `startDateTime` (_string_) Coupon start date time * `couponErrorCode` (_string_) Error code returned if the coupon is invalid. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the coupon. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isValidCoupon` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the coupon is valid (`true`) or invalid (`false`). _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectDiscountOrderTypeEnum Discount order for the promotion. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `LeastExpensive`, `MostExpensive`. ### ConnectDiscountRestrictionTypeEnum Discount restriction for the promotion. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `LeastExpensive`, `None`. ### PromotionTranslation Output representation of the promotion translation. * `translations` (_object_) Map of language code to the translated value. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `string`. * `value` (_string_) Value to be translated. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectPromotionExclusivityTypeEnum Type of exclusivity to be considered when applying the promotion. Possible values are: * `Class` —Class exclusion. * `Global` —Global exclusion. * `No` —No exclusion. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Class`, `Global`, `No`. ### ConnectPromotionCriteriaTypeEnum Qualifier criteria for the promotion. Possible values are: * `All` —All the criteria are met. * `Any` —Any of the criteria can be met. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `All`, `Any`. ### PromotionQualifier Output representation of the promotion qualifier. * `approachingDiscountThreshold` (_string_) The cart amount that a customer has to reach before seeing an approaching discount message. For example, if a promotion qualifier minimum is set at $150 and this field is set at $50, then a customer receives a banner notification that they’re approaching the discount when they have at least $50 in their cart. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the promotion qualifier. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `qualifierReferenceType` (_ConnectQualifierReferenceTypeEnum_) * `qualifierReferences` (_array of ItemReference_) List of products and categories that qualifies for the promotion. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `qualifierType` (_object_) ConnectCompositePromotionQualifierTypeEnum Type of the promotion qualifier. Possible values are: * `Amount` —Minimum spend amount. * `Quantity` —Minimum quantity. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCompositePromotionQualifierTypeEnum`. * `qualifierValue` (_number (double)_) Value for the promotion qualifier. For example, if qualifier type is `Quality` , the value can be "3". _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `ruleCriteriaType` (_ConnectPromotionCriteriaTypeEnum_) ### PromotionSegment Output representation of the promotion segment. * `id` (_string_) ID of the promotion segment. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the promotion segment. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `segmentType` (_object_) ConnectSegmentType Type of the promotion segment. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSegmentType`. ### PromotionTarget Target of a promotion (for example, cart items). * `adjustmentType` (_object_) ConnectPromotionAdjustmentTypeEnum Adjustment type (percentage or absolute). _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPromotionAdjustmentTypeEnum`. * `adjustmentValue` (_string_) Adjustment value * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Currency associated to the target * `isMinItemCountRequired` (_boolean_) Apply discount only when a cart reaches the quantity limit * `restrictionQuantity` (_string_) The maximum number of items that can receive the discount. * `ruleCriteriaType` (_ConnectPromotionCriteriaTypeEnum_) * `targetReferenceType` (_ConnectTargetReferenceTypeEnum_) * `targetReferences` (_array of ItemReference_) List of product or category * `adjustmentAmount` (_string_) Absolute adjustment amount. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `adjustmentPercent` (_string_) Percentage adjustment amount. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID for the promotion target. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `priority` (_integer_) Priority of the promotion target. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `promotionTargetAssociationStatus` (_string_) Association status of the promotion target: * VALID (the promotion target is valid and can be applied to the transaction) * BLOCKEDEXCLUSIVE (the promotion target is valid, but is blocked from the transaction by another promotion) * INVALID (the promotion target is not valid for the transaction) _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `promotionTargetLineItems` (_array of PromotionTargetLineItem_) Line items which the promotion target maps to. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `targetId` (_string_) ID of the target record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `targetType` (_string_) Promotion target type. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PromotionCouponInput Composite promotion coupon. * `active` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the promotion coupon is active ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If unspecified, defaults to `false` . _Available in: v63.0_ * `couponCode` (_string_, required) Coupon code. _Available in: v63.0_ * `couponId` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v63.0_ * `description` (_string_) Localized display name of the promotion coupon. _Available in: v63.0_ * `endDateTime` (_string_) The date time the promotion coupon ends. _Available in: v63.0_ * `redemptionLimitAllBuyers` (_integer_) Promotion coupon redemption limit for all buyers. _Available in: v63.0_ * `redemptionLimitPerBuyer` (_integer_) Promotion coupon redemption limit per buyer. _Available in: v63.0_ * `startDateTime` (_string_) The date time the promotion coupon starts. _Available in: v63.0_ ### PromotionTranslationInput Input representation of the promotion translation. * `translations` (_object_) Map of language code to the translated value. _Available in: v62.0_ Additional properties: `string`. * `value` (_string_) Value to be translated. _Available in: v62.0_ ### PromotionQualifierInput Input representation of the promotion qualifier. * `approachingDiscountThreshold` (_string_) The cart amount that a customer has to reach before seeing an approaching discount message. For example, if a promotion qualifier minimum is set at $150 and this field is set at $50, then a customer receives a banner notification that they’re approaching the discount when they have at least $50 in their cart. _Available in: v64.0_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the promotion qualifier. _Available in: v62.0_ * `qualifierReferenceType` (_ConnectQualifierReferenceTypeEnum_) * `qualifierReferences` (_array of ItemReferenceInput_) List of product or category for the promotion qualifier. _Available in: v62.0_ * `qualifierType` (_object_) ConnectCompositePromotionQualifierTypeEnum Type of the promotion qualifier. Possible values are: * `Amount` —Minimum spend amount. * `Quantity` —Minimum quantity. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCompositePromotionQualifierTypeEnum`. * `qualifierValue` (_number (double)_) Value for the promotion qualifier. For example, if qualifier type is `Quality` , the value can be "3". _Available in: v62.0_ * `ruleCriteriaType` (_ConnectPromotionCriteriaTypeEnum_) ### PromotionSegmentInput Input representation of the promotion segment. * `id` (_string_) ID of the promotion segment. _Available in: v62.0_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the promotion segment. _Available in: v62.0_ * `segmentType` (_object_) ConnectSegmentType Type of the promotion segment. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSegmentType`. ### PromotionTargetInput Input representation of the promotion target. * `adjustmentType` (_object_, required) ConnectPromotionAdjustmentTypeEnum Adjustment type for the promotion target. Possible values are: * `FixedAmountOffLineItemTotal` —Fixed amount off line item total. * `FixedAmountOffTransaction` —Fixed amount off transaction. * `FixedAmountOffUnitPrice` —Fixed amount off unit price. * `FixedPrice` —Fixed price. * `PercentageDiscount` —Percentage discount. * `TotalFixedPrice` —Total fixed price. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPromotionAdjustmentTypeEnum`. * `adjustmentValue` (_string_, required) Discount value. _Available in: v62.0_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the promotion target. _Available in: v62.0_ * `isMinItemCountRequired` (_boolean_) Indicates whether discount apply only when a cart reaches the quantity limit ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v62.0_ * `restrictionQuantity` (_string_) The maximum number of items that can receive the discount. _Available in: v62.0_ * `ruleCriteriaType` (_ConnectPromotionCriteriaTypeEnum_) * `targetReferenceType` (_object_, required) ConnectTargetReferenceTypeEnum Reference type of the promotion target. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectTargetReferenceTypeEnum`. * `targetReferences` (_array of ItemReferenceInput_, required) List of products or categories associated with the promotion target. _Available in: v62.0_ ### CheckoutSettings Settings for Salesforce Checkout. * `isManagedCheckoutEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether Salesforce Checkout is enabled ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isMngCheckoutAutoPublished` (_boolean_) Is Managed Checkout Auto Publish Enabled * `paymentConfiguration` (_object_) PaymentConfiguration Payment configuration for Salesforce Checkout. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PaymentConfiguration`. * `shippingMethodsEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the shipping method calculation is enabled ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) for your web store. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ClientSidePaymentConfiguration Client-side payment configuration for a Commerce store. * `componentName` (_string_) Name of the client-side payment component. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `config` (_object_) Map of configuration attributes and values. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `string`. * `error` (_string_) Error message, if any. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GiftingConfig Gifting configuration settings for the application context. * `isGiftMessageEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether sending a gift message is enabled ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) for a web store. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isGiftWrapEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether gift wrapping the order is enabled ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) for a web store. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isGiftingEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether gifting is enabled ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ) for a web store. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### InventoryConfiguration Inventory settings for the application context. * `inventoryDefaultSource` (_object_) InventoryDefaultSourceOutput Inventory default source details. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `InventoryDefaultSourceOutput`. * `isInventoryEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether Inventory is enabled for your org ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Market Wrapper containing the detail for a market. * `localeCurrencyMap` (_object_) locale enabled on the market Additional properties: `string`. * `marketId` (_string_) The sfid of a market. ### OrderStatus Order status information. * `apiName` (_string_) API or developer name of the order status. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayValue` (_string_) Display value of the order status. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductConfig Product configuration settings for the application context. * `configuratorFlowApiName` (_string_) API name of the product config flow. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### QuoteStatus Quote Status representation * `apiName` (_string_) Api Name * `displayValue` (_string_) Display Value ### SubscriptionConfig Commerce subscription configuration settings for the application context. * `commerceSubscriptionARCUIEnabled` (_boolean_) Commerce Subscriptions ARC UI Enabled * `rlmSubscriptionEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether Commerce Revenue Lifecycle Management Subscription is enabled on the org ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `subscriptionPlusEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether Commerce Subscription Plus is enabled on the org ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BuyerGroup Buyer group details. * `id` (_string_) ID of the buyer group. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name associated with the buyer group. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceUserProfile User profile details. * `email` (_string_) returns the email of the user * `firstName` (_string_) First name of the user. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) Last name of the user. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userName` (_string_) Email address of the user. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ShippingProfile Output representation of the shipping profile. * `id` (_string_) ID of the shipping profile. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDefault` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the shipping profile is set as default ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the shipping profile. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `processTime` (_integer_) Time required to process the shipping order. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `processTimeUnit` (_object_) ConnectShippingTimeUnitEnum Unit of time for processing the shipping order. Possible _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectShippingTimeUnitEnum`. * `shippingRateGroups` (_array of ShippingRateGroup_) List of shipping rate groups. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CalculateTaxesLineItemInput Calculate taxes line item input. * `adjustments` (_array of LineAdjustmentInput_) List of adjustment inputs. _Available in: v58.0_ * `lineId` (_string_, required) Line ID. _Available in: v58.0_ * `productId` (_string_, required) Product ID. _Available in: v58.0_ * `quantity` (_string_, required) Quantity of product. _Available in: v58.0_ * `totalPrice` (_string_, required) Total price for the item. _Available in: v58.0_ * `unitPrice` (_string_, required) Unit price of the product. _Available in: v58.0_ ### ClassTaxes A tax class. * `productsIds` (_array of string_) List of product IDs that belong to this class. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `storeTaxesInfo` (_object_) TaxesInfo Details about the calculated tax output. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TaxesInfo`. * `totalAmount` (_string_) Total amount for this tax class. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalTaxAmount` (_string_) Total tax amount for this tax class. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CalculateTaxesLineItem Calculate tax line item. * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponse Error code and message. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponseBilling`. * `lineId` (_string_) Line ID for the product. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `netUnitPrice` (_string_) Net unit price for the product. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productId` (_string_) ID of the product. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the execution was successful (true) or not (false). _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxAdjustments` (_array of TaxAdjustment_) List of tax adjustments. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxInfoList` (_array of CalculateTaxesInfo_) List of calculated tax output. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalAdjustmentTaxAmount` (_string_) Total adjustment tax amount. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalLineTaxAmount` (_string_) Total line item tax excluding adjustment taxes. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalPriceTaxAmount` (_string_) Total tax amount including adjustment taxes. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalTieredAdjustmentTaxAmount` (_string_) Total tax amount for tiered adjustments. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TaxLocaleTypeEnum Tax type of the store. Possible values are: * `Gross` —Prices include tax. * `Net` —Prices don’t include tax. . _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Gross`, `Net`. ### TaxesInfoContainer Outut representation of the list of tax details about a product. * `taxesInfoList` (_array of TaxesInfo_) List of details about the tax rate and tax treatment for the store. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductAttributeSetInput Input representation of attribute set details. * `attributes` (_array of string_) List of up to 5 attribute API names. Required if creating a new attribute set. _Available in: v62.0_ * `id` (_string_) If updating an attribute set, the ID of the existing attribute set for the variation parent product. _Available in: v62.0_ * `name` (_string_) Attribute set name for a new attribute set. _Available in: v62.0_ * `isGroupedBy` (_boolean_) Indicates if variation products are grouped by a specific attribute. _Available in: v64.0_ ### ProductMediaInput Input representation of product media details. * `developerName` (_object_) ConnectElectronicMediaGroupDeveloperNameEnum The API name of the product media group. Possible _Available in: v61.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectElectronicMediaGroupDeveloperNameEnum`. * `mediaId` (_string_) The Salesforce ID of the managed content record associated with the product. _Available in: v61.0_ ### ProductPricingInput Input representation of product pricing details. * `currencyISOCode` (_string_) The three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the product price. Products are priced using the currency for the buyer account or guest buyer profile. If your store doesn’t support the currency for the buyer account or guest buyer profile, products are priced using the default currency for your store. _Available in: v61.0_ * `listPrice` (_string_) The list price of the product. _Available in: v61.0_ * `unitPrice` (_string_) The unit price of the product _Available in: v61.0_ ### CompositeProductErrorDetailsResponse Composite Error Response Representation * `errorCode` (_string_) Error Code * `fieldName` (_string_) Field name of identifier * `id` (_string_) List of unique identifiers with their values. * `message` (_string_) Message stating the reason for error, if any * `type` (_CompositeProductErrorComponents_) ### ErrorResponse Error response representation * `errorCode` (_string_) Error code. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorEntityId` (_string_) Error Entity Id * `message` (_string_) Message stating the reason for error, if any. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductVariationInput Input representation of a variation product. * `isGroupedBy` (_boolean_) Indicates if product variations are grouped by a specific attribute. _Available in: v64.0_ * `productFields` (_object_) A map of product field names and their values. _Available in: v61.0_ Additional properties: `string`. * `productMedia` (_array of ProductMediaInput_) A list of media records to be associated with the product. _Available in: v61.0_ * `productPricing` (_object_) ProductPricingInput Details of the product pricing. _Available in: v61.0_ Includes all fields of `ProductPricingInput`. * `variationAttributes` (_object_, required) Mapping of variation attributes (API name and value) associated with the product. _Available in: v62.0_ Additional properties: `string`. * `variationId` (_string_) The variation product id for updating Product and it's related information. ### NavigationMenuItem Navigation Menu Item Representation * `actionType` (_object_) ConnectNavigationMenuItemActionTypeEnum Event, URL type, or modal navigation menu item. Values are: * `Event` —Event-based navigation. `Event` is internal only and can’t be used in custom components. * `ExternalLink` —URL outside of your Experience Cloud site. * `InternalLink` —Relative URL inside your Experience Cloud site. * `Modal` —Modal, such as Account Switcher. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNavigationMenuItemActionTypeEnum`. * `actionValue` (_string_, nullable) For `Event` action type, the event fully qualified name for the navigation menu item. For `ExternalLink` and `InternalLink` action types, the route URL for the navigation menu item. For `Modal` action type, the component fully qualified name for the navigation menu item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageUrl` (_string (url)_, nullable) URL to the image of the navigation menu item. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label for the navigation menu item. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageReference` (_object_) NavigationMenuPageReference Page reference for the navigation menu item. Page reference is returned only for the Storefront Categories data source. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `NavigationMenuPageReference`. * `subMenu` (_array of NavigationMenuItem_) Submenu for the navigation menu item. _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `NavigationMenuItem`._ _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `target` (_object_) ConnectNavigationMenuItemOpenTargetEnum Target for the navigation menu item. Values are: * `CurrentWindow` —Navigation menu item opens in the current window. * `NewWindow` —Navigation menu item opens in a new window. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNavigationMenuItemOpenTargetEnum`. ### ProductCategoryMedia Media associated with a product category. * `alternateText` (_string_) Alternative text for the product category media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentVersionId` (_string_) ID of the latest published content version if the media is stored as a ContentDocument. If the image is a customer-provided external URL, the value is `null`. Not supported in enhanced CMS workspaces. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product category image. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediaType` (_object_) ConnectProductMediaTypeEnum Type of product media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectProductMediaTypeEnum`. * `sortOrder` (_integer_) Sort order of a media item inside a media group. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the thumbnail for product media. If a value exists, it should be used for the thumbnail whether the image is natively uploaded or hosted externally. Not supported in enhanced CMS workspaces. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the product category media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL of the product category media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductCategoryMediaGroup Media group associated with a product category. * `developerName` (_string_) API name of the product category media group. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product category media group. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediaItems` (_array of ProductCategoryMedia_) List of media items within a product category media group. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the product category media group. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `usageType` (_object_) ConnectProductMediaUsageTypeEnum Usage type of a product media item within a media group. Values are: * `Attachment` —Product media group with product documents as attachments. * `Banner` —Product category media group with banner images of the product. * `Listing` —Product media group with listing images of the product. * `Standard` —Product media group with standard images and videos of the product. * `Tile` —Product category media group with tile images of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectProductMediaUsageTypeEnum`. ### ProductCategory Product category. * `description` (_string_) Description of the category. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the category. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the category. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) Friendly urlName for product category * `urlSlug` (_string_) SEO-friendly URL slug of the category. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductOverview Overview of a product, with summary information about prices, selected fields, and the product’s default image. * `defaultImage` (_object_) ProductMedia Media representation of the product's default image. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductMedia`. * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponse Error code and error message. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponse`. * `fields` (_object_) Map of fields belonging to the product. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Additional properties: `string`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isConfigurationAllowed` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the product supports configuration (`true`) or not (`false`). For dynamic bundles, this field is always `true`, and for static bundles, it is `false`. When `true`, buyers can configure the bundle by selecting which child components to include or exclude before adding it to the cart. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediaGroups` (_array of ProductMediaGroup_) List of media groups of the product * `name` (_string_) Name of the product. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productClass` (_object_) ConnectProductClassEnum Class of the product. Possible _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectProductClassEnum`. * `productSellingModels` (_array of ProductSellingModel_) Product selling models information for the product. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `purchaseQuantityRule` (_object_) PurchaseQuantityRule Purchase quantity rule information for the product. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PurchaseQuantityRule`. * `sku` (_string_) SKU of the product. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Represents whether execution was successful and product overview information was retrieved without error. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the product. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `variationAttributeSet` (_object_) ProductAttributeSetSummary Variation attribute set information for the product. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductAttributeSetSummary`. * `variationInfo` (_object_) ProductVariationInfo Details of product variation attributes, metadata, and mappings of attribute combinations to variation product IDs. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductVariationInfo`. * `prices` (_object_) PricingResultLineItem Price of the product. To get pricing information for products in version 58 and later, use [Commerce Webstore Pricing Products](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce#tag/Commerce-B2B-Resources/operation/getMultiProductPrice). _Available in: v54.0–57.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `PricingResultLineItem`. ### ProductAttributeSetInfo Product attribute set metadata. * `attributeInfo` (_object_) Map of the API name of the attribute field to the attribute metadata. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `ProductAttributeInfo`. * `description` (_string_) Description of the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name of the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `masterLabel` (_string_) Label of the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sequence` (_integer_) Sequence of the attribute set for the product. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductMedia Media associated with a product. * `alternateText` (_string_) Alternative text for the product media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentVersionId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the latest published content version if the media is stored as a ContentDocument. If the image is a customer-provided external URL, the value is `null`. Not supported in enhanced CMS workspaces. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product image. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediaType` (_object_) ConnectProductMediaTypeEnum Type of product media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectProductMediaTypeEnum`. * `sortOrder` (_integer_) Sort order of a media item within a media group. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the thumbnail for product media. If a value exists, it should be used for the thumbnail whether the image is natively uploaded or hosted externally. Not supported in enhanced CMS workspaces. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the product media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL of the product media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductMediaGroup Media group associated with a product. * `developerName` (_string_) API name of the product media group. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product media group. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediaItems` (_array of ProductMedia_) List of media items within a product media group. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the product media group. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `usageType` (_object_) ConnectProductMediaUsageTypeEnum Usage type of a product media item within a media group. Values are: * `Attachment` —Product media group with product documents as attachments. * `Banner` —Product category media group with banner images of the product. * `Listing` —Product media group with listing images of the product. * `Standard` —Product media group with standard images and videos of the product. * `Tile` —Product category media group with tile images of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectProductMediaUsageTypeEnum`. ### ConnectProductClassEnum Class of the product. Possible _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Bundle`, `Set`, `Simple`, `Variation`, `VariationParent`. ### ProductSellingModel Product selling model for Commerce subscriptions. * `description` (_string_) Description of the product selling model displayed on the UI. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayName` (_string_) Name of the product selling model displayed on the UI. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product selling model. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the product selling model. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pricingTerm` (_integer_) Number of pricing term units in the pricing term. Used with `pricingTermUnit` to define the length of the pricing term. For example, if `pricingTermUnit` is `Months` and this property is 1, the subscription is priced monthly. However, if the `sellingModelType` property is set to `OneTime`, the `pricingTerm` property is empty, because the product isn’t sold as a subscription. The only allowed value for this property is 1. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pricingTermUnit` (_object_) ConnectPricingTermUnitEnum Unit of time used to define a pricing term. Values are: * `Months` —Product is priced on a monthly basis. * `Annual` —Product is priced on an annual basis. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPricingTermUnitEnum`. * `sellingModelType` (_object_) ConnectSellingModelTypeEnum Type of product selling model. Values are: * `Evergreen` —A subscription without an end date. An evergreen subscription continues until the shopper affirmatively cancels it. * `OneTime` —A product that isn’t sold as a subscription. * `TermDefined` —A subscription with a defined end date. The subscription continues for a specified time period. When the term ends, the subscription ends. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSellingModelTypeEnum`. * `subscriptionTermRule` (_object_) SubscriptionTermRule Rules for a subscription term. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SubscriptionTermRule`. ### PurchaseQuantityRule Rule that restricts the quantity of a product that can be purchased. * `increment` (_string_) Increment value of the quantity that can be purchased. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `maximum` (_string_) Maximum quantity that can be purchased. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `minimum` (_string_) Minimum quantity that can be purchased. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductAttributeSet Product attribute set data. * `attributes` (_object_) Map of the attributes that are members of the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `string`. * `developerName` (_string_) Name of the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product attribute record that represents the product attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductVariationInfo Product variation attributes, metadata, and mappings of attribute combinations to variation product IDs. * `attributesToProductMappings` (_array of ProductAttributesToProductEntry_) List ordered by `ProductAttribute.Sequence` values that map the attribute value combinations to the variation product ID. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `variationAttributeInfo` (_object_) Map of field API name to product attribute information. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `ProductAttributeInfo`. * `variationCount` (_integer_) Total count of available product variations. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductEntitlement Entitlements for a product. * `canViewPrice` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the product's price can be viewed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductChild Child product related to a parent product. * `componentGroup` (_object_) ProductComponentGroup Specifies the product component group associated with the child product. This field is returned only for dynamic product bundles. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductComponentGroup`. * `defaultQuantity` (_string_) Default quantity of child products to be ordered. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDefault` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the child product is a default component (`true`) or not (`false`). This field is returned only for dynamic product bundles. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEntitled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the child product can be viewed on the product detail page (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isPriceIncludedInParent` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the child product's pricing is included in the parent product (`true`) or not (`false`). This field is returned only for dynamic product bundles. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isRequired` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the child product is a required component (`true`) or not (`false`). This field is returned only for dynamic product bundles. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productInfo` (_object_) ProductDetail Product details of the child product. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductDetail`. ### ImportConfiguration Configuration input for a product import operation. * `importContext` (_ConnectImportContextEnum_) * `importSettings` (_object_) ImportSettings Settings applicable to all product rows in a product import .csv file. Required if you specify media-related, entitlement-related, price-related, or category-related column headings in your .csv file. _Available in: v54.0_ Includes all fields of `ImportSettings`. * `importSource` (_object_, required) ImportSource Specifies a product import .csv file for a product import operation. _Available in: v54.0_ Includes all fields of `ImportSource`. ### ConnectSampleDataEnum Sample .csv file to import. Values are: * `B2BSampleData` —B2B sample data set. * `Camera` —Camera store sample data set. * `Coffee` —Coffee store sample data set. * `Hardware` —Hardware store sample data set. * `NorthernTrail` —Outdoor goods store sample data set. * `NorthernTrailLarge` —Larger outdoor goods store sample data set. * `Simple` —Two-product sample data set. Required if `contentVersionId` isn’t specified _Available in: v54.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `B2BSampleData`, `Camera`, `Coffee`, `Hardware`, `NorthernTrail`, `NorthernTrailLarge`, `Simple`. ### ExtensionOutput A Commerce extension. * `domain` (_string_) Service domain to which the extension belongs. By convention, this is the third portion of the extension point name (epn). For example, if the epn is `Commerce_Domain_Cart_Calculate` , the service domain is `Cart` ; and if the epn is `Commerce_Endpoint_Account_Address` , the service domain is `Account` . _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `epn` (_string_) Extension point name (unique identifier for an extension). For valid values, see the [RegisteredExternalService](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_registeredexternalservice.htm) object's ExtensionPointName field. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the extension. By convention, this is the fourth portion of the extension point name (epn). For example, if the epn is `Commerce_Domain_Cart_Calculate` , the name is `Calculate` . _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `product` (_string_) Extension family name. By convention, this is the first portion of the extension point name (epn). For example, if the epn is `Commerce_Domain_Cart_Calculate` , the extension family name is `Commerce` . _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `type` (_string_) Type of extension. Valid values are: * `Domain` * `Endpoint` _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `alternativeRepresentation` (_object_) Alternative Alternative representation of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Alternative`. * `attachmentId` (_string_) Attachment ID of the extension. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `extensionId` (_string_) ID of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `payload` (_string_) Payload associated with the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `payloadVersion` (_string_) Payload version that identifies the structure of the payload associated with the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ApexClassInput Input representation of a provider's apex class. * `classId` (_string_) Unique identifier for the apex class. * `className` (_string_) Name of the class containing the entry methods. ### ApexClassOutput Apex class for a Commerce extension provider. * `classId` (_string_) ID of an Apex class extending a base class for an extension point. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `className` (_string_) Name of the Apex extension provider class, without the file extension. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `namespace` (_string_) Unique namespace of the company or party providing the extension. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `version` (_string_) Apex class version. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### EffectiveMapping Webstore mapped to a Commerce extension. * `webstoreId` (_string_) Webstore ID. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### PricingResultLineItemCommerceStorePricing Pricing result line item. * `contractId` (_string_) Represents the ID of the contract * `contractItemPriceId` (_string_) Represents the ID of the contract item price * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponse Error code and message. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponseBilling`. * `listPrice` (_string_) List price for the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lowestUnitPrice` (_string_) Lowest unit price for the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pricebookEntryId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the pricebook entry. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productId` (_string_) ID of the product to price. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the execution was successful (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unitPrice` (_string_) Unit price for the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PricingLineItemInput Pricing line item. * `productId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the product to price. _Available in: v49.0_ ### PriceAdjustmentSchedule Price adjustment schedule. * `adjustmentMethod` (_object_) PriceAdjustmentScheduleAdjustmentMethodEnum Reserved for future use. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PriceAdjustmentScheduleAdjustmentMethodEnum`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the price adjustment schedule. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `priceAdjustmentTiers` (_array of PriceAdjustmentTier_) List of price adjustment tiers. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `scheduleType` (_object_) PriceAdjustmentScheduleTypeEnum Reserved for future use. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PriceAdjustmentScheduleTypeEnum`. ### ProductPriceEntry Line item price for the product. * `contractId` (_string_) Represents the ID of the contract * `contractItemPriceId` (_string_) Represents the ID of the contract item price * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponse Error code and error message. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponseBilling`. * `listPrice` (_string_) List price for the product entry. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lowestUnitPrice` (_string_) Represents the lowest unit price for the product * `priceAdjustment` (_object_) PriceAdjustmentSchedule Price adjustment schedule. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PriceAdjustmentSchedule`. * `pricebookEntryId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the pricebook entry. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productSellingModelId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product selling model. If no product selling model ID is specified in a request parameter, this property is empty. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Specifies whether execution was successful (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unitPrice` (_string_) Unit price for the product entry. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectCommerceSubscriptionSortEnum Sort order of the subscription results returned in the page. Possible values are: * `CreatedDateAsc` —Sort in ascending order of created date. * `CreatedDateDesc` —Sort in descending order of created date. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CreatedDateAsc`, `CreatedDateDesc`. ### OutputTypeEnum Subscription output type. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Cart`, `Order`. ### SubscriptionRenewalPriceForecastDetail Output representation of the Commerce subscription renewal price forecast details. * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_) End date for the renewal. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renewalPriceDetails` (_array of RenewalPriceDetail_) List of renewal price details, including net unit price and quantity. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_) Start date for the renewal. Defaults to one day after the current subscription end date. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `subscriptionId` (_string_) ID of the subscription. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalLineAmount` (_string_) Forecasted total line amount of renewal. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SubscriptionActionOutput Output representation of the most recent action performed on the subscription. * `details` (_object_) ActionDetail Details of the action performed on the subscription. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ActionDetail`. * `effectiveDateTime` (_string (date-time)_) Date and time when the subscription action takes effect. For example 2025-09-29T11:41:45.040Z. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `performedDateTime` (_string (date-time)_) Date and time when the subscription action was performed. For example 2025-08-29T11:41:45.040Z. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Specifies the type of action performed on the subscription. For example, Amend, Cancel, or Renew. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OperationStatus Amendment status of the subscription. Possible values are: * `Failed` —The operation status is failed. * `InProgress` —The operation status is in progress. * `Success` —The operation status is successful. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Failed`, `InProgress`, `Success`. ### CommerceSubscriptionBillingSummary Representation for the Commerce subscription billing summary. * `billingMethod` (_string_) Billing method associated with billing schedules. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `billingPeriodAmount` (_string_) Billing period amount associated with billing schedules. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `billingTerm` (_integer_) Billing term associated with billing schedules. For example, use the value “1” for a one-year or one-month billing term. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `billingTermUnit` (_string_) Billing term unit associated with billing schedules. Possible values are: * `Year` * `Month` _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `billingType` (_string_) Billing type associated with billing schedules. Possible values are: * `Advance` * `Arrear` _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cancellationDate` (_string (date-time)_) Cancellation date associated with billing schedules. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Curency ISO Code associated with billing schedules. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextBillingDate` (_string (date-time)_) Next billing date associated with billing schedules. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `savedPaymentMethod` (_object_) SavedPaymentMethodOutput Saved payment method associated with billing schedules. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SavedPaymentMethodOutput`. ### ProcessExceptionOutput Process Exception output representation * `category` (_string_) Category of the process exception. * `message` (_string_) Message of the process exception. * `status` (_string_) Status of the process exception. ### BuyerProductSummary Output representation of the buyer product summary. * `canViewProduct` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user can view the product ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponse Error response representation for buyer product summary. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponse`. * `fields` (_object_) Collection of fields from product. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) Id of the product. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `image` (_object_) ProductMedia Media details associated with a product. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the product. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productClass` (_ConnectProductClassEnumCommerceBuyerexperience_) * `purchaseQuantityRule` (_object_) PurchaseQuantityRule Rule that restricts the quantity of a product that can be purchased. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PurchaseQuantityRuleCommerceEinstein`. * `sku` (_string_) SKU of the product. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request was successful ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `variationAttributes` (_array of ProductAttributeSummaryCommerceBuyerexperience_) Summary details of a product attribute. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductSellingModelCommerceBuyerexperience Representation of Product Selling Models * `description` (_string_) Description of the product selling model displayed on the UI. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayName` (_string_) Name of the product selling model displayed on the UI. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product selling model. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the product selling model. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pricingTerm` (_integer_) Number of pricing term units in the pricing term. Used with `pricingTermUnit` to define the length of the pricing term. For example, if `pricingTermUnit` is `Months` and this property is 1, the subscription is priced monthly. However, if the `sellingModelType` property is set to `OneTime`, the `pricingTerm` property is empty, because the product isn’t sold as a subscription. The only allowed value for this property is 1. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pricingTermUnit` (_string_) Unit of time used to define a pricing term. Values are: * `Months` —Product is priced on a monthly basis. * `Annual` —Product is priced on an annual basis. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Annual`, `Months`. * `sellingModelType` (_string_) Type of product selling model. Values are: * `Evergreen` —A subscription without an end date. An evergreen subscription continues until the shopper affirmatively cancels it. * `OneTime` —A product that isn’t sold as a subscription. * `TermDefined` —A subscription with a defined end date. The subscription continues for a specified time period. When the term ends, the subscription ends. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Evergreen`, `OneTime`, `TermDefined`. * `subscriptionTermRule` (_object_) SubscriptionTermRuleCommerceBuyerexperience Rules for a subscription term. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SubscriptionTermRuleCommerceBuyerexperience`. ### BusObjInsightsInput Insights associated with a business objective, or goal. * `targetCompletionDate` (_string (date-time)_) Target date for completion of the goal. _Available in: v62.0_ * `targetValue` (_number (double)_) Target value for the goal. _Available in: v62.0_ ### BusinessObjectiveAssociationInputRequest Business objective association. * `id` (_string_, required) Association ID for the business objective, or goal. _Available in: v59.0_ * `type` (_string_, required) Definition category of the business objective, or goal. Values are: * `Webstore` _Available in: v59.0_ ### BusObjInsightsOutput Insights related to a business objective, or goal. * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) The three-letter ISO currency code associated with the KPI values. For example, 'USD' for US dollars or 'EUR' for euros. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `current` (_number (double)_) The current value of the KPI metric. This represents the most recent measurement or calculation of the business objective's key performance indicator. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `insights` (_array of InsightsOutput_) A collection of insights related to the business objective. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `kpiDashboardUrl` (_string_) The URL to the dashboard where the KPI details and visualizations can be viewed. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `kpiSummaryText` (_string_) A human-readable summary of the KPI's performance, including the change from the previous value. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `last` (_number (double)_) The previous value of the KPI metric, used for comparison with the current value to track progress or changes over time. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `period` (_string_) The time period between the current and last values, such as 'Daily', 'Weekly', 'Monthly', or 'Quarterly'. This indicates the frequency of KPI measurements. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `targetCompletionDate` (_string (date-time)_) Target date for completion of the goal. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `targetValue` (_number (double)_) Target value for the goal. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unit` (_object_) ConnectInsightUnitEnum Unit for an insight. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectInsightUnitEnum`. ### BusObjRecommendationsOutput Details of the recommended actions for a business objective, or goal. * `active` (_integer_) Count of active recommended actions. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `complete` (_integer_) Count of completed recommended actions. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Count of total recommended actions, including both completed and active. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ActionInfoInput Recommended action information. * `name` (_string_) Name of the Lightning web component used for dynamically rendering the recommended action. _Available in: v60.0_ * `parameters` (_string_, required) Parameters required for processing and displaying the recommended action. _Available in: v60.0_ ### ActionInfoOutput Recommended action information. * `name` (_string_) Name of the Lightning web component used for dynamically rendering the recommended action. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parameters` (_string_) Parameters required for processing and displaying the recommended action. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalManagedAccountOutput Externally managed account. * `accountId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the account managed by another account. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `accountName` (_string_) Name of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `address` (_object_) ExternalManagedAccountAddressOutput Default shipping address of the external managed account. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ExternalManagedAccountAddressOutput`. * `externalManagedAccountId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the external managed account record. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isMyAccount` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the account is the context user’s account (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectCommerceEinsteinActivityJobStatusEnum Status code for the job. Values are: * `Completed` —Job completed. * `NoData` —Export job completed with no data. * `Pending` —Job is in progress. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Completed`, `NoData`, `Pending`. ### ProductSummaryCollection Collection of Product Summary representations in product search results. * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Number of products per page in the search results. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `products` (_array of ProductSummary_) Collection of product summaries. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_number (int64)_) Total number of products in the search results. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectCommerceEinsteinStatusEnum Status code for the deployment. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DataError`, `InProgress`, `InternalError`, `NotDeplyed`, `Success`, `UndeployedSiteError`. ### ErrorResponseOutput Error response output. * `errorCode` (_string_) Error code. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Message stating the reason for error, if any. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FulfillmentGroupOutput Information about one FulfillmentOrder from a request to create fulfillment orders from multiple OrderDeliveryGroupSummaries. If the FulfillmentOrder was created, then its ID is returned. If it failed, then data from the input is returned so you can resubmit it. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `fulfilledFromLocationId` (_string (Id)_) (Creation failed) The input FulfilledFromLocationId. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `fulfillmentOrderId` (_string (Id)_) The FulfillmentOrderId from the successfully created FulfillmentOrder. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `fulfillmentType` (_string_) (Creation failed) The input FulfillmentType. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderDeliveryGroupSummaryId` (_string (Id)_) (Creation failed) The input OrderDeliveryGroupSummaryId. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderItemSummaries` (_array of OrderItemSummaryOutput_, nullable) (Creation failed) The input list of OrderItemSummaries. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string (Id)_) (Creation failed) The input OrderSummaryId. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `referenceId` (_string_) The referenceId from the FulfillmentGroup input representation. Use this value to troubleshoot a failure. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### FulfillmentGroupInput A list of OrderItemSummaries to be fulfilled together, and the fulfillment location to handle them. The fulfillment type is one of the values defined for the Type field on the FulfillmentOrder object, such as “Warehouse” or “Retail Store.” The specified type is assigned to the FulfillmentOrder for this fulfillment group. * `fulfilledFromLocationId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the fulfillment location. _Available in: v48.0_ * `fulfillmentType` (_string_, required) Fulfillment type. One of the Type field values defined for FulfillmentOrders. _Available in: v48.0_ * `orderItemSummaries` (_array of OrderItemSummaryInput_, required) List of OrderItemSummaries. _Available in: v48.0_ * `referenceId` (_string_) Reference to this input for use in troubleshooting failures. This value is only used by the APIs for creating fulfillment orders for multiple order delivery group summaries. _Available in: v50.0_ ### FulfillmentOrderLineItemInput A FulfillmentOrderLineItem and quantity to cancel. You can cancel less than the full quantity, in which case you reallocate the canceled quantity to a different FulfillmentOrder. * `fulfillmentOrderLineItemId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the FulfillmentOrderLineItem. _Available in: v48.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) Quantity to cancel. _Available in: v48.0_ ### DistributeToOrdersInput Input representation of a single element within the Distribute To Orders list. * `externalOrderId` (_string_, required) ID of the external order. _Available in: v58.0_ * `itemQuantities` (_array of ItemQuantityInput_, required) Order Item Quantity List _Available in: v58.0_ ### ItemQuantityInput Input representation of an item and its quantity. * `externalItemId` (_string_, required) ID of the external item. _Available in: v58.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) Quantity of the external item. _Available in: v58.0_ ### OrderQuantitiesOutput Output groupings of items in an order. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `externalOrderId` (_string_) A string representation of the grouping of SKUs _Available in: v58.0_ * `itemQuantities` (_array of ItemQuantityOutput_) The list of items and quantities _Available in: v58.0_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ItemQuantityOutput The quantity for a specific item. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `externalItemId` (_string_) The identifier for the item with quantity _Available in: v58.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_) Quantity requested for the item. _Available in: v58.0_ * `quantityDistributed` (_number (double)_) Quantity that was distributed to this item. _Available in: v58.0_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### TextClassificationsResultWithIdOutput Text classifications result with ID. * `id` (_string_) Request ID for text classifications. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `result` (_object_) TextClassificationsResultOutput Result for text classifications. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TextClassificationsResultOutput`. * `status` (_string_) Request status for text classification. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### HttpHeaderOutput An HTTP header. * `name` (_string_) Name of the HTTP header. _Available in: v59.0_ * `value` (_string_) Value of the HTTP header. _Available in: v59_ ### ProductReturnRateOutput Return rate of a product (units returned divided by units sold). * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `productId` (_string_) ID of the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `returnRate` (_number (double)_) Return rate of specified product. Values range from 0 to 1. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### BalanceStatePreviewOutput The generated preview of all balances for an order or a cart, including totals, adjustments, and taxes. * `grandTotalAmount` (_number (double)_) The grand total of the exchanges, including adjustments, fees, delivery cost, and taxes. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalAdjustmentAmount` (_number (double)_) The total amount the order was adjusted by, not including tax. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalAdjustmentAmountWithTax` (_number (double)_) The total amount the order was adjusted by, including tax. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalAmount` (_number (double)_) The total amount being return, not including tax. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalAmountWithTax` (_number (double)_) The total amount being return, including tax. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalDeliveryAmount` (_number (double)_) The total cost for delivery, not including tax. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalDeliveryAmountWithTax` (_number (double)_) The total cost for delivery, including tax. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalFeeAmount` (_number (double)_) The combined total of all fees charged, not including tax. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalFeeAmountWithTax` (_number (double)_) The combined total of all fees charged, including tax. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalTaxAmount` (_number (double)_) The combined total of all taxes. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ChangeItemOutput The financial changes resulting from a change to one or more OrderItemSummaries. Most of the values represent the deltas of the values on the associated OrderSummary. The sign of each value is the opposite of the corresponding value on a change order record. For example, a discount is a positive value here and a negative value on a change order record. * `grandTotalAmount` (_number (double)_) Change to the GrandTotalAmount field. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalAdjDeliveryAmtWithTax` (_number (double)_) Change to the TotalAdjDeliveryAmtWithTax field. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalAdjDistAmountWithTax` (_number (double)_) Change to the TotalAdjDistAmountWithTax field. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalAdjProductAmtWithTax` (_number (double)_) Change to the TotalAdjProductAmtWithTax field. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalAdjustedDeliveryAmount` (_number (double)_) Change to the TotalAdjustedDeliveryAmount field. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount` (_number (double)_) Change to the TotalAdjustedDeliveryTaxAmount field. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalAdjustedProductAmount` (_number (double)_) Change to the TotalAdjustedProductAmount field. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalAdjustedProductTaxAmount` (_number (double)_) Change to the TotalAdjustedProductTaxAmount field. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalAdjustmentDistributedAmount` (_number (double)_) Change to the TotalAdjustmentDistributedAmount field. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalAdjustmentDistributedTaxAmount` (_number (double)_) Change to the TotalAdjustmentDistributedTaxAmount field. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalAmount` (_number (double)_) Change to the TotalAmount field. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalExcessFundsAmount` (_number (double)_) Amount of excess funds available on the OrderPaymentSummaries related to the OrderSummary. It is equal to the captured amount that is owed as a refund but is not associated with an invoice or credit memo. Excess funds normally occur when order items are canceled before fulfillment but after payment has been captured. This situation is not common in the US, where funds are normally authorized but not captured until the fulfillment process begins. This value includes all current excess funds related to the OrderSummary, not only the funds related to the current change. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalFeeAmount` (_number (double)_) Total amount of the fees charged for the change. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalFeeTaxAmount` (_number (double)_) Total amount of tax on the fees charged for the change. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalRefundableAmount` (_number (double)_) Total amount available to be refunded. It is the sum of the excess funds and any outstanding change order grand total amounts that apply to post-fulfillment changes. This value includes all current refundable amounts related to the OrderSummary, not only the amount related to the current change. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalRequiredFundsAmount` (_number (double)_) The required funds associated with added order items. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalTaxAmount` (_number (double)_) Change to the TotalTaxAmount field. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### PaymentInfoInput Payment information about additional funds required for an order. * `lastPaymentGatewayLogId` (_string_) Last payment gateway log ID for the new order payment summary. _Available in: v60.0_ * `name` (_string_) Overrides the default name of the order payment summary created. _Available in: v60.0_ * `paymentAuthorizationId` (_string_) Payment authorization ID to be used if needed to fund the exchange order. _Available in: v60.0_ * `paymentIds` (_array of string_) Payment IDs for the new order payment summary. _Available in: v60.0_ * `paymentMethodId` (_string_) Payment method ID for the new order payment summary. _Available in: v60.0_ ### SharedOrderPaymentSummarySequenceInput Shared order payment summary sequence. * `orderPaymentSummaryId` (_string_, required) Shared order payment summary ID. _Available in: v60.0_ * `reservedBalanceAmount` (_number (double)_, required) Balance amount to be reserved. _Available in: v60.0_ ### CreateInvoiceFromChangeOrdersInput OrderSummary and associated change orders to create Invoices for. * `changeOrderIds` (_array of string_, required) List of IDs of change orders to create Invoices for. _Available in: v56.0_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string_, required) ID of the associated Order Summary. _Available in: v56.0_ ### CreateInvoiceFromChangeOrdersOutput List of IDs of invoices created for change orders. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `invoiceId` (_string_) ID of the created invoice. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### InnerEnsureFundsAsyncInput ID of an Invoice and ID of the associated OrderSummary. * `invoiceId` (_string_, required) ID of the Invoice to ensure funds for. _Available in: v56.0_ * `isAllowPartial` (_boolean_, required) If true, the invoice can be funded through multiple, partial payments. Optionally, define a sequence to capture multiple payments. If false, the invoice must be funded through a single payment. Default value is false. _Available in: v60.0_ * `isReservedBalanceAmountConsidered` (_boolean_) Is Reserved Balance Amount Considered * `orderSummaryId` (_string_, required) ID of the OrderSummary associated with the Invoice. _Available in: v56.0_ * `sequences` (_array of SequenceOrderPaymentSummaryInput_) The payment sequence in which the funds are captured for the invoice. _Available in: v60.0_ * `isConsiderReservedBalanceAmount` (_boolean_) If true, the reserved balance amount is used for the Order Summary to fund the invoice. If not enough reserved balance amount, any available balance that isn’t reserved by another Order Summary is used. If false, any available balance is used. _Available in: v59.0_ ### AsyncOutput Output representation of the async operation. * `backgroundOperationId` (_string_) ID of the background operation. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### AdjustItemInput A price adjustment to an OrderItemSummary. It only supports discounts, not increases. * `adjustmentType` (_string_, required) Describes how the amount is calculated. It can have one of these values: * `AmountTaxOnly` —Value of amount is the tax-only adjustment only. Available in version 65.0 and later. * `AmountWithTax` —Value of amount is the adjustment, including tax. * `AmountWithoutTax` —Value of amount is the adjustment, not including tax. Tax is calculated on the value and added. * `Percentage` —Value of amount is a percentage discount. It is divided by 100, and then multiplied by the TotalPrice and TotalTaxAmount of the OrderItemSummary to determine the adjustment amount. * `ProductOnly` ——Value of amount is the product-only adjustment only. Available in version 65.0 and later. _Available in: v49.0_ Allowed values: `AmountTaxOnly`, `AmountWithTax`, `AmountWithoutTax`, `Percentage`, `ProductOnly`. * `amount` (_number (double)_, required) Value used to calculate the adjustment amount, as described by the adjustmentType. It must be a negative value. _Available in: v49.0_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the adjustment. _Available in: v49.0_ * `orderItemSummaryId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the OrderItemSummary. _Available in: v49.0_ * `reason` (_string_, required) Reason for the adjustment. The value must match one of the picklist values on the Reason field of the OrderItemSummaryChange object. _Available in: v49.0_ ### ChangeItemInput Change to an OrderItemSummary, such as a return or cancel. You specify whether to prorate the associated shipping charge based on the price change. The OrderItemSummary can’t be a shipping charge. * `changeItemFees` (_array of ChangeItemFeeInput_) List of input data for fees associated with the order item being returned or canceled. _Available in: v57.0_ * `orderItemSummaryId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the order item summary. _Available in: v48.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) Quantity to change. Use a positive value. For example, a value of 2 means “cancel or return 2 units.” _Available in: v48.0_ * `reason` (_string_, required) Reason for the change. The value must match one of the picklist values on the Reason field of the OrderItemSummaryChange object. _Available in: v48.0_ * `reasonForChangeText` (_string_) Reason text used for the return insights. The value has a max of 255 characters. _Available in: v59.0_ * `shippingReductionFlag` (_boolean_, required) Specifies whether to prorate the shipping charge. _Available in: v48.0_ ### ChangeOrderAdjustmentGroupSummaryInput A change to an order adjustment group summary. * `changeType` (_string_, required) Whether a new order adjustment group summary is being created or an existing summary is being updated. Valid values are New or Update. _Available in: v66.0_ * `orderAdjustmentGroupSummary` (_object_, required) The order adjustment group summary sObject representation that contains the changes for the Order Adjustment Group Summary entity. _Available in: v66.0_ Additional properties: `any`. * `referenceId` (_string_) The unique reference ID for this order adjustment group summary. This field is valid only if the Change Type value is New. _Available in: v66.0_ ### ChangeOrderDeliveryGroupSummaryInput A change to an order delivery group summary. * `changeType` (_string_, required) Whether a new order delivery group summary is being created or an existing summary is being updated. Valid values are New or Update. _Available in: v66.0_ * `orderDeliveryGroupSummary` (_object_, required) The order delivery group summary sObject representation that contains the changes for the Order Delivery Group Summary entity. _Available in: v66.0_ Additional properties: `any`. * `referenceId` (_string_) The unique reference ID for this order delivery group summary. This field is valid only if the Change Type value is New. _Available in: v66.0_ ### ChangeOrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaryInput A change to an order item adjustment line summary. * `changeType` (_string_, required) Whether a new order item adjustment line summary is being created or an existing summary is being updated. Valid values are New or Update. _Available in: v66.0_ * `orderItemAdjustmentLineSummary` (_object_, required) The order item adjustment line summary sObject representation that contains the changes for the Order Item Adjustment Line Summary entity. _Available in: v66.0_ Additional properties: `any`. * `referenceId` (_string_) The unique reference ID for this adjustment line summary. This field is valid only if the Change Type value is New. _Available in: v66.0_ ### ChangeOrderItemSummaryInput A change to an order item summary. * `changeType` (_string_, required) Whether a new order item summary is being created or an existing summary is being updated. Valid values are New or Update. _Available in: v66.0_ * `orderItemSummary` (_object_, required) The order item summary sObject representation that contains the changes for the Order Item Summary entity. _Available in: v66.0_ Additional properties: `any`. * `referenceId` (_string_) The unique reference ID for this order item summary. This field is valid only if the Change Type value is New. _Available in: v66.0_ ### ChangeOrderItemTaxLineItemSummaryInput A change to an order item tax line item summary. * `changeType` (_string_, required) Whether a new order item tax line item summary is being created or an existing summary is being updated. Valid values are New or Update. _Available in: v66.0_ * `orderItemTaxLineItemSummary` (_object_, required) The order item tax line item summary sObject representation that contains the changes for the Order Item Tax Line Summary entity. _Available in: v66.0_ Additional properties: `any`. * `referenceId` (_string_) The unique reference ID for this order tax line item summary. This field is valid only if the Change Type value is New. _Available in: v66.0_ ### SequenceOrderPaymentSummaryInput Amount to apply to specified OrderPaymentSummary as part of a payment or refund. * `amount` (_number (double)_, required) Amount to apply to the OrderPaymentSummary. _Available in: v56.0_ * `orderPaymentSummaryId` (_string_, required) ID of the OrderPaymentSummary to apply the Amount to. _Available in: v56.0_ ### InvoiceToPayInput Invoice for a fee. * `invoiceId` (_string_, required) ID of the invoice for a fee. _Available in: v56.0_ ### ProductOutput Output representation for product data. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `expand` (_object_) ProductExpandOutput Output representation for expand feature. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ProductExpandOutput`. * `product` (_string_) Product data. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### LocationAvailabilityInput The available quantity of a product at an inventory location. * `externalReferenceId` (_string_) The external reference ID of the inventory location. _Available in: v51.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) The available quantity of the product. _Available in: v51.0_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_, required) The Stock Keeping Unit of the product. _Available in: v51.0_ ### QuantityWithSkuInput A quantity of a product. * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) Quantity of the product. _Available in: v51.0_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_, required) SKU of the product. _Available in: v51.0_ ### AvailableLocationOutput A set of inventory locations that can combine to fulfill an order. * `locations` (_array of string_) A list of inventory locations. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsGroupUsingOCIInput Data used to calculate inventory availability and fulfillment routes for one order involving the fewest number of shipment splits. * `excludeLocations` (_array of string_) List of locations to exclude from the routing calculations. _Available in: v55.0_ * `maximumNumberOfSplits` (_integer_) The maximum allowable number of shipment splits. Routing options that involve more than this number of splits are not returned. Each split represents an additional shipment. Specifying a maximum of 0 returns only locations that can fulfill the entire order in a single shipment. A maximum of 1 returns combinations of locations that can fulfill the order in one or two shipments, and so on. _Available in: v54.0_ * `orderedItems` (_array of FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsUsingOCIItemInput_) Each list element represents a quantity of a product to be routed for fulfillment and the assigned location group or location. At least one element is required _Available in: v54.0_ ### FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsWithInventoryOutput Sets of inventory locations that can combine to fulfill an order, with availability data for those locations. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `inventory` (_object_) OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityOutput Inventory availability data for the location groups and locations specified in the input. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityOutputCommerceOrdermanagement`. * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `targetLocations` (_array of AvailableLocationOutput_) Each entry in the list is a set of inventory locations that can combine to fulfill an order. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### TargetLocationInput A set of inventory locations that together can fulfill an order. * `locations` (_array of LocationInput_, required) A list of locations with information about their country and postal codes. _Available in: v51.0_ ### AverageDistanceResultOutput Wraps inventory location shipping distance calculation results. * `distanceCalculation` (_object_) DistanceCalculationOutput Results of the shipping distance calculations. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `DistanceCalculationOutput`. ### ConfirmHeldFOCapacityRequestInput Request to confirm held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. * `allOrNothing` (_boolean_) Controls whether a single failed request cancels all other requests in the list (true) or whether some requests can succeed if others fail (false). The default value is false. _Available in: v55.0_ * `capacityRequests` (_array of CapacityRequestInput_, required) List of requests to confirm held fulfillment order capacity. Each request is for one fulfillment order assigned to one location. _Available in: v55.0_ ### ConfirmHeldFOCapacityResponseOutput Response to a request to confirm held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. * `capacityResponses` (_array of CapacityResponseOutput_) List of responses to the requests to confirm held fulfillment order capacity at individual locations. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### LocationCapacityOutput Fulfillment order capacity values for a location. * `assigned` (_integer_) Value of the location’s Assigned Fulfillment Order Count. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `capacity` (_integer_) Value of the location’s Fulfillment Order Capacity. This property represents the location’s maximum capacity. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponse Error returned by the request, if any. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponseBilling`. * `heldCapacity` (_integer_) Number of fulfillment orders that the location is holding capacity for. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locationId` (_string_) ID of the location. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### HoldFOCapacityRequestInput Request to hold fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. * `allOrNothing` (_boolean_) Controls whether a single failed request cancels all other requests in the list (true) or whether some requests can succeed if others fail (false). The default value is false. _Available in: v55.0_ * `capacityRequests` (_array of CapacityRequestInput_, required) List of requests to hold fulfillment order capacity. Each request is for one fulfillment order at one location. _Available in: v55.0_ ### HoldFOCapacityResponseOutput Response to a request to hold fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. * `capacityResponses` (_array of CapacityResponseOutput_) List of responses to the requests to hold fulfillment order capacity at individual locations. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ReleaseHeldFOCapacityRequestInput Request to release held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. * `allOrNothing` (_boolean_) Controls whether a single failed request cancels all other requests in the list (true) or whether some requests can succeed if others fail (false). The default value is false. _Available in: v55.0_ * `capacityRequests` (_array of CapacityRequestInput_, required) List of requests to release held fulfillment order capacity. Each request is for capacity for one fulfillment order held at one location. _Available in: v55.0_ ### ReleaseHeldFOCapacityResponseOutput Response to a request to release held fulfillment order capacity at one or more locations. * `capacityResponses` (_array of CapacityResponseOutput_) List of responses to the requests to release held fulfillment order capacity at individual locations. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProductSearchFacetOutput Product search facet value. * `attributeType` (_string_) Attribute type of the facet value. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `displayName` (_string_) Display name of the facet value. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `displayRank` (_integer_) Display rank of the facet value. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `displayType` (_string_) Display type of the facet value. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `facetType` (_string_) Type of the facet. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `nameOrId` (_string_) Name or ID of the facet. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `values` (_array of ProductSearchFacetValueOutput_) A list of facet values for the search. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProductSearchProductOutput Product returned by a product search. * `description` (_string_) Description of the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `image` (_object_) ProductSearchImageOutput Image of the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ProductSearchImageOutput`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `productClass` (_string_) Class of the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) Stock Keeping Unit (SKU) of the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `variationAttributeSet` (_array of ProductVariationAttributeOutput_) Variation attribute set of the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProductVariationAttributeOutput Details about a product variation attribute. * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the attribute. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the attribute. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `variationAttributeValues` (_array of ProductVariationAttributeValueOutput_) List of valid values for the variation attribute. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProductBundleChildOutput Output representation of a product details bundle child. * `description` (_string_) Description of the child product. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `name` (_string_) Child product name. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `productId` (_string_) ProductId of the child product. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_) Quantity of the child product per bundle. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) Stock Keeping Unit (SKU) of the child product. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProductImageGroupOutput Details about a product image group. * `images` (_array of ProductImageOutput_) List of product images in the group. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `viewType` (_string_) The type of product images in the group. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProductQuantityRuleOutput Output representation of the product quantity rule * `increment` (_string_) Increment * `maximum` (_string_) Maximum * `minimum` (_string_) Minimum ### ProductVariantOutput Details about a product variation. * `listPrice` (_number (double)_) List price. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `price` (_number (double)_) Price. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `productId` (_string_) Product ID. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) Stock Keeping Unit. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `unitPrice` (_number (double)_) Unit price. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `variationValues` (_object_) The variation attribute values that define the variation. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `string`. ### RefundInstructionsHintInput The payment credit sequence, credit types, and refund sequence that provide information for optimal refund processing. * `paymentCreditSequenceItems` (_array of PaymentCreditSequenceItemInput_, required) The Order Payment Summary ID, credit amount, and credit type for individual payment credit items. Each item represents a specific payment method and the amount of credit to be applied to it. _Available in: v65.0_ * `refundSequenceItems` (_array of RefundSequenceItemInput_, required) The Order Payment Summary ID and amount for the individual refund items in a sequence. Each item has a payment method and refund amount to be processed for that method. _Available in: v65.0_ ### ReturnOrderLineItemInput Data for creating a ReturnOrderLineItem for an order item being returned, including data to create ReturnOrderLineItems representing any return fees associated with it. * `canReduceShipping` (_boolean_, required) Whether to refund any associated shipping charge. _Available in: v50.0_ * `orderItemSummaryId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the associated OrderItemSummary. If the OrderItemSummary already has an associated ReturnOrderLineItem, then you must specify a different `reasonForReturn`. Duplicating the reason breaks the financial calculations. _Available in: v50.0_ * `quantityExpected` (_number (double)_, required) Quantity expected to be returned. This value also applies to any fees specified in `returnOrderLineItemFees`. _Available in: v50.0_ * `quantityReceived` (_number (double)_) Quantity already physically returned. _Available in: v50.0_ * `reasonForChangeText` (_string_) Reason text used for the return insights. The value has a max of 255 characters. _Available in: v59.0_ * `reasonForReturn` (_string_) Reason for the return. The value must match an entry in both the OrderSummaryChange Reason field and the ReturnOrderLineItem object’s ReasonForReturn picklist. Required if the `returnOrderLifeCycleType` is MANAGED. _Available in: v50.0_ * `returnOrderLineItemFees` (_array of ReturnOrderLineItemFeeInput_) List of input data for return fees associated with the order item being returned. A ReturnOrderLineItem of Type Fee is created to represent each fee. _Available in: v56.0_ ### ReturnOrderItemDeliveryChargeInput ID of a ReturnOrderLineItem representing a delivery charge. * `returnOrderLineItemId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of a ReturnOrderLineItem to return. _Available in: v52.0_ ### ReturnOrderItemFeeInput ID of a ReturnOrderLineItem representing a return fee, and instructions for updating it. After the update, the ReturnOrderLineItem is read-only. Any remaining quantity of the fee to be processed is added to a new ReturnOrderLineItem. * `quantityReturned` (_number (double)_, required) Quantity of the ReturnOrderLineItem to process. When the fee is a fixed amount, the charge is determined by multiplying the total fee amount by this value divided by the expected quantity. For example, if the fee amount is $10 and the expected quantity is 2, then if the `quantityReturned` is 1, $5 is charged. This value normally equals the quantity returned of the ReturnOrderLineItem for the returned item that the fee applies to. The value must be greater than zero. If this value plus `quantityToCancel` is less than the expected quantity, then the remaining quantity to be returned is added to a new ReturnOrderLineItem. _Available in: v56.0_ * `quantityToCancel` (_number (double)_, required) Quantity of the ReturnOrderLineItem to remove. This value normally equals the quantity canceled of the ReturnOrderLineItem for the returned item that the fee applies to. This value can also be used to cancel a portion of the fee. The value must be zero or greater. If this value plus `quantityReturned` is less than the expected quantity, then the remaining quantity to be returned is added to a new ReturnOrderLineItem. _Available in: v56.0_ * `returnOrderLineItemId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the ReturnOrderLineItem representing the return fee. _Available in: v56.0_ ### ReturnOrderItemInput ID of a ReturnOrderLineItem and instructions for updating it. After the update, the ReturnOrderLineItem is read-only. Any remaining quantity to be returned is added to a new ReturnOrderLineItem. * `quantityReceived` (_number (double)_, required) The quantity of the ReturnOrderLineItem that has been received. The value must be zero or greater. This value isn’t used by any standard features, but is provided for use in customizations. _Available in: v52.0_ * `quantityRejected` (_number (double)_, required) The quantity of the ReturnOrderLineItem that has been rejected for return. The value must be zero or greater. This value isn’t used by any standard features, but is provided for use in customizations. _Available in: v52.0_ * `quantityReturned` (_number (double)_, required) The quantity of the ReturnOrderLineItem that has been returned. The value must be greater than zero. If this value plus quantityToCancel is less than the expected return quantity, then the remaining quantity to be returned is added to a new ReturnOrderLineItem. _Available in: v52.0_ * `quantityToCancel` (_number (double)_, required) The quantity of the ReturnOrderLineItem to remove because it’s not being returned. The value must be zero or greater. If this value plus quantityReturned is less than the expected return quantity, then the remaining quantity to be returned is added to a new ReturnOrderLineItem. _Available in: v52.0_ * `reasonForRejection` (_string_) The reason why the rejected quantity, if any, was rejected. This value isn’t used by any standard features, but is provided for use in customizations. _Available in: v52.0_ * `returnOrderLineItemId` (_string (Id)_, required) The ID of the ReturnOrderLineItem. _Available in: v52.0_ ### RefundInstructionsHintOutput Instructions showing the sequence in which credits and refunds were issued to the customer. * `paymentCreditSequence` (_array of PaymentCreditSequenceItemOutput_) The representation of individual payment credit items. Each item represents a specific payment method and the amount of credit to be applied to it. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `refundSequence` (_array of RefundSequenceItemOutput_) The order payment summary ID and value of the processed refund items. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ReturnOrderItemSplitLineOutput After a change order is created for a ReturnOrderLineItem, that ReturnOrderLineItem is read-only. If the Return Items API is used to return a partial quantity, it creates a new “split” ReturnOrderLineItem to hold the remaining quantity to be returned. In that case, it returns this output property, which contains the IDs of the original and split ReturnOrderLineItems. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `newReturnOrderItemId` (_string_) ID of the new ReturnOrderLineItem that holds the remaining return quantity. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `originalReturnOrderItemId` (_string_) ID of the original ReturnOrderLineItem. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OrderSummaryGraphInput Graph containing the details of an order summary and supporting records. * `orderSummaryGraphId` (_string_, required) Unique ID of the graph. _Available in: v57.0_ * `purchaseDetails` (_array of ObjectInput_, required) List of record data specific to the order, such as the order items and delivery groups. _Available in: v57.0_ * `purchaseSupportDetails` (_array of ObjectInput_, required) List of support record data for the order, such as the customer account and contact. _Available in: v57.0_ ### ProcessingInstructionsInput Object with Processing Instructions * `accountContactDedupeStrategy` (_string_) Strategy for account contact deduplication * `allowOrderOnlyCustomAttributes` (_boolean_) The strategy for setting flag for custom attribute on Order, OrderItem and OrderDeliveryGroup objects only. * `orderSummaryCreationStrategy` (_string_) The strategy for order summary creation ### OrderSummaryGraphOutput Response from creating a pending order summary based on an order summary graph. * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponse Error details, if applicable. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponseBilling`. * `httpHeaders` (_array of NameValuePairOutput_) List of name-value pairs representing the graph’s HTTP headers. If the pending order summary is successfully created, the name is `Location` and the value is the URI of the pending order summary record. For example: `/services/data/v67.0/sobjects/PendingOrderSummary/29sxx0000000000AAA` _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderSummaryGraphId` (_string_) ID of the order summary graph used to create the pending order summary. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Whether the graph was successfully processed. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### DeliveryEstimationProductInput Delivery estimation product information. * `name` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_string Product name. _Available in: v63.0_ * `productId` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_string ID of the product. _Available in: v63.0_ * `quantity` (_string_, required) apex\_methods\_system\_double Product quantity. _Available in: v63.0_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_, required) apex\_methods\_system\_string Product's stock keeping unit (SKU). _Available in: v63.0_ ### DeliveryEstimateOutput Delivery estimation information for products. * `error` (_object_) DeliveryEstimationErrorOutput Any error that was returned, including the error code and error message. _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `DeliveryEstimationErrorOutput`. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `location` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_string Location external reference. _Available in: v63.0_ * `productDeliverEstimations` (_array of ProductDeliverEstimationOutput_) List of product delivery estimations. _Available in: v63.0_ * `shippingCarrierMethodExternalReference` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_string Shipping carrier method external reference. _Available in: v63.0_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### DeliveryAddressInput Delivery address. While each field is optional, at least one combination (latitude and longitude, country and postal code, or city, state, and country) must be included. The fields can't be left empty. * `city` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_string City in the state for the delivery address. _Available in: v63.0_ * `country` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_string Country code for the delivery address. _Available in: v63.0_ * `latitude` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_double Latitude for the delivery address. _Available in: v63.0_ * `longitude` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_double Longitude for the delivery address. _Available in: v63.0_ * `postalCode` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_string Postal code of the delivery address. _Available in: v63.0_ * `state` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_string State in the country for the delivery address. _Available in: v63.0_ ### LocationListInput A list of location identifiers used to specify locations excluded from routing consideration. * `locations` (_array of string_, required) The list of location identifiers to exclude. Don't leave any identifier blank. The list can contain up to 100 items. _Available in: v67.0_ ### RoutingProductInput A product to route, including its stock keeping unit (SKU) and requested quantity. * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) The quantity of the requested product. Enter a value greater than 0. _Available in: v67.0_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_, required) The product's stock keeping unit (SKU). _Available in: v67.0_ ### BestLocationPerSKUOutput A recommended fulfillment location for a specific SKU, including available quantity and score. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locationId` (_string_) The location's ID. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `quantityAvailableToOrder` (_integer_) The quantity available to order at this location. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `unitScore` (_number (double)_) The score for this SKU at this location. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### RouteOutput A single possible fulfillment route, including its aggregated score and the locations that make up the route. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locations` (_array of RouteLocationOutput_) The fulfillment locations that make up this route. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `totalScore` (_number (double)_) The aggregated score for this route. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCIBatchUpdateSingleInput Details of one inventory record to update in a batch update. * `actionRequestId` (_string_, required) Idempotent ID that identifies this request. _Available in: v62.0_ * `attributeSet` (_object_) OCIAttributeSetInput Inventory record attribute set. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `OCIAttributeSetInput`. * `effectiveDate` (_string_) Effective date of the update. _Available in: v62.0_ * `externalRefId` (_string_) Unique code, reference, or identifier for the record used by external systems. _Available in: v62.0_ * `futureStock` (_array of OCIFutureStockSingleInput_) Inventory that is expected soon. Included in Available To Order. _Available in: v62.0_ * `locationIdentifier` (_string_, required) Identifier of the location where the inventory is reserved. _Available in: v62.0_ * `onHand` (_number (double)_) Physical inventory available, not including Future Quantity. _Available in: v62.0_ * `safetyStockCount` (_number (double)_) Inventory held in reserve that isn’t included in Available To Order and Available To Fulfill. _Available in: v62.0_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_, required) SKU of the product to update. _Available in: v62.0_ * `targetInventory` (_number (double)_) Target Inventory ### OCIBatchUpdateErrorOutput Error returned from an attempt to batch update inventory. * `details` (_object_) OCIBatchUpdateSingleOutput Details of one updated inventory record. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OCIBatchUpdateSingleOutput`. * `errorCode` (_string_) Error code, if any. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Details of the error, if available. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OCILocationGroupAvailabilityOutput A set of inventory availability data for one inventory location group. * `inventoryRecords` (_array of OCIInventoryRecordOutput_) A list of availability data for individual products. The data combines the quantities for all locations belonging to this location group. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locationGroupIdentifier` (_string_) The identifier of the location group. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCILocationAvailabilityOutput Output representation of one location’s inventory availability * `inventoryRecords` (_array of OCIInventoryRecordOutput_) The Inventory Records _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locationIdentifier` (_string_) The Location Identifier _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCIFulfillReservationSingleInput An inventory reservation to fulfill. * `actionRequestId` (_string_, required) A UUID that identifies the request. Use the action request IDs in response data to identify which requests succeeded or failed. _Available in: v51.0_ * `externalRefId` (_string_) The external reference ID of the location that’s fulfilling the reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ * `locationIdentifier` (_string_, required) The identifier of the location that’s fulfilling the reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) The quantity being fulfilled. _Available in: v51.0_ * `reservationId` (_string_) The ID of the inventory reservation. _Available in: v58.0_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_, required) The SKU of the product being fulfilled. _Available in: v51.0_ ### OCIFulfillReservationErrorOutput Response to a request to fulfill one inventory reservation. * `details` (_object_) OCIFulfillReservationSingleOutput Details of the fulfilled reservation, if successful. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OCIFulfillReservationSingleOutput`. * `errorCode` (_string_) Error code, if any. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Details of the error, if available. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OCIReleaseReservationSingleInput A single inventory reservation to release. * `actionRequestId` (_string_, required) A UUID that identifies the request. Use the action request IDs in response data to identify which requests succeeded or failed. _Available in: v51.0_ * `externalRefId` (_string_) The external reference ID of the location or location group that has the reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ * `locationGroupIdentifier` (_string_) The identifier of the location group that has the reservation. The identifier for a location or location group, but not both, is required. _Available in: v51.0_ * `locationIdentifier` (_string_) The identifier of the location that has the reservation. The identifier for a location or location group, but not both, is required. _Available in: v51.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) The quantity of reserved inventory to release. _Available in: v51.0_ * `reservationId` (_string_) The ID of the inventory reservation. _Available in: v58.0_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_, required) The SKU of the product to release. _Available in: v51.0_ ### OCIReleaseReservationErrorOutput Response to a request to release one inventory reservation. * `details` (_object_) OCIReleaseReservationSingleOutput Details of the released reservation, if successful. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OCIReleaseReservationSingleOutput`. * `errorCode` (_string_) Error code, if any. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Details of the error, if available. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OCICreateReservationSingleInput A quantity of a product and an Omnichannel Inventory location or location group at which to reserve it. * `locationGroupIdentifier` (_string_) Identifier of the location group at which to reserve inventory. Either locationGroupIdentifier or locationIdentifier is required, but not both _Available in: v51.0_ * `locationIdentifier` (_string_) Identifier of the location at which to reserve inventory. Either locationGroupIdentifier or locationIdentifier is required, but not both _Available in: v51.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) The quantity of the product to reserve. _Available in: v51.0_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_, required) The SKU of the product to reserve. _Available in: v51.0_ ### OCICreateReservationSingleOutput Details of an inventory reservation for one product. * `errorCode` (_string_) The error code, if any. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `locationGroupIdentifier` (_string_) Identifier of the location group where the inventory is reserved. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `locationIdentifier` (_string_) Identifier of the location where the inventory is reserved. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_) The reserved quantity of the product. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) The SKU of the reserved product. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OCICreateReservationErrorOutput Error returned from an attempt to create an Omnichannel Inventory reservation. * `errorCode` (_string_) The error code. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Details of the error, if available. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OCITransferReservationSingleInput An inventory reservation transfer. * `actionRequestId` (_string_, required) A UUID that identifies the request. Use the action request IDs in response data to identify which requests succeeded or failed. _Available in: v51.0_ * `externalRefId` (_string_) The external reference ID of the location receiving the transfer. _Available in: v51.0_ * `fromLocationGroupIdentifier` (_string_) The identifier of the location group sending the reservation. The identifier for a sending location or location group, but not both, is required _Available in: v51.0_ * `fromLocationIdentifier` (_string_) The identifier of the location sending the reservation. The identifier for a sending location or location group, but not both, is required _Available in: v51.0_ * `ignoreAvailabilityCheck` (_boolean_) If true, force the transfer even if the receiving location doesn’t have sufficient available inventory. The default value is false. _Available in: v52.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) The quantity of inventory being transferred. _Available in: v51.0_ * `reservationId` (_string_) The ID of the inventory reservation. _Available in: v58.0_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_, required) The SKU of the product being transferred. _Available in: v51.0_ * `toLocationGroupIdentifier` (_string_) The identifier of the location group receiving the reservation. The identifier for a receiving location or location group, but not both, is required _Available in: v51.0_ * `toLocationIdentifier` (_string_) The identifier of the location receiving the reservation. The identifier for a receiving location or location group, but not both, is required _Available in: v51.0_ ### OCITransferReservationErrorOutput Response to a request to fulfill one inventory reservation. * `details` (_object_) OCITransferReservationSingleOutput Details of the transferred reservation, if successful. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OCITransferReservationSingleOutput`. * `errorCode` (_string_) Error code, if any. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Details of the error, if available. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OCIUpdateReservationSingleInput Data to update one Omnichannel Inventory reservation item. * `locationGroupIdentifier` (_string_) Identifier of the location group where the inventory is reserved. Either locationGroupIdentifier or locationIdentifier are required, but not both _Available in: v61.0_ * `locationIdentifier` (_string_) Identifier of the location where the inventory is reserved. Either locationGroupIdentifier or locationIdentifier are required, but not both _Available in: v61.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) The quantity of the product to update. _Available in: v61.0_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_, required) The SKU of the product to update. _Available in: v61.0_ ### OCIUpdateReservationSingleOutput Details of an updated reservation for one product. * `adjustment` (_number (double)_) The total reservation adjustment _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorCode` (_string_) The error code, if any. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `locationGroupIdentifier` (_string_) Identifier of the location group where the inventory is reserved. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `locationIdentifier` (_string_) Identifier of the location where the inventory is reserved. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_) The total reservation quantity of the product. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) The SKU of the updated product. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OCIUpdateReservationErrorOutput Error returned from an attempt to update an Omnichannel Inventory reservation. * `errorCode` (_string_) The error code. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Details of the error, if available. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LocationGroupCheckAvailabilityInput Information needed to check inventory availability in a location group. * `includeInventoryLevel` (_boolean_) Include inventory levels. _Available in: v60.0_ * `locationGroupId` (_string_, required) Location group ID. _Available in: v60.0_ * `products` (_array of ProductCheckAvailabilityInput_, required) List of products in inventory. _Available in: v60.0_ ### LocationCheckAvailabilityInput Information needed to check inventory availability at an individual location. * `includeInventoryLevel` (_boolean_) Include inventory levels. _Available in: v60.0_ * `locationId` (_string_, required) Location ID. _Available in: v60.0_ * `products` (_array of ProductCheckAvailabilityInput_, required) List of products in inventory. _Available in: v60.0_ ### LocationGroupCheckAvailabilityOutput Inventory product availability for a location group. * `inventoryProducts` (_array of InventoryProductCheckAvailabilityOutput_) List of inventory products. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locationGroupId` (_string_) Location group ID. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### LocationCheckAvailabilityOutput Inventory product availability for a location. * `inventoryProducts` (_array of InventoryProductCheckAvailabilityOutput_) List of inventory products. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locationId` (_string_) Location ID. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### LocationGroupLevelsOutput Inventory location group levels data. * `inventoryProducts` (_array of InventoryProductOutput_) List of products in inventory. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locationGroupId` (_string_) ID of the location group. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### LocationLevelsOutput Inventory location levels data. * `inventoryProducts` (_array of InventoryProductOutput_) List of products in inventory. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locationId` (_string_) Location ID. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### InventoryProductOutput Inventory product data. * `availableToFulfill` (_number (double)_) Available To Fulfill quantity. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `availableToOrder` (_number (double)_) Available To Order quantity. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `onHand` (_number (double)_) On Hand quantity. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `product2Id` (_string_) Product ID. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) Product SKU. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `variants` (_array of InventoryProductOutput_) The product inventory level for variants _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `InventoryProductOutput`._ ### InvoiceActionEnum Type of invoice to be created. _Available in: v62.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Draft`, `Pending`, `Posted`. ### InvoiceAPIConfigurationOverrideInput Input representation of the additional configuration settings to specify whether the generation of payment schedules and payment schedule items must be skipped. * `paymentExclusionReason` (_string_) The reason for the exclusion of the payment for the invoice. _Available in: v63.0_ * `shouldExcludePayment` (_boolean_) Indicates whether to exclude the payment during invoice generation and skip creating the payment schedules and payment schedule items for the invoice ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). The default value is `false` . _Available in: v63.0_ ### ConnectCartAsyncOperationStatusEnum Async operation status of the cart. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Completed`, `Errored`, `Processing`. ### CartMessagesSummary Cart messages summary. * `errorCount` (_integer_) In the Cart Item Result, the count of messages with the `Error` severity level. In `ConnectApi.CartItemResult`, the count of messages with the `Error` severity level. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasErrors` (_boolean_) Specifies whether there are messages related to the entity (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `limitedMessages` (_array of CartMessage_) In the Cart Item Result, a limited list of messages related to the cart item. In the Cart Summary, each message can be related to the cart or to another cart-related entity, and each message supports multiple languages. In `ConnectApi.CartItemResult`, a limited list of messages related to the cart item. In `ConnectApi.CartSummary`, each message can be related to the cart or to another cart-related entity. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedEntityId` (_string (Id)_) In the Cart Item Result, the ID of the related cart item. In the Cart Summary, each message can be related to the cart or to another cart-related entity. In `ConnectApi.CartItemResult`, the ID of the related cart item. In `ConnectApi.CartSummary`, each message can be related to the cart or to another cart-related entity. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalLineItemsWithErrors` (_integer_) In the Cart Item Result, either `null` if the cart item has no errors or `1` if the cart item has errors. In the Cart Summary, the total number of product line items that contain errors. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectCartStatusEnum The status of a cart. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Active`, `Checkout`, `Closed`, `PendingClosed`, `PendingDelete`, `Processing`. ### ConnectCartTaxTypeEnum Tax type of the cart. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Automatic`, `Gross`, `Net`. ### ConnectCartTypeEnum Type of cart. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Cart`, `PayNowReadOnly`, `ReadOnly`, `Template`. ### DeliveryGroupV2 Delivery Group Representation * `availableDeliveryMethods` (_array of DeliveryMethodV2_) List of available delivery methods * `customFields` (_array of object_) Delivery Group Custom Fields Additional properties: `any`. * `deliveryAddress` (_CheckoutAddressV2_) * `desiredDeliveryDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when customer wants items delivered * `giftMessage` (_string_) Delivery Group Gift Message * `giftToName` (_string_) Delivery Group Gift To Name * `id` (_string (Id)_) Delivery group Id * `isAllDigitalCartItems` (_boolean_) If all the Items in delivery group are digital or not * `isDefault` (_boolean_) If the delivery group is default or not * `isGift` (_boolean_) If the delivery group is a gift or not * `name` (_string_) Delivery Group Name * `selectedDeliveryMethod` (_DeliveryMethodV2_) * `shippingInstructions` (_string_) Special shipping and handling instructions * `totalCartItemCount` (_integer_) Total cart item count in a delivery group where cart item type is PRODUCT * `totalCartItemQuantity` (_number (double)_) Total PRODUCT type cart items including quantity in a delivery group in Double format ### InvalidParameter Invalid Parameter Representation * `detail` (_string_) Detailed message about the invalid parameter. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the invalid parameter. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CheckoutOrderActionParametersInput Input representation of the Checkout order action parameters request. * `registrationAccountId` (_string_) Registered account ID of the guest user. _Available in: v64.0_ ### AbstractCartItem The abstract representation class for cart item * `billingFrequency` (_ConnectBillingFrequencyEnum_) * `cartDeliveryGroupId` (_string (Id)_) The ID of the CartDeliveryGroup. * `cartId` (_string (Id)_) The ID of the Cart. * `cartItemId` (_string (Id)_) The ID of the CartItem. * `childProductCount` (_integer_) The number of child cart items associated with this cart item. * `customFields` (_array of object_) The custom fields for this cart item. Additional properties: `any`. * `isConfigurationAllowed` (_boolean_) Indicates whether configuration is allowed on the cart item. This is true for dynamic bundle cart items and false for all others. * `isShippingChargeNotApplicable` (_boolean_) Set this field to true to waive shipping charges. When set to true, the cart item is classified as a digital good; otherwise, it is treated as a physical good. * `messagesSummary` (_CartMessagesSummary_) * `name` (_string_) The name of this CartItem, may be a product name or charge description. * `parentCartItemId` (_string (Id)_) The Id of the parent Cart Item for this CartItem. * `productDetails` (_CartProductSummary_) * `productId` (_string (Id)_) The Id of the product for this CartItem. * `productSellingModelId` (_string_) The ID of the ProductSellingModel associated with Product2. * `promotionDisplayName` (_string_) Promotion Display Name for Bonus product only. * `quantity` (_string_) The quantity of the CartItem. * `sellingModelType` (_ConnectSellingModelTypeEnumCommerceBuyerexperience_) * `subType` (_ConnectCartItemSubTypeEnum_) * `subscriptionTerm` (_integer_) The number of terms over which the subscription spans. * `type` (_ConnectCartItemTypeEnum_) ### CommerceProductDynamicAttribute Represents the dynamic product attributes. * `displayValue` (_string_) The Display Value of Attribute. * `name` (_string_) The Name of Attribute. * `type` (_string_) The Type of the Attribute value. * `unitOfMeasure` (_UnitOfMeasure_) * `value` (_string_) The Value of Attribute. ### ConnectProductClassEnumCommerceBuyerexperience Indicates the Product Class enum values. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Bundle`, `Set`, `Simple`, `Variation`, `VariationParent`. ### PurchaseQuantityRuleCommerceEinstein Represents a rule that restricts the quantity of a product that may be purchased * `increment` (_string_) Increment value of the quantity that can be purchased. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `maximum` (_string_) Maximum quantity that can be purchased. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `minimum` (_string_) Minimum quantity that can be purchased. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience Representation of a media associated with a product * `alternateText` (_string_) Alternative text for the product media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentVersionId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the latest published content version if the media is stored as a ContentDocument. If the image is a customer-provided external URL, the value is `null`. Not supported in enhanced CMS workspaces. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product image. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediaType` (_string_) Type of product media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Document`, `Image`, `Video`. * `sortOrder` (_integer_) Sort order of a media item within a media group. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the thumbnail for product media. If a value exists, it should be used for the thumbnail whether the image is natively uploaded or hosted externally. Not supported in enhanced CMS workspaces. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the product media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL of the product media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CartProductAttributeCommerceWishlist Represents product attributes for cartItems. * `label` (_string_) Label or display name of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sequence` (_integer_) Sequence of the attribute within the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_) Display value of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Reference A reference to a record. * `id` (_string_) The ID of the record being referenced, which could be an 18-character ID or some other string identifier. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL to the resource endpoint. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregatesStatusEnum Order summary adjustment aggregate job status. Values are: * `Failed` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary failed. * `InProgress` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary is in progress. * `NotInitiated` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary is not initiated. * `Submitted` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary is submitted. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Failed`, `InProgress`, `NotInitiated`, `Submitted`. ### ConnectOrderSummaryAdjustmentTargetTypeEnum Type of price adjustment in promotions. Values are: * `SplitLine` —Price adjustment on an order item. * `Header` —Price adjustment on the entire order. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Header`, `SplitLine`. ### OrderDeliveryMethodLookupOutput Order delivery method lookup output. * `fields` (_object_) Map of requested order delivery method fields. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the order delivery method. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderItemSummaryLookupOutput Order item summary lookup output. * `adjustmentAggregates` (_object_) OrderItemSummaryAdjustmentAggregates Adjustment aggregates for the order item summary. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderItemSummaryAdjustmentAggregates`. * `adjustments` (_array of OrderSummaryAdjustment_) Adjustments associated with the order item summary. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `associatedLineItems` (_array of OrderItemSummaryLookupOutput_) Child product line items associated with the order item summary. _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `OrderItemSummaryLookupOutput`._ _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the order item summary record. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fields` (_object_) Map of requested order item summary fields. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the order item summary. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `itemClass` (_object_) ConnectProductClassEnum Determine whether a product is sold individually or can have variations. Possible values are: * `Bundle` —A set of products that are grouped and sold as a single unit for one price. * `Set` —A product set is a collection of related products. The parent product is grouped with related child products. * `Simple` —A product without any variations. * `Variation` —A product with variations. For example, size and color options can be added to a t-shirt. * `Variation_Parent` —A collection of product variations grouped under their respective parent products through product variation grouping. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectProductClassEnumCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `processExceptions` (_array of ProcessExceptionOutputCommerceBuyerexperience_) Process exceptions information for an order item summary. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `product` (_object_) OrderSummaryProductLookupOutput Details of the product associated with order item summary. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderSummaryProductLookupOutput`. * `productSellingModel` (_object_) ProductSellingModel Product selling model information for an order item summary. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductSellingModelCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `type` (_string_) Type of the order item (Product or Shipping Charge) ### OrderPaymentMethod Details for the order payment method. * `fields` (_object_) Map of order payment method fields. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of an order payment method record. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderSummaryProductAttribute Order summary product attribute representation. * `label` (_string_) Label or display name of the attribute. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sequence` (_integer_) Sequence of the attribute set with regard to the product. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_) Display value of the attribute. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderItemSummaryAdjustmentAggregates Adjustment aggregates associated with an Order Item Summary record. * `available` (_boolean_) Indicates whether adjustment aggregates are available (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregatesStatusEnum Order summary adjustment aggregate job status. * `Failed` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary failed. * `InProgress` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary is in progress. * `NotInitiated` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary is not initiated. * `Submitted` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary is submitted. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregatesStatusEnum`. * `totalLinePromotionAmount` (_string_) Total of all line item promotions applied to this specific product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalPromotionDistAmount` (_string_) Total of all order level promotions applied to this specific product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderItemSummaryProduct Product mapped to an order item summary. * `canViewProduct` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user can view the product (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorCode` (_string_) Error code for the product with errors. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorMessage` (_string_) Error message for the product with errors. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fields` (_object_) Map of the product fields queried. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `media` (_object_) ProductMedia Associated product media. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `productAttributes` (_object_) ProductAttributeSetSummary Summary of the product attributes. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductAttributeSetSummaryCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `productId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFacetDisplayTypeEnum Display type of the facet. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CategoryTree`, `DatePicker`, `MultiSelect`, `Range`, `SingleSelect`. ### ConnectFacetValueSortTypeEnum Specifies the sort order for facet values. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Alphabetical`, `CountBased`, `NumericAsc`, `NumericDesc`. ### ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum Type of attribute. When updating facetable attributes, you must include a `ProductCategory` facet with `nameOrId` set to `Id` and `displayType` set to `categoryTree` , as shown in the JSON example. _Available in: v49.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Custom`, `PricebookEntry`, `Product2`, `ProductAttribute`, `ProductCategory`, `Standard`. ### BoostBuryQueryContextConditionInput Search Boost bury query context conditions * `locales` (_array of string_) Locales for the query context * `type` (_ConnectSearchQueryContextTypeEnum_) * `values` (_array of string_) Values for the query context ### BoostBuryConditionInput Condition for a boost and bury rule. * `attributeNameOrId` (_string_, required) Identifier of the attribute for the condition. Value is `ID`. _Available in: v59.0_ * `attributeType` (_object_) ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum Search attribute type. Value is `Product2`. _Available in: v59.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum`. * `values` (_array of string_, required) List of up to 100 attribute values for the condition. _Available in: v59.0_ ### BoostBuryQueryContextConditionOutput Search Boost bury query context * `locales` (_array of string_) Locales for the boost bury rule context * `type` (_ConnectSearchQueryContextTypeEnum_) * `values` (_array of string_) Values for the boost bury rule context ### BoostBuryConditionOutput Condition for a boost and bury rule. * `attributeNameOrId` (_string_) Identifier of the attribute for the condition. Value is `ID`. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `attributeType` (_object_) ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum Search attribute type. Value is `Product2`. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchAttributeTypeEnum`. * `values` (_array of string_) List of up to 100 attribute values for the condition. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleDirectionEnum Direction of the sort rule. Values are: * `Ascending` —Sorts in ascending alphanumeric order (A–Z, 0–9). * `Default` —When no direction is defined, sorts by relevance. * `Descending` —Sorts in descending alphanumeric order (Z–A, 9–0). _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Ascending`, `Default`, `Descending`. ### ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleLabelSuffixEnum Label suffix of the sort rule. Values are: * `Ascen` —Label suffix for 'Asc' * `Ascending` —Label suffix for 'Ascending' * `Az` —Label suffix for 'A-Z' * `Descen` —Label suffix for 'Desc' * `Descending` —Label suffix for 'Descending' * `FewMany` —Label suffix for 'Few-Many' * `HeavyLight` —Label suffix for 'Heavy-Light' * `HighLow` —Label suffix for 'High-Low' * `HighestLowest` —Label suffix for 'Highest-Lowest' * `LightHeavy` —Label suffix for 'Light-Heavy' * `LowHigh` —Label suffix for 'Low-High' * `LowestHighest` —Label suffix for 'Lowest-Highest' * `ManyFew` —Label suffix for 'Many-Few' * `NewOld` —Label suffix for 'New-Old' * `Newest` —Label suffix for 'Newest' * `NewestOldest` —Label suffix for 'Newest-Oldest' * `NineZero` —Label suffix for '9-0' * `OldNew` —Label suffix for 'Old-New' * `Oldest` —Label suffix for 'Oldest' * `OldestNewest` —Label suffix for 'Oldest-Newest' * `PriceDecreasing` —Label suffix for '$$-$' * `PriceIncreasing` —Label suffix for '$-$$' * `ThickThin` —Label suffix for 'Thick-Thin' * `ThinThick` —Label suffix for 'Thin-Thick' * `Za` —Label suffix for 'Z-A' * `ZeroNine` —Label suffix for '0-9' _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Ascen`, `Ascending`, `Az`, `Descen`, `Descending`, `FewMany`, `HeavyLight`, `HighLow`, `HighestLowest`, `LightHeavy`, `LowHigh`, `LowestHighest`, `ManyFew`, `NewOld`, `Newest`, `NewestOldest`, `NineZero`, `OldNew`, `Oldest`, `OldestNewest`, `PriceDecreasing`, `PriceIncreasing`, `ThickThin`, `ThinThick`, `Za`, `ZeroNine`. ### ConnectCommerceSearchSortRuleTypeEnum Type of sort rule. One of these values: * `Custom`: —Custom field or non-product object sort rule. * `ProductAttributeBased`: Sorts by product attribute fields. * `ProductBased`: Sorts by product field data. * `Relevancy`: Sorts by product and catalog term frequency. * `SortByPricebook`: Sorts by product prices defined in the specified pricebook (version 55.0 and later). Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Custom`, `ProductAttributeBased`, `ProductBased`, `Relevancy`, `SortByPricebook`. ### ConnectCommerceSortStandardFieldEnum A standard field typically used for sorting (for example, Name, StockKeepingUnit, CreatedDate, Family, or ProductCode). Required for ProductAttributeBased or ProductBased sort types. _Available in: v54.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CreatedDate`, `Family`, `Name`, `ProductCode`, `QuantityUnitOfMeasure`, `StockKeepingUnit`. ### ConnectSearchGroupingOptionEnum Grouping option for search results. Values are: * `BestMatch` —Search results are grouped by the best-match product of the variation group. * `NoGrouping` —Search results aren’t grouped. * `VariationParent` —Search results are grouped by the variation parent. _Available in: v51.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `BestMatch`, `NoGrouping`, `VariationParent`. ### ConnectSearchFacetTypeEnum Search facet type. Value is: _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DistinctValue`, `Range`. ### ProductCategoryCommerceSearch Representation for basic category data. * `description` (_string_) Description of the category. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the category. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the category. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) Friendly urlName for product category ### ProductSummaryCommerceSearch Product summary. * `defaultImage` (_object_) ProductMedia Default image of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `fields` (_object_) Map of fields belonging to the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Additional properties: `FieldValueCommerceSearch`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `prices` (_object_) PricingResultLineItem Prices of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `PricingResultLineItemCommerceEinstein`. * `productClass` (_object_) ConnectProductClassEnum Class of product. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectProductClassEnumCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `productSellingModelInformation` (_object_) CommerceProductSellingModel Product selling model information for the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommerceProductSellingModelCommerceSearch`. * `purchaseQuantityRule` (_object_) PurchaseQuantityRule If one exists, purchase quantity rule for the product. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PurchaseQuantityRuleCommerceEinstein`. * `urlName` (_string_) SEO-friendly URL name for the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `variationAttributeSet` (_object_) ProductAttributeSetSummary Variation attribute set that’s associated with the product. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductAttributeSetSummaryCommerceBuyerexperience`. ### DistinctFacetValue Distinct facet value. * `displayMetadata` (_object_) DistinctFacetValueDisplayMetadata Map of metadata required for rendering the facet value. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DistinctFacetValueDisplayMetadata`. * `displayName` (_string_) Display name of the facet value. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nameOrId` (_string_) Reserved for internal use. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productCount` (_integer (int64)_) Number of products in the search result that match the facet value. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectSearchFacetTypeEnum Search facet type. Value is: _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchFacetTypeEnum`. ### CommerceProductSummary Summary representation of a product in product search results. * `defaultImage` (_object_) ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience Default image of the product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `fields` (_object_) Map of fields belonging to the product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Additional properties: `FieldValueCommerceSearch`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isConfigurationAllowed` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the product is configurable for dynamic bundles (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `prices` (_object_) PricingResultLineItem Prices of the product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `PricingResultLineItem`. * `productClass` (_object_) ConnectProductClassEnum Class of product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectProductClassEnumCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `productSellingModelInformation` (_object_) CommerceProductSellingModel Product selling model information for the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommerceProductSellingModelCommerceSearch`. * `productVariationInfo` (_object_) ProductVariationInfo Product variation attributes, metadata, and mappings of attribute combinations to variation product IDs. This field isn't available in stores with displayable fields enabled. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductVariationInfoCommerceSearch`. * `purchaseQuantityRule` (_object_) PurchaseQuantityRule If one exists, purchase quantity rule for the product. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PurchaseQuantityRuleCommerceEinstein`. * `urlName` (_string_) SEO-friendly URL name for the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `variationAttributeSet` (_object_) CommerceProductAttributeSetSummary Variation attribute set that’s associated with the product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommerceProductAttributeSetSummary`. ### CartAdjustmentGroupInput CartAdjustmentGroup Representation * `adjustmentBasisReference` (_string_) Adjustment Basis Reference * `adjustmentDescription` (_string_) Description of Adjustment * `adjustmentType` (_ConnectAdjustmentTypeEnum_) * `adjustmentValue` (_string_) Price adjustment value * `baseAmount` (_string_) Base Adjustment Amount * `cartId` (_string (Id)_) Cart Id * `id` (_string (Id)_) Id * `priceAdjustmentCauseId` (_string (Id)_) Price Adjustment Cause Id * `priority` (_integer_) The sequence in which adjustments are applied ### CartDeliveryGroupInput Cart Delivery Group Input Representation * `cartDeliveryGroupId` (_string_) Id of CartDeliveryGroup * `cartDeliveryGroupMethods` (_array of CartDeliveryGroupMethodInput_) CartDeliveryGroupMethod List ### CartItemInput An item in a cart. * `cartDeliveryGroupId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the cart delivery group. _Available in: v59.0_ * `cartId` (_string_) Id of Cart * `cartItemPriceAdjustments` (_array of CartItemPriceAdjustmentInput_) Cart Item Price Adjustments * `id` (_string_) Id of Cart Item * `itemDescription` (_string_) Item Description * `itemName` (_string_) Item Name * `listPrice` (_string_) List Price * `product2Id` (_string (Id)_) Product2Id * `productSellingModelId` (_string (Id)_) The ID of the product selling model associated with Product2. _Available in: v59.0_ * `quantity` (_string_, required) Quantity of the cart item. Use a value that can be converted to BigDecimal. _Available in: v49.0_ * `salesPrice` (_string_) Sales Price * `sku` (_string_) SKU * `subType` (_object_) ConnectCartItemSubTypeEnum Subtype of item in a cart. Possible values are: * `Bonus` —A bonus product. * `Gift` —A gift product. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCartItemSubTypeEnum`. * `subscriptionTerm` (_integer_) The total number of terms in the subscription period. _Available in: v59.0_ * `totalLineBaseAmount` (_string_) Total amount for this cart item, based on sales price and quantity. * `totalListBaseAmount` (_string_) Total amount for this cart item based on list price and quantity * `totalNetAmount` (_string_) TotalNetAmount associated with the cart item. * `type` (_object_) ConnectCartItemTypeEnum Type of item in a cart. Value is `Product`. Required when adding an item to a cart (POST). Not supported when updating an item in a cart (PATCH) _Available in: v49.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCartItemTypeEnum`. * `customFields` (_array of SobjectAttributesInputRequest_) Array of sObjects and custom fields for the sObjects. Standard fields are ignored. The custom fields must already be defined for the sObject. Currently, only the CartItem sObject is supported. Field-level security rules from the [shopper profile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_create_shopper_profile.htm&type=5) are applied to the custom fields. The rules are applied for registered shoppers and for the guest shopper profile. The custom fields can be of type Checkbox, Currency, Date, Email, LongTextArea, Number, Percent, Phone, Text, TextArea, Url, Address, or Location. The `customFields` property isn't supported in stores built on an Aura template. _Available in: v61.0_ * `productId` (_string_) ID of the product. Required when adding an item to a cart (POST). Not supported when updating an item in a cart (PATCH) _Available in: v49.0_ ### SobjectAttributesInputRequest Custom fields for an sObject. * `attributes` (_string_, required) Type of sObject, specified in the form `{”type”: “”}` . _Available in: v60.0_ * `` (_string_, required) One or more custom fields, and the Id property of an sObject whose type is specified in the attributes property. For example, if you specified WebCart as the sObject type, you would specify a WebCart Id as the value of the Id property. If you specify an Id, you must set the Id value to the Id of the WebCart or a CartDeliveryGroup in the current checkout session. If you omit the Id property, custom fields are set on the current WebCart or the default CartDeliveryGroup. The custom fields can be of type Checkbox, Currency, Date, Email, LongTextArea, Number, Percent, Phone, Text, TextArea, Url, Address, or Location. Custom fields don’t support updating the `country` and `state` fields of an Address. Instead, specify the `countryCode` and `stateCode`. _Available in: v60.0_ ### CartDeliveryGroupMethodInput Cart Delivery Group Method Input Representation * `cartDeliveryMethodId` (_string_) Id of CartDeliveryMethod * `price` (_string_) Price * `shippingRateId` (_string_) Id of ShippingRate ### ApproachingDiscountOutput Approaching Discount Output Representation * `promotionId` (_string (Id)_) Represents Id of the approaching promotion * `qualifyingAmount` (_string_) Qualifying Amount * `qualifyingProductTotal` (_string_) Qualifying Product Total * `targetType` (_ConnectTargetTypeEnum_) ### BonusProductOutput BonusProduct Output Representation * `adjustmentBasisReference` (_string_) AdjustmentBasisReference * `bonusProductId` (_string_) BonusProductId * `causeId` (_string_) CauseId * `qualifyingItems` (_array of CartItemKeyOutput_) QualifyingItems ### CartAdjustmentGroup Price adjustment that applies to the cart. During checkout, this adjustment is prorated across all eligible items. * `adjustmentBasisReference` (_string_) Reference to coupon, if applicable. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `adjustmentDescription` (_string_) Description of the adjustment. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `adjustmentType` (_object_) ConnectAdjustmentTypeEnum Adjustment type. Possible _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectAdjustmentTypeEnum`. * `adjustmentValue` (_string_) Value of the adjustment. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `baseAmount` (_string_) Base amount of the adjustment. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartId` (_string (Id)_) Cart ID associated with the adjustment. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the adjustment. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `priceAdjustmentCauseId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the promotion that triggered this adjustment. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `priority` (_integer_) Sequence in which the adjustments are applied. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CartDeliveryGroupOutput Cart delivery group for a promotion. * `cartDeliveryGroupId` (_string_) ID of the cart delivery group. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartDeliveryGroupMethods` (_array of CartDeliveryGroupMethodOutput_) Collection of methods for the delivery group. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the cart. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CartItemOutput Item in a cart. * `cartDeliveryGroupId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the cart delivery group. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartId` (_string_) ID of the cart associated with the cart item. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartItemPriceAdjustments` (_array of CartItemPriceAdjustment_) List of adjustments for the cart item. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the cart item. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `itemDescription` (_string_) Description of the cart item. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `itemName` (_string_) Name of the cart item. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `listPrice` (_string_) List price of the cart item. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `product2Id` (_string (Id)_) Product ID of the cart item. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `quantity` (_string_) Quantity of cart items. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `salesPrice` (_string_) Sales price of the cart item. This is the price per quantity and the value used to compute the discount. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sku` (_string_) Stock keeping unit of the cart item. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalAdjustmentBaseAmount` (_string_) Total adjustment for the cart item. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalLineBaseAmount` (_string_) Total amount for the cart item, equal to sales price multiplied by quantity. This is the value used to compute the discount. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalListBaseAmount` (_string_) Total amount for the cart item, based on list price and quantity. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalNetAmount` (_string_) Total amount for the cart item including all adjustments. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectCartItemTypeEnum Type of item in a cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCartItemTypeEnum`. * `billingFrequency` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartData` (_object_) CartItemCollection Collection of items in the cart. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CartItemCollection`. * `cartItemId` (_string_) ID of the item. If asynchronous cart processing is enabled, this value returns null for POST requests. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `childProductCount` (_integer_) Number of child products in the cart that are associated with the item. A cart item can have child products if the `productClass` of the item is `Bundle`. For nested bundles, which include a child product that's also a bundle, `childProductCount` includes all child products. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Currency ISO code of the cart. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `customFields` (_array of string_) Array of sObjects and viewable custom fields for the sObjects. Standard fields are ignored. Currently, only the CartItem sObject is supported. Field-level security rules from the [shopper profile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_create_shopper_profile.htm&type=5) are applied to the custom fields. The rules are applied for registered shoppers and for the guest shopper profile. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstPymtTotalAmount` (_string_) For subscription items, the first payment amount after adjustments and taxes. For non-subscription products, the value is the same as `totalAmount`. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstPymtTotalListPrice` (_string_) For subscription items, the total list price of the first payment. For non-subscription items, the value is the same as `totalListPrice`. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstPymtTotalPrice` (_string_) For subscription items, the first term price, including adjustments but excluding taxes. For non-subscription items, the total price, including adjustments but excluding taxes. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstPymtTotalTax` (_string_) For subscription items, the tax amount on the first payment. For non-subscription products, the value is the same as `totalTax`. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isShippingChargeNotApplicable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the shipping charge for the cart item is waived (`true`) or not (`false`). If the value is `true`, the cart item is classified as a digital product. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `itemizedAdjustmentAmount` (_string_) Total itemized adjustment amount for the item, including promotions and excluding taxes. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messagesSummary` (_object_) CartMessagesSummaryCommercePromotions Messages summary for the item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CartMessagesSummaryCommercePromotions`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parentCartItemId` (_string_) ID of the item’s parent cart item. The value is empty if the item is a top-level cart item. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productClass` (_string_) Class of product. Values are: * `Bundle` * `Set` * `Simple` * `Variation` * `VariationParent` _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productDetails` (_object_) CartItemProduct Summary of the product details. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CartItemProduct`. * `productId` (_string_) ID of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productSellingModelId` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `promotionDisplayName` (_string_) Promotion display name for a bonus product. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sellingModelType` (_string_) Type of product selling model. Values are: * `Evergreen` —A subscription without an end date. An evergreen subscription continues until the shopper affirmatively cancels it. * `OneTime` —A product that isn’t sold as a subscription. * `TermDefined` —A subscription with a defined end date. The subscription continues for a specified time period. When the term ends, the subscription ends. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Evergreen`, `OneTime`, `TermDefined`. * `subscriptionTerm` (_integer_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `subType` (_string_) Subtype of item in a cart. Values are: * `Bonus` —A bonus product. * `Gift` —A gift product. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Bonus`, `Gift`. * `totalAdjustmentAmount` (_string_) Total adjustment amount for the item. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalAmount` (_string_) Total amount for the item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalListPrice` (_string_) Total list price for the item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalPrice` (_string_) Total price for the item including adjustments but excluding taxes. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalTax` (_string_) Total tax for the item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unitAdjustedPrice` (_string_) Unit price, including tier level discounts, for the item. This value is informational only and isn’t used in pricing calculations. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unitAdjustedPriceWithItemAdj` (_string_) Unit price, including both tier and item level discounts, for the item. This value is informational only and isn’t used in pricing calculations. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unitAdjustmentAmount` (_string_) Tier level adjustments made to the unit price for the item. This value is informational only and isn’t used in pricing calculations. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unitItemAdjustmentAmount` (_string_) Item level adjustments made to the unit price for the item. This value is informational only and isn’t used in pricing calculations. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PromotionPriceAdjustment Price adjustments used in a promotion product evaluation. * `adjustmentAmount` (_string_) Adjustment amount of the promotion. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `adjustmentType` (_object_) ConnectAdjustmentTypeEnum How the price adjustment amount is calculated. * `AdjustmentAmount` —The adjustment is a fixed amount. * `AdjustmentPercentage` —The adjustment is a percentage. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectAdjustmentTypeEnum`. * `adjustmentValue` (_string_) Value of the price adjustment. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayName` (_string_) Localized promotion display name. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `promotionId` (_string_) ID of the promotion. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `termsAndConditions` (_string_) Localized terms and conditions for the promotion. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectQualifierReferenceTypeEnum Enum for QualifierReference Type Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Transaction`. ### ItemReference Output representation of the item reference. Products and categories are supported for item reference by a promotion. * `id` (_string_) ID of the product or category. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `itemReferenceType` (_object_) ConnectItemReferenceTypeEnum Item reference type. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectItemReferenceTypeEnum`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the product or category. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `operatorType` (_object_) ConnectPromotionLineItemOperatorTypeEnum Type of operator for the item reference. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPromotionLineItemOperatorTypeEnum`. * `value` (_string_) Value of the item referenced. For example, for `Price` in the `itemReferenceType` property, this would be a price value. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectCompositePromotionQualifierTypeEnum Type of the promotion qualifier. Possible values are: * `Amount` —Minimum spend amount. * `Quantity` —Minimum quantity. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Amount`, `Quantity`. ### ConnectSegmentType Type of the promotion segment. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `BuyerGroup`, `Webstore`. ### ConnectPromotionAdjustmentTypeEnum How the price adjustment is calculated on a promotion. One of these values: * `BonusProduct`: Additional product added to cart at no cost. * `FixedAmountOffLineItemTotal`: Deducts an amount off a product or cost shipping line item. * `FixedAmountOffTransaction`: Deducts a monetary amount off the entire order for a transaction. * `FixedAmountOffUnitPrice`: Deducts an amount off each quantity of a product line item. * `FixedPrice`: Specifies a promotional price for a product, product category, shipping, or shipping rate. * `PercentageDiscount`: Deducts a specified percent from the price of a product, product category, transaction, shipping, or shipping rate. * `TotalFixedPrice`: Specifies a promotional price for a set of products or product categories. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `BonusProduct`, `FixedAmountOffLineItemTotal`, `FixedAmountOffTransaction`, `FixedAmountOffUnitPrice`, `FixedPrice`, `PercentageDiscount`, `TotalFixedPrice`. ### ConnectTargetReferenceTypeEnum Reference type of the promotion target. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Shipping`, `Transaction`. ### PromotionTargetLineItem Line item for a cart item associated with a promotion. * `lineId` (_string_) ID for the line item. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ItemReferenceInput Input representation of the item reference. Products and categories are supported for item reference by a promotion. * `id` (_string_, required) ID of the product or category. _Available in: v62.0_ * `itemReferenceType` (_object_, required) ConnectItemReferenceTypeEnum Item reference type. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectItemReferenceTypeEnum`. * `name` (_string_, required) Name of the product or category. _Available in: v62.0_ * `operatorType` (_object_, required) ConnectPromotionLineItemOperatorTypeEnum Type of operator for the item reference. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPromotionLineItemOperatorTypeEnum`. * `value` (_string_, required) Value of the item referenced. For example, for `Price` in the `itemReferenceType` property, this would be a price value. _Available in: v62.0_ ### PaymentConfiguration Payment configuration information for Salesforce Checkout. * `businessAchEnabled` (_boolean_) Is Business ACH Enabled * `paymentMethodManualCaptureEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether manual capture is enabled for the payment method ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `paymentMethodSetDevName` (_string_) Name of the payment method set. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### InventoryDefaultSourceOutput Inventory default source for an application context. * `inventoryCacheTTL` (_integer_) Inventory cache time-to-live (TTL) in seconds. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `inventoryDimension` (_string_) Inventory dimension. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `locationSourceId` (_string (Id)_) Location source ID of the inventory. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reservationInSeconds` (_integer_) Reservation in seconds. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `webStoreInventoryLocationSourceType` (_string_) Inventory location source type. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `webStoreInventorySourceId` (_string (Id)_) Inventory source ID. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectShippingTimeUnitEnum Unit of time for processing the shipping order. Possible _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Days`, `Hours`, `Weeks`. ### ShippingRateGroup Output representation of the shipping rate group. * `id` (_string_) ID of the shipping rate group. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the shipping rate group. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `shippingZones` (_array of ShippingZone_) List of shipping zones. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LineAdjustmentInput Line adjustment input. * `amount` (_string_, required) Adjustment amount. _Available in: v58.0_ * `id` (_string_, required) Adjustment ID. _Available in: v58.0_ * `type` (_object_, required) TaxAdjustmentTypeEnum Type of tax adjustment. Values are: * Promotional – Promotional type tax adjustment. * Tiered – Tiered type tax adjustment. _Available in: v58.0_ Includes all fields of `TaxAdjustmentTypeEnum`. ### TaxesInfo Output representation of the tax rate and tax treatment information for a product. * `countryIsoCode` (_string_) ISO code of the country. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `priority` (_integer_) Priority of the tax treatment. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `stateIsoCode` (_string_) ISO code of the state. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxRatePercentage` (_string_) Tax rate percentage for the store. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxTreatmentDescription` (_string_) Description of the tax treatment for the store. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxTreatmentName` (_string_) Name of the tax treatment for the store. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TaxAdjustment List of tax adjustments. * `adjustmentTaxAmount` (_string_) Adjustment tax amount. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `countryIsoCode` (_string_) ISO code of the country. Must match one of the valid ISO codes defined within the org’s State-Country picklist. If unspecified, the default value is the default country for the webstore. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) Adjustment ID. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `stateIsoCode` (_string_) ISO code of the state. Must match one of the valid ISO codes defined within the org’s State-Country picklist. If unspecified, the default value is the default country for the webstore. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxRatePercentage` (_string_) Tax rate percentage for the store. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) TaxAdjustmentTypeEnum Type of tax adjustment. Values are: * Promotional – Promotional type tax adjustment. * Tiered – Tiered type tax adjustment. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TaxAdjustmentTypeEnum`. ### CalculateTaxesInfo List of calculated tax output. * `countryIsoCode` (_string_) ISO code of the country. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `priority` (_integer_) Priority of the tax treatment. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `stateIsoCode` (_string_) ISO code of the state. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxLineAmount` (_string_) Represents tax for particular country or state if present. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxRatePercentage` (_string_) Tax rate percentage for the store. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxTreatmentDescription` (_string_) Description of the tax treatment for the store. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxTreatmentName` (_string_) Name of the tax treatment for the store. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectElectronicMediaGroupDeveloperNameEnum The API name of the product media group. Possible _Available in: v61.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Attachment`, `ProductDetailImage`, `ProductListImage`. ### CompositeProductErrorComponents Enum for Entity types errored Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AttributeSet`, `GenericError`, `PriceBookEntry`, `ProductCategory`, `ProductEntitlementPolicyMapping`, `ProductFields`, `ProductMedia`. ### ConnectNavigationMenuItemActionTypeEnum Specifies navigation menu url types Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Event`, `ExternalLink`, `InternalLink`, `Modal`. ### NavigationMenuPageReference Navigation Menu Page Reference * `attributes` (_object_) Attributes for the navigation menu item page reference. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `string`. * `state` (_object_) State for the navigation menu item page reference. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `string`. * `type` (_string_) Type for the navigation menu item page reference. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectNavigationMenuItemOpenTargetEnum Specifies navigation menu target types Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CurrentWindow`, `NewWindow`. ### ConnectProductMediaTypeEnum Type of product media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Document`, `Image`, `Video`. ### ConnectProductMediaUsageTypeEnum Usage type of a product media item within a media group. Values are: * `Attachment` —Product media group with product documents as attachments. * `Banner` —Product category media group with banner images of the product. * `Listing` —Product media group with listing images of the product. * `Standard` —Product media group with standard images and videos of the product. * `Tile` —Product category media group with tile images of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Attachment`, `Banner`, `Listing`, `Standard`, `Tile`. ### ProductAttributeSetSummary Summary of a product attribute set. * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `attributes` (_array of ProductAttributeSummary_) List of attributes in the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Display label of the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PricingResultLineItem Pricing result line item. * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponseOutput Error code and message. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponseOutput`. * `listPrice` (_string_) List price for the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lowestUnitPrice` (_string_) Lowest unit price for the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pricebookEntryId` (_string_) ID of the pricebook entry. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productId` (_string_) ID of the product to price. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the execution was successful (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unitPrice` (_string_) Unit price for the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductAttributeInfo Product attribute information. * `allowableValues` (_array of string_) Active attribute picklist values that can be used to create variations. These values are determined by the order of the picklist values in Object Manager. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `availableValues` (_array of string_) Attribute picklist values that are available for the product in the store. These values are sorted by the order of values in the `allowableValues` property. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fieldEnumOrId` (_string_) Field ID for custom fields or enumeration value for standard fields. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `groupedBy` (_boolean_) Indicates if the attribute is used to determine grouping. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `objectName` (_string_) Name of the object that contains the field. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `options` (_array of ProductAttributeValueMetadata_) List of product attribute value metadata. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sequence` (_integer_) Sequence value determined by the order of the attributes under Commerce Setup for the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `viewType` (_object_) ConnectProductAttributeViewTypeEnum View type for product attributes. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectProductAttributeViewTypeEnum`. ### ConnectPricingTermUnitEnum Unit of time used to define a pricing term. Values are: * `Months` —Product is priced on a monthly basis. * `Annual` —Product is priced on an annual basis. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Annual`, `Months`. ### ConnectSellingModelTypeEnum Type of product selling model. Values are: * `Evergreen` —A subscription without an end date. An evergreen subscription continues until the shopper affirmatively cancels it. * `OneTime` —A product that isn’t sold as a subscription. * `TermDefined` —A subscription with a defined end date. The subscription continues for a specified time period. When the term ends, the subscription ends. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Evergreen`, `OneTime`, `TermDefined`. ### SubscriptionTermRule Fields necessary to implement the subscription term. * `increment` (_integer_) Number of pricing term units that can be used to increase the subscription term. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `maximum` (_integer_) Maximum number of pricing term units per subscription term. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `minimum` (_integer_) Minimum number of pricing term units per subscription term. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductAttributesToProductEntry Mapping of an attribute value combination to a variation product ID. * `canonicalKey` (_string_) Attribute API values concatenated with an underscore (\_) based on the sequence number of the attributes in the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `image` (_ProductMedia_) * `mediaItems` (_array of ProductMedia_) Representation of the listing images of the product. * `productId` (_string (Id)_) Variation product ID for the selection of attributes. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `selectedAttributes` (_array of ProductAttributeSelectionInfo_) Ordered list of attribute values and metadata that can be used to form a key that maps to product ID. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) Variant URL name for the selection of attributes. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductComponentGroup Representation for a product component group associated with the child product. * `id` (_string_) ID of the product component group. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the product component group. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectImportContextEnum Specifies where the import action is triggered from Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Api`, `Global`, `Revenue`, `StoreFront`. ### ImportSettings Import settings applicable to all product rows in a product import .csv file. * `category` (_object_) CategorySettings Category settings for a product import operation. Required for a global import if you specify one or more category-related column headings in your .csv file. For store imports, if you don’t specify a category, import uses the default catalog for the store. _Available in: v54.0_ Includes all fields of `CategorySettings`. * `entitlement` (_object_) EntitlementSettings Entitlement settings for a product import operation. Required for a global import if you specify one or more entitlement-related column headings in your .csv file. For store imports, if you don’t specify an entitlement, import uses the default entitlement for the store. _Available in: v54.0_ Includes all fields of `EntitlementSettings`. * `media` (_object_) MediaSettings Media settings for a product import operation. Required for a global import if you specify one or more media-related column headings in your .csv file. For store imports, if you don’t specify a CMS workspace, import uses the default CMS workspace for the store. _Available in: v54.0_ Includes all fields of `MediaSettings`. * `price` (_object_) PriceSettings Price settings for a product import operation. Required for a global import if you specify one or more price-related column headings in your .csv file. For store imports, if you don’t specify a price, import uses the default price books for the store. _Available in: v54.0_ Includes all fields of `PriceSettings`. * `webstore` (_object_) WebstoreSettings Webstore to associate with an asynchronous product import job. If no webstore is specified, the imported products are made globally available. If webstore is included, the import is for the specified store. ; used only for asynchronous import jobs _Available in: v57.0_ Includes all fields of `WebstoreSettings`. ### ImportSource Specify a product import .csv file for a product import operation. * `contentVersionId` (_string (Id)_) Upload the .csv file to [Salesforce Files](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=experience.collab_salesforce_files_parent.htm&type=5) . To get the content version ID, view the file details in the Salesforce Files UI. The second-to-last part of the URL is the content version ID. If you upload the file using the [User Files Connect API](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files#tag/User-Files-Resources/operation/getUserFilesCollection) , the API response includes the content version ID. Required if `sampleData` isn’t specified _Available in: v54.0_ * `sampleData` (_object_) ConnectSampleDataEnum Sample .csv file to import. Values are: * `B2BSampleData` —B2B sample data set. * `Camera` —Camera store sample data set. * `Coffee` —Coffee store sample data set. * `Hardware` —Hardware store sample data set. * `NorthernTrail` —Outdoor goods store sample data set. * `NorthernTrailLarge` —Larger outdoor goods store sample data set. * `Simple` —Two-product sample data set. Required if `contentVersionId` isn’t specified _Available in: v54.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSampleDataEnum`. ### Alternative Alternative representation for an extension on a feed element. * `textRepresentation` (_string_) Text representation of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string_) Thumbnail URL to the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PriceAdjustmentScheduleAdjustmentMethodEnum Reserved for future use. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Range`, `Slab`. ### PriceAdjustmentTier Price adjustment tier. * `adjustmentType` (_object_) PriceAdjustmentTierTypeEnum Type of price adjustment for the tier. Values are: * `AmountBasedAdjustment` —Price is adjusted by a specified amount. * `PercentageBasedAdjustment` —Price is adjusted by a specified percentage. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PriceAdjustmentTierTypeEnum`. * `adjustmentValue` (_string_) Adjustment value of the tier. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the price adjustment tier. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lowerBound` (_string_) Lower limit of the tier. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `tierUnitPrice` (_string_) Unit price of the tier. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `upperBound` (_string_) Upper limit of the tier. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PriceAdjustmentScheduleTypeEnum Reserved for future use. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Term`, `Volume`. ### RenewalPriceDetail Output representation of the Commerce subscription renewal price detail. * `netUnitPrice` (_string_) Forecasted net unit price. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `quantity` (_string_) Renewal quantity. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ActionDetail Summary of last performed action. * `changes` (_array of FieldChange_) Details of order-related actions. * `errors` (_ErrorResponse_) * `status` (_string_) Status of the last performed action. ### SavedPaymentMethodOutput Payment Saved Payment Method output representation * `accountHolderEmail` (_string_) Email of the customer that holds the saved payment method. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `accountHolderName` (_string_) Name of customer that holds the saved payment method. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `bankAccountType` (_string_) Type of bank account, such as checking or savings. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `bankCode` (_string_) Code of the banking institution that issued the saved payment method. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `bankName` (_string_) Name of the bank that issued the payment method. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponse Error response if the saved payment method information couldn’t be retrieved. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponse`. * `expiryMonth` (_string_) Month the saved card expires. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `expiryYear` (_string_) Year the saved card expires. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `gatewayCustomerReference` (_string_) Owner associated with the payment method to the payment gateway. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `gatewayRefId` (_string_) ID returned by a payment gateway in a transaction response, indicating that the transaction has happened. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `gatewayResponse` (_object_) Gateway Response Map Additional properties: `object`. * `gatewayToken` (_string_) Token representing the saved payment method that is used for future transactions. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) Salesforce ID of the saved payment method record. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDefault` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the saved payment method is the default payment method to use for transactions (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isOwner` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the saved payment method is owned by the current logged in user * `isSharedWithinSameAccount` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the saved payment method is shared with other contacts in the same account. * `issuer` (_string_) Issuer of the saved payment method. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `last4` (_string_) Last 4 Digits of the saved card payment method. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `merchantAccountId` (_string_) Salesforce Payments merchant account ID associated with the saved payment method. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the saved payment record. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `network` (_string_) Saved payment method card network, for example Visa or Union Pay. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `paymentGatewayId` (_string_) Salesforce ID of the Payment Gateway object record. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `referenceOwnerId` (_string_) Account or Contact record that owns the payment method. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `savedByMerchant` (_boolean_) If saved payment method is created by merchant or not * `status` (_string_) Status of the saved payment method. Possible _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Allowed values: `Active`, `AwaitingPayment`, `Errored`, `Expired`. * `type` (_string_) Type of saved payment method. Possible values are: * `Au_becs_debit` —BECS * `Bacs_debit` —BACS * `Bancontact` —Bancontact * `Card` —Card * `Ideal` —Ideal * `Sepa_debit` —SEPA Direct Debit * `Us_bank_account` —ACH Direct Debit _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Allowed values: `Amazon_pay`, `Au_becs_debit`, `Bacs_debit`, `Bancontact`, `Card`, `Ideal`, `Sepa_debit`, `Us_bank_account`. * `usageType` (_string_) Specifies the usage type of the payment method. Possible _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Allowed values: `OffSession`, `OnSession`. ### ProductAttributeSummaryCommerceBuyerexperience Summary representation of a product attribute * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Display label of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sequence` (_integer_) Sequence of the attribute in the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_) Display value of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SubscriptionTermRuleCommerceBuyerexperience Representation of Subscription Term Rules * `increment` (_integer_) Number of pricing term units that can be used to increase the subscription term. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `maximum` (_integer_) Maximum number of pricing term units per subscription term. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `minimum` (_integer_) Minimum number of pricing term units per subscription term. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### InsightsOutput Insight details for a business objective, or goal. * `dashboardUrl` (_string_) URL to the dashboard where the insight can be viewed. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `insightSummaryText` (_string_) A localized, human-readable summary of the insight value's performance, including the change from the previous value. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the insight. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `values` (_array of InsightValuesOutput_) List of insight categories. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectInsightUnitEnum Unit for an insight. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Count`, `Currency`, `Dollar`, `Number`, `Percent`. ### ExternalManagedAccountAddressOutput Default shipping address for an externally managed account. * `city` (_string_) City of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `country` (_string_) Country of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `geolocationAccuracy` (_string_) Geolocation accuracy of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `latitude` (_string_) Latitude of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `longitude` (_string_) Longitude of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `state` (_string_) State of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `street` (_string_) Street of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `zip` (_string_) Postal code of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductSummary Summary representation of a Product in product search results. * `defaultImage` (_object_) ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience Default image of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `fields` (_object_) Map of fields belonging to the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Additional properties: `FieldValue`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `prices` (_object_) PricingResultLineItemCommerceEinstein Prices of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `PricingResultLineItemCommerceEinstein`. * `productClass` (_string_) Class of product. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Bundle`, `Set`, `Simple`, `Variation`, `VariationParent`. * `productSellingModelInformation` (_object_) CommerceProductSellingModel Product selling model information for the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommerceProductSellingModel`. * `purchaseQuantityRule` (_object_) PurchaseQuantityRuleCommerceEinstein If one exists, purchase quantity rule for the product. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PurchaseQuantityRuleCommerceEinstein`. * `urlName` (_string_) SEO-friendly URL name for the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `variationAttributeSet` (_object_) ProductAttributeSetSummaryCommerceBuyerexperience Variation attribute set that’s associated with the product. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductAttributeSetSummaryCommerceBuyerexperience`. ### OrderItemSummaryOutput Details of an OrderItemSummary from a failed FulfillmentOrder in a create multiple fulfillment orders request. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_, nullable) List of errors specific to the OrderItemSummary, if any. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderItemSummaryId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the OrderItemSummary. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_) Quantity of the OrderItemSummary. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `adjustmentAggregates` (_object_) OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregatesCommerceOrdermanagement Adjustment aggregates associated with an order item summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregatesCommerceOrdermanagement`. * `fields` (_object_) Map of fields from order item summary and other related objects that were queried. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `orderSummaryId` (_string_) ID of the order summary. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `product` (_object_) OrderItemSummaryProductCommerceOrdermanagement Associated product item information. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderItemSummaryProductCommerceOrdermanagement`. ### OrderItemSummaryInput An OrderItemSummary and quantity. * `orderItemSummaryId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the OrderItemSummary. _Available in: v48.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) Quantity to include. Can't contain a fraction or a decimal. _Available in: v48.0_ ### TextClassificationsResultOutput Text classifications result. * `classificationId` (_string_) Response ID to receive feedback for classification. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `classifications` (_array of ClassificationsOutput_) List of classifications that each text string was given after analysis. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `classificationsId` (_string_) Response identifier to receive feedback for classification. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ChangeItemFeeInput Input representation for Change Item Fee Input * `amount` (_number (double)_, required) Positive value used to calculate the fee amount, as described by the `amountType`. _Available in: v57.0_ * `amountType` (_string_, required) Describes how the fee amount is calculated. Valid values are: * `AmountWithTax` —Value of `amount` is the fee amount, including tax. * `AmountWithoutTax` —Value of `amount` is the fee amount, not including tax. Tax is calculated on the value and added. * `Percentage` —Value of `amount` is a percentage. To determine the fee amount, `amount` is divided by 100, and then multiplied by the TotalPrice and TotalTaxAmount of the associated OrderItemSummary, prorated for the quantity being returned. * `PercentageGross` —Value of `amount` is a percentage. To determine the fee amount, `amount` is divided by 100, and then multiplied by the TotalLineAmountWithTax of the associated OrderItemSummary, prorated for the quantity being returned. _Available in: v57.0_ Allowed values: `AmountWithTax`, `AmountWithoutTax`, `Percentage`, `PercentageGross`. * `description` (_string_, required) Description of the fee. _Available in: v57.0_ * `priceBookEntryId` (_string_) ID of the price book entry associated with the fee product. Required unless price books are optional in the org _Available in: v57.0_ * `product2Id` (_string_, required) ID of the product representing the fee. _Available in: v57.0_ * `reason` (_string_, required) Reason for the fee. The value must match an entry in the OrderProductSummaryChange object’s Reason picklist. _Available in: v57.0_ ### ProductExpandOutput Expanded product information listing reasons for product returns. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `returnReasons` (_array of string_) Return reasons for products. _Available in: v59.0_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### FindRoutesWithFewestSplitsUsingOCIItemInput A quantity of a product and a location group or location assigned to fulfill it. * `expand` (_array of string_) Expand * `locationGroupIdentifier` (_string_, required) The External Reference of the location group or location assigned to the order item. If you specify a location group, inventory is considered for all locations belonging to that group. _Available in: v54.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) Quantity of the product. _Available in: v54.0_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_, required) SKU of the product. _Available in: v54.0_ ### OCIGetInventoryAvailabilityOutputCommerceOrdermanagement Output representation of inventory availability * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that resulted in the transaction * `locationGroups` (_array of OCILocationGroupAvailabilityOutputCommerceOrdermanagement_) Location Groups Availability * `locations` (_array of OCILocationAvailabilityOutputCommerceOrdermanagement_) Locations Availability * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. ### LocationInput Inventory location data used to calculate shipping distance. * `countryCode` (_string_, required) The country code of the location. _Available in: v51.0_ * `locationIdentifier` (_string_, required) The identifier of the location. _Available in: v51.0_ * `postalCode` (_string_, required) The postal code of the location. _Available in: v51.0_ ### DistanceCalculationOutput Shipping distance data for a set of inventory locations. * `averageDistance` (_number (double)_) The average distance from the locations to the order recipient. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locations` (_array of LocationOutput_) The list of locations and their distances to the order recipient. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `rank` (_integer_) This result’s rank among all results by average distance to the order recipient. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CapacityRequestInput Request related to a location’s fulfillment order capacity. * `actionRequestId` (_string_, required) Unique string that identifies the request. Can be a UUID. Use the action request IDs in response data to identify which requests succeeded or failed. _Available in: v55.0_ * `locationId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the location associated with the request. _Available in: v55.0_ ### CapacityResponseOutput Response to a request related to a location’s fulfillment capacity. * `actionRequestId` (_string_) Unique string that identifies the original capacity request. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponse Error returned by the request, if any. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponseBilling`. * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request was successful. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProductSearchFacetValueOutput Product search facet value. * `displayName` (_string_) Display name of the search facet. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `nameOrId` (_string_) Unique name or ID of the search facet. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `productCount` (_integer_) Number of products found with the search facet. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `type` (_string_) Type of the search facet. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProductSearchImageOutput Product search image. * `alternateText` (_string_) Alternate text for the product image. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `mediaType` (_string_) Media type of the product image. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `sortOrder` (_integer_) Sort order of the product image. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the product image. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `url` (_string_) URL of the product image. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProductVariationAttributeValueOutput Valid value for a product variation attribute. * `name` (_string_) API Name of the attribute this value belongs to. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderable` (_boolean_) Whether the value defines an orderable product variation. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `value` (_string_) Value of the value. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ProductImageOutput Details about a product image. * `alternateText` (_string_) Alternate text for accessibility. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `mediaType` (_string_) Media type. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the thumbnail version of the product image. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `title` (_string_) Title. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL of the product image. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### PaymentCreditSequenceItemInput Order Payment Summary ID, credit amount, and credit type for individual payment credit items. Each item represents a specific payment method and the amount of credit to be applied to it with the type of credit transaction. * `amount` (_number (double)_) Amount _Available in: v65.0_ * `creditType` (_string_, required) The type of payment credit that will be issued. Must be a valid value on the Credit Type picklist. _Available in: v65.0_ * `orderPaymentSummaryId` (_string (Id)_) Order Payment Summary ID _Available in: v65.0_ * `rank` (_integer_) Rank _Available in: v65.0_ ### RefundSequenceItemInput The Order Payment Summary ID and amount for the individual refund items in a sequence. Each item has a payment method and refund amount to be processed for that method. * `amount` (_number (double)_, required) Amount _Available in: v65.0_ * `orderPaymentSummaryId` (_string (Id)_, required) Order Payment Summary ID _Available in: v65.0_ * `rank` (_integer_) Rank _Available in: v65.0_ ### ReturnOrderLineItemFeeInput Data for creating a ReturnOrderLineItem that represents a return fee. * `amount` (_number (double)_, required) Value used to calculate the fee amount, as described by the `amountType`. It must be a positive value. _Available in: v56.0_ * `amountType` (_string_, required) Describes how the fee amount is calculated. It can have one of these values: * `AmountTaxOnly` —Value of `amount` is the tax-only adjustment only. Available in version 65.0 and later. * `AmountWithTax` —Value of `amount` is the fee amount, including tax. * `AmountWithoutTax` —Value of `amount` is the fee amount, not including tax. Tax is calculated on the value and added. * `Percentage` —Value of `amount` is a percentage. To determine the fee amount, `amount` is divided by 100, and then multiplied by the TotalPrice and TotalTaxAmount of the associated OrderItemSummary, prorated for the quantity being returned. * `PercentageGross` —Value of `amount` is a percentage. To determine the fee amount, `amount` is divided by 100, and then multiplied by the TotalLineAmountWithTax of the associated OrderItemSummary, prorated for the quantity being returned. * `ProductOnly` —Value of `amount` is the product-only adjustment only. Available in version 65.0 and later. _Available in: v56.0_ Allowed values: `AmountTaxOnly`, `AmountWithTax`, `AmountWithoutTax`, `Percentage`, `PercentageGross`, `ProductOnly`. * `description` (_string_, required) Description of the fee. _Available in: v56.0_ * `product2Id` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the product representing the fee. _Available in: v56.0_ * `reason` (_string_, required) Reason for the fee. The value must match an entry in the ReturnOrderLineItem object’s ReasonForReturn picklist. _Available in: v56.0_ ### PaymentCreditSequenceItemOutput Output representation of Payment Credit Sequence Item * `amount` (_number (double)_) Amount * `creditType` (_string_) Credit Type * `orderPaymentSummaryId` (_string_) Order Payment Summary Id * `rank` (_integer_) Rank ### RefundSequenceItemOutput The order payment summary ID and amount of the processed refund items. * `amount` (_number (double)_) The amount that was refunded. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderPaymentSummaryId` (_string_) The order payment summary’s ID. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `rank` (_integer_) Rank ### ObjectInput A graph node. * `attributes` (_object_, required) The properties of the node body. _Available in: v57.0_ Additional properties: `object`. * `referenceId` (_string_, required) The reference ID of the node. _Available in: v57.0_ * `objectId` (_string_) ObjectId _Available in: v58.0_ * `objectType` (_string_) ObjectType _Available in: v58.0_ * `usages` (_object_) UsagesInputRequest Usages _Available in: v59.0_ Includes all fields of `UsagesInputRequest`. ### NameValuePairOutput The name and value of a field. * `name` (_string_) Name. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_) Value. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DeliveryEstimationErrorOutput Delivery estimation error. * `code` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_string Error code. _Available in: v63.0_ * `message` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_string Error message, if any. _Available in: v63.0_ ### ProductDeliverEstimationOutput Delivery estimation information for each product. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `estimatedDeliveryDate` (_string | string_) Estimated delivery date. _Available in: v63.0_ One of: `string`, `string`. * `estimatedShipDate` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_datetime Estimated shipping date. _Available in: v63.0_ * `quantity` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_double Product quantity. _Available in: v63.0_ * `routingCalculationType` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_string Routing calculation type. _Available in: v63.0_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) apex\_methods\_system\_string Product stock keeping unit (SKU). _Available in: v63.0_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### RouteLocationOutput A fulfillment location within a route, including the products fulfilled from that location. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `location` (_string_) The location's ID. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `products` (_array of RouteProductOutput_) Products fulfilled from this location. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCIAttributeSetInput An eligibility attribute set. * `groupEligibilityExclusions` (_array of string_) List of group IDs that are excluded from aggregating the location and SKU. _Available in: v62.0_ ### OCIFutureStockSingleInput An expected future inventory restock for one product. * `expectedDate` (_string_, required) Date when the future inventory is expected. _Available in: v62.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) Quantity of the future inventory. _Available in: v62.0_ ### OCIBatchUpdateSingleOutput Details of one updated inventory record. * `actionRequestId` (_string_) Idempotent ID that identifies this request. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalRefId` (_string_) Unique code, reference, or identifier for the record used by external systems. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `locationIdentifier` (_string_) Location identifier. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) SKU of the product being updated. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OCIInventoryRecordOutput Inventory availability data for a product. * `attributeSet` (_OCIAttributeSetOutput_) * `availableToFulfill` (_number (double)_) The Available To Fulfill quantity. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `availableToOrder` (_number (double)_) The Available To Order quantity. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `effectiveDate` (_string (date-time)_) The effective date of the inventory. Indicates if the SKU exists in the inventory. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `exists` (_boolean_) Indicates if the SKU exists in the inventory. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `futures` (_array of OCIFutureInventoryOutput_) A list of any expected future inventory restocks. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `onHand` (_number (double)_) The On Hand quantity. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `reserved` (_number (double)_) The Reserved quantity. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `safetyStockCount` (_number (double)_) The Safety Stock Count. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) The SKU of the product. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `targetInventory` (_number (double)_) The Target Inventory ### OCIFulfillReservationSingleOutput Details of a single fulfilled reservation. * `actionRequestId` (_string_) The UUID that identifies the original fulfill reservation request. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalRefId` (_string_) The external reference ID of the location that fulfilled the reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `locationIdentifier` (_string_) The identifier of the location that fulfilled the reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_) The fulfilled quantity. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) The SKU of the fulfilled product. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OCIReleaseReservationSingleOutput Details of a single released reservation. * `actionRequestId` (_string_) The UUID that identifies the original release reservation request. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalRefId` (_string_) The external reference ID of the location that released the reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `locationGroupIdentifier` (_string_) The identifier of the location group that released the reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `locationIdentifier` (_string_) The identifier of the location that released the reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_) The released quantity. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) The SKU of the released product. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OCITransferReservationSingleOutput Details of a single transferred reservation. * `actionRequestId` (_string_) The UUID that identifies the original transfer reservation request. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalRefId` (_string_) The external reference ID of the location that received the reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fromLocationGroupIdentifier` (_string_) The identifier of the location group that sent the reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fromLocationIdentifier` (_string_) The identifier of the location that sent the reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `ignoreAvailabilityCheck` (_boolean_) Whether this call ignored availability data at the location that received the reservation. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_) The quantity of transferred inventory. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) The SKU of the transferred product. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `toLocationGroupIdentifier` (_string_) The identifier of the location group that received the reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `toLocationIdentifier` (_string_) The identifier of the location that received the reservation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductCheckAvailabilityInput Information needed to check a product’s availability. * `product2Id` (_string_, required) Product ID. _Available in: v60.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) Number of products. _Available in: v60.0_ ### InventoryProductCheckAvailabilityOutput Inventory product availability. * `available` (_boolean_) Requested quantity is either available (true) or unavailable (false). _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `inventory` (_object_) InventoryOutput All inventory information associated with the product. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `InventoryOutput`. * `product2Id` (_string_) Product ID. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CartMessage Cart message. * `message` (_string_) Cart message. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the object supplying the message. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedEntityId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the entity, for example, cart, cart item, or cart tax, associated with the message. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `severity` (_string_) Severity of cart message. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Error`, `Info`, `Warning`. * `type` (_string_) Type of message. Standard values include `Inventory`, `Taxes`, `Pricing`, `Shipping`, `Entitlement`, `SystemError`, and `Other`. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visible` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the message is visible (`true`) or dismissed (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DeliveryMethodV2 Delivery Method Representation * `adjustedShippingFee` (_string_) Adjusted Shipping Fee * `carrier` (_string_) Carrier * `classOfService` (_string_) Class of Service * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Currency Code * `earliestEstimatedDeliveryTime` (_string (date-time)_) Earliest Estimated Delivery Time * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID * `latestEstimatedDeliveryTime` (_string (date-time)_) Latest Estimated Delivery Time * `name` (_string_) Name * `processTime` (_integer_) Process Time * `processTimeUnit` (_string_) Process Time Unit * `shippingFee` (_string_) Shipping Fee * `totalAdjustmentAmount` (_string_) Total Adjustment Amount * `transitTimeMax` (_integer_) Maximum Transit Time * `transitTimeMin` (_integer_) Minimum Transit Time * `transitTimeUnit` (_string_) Transit Time Unit ### CheckoutAddressV2 Checkout Address Representation * `city` (_string_) City * `companyName` (_string_) CompanyName * `country` (_string_) Country * `firstName` (_string_) FirstName * `lastName` (_string_) LastName * `name` (_string_) Name * `postalCode` (_string_) Postal Code * `region` (_string_) Region * `shipToPhoneNumber` (_string_) Shipping Phone Number * `street` (_string_) Street ### ConnectBillingFrequencyEnum Indicates the billing frequency enum values. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Annual`, `Monthly`. ### ConnectSellingModelTypeEnumCommerceBuyerexperience Indicates the Selling Model Type enum values. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Evergreen`, `OneTime`, `TermDefined`. ### ConnectCartItemSubTypeEnum Sub type of cart item. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Bonus`, `GiftWrap`. ### ConnectCartItemTypeEnum Type of cart item. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DeliveryCharge`, `Product`. ### UnitOfMeasure Represents the unit of measure for the attribute. * `roundingMethod` (_ConnectRoundMethodEnum_) * `scale` (_integer_) The Scale for the unit of measure. * `unitCode` (_string_) The Code for the unit of measure. ### ProcessExceptionOutputCommerceBuyerexperience Details for the process exception. * `category` (_string_) Category of the process exception. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Message of the process exception. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status of the process exception. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductAttributeSetSummaryCommerceBuyerexperience Summary representation of a product attribute set * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `attributes` (_array of ProductAttributeSummaryCommerceBuyerexperience_) List of attributes in the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Display label of the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectSearchQueryContextTypeEnum Specifies the search boost bury rule query context type. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `All`, `Category`, `SearchTerm`. ### FieldValueCommerceSearch Field's value in product search results. * `value` (_string_) Value of the field. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PricingResultLineItemCommerceEinstein Representation of the Line Item portion of the response for multiple products pricing * `contractId` (_string_) Represents the ID of the contract * `contractItemPriceId` (_string_) Represents the ID of the contract item price * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponseBilling Error code and message. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponseBilling`. * `listPrice` (_string_) List price for the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lowestUnitPrice` (_string_) Lowest unit price for the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pricebookEntryId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the pricebook entry. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productId` (_string_) ID of the product to price. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the execution was successful (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unitPrice` (_string_) Unit price for the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceProductSellingModelCommerceSearch Product selling model information. * `isSubscriptionProduct` (_boolean_) Indicates whether it is a subscription product ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DistinctFacetValueDisplayMetadata Display metadata representation for a distinct facet value. * `swatch` (_object_) Map of swatch display metadata for the distinct facet value. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Additional properties: `string`. ### ProductVariationInfoCommerceSearch Representation of variant attributes metadataand mappings of attribute combinations to variant product Ids * `attributesToProductMappings` (_array of ProductAttributesToProductEntryCommerceSearch_) List ordered by `ProductAttribute.Sequence` values that map the attribute value combinations to the variation product ID. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `variationAttributeInfo` (_object_) Map of field API name to product attribute information. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `ProductAttributeInfoCommerceSearch`. * `variationCount` (_integer_) Total count of available product variations. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceProductAttributeSetSummary Summary representation of a product attribute set in product search results. * `attributes` (_array of ProductAttributeSummaryCommerceBuyerexperience_) List of all attributes in the attribute set ### ConnectAdjustmentTypeEnum How the price adjustment amount is calculated. * `AdjustmentAmount` —The adjustment is a fixed amount. * `AdjustmentPercentage` —The adjustment is a percentage. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AdjustmentAmount`, `AdjustmentPercentage`. ### CartItemPriceAdjustmentInput CartItemPriceAdjustmentGroup Representation * `adjustmentAmountScope` (_ConnectAdjustmentAmountScopeEnum_) * `adjustmentBasisReference` (_string_) Adjustment Basis Reference * `adjustmentDescription` (_string_) Description of Adjustment or its Cause or Basis. * `adjustmentTargetType` (_ConnectAdjustmentTargetTypeEnum_) * `adjustmentType` (_ConnectAdjustmentTypeEnum_) * `adjustmentValue` (_string_) Price adjustment value * `baseAmount` (_string_) Base Adjustment Amount * `cartAdjustmentGroupId` (_string (Id)_) cartAdjustmentGroupId * `cartItemId` (_string (Id)_) CartItemId * `id` (_string (Id)_) Id * `priceAdjustmentCauseId` (_string (Id)_) Price Adjustment Cause * `priority` (_integer_) The sequence in which adjustments are applied. ### ConnectTargetTypeEnum Target type of a promotion discount. One of these values: * `Shipping`: Promotion discounts shipping amount. * `Transaction`: Promotion discounts total transaction amount. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Shipping`, `Transaction`. ### CartItemKeyOutput CartItemKey Output Representation * `cartItemId` (_string_) CartItemId * `cartItemQuantityIdentifier` (_string_) CartItemQuantityIdentifier ### CartDeliveryGroupMethodOutput Cart Delivery Group Method Output Representation * `cartDeliveryMethodAdjustments` (_array of CartDeliveryMethodAdjustmentOutput_) CartDeliveryMethodAdjustments * `cartDeliveryMethodId` (_string_) CartDeliveryMethodId * `price` (_string_) Price * `shippingRateId` (_string_) ShippingRateId * `totalAdjustmentBaseAmount` (_string_) TotalAdjustmentBaseAmount * `totalNetAmount` (_string_) TotalNetAmount ### CartItemPriceAdjustment Price adjustment that applies to an item in the cart. * `adjustmentAmountScope` (_object_) ConnectAdjustmentAmountScopeEnum Scope of the adjustment amount. Value is `Total` . _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectAdjustmentAmountScopeEnum`. * `adjustmentBasisReference` (_string_) Reference to coupon, if applicable. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `adjustmentDescription` (_string_) Description of the adjustment. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `adjustmentTargetType` (_object_) ConnectAdjustmentTargetTypeEnum Target type of the promotion discount. Possible _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectAdjustmentTargetTypeEnum`. * `adjustmentType` (_object_) ConnectAdjustmentTypeEnum Adjustment type of the promotion discount. Possible _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectAdjustmentTypeEnum`. * `adjustmentValue` (_string_) Value of the adjustment. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `baseAmount` (_string_) Base adjustment amount. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartAdjustmentGroupId` (_string (Id)_) Adjustment group ID. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartItemId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the cart item. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the cart item price adjustment. _Filter group: Small_ * `priceAdjustmentCauseId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the promotion that triggered this adjustment. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `priority` (_integer_) Sequence in which adjustments are applied. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CartItemCollection A collection of items in a cart. * `approachingDiscounts` (_array of string_) List of approaching discounts for the cart items. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartCoupons` (_object_) CartCouponCollection Collection of coupons in the cart. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CartCouponCollection`. * `cartItems` (_array of CartItemResult_) Collection of cart item results. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `cartPromotions` (_object_) CartPromotionCollection Collection of promotions in the cart. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CartPromotionCollection`. * `cartSummary` (_object_) CartSummary Summary of the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CartSummary`. * `currentPage` (_integer_) Current page of cart items. The value matches the requested page number, unless the requested page number exceeds the total number of pages. In this scenario, the current page is the highest available page number. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasErrors` (_boolean_) Specifies whether at least one of the results contains an error. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalItemCount` (_integer_) Total number of unique products in the cart. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalNumberOfPages` (_integer_) Total number of pages for the given page size. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CartMessagesSummaryCommercePromotions Cart messages summary. * `errorCount` (_integer_) In the Cart Item Result, the count of messages with the `Error` severity level. In `ConnectApi.CartItemResult`, the count of messages with the `Error` severity level. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasErrors` (_boolean_) Specifies whether there are messages related to the entity (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `limitedMessages` (_array of CartMessageCommercePromotions_) In the Cart Item Result, a limited list of messages related to the cart item. In the Cart Summary, each message can be related to the cart or to another cart-related entity, and each message supports multiple languages. In `ConnectApi.CartItemResult`, a limited list of messages related to the cart item. In `ConnectApi.CartSummary`, each message can be related to the cart or to another cart-related entity. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedEntityId` (_string_) In the Cart Item Result, the ID of the related cart item. In the Cart Summary, each message can be related to the cart or to another cart-related entity. In `ConnectApi.CartItemResult`, the ID of the related cart item. In `ConnectApi.CartSummary`, each message can be related to the cart or to another cart-related entity. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalLineItemsWithErrors` (_integer_) In the Cart Item Result, either `null` if the cart item has no errors or `1` if the cart item has errors. In the Cart Summary, the total number of product line items that contain errors. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CartItemProduct Product summary for a cart item. * `fields` (_object_) Map of product fields and values. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `string`. * `isConfigurationAllowed` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the product supports configuration (`true`) or not (`false`). For dynamic bundles, this field is always `true`, and for static bundles, it is `false`. When `true`, buyers can configure the bundle by selecting which child components to include or exclude before adding it to the cart. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productClass` (_string_) Class of product. Values are: * `Bundle` * `Set` * `Simple` * `Variation` * `VariationParent` _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productId` (_string_) ID of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productSubscriptionInformation` (_object_) ProductSellingModelCommercePromotions Reserved for future use. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductSellingModelCommercePromotions`. * `purchaseQuantityRule` (_object_) PurchaseQuantityRule If one exists, purchase quantity rule for the product. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PurchaseQuantityRule`. * `productUrlName` (_string_) SEO-friendly URL name for the product. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sku` (_string_) SKU of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailImage` (_object_) ProductMediaCommerceOrdermanagement Thumbnail image of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductMediaCommerceOrdermanagement`. * `variationAttributes` (_object_) Variation attributes associated with the product. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `CartProductAttribute`. ### ConnectItemReferenceTypeEnum Item reference type. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Attribute`, `Category`, `Price`, `Product`, `StandardShippingRate`. ### ConnectPromotionLineItemOperatorTypeEnum Type of operator for the item reference. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `EqualTo`, `GreaterThan`, `GreaterThanOrEqualTo`, `LessThan`, `LessThanOrEqualTo`, `NotEqualTo`. ### ShippingZone Output representation of the shipping rate area. * `countries` (_array of Country_) List of supported countries. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the shipping rate area. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the shipping rate area. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `standardShippingRates` (_array of StandardShippingRate_) List of the standard shipping rates. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TaxAdjustmentTypeEnum Type of tax adjustment. Values are: * Promotional – Promotional type tax adjustment. * Tiered – Tiered type tax adjustment. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Promotional`, `Tiered`. ### ProductAttributeSummary Summary of a product attribute. * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Display label of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sequence` (_integer_) Sequence of the attribute in the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_) Display value of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductAttributeValueMetadata Metadata for a product attribute value. * `apiName` (_string_) API Name of the product attribute picklist value. For example, `blue__c`. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `colorHexCode` (_string_) Hex code value of a color attribute. For example, `#0000FF`. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the picklist value for a custom field product attribute. For example, `Red`. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `variantAvailable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether a variation product exists (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectProductAttributeViewTypeEnum View type for product attributes. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ColorSwatch`, `Dropdown`, `Pill`. ### ProductAttributeSelectionInfo Product attribute. * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sequence` (_integer_) Sequence value determined by the order of the attributes under Commerce Setup for the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_) Display value of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CategorySettings Category settings applicable to all product rows in a product import .csv file. * `productCatalogId` (_string (Id)_) ID of product catalog to associate with each product row in a product import .csv file. Required if you specify one or more category-related column headings in your .csv file _Available in: v54.0_ ### EntitlementSettings Entitlement settings applicable to all product rows in a product import .csv file. * `defaultEntitlementPolicyId` (_string (Id)_) ID of entitlement policy to associate with each product row in a product import .csv file. Required if you specify one or more entitlement-related column headings in your .csv file _Available in: v54.0_ ### MediaSettings Media settings applicable to all product rows in a product import .csv file. * `cmsWorkspaceId` (_string (Id)_) ID of a CMS workspace to associate with each product row in a product import .csv file. Required if you specify one or more media-related column headings in your .csv file. If you are using the `/commerce/management/import/product/jobs` resource, and you specify one or more media-related columns in your .csv file, you must either specify a `cmsWorkspaceId` or use the default CMS workspace assigned to the store by specifying a `webstoreId` in the Webstore Settings Input . If you specify both a `cmsWorkspaceId` and a `webstoreId` , the `cmsWorkspaceId` is used for the import. _Available in: v54.0_ ### PriceSettings Price settings are applicable to all product rows in a product import .csv file. * `pricebookAliasToIdMapping` (_object_) Map of price book aliases and corresponding price book IDs. The aliases defined in the map are associated with each product row in a product import .csv file. The .csv file’s column headings can associate prices to price book aliases. By using alias names in the column headings instead of price book IDs, you improve the readability of the .csv files. By convention, the “original” alias refers to your store’s default strikethrough price book. And the “sales” alias refers to your store’s default price book. For global imports, you can specify other alias names of your choosing for other price books. For store imports, the only aliases allowed are “sales” and “original.” Required if you specify one or more price-related column headings in your .csv file _Available in: v54.0_ Additional properties: `string (Id)`. ### WebstoreSettings ID of a webstore to associate with an asynchronous product import job. * `webstoreId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the webstore. _Available in: v57.0_ ### PriceAdjustmentTierTypeEnum Type of price adjustment for the tier. Values are: * `AmountBasedAdjustment` —Price is adjusted by a specified amount. * `PercentageBasedAdjustment` —Price is adjusted by a specified percentage. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AmountBasedAdjustment`, `OverrideBasedAdjustment`, `PercentageBasedAdjustment`. ### FieldChange Represents a field change in a subscription action. * `field` (_string_) Field name. * `newValue` (_any_) New value of field. * `previousValue` (_any_) Previous value of field. ### InsightValuesOutput Insight value details for a business objective, or goal. * `contextId` (_string_) Salesforce record ID of the record that the insight is based on. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the Salesforce record that the insight is based on. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousValue` (_number (double)_) Value of the insight for the previous timeframe based on the key performance indicator. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_number (double)_) Value of the insight for the current timeframe based on the key performance indicator. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FieldValue Representation of a field's value in product search results. * `value` (_string_) Value of the field. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommerceProductSellingModel Representation of Product Selling Model Information * `isSubscriptionProduct` (_boolean_) Indicates whether it is a subscription product or not ### OrderSummaryAdjustmentAggregatesCommerceOrdermanagement Output representation of the a djustment aggregates associated with an order summary. * `available` (_boolean_) Indicates if adjustment aggregate values are available (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Order summary adjustment aggregate job status. Values are: * `Failed` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary failed. * `InProgress` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary is in progress. * `NotInitiated` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary is not initiated. * `Submitted` —The adjustment aggregate data job for the order summary is submitted. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Failed`, `InProgress`, `NotInitiated`, `Submitted`. * `totalDeliveryPromotionDistAmount` (_string_) Total distributed delivery promotion amounts associated with an order summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalDeliveryPromotionLineAmount` (_string_) Total delivery promotion line amounts associated with an order summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalDeliveryPromotionTotalAmount` (_string_) Total delivery promotion amount associated with an order summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalProductPromotionDistAmount` (_string_) Total distributed product promotion amounts associated with an order summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalProductPromotionLineAmount` (_string_) Total product promotion line amount associated with an order summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalProductPromotionTotalAmount` (_string_) Total product promotion amount associated with an order summary. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderItemSummaryProductCommerceOrdermanagement Product mapped to an order item summary. * `canViewProduct` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user can view the product (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorCode` (_string_) Error code for the product with errors. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorMessage` (_string_) Error message for the product with errors. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fields` (_object_) Map of the product fields queried. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. RecordField Includes all fields of `RecordField`. * `media` (_object_) ProductMediaCommerceOrdermanagement Associated product media. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductMediaCommerceOrdermanagement`. * `productAttributes` (_object_) ProductAttributeSetSummaryCommerceOrdermanagement Summary of the product attributes. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductAttributeSetSummaryCommerceOrdermanagement`. * `productId` (_string_) ID of the product. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ClassificationsOutput Classifications output representation * `classifications` (_array of string_) Classifications ### OCILocationGroupAvailabilityOutputCommerceOrdermanagement Output representation of one location group’s inventory availability * `inventoryRecords` (_array of OCIInventoryRecordOutputCommerceOrdermanagement_) The Inventory Records * `locationGroupIdentifier` (_string_) The Location Group Identifier ### OCILocationAvailabilityOutputCommerceOrdermanagement Output representation of one location’s inventory availability * `inventoryRecords` (_array of OCIInventoryRecordOutputCommerceOrdermanagement_) The Inventory Records * `locationIdentifier` (_string_) The Location Identifier ### LocationOutput An inventory location’s distance to an order recipient. * `distance` (_number (double)_) The distance from the location to the order recipient. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `locationIdentifier` (_string_) The location identifier. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### UsagesInputRequest Input representation of usages. * `sectionIds` (_array of string_) Section IDs _Available in: v59.0_ * `usedInDocument` (_boolean_) UsedInDocument _Available in: v59.0_ ### RouteProductOutput A product allocated to a fulfillment location within a route, including its allocated quantity and score. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `product` (_string_) The product's SKU. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `quantity` (_integer_) The product quantity allocated to this location. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `unitScore` (_number (double)_) The score for this product at this location. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCIAttributeSetOutput Details of an attribute set. * `groupEligibilityExclusion` (_array of string_) List of group IDs that are excluded from aggregating the location and SKU. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCIFutureInventoryOutput An expected future inventory restock. * `expectedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the future inventory is expected. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_) Quantity of the future inventory. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### InventoryOutput Output representation of the inventory * `availableToFulfill` (_number (double)_) The Quantity Available To Fulfill * `availableToOrder` (_number (double)_) The Quantity Available To Order * `onHand` (_number (double)_) The Quantity Available On Hand ### ConnectRoundMethodEnum Rounding Method Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Down`, `Nearest`, `Up`. ### ProductAttributesToProductEntryCommerceSearch Representation for a mapping of an attribute value combination to a variant product Id. * `canonicalKey` (_string_) Attribute API values concatenated with an underscore (\_) based on the sequence number of the attributes in the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `image` (_ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience_) * `mediaItems` (_array of ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience_) Representation of the listing images of the product. * `productId` (_string (Id)_) Variation product ID for the selection of attributes. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `selectedAttributes` (_array of ProductAttributeSelectionInfoCommerceSearch_) Ordered list of attribute values and metadata that can be used to form a key that maps to product ID. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) Variant URL name for the selection of attributes. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductAttributeInfoCommerceSearch Representation for attribute metadata * `allowableValues` (_array of string_) Active attribute picklist values that can be used to create variations. These values are determined by the order of the picklist values in Object Manager. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `availableValues` (_array of string_) Attribute picklist values that are available for the product in the store. These values are sorted by the order of values in the `allowableValues` property. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fieldEnumOrId` (_string_) Field ID for custom fields or enumeration value for standard fields. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `groupedBy` (_boolean_) Indicates if the attribute is used to determine grouping. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `objectName` (_string_) Name of the object that contains the field. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `options` (_array of ProductAttributeValueMetadataCommerceSearch_) List of product attribute value metadata. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sequence` (_integer_) Sequence value determined by the order of the attributes under Commerce Setup for the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `viewType` (_string_) View type for product attributes. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `ColorSwatch`, `Dropdown`, `Pill`. ### ConnectAdjustmentAmountScopeEnum Scope of the price adjustment amount. One of these values: * `Total`: The adjustment scope is the total price. * `Unit`: The adjustment scope is the unit price. * `UnproratedTotal`: The adjustment scope is the unprorated total price. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Total`, `Unit`, `UnproratedTotal`. ### ConnectAdjustmentTargetTypeEnum Target type of the promotion discount. Possible _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Cart`, `Item`. ### CartDeliveryMethodAdjustmentOutput Cart Delivery Method Adjustment Output Representation * `adjustmentType` (_ConnectAdjustmentTypeEnum_) * `adjustmentValue` (_string_) AdjustmentValue * `baseAmount` (_string_) BaseAmount * `priceAdjustmentCauseId` (_string (Id)_) PriceAdjustmentCauseId * `priority` (_integer_) Priority ### CartCouponCollection Collection of coupons associated with the cart. * `cartCoupons` (_object_) CartCouponList A list of coupons associated with the cart. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `CartCouponList`. * `cartId` (_string_) ID of the cart. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartStatus` (_string_) Status of the cart. Values are: * `Active—` Cart is created and available for modifications, like adding or removing products or promotions. * `Checkout—` Cart is in checkout. If the customer modifies the cart, the current checkout session is canceled. * `Closed—` Checkout is complete and an order was created. The cart cannot be modified. * `PendingClosed—` Cart is marked to be closed, but the request isn't completed yet. The cart can’t be modified. This value is available in API version 57.0 and later. * `PendingDelete—` Cart is marked for delete, but the request isn't completed yet. The cart can’t be modified. * `Processing—` Cart is processing. For example, taxes are being calculated. The cart can’t be modified. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Active—`, `Checkout—`, `Closed—`, `PendingClosed—`, `PendingDelete—`, `Processing—`. * `ownerId` (_string_) ID of the user who owns this cart. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CartItemResult Result after requesting a cart item. * `cartItem` (_sfdc\_commerce\_promotions\_connect\_api\_oas\_sellingModelTypeEnum | CartItemWithoutPrice_) Cart item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `sfdc_commerce_promotions_connect_api_oas_sellingModelTypeEnum`, `CartItemWithoutPrice`. * `message` (_string_) Message when the request isn’t successful. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status for the request. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CartPromotionCollection Promotions associated with a cart. * `cartId` (_string_) ID of the cart. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartStatus` (_string_) Status of the cart. Values are: * `Active—` Cart is created and available for modifications, like adding or removing products or promotions. * `Checkout—` Cart is in checkout. If the customer modifies the cart, the current checkout session is canceled. * `Closed—` Checkout is complete and an order was created. The cart cannot be modified. * `PendingClosed—` Cart is marked to be closed, but the request isn't completed yet. The cart can’t be modified. This value is available in API version 57.0 and later. * `PendingDelete—` Cart is marked for delete, but the request isn't completed yet. The cart can’t be modified. * `Processing—` Cart is processing. For example, taxes are being calculated. The cart can’t be modified. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Active—`, `Checkout—`, `Closed—`, `PendingClosed—`, `PendingDelete—`, `Processing—`. * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the cart. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `promotions` (_array of CartPromotion_) Collection of cart promotions. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CartSummary Summary of information about a cart and its contents. * `accountId` (_string_) ID of the account for the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `asyncOperationStatus` (_string_) Asynchronous processing status of the cart, if asynchronous processing is enabled for the store. Values are: * `Completed` * `Errored` * `Processing` _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartId` (_string_) ID of the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `customFields` (_array of string_) Array of sObjects and viewable custom fields for the sObjects. Field-level security rules from the [shopper profile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_create_shopper_profile.htm&type=5) are applied to the custom fields. The rules are applied for registered shoppers and for the guest shopper profile. If no custom fields were specified, returns an empty collection. This field isn't included in the API response for Checkout resources. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstPymtGrandTotalAmount` (_string_) First payment amount for subscription products, plus the total payment amount for non-subscription products. Includes taxes. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstPymtTotalAmount` (_string_) The total amount on the first payment of the cart. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstPymtTotalListPrice` (_string_) The total list price on the first payment of the cart. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstPymtTotalTaxAmount` (_string_) Tax amount on the first payment for any subscription products, plus the total tax amount on non-subscription products. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `grandTotalAmount` (_string_) Grand total amount including shipping and tax for items in the cart, in the currency of the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasGift` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the cart contains a gift (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isSecondary` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the cart is secondary (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `ownerId` (_string_) ID of the owner of the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orderOwnerId` (_string_) ID of the owner of the order. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `purchaseOrderNumber` (_string_) Purchase order for the cart. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status of the cart. Values are: * `Active—` Cart is created and available for modifications, like adding or removing products or promotions. * `Checkout—` Cart is in checkout. If the customer modifies the cart, the current checkout session is canceled. * `Closed—` Checkout is complete and an order was created. The cart cannot be modified. * `PendingClosed—` Cart is marked to be closed, but the request isn't completed yet. The cart can’t be modified. This value is available in API version 57.0 and later. * `PendingDelete—` Cart is marked for delete, but the request isn't completed yet. The cart can’t be modified. * `Processing—` Cart is processing. For example, taxes are being calculated. The cart can’t be modified. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Active—`, `Checkout—`, `Closed—`, `PendingClosed—`, `PendingDelete—`, `Processing—`. * `taxType` (_string_) Tax type of the cart. * `Automatic` —Automatic taxation policy. * `Gross` —Gross taxation policy. * `Net` —Net taxation policy. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Automatic`, `Gross`, `Net`. * `totalAmountWithItemAdjustment` (_string_) Total amount, including both tier and item level discounts but excluding cart level discounts, for all items in the cart. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalCartLevelAdjustmentAmount` (_string_) Total cart level discount amount for the cart. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalChargeAmount` (_string_) Total amount for shipping and other charges in the currency of the cart. Includes adjustments from shipping promotions. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalListPrice` (_string_) Total list price for all cart items plus shipping adjustments. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalProductAmount` (_string_) Total amount including discounts, but excluding shipping and tax, for product items in the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalProductAmountAfterAdjustments` (_string_) Total product amount, including promotions. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalProductCount` (_string_) Total count of items in the cart. This field may not be accurate when [faster add-to-cart](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_faster_add_to_cart.htm&type=5) is turned on and quantity rules are enabled for products in the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalProductLineItemCount` (_integer_) Total count of line items, of the type Product, in the cart. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalProductListAmount` (_string_) Total list price for all products in the cart without any adjustments. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalPromotionalAdjustmentAmount` (_string_) Total promotional adjustment amount for items in the cart. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalSubProductCount` (_string_) Total quantity of all cart items with the selling model type Evergreen or Term-Defined. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalTaxAmount` (_string_) Total tax amount for the cart, including tax on shipping, if applicable. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of cart. Values are: * `Cart` —Cart created by a customer. * `PayNowReadOnly` —Clone of a Template cart that the customer can check out with using the Pay Now feature. * `Template` —Cart created by an internal user. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Cart`, `PayNowReadOnly`, `Template`. * `uniqueProductCount` (_integer_) Total count of unique items, or SKUs, in the cart. This field is supported when [faster add-to-cart](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_faster_add_to_cart.htm&type=5) is turned off. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `webstoreId` (_string_) ID of the webstore of the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CartMessageCommercePromotions Cart message. * `message` (_string_) Cart message. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageId` (_string_) ID of the object supplying the message. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedEntityId` (_string_) ID of the entity, for example, cart, cart item, or cart tax, associated with the message. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `severity` (_string_) Severity of cart message. Values are: * `Error` * `Info` * `Warning` _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of message. Standard values include `Inventory`, `Taxes`, `Pricing`, `Shipping`, `Entitlement`, `SystemError`, and `Other`. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visible` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the message is visible (`true`) or dismissed (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductSellingModelCommercePromotions Product selling model for Commerce subscriptions. * `description` (_string_) Description of the product selling model displayed on the UI. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayName` (_string_) Name of the product selling model displayed on the UI. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the product selling model. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the product selling model. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pricingTerm` (_integer_) Number of pricing term units in the pricing term. Used with `pricingTermUnit` to define the length of the pricing term. For example, if `pricingTermUnit` is `Months` and this property is 1, the subscription is priced monthly. However, if the `sellingModelType` property is set to `OneTime`, the `pricingTerm` property is empty, because the product isn’t sold as a subscription. The only allowed value for this property is 1. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pricingTermUnit` (_string_) Unit of time used to define a pricing term. Values are: * `Months` —Product is priced on a monthly basis. * `Annual` —Product is priced on an annual basis. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Months`, `Annual`. * `sellingModelType` (_string_) Type of product selling model. Values are: * `Evergreen` —A subscription without an end date. An evergreen subscription continues until the shopper affirmatively cancels it. * `OneTime` —A product that isn’t sold as a subscription. * `TermDefined` —A subscription with a defined end date. The subscription continues for a specified time period. When the term ends, the subscription ends. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Evergreen`, `OneTime`, `TermDefined`. * `subscriptionTermRule` (_object_) SubscriptionTermRule Rules for a subscription term. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SubscriptionTermRule`. ### ProductMediaCommerceOrdermanagement Input representation of product media details. * `alternateText` (_string_) Alternative text for the product media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentVersionId` (_string_) ID of the latest published content version if the media is stored as a ContentDocument. If the image is a customer-provided external URL, the value is `null`. Not supported in enhanced CMS workspaces. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the product image. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediaType` (_string_) Type of product media. Values are: * `Document` * `Image` * `Video` _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sortOrder` (_integer_) Sort order of a media item within a media group. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string_) URL of the thumbnail for product media. If a value exists, it should be used for the thumbnail whether the image is natively uploaded or hosted externally. Not supported in enhanced CMS workspaces. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the product media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL of the product media. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) The API name of the product media group. Possible values are: * `Attachment` * `ProductDetailImage` * `ProductListImage` _Available in: v61.0_ * `mediaId` (_string_) The Salesforce ID of the managed content record associated with the product. _Available in: v61.0_ ### CartProductAttribute Product attribute for a cart item. * `label` (_string_) Label or display name of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sequence` (_integer_) Sequence of the attribute within the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_) Display value of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Country Output representation of a country. * `isoCode` (_string_) Iso code of the country. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Name of the country. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### StandardShippingRate Output representation of the standard shipping rate. * `conditionFactor` (_object_) ConnectShippingRateFactorEnum Conditions factor for the shipping rate area. Possible values are: * `OrderPrice` —Condition based on the order price value. * `OrderWeight` —Condition based on the delivery weight. This value is available in API version 62.0 and later. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectShippingRateFactorEnum`. * `conditionRangeMax` (_number (double)_) Maximum value of the shipping rate condition. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `conditionRangeMin` (_number (double)_) Minimum value of the shipping rate condition. This value can't be negative. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Currency ISO code of the cart. The default value is the org’s default currency. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the shipping rate. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the standard shipping rate. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `price` (_string_) Price of standard shipping rate. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `transitTimeMax` (_integer_) Maximum value of the shipping transit time. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `transitTimeMin` (_integer_) Minimum value of the shipping transit time. This value can't be negative. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `transitTimeUnit` (_object_) ConnectShippingTimeUnitEnum Transit time unit for shipping calculation. Possible _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectShippingTimeUnitEnum`. * `weightUnit` (_object_) ConnectShippingWeightUnitEnum Unit of measurement for the weight of the cart items. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectShippingWeightUnitEnum`. ### ProductAttributeSetSummaryCommerceOrdermanagement Summary of a product attribute set. * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `attributes` (_array of ProductAttributeSummary_) List of attributes in the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Display label of the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OCIInventoryRecordOutputCommerceOrdermanagement Output representation of one SKU’s inventory availability” * `attributeSet` (_OCIAttributeSetOutputCommerceOrdermanagement_) * `availableToFulfill` (_number (double)_) The Quantity Available To Fulfill * `availableToOrder` (_number (double)_) The Quantity Available To Order * `effectiveDate` (_string (date-time)_) The Effective Date * `exists` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the record exists * `futures` (_array of OCIFutureInventoryOutputCommerceOrdermanagement_) The Inventory Futures * `onHand` (_number (double)_) The Quantity Available On Hand * `reserved` (_number (double)_) The Quantity Reserved * `safetyStockCount` (_number (double)_) The Safety Stock Count * `stockKeepingUnit` (_string_) The Stock Keeping Unit * `targetInventory` (_number (double)_) The Target Inventory ### ProductAttributeSelectionInfoCommerceSearch Representation for a single attribute * `apiName` (_string_) API name of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sequence` (_integer_) Sequence value determined by the order of the attributes under Commerce Setup for the attribute set. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_) Display value of the attribute. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductAttributeValueMetadataCommerceSearch Output representation of Product Attribute value metadata Representation * `apiName` (_string_) API Name of the product attribute picklist value. For example, `blue__c`. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `colorHexCode` (_string_) Hex code value of a color attribute. For example, `#0000FF`. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the picklist value for a custom field product attribute. For example, `Red`. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `variantAvailable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether a variation product exists (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CartCouponList List of coupons associated with a cart. * `coupons` (_array of CartCoupon_) List of coupons associated with a cart. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### sfdc\_commerce\_promotions\_connect\_api\_oas\_sellingModelTypeEnum Type: `string`. Value meanings: `Evergreen`: A subscription without an end date. An evergreen subscription continues until the shopper affirmatively cancels it.; `OneTime`: A product that isn’t sold as a subscription.; `TermDefined`: A subscription with a defined end date. The subscription continues for a specified time period. When the term ends, the subscription ends.. ### CartItemWithoutPrice An item without pricing information in a cart. * `billingFrequency` (_string_) Billing frequency for a subscription. Values are: * `Annual` * `Monthly` _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartDeliveryGroupId` (_string_) ID of the cart delivery group. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartId` (_string_) ID of the cart. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cartItemId` (_string_) ID of the item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messagesSummary` (_object_) CartMessagesSummaryCommercePromotions Messages summary for the item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CartMessagesSummaryCommercePromotions`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productDetails` (_object_) CartItemProduct Summary of the product details. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CartItemProduct`. * `productId` (_string_) ID of the product. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productSellingModelId` (_string_) ID of the product selling model. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `quantity` (_string_) Quantity of the item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sellingModelType` (_string_) Type of product selling model. Values are: * `Evergreen` —A subscription without an end date. An evergreen subscription continues until the shopper affirmatively cancels it. * `OneTime` —A product that isn’t sold as a subscription. * `TermDefined` —A subscription with a defined end date. The subscription continues for a specified time period. When the term ends, the subscription ends. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Evergreen`, `OneTime`, `TermDefined`. * `subscriptionTerm` (_integer_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of item in a cart. Values are: * `DeliveryCharge` * `Product` _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CartPromotion Promotion for a cart. * `adjustmentAmount` (_string_) Adjustment amount of the promotion. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `couponCode` (_string_) Coupon code for a promotion. A coupon code is available only for manual promotions, not for automatic promotions. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Currency ISO code of the cart. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayName` (_string_) Localized display name of the promotion. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `promotionId` (_string_) ID of the promotion. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `targetType` (_string_) Promotion target type. Values are: * `Cart` —Promotion targets a cart. * `Item` —Promotion targets an item in a cart. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Cart`, `Item`. * `termsAndConditions` (_string_) Localized terms and conditions for the promotion. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectShippingRateFactorEnum Conditions factor for the shipping rate area. Possible values are: * `OrderPrice` —Condition based on the order price value. * `OrderWeight` —Condition based on the delivery weight. This value is available in API version 62.0 and later. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `OrderPrice`, `OrderWeight`. ### ConnectShippingWeightUnitEnum Unit of measurement for the weight of the cart items. Possible _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Grams`, `Kilograms`, `Ounces`, `Pounds`. ### OCIAttributeSetOutputCommerceOrdermanagement Output representation of Attribute Set * `groupEligibilityExclusion` (_array of string_) The Group Eligibility Exclusion ### OCIFutureInventoryOutputCommerceOrdermanagement Output representation of expected future inventory * `expectedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Expected Date for the future availability * `quantity` (_number (double)_) Quantity for the future availability ### CartCoupon A cart coupon input. * `cartCouponId` (_string_) ID of the cart coupon code. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `couponCode` (_string_) Coupon code. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `customFields` (_array of string_) An array of sObjects and their associated custom fields. Standard fields are ignored. The custom fields must already be defined for the sObject. Currently, only the WebCart and WebCartAdjustmentBasis sObjects is supported. Field-level security rules configured by the web store admin in the [shopper profile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=commerce.comm_create_shopper_profile.htm&type=5) shopper profile are applied to the custom fields. The rules are applied for registered shoppers and for the guest shopper profile. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PaymentResultCode Salesforce Payment Result Code Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Decline`, `Indeterminate`, `PermanentFail`, `RequiresReview`, `Success`, `SystemError`, `ValidationError`. ### ConnectCartMessageSeverityEnum Severity of cart message. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Error`, `Info`, `Warning`. ### RecordFieldCommerceBuyerexperiencec1de A generic record field object with type, label and text. * `dataName` (_string_) The SObject API field name of this field. * `dataType` (_string_) The SObject API data type of this field. * `label` (_string_) A localized string label describing this field. * `text` (_string_) The text value of this field. Since all fields have a text value, consumers should inspect the field type and if the type is unrecognized to the client, simply render this text value for the field. * `type` (_string_) The type of this field. ### ConnectPricingTermUnitEnumCommerceBuyerexperience Indicates the Pricing Term Unit enum values. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Annual`, `Months`. ### ConnectProductMediaTypeEnumCommerceBuyerexperience Indicates the type of media used for a product media. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Document`, `Image`, `Video`. ### AbstractCheckoutAddressInput Abstract address input representation * `city` (_string_) City * `companyName` (_string_) CompanyName * `country` (_string_) Country * `firstName` (_string_) FirstName * `id` (_string_) Id * `lastName` (_string_) LastName * `name` (_string_) Name * `postalCode` (_string_) Postal Code * `region` (_string_) Region * `shipToPhoneNumber` (_string_) Shipping Phone Number * `street` (_string_) Street ### AbstractLabeledRecordField A record field with a label and text value. All fields will degrade to a text value. This graceful degradation allows clients using older versions to consume new content without fear of breaking (assuming the client implements field rendering by using the text as the default case). * `dataName` (_string_) The SObject API field name of this field. * `dataType` (_string_) The SObject API data type of this field. * `label` (_string_) A localized string label describing this field. * `text` (_string_) The text value of this field. Since all fields have a text value, consumers should inspect the field type and if the type is unrecognized to the client, simply render this text value for the field. * `type` (_string_) The type of this field. ### AbstractRecordField A field on a record object. * `type` (_string_) The type of this field. ### AbstractCommerceProductSearchResults The abstract representation class for product search results * `categories` (_object_) SearchCategory Categories from the search results. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SearchCategory`. * `correlationId` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `facets` (_array of DistinctValueSearchFacet_) Facets from the search results. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `locale` (_string_) Locale of the search results. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productsPage` (_object_) CommerceProductSummaryCollection Page of products from the search results. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `CommerceProductSummaryCollection`. ### AbstractProductSummary The abstract representation class for product summary * `defaultImage` (_object_) ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience Default image of the product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ProductMediaCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `fields` (_object_) Map of fields belonging to the product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Additional properties: `FieldValueCommerceSearch`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `productClass` (_object_) ConnectProductClassEnum Class of product. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectProductClassEnumCommerceBuyerexperience`. * `urlName` (_string_) SEO-friendly URL name for the product. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FacetValueCommerceSearch Abstract superclass of all facet value representations. * `type` (_object_) ConnectSearchFacetTypeEnum Search facet type. Value is: _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSearchFacetTypeEnum`. ### AbstractProductAttributeSetSummary The abstract representation class for product attribute set summary * `attributes` (_array of ProductAttributeSummaryCommerceBuyerexperience_) List of all attributes in the attribute set ### ConnectProductAttributeViewTypeEnumCommerceSearch Specifies the product attribute view type either color swatch, dropdown, image swatch, pills Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ColorSwatch`, `Dropdown`, `Pill`. ### BaseTaxesInfo Base tax info representation * `countryIsoCode` (_string_) ISO code of the country. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `priority` (_integer_) Priority of the tax treatment. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `stateIsoCode` (_string_) ISO code of the state. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxRatePercentage` (_string_) Tax rate percentage for the store. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxTreatmentDescription` (_string_) Description of the tax treatment for the store. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxTreatmentName` (_string_) Name of the tax treatment for the store. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CompositeCommerceProductBaseInput Base input representation for creating products using composite commerce product API * `productFields` (_object_) A map of product field names and their values. _Available in: v61.0_ Additional properties: `string`. * `productMedia` (_array of ProductMediaInput_) A list of media records to be associated with the product. _Available in: v61.0_ * `productPricing` (_object_) ProductPricingInput Details of the product pricing. _Available in: v61.0_ Includes all fields of `ProductPricingInput`. ### ProductListInput Input Representation for Product List. * `additionalContextData` (_array of ContextDataInput_) Additional Context Data * `additionalFields` (_object_) Additional Fields Additional properties: `AdditionalFieldsInput`. * `catalogId` (_string_) Id of the catalog. * `categoryId` (_string_) Id of the category. * `contextDefinition` (_string_) Context Definition Name * `contextMapping` (_string_) Context Mapping Name * `correlationId` (_string_) CorrelationId * `currencyCode` (_string_) Currency code for the prices * `cursor` (_string_) Cursor * `enablePricing` (_boolean_) Enable Pricing * `enableQualification` (_boolean_) Enable Qualification * `executeConfigurationRules` (_boolean_) Execute Configuration Rules * `filter` (_FilterInput_) * `includeCatalogDetails` (_boolean_) Get Catalog details * `limit` (_integer_) Number of item count you want in the response * `offset` (_integer_) Offset size from which you need the catalog count * `orderBy` (_array of string_) Sort by ascending/descending order * `priceBookId` (_string_) Id of the price Book. * `pricingProcedure` (_string_) Pricing Procedure Name * `productClassificationId` (_string_) Id of the productClassification. * `qualificationProcedure` (_string_) Qualification Procedure Name * `relatedObjectFilters` (_array of RelatedObjectFilterInput_) RelatedObjectFilters * `transactionContextId` (_string_) Transaction Context Id * `transactionId` (_string_) Transaction Id * `usePromotions` (_boolean_) Enable Promotion Rules * `userContext` (_UserContextInput_) ### CpqBaseListOutput Base representation for list apis * `apiStatus` (_ApiStatusOutput_) * `contextId` (_string_) ContextId * `correlationId` (_string_) CorrelationId * `cursor` (_string_) Cursor * `facets` (_array of SearchProductsFacet_) List of Facets * `limit` (_integer_) Limit * `offSet` (_integer_) Offset * `query` (_object_) Input Query Object Additional properties: `object`. Additional properties: `object`. * `result` (_array of Connect_) Result object * `total` (_integer_) Totals * `userContext` (_UserContextOutput_) ### Connect ### AdditionalFieldsInput Input Representation for Additional Fields. * `additionalFields` (_object_) additionalFields Additional properties: `AdditionalFieldsInput`. * `fields` (_array of string_) Fields list ### ContextDataInput Input Representation for Context Data * `nodeData` (_object_) Node Data Additional properties: `object`. * `nodeName` (_string_) Node Name ### UserContextInput Input Representation for User Context. * `accountId` (_string_) Account Id * `contactId` (_string_) Contact Id * `contextId` (_string_) Context Id * `internalOrganizationUnitId` (_string_) Internal Organization Unit Id ### BaseProductListInput Input Representation for Base Product List. * `additionalContextData` (_array of ContextDataInput_) Additional Context Data * `additionalFields` (_object_) Additional Fields Additional properties: `AdditionalFieldsInput`. * `catalogId` (_string_) Id of the catalog. * `categoryId` (_string_) Id of the category. * `contextDefinition` (_string_) Context Definition Name * `contextMapping` (_string_) Context Mapping Name * `correlationId` (_string_) CorrelationId * `currencyCode` (_string_) Currency code for the prices * `cursor` (_string_) Cursor * `enablePricing` (_boolean_) Enable Pricing * `enableQualification` (_boolean_) Enable Qualification * `executeConfigurationRules` (_boolean_) Execute Configuration Rules * `filter` (_FilterInput_) * `includeCatalogDetails` (_boolean_) Get Catalog details * `limit` (_integer_) Number of item count you want in the response * `offset` (_integer_) Offset size from which you need the catalog count * `orderBy` (_array of string_) Sort by ascending/descending order * `priceBookId` (_string_) Id of the price Book. * `pricingProcedure` (_string_) Pricing Procedure Name * `productClassificationId` (_string_) Id of the productClassification. * `qualificationProcedure` (_string_) Qualification Procedure Name * `relatedObjectFilters` (_array of RelatedObjectFilterInput_) RelatedObjectFilters * `transactionContextId` (_string_) Transaction Context Id * `transactionId` (_string_) Transaction Id * `usePromotions` (_boolean_) Enable Promotion Rules * `userContext` (_UserContextInput_) ### ApiStatusOutput API Status Output Representation * `messages` (_array of CpqMessageOutput_) API status messages * `statusCode` (_ApiResponseStatusCode_) * `statusMessage` (_string_) Status Message - Display label for API status ### CpqAbstractListOutput Abstract representation for list apis * `apiStatus` (_ApiStatusOutput_) * `contextId` (_string_) ContextId * `correlationId` (_string_) CorrelationId * `cursor` (_string_) Cursor * `limit` (_integer_) Limit * `offSet` (_integer_) Offset * `result` (_array of Connect_) Result object * `total` (_integer_) Totals * `userContext` (_UserContextOutput_) ### UserContextOutput User Context Output Representation * `contextId` (_string_) Context Id ### ConfiguratorProductCatalogOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's Enterprise Product Catalog * `additionalFields` (_array of ConfiguratorAdditionalFieldsOutput_) Additional Fields * `attributeCategories` (_array of ConfiguratorAttributeCategoryOutput_) List of Attribute Categories * `availabilityDate` (_string (date-time)_) Availability Date * `description` (_string_) Product Description * `discontinuedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Discontinued Date * `displayUrl` (_string_) Display URL * `endOfLifeDate` (_string (date-time)_) End of Life Date * `id` (_string_) Product ID * `isActive` (_boolean_) Is this Product Active * `isAssetizable` (_boolean_) Is this Product Assetizable * `isComponentRequired` (_boolean_) Is Component Required * `isConfigurable` (_boolean_) Is Configurable * `isDefaultComponent` (_boolean_) Is Default Component * `isQuantityEditable` (_boolean_) Is Quantity Editable * `isSoldOnlyWithOtherProds` (_boolean_) Is this Product Sold Only with Other Products * `name` (_string_) Product Name * `nodeType` (_string_) Node Type * `prices` (_array of ConfiguratorPriceOutput_) List of Prices * `productClassification` (_ConfiguratorProductClassificationOutput_) * `productCode` (_string_) Product Code * `productComponentGroups` (_array of ConfiguratorProductComponentGroupOutput_) Set of Product Component Groups * `productRelatedComponent` (_ConfiguratorProductRelatedComponentOutput_) * `productSellingModelOptions` (_array of ConfiguratorProductSellingModelOptionOutput_) List of Product Selling Model Options * `productType` (_string_) Product Type * `productUsageModelType` (_string_) Product Usage Model Type * `qualificationContext` (_ConfiguratorQualificationContextOutput_) * `status` (_string_) Product Status * `unitOfMeasure` (_ConfiguratorUnitOfMeasureOutput_) ### ConfiguratorQualificationContextOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's Qualification Context * `isQualified` (_boolean_) Is Qualified * `reason` (_string_) Reason ### SearchProductsFacet Search Products Facet Representation * `attributeType` (_string_) Search attribute type of the facet. * `displayName` (_string_) Display name of the facet. * `displayRank` (_integer_) Display rank for the facet. * `nameOrId` (_string_) ID or internal name of the facet. * `values` (_array of FacetValue_) Values of the facet found in the search result. ### FilterInput Input Representation for Filters * `criteria` (_array of FilterCriteriaInput_) filter criteria ### RelatedObjectFilterInput Input Representation for Filters * `criteria` (_array of FilterCriteriaInput_) filter criteria * `objectName` (_string_) Object Name ### CpqMessageOutput Output representation for apis message * `code` (_MessageCode_) * `detail` (_string_) Message detail contains any info needed other than message text * `message` (_string_) Message text * `severity` (_MessageSeverity_) ### ConfiguratorAdditionalFieldsOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's Additional Fields * `contextAttributeApiName` (_string_) Mapped context attribute API name * `fieldApiName` (_string_) Field Api Name * `fieldName` (_string_) Field Name * `value` (_string_) Field Value ### ConfiguratorAttributeCategoryOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's Attribute Category * `attributes` (_array of ConfiguratorAttributeOutput_) Attributes of this attribute category * `code` (_string_) Code of this attribute category * `description` (_string_) Description of this attribute category * `id` (_string_) ID of this attribute category * `name` (_string_) Name of this attribute category * `status` (_string_) Status of this attribute category * `totalSize` (_integer_) Total Size of this attribute category * `usageType` (_string_) Usage Type of this attribute category ### ConfiguratorPriceOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's Prices * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Currency ISO Code * `effectiveFrom` (_string_) Effective From * `effectiveTo` (_string_) Effective To * `isDefault` (_boolean_) Default Pricing Model * `isDerived` (_boolean_) Is Derived * `isSelected` (_boolean_) Selected Pricing Model * `pricebookEntryId` (_string_) Pricebook Entry ID * `pricebookId` (_string_) Pricebook ID * `pricingModel` (_ConfiguratorPricingModelOutput_) * `unitPrice` (_number (double)_) Unit Price ### ConfiguratorProductClassificationOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's Product Classification * `id` (_string_) Product Classification ID ### ConfiguratorProductComponentGroupOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's Product Component Group * `childGroups` (_array of ConfiguratorProductComponentGroupOutput_) ChildGroups _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `ConfiguratorProductComponentGroupOutput`._ * `classifications` (_array of ConfiguratorProductClassificationOutput_) List of Product Classifications * `code` (_string_) Code * `components` (_array of ConfiguratorProductCatalogOutput_) Components * `description` (_string_) Description * `id` (_string_) Product Component Group ID * `maxBundleComponents` (_integer_) Max Bundle Components * `minBundleComponents` (_integer_) Min Bundle Components * `name` (_string_) Name * `parentGroupId` (_string_) ParentGroupId * `parentProductId` (_string_) Parent Product ID * `sequence` (_integer_) Sequence ### ConfiguratorProductRelatedComponentOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's Product Related Component * `childProductId` (_string_) Child Product ID * `childSellingModelId` (_string_) Child PSM Id * `doesBundlePriceIncludeChild` (_boolean_) Does the bundle price include child products * `id` (_string_) ID of this Product Related Component * `isComponentRequired` (_boolean_) Is Component Required * `isDefaultComponent` (_boolean_) Is Default Component * `isQuantityEditable` (_boolean_) Is Quantity Editable * `maxQuantity` (_number (double)_) Max Quantity * `minQuantity` (_number (double)_) Min Quantity * `parentProductId` (_string_) Parent Product ID * `parentSellingModelId` (_string_) Parent PSM Id * `productClassificationId` (_string_) Product Classification ID * `productComponentGroupId` (_string_) Product Component Group ID * `productInstanceReuse` (_string_) Product Instance Reuse * `productRelationshipTypeId` (_string_) PRT Id * `quantity` (_number (double)_) Default Quantity * `quantityScaleMethod` (_QuantityScaleMethodConnectEnum_) * `sequence` (_integer_) Sequence * `unitOfMeasure` (_ConfiguratorUnitOfMeasureOutput_) ### ConfiguratorProductSellingModelOptionOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's Product Selling Model Option * `id` (_string_) PSMO ID * `isDefault` (_boolean_) isDefault * `productId` (_string_) Product ID * `productSellingModel` (_ConfiguratorProductSellingModelOutput_) * `productSellingModelId` (_string_) PSM ID ### ConfiguratorUnitOfMeasureOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's UnitOfMeasure * `id` (_string_) Id of unitOfMeasure * `name` (_string_) Name of unitOfMeasure * `roundingMethod` (_string_) RoundingMethod of unitOfMeasure * `scale` (_integer_) Scale of unitOfMeasure * `unitCode` (_string_) UnitCode of unitOfMeasure ### FacetValue Search Products Facet Value Representation * `displayName` (_string_) Display Name of the facet value. * `nameOrId` (_string_) ID or internal name of the facet value. ### ApiResponseStatusCode Enumerations to represent the fixed API Status Codes to be used for API Responses Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AttributeNotFound`, `CartFetchedSuccessfully`, `CartItemSuccessfullyAdded`, `CartItemsMissingPricingInfoError`, `CartNotAvailable`, `CartPricingContextBuildError`, `CartPricingError`, `CartPricingJsonError`, `CartPricingNoContextError`, `CartPricingUnknownError`, `CartRetrieveError`, `CartSuccessfullyCreated`, `CartSuccessfullyUpdated`, `CartUpdateError`, `CartitemNotFoundError`, `CategoryQualificationFailed`, `ChatContextIdExpired`, `ConfigDeleted`, `DuplicateCartError`, `DuplicateFavName`, `FetchedDetailsSuccessfully`, `GuidedSelectionResponseRetrievalFailed`, `InternalServerError`, `InvalidAccountId`, `InvalidAdditionalFields`, `InvalidCartId`, `InvalidCatalogId`, `InvalidCategoryId`, `InvalidConfiguration`, `InvalidContactId`, `InvalidDepth`, `InvalidFavoriteId`, `InvalidFilter`, `InvalidFilterOperator`, `InvalidInputAttributeError`, `InvalidInputQuantiyError`, `InvalidInternalOrgUnitId`, `InvalidOffset`, `InvalidPageSize`, `InvalidParentCategoryId`, `InvalidPricebookId`, `InvalidProductClassId`, `InvalidProductConfig`, `InvalidProductId`, `InvalidProductSellingModelId`, `InvalidReferenceRecordId`, `InvalidSObject`, `InvalidSearchString`, `InvalidSortDirection`, `InvalidUserId`, `MaxQuantityValidationError`, `MinQuantityValidationError`, `MissingCartId`, `MissingCartItemId`, `MissingCatalogId`, `MissingCategoryId`, `MissingFavoriteData`, `MissingFavoriteDescription`, `MissingFavoriteId`, `MissingFavoriteName`, `MissingFavoriteReferencerecordId`, `MissingFavoriteUserId`, `MissingInputParamActions`, `MissingOrderName`, `MissingOrderSubmissionDate`, `MissingPriceBookId`, `MissingPricingInformation`, `MissingProductId`, `MissingReferenceRecordId`, `MissingSearchTermOrGuidedSelectionResponseId`, `MissingUserContext`, `MissingUserQueryInSearchParam`, `NoCatalogDetails`, `NoCategoryDetails`, `NoCategoryList`, `NoProductFound`, `NoProductIds`, `NoValidActionSpecified`, `NoValidationFound`, `OrderNotfoundError`, `OrderPersistenceError`, `OrderRetrievalError`, `OrderSuccessfullyCreated`, `OrderUpdateError`, `PartialProductsList`, `ProductDiscoveryContextFailed`, `ProductDiscoveryInactiveContext`, `ProductDiscoveryInactivePricingProcedure`, `ProductDiscoveryInactiveQualificationProcedure`, `ProductIdsAboveLimit`, `ProductPricingContextFailed`, `ProductPricingFailed`, `ProductPricingWithWarning`, `ProductQualificationFailed`, `ProductQualificationWithWarning`, `PromotionRulesFailed`, `RelatedObjectFilters`, `RelatedObjectFiltersCriteriaLimitExceeded`, `RelatedObjectFiltersLimitExceeded`, `RelatedObjectFiltersOperatorNotSupported`, `RelatedObjectFiltersPropertyNotSupported`, `RelatedObjectFiltersUnsupportedObjectName`, `RelatedObjectFiltersValueNotSupported`, `RequiredAttributeError`, `UnableToAddToCart`, `UnableToCreateCart`, `UnknownError`. ### QuantityScaleMethodConnectEnum Connect Enum for Quantity Scale Method Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Constant`, `Proportional`. ### FilterCriteriaInput Input Representation for Filter Criteria * `attributeType` (_string_) attributeType * `operator` (_string_) operator * `property` (_string_) property * `value` (_any_) value ### ConfiguratorAttributeOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's Attributes * `attributeCategoryId` (_string_) Attribute Category ID of the attribute * `attributeNameOverride` (_string_) attribute name override of the attribute * `attributePicklist` (_ConfiguratorAttributePicklistOutput_) * `code` (_string_) Code of the attribute * `dataType` (_string_) Data Type of the attribute * `defaultHelpText` (_string_) Default Value Help Text of the attribute * `defaultValue` (_string_) Default Value of the attribute * `description` (_string_) Description of the attribute * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name of the attribute * `displayType` (_string_) display type of the attribute * `id` (_string_) ID of the attribute * `isCloneable` (_boolean_) Is this attribute cloneable * `isConfigurable` (_boolean_) Is this attribute configurable * `isEncrypted` (_boolean_) Is this attribute encrypted * `isHidden` (_boolean_) Is this attribute hidden * `isPriceImpacting` (_boolean_) Is this attribute price impacting * `isReadOnly` (_boolean_) Is this attribute read only * `isRequired` (_boolean_) Is this attribute required * `label` (_string_) Label of the attribute * `maximumValue` (_string_) Product Attribute Maximum Value * `minimumValue` (_string_) Product Attribute Minimum Value * `name` (_string_) Name of the attribute * `sequence` (_integer_) Sequence Values of this attribute * `status` (_string_) Status of the attribute * `stepValue` (_string_) Product Attribute Step Value * `unitOfMeasure` (_ConfiguratorUnitOfMeasureOutput_) * `userValue` (_string_) User Value of this attribute * `valueDecoder` (_string_) Product Attribute Value Decoder * `valueDescription` (_string_) value description of the attribute ### ConfiguratorPricingModelOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's Pricing Model * `frequency` (_string_) Frequency * `id` (_string_) Pricing Model ID * `name` (_string_) Name * `occurrence` (_integer_) Occurrence * `pricingModelType` (_string_) Pricing Model Type * `unitOfMeasure` (_string_) Unit of Measure ### ConfiguratorProductSellingModelOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's Product Selling Model * `doesAutoRenewByDefault` (_boolean_) Does Product Automatically Renew by Default * `id` (_string_) PSM ID * `name` (_string_) PSM Name * `pricingTerm` (_integer_) Pricing Term * `pricingTermUnit` (_string_) Pricing Term Unit * `sellingModelType` (_string_) Selling Model Type * `status` (_string_) PSM Status ### MessageCode Enumerations to represent the fixed Message Codes to be used for messages within API Responses Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CartValidationError`. ### MessageSeverity Enumerations to represent the fixed Message Severity levels to be used for messages within API Responses Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Error`, `Info`, `Warning`. ### ConfiguratorAttributePicklistOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's Attribute Picklist * `description` (_string_) Description of the attribute pickist * `id` (_string_) ID of the attribute pickist * `name` (_string_) Name of the attribute pickist * `status` (_string_) Status of the attribute pickist * `values` (_array of ConfiguratorAttributePicklistValueOutput_) Values of the attribute picklist ### ConfiguratorAttributePicklistValueOutput Output Representation for the Configurator API's Attribute Picklist Value * `code` (_string_) Code of the attribute value * `description` (_string_) Description of the attribute value * `displayValue` (_string_) Display value of the attribute value * `id` (_string_) ID of the attribute value * `isBooleanValue` (_boolean_) Is this attribute value a boolean * `label` (_string_) Label of the attribute value * `name` (_string_) Name of the attribute value * `sequence` (_integer_) Sequence of the attribute value * `status` (_string_) Status of the attribute value * `textValue` (_string_) Text value of the attribute value ### SavedPaymentMethodAbstractOutput Payment Saved Payment Method output representation * `gatewayResponse` (_object_) Gateway Response Map Additional properties: `object`. ### SavedPaymentMethodStatus Possible values for status values of saved payment methods Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Active`, `AwaitingPayment`, `Errored`, `Expired`. ### SavedPaymentMethodType Possible values for Type values of saved payment methods Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Amazon_pay`, `Au_becs_debit`, `Bacs_debit`, `Bancontact`, `Card`, `Ideal`, `Sepa_debit`, `Us_bank_account`. ### SavedPaymentMethodUsageType Possible values for Usage types of saved payment methods Type: `string`. Allowed values: `OffSession`, `OnSession`. ### CommerceEinsteinBaseActivityJob Holds the status of an activity job * `jobId` (_string_) ID of the job. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `statusCode` (_object_) ConnectCommerceEinsteinActivityJobStatusEnum Status code for the job. Values are: * `Completed` —Job completed. * `NoData` —Export job completed with no data. * `Pending` —Job is in progress. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommerceEinsteinActivityJobStatusEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the job resource. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BaseOutputCommerceOrdermanagement Base Output Representation * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### BaseSequenceInput Input representation for Base Sequence Input * `amount` (_number (double)_) Amount _Available in: v65.0_ * `orderPaymentSummaryId` (_string (Id)_) Order Payment Summary ID _Available in: v65.0_ * `rank` (_integer_) Rank _Available in: v65.0_ ### AddOrderItemSummaryOutput Output representation of an add order item * `changeBalances` (_ChangeItemOutput_) * `changeOrderId` (_string_) Change Order ID for the add order item summary * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `newItems` (_array of AddItemOutput_) List of items from the add order item summary action * `orderSummaryId` (_string_) Order Summary ID for the add order item summary * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### BaseAsyncOutput Output representation of the async operation * `backgroundOperationId` (_string_) ID of the background operation. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### BaseInvoiceOutput Base Output representation of the created invoice * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `invoiceId` (_string_) ID of the created invoice. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CaptureFundsOutput Capture funds output representation * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderPaymentSummaryId` (_string_) Order Payment Summary Id this Capture Funds belongs to * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### EnsurePaymentCreditOutput A list of payment credits created from the credit memo with success status and error information. Shows all payment credits successfully issued to the customer's payment methods and any errors encountered during processing. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `paymentCredits` (_array of PaymentCreditOutput_) The list of payment credits that were created. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CartToExchangeOrderOutput Output representation of cart to exchange order. * `balanceStateExchangeWebCart` (_object_) BalanceStatePreviewOutput The balance state preview for the exchange web cart. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BalanceStatePreviewOutput`. * `balanceStateOriginalOrderSummary` (_object_) BalanceStatePreviewOutput The balance state preview for the original order summary. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BalanceStatePreviewOutput`. * `balanceStateReturnOrder` (_object_) BalanceStatePreviewOutput The balance state preview for the return order. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BalanceStatePreviewOutput`. * `changeBalances` (_object_) ChangeItemOutput Expected financial values for the proposed cancel action. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChangeItemOutput`. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string_) The ID of the OrderSummary. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### PaymentCreditOutput The payment credit ID, amount, and order payment summary ID for a newly created payment credit. Represents a single credit transaction that was applied to a specific payment method with the generated credit ID for tracking. * `amount` (_number (double)_) The amount in the payment credit. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderPaymentSummaryId` (_string_) The order payment summary’s ID. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `paymentCreditId` (_string_) The created payment credit’s ID. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### DecomposeOrderSummaryOutput An Apex ConnectApi\_DecomposeOrderSummaryAsynOutputRepresentation record that contains details about the order summary that was sent for decomposition. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `isDecomposable` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the order summary can be decomposed. * `orderSummaryId` (_string_) The ID of the order summary. * `salesTransactionFulfillmentRequestId` (_string_) ID of the Salesforce transaction flow run. * `status` (_string_) The status of the decompose operation. * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### AddItemAdjustmentOutput Output representation of an add order item adjustment line summary * `id` (_string_) The ID for AddItemAdjustment output representation * `name` (_string_) The Name for AddItemAdjustment output representation * `orderItemTaxLineItemSummaries` (_array of AddItemTaxOutput_) The OrderItemTaxLineItemSummaries list for AddItemAdjustment output representation ### PreviewBaseOutput Change order financial values for a preview order action. * `changeBalances` (_object_) ChangeItemOutput Expected financial values for the proposed cancel action. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChangeItemOutput`. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `orderSummaryId` (_string_) The ID of the OrderSummary. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CancelAllOrderItemsAsyncOutput ID of the asynchronous background operation. * `asyncOperationLogId` (_string_) ID of the background operation. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseOutput_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### AddItemOutput Output representation of an add order item * `id` (_string_) The ID for AddItem output representation * `name` (_string_) The Name for AddItem output representation * `orderItemAdjustmentLineSummaries` (_array of AddItemAdjustmentOutput_) The OrderItemAdjustmentLineSummaries list for AddItem output representation * `orderItemTaxLineItemSummaries` (_array of AddItemTaxOutput_) The OrderItemTaxLineItemSummaries list for AddItem output representation ### AddItemTaxOutput Output representation of an add order item tax line item summary * `id` (_string_) The ID for AddItemTax output representation * `name` (_string_) The Name for AddItemTax output representation ### FulfillmentRoutingCriteriaGroupUpdateOutput Output representation for fulfillment criteria group update operations * `criteriaGroupVersionId` (_string_) The ID of the criteria group version * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### MarkdownAvoidanceLocationOutput Location entry on a Markdown Avoidance definition * `city` (_string_) City * `country` (_string_) Country * `id` (_string_) FulfmtRoutgSpecLocation id (used for edit / delete operations) * `isActive` (_boolean_) Whether this location association is active on the spec * `locationId` (_string_) Referenced Location identifier * `locationName` (_string_) Location name * `postalCode` (_string_) Postal code * `state` (_string_) State / region * `street` (_string_) Street ### CDSLocationGraphSyncOutput Output representation of Commerce Delivery Service Location Graph Sync * `description` (_string_) Description * `error` (_string_) Error * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `externalReference` (_string_) External Reference * `finishedAt` (_string (date-time)_) Finished At * `id` (_string_) Id * `lastStatusUpdateAt` (_string (date-time)_) Last Status Update At * `startedAt` (_string (date-time)_) Started At * `status` (_string_) Status * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `type` (_string_) Type ### MarkdownAvoidanceCollectionOutput Collection of Markdown Avoidance definitions * `definitions` (_array of MarkdownAvoidanceSummaryOutput_) Definitions in the collection * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### BaseOutput Base Output Representation * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### BaseCriteriaGroupVersionOutput Base output representation for criteria group version operations * `criteriaGroupVersionId` (_string_) The ID of the criteria group version * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### DeliveryConfigurationOutput Output representation of delivery configuration setup * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### FulfillmentRoutingCustomCriteriaOutput Output representation for fulfillment routing custom criteria create operation * `criteriaId` (_string_) The generated ID of the custom criteria * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### MarkdownAvoidanceProductOutput Product entry on a Markdown Avoidance definition * `details` (_string_) Secondary display value: SKU for PRODUCT, count of products for CATEGORY * `id` (_string_) Polymorphic product source id: Product2.Id when type=PRODUCT, ProductCategory.Id when type=CATEGORY. Used by edit-mode clients to round-trip the source reference back through CREATE/UPDATE. * `name` (_string_) Display name for the product reference * `type` (_MarkdownAvoidanceProductType_) ### MarkdownAvoidanceOutput Markdown Avoidance definition with full detail * `description` (_string_) Free-form description * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_) Markdown end date * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `externalReference` (_string_) External reference (CDS-side identifier; sourced from FulfmtRoutgSpec.ExternalReference) * `id` (_string_) Markdown Avoidance definition id * `isActive` (_boolean_) Whether the definition is currently active * `isFutureMarkdownEnabled` (_boolean_) Whether future markdown is enabled * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date * `locations` (_array of MarkdownAvoidanceLocationOutput_) Locations affected by this definition * `markdownType` (_string_) Markdown amount type (Percentage or Fixed) * `name` (_string_) Definition name * `products` (_array of MarkdownAvoidanceProductOutput_) Products affected by this definition * `score` (_number (double)_) Markdown score (sourced from FulfmtRoutgSpec.FutureMarkdownAmount) * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_) Markdown start date * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### FulfillmentRoutingCriteriaGroupActionDraftOutput Output representation for fulfillment criteria group draft action operations * `criteriaGroupVersionId` (_string_) The ID of the criteria group version * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### MarkdownAvoidanceUpdateOutput Markdown Avoidance update response * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) Id of the updated Markdown Avoidance definition * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### MarkdownAvoidanceProductType Kind of product reference on a Markdown Avoidance product entry Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Category`, `Product`. ### FulfillmentRoutingCriteriaGroupCreateOutput Output representation for fulfillment criteria group create operation * `criteriaGroupId` (_string_) The generated ID of the criteria group version * `criteriaGroupVersionId` (_string_) The ID of the criteria group version * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### FulfillmentRoutingCriterionUpdateOutput Output representation for fulfillment routing criterion update operations * `criterionId` (_string_) The ID of the updated fulfillment routing criterion * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CDSFulfmtRoutgSpecSyncOutput Output representation for the sync response. Indicates success/failure and provides retry guidance for transient errors. * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `message` (_string_) Human-readable message describing the result * `retryable` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the operation can be retried (true for 5xx/timeout errors, false for 4xx errors). This is a hint for the caller - the API does not implement retry logic. Callers should implement exponential backoff with a maximum of 3-5 retry attempts for retryable failures. * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### MarkdownAvoidanceSummaryOutput Markdown Avoidance definition row in the list view * `categoriesAffected` (_integer_) Number of product categories affected by this definition * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_) Markdown end date * `externalReference` (_string_) External reference (CDS-side identifier; sourced from FulfmtRoutgSpec.ExternalReference) * `id` (_string_) Markdown Avoidance definition id * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date * `locationsAffected` (_integer_) Number of locations affected by this definition * `markdownType` (_string_) Markdown amount type (Percentage or Fixed) * `name` (_string_) Definition name * `productsAffected` (_integer_) Number of products affected by this definition * `score` (_number (double)_) Markdown score (sourced from FulfmtRoutgSpec.FutureMarkdownAmount) * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_) Markdown start date ### MarkdownAvoidanceCreateOutput Markdown Avoidance create response * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that were returned. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) Id of the created Markdown Avoidance definition * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the request succeeded. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### OCIBaseOutput Base Omnichannel Output representation * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that resulted in the transaction * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. ### OCICancelReservationOutput Output representation of cancel inventory reservation * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that resulted in the transaction * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. ### BaseOutputCommerceInventory Base Output Representation * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that resulted in the transaction * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. ### InventoryReservationItemOutput Output representation of the Inventory Reservation Item * `errorCode` (_string_) Error Code * `errorMessage` (_string_) Error Message * `inventoryItemReservationId` (_string_) Inventory Item Reservation Id * `itemReservationSourceId` (_string_) Item Reservation Source Id * `productId` (_string_) Product Id * `quantity` (_number (double)_) Quantity ### InventoryReservationOutput Output representation Inventory Reservation * `durationInSeconds` (_integer_) Duration In Seconds * `errors` (_array of ErrorResponseBilling_) Any errors that resulted in the transaction * `inventoryReservationId` (_string_) Inventory Reservation Id * `inventoryReservationItems` (_array of InventoryReservationItemOutput_) Inventory Reservation Items * `reservationIdentifier` (_string_) Reservation Identifier * `reservationSourceId` (_string_) Reservation Source Id * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the transaction was successful. ### CreditMemoInput The credit memo that’s being issued as credit. The specified amount from the credit memo balance is issued as payment credit. * `adjustments` (_array of AdjustmentLineInput_) Adjustment List * `amount` (_number (double)_, required) The amount of the credit memo balance that’s being issued as credit. _Available in: v65.0_ * `billingAccountId` (_string (Id)_) Billing Account Id * `billToContactId` (_string (Id)_) Bill To Contact Id * `charges` (_array of ChargeLineInput_) Charge List * `creditDate` (_string (date-time)_) Credit Date * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Credit Memo Currency * `description` (_string_) Description * `id` (_string_, required) The ID of the credit memo. _Available in: v65.0_ * `referenceId` (_string (Id)_) Reference Id * `status` (_CreditMemoStatus_) * `taxes` (_array of TaxLineInput_) Tax List * `taxLocaleType` (_TaxLocaleType_) ### StandaloneTaxStrategyEnum Indicates how tax lines should be created for standalone credit memos Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Calculate`, `Ignore`, `ManualOverride`. ### StandaloneCreditMemoTaxInput Connect API representation of Tax input request * `taxAmount` (_number (double)_) Amount of tax that should be applied * `taxCode` (_string_) Tax Code of tax that should be applied * `taxName` (_string_) Name of tax that should be applied * `taxRate` (_number (double)_) Tax Code of tax that should be applied under this invoice line ### AddressInput Address input representation for a payment method, payment intent, or card payment method. * `city` (_string_) City _Available in: v49.0_ * `country` (_string_) Country, specified using the ISO country code. _Available in: v49.0_ * `countryCode` (_string_) Country Code * `latitude` (_number (double)_) latitude * `locationCode` (_string_) locationCode * `longitude` (_number (double)_) longitude * `postalCode` (_string_) Postal code _Available in: v49.0_ * `state` (_string_) State _Available in: v49.0_ * `stateCode` (_string_) State Code * `street` (_string_) Street _Available in: v49.0_ * `companyName` (_string_) Company name _Available in: v49.0_ ### InvoiceInputBillinge381 Input representation of the details of the billing schedule. * `invoices` (_array of InvoiceInputBillinge381_) Invoice List _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `InvoiceInputBillinge381`._ * `accountId` (_string_) ID of the account record to create the invoices for. Required if the `billingScheduleIds` or `billingTransactionId` property isn’t specified. _Available in: v63.0_ * `action` (_string_, required) Type of invoice to be created. Valid values are: * Draft * Posted _Available in: v62.0_ * `billingScheduleIds` (_array of string_) List of billing schedule IDs that’s used to create the invoices. You can specify a maximum of 200 billing schedules. Required if the `accountId` or `billingTransactionId` property isn’t specified. _Available in: v62.0_ * `billingTransactionId` (_string_) ID of the billing transaction record, which is the order ID, to create the invoices for. Required if the `accountId` or `billingScheduleIds` property isn’t specified. _Available in: v63.0_ * `configurationOverrides` (_object_) InvoiceAPIConfigurationOverrideInput Additional configuration details for generating an invoice. These details specify whether the generation of payment schedules and payment schedule items must be skipped. _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `InvoiceAPIConfigurationOverrideInput`. * `correlationId` (_string_) Property that’s tagged against the published `InvoiceProcessedEvent` event, if specified. _Available in: v62.0_ * `invoiceDate` (_string_, required) Stamping date of the invoice in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v62.0_ * `targetDate` (_string_, required) Date in ISO 8601 format used to decide the billing periods that are included to create invoices. _Available in: v62.0_ ### StandaloneCreditMemoBaseInput Base class for Credit memo Connect input representations. * `addresses` (_CreditMemoAddressesInput_) * `description` (_string_) Description for the Charge Line * `endDate` (_string_) End Date for the Charge Line * `isTaxOnlyCredit` (_boolean_) Credit taxes only field for Charge Line * `productId` (_string (Id)_) Product Id for the Charge Line * `productName` (_string_) Product Name for the Charge Line * `startDate` (_string_) Start Date for the Charge Line * `taxEffectiveDate` (_string_) Tax Effective Date for the Charge Line * `taxStrategy` (_StandaloneTaxStrategyEnum_) * `taxes` (_array of StandaloneCreditMemoTaxInput_) Taxes for the Charge Line * `treatmentId` (_string (Id)_) Treatment ID for the Charge Line ### PrevInvLineOutput Connect API representation for Preview Invoice Lines result. * `billingAddress` (_AddressOutput_) * `billingFrequency` (_string_) The frequency at which the invoice line is created for the billing transaction. * `chargeAmount` (_number (double)_) The charge amount of the invoice line. * `customGroupingKey` (_string_) The custom invoice grouping key from the billing schedule associated with this invoice line. * `description` (_string_) The description of the Invoice Line * `endDate` (_string_) The end date of the billing for the service for invoice lines made from a time-based service. * `lineAmount` (_number (double)_) The line amount of the invoice line. * `productName` (_string_) The name of the product that was charged or ordered to create the invoice line. * `quantity` (_integer_) The number of units of the order product that created the invoice line. * `relatedInvoiceLines` (_array of PrevInvLineOutput_) List of related/child invoice lines taxes _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `PrevInvLineOutput`._ * `relatedTaxLines` (_array of PrevInvLineTaxOutput_) List of related/child invoice lines * `shippingAddress` (_AddressOutput_) * `startDate` (_string_) The first date of the billing for the service for invoice lines made from a time-based service. * `taxAmount` (_number (double)_) The tax amount for the invoice line. * `unitPrice` (_number (double)_) The price for one unit of the item on the invoice line. ### TaxLineInput Tax Line input representation * `description` (_string_) Description * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_) End Date * `grossUnitPrice` (_number (double)_) Gross Unit price * `itemTypeValue` (_string_) The reference item type value * `name` (_string_) Name * `productId` (_string (Id)_) ProductId * `referenceItemId` (_string (Id)_) ReferenceItemId * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_) Start Date * `taxAmount` (_number (double)_) Tax Amount * `taxCode` (_string_) Tax Code * `taxEffectiveDate` (_string (date-time)_) Tax Effective Date * `taxName` (_string_) Tax Name * `taxRate` (_number (double)_) Tax Rate ### InvoiceInputBillinga7eb Connect API representation of an invoice service input request * `adjustments` (_array of AdjustmentLineInput_) Adjustment List * `billingAccountId` (_string (Id)_) Billing Account Id * `billToContactId` (_string (Id)_) Bill To Contact Id * `charges` (_array of InvoiceChargeLineInput_) Charge List * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Credit Memo Currency * `description` (_string_) Description * `dueDate` (_string (date-time)_) Due Date * `invoiceDate` (_string (date-time)_) Invoice Date * `referenceId` (_string (Id)_) Reference Id * `status` (_InvoiceStatus_) * `taxes` (_array of TaxLineInput_) Tax List * `taxLocaleType` (_TaxLocaleType_) ### TransactionLineInput Transaction line input representation * `description` (_string_) Description * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_) End Date * `grossUnitPrice` (_number (double)_) Gross Unit price * `itemTypeValue` (_string_) The reference item type value * `name` (_string_) Name * `productId` (_string (Id)_) ProductId * `referenceItemId` (_string (Id)_) ReferenceItemId * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_) Start Date ### CreditMemoAddressesInput Connect API representation of Addresses for Credit API * `billingAddress` (_AddressInputBilling_) * `shipFromAddress` (_AddressInputBilling_) * `shippingAddress` (_AddressInputBilling_) ### ReferenceItemBaseInput Base class for all Billing Schedule input representations. * `amount` (_number (double)_) The amount on billing schedule * `billDayOfMonth` (_integer_) The billing day of month * `billToContactId` (_string (Id)_) The Bill To Contact Id * `billingAccountId` (_string (Id)_) The billing account id * `billingAccountIdAsString` (_string_) The Billing Account id * `billingAddress` (_AddressInput_) * `billingMethod` (_BillingMethodEnum_) * `billingScheduleEndDate` (_string_) Billing schedule end date * `billingScheduleStartDate` (_string_) Billing schedule start date * `billingStartMonth` (_integer_) The billing start month indicates the month when billing begins * `billingTerm` (_integer_) The billing term unit * `billingTermUnit` (_InvoiceBillingTermUnitEnum_) * `billingTreatmentId` (_string (Id)_) The billing treatment id * `billingType` (_BillingTypeEnum_) * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) The currency iso code * `customInvoiceGroupKey` (_string_) The Custom Invoice Group Key * `externalReference` (_string_) external reference id * `externalReferenceItem` (_string_) external reference item id * `invoiceGroupType` (_InvoiceGroupTypeEnum_) * `paymentTermId` (_string (Id)_) The Payment Term Id * `periodBoundary` (_PeriodBoundaryEnum_) * `productId` (_string (Id)_) The id of the product * `productName` (_string_) The name of the product * `prorationPolicyId` (_string (Id)_) The Proration Policy Id * `referenceId` (_string (Id)_) The reference id * `referenceItemId` (_string (Id)_) The reference item id * `referenceItemIdAsString` (_string_) The Reference item id * `shippingAddress` (_AddressInput_) * `taxTreatmentId` (_string (Id)_) The tax treatment id * `taxTreatmentIdAsString` (_string_) The Tax Treatment id ### InvoiceGroupTypeEnum Invoice Group Type Type: `string`. Allowed values: `BillingSchedule`, `Custom`, `Default`. ### AdjustmentLineInput Adjustment Line input representation * `adjustmentAmount` (_number (double)_) Adjustment Amount * `description` (_string_) Description * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_) End Date * `grossUnitPrice` (_number (double)_) Gross Unit price * `itemTypeValue` (_string_) The reference item type value * `name` (_string_) Name * `productId` (_string (Id)_) ProductId * `referenceItemId` (_string (Id)_) ReferenceItemId * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_) Start Date * `taxes` (_array of TaxLineInput_) Tax List ### BillingTypeEnum Billing Type Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Advance`. ### AddressOutput Address output representation. * `city` (_string_) City * `country` (_string_) Country * `latitude` (_number (double)_) Latitude * `locationCode` (_string_) Location Code * `longitude` (_number (double)_) Longitude * `postalCode` (_string_) Postal Code * `state` (_string_) State * `street` (_string_) Street ### PrevInvLineTaxOutput Connect API representation for Preview Invoice Line Tax result. * `taxAmount` (_number (double)_) The amount for the Invoice Line Tax. * `taxName` (_string_) The name of the Invoice Line Tax. * `taxRate` (_number (double)_) The rate of the Invoice Line Tax. ### InvoiceChargeLineInput Connect API representation of an invoice service input request * `adjustments` (_array of AdjustmentLineInput_) Adjustment List * `chargeAmount` (_number (double)_) Charge Amount * `description` (_string_) Description * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_) End Date * `grossUnitPrice` (_number (double)_) Gross Unit price * `itemTypeValue` (_string_) The reference item type value * `name` (_string_) Name * `productId` (_string (Id)_) ProductId * `quantity` (_number (double)_) Quantity * `referenceItemId` (_string (Id)_) ReferenceItemId * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_) Start Date * `taxes` (_array of TaxLineInput_) Tax List * `unitPrice` (_number (double)_) Unit Price ### InvoiceBillingTermUnitEnum Invoice Billing Term Unit Type: `string`. Allowed values: `BillingMilestonePlan`, `Month`, `OneTime`, `Year`. ### InvoiceTransactionHeaderInput Transaction header input representation for invoice * `billingAccountId` (_string (Id)_) Billing Account Id * `billToContactId` (_string (Id)_) Bill To Contact Id * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Credit Memo Currency * `description` (_string_) Description * `dueDate` (_string (date-time)_) Due Date * `invoiceDate` (_string (date-time)_) Invoice Date * `referenceId` (_string (Id)_) Reference Id * `status` (_InvoiceStatus_) * `taxLocaleType` (_TaxLocaleType_) ### ChargeLineInput Charge Line input representation * `adjustments` (_array of AdjustmentLineInput_) Adjustment List * `chargeAmount` (_number (double)_) Charge Amount * `description` (_string_) Description * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_) End Date * `grossUnitPrice` (_number (double)_) Gross Unit price * `itemTypeValue` (_string_) The reference item type value * `name` (_string_) Name * `productId` (_string (Id)_) ProductId * `referenceItemId` (_string (Id)_) ReferenceItemId * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_) Start Date * `taxes` (_array of TaxLineInput_) Tax List ### TaxLocaleType Tax Locale type (Gross or Net) Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Gross`, `Net`. ### ReferenceEntityAdjustmentItemInput Connect API representation of a reference entity adjustment item input request * `adjustmentName` (_string_) The name of the adjustment * `amount` (_number (double)_) The amount on billing schedule * `billDayOfMonth` (_integer_) The billing day of month * `billingAccountId` (_string (Id)_) The billing account id * `billingAccountIdAsString` (_string_) The Billing Account id * `billingAddress` (_AddressInput_) * `billingMethod` (_BillingMethodEnum_) * `billingScheduleEndDate` (_string_) Billing schedule end date * `billingScheduleStartDate` (_string_) Billing schedule start date * `billingStartMonth` (_integer_) The billing start month indicates the month when billing begins * `billingTerm` (_integer_) The billing term unit * `billingTermUnit` (_InvoiceBillingTermUnitEnum_) * `billingTreatmentId` (_string (Id)_) The billing treatment id * `billingType` (_BillingTypeEnum_) * `billToContactId` (_string (Id)_) The Bill To Contact Id * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) The currency iso code * `customInvoiceGroupKey` (_string_) The Custom Invoice Group Key * `externalReference` (_string_) external reference id * `externalReferenceItem` (_string_) external reference item id * `invoiceGroupType` (_InvoiceGroupTypeEnum_) * `paymentTermId` (_string (Id)_) The Payment Term Id * `periodBoundary` (_PeriodBoundaryEnum_) * `productId` (_string (Id)_) The id of the product * `productName` (_string_) The name of the product * `prorationPolicyId` (_string (Id)_) The Proration Policy Id * `referenceId` (_string (Id)_) The reference id * `referenceItemId` (_string (Id)_) The reference item id * `referenceItemIdAsString` (_string_) The Reference item id * `shippingAddress` (_AddressInput_) * `taxTreatmentId` (_string (Id)_) The tax treatment id * `taxTreatmentIdAsString` (_string_) The Tax Treatment id ### CreditMemoTransactionHeaderInput Transaction header input representation for credit memo * `billingAccountId` (_string (Id)_) Billing Account Id * `billToContactId` (_string (Id)_) Bill To Contact Id * `creditDate` (_string (date-time)_) Credit Date * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Credit Memo Currency * `description` (_string_) Description * `referenceId` (_string (Id)_) Reference Id * `status` (_CreditMemoStatus_) * `taxLocaleType` (_TaxLocaleType_) ### StandaloneCreditMemoAdjustmentInput Connect API representation for Adjustment Input in Credit Memo API * `addresses` (_CreditMemoAddressesInput_) * `adjustmentAmount` (_number (double)_) Adjustment amount for the credit memo * `description` (_string_) Description for the Charge Line * `endDate` (_string_) End Date for the Charge Line * `isTaxOnlyCredit` (_boolean_) Credit taxes only field for Charge Line * `productId` (_string (Id)_) Product Id for the Charge Line * `productName` (_string_) Product Name for the Charge Line * `startDate` (_string_) Start Date for the Charge Line * `taxEffectiveDate` (_string_) Tax Effective Date for the Charge Line * `taxes` (_array of StandaloneCreditMemoTaxInput_) Taxes for the Charge Line * `taxStrategy` (_StandaloneTaxStrategyEnum_) * `treatmentId` (_string (Id)_) Treatment ID for the Charge Line ### BillingMethodEnum Billing Method Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Evergreen`, `None`, `OrderAmount`, `Usage`. ### CreditMemoStatus Type of credit memo to be created Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Canceled`, `Draft`, `Error`, `Pending`, `Posted`. ### TransactionHeaderInput Transaction header input representation * `billToContactId` (_string (Id)_) Bill To Contact Id * `billingAccountId` (_string (Id)_) Billing Account Id * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) Credit Memo Currency * `description` (_string_) Description * `referenceId` (_string (Id)_) Reference Id * `taxLocaleType` (_TaxLocaleType_) ### StandaloneCreditMemoChargeInput Connect API representation of a Charge Line input for Credit Memo API * `addresses` (_CreditMemoAddressesInput_) * `adjustments` (_array of StandaloneCreditMemoAdjustmentInput_) Adjustments for the Charge Line * `chargeAmount` (_number (double)_) Charge amount for the credit memo * `description` (_string_) Description for the Charge Line * `endDate` (_string_) End Date for the Charge Line * `isTaxOnlyCredit` (_boolean_) Credit taxes only field for Charge Line * `productId` (_string (Id)_) Product Id for the Charge Line * `productName` (_string_) Product Name for the Charge Line * `startDate` (_string_) Start Date for the Charge Line * `taxEffectiveDate` (_string_) Tax Effective Date for the Charge Line * `taxes` (_array of StandaloneCreditMemoTaxInput_) Taxes for the Charge Line * `taxStrategy` (_StandaloneTaxStrategyEnum_) * `treatmentId` (_string (Id)_) Treatment ID for the Charge Line ### ReferenceEntityItemInput Connect API representation of a reference entity item input request * `amount` (_number (double)_) The amount on billing schedule * `billDayOfMonth` (_integer_) The billing day of month * `billingAccountId` (_string (Id)_) The billing account id * `billingAccountIdAsString` (_string_) The Billing Account id * `billingAddress` (_AddressInput_) * `billingMethod` (_BillingMethodEnum_) * `billingScheduleEndDate` (_string_) Billing schedule end date * `billingScheduleStartDate` (_string_) Billing schedule start date * `billingStartMonth` (_integer_) The billing start month indicates the month when billing begins * `billingTerm` (_integer_) The billing term unit * `billingTermUnit` (_InvoiceBillingTermUnitEnum_) * `billingTreatmentId` (_string (Id)_) The billing treatment id * `billingType` (_BillingTypeEnum_) * `billToContactId` (_string (Id)_) The Bill To Contact Id * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_) The currency iso code * `customInvoiceGroupKey` (_string_) The Custom Invoice Group Key * `externalReference` (_string_) external reference id * `externalReferenceItem` (_string_) external reference item id * `invoiceGroupType` (_InvoiceGroupTypeEnum_) * `paymentTermId` (_string (Id)_) The Payment Term Id * `periodBoundary` (_PeriodBoundaryEnum_) * `productId` (_string (Id)_) The id of the product * `productName` (_string_) The name of the product * `prorationPolicyId` (_string (Id)_) The Proration Policy Id * `quantity` (_number (double)_) Quantity * `referenceId` (_string (Id)_) The reference id * `referenceItemId` (_string (Id)_) The reference item id * `referenceItemIdAsString` (_string_) The Reference item id * `shippingAddress` (_AddressInput_) * `taxTreatmentId` (_string (Id)_) The tax treatment id * `taxTreatmentIdAsString` (_string_) The Tax Treatment id * `unitPrice` (_number (double)_) Unit Price ### InvoiceStatus Type of Invoice to be created (Draft or posted) Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Canceled`, `Draft`, `Pending`, `Posted`. ### PeriodBoundaryEnum Period Boundary Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AlignToCalendar`, `Anniversary`, `DayOfPeriod`, `LastDayOfPeriod`. ### AddressInputBilling Address input representation * `city` (_string_) City _Available in: v49.0_ * `country` (_string_) Country, specified using the ISO country code. _Available in: v49.0_ * `latitude` (_number (double)_) latitude * `longitude` (_number (double)_) longitude * `postalCode` (_string_) Postal code _Available in: v49.0_ * `state` (_string_) State _Available in: v49.0_ * `street` (_string_) Street _Available in: v49.0_ Connect REST API (Core) # Connect REST API (Core) > **Note**: The API Reference has a new three-panel layout. Browse grouped endpoints on the left, review endpoint details in the center, and access examples on the right. **Important**: Where possible, we changed noninclusive terms to align with our company value of Equality. We maintained certain terms to avoid any effect on customer implementations. **Version:** v68.0 ## Servers * `https://{MyDomainName}.my.salesforce.com/services/data/v68.0` API server for your Salesforce org. * ``MyDomainName (default None) Your org's My Domain name, which is used as a subdomain for the URLs that Salesforce uses to serve your org. For example, if your Lightning URL is `https://yourcompanyname.lightning.force.com`, then your My Domain name is `yourcompanyname`. Find your My Domain name and login URL on the My Domain page in Setup, or use the `getMyDomainName()` method in the Apex Domain class.`` ## Tags ### Action Links Resources An action link is a button on a feed element. Clicking an action link can take a user to a Web page, initiate a file download, or invoke an API call to Salesforce or to an external server. An action link includes a URL and an HTTP method, and can include a request body and header information, such as an OAuth token for authentication. Use action links to integrate Salesforce and third-party services into the feed so that users can drive productivity and accelerate innovation. There are two views of an action link and an action link group: the definition, and the context user’s view. The definition includes potentially sensitive information, such as authentication information. The context user’s view is filtered by visibility options and the values reflect the state of the context user. ### Bot Version Activation Resources Get and change the activation information of a bot version. ### Call Coaching Resources Einstein Conversation Insights is available to provide insights about customer calls and offer call coaching for sales and service users. Get the current status of Einstein Conversation Insights. Post metadata about a new voice call and recording. Upload an audio recording of a voice call. ### Clean Resources Get information about active data integration rules, including data services, update metrics, and the statuses of rules for a record. ### Connect Resources Information about the context user’s org and settings, and information about the Experience Cloud sites the context user is a member of. **Note**: These resources have the base URL of `/services/data/v67.0/connect`, not `/services/data/v67.0/chatter`. ### Content Taxonomy Resources Create, get, update, delete, and search content taxonomy terms. ### Conversations Resources Get and update conversation entries. Upload bulk conversations and get the statuses of the uploads. ### Custom Domain Resources Get information about the custom domains in your org. A custom domain is a domain that you own, such as `https://www.example.com`, that serves content from your Experience Cloud sites or Salesforce Sites. ### Customer Asset Lifecycle Management Resources Generate, cancel, and change lifecycle-managed assets for sales and account reps to view in Lightning Experience. ### Data 360 Resources Use Salesforce Data 360 Connect REST API to build custom solutions on top of Data 360 and take advantage of uniform implementation and testing practices. See the [Data 360 Connect REST API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connectapi/overview) guide for the Salesforce Data 360 Connect REST API resources. ### Data Integration Resources Get external object names, and use those names to get contract credit information. ### Duplicate Resources Get a directory of duplicate resources, job definitions, and jobs. Update a job status, run a job, and delete job results. ### Einstein Prediction Service Resources Einstein Prediction Service resources enable you to programmatically get predictions from deployed models, work with prediction definitions and models, and manage model refresh and bulk prediction scoring jobs. See the [Analytics REST API Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.bi_dev_guide_rest_sdd.meta/bi_dev_guide_rest_sdd/bi_dev_guide_rest_sdd_resources.htm) for the Einstein Prediction Service resources. ### Einstein Recommendation Resources Get runtime metrics for Einstein Article and Einstein Reply Recommendations. ### Employee Profiles Resources Get, upload and crop, and delete an employee photo or banner photo. ### Environment Hub Resources Use Environment Hub resources to create new orgs and connect existing orgs to the hub. ### Field Service Shifts from Pattern Resources Preview and create up to 2,000 shifts from a pattern. ### Forecasts Resources Get information about forecast users, managers, and the forecast hierarchy. ### List Share Resources Share list views with different groups in your org and use sharing to limit who is able to see a list view. ### Managed Topics Resources Managed topics for an Experience Cloud site. Get a list of managed topics. Create a managed topic hierarchy. Create, delete, or reorder managed topics. ### Messaging Channels Resources Manage Messaging channels. You can get Messaging channels using the GET method. If a channel doesn't already have an ID, you can add and register it by taking the data from the GET method and passing it to the POST method. ### Microbatching Resources Ingest microbatching records. Get and delete microbatching errors and resubmit microbatching error records. ### Motifs Resources Returns URLs for sets of small, medium, and large motif icons. Records have different sets of motif icons depending on the record type. The motif can also include the record type’s base color. ### Named Credentials Resources Get, create, refresh, replace, update, and delete a credential. Get the URL for the OAuth token flow for an external credential. Get, create, update, and delete external credentials. Get, create, update, and delete named credentials. Get, create, update, and delete external auth identity providers. ### Network Data Category Resources Get or update the network data category tree. Get articles for a network data category. Get catalog items for a network data category. Get category groups. ### Next Best Action Resources Get a recommendation, execute a recommendation strategy, and manage reactions to recommendations. Community users can't access this resource. Portal and guest users can access strategies only through the Suggested Actions component. ### Notification Settings Resources Get, set, and reset notification settings and notification app settings. ### Notifications Resources Get or update notifications. Execute an action for a notification. Get the status of notifications. Get supported notification type details and actions. ### OAuth Credentials Resources Find information about OAuth credentials. ### OAuth Usage Resources Find information about OAuth Usage. ### Optimization Files Resources Fetch the files generated for an optimization request in Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization. This resource requires Field Service to be enabled for the org and requires the context user to have Field Service enabled. #### Requires Field Service Yes ### Orchestration Resources Get orchestration instances or details about an orchestration instance. ### Privacy Center Resources Resources for managing [Privacy Center](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.about_privacy_center.htm) features and policies. ### Private Connect Resources Get the inbound and outbound network topologies for a private connection type. Provision, sync, or tear down an inbound or outbound connection. ### Salesforce Scheduler Resources Get service territories and create service appointments using Salesforce Scheduler resources. ### Search Resources Search objects using keywords or questions. Use filter parameters to return only the data the application needs. Use `filterGroup` as a request parameter or in a request body. ### Surveys Resources Understand customer feedback as it evolves over time by engaging customers and users with relevant, personalized surveys. Incorporate survey data into your feedback management process and gain actionable insights at every stage of the customer lifecycle. **Note**: Salesforce Feedback Management (SFM) Business API performance can be impacted if a POST request exceeds 5,400 calls per minute and if a PATCH request exceeds 2,700 calls per minute at the org level. For more rate limit information, see [Connect REST API Limits](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_rate_limits). ### Topics on Records Resources Get information about topics assigned to a record or feed item and add, remove, and replace topics on a record or feed item. Optionally, suggest a list of topics to assign to a record or feed item to improve future topic suggestions. Only users with the Assign Topics permission can remove topics from records or feed items and add existing topics to records or feed items. Only users with the Create Topics permission can add new topics to records or feed items. Administrators must enable topics for objects before users can add topics to records of that object type. ### Topics Resources Get, update, merge, and delete topics. Assign and unassign topics from articles. Get, create, and reassign topic and article assignment rules. Get suggested topics for a string of text, feed item, or record. Get trending topics. Get the files posted recently to a topic. Get topics related to another topic. Get top viewed articles for a topic. ### Translation Workbench Resources (Beta) Create an asynchronous Translation Workbench export or import job. Get the status of a Translation Workbench export or import job. **Note**: Translation Workbench Connect API is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. To enable the beta, follow these steps. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter **Translation Language Settings**, then enable **Translation Workbench Connect REST API (Beta)**. ### Type System Resources Use Type System resources to retrieve information about the types available in your org. ### Voice Resources Update the email address of the AWS root user that's associated with the Voice account. These resources apply to the Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect partner telephony model. ### Workforce Scheduling Resources Use Workforce Scheduling REST APIs to schedule, reschedule, and cancel service appointments across in-business contexts. ## Operations ### POST Action Link Group Definitions `POST /connect/action-link-group-definitions` Operation ID: `postActionLinkGroupDefinitionCollection`. Tags: Action Links Resources. Allows creation of new action link group definitions. All action links must belong to a group. Action links in a group are mutually exclusive and share some properties. Define standalone actions in their own action group. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/action-link-group-definitions` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Request body The definition of an action link group. All action links must belong to a group. Action links in a group are mutually exclusive and share some properties. Define standalone actions in their own action group. Information in the action link definition can be sensitive to a third party (for example, OAuth bearer token headers). For this reason, only requests made via the client app that created the action link definition can read, modify, or delete the definition. In addition, the user making the request must have created the definition or have View All Data permission. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ActionLinkGroupDefinitionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 This example instantiates an action link group definition without a template: ``` { "actionLinks": [ { "actionType": "Api", "labelKey": "Like", "groupDefault": "true", "actionUrl": "https://test.com/this", "method": "HttpPost", "requiresConfirmation": "false" }, { "actionType": "Api", "labelKey": "Unlike", "groupDefault": "false", "actionUrl": "https://test.com/that", "method": "HttpPost", "requiresConfirmation": "false" } ], "executionsAllowed": "OncePerUser", "expirationDate": "2014-07-07T23:59:11.168Z", "category": "Primary" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 This example instantiates an action link group definition from a template: ``` { "templateId": "07gD00000004C9r", "templateBindings": [ { "key": "Bindings.version", "value": "v33.0" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Action Link Group Definition_ The definition of an action link group. All action links must belong to a group. Action links in a group are mutually exclusive and share some properties. Define standalone actions in their own action group. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ActionLinkGroupDefinition`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # To associate an action link group with a feed item, first create an action # link group definition: # # An `actionUrl` to a Salesforce resource can be relative. All others must be # absolute and start with `https://`. POST /connect/action-link-group-definitions { "actionLinks": [ { "actionType" : "Api", "actionUrl" : "https://www.example.com/api/v1/confirm", "groupDefault" : "true", "headers" : [ { "name" : "Authorization", "value" : "OAuth 00DRR0000000N0g!ARoAQMZyQtsP1Gs27EZ8hl7vdpYXH5O5rv1 VNprqTeD12xYnvygD3JgPnNR._nmE6thZakAbBVJUsjUInMUaKMlkNKaWXdHO" }, { "name" : "Content-Type", "value" : "application/json" }, { "name" : "Accept", "value" : "application/json" }, { "name" : "X-PrettyPrint", "value" : "1" } ], "labelKey" : "Confirm", "method" : "HttpPost", "requiresConfirmation" : "true" }, { "actionType" : "Api", "actionUrl" : "https://www.example.com/api/v1/deny", "groupDefault" : "false", "headers" : [ { "name" : "Authorization", "value" : "OAuth 00DRR0000000N0g!ARoAQMZyQtsP1Gs27EZ8hl7vdpYXH5O5rv1 VNprqTeD12xYnvygD3JgPnNR._nmE6thZakAbBVJUsjUInMUaKMlkNKaWXdHO" }, { "name" : "Content-Type", "value" : "application/json" }, { "name" : "Accept", "value" : "application/json" }, { "name" : "X-PrettyPrint", "value" : "1" } ], "labelKey": "Deny", "method" : "HttpPost", "requiresConfirmation" : "true" }, { "actionType": "Ui", "actionUrl" : "https://www.example.com/reviewPage.html", "groupDefault" : "false", "labelKey" : "Review", "method" : "HttpGet", "requiresConfirmation" : "false" }, "executionsAllowed" : "OncePerUser", "category" : "Primary", "expirationDate" : "2014-05-09T18:45:39.000Z" } # Next, associate the action link group with the feed item and post the feed # item. Grab the action link group ID from the # `/connect/action-link-group-definitions` response and pass it in a POST # request to # [`/chatter/feed-elements`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection). # # Different types of action links have different workflows to set their `status` # property, whose value displays in the UI. See # [`/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources/operation/getActionLink) # for more information. # # This example doesn’t include other capabilities, but feed items with action # links do support other capabilities, such as content, polls, and links. POST /chatter/feed-elements { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "Please confirm or deny this item. You can also click Review to provide more feedback." } ] }, "subjectId": "me", "feedElementType": "FeedItem", "capabilities": { "associatedActions": { "actionLinkGroupIds": ["0AgRR0000004CTr0AM"] } } } ``` ### GET Action Link Group Definition `GET /connect/action-link-group-definitions/{actionLinkGroupId}` Operation ID: `getActionLinkGroupDefinition`. Tags: Action Links Resources. Provides information about an action link group definition and allow for deletion. Get information about an action link group definition. To get or delete the action link group definition, the client must be the same client app that created the definition and the user must either be the user who created the definition or have View all Data permission. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/action-link-group-definitions/{actionLinkGroupId}` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `actionLinkGroupId` (path, string, required) The ID of the action link group. #### Responses * **200** _Action Link Group Definition_ The definition of an action link group. All action links must belong to a group. Action links in a group are mutually exclusive and share some properties. Define standalone actions in their own action group. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ActionLinkGroupDefinition`. ### DELETE Action Link Group Definition `DELETE /connect/action-link-group-definitions/{actionLinkGroupId}` Operation ID: `deleteActionLinkGroupDefinition`. Tags: Action Links Resources. Provides information about an action link group definition and allow for deletion. Delete an action link group definition. Deleting an action link group definition removes all references to it from feed elements. To get or delete the action link group definition, the client must be the same client app that created the definition and the user must either be the user who created the definition or have View all Data permission. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/action-link-group-definitions/{actionLinkGroupId}` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `actionLinkGroupId` (path, string, required) The ID of the action link group. #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. ### GET Action Link Group `GET /connect/action-link-groups/{actionLinkGroupId}` Operation ID: `getActionLinkGroup`. Tags: Action Links Resources. Resource for getting action link groups suitable for use by an individual user and containing the state appropriate for that user. Get information about an action link group including state for the context user. All action links must belong to a group. Action links in a group are mutually exclusive and share some properties. Note that action link groups are accessible by clients, unlike [action link group definitions](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources/operation/getActionLinkGroupDefinition). #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/action-link-groups/{actionLinkGroupId}` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `actionLinkGroupId` (path, string, required) The ID of the action link group. #### Responses * **200** _Platform Action Group_ A platform action group instance with state appropriate for the context user. Action link groups are one type of platform action group and are therefore represented as platform action group response bodies. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PlatformActionGroup`. ### GET Action Link `GET /connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` Operation ID: `getActionLink`. Tags: Action Links Resources. Resource for getting action link groups suitable for use by an individual user and containing the state appropriate for that user. Get information about an action link. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/action-links/{actionLinkId}` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `actionLinkId` (path, string, required) The ID of the action link. #### Responses * **200** _Platform Action_ A platform action instance with state information for the context user. Action links are one type of platform action and are therefore represented as platform action response bodies. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PlatformAction`. ### PATCH Action Link `PATCH /connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` Operation ID: `patchActionLink`. Tags: Action Links Resources. Resource for getting action link groups suitable for use by an individual user and containing the state appropriate for that user. Different types of action links have different `status` workflows. You can’t PATCH the `status` of an action link: * Back to `NewStatus` from a different `status`. * From a terminal `status` (`FailedStatus` or `SuccessfulStatus`) to `NewStatus` or `PendingStatus`. * When the action link belongs to an action link group whose `executionsAllowed` property is `Unlimited`. * For an `Api` or `ApiAsync` action link whose `executionsAllowed` property is `Once`, when a user PATCHes the `status` to `PendingStatus` for the first time, the callout is made to the action link. If the same user PATCHes it to `PendingStatus` again, Salesforce returns the current action link information. However, if another user PATCHes the status to `PendingStatus`, Salesforce throws an error. In both cases, the callout to the action link is not resent. #### Api To invoke an `Api` action link from an app, make a PATCH request to mark the link `PendingStatus`. Salesforce handles the call out to the `actionUrl` that was provided in the Action Link Definition Input. For an `Api` action link, Salesforce sets the `status` to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` based on the HTTP status code returned by your server. #### ApiAsync To invoke this action from an app, make a PATCH request to mark the link `PendingStatus`. Salesforce handles the call out to the `actionUrl` that was provided in the Action Link Definition Input. For an `ApiAsync` action link, the callout starts an asynchronous operation on your server. Salesforce sets `status` to `PendingStatus` unless the call returned an error status code, in which case it sets `status` to `FailedStatus`. When your server has finished the asynchronous processing it should call back and PATCH the action link to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus`. #### Download and Ui Direct the user to download or visit the UI from the link in the `actionUrl` of the Platform Action response body. Your application must decide when to make a PATCH request to set `status` to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus`. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/action-links/{actionLinkId}` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `actionLinkId` (path, string, required) The ID of the action link. * `status` (query, ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum) Values are: * `FailedStatus` —The action link execution failed. * `NewStatus` —The action link is ready to be executed. Available for `Download` and `Ui` action links only. * `PendingStatus` —The action link is executing. Choosing this value triggers the API call for `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links. * `SuccessfulStatus` —The action link executed successfully. _Available in: v33.0_ #### Request body The desired execution status of an action link. _Available in: v33.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ActionLinkInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "status": "SuccessfulStatus" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Platform Action_ A platform action instance with state information for the context user. Action links are one type of platform action and are therefore represented as platform action response bodies. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PlatformAction`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` PATCH /connect/action-links/0AnRR0000004CTS0A2?status=FailedStatus Content-Type: application/json { "status": "SuccessfulStatus" } ``` ### GET Action Link Diagnostic Information `GET /connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}/diagnostic-info` Operation ID: `getActionLinkDiagnostic`. Tags: Action Links Resources. Resource for getting any diagnostic information that may exist for an action link that has been executed. Diagnostic info is only given for logged in users who can access the action link. Get diagnostic information returned when an action link executes. Diagnostic information is given only for users who can access the action link. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/action-links/{actionLinkId}/diagnostic-info` _Available in: v33.0_ #### Parameters * `actionLinkId` (path, string, required) The ID of the action link. #### Responses * **200** _Action Link Diagnostic_ Any diagnostic information that is returned from the REST endpoint when an action link has been executed. Diagnostic information is given only for users who can access the action link. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ActionLinkDiagnostic`. ### GET Notifications `GET /connect/notifications` Operation ID: `getNotificationCollection`. Tags: Notifications Resources. Returns a collection of notifications and/or changes read state and seen state. Get notifications for the context user. When the context user makes a GET request, the API returns the context user’s notifications. The API uses the context of the requesting client app and returns notifications for the appropriate types. If a client app makes a GET request, the API returns only custom notifications for the types that the client app subscribes to with org-level settings applied. For example, if an admin disabled a notification type for the app, the API doesn’t return notifications for that type. If a third party (not a client app) makes a GET request, the API returns only custom notifications for the types that are enabled for desktop. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `after` (query, string) Notifications occurring after this ISO 8601 formatted date string to mark as read, unread, seen, or unseen. This parameter can’t be used with the `before` parameter. _Available in: v49.0_ * `before` (query, string) Notifications occurring before this ISO 8601 formatted date string to mark as read, unread, seen, or unseen. If unspecified, the default is the current date and time. _Available in: v49.0_ * `size` (query, integer) Number of notifications to return. Values are from 1 through 50. If you specify a number greater than 50, only 50 notifications are returned. If unspecified, the default is 10. _Available in: v49.0_ * `trimMessages` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the content of notifications is trimmed ( `true` ) or returned in full ( `false` ). If `true` , the title of notifications returns up to 120 characters and the body returns up to 320 characters. If `false` , the title of notifications returns up to 250 characters and the body returns up to 750 characters. If unspecified, the default is `true` . _Available in: v50.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Notification Collection_ Collection of notifications. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationCollection`. ### PATCH Notifications `PATCH /connect/notifications` Operation ID: `patchNotificationCollection`. Tags: Notifications Resources. Returns a collection of notifications and/or changes read state and seen state. Mark notifications as read, unread, seen, or unseen. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `before` (query, string) Notifications occurring before this ISO 8601 formatted date string to mark as read, unread, seen, or unseen. If unspecified, the default is the current date and time. _Available in: v49.0_ * `notificationIds` (query, array of string) List of up to 50 notification IDs to mark as read, unread, seen, or unseen. _Available in: v49.0_ * `read` (query, boolean) Marks notifications as read (`true`) or unread (`false`). If notifications are marked as read, they are also marked as seen. If you set `read` to `true` and `seen` to `false`, you get an error. Required if `seen` isn’t specified _Available in: v49.0_ * `seen` (query, boolean) Marks notifications as seen (`true`) or unseen (`false`). Required if `read` isn’t specified _Available in: v49.0_ #### Request body Collection of notifications to update. _Available in: v49.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "before": "2019-06-25T18:24:31.000Z", "read": "true" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Notification Collection_ Collection of notifications. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationCollection`. ### GET Notification App Settings `GET /connect/notifications/app-settings/organization` Operation ID: `getNotificationOrgAppSettingsCollection`. Tags: Notification Settings Resources. Notification app settings for the organization. Get notification app settings for the org. _Available in: v47.0_ **Note**: Starting in API version 64.0, this resource supports external client apps, in addition to connected apps. Mobile, push notification, and notification plugins for external client apps are available in API version 64.0. #### Parameters * `applicationId` (query, string) ID of the connected app or external client app. If not specified and called from a connected app or external client app, defaults to the app information from the session. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Notification App Settings Collection_ Notification app settings. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationAppSettingsCollection`. ### GET Notification App Setting `GET /connect/notifications/app-settings/organization/{notificationTypeOrId}` Operation ID: `getNotificationOrgAppSetting`. Tags: Notification Settings Resources. Notification App Setting for the organization. Get a notification app setting for the org. Notification app settings have default values that come from the notification type definition and application settings. Admins can disable standard notification app settings that are enabled by default; however, they can’t enable standard notification app settings that are disabled by default. If your app accepts custom notification app settings, admins can enable custom notification app settings that are disabled by default. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `notificationTypeOrId` (path, string, required) Notification type or ID of the custom notification type. * `applicationId` (query, string) ID of the connected app or external client app. If not specified and called from a connected app or external client app, defaults to the app information from the session. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Notification App Settings Collection_ Notification app settings. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationAppSettingsCollection`. ### POST Notification App Setting `POST /connect/notifications/app-settings/organization/{notificationTypeOrId}` Operation ID: `postNotificationOrgAppSetting`. Tags: Notification Settings Resources. Notification App Setting for the organization. Set a notification app setting for the org. Notification app settings have default values that come from the notification type definition and application settings. Admins can disable standard notification app settings that are enabled by default; however, they can’t enable standard notification app settings that are disabled by default. If your app accepts custom notification app settings, admins can enable custom notification app settings that are disabled by default. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `notificationTypeOrId` (path, string, required) Notification type or ID of the custom notification type. * `applicationId` (query, string) ID of the connected app or external client app. If not specified and called from a connected app or external client app, defaults to the app information from the session. _Available in: v47.0_ * `enabled` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to enable delivery of the notification type for the connected app or external client app (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v47.0_ * `pushEnabled` (query, boolean) #### Request body Notification app setting. _Available in: v47.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationApplicationSettingsInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "enabled": "false" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Notification App Setting_ Notification app setting. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationAppSettings`. ### DELETE Notification App Setting `DELETE /connect/notifications/app-settings/organization/{notificationTypeOrId}` Operation ID: `deleteNotificationOrgAppSetting`. Tags: Notification Settings Resources. Notification App Setting for the organization. Reset a notification app setting for the org. Notification app settings have default values that come from the notification type definition and application settings. Admins can disable standard notification app settings that are enabled by default; however, they can’t enable standard notification app settings that are disabled by default. If your app accepts custom notification app settings, admins can enable custom notification app settings that are disabled by default. _Available in: v47.0_ **Note:** Use DELETE to reset a notification app setting to the default. #### Parameters * `notificationTypeOrId` (path, string, required) Notification type or ID of the custom notification type. * `applicationId` (query, string) ID of the connected app or external client app. If not specified and called from a connected app or external client app, defaults to the app information from the session. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. ### GET Notification Settings `GET /connect/notifications/settings/organization` Operation ID: `getNotificationOrgSettingsCollection`. Tags: Notification Settings Resources. Notification target settings for the organization. Get notification settings for the org. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Notification Settings Collection_ Notification settings. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationSettingsCollection`. ### GET Notification Setting `GET /connect/notifications/settings/organization/{notificationTypeOrId}` Operation ID: `getNotificationOrgSetting`. Tags: Notification Settings Resources. Notification type target setting for the organization. Get a notification setting for the org. Notification settings have default values that come from the notification type definition and application settings. Admins can disable notification settings that are enabled by default; however, they can’t enable notification settings that are disabled by default. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `notificationTypeOrId` (path, string, required) Notification type or ID of the custom notification type. #### Responses * **200** _Notification Setting_ Notification setting. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationSettings`. ### POST Notification Setting `POST /connect/notifications/settings/organization/{notificationTypeOrId}` Operation ID: `postNotificationOrgSetting`. Tags: Notification Settings Resources. Notification type target setting for the organization. Set a notification setting for the org. Notification settings have default values that come from the notification type definition and application settings. Admins can disable notification settings that are enabled by default; however, they can’t enable notification settings that are disabled by default. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `notificationTypeOrId` (path, string, required) Notification type or ID of the custom notification type. * `desktopEnabled` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to enable desktop delivery for the notification type (`true`) or not (`false`). If not specified, the setting doesn’t change. _Available in: v47.0_ * `emailEnabled` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to enable email delivery for the notification type (`true`) or not (`false`). If not specified, the setting doesn’t change. _Available in: v47.0_ * `mobileEnabled` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to enable mobile delivery for the notification type (`true`) or not (`false`). If not specified, the setting doesn’t change. _Available in: v47.0_ * `slackEnabled` (query, boolean) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v52.0_ #### Request body Notification setting input. _Available in: v47.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationSettingInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "desktopEnabled": "false" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Notification Setting_ Notification setting. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationSettings`. ### DELETE Notification Setting `DELETE /connect/notifications/settings/organization/{notificationTypeOrId}` Operation ID: `deleteNotificationOrgSetting`. Tags: Notification Settings Resources. Notification type target setting for the organization. Reset a notification setting for the org. Notification settings have default values that come from the notification type definition and application settings. Admins can disable notification settings that are enabled by default; however, they can’t enable notification settings that are disabled by default. _Available in: v47.0_ Use DELETE to reset a notification setting to the default. #### Parameters * `notificationTypeOrId` (path, string, required) Notification type or ID of the custom notification type. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET Notifications Status `GET /connect/notifications/status` Operation ID: `getNotificationStatus`. Tags: Notifications Resources. Returns the status of notifications. Get the status of notifications for the context user. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Notification Status_ Status of notifications for the context user. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationStatus`. ### GET Notifications Types `GET /connect/notifications/types` Operation ID: `getNotificationTypes`. Tags: Notifications Resources. Returns list of supported notification type details and/or actions. Get supported notification type details and actions. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Notification Type Collection_ Collection of notification types. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationTypeCollection`. ### GET Notification `GET /connect/notifications/{notificationId}` Operation ID: `getNotification`. Tags: Notifications Resources. Returns an individual notification and/or changes read state. Get a notification for the context user. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `notificationId` (path, string, required) ID of the notification. * `trimMessages` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the content of a notification is trimmed ( `true` ) or returned in full ( `false` ). If `true` , the title of a notification returns up to 120 characters and the body returns up to 320 characters. If `false` , the title of a notification returns up to 250 characters and the body returns up to 750 characters. If unspecified, the default is `true` . _Available in: v50.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Notification_ Notification. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Notification`. ### PATCH Notification `PATCH /connect/notifications/{notificationId}` Operation ID: `patchNotification`. Tags: Notifications Resources. Returns an individual notification and/or changes read state. Mark a notification as read, unread, seen, or unseen. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `notificationId` (path, string, required) ID of the notification. * `read` (query, boolean) Marks a notification as read (`true`) or unread (`false`). Required if `seen` isn’t specified _Available in: v49.0_ * `seen` (query, boolean) Marks a notification as seen (`true`) or unseen (`false`). Required if `read` isn’t specified _Available in: v49.0_ #### Request body Notification to update. _Available in: v49.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "read": "true" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Notification_ Notification. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Notification`. ### POST Notification Action `POST /connect/notifications/{notificationId}/actions/{actionKey}` Operation ID: `postNotificationAction`. Tags: Notifications Resources. Api endpoint to execute action on a notification Execute an action on a notification. **Note**: POST doesn’t take request parameters or a request body. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Parameters * `notificationId` (path, string, required) ID of the notification. * `actionKey` (path, string, required) Use the [Notification Types](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Notifications-Resources/operation/getNotificationTypes) resource to get the `{actionKey}` parameter. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NotificationActionInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Action Result_ Notification action execution result. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ActionResult`. ### GET Experience Model Property Types `GET /connect/experience-model/property-types` Operation ID: `getPropertyTypes`. Tags: Experience Model Resources. Resource for the Property Type Collection. Get experience model property types. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `designConfigTarget` (query, ExperienceModelTypeDesignConfigTargetEnum) Design configuration target. Value is `Default`. _Available in: v58.0_ * `fullyQualifiedNames` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of fully qualified names of property types. _Available in: v58.0_ * `language` (query, string) Language or locale, such as `en` or `en_US`. _Available in: v58.0_ * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v58.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v58.0_ * `renditionConfigTarget` (query, ExperienceModelTypeRenditionConfigTargetEnum) Rendition configuration target. Value is `Default`. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Experience Model Property Type Collection_ Collection of property types. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExperienceModelPropertyTypeCollection`. ### GET Experience Model Property Type `GET /connect/experience-model/property-types/{fullyQualifiedName}` Operation ID: `getPropertyType`. Tags: Experience Model Resources. Resource for the Property Type. Get an experience model property type. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `fullyQualifiedName` (path, string, required) The Fully Qualified Name of a property type to be retrieved. * `designConfigTarget` (query, ExperienceModelTypeDesignConfigTargetEnum) Design configuration target. Value is `Default`. _Available in: v58.0_ * `includeSubSchemaDefinitions` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include sub schema definitions (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v58.0_ * `language` (query, string) Language or locale, such as `en` or `en_US`. _Available in: v58.0_ * `renditionConfigTarget` (query, ExperienceModelTypeRenditionConfigTargetEnum) Rendition configuration target. Value is `Default`. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Experience Model Property Type Detail_ Property type detail. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExperienceModelPropertyTypeDetail`. ### GET Network Data Category Tree `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/data-category/network-data-category` Operation ID: `getNetworkDataCategories`. Tags: Network Data Category Resources. Save Update and Fetch all network data categories enabled in a given community organized by its tree Get the network data category tree in an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Responses * **200** _Network Data Category Tree_ Network data category tree. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NetworkDataCategoryTree`. ### PUT Network Data Category Tree `PUT /connect/communities/{communityId}/data-category/network-data-category` Operation ID: `updateNetworkDataCategories`. Tags: Network Data Category Resources. Save Update and Fetch all network data categories enabled in a given community organized by its tree Update the network data category tree in an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Request body Collection of data category groups. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DataCategoryGroupCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "dataCategoryGroups": [ { "categoryGroupName": "Geographic", "rootCategory": { "categoryName": "WorldWide", "childCategories": [ { "categoryName": "US", "childCategories": [ { "categoryName": "America", "childCategories": [ { "categoryName": "States", "childCategories": [ { "categoryName": "California" } ] } ] } ] } ] } } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Empty`. ### PATCH Network Data Category `PATCH /connect/communities/{communityId}/network-data-category/{networkDataCategoryId}` Operation ID: `updateNetworkDataCategory`. Tags: Network Data Category Resources. Update network data category record enabled in a given community Update the network data category record in an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `networkDataCategoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the network data category. Pattern: ^(9cn)\\w\*. * `description` (query, string) Description of the network data category. Required if `label` isn’t specified _Available in: v60.0_ * `label` (query, string) Label of the network data category. Required if `description` isn’t specified _Available in: v60.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Network Data Category_ Category network. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NetworkDataCategory`. ### GET Network Data Category Catalog Items `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/network-data-category/{networkDataCategoryId}/catalog-item` Operation ID: `getServiceCatalogItemsByCommunityId`. Tags: Network Data Category Resources. Given a network data category id return the list of catalog items Get catalog items for a network data category in an Experience Cloud site or org. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Alternate paths * `/connect/network-data-category/{networkDataCategoryId}/catalog-item` - Base Scope #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `networkDataCategoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the network data category. Pattern: ^(9cn)\\w\*. * `pageNumber` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v59.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 25. If unspecified, the default number of items is 3. _Available in: v59.0_ * `sortOrder` (query, ConnectSortOrderEnum) Sort order of the results. Valid values are: * `Ascending` —Items are sorted in ascending alphabetical order (A–Z). * `Descending` —Items are sorted in descending alphabetical order (Z–A). If unspecified, results are returned in ascending order. _Available in: v59.0_ * `sortedBy` (query, string) Name of the field by which to sort results, such as `Label` or `LastModifiedDate`. If unspecified, results are sorted by `Label`. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Service Catalog Item Collection_ Collection of service catalog items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ServiceCatalogItemCollection`. ### GET Network Data Category Child Category `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/network-data-category/{networkDataCategoryId}/child-category` Operation ID: `getChildCategories`. Tags: Network Data Category Resources. Fetch children of a given network data category in a community Retrieve child categories of a network data category in an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `networkDataCategoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the network data category. Pattern: ^(9cn)\\w\*. * `language` (query, string) Language of the child categories to retrieve. Default is the user's org language. _Available in: v60.0_ * `pageNumber` (query, integer) Page number of the result to return. Default is the first page. _Available in: v60.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Number of results to retrieve per page. The maximum is 25. Default is 3. _Available in: v60.0_ * `sortOrder` (query, ConnectSortOrderEnum) Sort order of the fields. This can be ascending or descending. Values are: * `Ascending` —Items are in ascending alphabetical order (A-Z). * `Descending` —Items are in descending alphabetical order (Z-A). * `MostRecentlyViewed` —Items are in descending chronological order by view. This sort order is valid only for Chatter feed streams. Default is `Descending`. _Available in: v60.0_ * `sortedBy` (query, string) The field name to sort child categories by. Default is the title. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Network Data Category Collection_ List of network data categories. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NetworkDataCategoryCollection`. ### GET Network Data Category Articles `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/network-data-category/{networkDataCategoryId}/knowledge-article` Operation ID: `getArticlesForCategory`. Tags: Network Data Category Resources. Given a network data category id, return the list of articles Get articles for a network data category in an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `networkDataCategoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the network data category. Pattern: ^(9cn)\\w\*. * `language` (query, string) Language for the articles, limited to the knowledge languages that are enabled for the org. _Available in: v59.0_ * `pageNumber` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v59.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 25. If unspecified, the default number of items is 3. _Available in: v59.0_ * `sortOrder` (query, ConnectSortOrderEnum) Sort order of the results. Valid values are: * `Ascending` —Items are sorted in ascending alphabetical order (A–Z). * `Descending` —Items are sorted in descending alphabetical order (Z–A). If unspecified, results are returned in ascending order. _Available in: v59.0_ * `sortedBy` (query, string) Name of the field by which to sort results, such as `Label` or `LastModifiedDate`. If unspecified, results are sorted by `Label`. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Lightning Knowledge Article Version Collection_ Collection of knowledge articles in Lightning. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LightningKnowledgeArticleVersionCollection`. ### GET Network Data Category Parent Path `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/network-data-category/{networkDataCategoryId}/parent-path` Operation ID: `getParentNetworkDataCategoryPath`. Tags: Network Data Category Resources. Fetch parent data category hierarchy given a network data category in a community Retrieve the hierarchy of the network data categories in an Experience Cloud site. This API returns the network data category path from the parent category to the specified category. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `networkDataCategoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the network data category. Pattern: ^(9cn)\\w\*. * `language` (query, string) Language of the parent path to retrieve. Default is the user's org language. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Network Data Category Collection_ List of network data categories. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NetworkDataCategoryCollection`. ### GET Data Category Groups `GET /connect/data-category/category-group` Operation ID: `getCategoryGroups`. Tags: Network Data Category Resources. All active data category groups and their child categories Get active data category groups and their subcategories. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Data Category Group Collection_ Data category group collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DataCategoryGroupCollection`. ### PATCH Knowledge Article View Stat `PATCH /connect/knowledge/article/view-stat` Operation ID: `updateViewStat`. Tags: Knowledge Article View Stat Resources. Knowledge Article View Stat Endpoints Increase the view count of a knowledge article by one. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/knowledge/article/view-stat` _Available in: v48.0_ #### Parameters * `articleOrVersionId` (query, string, required) ID of the knowledge article or knowledge article version to increase the view count by one. If you provide the ID of a knowledge article version, the parent article view count is increased. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Request body (required) Knowledge article view stat input. _Available in: v48.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `KnowledgeArticleViewStatInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "articleOrVersionId": "ka230000000PCiy" } ``` #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Empty`. ### GET Network Data Category Catalog Items (Base Scope) `GET /connect/network-data-category/{networkDataCategoryId}/catalog-item` Operation ID: `getServiceCatalogItems`. Tags: Network Data Category Resources. Given a network data category id return the list of catalog items _Available in: v59.0_ Alternate path for `Network Data Category Catalog Items`. Variant: Base Scope. Canonical documentation path: `/connect/communities/{communityId}/network-data-category/{networkDataCategoryId}/catalog-item`. #### Parameters * `networkDataCategoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the network data category. Pattern: ^(9cn)\\w\*. * `pageNumber` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v59.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 25. If unspecified, the default number of items is 3. _Available in: v59.0_ * `sortOrder` (query, ConnectSortOrderEnum) Sort order of the results. Valid values are: * `Ascending` —Items are sorted in ascending alphabetical order (A–Z). * `Descending` —Items are sorted in descending alphabetical order (Z–A). If unspecified, results are returned in ascending order. _Available in: v59.0_ * `sortedBy` (query, string) Name of the field by which to sort results, such as `Label` or `LastModifiedDate`. If unspecified, results are sorted by `Label`. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Service Catalog Item Collection_ Collection of service catalog items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ServiceCatalogItemCollection`. ### GET Top Viewed Articles for a Topic `GET /connect/topics/{topicId}/top-viewed-articles` Operation ID: `getTopViewedArticlesForTopic`. Tags: Topics Resources. Given a topic id, return the list of top viewed articles. Get the top viewed articles for a topic. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/{topicId}/top-viewed-articles` _Available in: v41.0_ #### Parameters * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. Pattern: ^(0TO)\\w\*. * `maxResults` (query, integer) The maximum number of articles returned for each topic ID. Values can be from 1 to 25. The default value is 5. _Available in: v41.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Knowledge Article Version Collection_ A collection of knowledge article versions. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `KnowledgeArticleVersionCollection`. ### GET Managed Topics `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/managed-topics` Operation ID: `getManagedTopicCollection`. Tags: Managed Topics Resources. Managed topics for the community. Get all the managed topics for an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v32.0_ **Note:** If you make a GET request without request parameters, you get only featured and navigational topics. To get content topics, make a GET request with the `managedTopicType` parameter set to Content, for example **Note:** To see all your managed topic hierarchies, make a GET request with the `depth` parameter set to 8 and the `managedTopicType` set to `Navigational` #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `depth` (query, integer) Specify an integer 1–8. If you specify 1, the `children` property of the Managed Topic response body is null. If you specify 2, the `children` property of the Managed Topic response body contains the direct children managed topics, if any, of the managed topic. If you specify 3–8, you get the direct children managed topics and their children managed topics if there are any. If depth isn’t specified, it defaults to 1. _Available in: v35.0_ * `managedTopicType` (query, ConnectManagedTopicTypeEnum) Type of managed topic. * `Content` —Topics that are associated with native content. * `Featured` —Topics that are featured, for example, on the Experience Cloud site home page, but don’t provide overall navigation. * `Navigational` —Topics that display in a navigational menu in the Experience Cloud site. A topic can be associated with all three managed topic types, so a topic can be a `Featured`, `Navigational`, and `Content` topic. If you specify `Content` and you want more than 50 topics to be returned, use the `page` and `pageSize` parameters. Required if specifying `recordIds` or `depth`. Required for `Content` topics _Available in: v32.0_ * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. If you specify 2–8 for the `depth`, the `page` and `pageSize` properties apply only to the top-level managed topics and not to children managed topics. _Available in: v44.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you pass in `null`, the default size is 50. If you specify 2–8 for the `depth`, the `page` and `pageSize` properties apply only to the top-level managed topics and not to children managed topics. _Available in: v44.0_ * `recordIds` (query, string) List of up to 100 topic IDs associated with the managed topics. If you list more than 10 topic IDs, you can’t specify 2–8 for `depth`. _Available in: v38.0_ * `recordId` (query, string) ID of the topic associated with the managed topics. In version 38.0 and later, use `recordIds`. _Available in: v35.0–37.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Topic Collection_ A collection of managed topics in an Experience Cloud site. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedTopicCollection`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # If you make a GET request without request parameters, you get only featured # and navigational topics. To get content topics, make a GET request with the # managedTopicType parameter set to Content, for example: GET /connect/communities/communityId/managed-topics?&managedTopicType=Content ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` # To see all your managed topic hierarchies, make a GET request with the depth # parameter set to 8 and the managedTopicType set to Navigational, for example: GET /connect/communities/communityId/managed-topics?depth=8&managedTopicType=Navigational ``` ### POST Managed Topics `POST /connect/communities/{communityId}/managed-topics` Operation ID: `postManagedTopicCollection`. Tags: Managed Topics Resources. Managed topics for the community. Create a managed topic and create managed topic hierarchies. Only community managers (users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission) can create or reorder managed topics. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `managedTopicType` (query, ConnectManagedTopicTypeEnum, required) Type of managed topic. * `Content` —Topics that are associated with native content. * `Featured` —Topics that are featured, for example, on the Experience Cloud site home page, but don’t provide overall navigation. * `Navigational` —Topics that display in a navigational menu in the Experience Cloud site. A topic can be associated with all three managed topic types, so a topic can be a `Featured`, `Navigational`, and `Content` topic. You can create up to 25 `Featured` and 5,000 `Content` topics. You can create up to eight levels of `Navigational` managed topics with 25 top-level topics and 10 children topics per level for a maximum of 2,775 `Navigational` topics. To create a child managed topic, specify `Navigational` as the `managedTopicType` and specify a `parentId`. _Available in: v32.0_ * `name` (query, string) Name of the managed topic. Required for new topics. You must specify either `name` or `recordId`. You can’t specify both. _Available in: v32.0_ * `parentId` (query, string) ID of the parent managed topic. If you specify a `parentId`, also specify `Navigational` as the `managedTopicType`. You can create up to eight levels (parent, direct children, their children, etc.) of managed topics and up to 10 children managed topics per managed topic. _Available in: v35.0_ * `recordId` (query, string) ID of the record to become a managed topic. In version 32.0 and later, `recordId` must be a topic ID. Required if the `Name` property isn’t used. You must specify either `name` or `recordId`. You can’t specify both. Required for existing topics if the `Name` property isn’t used. You must specify either `name` or `recordId`. You can’t specify both. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Request body (required) A managed topic. _Available in: v32.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedTopicInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Using `recordId` ``` { "managedTopicType": "Navigational", "parentId": "0mtR000000001KLIAY", "recordId": "0TOD00000000cwk" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Using `name` ``` { "name": "Child Topic", "managedTopicType": "Navigational", "parentId": "0mtR000000001KLIAY" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Topic_ Managed topic in an Experience Cloud site. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedTopic`. ### PATCH Managed Topics `PATCH /connect/communities/{communityId}/managed-topics` Operation ID: `patchManagedTopicCollection`. Tags: Managed Topics Resources. Managed topics for the community. Reorder parent managed topics or children managed topics with the same parent. You can't reorder Content topics. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Request body A collection of relative positions of managed topics. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedTopicPositionCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "managedTopicPositions": [ { "managedTopicId": "0mtD0000000001aIAA", "position": "0" }, { "managedTopicId": "0mtD0000000002qIAA", "position": "2" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Managed Topic Collection_ A collection of managed topics in an Experience Cloud site. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedTopicCollection`. ### GET Managed Topic `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/managed-topics/{managedTopicId}` Operation ID: `getManagedTopic`. Tags: Managed Topics Resources. Individual managed topic in community. Get information about a managed topic in an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `managedTopicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of existing managed topic. Pattern: ^(0mt)\\w\*. * `depth` (query, integer) Specify an integer 1–8. If you specify 1, the `children` property of the Managed Topic response body is null. If you specify 2, the `children` property of the Managed Topic response body contains the direct children managed topics, if any, of the managed topic. If you specify 3–8, you get the direct children managed topics and their children managed topics if there are any. If depth isn’t specified, it defaults to 1. _Available in: v35.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Managed Topic_ Managed topic in an Experience Cloud site. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ManagedTopic`. ### DELETE Managed Topic `DELETE /connect/communities/{communityId}/managed-topics/{managedTopicId}` Operation ID: `deleteManagedTopic`. Tags: Managed Topics Resources. Individual managed topic in community. Delete a managed topic in an Experience Cloud site. Only community managers (users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission) can delete managed topics. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `managedTopicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of existing managed topic. Pattern: ^(0mt)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET Topics on Records `GET /connect/records/{recordId}/topics` Operation ID: `getRecordTopics`. Tags: Topics on Records Resources. Work with the topics on a record. Get information about topics assigned to a record or feed item. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/records/{recordId}/topics` _Available in: v30.0_ #### Parameters * `recordId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the record. #### Responses * **200** _Topic Collection_ Topic collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicCollection`. ### PUT Topics on Records `PUT /connect/records/{recordId}/topics` Operation ID: `putRecordTopics`. Tags: Topics on Records Resources. Work with the topics on a record. Replace topics on a record or feed item. Optionally, suggest a list of topics to assign to a record or feed item to improve future topic suggestions. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/records/{recordId}/topics` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `recordId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the record. #### Request body A list of topic names to replace currently assigned topics. Also a list of suggested topics to assign. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicNameCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "topicNames": [ "API", "Connect REST API", "ConnectApi" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Topic Collection_ Topic collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicCollection`. ### POST Topics on Records `POST /connect/records/{recordId}/topics` Operation ID: `postRecordTopics`. Tags: Topics on Records Resources. Work with the topics on a record. Add topics on a record or feed item. Add existing topics to records or feed items. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/records/{recordId}/topics` _Available in: v30.0_ #### Parameters * `recordId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the record. * `topicId` (query, string) ID of an existing topic Required for existing topics if the `topicName` parameter isn’t used _Available in: v30.0_ * `topicName` (query, string) Name of a new or existing topic Required for new topics; required for existing topics if the `topicId` parameter isn’t used _Available in: v30.0_ #### Request body Represents a topic to assign to a feed item or record. Administrators must enable topics for objects before users can add topics to records of that object type. _Available in: v30.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicAssignmentInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Topic_ Topic. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicSbi`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example passes the ID of an existing topic in the `topidId` parameter to # associate it with an opportunity record: POST /connect/records/006D000000CtYBc/topics?topicId=0TOD0000000090r ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` # The following example assigns a topic to a record: { "topicId": "0TOD0000000090r" } ``` ### DELETE Topics on Records `DELETE /connect/records/{recordId}/topics` Operation ID: `deleteRecordTopics`. Tags: Topics on Records Resources. Work with the topics on a record. Remove topics on a record or feed item. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/records/{recordId}/topics` _Available in: v30.0_ #### Parameters * `recordId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the record. * `topicId` (query, string, required) ID of an existing topic _Available in: v30.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. ### GET List of Topics `GET /connect/topics` Operation ID: `getTopicCollection`. Tags: Topics Resources. Get or search for all topics in an organization. Get information about topics in the organization. In version 28.0, use `/chatter/topics` #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `exactMatch` (query, boolean) Use with the `q` parameter and specify `true` to find a topic by its exact, case-insensitive name. Specify `true` and use with the `q` parameter and the `fallBackToRenamedTopics` parameter set to `true` to find the most recent renamed topic match if there isn’t an exact match. Default value is `false` . _Available in: v28.0_ * `fallBackToRenamedTopics` (query, boolean) Use with the `q` parameter and the `exactMatch` parameter set to `true` . If an exact match isn’t found and `fallBackToRenamedTopics` is set to `true` , the most recent renamed topic match is returned. If there are multiple renamed topic matches, only the most recent is returned. If there are no renamed topic matches, an empty collection is returned. _Available in: v35.0_ * `page` (query, integer) An integer greater than 0 specifying a page of topics. The default value is zero. _Available in: v28.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 to 100. The default value is 25. _Available in: v28.0_ * `q` (query, string) A query string to filter the results. The string must contain at least two characters, not including wildcards. _Available in: v28.0_ * `sort` (query, ConnectTopicSortEnum) One of the following values: * `popularDesc` —Sorts topics by popularity with the most popular first. This value is the default. * `alphaAsc` —Sorts topics alphabetically. _Available in: v28.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Topic Collection_ Topic collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicCollection`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example requests a list of topics sorted alphabetically: /connect/topics?sort=alphaAsc ``` ### POST List of Topics `POST /connect/topics` Operation ID: `postTopicCollection`. Tags: Topics Resources. Get or search for all topics in an organization. Create a topic. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `description` (query, string) Text description of the topic _Available in: v36.0_ * `name` (query, string) Name of the topic _Available in: v36.0_ #### Request body Topic input. _Available in: v36.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "description": "World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) is the main international standards organization for the web.", "name": "W3C" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Topic_ Topic. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicSbi`. ### POST Topic and Article Assignments `POST /connect/topics/data-category-groups/{dataCategoryGroup}/data-categories/{dataCategory}/articles` Operation ID: `postArticleTopicAssignmentJob`. Tags: Topics Resources. Assign or Unassign topics to articles in data category. Assign topics to articles and unassign topics from articles in a data category. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/data-category-groups/{dataCategoryGroup}/data-categories/{dataCategory}/articles` _Available in: v40.0_ #### Parameters * `dataCategory` (path, string, required) The data category used by articles. * `dataCategoryGroup` (path, string, required) The data category group used by articles. #### Request body An article and topic assignment job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ArticleTopicAssignmentJobInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "operation": "AssignTopicsToArticle", "topicNames": [ "API", "Connect REST API", "ConnectApi" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Topic Collection_ Topic collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicCollection`. ### GET Topic and Article Assignment Rules `GET /connect/topics/data-category-rules/data-category-groups/{dataCategoryGroup}/data-categories/{dataCategory}` Operation ID: `getTopicDataCategoryRule`. Tags: Topics Resources. Work with the topics dataCategory rules. Get topic and article assignment rules by data category. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/data-category-rules/data-category-groups/{dataCategoryGroup}/data-categories/{dataCategory}` _Available in: v40.0_ #### Parameters * `dataCategory` (path, string, required) The data category used by articles. * `dataCategoryGroup` (path, string, required) The data category group used by articles. #### Responses * **200** _Topic Collection_ Topic collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicCollection`. ### PUT Topic and Article Assignment Rules `PUT /connect/topics/data-category-rules/data-category-groups/{dataCategoryGroup}/data-categories/{dataCategory}` Operation ID: `putTopicDataCategoryRule`. Tags: Topics Resources. Work with the topics dataCategory rules. Reassign topic and article assignment rules by data category. Reassignment deletes the existing rules and creates new rules. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/data-category-rules/data-category-groups/{dataCategoryGroup}/data-categories/{dataCategory}` _Available in: v40.0_ #### Parameters * `dataCategory` (path, string, required) The data category used by articles. * `dataCategoryGroup` (path, string, required) The data category group used by articles. #### Request body A list of topic names to replace currently assigned topics. Also a list of suggested topics to assign. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicNameCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "topicNames": [ "API", "Connect REST API", "ConnectApi" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Topic Collection_ Topic collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicCollection`. ### POST Topic and Article Assignment Rules `POST /connect/topics/data-category-rules/data-category-groups/{dataCategoryGroup}/data-categories/{dataCategory}` Operation ID: `postTopicDataCategoryRule`. Tags: Topics Resources. Work with the topics dataCategory rules. Create topic and article assignment rules by data category. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/data-category-rules/data-category-groups/{dataCategoryGroup}/data-categories/{dataCategory}` _Available in: v40.0_ #### Parameters * `dataCategory` (path, string, required) The data category used by articles. * `dataCategoryGroup` (path, string, required) The data category group used by articles. #### Request body A list of topic names to replace currently assigned topics. Also a list of suggested topics to assign. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicNameCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "topicNames": [ "API", "Connect REST API", "ConnectApi" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Topic Collection_ Topic collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicCollection`. ### GET Topics Suggestions `GET /connect/topics/suggestions` Operation ID: `getTopicSuggestion`. Tags: Topics Resources. Get a list of suggested topics for a given record. Get a list of topic suggestions for a string of text, feed item, or record. In version 28.0, use `/chatter/topics/suggestions` #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/suggestions` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `maxResults` (query, integer) Maximum number of topic suggestions that get returned. The default is 5. Value must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 25. * `recordId` (query, string) 18-character ID of a feed item or record from which to extract topics. Administrators must enable topics for objects to see topic suggestions for records of that object type. Topics for objects is available in version 30.0. Required if the `text` parameter isn’t used * `text` (query, string) Text from which to extract topics. Required if the `recordId` parameter isn’t used #### Responses * **200** _Topic Suggestion Collection_ Topic suggestion collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicSuggestionCollection`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example gets topic suggestions for the text “Working on the planning # meeting for our new initiative.” /connect/topics/suggestions?text=Working+on+the+planning+meeting+for+our+new+initiative. ``` ### GET Trending Topics `GET /connect/topics/trending` Operation ID: `getTrendingTopics`. Tags: Topics Resources. Get a page of trending topics. Get the top five trending topics for the org. The more frequently people add a specific topic to their posts and comments and comment on or like posts with the same topic over a short period of time, the more likely it is to become a trending topic. For example, if your coworkers are attending the upcoming Dreamforce conference and have started discussing it in Chatter, you may see a trending topic for Dreamforce. A trending topic is not solely based on popularity and usually relates to a one-time or infrequent event that has a spike in activity, such as a conference or a project deadline. **Note**: In API versions earlier than 28.0, topics began with a hashtag (#). In versions 24.0–28.0, use `/chatter/topics/trending` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/topics/trending` #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/trending` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `maxResults` (query, integer) Maximum number of trending topics that get returned. The default is 5. Value must be greater than 0 and less than 100. #### Responses * **200** _Topic Collection_ Topic collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicCollection`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` {"currentPageUrl" : "/services/data/v67.0/connect/topics/trending?maxResults=5", "nextPageUrl" : null, "topics" : [ { "createdDate": "2013-01-01T20:43:31.000Z", "id" : "0TOD0000000090qOAA", "description" : "Application Programming Interface", "talkingAbout" : 527, "name" : "API", "url": "/services/data/v67.0/connect/topics/0TOD0000000090qOAA" }, { "createdDate": "2012-11-14T05:24:23.000Z", "id" : "0TOD000000006RxOAI", "description" : "The cloud computing event of the year.", "talkingAbout" : 424, "name" : "Dreamforce", "url": "/services/data/v67.0/connect/topics/0TOD000000006RxOAI" }, { "createdDate": "2013-02-25T10:47:51.000Z", "id" : "0TOD0000000090rOAA", "description" : "All things related to mobile.", "talkingAbout" : 87, "name" : "Mobile", "url": "/services/data/v67.0/connect/topics/0TOD0000000090rOAA" } ]} ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` {"topics" : [ { "name" : "#API" }, { "name" : "#Dreamforce" }, { "name" : "#Mobile" } ]} ``` ### GET Topic `GET /connect/topics/{topicId}` Operation ID: `getTopic`. Tags: Topics Resources. Returns information about the specified topic. Get information about a topic. In version 28.0, use `/chatter/topics/{topicId}` #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/{topicId}` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. Pattern: ^(0TO)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Topic_ Topic. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicSbi`. ### DELETE Topic `DELETE /connect/topics/{topicId}` Operation ID: `deleteTopic`. Tags: Topics Resources. Returns information about the specified topic. Delete a topic. Users with the Delete Topics or Modify All Data permission can merge and delete topics. In version 28.0, use `/chatter/topics/{topicId}` Topic deletion is asynchronous. If a topic is requested before the deletion completes, the response is [200: Successful](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_error_responses) and the `isBeingDeleted` property of the Topic output is `true` in version 33.0 and later. If a topic is requested after the deletion completes, the response is [404: Not found](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_error_responses). #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/{topicId}` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. Pattern: ^(0TO)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. ### PATCH Topic `PATCH /connect/topics/{topicId}` Operation ID: `patchTopic`. Tags: Topics Resources. Returns information about the specified topic. Update a topic’s name or description. Merge topics. Users with the Edit Topics or Modify All Data permission can edit topic names and descriptions. Users with the Delete Topics or Modify All Data permission can merge and delete topics. In version 28.0, use `/chatter/topics/{topicId}` #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/{topicId}` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. Pattern: ^(0TO)\\w\*. * `description` (query, string) Text description of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ * `idsToMerge` (query, array of string) List of up to five secondary topic IDs to merge with the primary topic If any of the secondary topics are navigational or featured topics, they lose their topic type, topic images, and children topics. Their feed items are reassigned to the primary topic. If you merge a topic with a content topic, the content associations are preserved. If you merge a topic with an inactive endorsee, the endorsement isn’t mapped to the primary topic. _Available in: v33.0_ * `name` (query, string) Name of the topic Use this property to change only the capitalization and spacing of the topic name. _Available in: v28.0_ #### Request body Topic input. _Available in: v28.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "description": "World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) is the main international standards organization for the web.", "name": "W3C" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Topic_ Topic. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicSbi`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example uses request parameters to update the description of a topic: /connect/topics/0TOD000000006RxOAI?description=Edit+requests Content-Type: application/json { "description": "World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) is the main international standards organization for the web.", "name": "W3C" } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` # This example uses a JSON request body to make the same request: /connect/topics/0TOD000000006RxOAI { "description" : "Edit requests" } ``` ### GET Topic Files `GET /connect/topics/{topicId}/files` Operation ID: `getTopicFileCollection`. Tags: Topics Resources. Returns information about recent files tagged with a topic keyword. Returns information about the five files most recently posted to the specified topic. In version 28.0, use `/chatter/topics/{topicId}/files` #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/{topicId}/files` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `topicId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the topic. Pattern: ^(0TO)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _File Summary Page_ File summary page. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileSummaryCollection`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This GET request returns information about every file in the specified topic: /connect/topics/0TOD000000009Q2/files # The response is: { "currentPageUrl": null, "files": [{ "checksum": "a65b71bc6a31fa95dd0a9232c9f58c86", "contentSize": 100377, "contentUrl": null, "description": null, "downloadUrl": "/services/data/v67.0/connect/files/069D00000001E32IAE/content?versionNumber=1", "fileExtension": "png", "fileType": "Png", "flashRenditionStatus": "Na", "id": "069D00000001E32IAE", "isInMyFileSync": false, "mimeType": "image/png", "modifiedDate": "2012-07-17T21:47:27.000Z", "motif": { "color": "993333", "largeIconUrl": "/img/content/content64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/content/content32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/files16.png" }, "mySubscription": { "id": "0E8D0000000T5JrKAK", "url": "/services/data/v67.0/chatter/subscriptions/0E8D0000000T5JrKAK" }, "name": "Recruitment Poster", "origin": "Chatter", "owner": { "companyName": "SeattleApps", "firstName": "Rene", "id": "005D0000001LFNnIAO", "isActive": true, "lastName": "Holmes", "motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile.png" }, "mySubscription": null, "name": "Rene Holmes", "photo": { "fullEmailPhotoUrl": "https://instance_name/ncsphoto/SqRfG_-PUTY6KtfOp_f0cEw-MQI3xmkJ21oNEOQ-5sZVyX4qlsJTXfOWM77RW7yt", "largePhotoUrl": "https://instance_name/profilephoto/729D00000000BDV/F", "photoVersionId": "729D00000000BDV", "smallPhotoUrl": "https://instance_name/profilephoto/729D00000000BDV/T", "standardEmailPhotoUrl": "https://instance_name/ncsphoto/SqRfG_-PUTY6KtfOp_f0cEw-MQI3xmkJ21oNEOQ-5sbktFTIf9vWhFTTALJiaFz_", "url": "/services/data/v67.0/chatter/users/005D0000001LL8OIAW/photo" }, "title": null, "type": "User", "url": "/services/data/v67.0/chatter/users/005D0000001LFNnIAO", "userType": "Internal" }, "parentFolder" : "null", "pdfRenditionStatus": "Na", "renditionUrl": "/services/data/v67.0/connect/files/069D00000001E32IAE/rendition", "thumb120By90RenditionStatus": "Success", "thumb240By180RenditionStatus": "Success", "thumb720By480RenditionStatus": "Success", "title": "Recruitment Poster", "type": "ContentDocument", "url": "/services/data/v67.0/connect/files/069D00000001E32IAE?versionNumber=1", "versionNumber": "1" }], "nextPageUrl": null, "previousPageUrl": null } ``` ### GET Related Topics `GET /connect/topics/{topicId}/related-topics` Operation ID: `getRelatedTopics`. Tags: Topics Resources. Returns information about topics that might be related through shared feed elements. Get up to five topics most closely related to a topic. Two topics that are assigned to the same feed item at least three times are related. In version 28.0, use `/chatter/topics/{topicId}/relatedtopics` #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/{topicId}/related-topics` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `topicId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the topic. Pattern: ^(0TO)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _Topic Collection_ Topic collection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TopicCollection`. ### GET OAuth Credentials by Consumer ID `GET /apps/oauth/credentials/{appIdentifier}/{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` Operation ID: `getAppOauthCredentials`. Tags: OAuth Credentials Resources. Resource for retrieving OAuth credentials for the given OAuth Consumer Get the OAuth key, secret, or both for a specific OAuth consumer by providing the consumer ID. OAuth consumer secrets must be kept secure. To access the secret for a consumer, include `secret` or `keyandsecret` as the value for the part parameter. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Parameters * `appIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) Identifier of the app. Pattern: ^(0xI)\\w\*. * `oauthConsumerIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) Identifier of the OAuth consumer. Pattern: ^(888)\\w\*. * `part` (query, string) Part of the credential to return. Values are `key` , `secret` , and `keyandsecret` . If this parameter is excluded from the request, then the key is provided in the response. The secret value is returned only when specified in this parameter. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Responses * **200** _App Oauth Credentials_ Represents the primary and staged credentials of a single OAuth consumer. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AppOauthCredentials`. ### GET OAuth Staged Credentials `GET /apps/oauth/credentials/{appIdentifier}/{oauthConsumerIdentifier}/staged` Operation ID: `getAppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection`. Tags: OAuth Credentials Resources. Resource for retrieving and creating staged credentials for the given app and OAuth consumer Get staged credentials for the given app and OAuth consumer. _Available in: v65.0_ The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. #### Parameters * `appIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. Pattern: ^(0xI)\\w\*. * `oauthConsumerIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. Pattern: ^(888)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _App Oauth Staged Credentials Collection_ List of OAuth consumer's staged credentials associated with the app. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection`. ### POST OAuth Staged Credentials `POST /apps/oauth/credentials/{appIdentifier}/{oauthConsumerIdentifier}/staged` Operation ID: `postAppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection`. Tags: OAuth Credentials Resources. Resource for retrieving and creating staged credentials for the given app and OAuth consumer Create staged credentials for the given app and OAuth consumer. _Available in: v65.0_ The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. **Note**: POST doesn't take a request body and doesn't require request parameters. #### Parameters * `appIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. Pattern: ^(0xI)\\w\*. * `oauthConsumerIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. Pattern: ^(888)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _App Oauth Staged Credentials Collection_ List of OAuth consumer's staged credentials associated with the app. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection`. ### GET OAuth Staged Credentials ID `GET /apps/oauth/credentials/{appIdentifier}/{oauthConsumerIdentifier}/staged/{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` Operation ID: `getAppOauthStagedCredentials`. Tags: OAuth Credentials Resources. Resource for replacing OAuth consumer's primary credentials with staged credentials Add OAuth credentials as staged credentials, replace primary credentials with staged credentials, or delete staged credentials. _Available in: v65.0_ The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. The `{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` is the ID of the staged credentials, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Staged Credentials](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection) endpoint. #### Parameters * `appIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. The `{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` is the ID of the staged credentials, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Staged Credentials](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection) endpoint. Pattern: ^(0xI)\\w\*. * `oauthConsumerIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. The `{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` is the ID of the staged credentials, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Staged Credentials](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection) endpoint. Pattern: ^(888)\\w\*. * `stagedCredentialsIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. The `{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` is the ID of the staged credentials, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Staged Credentials](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection) endpoint. Pattern: ^(0ug)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _App Oauth Staged Credentials_ Information about an OAuth consumer's primary and staged credentials. Staged credentials are valid for 30 days unless they're deleted before then. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AppOauthStagedCredentials`. ### DELETE OAuth Staged Credentials ID `DELETE /apps/oauth/credentials/{appIdentifier}/{oauthConsumerIdentifier}/staged/{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` Operation ID: `deleteAppOauthStagedCredentials`. Tags: OAuth Credentials Resources. Resource for replacing OAuth consumer's primary credentials with staged credentials Delete staged credentials. _Available in: v65.0_ The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. The `{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` is the ID of the staged credentials, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Staged Credentials](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection) endpoint. #### Parameters * `appIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. The `{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` is the ID of the staged credentials, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Staged Credentials](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection) endpoint. Pattern: ^(0xI)\\w\*. * `oauthConsumerIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. The `{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` is the ID of the staged credentials, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Staged Credentials](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection) endpoint. Pattern: ^(888)\\w\*. * `stagedCredentialsIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. The `{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` is the ID of the staged credentials, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Staged Credentials](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection) endpoint. Pattern: ^(0ug)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH OAuth Staged Credentials ID `PATCH /apps/oauth/credentials/{appIdentifier}/{oauthConsumerIdentifier}/staged/{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` Operation ID: `patchAppOauthStagedCredentials`. Tags: OAuth Credentials Resources. Resource for replacing OAuth consumer's primary credentials with staged credentials Add OAuth credentials as staged credentials, replace primary credentials with staged credentials, or delete staged credentials. _Available in: v65.0_ The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. The `{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` is the ID of the staged credentials, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Staged Credentials](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection) endpoint. #### Parameters * `appIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. The `{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` is the ID of the staged credentials, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Staged Credentials](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection) endpoint. Pattern: ^(0xI)\\w\*. * `oauthConsumerIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. The `{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` is the ID of the staged credentials, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Staged Credentials](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection) endpoint. Pattern: ^(888)\\w\*. * `stagedCredentialsIdentifier` (path, string (Id), required) The `{externalClientAppIdentifier}` is the ID of the external client app, which can be retrieved from the [OAuth Usage](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Usage-Resources/operation/getAppOauthUsage) endpoint. The `{oauthConsumerIdentifier}` is the OAuth consumer ID, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Credentials by App ID](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthCredentialsCollection) endpoint. The `{stagedCredentialsIdentifier}` is the ID of the staged credentials, which can be retrieved by a call to the [OAuth Staged Credentials](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/OAuth-Credentials-Resources/operation/getAppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection) endpoint. Pattern: ^(0ug)\\w\*. #### Request body Request to rotate credentials with staged data. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `StagedCredentialsInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "command": "rotate" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _App Oauth Staged Credentials_ Information about an OAuth consumer's primary and staged credentials. Staged credentials are valid for 30 days unless they're deleted before then. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AppOauthStagedCredentials`. ### GET OAuth Credentials by App ID `GET /apps/oauth/credentials/{externalClientAppIdentifier}` Operation ID: `getAppOauthCredentialsCollection`. Tags: OAuth Credentials Resources. Resource for retrieving OAuth credentials for the given app Get OAuth credentials for all OAuth consumers associated with a given app by providing the app ID. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Parameters * `externalClientAppIdentifier` (path, string, required) Identifier of the external client app. #### Responses * **200** _App OAuth Credentials Collection_ List of OAuth consumers associated with the external client app. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AppOauthCredentialsCollection`. ### GET OAuth Usage `GET /apps/oauth/usage` Operation ID: `getAppOauthUsage`. Tags: OAuth Usage Resources. Resource for fetching OAuth usage for the given app Get a list of external client apps that have OAuth usage data. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. If you enter a page number that comes after the last page of items, an empty array is returned. _Available in: v59.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Number of usage entries per page. Defaults to 100. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Responses * **200** _App OAuth Usage Collection_ OAuth usage information for a list of apps. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AppOauthUsageCollection`. ### DELETE OAuth Refresh Token `DELETE /apps/oauth/usage/tokens/{tokenIdentifier}` Operation ID: `deleteAppOauthUsageTokens`. Tags: OAuth Usage Resources. Resource for deleting the given refresh token Delete a refresh token by token identifier. The token identifier is included in the revocation URL field in the App OAuth Usage Token. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `tokenIdentifier` (path, string, required) Identifier of the token. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### DELETE Refresh Token by App `DELETE /apps/oauth/usage/{appIdentifier}/tokens` Operation ID: `deleteAppOauthUsageAppTokens`. Tags: OAuth Usage Resources. Resource for deleting the refresh tokens of the given app Delete the refresh tokens of a given app. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `appIdentifier` (path, string, required) Identifier of the app. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET OAuth Users by App ID `GET /apps/oauth/usage/{appIdentifier}/users` Operation ID: `getAppOauthUsageUsers`. Tags: OAuth Usage Resources. Resource for fetching a list of OAuth users for the given app Get a list of OAuth users for a given app. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `appIdentifier` (path, string, required) Identifier of the app. * `page` (query, integer) Page number for the usage information. Defaults to 0. _Available in: v59.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Number of usage entries per page. Defaults to 100. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Responses * **200** _App OAuth Usage User Collection_ List of OAuth app users. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AppOauthUsageUserCollection`. ### GET Refresh Token by User and App `GET /apps/oauth/usage/{externalClientAppIdentifier}/{userIdentifier}/tokens` Operation ID: `getAppOauthUsageUserTokens`. Tags: OAuth Usage Resources. Resource for the refresh tokens of the given user and app Get the refresh tokens of the given user and app. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `userIdentifier` (path, string, required) Identifier of the user. * `externalClientAppIdentifier` (path, string, required) Identifier of the external client app. #### Responses * **200** _App OAuth Usage Token Collection_ A collection of tokens. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AppOauthUsageTokenCollection`. ### DELETE Refresh Token by User and App `DELETE /apps/oauth/usage/{externalClientAppIdentifier}/{userIdentifier}/tokens` Operation ID: `deleteAppOauthUsageUserTokens`. Tags: OAuth Usage Resources. Resource for the refresh tokens of the given user and app Delete the refresh tokens of the given user and app. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `userIdentifier` (path, string, required) Identifier of the user. * `externalClientAppIdentifier` (path, string, required) Identifier of the external client app. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET Environment Hub My Domain Validation `GET /connect/environment-hub/my-domain-validation/{myDomainName}` Operation ID: `getMyDomainValidation`. Tags: Environment Hub Resources. Validates that the specified My Domain value is valid and unique. Validates that the specified My Domain name is available, valid, and unique. Your My Domain name determines the URLs used when you enable single sign-on or connect existing organizations to Environment Hub. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `orgEdition` (query, string) The edition of the org to validate. Possible values are: * `Personal Edition` * `Contact Manager Edition` * `Team Edition` (for Group Edition) * `Professional Edition` * `Enterprise Edition` * `Unlimited Edition` * `Developer Edition` _Available in: v36.0_ * `templateId` (query, string) * `myDomainName` (path, string, required) The subdomain to use for My Domain. #### Responses * **200** _Environment Hub My Domain Validation_ Results from an attempt to validate a My Domain value. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EnvironmentHubMyDomainValidation`. ### GET Environment Hub OAuth URL Generator `GET /connect/environment-hub/oauth-url-generator/{username}` Operation ID: `getOAuthUrlGenerator`. Tags: Environment Hub Resources. Generates the URL used to initiate the OAuth connect org workflow. Generates the URL used to initiate the OAuth workflow that connects an org to the Environment Hub. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `username` (path, string, required) The admin username for the org being connected to the Environment Hub. #### Responses * **200** _Environment Hub OAuth URL_ An OAuth URL that initiates the workflow to connect an org to an Environment Hub. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EnvironmentHubOAuthUrl`. ### GET Environment Hub Sign-up Member Validation `GET /connect/environment-hub/signup-member-validation/{username}` Operation ID: `getSignupMemberValidation`. Tags: Environment Hub Resources. Validates the input parameters used to initiate an org sign-up in the Environment Hub. Validates the input parameters used to initiate an org sign-up in the Environment Hub. _Available in: v36.0_ **Note:** You must specify at least one parameter when you make your request. You must specify at least one parameter when you make your request. #### Parameters * `username` (path, string, required) The admin username for the org being connected to the Environment Hub. * `edition` (query, string) The edition to validate. _Available in: v36.0_ * `templateId` (query, string) The template ID to validate. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Environment Hub Sign-up Member Validation_ The results from validation of the input parameters used to create an Environment Hub member org. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EnvironmentHubSignupMemberValidation`. ### POST Environment Hub SSO User Mapping Generator `POST /connect/environment-hub/sso-user-mappings/{hubMemberId}` Operation ID: `postSsoUserMapping`. Tags: Environment Hub Resources. Creates a SsoUserMapping for an Environment Hub user Creates an SSO mapping between an Environment Hub user and a user in a hub member org. An SSO user mapping lets the Environment Hub user log in as the mapped user in the member org without having to re-authenticate. User mappings can be many-to-one but not one-to-many. In other words, you can associate multiple users in the hub org with the same user in a member org. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `hubMemberId` (path, string, required) ID of the hub member. * `hubUserId` (query, string, required) The ID of a user in an Environment Hub organization. _Available in: v36.0_ * `memberUsername` (query, string, required) The username of a user in an Environment Hub member organization. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Request body (required) Creates an SSO mapping between a user in an Environment Hub org and a user in an Environment Hub member org. _Available in: v36.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SsoUserMappingInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Environment Hub SSO User Mapping Validation_ Results from validating a potential SSO user mapping between a user in an Environment Hub and a user in a hub member org. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SsoUserMapping`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` {   "hubUserId":"005B0000000F6SNIA0",   "memberUsername":"jeanSmith" } ``` ### GET Credential `GET /named-credentials/credential` Operation ID: `getCredential`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to interact with Credential Get a credential. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Parameters * `externalCredential` (query, string, required) Fully qualified developer name of the external credential. _Available in: v56.0_ * `principalName` (query, string) Name of the external credential named principal. Required if `principalType` is `NamedPrincipal` _Available in: v56.0_ * `principalType` (query, CredentialPrincipalType, required) Type of credential principal. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Credential_ Credential. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Credential`. ### PUT Credential `PUT /named-credentials/credential` Operation ID: `putCredential`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to interact with Credential Replace a credential. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Request body Credential input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CredentialInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Credential_ Credential. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Credential`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { externalCredential: "ecNameAws", authenticationProtocol: "AwsSv4", principalName: "principalA", principalType: "NamedPrincipal", credentials: { awsAccessKeyId: { value: "00000000000", encrypted: false }, awsSecretAccessKey: { value: "aws-secret-value", encrypted: true }, awsRoleArn: { value: "arn:partition:service:region:account-id:resource-id", encrypted: false } } } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` # In this example, assume the credential has two values: apiKey and apiSecret. # When this request body is used with PUT, apiKey is updated and apiSecret is # deleted. { authenticationProtocol: String : "Custom", externalCredential: String : "medicalIntegrationExternalCredential", principalName: String : "customerSupportGroup", principalType: String : "NamedPrincipal", // Map credentials: { apiKey: { value: String : "00000000", encrypted: Boolean : false } } } ``` _Example: Example 3 · HTTP_ ``` # PATCH is supported only for custom credentials. Only the credentials included # in the request body are updated. In this example, assume the credential has # two values: apiKey and apiSecret. When this request body is used with PATCH, # apiKey is updated and apiSecret remains the same. { authenticationProtocol: String : "Custom", externalCredential: String : "medicalIntegrationExternalCredential", principalName: String : "customerSupportGroup", principalType: String : "NamedPrincipal", // Map credentials: { apiKey: { value: String : "00000000", encrypted: Boolean : false } } } ``` ### POST Credential `POST /named-credentials/credential` Operation ID: `postCredential`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to interact with Credential Create or refresh a credential. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Parameters * `action` (query, CreateCredentialAction) Action to take when creating the credential. Use this request parameter to refresh an OAuth or AWS Roles Anywhere credential. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Request body Credential input. _Available in: v58.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CredentialInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Credential_ Credential. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Credential`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { externalCredential: "ecNameAws", authenticationProtocol: "AwsSv4", principalName: "principalA", principalType: "NamedPrincipal", credentials: { awsAccessKeyId: { value: "00000000000", encrypted: false }, awsSecretAccessKey: { value: "aws-secret-value", encrypted: true }, awsRoleArn: { value: "arn:partition:service:region:account-id:resource-id", encrypted: false } } } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` # In this example, assume the credential has two values: apiKey and apiSecret. # When this request body is used with PUT, apiKey is updated and apiSecret is # deleted. { authenticationProtocol: String : "Custom", externalCredential: String : "medicalIntegrationExternalCredential", principalName: String : "customerSupportGroup", principalType: String : "NamedPrincipal", // Map credentials: { apiKey: { value: String : "00000000", encrypted: Boolean : false } } } ``` _Example: Example 3 · HTTP_ ``` # PATCH is supported only for custom credentials. Only the credentials included # in the request body are updated. In this example, assume the credential has # two values: apiKey and apiSecret. When this request body is used with PATCH, # apiKey is updated and apiSecret remains the same. { authenticationProtocol: String : "Custom", externalCredential: String : "medicalIntegrationExternalCredential", principalName: String : "customerSupportGroup", principalType: String : "NamedPrincipal", // Map credentials: { apiKey: { value: String : "00000000", encrypted: Boolean : false } } } ``` ### DELETE Credential `DELETE /named-credentials/credential` Operation ID: `deleteCredential`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to interact with Credential Delete a credential. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Parameters * `authenticationParameters` (query, array of string) List of authentication parameters only for custom protocols, for example `myApiKey,myApiSecret`. If unspecified, all credentials are deleted. _Available in: v59.0_ * `externalCredential` (query, string, required) Fully qualified developer name of the external credential. _Available in: v56.0_ * `principalName` (query, string) Name of the external credential named principal. Required if `principalType` is `NamedPrincipal` _Available in: v56.0_ * `principalType` (query, CredentialPrincipalType, required) Type of credential principal. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH Credential `PATCH /named-credentials/credential` Operation ID: `patchCredential`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to interact with Credential Update a Credential. _Available in: v56.0_ **Note:** PATCH is supported in version 59.0 and later only for custom protocols. #### Request body Credential input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CredentialInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Credential_ Credential. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Credential`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { externalCredential: "ecNameAws", authenticationProtocol: "AwsSv4", principalName: "principalA", principalType: "NamedPrincipal", credentials: { awsAccessKeyId: { value: "00000000000", encrypted: false }, awsSecretAccessKey: { value: "aws-secret-value", encrypted: true }, awsRoleArn: { value: "arn:partition:service:region:account-id:resource-id", encrypted: false } } } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` # In this example, assume the credential has two values: apiKey and apiSecret. # When this request body is used with PUT, apiKey is updated and apiSecret is # deleted. { authenticationProtocol: String : "Custom", externalCredential: String : "medicalIntegrationExternalCredential", principalName: String : "customerSupportGroup", principalType: String : "NamedPrincipal", // Map credentials: { apiKey: { value: String : "00000000", encrypted: Boolean : false } } } ``` _Example: Example 3 · HTTP_ ``` # PATCH is supported only for custom credentials. Only the credentials included # in the request body are updated. In this example, assume the credential has # two values: apiKey and apiSecret. When this request body is used with PATCH, # apiKey is updated and apiSecret remains the same. { authenticationProtocol: String : "Custom", externalCredential: String : "medicalIntegrationExternalCredential", principalName: String : "customerSupportGroup", principalType: String : "NamedPrincipal", // Map credentials: { apiKey: { value: String : "00000000", encrypted: Boolean : false } } } ``` ### POST External Credential OAuth URL `POST /named-credentials/credential/auth-url/o-auth` Operation ID: `postOAuthCredentialAuthUrl`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to get the OAuth authentication url for a User External Credential Get the URL for the OAuth token flow for an external credential. _Available in: v56.0_ **Note:** POST methods typically create an item, but for this resource POST is used to retrieve information. #### Request body OAuth authentication flow input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OAuthCredentialAuthUrlInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "externalCredential": "salesforceOAuthExternalCredential", "principalName": "defaultNamedPrincipal", "principalType": "NamedPrincipal", "returnUrl": "lightning/setup/SetupOneHome/home" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _OAuth Credential Auth URL_ OAuth authentication URL for a credential. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OAuthCredentialAuthUrl`. ### GET External Auth Identity Provider Credentials `GET /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-provider-credentials/{fullName}` Operation ID: `getExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentials`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to view and manage External Auth Identity Provider Credentials Get external auth identity provider credentials. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `fullName` (path, string, required) Fully qualified name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** _External Auth Identity Provider Credentials_ List of an external auth identity provider's credentials. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentials`. ### PUT External Auth Identity Provider Credentials `PUT /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-provider-credentials/{fullName}` Operation ID: `putExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentials`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to view and manage External Auth Identity Provider Credentials Create and update external auth identity provider credentials. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `fullName` (path, string, required) Fully qualified name of the resource. #### Request body External auth identity provider credentials input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentialsInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Creating (POST) or replacing (PUT) an external auth identity provider's credentials ``` { "credentials": [ { "credentialName": "clientId", "credentialValue": "SampleClientID" }, { "credentialName": "clientSecret", "credentialValue": "SampleClientSecret" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _External Auth Identity Provider Credentials_ List of an external auth identity provider's credentials. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentials`. ### POST External Auth Identity Provider Credentials `POST /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-provider-credentials/{fullName}` Operation ID: `postExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentials`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to view and manage External Auth Identity Provider Credentials Create external auth identity provider credentials. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `fullName` (path, string, required) Fully qualified name of the resource. #### Request body External auth identity provider credentials input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentialsInput`. _Example example\_1: same as PUT /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-provider-credentials/{fullName} request._ Payload 1 Creating (POST) or replacing (PUT) an external auth identity provider's credentials _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Creating (POST) or replacing (PUT) an external auth identity provider's credentials #### Responses * **200** _External Auth Identity Provider Credentials_ List of an external auth identity provider's credentials. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentials`. ### GET External Auth Identity Providers `GET /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-providers` Operation ID: `getExternalAuthIdentityProviderList`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource for External Auth Identity Provider creation and all records retrieval Get a list of external auth identity providers in the org. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Responses * **200** _External Auth Identity Provider List_ List of external auth identity providers. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalAuthIdentityProviderList`. ### POST External Auth Identity Providers `POST /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-providers` Operation ID: `postExternalAuthIdentityProviderList`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource for External Auth Identity Provider creation and all records retrieval Create an external auth identity provider. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Request body External auth identity provider input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalAuthIdentityProviderInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "label": "ExternalIdp2", "fullName": "ExternalIdp2", "description": "OAuth Browser flow for connected app", "authenticationProtocol": "OAuth", "authenticationFlow": "AuthorizationCode", "clientAuthentication": "ClientSecretPost", "authorizeUrl": "https://identityprovider.com/services/oauth2/authorize", "tokenUrl": "https://identityprovider.com/services/oauth2/token", "userInfoUrl": "https://identityprovider.com/services/userinfo", "parameters": [ { "parameterName": "PkceEnabled", "parameterType": "IdentityProviderOptions", "parameterValue": "true" }, { "parameterName": "ExampleName", "parameterType": "AuthorizeRequestQueryParameter", "parameterValue": "ExampleValue", "sequenceNumber": 1 } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _External Auth Identity Provider_ External auth identity provider. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalAuthIdentityProvider`. ### GET External Auth Identity Provider `GET /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-providers/{fullName}` Operation ID: `getExternalAuthIdentityProvider`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to to view and manage an External Auth Identity Provider Get an external auth identity provider. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `fullName` (path, string, required) Fully qualified name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** _External Auth Identity Provider_ External auth identity provider. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalAuthIdentityProvider`. ### PUT External Auth Identity Provider `PUT /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-providers/{fullName}` Operation ID: `putExternalAuthIdentityProvider`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to to view and manage an External Auth Identity Provider Update an external auth identity provider. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `fullName` (path, string, required) Fully qualified name of the resource. #### Request body External auth identity provider input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalAuthIdentityProviderInput`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-providers request._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Responses * **200** _External Auth Identity Provider_ External auth identity provider. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalAuthIdentityProvider`. ### DELETE External Auth Identity Provider `DELETE /named-credentials/external-auth-identity-providers/{fullName}` Operation ID: `deleteExternalAuthIdentityProvider`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to to view and manage an External Auth Identity Provider Delete an external auth identity provider. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `fullName` (path, string, required) Fully qualified name of the resource. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET External Credentials `GET /named-credentials/external-credentials` Operation ID: `getExternalCredentialList`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to retrieve a list of external credentials the user can authenticate to Get external credentials that the user can authenticate to. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Responses * **200** _External Credential List_ List of external credentials. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalCredentialList`. ### POST External Credentials `POST /named-credentials/external-credentials` Operation ID: `postExternalCredentialList`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to retrieve a list of external credentials the user can authenticate to Create an external credential. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Request body Input used to create or update an external credential. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalCredentialInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Creating an external credential (POST) ``` { "developerName": "SampleAws", "masterLabel": "SampleAwsLabel", "authenticationProtocol": "AwsSv4", "authenticationProtocolVariant": "AwsSv4_STS", "parameters": [ { "parameterName": "AwsService", "parameterType": "AuthParameter", "parameterValue": "dynamodb" }, { "parameterName": "AwsRegion", "parameterType": "AuthParameter", "parameterValue": "us-west-2" }, { "parameterName": "AwsAccountId", "parameterType": "AuthParameter", "parameterValue": "sampleAccountId" }, { "parameterName": "AwsStsExternalId", "parameterType": "AuthProviderUrlQueryParameter", "parameterValue": "sampleExternalId" }, { "parameterName": "AwsStsDuration", "parameterType": "AuthProviderUrlQueryParameter", "parameterValue": "1000" } ], "principals": [ { "principalName": "SamplePrincipal", "principalType": "NamedPrincipal", "sequenceNumber": 1 } ], "customHeaders": [ { "headerName": "SampleHeader", "headerValue": "SampleHeaderValue", "sequenceNumber": 1 } ] } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Updating an external credential (PUT) ``` { "developerName": "SampleOAuth", "masterLabel": "SampleOAuthLabel", "authenticationProtocol": "OAuth", "authenticationProtocolVariant": "JwtBearer", "parameters": [ { "id": "0puxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx", "parameterName": "SigningCertificate", "parameterType": "SigningCertificate", "parameterValue": "SampleCertificate" }, { "parameterName": "AuthProviderUrl", "parameterType": "AuthProviderUrl", "parameterValue": "www.identityprovider.com" }, { "parameterDescription": "Expiration Time", "parameterName": "exp", "parameterType": "JwtBodyClaim", "parameterValue": "{!Text(FLOOR((NOW() - DATETIMEVALUE( \"1970-01-01 00:00:00\" )) * 86400 + 120))}" }, { "parameterName": "Scope", "parameterType": "AuthParameter", "parameterValue": "SampleScope" } ], "principals": [ { "principalName": "SamplePerUserPrincipal", "principalType": "PerUserPrincipal", "sequenceNumber": 1, "parameters": [ { "parameterName": "Scope", "parameterType": "AuthParameter", "parameterValue": "SamplePrincipalGroupScope" } ] } ], "customHeaders": [ { "headerName": "SampleHeader", "headerValue": "SampleHeaderValue", "sequenceNumber": 1 } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _External Credential_ External credential, including the named credentials and principals associated with it and the type and status of each principal. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalCredential`. ### GET External Credential `GET /named-credentials/external-credentials/{developerName}` Operation ID: `getExternalCredential`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to retrieve information for a single external credential which includes the named credentials and principals associated with it and the type and authentication status of each principal Get an external credential, including the named credentials and principals associated with it and the type and status of each principal. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Parameters * `developerName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** _External Credential_ External credential, including the named credentials and principals associated with it and the type and status of each principal. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalCredential`. ### PUT External Credential `PUT /named-credentials/external-credentials/{developerName}` Operation ID: `putExternalCredential`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to retrieve information for a single external credential which includes the named credentials and principals associated with it and the type and authentication status of each principal Update an external credential. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `developerName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the resource. #### Request body Input used to create or update an external credential. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalCredentialInput`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /named-credentials/external-credentials request._ Payload 1 Creating an external credential (POST) _Example example\_2: same as POST /named-credentials/external-credentials request._ Payload 2 Updating an external credential (PUT) _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Creating an external credential (POST) _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Updating an external credential (PUT) #### Responses * **200** _External Credential_ External credential, including the named credentials and principals associated with it and the type and status of each principal. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalCredential`. ### DELETE External Credential `DELETE /named-credentials/external-credentials/{developerName}` Operation ID: `deleteExternalCredential`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to retrieve information for a single external credential which includes the named credentials and principals associated with it and the type and authentication status of each principal Delete an external credential. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `developerName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the resource. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET Named Credentials `GET /named-credentials/named-credential-setup` Operation ID: `getNamedCredentialList`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to retrieve a list of named credentials in the org Get a list of named credentials in the org. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Named Credential List_ List of named credentials. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NamedCredentialList`. ### POST Named Credentials `POST /named-credentials/named-credential-setup` Operation ID: `postNamedCredentialList`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to retrieve a list of named credentials in the org Create a named credential. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Request body Input used to create or update a named credential. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NamedCredentialInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "developerName": "SamplePrivate", "masterLabel": "SamplePrivateLabel", "type": "PrivateEndpoint", "calloutUrl": "https://www.salesforce.com", "externalCredentials": [ { "developerName": "SampleAws" } ], "networkConnection": { "developerName": "SampleOutboundConnection" }, "customHeaders": [ { "headerName": "SampleHeader", "headerValue": "SampleValue", "sequenceNumber": 1 }, { "headerName": "SampleHeader2", "headerValue": "SampleValue2", "sequenceNumber": 2 } ], "calloutOptions": { "allowMergeFieldsInBody": false, "allowMergeFieldsInHeader": true, "generateAuthorizationHeader": true }, "parameters": [ { "parameterDescription": "This is a description", "parameterName": "NamespaceOne", "parameterType": "AllowedManagedPackageNamespaces", "parameterValue": "namespace1" }, { "parameterName": "NamespaceTwo", "parameterType": "AllowedManagedPackageNamespaces", "parameterValue": "namespace2" }, { "parameterName": "ClientCertificate", "parameterType": "ClientCertificate", "parameterValue": "SampleCertificate" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Named Credential_ Named credential associated with an external credential. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NamedCredential`. ### GET Named Credential `GET /named-credentials/named-credential-setup/{developerName}` Operation ID: `getNamedCredential`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to interact with Named Credential Get a named credential. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `developerName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** _Named Credential_ Named credential associated with an external credential. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NamedCredential`. ### PUT Named Credential `PUT /named-credentials/named-credential-setup/{developerName}` Operation ID: `putNamedCredential`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to interact with Named Credential Update a named credential. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `developerName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the resource. #### Request body Input used to create or update a named credential. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NamedCredentialInput`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /named-credentials/named-credential-setup request._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Responses * **200** _Named Credential_ Named credential associated with an external credential. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NamedCredential`. ### DELETE Named Credential `DELETE /named-credentials/named-credential-setup/{developerName}` Operation ID: `deleteNamedCredential`. Tags: Named Credentials Resources. Resource to interact with Named Credential Delete a named credential. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Parameters * `developerName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. ### GET Network Connection Topologies, Inbound `GET /network-connection/inbound/connection-types/{connectionType}/topologies` Operation ID: `getInboundNetworkConnectionTopologies`. Tags: Private Connect Resources. Resource to get the inbound network connection region topologies Get the inbound network connection topologies for a connection type. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `connectionType` (path, ExternalConnectionType, required) In version 49.0 and later, `AwsPrivateLink` is the only supported `{connectionType}`. * `regions` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of regions. If unspecified, returns all the regions. For a list of supported regions, see [Considerations for Private Connect with AWS](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.private_connect_considerations.htm&type=5) in Salesforce Help. _Available in: v58.0_ * `scope` (query, ExternalConnectionTopologiesScope) Scope of the topologies. Values are: * `All` —List of regions with additional information, such as status and service name. * `Region` —List of regions. If a value isn’t specified, the default value is `All`. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Inbound Network Connection Topologies_ Inbound network connection topologies. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `InboundNetworkConnectionTopologies`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` GET https://MyDomainName.my.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/network-connection/inbound/connection-types/AwsPrivateLink/topologies?regions=us-east-1,us-west-2&scope=ALL ``` ### POST Network Connection, Inbound `POST /network-connection/inbound/connections/{developerName}` Operation ID: `postInboundNetworkConnection`. Tags: Private Connect Resources. Resource to perform actions on the inbound network connection Provision, sync, or tear down the inbound network connection. _Available in: v49.0_ In version 49.0–50.0, the response is empty. In version 51.0 and later, the response body is Network Connection. #### Parameters * `developerName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the resource. * `action` (query, ExternalConnectionAction, required) Action to take on the network connection. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Network Connection_ External network connection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NetworkConnection`. ### GET Network Connection Topologies, Outbound `GET /network-connection/outbound/connection-types/{connectionType}/topologies` Operation ID: `getOutboundNetworkConnectionTopologies`. Tags: Private Connect Resources. Resource to get the outbound network connection topologies Get the outbound network connection topologies for a connection type. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `connectionType` (path, ExternalConnectionType, required) In version 49.0 and later, `AwsPrivateLink` is the only supported `{connectionType}`. * `regions` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of regions. If unspecified, returns all the regions. For a list of supported regions, see [Considerations for Private Connect with AWS](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.private_connect_considerations.htm&type=5) in Salesforce Help. _Available in: v58.0_ * `scope` (query, ExternalConnectionTopologiesScope) Scope of the topologies. Values are: * `All` —List of regions with additional information, such as status and IAM role. * `Region` —List of regions. If a value isn’t specified, the default value is `All`. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Outbound Network Connection Topologies_ Outbound network connection topologies. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `OutboundNetworkConnectionTopologies`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` GET https://MyDomainName.my.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/network-connection/outbound/connection-types/AwsPrivateLink/topologies?regions=us-east-1,us-west-2&scope=ALL ``` ### POST Network Connection, Outbound `POST /network-connection/outbound/connections/{developerName}` Operation ID: `postOutboundNetworkConnection`. Tags: Private Connect Resources. Resource to perform actions on the outbound network connection Provision, sync, or tear down the outbound network connection. _Available in: v49.0_ In version 49.0–50.0, the response is empty. In version 51.0 and later, the response body is Network Connection. #### Parameters * `developerName` (path, string, required) Developer name of the resource. * `action` (query, ExternalConnectionAction, required) Action to take on the network connection. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Network Connection_ External network connection. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NetworkConnection`. ### GET Duplicate Directory `GET /dedupe` Operation ID: `getDuplicateRootDirectory`. Tags: Duplicate Resources. Describes the URLs to the sub-resources available under /dedupe. Get a directory of the duplicate resources. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Duplicate Directory_ Duplicate directory. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DuplicateDirectory`. ### GET Duplicate Job Definitions `GET /dedupe/job-definitions` Operation ID: `getJobDefinitions`. Tags: Duplicate Resources. Resource for getting a collection of Job Definitions Get duplicate job definitions. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Duplicate Job Definition Collection_ A collection of job definitions. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DuplicateJobDefinitionCollection`. ### GET Duplicate Job Definition `GET /dedupe/job-definitions/{jobDefinitionId}` Operation ID: `getJobDefinition`. Tags: Duplicate Resources. Resource for Duplicate Job Definition Get a duplicate job definition. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Parameters * `jobDefinitionId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the job definition. Pattern: ^(0PO)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Duplicate Job Definition_ A duplicate job definition. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DuplicateJobDefinition`. ### GET Duplicate Jobs `GET /dedupe/jobs` Operation ID: `getJobs`. Tags: Duplicate Resources. Resource for creating a Job (i.e., running a Job) or returnning a collection of jobs Get duplicate jobs. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Duplicate Job Collection_ A collection of duplicate jobs. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DuplicateJobCollection`. ### POST Duplicate Jobs `POST /dedupe/jobs` Operation ID: `createJob`. Tags: Duplicate Resources. Resource for creating a Job (i.e., running a Job) or returnning a collection of jobs Run a job. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Request body Create a duplicate job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DuplicateJobInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "duplicateJobDefId": "0POB0000004GUDXIA4" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Duplicate Job_ A duplicate job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DuplicateJob`. ### GET Duplicate Job `GET /dedupe/jobs/{jobId}` Operation ID: `getJob`. Tags: Duplicate Resources. Resource for Duplicate Job Get the status of a duplicate job. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Parameters * `jobId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the job. Pattern: ^(0PB)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Duplicate Job_ A duplicate job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DuplicateJob`. ### PATCH Duplicate Job `PATCH /dedupe/jobs/{jobId}` Operation ID: `updateJob`. Tags: Duplicate Resources. Resource for Duplicate Job Update the status of a duplicate job. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Parameters * `jobId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the job. Pattern: ^(0PB)\\w\*. #### Request body Update the duplicate job status. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DuplicateJobStatusInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "status": "Canceled" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Duplicate Job_ A duplicate job. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DuplicateJob`. ### DELETE Duplicate Job Results `DELETE /dedupe/jobs/{jobId}/results` Operation ID: `deleteJobResults`. Tags: Duplicate Resources. Resource for deleting Duplicate Job results Delete duplicate job results. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Parameters * `jobId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the job. Pattern: ^(0PB)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET Custom Domains `GET /connect/custom-domain/domains` Operation ID: `getCustomDomainCollection`. Tags: Custom Domain Resources. Resource for getting domains in the org and onboarding new domains Get a list of the custom domains for the org. A custom domain is a domain that you own, such as `https://www.example.com`, that serves content from your Experience Cloud sites or Salesforce Sites. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Custom Domain Collection_ List of custom domains for the org. A custom domain is a domain that you own, such as `https://www.example.com`, that serves content from your Experience Cloud sites or Salesforce Sites. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CustomDomainCollection`. ### GET Custom URLs for a Site or Store `GET /connect/custom-domain/domains/sites/{storeOrSiteId}/custom-urls` Operation ID: `getCustomDomainCustomUrlBySiteCollection`. Tags: Custom Domain Resources. Resource for getting Custom Urls associated with a site Get a list of custom URLs for a custom domain associated with a site or store. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `storeOrSiteId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the store or Experience Cloud site. Pattern: ^(0ZE|0DM)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Custom Domain Custom URL Collection_ List of custom URLs for a custom domain. A custom URL consists of a domain, a custom path prefix, and a unique site path. For a domain to serve content from a site, at least one custom URL is required. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CustomDomainCustomUrlDetailCollection`. ### GET Domain Detail `GET /connect/custom-domain/domains/{domainId}` Operation ID: `getCustomDomain`. Tags: Custom Domain Resources. Resource for getting a single domain Get information about a custom domain. A custom domain is a domain that you own, such as `https://www.example.com`, that serves content from your Experience Cloud sites or Salesforce Sites. _Available in: v60.0_ #### Parameters * `domainId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the custom domain. Pattern: ^(0I4)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Custom Domain Detail_ Detailed description of a custom domain. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CustomDomainDetail`. ### GET Custom URLs for a Domain `GET /connect/custom-domain/domains/{domainId}/custom-urls` Operation ID: `getCustomDomainCustomUrlDetailCollection`. Tags: Custom Domain Resources. Resource for getting Custom Urls on a domain Get a list of custom URLs for a custom domain. For a domain to serve site content, at least one custom URL is required. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `domainId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the custom domain. Pattern: ^(0I4)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Custom Domain Custom URL Collection_ List of custom URLs for a custom domain. A custom URL consists of a domain, a custom path prefix, and a unique site path. For a domain to serve content from a site, at least one custom URL is required. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CustomDomainCustomUrlDetailCollection`. ### GET Custom URL Detail `GET /connect/custom-domain/domains/{domainId}/custom-urls/{customUrlId}` Operation ID: `getCustomDomainCustomUrlDetail`. Tags: Custom Domain Resources. Resource for getting a specific customURl on a domain Get information about a custom URL. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Parameters * `customUrlId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the custom URL. Pattern: ^(0Jf)\\w\*. * `domainId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the custom domain. Pattern: ^(0I4)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Custom URL Detail_ Detailed description of a custom URL. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CustomDomainCustomUrlDetail`. ### GET Custom Domain Pending Configuration `GET /connect/custom-domain/domains/{domainId}/pending-configuration` Operation ID: `getCustomDomainPendingConfiguration`. Tags: Custom Domain Resources. Resource for getting current domain status Get the pending configuration for a custom domain. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Parameters * `domainId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the custom domain. Pattern: ^(0I4)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Custom Domain Pending Configuration Detail_ Detailed description of the pending configuration for a custom domain. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CustomDomainPendingConfigurationOutput`. ### GET Custom Domain ID `GET /connect/custom-domain/domains/{domainName}/domainId` Operation ID: `getCustomDomainId`. Tags: Custom Domain Resources. Resource for getting domain Id attached to a domain name Get the ID for the custom domain associated with a domain name. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `domainName` (path, string, required) Name of the domain. #### Responses * **200** _Custom Domain ID_ ID of the custom domain. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CustomDomainId`. ### GET Custom Domain Expected CDN CNAME `GET /connect/custom-domain/domains/{domainName}/expected-cdn-validation-cname` Operation ID: `getCustomDomainExpectedCdnValidationCName`. Tags: Custom Domain Resources. Resource for getting the CDN validation CName for domain ownership verification Get values for the canonical name (CNAME) record that’s required for custom domains that use the Salesforce CDN. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `domainName` (path, string, required) Name of the domain. #### Responses * **200** _Custom Domain CNAME for the Salesforce CDN_ The canonical name (CNAME) that’s required for custom domains that use the Saleforce CDN. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CustomDomainExpectedCdnCName`. ### GET Custom Domain Expected CNAME `GET /connect/custom-domain/domains/{domainName}/expected-cname` Operation ID: `getCustomDomainExpectedCName`. Tags: Custom Domain Resources. Resource for getting the CName for domain ownership verification Get values for the canonical name (CNAME) record that’s used to verify ownership of a custom domain. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `domainName` (path, string, required) Name of the domain. #### Responses * **200** _Custom Domain CNAME for Domain Verification_ The canonical name (CNAME) record that’s used to verify ownership of a custom domain. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CustomDomainExpectedCName`. ### GET Next Best Action, Reactions `GET /connect/recommendation-strategies/reactions` Operation ID: `getRecommendationReactions`. Tags: Next Best Action Resources. Record user reaction generated from previously presented recommendation Get and record user reactions to recommendations. _Available in: v45.0_ **Note:** Users with the Manage Next Best Action Recommendations or Modify All Data permission can get recommendation reactions. #### Parameters * `contextRecordId` (query, string) Use the ID of a context record to filter the results. _Available in: v45.0_ * `createdById` (query, string) Use the ID of the user who is indirectly reacting to the recommendation to filter the results. _Available in: v45.0_ * `onBehalfOfId` (query, string) Use the ID of the user or record that created the recommendation reaction to filter the results. _Available in: v45.0_ * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v45.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v45.0_ * `targetId` (query, string) Use the ID of the target to filter the results. _Available in: v45.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Recommendation Reaction Collection_ A list of recommendation reactions. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationReactionCollection`. ### POST Next Best Action, Reactions `POST /connect/recommendation-strategies/reactions` Operation ID: `setRecommendationReaction`. Tags: Next Best Action Resources. Record user reaction generated from previously presented recommendation Get and record user reactions to recommendations. _Available in: v45.0_ #### Request body A reaction to a recommendation produced by a recommendation strategy. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationReactionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "contextRecordId": "500xx000000Ylnv", "onBehalfOfId": "001xx000003DGQW", "reactionType": "Accepted", "strategyName": "AcmeSupport", "targetActionName": "UpgradeService", "targetId": "0prxx00000000M7AAI" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Recommendation Reaction_ Reaction to a recommendation produced by a recommendation strategy. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationReaction`. ### GET Next Best Action, Reaction `GET /connect/recommendation-strategies/reactions/{reactionId}` Operation ID: `getRecommendationReaction`. Tags: Next Best Action Resources. Expose recommendation reactions Get a recommendation reaction. _Available in: v45.0_ **Note:** Users with the Manage Next Best Action Recommendations or Modify All Data permission can get and delete recommendation reactions. #### Parameters * `reactionId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the recommendation reaction or other sObject that caused the user to react. Pattern: ^(0ps)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Recommendation Reaction_ Reaction to a recommendation produced by a recommendation strategy. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecommendationReaction`. ### DELETE Next Best Action, Reaction `DELETE /connect/recommendation-strategies/reactions/{reactionId}` Operation ID: `deleteRecommendationReaction`. Tags: Next Best Action Resources. Expose recommendation reactions Delete a recommendation reaction. _Available in: v45.0_ **Note:** Users with the Manage Next Best Action Recommendations or Modify All Data permission can get and delete recommendation reactions. #### Parameters * `reactionId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the recommendation reaction or other sObject that caused the user to react. Pattern: ^(0ps)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### POST Next Best Action, Strategy Recommendations `POST /connect/recommendation-strategies/{strategyName}/recommendations` Operation ID: `executeStrategy`. Tags: Next Best Action Resources. Provides execution endpoint for a named Recommendation Strategy Execute a strategy. _Available in: v45.0_ #### Parameters * `strategyName` (path, string, required) Name of the strategy. * `contextRecordId` (query, string) ID of the context record. For example, if the next best action is on a case detail page, the ID of the case. _Available in: v45.0_ * `debugTrace` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return trace and debug information in the response (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, the default is `false`. _Available in: v45.0_ * `maxResults` (query, integer) Maximum number of results. Valid values are from 1 to 25. The default is 3. _Available in: v45.0_ #### Request body A recommendation strategy. _Available in: v45.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NBAStrategyInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "strategyContext": { "key1": "val1", "key2": "val2" }, "contextRecordId": "a0lB0000001G2nFIAS", "maxResults": 5 } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Next Best Action Recommendations_ Recommendations returned by a recommendation strategy. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NBARecommendations`. ### GET Next Best Action, Recommendation `GET /connect/recommendations/{recommendationId}` Operation ID: `getRecommendation`. Tags: Next Best Action Resources. Read Recommendation by Id Get a recommendation. _Available in: v45.0_ #### Parameters * `recommendationId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the recommendation. Pattern: ^(0pr)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Recommendation Object_ A Next Best Action recommendation object. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Recommendation`. ### POST Surveys Responses Using Invitation ID `POST /connect/surveys/{surveyId}/invitation/{surveyInvitationId}/survey-response` Operation ID: `startSurveyResponseBySurveyInvitationId`. Tags: Surveys Resources. This call is responsible to submit survey responses Initialize the process of submitting survey responses and return the details of the first page of the survey by making a POST request. **Note**: Salesforce Feedback Management (SFM) Business API performance can be impacted if a POST request exceeds 5,400 calls per minute and if a PATCH request exceeds 2,700 calls per minute at the org level. For more rate limit information, see [Connect REST API Limits](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_rate_limits). _Available in: v56.0_ **Note**: The HTTP header request format only accepts `Content-Type: application/json`. #### Special Access Rules The Feedback Management - Starter and Feedback Management - Growth licenses are required to use this resource. #### Parameters * `surveyId` (path, string (Id), required) Unique ID used to represent a Survey. * `surveyInvitationId` (path, string (Id), required) Unique ID used to represent Survey Invitation. #### Request body Input representation of the details of the survey recipient and their engagement context, and the language, related records, and invitation settings of the survey. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SurveyDescriptionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "languageCode": "", "relatedRecordIds": [ "500xx000000bo3dAAA" ], "recipientEngagementContext": { "test_key1": "test_value1", "test_key2": "test_value1" } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Survey Description Output_ Output representation of the response to the Start Survey request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SurveyDescriptionOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "languageCode": "en", "invitationId": "0Kixx0000004MWaCAM", "flowInterviewState": "state1", "status": "Success", "isPartiallyCmplSurveyLoaded": false, "surveyDetail": { "label": "Survey01", "name": "Survey01", "surveyPage": { "label": "Page 1", "name": "p_d84afb73_3a30_4a3f_aae7_b0478b3bb4ed", "surveyQuestions": [ { "name": "q_856a997e_be2c_4ea3_b70d_7f6fb9cfbf4f", "label": "Good so Far !", "questionType": "ShortText", "responseDataType": "STRING", "isResponseRequired": false } ] } }, "navigationActions": [ "Next" ], "responseId": "0Myxx0000004CYqCAM", "errors": [], "warnings": [] } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/56.0/connect/surveys/0Kdx00000000H46CAE/invitation/0Kixx0000004EsOCAU/survey-response Content-Type: application/json { "languageCode": "", "relatedRecordIds": [ "500xx000000bo3dAAA" ], "recipientEngagementContext": { "test_key1": "test_value1", "test_key2": "test_value1" } } ``` ### PATCH Surveys Responses Using Invitation ID `PATCH /connect/surveys/{surveyId}/invitation/{surveyInvitationId}/survey-response` Operation ID: `submitSurveyResponseBySurveyInvitationId`. Tags: Surveys Resources. This call is responsible to submit survey responses Submit the survey responses using the PATCH request. **Note**: Salesforce Feedback Management (SFM) Business API performance can be impacted if a POST request exceeds 5,400 calls per minute and if a PATCH request exceeds 2,700 calls per minute at the org level. For more rate limit information, see [Connect REST API Limits](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_rate_limits). _Available in: v56.0_ **Note**: The HTTP header request format only accepts `Content-Type: application/json`. #### Special Access Rules The Feedback Management - Starter and Feedback Management - Growth licenses are required to use this resource. #### Parameters * `surveyId` (path, string (Id), required) Unique ID used to represent a Survey. * `surveyInvitationId` (path, string (Id), required) Unique ID used to represent Survey Invitation. #### Request body Input representation of the details of a survey response. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SurveyResponseInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Here’s an example for multiple questions. ``` { "invitationId": "0Kixx0000004DbMCAU", "languageCode": "en", "flowInterviewState": "ewqJgw", "navigationAction": "Next", "surveyPageResponses": { "name": "p_ff794819_c0f0_4e0d_b357_29ca1694cfc4", "questionResponses": [ { "name": "q_d217f330_05a6_4e2b_859b_1f1ef210bf84", "questionType": "NPS", "responseValue": 5 }, { "name": "q_ab781617_3665_4a41_b4ff_f236d73ecb30", "questionType": "FreeText", "responseValue": "Free Text Question Response" }, { "name": "q_b1cdfe4c_9c7d_4c2f_ad9d_1915d301d780", "questionType": "ShortText", "responseValue": "Short Text Question Response" }, { "name": "q_f84a6a3c_683c_4ed5_864e_5b486baed308", "questionType": "Boolean", "responses": [ { "name": "choice1" } ] }, { "name": "q_113419b1_5d29_4bb9_8b10_e3fe324ae040", "questionType": "MultiChoice", "responses": [ { "name": "c_9775c2e5_9086_44a8_a5c9_89fdc886c99a" }, { "name": "c_0f1f63cc_608a_4560_9d29_72b203f195f2" } ] }, { "name": "q_1d8690a9_ae95_4e7c_86be_b8057205facc", "questionType": "RadioButton", "responses": [ { "name": "c_4867edc8_e9a6_4e86_9fea_b80758e90caf" } ] }, { "name": "q_8946f212_25ff_43a8_a507_d267637eee1f", "questionType": "Rating", "responses": [ { "name": "c_f51c509a_9643_4a05_89f1_42464de618a6" } ] } ] } } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Here’s an example for a single question. ``` { "invitationId": "0Kixx0000004EdsCAE", "languageCode": "en", "navigationAction": "Next", "surveyPageResponses": { "questionResponses": [ { "name": "q_3e501184_bb93_4a9c_a66b_6f2d81c92316", "questionType": "FreeText", "responseValue": "Answer for text question" } ] }, "flowInterviewState": "eg" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Survey Response Output_ Output representation of the response to the Submit Survey request. The response includes the status of the survey response API and the Thank You page details in the survey. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SurveyResponseOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "languageCode": "en", "invitationId": "0Kixx0000004MWaCAM", "flowInterviewState": "state1", "status": "Success", "surveyPage": { "label": "Page 1", "name": "p_d84afb73_3a30_4a3f_aae7_b0478b3bb4ed", "surveyQuestions": [ { "name": "q_856a997e_be2c_4ea3_b70d_7f6fb9cfbf4f", "label": "Good so Far !", "questionType": "ShortText", "responseDataType": "STRING", "isResponseRequired": false } ] }, "navigationActions": [ "Next", "Back" ], "responseId": "0Myxx0000004CYqCAM", "errors": [] } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/56.0/connect/surveys/0Kdx00000000H46CAE/invitation/0Kixx0000004EsOCAU/survey-response Content-Type: application/json { "invitationId": "0Kixx0000004DbMCAU", "languageCode": "en", "flowInterviewState": "ewqJgw", "navigationAction": "Next", "surveyPageResponses": { "name": "p_ff794819_c0f0_4e0d_b357_29ca1694cfc4", "questionResponses": [ { "name": "q_d217f330_05a6_4e2b_859b_1f1ef210bf84", "questionType": "NPS", "responseValue": 5 }, { "name": "q_ab781617_3665_4a41_b4ff_f236d73ecb30", "questionType": "FreeText", "responseValue": "Free Text Question Response" }, { "name": "q_b1cdfe4c_9c7d_4c2f_ad9d_1915d301d780", "questionType": "ShortText", "responseValue": "Short Text Question Response" }, { "name": "q_f84a6a3c_683c_4ed5_864e_5b486baed308", "questionType": "Boolean", "responses": [ { "name": "choice1" } ] }, { "name": "q_113419b1_5d29_4bb9_8b10_e3fe324ae040", "questionType": "MultiChoice", "responses": [ { "name": "c_9775c2e5_9086_44a8_a5c9_89fdc886c99a" }, { "name": "c_0f1f63cc_608a_4560_9d29_72b203f195f2" } ] }, { "name": "q_1d8690a9_ae95_4e7c_86be_b8057205facc", "questionType": "RadioButton", "responses": [ { "name": "c_4867edc8_e9a6_4e86_9fea_b80758e90caf" } ] }, { "name": "q_8946f212_25ff_43a8_a507_d267637eee1f", "questionType": "Rating", "responses": [ { "name": "c_f51c509a_9643_4a05_89f1_42464de618a6" } ] } ] } } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/56.0/connect/surveys/0Kdx00000000H46CAE/invitation/0Kixx0000004EsOCAU/survey-response Content-Type: application/json { "invitationId": "0Kixx0000004EdsCAE", "languageCode": "en", "navigationAction": "Next", "surveyPageResponses": { "questionResponses": [ { "name": "q_3e501184_bb93_4a9c_a66b_6f2d81c92316", "questionType": "FreeText", "responseValue": "Answer for text question" } ] }, "flowInterviewState": "eg" } ``` ### POST Salesforce Surveys Invitation Emails `POST /connect/surveys/{surveyId}/survey-invitation-emails` Operation ID: `sendSurveyInvitationEmail`. Tags: Surveys Resources. This call is responsible for generating and distributing survey invitations to emails. Email survey invitations to up to 300 participants. You can email leads, contacts, or users in your org. Either a link to launch the survey or a question can be embedded in the email invitations. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Parameters * `surveyId` (path, string (Id), required) Unique ID used to represent a Survey. #### Request body Survey email. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SurveyEmailInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "recipients": [ "003x0000003j8CEAAY" ], "collectAnonymousResponse": false, "allowParticipantsAccessTheirResponse": false, "allowGuestUserResponse": true, "isPersonalInvitation": true, "emailTemplateId": "00Xx0000000LwAuEAK", "surveyQuestionIds": [ "0Kux000000003yBCAQ" ], "invitationExpirationDate": "2020-07-31T21:32:54", "fromEmailAddress": "abeeram@salesforce.com", "invitationOwner": "0054V00000FZTjJ", "shareInvitationsWith": [ "0054V00000FZTjJ" ], "associateRecordsWithRecipients": [ { "recipientId": "003x0000003j8CEAAY", "associateRecordIds": [ "001x0000004EWIZAA4" ] } ], "recipientEngagementContexts": [ { "recipientId": "003x0000003j8CEAAY", "recipientEngagementContext": { "TestKey": "TestValue" } } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Survey Email_ Survey invitation email response. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SurveyEmail`. ### POST Survey Responses Using Invitation Configurations `POST /connect/surveys/{surveyId}/survey-response` Operation ID: `startSurveyResponse`. Tags: Surveys Resources. This call is responsible to submit survey responses Create responses using the invitation configuration details and initiate the process of submitting the survey responses by making a POST request. **Note**: Salesforce Feedback Management (SFM) Business API performance can be impacted if a POST request exceeds 5,400 calls per minute and if a PATCH request exceeds 2,700 calls per minute at the org level. For more rate limit information, see [Connect REST API Limits](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_rate_limits). _Available in: v56.0_ **Note**: The HTTP header request format only accepts `Content-Type: application/json`. #### Special Access Rules The Feedback Management - Starter and Feedback Management - Growth licenses are required to use this resource. #### Parameters * `surveyId` (path, string (Id), required) Unique ID used to represent a Survey. #### Request body Input representation of the details of the survey recipient and their engagement context, and the language, related records, and invitation settings of the survey. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SurveyDescriptionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "languageCode": "", "relatedRecordIds": [ "500xx000000bo3dAAA" ], "recipientEngagementContext": { "test_key1": "test_value1", "test_key2": "test_value1" }, "invitationSettings": { "recipientId": "005xx000001X7ibAAC", "allowGuestUserResponse": false, "allowParticipantsAccessTheirResponse": false, "collectAnonymousResponse": false, "invitationExpirationDate": "2022-07-31T21:32:54", "communityId": "", "invitationOwner": "" } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Survey Description Output_ Output representation of the response to the Start Survey request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SurveyDescriptionOutput`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /connect/surveys/{surveyId}/invitation/{surveyInvitationId}/survey-response 200 response._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/56.0/connect/surveys/0Kdx00000000H46CAE/survey-response Content-Type: application/json { "languageCode": "", "relatedRecordIds": [ "500xx000000bo3dAAA" ], "recipientEngagementContext": { "test_key1": "test_value1", "test_key2": "test_value1" }, "invitationSettings": { "recipientId": "005xx000001X7ibAAC", "allowGuestUserResponse": false, "allowParticipantsAccessTheirResponse": false, "collectAnonymousResponse": false, "invitationExpirationDate": "2022-07-31T21:32:54", "communityId": "", "invitationOwner": "" } } ``` ### PATCH Survey Responses Using Invitation Configurations `PATCH /connect/surveys/{surveyId}/survey-response` Operation ID: `submitSurveyResponse`. Tags: Surveys Resources. This call is responsible to submit survey responses Submit the survey responses using the PATCH request. **Note**: Salesforce Feedback Management (SFM) Business API performance can be impacted if a POST request exceeds 5,400 calls per minute and if a PATCH request exceeds 2,700 calls per minute at the org level. For more rate limit information, see [Connect REST API Limits](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_rate_limits). _Available in: v56.0_ **Note**: The HTTP header request format only accepts `Content-Type: application/json`. #### Special Access Rules The Feedback Management - Starter and Feedback Management - Growth licenses are required to use this resource. #### Parameters * `surveyId` (path, string (Id), required) Unique ID used to represent a Survey. #### Request body Input representation of the details of a survey response. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SurveyResponseInput`. _Example example\_1: same as PATCH /connect/surveys/{surveyId}/invitation/{surveyInvitationId}/survey-response request._ Payload 1 Here’s an example for multiple questions. _Example example\_2: same as PATCH /connect/surveys/{surveyId}/invitation/{surveyInvitationId}/survey-response request._ Payload 2 Here’s an example for a single question. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Here’s an example for multiple questions. _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Here’s an example for a single question. #### Responses * **200** _Survey Response Output_ Output representation of the response to the Submit Survey request. The response includes the status of the survey response API and the Thank You page details in the survey. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SurveyResponseOutput`. _Example example\_1: same as PATCH /connect/surveys/{surveyId}/invitation/{surveyInvitationId}/survey-response 200 response._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/56.0/connect/surveys/0Kdx00000000H46CAE/survey-response Content-Type: application/json { "invitationId": "0Kixx0000004DbMCAU", "languageCode": "en", "flowInterviewState": "ewqJgw", "navigationAction": "Next", "surveyPageResponses": { "name": "p_ff794819_c0f0_4e0d_b357_29ca1694cfc4", "questionResponses": [ { "name": "q_d217f330_05a6_4e2b_859b_1f1ef210bf84", "questionType": "NPS", "responseValue": 5 }, { "name": "q_ab781617_3665_4a41_b4ff_f236d73ecb30", "questionType": "FreeText", "responseValue": "Free Text Question Response" }, { "name": "q_b1cdfe4c_9c7d_4c2f_ad9d_1915d301d780", "questionType": "ShortText", "responseValue": "Short Text Question Response" }, { "name": "q_f84a6a3c_683c_4ed5_864e_5b486baed308", "questionType": "Boolean", "responses": [ { "name": "choice1" } ] }, { "name": "q_113419b1_5d29_4bb9_8b10_e3fe324ae040", "questionType": "MultiChoice", "responses": [ { "name": "c_9775c2e5_9086_44a8_a5c9_89fdc886c99a" }, { "name": "c_0f1f63cc_608a_4560_9d29_72b203f195f2" } ] }, { "name": "q_1d8690a9_ae95_4e7c_86be_b8057205facc", "questionType": "RadioButton", "responses": [ { "name": "c_4867edc8_e9a6_4e86_9fea_b80758e90caf" } ] }, { "name": "q_8946f212_25ff_43a8_a507_d267637eee1f", "questionType": "Rating", "responses": [ { "name": "c_f51c509a_9643_4a05_89f1_42464de618a6" } ] } ] } } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/56.0/connect/surveys/0Kdx00000000H46CAE/survey-response Content-Type: application/json { "invitationId": "0Kixx0000004EdsCAE", "languageCode": "en", "navigationAction": "Next", "surveyPageResponses": { "questionResponses": [ { "name": "q_3e501184_bb93_4a9c_a66b_6f2d81c92316", "questionType": "FreeText", "responseValue": "Answer for text question" } ] }, "flowInterviewState": "eg" } ``` ### GET Connect `GET /connect` Operation ID: `getConnectRootDirectory`. Tags: Connect Resources. Describes the URLs to the sub-resources available under /connect. A directory of the org and Experience Cloud site resources available to the context user. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Connect Directory_ Connect directory. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConnectDirectory`. ### POST Batch `POST /connect/batch` Operation ID: `postGenericBatch`. Tags: Batch Resources. Create a request body with a batch of up to 25 requests and send them to the server in a single request. The response bodies and HTTP statuses for every request in the batch are returned within a single response body. Use this resource to minimize the number of round-trips between the client and the server. For example, in a mobile app, when a user taps on the like button, the response body includes information about the like, but it doesn’t include the total number of likes on the feed item. To like the feed item, POST a request to /chatter/feed-items/feedItemId/likes. To get the like total, GET the feed item information from /chatter/feed-items/feedItemId. Add both requests to a Batch Input request body and send them both in a single POST request to /connect/batch.The requests in a batch are called sub-requests. Sub-requests are independent and information can’t be passed between them. Sub-requests execute serially in their order in the request body. When a sub-request executes successfully, it commits its data. Commits are reflected in the output of later sub-requests (as in the previous example which liked a feed-item then got the total number of likes). If haltOnError is true and a sub-request returns an HTTP status code in the 400 or 500 range, subsequent sub-requests are not executed. A halted batch request returns an HTTP 412 status code and a BATCH\_PROCESSING\_HALTED error message. To upload binary files, specify the name of the binary part in the richInput of the request body. Create a request body with a batch of up to 25 subrequests and send them to the server in a single request to improve your application’s performance. The response bodies and HTTP statuses for each subrequest in the batch are returned within a single response body. Each subrequest counts against rate limits. Use this resource to minimize the number of round-trips between the client and the server. For example, in a mobile app, when a user taps the button to like a feed item, the response body includes information about the like, but it doesn’t include the total number of likes on the feed item. To like the feed item, POST a request to `/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/chatter-likes/items`. To get the like total, GET the feed item information from `/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/chatter-likes/items`. Add both requests to a Generic Batch Collection Input request body and send them both in a single POST request to `/connect/batch`. The requests in a batch are called subrequests. All subrequests are executed in the context of the same user. Subrequests are independent and information can’t be passed between them. Subrequests execute serially in their order in the request body. When a subrequest executes successfully, it commits its data. Commits are reflected in the output of later subrequests (as in the previous example which liked a feed item then got the total number of likes). If a subrequest fails, commits made by previous subrequests are not rolled back. _Available in: v28.0_ #### Request body Generic batch collection input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `object`. * `batchRequests` (_array of GenericBatchRequestInput_) Collection of Batch Request Input request bodies containing the subrequest URLs to execute. _Available in: v28.0_ * `haltOnError` (_boolean_) Controls whether Salesforce stops processing subrequests if a subrequest fails. The default value is `false` . If the value is `false` and a subrequest in the batch does not complete, Salesforce attempts to execute subsequent subrequests in the batch. If the value is `true` and a subrequest in the batch doesn’t complete due to an HTTP response in the 400 or 500 range, Salesforce halts execution. It doesn’t attempt to execute subsequent subrequests in the batch. It returns an HTTP 412 status code and a `BATCH_PROCESSING_HALTED` error message for each subsequent subrequest indicating that a previous request was unsuccessful. The top-level request to `/connect/batch` returns HTTP 200, and the `hasErrors` property in the response is set to `true`. Before subrequests are executed, Salesforce verifies that the entire request, including subrequests, is formed properly. If it isn't, Salesforce returns an HTTP 400 Bad Request and doesn't execute subrequests, regardless of the value of `haltOnError`. Examples of a bad request are a subrequest using the wrong method or having an error in its URL. _Available in: v28.0_ _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "batchRequests": [ { "method": "Get", "url": "/v/chatter/feeds/news/me" }, { "method": "Get", "url": "/v/chatter/feeds/user-profile/me" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Batch`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example is a POST request made to # `https://{instance_name}/services/data/v67.0/connect/batch` that includes the # following request body containing two subrequests: { "batchRequests": [ { "method": "Get", "url": "/v/chatter/feeds/user-profile/me" }, { "method": "Get", "url": "/v/chatter/feeds/news/me" } ] } ``` ### GET Batch Motifs `GET /connect/motifs/batch/{idOrPrefixList}` Operation ID: `getMotifBatch`. Tags: Motifs Resources. Returns URLs for sets of small, medium, and large motif icons for a set of objectsor object types. Returns a set of small, medium, and large motif icons for the specified records. Can also contain the base color for each specified record. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/motifs/batch/{idOrPrefixList}` _Available in: v27.0_ #### Parameters * `idOrPrefixList` (path, array of string (IdOrPrefix), required) Specify a comma-separated list of IDs and key prefixes for `idOrPrefixList`. You can mix IDs and key prefixes in the same request. #### Responses * **200** _Batch Results_ Batch results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Batch`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # Request for motifs for a user and a file: # `/connect/motifs/batch/005D0000001LLO1,069D00000001FHF` # # Response: {"results": [ { "result": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile16.png" }, "statusCode": 200 }, { "result": { "color": "993333", "largeIconUrl": "/img/content/content64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/content/content32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/files16.png" }, "statusCode": 200 } ]} ``` ### GET Motifs `GET /connect/motifs/{idOrPrefix}` Operation ID: `getMotif`. Tags: Motifs Resources. Returns URLs for sets of small, medium, and large motif icons. Records have different sets of motif icons depending on the record type. Returns a set of small, medium, and large motif icons for the specified record. Can also return the base color for the specified record. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/motifs/{idOrPrefix}` _Available in: v27.0_ #### Parameters * `idOrPrefix` (path, string (IdOrPrefix), required) Specify either an ID or key prefix for `idOrPrefix`. #### Responses * **200** _Motif_ The motif properties contain URLs for small, medium, and large icons that indicate the Salesforce record type. Common record types are files, users, and groups, but all record types have a set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon. All icons are available to unauthenticated users so that, for example, you can display the motif icons in an email. The motif can also contain the record type’s base color. The motif images are icons, not user uploaded images or photos. For example, every user has the same set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon, for example, the following custom object uses the “boat” tab style: `"motif": { "color": "8C004C", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Users use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Groups use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups16.png" },` Files use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/content/content64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/content/content32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/files16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` To view the icons in the previous examples, preface the URL with `https://{instance_name}`. For example, `https://{instance_name}/img/icon/profile64.png`. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Motif`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # Request for user motifs: `/connect/motifs/005D0000001LLO1` # # Response: { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile16.png" } ``` ### GET Organization `GET /connect/organization` Operation ID: `getSettings`. Tags: Connect Resources. Information about the current user’s organization, features, and user settings. Information about the context user’s org and settings. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Organization_ An org. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Organization`. ### GET List of Zones `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/zones` Operation ID: `getZoneCollectionZones`. Tags: ⚠️ Deprecated. **Deprecated**. Returns information about the zones that are available to the context user. A list of Chatter Answers zones in the organization. Get information about zones available to the context user. **Note**: With the Spring ’18 release, Salesforce no longer supports Chatter Answers. Users of Chatter Answers can post, answer, comment, or view existing Chatter Answers data, but support and updates are scheduled to end. We recommend transitioning to Chatter Questions. For more information, see [End of Support for Chatter Answers in Spring ’18](https://help.salesforce.com/apex/HTViewSolution?urlname=Chatter-Answers-to-Retire-in-Spring-18). _Available in: v29.0_ #### Alternate paths * `/connect/communities/{communityId}/zones/` - Community Scope #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `page` (query, integer) An integer specifying a page of items. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. _Available in: v29.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are between 1 and 250. The default value is 25. _Available in: v29.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Zone Page_ A page of Chatter Answers zones. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ZoneCollection`. ### GET Quick Text `GET /connect/quicktextbody` Operation ID: `getQuickTextBody`. Tags: Quick Text Resources. get quick text body Get the body of a quick text. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Parameters * `channel` (query, string) Where the message body was created. Values are: * `Email` * `Event` * `Generic` * `Internal` * `Knowledge` * `Live Agent` * `Messaging` * `Phone` * `Portal` * `Social` * `Task` _Available in: v50.0_ * `launchSource` (query, string) How the user started the quick text. Values are: * `Floater` * `Keyboard shortcut` * `Macro` * `Toolbar` _Available in: v50.0_ * `quickTextContext` (query, ConnectQuickTextContextEnum) Context of the quick text. _Available in: v50.0_ * `quickTextId` (query, string, required) ID of the quick text. _Available in: v50.0_ * `quickTextMessage` (query, string) Content of the original text template before quick text is merged into it. _Available in: v50.0_ * `whatId` (query, string, required) ID of a nonhuman object, such as an account or case. _Available in: v50.0_ * `whoId` (query, string, required) ID of a human object, such as a lead or contact. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Quick Text Preview Body_ Body of a preview quick text. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `QuickTextBody`. ### GET Zone Information `GET /connect/zones/{zoneId}` Operation ID: `getZone`. Tags: ⚠️ Deprecated. **Deprecated**. Return a zone Information about the specified Chatter Answers zone. **Note**: With the Spring ’18 release, Salesforce no longer supports Chatter Answers. Users of Chatter Answers can post, answer, comment, or view existing Chatter Answers data, but support and updates are scheduled to end. We recommend transitioning to Chatter Questions. For more information, see [End of Support for Chatter Answers in Spring ’18](https://help.salesforce.com/apex/HTViewSolution?urlname=Chatter-Answers-to-Retire-in-Spring-18). #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/zones/{zoneId}` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `zoneId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of a zone. Pattern: ^(09a)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Zone_ A Chatter Answers zone. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Zone`. ### GET Zone Search Results `GET /connect/zones/{zoneId}/search-results` Operation ID: `getZoneSearch`. Tags: ⚠️ Deprecated. **Deprecated**. Return zone search results Search results from a search in a Chatter Answers zone. **Note**: With the Spring ’18 release, Salesforce no longer supports Chatter Answers. Users of Chatter Answers can post, answer, comment, or view existing Chatter Answers data, but support and updates are scheduled to end. We recommend transitioning to Chatter Questions. For more information, see [End of Support for Chatter Answers in Spring ’18](https://help.salesforce.com/apex/HTViewSolution?urlname=Chatter-Answers-to-Retire-in-Spring-18). #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/zones/{zoneId}/search-results` _Available in: v29.0_ #### Parameters * `zoneId` (path, string (Id), required) The ID of a zone. Pattern: ^(09a)\\w\*. * `filter` (query, ConnectZoneSearchResultTypeEnum) A filter for the search results. One of these values: * `Article` —Search results contain only articles. * `Question` —Search results contain only questions. _Available in: v29.0_ * `language` (query, string) The language of the articles or questions. The value must be a Salesforce supported locale code. In an `` , the default value is the language of the page. Otherwise, the default value is the user's locale. _Available in: v36.0_ * `page` (query, integer) The page of items to return. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. _Available in: v29.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) The number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. The default value is 20. _Available in: v29.0_ * `q` (query, string) Required and can’t be `null`. Specifies the string to search. The search string must contain at least two characters, not including wildcards. See [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v29.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Zone Search Result_ The result of a search within a Chatter Answers zone. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ZoneSearchResultCollection`. ### GET Bot Version Activation `GET /connect/bot-versions/{botVersionId}/activation` Operation ID: `getBotVersionActivation`. Tags: Bot Version Activation Resources. The Bot Activation resource defines operations around activation of a Bot Version Get the activation information of a bot version. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Parameters * `botVersionId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the bot version. Pattern: ^(0X9)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Bot Version Activation Info_ Success or failure information of the bot version activation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BotVersionActivationInfo`. ### POST Bot Version Activation `POST /connect/bot-versions/{botVersionId}/activation` Operation ID: `postBotVersionActivation`. Tags: Bot Version Activation Resources. The Bot Activation resource defines operations around activation of a Bot Version Change the activation information of a bot version. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Parameters * `botVersionId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the bot version. Pattern: ^(0X9)\\w\*. * `status` (query, BotVersionActivationStatus) Activation status of the bot version. Activation status must be specified in the `status` request parameter or the Bot Version Activation Input request body. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Request body Activation information for the bot version. _Available in: v50.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BotVersionActivationInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Bot Version Activation Info_ Success or failure information of the bot version activation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BotVersionActivationInfo`. ### GET Conversation Application Definition `GET /connect/conversation-application` Operation ID: `getConversationApplicationDefinition`. Tags: Conversation Application Definition Resources. This resource defines operations around Conversation Application Definition Get information about an integration’s conversation application definition and the associated bot. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `integrationName` (query, string, required) Name of the conversation application. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Conversation Application Definition Detail_ Information about conversation application definition. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConversationApplicationDefinitionDetailRespresentation`. ### POST Bot Utterance Intent Prediction `POST /connect/bots/utterance-prediction/intent` Operation ID: `postUtterancePrediction`. Tags: Bot Utterance Intent Prediction Resources. Predict the associated intent of utterances for a bot. Predict the intent of utterances for a bot. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Request body Collection of utterance and associated intent information for a bot. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BotUtteranceCollectionPredictionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "botId": "1M1SG00000000Ax", "botVersionId": "0X9SG0000005ABd0AM", "utterancesToIntents": [ { "utterance": "Do not give up?", "intent": "bot-profile_update" }, { "utterance": "How do I change my account information?", "intent": "bot-profile_update" }, { "utterance": "Can you tell me the status of my order?", "intent": "bot-order_details" }, { "utterance": "I want to track my order.", "intent": "bot-order_details" }, { "utterance": "Can you tell me the movie schedule?", "intent": "bot-movie_schedule" }, { "utterance": "What are the showtimes for today?", "intent": "bot-movie_schedule" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Bot Utterance Collection Prediction Output_ Intent predictions for a bot. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BotUtteranceCollectionPredictionOutput`. ### POST Bot Utterance Intent Prediction from a Set `POST /connect/bots/utterance-prediction/intentFromSet` Operation ID: `postUtterancePredictionFromSet`. Tags: Bot Utterance Intent Prediction Resources. Predict the associated intent of utterances for a bot using the bot’s existing intent set and utterances. Predict the intent of utterances for a bot using the bot’s existing intent set and utterances. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Request body Bot data. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BotUtteranceCollectionPredictionFromSetInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "botId": "1M1SG00000000Ax", "botVersionId": "1M1SG00000000By" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Bot Utterance Collection Prediction Output_ Intent predictions for a bot. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BotUtteranceCollectionPredictionOutput`. ### POST Application for Program `POST /connect/eu-program/applications` Operation ID: `postProgramApplication`. Tags: Application for Program Resources. Used to create an application for a Program Create an application for a program. _Available in: v58.0_ #### Request body (required) Input representation of an application to a program. _Available in: v58.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProgramApplicationInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "programId": "11Wxx0000004GkaEAE", "accountId": "001xx000003GlBHAA0", "description": "Individual Application created for Program EV Charger Rebate", "applicationItems": { "records": [ { "programProductId": "11mxx0000004PROAA2" } ] }, "files": { "records": [ { "contentDocumentId": "069xx0000004DWWAA2" } ] } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Program Application Output_ Output representation of an application request to a Program. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ProgramApplicationOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "success": true, "message": "Your application has been submittted successfully", "applicationId": "IA-0000000456" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/connect/eu-program/applications Content-Type: application/json { "programId": "11Wxx0000004GkaEAE", "accountId": "001xx000003GlBHAA0", "description": "Individual Application created for Program EV Charger Rebate", "applicationItems": { "records": [ { "programProductId": "11mxx0000004PROAA2" } ] }, "files": { "records": [ { "contentDocumentId": "069xx0000004DWWAA2" } ] } } ``` ### POST Generate Asset `POST /asset-management/assets/actions/generate` Operation ID: `generateAsset`. Tags: Customer Asset Lifecycle Management Resources. Resource for Customer Asset Lifecycle Management Generate Service Create a lifecycle-managed asset. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Limits * Asset: 1 per call * Asset state period: 10 per call * Asset action: 1 per call * Asset action source: 10 per asset action #### Request body Asset generation input for Customer Asset Lifecycle Management. Represents the creation of a lifecycle-managed asset. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CalmGenerateInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "accountId": "001B000001KDI7BIAX", "assetName": "MDM Subscription", "productId": "01tB0000000q2FFIAY", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "assetStatePeriods": [ { "startDate": "2020-01-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-12-31T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": 10, "mrr": 100, "amount": 1200 } ], "assetAction": { "category": "Initial Sale", "actionDate": "2019-09-05T16:00:00+08:00", "quantityChange": 10, "mrrChange": 100, "amount": 1200 }, "assetActionSources": [ { "transactionDate": "2019-09-05T16:00:00+08:00", "startDate": "2020-01-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-12-31T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": 10, "productAmount": 1200, "referenceEntityItem": "1WLB00000003geJOAQ" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Asset Result Output_ Connect REST API output representation for lifecycle-managed assets. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CalmOutput`. ### POST Cancel Asset `POST /asset-management/assets/{assetId}/actions/cancel` Operation ID: `cancelAsset`. Tags: Customer Asset Lifecycle Management Resources. Resource for Customer Asset Lifecycle Management Cancel Service Cancel a lifecycle-managed asset. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Limits * Asset action creation: 1 per call * Asset action source creation: 10 per asset action * Asset state period deletion: 4 per call #### Parameters * `assetId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the asset. Pattern: ^(02i)\\w\*. #### Request body Cancellation input consumed by Customer Asset Lifecycle Management. Represents a cancellation action made against a lifecycle-managed asset. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CalmCancelInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "assetStatePeriod": { "startDate": "2020-10-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-11-30T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": 25, "mrr": 250, "amount": 500 }, "assetAction": { "category": "Cancellations", "actionDate": "2020-12-01T09:00:00+08:00", "quantityChange": -25, "mrrChange": -250, "amount": -250 }, "assetActionSources": [ { "transactionDate": "2020-10-01T09:00:00+08:00", "startDate": "2020-10-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-12-31T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": -25, "productAmount": -250, "referenceEntityItem": "1WLB00000003geJOAQ" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Asset Result Output_ Connect REST API output representation for lifecycle-managed assets. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CalmOutput`. ### POST Change Asset `POST /asset-management/assets/{assetId}/actions/change` Operation ID: `changeAsset`. Tags: Customer Asset Lifecycle Management Resources. Resource for Customer Asset Lifecycle Management Change Service Amend or renew a lifecycle-managed asset. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Change Asset * Asset state period: 10 per call * Asset action creation: 1 per call * Asset action source creation: 10 per asset action * Asset state period deletion: 4 per call #### Parameters * `assetId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the asset. Pattern: ^(02i)\\w\*. #### Request body Change input consumed by Customer Asset Lifecycle Management. Represents a change action made against a lifecycle-managed asset. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CalmChangeInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "assetStatePeriods": [ { "startDate": "2020-07-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-09-30T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": 20, "mrr": 200, "amount": 600 }, { "startDate": "2020-10-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-12-31T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": 25, "mrr": 250, "amount": 750 } ], "assetAction": { "category": "Upsells", "actionDate": "2020-10-01T14:00:00+08:00", "quantityChange": 5, "mrrChange": 50, "amount": 150 }, "assetActionSources": [ { "transactionDate": "2020-10-01T14:00:00+08:00", "startDate": "2020-10-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-12-31T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": 5, "productAmount": 150, "referenceEntityItem": "1WLB00000003geJOAQ" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Asset Result Output_ Connect REST API output representation for lifecycle-managed assets. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CalmOutput`. ### GET Call Coaching `GET /callcoaching/{callCoachingMediaProviderId}` Operation ID: `getConnectorsCallCoachingStatus`. Tags: Call Coaching Resources. Resource for getting current state of call coaching for a given callCoachingMediaProviderId Get the status of Einstein Conversation Insights. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `callCoachingMediaProviderId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the call coaching media provider. Pattern: ^(0hn)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Connectors Call Coaching Status_ Current status of Einstein Conversation Insights for a partner. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConnectorsCallCoachingStatus`. ### POST Voice Calls `POST /voicecalls` Operation ID: `postConnectorsVoiceCall`. Tags: Call Coaching Resources. Resource for posting metadata about a new VoiceCall and VoiceCallRecording Post metadata about new voice calls and recordings. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Request body List of voice calls and recording properties. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConnectorsCallInputList`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "calls": [ { "toPhoneNumber": "+16315122409", "fromPhoneNumber": "+15105024190", "userId": "005R0000000XTJD", "startDateTime": "2019-11-06T19:41:56.000Z", "endDateTime": "2019-11-06T19:41:56.000Z", "callType": "Outbound", "recordingDuration": "300", "externalId": "CAXXXXXYYYYY1", "recordingFormat": "mp3", "activityId": "00Txxxxxxxxxxxx", "recordId": "001xxxxxxxxxxxx", "mediaProviderId": "0hnxxxxxxxxxxxx", "vendorType": "Twilio" }, { "toPhoneNumber": "+16315122409", "fromPhoneNumber": "+15105024190", "userId": "005R0000000XTJD", "startDateTime": "2020-11-06T19:41:56.000Z", "endDateTime": "2020-11-06T19:41:56.000Z", "callType": "Inbound", "recordingDuration": "30", "externalId": "CAXXXXXYYYYY2", "recordingFormat": "mp3", "activityId": "00Txxxxxxxxxxxx", "recordId": "001xxxxxxxxxxxx", "mediaProviderId": "0hnxxxxxxxxxxxx", "vendorType": "AmazonConnect" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Connectors Voice Call List Result_ List results of posting a voice call. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConnectorsVoiceCallListResult`. ### POST Voice Call Audio Upload `POST /voicecalls/{voiceCallId}/audio_upload` Operation ID: `postConnectorsVoiceCallAudioUpload`. Tags: Call Coaching Resources. Resource for uploading an audio recording of a VoiceCall Upload an audio recording of a voice call. To upload an audio binary file that resides locally, send it in a multipart/form-data request with the `audioFileData` header parameter in the binary upload body part of the request. To upload an audio file that resides on a third-party vendor’s system, use the `recordingURL` and `name` request parameters for the URL and named credential, respectively. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Inputs and Binary File Upload Examples](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input). _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `voiceCallId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the voice call. Pattern: ^(0LQ)\\w\*. * `name` (query, string) Named credential used to authenticate to the third-party vendor’s system. _Available in: v57.0_ * `recordingURL` (query, string) URL of the signed link where the audio file resides. _Available in: v57.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v57.0_ Media type: `application/octet-stream`. Schema: `string (binary)`. Type: `string (binary)`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Empty`. ### GET Datacloud Company Information `GET /connect/datacloud/companies/{companyId}` Operation ID: `getDatacloudCompany`. Tags: ⚠️ Deprecated. **Deprecated**. Return the fields of Company Entity Get company information. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `companyId` (path, string, required) ID of the company. #### Responses * **200** _Datacloud Company_ The Data.com company record. If you own a company record, you see all the fields. If you don’t own the company record, some fields are hidden by asterisks (\*\*\*). Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DatacloudCompany`. ### POST Datacloud Contact Import `POST /connect/datacloud/contact-imports` Operation ID: `postDatacloudContactImport`. Tags: ⚠️ Deprecated. **Deprecated**. Import the contact ids specified and return a response Import records as contacts or leads. **Note**: When your Data.com Prospector or Data.com Clean contract expires, Data.com features, objects, and fields will be removed from your org. To support customers’ needs around compliance and to remain a leader in trust and privacy, Salesforce removed all contact data from the Data.com service on February 1, 2021. For more information, see [Data.com Prospector and Clean Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=000270376&language=en_US&type=1). _Available in: v36.0_ #### Request body Input representation of the criteria for importing records as contacts or leads. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DatacloudContactImportInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 To add the records as contacts, include a parentAccountId. ``` { "datacloudContactIds": [ 10344600, 42701050, 45995423 ], "parentAccountId": "09KR00000004C9rMAE" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Without a parentAccountId, the records are added as leads. ``` { "datacloudContactIds": [ 10344600, 42701050, 45995423 ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Datacloud Import_ Represents the Data.com contact import response. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DatacloudImport`. ### GET Datacloud Contact Information `GET /connect/datacloud/contacts/{contactId}` Operation ID: `getDatacloudContact`. Tags: ⚠️ Deprecated. **Deprecated**. Return the fields of Contact Entity Get the contact information for the specified contact. **Note**: When your Data.com Prospector or Data.com Clean contract expires, Data.com features, objects, and fields will be removed from your org. To support customers’ needs around compliance and to remain a leader in trust and privacy, Salesforce removed all contact data from the Data.com service on February 1, 2021. For more information, see [Data.com Prospector and Clean Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=000270376&language=en_US&type=1). _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `contactId` (path, string, required) ID of the contact. #### Responses * **200** _Datacloud Contact_ Information about Data.com contacts. If you own a contact, you see all the fields. If you don’t own the contact record, some fields are hidden by asterisks (\*\*\*). Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DatacloudContact`. ### POST Datacloud Orders `POST /connect/datacloud/orders` Operation ID: `postDatacloudOrgOrder`. Tags: ⚠️ Deprecated. **Deprecated**. Return the Order information. The order information provides orderId, count of purchases made for that Id, Date of the order, Url for the orderID and ContactUrl or CompanyUrl based on the entity that are purchased with this order Purchase the contacts or companies for the listed IDs. **Note**: When your Data.com Prospector or Data.com Clean contract expires, Data.com features, objects, and fields will be removed from your org. To support customers’ needs around compliance and to remain a leader in trust and privacy, Salesforce removed all contact data from the Data.com service on February 1, 2021. For more information, see [Data.com Prospector and Clean Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=000270376&language=en_US&type=1). _Available in: v32.0_ #### Request body A list of Data.com identification numbers that are used to purchase contacts or companies by a specific user type. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DatacloudOrderInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "companyIds": [ "23456", "24548" ], "userType": "Monthly" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Datacloud Order_ Information about the Data.com records that you purchased and details of the purchase. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DatacloudOrder`. ### GET Datacloud OrderId Information `GET /connect/datacloud/orders/{orderId}` Operation ID: `getDatacloudOrder`. Tags: ⚠️ Deprecated. **Deprecated**. Return the Order information. The order information provides orderId, count of purchases made for that Id, Date of the order, Url for the order and url for the list of entitie that are purchased with this order Get information for an order. **Note**: When your Data.com Prospector or Data.com Clean contract expires, Data.com features, objects, and fields will be removed from your org. To support customers’ needs around compliance and to remain a leader in trust and privacy, Salesforce removed all contact data from the Data.com service on February 1, 2021. For more information, see [Data.com Prospector and Clean Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=000270376&language=en_US&type=1). Order information includes the `orderId`, the number of purchased records for the `orderId`, the URL for the order information, and the URL for a list of the purchased records. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `orderId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of an order. Pattern: ^(09F)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Datacloud Order_ Information about the Data.com records that you purchased and details of the purchase. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DatacloudOrder`. ### GET Datacloud Company Order Information `GET /connect/datacloud/orders/{orderId}/companies` Operation ID: `getDatacloudCompanyCollection`. Tags: ⚠️ Deprecated. **Deprecated**. Return all the companies purchased in a given order Get all the order information about all companies. **Note**: When your Data.com Prospector or Data.com Clean contract expires, Data.com features, objects, and fields will be removed from your org. To support customers’ needs around compliance and to remain a leader in trust and privacy, Salesforce removed all contact data from the Data.com service on February 1, 2021. For more information, see [Data.com Prospector and Clean Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=000270376&language=en_US&type=1). Order information includes the `{orderId}`, the number of purchased records for the order, information for the purchased companies, and the URLs for next and previous pages. _Available in: v32.0_ The `{orderId}` must be for purchased companies. A request for a contact `{orderId}` fails. #### Parameters * `orderId` (path, string (Id), required) The `{orderId}` must be for purchased companies. A request for a contact `{orderId}` fails. Pattern: ^(09F)\\w\*. * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page that you want returned. _Available in: v32.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) The number of companies that you want returned on each page. The default page size is 25. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Datacloud Company Collection_ Purchase details for all companies that were purchased for a specific order. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DatacloudCompanyCollection`. ### GET Datacloud Contact Order Information `GET /connect/datacloud/orders/{orderId}/contacts` Operation ID: `getDatacloudContactCollection`. Tags: ⚠️ Deprecated. **Deprecated**. Return all the contacts purchased in a given order Get all the order information for a specific order for contacts. **Note**: When your Data.com Prospector or Data.com Clean contract expires, Data.com features, objects, and fields will be removed from your org. To support customers’ needs around compliance and to remain a leader in trust and privacy, Salesforce removed all contact data from the Data.com service on February 1, 2021. For more information, see [Data.com Prospector and Clean Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=000270376&language=en_US&type=1). Order information includes the `orderId`, the number of purchased records for the `orderId`, the URL for the order information, and details for the purchased contacts. _Available in: v32.0_ The `{orderId}` must be for purchased contacts. A request with an `{orderId}` for purchased companies fails. #### Parameters * `orderId` (path, string (Id), required) The `{orderId}` must be for purchased contacts. A request with an `{orderId}` for purchased companies fails. Pattern: ^(09F)\\w\*. * `page` (query, integer) The number of the page that you want returned. _Available in: v32.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) The number of contacts you want returned on each page. The default page size is 25. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Datacloud Contact Collection_ Purchase details for all contacts that were purchased for a specific order. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DatacloudContactCollection`. ### GET Datacloud Usage `GET /connect/datacloud/usage/{userId}` Operation ID: `getDatacloudPurchaseUsage`. Tags: ⚠️ Deprecated. **Deprecated**. Return the usage information of the User. The usage information provides monthly credits used and available for an user as well as list pool credits used and available for the org. Get usage information for a Monthly user or a Listpool user. **Note**: When your Data.com Prospector or Data.com Clean contract expires, Data.com features, objects, and fields will be removed from your org. To support customers’ needs around compliance and to remain a leader in trust and privacy, Salesforce removed all contact data from the Data.com service on February 1, 2021. For more information, see [Data.com Prospector and Clean Retirement](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=000270376&language=en_US&type=1). _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Datacloud Purchase Usage_ Information about the Data.com purchase usage for an organization. Shows the credits that are used and available for Monthly and Listpool users. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DatacloudPurchaseUsage`. ### GET External Email Services `GET /authenticated-email-service` Operation ID: `getUserOauthInfo`. Tags: External Email Services Resources. Resource to access the ExternalEmailService API Get information about the external email services available to the context user. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Parameters * `landingPage` (query, string, required) The landing page that the user starts on when they are finished with the OAuth authorization process. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Responses * **200** _OAuth User_ Information about a user’s OAuth status. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UserOauthInfo`. ### GET Email Merge Field Services `GET /email-merge-fields` Operation ID: `getEmailMergeField`. Tags: Email Merge Field Services Resources. Resource to access the Merge Fields See a list of merge fields for a specific object. A merge field is a field you can put in an email template, mail merge template, custom link, or formula to incorporate values from a record. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `objectApiNames` (query, string, required) The API names for the objects being referenced. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Email Merge Field_ The map for objects and their merge fields. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EmailMergeField`. ### GET Clean Rule Data Services `GET /clean/data-services` Operation ID: `getDataService`. Tags: Clean Resources. Resource for getting CleanDataService records Get the data services associated with an organization’s active data integration rules. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Clean Rule Data Service Collection_ Data services associated with all active data integration rules in an organization. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CleanDataServiceOutputCollection`. ### GET Clean Rule Data Service Metrics `GET /clean/data-services/{dataServiceId}/metrics` Operation ID: `getMetric`. Tags: Clean Resources. Resource for getting clean Metric Records Get metrics for the data services associated with an organization’s active data integration rules. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Parameters * `dataServiceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the data service. Pattern: ^(07S)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Clean Rule Data Service Metrics Collection_ Metrics for data services associated with all active data integration rules in an organization. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CleanMetricOutputCollection`. ### GET Clean Rule Statuses `GET /clean/{recordId}/rules/statuses` Operation ID: `getXCleanStatusCollection`. Tags: Clean Resources. Get clean status of entity Get the statuses of active data integration rules for a record. _Available in: v37.0_ #### Parameters * `recordId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the record. #### Responses * **200** _Clean Rule Status Collection_ Statuses of all active data integration rules for a record. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CleanStatusOutputCollection`. ### GET Data Integration Licensed Objects `GET /data-integration/licensed-objects` Operation ID: `getDataIntegrationCreditObjects`. Tags: Data Integration Resources. Resource for getting External Object Names for Credit Details Get external object names of active packages for credit details. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Data Integration Credit Objects_ External object names of active packages. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DataIntegrationCreditObjects`. ### GET Data Integration Licensed Objects Contract Credit `GET /data-integration/licensed-objects/{externalObjectName}/contracts/current` Operation ID: `getDataIntegrationCredit`. Tags: Data Integration Resources. Resource for getting Credit Details for a Contract Get credit details for a contract. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Parameters * `externalObjectName` (path, string, required) To get `externalObjectName`, use `/data-integration/licensed-objects`. #### Responses * **200** _Data Integration Credit_ Contract credit information. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DataIntegrationCredit`. ### GET Content Taxonomy, Get Terms `GET /connect/content-taxonomy/terms` Operation ID: `getTerms`. Tags: Content Taxonomy Resources. Resource for getting multiple content taxonomy terms and their descendants. Get terms and child terms for a content taxonomy. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `depth` (query, integer, required) Number of levels of the tree to retrieve. If you specify `0` , you get the details for the specified initial terms or the root terms only. _Available in: v63.0_ * `includeMetadata` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include metadata, such as created date, last modified date, and description, in the results ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If unspecified, defaults to ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ * `includePaths` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include paths in the results ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If unspecified, defaults to `false` . _Available in: v63.0_ * `initialTerms` (query, array of string) List of IDs of terms to get, with child terms to the specified depth. If unspecified, defaults to the root terms. _Available in: v63.0_ * `taxonomyId` (query, string, required) ID of the content taxonomy. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Content Taxonomy Term Collection_ Collection of content taxonomy terms. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ContentTaxonomyTermCollection`. ### GET Content Taxonomy, Search Terms `GET /connect/content-taxonomy/terms/search` Operation ID: `searchTerms`. Tags: Content Taxonomy Resources. Resource for searching content taxonomy terms for the given query text. Search content taxonomy terms for specified query text. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `includeMetadata` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include metadata, such as created date, last modified date, and description, in the results ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If unspecified, defaults to ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page you want returned. Starts at 0. If you don’t specify a value or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v63.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 250. If you don’t specify a value, the default size is 25. _Available in: v63.0_ * `queryText` (query, string, required) Word or phrase to find in the content taxonomy term labels. Only “starts with” search is supported. _Available in: v63.0_ * `taxonomyIds` (query, array of string, required) List of IDs of the content taxonomies to search for the query text. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Content Taxonomy Term Collection_ Collection of content taxonomy terms. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ContentTaxonomyTermCollection`. ### POST Content Taxonomy, Create a Term `POST /connect/content-taxonomy/{taxonomyId}/terms` Operation ID: `createTerm`. Tags: Content Taxonomy Resources. Resource for creating a term within a content taxonomy. Create a term within a content taxonomy. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `taxonomyId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the taxonomy. Pattern: ^(15b)\\w\*. #### Request body Create or update a term within a content taxonomy. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ContentTaxonomyTermInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "label": "Fruit", "description": "The seed-bearing part of a flowering plant.", "parentTermId": "" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Content Taxonomy Term_ Content taxonomy term. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ContentTaxonomyTerm`. ### GET Content Taxonomy, Term `GET /connect/content-taxonomy/{taxonomyId}/terms/{termId}` Operation ID: `getTerm`. Tags: Content Taxonomy Resources. Resource for fetching, updating and deleting a term within a content taxonomy. Get a term within a content taxonomy. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `taxonomyId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the taxonomy. Pattern: ^(15b)\\w\*. * `termId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the term. Pattern: ^(15d)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Content Taxonomy Term_ Content taxonomy term. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ContentTaxonomyTerm`. ### DELETE Content Taxonomy, Term `DELETE /connect/content-taxonomy/{taxonomyId}/terms/{termId}` Operation ID: `deleteTerm`. Tags: Content Taxonomy Resources. Resource for fetching, updating and deleting a term within a content taxonomy. Delete a term within a content taxonomy. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `taxonomyId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the taxonomy. Pattern: ^(15b)\\w\*. * `termId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the term. Pattern: ^(15d)\\w\*. * `deleteChildren` (query, boolean, required) Specifies whether to delete the child terms of the term ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ * `newParentTerm` (query, string) ID of the term that becomes the parent term if `deleteChildren` is `false` . If unspecified and `deleteChildren` is `false` , the child terms become root terms. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. ### PATCH Content Taxonomy, Term `PATCH /connect/content-taxonomy/{taxonomyId}/terms/{termId}` Operation ID: `updateTerm`. Tags: Content Taxonomy Resources. Resource for fetching, updating and deleting a term within a content taxonomy. Update a term within a content taxonomy. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `taxonomyId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the taxonomy. Pattern: ^(15b)\\w\*. * `termId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the term. Pattern: ^(15d)\\w\*. #### Request body Create or update a term within a content taxonomy. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ContentTaxonomyTermInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "label": "Fruit", "description": "The seed-bearing part of a flowering plant.", "parentTermId": "" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Content Taxonomy Term_ Content taxonomy term. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ContentTaxonomyTerm`. ### POST Lightning Model Types `POST /connect/lightning-model/types` Operation ID: `postLightningModelTypes`. Tags: Type System Resources. Resource for lightning model types. Get detailed information about each Lightning type and Apex class type. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Request body Input for lightning model types. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LightningModelTypesInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Lightning Model Types Collection_ Collection of lightning model types. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LightningModelTypesCollection`. ### GET Lightning Types `GET /connect/lightning-types` Operation ID: `getLightningTypes`. Tags: Type System Resources. Resource for the Lightning Type Collection. Get basic information, such as identifiers, title, and description about each Lightning type. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Parameters * `category` (query, LightningModelTypeCategoryEnum) Filter lightning types by their underlying schema category. Valid values: 'apex' (for @apexClassType types), 'object' (for lightning\_\_objectType). If not specified, returns all types. * `editorConfigTarget` (query, LightningModelTypesEditorConfigEnum) Editor configuration targets for lightning types. In version 64.0 and later, `LightningDesktopGenAi` is the only valid value. _Available in: v64.0_ * `excludeStandardTypes` (query, boolean) Exclude standard schema types from the response. * `fullyQualifiedNames` (query, array of string) List of fully qualified names of types to return. _Available in: v64.0_ * `language` (query, string) Language or locale code, such as `es` or `en_US` , to retrieve the title and description of a type. If unspecified, the logged-in user’s language is used. The fallback language is English in case translations don’t exist. _Available in: v64.0_ * `page` (query, integer) Number of the page to return. If unspecified or if you specify 0, the first page is returned. _Available in: v64.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Number of items on a page. Valid values are from 1 to 250. If unspecified, defaults to 25. _Available in: v64.0_ * `rendererConfigTarget` (query, LightningModelTypesRendererConfigEnum) Renderer configuration targets for lightning types. In version 64.0 and later, `LightningDesktopGenAi` is the only valid value. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Lightning Type Collection_ Collection of lightning types. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LightningTypeCollection`. ### GET Lightning Type `GET /connect/lightning-types/{fullyQualifiedName}` Operation ID: `getLightningType`. Tags: Type System Resources. Resource for the Lightning Type. Get detailed information, such as JSON schema definition, editor configuration, and renderer configuration about each Lightning type. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Parameters * `fullyQualifiedName` (path, string, required) The Fully Qualified Name of a lightning type to be retrieved. * `applyDefaults` (query, boolean) applyDefaults * `editorConfigTarget` (query, LightningModelTypesEditorConfigEnum) Editor configuration targets for the lightning type. In version 64.0 and later, `LightningDesktopGenAi` is the only valid value. _Available in: v64.0_ * `expandConfigs` (query, boolean) Specifies whether the API returns the expanded configuration ( `true` ) or the originally saved configuration ( `false` ). If unspecified, defaults to `true` . Specifying `true` returns the full configuration by expanding the referred standard, custom, and Apex types in the schema, editor, and renderer. Specifying `false` returns only the user-supplied configuration, without any system-generated expansions or properties. _Available in: v65.0_ * `includeSubSchemaDefinitions` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include sub-schema definitions ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v64.0_ * `language` (query, string) Language or locale code, such as `es` or `en_US` , to retrieve the title and description of a type. If unspecified, the logged-in user’s language is used. The fallback language is English in case translations don’t exist. _Available in: v64.0_ * `rendererConfigTarget` (query, LightningModelTypesRendererConfigEnum) Renderer configuration targets for the lightning type. In version 64.0 and later, `LightningDesktopGenAi` is the only valid value. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Lightning Type Detail_ Detailed information about a lightning type. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LightningTypeDetail`. ### GET Search Objects Answer `GET /connect/search/sobjects/answer` Operation ID: `getSearchAnswer`. Tags: Search Resources. Search Answer Resource Search objects using a natural language query and return an answer. **Note**: To use this resource, enable search answers in your Salesforce org from Einstein Search settings. This resource doesn't support the search customizations configured in Search Manager. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `displayFields` (query, array of string) * `q` (query, string, required) Natural language query to search for in the org. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Search Answer_ Results of searching objects using a natural language query. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchAnswer`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` GET /services/data/v67.0/connect/search/sobjects/answer?q=how to sign documents with docusign &htmlEncode=false ``` ### GET Search Objects Results `GET /connect/search/sobjects/result-groups` Operation ID: `getGroupedSearchResults`. Tags: Search Resources. Search Keyword Resource Search objects using keywords and return result groups. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `configurationName` (query, string) Name of the search configuration to apply. Look up search configuration names from Search Manager. _Available in: v63.0_ * `highlights` (query, boolean) Specifies whether search generates a text highlight ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). The default value is `false` . _Available in: v63.0_ * `q` (query, string, required) Query term to search on. The query term must be two or more characters. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Search Result Groups_ Results of searching objects using keywords. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchResultGroups`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` GET /services/data/v67.0/connect/search/sobjects/result-groups?q=issue ``` ### GET Search Object Answer `GET /connect/search/sobjects/{objectApiName}/answer` Operation ID: `getSearchAnswerAnswer`. Tags: Search Resources. Search Answer Resource Search an object using a natural language query and return an answer. **Note**: To use this resource, enable search answers in your Salesforce org from Einstein Search settings. This resource doesn't support the search customizations configured in Search Manager. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `objectApiName` (path, string, required) API name of the object. * `displayFields` (query, array of string) List of fields to display and return in the search answer. The default is the citation field. _Available in: v63.0_ * `q` (query, string, required) Natural language query to search for in the org. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Search Answer_ Results of searching objects using a natural language query. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchAnswer`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` GET /services/data/v67.0/connect/search/sobjects/Knowledge__kav/answer?q=how to sign documents with docusign &htmlEncode=false ``` ### POST Search Object Results `POST /connect/search/sobjects/{objectApiName}/results` Operation ID: `postScopedSearchResults`. Tags: Search Resources. Search Keyword Resource on a single object Search an object using keywords and return results. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `objectApiName` (path, string, required) API name of the object. #### Request body Search request input for searching an object. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `SearchRequest`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "q": "overview", "orderBy": [ { "field": "LastModifiedDate" } ], "dataCategories": [ { "groupName": "Renewals", "operator": "Below", "categories": [ "Deal_Progression_Stage" ] } ], "filters": [ { "field": "Language", "operator": "EqOp", "values": [ "en_US" ] } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Scoped Search Results_ Keyword search results for an object. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ScopedSearchResults`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` POST /services/data/v67.0/connect/search/sobjects/Knowledge__kav/results Content-Type: application/json { "q": "overview", "orderBy": [ { "field": "LastModifiedDate" } ], "dataCategories": [ { "groupName": "Renewals", "operator": "Below", "categories": [ "Deal_Progression_Stage" ] } ], "filters": [ { "field": "Language", "operator": "EqOp", "values": [ "en_US" ] } ] } ``` ### POST Field Service Recordset Filter Criteria `POST /connect/field-service/recordset-filter-criteria/evaluate` Operation ID: `postRecordsetFilterCriteria`. Tags: Field Service Recordset Filter Criteria Resources. validate object as recordset-filter-criteria member Filter records on recordset filter criteria. _Available in: v53.0_ #### Request body A set of recordset filter criteria applied to records, such as service appointment records. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecordsetFilterCriteriaInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "filteredObjectName": "ServiceAppointment", "criteriaIds": [ "0hrxx00000006obAAA" ], "recordIds": [ "08pxx0000004Ge4AAE", "08pxx0000004GcSAAU" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Recordset Filter Criteria Collection_ List of record IDs of the filtered object. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RecordsetFilterCriteriaCollection`. ### POST Optimization Files `POST /connect/field-service/scheduling-operations/fetchOptimizationFiles` Operation ID: `postFetchFiles`. Tags: Optimization Files Resources. Fetch Optimization Request Files for Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization Fetch the files generated for an optimization request in Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization. This resource requires Field Service to be enabled for the org and requires the context user to have Field Service enabled. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Request body Fetch the files generated for an optimization request in Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FetchFilesInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "optimizationRequestId": "0XxXX0000000001AAA" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Fetch Files Output_ Output representation for a fetch optimization files operation. Contains a map of the files created in the org for the specified optimization request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FetchFiles`. ### GET Field Service Shifts from Pattern `GET /connect/field-service/shift-patterns/{shiftPatternId}/shifts` Operation ID: `getShiftsFromPattern`. Tags: Field Service Shifts from Pattern Resources. Shifts from Pattern Endpoints Preview shifts created from a pattern. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Parameters * `shiftPatternId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the shift pattern. Pattern: ^(1w1)\\w\*. * `shiftsFromPatternInput` (query, ShiftsFromPatternInput) #### Responses * **200** _Shifts from Pattern_ Shifts created from a pattern. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ShiftsFromPattern`. ### POST Field Service Shifts from Pattern `POST /connect/field-service/shift-patterns/{shiftPatternId}/shifts` Operation ID: `postShiftsFromPattern`. Tags: Field Service Shifts from Pattern Resources. Shifts from Pattern Endpoints Create up to 2,000 shifts from a pattern. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Parameters * `shiftPatternId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the shift pattern. Pattern: ^(1w1)\\w\*. #### Request body Shifts from a pattern. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ShiftsFromPatternInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Shifts from Pattern_ Shifts created from a pattern. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ShiftsFromPattern`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "schedulingStartDate": "2020-11-01" "schedulingEndDate": "2020-12-01" } ``` ### GET Activity Reminders `GET /connect/reminders/activities` Operation ID: `getActivityRemindersCollection`. Tags: Activity Reminders Resources. Upcoming Activity Reminders Get a list of upcoming activity reminders in Salesforce Classic. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `maxRecordCount` (query, integer) The number of returned reminders. The maximum allowed is 2,000. The default is 100. _Available in: v39.0_ * `numberOfDays` (query, integer) Returns reminders due for the next number of days in the future. The default is seven, and the maximum is 365. _Available in: v39.0_ * `type` (query, ConnectActivityTypeEnum) Type of activity. The default is `All`. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Activity Reminders Resources_ Get a list of upcoming activity reminders in Salesforce Classic. #### Resource ``` /connect/reminders/activities ``` #### Available version 39.0 #### HTTP methods GET #### Request parameters for GET Parameter Name Type Description Required or Optional Available Version `maxRecordCount` Integer The number of returned reminders. The maximum allowed is 2,000. The default is 100. Optional 39.0 `numberOfDays` Integer Returns reminders due for the next number of days in the future. The default is seven, and the maximum is 365. Optional 39.0 `type` String Type of activity. Valid values are: * `All` * `Event` * `Task` The default is `All`. Optional 39.0 #### Response body for GET [Activity Reminders Resources](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Activity-Reminders-Resources/operation/getActivityRemindersCollection) #### Activity Reminders Get a list of upcoming activity reminders in Salesforce Classic. Resource ``` /connect/reminders/activities ``` Available version 39.0 HTTP methods GET Request parameters for GET Parameter Name Type Description Required or Optional Available Version `maxRecordCount` Integer The number of returned reminders. The maximum allowed is 2,000. The default is 100. Optional 39.0 `numberOfDays` Integer Returns reminders due for the next number of days in the future. The default is seven, and the maximum is 365. Optional 39.0 `type` String Type of activity. Valid values are: * `All` * `Event` * `Task` The default is `All`. Optional 39.0 Response body for GET [Activity Reminders Resources](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Activity-Reminders-Resources/operation/getActivityRemindersCollection) Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ActivityRemindersCollection`. ### GET Activity Reminder `GET /connect/reminders/{activityId}` Operation ID: `getActivityReminder`. Tags: Activity Reminders Resources. Activity Reminder Get information about an activity reminder in Salesforce Classic. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `activityId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the activity. Pattern: ^(00T|00U)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Activity Reminder_ An activity reminder in Salesforce Classic. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ActivityReminder`. ### PUT Activity Reminder `PUT /connect/reminders/{activityId}` Operation ID: `putActivityReminder`. Tags: Activity Reminders Resources. Activity Reminder Update an activity reminder in Salesforce Classic. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `activityId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the activity. Pattern: ^(00T|00U)\\w\*. * `reminderDateTime` (query, string) The date and time that the activity reminder displays in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Request body Activity reminder details in Salesforce Classic. _Available in: v39.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ActivityReminderInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "reminderDateTime": "2016-11-22T16:00:00.000Z", "isReminderDisplayed": false } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Activity Reminder_ An activity reminder in Salesforce Classic. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ActivityReminder`. ### DELETE Activity Reminder `DELETE /connect/reminders/{activityId}` Operation ID: `deleteActivityReminder`. Tags: Activity Reminders Resources. Activity Reminder Delete an activity reminder in Salesforce Classic. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `activityId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the activity. Pattern: ^(00T|00U)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. ### PATCH Activity Reminder `PATCH /connect/reminders/{activityId}` Operation ID: `patchActivityReminder`. Tags: Activity Reminders Resources. Activity Reminder Update an activity reminder in Salesforce Classic. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `activityId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the activity. Pattern: ^(00T|00U)\\w\*. * `isReminderDisplayed` (query, boolean, required) Indicates whether the activity reminder has been displayed. _Available in: v39.0_ * `reminderDateTime` (query, string) The date and time that the activity reminder displays in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Request body (required) Activity reminder details in Salesforce Classic. _Available in: v39.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ActivityReminderInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "reminderDateTime": "2016-11-22T16:00:00.000Z", "isReminderDisplayed": false } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Activity Reminder_ An activity reminder in Salesforce Classic. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ActivityReminder`. ### POST Available Territory Slots `POST /connect/scheduling/available-territory-slots` Operation ID: `postGetAllAppointmentSlots`. Tags: Salesforce Scheduler Resources. Resource to get all appointment slots Get consolidated availability of each service resource within specified territories. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GetAllAppointmentSlotsInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Available Territory Slots Output_ Available territory slots result. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GetAllAppointmentSlotsOutput`. ### GET Engagement Channel Types `GET /connect/scheduling/engagement-channel-types` Operation ID: `getGetEngagementChannelType`. Tags: Salesforce Scheduler Resources. Resource to get engagement channel type Retrieve a list of the engagement channel types from your Salesforce org. The API returns only the channel types that are active and whose usage type is set to Salesforce Scheduler. _Available in: v56.0_ **Note**: You can either specify `workTypeGroupIds` or `workTypeIds` in the request to filter the engagement channel type results. #### Parameters * `workTypeGroupIds` (query, array of string (Id)) List of the work type group IDs. The API returns the list of engagement channel type records that are associated with the specified work type group IDs. For example, suppose that you have three engagement channel types: EC1, EC2, and EC3. If you pass work type group IDs WTG1 that is associated with EC1 and EC2 and WTG2 that is associated with EC2, the API returns the list of engagement channel types where: * EC1 is with WTG1 only * EC2 is with both WTG1 and WTG2 Because EC3 is not associated with any of the specified work type group IDs, the API doesn’t return the engagement channel type EC3. _Available in: v56.0_ * `workTypeIds` (query, array of string (Id)) List of the work type IDs. The API returns the engagement channel type records that are associated with the specified work type IDs. For example, suppose that you have three engagement channel types: EC1, EC2, and EC3. If you pass work type IDs WT1 that is associated with EC1 and EC3 and WT2 that is associated with EC3, the API returns the list of engagement channel types where: * EC1 is with WT1 only * EC3 is with both WT1 and WT2 Because EC2 is not associated with any of the specified work type IDs, the API doesn’t return the engagement channel type EC2. _Available in: v56.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Engagement Channel Type Output_ Output representation of the list of the engagement channel types. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GetEngagementChannelTypeOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "result": { "engagementChannelTypes": [ { "id": "0eFRM0000004CBs2AM", "name": "Inperson-2", "workTypeGroupIds": [ "0VSRM0000000BgX4AU" ], "workTypeIds": [] }, { "contactPointType": "InPerson", "id": "0eFRM00000000BL2AY", "name": "A Channel", "workTypeGroupIds": [ "0VSRM0000000BgX4AU" ], "workTypeIds": [] }, { "contactPointType": "InPerson", "id": "0eFRM00000000Bk2AI", "name": "Test", "workTypeGroupIds": [ "0VSRM0000000BgX4AU" ], "workTypeIds": [] } ] } } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect​​​/scheduling/engagement-channel-types https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect​​​/scheduling/engagement-channel-types?workTypeGroupIds=0VSRM0000000BgX4AU https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect​​​/scheduling/engagement-channel-types?workTypeIds=08q2w000000XmniAAC,08q2w000000XmniAAS ``` ### POST Group Appointments `POST /connect/scheduling/group-appointments` Operation ID: `postGetGroupAppointments`. Tags: Salesforce Scheduler Resources. Resource to get group appointments Get a list of group appointments along with the remaining attendee limit. _Available in: v61.0_ #### Request body Input representation of the criteria to filter and retrieve group appointments. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GetGroupAppointmentsInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "startTime": "2024-01-23T00:00:00.000Z", "endTime": "2024-02-28T00:00:00.000Z", "filterByWorkTypes": [ "08qRM00000003fkYAA" ], "filterByResources": [ "0HnB0000000TO8gKAK" ], "filterByTerritories": [ "0HhRM00000003OZ0AY" ], "filterByParentRecords": [ "001B000000qAUAWIA4" ], "filterByEngagementChannelTypes": [ "0eFRM00000000Bv2AI" ], "extendedFieldsToQuery": [ "subject", "description" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Group Appointments_ Output representation of the response that contains the retrieved group appointments. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GetGroupAppointmentsOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/scheduling/group-appointments Content-Type: application/json { "startTime": "2024-01-23T00:00:00.000Z", "endTime": "2024-02-28T00:00:00.000Z", "filterByWorkTypes": [ "08qRM00000003fkYAA" ], "filterByResources": [ "0HnB0000000TO8gKAK" ], "filterByTerritories": [ "0HhRM00000003OZ0AY" ], "filterByParentRecords": [ "001B000000qAUAWIA4" ], "filterByEngagementChannelTypes": [ "0eFRM00000000Bv2AI" ], "extendedFieldsToQuery": [ "subject", "description" ] } ``` ### POST Service Appointments `POST /connect/scheduling/service-appointments` Operation ID: `postServiceAppointment`. Tags: Salesforce Scheduler Resources. Resource to create Service Appointment, Assigned Resources, and Lead Create, assign resources, and generate leads, including group appointments with multiple participants. **Note**: When these parameters aren't specified, the API doesn't check for the availability of time slots. To ensure that duplicate service appointments aren't created, specify these parameters. * WorkTypeId * ServiceTerritoryId * SchedStartTime * SchedEndTime * AssignedResources _Available in: v48.0_ #### Considerations for using engagement channel types with the service-appointments resource * **Schedule Appointments Using Engagement Channels** must be enabled in Salesforce Scheduler Settings in your Salesforce org. * When you create or modify appointments, shifts must be defined in the scheduling policy. For more information on setting up shifts in the scheduling policy, see [Define Shift Rules in Scheduling Policy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.ls_use_shifts_to_determine_time_slots.htm&type=5). Engagement channel types are not supported with operating hours rules in the scheduling policy. * When you use engagement channels and shifts to create or modify a service appointment, Salesforce Scheduler must consider the default value for the Appointment Type (if not specified). However, Salesforce Scheduler only considers the engagement channel and Appointment Type is ignored. #### Request body Input representation for creating a service appointment. You can create service appointments, assign resources, and generate leads with either `parentRecordId` or `lead` but not both. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CreateServiceAppointmentInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "serviceAppointment": { "parentRecordId": "0012w000004oZXgAAM", "workTypeId": "08q2w000000XmniAAC", "serviceTerritoryId": "0Hh2w000000XmoXCAS", "engagementChannelTypeId": "0eFRM00000000Bv2AI", "schedStartTime": "2020-02-26T15:00:00.000Z", "schedEndTime": "2020-02-26T16:00:00.000Z", "street": "1 Market Street", "city": "San Francisco", "state": "CA", "postalCode": "94105", "country": "USA", "appointmentType": "In Person", "appointmentMode": "Group", "attendeeLimit": "20", "extendedFields": [ { "name": "Email", "value": "rachel.adams@salesforce.com" }, { "name": "Phone", "value": "111111111" }, { "name": "Description", "value": "Test Description" } ] }, "assignedResources": [ { "serviceResourceId": "0Hn2w000000gDWDCA2", "isRequiredResource": true, "isPrimaryResource": true, "extendedFields": [] }, { "serviceResourceId": "0Hn2w000000gCqnCAE", "isRequiredResource": true, "isPrimaryResource": false, "extendedFields": [] } ] } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Unauthenticated user ``` { "serviceAppointment": { "workTypeId": "08q2w000000XmniAAC", "serviceTerritoryId": "0Hh2w000000XmoXCAS", "engagementChannelTypeId": "0eFRM00000000Bv2AI", "schedStartTime": "2020-02-26T15:00:00.000Z", "schedEndTime": "2020-02-26T16:00:00.000Z", "street": "1 Market Street", "city": "San Francisco", "state": "CA", "postalCode": "94105", "country": "USA", "appointmentType": "In Person", "appointmentMode": "Group", "attendeeLimit": "20", "extendedFields": [] }, "assignedResources": [ { "serviceResourceId": "0Hn2w000000gDWDCA2", "isRequiredResource": true, "isPrimaryResource": true, "extendedFields": [] } ], "lead": { "firstName": "Rachel", "lastName": "Adams", "phone": "012-345-6789", "email": "rachel.adams@salesforce.com", "company": "Salesforce", "extendedFields": [] } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Service Appointment Output_ Output of the service appointment POST method. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ServiceAppointmentOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/scheduling/service-appointments Content-Type: application/json { "serviceAppointment": { "parentRecordId": "0012w000004oZXgAAM", "workTypeId": "08q2w000000XmniAAC", "serviceTerritoryId": "0Hh2w000000XmoXCAS", "engagementChannelTypeId": "0eFRM00000000Bv2AI", "schedStartTime": "2020-02-26T15:00:00.000Z", "schedEndTime": "2020-02-26T16:00:00.000Z", "street": "1 Market Street", "city": "San Francisco", "state": "CA", "postalCode": "94105", "country": "USA", "appointmentType": "In Person", "appointmentMode": "Group", "attendeeLimit": "20", "extendedFields": [ { "name": "Email", "value": "rachel.adams@salesforce.com" }, { "name": "Phone", "value": "111111111" }, { "name": "Description", "value": "Test Description" } ] }, "assignedResources": [ { "serviceResourceId": "0Hn2w000000gDWDCA2", "isRequiredResource": true, "isPrimaryResource": true, "extendedFields": [] }, { "serviceResourceId": "0Hn2w000000gCqnCAE", "isRequiredResource": true, "isPrimaryResource": false, "extendedFields": [] } ] } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/scheduling/service-appointments Content-Type: application/json { "serviceAppointment": { "workTypeId": "08q2w000000XmniAAC", "serviceTerritoryId": "0Hh2w000000XmoXCAS", "engagementChannelTypeId": "0eFRM00000000Bv2AI", "schedStartTime": "2020-02-26T15:00:00.000Z", "schedEndTime": "2020-02-26T16:00:00.000Z", "street": "1 Market Street", "city": "San Francisco", "state": "CA", "postalCode": "94105", "country": "USA", "appointmentType": "In Person", "appointmentMode": "Group", "attendeeLimit": "20", "extendedFields": [] }, "assignedResources": [ { "serviceResourceId": "0Hn2w000000gDWDCA2", "isRequiredResource": true, "isPrimaryResource": true, "extendedFields": [] } ], "lead": { "firstName": "Rachel", "lastName": "Adams", "phone": "012-345-6789", "email": "rachel.adams@salesforce.com", "company": "Salesforce", "extendedFields": [] } } ``` ### PATCH Service Appointments `PATCH /connect/scheduling/service-appointments` Operation ID: `patchServiceAppointment`. Tags: Salesforce Scheduler Resources. Resource to create Service Appointment, Assigned Resources, and Lead Update service appointment records. **Note**: When these parameters aren't specified, the API doesn't check for the availability of time slots. To ensure that duplicate service appointments aren't created, specify these parameters. * WorkTypeId * ServiceTerritoryId * SchedStartTime * SchedEndTime * AssignedResources _Available in: v51.0_ #### Considerations for using engagement channel types with the service-appointments resource * **Schedule Appointments Using Engagement Channels** must be enabled in Salesforce Scheduler Settings in your Salesforce org. * When you create or modify appointments, shifts must be defined in the scheduling policy. For more information on setting up shifts in the scheduling policy, see [Define Shift Rules in Scheduling Policy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.ls_use_shifts_to_determine_time_slots.htm&type=5). Engagement channel types are not supported with operating hours rules in the scheduling policy. * When you use engagement channels and shifts to create or modify a service appointment, Salesforce Scheduler must consider the default value for the Appointment Type (if not specified). However, Salesforce Scheduler only considers the engagement channel and Appointment Type is ignored. #### Request body Input representation for updating a service appointment. Use to update the scheduled times, assigned resource(s), service territory or even work type for existing appointments. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UpdateServiceAppointmentInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Service Appointment Output_ Output of the service appointment POST method. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ServiceAppointmentOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "serviceAppointmentId": "08pxx0000004C92AAE", "serviceAppointment": { "workTypeId": "08pxx0000004C92AAE", "serviceTerritoryId": "0Hh2xx0000004CAeCAM", "engagementChannelTypeId": "0eFRM0000004CC22AM", "schedStartTime": "2020-09-15T16:00:00+0000", "schedEndTime": "2020-09-15T17:00:00+0000", "street": "1 Market Street", "city": "San Francisco", "state": "CA", "postalCode": "94105", "country": "USA", "appointmentType": "In Person", "appointmentMode": "Group", "attendeeLimit": "20", "extendedFields": [ { "name": "Email", "value": "rachel.adams@salesforce.com" }, { "name": "Phone", "value": "111111111" }, { "name": "Description", "value": "Test Description" } ], "assignedResources": [ { "serviceResourceId": "0Hnxx0000004CAeCAM", "isRequiredResource": true, "isPrimaryResource": false, "extendedFields": [] }, ] } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` { "serviceAppointmentId": "08pxx0000004C92AAE", "serviceAppointment": { "schedStartTime": "2020-09-15T16:00:00+0000", "schedEndTime": "2020-09-15T17:00:00+0000", } ``` _Example: Example 3 · HTTP_ ``` { "serviceAppointmentId": "08pxx0000004C92AAE", "serviceAppointment": { "workTypeId": "08qxx0000004C92AAE", } ``` _Example: Example 4 · HTTP_ ``` { "serviceAppointmentId": "08pxx0000004C92AAE", "serviceAppointment": { "serviceTerritoryId": "0Hhxx0000004CAeCAM" } ``` _Example: Example 5 · HTTP_ ``` { "serviceAppointmentId": "08pxx0000004C92AAE", "engagementChannelTypeId": "0eFRM0000004CC22AM" } ``` ### GET Service Territories `GET /connect/scheduling/service-territories` Operation ID: `getGetServiceTerritories`. Tags: Salesforce Scheduler Resources. Resource to get service territories Get service territories for a `workTypeId` or `workTypeGroupId`. Filter and sort the service territories using the `radius`, `latitude`, `longitude`, `sortBy`, and `sortOrder` properties. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Parameters * `filterByTerritoryIds` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of service territory IDs to filter the API response. _Available in: v57.0_ * `latitude` (query, number (double)) Latitude of the service territory area. _Available in: v48.0_ * `limit` (query, integer) Limit of the service territories returned. For example, specify limit=1 to have only one service territory in the service territories list. The default value is 40. _Available in: v48.0_ * `longitude` (query, number (double)) Longitude of the service territory area. _Available in: v48.0_ * `offset` (query, integer) Offset for the service territories returned. The default value is 0. _Available in: v48.0_ * `radius` (query, integer) Radius around the latitude and longitude values to get service territories. Default value is 5 when latitude and longitude values are provided, otherwise there is no default value. _Available in: v48.0_ * `radiusUnit` (query, string) Unit for the radius value. Possible values are `mi` for miles and `km` for kilometer. Default value is `mi` when latitude and longitude values are provided, otherwise there is no default value. _Available in: v48.0_ * `schedulingPolicyId` (query, string) ID of the `AppointmentSchedulingPolicy` object. If no scheduling policy is passed in the request body, the default configurations are used. All Scheduling Policy Configurations are considered when using this API. _Available in: v48.0_ * `serviceResourceIds` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of service territory technician or asset IDs to filter the API response. _Available in: v48.0_ * `sortBy` (query, array of string) Criteria to sort the service territories list. Possible case-insensitive values are `distance` and `name` . The default value is `distance` when latitude and longitude values are provided, otherwise `name` . _Available in: v48.0_ * `sortOrder` (query, array of string) Sorting order of the service territory list. Possible case-insensitive values are `asc` for ascending and `desc` for descending. The default value is `asc` . _Available in: v48.0_ * `workTypeGroupId` (query, string) ID of the work type group containing the work types that are being performed. Required if `workTypeId` isn’t given _Available in: v48.0_ * `workTypeId` (query, string) ID of the type of work to be performed. Required if `workTypeGroupId` isn’t given _Available in: v48.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Service Territories Output_ Output for the service territories GET method. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GetServiceTerritoriesOutput`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/connect/scheduling/service-territories?workTypeGroupId=0VSRM000000009Z4AQ&latitude=37.79332&longitude=-122.392761&radius=50&radiusUnit=km&sortBy=Distance&sortOrder=asc ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` { "result": { "serviceTerritories": [ { "city": "San Francisco", "country": "United States", "id": "0HhRM00000002U50AI", "latitude": 37.79332, "longitude": -122.392761, "name": "Chase 1 Mission", "operatingHoursId": "0OHRM00000002Ps4AI", "postalCode": "94105", "state": "CA", "street": "1 Mission Street" }, { "city": "San Francisco", "country": "United States", "id": "0HhRM00000002Tq0AI", "latitude": 37.793872, "longitude": -122.394865, "name": "Chase 1 Market", "operatingHoursId": "0OHRM00000002Ps4AI", "postalCode": "94105", "state": "CA", "street": "1 Market Street" } ] } } ``` ### POST Waitlist Check Ins `POST /connect/scheduling/waitlist-checkin` Operation ID: `postWaitlistCheckIn`. Tags: Salesforce Scheduler Resources. Waitlist Checkin Resource Check in or register a participant to a waitlist who arrives at the service territory for a drop-in appointment. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Request body Input representation of the participant’s waitlist check in request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `WaitlistCheckInInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "lead": { "firstName": "Tom", "lastName": "Scott", "phone": "012-345-6789", "email": "tom.scott@phoenix.com", "company": "Phoenix", "extendedFields": [] }, "participantId": "00Q5h00000JdQWzEAN", "waitlistId": "0D3B0000000S2SeNOP", "workTypeId": "08q5h000000UuEcAAK", "workTypeGroupId": "0VSRM0000004MBk4AM", "serviceResourceId": "0Hn0000000S2SeNOP", "description": "Registration for a drop-in appointment.", "extendedFields": [ { "name": "Source__c", "value": "Email" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Waitlist Check In_ Output representation of the waitlist check in request. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `WaitlistCheckInOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "result": { "participantId": "00Q5h00000JdQWzEAN", "serviceAppointmentId": "08pxx0000004CYqAAM", "waitlistParticipantId": "12oxx0000004FGiAAM" } } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/scheduling/waitlist-checkin Content-Type: application/json { "lead": { "firstName": "Tom", "lastName": "Scott", "phone": "012-345-6789", "email": "tom.scott@phoenix.com", "company": "Phoenix", "extendedFields": [] }, "participantId": "00Q5h00000JdQWzEAN", "waitlistId": "0D3B0000000S2SeNOP", "workTypeId": "08q5h000000UuEcAAK", "workTypeGroupId": "0VSRM0000004MBk4AM", "serviceResourceId": "0Hn0000000S2SeNOP", "description": "Registration for a drop-in appointment.", "extendedFields": [ { "name": "Source__c", "value": "Email" } ] } ``` ### PATCH Waitlist Participants `PATCH /connect/scheduling/waitlist/participants` Operation ID: `patchWaitlistParticipant`. Tags: Salesforce Scheduler Resources. Move a waitlist participant to the first position or last position in a waitlist. Move a participant to a specific position in a waitlist, to the top of the waitlist, or to the bottom of the waitlist. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Request body Input representation to move a waitlist participant to a specific position in a waitlist. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `UpdateWaitlistParticipantInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "waitlistParticipantId": "12oRM0000004FGiYAM", "targetPosition": 3 } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Waitlist Participants Update_ Output representation of a waitlist participant move response. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `WaitlistParticipantOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "message": "Participant successfully moved to first in the Main Lobby waitlist.", "status": "success", "waitlistParticipantId": "12oRM0000004FGiYAM" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/scheduling/waitlist/participants Content-Type: application/json { "waitlistParticipantId": "12oRM0000004FGiYAM", "targetPosition": 3 } ``` ### GET Waitlists `GET /connect/scheduling/waitlists` Operation ID: `getWaitlist`. Tags: Salesforce Scheduler Resources. Waitlist Resource Get waitlist details with the list of participants. A waitlist is a queue that includes participants without a scheduled appointment. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Parameters * `isActive` (query, boolean) Indicates whether to fetch the active waitlists ( `true` ) or inactive waitlists ( `false` ). Used when the `serviceTerritoryId` parameter is specified. _Available in: v59.0_ * `maxLimit` (query, integer) Batch size of the waitlist participant records to fetch for each waitlist ID or service territory ID. The default value is 50. _Available in: v59.0_ * `offset` (query, integer) Number of waitlist participant records to skip from the response, in ascending order as per the created date. The default value is 0. The maximum offset value is 2000. _Available in: v59.0_ * `participantFields` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of fields to fetch from the waitlist participant object. _Available in: v59.0_ * `requestId` (query, string) For internal use only. _Available in: v59.0_ * `serviceTerritoryId` (query, string) ID of the service territory to fetch the details of the waitlists. Required if the `waitlistIds` parameter isn’t specified. _Available in: v59.0_ * `waitlistIds` (query, array of string (Id)) Comma-separated list of the waitlist IDs to filter the result. Required if the `serviceTerritoryId` parameter isn’t specified. _Available in: v59.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Waitlist Result_ Output representation of the waitlist result. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `WaitlistOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "result": { "waitlists": [ { "description": "None", "isActive": true, "name": "Queue_1", "serviceResources": [ { "id": "0Hnxx0000004C92CAE", "name": "Admin" }, { "id": "0Hnxx0000004CFVCA2", "name": "Standard User 2 Technician" } ], "waitlistAnalytics": { "currentParticipant": 1, "totalWaitingTime": 40, "avgWaitingTime": 20, "avgParticipants": 24 }, "waitlistId": "11wxx0000005GTHAA2", "waitlistParticipants": [ { "participant": { "id": "001xx000003GZUZAA4", "name": "Global Media" }, "participantIdentifier": "WP-0020", "serviceAppointmentId": "08pxx0000004CYqAAM", "serviceResource": { "id": "0Hnxx0000004C92CAE", "name": "Admin" }, "waitlistParticipantId": "12oxx0000004FGiAAM", "workTypeGroup": { "id": "0VSxx0000004CoyGAE", "name": "General Banking WTG" }, "createdDate": "2023-05-02T12:23:34", "extendedFields": [ { "name": "Source__c", "value": "Email" } ] } ], "workTypeGroups": [ { "id": "0VSxx0000004CoyGAE", "name": "General Banking WTG" } ] } ] } } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/scheduling/waitlists?waitlistIds=0010000XKJSMEDD ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/scheduling/waitlists?waitlistIds=0010000XKJSMEDD,0010000XKJSMEDD ``` _Example: Example 3 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/scheduling/waitlists?serviceTerritoryId=0010000XKJSMEDD&isActive=true ``` _Example: Example 4 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/scheduling/waitlists?waitlistIds=0010000XKJSMEDD&participantFields=Source__c ``` ### GET Forecasting Manager Parents by User Role or Territory ID `GET /connect/forecasting/ancestors/{forecastingTypeId}` Operation ID: `getForecastingAncestors`. Tags: Forecasts Resources. Gets a list of managers parent to the manager of the userRoleId or territoryId. Get a list of managers or territories between the context user and a specified user or territory in the forecast hierarchy. _Available in: v44.0_ In version 36.0–43.0, use Forecasting Manager Ancestors Query Get the manager at the top of the forecast hierarchy. and Forecasting Manager Ancestors, Specific User Get a list of managers between the context user and a specified user. . #### Parameters * `forecastingTypeId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the forecast type associated with the hierarchy. Determines which hierarchy to check: user role or territory. Pattern: ^(0Db)\\w\*. * `territory2Id` (query, string, required) The unique identifier of the territory attached to this profile. _Available in: v44.0_ * `userRoleId` (query, string, required) The unique identifier of the forecasting user’s role attached to this profile. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Forecasting Ancestors_ A list of forecast managers or territories. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ForecastingAncestors`. ### GET Forecasting Jump-To-User-Or-Territory `GET /connect/forecasting/jump-to-user/{forecastingTypeId}` Operation ID: `getForecastingJumpTo`. Tags: Forecasts Resources. Returns a list of forecasting Users or Territories that represent the list of users or territory that can be jumped to Get a list of users and territories whose forecasts the context user has access to view. _Available in: v44.0_ In versions 36.0–43.0, use Forecasting Jump-To-User For Salesforce Forecasting, returns a list of users whose forecasts the context user has access to view. The method compares a search string to available users’ first and last names. This functionality is analogous to using Jump To on the Forecasts page. . #### Parameters * `forecastingTypeId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the forecast type associated with the hierarchy. Determines which hierarchy to check: user role or territory. Pattern: ^(0Db)\\w\*. * `nameStartsWith` (query, string, required) The first few letters of the user’s or territory’s name. The system compares the string and returns entries that match any of the following. * The first name and last name of all users that the context user has access to * The names of all territories that the context user has access to Typing one or two letters returns a list of users only. Typing three or more letters returns a list of users and territories. For best results, start typing a territory name, and then select a user’s name from the results. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Forecasting User Collection_ A collection of forecasting users whose forecasts the context user can view. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ForecastingUserCollection`. ### GET Forecasting My Forecasts List `GET /connect/forecasting/my-forecasts-list/{forecastingTypeId}` Operation ID: `getForecastingMyForecasts`. Tags: Forecasts Resources. Returns the appropriate list of forecasts for the drop down for a given user Get the appropriate list of forecasts for a given user’s dropdown menu on the forecasts page. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Usage For the default case, only `forecastingTypeId` is passed in as a parameter. The appropriate lists are populated in MyForecastsCollection based on the `forecastingTypeId` that is passed in. For example, if a context user who does not have the View All Forecasts permission and does not have any forecasts shared with them passes in a territory-based `forecastingTypeId`, the `forecastManagerList` and `representativeList` are populated but the `viewAllForecastsList` and `sharedList` are not. #### Parameters * `forecastingTypeId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the forecast type associated with the hierarchy. Determines which hierarchy to check: user role or territory. Pattern: ^(0Db)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Forecasting My Forecasts Collection_ A collection of forecasting users or territories listed in the dropdown menu or in search results on the forecasts page. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MyForecastsCollection`. ### GET Forecasting User Access by Forecasting Type `GET /connect/forecasting/user-access/{userId}/{forecastingTypeId}` Operation ID: `getForecastingUserAccess`. Tags: Forecasts Resources. Returns an access representation that defines the context users access to the userToAccess Get information about the context user’s access to the user to which you need access. _Available in: v43.0_ In version 36.0–42.0, use Forecasting User Access . #### Parameters * `forecastingTypeId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the forecast type associated with the hierarchy. Determines which hierarchy to check: user role or territory. Pattern: ^(0Db)\\w\*. * `userId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*. * `territory2Id` (query, string (Id)) ID of the territory that we’re trying to determine whether a user can access. _Available in: v43.0_ * `user` (query, string (Id)) ID of the user for which we’re trying to retrieve access. _Available in: v43.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Forecasting User Access Collection_ A collection of forecast user access representations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ForecastingUserAccessCollection`. ### POST Translation Export `POST /connect/i18n/translation/export` Operation ID: `createExportJob`. Tags: Translation Workbench Resources (Beta). Creates an asynchronous translation export job Create an asynchronous Translation Workbench export job. _Available in: v67.0_ #### Request body Translation Workbench export request with filters and format options. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TwbExportRequestInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "filters": { "languages": [ "es", "fr" ], "exportType": "Metadata", "contentFilter": "SourceAndTranslations", "statusFilter": "AllRecords", "timeRangeFilter": { "startDate": "2024-01-01T00:00:00Z", "endDate": "2024-01-31T23:59:59Z" }, "setupComponentsFilter": [ "ActionLinkGroupTemplateItem", "CustomFieldDefinition" ] }, "format": "Xliff" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Translation Workbench Export Job_ Translation Workbench export job creation response. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TwbExportJobOutput`. ### GET Translation Export Job Status `GET /connect/i18n/translation/export/{jobId}/status` Operation ID: `getExportJobStatus`. Tags: Translation Workbench Resources (Beta). Returns the current status of a translation export job Get the status of a Translation Workbench export job. _Available in: v67.0_ #### Parameters * `jobId` (path, string, required) ID of the job. #### Responses * **200** _Translation Workbench Export Job Status_ Translation Workbench export job status. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TwbExportJobStatusOutput`. ### POST Translation Import `POST /connect/i18n/translation/import` Operation ID: `createImportJob`. Tags: Translation Workbench Resources (Beta). Creates an asynchronous translation import job Create an asynchronous Translation Workbench import job. _Available in: v67.0_ **Note:** Upload a binary file to create an asynchronous translation workbench import job. To upload a binary file, send it in a multipart/form-data request with the `file` header parameter in the binary upload body part of the request. For information about how to create the multiplart/form-data request, see [Inputs and Binary File Upload Examples](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input). #### Parameters * `parameters` (query, string) JSON string with import parameters. _Available in: v67.0_ #### Request body (required) _Available in: v67.0_ Media type: `application/octet-stream`. Schema: `string (binary)`. Type: `string (binary)`. #### Responses * **200** _Translation Workbench Import Job_ Translation Workbench import job creation response. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TwbImportJobOutput`. ### GET Translation Import Job Status `GET /connect/i18n/translation/import/{jobId}/status` Operation ID: `getImportJobStatus`. Tags: Translation Workbench Resources (Beta). Returns the current status of a translation import job Get the status of a Translation Workbench import job. _Available in: v67.0_ #### Parameters * `jobId` (path, string, required) ID of the job. #### Responses * **200** _Translation Workbench Import Job Status_ Translation Workbench import job status. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TwbImportJobStatusOutput`. ### GET Pardot Business Unit Context `GET /connect/pardot/business-unit-context` Operation ID: `getBusinessUnitContext`. Tags: Pardot Business Unit Context Resources. Information about the set of Pardot business units the context user has access to Get the Pardot business units the context user has access to. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `isCurrent` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return only the business unit that’s selected as the context user's current business unit context in the business unit switcher of the Pardot Lightning app (`true`) or to return only the business units that aren’t selected as the context user's current business unit context (`false`). If unspecified, all the business units the user has access to, including current and non-current business units, are returned. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Pardot Business Unit Context Output_ Pardot business unit context. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PardotBusinessUnitContextOutput`. ### GET Briefcase Priming Records `GET /connect/briefcase/priming-records` Operation ID: `getPrimingRecords`. Tags: Briefcase Priming Records Resources. Priming records endpoint. Get a list of records related to an offline briefcase. A client app only gets records from briefcases that are assigned to it. To ensure a reasonable response time, the priming API limits the single request processing time and the number of records returned in a single response. Briefcase rules are processed sequentially. When either the processing time or limit is reached, the processing stops, and a response is returned to the client that includes the records for the rules processed. If the non-null `relayToken` in the response indicates that not all the rules were processed, then the client must continue making requests until the `relayToken` returns a null value. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `changedAfterTimestamp` (query, string) ISO 8601 date string. When present, filters the data for priming by records that were created or modified after the specified time. This parameter applies only to top-level briefcase rules, and not to related rules. You can include either `changedAfterTimestamp` or `relayToken` in a request, but not both. _Available in: v55.0_ * `relayToken` (query, string) When present, identifies the relay point to start processing from. You can include either `changedAfterTimestamp` or `relayToken` in a request, but not both. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Priming Record Collection_ Collection of records for offline priming. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PrimingRecordCollection`. ### GET List Share Recipients `GET /connect/list-share-recipients` Operation ID: `getListShareRecipients`. Tags: List Share Resources. Returns data about potential shares for a list. Get data on all groups, and all potential groups, a list view is shared with. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Parameters * `listViewId` (query, string) To find out which groups a specific list view can be shared with, use this parameter. When provided, entities that are already shared with the provided list view are removed from the output. To return all the possible groups to share a new a new list view with, omit this parameter. _Available in: v44.0_ * `q` (query, string) Filters results to groups or roles whose name contains the search term. _Available in: v44.0_ * `shareType` (query, ListShareType) Filters results to the type of group a list view is shared with. Values are: * `ChannelProgramGroup` —Shared with a channel program. * `Regular` —Shared with a group. * `Role` —Shared with a role. * `RoleAndSubordinates` —Shared with a role and all subordinates types. * `RoleAndSubordinatesInternal` —Shared with a role and subordinates that aren’t partners. * `Territory` —Shared with a territory. * `TerritoryAndSubordinates` —Shared with a territory and its subordinates. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Responses * **200** _List Share Collection_ Current and potential shares associated with a list. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ListShareCollection`. ### GET List Shares `GET /connect/list-shares/{listViewId}` Operation ID: `getListShares`. Tags: List Share Resources. Returns share data for list. Get share data for a list view. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Parameters * `listViewId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the list view. Pattern: ^(00B)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _List Current Share Collection_ Current shares associated with a list. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ListCurrentShareCollection`. ### PUT List Shares `PUT /connect/list-shares/{listViewId}` Operation ID: `updateListShares`. Tags: List Share Resources. Returns share data for list. Replace all shares associated with a list view. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Parameters * `listViewId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the list view. Pattern: ^(00B)\\w\*. #### Request body Shares to associate with a list. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ListCurrentShareCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "currentListShares": [ "00GD00000000izfKAA", "00GD00000000izfKAA", "00GD00000000izfKAA" ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _List Current Share Collection_ Current shares associated with a list. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ListCurrentShareCollection`. ### DELETE List Shares `DELETE /connect/list-shares/{listViewId}` Operation ID: `deleteListShare`. Tags: List Share Resources. Returns share data for list. Delete all shares associated with a list view. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Parameters * `listViewId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the list view. Pattern: ^(00B)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Status Codes and Error Responses_ The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. ### GET Flow Approval Processes `GET /connect/interaction/flow-approval-process/status` Operation ID: `getFlowApprovalProcess`. Tags: Flow Approval Processes Resources. Get the status and available actions for flow approval processes. Get the status and available actions for flow approval processes. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Parameters * `processNames` (query, array of string, required) List of flow approval process names. _Available in: v66.0_ * `relatedRecordId` (query, string, required) ID of the related record associated with the approval submission. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Flow Approval Process Collection_ The results of requesting a flow approval status. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FlowApprovalProcessCollection`. ### GET Orchestration Instance Detail `GET /connect/interaction/orchestration/instance/detail` Operation ID: `getFlowOrchestrationInstance`. Tags: Orchestration Resources. Retrieves run, stage and step runtime data of an orchestration instance Get orchestration instance details. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `instanceId` (query, string, required) The ID of orchestration instance to get details for. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Orchestration Instance_ Orchestration instance. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FlowOrchestrationInstance`. ### GET Orchestration Instances `GET /connect/interaction/orchestration/instances` Operation ID: `getFlowOrchestrationInstanceCollection`. Tags: Orchestration Resources. Retrieves a collection of Orchestration instances Get orchestration instances. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Parameters * `relatedOrchestrationId` (query, string) The ID of an orchestration configured as context for orchestration interactive steps. Required if `relatedRecordId` isn’t specified _Available in: v66.0_ * `relatedRecordId` (query, string) The ID of a record configured as a context record for orchestration interactive steps. Required if `relatedOrchestrationId` isn’t specified _Available in: v54.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Orchestration Instance Collection_ Collection of orchestration instances. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FlowOrchestrationInstanceCollection`. ### GET Navigation Menu Items `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/navigation-menu/navigation-menu-items` Operation ID: `getCommunityNavigationMenu`. Tags: Navigation Menu Items Resources. Navigation Menu Items Collection Resource Get navigation menu items for an Experience Cloud site. Supported navigation menu item types are: * `DataSourceDriven` —Menu items dynamically added from a data source. * `Event` —Event, such as logging in, logging out, or switching accounts. * `ExternalLink` —URL outside of your site. * `GlobalAction` —Lets users create records that aren’t related to other records. * `InternalLink` —Relative URL inside your site. * `MenuLabel` —Menu label. * `Modal` —Modal, such as Account Switcher. * `NavigationalTopic` —Dropdown list with links to the navigational topics in your site. * `SalesforceObject` —Objects such as accounts, cases, contacts, and custom objects. * `SystemLink` —System link, such as a link to Builder, Workspaces, or Setup. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `addHomeMenuItem` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to add the Home menu item (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v47.0_ * `catalogVersionId` (query, string (Id)) Pattern: ^(1zs)\\w\*. * `effectiveAccountId` (query, string) ID of the account for which the request is made. If unspecified, defaults to the account ID for the context user. _Available in: v54.0_ * `includeImageUrl` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include the image URL with the menu item (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v47.0_ * `language` (query, string) * `menuItemTypesToSkip` (query, array of string) List of menu item types to filter out of the results. Values are: * `DataSourceDriven` —Menu items dynamically added from a data source. * `Event` —Event, such as logging in, logging out, or switching accounts. * `ExternalLink` —URL outside of your site. * `GlobalAction` —Lets users create records that aren’t related to other records. * `InternalLink` —Relative URL inside your site. * `MenuLabel` —Menu label. * `Modal` —Modal, such as Account Switcher. * `NavigationalTopic` —Dropdown list with links to the navigational topics in your site. * `SalesforceObject` —Objects such as accounts, cases, contacts, and custom objects. * `SystemLink` —System link, such as a link to Builder, Workspaces, or Setup. _Available in: v47.0_ * `navigationLinkSetDeveloperName` (query, string) Developer name of the navigation link set. Provide either `navigationLinkSetIdDeveloperName` or `navigationLinkSetId` . _Available in: v49.0_ * `navigationLinkSetId` (query, string) ID of the navigation link set. _Available in: v47.0_ * `publishStatus` (query, ConnectPublishStatusEnum) Publish status of the navigation menu item. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Navigation Menu Item Collection_ Collection of navigation menu items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `NavigationMenuItemCollection`. ### POST Push Notifications `POST /connect/notifications/push` Operation ID: `postPushNotification`. Tags: Push Notifications Resources. Send push notification to the list of users Send a mobile push notification to client apps on users’ devices. This resource is only accessible when the session is established with a client app that is developed in the same org or installed in the same package as the recipient’s client app. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Parameters * `appName` (query, string, required) The API name of the client app that the push notification is sent to. _Available in: v31.0_ * `namespace` (query, string) The namespace of the client app that the push notification is sent to. Required if the namespace is set _Available in: v31.0_ * `payload` (query, string, required) The push notification payload in JSON format. _Available in: v31.0_ * `userIds` (query, array of string, required) The push notification recipient user ids. _Available in: v31.0_ #### Request body (required) A push notification. _Available in: v31.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PushNotificationInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "appName": "TestApp", "namespace": "abc", "userIds": [ "005x00000013dPK", "005x00000013dPL" ], "payload": "{'aps':{'alert':'test', 'badge':0, 'sound':'default'}}" } ``` #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Empty`. ### GET Quip Related Records `GET /connect/quip/related-records/{quipDocumentId}` Operation ID: `getQuipRelatedRecords`. Tags: Quip Related Records Resources. Quip Related Records endpoint Get records related to a Quip document. _Available in: v49.0_ #### Parameters * `quipDocumentId` (path, string, required) ID of the Quip document. #### Responses * **200** _Quip Related Records_ List of records related to a Quip document. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `QuipRelatedRecords`. ### GET Messaging Channels `GET /connect/livemessage/channels` Operation ID: `getLiveMessageChannels`. Tags: Messaging Channels Resources. LiveMessage API to manage MessageChannels. You can get Messaging channels using the GET method. If a channel doesn't already have an ID, you can add and register it by taking the data from the GET method and passing it to the POST method. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Parameters * `authProviderId` (query, string) ID of the authentication provider record that the user created during authentication. If this value is not provided, the request only queries the org and doesn't query any external sources. If this value is provided, it must have a valid, unexpired token. _Available in: v44.0_ * `cursor` (query, string) Paged cursor position. The response to a GET can be paged. If it is paged, we provide a cursor in the response. Passing that cursor as an argument to the next GET request provides the next page. If the cursor is missing from the response, there are no additional pages. If the cursor is not passed as an argument, the first page is returned. _Available in: v44.0_ * `limit` (query, integer) Maximum number of channels to return in the response to the GET request. If provided, the response is paged. If not provided, the response contains all channels, which can take some time if you have many channels. _Available in: v44.0_ * `messageType` (query, MessageTypeEnum) Type of channel. Values are: * `Facebook` —A Facebook message. * `Line` —A LINE message. * `Text` —A text message. Required if the `authProviderId` is given _Available in: v44.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Messaging Channels_ List of messaging channels. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LiveMessageChannels`. ### POST Messaging Channels `POST /connect/livemessage/channels` Operation ID: `postLiveMessageChannels`. Tags: Messaging Channels Resources. LiveMessage API to manage MessageChannels. If a channel doesn't already have an ID, you can add and register it by taking the data from the GET method and passing it to the POST method. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Parameters * `authProviderId` (query, string, required) ID of the authentication provider record that the user created during authentication. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Request body (required) Data required to create a Messaging channel. _Available in: v44.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LiveMessageChannelInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "messageType": "Facebook", "messagingPlatformKey": "234420552541404", "externalAccountId": "394847389739" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Messaging Channel_ Messaging channel. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `LiveMessageChannel`. ### GET Einstein Article Recommendations Runtime Metrics `GET /connect/article-recommendations/metrics/runtime/{channelType}` Operation ID: `getArticleRecommendationsRuntimeMetrics`. Tags: Einstein Recommendation Resources. Endpoint for service einstein metrics. Get Einstein Article Recommendations runtime metrics for the case channel type. _Available in: v52.0_ #### Parameters * `channelType` (path, ArticleRecommendationsChannelTypeEnum, required) The channel type. #### Responses * **200** _Article Recommendations Runtime Metrics_ Article recommendations runtime metrics. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ArticleRecommendationsRuntimeMetrics`. ### GET Einstein Reply Recommendations Runtime Metrics `GET /connect/reply-recommendations/metrics/runtime/{channelType}` Operation ID: `getEinsteinSupportReplyRecommendationsMetrics`. Tags: Einstein Recommendation Resources. Endpoint for reply recommendations metrics. Get Einstein Reply Recommendations runtime metrics for the chat channel type. _Available in: v52.0_ #### Parameters * `channelType` (path, ReplyRecommendationsChannelTypeEnum, required) The channel type. #### Responses * **200** _Reply Recommendations Metrics_ Reply recommendations metrics. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ReplyRecommendationsMetrics`. ### POST Voice Root Email Address, Accept Update `POST /connect/voice/root-email-address-update/accept` Operation ID: `postRootEmailAddressResetAccept`. Tags: Voice Resources. Connect API For Root Email Address Reset Accept Resource Accept the email address change for the AWS root user that's associated with the Voice account. This resource applies to the Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect partner telephony model. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Request body Accept the email address change for the AWS root user that's associated with the Voice account. This request applies to the Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect partner telephony model. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RootEmailAddressResetAcceptInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "emailAddress": "awsrootuser@mycompany.com", "otp": "340146" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Voice Root Email Address Update Status_ AWS root user email address update. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RootEmailAddressResetAPIResponse`. ### POST Voice Root Email Address, Start Update `POST /connect/voice/root-email-address-update/start` Operation ID: `postRootEmailAddressResetStart`. Tags: Voice Resources. Connect API for Root Email Address Reset Accept Resource. Start the process to change the email address of the AWS root user that's associated with the Voice account. This resource applies to the Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect partner telephony model. Start the email address update process by sending an email message to the AWS root user. The message includes a one-time password (OTP), which the email recipient uses to accept the email address change. Email notifications are also sent to all admins of the Salesforce org. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Request body Start the process to change the email address of the AWS root user that's associated with the Voice account. This request applies to the Service Cloud Voice with Amazon Connect partner telephony model. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RootEmailAddressResetStartInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "emailAddress": "awsrootuser@mycompany.com" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Voice Root Email Address Update Status_ AWS root user email address update. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RootEmailAddressResetAPIResponse`. ### PUT Share Captured Activity `PUT /salesforce-inbox/shared-activities/{activityId}` Operation ID: `putActivitySharing`. Tags: Share Captured Activity Resources. Resource for sharing activities (i.e. emails or events) Share an email or event that was captured by Automated Activity Capture, which is a feature of Sales Cloud Einstein and Inbox. You can share with no one, everyone, or selected groups. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `activityId` (path, string, required) Unique ID used to represent an activity (i.e. email or event). #### Request body Defines who a captured email or event is shared with. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ActivitySharingInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "groupsToShareWith": [ "0F9B00000004EVAKA2", "0F9B00000005YGHKA2", "0F9B00000008RTUKA2" ], "sharingType": "MyGroups" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Share Captured Activity Result_ Represents the results of sharing a captured email or event. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ActivitySharingResult`. ### GET Conversation Entries `GET /connect/conversation/{conversationIdentifier}/entries` Operation ID: `getConversationEntries`. Tags: Conversations Resources. Resource for fetching Conversation Entries for a given Conversation Get conversation entries. **Note**: The Conversation Entries resource is designed to retrieve individual conversations or small batches of transcripts, not for bulk data export or large-scale data analysis. This API has a different hourly rate limit than standard Salesforce APIs and bulk usage will likely cause you to hit that limit quickly. Each API call marks the conversation as active, counting against [your org’s concurrent active session limit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.livemessage_limitations.htm&type=5). Exceeding this limit can result in errors or dropped messages. For better options to export or analyze conversation data, see [Accessing Messaging and Voice Conversation Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.conversation_transcript_access.htm&type=5&language=en_US). The conversation entry (transcript) for a voice call isn’t available until after the voice call record is created. An error occurs if you try to fetch the transcript before the record is created. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Parameters * `conversationIdentifier` (path, string, required) Identifier for the conversation. * `endTimestamp` (query, integer (int64)) End timestamp, in milliseconds, for the conversation. For example, 1600788018. _Available in: v51.0_ * `queryDirection` (query, ConversationEntryQueryDirection) Direction of the query. If unspecified, the default is `FromEnd` . _Available in: v51.0_ * `recordLimit` (query, integer) Maximum number of entries to return. Valid values are from 1 to 1000. If unspecified, the default is 25. _Available in: v51.0_ * `startTimestamp` (query, integer (int64)) Start timestamp, in milliseconds, for the conversation. If unspecified, the default is 0. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Conversation Entries_ List of entries in the conversation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConversationEntries`. ### PATCH Conversation Entries `PATCH /connect/conversation/{conversationIdentifier}/entries` Operation ID: `patchConversationEntries`. Tags: Conversations Resources. Resource for fetching Conversation Entries for a given Conversation Update conversation entries. **Note**: The Conversation Entries resource is designed to retrieve individual conversations or small batches of transcripts, not for bulk data export or large-scale data analysis. This API has a different hourly rate limit than standard Salesforce APIs and bulk usage will likely cause you to hit that limit quickly. Each API call marks the conversation as active, counting against [your org’s concurrent active session limit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.livemessage_limitations.htm&type=5). Exceeding this limit can result in errors or dropped messages. For better options to export or analyze conversation data, see [Accessing Messaging and Voice Conversation Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.conversation_transcript_access.htm&type=5&language=en_US). _Available in: v51.0_ #### Parameters * `conversationIdentifier` (path, string, required) Identifier for the conversation. #### Request body List of conversation entry updates. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConversationEntriesUpdateInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "conversationEntriesUpdates": [ { "identifier": "36b0f4d9-7c14-43dc-bb9e-7713a4930df0", "messageText": "The credit card I used was xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-4321." }, { "identifier": "46b0f5d9-7c14-43dc-bb9e-b713a4930df1", "messageText": "My ssn is: XXXXX." } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Conversation Entries Update_ List of conversation entry update results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConversationEntriesUpdate`. ### GET Conversations, Bulk Upload and Statuses `GET /connect/conversations/upload` Operation ID: `getConversationBulkUpload`. Tags: Conversations Resources. Resource for bulk upload of Conversations Get the statuses of the uploads. _Available in: v51.0_ **Note:** Use GET to get the statuses of bulk conversation uploads. #### Parameters * `uploadIds` (query, array of string, required) Comma-separated list of up to 100 upload IDs. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Conversation Bulk Upload Statuses_ Collection of statuses for the bulk upload of conversations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConversationBulkUploadStatuses`. ### POST Conversations, Bulk Upload and Statuses `POST /connect/conversations/upload` Operation ID: `postConversationBulkUpload`. Tags: Conversations Resources. Resource for bulk upload of Conversations Upload bulk conversations. _Available in: v51.0_ **Note:** Use POST to bulk upload conversations up to 512 MB. **Note:** To upload a binary file, you must send it in a multipart/form-data request. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Inputs and Binary File Upload Examples](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files) **Note:** For a detailed example of bulk conversation upload, see [Upload and Update Transcripts with Connect REST API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.voice_developer_guide.meta/voice_developer_guide/voice_connect_overview.htm). #### Request body Media type: `application/octet-stream`. Schema: `string (binary)`. Type: `string (binary)`. #### Responses * **200** _Conversation Bulk Uploads_ List of conversation bulk upload results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConversationBulkUploads`. ### POST Estimated Wait Time `POST /connect/scheduling/estimated-wait-time` Operation ID: `getEstimatedWaitTime`. Tags: Salesforce Scheduler Resources. Resource used to get the estimated wait time for a customer waiting for service that belongs to a specified work type group. Get the estimated wait time for a customer waiting for service that belongs to a specified work type group. _Available in: v65.0_ #### Request body Input representation of the request for the estimated wait time of a waitlist or waitlist participant. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EstimatedWaitTimeInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 With waitlist ID ``` { "waitlistId": "11wfi700000262vAAA" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 With waitlist participant ID ``` { "waitlistParticipantId": "12oxx0000004FGiAAM" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Estimated Wait Time_ Output representation of the estimated wait time for a waitlist or waitlist participant. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EstimatedWaitTimeOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "waitlistId": "11wfi700000262vAAA", "waitlistParticipantEstimatedWaitTime": "", "waitlistParticipantId": "", "workTypeGroups": [ { "workTypeGroupEstimatedWaitTime": "Unavailable", "workTypeGroupId": "0VSfi70000008yTGAQ" } ] } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/scheduling/estimated-wait-time Content-Type: application/json { "waitlistId": "11wfi700000262vAAA" } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/scheduling/estimated-wait-time Content-Type: application/json { "waitlistParticipantId": "12oxx0000004FGiAAM" } ``` ### POST Cancel Appointments `POST /connect/unified-scheduling/actions/cancel` Operation ID: `cancel`. Tags: Workforce Scheduling Resources. API resource to cancel an appointment Cancel one or more service appointments. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Request body Input representation for canceling one or more service appointments. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CancelAppointmentCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "appointments": [ { "serviceAppointmentId": "08pJS00000K09UPYAZ", "status": "Canceled", "cancellationReason": "Customer requested cancellation" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Cancel Appointment Collection Output_ Output representation for the cancel operation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CancelAppointmentCollectionOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "result": [ { "appointmentId": "08pJS00000K09UPYAZ", "errors": [] } ] } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/unified-scheduling/actions/cancel Content-Type: application/json { "appointments": [ { "serviceAppointmentId": "08pJS00000K09UPYAZ", "status": "Canceled", "cancellationReason": "Customer requested cancellation" } ] } ``` ### POST Appointment Candidates `POST /connect/unified-scheduling/actions/get-appointment-candidates` Operation ID: `getAppointmentCandidates`. Tags: Workforce Scheduling Resources. API resource to get appointment candidates Get the available time slots and candidate resources for a specified work type and territories. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Request body Input representation for requesting available appointment time slots or candidate resources. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GetAppointmentCandidatesSlotsInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "appointments": [ { "schedulingMethod": "OnSite", "coreDetails": { "startTime": "2026-05-13T00:00:00Z", "endTime": "2026-06-10T00:00:00Z", "workConfiguration": { "workTypeId": "08qJS000000256rYAA" }, "locationConstraints": { "addressIds": [ "0HhJS0000000NB70AM" ] } }, "auxiliaryDetails": { "engagementChannelTypeId": [ "0eFJS000000001d2AA" ] }, "assignedResources": [ { "isRequiredResource": true, "serviceResourceId": "0HnJS0000003n2d0AA" } ] } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Get Appointment Candidates Output_ Output representation for the get-appointment-candidates operation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GetAppointmentCandidatesOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "result": [ { "candidates": [ { "startTime": "2026-05-13T12:00:00.000Z", "endTime": "2026-05-13T13:00:00.000Z", "resourceId": "0HnJS0000003n2d0AA", "territoryId": "0HhJS0000000NB70AM", "engagementChannelTypeIds": [] } ] } ] } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/unified-scheduling/actions/get-appointment-candidates Content-Type: application/json { "appointments": [ { "schedulingMethod": "OnSite", "coreDetails": { "startTime": "2026-05-13T00:00:00Z", "endTime": "2026-06-10T00:00:00Z", "workConfiguration": { "workTypeId": "08qJS000000256rYAA" }, "locationConstraints": { "addressIds": [ "0HhJS0000000NB70AM" ] } }, "auxiliaryDetails": { "engagementChannelTypeId": [ "0eFJS000000001d2AA" ] }, "assignedResources": [ { "isRequiredResource": true, "serviceResourceId": "0HnJS0000003n2d0AA" } ] } ] } ``` ### POST Appointment Slots `POST /connect/unified-scheduling/actions/get-appointment-slots` Operation ID: `getAppointmentSlots`. Tags: Workforce Scheduling Resources. API resource to get appointment slots Gets the available time slots for a specified service resource. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Request body Input representation for requesting available appointment time slots or candidate resources. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GetAppointmentCandidatesSlotsInput`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /connect/unified-scheduling/actions/get-appointment-candidates request._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Responses * **200** _Get Appointment Slots Output_ Output representation for the get-appointment-slots operation. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `GetAppointmentSlotsOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "result": [ { "slots": [ { "startTime": "2026-05-13T12:00:00.000Z", "endTime": "2026-05-13T13:00:00.000Z", "territoryId": "0HhJS0000000NB70AM", "remainingAppointments": 1, "engagementChannelTypeIds": [] } ] } ] } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/unified-scheduling/actions/get-appointment-slots Content-Type: application/json { "appointments": [ { "schedulingMethod": "OnSite", "coreDetails": { "startTime": "2026-05-13T00:00:00Z", "endTime": "2026-06-10T00:00:00Z", "workConfiguration": { "workTypeId": "08qJS000000256rYAA" }, "locationConstraints": { "addressIds": [ "0HhJS0000000NB70AM" ] } }, "auxiliaryDetails": { "engagementChannelTypeId": [ "0eFJS000000001d2AA" ] }, "assignedResources": [ { "isRequiredResource": true, "serviceResourceId": "0HnJS0000003n2d0AA" } ] } ] } ``` ### POST Reschedule Appointments `POST /connect/unified-scheduling/actions/reschedule` Operation ID: `reschedule`. Tags: Workforce Scheduling Resources. API resource to reschedule one or more appointments Reschedule one or more service appointments to new times. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Request body Input representation for rescheduling one or more service appointments. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RescheduleAppointmentCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "rescheduleAppointments": [ { "schedulingMethod": "OnSite", "appointmentId": "08pJS00000K09SnYAJ", "startTime": "2026-05-14T14:00:00.000Z", "endTime": "2026-05-14T15:00:00.000Z" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Appointment Collection Output_ Output representation for the schedule and reschedule operations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AppointmentCollectionOutput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "appointments": [ { "operation": "CreateOperation", "schedulingStatus": "Success", "schedulingType": "Requested", "serviceAppointment": { "serviceAppointmentId": "08pJS00000K09SnYAJ", "resourceIds": [ "03rJS00000Mk8u1YAB" ] }, "errors": [] } ] } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/unified-scheduling/actions/reschedule Content-Type: application/json { "rescheduleAppointments": [ { "schedulingMethod": "OnSite", "appointmentId": "08pJS00000K09SnYAJ", "startTime": "2026-05-14T14:00:00.000Z", "endTime": "2026-05-14T15:00:00.000Z" } ] } ``` ### POST Schedule Appointments `POST /connect/unified-scheduling/actions/schedule` Operation ID: `schedule`. Tags: Workforce Scheduling Resources. API resource to schedule one or more appointments Schedule one or more service appointments. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Request body Input representation for scheduling one or more service appointments. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ScheduleAppointmentCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "appointments": [ { "schedulingMethod": "OnSite", "coreDetails": { "startTime": "2026-05-14T12:00:00.000Z", "endTime": "2026-05-14T13:00:00.000Z", "status": "Scheduled", "subject": "Office visit", "workConfiguration": { "workTypeId": "08qJS000000256rYAA" }, "locationConstraints": { "id": "0HhJS0000000NB70AM" } }, "serviceAppointmentParent": { "id": "001JS000000eZrzYAE" }, "auxiliaryDetails": { "engagementChannelTypeId": "0eFJS000000001d2AA" }, "assignedResources": [ { "isRequiredResource": true, "isPrimaryResource": false, "serviceResourceId": "0HnJS0000003n2d0AA" } ] } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Appointment Collection Output_ Output representation for the schedule and reschedule operations. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AppointmentCollectionOutput`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /connect/unified-scheduling/actions/reschedule 200 response._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/connect/unified-scheduling/actions/schedule Content-Type: application/json { "appointments": [ { "schedulingMethod": "OnSite", "coreDetails": { "startTime": "2026-05-14T12:00:00.000Z", "endTime": "2026-05-14T13:00:00.000Z", "status": "Scheduled", "subject": "Office visit", "workConfiguration": { "workTypeId": "08qJS000000256rYAA" }, "locationConstraints": { "id": "0HhJS0000000NB70AM" } }, "serviceAppointmentParent": { "id": "001JS000000eZrzYAE" }, "auxiliaryDetails": { "engagementChannelTypeId": "0eFJS000000001d2AA" }, "assignedResources": [ { "isRequiredResource": true, "isPrimaryResource": false, "serviceResourceId": "0HnJS0000003n2d0AA" } ] } ] } ``` ### POST Run a Privacy Policy `POST /privacycenter/datamanagement/job` Operation ID: `submitPolicyRunRequest`. Tags: Privacy Center Resources. Resource for creating Privacy Policy jobs. Submit a run request for a data management privacy policy. Specify the privacy policy to run with the `policyId` query parameter. _Available in: v67.0_ #### Parameters * `policyId` (query, string (Id)) Id of the Privacy Policy to run. Pattern: ^(8so)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PrivacyPolicyRunRequestOutput`. ### POST Audit Consent Status `POST /globalconsent/consentstatus/audit` Operation ID: `auditConsentStatus`. Tags: Global Consent Manager Resources. The api resource for auditing consent status with flexible field return. Audit consent status for multiple data subjects with option to return all fields _Available in: v68.0_ #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConsentStatusInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConsentStatusOutput`. ### POST Read Consent Status `POST /globalconsent/consentstatus/read` Operation ID: `readConsentStatus`. Tags: Global Consent Manager Resources. The api resource for reading consent status. Read consent status for multiple data subjects _Available in: v68.0_ #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConsentStatusInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConsentStatusOutput`. ### POST Write Consent Status `POST /globalconsent/consentstatus/write` Operation ID: `writeConsentStatus`. Tags: Global Consent Manager Resources. The api resource for writing consent status. Write consent status for multiple data subjects _Available in: v68.0_ #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConsentStatusWriteInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConsentStatusWriteOutput`. ### POST Start a Global Consent Store Export Job `POST /globalconsent/export/jobs` Operation ID: `startConsentExportJob`. Tags: Global Consent Manager Resources. The api resource for starting Global Consent Store export jobs. Start a Global Consent Store data export job for the calling org and return its job id. The export destination is read server-side from the org's saved export configuration; it is never accepted from the request. Idempotent on clientRequestId: a repeated request with the same clientRequestId returns the existing job rather than starting a new one. This is the programmatic entry point behind enabling export on the Consent Export Settings setup page. The org/tenant is derived server-side from the authenticated context. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConsentExportJobStartInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConsentExportJobOutput`. ### GET Get a Global Consent Store Export Job `GET /globalconsent/export/jobs/{jobId}` Operation ID: `getConsentExportJob`. Tags: Global Consent Manager Resources. The api resource for reading and updating a Global Consent Store export job by id. Read an export job by its Salesforce id. Returns the coarse status (mapped from the platform GridforceJobState), plus the raw gridforceState and gridforceJobId for diagnostics. Feeds the "Status" section of the Consent Export Settings setup page. The org/tenant is derived server-side from the authenticated context. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Parameters * `jobId` (path, string, required) The Salesforce id of the export job. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ConsentExportJobOutput`. ### POST Decode a Preference Center Token `POST /privacycenter/prefcenter/v1/decodetoken` Operation ID: `decodeToken`. Tags: Privacy Center Resources. API resource for decoding a Preference Center token Decodes an encrypted Preference Center token into its record ID and metadata _Available in: v68.0_ #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DecodeTokenInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `DecodeTokenOutput`. ### POST Submit a Right to Be Forgotten Request `POST /privacycenter/rtbf/v1/job` Operation ID: `submitRtbfRunRequest`. Tags: Privacy Center Resources. API resource for executing a Right to Be Forgotten request Executes a Right to Be Forgotten request immediately _Available in: v68.0_ #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RtbfRunRequestInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RtbfRunRequestOutput`. ### POST Microbatching `POST /connect/communities/{communityId}/microbatching` Operation ID: `postMicrobatchingIngestion`. Tags: Microbatching Resources. Microbatching record ingestion Ingest microbatching records. _Available in: v55.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MicrobatchingIngestionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "requestBody": { "Description": "Lead for xyz", "LastName": "Inc", "Status": "New" }, "processType": "LEAD_MS", "groupBy": "sampleGroupByValue" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Microbatching Ingestion Output_ Microbatching ingestion response. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MicrobatchingIngestionOutput`. ### GET Microbatching Errors `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/microbatching/errors` Operation ID: `getMicrobatchingErrorRecordInfoCollection`. Tags: Microbatching Resources. Fetch collection of microbatching error recordInfo rows. Get microbatching errors. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Alternate paths * `/connect/microbatching/errors` (version 54.0 only) - Base Scope #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `earliestDate` (query, string) ISO 8601 date string for the oldest date from which to get records. The results include errors that occurred on the oldest date. _Available in: v54.0_ * `errorCategory` (query, ConnectMicrobatchingErrorCategoryEnum) Category of the errors. Values are: * `AdminActionable` — Errors caused by conditions that can be fixed by site admins. * `AutoRetry` — Errors that are automatically reprocessed with the Microbatching Errors Resubmission resource. * `InvalidSetup` — Errors caused by invalid setup. Errors of this category can’t be reprocessed with the Microbatching Errors Resubmission resource. * `NonRetryable` — Errors that can’t be reprocessed with the Microbatching Errors Resubmission resource. * `Unknown` — Errors caused by conditions that can’t be fixed by site admins or users. * `UserActionable` — Errors caused by conditions that can be fixed by users. If unspecified, all error categories are returned. _Available in: v54.0_ * `errorCode` (query, string) Error code associated with the failed record. _Available in: v54.0_ * `includeRequestBody` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include the JSON request body in the response ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Only users with the Manage Experiences user permission can include the request body in the response. If unspecified, the default value is `false`. _Available in: v54.0_ * `latestDate` (query, string) ISO 8601 date string for the most recent date from which to get records. The results include errors that occurred on the most recent date. _Available in: v54.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of records per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If unspecified, the default is 100. _Available in: v54.0_ * `pageToken` (query, string) Token specifying the page of records. Page tokens are returned as part of the response, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If unspecified, the first page is returned. _Available in: v54.0_ * `processType` (query, string, required) Logical name of the flow in the microbatching framework. Values are: * `LEAD_MS` * `SELF_REGISTRATION` _Available in: v54.0_ * `sortOrder` (query, ConnectMicrobatchingErrorsSortOrderEnum) * `status` (query, string) Status of failed records. Values are: * `Error` — Records in failed state. * `Reprocessing` — Records that are reprocessing. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Microbatching Error Record Info Collection_ Collection of microbatching error records. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MicrobatchingErrorRecordInfoCollection`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` /connect/communities/0DBD20000004CZsOAM/microbatching/errors?processType=SELF_REGISTRATION ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` connect/communities/0DBD20000004CZsOAM/microbatching/errors?processType=SELF_REGISTRATION&earliestDate=2023-10-02T00:14:15.375Z ``` ### DELETE Microbatching Errors `DELETE /connect/communities/{communityId}/microbatching/errors` Operation ID: `deleteMicrobatchingErrorRecordInfoCollection`. Tags: Microbatching Resources. Fetch collection of microbatching error recordInfo rows. Delete microbatching errors. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Alternate paths * `/connect/microbatching/errors` (version 54.0 only) - Base Scope #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `earliestDate` (query, string) ISO 8601 date string for the oldest date from which to get records. The results include errors that occurred on the oldest date. _Available in: v54.0_ * `errorCategory` (query, ConnectMicrobatchingErrorCategoryEnum) Category of the errors. Values are: * `AdminActionable` — Errors caused by conditions that can be fixed by site admins. * `AutoRetry` — Errors that are automatically reprocessed with the Microbatching Errors Resubmission resource. * `InvalidSetup` — Errors caused by invalid setup. Errors of this category can’t be reprocessed with the Microbatching Errors Resubmission resource. * `NonRetryable` — Errors that can’t be reprocessed with the Microbatching Errors Resubmission resource. * `Unknown` — Errors caused by conditions that can’t be fixed by site admins or users. * `UserActionable` — Errors caused by conditions that can be fixed by users. If unspecified, all error categories are deleted. _Available in: v54.0_ * `errorCode` (query, string) Error code associated with the failed record. _Available in: v54.0_ * `latestDate` (query, string) ISO 8601 date string for the most recent date from which to get records. The results include errors that occurred on the most recent date. _Available in: v54.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the maximum number of records to delete in a single DELETE request. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If unspecified, the default is 100. If there is more than one page of records to delete, continue making DELETE requests until all the pages of records are deleted. _Available in: v54.0_ * `processType` (query, string, required) Logical name of the flow in the microbatching framework. Values are: * `LEAD_MS` * `SELF_REGISTRATION` _Available in: v54.0_ * `status` (query, string) Status of failed records. Values are: * `Error` — Records in failed state. * `Reprocessing` — Records that are reprocessing. _Available in: v54.0_ #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### POST Microbatching Errors Resubmission `POST /connect/communities/{communityId}/microbatching/errors/resubmission` Operation ID: `postMicrobatchingErrorResubmission`. Tags: Microbatching Resources. Submit a collection of microbatching error records for reprocessing Resubmit microbatching error records. **Note**: `InvalidSetup` and `NonRetryable` categories of errors aren’t supported by this API. If you resubmit errors of those categories, they aren’t reprocessed. _Available in: v54.0_ `/connect/microbatching/errors/resubmission` (version 54.0 only) #### Alternate paths * `/connect/microbatching/errors/resubmission` - Base Scope #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `earliestDate` (query, string) ISO 8601 date string for the oldest date from which to resubmit records. The results include errors that occurred on the oldest date. _Available in: v54.0_ * `errorCode` (query, string) Error code associated with the failed record. _Available in: v54.0_ * `keyPrefix` (query, string) Object keyPrefix that a specified `processType` is tied to in the microbatching framework. _Available in: v54.0_ * `latestDate` (query, string) ISO 8601 date string for the most recent date from which to resubmit records. The results include errors that occurred on the most recent date. _Available in: v54.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the maximum number of records to resubmit. Valid values are from 1 through 1500. If unspecified, the default is 1500. _Available in: v54.0_ * `pageToken` (query, string) Page token specifying the last submission. The response returns the `nextPageToken`. If unspecified, the first page is returned. _Available in: v54.0_ * `processType` (query, string, required) Logical name of the flow in the microbatching framework. Values are: * `LEAD_MS` * `SELF_REGISTRATION` _Available in: v54.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Microbatching Error Resubmission_ Microbatching error resubmission. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `MicrobatchingErrorResubmission`. ### GET Employee Banner Photo `GET /connect/employee-profiles/{employeeId}/banner-photo` Operation ID: `getEmployeeBannerPicture`. Tags: Employee Profiles Resources. Use this resource to access the banner photo for the specified employee, add, update, or delete the photo. To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file in REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Get an employee banner photo. To use an image from the Files page as the employee banner photo, pass the file ID in the request body or the request parameters. To upload a binary file as the employee banner photo, send it in a multipart/form-data message. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Uploading Binary Files](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). _Available in: v51.0_ #### Parameters * `employeeId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the employee. Pattern: ^(0id)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Banner Photo_ A banner photo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BannerPhoto`. ### POST Employee Banner Photo `POST /connect/employee-profiles/{employeeId}/banner-photo` Operation ID: `postEmployeeBannerPicture`. Tags: Employee Profiles Resources. Use this resource to access the banner photo for the specified employee, add, update, or delete the photo. To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file in REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Upload and crop. To use an image from the Files page as the employee banner photo, pass the file ID in the request body or the request parameters. To upload a binary file as the employee banner photo, send it in a multipart/form-data message. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Uploading Binary Files](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). _Available in: v51.0_ **Note**: Photos are processed asynchronously and may not be visible right away. #### Parameters * `employeeId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the employee. Pattern: ^(0id)\\w\*. * `cropHeight` (query, integer) Height of the crop rectangle in pixels. _Available in: v51.0_ * `cropWidth` (query, integer) Width of the crop rectangle in pixels. _Available in: v51.0_ * `cropX` (query, integer) X position of the crop rectangle from the left edge of the image in pixels. Top left is position (0,0). _Available in: v51.0_ * `cropY` (query, integer) Y position of the crop rectangle from the top edge of the image in pixels. Top left is position (0,0). _Available in: v51.0_ * `fileId` (query, string) 18 character ID of an existing file. The key prefix must be 069 and the file must be an image and be smaller than 2 GB. Required to use an existing file _Available in: v51.0_ * `versionNumber` (query, integer) Version number of an existing file. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Request body A banner photo. _Available in: v51.0_ Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `fileUpload` (_string (binary)_) * `cropHeight` (_integer_) Height of the crop rectangle in pixels. _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropWidth` (_integer_) Width of the crop rectangle in pixels. _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropX` (_integer_) X position of the crop rectangle from the left edge of the image in pixels. Top left is position (0,0). _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropY` (_integer_) Y position of the crop rectangle from the top edge of the image in pixels. Top left is position (0,0). _Available in: v36.0_ * `fileId` (_string_) 18 character ID of an existing file. The key prefix must be 069 and the file must be an image and be smaller than 2 GB. Images uploaded on the Group page and on the User page don’t have file IDs and therefore can’t be used. Required to use an existing file _Available in: v36.0_ * `versionNumber` (_integer_) Version number of an existing file. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v36.0_ _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "cropHeight": "120", "cropWidth": "240", "fileId": "069D00000001IOh" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Banner Photo_ A banner photo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BannerPhoto`. ### DELETE Employee Banner Photo `DELETE /connect/employee-profiles/{employeeId}/banner-photo` Operation ID: `deleteEmployeeBannerPicture`. Tags: Employee Profiles Resources. Use this resource to access the banner photo for the specified employee, add, update, or delete the photo. To add a file from the Files list, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file in REST , you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. Delete an employee banner photo. To use an image from the Files page as the employee banner photo, pass the file ID in the request body or the request parameters. To upload a binary file as the employee banner photo, send it in a multipart/form-data message. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Uploading Binary Files](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). _Available in: v51.0_ #### Parameters * `employeeId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the employee. Pattern: ^(0id)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET Employee Photo `GET /connect/employee-profiles/{employeeId}/photo` Operation ID: `getEmployeeProfilePicture`. Tags: Employee Profiles Resources. Get the URL of a employee photo and post a employee photo. To use a file from the Files list in REST, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file, you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. To display employee profile photos in a feed, cache the employee photos. Then use the photoVersionId to determine when you need to update a photo. This technique helps you avoid running over limits and may improve mobile client performance. Get an employee photo. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Parameters * `employeeId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the employee. Pattern: ^(0id)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Photo_ Photo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Photo`. ### POST Employee Photo `POST /connect/employee-profiles/{employeeId}/photo` Operation ID: `postEmployeeProfilePicture`. Tags: Employee Profiles Resources. Get the URL of a employee photo and post a employee photo. To use a file from the Files list in REST, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file, you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. To display employee profile photos in a feed, cache the employee photos. Then use the photoVersionId to determine when you need to update a photo. This technique helps you avoid running over limits and may improve mobile client performance. Upload and crop an employee photo. _Available in: v51.0_ **Note**: Photos are processed asynchronously and may not be visible right away. #### Parameters * `employeeId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the employee. Pattern: ^(0id)\\w\*. * `cropSize` (query, integer) The length, in pixels, of any edge of the crop square. Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v51.0_ * `cropX` (query, integer) The position X, in pixels, from the left edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v51.0_ * `cropY` (query, integer) The position Y, in pixels, from the top edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v51.0_ * `fileId` (query, string) ID of an existing file. The file must be an image and be smaller than 2 GB. Required to choose an existing file. _Available in: v51.0_ * `versionNumber` (query, integer) Version number of an existing file. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Request body Describes a photo input. _Available in: v51.0_ Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `fileUpload` (_string (binary)_) * `cropSize` (_integer_) The length, in pixels, of any edge of the crop square. Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `cropX` (_integer_) The position X, in pixels, from the left edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `cropY` (_integer_) The position Y, in pixels, from the top edge of the image to the start of the crop square. Top left is position (0,0). Required to crop an uploaded file or an existing file. _Available in: v29.0_ * `fileId` (_string_) 18 character ID of an existing file. The key prefix must be 069 and the file must be an image and be smaller than 2 GB. Images uploaded on the Group page and on the User page don’t have file IDs and therefore can’t be used. Required to choose an existing file. _Available in: v25.0_ * `versionNumber` (_integer_) Version number of an existing file. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v25.0_ _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "cropSize": "120", "cropX": "0", "cropY": "0", "fileId": "069D00000001IOh" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Photo_ Photo. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Photo`. ### DELETE Employee Photo `DELETE /connect/employee-profiles/{employeeId}/photo` Operation ID: `deleteEmployeeProfilePicture`. Tags: Employee Profiles Resources. Get the URL of a employee photo and post a employee photo. To use a file from the Files list in REST, use the request body or request parameters in this entry. To upload a binary file, you must send it in a multipart/form-data message. To display employee profile photos in a feed, cache the employee photos. Then use the photoVersionId to determine when you need to update a photo. This technique helps you avoid running over limits and may improve mobile client performance. Delete an employee photo. _Available in: v51.0_ #### Parameters * `employeeId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the employee. Pattern: ^(0id)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ## Schemas ### ActionLinkGroupDefinitionInput The definition of an action link group. All action links must belong to a group. Action links in a group are mutually exclusive and share some properties. Define standalone actions in their own action group. Information in the action link definition can be sensitive to a third party (for example, OAuth bearer token headers). For this reason, only requests made via the client app that created the action link definition can read, modify, or delete the definition. In addition, the user making the request must have created the definition or have View All Data permission. * `actionLinks` (_array of ActionLinkDefinitionInput_) The action links in the group. Within an action link group, action links are displayed in the order listed in the `actionLinks` property of the Action Link Group Definition Input request body. Within a feed item, action link groups are displayed in the order specified in the `actionLinkGroupIds` property of the Associated Actions Capability Input request body. Required to instantiate this action link group without a template. To instantiate from a template, don’t specify a value. _Available in: v33.0_ * `category` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum Indicates the priority and relative locations of action links in an associated feed item. Values are: * `Primary` —The action link group is displayed in the body of the feed element. * `Overflow` —The action link group is displayed in the overflow menu of the feed element. You can create up to three action links in a `Primary` group and up to four in an `Overflow` group. Required to instantiate this action link group without a template. To instantiate from a template, don’t specify a value. _Available in: v33.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum`. * `executionsAllowed` (_object_) ConnectActionLinkExecutionsAllowedEnum Defines the number of times an action link can be executed. Values are: * `Once` —An action link can be executed only one time across all users. * `OncePerUser` —An action link can be executed only one time for each user. * `Unlimited` —An action link can be executed an unlimited number of times by each user. If the action link’s `actionType` is `Api` or `ApiAsync`, you can’t use this value. Required to instantiate this action link group without a template. To instantiate from a template, don’t specify a value. _Available in: v33.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectActionLinkExecutionsAllowedEnum`. * `expirationDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z, that represents the date and time this action link group is removed from associated feed items and can no longer be executed. The `expirationDate` must be within one year of the creation date. If the action link group definition includes an OAuth token, it is a good idea to set the expiration date of the action link group to the same value as the expiration date of the OAuth token so that users can’t execute the action link and get an OAuth error. To set a date when instantiating from a template, see Set the Action Link Group Expiration Time in [Design Action Link Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.action_link_group_template_design.htm&type=5). Required to instantiate this action link group without a template. Optional to instantiate from a template. _Available in: v33.0_ * `templateBindings` (_array of ActionLinkTemplateBindingInput_) A collection of key-value pairs to fill in binding variable values or a custom user alias from an action link template. To instantiate this action link group from an action link template that uses binding variables, you must provide values for all the variables. See Define Binding Variables in [Design Action Link Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.action_link_group_template_design.htm&type=5). To instantiate without a template, don’t specify a value. Required to instantiate this action link group from a template that uses binding variables. _Available in: v33.0_ * `templateId` (_string_) The ID of the action link group template from which to instantiate this action link group. To instantiate without a template, don’t specify a value. Required to instantiate this action link group from a template. _Available in: v33.0_ ### ActionLinkGroupDefinition The definition of an action link group. All action links must belong to a group. Action links in a group are mutually exclusive and share some properties. Define standalone actions in their own action group. * `actionLinks` (_array of ActionLinkDefinition_) A collection of action link definitions that make up the action link group. Within an action link group, action links are displayed in the order listed in the `actionLinks` property of the Action Link Group Definition Input request body. Within a feed item, action link groups are displayed in the order specified in the `actionLinkGroupIds` property of the Associated Actions Capability Input request body. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `category` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum Indicates the priority and location of the action links. Values are: * `Primary` —The action link group is displayed in the body of the feed element. * `Overflow` —The action link group is displayed in the overflow menu of the feed element. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `executionsAllowed` (_object_) ConnectActionLinkExecutionsAllowedEnum Defines the number of times an action link can be executed. Values are: * `Once` —An action link can be executed only one time across all users. * `OncePerUser` —An action link can be executed only one time for each user. * `Unlimited` —An action link can be executed an unlimited number of times by each user. If the action link’s `actionType` is `Api` or `ApiAsync`, you can’t use this value. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectActionLinkExecutionsAllowedEnum`. * `expirationDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z, that represents the date and time this action group expires and can no longer be executed. If the value is `null`, there isn’t an expiration date. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the action link group definition _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `templateId` (_string (Id)_) The ID of the action link group template from which to instantiate this action link group, or `null` if this group isn’t associated with a template. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL for this action link group definition. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PlatformActionGroup A platform action group instance with state appropriate for the context user. Action link groups are one type of platform action group and are therefore represented as platform action group response bodies. * `category` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum Indicates the priority and relative locations of platform actions. Values are: * `Primary` —The action link group is displayed in the body of the feed element. * `Overflow` —The action link group is displayed in the overflow menu of the feed element. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum`. * `id` (_string_) An 18-character ID or an opaque string ID for the platform action group. If the Platform Action `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `platformActions` (_array of PlatformAction_) The platform action instances for this group. Within an action link group, action links are displayed in the order listed in the `actionLinks` property of the Action Link Group Definition Input request body. Within a feed item, action link groups are displayed in the order specified in the `actionLinkGroupIds` property of the Associated Actions Capability Input request body. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API resource URL for the platform action group. If the Platform Action `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PlatformAction A platform action instance with state information for the context user. Action links are one type of platform action and are therefore represented as platform action response bodies. * `actionUrl` (_string (url)_) For action links of `subtype` `Ui` or `Download` , direct the user to download or visit the UI from this link. Salesforce issues a Javascript redirect for the link in this format: `/action-link-redirect/{communityId}/{actionLinkId}?_bearer={bearerToken}` . For `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links and for all platform actions, this value is `null`. Salesforce handles the callout to `Api` or and `ApiAsync` action links. To call an `Api` or an `ApiAsync` action link, you can also make a PATCH request to the [/connect/action-links/`{actionLinkId}`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources/operation/getActionLink) resource and set `status` to `PendingStatus`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `apiName` (_string_) The API name. This value may be `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `confirmationMessage` (_string_) If this action requires a confirmation and has a status of `NewStatus`, this is a default localized message that should be shown to an end user prior to invoking the action. Otherwise, this is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `createdRecords` (_array of RecordSummary_) The collection of records that this action created after it was invoked by the context user. This collection is empty if the action hasn’t been performed yet by the context user or if the action doesn’t create a record. Only records created by the context user are shown. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `executingUser` (_object_) UserSummary User who initiated execution of the platform action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `groupDefault` (_boolean_) `true` if this platform action is the default or primary platform action in the platform action group; `false` otherwise. There can be only one default platform action per platform action group. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `iconUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL of the icon for the platform action. This value may be `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string_) The ID of the platform action. If the `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) The localized label for this platform action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `platformActionGroup` (_object_) Reference A reference to the platform action group containing this platform action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `status` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum The execution status of the platform action. Values are: * `FailedStatus` —The action link execution failed. * `NewStatus` —The action link is ready to be executed. Available for `Download` and `Ui` action links only. * `PendingStatus` —The action link is executing. Choosing this value triggers the API call for `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links. * `SuccessfulStatus` —The action link executed successfully. For action links only, you can update the `status` by making a PATCH request to the [`/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources/operation/getActionLink) resource. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum`. * `subtype` (_string_) The subtype of a platform action or `null` . If the `type` property is `ActionLink`, possible values are: * `Api` —The action link calls a synchronous API at the action URL. Salesforce sets the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` based on the HTTP status code returned by your server. * `ApiAsync` —The action link calls an asynchronous API at the action URL. The action remains in a `PendingStatus` state until a third party makes a request to `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` to set the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` when the asynchronous operation is complete. * `Download` —The action link downloads a file from the action URL. * `Ui` —The action link takes the user to a web page at the action URL. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Api`, `ApiAsync`, `Download`, `Ui`. * `type` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionTypeEnum The type of platform action. Values are: * `ActionLink` —An indicator on a feed element that targets an API, a web page, or a file, represented by a button in the Salesforce UI. * `CustomButton` —When clicked, opens a URL or a Visualforce page in a window or executes JavaScript. * `ProductivityAction` —Productivity actions are predefined and attached to a limited set of objects. Productivity actions include Send Email, Call, Map, View Website, and Read News. Except for the Call action, you can’t edit productivity actions. * `QuickAction` —A global or object-specific action. * `StandardButton` —A predefined Salesforce button such as New, Edit, or Delete. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API resource URL for the platform action. If the `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum The execution status of the platform action. Values are: * `FailedStatus` —The action link execution failed. * `NewStatus` —The action link is ready to be executed. Available for `Download` and `Ui` action links only. * `PendingStatus` —The action link is executing. Choosing this value triggers the API call for `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links. * `SuccessfulStatus` —The action link executed successfully. For action links only, you can update the `status` by making a PATCH request to the [`/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources/operation/getActionLink) resource. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `FailedStatus`, `NewStatus`, `PendingStatus`, `SuccessfulStatus`. ### ActionLinkInput The desired execution status of an action link. * `status` (_object_, required) ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum The current status of the action. Values are: * `FailedStatus` —The action link execution failed. * `NewStatus` —The action link is ready to be executed. Available for `Download` and `Ui` action links only. * `PendingStatus` —The action link is executing. Choosing this value triggers the API call for `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links. * `SuccessfulStatus` —The action link executed successfully. _Available in: v33.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum`. ### ActionLinkDiagnostic Any diagnostic information that is returned from the REST endpoint when an action link has been executed. Diagnostic information is given only for users who can access the action link. * `diagnosticInfo` (_string_) Any diagnostic information that is returned from the REST endpoint when an action link has been executed. Diagnostic information is given only for users who can access the action link. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL for this action link diagnostic. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NotificationCollection Collection of notifications. * `notifications` (_array of Notification_) Collection of notifications. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NotificationCollectionInput Collection of notifications to update. * `before` (_string (date-time)_) Notifications occurring before this ISO 8601 formatted date string to mark as read, unread, seen, or unseen. If unspecified, the default is the current date and time. _Available in: v49.0_ * `notificationIds` (_array of string_) List of up to 50 notification IDs to mark as read, unread, seen, or unseen. This property can’t be used with the `before` property. _Available in: v49.0_ * `read` (_boolean_) Marks notifications as read (`true`) or unread (`false`). If notifications are marked as read, they are also marked as seen. If you set `read` to `true` and `seen` to `false`, you get an error. Required if `seen` isn’t specified _Available in: v49.0_ * `seen` (_boolean_) Marks notifications as seen (`true`) or unseen (`false`). Required if `read` isn’t specified _Available in: v49.0_ ### NotificationAppSettingsCollection Notification app settings. * `notificationAppSettings` (_array of NotificationAppSettings_) Collection of notification app settings. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NotificationApplicationSettingsInput Notification app setting. **Note**: Starting in API version 64.0, the Notification App Setting Input request body supports external client apps, in addition to connected apps. Mobile, push notification, and notification plugins for external client apps (beta) are available in API version 64.0. * `applicationId` (_string_) ID of the connected app or external client app. If not specified and called from a connected app or external client app, defaults to the app information from the session. _Available in: v47.0_ * `enabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to enable delivery of the notification type for the connected app or external client app (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v47.0_ * `notificationTypeOrId` (_string_) Notification Type or Id of the custom notification type. * `pushEnabled` (_boolean_) Enable/disable push in the connected application. ### NotificationAppSettings Notification app setting. * `applicationDevName` (_string_) Developer name of the client app. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `applicationId` (_string_) ID of the client app. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `applicationName` (_string_) Name of the client app. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `applicationNamespace` (_string_) Namespace of the client app if it’s installed with a managed package. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `enabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the notification type is enabled for the client app (`true`) or not (`false`). If `true` , notifications of this type are displayed in the tray. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `notificationLabel` (_string_) Display label of the notification. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `notificationTypeName` (_string_) API name of the custom notification type. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `notificationTypeNamespace` (_string_) Namespace of the custom notification type if it’s installed with a managed package. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `notificationTypeOrId` (_string_) Notification type or ID of the custom notification type. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pushEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether push is enabled for the notification type in the client app (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NotificationSettingsCollection Notification settings. * `notificationSettings` (_array of NotificationSettings_) Collection of notification settings. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NotificationSettings Notification setting. * `advancedEmailEnabled` (_boolean_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `advancedSlackEnabled` (_boolean_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `advancedTeamsEnabled` (_boolean_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `desktopEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether desktop delivery is enabled for the notification type (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `emailEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether email delivery is enabled for the notification type (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mobileEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether mobile delivery is enabled for the notification type (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `multiChannelSlackEnabled` (_boolean_) Multi Channel Delivery with Slack Enabled. * `notificationLabel` (_string_) Display label of the notification. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `notificationTypeName` (_string_) API name of the custom notification type. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `notificationTypeNamespace` (_string_) Namespace of the custom notification type if it’s installed with a managed package. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `notificationTypeOrId` (_string_) Notification type or ID of the custom notification type. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `slackEnabled` (_boolean_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NotificationSettingInput Notification setting input. * `desktopEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to enable desktop delivery for the notification type (`true`) or not (`false`). If not specified, the setting doesn’t change. _Available in: v47.0_ * `emailEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to enable email delivery for the notification type (`true`) or not (`false`). If not specified, the setting doesn’t change. _Available in: v47.0_ * `mobileEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to enable mobile delivery for the notification type (`true`) or not (`false`). If not specified, the setting doesn’t change. _Available in: v47.0_ * `slackEnabled` (_boolean_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v52.0_ ### NotificationStatus Status of notifications for the context user. * `lastActivity` (_string (date-time)_) Date and time of latest activity date for any notifications or, if none, the current date and time. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `oldestUnread` (_string (date-time)_) Date and time of oldest unread notification or, if none, the current date and time. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `oldestUnseen` (_string (date-time)_) Date and time of oldest unseen notification or, if none, the current date and time. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unreadCount` (_integer_) Count of unread notifications. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `unseenCount` (_integer_) Count of unseen notifications. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NotificationTypeCollection Collection of notification types. * `notificationTypes` (_array of NotificationType_) Collection of notification types. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Notification Notification. * `actionGroup` (_object_) NotificationActionGroup Action group for the notification. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `NotificationActionGroup`. * `additionalData` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `communityId` (_string_) ID of the Experience Cloud site for the notification. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `communityName` (_string_) Name of the Experience Cloud site for the notification. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `count` (_integer_) Total number of events for the notification. For custom notifications that are exposed to third-party developers, the value is `1` . _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the notification. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `image` (_string_) URL to the image associated with the notification. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `lastModified` (_string (date-time)_) Date and time when the notification was last modified. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageBody` (_string_) Body of the message for the notification. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageTitle` (_string_) Title of the message for the notification. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mostRecentActivityDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date and time of the most recent activity for the notification. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `organizationId` (_string_) ID of the notification recipient’s org. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `read` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the notification is marked read (`true`) or unread (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recipientId` (_string_) ID of the recipient of the notification. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `seen` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the notification is marked seen (`true`) or unseen (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `target` (_string_) ID of the record associated with the notification. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `targetPageRef` (_string_) Page reference for notification target. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `type` (_string_) Type of notification. For custom notifications, this is the custom notification type ID. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the notification. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NotificationInput Notification to update. * `read` (_boolean_) Marks a notification as read (`true`) or unread (`false`). If a notification is marked as read, it is also marked as seen. If you set `read` to `true` and `seen` to `false`, you get an error. Required if `seen` isn’t specified _Available in: v49.0_ * `seen` (_boolean_) Marks a notification as seen (`true`) or unseen (`false`). Required if `read` isn’t specified _Available in: v49.0_ ### NotificationActionInput Optional JSON body for the action. May contain any keys. * `actionPayload` (_object_) Optional payload data for the notification action. Can contain any JSON object structure. Additional properties: `object`. ### ActionResult Notification action execution result. * `message` (_string_) Notification action execution result message. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExperienceModelTypeDesignConfigTargetEnum The design configuration targets for Experience Model Types. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `BrandCenterEditor`, `ContentTemplate`, `Default`, `DynamicVariant`, `EasyEmail`, `Email`, `EmailTemplate`, `EnhancedMessaging`, `EnhancedWebChat`, `ExperienceBuilder`, `Form`, `LandingPage`, `LandingPageTemplate`, `LightningCanvas`, `LightningCommunity`, `LightningDesktopCopilot`, `LightningDesktopDesign`, `LightningExperience`, `LightningMiawCopilot`, `LightningMobileCopilot`, `LightningSetupChat`, `MiawCopilot`, `PreviewAndTest`, `PromptBuilder`, `QuickSettings`, `ScEverywhere`, `SlackCopilot`, `WebHtml`. ### ExperienceModelTypeRenditionConfigTargetEnum The rendition configuration targets for Experience Model Types. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AdaptiveCards`, `AgenticApps`, `Default`, `Detail`, `Email`, `EnhancedMessaging`, `EnhancedWebChat`, `LightningCanvas`, `LightningDesktopCopilot`, `LightningDesktopDesign`, `LightningMiawCopilot`, `LightningMobileCopilot`, `LightningSetupChat`, `MiawCopilot`, `Mweb`, `ScEverywhere`, `SlackCopilot`, `Summary`, `TemplatePreview`, `WebHtml`. ### ExperienceModelPropertyTypeCollection Collection of property types. * `count` (_integer_) Number of types returned. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the page of types. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of types. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page of types. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `propertyTypes` (_array of ExperienceModelPropertyTypeSummary_) List of property types ordered alphabetically by title. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExperienceModelPropertyTypeDetail Property type detail. * `description` (_string_) Description of the type in its schema.json. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `designConfig` (_object_) Design configuration for the specified target. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name, or apiName, of the type. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the type, returned only for database-based (custom) types. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) Namespace prefix associated with the type. Refer to a type using the namespacePrefix\_\_developerName notation, or fullyQualifiedName. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionConfig` (_object_) Rendition configuration for the specified target. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `schema` (_object_) JSON schema definition, or schema.json, of the type. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `title` (_string_) The title of the type in its schema.json. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NetworkDataCategoryTree Network data category tree. * `communityId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dataCategoryGroups` (_array of NetworkDataCategoryGroup_) List of category groups. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DataCategoryGroupCollectionInput Collection of data category groups. * `dataCategoryGroups` (_array of DataCategoryGroupInput_, required) Collection of data category groups. _Available in: v59.0_ ### Empty A response with no properties. ### NetworkDataCategory Category network. * `categoryName` (_string_) Name of the category network. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `childCategories` (_array of NetworkDataCategory_) Subcategories of the category network. _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `NetworkDataCategory`._ _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the category network. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the category network. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageUrl` (_string (url)_) Image URL of the category network. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the category network. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relativeUrl` (_string_) Relative URL of the network data category. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectSortOrderEnum The order in which to sort the column. One of these values: * `Ascending` —Items are in ascending alphabetical order (A-Z). * `Descending` —Items are in descending alphabetical order (Z-A). * `MostRecentlyViewed` —Items are in descending chronological order by view. This sort order is valid only for Chatter feed streams. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Ascending`, `Descending`, `MostRecentlyViewed`. ### ServiceCatalogItemCollection Collection of service catalog items. * `baseUrl` (_string_) Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) Base URL for the Service Catalog Item Definition Detail page. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of ServiceCatalogItem_) List of service catalog items. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NetworkDataCategoryCollection List of network data categories. * `baseUrl` (_string_) Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) base URL for the Network Data Category Detail page. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `networkDataCategories` (_array of NetworkDataCategory_) List of network data categories. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LightningKnowledgeArticleVersionCollection Collection of knowledge articles in Lightning. * `baseUrl` (_string_) Lightning Web Runtime (LWR) base URL for the Knowledge Article Detail page. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of LightningKnowledgeArticleVersion_) List of knowledge articles. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DataCategoryGroupCollection Data category group collection. * `dataCategoryGroups` (_array of DataCategoryGroup_) List of data category groups. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### KnowledgeArticleViewStatInput Knowledge article view stat input. * `articleOrVersionId` (_string_, required) ID of the knowledge article or knowledge article version to increase the view count by one. If you provide the ID of a knowledge article version, the parent article view count is increased. _Available in: v48.0_ ### KnowledgeArticleVersionCollection A collection of knowledge article versions. * `items` (_array of KnowledgeArticleVersion_) A collection of knowledge article versions. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectManagedTopicTypeEnum Type of managed topic. * `Content` —Topics that are associated with native content. * `Featured` —Topics that are featured, for example, on the Experience Cloud site home page, but don’t provide overall navigation. * `Navigational` —Topics that display in a navigational menu in the Experience Cloud site. A topic can be associated with all three managed topic types, so a topic can be a `Featured`, `Navigational`, and `Content` topic. You can create up to 25 `Featured` and 5,000 `Content` topics. You can create up to eight levels of `Navigational` managed topics with 25 top-level topics and 10 children topics per level for a maximum of 2,775 `Navigational` topics. To create a child managed topic, specify `Navigational` as the `managedTopicType` and specify a `parentId`. _Available in: v32.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Content`, `Featured`, `Navigational`. ### ManagedTopicCollection A collection of managed topics in an Experience Cloud site. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `managedTopics` (_array of ManagedTopic_) Collection of managed topics. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ManagedTopicInput A managed topic. * `managedTopicType` (_object_, required) ConnectManagedTopicTypeEnum Type of managed topic. * `Content` —Topics that are associated with native content. * `Featured` —Topics that are featured, for example, on the Experience Cloud site home page, but don’t provide overall navigation. * `Navigational` —Topics that display in a navigational menu in the Experience Cloud site. A topic can be associated with all three managed topic types, so a topic can be a `Featured`, `Navigational`, and `Content` topic. You can create up to 25 `Featured` and 5,000 `Content` topics. You can create up to eight levels of `Navigational` managed topics with 25 top-level topics and 10 children topics per level for a maximum of 2,775 `Navigational` topics. To create a child managed topic, specify `Navigational` as the `managedTopicType` and specify a `parentId`. _Available in: v32.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedTopicTypeEnum`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the managed topic. Required for new topics. You must specify either `name` or `recordId`. You can’t specify both. _Available in: v32.0_ * `parentId` (_string_) ID of the parent managed topic. If you specify a `parentId`, also specify `Navigational` as the `managedTopicType`. You can create up to eight levels (parent, direct children, their children, etc.) of managed topics and up to 10 children managed topics per managed topic. _Available in: v35.0_ * `recordId` (_string_) ID of the record to become a managed topic. In version 32.0 and later, `recordId` must be a topic ID. Required for existing topics if the `Name` property isn’t used. You must specify either `name` or `recordId`. You can’t specify both. _Available in: v32.0_ ### ManagedTopic Managed topic in an Experience Cloud site. * `children` (_array of ManagedTopic_) Children managed topics of the managed topic; `null` if the `depth` request parameter isn’t specified or is 1. _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `ManagedTopic`._ _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of managed topic. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedTopicType` (_object_) ConnectManagedTopicTypeEnum Type of managed topic. * `Content` —Topics that are associated with native content. * `Featured` —Topics that are featured, for example, on the Experience Cloud site home page, but don’t provide overall navigation. * `Navigational` —Topics that display in a navigational menu in the Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectManagedTopicTypeEnum`. * `parent` (_object_) Reference Parent managed topic of the managed topic. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `topic` (_object_) Topic Information about the topic. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TopicSbi`. * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to the managed topic. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedTopicPositionCollectionInput A collection of relative positions of managed topics. * `managedTopicPositions` (_array of ManagedTopicPositionInput_, required) Collection of managed topic position request bodies. This collection can include `Featured` and `Navigational` managed topics and doesn’t have to include all managed topics. If you don’t include all managed topics in `managedTopicPositions`, the managed topics are reordered by respecting the positions indicated in `managedTopicPositions`. Any managed topics that aren’t included in `managedTopicPositions` are pushed down to the next available position. For example, if you have these managed topics in these positions: * ManagedTopicA, 0 * ManagedTopicB, 1 * ManagedTopicC, 2 * ManagedTopicD, 3 * ManagedTopicE, 4 And you reorder managed topics by including this information in the request body: * ManagedTopicD, 0 * ManagedTopicE, 2 The result is: * ManagedTopicD, 0 * ManagedTopicA, 1 * ManagedTopicE, 2 * ManagedTopicB, 3 * ManagedTopicC, 4 _Available in: v32.0_ ### TopicCollection Used to return a list of topics. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Returns the current page of topics _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Returns the next page of topics. If there is no next page, returns the string “null” _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `topics` (_array of TopicSbi_) Collection of topics _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TopicNameCollectionInput A list of topic names to replace currently assigned topics. Also a list of suggested topics to assign. * `topicNames` (_array of string_, required) A list of up to 10 topic names for a feed item or 100 topic names for a record. _Available in: v35.0_ * `topicSuggestions` (_array of string_) A list of suggested topics to assign to a record or feed item to improve future topic suggestions. _Available in: v37.0_ ### TopicAssignmentInput Represents a topic to assign to a feed item or record. Administrators must enable topics for objects before users can add topics to records of that object type. * `topicId` (_string_) ID of an existing topic. Required for existing topics if the `topicName` property isn’t used. _Available in: v30.0_ * `topicName` (_string_) Name of a new or existing topic. Required for new topics; required for existing topics if the `topicId` property isn’t used. _Available in: v30.0_ ### TopicSbi Topic. * `createdDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `images` (_object_) TopicImages Images associated with the topic _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `TopicImages`. * `isBeingDeleted` (_boolean_) `true` if the topic is currently being deleted; `false` otherwise. After the topic is deleted, when attempting to retrieve the topic, the response is [404: Not Found](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_error_responses#status-codes-and-error-responses). _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the topic _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nonLocalizedName` (_string_) Non-localized name of the topic _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `talkingAbout` (_integer_) Number of people talking about this topic over the last two months, based on factors such as topic additions and comments on posts with the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the topic detail page _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectTopicSortEnum Indicates how lists of topics should be sorted. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AlphaAsc`, `PopularDesc`. ### TopicInput Topic input. * `description` (_string_) Text description of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ * `idsToMerge` (_array of string_) List of up to five secondary topic IDs to merge with the primary topic If any of the secondary topics are navigational or featured topics, they lose their topic type, topic images, and children topics. Their feed items are reassigned to the primary topic. If you merge a topic with a content topic, the content associations are preserved. If you merge a topic with an inactive endorsee, the endorsement isn’t mapped to the primary topic. _Available in: v33.0_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the topic Use this property to change only the capitalization and spacing of the topic name. _Available in: v28.0_ ### ArticleTopicAssignmentJobInput An article and topic assignment job. * `operation` (_object_, required) ConnectArticleTopicJobTypeEnum Type of operation to perform on articles and topics. Values are: * `AssignTopicsToArticle` —Assign topics to articles in a data category. * `UnassignTopicsFromArticle` —Unassign topics from articles in a data category. _Available in: v40.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectArticleTopicJobTypeEnum`. * `topicNames` (_object_, required) TopicNameCollectionInput List of topic names to assign to or unassign from articles. _Available in: v40.0_ Includes all fields of `TopicNameCollectionInput`. ### TopicSuggestionCollection Topic suggestion collection. * `topicSuggestions` (_array of TopicSuggestion_) Collection of topic suggestion response bodies _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FileSummaryCollection Description of a collection of file summary information. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `files` (_array of FileSummarySbi_) Collection of one or more files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page of files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### AppOauthCredentials Represents the primary and staged credentials of a single OAuth consumer. * `id` (_string (Id)_) The OAuth consumer's identifier _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `key` (_string_) The OAuth consumer's key _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The application's name _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `secret` (_string_) The OAuth consumer's secret _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `stagedCredentialsUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL for the staged credentials of the OAuth consumer _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL for the primary credentials of the OAuth consumer _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AppOauthStagedCredentialsCollection List of OAuth consumer's staged credentials associated with the app. * `stagedCredentials` (_array of AppOauthStagedCredentials_) Collection of OAuth Consumers' staged credentials. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the current collection of staged credentials. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AppOauthStagedCredentials Information about an OAuth consumer's primary and staged credentials. Staged credentials are valid for 30 days unless they're deleted before then. * `createdBy` (_string_) User who created the OAuth consumer's staged credentials. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the OAuth consumer's staged credentials were created. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `expirationDate` (_string (date-time)_) Expiration date of the OAuth consumer's staged credentials. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) OAuth consumer's staged credentials' identifier. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `key` (_string_) OAuth consumer's staged credentials' key. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `primaryCredUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL for the primary credentials of the OAuth consumer * `secret` (_string_) OAuth consumer's staged credentials' secret. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `state` (_object_) OauthStagedCredentialStateEnum Current state of the OAuth consumer's staged credentials. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OauthStagedCredentialStateEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL for the primary credentials of the OAuth consumer. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `stagedCredentialsUrl` (_string_) URL for the staged credentials of the OAuth consumer. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### StagedCredentialsInput Request to rotate credentials with staged data. * `command` (_object_, required) OauthStagedCredentialsCommandEnum Staged credentials command. The only available command is `rotate` . _Available in: v65.0_ Includes all fields of `OauthStagedCredentialsCommandEnum`. ### AppOauthCredentialsCollection List of OAuth consumers associated with the external client app. * `consumers` (_array of AppOauthCredentials_) Collection of OAuth consumers' credentials. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current collection of assets _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AppOauthUsageCollection OAuth usage information for a list of apps. * `apps` (_array of AppOauthUsage_) Collection of OAuth apps. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to get the collection. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to get the next page of the collection. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AppOauthUsageUserCollection List of OAuth app users. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL identifying the next page of the collection. This URL is returned with every page, even the last page of items. If you enter nextPageUrl that comes with the last page of items, an empty array is returned. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `users` (_array of AppOauthUsageUser_) Collection of OAuth users. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AppOauthUsageTokenCollection A collection of tokens. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to get the collection. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `tokens` (_array of AppOauthUsageToken_) Collection of OAuth tokens. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EnvironmentHubMyDomainValidation Results from an attempt to validate a My Domain value. * `domainPrefix` (_string_) The domain prefix that was used for validation. This takes into account if the resulting org would be a DE org. * `validationError` (_object_) MyDomainValidationStatus A validation error for a proposed domain. One of these values: * `Duplicate` —The proposed domain is already in use. * `Invalid` —The proposed domain is not a valid CNAME. * `Valid` —The proposed domain is valid. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MyDomainValidationStatus`. ### EnvironmentHubOAuthUrl An OAuth URL that initiates the workflow to connect an org to an Environment Hub. * `oauthUrl` (_string_) The generated URL. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EnvironmentHubSignupMemberValidation The results from validation of the input parameters used to create an Environment Hub member org. * `errorMessage` (_string_) If the parameters were invalid, this property contains the error string. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orgEdition` (_string_) If the parameters were valid, this property contains the edition of the member org. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `trialMaxLengthDays` (_integer_) If the parameters were valid, this property contains the trial length of the member org. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SsoUserMappingInput Create a SsoUserMapping for an Environmet Hub member org * `hubUserId` (_string_, required) The ID of a user in an Environment Hub organization. _Available in: v36.0_ * `memberUsername` (_string_, required) The username of a user in an Environment Hub member organization. _Available in: v36.0_ ### SsoUserMapping Results from validating a potential SSO user mapping between a user in an Environment Hub and a user in a hub member org. * `errorFieldNames` (_array of string_) If the parameters were invalid, this property contains the names of fields with errors. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorMessage` (_string_) If the parameters were invalid, this property contains the error string. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hubUserId` (_string_) The ID of a user in an Environment Hub organization. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `memberUsername` (_string_) The username of a user in an Environment Hub member organization. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userMappingId` (_string_) The ID of the new SSO user mapping. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CredentialPrincipalType Type of credential principal. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AwsStsPrincipal`, `NamedPrincipal`, `PerUserPrincipal`. ### Credential Credential. * `authenticationProtocol` (_object_) CredentialAuthenticationProtocol Authentication protocol of the external credential. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CredentialAuthenticationProtocol`. * `authenticationProtocolVariant` (_object_) CredentialAuthenticationProtocolVariant Authentication protocol variant of the external credential. Values are: * `AwsSv4_STS` —AWS Signature Version 4 with Security Token Service. * `ClientCredentialsClientSecret` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials client secret. Client secrets are sent in the callout’s request body. * `ClientCredentialsClientSecretBasic` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials client secret. Client secrets are sent in the callout’s authorization header, as with Basic authentication. * `ClientCredentialsJwtAssertion` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials JSON Web Token assertion. * `JwtBearer` —OAuth 2.0 JSON Web Token bearer flow. * `NoAuthentication` —No authentication. * `RolesAnywhere` —AWS Signature Version 4 with Identity and Access Management (IAM) Roles Anywhere. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CredentialAuthenticationProtocolVariant`. * `authenticationStatus` (_object_) CredentialAuthenticationStatus Status of the credential authentication. Values are: * `Configured` —Credential has all required credentials for at least one principal. * `NotConfigured` —Credential isn’t configured. * `Unknown` —Credential status can’t be determined because the authentication protocol is custom. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CredentialAuthenticationStatus`. * `credentials` (_object_) Map of protocol-specific credentials. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `CredentialValue`. * `externalCredential` (_string_) Fully qualified developer name of the external credential. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `principalName` (_string_, nullable) Name of the external credential named principal. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `principalType` (_object_) CredentialPrincipalType Type of credential principal. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CredentialPrincipalType`. ### CredentialInput Credential input. * `authenticationProtocol` (_object_, required) CredentialAuthenticationProtocol Authentication protocol of the external credential. _Available in: v56.0_ Includes all fields of `CredentialAuthenticationProtocol`. * `authenticationProtocolVariant` (_object_) CredentialAuthenticationProtocolVariant Authentication protocol variant of the external credential. Values are: * `AwsSv4_STS` —AWS Signature Version 4 with Security Token Service. * `ClientCredentialsClientSecret` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials client secret. Client secrets are sent in the callout’s request body. * `ClientCredentialsClientSecretBasic` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials client secret. Client secrets are sent in the callout’s authorization header, as with Basic authentication. * `ClientCredentialsJwtAssertion` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials JSON Web Token assertion. * `JwtBearer` —OAuth 2.0 JSON Web Token bearer flow. * `NoAuthentication` —No authentication. * `RolesAnywhere` —AWS Signature Version 4 with Identity and Access Management (IAM) Roles Anywhere. If specified, the authentication protocol variant must match the actual protocol variant of the external credential. _Available in: v57.0_ Includes all fields of `CredentialAuthenticationProtocolVariant`. * `credentials` (_object_, required) Map of protocol-specific credentials. Authentication protocols have credential allowlists and encryption rules. * `AwsSv4` — `awsAccessKeyId` (not encrypted), `awsSecretAccessKey` (encrypted), `awsRoleArn` (not encrypted) * `Custom` —Any credential name is valid (user sets encryption rules) _Available in: v56.0_ Additional properties: `CredentialValueInput`. * `externalCredential` (_string_, required) Fully qualified developer name of the external credential. _Available in: v56.0_ * `principalName` (_string_) Name of the external credential named principal. Required if `principalType` is `NamedPrincipal` _Available in: v56.0_ * `principalType` (_object_, required) CredentialPrincipalType Type of credential principal. _Available in: v56.0_ Includes all fields of `CredentialPrincipalType`. ### CreateCredentialAction Action to take when creating the credential. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Refresh`. ### OAuthCredentialAuthUrlInput OAuth authentication flow input. * `externalCredential` (_string_, required) Fully qualified developer name of the external credential. _Available in: v56.0_ * `principalName` (_string_) Name of the external credential named principal. Required if `principalType` is `NamedPrincipal` _Available in: v56.0_ * `principalType` (_object_, required) CredentialPrincipalType Type of credential principal. _Available in: v56.0_ Includes all fields of `CredentialPrincipalType`. * `returnUrl` (_string_) Return URL to apply to the authentication URL. _Available in: v56.0_ ### OAuthCredentialAuthUrl OAuth authentication URL for a credential. * `authenticationUrl` (_string_) Authentication URL for the user external credential. Authentication URLs have encoded and escaped special characters. Before using the URL, undo the encoded and escaped characters. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalCredential` (_string_) Fully qualified developer name of the external credential. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `principalName` (_string_) Name of the external credential named principal. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `principalType` (_object_) CredentialPrincipalType Type of credential principal. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CredentialPrincipalType`. ### ExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentials List of an external auth identity provider's credentials. * `credentials` (_array of ExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredential_) List of an external auth identity provider's credentials. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentialsInput External auth identity provider credentials input. * `credentials` (_array of ExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentialInput_, required) List of an external auth identity provider's credentials. _Available in: v62.0_ ### ExternalAuthIdentityProviderList List of external auth identity providers. * `externalAuthIdentityProviders` (_array of ExternalAuthIdentityProvider_) List of external auth identity providers. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalAuthIdentityProviderInput External auth identity provider input. * `authenticationFlow` (_object_, required) IdentityProviderAuthFlow Authentication flow to get tokens to call protected APIs. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `IdentityProviderAuthFlow`. * `authenticationProtocol` (_object_, required) IdentityProviderAuthProtocol Authentication protocol required to access the external system. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `IdentityProviderAuthProtocol`. * `authorizeUrl` (_string_) Authorization endpoint URL for the external system. Required when the `authenticationProtocol` is `OAuth` and the `authenticationFlow` is `AuthorizationCode` . Otherwise, Optional. _Available in: v62.0_ * `clientAuthentication` (_object_) IdentityProviderClientAuth Client authentication method that describes how credentials are sent to the authorization server. Defaults to `ClientSecretBasic`. _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `IdentityProviderClientAuth`. * `description` (_string_) External auth identity provider description. _Available in: v62.0_ * `fullName` (_string_, required) Full name of the external auth identity provider. The full name can include a namespace prefix. _Available in: v62.0_ * `label` (_string_, required) External auth identity provider label. _Available in: v62.0_ * `parameters` (_array of ExternalAuthIdentityProviderParameterInput_) List of custom request parameters to customize and extend requests to the identity provider’s token endpoint. _Available in: v63.0_ * `standardExternalIdentityProvider` (_string_) Reference to a standard external auth identity provider. _Available in: v63.0_ * `tokenUrl` (_string_, required) Token endpoint URL to retrieve tokens from the external system. Required for all OAuth 2.0 authentication flows. _Available in: v62.0_ * `userInfoUrl` (_string_) User info URL to retrieve user profile information from the external system. Applicable only when the `authenticationProtocol` is `OAuth`. _Available in: v62.0_ ### ExternalAuthIdentityProvider External auth identity provider. * `authenticationFlow` (_object_) IdentityProviderAuthFlow Authentication flow to get tokens to call protected APIs. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `IdentityProviderAuthFlow`. * `authenticationProtocol` (_object_) IdentityProviderAuthProtocol Authentication protocol required to access the external system. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `IdentityProviderAuthProtocol`. * `authorizeUrl` (_string_) Authorization endpoint URL for the external system. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `callbackUrl` (_string_) For the Authorization Code authentication flow, the callback URL that's used by the external system after authorization. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `clientAuthentication` (_object_) IdentityProviderClientAuth Client authentication method that describes how credentials are sent to the authorization server. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `IdentityProviderClientAuth`. * `createdByNamespace` (_string_) Namespace of the package that created the external auth identity provider. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `credentials` (_array of ExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredential_) List of the external auth identity provider credentials. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the external auth identity provider. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fullName` (_string_) Full name of the external auth identity provider. The full name can include a namespace prefix. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) External auth identity provider ID. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) External auth identity provider label. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parameters` (_array of ExternalAuthIdentityProviderParameter_) List of custom request parameters. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `standardExternalIdentityProvider` (_string_) Reference to a standard external auth identity provider. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `tokenUrl` (_string_) Token endpoint URL to retrieve tokens from the external system. Required for all OAuth 2.0 authentication flows. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Connect REST API URL for the external auth identity provider. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userInfoUrl` (_string_) User info URL to retrieve user profile information from the external system. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalCredentialList List of external credentials. * `externalCredentials` (_array of ExternalCredential_) List of external credentials. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ExternalCredentialInput Input used to create or update an external credential. * `authenticationProtocol` (_object_, required) CredentialAuthenticationProtocol Authentication protocol of the external credential. _Available in: v58.0_ Includes all fields of `CredentialAuthenticationProtocol`. * `authenticationProtocolVariant` (_object_) CredentialAuthenticationProtocolVariant Authentication protocol variant of the external credential. Values are: * `AwsSv4_STS` —AWS Signature Version 4 with Security Token Service. * `ClientCredentialsClientSecret` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials client secret. Client secrets are sent in the callout’s request body. * `ClientCredentialsClientSecretBasic` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials client secret. Client secrets are sent in the callout’s authorization header, as with Basic authentication. * `ClientCredentialsJwtAssertion` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials JSON Web Token assertion. * `JwtBearer` —OAuth 2.0 JSON Web Token bearer flow. * `NoAuthentication` —No authentication. * `RolesAnywhere` —AWS Signature Version 4 with Identity and Access Management (IAM) Roles Anywhere. If specified, the authentication protocol variant must match the actual protocol variant of the external credential. _Available in: v58.0_ Includes all fields of `CredentialAuthenticationProtocolVariant`. * `customHeaders` (_array of CredentialCustomHeaderInput_) List of credential custom headers. _Available in: v58.0_ * `developerName` (_string_) Fully qualified developer name of the external credential. Required for POST. Optional for PUT _Available in: v58.0_ * `masterLabel` (_string_, required) External credential label. _Available in: v58.0_ * `parameters` (_array of ExternalCredentialParameterInput_) List of external credential parameters. depending on `authenticationProtocol` and `authenticationVariant` _Available in: v58.0_ * `principals` (_array of ExternalCredentialPrincipalInput_) List of principals the credential has. _Available in: v58.0_ ### ExternalCredential External credential, including the named credentials and principals associated with it and the type and status of each principal. If you don’t have the View Setup and Configuration permission, some properties are empty or show limited information. * `authenticationProtocol` (_object_) CredentialAuthenticationProtocol Authentication protocol of the external credential. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CredentialAuthenticationProtocol`. * `authenticationProtocolVariant` (_object_) CredentialAuthenticationProtocolVariant Authentication protocol variant of the external credential. Values are: * `AwsSv4_STS` —AWS Signature Version 4 with Security Token Service. * `ClientCredentialsClientSecret` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials client secret. Client secrets are sent in the callout’s request body. * `ClientCredentialsClientSecretBasic` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials client secret. Client secrets are sent in the callout’s authorization header, as with Basic authentication. * `ClientCredentialsJwtAssertion` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials JSON Web Token assertion. * `JwtBearer` —OAuth 2.0 JSON Web Token bearer flow. * `NoAuthentication` —No authentication. * `RolesAnywhere` —AWS Signature Version 4 with Identity and Access Management (IAM) Roles Anywhere. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CredentialAuthenticationProtocolVariant`. * `authenticationStatus` (_object_) CredentialAuthenticationStatus Status of the credential authentication. Values are: * `Configured` —Credential has all required credentials for at least one principal. * `NotConfigured` —Credential isn’t configured. * `Unknown` —Credential status can’t be determined because the authentication protocol is custom. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CredentialAuthenticationStatus`. * `createdByNamespace` (_string_) Namespace of the package that created the external credential. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `customHeaders` (_array of CredentialCustomHeader_) List of custom headers. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `developerName` (_string_) Fully qualified developer name of the external credential. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) External credential ID. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `masterLabel` (_string_) External credential label. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parameters` (_array of ExternalCredentialParameter_) List of parameters of the external credential. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `principals` (_array of ExternalCredentialPrincipal_) List of principals the credential has. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `relatedNamedCredentials` (_array of NamedCredential_) List of named credentials associated to the external credential. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string_) Connect REST API URL for the external credential. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NamedCredentialList List of named credentials. * `namedCredentials` (_array of NamedCredential_) List of named credentials. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NamedCredentialInput Input used to create or update a named credential. * `calloutOptions` (_object_, required) NamedCredentialCalloutOptionsInput Callout options. _Available in: v58.0_ Includes all fields of `NamedCredentialCalloutOptionsInput`. * `calloutUrl` (_string_, required) URL of the named credential in a callout. _Available in: v58.0_ * `customHeaders` (_array of CredentialCustomHeaderInput_) Custom HTTP headers. _Available in: v58.0_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the named credential. _Available in: v64.0_ * `developerName` (_string_) Named credential developer name. Required for POST. Optional for PUT _Available in: v58.0_ * `externalCredentials` (_array of ExternalCredentialInput_, required) External credentials used by the named credential. In version 58.0 and later, only one external credential is supported. _Available in: v58.0_ * `masterLabel` (_string_, required) Named credential label. _Available in: v58.0_ * `networkConnection` (_object_) NetworkConnectionInput PrivateConnect outbound network connection. depending on `type` _Available in: v58.0_ Includes all fields of `NetworkConnectionInput`. * `parameters` (_array of NamedCredentialParameterInput_) Named credential parameters. _Available in: v58.0_ * `type` (_object_, required) NamedCredentialType Type of named credential. _Available in: v58.0_ Includes all fields of `NamedCredentialType`. ### NamedCredential Named credential associated with an external credential. * `calloutOptions` (_object_) NamedCredentialCalloutOptions Callout options for the named credential. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `NamedCredentialCalloutOptions`. * `calloutStatus` (_object_) CalloutStatus Indicates whether a named credential is enabled for callout. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CalloutStatus`. * `calloutUrl` (_string_) URL of the named credential in a callout. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdByNamespace` (_string_) Namespace of the package that created the named credential. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `customHeaders` (_array of CredentialCustomHeader_) Custom HTTP headers for the named credential. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the named credential. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) Fully qualified developer name of the named credential. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalCredentials` (_array of ExternalCredential_) External credentials used by the named credential. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) Named credential ID. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `masterLabel` (_string_) Named credential label. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `networkConnection` (_object_) NetworkConnection PrivateConnect outbound network connection for the named credential. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `NetworkConnection`. * `parameters` (_array of NamedCredentialParameter_) Named credential parameters. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `type` (_object_) NamedCredentialType Type of named credential. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `NamedCredentialType`. * `url` (_string_) Connect REST API URL of the named credential. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalConnectionType Type of network connection. Value is `AwsPrivateLink`. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AwsPrivateLink`. ### ExternalConnectionTopologiesScope Enumerates the scope of the external connection topologies Type: `string`. Allowed values: `All`, `Region`. ### InboundNetworkConnectionTopologies Inbound network connection topologies. * `topologies` (_array of NetworkConnectionTopologies_) List of topologies required for making inbound calls. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalConnectionAction Enumerates the external network connection action types Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Provision`, `Sync`, `TearDown`. ### NetworkConnection External network connection. * `connectionProperties` (_AwsInboundNetworkConnectionProperties | AwsOutboundNetworkConnectionProperties_) Property names and values of the network connection. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `AwsInboundNetworkConnectionProperties`, `AwsOutboundNetworkConnectionProperties`. * `connectionType` (_object_) ExternalConnectionType Type of network connection. Value is `AwsPrivateLink`. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ExternalConnectionType`. * `description` (_string_) Description of the network connection. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) Name of the network connection. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the network connection. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isActive` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the network connection is active (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `masterLabel` (_string_) Label of the network connection. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) Namespace prefix of the network connection. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ExternalConnectionStatus Status of the network connection. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ExternalConnectionStatus`. * `url` (_string_) Connect API NetworkConnection resource path for this record. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OutboundNetworkConnectionTopologies Outbound network connection topologies. * `topologies` (_array of NetworkConnectionTopologies_) Topologies required for making outbound calls. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DuplicateDirectory Duplicate directory. * `job-definitions` (_string_) URL to the duplicate job definitions resource. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `jobs` (_string_) URL to the duplicate jobs resource. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DuplicateJobDefinitionCollection A collection of job definitions. * `jobDefinitions` (_array of DuplicateJobDefinition_) Collection of duplicate job definitions. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DuplicateJobDefinition A duplicate job definition. * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who created the job definition. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the job definition was created in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name of the job definition. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `jobDefinitionId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the job definition. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who last modified the job definition. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the job definition was last modified. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `masterLabel` (_string_) Label of the job definition. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `matchingRuleIds` (_array of string (Id)_) IDs of matching rules used by the job definition. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sobjectSubtype` (_object_) SobjectSubtypeEnum Object subtype of the job definition. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SobjectSubtypeEnum`. * `sobjectType` (_string_) Object type of the job definition. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DuplicateJobCollection A collection of duplicate jobs. * `jobs` (_array of DuplicateJob_) Collection of duplicate jobs. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DuplicateJobInput Create a duplicate job. * `duplicateJobDefId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the duplicate job definition. _Available in: v42.0_ ### DuplicateJob A duplicate job. * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who created the job. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the job was created in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `endDateTime` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the job ended in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `jobDefinitionId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the job definition. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `jobId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the job. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who last modified the job. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the job was last modified in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the job. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numDuplicateRecordItems` (_integer_) Number of duplicate records created by the job. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numDuplicateRecordSets` (_integer_) Number of duplicate record sets created by the job. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numRecordsScanned` (_integer_) Number of records scanned by the job. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resultListViewId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the result list view for the job. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `startDateTime` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the job started in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectDuplicateJobStatusEnum Status of the job. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectDuplicateJobStatusEnum`. ### DuplicateJobStatusInput Update the duplicate job status. * `status` (_object_, required) ConnectDuplicateJobStatusEnum Status of the duplicate job. `Canceled` is the only valid value. _Available in: v42.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectDuplicateJobStatusEnum`. ### CustomDomainCollection List of custom domains for the org. A custom domain is a domain that you own, such as `https://www.example.com`, that serves content from your Experience Cloud sites or Salesforce Sites. * `domains` (_array of CustomDomain_) List of custom domains. If no custom domains exist in the org, an empty list is returned. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CustomDomainCustomUrlDetailCollection List of custom URLs for a custom domain. A custom URL consists of a domain, a custom path prefix, and a unique site path. For a domain to serve content from a site, at least one custom URL is required. * `customUrls` (_array of CustomDomainCustomUrlDetail_) List of custom URLs for a specific domain. If no custom domains exist for the domain, an empty list is returned. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CustomDomainDetail Detailed description of a custom domain. * `associationType` (_object_) CustomDomainAssociationTypeEnum Type of org that contains the Experience Cloud site or Salesforce Site content that the custom domain serves. Custom domains exist only in production orgs. * `Production` —The custom domain serves content from a site on the same org. * `Sandbox` —The custom domain serves content from a site on a sandbox. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CustomDomainAssociationTypeEnum`. * `cnameTarget` (_string_, nullable) Canonical name (CNAME) of the external host or server for the custom domain. If `configurationOption` is `ExternalHttps` , this field points to the CNAME of the external provider. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `configurationOption` (_object_) CustomDomainConfigurationOptionEnum Custom domain configuration option. * `CdnPartner` —A Salesforce content delivery network (CDN) partner serves the domain. * `ExternalHttps` —A non-Salesforce service or host serves your custom domain. This option includes third-party CDNs and proxy solutions. * `NoHttps` —The custom domain uses a temporary non-HTTPS configuration for initial setup. * `SitesRuntime` —The custom domain is served on Salesforce servers with your HTTPS certificate. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CustomDomainConfigurationOptionEnum`. * `customUrls` (_array of CustomDomainCustomUrlDetail_) List of custom URLs for this domain. If no custom URLs exist for the domain, an empty list is returned. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `domainName` (_string_) Domain name. For example, `www.example.com` _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `domainStatus` (_object_) CustomDomainStatusTypeEnum Custom domain status. Values are: * `AwaitingActivation` —The domain provisioning process is complete. To use the updated domain, activate the domain. * `AwaitingCustomURL` —The custom domain requires a custom URL to start provisioning. Only applies to custom domains with the SitesRuntime configurationOption. * `Completed` —The custom domain is active and in use. * `DomainNameValidated` — `domainName` ownership has been validaed by Salesforce. * `DomainNameValidationFailed` —Salesforce couldn’t validate the `domainName`. Update the CNAME in DNS and attempt to validate the domain again. * `DomainNameValidationPending` — `domainName` validation hasn’t started. * `Provisioning` —Salesforce is provisioning the custom domain. In other words, Salesforce is getting the domain ready for activation.— _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CustomDomainStatusTypeEnum`. * `hstsPreloadEnabled` (_boolean_) Indicates whether Salesforce includes the `Strict-Transport-Security` HTTP header with the `preload` directive for the custom domain ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Only registrable domains are eligible for HTTP Strict Transport Security (HSTS) preloading. Also, to finish configuring HSTS preloading, add your custom domain to the third-party HSTS preload list. For more information, see [Enable HSTS Preloading on a Custom Domain](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=products.domain_mgmt_hsts_preloading.htm&type=5) in Salesforce Help. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the custom domain was last modified. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sandboxId` (_string_, nullable) If `associationType` is `Sandbox` , org ID of the sandbox. If `associationType` is `Production`, this field is always null. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CustomDomainCustomUrlDetail Detailed description of a custom URL. * `customUrlId` (_string_) ID of the custom URL. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `domainId` (_string_) ID of the custom domain. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `domainName` (_string_) Domain Name _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModified` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the custom URL was last modified. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `path` (_string_) The path on the domain, starting with a slash ( `/` ). A slash (`/`) with no subsequent characters represents the root path, such as `https://www.example.com`. You can use the same path for more than one domain, but you can use each path only once within the same domain. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `primarySiteUrl` (_boolean_) Indicates whether this custom URL is the preferred URL for authenticated pages and email ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). This property applies only when the `siteType` is `Community` or `SalesforceSite`. Each site can have only one primary custom URL. For more information, see [Add a Custom URL](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=products.custom_url_add.htm&type=5) in Salesforce Help. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `siteId` (_string_) ID of the site that this custom URL serves. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `siteName` (_string_) Name of the site that this custom URL serves. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `siteType` (_object_) CustomDomainUrlSiteTypeEnum Type of site that this custom URL serves. * `Community` —An [Experience Cloud Site](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-experience-cloud#tag/Experience-Cloud-Sites-Resources/operation/getCommunity). * `SalesforceSite` —A Salesforce Site. * `LegacySite` —A legacy site type, such as legacy Site.com sites. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CustomDomainUrlSiteTypeEnum`. * `status` (_object_) CustomDomainCustomUrlStatusEnum Custom URL status. Values are: * `AwaitingPublish` —The custom URL is ready to be published from within Site.com Studio. This status applies only to custom URLs with a `siteType` of `LegacySite` when no sites of other types exist on the same domain. * `AwaitingUnpublish` —The custom URL was removed but is still published. To finish deleting the custom URL, click Unpublish in Site.com Studio. This status applies only to custom URLs with a `siteType` of `LegacySite`. * `InDevelopment` —The custom URL is ready to be published. This status applies only to custom URLs with a `siteType` of `LegacySite` when no sites of other types exist on the same domain. * `Offline` —The custom URL is associated with an inactive site. * `Preview` —The custom URL is active for an Experience Cloud site with a status of Preview. * `PublishFailed` —There was an unexpected issue with the background publishing operation for a site associated with the custom URL. This status is assigned to the custom URL after the background publishing operation is attempted every hour for two weeks without success. * `Published` —The custom URL is active and is associated with a site that is live. * `Publishing` —Salesforce is publishing the custom URL in the background. If this custom URL was previously published, the custom URL remains available throughout the publishing process. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CustomDomainCustomUrlStatusEnum`. ### CustomDomainPendingConfigurationOutput Detailed description of the pending configuration for a custom domain. * `associatedType` (_object_) CustomDomainAssociationTypeEnum Type of org that contains the Experience Cloud site or Salesforce Site content that the custom domain serves. Custom domains exist only in production orgs. * `Production` —The custom domain serves content from a site on the same org. * `Sandbox` —The custom domain serves content from a site on a sandbox. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CustomDomainAssociationTypeEnum`. * `cdnPartnerOptions` (_object_) CdnPartnerOptions If the `configurationOption` is `CdnPartner` , the content delivery network (CDN) partner for the pending configuration. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CdnPartnerOptions`. * `configurationOption` (_object_) CustomDomainConfigurationOptionEnum The pending domain configuration option. * `CdnPartner` —A Salesforce content delivery network (CDN) partner serves the domain. * `ExternalHttps` —A non-Salesforce service or host serves your custom domain. This option includes third-party CDNs and proxy solutions. * `NoHttps` —The custom domain uses a temporary non-HTTPS configuration for initial setup. * `SitesRuntime` —The custom domain is served on Salesforce servers with your HTTPS certificate. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CustomDomainConfigurationOptionEnum`. * `domainId` (_string_) ID of the custom domain. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `domainName` (_string_) Domain name. For example, `www.example.com` _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `domainStatus` (_object_) CustomDomainStatusTypeEnum Custom domain status. Valid values for a custom domain with a pending configuration are: * `AwaitingActivation` —The domain provisioning process is complete. To use the updated domain, activate the domain. * `AwaitingCustomURL` —The custom domain requires a custom URL to start provisioning. Only applies to custom domains with the SitesRuntime configurationOption. * `DomainNameValidated` — `domainName` ownership has been validated by Salesforce. * `Provisioning` —Salesforce is provisioning the custom domain. In other words, Salesforce is getting the domain ready for activation. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CustomDomainStatusTypeEnum`. ### CustomDomainId ID of the custom domain. * `domainId` (_string_) ID of the custom domain. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CustomDomainExpectedCdnCName The canonical name (CNAME) that’s required for custom domains that use the Saleforce CDN. * `alias` (_string_) Alias hostname to use in the name element of the additional CNAME record for this custom domain that uses the Salesforce CDN. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_) String to use in the value element of the additional CNAME record for this custom domain that uses the Salesforce CDN. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CustomDomainExpectedCName The canonical name (CNAME) record that’s used to verify ownership of a custom domain. * `alias` (_string_) Alias hostname to use in the name element of the CNAME record for this custom domain. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_) String to use in the value element of the CNAME record for this custom domain. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecommendationReactionCollection A list of recommendation reactions. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of reactions in the collection. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of reactions in the collection. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reactions` (_array of RecommendationReaction_) Collection of recommendation reactions. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecommendationReactionInput A reaction to a recommendation produced by a recommendation strategy. * `aiModel` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v47.0_ * `contextRecordId` (_string_) ID of the context record. For example, if the next best action is on a case detail page, the ID of the case. _Available in: v45.0_ * `executionId` (_string_) ID of the original recommendation strategy execution. _Available in: v45.0_ * `externalId` (_string_) External ID of the recommendation. This ID doesn’t need to be a Salesforce 18-character ID. For example, it can be a product number from an external system. _Available in: v46.0_ * `onBehalfOfId` (_string_) ID of the user or entity for which the reaction took place. _Available in: v45.0_ * `reactionType` (_object_, required) ConnectRecommendationReactionTypeEnum Type of reaction to a recommendation. _Available in: v45.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectRecommendationReactionTypeEnum`. * `recommendationMode` (_object_) ConnectRecommendationModeEnum Reserved for future use. Mode of recommendation, if you’re using Einstein Intelligent Offers, an AppExchange package. * `Intelligent` —Recommendation came from Einstein Intelligent Offers. * `Learning` —Recommendation came from a randomized process in learning mode. _Available in: v46.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectRecommendationModeEnum`. * `recommendationScore` (_number (double)_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v46.0_ * `strategyName` (_string_, required) Name of the recommendation strategy. _Available in: v45.0_ * `targetActionId` (_string_) ID of the target action. _Available in: v45.0_ * `targetActionName` (_string_, required) Name of the target action. _Available in: v45.0_ * `targetId` (_string_, required) ID of the recommendation that is being reacted to. _Available in: v45.0_ ### RecommendationReaction Reaction to a recommendation produced by a recommendation strategy. * `aiModel` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contextRecord` (_object_) Reference Reference to the context record. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `createdBy` (_object_) Reference Reference to the reaction creator. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Reaction creation date. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalId` (_string_) External target ID of the recommendation reacted on. This ID doesn’t need to be a Salesforce 18-character ID. For example, it can be a product number from an external system. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) Reaction record ID. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `onBehalfOf` (_object_) Reference Reference to the user or record that is indirectly reacting to the recommendation. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `reactionType` (_object_) ConnectRecommendationReactionTypeEnum Type of reaction to a recommendation. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectRecommendationReactionTypeEnum`. * `recommendationMode` (_object_) ConnectRecommendationModeEnum Reserved for future use. Mode of recommendation, if you’re using Einstein Intelligent Offers, an AppExchange package. * `Intelligent` —Recommendation came from Einstein Intelligent Offers. * `Learning` —Recommendation came from a randomized process in learning mode. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectRecommendationModeEnum`. * `recommendationScore` (_number (double)_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `strategy` (_object_) RecordSnapshot Strategy that recommended the target record. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordSnapshot`. * `targetAction` (_object_) RecordSnapshot Target action that is recommended. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordSnapshot`. * `targetRecord` (_object_) Reference Reference to the target record. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the recommendation reaction. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NBAStrategyInput Input strategyContext consumed by a recommendation strategy. * `contextRecordId` (_string_) ID of the context record. For example, if the next best action is on a case detail page, the ID of the case. _Available in: v45.0_ * `debugTrace` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to return trace and debug information in the response (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, the default is `false`. _Available in: v45.0_ * `maxResults` (_integer_) Maximum number of results. Valid values are from 1 to 25. The default is 3. _Available in: v45.0_ * `strategyContext` (_object_) Variable and value mappings for the strategy. _Available in: v45.0_ Additional properties: `string`. ### NBARecommendations Recommendations returned by a recommendation strategy. * `executionId` (_string_) ID of the recommendation strategy execution. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `onBehalfOfId` (_string_) ID of the user or entity for which the recommendation strategy was executed. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recommendations` (_array of NBARecommendation_) List of recommendations returned by a recommendation strategy. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `trace` (_object_) StrategyTrace Trace information for the recommendation strategy execution, if requested. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `StrategyTrace`. * `debug` (_string_) Runtime debug information recorded during recommendation strategy execution. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errors` (_string_) Runtime errors that occurred during recommendation strategy execution. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Recommendation A Next Best Action recommendation object. * `acceptanceLabel` (_string_) Text indicating user acceptance of the recommendation. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `actionReference` (_string_) Reference to the action to perform, for example, launching a flow. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the recommendation. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalId` (_string_) External ID of the recommendation. This ID doesn’t need to be a Salesforce 18-character ID. For example, it can be a product number from an external system. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the recommendation. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `image` (_object_) FileAsset Image to display. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FileAsset`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the recommendation. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rejectionLabel` (_string_) Text indicating user rejection of the recommendation. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the recommendation. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SurveyDescriptionInput Input representation of the details of the survey recipient and their engagement context, and the language, related records, and invitation settings of the survey. * `invitationSettings` (_object_, required) SurveyInvitationSettingsInput Invitation settings of the survey. The Invitation ID API doesn’t require the invitation configuration settings to be passed with the Survey Invitations. _Available in: v56.0_ Includes all fields of `SurveyInvitationSettingsInput`. * `languageCode` (_string_) Code of the language in which the survey is created. _Available in: v56.0_ * `recipientEngagementContext` (_object_) Engagement context settings for a recipient of the survey. _Available in: v56.0_ Additional properties: `string`. * `relatedRecordIds` (_array of string_) IDs of the records that are related to the survey. _Available in: v56.0_ * `shouldLoadPartiallyCmplSurvey` (_boolean_) Indicates whether to load partially completed surveys when a partially completed survey is selected ( `true` ), or to start a new survey ( `false` ). The default value is `false` . _Available in: v63.0_ * `staticMergeFields` (_object_) Map of static merge field values. _Available in: v56.0_ Additional properties: `string`. ### SurveyDescriptionOutput Output representation of the response to the Start Survey request. * `errors` (_array of string_) Error messages for a failed request. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flowInterviewState` (_string_) State of the flow interview. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `invitationId` (_string_) ID of the survey invitation that's related to the request. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isPartiallyCmplSurveyLoaded` (_boolean_) Indicates whether a partially completed survey is loaded ( `true` ) or a new survey is started ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `languageCode` (_string_) Code of the language that the survey is created in. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `navigationActions` (_array of SurveyNavigationActionEnum_) Available navigation actions on the survey page. Possible values are: * `Back` —Go to the previous survey page. * `Next` —Go to the next survey page. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `responseId` (_string_) ID of the survey response. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) SurveyResponseApiStatusEnum Status of the API request. Possible values are: * `Failure` —Survey Response API isn’t successfully run. * `Success` —Survey Response API is successfully run. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SurveyResponseApiStatusEnum`. * `surveyDetail` (_object_) SurveyDetailOutput All details of the page in the survey. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SurveyDetailOutput`. * `warnings` (_array of string_) Warnings for a request. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SurveyResponseInput Input representation of the details of a survey response. * `flowInterviewState` (_string_, required) State of the flow interview. _Available in: v56.0_ * `invitationId` (_string_, required) ID of the survey invitation. _Available in: v56.0_ * `languageCode` (_string_) Code of the language that the survey is created in. _Available in: v56.0_ * `navigationAction` (_object_, required) SurveyNavigationActionEnum Available navigation actions on the survey page. Possible values are: * `Back` —Navigate to the previous survey page. * `Next` —Navigate to the next survey page. _Available in: v57.0_ Includes all fields of `SurveyNavigationActionEnum`. * `surveyPageResponses` (_object_, required) SurveyPageResponseInput Responses to the survey questions on a page. _Available in: v56.0_ Includes all fields of `SurveyPageResponseInput`. ### SurveyResponseOutput Output representation of the response to the Submit Survey request. The response includes the status of the survey response API and the Thank You page details in the survey. * `errors` (_array of string_) Error messages for a failed request. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flowInterviewState` (_string_) State of the flow interview. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `invitationId` (_string_) ID of the survey invitation that's related to the request. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `languageCode` (_string_) Code of the language that the survey is created in. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `navigationActions` (_array of SurveyNavigationActionEnum_) Available navigation actions on the survey page. Possible values are: * `Back` —Go to the previous survey page. * `Next` —Go to the next survey page. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `responseId` (_string_) ID of the survey response. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) SurveyResponseApiStatusEnum Status of the API request. Possible values are: * `Failure` —Survey Response API isn’t successfully run. * `Success` —Survey Response API is successfully run. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SurveyResponseApiStatusEnum`. * `surveyPage` (_SurveyQuestionPageOutput | SurveyThankYouPageOutput_) Details of the question or the Thank You page. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `SurveyQuestionPageOutput`, `SurveyThankYouPageOutput`. ### SurveyEmailInput Survey email. * `allowGuestUserResponse` (_boolean_, required) Specifies whether participants who don't have a Salesforce account can respond (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v50.0_ * `allowParticipantsAccessTheirResponse` (_boolean_, required) Specifies whether participants can see their responses (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v50.0_ * `associateRecordsWithRecipients` (_array of SurveyRecipientSurveySubjectsInput_) Maps each recipient with another record that must be associated with the recipient's survey invitation. _Available in: v50.0_ * `body` (_string_) Content of the email. Specify the email body in case you don't specify an email template. The email body must contain one of these merge fields: * To embed a link to launch the survey: \[\[SURVEY\_INVITATION\_URL\]\] * To embed a survey question: {{{SurveyQuestion.QuestionName}}} and {{{SurveyQuestion.QuestionHtmlContent}}} _Available in: v50.0_ * `collectAnonymousResponse` (_boolean_, required) Specifies whether participants can respond anonymously (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v50.0_ * `communityId` (_string_) ID of the site that's used to open the survey for users outside your org. _Available in: v50.0_ * `emailTemplateId` (_string_) ID of the Lightning email template that's used to send the survey invitation. The template must contain the required merge fields that embed either the survey link or a question in the email. Only Lightning email templates are used to send survey invitations. _Available in: v50.0_ * `fromEmailAddress` (_string_, required) Email ID of the user or the org-wide email address associated with the user's profile. _Available in: v50.0_ * `invitationExpirationDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date on which the survey invitation expires. _Available in: v50.0_ * `invitationOwner` (_string_) ID of the owner of the survey invitation records. _Available in: v50.0_ * `isPersonalInvitation` (_boolean_, required) Specifies whether a unique invitation is created for each participant (`true`) or not (`false`). When a participant responds using a personal invitation, the response record is associated with the participant's Salesforce record. _Available in: v50.0_ * `recipientEngagementContexts` (_array of SurveyRecipientEngagementContextInput_) Maps each recipient with the context based on which the survey invitation is emailed. _Available in: v50.0_ * `recipients` (_array of string_, required) List of up to 300 IDs of leads, contacts, or users to whom the survey invitation is emailed. _Available in: v50.0_ * `sendEmailThroughUma` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to send the email through Marketing Cloud (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v65.0_ * `shareInvitationsWith` (_array of string_) IDs of the users with whom the survey invitation records must be shared. The invitation records are shared with Read access. _Available in: v50.0_ * `subject` (_string_) Subject of the email. Specify the subject in case you don't specify an email template. _Available in: v50.0_ * `surveyQuestionIds` (_array of string_) IDs of the questions that are embedded in the email. You can send an email invitation for questions of these types: Net Promoter Score (NPS), rating, and score. _Available in: v50.0_ ### SurveyEmail Survey invitation email response. * `errorCode` (_integer_) Error code for the failed call. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorMessage` (_string_) Details explaining why the call failed. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) SurveyEmailStatusEnum Status of a survey invitation email. Values are: * `Failed` —The survey invitation email wasn't sent. * `Queued` —The survey invitation email is queued for sending. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SurveyEmailStatusEnum`. ### ConnectDirectory Connect directory. * `communities` (_string_) URL to the Experience Cloud sites resource. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `organization` (_string_) URL to the org resource. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GenericBatchRequestInput Describes a batch request input. * `binaryPartName` (_string_) The name of the binary part in the multipart request. When there are multiple binary parts uploaded in one batch request, this value is used to map a request to its binary part. To prevent name collisions, use a unique value for each binaryPartName property in a batch request. This property is optional. If this value exists, a binaryPartNameAlias value must also exist. * `binaryPartNameAlias` (_string_) The name parameter in the Content-Disposition header of the binary body part. Different resources expect different values. This property is optional. If this value exists, a binaryPartName value must also exist. * `method` (_ConnectRequestMethod_) * `richInput` (_object_) The input body for the request. The type depends on the request specified in the url property. This property is optional. * `url` (_string_) The Chatter API resource to request. This value is called a sub-request. The URL must start with a version number, for example, /v28.0/chatter/users/me. The version number must be less than or equal to the version of the request given to the /connect/batch request URL. The URL can include any query string parameters that the sub-request supports. The query string must be URL-encoded. You can append query string parameters to this URL. In addition, you can apply property filtering. You cannot apply headers at the sub-request level. ### Batch Result of an entire batch request operation. Results are ordered in the same order in which the requests were given. Results may either be a successful result with a response body, a successful result without a response body, or an error result without a response body. Success and error are determined by the status code in each result. * `hasErrors` (_boolean_) `true` if at least one of the results in the result set is an HTTP status code in the 400 or 500 range; `false` otherwise _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `results` (_array of BatchResult_) Collection of batch result items _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Motif The motif properties contain URLs for small, medium, and large icons that indicate the Salesforce record type. Common record types are files, users, and groups, but all record types have a set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon. All icons are available to unauthenticated users so that, for example, you can display the motif icons in an email. The motif can also contain the record type’s base color. The motif images are icons, not user uploaded images or photos. For example, every user has the same set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon, for example, the following custom object uses the “boat” tab style: `"motif": { "color": "8C004C", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Users use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Groups use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups16.png" },` Files use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/content/content64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/content/content32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/files16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` To view the icons in the previous examples, preface the URL with `https://{instance_name}`. For example, `https://{instance_name}/img/icon/profile64.png`. * `color` (_string_) A hex value representing the base color of the record type, or `null` . _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `largeIconUrl` (_string_) A large icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediumIconUrl` (_string_) A medium icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `smallIconUrl` (_string_) A small icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `svgIconUrl` (_string_) An icon in SVG format indicating the record type, or `null` if the icon doesn’t exist. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Organization An org. * `accessTimeout` (_integer_) Amount of time after which the system prompts users who have been inactive to log out or continue working. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `features` (_object_) Features Information about features available in the org or site. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Features`. * `maintenanceInfo` (_array of Maintenance_) Information about a list of upcoming scheduled maintenances for the org. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `name` (_string_) Org name. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orgId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID for the org. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userSettings` (_object_) UserSettings Information about the org permissions for the user. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSettings`. ### ZoneCollection A page of Chatter Answers zones. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `zones` (_array of Zone_) Collection of one or more zones _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectQuickTextContextEnum Context of the quick text. Value is `Runtime`. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Preview`, `Runtime`. ### QuickTextBody Quick Text Body * `contextType` (_object_) ConnectQuickTextContextEnum Context of the quick text. Value is `Runtime`. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectQuickTextContextEnum`. ### Zone A Chatter Answers zone. * `description` (_string_) The description of the zone. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) The zone ID. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isActive` (_boolean_) Indicates that the zone is active. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isChatterAnswers` (_boolean_) Indicates that the zone is available for Chatter Answers. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the zone. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API resource URL to the zone. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_object_) ConnectZoneVisibilityTypeEnum Zone visibility type. One of these values: * `Community` —Available in an Experience Cloud site. * `Internal` —Available internally only. * `Portal` —Available in a portal. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectZoneVisibilityTypeEnum`. * `visibilityId` (_string_) If the zone is available in a site, this property contains the ID of the site. If the zone is available to all sites, this property contains the value `All` . _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectZoneSearchResultTypeEnum Type of the search result. One of these values: * `Article` —Search results contain only articles. * `Question` —Search results contain only questions. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Article`, `Question`. ### ZoneSearchResultCollection Container of zone search results with page URL and page token. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Current page token. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Current page URL. * `items` (_array of ZoneSearchResult_) List of search results. * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token of next resource page. * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of next resource page. ### BotVersionActivationInfo Success or failure information of the bot version activation. * `isActivated` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the bot is active or not. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messages` (_array of string_) Failure messages. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the activation was successful or not. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BotVersionActivationStatus Activation status of the bot version. Activation status must be specified in the `status` request parameter or the Bot Version Activation Input request body. _Available in: v50.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Active`, `Inactive`. ### BotVersionActivationInput Activation information for the bot version. * `status` (_object_) BotVersionActivationStatus Activation status of the bot version. Activation status must be specified in the `status` request parameter or the Bot Version Activation Input request body. _Available in: v50.0_ Includes all fields of `BotVersionActivationStatus`. ### ConversationApplicationDefinitionDetailRespresentation Information about conversation application definition. * `botInfo` (_object_) BotInfo Basic information of the bot associated with this conversation application. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BotInfo`. * `errorMessage` (_string_) Error message for the failed get operation. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `integrationApplication` (_object_) ConversationApplicationIntegrationType Conversation application integration types. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConversationApplicationIntegrationType`. * `integrationName` (_string_) Name of the conversation application. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isSuccess` (_boolean_) Success indicator of the get operation. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `runtimeUrl` (_string_) Base URL of the bot runtime API. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `eTag` (_string_, read-only) An entity tag that you can compare between responses to determine changes and also use to take advantage of browser caching. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BotUtteranceCollectionPredictionInput Collection of utterance and associated intent information for a bot. * `botId` (_string_, required) ID of the bot. _Available in: v66.0_ * `botVersionId` (_string_, required) Version ID of the bot. _Available in: v66.0_ * `utterancesToIntents` (_array of UtterancePredictionInput_, required) Collection of utterance and intent information for the bot. _Available in: v66.0_ ### BotUtteranceCollectionPredictionOutput Intent predictions for a bot. * `botId` (_string_) ID of the bot. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `botVersionId` (_string_) Version ID of the bot. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastPredictionDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when an utterance prediction request for the bot was last processed. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `predictionResults` (_array of UtterancePredictionOutput_) List of intent prediction information for utterances. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `predictionSummary` (_object_) UtterancePredictionSummaryOutput Summary of intent predictions for utterances. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UtterancePredictionSummaryOutput`. ### BotUtteranceCollectionPredictionFromSetInput Bot data. * `botId` (_string_, required) ID of the bot. _Available in: v66.0_ * `botVersionId` (_string_, required) Bot version ID. _Available in: v66.0_ * `language` (_string_) Language of the bot. _Available in: v66.0_ ### ProgramApplicationInput Input representation of an application to a program. * `accountId` (_string_, required) A valid ID of an account. _Available in: v58.0_ * `appName` (_string_) Application name or namespace initiating the API request. * `applicationItems` (_array of ProgramApplicationItemInput_, required) A list of application line items associated with the program. _Available in: v58.0_ * `attributeCreationStrategy` (_AttributeCreationStrategyEnum_) * `description` (_string_) Description of the application. _Available in: v58.0_ * `files` (_array of ProgramApplicationFileInput_) A list of ContentDocument IDs. _Available in: v58.0_ * `isSubmittedByThirdParty` (_boolean_) Is submitted by third party * `locationId` (_string_) A valid ID of a Location * `programId` (_string_, required) A valid ID of a program. _Available in: v58.0_ * `submittedByAccountId` (_string_) A valid ID of an Submitted by Account ### ProgramApplicationOutput Output representation of an application request to a Program. * `applicationId` (_string_) Tracking number for an application. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Response message. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates if the application is successfully created ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CalmGenerateInput Asset generation input for Customer Asset Lifecycle Management. Represents the creation of a lifecycle-managed asset. * `accountId` (_string (Id)_, required) Asset’s parent account. _Available in: v50.0_ * `assetAction` (_object_, required) CalmAssetActionInput Asset action that creates the asset. _Available in: v50.0_ Includes all fields of `CalmAssetActionInput`. * `assetActionSources` (_array of CalmAssetActionSourceInput_) List of asset action sources. _Available in: v50.0_ * `assetName` (_string_, required) Name of the new asset. _Available in: v50.0_ * `assetStatePeriods` (_array of CalmAssetStatePeriodInput_, required) List of asset state periods affected by the generate asset call. _Available in: v50.0_ * `currencyIsoCode` (_string_, required) Three-letter ISO 4217 currency code associated with the lifecycle-managed asset record. _Available in: v50.0_ * `productId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the parent product for the asset. _Available in: v50.0_ ### CalmOutput Connect REST API output representation for lifecycle-managed assets. * `asset` (_object_) CalmAssetOutput ID of the asset on which the API was called. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `CalmAssetOutput`. * `assetAction` (_object_) CalmAssetActionOutput ID of the asset action created as a result of the API call. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `CalmAssetActionOutput`. * `assetActionSources` (_array of CalmAssetActionSourceOutput_) Asset action sources. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `assetStatePeriods` (_array of CalmAssetStatePeriodOutput_) Asset state periods. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CalmCancelInput Cancellation input consumed by Customer Asset Lifecycle Management. Represents a cancellation action made against a lifecycle-managed asset. * `assetAction` (_object_, required) CalmAssetActionInput Asset action that caused the cancellation. _Available in: v50.0_ Includes all fields of `CalmAssetActionInput`. * `assetActionSources` (_array of CalmAssetActionSourceInput_) List of asset action sources. _Available in: v50.0_ * `assetStatePeriod` (_object_, required) CalmAssetStatePeriodInput Most recent asset state period for the canceled asset. _Available in: v50.0_ Includes all fields of `CalmAssetStatePeriodInput`. ### CalmChangeInput Change input consumed by Customer Asset Lifecycle Management. Represents a change action made against a lifecycle-managed asset. * `assetAction` (_object_, required) CalmAssetActionInput Action that caused a change to the asset. _Available in: v50.0_ Includes all fields of `CalmAssetActionInput`. * `assetActionSources` (_array of CalmAssetActionSourceInput_) List of asset action sources. _Available in: v50.0_ * `assetStatePeriods` (_array of CalmAssetStatePeriodInput_) List of asset state periods affected by the change asset call. _Available in: v50.0_ ### ConnectorsCallCoachingStatus Current status of Einstein Conversation Insights for a partner. * `enabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the Einstein Conversation Insights preference is enabled and connector for partner is enabled (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `users` (_array of ConnectorsCallCoachingUserInfo_) List of user information for every active Einstein Conversation Insights user. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectorsCallInputList List of voice calls and recording properties. * `calls` (_array of ConnectorsCallInput_, required) List of up to 200 voice calls. _Available in: v49.0_ ### ConnectorsVoiceCallListResult List results of posting a voice call. * `calls` (_array of ConnectorsVoiceCallResult_) List of voice call results. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DatacloudCompany The Data.com company record. If you own a company record, you see all the fields. If you don’t own the company record, some fields are hidden by asterisks (\*\*\*). * `activeContacts` (_integer_) The number of active contacts that the company has. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `address` (_object_) Address The address of the company. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Address`. * `annualRevenue` (_number (double)_) The amount of money that the company makes in one year. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `companyId` (_string_) The unique numerical identifier for the company. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) The description of the company. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dunsNumber` (_string_) A randomly generated nine-digit number that’s assigned by Dun & Bradstreet (D&B) to identify unique business establishments. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `industry` (_string_) A description for the area of focus in which the company does business. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInactive` (_boolean_) Whether the company information is no longer accurate (true) or the company information is up to date (false). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isOwned` (_boolean_) Whether the company has been purchased by you or your organization (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `naicsCode` (_string_) North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) codes were created to provide details about a business’s service orientation. The code descriptions are focused on what a business does. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `naicsDescription` (_string_) A description of the NAICS classification. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The company’s name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numberOfEmployees` (_integer_) The number of employees who are working for the company. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `ownership` (_string_) The type of ownership of the company: * `Public` * `Private` * `Government` * `Other` _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `phoneNumbers` (_array of PhoneNumber_) A numerical string that contains a corporate phone number for the company. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sic` (_string_) Standard Industrial Codes (SIC) is a numbering convention that indicates what type of service a business provides. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sicDescription` (_string_) A description of the SIC classification. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `site` (_string_) The type of location of the company, such as “Headquarters.” _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `tickerSymbol` (_string_) The symbol that uniquely identifies companies that are traded on public stock exchanges. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `tradeStyle` (_string_) A legal name under which a company conducts business. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `updatedDate` (_string (date-time)_) The date when the information was last updated for this company in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `website` (_string_) The URL to the company’s website. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `yearStarted` (_string_) The year when the company was founded. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DatacloudContactImportInput Input representation of the criteria for importing records as contacts or leads. * `datacloudClientId` (_string_) Datacloud Client Id * `datacloudContactIds` (_array of string_, required) A list of the `contactIds` to import. There can be from 1 up to 200 `contactIds` in a comma-separated list. Requests with more than 200 contacts fail. _Available in: v36.0_ * `parentAccountId` (_string_) The `accountId` for the selected account that is in your organization. _Available in: v36.0_ ### DatacloudImport Represents the Data.com contact import response. * `duplicatesSkippedCount` (_integer_) The number of duplicate records blocked from being added. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorCount` (_integer_) The number of errors generated for this response. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorMessageDescriptionUrl` (_string_) The URL to the error message for this response. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `importStatus` (_array of DatacloudImportStatus_) The status of this response. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orgAllowsDuplicates` (_boolean_) Indicates whether duplicate rules are turned on for the organization. True means that the organization accepts duplicate records, and false means the organization blocks duplicate records. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `successCount` (_integer_) The number of contacts successfully added to the organization. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DatacloudContact Information about Data.com contacts. If you own a contact, you see all the fields. If you don’t own the contact record, some fields are hidden by asterisks (\*\*\*). * `address` (_object_) Address A postal address for the company where this contact works. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Address`. * `companyId` (_string_) The unique numerical identifier for the company at which the contact works. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `companyName` (_string_) The name of the company at which the contact works. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contactId` (_string_) The unique numerical identifier for a contact. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `department` (_string_) The name of the department to which the contact is assigned. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `email` (_string_) An email address for this contact. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstName` (_string_) The first name of a contact. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInactive` (_boolean_) A `true` or `false` response. True means that the record is no longer active. False means that the contact is still valid and active. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isOwned` (_boolean_) Specifies whether your organization owns this contact. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) The last name of a contact. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `level` (_string_) A human resource label designating a person’s level in the company. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `phoneNumbers` (_array of PhoneNumber_) A numerical string that contains the direct-dial phone number for the contact. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) The job title for a contact. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `updatedDate` (_string (date-time)_) The date when the information for this contact was updated in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DatacloudOrderInput A list of Data.com identification numbers that are used to purchase contacts or companies by a specific user type. * `companyIds` (_array of string_) The list of companies to purchase. If `contactIds` are included with `companyIds`, your purchase fails. Required to purchase companies _Available in: v32.0_ * `contactIds` (_array of string_) The list of contacts to purchase. If `companyIds` are included with `contactIds`, your purchase fails. Required to purchase contacts _Available in: v32.0_ * `userType` (_object_) ConnectDatacloudUserTypeEnum The Data.com user type. * `Monthly` —A user type that’s assigned monthly point limits for purchasing Data.com records. Only the assigned user can use monthly points. Points expire at the end of the month. Monthly is the default setting for `DatacloudUserType`. * `Listpool` —A user type that allows users to draw from a pool of points to purchase Data.com records. _Available in: v32.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectDatacloudUserTypeEnum`. ### DatacloudOrder Information about the Data.com records that you purchased and details of the purchase. * `entityUrl` (_string (url)_) A URL to a list of purchased records for a specific order. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) The `orderId` that identifies a specific order. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `purchaseCount` (_integer_) The number of records that were purchased for this order. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `purchaseDate` (_string (date-time)_) The date when records were purchased in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) A URL to the order information for a specific order. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DatacloudCompanyCollection Purchase details for all companies that were purchased for a specific order. * `companies` (_array of DatacloudCompany_) A list of all companies for a specific order. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL to the current page of companies. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL to the next page of companies. If there isn’t a next page, value is `null`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL to the previous page of companies. The value is `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Number of companies in the order. Users can set how many companies are displayed on a page. The default page size is 25. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DatacloudContactCollection Purchase details for all contacts that were purchased for a specific order. * `contacts` (_array of DatacloudContact_) A list of all the contacts for a specific `{orderId}`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) The current page of contacts. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL to the next page of contacts. If there’s only one page of contacts, the value is null. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL to the previous page of contacts. The value is null when there’s only one page of contacts. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Number of contacts that are associated with this order. The total number of contacts can be greater than the number of contacts that are displayed on a single page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DatacloudPurchaseUsage Information about the Data.com purchase usage for an organization. Shows the credits that are used and available for Monthly and Listpool users. * `listpoolCreditsAvailable` (_integer_) Listpool credits that are available for all users in the Listpool group. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `listpoolCreditsUsed` (_integer_) Listpool credits that were used by all the users in the Listpool group. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `monthlyCreditsAvailable` (_integer_) Monthly credits that are assigned to a specific user. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `monthlyCreditsUsed` (_integer_) Monthly credits that were used by a specific user. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserOauthInfo Information about a user’s OAuth status. * `availableExternalEmailService` (_object_) OauthProviderInfo The available OAuth service provider. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OauthProviderInfo`. * `isAuthenticated` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user is authenticated (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EmailMergeField The map for objects and their merge fields. * `entityToMergeFieldsMap` (_object_) Map for multiple objects and their merge field collections. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `EmailMergeFieldCollection`. ### CleanDataServiceOutputCollection Data services associated with all active data integration rules in an organization. * `dataServiceRecords` (_array of CleanDataServiceOutput_) Collection of data services associated with all active data integration rules in an organization. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CleanMetricOutputCollection Metrics for data services associated with all active data integration rules in an organization. * `cleanMetricRecords` (_array of CleanMetricOutput_) List of metrics for data services associated with all active data integration rules in an organization. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `metricDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when metrics were generated in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `metricUri` (_string (url)_) URL for the Clean Metric API. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### CleanStatusOutputCollection Statuses of all active data integration rules for a record. * `cleanStatusRecords` (_array of CleanStatusOutput_) Collection of update statuses for a record’s data integration rules. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `entityId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the record. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `statusUri` (_string (url)_) URI for the update status. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### DataIntegrationCreditObjects External object names of active packages. * `sourceObjectNames` (_array of string_) List of external object names of the active packages. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DataIntegrationCredit Contract credit information. * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_) End date of a contract in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orgCreditsTotal` (_integer (int64)_) Total credits granted to an org for use during a contract period. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orgCreditsUsed` (_integer (int64)_) Of the total credits granted to an org, credits used during a contract period. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sourceObjectName` (_string_) External object name. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_) Start date of a contract in ISO 8601. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userCreditsTotal` (_integer (int64)_) The maximum number of records that a user can import. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userCreditsUsed` (_integer (int64)_) The number of credits for importing records that a user has used during a contract period. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ContentTaxonomyTermCollection Collection of content taxonomy terms. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL for the current page of taxonomy terms. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL for the next page of taxonomy terms. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `terms` (_array of ContentTaxonomyTerm_) List of taxonomy terms in the page. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ContentTaxonomyTermInput Create or update a term within a content taxonomy. * `description` (_string_) Description of the term. Required when creating a term. Optional when updating a term _Available in: v63.0_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the term. Required when creating a term. Optional when updating a term _Available in: v63.0_ * `parentTermId` (_string_) ID of the parent term. If unspecified when creating a term, creates a root term. If unspecified when updating a term, no changes are made. _Available in: v63.0_ ### ContentTaxonomyTerm Content taxonomy term. * `childTerms` (_array of ContentTaxonomyTerm_) Child terms of the term. _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `ContentTaxonomyTerm`._ _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `createdBy` (_object_) ContentTaxonomyUserSummary User that created the term. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ContentTaxonomyUserSummary`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_, nullable) Date the term was created. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `description` (_string_, nullable) Description of the term. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the term. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isLeafTerm` (_boolean_, nullable) Specifies whether the term has no child terms ( `true` ) or has child terms ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the term. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedBy` (_object_) ContentTaxonomyUserSummary User that last modified the term. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ContentTaxonomyUserSummary`. * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_, nullable) Date the term was last modified. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `parentTerms` (_array of ContentTaxonomyTerm_) Parent term(s) of the term. _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `ContentTaxonomyTerm`._ _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `pathsFromRoot` (_array of ContentTaxonomyPath_) Path(s) from a root term to the term. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### LightningModelTypesInput Input for lightning model types. * `language` (_string_) Language or locale code, such as `es` or `en_US` , to retrieve the title and description of a type. If unspecified, the logged-in user’s language is used. The fallback language is English in case translations don’t exist. _Available in: v64.0_ * `typeConfigs` (_array of LightningModelTypesConfigInput_, required) List of lightning model types configurations. _Available in: v64.0_ ### LightningModelTypesCollection Collection of lightning model types. * `types` (_array of LightningModelTypes_) List of types ordered alphabetically by title. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LightningModelTypeCategoryEnum The type categories for Lightning Model Types schema classification. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Apex`, `Object`. ### LightningModelTypesEditorConfigEnum Editor configuration target for lightning model type. Valid value is `LightningDesktopGenAi` . _Available in: v64.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Default`, `EnhancedMessaging`, `EnhancedWebChat`, `ExperienceBuilder`, `LightningDesktopDesign`, `LightningDesktopGenAi`, `LightningMiawCopilot`, `LightningMobileGenAi`, `MiawCopilot`, `PreviewAndTest`, `PromptBuilder`, `ScEveryWhere`, `SlackCopilot`. ### LightningModelTypesRendererConfigEnum Renderer configuration target for lightning model types. Valid value is `LightningDesktopGenAi` . _Available in: v64.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AdaptiveCards`, `AgenticApps`, `AppDev`, `ChatGptApp`, `Default`, `Detail`, `Email`, `EnhancedMessaging`, `EnhancedWebChat`, `LightningDesktopDesign`, `LightningDesktopGenAi`, `LightningMiawCopilot`, `LightningMobileGenAi`, `MessagingChannel`, `MiawCopilot`, `ScEveryWhere`, `Slack`, `SlackCopilot`, `Summary`, `TemplatePreview`. ### LightningTypeCollection Collection of lightning types. * `count` (_integer_) Number of types returned. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of types. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `lightningTypes` (_array of LightningTypeSummary_) List of types ordered alphabetically by title. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of types. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page of types. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### LightningTypeDetail Detailed information about a lightning type. * `description` (_string_) Description of the type from the schema.json. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name, or API name, of the type. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `editorConfig` (_object_) Editor configuration for the specified target. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the type. This is returned for the database-based (Custom) types only. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) Namespace prefix that is associated with the type. Refer to a type using the namespacePrefix\_\_developerName notation, or fully qualified name. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rendererConfig` (_object_) Renderer configuration for the specified target. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `schema` (_object_) The JSON schema definition (schema.json) of the type. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `source` (_object_) LightningModelTypesSourceEnum Source of the Lightning type. Values are: * `Standard` —Standard type provided out-of-the-box by Salesforce. * `Custom` —Custom type created in the org. * `Managed` —Type that was installed from a managed package. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LightningModelTypesSourceEnum`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the type from the schema.json. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SearchAnswer Results of searching objects using a natural language query. * `content` (_string_) AI generated response. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `llmGenerationId` (_string_, nullable) LLM generation ID used to track any feedback on the conversation. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `metadata` (_object_) All search related metadata associated with the objects found in the results. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `ObjectMetadata`. * `parameters` (_object_) Parameters Search query parameters. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Parameters`. * `searchObjects` (_array of SearchObject_) Record results to build the answer. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SearchResultGroups Results of searching objects using keywords. * `metadata` (_object_) All related metadata associated with the objects found in the results. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `ObjectMetadata`. * `parameters` (_object_) Parameters Search query parameters. Some search results may not return all query parameters. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Parameters`. * `queryInfo` (_object_) QueryInfo Search query execution information. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `QueryInfo`. * `resultGroups` (_array of SearchResultGroup_) Record results from a keyword search grouped by object. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `searchObjects` (_array of SearchObject_) Record results for the keyword search grouped by object. In version 64.0 and later, use `resultGroups` for record results. _Available in: v63.0 only_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SearchRequest Search request input for searching an object. * `configurationName` (_string_) Name of the search configuration to apply. Look up search configuration names from Search Manager. _Available in: v63.0_ * `dataCategories` (_array of DataCategoryInput_) List of data categories to filter. _Available in: v63.0_ * `displayFields` (_array of string_) List of fields to display and return in the search results. By default, the fields displayed are defined by the search layout. _Available in: v63.0_ * `filters` (_array of FilterInput_) List of filters to apply. _Available in: v63.0_ * `highlights` (_boolean_) Specifies whether search generates a text highlight ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). The default value is `false` . _Available in: v63.0_ * `offset` (_integer_) Search page offset position. Default value is `0` , which indicates displaying results from the beginning without skipping any entries. _Available in: v63.0_ * `orderBy` (_array of OrderByInput_) Ordering information. _Available in: v63.0_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Number of results in a page. Valid values are from 1 through 1999. If unspecified the default value is `20` . _Available in: v63.0_ * `q` (_string_, required) Query term to search on. Query term must be two or more characters. _Available in: v63.0_ * `spellcheck` (_boolean_) Specifies whether search should apply spellcheck ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). The default value is `true` . _Available in: v63.0_ ### ScopedSearchResults Keyword search results for an object. * `metadata` (_object_) ObjectMetadata All search metadata associated with the object. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ObjectMetadata`. * `objectQueryInfo` (_object_) ObjectQueryInfo Query execution information for the object. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ObjectQueryInfo`. * `parameters` (_object_) Parameters Query parameters. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Parameters`. * `queryId` (_string_, nullable) Unique identifier assigned to a search query to enable tracking usage and analysis of user interactions with search results. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `results` (_array of SearchResult_) Record results for the keyword search. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `searchObject` (_object_) SearchObject Record results for the keyword search. _Available in: v63.0 only_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SearchObject`. ### RecordsetFilterCriteriaInput A set of recordset filter criteria applied to records, such as service appointment records. * `criteriaIds` (_array of string_, required) Recordset filter criteria IDs. _Available in: v53.0_ * `enforceSharing` (_boolean_) Determines whether record sharing checks are enforced (`true`) or not (`false`) during the execution of this call. _Available in: v53.0_ * `filteredObjectName` (_string_, required) Object that the filter is applied to. _Available in: v53.0_ * `recordIds` (_array of string_, required) List of record IDs of the filtered object. _Available in: v53.0_ ### RecordsetFilterCriteriaCollection List of record IDs of the filtered object. * `recordsetFilters` (_array of RecordsetFilterCriteria_) Collection of recordset filter criteria IDs and filtered record IDs. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### FetchFilesInput Fetch the files generated for an optimization request in Enhanced Scheduling and Optimization. * `optimizationRequestId` (_string_, required) ID of the optimization request for which to retrieve the generated files. _Available in: v66.0_ ### FetchFiles Output representation for a fetch optimization files operation. Contains a map of the files created in the org for the specified optimization request. * `createdFiles` (_object_) Map of file names to their corresponding file creation details. Each key is the name of a file associated with the optimization request. Each value contains the Content Version ID and a success indicator. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `CreatedFile`. ### ShiftsFromPatternInput Shifts from a pattern. * `schedulingEndDate` (_string_) Scheduling end date in YYYY-MM-DD format. Provide `schedulingEndDate` or `schedulingOccurrences`. Don’t provide both. Required if `schedulingOccurrences` isn’t provided _Available in: v51.0_ * `schedulingOccurrences` (_integer_) Number of scheduling occurrences. Provide `schedulingEndDate` or `schedulingOccurrences`. Don’t provide both. Required if `schedulingEndDate` isn’t provided _Available in: v51.0_ * `schedulingStartDate` (_string_, required) Scheduling start date in YYYY-MM-DD format. _Available in: v51.0_ * `serviceResourceIdList` (_array of string_) List of service resource IDs to assign shifts to. _Available in: v53.0_ * `serviceTerritoryId` (_string_) ID of the service territory to assign shifts to. _Available in: v51.0_ * `shiftStatus` (_string_) Status of the shifts. Default values are: * `Confirmed` * `Published` * `Tentative` Additional status values can be created. _Available in: v52.0_ * `serviceResourceId` (_string_) ID of the service resource to assign shifts to. In version 53.0 and later, use `serviceResourceIdList`. _Available in: v51.0–52.0_ ### ShiftsFromPattern Shifts created from a pattern. * `count` (_integer_) Total count of created shifts. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `error` (_object_) ShiftPatternError Error details for shifts from a pattern. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ShiftPatternError`. * `isSuccess` (_boolean_) Indicates if the request is successful (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recordIds` (_array of string (Id)_) Collection of created shift IDs. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ConnectActivityTypeEnum Type of activity. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `All`, `Event`, `Task`. ### ActivityRemindersCollection A collection of activity reminders in Salesforce Classic. * `reminders` (_array of ActivityReminder_) List of upcoming activity reminders. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ActivityReminder An activity reminder in Salesforce Classic. * `entityId` (_string (Id)_) Activity (task or event) ID. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isReminderDisplayed` (_boolean_) Indicates if the reminder is displayed to the user. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Activity subject. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `platformActionGroups` (_array of PlatformActionGroupActivities_) List of action groups with action links available for the activity reminder. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `reminderDate` (_string (date-time)_) Reminder due date and time in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ActivityReminderInput Activity reminder details in Salesforce Classic. * `isReminderDisplayed` (_boolean_, required) Indicates whether the activity reminder is displayed. _Available in: v39.0_ * `reminderDateTime` (_string (date-time)_) Date and time that the activity reminder displays in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v39.0_ ### GetAllAppointmentSlotsInput Get All Appointment Slots input representation * `accountId` (_string_) ID of the associated account. _Available in: v49.0_ * `allowConcurrentScheduling` (_boolean_) Indicates whether concurrent appointments are allowed ( `true` ) or not allowed ( `false` ). The default value is `false` . _Available in: v49.0_ * `appointmentMode` (_string_) Appointment Mode * `correlationId` (_string_) ID to pass custom information to the `ServiceResourceScheduleHandler` Apex interface. For example, you can use the correlation ID to identify the app, website, or any other external system that calls this Apex interface implementation. If you don’t pass a custom value, a randomly generated identifier is passed. _Available in: v53.0_ * `endTime` (_string (date-time)_) Latest time that an appointment can end. The API only returns time slots up to 31 days from the `startTime`. _Available in: v49.0_ * `engagementChannelTypeIds` (_array of string_) The ID of the engagement channel type record. The resources and their associated time slots are filtered by the specified engagement channel type. This field supports only one engagement channel type ID. You can use engagement channel types with the `available-territory-slots` API only if: * **Schedule Appointments Using Engagement Channels** is enabled in Salesforce Scheduler Settings in your Salesforce org. * Shifts are defined in the scheduling policy. For more information on setting up shifts in the scheduling policy, see [Define Shift Rules in Scheduling Policy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.ls_use_shifts_to_determine_time_slots.htm&type=5). Engagement channel types are not supported with operating hours rules in the scheduling policy. _Available in: v56.0_ * `filterByResources` (_array of string_) Comma-separated list of service resource IDs. API returns only eligible service resources that are both in the list and in the selected service territory. The resources are sorted by the order in which the resource IDs are passed. You can either pass `filterByResources` or `requiredResourceIds` in a request. _Available in: v51.0_ * `recordLimit` (_integer_) The maximum number of earliest available slots across the specified territories. The API outputs the specified number of sorted slots across service territories. _Available in: v63.0_ * `requiredResourceIds` (_array of string_) List of resource IDs that you want to get available time slots for. When you pass more than one resource ID, the API returns all the slots where any of the passed resources are available. For example, suppose that you have three qualified resources: A, B, and C. If you pass resource IDs A and B, the API returns all the slots where: * only A is available * only B is available * both A and B are available * both A and C are available * both B and C are available * A, B, and C are all available The API doesn’t return the slots where only C is available. If this field is empty, time slots for all qualified resources are returned. The API request doesn't show time slots for the resource specified in `requiredResourceIds` if it does not appear in the list of least utilized resources set for `resourceLimitAppointmentDistribution`. For example, if you specify a resource A in `requiredResourceIds` and `resourceLimitAppointmentDistribution` is set to 15, the request doesn’t show time slots for this resource, as A isn’t among the top 15 least utilized resources. _Available in: v49.0_ * `resourceLimitApptDistribution` (_integer_) Specify the maximum number of service resources that you want to show during appointment scheduling when appointment distribution is enabled. Default value is 10. The `filterByResources` field takes precedence over the `resourceLimitApptDistribution` field. _Available in: v53.0_ * `schedulingPolicyId` (_string_) ID of the AppointmentSchedulingPolicy object. If not provided, the default configurations are considered. _Available in: v49.0_ * `startTime` (_string (date-time)_) Earliest time that an appointment can start. Defaults to the current time of the request, if empty. You can also use a time from the past. _Available in: v49.0_ * `territoryIds` (_array of string_) List of IDs of service territories where the specified work is performed. _Available in: v49.0_ * `workType` (_object_) WorkTypeInput Type of work performed. Required if `workTypeGroupId` isn’t provided _Available in: v49.0_ Includes all fields of `WorkTypeInput`. * `workTypeGroupId` (_string_) ID of the work type group containing all work types performed. Required if `workType` isn’t provided _Available in: v49.0_ ### GetAllAppointmentSlotsOutput Available territory slots result. * `result` (_object_) GetAllAppointmentSlotsListResult All available time slots and resources available for that time slot across each territory. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `GetAllAppointmentSlotsListResult`. ### GetEngagementChannelTypeOutput Output representation of the list of the engagement channel types. * `result` (_object_) GetEngagementChannelTypeListResult List that contains the engagement channel types. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `GetEngagementChannelTypeListResult`. ### GetGroupAppointmentsInput Input representation of the criteria to filter and retrieve group appointments. * `endTime` (_string (date-time)_) Latest end time for the group appointments to be retrieved. _Available in: v61.0_ * `excludeAssociatedAppts` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the response excludes appointments where the current user is associated as an attendee or assigned resource ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v61.0_ * `extendedFieldsToQuery` (_array of string_) List of the extended custom fields to fetch in the output. _Available in: v61.0_ * `filterByEngagementChannelTypes` (_array of string_) ID of the engagement channel type record. Group appointments are filtered based on the selected engagement channel type. _Available in: v61.0_ * `filterByParentRecords` (_array of string_) The ID of the associated parent record. _Available in: v61.0_ * `filterByResources` (_array of string_) List of the group appointments where all the given resources are present. _Available in: v61.0_ * `filterByTerritories` (_array of string_) List of IDs of the service territories where the requested work is performed. _Available in: v61.0_ * `filterByWorkTypeGroups` (_array of string_) IDs of the work type groups containing the work types that are being performed. _Available in: v61.0_ * `filterByWorkTypes` (_array of string_) List of IDs of the work types to be performed. _Available in: v61.0_ * `limit` (_integer_) Maximum number of records to be fetched. _Available in: v61.0_ * `offset` (_integer_) Number of records to be skipped. _Available in: v61.0_ * `startTime` (_string (date-time)_) The earliest start time for the group appointments to be retrieved. If not provided, it defaults to the current time of the request. _Available in: v61.0_ ### GetGroupAppointmentsOutput Output representation of the response that contains the retrieved group appointments. * `result` (_object_) GetGroupAppointmentsListResult List of result objects for the retrieved group appointments. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `GetGroupAppointmentsListResult`. ### CreateServiceAppointmentInput Create Service Appointment input representation * `assignedResources` (_array of AssignedResourceInput_) Service resource who is assigned to a service appointment. When creating an appointment, you can use `extendedFields` to add values to any of the fields, including custom fields, in `assignedResources` as long as you have edit access to those fields. _Available in: v48.0_ * `lead` (_object_) LeadInput Prospect or lead. Required if `serviceAppointment` isn’t provided. Required to create a service appointment with unauthenticated guest users. _Available in: v48.0_ Includes all fields of `LeadInput`. * `schedulingPolicyId` (_string_) ID of the `AppointmentSchedulingPolicy` object. If no scheduling policy is passed in the request body, the default configurations are used. The only scheduling policy configuration that is used in determining time slots is the enforcement of account visiting hours. _Available in: v48.0_ * `serviceAppointment` (_object_) ServiceAppointmentInput Appointment to complete a service work for a customer. When creating an appointment, you can use `extendedFields` to add values to any of the fields, including custom fields, in `serviceAppointment` as long as you have edit access to those fields. Required if `lead` isn’t provided _Available in: v48.0_ Includes all fields of `ServiceAppointmentInput`. ### ServiceAppointmentOutput Output of the service appointment POST method. * `result` (_object_) ServiceAppointmentResult Result of the POST method. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ServiceAppointmentResult`. ### UpdateServiceAppointmentInput Input representation for updating a service appointment. Use to update the scheduled times, assigned resource(s), service territory or even work type for existing appointments. * `assignedResources` (_array of AssignedResourceInput_) Service resource who is assigned to a service appointment. When updating an appointment, pass the complete list of resources needed. If you don’t pass a resource that is assigned to a service appointment, the API deletes that assigned resource. For example, suppose that an existing service appointment has assigned resources: A and B and if you pass assigned resources: B and C. The API checks the resource availability of B and C for existing work type and service territory, and if both are available, the service appointment gets updated with: * Resource A—Deleted * Resource B—Updated * Resource C—Created However, if you don’t pass any of the assigned resources, the API assumes there is no change. When updating an appointment, you can use `extendedFields` to add values to any of the fields, including custom fields, in `assignedResources` as long as you have edit access to those fields. _Available in: v51.0_ * `lead` (_object_) LeadInput Prospect or lead. Required if `serviceAppointment` isn’t provided. Required to create a service appointment with unauthenticated guest users. _Available in: v48.0_ Includes all fields of `LeadInput`. * `schedulingPolicyId` (_string_) ID of the `AppointmentSchedulingPolicy` object. If no scheduling policy is passed in the request body, the default configurations are used. The only scheduling policy configuration that is used in determining time slots is the enforcement of account visiting hours. _Available in: v51.0_ * `serviceAppointment` (_object_, required) ServiceAppointmentInput Appointment to complete a service work for a customer. When creating an appointment, you can use `extendedFields` to add values to any of the fields, including custom fields, in `serviceAppointment` as long as you have edit access to those fields. Required if `lead` isn’t provided _Available in: v48.0_ Includes all fields of `ServiceAppointmentInput`. * `serviceAppointmentId` (_string_, required) ID of the service appointment that you want to update. _Available in: v51.0_ ### GetServiceTerritoriesOutput Output for the service territories GET method. * `result` (_object_) GetServiceTerritoriesListResult Result for the GET method. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `GetServiceTerritoriesListResult`. ### WaitlistCheckInInput Input representation of the participant’s waitlist check in request. * `description` (_string_) Description of the participant. _Available in: v59.0_ * `extendedFields` (_array of ExtendedFieldInput_) Details of the extended custom fields. _Available in: v59.0_ * `lead` (_object_) LeadInput Details of the prospect or lead. Required if the `participantId` parameter isn’t specified. _Available in: v59.0_ Includes all fields of `LeadInput`. * `participantId` (_string_) ID of the participant with an appointment. The participant can be an account, a contact, or a lead. Required if the `lead` parameter isn’t specified. _Available in: v59.0_ * `serviceResourceId` (_string_) ID of the service resource. _Available in: v59.0_ * `waitlistId` (_string_, required) ID of the waitlist that the participant is checked in. _Available in: v59.0_ * `workTypeGroupId` (_string_) ID of the work type group. Required if the `workTypeId` parameter isn’t specified. _Available in: v59.0_ * `workTypeId` (_string_) ID of the work type that represents the topic for the appointment. Required if the `workTypeGroupId` parameter isn’t specified. _Available in: v59.0_ ### WaitlistCheckInOutput Output representation of the waitlist check in request. * `result` (_object_) WaitlistCheckInResult Result of the waitlist check in request. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `WaitlistCheckInResult`. ### UpdateWaitlistParticipantInput Input representation to move a waitlist participant to a specific position in a waitlist. * `targetPosition` (_integer_, required) Position in the waitlist to move the participant to. A value of `1` moves the participant to the top, and `-1` moves the participant to the bottom. In API version 65.0 and later, a positive integer `n` moves the participant to the nth position; if `n` exceeds the number of participants in the waitlist, the participant moves to the bottom. _Available in: v62.0_ * `waitlistParticipantId` (_string_, required) ID of the waitlist participant record to move. The participant's `Status` must be `Unassigned` . _Available in: v62.0_ ### WaitlistParticipantOutput Output representation of a waitlist participant move response. * `message` (_string_) Human-readable description of the result. Display this value to end users rather than branching on it. On success, the value matches one of these templates, depending on the value of `targetPosition` : `Participant successfully moved to first in the {WaitlistName} waitlist.` for `1` , or `Participant successfully moved to last in the {WaitlistName} waitlist.` for `-1` . In API version 65.0 and later, a positive integer other than `1` returns `Participant successfully repositioned in the {WaitlistName} waitlist.` _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Result of the request. The value is `success` on an HTTP 200 response. Use this property to branch programmatically. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `waitlistParticipantId` (_string_) ID of the waitlist participant record that was moved. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### WaitlistOutput Output representation of the waitlist result. * `result` (_object_) WaitlistListResult Details of the waitlist, including the list of participants and work type groups. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `WaitlistListResult`. ### ForecastingAncestors A list of forecast managers or territories. * `ancestors` (_array of ForecastingManager_) List of parent user nodes. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL endpoint that was accessed. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userRoleId` (_string (Id)_) Unique identifier of the forecasting user’s role attached to this profile. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ForecastingUserCollection A collection of forecasting users whose forecasts the context user can view. * `jumpToUsers` (_array of ForecastingUser_) A collection of forecasting users that the context user can jump to. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL that generated the collection of users. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MyForecastsCollection A collection of forecasting users or territories listed in the dropdown menu or in search results on the forecasts page. * `forecastManagerList` (_array of MyForecasts_) For territory-based forecast types, a list of territories that the context user is a forecast manager of. For role-based forecast types, the context user, if the context user is a forecast manager in the role hierarchy. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `representativeList` (_array of MyForecasts_) For territory-based forecast types, a list of territories that the context user is assigned to but that have no forecast manager. For role-based forecast types, the context user, if the context user is part of the role hierarchy and not a forecast manager. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `sharedList` (_array of MyForecasts_) List of users that have shared their forecasts with the context user. `null` for territory-based forecast types. Sharing isn’t available for territory-based forecast types, so this property is `null` for territory-based forecast types. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL endpoint that was accessed. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `viewAllForecastsList` (_array of MyForecasts_) For territory-based forecast types, a list of territories and their respective forecast managers at the top level of the territory hierarchy. For role-based forecast types, a list of users at the top level of the role hierarchy. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ForecastingUserAccessCollection A collection of forecast user access representations. * `users` (_array of ForecastingUserAccess_) A list of accessible forecasting users. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### TwbExportRequestInput Translation Workbench export request with filters and format options. * `filters` (_object_, required) TwbExportFiltersInput Filters specifying what content to export. _Available in: v67.0_ Includes all fields of `TwbExportFiltersInput`. * `format` (_object_, required) TwbExportFormatEnum Export file format. Values are: * `Stf` —Salesforce Translation Format * `Xliff` —XML Localization Interchange File Format _Available in: v67.0_ Includes all fields of `TwbExportFormatEnum`. ### TwbExportJobOutput Translation Workbench export job creation response. * `jobId` (_string_) Unique identifier for the export job, prefixed with `export_` . _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Human-readable status message. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) TwbJobStatusEnum Status of the export job. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TwbJobStatusEnum`. ### TwbExportJobStatusOutput Translation Workbench export job status. * `createdAt` (_string_) Timestamp in ISO 8601 format (UTC) for when the job was created. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `downloadLinks` (_array of TwbDownloadLinkOutput_) List of download links for exported files. Available when status is `Completed` . _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `jobId` (_string_) Unique identifier for the export job, prefixed with `export_` . _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Human-readable status message. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) TwbJobStatusEnum Status of the export job. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TwbJobStatusEnum`. * `updatedAt` (_string_) Timestamp in ISO 8601 format (UTC) for when the job was last updated. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TwbImportJobOutput Translation Workbench import job creation response. * `jobId` (_string_) Unique identifier for the import job, prefixed with `import_` . _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Human-readable status message. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) TwbJobStatusEnum Status of the import job. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TwbJobStatusEnum`. ### TwbImportJobStatusOutput Translation Workbench import job status. * `createdAt` (_string_) Timestamp in ISO 8601 format (UTC) for when the job was created. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `jobId` (_string_) Unique identifier for the import job, prefixed with `import_` . _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Human-readable status message. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reportLinks` (_array of TwbReportLinkOutput_) List of error or validation report links that are available when the job status is `Completed` or `Failed` . _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) TwbJobStatusEnum Status of the import job. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TwbJobStatusEnum`. * `summary` (_object_) TwbImportSummaryOutput Import summary statistics that are available when the job status is `Completed` or `Failed` . _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TwbImportSummaryOutput`. * `updatedAt` (_string_) Timestamp in ISO 8601 format (UTC) for when the job was last updated. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PardotBusinessUnitContextOutput Pardot business unit context. * `businessUnits` (_array of PardotBusinessUnitContextItem_) List of the Pardot business unit context items that the context user has access to. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isSuccess` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the requested resource was successfully provided. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalBusinessUnits` (_integer_) Indicates the total number of Pardot business units that the context user has access to. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PrimingRecordCollection Collection of records for offline priming. * `primingRecords` (_object_) List of records that match the briefcase rules grouped by object type and by record type within an object. The top-level map key is object API name (Account or MyCustomObject\_\_c). The second-level map key is record type ID. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `PrimingRecord`. * `relayToken` (_string_) Returned only if processing was incomplete (results returned only for a subset of rules). _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `ruleErrors` (_array of PrimingRuleError_) List of rules with errors. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `stats` (_object_) PrimingRecordsStats Summary of record counts for the priming request or relay. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PrimingRecordsStats`. ### ListShareType Type of group a list view is shared with. Values are: * `ChannelProgramGroup` —Shared with a channel program. * `Regular` —Shared with a group. * `Role` —Shared with a role. * `RoleAndSubordinates` —Shared with a role and all subordinates types. * `RoleAndSubordinatesInternal` —Shared with a role and subordinates that aren’t partners. * `Territory` —Shared with a territory. * `TerritoryAndSubordinates` —Shared with a territory and its subordinates. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ChannelProgramGroup`, `Regular`, `Role`, `RoleAndSubordinates`, `RoleAndSubordinatesInternal`, `Territory`, `TerritoryAndSubordinates`. ### ListShareCollection Current and potential shares associated with a list. * `availableListShares` (_array of ListShareCategory_) Share categories that the list can be shared with. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentListShares` (_array of ListShareCategory_) Share categories that the list is shared with. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ListCurrentShareCollection Current shares associated with a list. * `currentListShares` (_array of ListShareCategory_) List of share categories that the list is currently shared with. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ListCurrentShareCollectionInput Shares to associate with a list. * `currentListShares` (_array of string_, required) List of API names or 15-character IDs that identify the groups or roles with which to share the list. _Available in: v44.0_ ### FlowApprovalProcessCollection The results of requesting a flow approval status. * `flowApprovalProcesses` (_array of FlowApprovalProcess_) A list of flow approval process names. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedRecordId` (_string_) The ID of the related record associated with the approval submission. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FlowOrchestrationInstance Orchestration instance. * `flowDefinitionDeveloperName` (_string_, nullable) Developer name of the flow definition. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flowDefinitionId` (_string (Id)_, nullable) ID of the flow definition. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flowDefinitionName` (_string_, nullable) Name of the flow definition. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the orchestration instance. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `interviewId` (_string (Id)_, nullable) ID of the interview to resume. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `stageInstances` (_array of FlowOrchestrationStageInstance_) Orchestration stage instances. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectFlowOrchestrationStatusEnum Status of the orchestration instance. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFlowOrchestrationStatusEnum`. ### FlowOrchestrationInstanceCollection Collection of orchestration instances. * `instances` (_array of FlowOrchestrationInstance_) Collection of orchestration instances. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectPublishStatusEnum Specifies publish status Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Draft`, `Live`. ### NavigationMenuItemCollection Collection of navigation menu items. * `menuItems` (_array of NavigationMenuItem_) List of navigation menu items. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PushNotificationInput A push notification. * `appName` (_string_, required) The API name of the client app that the push notification is sent to. _Available in: v31.0_ * `namespace` (_string_) The namespace of the client app that the push notification is sent to. Required if the namespace is set _Available in: v31.0_ * `payload` (_string_, required) The push notification payload in JSON format. _Available in: v31.0_ * `userIds` (_array of string_, required) The push notification recipient user ids. _Available in: v31.0_ ### QuipRelatedRecords List of records related to a Quip document. * `quipContentDocumentLinks` (_array of QuipContentDocumentLink_) List of related content document links. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MessageTypeEnum Type of channel. Values are: * `Facebook` —A Facebook message. * `Line` —A LINE message. * `Text` —A text message. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Alexa`, `AppleBusinessChat`, `Facebook`, `GoogleChat`, `Line`, `MsCopilot`, `Text`, `WeChat`, `WhatsApp`. ### LiveMessageChannels List of messaging channels. * `channels` (_array of LiveMessageChannel_) Messaging channels. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `cursor` (_string_) Messaging page cursor. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### LiveMessageChannelInput Data required to create a Messaging channel. * `authDetails` (_object_) The AuthDetails for the channel. Additional properties: `string`. * `externalAccountId` (_string_) ID of an account of the external channel specified in `messageType`. _Available in: v57.0_ * `isoCountryCode` (_string_) The ISO country code * `messageType` (_object_, required) MessageTypeEnum Type of channel. Values are: * `Facebook` —A Facebook message. _Available in: v44.0_ Includes all fields of `MessageTypeEnum`. * `messagingChannelName` (_string_) The name of channel. * `messagingPlatformKey` (_string_, required) ID of the Messaging channel on the external service. This value can be found in the GET response. _Available in: v44.0_ * `platformType` (_PlatformTypeEnum_) * `smsProvider` (_string_) The SMS provider ### LiveMessageChannel Messaging channel. * `developerName` (_string_) Unique developer name of the channel. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the Messaging channel, if it is added to the org. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isActive` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the channel is currently active (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `masterLabel` (_string_) User friendly name of the channel. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageType` (_object_) MessageTypeEnum Type of channel. Values are: * `Facebook` —A Facebook message. * `Line` —A LINE message. * `Text` —A text message. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MessageTypeEnum`. * `messagingPlatformKey` (_string_) ID of the Messaging channel on the external service (such as Facebook), if applicable. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ArticleRecommendationsChannelTypeEnum Specifies the type of article recommendations channel type Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Case`. ### ArticleRecommendationsRuntimeMetrics Article recommendations runtime metrics. * `articleRecommendationsRuntimeMetrics` (_array of ArticleRecommendationsRuntimeMetric_) Collection of article recommendations metrics. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReplyRecommendationsChannelTypeEnum Supported Reply Recommendations channel type to retrieve runtime metrics Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Chat`. ### ReplyRecommendationsMetrics Reply recommendations metrics. * `replyRecommendationsMetrics` (_array of ReplyRecommendationsMetric_) Collection of reply recommendations metrics. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RootEmailAddressResetAcceptInput Input representation for Root Email Address Reset Accept * `emailAddress` (_string_, required) New email address for the AWS account root user. _Available in: v64.0_ * `otp` (_string_, required) Six-digit one-time password sent to the new email address of the AWS account root user. _Available in: v64.0_ ### RootEmailAddressResetAPIResponse AWS root user email address update. * `message` (_string_) If the request was to start the email address update process, this message contains instructions on how to accept and complete the email address change. If the request was to accept the email address change, this message along with the `status` code confirms whether the email address change was successful. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) API status code indicating whether the request succeeded or failed. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RootEmailAddressResetStartInput Input representation for Root Email Address Reset Start * `emailAddress` (_string_, required) New email address for the AWS account root user. _Available in: v64.0_ ### ActivitySharingInput The sharing information (i.e. sharing type, and groups to share with). * `groupsToShareWith` (_array of string_) List of IDs for the groups that you share the activity with. Valid only if `sharingType` is `MyGroups`. _Available in: v39.0_ * `sharingType` (_object_, required) ActivitySharingTypeEnum Type of sharing operation. * `Everyone` —The activity is shared with everyone. * `MyGroups` —The activity is shared only with a selection of the context user’s groups. * `OnlyMe` —The activity is private. _Available in: v39.0_ Includes all fields of `ActivitySharingTypeEnum`. ### ActivitySharingResult Represents the results of sharing a captured email or event. * `success` (_boolean_) Whether the share operation succeeded or not. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConversationEntryQueryDirection Query Direction. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `FromEnd`, `FromStart`. ### ConversationEntries List of entries in the conversation. * `conversationEntries` (_array of ConversationEntry_) List of conversation entries. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConversationEntriesUpdateInput List of conversation entry updates. * `conversationEntriesUpdates` (_array of ConversationEntryUpdateInput_, required) List of conversation entry updates. _Available in: v51.0_ ### ConversationEntriesUpdate List of conversation entry update results. * `conversationEntriesUpdateResults` (_array of ConversationEntryUpdate_) List of conversation entry update results. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConversationBulkUploadStatuses Collection of statuses for the bulk upload of conversations. * `conversationBulkUploadStatuses` (_array of ConversationBulkUploadStatus_) List of statuses for the bulk upload of conversations. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConversationBulkUploads List of conversation bulk upload results. * `conversationBulkUploadsResults` (_array of ConversationBulkUpload_) List of conversation bulk upload results. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EstimatedWaitTimeInput Input representation of the request for the estimated wait time of a waitlist or waitlist participant. * `waitlistId` (_string_) ID of the waitlist. Required if the `waitlistParticipantId` parameter isn't specified. _Available in: v65.0_ * `waitlistParticipantId` (_string_) ID of the waitlist participant. Required if the `waitlistId` parameter isn't specified. _Available in: v65.0_ ### EstimatedWaitTimeOutput Output representation of the estimated wait time for a waitlist or waitlist participant. * `waitlistId` (_string_) ID of the waitlist. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `waitlistParticipantEstimatedWaitTime` (_string_) Estimated wait time for the waitlist participant. Empty when the request specifies only `waitlistId` . _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `waitlistParticipantId` (_string_) ID of the waitlist participant. Empty when the request specifies only `waitlistId` . _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `workTypeGroups` (_array of WorkTypeGroupEstWaitTimeInfo_) Estimated wait times for the work type groups associated with the waitlist. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CancelAppointmentCollectionInput Input representation for canceling one or more service appointments. * `appointments` (_array of CancelAppointmentInput_, required) List of service appointments to cancel. _Available in: v66.0_ ### CancelAppointmentCollectionOutput Output representation for the cancel operation. * `result` (_array of CancelAppointmentOutput_) Result of each canceled appointment, in the same order as the request. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### GetAppointmentCandidatesSlotsInput Input representation for requesting available appointment time slots or candidate resources. * `appointments` (_array of AppointmentRequestInput_, required) List of appointment requests to retrieve slots or candidates for. _Available in: v66.0_ ### GetAppointmentCandidatesOutput Output representation for the get-appointment-candidates operation. * `result` (_array of AppointmentCandidatesResult_) Candidate appointment time slots with assigned resources for each input request. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### GetAppointmentSlotsOutput Output representation for the get-appointment-slots operation. * `result` (_array of AppointmentSlotsResult_) Available appointment time slots for each input request. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### RescheduleAppointmentCollectionInput Input representation for rescheduling one or more service appointments. * `rescheduleAppointments` (_array of RescheduleAppointmentInput_, required) List of service appointments to reschedule. _Available in: v66.0_ ### AppointmentCollectionOutput Output representation for the schedule and reschedule operations. * `appointments` (_array of AppointmentOutput_) Result of each scheduled or rescheduled appointment, in the same order as the request. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `resourceAbsences` (_array of ResourceAbsenceOutput_) Resource absences (including lunch breaks) created or updated as side-effects of scheduling. ### ScheduleAppointmentCollectionInput Input representation for scheduling one or more service appointments. * `appointments` (_array of ScheduleAppointmentInput_, required) List of service appointments to schedule. _Available in: v66.0_ ### PrivacyPolicyRunRequestOutput Result of a run request for a Privacy Policy. * `errorMessage` (_string_) The error message for the run request if it was unsuccessful. * `jobId` (_string_) The resulting Id of the policy job if the run request was successful. * `success` (_boolean_) Whether the run request was successful or not. ### ConsentStatusInput Input representation for querying consent status * `fields` (_array of string_) List of specific database column names to query and return in the response * `isReturnAllFields` (_boolean_) Flag to return all available fields instead of default 5 fields * `keys` (_array of ConsentStatusKey_, required) List of consent status entries to query * `tenantId` (_string_, required) The tenant identifier ### ConsentStatusOutput Output representation containing consent status for multiple data subjects * `consents` (_array of ConsentStatusEntry_) List of consent status entries * `error` (_string_) Error information if the read operation failed * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates if the write operation was successful ### ConsentStatusWriteInput Input representation for writing consent status * `consents` (_array of ConsentStatusWriteEntry_, required) List of consent status entries to write * `tenantId` (_string_, required) The tenant identifier ### ConsentStatusWriteOutput Output representation for write operation response * `error` (_string_) Error information if the write operation failed * `reference` (_array of ConsentStatusWriteReference_) List of reference entries for written consents * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates if the write operation was successful ### ConsentExportJobStartInput Input for starting a Global Consent Store export job. The export destination (Named Credential, S3 bucket, prefix) is read server-side from the org's saved export configuration; it is never accepted from the request. clientRequestId makes the start idempotent — a repeated request with the same value returns the existing job instead of starting a new one. * `clientRequestId` (_string_) Caller-supplied idempotency key. A repeated start with the same clientRequestId returns the already-created job rather than starting a duplicate. Optional but recommended. * `destination` (_string_) Export destination kind. Currently "S3". * `format` (_string_) Output file format. Currently "CSV". * `mode` (_string_) Export mode, e.g. "DAY\_0" for the initial bulk load. * `namedCredential` (_string_) Developer name of the Named Credential to deliver the export with. When omitted, the org's saved default export configuration is used. * `scope` (_ConsentExportJobScope_) ### ConsentExportJobOutput A Global Consent Store export job. Returned by the start, read, and update resources. The coarse status is mapped from the platform GridforceJobState; gridforceState and gridforceJobId are exposed for diagnostics. * `completedDate` (_string (date-time)_) When the job reached a terminal state. Null until terminal. * `error` (_string_) Error information if the operation failed (truncated to 240 chars). * `gridforceJobId` (_string_) The underlying Gridforce job id, for cross-system diagnostics. Null until assigned. * `gridforceState` (_string_) Raw platform GridforceJobState for diagnostics (e.g. NOT\_STARTED, RUN\_HADOOP\_JOB, COPY\_DATA\_TO\_HDFS, COMPLETED\_SUCCESS, COMPLETED\_FAILURE, COMPLETED\_KILLED). * `jobId` (_string_) The Salesforce id of the export job. * `startedDate` (_string (date-time)_) When the job started. Null until it begins running. * `status` (_string_) Coarse export job status, derived from the raw platform GridforceJobState (and a pending cancel request). One of: NOT\_STARTED, QUEUED, RUNNING, SUCCEEDED, FAILED, CANCELING, CANCELED. CANCELING is the two-phase-cancel intermediate (cancel requested; the cron has not yet aborted the job); it resolves to CANCELED once the job reaches COMPLETED\_KILLED. * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the operation succeeded. ### DecodeTokenInput Input for decoding a Preference Center token * `token` (_string_, required) The encrypted Preference Center token to decode ### DecodeTokenOutput Result of decoding a Preference Center token * `dataCloudTokenIdType` (_string_) The Data Cloud token ID type (only present for DATACLOUDID tokens) * `errorMessage` (_string_) The reason the token could not be decoded (present on failure) * `success` (_boolean_) Whether the token was decoded successfully * `tokenType` (_string_) The type of token (present on success) * `tokenValue` (_string_) The original record ID, email, or contact point that was tokenized (present on success) ### RtbfRunRequestInput Input for executing a Right to Be Forgotten request * `rtbfRequestId` (_string_, required) The ID of the Right to Be Forgotten request to execute ### RtbfRunRequestOutput Result of executing a Right to Be Forgotten request * `errorMessage` (_string_) Error message if the request failed * `jobId` (_string_) The ID of the job created to process the request * `requestType` (_string_) The type of RTBF request that was executed * `success` (_boolean_) Whether the request was executed successfully ### MicrobatchingIngestionInput Microbatching ingestion input. * `contentDocumentIds` (_array of string_) List of content document IDs to create content document links between files and records. _Available in: v56.0_ * `groupBy` (_string_) Grouping of records for batch creation. The default behavior groups records by network ID. For example, if you specify account ID, records are grouped by network ID and account ID. You can specify one value, and there isn’t validation of the property. _Available in: v55.0_ * `keyPrefix` (_string_) Object keyPrefix that a specified `processType` is tied to in the microbatching framework. Required for `GENERIC` process type, otherwise optional _Available in: v55.0_ * `processType` (_string_, required) Logical name of the flow in the microbatching framework, for example, `LEAD_MS` or `GENERIC`. _Available in: v55.0_ * `requestBody` (_object_, required) Map of input fields in name value pairs. _Available in: v55.0_ Additional properties: `object`. ### MicrobatchingIngestionOutput Microbatching ingestion response. * `recordUUID` (_string_) Universally unique identifier of the ingested record. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectMicrobatchingErrorCategoryEnum Error Category enum for connect Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AdminActionable`, `AutoRetry`, `InvalidSetup`, `NonRetryable`, `Unknown`, `UserActionable`. ### ConnectMicrobatchingErrorsSortOrderEnum Errors Sort Order enum for connect Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CreatedDateAsc`, `CreatedDateDesc`. ### MicrobatchingErrorRecordInfoCollection Collection of microbatching error records. * `count` (_integer_) Total count of records returned on current page. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token for the current page of records. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the current page of records. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token for the next page of records. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the next page of records. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token for the previous page of records. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the previous page of records. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `records` (_array of MicrobatchingErrorRecordInfo_) List of microbatching error records. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MicrobatchingErrorResubmission Microbatching error resubmission. * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token for the next page of records to submit. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of records to submit. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numberOfRecordsSubmitted` (_integer_) Total number of records submitted for reprocessing. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BannerPhoto A banner photo. * `bannerPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the banner photo in a large format. This URL is available only to authenticated users. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `bannerPhotoVersionId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character version ID of the banner photo. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the banner photo. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Photo Photo. * `fullEmailPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) A temporary URL to the large profile picture that expires after 30 days. This URL is available to unauthenticated users. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `largePhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the large profile picture. The default width is 200 pixels, while the length is scaled so the original image proportions are maintained. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `mediumPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the medium profile picture. The default width is 160 pixels, and the height is scaled so the original image proportions are maintained. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `photoVersionId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID to that version of the photo. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `smallPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the small profile picture. The default size is 64x64 pixels. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `standardEmailPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) A temporary URL to the small profile picture that expires after 30 days. This URL is available to unauthenticated users. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to a resource that returns a Photo response body: for example, `/services/data/v67.0/chatter/users/005D0000001LL8OIAW/photo`. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ActionLinkDefinitionInput The definition of an action link. An action link is a button on a feed element. Clicking an action link can take a user to a Web page, initiate a file download, or invoke an API call to Salesforce or to an external server. An action link includes a URL and an HTTP method, and can include a request body and header information, such as an OAuth token for authentication. Use action links to integrate Salesforce and third-party services into the feed so that users can drive productivity and accelerate innovation. * `actionType` (_object_, required) ConnectActionLinkTypeEnum Defines the type of action link. Values are: * `Api` —The action link calls a synchronous API at the action URL. Salesforce sets the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` based on the HTTP status code returned by your server. * `ApiAsync` —The action link calls an asynchronous API at the action URL. The action remains in a `PendingStatus` state until a third party makes a request to `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` to set the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` when the asynchronous operation is complete. * `Download` —The action link downloads a file from the action URL. * `Ui` —The action link takes the user to a web page at the action URL. Use `Ui` if you need to load a page before the user performs an action, for example, to have the user provide input or view something before the action happens. Can be defined in an action link template. _Available in: v33.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectActionLinkTypeEnum`. * `actionUrl` (_string_, required) The action link URL. For example, a `Ui` action link URL is a Web page. A `Download` action link URL is a link to the file to download. `Ui` and `Download` action link URLs are provided to clients. An `Api` or `ApiAsync` action link URL is a REST resource. `Api` and `ApiAsync` action link URLs aren’t provided to clients. Links to Salesforce can be relative. All other links must be absolute and start with `https://`. To avoid issues due to upgrades or changing functionality in your API, we recommend using a versioned API for `actionUrl`, for example, `https://www.example.com/api/v1/exampleResource`. If your API isn’t versioned, you can use the `expirationDate` property of the Action Link Group Definition Input to avoid issues due to upgrades or changing functionality in your API. Can be defined in an action link template. _Available in: v33.0_ * `excludedUserId` (_string_) ID of a single user to exclude from performing the action. If you specify an `excludedUserId`, you can’t specify a `userId`. Can be defined in an action link template using the User Visibility and Custom User Alias fields. _Available in: v33.0_ * `groupDefault` (_boolean_) `true` if this action is the default action link in the action link group; `false` otherwise. There can be only one default action link per action link group. The default action link gets distinct styling in the Salesforce UI. Can be defined in an action link template. _Available in: v33.0_ * `headers` (_array of RequestHeaderInput_) The request headers for the `Api` and `ApiAsync` action link types. See [Action Links Overview, Authentication, and Security](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_action_links_overview#authentication). Can be defined in an action link template. _Available in: v33.0_ * `labelKey` (_string_, required) Key for the set of labels to show in the user interface. A set includes labels for these states: NewStatus, PendingStatus, SuccessStatus, FailedStatus. For example, if you use the `Approve` key, you get these labels: Approve, Pending, Approved, Failed. For a complete list of keys and labels, see [Action Links Labels](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_appendices_action_links_labels). If none of the predefined labels work for your action link, use a custom label. To use a custom label, create an action link template. See [Create Action Link Templates](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexcode.meta/apexcode/action_link_group_template_create.htm). Can be defined in an action link template. _Available in: v33.0_ * `method` (_object_, required) ConnectHttpRequestMethod One of these HTTP methods: * `HttpDelete` —Returns HTTP 204 on success. Response body or output class is empty. * `HttpGet` —Returns HTTP 200 on success. * `HttpHead` —Returns HTTP 200 on success. Response body or output class is empty. * `HttpPatch` —Returns HTTP 200 on success or HTTP 204 if the response body or output class is empty. * `HttpPost` —Returns HTTP 201 on success or HTTP 204 if the response body or output class is empty. Exceptions are the batch posting resources and methods, which return HTTP 200 on success. * `HttpPut` —Return HTTP 200 on success or HTTP 204 if the response body or output class is empty. Can be defined in an action link template. _Available in: v33.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectHttpRequestMethod`. * `requestBody` (_string_) The request body for `Api` and `ApiAsync` action link types. Escape quotation mark characters in the `requestBody` value. Can be defined in an action link template. _Available in: v33.0_ * `requiresConfirmation` (_boolean_, required) `true` to require the user to confirm the action; `false` otherwise. Can be defined in an action link template. _Available in: v33.0_ * `userId` (_string_) The ID of the user who can execute the action. If not specified or `null`, any user can execute the action. If you specify a `userId`, you can’t specify an `excludedUserId`. Can be defined in an action link template using the User Visibility and Custom User Alias fields. _Available in: v33.0_ ### ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum Indicates the priority and relative locations of action links in an associated feed item. Values are: * `Primary` —The action link group is displayed in the body of the feed element. * `Overflow` —The action link group is displayed in the overflow menu of the feed element. You can create up to three action links in a `Primary` group and up to four in an `Overflow` group. Required to instantiate this action link group without a template. To instantiate from a template, don’t specify a value. _Available in: v33.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Overflow`, `Primary`. ### ConnectActionLinkExecutionsAllowedEnum Defines the number of times an action link can be executed. Values are: * `Once` —An action link can be executed only one time across all users. * `OncePerUser` —An action link can be executed only one time for each user. * `Unlimited` —An action link can be executed an unlimited number of times by each user. If the action link’s `actionType` is `Api` or `ApiAsync`, you can’t use this value. Required to instantiate this action link group without a template. To instantiate from a template, don’t specify a value. _Available in: v33.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Once`, `OncePerUser`, `Unlimited`. ### ActionLinkTemplateBindingInput A key-value pair to fill in a binding variable value from an action link template. * `key` (_string_, required) The name of the binding variable key specified in the action link template in Setup. For example, if the binding variable in the template is `{!Binding.firstName}`, the key is `firstName` _Available in: v33.0_ * `value` (_string_, required) The value of the binding variable key. For example, if the key is `firstName`, this value could be `Joan`. _Available in: v33.0_ ### ActionLinkDefinition The definition of an action link. To read this information, a request must use the same client app that was used to create the action link definition. * `actionUrl` (_string (url)_) The action link URL. For example, a `Ui` action link URL is a Web page. A `Download` action link URL is a link to the file to download. `Ui` and `Download` action link URLs are provided to clients. An `Api` or `ApiAsync` action link URL is a REST resource. `Api` and `ApiAsync` action link URLs aren’t provided to clients. Links to Salesforce can be relative. All other links must be absolute and start with `https://`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. . _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `excludedUserId` (_string (Id)_) ID of a single user to exclude from performing the action. If you specify an `excludedUserId`, you can’t specify a `userId`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `groupDefault` (_boolean_) `true` if this action is the default action link in the action link group; `false` otherwise. There can be only one default action link per action link group. The default action link gets distinct styling in the Salesforce UI. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `headers` (_array of RequestHeader_) The request headers for the `Api` and `ApiAsync` action link types. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID for the action link definition. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) A custom label to display on the action link button. A `label` value can be set only in an action link template. Action links have four statuses: NewStatus, PendingStatus, SuccessStatus, and FailedStatus. These strings are appended to the label for each status: * label * label Pending * label Success * label Failed For example, if the value of `label` is “See Example,” the values of the four action link states are: See Example, See Example Pending, See Example Success, and See Example Failed. An action link can use either `label` or `labelKey` to generate label names, it can’t use both. If `label` has a value, the value of `labelKey` is `None`. If `labelKey` has a value other than `None`, the value of `label` is `null`. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `labelKey` (_string_) Key for the set of labels to show in the user interface. A set includes labels for these states: NewStatus, PendingStatus, SuccessStatus, FailedStatus. For example, if you use the `Approve` key, you get these labels: Approve, Pending, Approved, Failed. See [Action Links Labels](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_appendices_action_links_labels). _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `method` (_object_) ConnectHttpRequestMethod The HTTP method. One of these values: * `HttpDelete` —Returns HTTP 204 on success. Response body or output class is empty. * `HttpGet` —Returns HTTP 200 on success. * `HttpHead` —Returns HTTP 200 on success. Response body or output class is empty. * `HttpPatch` —Returns HTTP 200 on success or HTTP 204 if the response body or output class is empty. * `HttpPost` —Returns HTTP 201 on success or HTTP 204 if the response body or output class is empty. Exceptions are the batch posting resources and methods, which return HTTP 200 on success. * `HttpPut` —Return HTTP 200 on success or HTTP 204 if the response body or output class is empty. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectHttpRequestMethod`. * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `requestBody` (_string_) The request body for `Api` and `ApiAsync` action link types. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `requiresConfirmation` (_boolean_) `true` to require the user to confirm the action; `false` otherwise. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `templateId` (_string (Id)_) The ID of the action link template from which to instantiate this action link. If the action link isn’t associated with a template, the value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectActionLinkTypeEnum Defines the type of action link. Values are: * `Api` —The action link calls a synchronous API at the action URL. Salesforce sets the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` based on the HTTP status code returned by your server. * `ApiAsync` —The action link calls an asynchronous API at the action URL. The action remains in a `PendingStatus` state until a third party makes a request to `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` to set the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` when the asynchronous operation is complete. * `Download` —The action link downloads a file from the action URL. * `Ui` —The action link takes the user to a web page at the action URL. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectActionLinkTypeEnum`. * `userId` (_string (Id)_) The ID of the user who can execute the action. If not specified or `null`, any user can execute the action. If you specify a `userId`, you can’t specify an `excludedUserId`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecordSummary Record summary. * `entityLabel` (_object_) EntityLabel Label of the record’s entity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EntityLabel`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) The localized name . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserSummary The User Summary response body is a subset of the User Detail response body. * `additionalLabel` (_string_) If one exists, an extra label for the user, for example, “Customer,” “Partner,” or “Acme Corporation.” _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `communityNickname` (_string_) User’s nickname in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `companyName` (_string_) Name of the company. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayName` (_string_) User’s name that is displayed in the site. If nicknames are enabled, the nickname is displayed. If nicknames aren’t enabled, the full name is displayed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstName` (_string_) User's first name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `firstName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isActive` (_boolean_) `true` if user is active, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isChatterGuest` (_boolean_) `true` if user is a Chatter customer, `false` otherwise In version 26.0 and later, user the `userType` property. _Available in: v23.0–26.0_ * `isInThisCommunity` (_boolean_) `true` if the user is in the same Experience Cloud site as the context user; `false` otherwise. Can be `false` for record feed @mentions on posts with the scope “All Users.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) User's last name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `lastName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outOfOffice` (_object_) OutOfOffice If one exists, extra out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OutOfOffice`. * `photo` (_object_) Photo Information about the user's photo. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `reputation` (_object_) Reputation Reputation of the user in the Experience Cloud site, which is determined by the number of points earned from events and actions performed in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Reputation`. * `stamps` (_array of Stamp_) Collection of the user’s stamps. In version 44.0 and later, use SOQL to get a user’s stamps. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userType` (_object_) ConnectUserTypeEnum Type of user. Valid values are: * `ChatterGuest` —User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly` —User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest` —User is unauthenticated. * `Internal` —User is a standard org member. * `Portal` —User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System` —User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined` —User is a user type that is a custom object. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectUserTypeEnum`. ### Reference A reference to a record. * `id` (_string_) The ID of the record being referenced, which could be an 18-character ID or some other string identifier. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL to the resource endpoint. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectPlatformActionTypeEnum The type of platform action. Values are: * `ActionLink` —An indicator on a feed element that targets an API, a web page, or a file, represented by a button in the Salesforce UI. * `CustomButton` —When clicked, opens a URL or a Visualforce page in a window or executes JavaScript. * `ProductivityAction` —Productivity actions are predefined and attached to a limited set of objects. Productivity actions include Send Email, Call, Map, View Website, and Read News. Except for the Call action, you can’t edit productivity actions. * `QuickAction` —A global or object-specific action. * `StandardButton` —A predefined Salesforce button such as New, Edit, or Delete. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ActionLink`, `CustomButton`, `ProductivityAction`, `QuickAction`, `StandardButton`. ### NotificationType Notification type information. * `actionGroups` (_array of NotificationActionGroup_) Action groups supported by the notification type. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `apiName` (_string_) Custom notification API name (prefixed by the namespace if it’s installed with a managed package) or standard notification type API name. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Notification type label. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of notification. For custom notifications, this is the custom notification type ID. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NotificationActionGroup Notification action group information. * `actions` (_array of NotificationAction_) List of notification actions in an action group. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Notification action group name. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExperienceModelPropertyTypeSummary Property type summary. * `description` (_string_) Description of the type in its schema.json. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `detailUrl` (_string (url)_) Individual detail resource URL to the type. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name, or apiName, of the type. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the type, returned only for the database-based (custom) types. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) Namespace prefix that is associated with the type. Refer to a type using the namespacePrefix\_\_developerName notation, or fullyQualifiedName. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the type in its schema.json. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NetworkDataCategoryGroup Network data category group. * `categoryGroupName` (_string_) Name of the category network group. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rootCategory` (_object_) NetworkDataCategory Root category. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `NetworkDataCategory`. ### DataCategoryGroupInput Data category group. * `categoryGroupName` (_string_, required) Developer name of the data category group. _Available in: v59.0_ * `rootCategory` (_object_, required) DataCategoryInput Root category of the data category group. _Available in: v59.0_ Includes all fields of `DataCategoryInputKnowledge`. ### ServiceCatalogItem Service catalog item. * `description` (_string_) Short description of the service catalog item. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name of the service catalog item. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the service catalog item. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageId` (_string (Id)_) Image id of Service Catalog Item * `label` (_string_) Label of the service catalog item. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageID` (_string_) Image ID of the service catalog item. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LightningKnowledgeArticleVersion Knowledge article in Lightning. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the knowledge article version. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `knowledgeArticleId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the corresponding knowledge article. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastPublishedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last published date of the article. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `summary` (_string_) Summary of the article contents. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the article. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the article. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DataCategoryGroup Data category group. * `categoryGroupName` (_string_) Developer name of the data category group. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the data category group. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the data category group. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rootCategory` (_object_) DataCategory Root category of the data category group. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DataCategoryKnowledge`. ### KnowledgeArticleVersion A knowledge article version. * `articleType` (_string_) Type of the knowledge article. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the knowledge article version. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `knowledgeArticleId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the corresponding knowledge article. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastPublishedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last published date of the knowledge article. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `summary` (_string_) Summary of the knowledge article contents. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the knowledge article. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the knowledge article. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ManagedTopicPositionInput The relative position of a managed topic. * `managedTopicId` (_string_, required) ID of existing managed topic. _Available in: v32.0_ * `position` (_integer_, required) Relative position of the managed topic, indicated by zero-indexed, ascending whole numbers. _Available in: v32.0_ ### TopicImages Images associated with a topic. * `coverImageUrl` (_string_) URL to a topic’s cover image, which appears on the topic page. Both topics and managed topics can have cover images. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `featuredImageUrl` (_string_) URL to a managed topic’s featured image, which appears wherever you feature it, for example, on your Experience Cloud site home page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectArticleTopicJobTypeEnum Type of operation to perform on articles and topics. Values are: * `AssignTopicsToArticle` —Assign topics to articles in a data category. * `UnassignTopicsFromArticle` —Unassign topics from articles in a data category. _Available in: v40.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AssignTopicsToArticles`, `UnassignTopicsFromArticles`. ### TopicSuggestion Topic suggestion. * `existingTopic` (_object_) Topic Topic that already exists or `null` for a new topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TopicSbi`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FileSummarySbi Summary description of a file. * `checksum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository External data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepositorySbi`. * `contentModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. File-specific modified date, which is updated only for direct file operations, such as rename. Modifications to the file from outside of Salesforce can update this date. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentSize` (_integer_) Size of the file in bytes. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentUrl` (_string_) If the file is a link, returns the URL, otherwise the string `null` . _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentVersionId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the content version. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string when the file was created. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `downloadUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string (url)_) External URL this file points to, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionInformation` (_object_) ExternalFilePermissionInformation External file permission information, such as available groups, available permission types, and current sharing status, or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ExternalFilePermissionInformationSbi`. * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file, such as PDF, PowerPoint. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `flashRenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies if a flash preview version of the file has been rendered. Flash renditions were retired on July 16, 2021. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isArchived` (_boolean_) Specifies if the file is archived (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isFileAsset` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the file is an asset. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isMajorVersion` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is a major version; `false` if the file is a minor version. Major versions can’t be replaced. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this file. Moderators can view and act on flagged items. If the `communityModeration` property of the Features response body is `false`, this property is `null`. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlagsSbi`. * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. Modifications to the file from within Salesforce update this date. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `origin` (_string_) Specifies the file source. Valid values are: * `Chatter` —file came from Chatter * `Content` —file came from content * `FileField` —file came from a record or other form _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `owner` (_object_) UserSummary Owner of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `parentFolder` (_object_) Reference Reference to the parent folder. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `pdfRenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies if a PDF preview version of the file has been rendered. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `publishStatus` (_object_) ConnectFilePublishStatusEnum Publish status of the file. One of these values: * `PendingAccess` —File is pending publishing. * `PrivateAccess` —File is private. * `PublicAccess` —File is public. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFilePublishStatusEnum`. * `renditionUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string (url)_) URL to the 240px by 180px rendition for the file, if available. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string (url)_) URL to the 720px by 480px rendition for the file, if available. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_object_) ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` —Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` —Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum`. * `sharingPrivacy` (_object_) ConnectFileSharingPrivacyEnum Sharing privacy of a file. Values are: * `None` —File is visible to anyone with record access. * `PrivateOnRecords` —File is private on records. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFileSharingPrivacyEnum`. * `sharingRole` (_object_) ConnectFileSharingRoleEnum Sharing role of the file. One of these values: * `Admin` —Owner permission, but doesn’t own the file. * `Collaborator` —Viewer permission, and can edit, change permissions, and upload a new version of a file. * `Owner` —Collaborator permission, and can make a file private, and delete a file. * `Viewer` —Can view, download, and share a file. * `WorkspaceManaged` —Permission controlled by the library. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFileSharingRoleEnum`. * `systemModstamp` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string indicating when a user or any automated system process, such as a trigger, updated the file. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 120 x 90 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` —Image is being rendered. * `Failed` —Rendering process failed. * `Success` —Rendering process was successful. * `Na` —Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 240 x 180 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` —Image is being rendered. * `Failed` —Rendering process failed. * `Success` —Rendering process was successful. * `Na` —Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 720 x 480 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` —Image is being rendered. * `Failed` —Rendering process failed. * `Success` —Rendering process was successful. * `Na` —Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionNumber` (_string_) Version number of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### OauthStagedCredentialStateEnum Current state of the OAuth consumer's staged credentials. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Active`, `Expired`, `Rotated`. ### OauthStagedCredentialsCommandEnum Staged credentials command. The only available command is `rotate` . _Available in: v65.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Rotate`. ### AppOauthUsage OAuth usage information for an external client app. * `accessTokenFormat` (_string_) OAuth token format that the app issues, for example JWT or Opaque. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `availableActions` (_string_) Available actions for this app. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) External client app description. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) External client app developer name. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `identifier` (_string_) External client app identifier. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isFromPackage` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the app was installed from a package ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `usageDetailsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the usage details for the external client app. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AppOauthUsageUser OAuth user. * `accessTokenFormat` (_string_) OAuth token format that the app issues (for example, JWT or Opaque) _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `appDeveloperName` (_string_) App developer name. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `appIdentifier` (_string_) App identifier. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `initialConnectionAt` (_string_) Date and time of the refresh token row creation. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastUsedAt` (_string_) Date and time of the last token issuance. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `revocationUrl` (_string (url)_) URL for the GET request to the OAuth Usage API for the app. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `useCount` (_integer_) Number of access tokens issued by this refresh token. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userIdentifier` (_string_) Token owner's user identifier. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `username` (_string_) Token owner's username. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AppOauthUsageToken Refresh token. * `accessTokenFormat` (_string_) OAuth token format that the app issues (JWT or Opaque) _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `appDeveloperName` (_string_) App developer name. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `appIdentifier` (_string_) App identifier. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `initialConnectionAt` (_string_) Date and time of the refresh token row creation. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastUsedAt` (_string_) Date and time of the last token issuance. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `revocationUrl` (_string (url)_) URL for the GET request to the OAuth Usage API for the app. This URL includes the token identifier and can be used to revoke a token. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `useCount` (_integer_) Number of access tokens issued by this refresh token. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userIdentifier` (_string_) Token owner's user identifier. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `username` (_string_) Token owner's username. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MyDomainValidationStatus A validation error for a proposed domain. One of these values: * `Duplicate` —The proposed domain is already in use. * `Invalid` —The proposed domain is not a valid CNAME. * `Valid` —The proposed domain is valid. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Duplicate`, `Invalid`, `Valid`. ### CredentialAuthenticationProtocol Authentication protocol of the external credential. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AwsSv4`, `Basic`, `Custom`, `Jwt`, `OAuth`. ### CredentialAuthenticationProtocolVariant Authentication protocol variant of the external credential. Values are: * `AwsSv4_STS` —AWS Signature Version 4 with Security Token Service. * `ClientCredentialsClientSecret` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials client secret. Client secrets are sent in the callout’s request body. * `ClientCredentialsClientSecretBasic` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials client secret. Client secrets are sent in the callout’s authorization header, as with Basic authentication. * `ClientCredentialsJwtAssertion` —OAuth 2.0 Client Credentials JSON Web Token assertion. * `JwtBearer` —OAuth 2.0 JSON Web Token bearer flow. * `NoAuthentication` —No authentication. * `RolesAnywhere` —AWS Signature Version 4 with Identity and Access Management (IAM) Roles Anywhere. If specified, the authentication protocol variant must match the actual protocol variant of the external credential. _Available in: v57.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AwsSv4_STS`, `ClientCredentialsClientSecret`, `ClientCredentialsClientSecretBasic`, `ClientCredentialsJwtAssertion`, `JwtBearer`, `NoAuthentication`, `RolesAnywhere`. ### CredentialAuthenticationStatus Status of the credential authentication. Values are: * `Configured` —Credential has all required credentials for at least one principal. * `NotConfigured` —Credential isn’t configured. * `Unknown` —Credential status can’t be determined because the authentication protocol is custom. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Configured`, `NotConfigured`, `Unknown`. ### CredentialValue Credential value. * `encrypted` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the credential value is encrypted (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `revision` (_integer_, nullable) Revision number of a short-lived credential. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `value` (_string_, nullable) Value of the credential. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CredentialValueInput Credential value input. Authentication protocols have credential allowlists and encryption rules. * `AwsSv4` — `awsAccessKeyId` (not encrypted), `awsSecretAccessKey` (encrypted), `awsRoleArn` (not encrypted) * `Custom` —Any credential name is valid (user sets encryption rules) * `encrypted` (_boolean_, required) Specifies whether the value of the credential is encrypted (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v56.0_ * `revision` (_integer_) Revision number of a short-lived credential, such as OAuthToken. If the provided revision isn’t the latest version, the authentication endpoint refreshes the credential. _Available in: v58.0_ * `value` (_string_, required) Value of the credential. _Available in: v56.0_ ### ExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredential External auth identity provider credential. * `credentialName` (_string_) Name of the external auth identity provider credential. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `credentialValue` (_string_) Value of the external auth identity provider credential. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `encrypted` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the external auth identity provider credential is encrypted ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalAuthIdentityProviderCredentialInput External auth identity provider credential input. * `credentialName` (_string_, required) Name of the external auth identity provider credential. _Available in: v62.0_ * `credentialValue` (_string_, required) Value of the external auth identity provider credential. _Available in: v62.0_ ### IdentityProviderAuthFlow Authentication flow to get tokens to call protected APIs. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AuthorizationCode`, `ClientCredentials`, `SalesforceDefined`. ### IdentityProviderAuthProtocol Authentication protocol required to access the external system. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `OAuth`, `SalesforceDefined`. ### IdentityProviderClientAuth Client authentication method that describes how credentials are sent to the authorization server. Defaults to `ClientSecretBasic`. _Available in: v63.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ClientSecretBasic`, `ClientSecretPost`, `Custom`. ### ExternalAuthIdentityProviderParameterInput External auth identity provider parameter input. * `parameterName` (_string_, required) The name of the external auth identity provider parameter. _Available in: v63.0_ * `parameterType` (_object_, required) ExternalAuthIdentityProviderParamType Parameter type for an external auth identity provider. _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `ExternalAuthIdentityProviderParamType`. * `parameterValue` (_string_) If `parameterType` describes a literal value then the literal value is stored in this property. _Available in: v63.0_ * `sequenceNumber` (_integer_) Specifies the order of parameters to apply when an external auth identity provider has more than one parameter. Priority is from lower to higher numbers, for example, `1` is the highest priority. _Available in: v63.0_ ### ExternalAuthIdentityProviderParameter External auth identity provider parameter. * `parameterName` (_string_) The name of the external auth identity provider parameter. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parameterType` (_object_) ExternalAuthIdentityProviderParamType Parameter type for an external auth identity provider. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ExternalAuthIdentityProviderParamType`. * `parameterValue` (_string_) If `parameterType` describes a literal value then the literal value is stored in this property. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sequenceNumber` (_integer_) Specifies the order of parameters to apply when an external auth identity provider has more than one parameter. Priority is from lower to higher numbers, for example, `1` is the highest priority. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CredentialCustomHeaderInput Credential custom header input. * `headerName` (_string_, required) Header name. _Available in: v58.0_ * `headerValue` (_string_, required) Header value. _Available in: v58.0_ * `id` (_string_) Header ID. _Available in: v58.0_ * `sequenceNumber` (_integer_, required) Sequence number. _Available in: v58.0_ ### ExternalCredentialParameterInput External credential parameter input. * `id` (_string_) Parameter ID. _Available in: v58.0_ * `parameterDescription` (_string_) Parameter description. _Available in: v58.0_ * `parameterName` (_string_, required) Parameter name of the external credential. _Available in: v58.0_ * `parameterType` (_object_, required) ExternalCredentialParameterType Parameter type of the external credential. _Available in: v58.0_ Includes all fields of `ExternalCredentialParameterType`. * `parameterValue` (_string_, required) Parameter value of the external credential. _Available in: v58.0_ ### ExternalCredentialPrincipalInput External credential principal input. * `id` (_string_) ID of the principal external credential parameter. _Available in: v58.0_ * `parameters` (_array of ExternalCredentialParameterInput_) List of external credential parameters. depending on the `authenticationProtocol` and `authenticationVariant` values of the External Credential Input _Available in: v58.0_ * `principalName` (_string_, required) Principal name. _Available in: v58.0_ * `principalType` (_object_, required) CredentialPrincipalType Type of credential principal. _Available in: v58.0_ Includes all fields of `CredentialPrincipalType`. * `sequenceNumber` (_integer_, required) Sequence number. _Available in: v58.0_ ### CredentialCustomHeader Credential custom header. * `headerName` (_string_) Header name. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `headerValue` (_string_) Header value that can contain formulas. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the custom header parameter. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sequenceNumber` (_integer_) Sequence number of the header. The sequence number determines the order of the header. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalCredentialParameter External credential parameter. * `id` (_string_) Parameter ID. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parameterDescription` (_string_) Parameter description. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parameterName` (_string_) Parameter name. If the `parameterType` is `AuthParameter`, valid values are: * `AwsAccountId` —Valid for AwsSv4. * `AwsProfileArn` —Valid for AwsSv4 with RolesAnywhere. * `AwsRegion` —Valid for AwsSv4. * `AwsService` —Valid for AwsSv4. * `AwsStsDuration` —Valid for AwsSv4 with STS or RolesAnywhere. * `AwsStsExternalId` —Valid for AwsSv4 with STS. * `AwsTrustAnchorArn` —Valid for AwsSv4 with RolesAnywhere. * `Scope` —Valid for OAuth. Other parameter types can be any value. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `AwsAccountId`, `AwsProfileArn`, `AwsRegion`, `AwsService`, `AwsStsDuration`, `AwsStsExternalId`, `AwsTrustAnchorArn`, `Scope`. * `parameterType` (_object_) ExternalCredentialParameterType Parameter type of the external credential. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ExternalCredentialParameterType`. * `parameterValue` (_string_) Parameter value. If the `parameterType` is `JwtBodyClaim` or `JwtHeaderClaim`, the parameter value can contain formulas. If the `parameterType` is `AuthProvider` or `SigningCertificate`, the parameter value is the fully qualified entity name of the corresponding entity. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalCredentialPrincipal External credential principal. If you don’t have the View Setup and Configuration permission, some properties are empty or show limited information. * `authenticationStatus` (_object_) CredentialAuthenticationStatus Status of the credential authentication. Values are: * `Configured` —Credential has all required credentials for at least one principal. * `NotConfigured` —Credential isn’t configured. * `Unknown` —Credential status can’t be determined because the authentication protocol is custom. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CredentialAuthenticationStatus`. * `id` (_string_) ID of the external credential principal. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `parameters` (_array of ExternalCredentialParameter_) List of external credential parameters. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `principalAccess` (_array of ExternalCredentialPrincipalAccess_) List of access entities associated with the external credential principal. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `principalName` (_string_) Name of the external credential named principal. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `principalType` (_object_) CredentialPrincipalType Type of credential principal. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CredentialPrincipalType`. * `sequenceNumber` (_integer_, nullable) Sequence number of the external credential principal. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### NamedCredentialCalloutOptionsInput Named credential callout options input. * `allowMergeFieldsInBody` (_boolean_, required) Specifies whether to allow merge fields in the HTTP body (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v58.0_ * `allowMergeFieldsInHeader` (_boolean_, required) Specifies whether to allow merge fields in the HTTP header (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v58.0_ * `generateAuthorizationHeader` (_boolean_, required) Specifies whether to generate an authorization header (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v58.0_ ### NetworkConnectionInput Network connection input. * `developerName` (_string_, required) Developer name of the network connection. _Available in: v58.0_ * `namespace` (_string_) Namespace of the network connection. _Available in: v58.0_ ### NamedCredentialParameterInput Named credential parameter input. * `id` (_string_) ID of the parameter. _Available in: v58.0_ * `managedByFeatureCapabilities` (_NamedCredentialParameterManagedByFeatureCapabilitiesInput_) * `parameterDescription` (_string_) Description of the parameter. _Available in: v58.0_ * `parameterName` (_string_, required) Name of the parameter. _Available in: v58.0_ * `parameterType` (_object_, required) NamedCredentialParameterType Type of named credential parameter. _Available in: v58.0_ Includes all fields of `NamedCredentialParameterType`. * `parameterValue` (_string_, required) Value of the parameter. _Available in: v58.0_ ### NamedCredentialType Type of named credential. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ExternalKnowledge`, `Nc__Sample__SampleStandard`, `PrivateEndpoint`, `Sample__Sub__TestStandard`, `SecuredEndpoint`. ### NamedCredentialCalloutOptions Named credential callout options. * `allowMergeFieldsInBody` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to allow merge fields in the HTTP body (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `allowMergeFieldsInHeader` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to allow merge fields in the HTTP header (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `generateAuthorizationHeader` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to generate an authorization header (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CalloutStatus Indicates whether a named credential is enabled for callout. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Disabled`, `Enabled`. ### NamedCredentialParameter Named credential parameter. * `id` (_string_) ID of the parameter. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedByFeatureCapabilities` (_NamedCredentialParameterManagedByFeatureCapabilities_) * `parameterName` (_string_) Name of the parameter. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parameterType` (_object_) NamedCredentialParameterType Type of named credential parameter. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `NamedCredentialParameterType`. * `parameterValue` (_string_) Value of the parameter. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NetworkConnectionTopologies Inbound and outbound network connection topologies output representation * `connectionType` (_object_) ExternalConnectionType Connection type. Value is `AwsPrivateLink`. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ExternalConnectionType`. ### AwsInboundNetworkConnectionProperties AWS inbound network connection properties. * `awsVpcEndpointId` (_string_) VPC endpoint ID of the AWS inbound network connection. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `region` (_string_) Cloud region of the AWS inbound network connection. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AwsOutboundNetworkConnectionProperties AWS outbound network connection properties. * `awsVpcEndpointId` (_string_) VPC endpoint ID of the AWS outbound network connection. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `awsVpcEndpointServiceName` (_string_) VPC endpoint service name of the AWS outbound network connection. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `region` (_string_) Cloud region of the AWS outbound network connection. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalConnectionStatus Status of the network connection. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Allocating`, `DeletedRemotely`, `PendingAcceptance`, `PendingActivation`, `Ready`, `RejectedRemotely`, `TeardownInProgress`, `Unprovisioned`. ### SobjectSubtypeEnum Object subtype of the job definition. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `None`, `PersonAccount`. ### ConnectDuplicateJobStatusEnum Status of the job. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Canceled`, `Completed`, `Failed`, `InProgress`, `NotStarted`, `ResultsDeleted`. ### CustomDomain Definition of a custom domain. * `domainId` (_string_) ID of the custom domain. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `domainName` (_string_) Domain name of the custom domain. For example, `www.example.com` . _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CustomDomainAssociationTypeEnum Type of org that contains the Experience Cloud site or Salesforce Site content that the custom domain serves. Custom domains exist only in production orgs. * `Production` —The custom domain serves content from a site on the same org. * `Sandbox` —The custom domain serves content from a site on a sandbox. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Production`, `Sandbox`. ### CustomDomainConfigurationOptionEnum The pending domain configuration option. * `CdnPartner` —A Salesforce content delivery network (CDN) partner serves the domain. * `ExternalHttps` —A non-Salesforce service or host serves your custom domain. This option includes third-party CDNs and proxy solutions. * `NoHttps` —The custom domain uses a temporary non-HTTPS configuration for initial setup. * `SitesRuntime` —The custom domain is served on Salesforce servers with your HTTPS certificate. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CdnPartner`, `ExternalHttps`, `NoHttps`, `SitesRuntime`. ### CustomDomainStatusTypeEnum Custom domain status. Values are: * `AwaitingActivation` —The domain provisioning process is complete. To use the updated domain, activate the domain. * `AwaitingCustomURL` —The custom domain requires a custom URL to start provisioning. Only applies to custom domains with the SitesRuntime configurationOption. * `Completed` —The custom domain is active and in use. * `DomainNameValidated` — `domainName` ownership has been validaed by Salesforce. * `DomainNameValidationFailed` —Salesforce couldn’t validate the `domainName`. Update the CNAME in DNS and attempt to validate the domain again. * `DomainNameValidationPending` — `domainName` validation hasn’t started. * `Provisioning` —Salesforce is provisioning the custom domain. In other words, Salesforce is getting the domain ready for activation.— _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AwaitingActivation`, `AwaitingCustomURL`, `Completed`, `DomainNameValidated`, `DomainNameValidationFailed`, `DomainNameValidationPending`, `Provisioning`. ### CustomDomainUrlSiteTypeEnum Type of site that this custom URL serves. * `Community` —An [Experience Cloud Site](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-experience-cloud#tag/Experience-Cloud-Sites-Resources/operation/getCommunity). * `SalesforceSite` —A Salesforce Site. * `LegacySite` —A legacy site type, such as legacy Site.com sites. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Community`, `LegacySite`, `SalesforceSite`. ### CustomDomainCustomUrlStatusEnum Custom URL status. Values are: * `AwaitingPublish` —The custom URL is ready to be published from within Site.com Studio. This status applies only to custom URLs with a `siteType` of `LegacySite` when no sites of other types exist on the same domain. * `AwaitingUnpublish` —The custom URL was removed but is still published. To finish deleting the custom URL, click Unpublish in Site.com Studio. This status applies only to custom URLs with a `siteType` of `LegacySite`. * `InDevelopment` —The custom URL is ready to be published. This status applies only to custom URLs with a `siteType` of `LegacySite` when no sites of other types exist on the same domain. * `Offline` —The custom URL is associated with an inactive site. * `Preview` —The custom URL is active for an Experience Cloud site with a status of Preview. * `PublishFailed` —There was an unexpected issue with the background publishing operation for a site associated with the custom URL. This status is assigned to the custom URL after the background publishing operation is attempted every hour for two weeks without success. * `Published` —The custom URL is active and is associated with a site that is live. * `Publishing` —Salesforce is publishing the custom URL in the background. If this custom URL was previously published, the custom URL remains available throughout the publishing process. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AwaitingPublish`, `AwaitingUnpublish`, `InDevelopment`, `Offline`, `Preview`, `PublishFailed`, `Published`, `Publishing`. ### CdnPartnerOptions Content delivery network (CDN) partner for a custom domain that uses the Experience Cloud CDN. * `cdnPartner` (_string_) CDN partner name. Valid values are: * Onboard to Akamai * Onboard to Cloudflare _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectRecommendationReactionTypeEnum Type of reaction to a recommendation. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Accepted`, `Rejected`. ### ConnectRecommendationModeEnum Reserved for future use. Mode of recommendation, if you’re using Einstein Intelligent Offers, an AppExchange package. * `Intelligent` —Recommendation came from Einstein Intelligent Offers. * `Learning` —Recommendation came from a randomized process in learning mode. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Intelligent`, `Learning`. ### RecordSnapshot A record snapshot in a recommendation reaction. * `id` (_string_) ID of the record. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nameAtSnapshot` (_string_) Name of the record when the ID was recorded. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NBARecommendation A recommendation returned by a recommendation strategy. * `acceptanceLabel` (_string_) Text indicating user acceptance of the recommendation. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `aiModel` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the recommendation. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalId` (_string_) External ID of the recommendation. This ID doesn’t need to be a Salesforce 18-character ID. For example, it can be a product number from an external system. _Available in: Small, 46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the asset file to display. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recommendationMode` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Intelligent`, `Learning`. * `recommendationScore` (_number (double)_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rejectionLabel` (_string_) Text indicating user rejection of the recommendation. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `target` (_object_) AbstractNBATarget Target to act on. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AbstractNBATarget`. * `targetAction` (_object_) AbstractNBAAction Action to recommend. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AbstractNBAAction`. ### StrategyTrace Messages and trace nodes for a recommendation strategy execution. * `messages` (_array of string_) Messages and errors from the strategy execution. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nodes` (_array of StrategyTraceNode_) Nodes of the strategy execution used for debugging. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FileAsset Representation of a file asset. * `baseAssetUrl` (_string_) Base download URL of the asset. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `baseUnauthenticatedAssetUrl` (_string (url)_) Base download URL of the asset for unauthenticated users if `isVisibleByExternalUsers` is `true`, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the asset. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isVisibleByExternalUsers` (_boolean_) Indicates whether unauthenticated users can see the asset file (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `masterLabel` (_string_) Label of the asset. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Unique name of the asset. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) Namespace prefix of the package containing the asset. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of asset. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SurveyInvitationSettingsInput Input representation of the settings of the survey invitation that define the participants who can respond to the survey, its expiration, and other related configurations. * `allowGuestUserResponse` (_boolean_, required) Indicates whether a guest user can respond to the survey ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v56.0_ * `allowParticipantsAccessTheirResponse` (_boolean_, required) Indicates whether participants with Salesforce accounts can access their responses ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v56.0_ * `collectAnonymousResponse` (_boolean_, required) Indicates whether participants can take the survey without revealing their name or other identifying information ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v56.0_ * `communityId` (_string_) The ID of the Experience Cloud site related to the survey. _Available in: v56.0_ * `invitationExpirationDate` (_string (date-time)_) The date when the survey invitation expires. _Available in: v56.0_ * `invitationOwner` (_string_) The ID of the survey invitation's owner. The default value is the ID of the user running the API request. _Available in: v56.0_ * `recipientId` (_string_) The ID of the survey recipient. _Available in: v56.0_ ### SurveyNavigationActionEnum Available navigation actions on the survey page. Possible values are: * `Back` —Navigate to the previous survey page. * `Next` —Navigate to the next survey page. _Available in: v57.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Back`, `Next`. ### SurveyResponseApiStatusEnum Status of the API request. Possible values are: * `Failure` —Survey Response API isn’t successfully run. * `Success` —Survey Response API is successfully run. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Failure`, `Success`. ### SurveyDetailOutput Output representation of the details of the survey. * `label` (_string_) The label of the survey. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the survey. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `surveyPage` (_SurveyQuestionPageOutput | SurveyThankYouPageOutput_) The details of the question or thank you page in the survey. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `SurveyQuestionPageOutput`, `SurveyThankYouPageOutput`. * `versionLabel` (_string_) The label of the survey version. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionNumber` (_integer_) The version number of the survey. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SurveyPageResponseInput Input representation of the details of the response to a survey page. * `name` (_string_) The API name of the survey page. Reserved for future use. _Available in: v56.0_ * `questionResponses` (_array of SurveyQuestionResponseInput_, required) The responses to the survey questions on the page. * NPS Question Type—See Survey Integer Question Response Input. * Selection Question Type—See Survey Selection Question Response Input. * Short Text or Long Text Question Type—See Survey Text Question Response Input. * Other Question Type—See Survey Question Response Input. _Available in: v56.0_ ### SurveyQuestionPageOutput The details of the question page in the survey. * `label` (_string_) The label of the survey page. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the survey page. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageType` (_SurveyPageTypeEnum_) * `surveyQuestions` (_SurveyNpsQuestionOutput | SurveySelectionQuestionOutput | SurveyShortTextQuestionOutput | SurveyTextQuestionOutput | SurveyQuestionOutput_) List of survey questions. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `SurveyNpsQuestionOutput`, `SurveySelectionQuestionOutput`, `SurveyShortTextQuestionOutput`, `SurveyTextQuestionOutput`, `SurveyQuestionOutput`. ### SurveyThankYouPageOutput Output representation of the details of the Thank You page in the survey. * `label` (_string_) The label of the survey page. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageDescription` (_string_) The description for a message on the Thank You page in the survey. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the survey page. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageType` (_SurveyPageTypeEnum_) * `redirectUrl` (_string_) The URL that respondents are automatically redirected to after completing the survey. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thankYouMessage` (_string_) The thank you message of the Thank You page in the survey. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlButtons` (_array of SurveyURLButtonsOutput_) The buttons on the Thank You page which respondents select to navigate to URLs. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SurveyRecipientSurveySubjectsInput Records associated with the survey invitation. * `associateRecordIds` (_array of string_, required) ID of the associated records. _Available in: v50.0_ * `recipientId` (_string_, required) Participant ID with whose invitation the record should be associated. _Available in: v50.0_ ### SurveyRecipientEngagementContextInput Context based on which the survey invitation is sent to a participant. * `recipientEngagementContext` (_object_, required) Map each recipient with the context based on which the survey invitation is emailed. _Available in: v50.0_ Additional properties: `string`. * `recipientId` (_string_, required) Participant ID with whom the engagement context should be associated. _Available in: v50.0_ ### SurveyEmailStatusEnum Status of a survey invitation email. Values are: * `Failed` —The survey invitation email wasn't sent. * `Queued` —The survey invitation email is queued for sending. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Failed`, `Queued`. ### ConnectRequestMethod Represents the HTTP methods allowed for the Connect API. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Delete`, `Get`, `Head`, `Patch`, `Post`, `Put`. ### BatchResult Describes the result of an individual request in a batch request. * `result` (_any_) The result of this individual request. The type depends on the batch resource; for an error result it is an error message. * `statusCode` (_integer_) An HTTP status code indicating the status of this individual request in the batch. ### Features Features available to the context user in the org. If a feature is disabled, the resources associated with that feature are unavailable and some feature-related properties on objects are set to `null`. * `activityReminderNotificationsEnabled` (_boolean_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `chatter` (_boolean_) Specifies whether Chatter is enabled. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `chatterActivity` (_boolean_) Specifies whether user details include information about Chatter activity. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `chatterAnswers` (_boolean_) Specifies whether Chatter Answers is enabled. With the Spring ’18 release, Salesforce no longer supports Chatter Answers. Users of Chatter Answers can post, answer, comment, or view existing Chatter Answers data, but support and updates are scheduled to end. We recommend transitioning to Chatter Questions. For more information, see [End of Support for Chatter Answers in Spring ’18](https://help.salesforce.com/apex/HTViewSolution?urlname=Chatter-Answers-to-Retire-in-Spring-18). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `chatterGlobalInfluence` (_boolean_) Specifies whether user details include global Chatter activity. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `chatterGroupRecordSharing` (_boolean_) Specifies whether Chatter records are implicitly shared among group members when records are added to groups. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `chatterGroupRecords` (_boolean_) Specifies whether Chatter groups can have records associated with them. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `chatterMessages` (_boolean_) Specifies whether Chatter messages are enabled. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `chatterTopics` (_boolean_) Specifies whether topics are enabled. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `communitiesEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether digital experiences is enabled. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `communityModeration` (_boolean_) Specifies whether moderation is enabled. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `communityReputation` (_boolean_) Specifies whether reputation is enabled. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `customFiscalCalendarEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether custom fiscal calendar is enabled. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dashboardComponentSnapshots` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user can post dashboard component snapshots. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `defaultCurrencyIsoCode` (_string_) ISO code of the default currency. Applicable only when `multiCurrency` is `false`. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `defaultLocale` (_string_) Specifies the Default locale. _Available in: v63_ _Filter group: Small_ * `einsteinVoiceEnabled` (_boolean_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `einsteinVoiceInPilotEnabled` (_boolean_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `einsteinVoiceLoggingEnabled` (_boolean_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `einsteinVoiceProviderId` (_integer_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `favoritesEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether favorites in Lightning are enabled. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `favoritesLimit` (_integer_) Specifies the maximum number of favorites allowed per user. * `feedPolling` (_boolean_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedStreamEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether Chatter feed streams are enabled. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `files` (_boolean_) Specifies whether files can act as resources for Connect REST API. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `filesOnComments` (_boolean_) Specifies whether files can be attached to comments. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fiscalYearStartMonth` (_integer_) Specifies the number that corresponds to the month that starts the fiscal year for the org. For example, if the org's fiscal year starts in February, the value is 2. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `forecasting3AggregatedEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether aggregated forecasting is enabled for mobile clients. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `forecastingEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether forecasting is enabled. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `forecastingPeriodRange` (_integer_) Range of the forecasting period. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `forecastingPeriodStart` (_integer_) Start index for the forecasting period. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `forecastingPeriodType` (_object_) ConnectPeriodTypesEnum Time period used for forecasting. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPeriodTypesEnum`. * `ideas` (_boolean_) Specifies whether Ideas is enabled. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `liveAgentHostName` (_string_) Live Agent host name configured for the org. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managedTopicsEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether managed topics are enabled. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `maxEntitySubscriptionsPerStream` (_integer_) Specifies the maximum number of feed-enabled entities that can be subscribed to in a Chatter stream. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `maxFilesPerFeedItem` (_integer_) Specifies the maximum number of files that can be added to a feed item. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `maxStreamsPerPerson` (_integer_) Specifies the maximum number of Chatter streams that a user can have. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mobileNotificationsEnabled` (_boolean_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `multiCurrency` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the org uses multiple currencies (`true`) or not (`false`). When `false`, the `defaultCurrencyIsoCode` indicates the ISO code of the default currency. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `offlineEditEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the offline object permissions are enabled for Salesforce for Android and Salesforce for iOS mobile clients. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `publisherActions` (_boolean_) Specifies whether actions in the publisher are enabled. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `storeDataOnDevicesEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the Salesforce for Android and Salesforce for iOS can use secure, persistent storage on mobile devices to cache data. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thanksAllowed` (_boolean_) For Chatter work.com, specifies whether the context user can make a thanks post. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `trendingTopics` (_boolean_) Specifies whether trending topics are enabled. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userNavItemsEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether users can customize the navigation bar in Lightning. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userNavItemsMax` (_integer_) Specifies the maximum number of personalized items per app that are allowed in the navigation bar in Lightning. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `usesStartDateAsFiscalYearName` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the calendar year when the fiscal year begins is referred to as the year of the company's fiscal year. For example, if the fiscal year begins in November 2025, but is referred to as fiscal year 2026, the value is `false`. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `viralInvitesAllowed` (_boolean_) Specifies whether existing Chatter users can invite people in their company to use Chatter. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `wave` (_boolean_) Specifies whether CRM Analytics is enabled. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `groupsCanFollow` (_boolean_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v28.0–29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Maintenance Information for the list of upcoming scheduled maintenances for the organization. * `description` (_string_) Descriptive text of the scheduled maintenance. * `maintenanceTitle` (_string_) Title of the scheduled maintenance. * `maintenanceType` (_MaintenanceTypeEnum_) * `messageEffectiveTime` (_string (date-time)_) Effective time of the maintenance message notifications. * `messageExpirationTime` (_string (date-time)_) Expiration time of the maintenance message notifications. * `scheduledEndDowntime` (_string (date-time)_) Scheduled end of downtime, if there is downtime in the scheduled maintenance window. * `scheduledEndMaintenanceTime` (_string (date-time)_) Scheduled end time of the maintenance. * `scheduledStartDowntime` (_string (date-time)_) Scheduled start of downtime, if there is downtime in the scheduled maintenance window. * `scheduledStartMaintenanceTime` (_string (date-time)_) Scheduled start time of the maintenance. ### UserSettings Settings specific to a user. * `approvalPosts` (_boolean_) User can approve workflows from Chatter posts. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canAccessPersonalStreams` (_boolean_) User can access personal stream feeds. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canFollow` (_boolean_) User can follow things. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canModifyAllData` (_boolean_) User has Modify all Data permission. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canOwnGroups` (_boolean_) User can own groups. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canViewAllData` (_boolean_) User has View all Data permission. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canViewAllGroups` (_boolean_) User has View all Groups permission. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canViewAllUsers` (_boolean_) User has View all Users permission. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canViewCommunitySwitcher` (_boolean_) User can see the site switcher menu. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canViewFullUserProfile` (_boolean_) User can see other user’s Chatter profile. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canViewPublicFiles` (_boolean_) User can see all files that are public. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currencySymbol` (_string_) Currency symbol to use for displaying currency values. Applicable only when the `multiCurrency` property of the Features response body is `false` . _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalUser` (_boolean_) User is a Chatter customer. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileSyncLimit` (_integer_) Maximum number of files user can sync. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileSyncStorageLimit` (_integer_) Maximum storage for synced files, in megabytes (MB). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folderSyncLimit` (_integer_) Maximum number of folders user can sync. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasAccessToInternalOrg` (_boolean_) User is a member of the internal org. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasChatter` (_boolean_) User has access to Chatter. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasFieldServiceLocationTracking` (_boolean_) User has Field Service GPS tracking enabled. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasFieldServiceMobileAccess` (_boolean_) User has access to the Field Service mobile app. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasFileSync` (_boolean_) User has Sync Files permission. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasFileSyncManagedClientAutoUpdate` (_boolean_) Administrator for the user’s org allows file sync clients to update automatically. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasRestDataApiAccess` (_boolean_) User has access to REST API. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `timeZone` (_object_) TimeZone User's time zone as selected in the user’s personal settings in Salesforce. This value doesn’t reflect a device's current location. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TimeZone`. * `userDefaultCurrencyIsoCode` (_string_) ISO code for the default currency. Applicable only when the `multiCurrency` property of the Features response body is `true` . _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the user. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userLocale` (_string_) Locale of user. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectZoneVisibilityTypeEnum Zone visibility type. One of these values: * `Community` —Available in an Experience Cloud site. * `Internal` —Available internally only. * `Portal` —Available in a portal. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Community`, `Internal`, `Portal`. ### ZoneSearchResult The result of a search within a Chatter Answers zone. * `hasBestAnswer` (_boolean_) Indicates whether or not the search result has a best answer _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the search result. The search result can be a question or an article. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the search result _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectZoneSearchResultTypeEnum Type of the search result. One of these values: * `Article` —Search results contain only articles. * `Question` —Search results contain only questions. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectZoneSearchResultTypeEnum`. * `voteCount` (_string_) Number of votes given to the search result _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BotInfo Information about the bot associated with the conversation application. * `botId` (_string_) ID of the bot. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `botName` (_string_) Name of the bot. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date of the bot definition. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `eTag` (_string_, read-only) ETag like field, readOnly, handy while caching. ### ConversationApplicationIntegrationType Conversation application integration types. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Api`, `Slack`. ### UtterancePredictionInput Utterance and associated intent information for a bot. * `intent` (_string_, required) API name of the intent associated with the utterance. _Available in: v66.0_ * `utterance` (_string_, required) Utterance of the bot. _Available in: v66.0_ ### UtterancePredictionOutput Prediction information for an utterance. * `confidenceRating` (_string_, nullable) Confidence rating of the prediction based on the confidence score. Valid values: * `EXCELLENT` —Confidence score of 0.9 or higher. * `HIGH` —Confidence score of 0.7–0.89. * `AVERAGE` —Confidence score 0.5–0.69. * `BELOW AVERAGE` —Confidence score of 0.3–0.49. * `LOW` —Confidence score of 0.29 or lower. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `EXCELLENT`, `HIGH`, `AVERAGE`, `BELOW AVERAGE`, `LOW`. * `confidenceScore` (_string_, nullable) Confidence score of the prediction. Valid values are from 0–1.0. A higher score means that the prediction is more likely to be accurate. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `intent` (_string_) API name of the intent associated with the utterance. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `predictedIntent` (_string_) API name of the predicted intent for the utterance. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `predictionOutcome` (_string_, nullable) The result of the prediction. Valid values: * `UN_PROCESSED` —Returned an error. * `PASS` —Predicted intent is accurate. * `FAIL` —Predicted intent is inaccurate. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `UN_PROCESSED`, `PASS`, `FAIL`. * `utterance` (_string_) The utterance that an intent is being predicted for. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UtterancePredictionSummaryOutput Prediction summary for multiple utterances. * `count` (_integer_) Total number of utterances used for prediction. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorCount` (_integer_, nullable) Total number of utterances that returned an error. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `failCount` (_integer_, nullable) Total number of utterances that were predicted inaccurately. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `intentCoverageRate` (_number (double)_, nullable) Percent of intents that were predicted accurately for at least one utterance. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `successCount` (_integer_, nullable) Total number of utterances that were predicted accurately. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `successRate` (_number (double)_, nullable) Percent of utterances that were predicted inaccurately. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProgramApplicationItemInput Input representation of the item for a customer program application. * `productAttributes` (_array of ProductAttributeInput_) A list of ProductAttributes associated with the Product * `programProductId` (_string_, required) A valid program product ID associated with the program. _Available in: v58.0_ * `status` (_string_) Status of the item. _Available in: v58.0_ ### AttributeCreationStrategyEnum Possible values for Attribute Creation Strategy Enum Type: `string`. Allowed values: `All`, `None`. ### ProgramApplicationFileInput Input representation of the files or attachment for a customer program application. * `contentDocumentId` (_string_, required) A valid content document record ID _Available in: v58.0_ ### CalmAssetActionInput Asset action input consumed by Customer Asset Lifecycle Management. The asset action object represents a change made to a lifecycle-managed asset during its lifecycle, specifically, the difference in quantity, amount, and monthly recurring revenue. * `actionDate` (_string (date-time)_, required) Date when the change occurred. This value can be different from the start date of the asset state period related to this asset action. For example, suppose that on 01/01 a user cancels a subscription as of 06/01. Create an asset action with an action date of 01/01, and set the start date of the related asset state period to 06/01. _Available in: v50.0_ * `amount` (_number (double)_, required) The change in amount resulting from the asset action. _Available in: v50.0_ * `category` (_string_, required) Asset action category for reporting. _Available in: v50.0_ * `mrrChange` (_number (double)_, required) The change in monthly recurring revenue resulting from the asset action. _Available in: v50.0_ * `quantityChange` (_number (double)_, required) The change in quantity resulting from the asset action. _Available in: v50.0_ ### CalmAssetActionSourceInput Asset action source input consumed by Customer Asset Lifecycle Management. The asset action source is an optional asset action child object for tracking a Salesforce order product, a work order line item, or an external reference to a change. You can provide multiple asset action sources for a single asset action. * `actualTax` (_number (double)_) Actual tax. _Available in: v50.0_ * `adjustmentAmount` (_number (double)_) Adjustment amount. _Available in: v50.0_ * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_) End date. _Available in: v50.0_ * `estimatedTax` (_number (double)_) Estimated tax. _Available in: v50.0_ * `externalReference` (_string_) ID of an external object that caused the asset action. _Available in: v50.0_ * `externalReferenceDataSource` (_string_) Data source for an external object that caused the asset action. _Available in: v50.0_ * `productAmount` (_number (double)_) Product amount. _Available in: v50.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_) Quantity. _Available in: v50.0_ * `referenceEntityItem` (_string (Id)_) ID of the Salesforce object that caused the asset action. Supported Salesforce objects: Order Product and Work Order Line Item. _Available in: v50.0_ * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_) Start date. _Available in: v50.0_ * `transactionDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date of the transaction related to the asset action. _Available in: v50.0_ ### CalmAssetStatePeriodInput Asset state period input consumed by Customer Asset Lifecycle Management. The asset state period represents the current quantity, amount, and monthly recurring revenue for a lifecycle-managed asset during a period. You create asset state periods to represent the creation of an asset, asset changes, and asset cancellations. When the current date reaches the start date of the next asset state period, the asset’s quantity, amount, and monthly recurring revenue fields are updated on the basis of the now-current asset state period. * `amount` (_number (double)_, required) Amount of revenue allocated for the time defined by the asset state period. _Available in: v50.0_ * `endDate` (_string (date-time)_) Service end date for the asset state period. _Available in: v50.0_ * `mrr` (_number (double)_, required) Monthly recurring revenue for the time defined by the asset state period. _Available in: v50.0_ * `quantity` (_number (double)_, required) Quantity of the asset during the asset state period. _Available in: v50.0_ * `startDate` (_string (date-time)_, required) Service start date for the asset state period. _Available in: v50.0_ ### CalmAssetOutput Asset output representation for a lifecycle-managed asset. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the asset. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CalmAssetActionOutput Asset action output representation for a lifecycle-managed asset. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the asset action. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CalmAssetActionSourceOutput Response received from an asset action source for a lifecycle-managed asset. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the asset action source. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `referenceId` (_string_) ID of the salesforce entity or external entity that caused the asset action. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CalmAssetStatePeriodOutput Response received from an asset state period for a lifecycle-managed asset. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the asset state period. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### ConnectorsCallCoachingUserInfo User information for Einstein Conversation Insights partners. * `userEmail` (_string_) User email. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userId` (_string_) User ID. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectorsCallInput Voice call and recording properties. * `activityId` (_string_) ID of task logged. _Available in: v49.0_ * `callType` (_object_, required) ConnectorsCallTypeEnum Type of call. _Available in: v49.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectorsCallTypeEnum`. * `consented` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the caller for inbound calls or the recipient for outbound calls consented to recording (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ * `endDateTime` (_string (date-time)_, required) Call end time. _Available in: v49.0_ * `externalId` (_string_, required) External ID of call. _Available in: v49.0_ * `fromPhoneNumber` (_string_, required) Phone number that initiated the call. _Available in: v49.0_ * `mediaProviderId` (_string_, required) ID of media provider. _Available in: v49.0_ * `numberChannels` (_integer_) Number of audio channels in call recording. _Available in: v49.0_ * `recordId` (_string_) Salesforce account, case, contact, or lead ID. _Available in: v49.0_ * `recordingDuration` (_integer_, required) Duration of call recording in seconds. _Available in: v49.0_ * `recordingFormat` (_object_, required) ConnectorsRecordingFormatEnum Recording format. _Available in: v49.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectorsRecordingFormatEnum`. * `sourceType` (_string_) Specifies whether a call is related to a sales or service use case. Values are: * `Sales` * `Service` Values are case-sensitive. If no value is provided, it is set to “Sales” by default. _Available in: v51.0_ * `startDateTime` (_string (date-time)_, required) Call start time. _Available in: v49.0_ * `toPhoneNumber` (_string_, required) Phone number that received the call. _Available in: v49.0_ * `userChannel` (_integer_) Audio channel number for user's side of call recording. Value is 0 or 1, where 0 means left channel for dual channel recording. _Available in: v49.0_ * `userEmail` (_string_) Salesforce user email address of the person who initiated or received the call. Required if `userId` isn’t specified _Available in: v49.0_ * `userId` (_string_) Salesforce user ID of the person who initiated or received the call. Required if `userEmail` isn’t specified _Available in: v49.0_ * `vendorType` (_string_) Specifies the call vendor. Values are: * `AmazonConnect` * `Custom` * `DialPad` * `RingCentral` * `Twilio` * `TwilioTrial` If the vendor isn’t specified or is unknown, the default value is `Custom` . _Available in: v57.0_ ### ConnectorsVoiceCallResult Result of posting a voice call. * `errorMsg` (_string_) Error message. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalId` (_string_) External ID of the voice call. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isSuccess` (_boolean_) Specifies whether posting the voice call was successful (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `uploadUrl` (_string_) URL for uploading the call recording. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `voiceCallId` (_string_) ID of the voice call. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Address Address. * `city` (_string_) Name of the city _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `country` (_string_) Name of the country _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `formattedAddress` (_string_) Address formatted by locale _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `state` (_string_) Name of the state, province, or so on _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `street` (_string_) Street number _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `zip` (_string_) Zip or postal code _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PhoneNumber A phone number. * `label` (_string_) Localized string indicating the phone type _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `phoneNumber` (_string_) Phone number _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `phoneType` (_string_) Phone type. One of these values: * `Fax` * `Mobile` * `Work` These values are not localized. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `number` (_string_) This property is not available after version 26.0. Use the `phoneNumber` property instead. Phone number _Available in: v23.0–26.0_ * `type` (_string_) This property is not available after version 29.0. Use the `phoneType` property instead. Values are: * `Fax` * `Mobile` * `Work` _Available in: v23.0–29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DatacloudImportStatus Represents the status for each `contactId` for this request. * `datacloudId` (_string_) The contact’s ID. Each `contactId` is a unique numeric value. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `importStatus` (_object_) DatacloudImportStatusTypeEnum The import status for each contact listed in the request. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DatacloudImportStatusTypeEnum`. ### ConnectDatacloudUserTypeEnum The Data.com user type. * `Monthly` —A user type that’s assigned monthly point limits for purchasing Data.com records. Only the assigned user can use monthly points. Points expire at the end of the month. Monthly is the default setting for `DatacloudUserType`. * `Listpool` —A user type that allows users to draw from a pool of points to purchase Data.com records. _Available in: v32.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Listpool`, `Monthly`. ### OauthProviderInfo The provider of the OAuth service. * `authorizationUrl` (_string_) The URL used for authorization. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The name of the OAuth service provider. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EmailMergeFieldCollection The merge fields for an object. * `mergeFields` (_array of string_) List of merge fields for a single object. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CleanDataServiceOutput A data service associated with an active data integration rule. * `cleanDataServiceId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the data service associated with a data integration rule for a record. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dataServiceMasterLabel` (_string_) Name of the data service associated with a data integration rule for a record. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CleanMetricOutput Metrics for a data service associated with an active data integration rule. * `cleanRuleErrorsUrl` (_string_) URL where update errors for the data service can be downloaded. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cleanRuleId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the data integration rule that uses the data service. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cleanRuleName` (_string_) Name of the data integration rule that uses the data service. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `entityName` (_string_) Name of the record type associated with the data service. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorCount` (_integer_) Number of records with update errors for the data integration rule. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `matchedRecords` (_integer_) Number of records with a data integration rule status of In Sync, Different, or Skipped. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `processedRecords` (_integer_) Number of records processed by the data integration rule. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalRecords` (_integer_) Number of total records that are available for processing by the data integration rule. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CleanStatusOutput Status of an active data integration rule for a record. * `dataServiceName` (_string_) Data service associated with the data integration rule. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastCleanDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the record was last updated with the data integration rule in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `needCompare` (_boolean_) Indicates whether there are field value differences between the Salesforce record and the matching record in the data service. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `ruleId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the data integration rule. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `ruleName` (_string_) Name of the data integration rule. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status of the data integration rule. For more information and available values, see “Statuses for Data Integration” in Salesforce Help. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `statusId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the status for the data integration rule. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ContentTaxonomyUserSummary Information about a user related to a content taxonomy or its terms. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the user. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_, nullable) Connect REST API resource URL for the user. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ContentTaxonomyPath Path to a term in a content taxonomy. * `label` (_string_) Text representation of the path from the root, joined with a delimiter, such as `Fruit>Citrus>Orange` . _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `taxonomyFragment` (_object_) ContentTaxonomyPathFragment Path fragment representing the taxonomy. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ContentTaxonomyPathFragment`. * `termFragments` (_array of ContentTaxonomyPathFragment_) Path fragments representing the terms from root term to the term, inclusive. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LightningModelTypesConfigInput Input for lightning model types configuration. * `descriptor` (_string_, required) Descriptor of type. In the descriptor examples, `apexClassType` is the data type and `c__Hotel` is the name of the Apex class where `c` indicates the default namespace for all custom types: `apexClassType/c__Hotel`. Similarly, `apexClassType/c__FlightBookingAgent$Flight` is the descriptor when `FlightBookingAgent` is the parent class with a nested `Flight` Apex class. _Available in: v64.0_ * `editorConfig` (_object_) LightningModelEditorConfigInput Editor configuration of the type. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `LightningModelEditorConfigInput`. * `rendererConfig` (_object_) LightningModelRendererConfigInput Renderer configuration of the type. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `LightningModelRendererConfigInput`. * `schemaConfig` (_object_) LightningModelSchemaConfigInput Schema configuration of the type. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `LightningModelSchemaConfigInput`. * `typeUIConfigOutputOptions` (_LightningModelTypeUIConfigOutputOptionsInput_) ### LightningModelTypes Details about lightning model types. * `description` (_string_) Description of the type from the schema.json. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `descriptor` (_string_) Descriptor of the type from the query parameters. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name, or API name, of the type. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `editorConfig` (_object_) Editor configuration for the specified target. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `errorDetails` (_object_) LightningModelTypesError Lightning Model Types error details. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LightningModelTypesError`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the Type. This is returned for the database-based (Custom) types only. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) Namespace prefix that is associated with the type. Refer to a type using the namespacePrefix\_\_developerName notation, or fully qualified name. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rendererConfig` (_object_) Renderer configuration for the specified target. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `schema` (_object_) JSON schema definition (schema.json) of the type. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the type from the schema.json. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LightningTypeSummary Summary of a lightning type. * `createdBy` (_object_) LightningTypeUser User who created the type. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LightningTypeUser`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the type was created. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the type from the schema.json. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `detailUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to detailed information about the type. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name, or API name, of the type. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the Type. This is returned for the database-based (Custom) types only. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) Namespace prefix that is associated with the type. Refer to a type using the namespacePrefix\_\_developerName notation, or fully qualified name. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `source` (_object_) LightningModelTypesSourceEnum Source of the Lightning type. Values are: * `Standard` —Standard type provided out-of-the-box by Salesforce. * `Custom` —Custom type created in the org. * `Managed` —Type that was installed from a managed package. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LightningModelTypesSourceEnum`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the type from the schema.json. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `updatedBy` (_object_) LightningTypeUser User who updated the type. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LightningTypeUser`. * `updatedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the type was updated. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LightningModelTypesSourceEnum Source of the Lightning type. Values are: * `Standard` —Standard type provided out-of-the-box by Salesforce. * `Custom` —Custom type created in the org. * `Managed` —Type that was installed from a managed package. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Custom`, `Managed`, `Standard`. ### ObjectMetadata Search metadata related to the object. * `dataCategories` (_object_, nullable) Metadata on each data category for the object. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `DataCategoryMetadata`. * `fields` (_object_) Metadata on each field of the object. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `FieldMetadata`. * `label` (_string_) Name of the object. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `labelPlural` (_string_) Plural name of the object. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `objectApiName` (_string_) API name of the object. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `themeInfo` (_object_) ThemeInfo Theme of the object. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ThemeInfo`. ### Parameters Search query parameters. * `configurationName` (_string_, nullable) The search configuration name. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dataCategories` (_array of DataCategory_, nullable) The Data Category values. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayFields` (_array of string_, nullable) Display fields for the object. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `filters` (_array of Filter_, nullable) Filters for the search. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `highlights` (_boolean_, nullable) Specifies whether search generates a text highlight ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). The default is `false` . _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `offset` (_integer_, nullable) Search page offset position. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orderBy` (_array of OrderBy_, nullable) Order by list for the results. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageSize` (_integer_, nullable) Number of results per page. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `q` (_string_) Query terms for search. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `spellcheck` (_boolean_, nullable) Specifies whether search applies spellcheck ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). The default is `true` . _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SearchObject Record results for the keyword search. * `displayFields` (_array of string_) Fields to display from the response. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `objectApiName` (_string_) Object API name. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orderBy` (_array of AppliedOrderBy_) Applied order for object search. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `searchResults` (_array of SearchResult_) Search results from the query. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `spellCorrectionInfo` (_object_) SpellCorrectionInfo Spell correction information for the object search. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SpellCorrectionInfo`. * `status` (_object_) Status Provides status on the object search such as error messages and warnings. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Status`. * `pageInfo` (_object_) PageInfo Page position information for the object search. _Available in: v63.0–64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PageInfo`. ### QueryInfo Contains Search query execution information. * `queryId` (_string_, nullable) Unique identifier assigned to a search query to enable tracking usage and analysis of user interactions with search results. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sobjects` (_object_) Query execution information per object. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `ObjectQueryInfo`. * `status` (_object_) Status Status on the object search such as error messages and warnings. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Status`. ### SearchResultGroup Record results from a keyword search. * `objectApiName` (_string_) Object API name. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `results` (_array of SearchResult_) List of Search results. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DataCategoryInput Data category. * `categories` (_array of string_) List of the data category name to filter * `groupName` (_string_) Name of the data category group to filter * `operator` (_DataCategoryOperator_) * `categoryName` (_string_, required) Developer name of the data category group. _Available in: v59.0_ * `childCategories` (_array of DataCategoryInput_, required) List of subcategories. _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `DataCategoryInput`._ _Available in: v59.0_ ### FilterInput Filter input for object search. * `field` (_string_) Field to use in the filter. _Available in: v63.0_ * `operator` (_object_) FilterOperator Filter operator. Values are: * `EqOp` —Equal * `ExcludesOp` —Excludes * `GtOp` —Greater than * `GteOp` —Greater than or equal * `InOp` —In * `IncludesOp` —Includes * `LikeOp` —Like * `LtOp` —Less than * `LteOp` —Less than or equal * `NeOp` —Not equal * `NinOp` —Not in _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `FilterOperator`. * `values` (_BooleanList | DoubleList | LongListInput | StringListInput_) Values for the filter. Do not mix data types for filter values, for example, `["A", "B", "C"]` is valid, but `["A", -7, false]` is not valid. _Available in: v63.0_ One of: `BooleanList`, `DoubleList`, `LongListInput`, `StringListInput`. ### OrderByInput Sort order for the search results. * `field` (_string_) Field to order the results by. _Available in: v63.0_ * `order` (_object_) OrderDirection Order direction. Default value is `Ascending` . _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `OrderDirection`. * `orderNulls` (_object_) OrderNulls Null value order. Values are: * `Firsts` —Null values are sorted first. * `Lasts` —Null values are sorted last. Default value is `Firsts` . _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `OrderNulls`. ### ObjectQueryInfo Contains search query execution information for the object. * `displayFields` (_array of string_, nullable) Fields to display from the response. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasMoreResults` (_boolean_, nullable) Specifies whether there are more records to fetch matching the search query for the object ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nameField` (_string_, nullable) Name field identifier of the object. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numberOfMatches` (_integer_, nullable) Number of results for the object matching the search query. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orderBy` (_array of AppliedOrderBy_, nullable) Applied order for object search. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `source` (_string_, nullable) Source name for the object. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `spellCorrectionInfo` (_object_) SpellCorrectionInfo Spell correction information for the object search. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SpellCorrectionInfo`. * `status` (_object_) Status Status on the object search such as error messages and warnings. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Status`. ### SearchResult Record results from a keyword search. * `apiName` (_string_) Object API name. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `chunks` (_array of Chunk_, nullable) Content chunks for the search result. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fields` (_object_) Field values by API name. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `RecordFieldValue`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the record. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `matchInfo` (_object_) MatchInfo Search information related to the search result. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MatchInfo`. * `sourceUrl` (_string_, nullable) Source URL from where the record originated. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecordsetFilterCriteria Recordset filter criteria and the filtered records. * `criteriaId` (_string (Id)_) Recordset filter criteria ID. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `recordIds` (_array of string (Id)_) List of filtered record IDs. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### CreatedFile Represents a single file created during a fetch optimization files operation. * `contentVersionId` (_string_) ID of the Content Version record created in the org for this file. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the file was created successfully. true if the Content Version record was created without errors. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ShiftPatternError Shifts from pattern error response. * `code` (_string_) Error code. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `invalidServiceResourceId` (_string_) ID of invalid service resource. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Error message. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PlatformActionGroupActivities A platform action group instance with state appropriate for the context user. Action link groups are one type of platform action group and are therefore represented as platform action group response bodies. * `category` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum Indicates the priority and relative locations of platform actions. Values are: * `Primary` —The action link group is displayed in the body of the feed element. * `Overflow` —The action link group is displayed in the overflow menu of the feed element. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnumActivities`. * `id` (_string_) An 18-character ID or an opaque string ID for the platform action group. If the Platform Action `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `platformActions` (_array of PlatformAction_) The platform action instances for this group. Within an action link group, action links are displayed in the order listed in the `actionLinks` property of the Action Link Group Definition Input request body. Within a feed item, action link groups are displayed in the order specified in the `actionLinkGroupIds` property of the Associated Actions Capability Input request body. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API resource URL for the platform action group. If the Platform Action `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### WorkTypeInput Work type. * `blockTimeAfterAppointmentInMinutes` (_integer_) Period after the appointment that is typically blocked for this work type. _Available in: v49.0_ * `blockTimeBeforeAppointmentInMinutes` (_integer_) Period before the appointment that is typically blocked for this work type. _Available in: v49.0_ * `durationInMinutes` (_integer_) Duration of the appointment in minutes. Required if `id` isn’t provided _Available in: v49.0_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the work type. Required if `durationInMinutes` isn’t provided _Available in: v49.0_ * `operatingHoursId` (_string_) ID of the operating hours. _Available in: v49.0_ * `operatingHoursTimeZone` (_string_) Time zone for the operating hours. _Available in: v49.0_ * `skillRequirements` (_array of SkillRequirementInput_) List of skills required to complete the tasks associated with this work type. _Available in: v49.0_ * `timeFrameEndInMinutes` (_integer_) Ending of the appointment in minutes. _Available in: v49.0_ * `timeFrameStartInMinutes` (_integer_) Beginning of the appointment in minutes. _Available in: v49.0_ ### GetAllAppointmentSlotsListResult Get appointment slots result * `territorySlots` (_array of GetAllAppointmentSlotsTerritorySlot_) List of appointment territory slots. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GetEngagementChannelTypeListResult Get engagement channel type list result * `engagementChannelTypes` (_array of GetEngagementChannelTypeResult_) List of Engagement Channel Types ### GetGroupAppointmentsListResult Get group appointments result * `groupAppointments` (_array of GroupAppointmentResult_) Get Group Appointments List ### AssignedResourceInput Input representation of the assigned resource details. * `extendedFields` (_array of ExtendedFieldInput_) Custom fields. _Available in: v48.0_ * `isPrimaryResource` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the assigned resource is the primary resource. For multi-resource appointments, only one resource can be a primary resource. Required if multi-resource scheduling is enabled. _Available in: v48.0_ * `isRequiredResource` (_boolean_, required) Indicates whether the assigned resource is a required resource. _Available in: v48.0_ * `serviceResourceId` (_string_, required) Resource who is assigned to the service appointment. _Available in: v48.0_ ### LeadInput Lead input. * `company` (_string_) Lead’s company. _Available in: v48.0_ * `email` (_string_) Lead’s email address. _Available in: v48.0_ * `extendedFields` (_array of ExtendedFieldInput_) Custom fields. _Available in: v48.0_ * `firstName` (_string_) Lead’s first name. _Available in: v48.0_ * `lastName` (_string_, required) Lead’s last name. _Available in: v48.0_ * `phone` (_string_) Lead’s phone number. _Available in: v48.0_ ### ServiceAppointmentInput Input representation of the service appointment details. * `additionalInformation` (_string_) Additional information about the service appointment. _Available in: v48.0_ * `appointmentMode` (_object_) SvcApptModeEnum Mode of the service appointment. The default value is `Regular`. _Available in: v60.0_ Includes all fields of `SvcApptModeEnum`. * `appointmentType` (_string_) Specifies the API name of the appointment type for the service appointment. _Available in: v48.0_ * `attendeeLimit` (_integer_) Maximum number of customers that’s allowed to attend the service appointment. Required if the appointment mode is Group. _Available in: v60.0_ * `city` (_string_) City where the appointment is completed. _Available in: v48.0_ * `comments` (_string_) Comments about the appointment. _Available in: v48.0_ * `contactId` (_string_) Contact associated with the parent record. _Available in: v48.0_ * `country` (_string_) Country where the appointment is completed. _Available in: v48.0_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the appointment. _Available in: v48.0_ * `engagementChannelTypeId` (_string_) ID of the engagement channel type to associate with the appointment. You can use engagement channel type only if: * **Schedule Appointments Using Engagement Channels** is enabled in Salesforce Scheduler Settings in your Salesforce org. * Shifts are defined in the scheduling policy. For more information on setting up shifts in the scheduling policy, see [Define Shift Rules in Scheduling Policy](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.ls_use_shifts_to_determine_time_slots.htm&type=5). Engagement channel types are not supported with operating hours rules in the scheduling policy. _Available in: v56.0_ * `extendedFields` (_array of ExtendedFieldInput_) Custom fields. _Available in: v48.0_ * `parentRecordId` (_string_, required) Parent record associated with the appointment. _Available in: v48.0_ * `postalCode` (_string_) Postal code where the appointment is completed. _Available in: v48.0_ * `schedEndTime` (_string (date-time)_) Time at which the appointment is scheduled to end. Ensure the scheduled start time and end time align with the available time slots. _Available in: v48.0_ * `schedStartTime` (_string (date-time)_) Time at which the appointment is scheduled to start. Ensure the scheduled start time and end time align with the available time slots. _Available in: v48.0_ * `serviceTerritoryId` (_string_) Service territory associated with the appointment. _Available in: v48.0_ * `state` (_string_) State where the service appointment is completed. _Available in: v48.0_ * `street` (_string_) Street number and name where the service appointment is completed. _Available in: v48.0_ * `subject` (_string_) Short phrase describing the appointment. _Available in: v48.0_ * `workTypeId` (_string_) Work type associated with the service appointment. If specified, it is added to the service appointment record. _Available in: v48.0_ ### ServiceAppointmentResult Result of the POST method. * `assignedResourceIds` (_array of string_) IDs of the assigned resources _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parentRecordId` (_string_) ID of the parent record. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `serviceAppointmentId` (_string_) ID of the service appointment created. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GetServiceTerritoriesListResult Get service territories list result * `serviceTerritories` (_array of GetServiceTerritoriesResult_) List of service territories. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExtendedFieldInput Input representation for extended fields * `name` (_string_) Extended Field Name * `value` (_string_) Extended Field Value ### WaitlistCheckInResult Output representation of the waitlist check in result. * `participantId` (_string_) ID of the participant who has an appointment. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `serviceAppointmentId` (_string_) ID of the service appointment. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `waitlistParticipantId` (_string_) ID of the waitlist participant. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### WaitlistListResult Output representation of the result of the list of waitlists. * `waitlists` (_array of WaitlistResult_) List of waitlists that are associated with a service appointment. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ForecastingManager Represents a forecast manager, including their level above a specified user in the forecast hierarchy. * `firstName` (_string_) First name of the forecast manager at this role. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hierarchyLevel` (_integer_) Level of this forecasting manager above the forecasting manager requested in the hierarchy tree. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) Last name of the forecast manager at this role. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `localizedName` (_string_) Localized name. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `smallPhotoUrl` (_string_) URL to the user’s small photo. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `territory2Id` (_string (Id)_) Unique identifier of the territory attached to this profile. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `territory2Name` (_string_) Name of the territory attached to this profile. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userId` (_string (Id)_) User ID of the forecast manager user. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userRoleId` (_string (Id)_) ID for the user role object attached to this profile. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userRoleName` (_string_) Name of the role of the user. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ForecastingUser A representation of a forecasting user. * `displayLabel` (_string_) Label of an entry in the user’s dropdown menu on the forecasts page. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `firstName` (_string_) First name of the forecasting user. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `lastName` (_string_) Last name of the forecasting user. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `territoryId` (_string_) ID of a territory that’s included in the user’s dropdown menu on the forecasts page. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `territoryName` (_string_) Name of a territory that’s included in the user’s dropdown menu on the forecasts page. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `userId` (_string_) ID of the forecasting user. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### MyForecasts This is the represenation of a my forecasts entity * `formattedLabel` (_string_) For territory-based forecast types, the composite label of the user and the territory. For role-based forecast types, the user’s full name. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `territoryId` (_string_) TerritoryId of a territory that the forecast user belongs to * `territoryName` (_string_) Territory Name of a territory that the forecast user belongs to * `userId` (_string_) Unique identifier of the forecasting user. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userRoleId` (_string_) Unique identifier of the forecasting user’s role attached to this profile. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ForecastingUserAccess Information about whether the context user has access to view another user’s forecast. * `canAccess` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user can access the forecast user (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `forecastingTypeId` (_string_) ID of the forecast type associated with the hierarchy. Determines which hierarchy to check: user role or territory. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `territory2Id` (_string_) ID of the territory for which we’re checking access. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userId` (_string_) ID of the user being queried. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TwbExportFiltersInput Export filters for a Translation Workbench export request. * `contentFilter` (_object_, required) TwbExportContentFilterEnum Content filter. Values are: * `SourceAndTranslations` —Export both source and translations for the target languages specified in `languages`. * `Source` —Export only source language content in the context user’s default language. _Available in: v67.0_ Includes all fields of `TwbExportContentFilterEnum`. * `languages` (_array of string_) Target languages, such as `en` , `es` , or `fr` , for export. Required if `contentFilter` is `SourceAndTranslations` , otherwise ignored _Available in: v67.0_ * `setupComponentsFilter` (_array of string_) Filter by setup component developer or API names, such as `ActionLinkGroupTemplateItem` , `ExternalString` , or `CustomFieldDefinition` . _Available in: v67.0_ * `statusFilter` (_object_, required) TwbExportStatusFilterEnum Status filter. Value are: * `AllRecords` —Export all records regardless of translation status. * `MissingOrOutdated` —Export only missing or outdated translations. _Available in: v67.0_ Includes all fields of `TwbExportStatusFilterEnum`. * `timeRangeFilter` (_object_) TwbTimeRangeFilterInput Date range filter for export. _Available in: v67.0_ Includes all fields of `TwbTimeRangeFilterInput`. * `translationType` (_object_) TwbTranslationTypeEnum Translation type. Values are: * `Data` —Reserved for future use. Specifying `Data` results in an error in version 67.0 and later. * `Metadata` —Export metadata translations, such as setup components. If unspecified, defaults to `Metadata` . _Available in: v67.0_ Includes all fields of `TwbTranslationTypeEnum`. ### TwbExportFormatEnum Export file format. Values are: * `Stf` —Salesforce Translation Format * `Xliff` —XML Localization Interchange File Format _Available in: v67.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Stf`, `Xliff`. ### TwbJobStatusEnum Status of the import job. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Cancelled`, `Completed`, `Failed`, `InProgress`, `Pending`. ### TwbDownloadLinkOutput Download link in a Translation Workbench export. * `fileName` (_string_) Name of the export file. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileSize` (_integer (int64)_) Size of the export file in bytes. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `language` (_string_) Language code of the export file or `Bilingual` for multi-language exports. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Download URL for the export file. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TwbReportLinkOutput Report link in a Translation Workbench job status. * `fileName` (_string_) Name of the report file. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reportType` (_object_) TwbReportTypeEnum Type of report. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TwbReportTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string_) Download URL for the report file. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TwbImportSummaryOutput Translation Workbench import job summary statistics. * `failedFiles` (_integer_) Number of files that had errors. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `successfulFiles` (_integer_) Number of files processed without errors. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalFiles` (_integer_) Total number of files processed. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PardotBusinessUnitContextItem Pardot business unit context item. * `id` (_string_) ID of the PardotTenant record. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isCurrent` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the business unit is selected as the context user's current business unit context in the business unit switcher of the Pardot Lightning app (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the Pardot business unit as it is specified in the `MasterLabel` of the PardotTenant record. _Available in: v55.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PrimingRecord Record associated with the briefcase. * `fields` (_object_, nullable) Map of field names and values. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) Record ID. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `systemModstamp` (_string (date-time)_) The systemModstamp of the record. * `systemModStamp` (_string (date)_) `SystemModStamp` of the record. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PrimingRuleError Priming rule that has an error. * `ruleId` (_string_) ID of the rule that was processed with an error. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PrimingRecordsStats Statistics for records primed for briefcases. * `recordCountServed` (_integer_) Maximum number of records that can be returned by processed rules. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recordCountTotal` (_integer_) Maximum number of records that can be returned across all briefcases. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `ruleCountServed` (_integer_) Total number of rules processed in the current relay (including all relay requests made so far). _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `ruleCountTotal` (_integer_) Total number of rules across all briefcases. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ListShareCategory Groups and roles associated with a list. * `imageColor` (_string_) Color of the image for the recipient. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the image for the recipient. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `shareLabel` (_string_) Translated label to show in the UI for this category of shares. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `shareType` (_object_) ListShareType Type of group a list view is shared with. Values are: * `ChannelProgramGroup` —Shared with a channel program. * `Regular` —Shared with a group. * `Role` —Shared with a role. * `RoleAndSubordinates` —Shared with a role and all subordinates types. * `RoleAndSubordinatesInternal` —Shared with a role and subordinates that aren’t partners. * `Territory` —Shared with a territory. * `TerritoryAndSubordinates` —Shared with a territory and its subordinates. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ListShareType`. * `shares` (_array of ListShare_) List of structures for shared groups. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharesListComplete` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the shares list contains all available results (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FlowApprovalProcess Details about a flow approval process, its status, and available actions. * `approvalProcessName` (_string_) The name of the flow approval process. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `availableActions` (_array of FlowApprovalProcessAction_) Available actions for the flow approval process. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isApprovalInProgress` (_boolean_) Specifies whether one or more approval submissions are in progress ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FlowOrchestrationStageInstance Orchestration stage instance. * `completionTime` (_string_, nullable) The duration of the stage in seconds. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the orchestration stage instance. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_, nullable) Orchestration stage instance label. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_, nullable) Orchestration stage instance name. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectFlowOrchestrationStatusEnum Status of the orchestration instance. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFlowOrchestrationStatusEnum`. * `stepInstances` (_array of FlowOrchestrationStepInstance_) Orchestration stage instance steps. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFlowOrchestrationStatusEnum Status of the orchestration instance. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Canceled`, `Completed`, `Discontinued`, `Error`, `InProgress`, `NotStarted`, `Suspended`. ### NavigationMenuItem Navigation menu item. * `actionType` (_object_) ConnectNavigationMenuItemActionTypeEnum Event, URL type, or modal navigation menu item. Values are: * `Event` —Event-based navigation. `Event` is internal only and can’t be used in custom components. * `ExternalLink` —URL outside of your Experience Cloud site. * `InternalLink` —Relative URL inside your Experience Cloud site. * `Modal` —Modal, such as Account Switcher. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNavigationMenuItemActionTypeEnum`. * `actionValue` (_string_, nullable) For `Event` action type, the event fully qualified name for the navigation menu item. For `ExternalLink` and `InternalLink` action types, the route URL for the navigation menu item. For `Modal` action type, the component fully qualified name for the navigation menu item. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageUrl` (_string (url)_, nullable) URL to the image of the navigation menu item. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label for the navigation menu item. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageReference` (_object_) NavigationMenuPageReference Page reference for the navigation menu item. Page reference is returned only for the Storefront Categories data source. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `NavigationMenuPageReference`. * `subMenu` (_array of NavigationMenuItem_) Submenu for the navigation menu item. _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `NavigationMenuItem`._ _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `target` (_object_) ConnectNavigationMenuItemOpenTargetEnum Target for the navigation menu item. Values are: * `CurrentWindow` —Navigation menu item opens in the current window. * `NewWindow` —Navigation menu item opens in a new window. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNavigationMenuItemOpenTargetEnum`. * `url` (_string_) Route URL or event fully qualified name for the navigation menu item. In version 49.0 and later, this information is returned in `actionValue`. _Available in: v47.0–48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlType` (_string_) URL type or event of the navigation menu item. Values are: * `Event` —Event based navigation. `Event` is internal only and can’t be used in custom components. * `ExternalLink` —URL outside of your Experience Cloud site. * `InternalLink` —Relative URL inside your Experience Cloud site. In version 49.0 and later, this information is returned in `actionType`. _Available in: v47.0–48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Event`, `ExternalLink`, `InternalLink`. ### QuipContentDocumentLink Content document link related to a Quip document. * `contentDocumentId` (_string_) ID of the content document. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `quipLinkedEntities` (_array of QuipLinkedEntity_) List of related linked entities. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PlatformTypeEnum Platform type of messaging channel Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Enhanced`, `Standard`. ### ArticleRecommendationsRuntimeMetric Article recommendations runtime metric. * `activeUserCount` (_integer_) Number of agents who had recommendations displayed. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `attachCount` (_integer_) Number of times recommendations were attached. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `detachCount` (_integer_) Number of times recommendations were detached. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dismissCount` (_integer_) Number of times recommendations were dismissed. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `engagementCount` (_integer_) Number of times recommendations were clicked to open, hovered, attached, detached, and dismissed. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `engagementUserCount` (_integer_) Number of agents who clicked to open, hovered, attached, detached, and dismissed recommendations. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hoverOrOpenCount` (_integer_) Number of times recommendations were clicked to open or hovered. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `metricsDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date of metrics computation. Metrics are aggregated on a monthly basis and are computed on the first day of each month for the previous month. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recommendationCount` (_integer_) Number of recommendations displayed. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recommendationDisplayedRecordsCount` (_integer_) Number of records where recommendations were displayed. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recommendationEngagementRecordsCount` (_integer_) Number of records where agents clicked to open, hovered, attached, detached, and dismissed recommendations. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReplyRecommendationsMetric Reply recommendations metric. * `activeAgentCount` (_integer_) Number of agents who were shown recommendations (MAU). _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `agentsEngaged` (_integer_) Number of agents who interacted with a recommendation. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `conversationsCount` (_integer_) Number of unique conversations in which recommendations were served. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `conversationsWithEngagements` (_integer_) Number of distinct conversations that used the recommendation (post or edit interactions). _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `metricsDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date of metrics computation. Metrics are aggregated on a monthly basis and are computed on the first day of each month for the previous month. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `predictionsCount` (_integer_) Number of times recommendations are displayed to agents. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recommendationsCount` (_integer_) Number of recommendations displayed to agents. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recommendationsEditCount` (_integer_) Number of times agents edited a recommendation. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recommendationsNotHelpfulCount` (_integer_) Number of times agents indicated that a recommendation was not helpful. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recommendationsPostCount` (_integer_) Number of times agents posted a recommendation. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ActivitySharingTypeEnum Type of sharing operation. * `Everyone` —The activity is shared with everyone. * `MyGroups` —The activity is shared only with a selection of the context user’s groups. * `OnlyMe` —The activity is private. _Available in: v39.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Everyone`, `MyGroups`, `OnlyMe`. ### ConversationEntry Entry in the conversation. * `clientDuration` (_integer (int64)_) Client duration for the conversation entry, in milliseconds. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `clientTimestamp` (_integer (int64)_) Client timestamp for the conversation entry, in milliseconds. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `identifier` (_string_) Identifier for the conversation entry. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageText` (_string_) Message text for the conversation entry. This text is returned only for message entry types containing static content messages of text type. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedRecords` (_array of string_) List of IDs of records related to the conversation entry. Supported related records include the messaging session (`MessagingSession.Id`), voice call (`VoiceCall.Id`), and conversation entry (`ConversationEntry.MessageIdentifier`). _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sender` (_object_) ConversationParticipant Sender for the conversation entry. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConversationParticipant`. * `serverReceivedTimestamp` (_integer (int64)_) Server received timestamp for the conversation entry, in milliseconds. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConversationEntryUpdateInput Conversation entry update. * `identifier` (_string_, required) Identifier of the updated conversation entry. _Available in: v51.0_ * `messageText` (_string_, required) Message text of the updated conversation entry. _Available in: v51.0_ * `relatedRecords` (_array of string_) List of IDs of records to associate with the conversation entry. Supported related records include the messaging session (`MessagingSession.Id`), voice call (`VoiceCall.Id`), and conversation entry (`ConversationEntry.MessageIdentifier`). _Available in: v52.0_ ### ConversationEntryUpdate Conversation entry update result. * `failureReason` (_string_) If the update failed, the reason it failed. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `identifier` (_string_) Identifier for the updated conversation entry. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `success` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the status of the update attempt is success (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConversationBulkUploadStatus Status of the bulk upload of a conversation. * `conversationId` (_string_) ID of the conversation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorDetail` (_string_) Error detail for the conversation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `failedEntryCount` (_integer_) Number of failed entries for the conversation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `failedEntryIds` (_array of string_) List of failed conversation entry IDs for the conversation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastUpdatedTimestamp` (_integer (int64)_) Timestamp for the last update of the conversation, in milliseconds. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status for the conversation upload request. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `successEntryCount` (_integer_) Number of successful entries for the conversation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `uploadId` (_string_) Upload ID for the conversation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConversationBulkUpload Conversation bulk upload result. * `conversationIdentifier` (_string_) Identifier for the conversation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorDetail` (_string_) If the upload failed, the reason it failed. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status of the upload attempt. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `uploadId` (_string_) Upload ID for the conversation. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### WorkTypeGroupEstWaitTimeInfo Output representation of the estimated wait time for a specific work type group. * `workTypeGroupEstimatedWaitTime` (_string_) Estimated wait time for the work type group. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `workTypeGroupId` (_string_) ID of the work type group. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CancelAppointmentInput Input representation for a single appointment to cancel. * `appointmentId` (_string (Id)_) ServiceAppointment ID or ScheduledObject ID (e.g., Interaction). When a ScheduledObject ID is provided, the system resolves the linked ServiceAppointment automatically. * `cancellationReason` (_string_) Reason for canceling the appointment. _Available in: v66.0_ * `referenceId` (_string_) Caller-supplied identifier echoed back on the corresponding entry in the response. Required (and must be unique within the request) when the request contains more than one appointment; optional for single-appointment requests. Format: max 80 characters, pattern {@code \[A-Za-z0-9\_-\]+}. * `schedulingPolicyId` (_string (Id)_) Scheduling policy ID. Used by the ESO/O2 engine for OnField routing. When omitted, the org's default OnSite scheduling policy is applied. Has no effect on the InBusiness branch (no rules evaluated). * `status` (_string_, required) Status to set on the canceled appointment. Must be `Canceled` . _Available in: v66.0_ * `serviceAppointmentId` (_string_, required) ID of the service appointment to cancel. _Available in: v66.0_ ### CancelAppointmentOutput Cancel appointment result * `appointmentId` (_string (Id)_) Canceled appointment ID * `errors` (_array of AppointmentError_) Cancel appointment errors * `referenceId` (_string_) Echoes the {@code referenceId} supplied on the corresponding request appointment, if any. Null when not supplied on the input. ### AppointmentRequestInput Input representation of a single appointment request used for retrieving available slots or candidates. * `assignedResources` (_array of AssignedResourceInputUnifiedScheduling_, required) Service resources to consider for the appointment. Each entry must set `isRequiredResource` to `true` . `isPrimaryResource` isn't supported on this operation. _Available in: v66.0_ * `auxiliaryDetails` (_object_, required) AuxiliaryDetailsInput Additional appointment details, such as engagement channel types. _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `AuxiliaryDetailsInput`. * `coreDetails` (_object_, required) CoreDetailsInput Core appointment details, including the start and end of the search window, work configuration, and location constraints. _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `CoreDetailsInput`. * `filterByResources` (_array of string_) IDs of service resources for which to restrict the slot or candidate search. _Available in: v66.0_ * `operatingHoursId` (_string (Id)_) Operating hours ID for OnField GetSlots. Required for this operation — ESO uses this to determine which timeslots to generate for the resource. A resource can belong to multiple territories each with different operating hours. No fallback; ESO will error if omitted. * `schedulingMethod` (_object_, required) SchedulingMethodEnum Scheduling method for the appointment. Valid value is `OnSite` . _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `SchedulingMethodEnum`. * `schedulingPolicyId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the scheduling policy to apply. _Available in: v66.0_ * `serviceAppointmentId` (_string (Id)_) Service appointment ID for OnField In-DB mode. When provided without coreDetails, the system reads all appointment details (time window, work type, territory) directly from the existing ServiceAppointment record in the database. * `serviceAppointmentParent` (_object_) ServiceAppointmentParentInput Parent record that the service appointment is associated with, such as an account or a lead. _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `ServiceAppointmentParentInput`. * `timeZoneId` (_string_) TimeZoneSidKey value for slot generation (OnField GetSlots). Optional — if omitted, the Unified layer defaults to GMT (matching the Salesforce platform default). Note: a territory spanning multiple time zones may yield unexpected results with the GMT default. Recommend Unified API PM review before mandating this field. ### AppointmentCandidatesResult Output representation of candidate appointment time slots with assigned resources for a single input request. * `candidates` (_array of AppointmentCandidateOutput_) Candidate appointment time slots with assigned resources that match the input request. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### AppointmentSlotsResult Output representation of available appointment time slots for a single input request. * `slots` (_array of AppointmentSlotOutput_) Available appointment time slots that match the input request. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### RescheduleAppointmentInput Input representation for a single appointment to reschedule. * `appointmentId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the service appointment to reschedule. _Available in: v66.0_ * `assignedResources` (_array of RescheduleAssignedResourceInput_) Service resources to add, update, or remove on the rescheduled appointment. Omit to keep the existing resource assignments. _Available in: v66.0_ * `endTime` (_string (date-time)_, required) New end time for the appointment, in ISO 8601 format ( `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.sssZ` ). _Available in: v66.0_ * `referenceId` (_string_) Caller-supplied identifier echoed back on the corresponding entry in the response. Required (and must be unique within the request) when the request contains more than one appointment; optional for single-appointment requests. Format: max 80 characters, pattern {@code \[A-Za-z0-9\_-\]+}. * `schedulingMethod` (_object_, required) SchedulingMethodEnum Scheduling method for the appointment. Valid value is `OnSite` . _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `SchedulingMethodEnum`. * `schedulingPolicyId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the scheduling policy to apply. _Available in: v66.0_ * `startTime` (_string (date-time)_, required) New start time for the appointment, in ISO 8601 format ( `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.sssZ` ). _Available in: v66.0_ ### AppointmentOutput Output representation of a single scheduled or rescheduled appointment. * `errors` (_array of AppointmentError_) Errors that occurred for this appointment. Empty when the operation succeeds. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `operation` (_object_) OperationEnum Operation performed for this appointment. Valid values are `CreateOperation` , `UpdateOperation` , and `DeleteOperation` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `OperationEnum`. * `reason` (_string_) The reason the appointment was changed * `referenceId` (_string_) Echoes the {@code referenceId} supplied on the corresponding request appointment, if any. Null for {@code Affected} appointments (which are produced by the scheduling engine and do not correspond to a single input appointment). * `scheduledObject` (_ScheduledObjectResultOutput_) * `schedulingStatus` (_object_) SchedulingStatusEnum Status of the scheduling operation. Valid values are `Success` , `ScheduleError` , and `PersistError` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `SchedulingStatusEnum`. * `schedulingType` (_object_) SchedulingTypeEnum Type of scheduling action. Valid values are `Requested` and `Affected` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `SchedulingTypeEnum`. * `serviceAppointment` (_object_) ServiceAppointmentResultOutput Identifiers of the created or updated service appointment and its assigned resources. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ServiceAppointmentResultOutput`. ### ResourceAbsenceOutput ResourceAbsence (or LunchBreak) record produced as a side-effect of scheduling. ### ScheduleAppointmentInput Input representation for a single appointment to schedule. * `assignedResources` (_array of AppointmentAssignedResourceInput_, required) Service resources to assign to the appointment. _Available in: v66.0_ * `auxiliaryDetails` (_object_) AuxiliaryDetailsInput Additional appointment details, such as the engagement channel type. _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `AuxiliaryDetailsInput`. * `coreDetails` (_object_, required) CoreDetailsInput Core appointment details, including start and end time, status, and work configuration. _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `CoreDetailsInput`. * `referenceId` (_string_) Caller-supplied identifier echoed back on the corresponding entry in the response. Required (and must be unique within the request) when the request contains more than one appointment; optional for single-appointment requests. Used to correlate response appointments to request appointments in bulk requests where input order alone is insufficient (e.g. response interleaves Affected outputs). Format: max 80 characters, pattern {@code \[A-Za-z0-9\_-\]+} (matches Salesforce Composite API convention). * `scheduledObjectApiName` (_string_) Scheduled object API name * `scheduledObjectId` (_string (Id)_) ID of an existing scheduled object (Interaction, Visit, etc.) to link to the ServiceAppointment. The entity type is resolved at runtime from the ID key prefix. Mutually exclusive with scheduledObjectApiName. * `schedulingMethod` (_object_, required) SchedulingMethodEnum Scheduling method for the appointment. Valid value is `OnSite` . _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `SchedulingMethodEnum`. * `schedulingPolicyId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the scheduling policy to apply. _Available in: v66.0_ * `serviceAppointmentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of an existing ServiceAppointment to use instead of creating a new one. Mutually exclusive with coreDetails, serviceAppointmentParent, and assignedResources. * `serviceAppointmentParent` (_object_, required) ServiceAppointmentParentInput Parent record that the service appointment is associated with, such as an account or a lead. _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `ServiceAppointmentParentInput`. ### ConsentStatusKey Represents a single consent status key for querying * `additionalConsentOptions` (_string_) Additional consent options * `additionalConsentParameters` (_string_) Additional consent parameters * `additionalPartitionId` (_string_) The additional partition ID * `brand` (_string_) The brand * `consentCaptureTime` (_string (date-time)_) The consent capture time * `consentDoiCapture` (_string (date-time)_) The consent double opt-in capture time * `consentEffectiveFrom` (_string (date-time)_) The consent effective from date * `consentEffectiveTo` (_string (date-time)_) The consent effective to date * `consentGiver` (_string_) The consent giver * `consentGiverRecordId` (_string_) The consent giver record ID * `consentObjectRecordId` (_string_) The consent object record ID * `consentObjectSourceRecordId` (_string_) The consent object source record ID * `consentPurpose` (_string_) Used to be Communication Subscription * `consentStatus` (_string_) The consent status * `consentType` (_string_) The consent type * `consentingType` (_string_) The consenting type * `contactPointSourceRecord` (_string_) The contact point source record * `contactPointType` (_string_) The contact point type * `contactPointTypeRecordId` (_string_) The contact point type record ID * `contactPointValue` (_string_) The contact point value * `dataSubjectKey` (_string_) The data subject key * `dataSubjectRecordId` (_string_) The data subject record ID * `dataUsePurpose` (_string_) The data use purpose * `dataUsePurposeRecordId` (_string_) The data use purpose record ID * `engagementChannel` (_string_) The engagement channel * `engagementChannelSourceRecordId` (_string_) The engagement channel source record ID * `globalConsentKey` (_string_) The global consent key, stored as MASTER\_ALTERNATE\_KEY in the database * `guId` (_string_) The unique identifier for the consent record * `masterAlternateKeyFormatId` (_string_) The master alternate key format core id * `residencyCountry` (_string_) The residency country * `residencyStateProvince` (_string_) The residency state/province ### ConsentStatusEntry Represents a single consent status entry * `additionalConsentOptions` (_string_) Additional consent options * `additionalConsentParameters` (_string_) Additional consent parameters * `additionalPartitionId` (_string_) The additional partition ID * `brand` (_string_) The brand * `consentCaptureTime` (_string (date-time)_) The consent capture time * `consentDoiCapture` (_string (date-time)_) The consent double opt-in capture time * `consentEffectiveFrom` (_string (date-time)_) The consent effective from date * `consentEffectiveTo` (_string (date-time)_) The consent effective to date * `consentGiver` (_string_) The consent giver * `consentGiverRecordId` (_string_) The consent giver record ID * `consentObjectRecordId` (_string_) The consent object record ID * `consentObjectSourceRecordId` (_string_) The consent object source record ID * `consentPurpose` (_string_) Used to be Communication Subscription * `consentStatus` (_string_) The consent status * `consentType` (_string_) The consent type * `consentingType` (_string_) The consenting type * `contactPointSourceRecord` (_string_) The contact point source record * `contactPointType` (_string_) The contact point type * `contactPointTypeRecordId` (_string_) The contact point type record ID * `contactPointValue` (_string_) The contact point value * `dataSubjectKey` (_string_) The data subject key * `dataSubjectRecordId` (_string_) The data subject record ID * `dataUsePurpose` (_string_) The data use purpose * `dataUsePurposeRecordId` (_string_) The data use purpose record ID * `engagementChannel` (_string_) The engagement channel * `engagementChannelSourceRecordId` (_string_) The engagement channel source record ID * `globalConsentKey` (_string_) The global consent key, stored as MASTER\_ALTERNATE\_KEY in the database * `guid` (_string_) The unique identifier for the consent record * `masterAlternateKeyFormatId` (_string_) The master alternate key format core id * `residencyCountry` (_string_) The residency country * `residencyStateProvince` (_string_) The residency state/province ### ConsentStatusWriteEntry Represents a single consent status entry for writing * `additionalConsentOptions` (_string_) Additional consent options * `additionalConsentParameters` (_string_) Additional consent parameters * `additionalPartitionId` (_string_) The additional partition ID * `brand` (_string_) The brand * `consentCaptureTime` (_string (date-time)_) The consent capture time * `consentDoiCapture` (_string (date-time)_) The consent double opt-in capture time * `consentEffectiveFrom` (_string (date-time)_) The consent effective from date * `consentEffectiveTo` (_string (date-time)_) The consent effective to date * `consentGiver` (_string_) The consent giver * `consentGiverRecordId` (_string_) The consent giver record ID * `consentObjectRecordId` (_string_) The consent object record ID * `consentObjectSourceRecordId` (_string_) The consent object source record ID * `consentPurpose` (_string_) Used to be Communication Subscription * `consentStatus` (_string_, required) The consent status * `consentType` (_string_, required) The consent type * `consentingType` (_string_) The consenting type * `contactPointSourceRecord` (_string_) The contact point source record * `contactPointType` (_string_) The contact point type * `contactPointTypeRecordId` (_string_) The contact point type record ID * `contactPointValue` (_string_) The contact point value * `dataSubjectKey` (_string_, required) The data subject key * `dataSubjectRecordId` (_string_) The data subject record ID * `dataUsePurpose` (_string_) The data use purpose * `dataUsePurposeRecordId` (_string_) The data use purpose record ID * `engagementChannel` (_string_) The engagement channel * `engagementChannelSourceRecordId` (_string_) The engagement channel source record ID * `globalConsentKey` (_string_, required) The global consent key, stored as MASTER\_ALTERNATE\_KEY in the database * `masterAlternateKeyFormatId` (_string_, required) The master alternate key format core id * `residencyCountry` (_string_) The residency country * `residencyStateProvince` (_string_) The residency state/province ### ConsentStatusWriteReference Represents a reference entry for written consent * `dataSubjectKey` (_string_) The data subject key * `globalConsentKey` (_string_) The global consent key, stored as MASTER\_ALTERNATE\_KEY in the database ### ConsentExportJobScope Scope of a Global Consent Store export job. * `globalConsentDefinitions` (_array of string_) Ids of the Global Consent Definitions to export. When omitted, all definitions in scope for the org are exported. ### MicrobatchingErrorRecordInfo Microbatching error record information. * `contentDocumentIds` (_array of string_) List of content document IDs used to create content document links between files and records. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date of the failed record. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorCategory` (_string_) Error category of the failed record. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorCode` (_string_) API error code associated with the failed record. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorMessage` (_string_) Error message associated with the failed record. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `groupBy` (_string_) Optional grouping associated with the failed record. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `keyPrefix` (_string_) Key prefix of the failed record. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `networkId` (_string_) Experience Cloud site ID of the failed record. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `processType` (_string_) Process type of the failed record. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recordUUID` (_string_) Record UUID of the failed record. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `requestBody` (_array of MicrobatchingErrorRecordInfoRequestBody_) Request body of the failed record. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `retryCount` (_integer_) Manual resubmission retry count. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status of the failed record. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectActionLinkTypeEnum Defines the type of action link. Values are: * `Api` —The action link calls a synchronous API at the action URL. Salesforce sets the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` based on the HTTP status code returned by your server. * `ApiAsync` —The action link calls an asynchronous API at the action URL. The action remains in a `PendingStatus` state until a third party makes a request to `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` to set the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` when the asynchronous operation is complete. * `Download` —The action link downloads a file from the action URL. * `Ui` —The action link takes the user to a web page at the action URL. Use `Ui` if you need to load a page before the user performs an action, for example, to have the user provide input or view something before the action happens. Can be defined in an action link template. _Available in: v33.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Api`, `ApiAsync`, `Download`, `Ui`. ### RequestHeaderInput An HTTP request header name and value pair. * `name` (_string_, required) The name of the request header. _Available in: v33.0_ * `value` (_string_, required) The value of the request header. _Available in: v33.0_ ### ConnectHttpRequestMethod One of these HTTP methods: * `HttpDelete` —Returns HTTP 204 on success. Response body or output class is empty. * `HttpGet` —Returns HTTP 200 on success. * `HttpHead` —Returns HTTP 200 on success. Response body or output class is empty. * `HttpPatch` —Returns HTTP 200 on success or HTTP 204 if the response body or output class is empty. * `HttpPost` —Returns HTTP 201 on success or HTTP 204 if the response body or output class is empty. Exceptions are the batch posting resources and methods, which return HTTP 200 on success. * `HttpPut` —Return HTTP 200 on success or HTTP 204 if the response body or output class is empty. Can be defined in an action link template. _Available in: v33.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `HttpDelete`, `HttpGet`, `HttpHead`, `HttpPatch`, `HttpPost`, `HttpPut`. ### RequestHeader An HTTP request header name and value pair. * `name` (_string_) The name of the request header. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_) The value of the request header. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EntityLabel An entity's label. * `label` (_string_) Localized singular label of the entity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `labelPlural` (_string_) Localized plural label of the entity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OutOfOffice User's out-of-office message. * `message` (_string_) Out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Reputation Reputation for a user. * `reputationLevel` (_object_) ReputationLevel User’s reputation level. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReputationLevel`. * `reputationPoints` (_number (double)_) User's reputation points, which can be earned by performing different activities. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to the reputation. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Stamp A user stamp. * `description` (_string_) Description of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageUrl` (_string_) Image URL of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectUserTypeEnum Type of user. One of these values: * `ChatterGuest`: User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly`: User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest`: User is unauthenticated. * `Internal`: User is a standard org member. * `Portal`: User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System`: User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined`: User is a user type that is a custom object. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ChatterGuest`, `ChatterOnly`, `Guest`, `Internal`, `Portal`, `System`, `Undefined`. ### NotificationAction Notification action detail. * `actionKey` (_string_) Unique action identifier. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label for action. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of action. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pushEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies if the action is enabled for push notification (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of action taken by the mobile app. Valid values are: * `NotificationApiAction` —Client makes an API call to execute the notification action. * `Share` —Client-side action to share notification content. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `NotificationApiAction`, `Share`. ### DataCategoryInputKnowledge Data category. * `categoryName` (_string_, required) Developer name of the data category group. _Available in: v59.0_ * `childCategories` (_array of DataCategoryInputKnowledge_, required) List of subcategories. _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `DataCategoryInputKnowledge`._ _Available in: v59.0_ ### DataCategoryKnowledge Data category. * `categoryName` (_string_) Developer name of the data category. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `childCategories` (_array of DataCategoryKnowledge_) List of subcategories. _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `DataCategoryKnowledge`._ _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the data category. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectRepositorySbi Description of a Content Hub repository. * `authentication` (_FilesConnectRepositoryAuthenticationSbi_) * `features` (_FilesConnectRepositoryFeaturesSbi_) * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) The repository label. * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) The repository name. * `providerType` (_FilesConnectProviderTypeSbi_) * `rootFolderItemsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the Connect resource for the list of items in the repository root folder. * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalFilePermissionInformationSbi External file permissions related information * `externalFilePermissionTypes` (_array of FilesConnectPermissionTypeSbi_) Available permission types for the parent folder of the external file, or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionsFailure` (_boolean_) `true` if the retrieval of external file information failed or if `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`; `false` otherwise. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionsInfoFailureReason` (_string_) Explanation of the failure if a failure occurred and `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `true`; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFileSharingStatus` (_string_) Sharing status for the external file. Values are: * `DomainSharing` —File is shared with the domain. * `PrivateSharing` —File is private or shared only with individuals. * `PublicSharing` —File is publicly shared. Value is `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `DomainSharing`, `PrivateSharing`, `PublicSharing`. * `repositoryPublicGroups` (_array of RepositoryGroupSummarySbi_) Available public groups in the external repository or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ModerationFlagsSbi Represents a number of flags on a feed item or comment. * `flagCount` (_integer_) If the context user is a community moderator, the total number of flags on the post, comment, or file. If the context user isn’t a community moderator, value is `null` . Flags on files is available starting in version 30.0. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flagCountByReason` (_object_) Number of moderation flags categorized by reason. Values for String are: * `FlaggedByRule` —Moderation rule flagged the item. * `FlaggedBySystem` —Einstein flagged the item. * `FlaggedByUserAsInappropriate` —User flagged the item as inappropriate. * `FlaggedByUserAsSpam` —User flagged the item as spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `integer`. * `flaggedByMe` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the post, comment, or file was flagged by the context user ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Flags on files is available starting in version 30.0. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flags` (_object_) ModerationFlagsCollectionSbi Collection of flags. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlagsCollectionSbi`. ### ConnectFilePublishStatusEnum Specifies the publish status of a file. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `PendingAccess`, `PrivateAccess`, `PublicAccess`. ### ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum Specifies the sharing option of a file. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Allowed`, `Restricted`. ### ConnectFileSharingPrivacyEnum Specifies the sharing privacy of a file. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `None`, `PrivateOnRecords`. ### ConnectFileSharingRoleEnum Sharing role of the file. One of these values: * `Admin` — Owner permission, but doesn’t own the file. * `Collaborator` — Viewer permission, and can edit, change permissions, and upload a new version of a file. * `Owner` — Collaborator permission, and can make a file private, and delete a file. * `Viewer` — Can view, download, and share a file. * `WorkspaceManaged` — Permission controlled by the library. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Admin`, `Collaborator`, `Owner`, `Viewer`, `WorkspaceManaged`. ### ExternalAuthIdentityProviderParamType Parameter type for an external auth identity provider. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AuthorizeRequestQueryParameter`, `IdentityProviderOptions`, `ManagedByComponent`, `ManagedByFeature`, `RefreshRequestBodyParameter`, `RefreshRequestHttpHeader`, `RefreshRequestQueryParameter`, `SfHttpRequestExtensionName`, `TokenRequestBodyParameter`, `TokenRequestHttpHeader`, `TokenRequestQueryParameter`. ### ExternalCredentialParameterType Parameter type of the external credential. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AdditionalRefreshStatusCode`, `AuthParameter`, `AuthProvider`, `AuthProviderUrl`, `AuthProviderUrlQueryParameter`, `ExternalAuthIdentityProvider`, `JwtBodyClaim`, `JwtHeaderClaim`, `ManagedByComponent`, `ManagedByFeature`, `SfHttpRequestExtensionName`, `SigningCertificate`. ### ExternalCredentialPrincipalAccess External credential principal access. * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name of the associated access entity. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the associated access entity. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ExternalCredentialPrincipalAccessType Access type of the external credential principal. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ExternalCredentialPrincipalAccessType`. ### NamedCredentialParameterManagedByFeatureCapabilitiesInput Named Credential Managed By Feature parameter capabilities input representation * `globalNamedPrincipalCredential` (_boolean_) Enables the Global Named Principal capability * `managedFeatureEnabledCallout` (_boolean_) Enables the Managed Feature Enabled Callout capability * `readOnlyNamedCredential` (_boolean_) Enables the Read Only capability * `systemUserNamedCredential` (_boolean_) Enables the System User capability ### NamedCredentialParameterType Type of named credential parameter. One of these values: * `AllowedManagedPackageNamespaces` * `ClientCertificate` * `ConnectionStatus` * `CustomParameter`: `CustomParameter` is available only for named credentials with the `ExternalKnowledge` type. * `ManagedByComponent` * `ManagedByFeature` * `ManagedByNamespace` * `SfHttpRequestExtensionName` Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AllowedManagedPackageNamespaces`, `ClientCertificate`, `ConnectionStatus`, `CustomParameter`, `ManagedByComponent`, `ManagedByFeature`, `ManagedByNamespace`, `SfHttpRequestExtensionName`. ### NamedCredentialParameterManagedByFeatureCapabilities Output representation for Named Credential Parameter Managed By Feature Capabilities * `globalNamedPrincipalCredential` (_boolean_) Enables the Global Named Principal capability * `managedFeatureEnabledCallout` (_boolean_) Enables the Managed Feature Enabled Callout capability * `readOnlyNamedCredential` (_boolean_) Enables the Read Only capability * `systemUserNamedCredential` (_boolean_) Enables the System User capability ### AbstractNBATarget A base class for a recommendation target returned by a recommendation strategy * `type` (_NBATargetTypeEnum_) ### AbstractNBAAction A base class for a recommended action returned by a recommendation strategy * `parameters` (_array of NextBestActionParameter_) List of parameters to pass to the action. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) NBAActionTypeEnum Type of action. Values are: * `Flow` —Automated process tool with multiple subtypes. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `NBAActionTypeEnum`. ### StrategyTraceNode A trace node for a recommendation strategy execution. * `inputCount` (_integer_) Number of items put into the node. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messages` (_array of string_) Messages that occurred during node execution. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nodeName` (_string_) Name of the node. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nodeTime` (_integer (int64)_) Time spent processing inside the node. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nodeType` (_string_) Type of node. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outputCount` (_integer_) Number of items returned from the node. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outputs` (_array of string_) Recommendations that are returned from the node. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalTime` (_integer (int64)_) Total time spent processing. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SurveyQuestionResponseInput Input representation of the details of the response to a question on the survey page. * `name` (_string_, required) The API name of survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ * `questionType` (_string_, required) The type of survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ ### SurveyPageTypeEnum The Enum class for Page type in Survey Type: `string`. Allowed values: `QuestionPage`, `ThankYouPage`. ### SurveyNpsQuestionOutput Output representation of the details of the NPS question on the survey page. * `description` (_string_) The description for the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isResponseRequired` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the response to the question is mandatory ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) The label of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `maxScale` (_integer_) Maximum score that participants can select for an NPS question in the survey. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `minScale` (_integer_) Minimum score that participants can select for an NPS question in the survey. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `questionType` (_string_) The type of survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `responseDataType` (_string_) The data type of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `responseValue` (_integer_) Value of the response to an NPS question in a survey. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SurveySelectionQuestionOutput Output representation of the details of the boolean, rating, single-selection, or multiple-selection question on the survey page. * `description` (_string_) The description for the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isResponseRequired` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the response to the question is mandatory ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) The label of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `maxChoicesAllowed` (_integer_) Maximum number of choices for a multiple-choice question. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `questionChoices` (_array of SurveySelectionQuestionChoiceOutput_) Choices that are available for a boolean, rating, single-selection, or multiple-selection question in a survey. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `questionType` (_string_) The type of survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `responseDataType` (_string_) The data type of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `responseValues` (_array of string_) List of survey response values for a selected question. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SurveyShortTextQuestionOutput Output representation of the details of the short-text question on the survey page. * `description` (_string_) The description for the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isResponseRequired` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the response to the question is mandatory ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) The label of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `questionType` (_string_) The type of survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `responseDataType` (_string_) The data type of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `responseValue` (_string_) Value of the response to a short-text question in a survey. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `validationFormula` (_string_) Validation regex for the short text question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SurveyTextQuestionOutput Output representation of the details of the text question on the survey page. * `description` (_string_) The description for the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isResponseRequired` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the response to the question is mandatory ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) The label of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `questionType` (_string_) The type of survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `responseDataType` (_string_) The data type of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `responseValue` (_string_) Value of the response to a long-text question in a survey. _Available in: v57.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SurveyQuestionOutput Output representation of the details of the question on the survey page. * `description` (_string_) The description for the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isResponseRequired` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the response to the question is mandatory ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) The label of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `questionType` (_string_) The type of survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `responseDataType` (_string_) The data type of the survey question. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SurveyURLButtonsOutput Output representation of the details of the URL buttons on the Thank You page in the survey. * `label` (_string_) The label specified for a button on the Thank You page. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) The URL specified for a button on the Thank You page. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectPeriodTypesEnum Time period used for forecasting. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Month`, `Quarter`, `Week`, `Year`. ### MaintenanceTypeEnum Type of maintenance. One of these values: * `Downtime`: Downtime maintenance. * `GenerallyAvailable`: Generally available mode. * `MaintenanceAndAvailable`: Maintenance with available mode. * `MaintenanceWithDowntime`: Scheduled maintenance with downtime. * `ReadOnly`: Maintenance with read-only mode. * `ServiceAgreement`: Service agreement maintenance. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Downtime`, `GenerallyAvailable`, `MaintenanceAndAvailable`, `MaintenanceWithDowntime`, `ReadOnly`, `ServiceAgreement`. ### TimeZone User's time zone as selected in the user’s personal settings in Salesforce. This value doesn’t reflect a device's current location. * `gmtOffset` (_number (double)_) Signed offset, in hours, from GMT _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Display name of this time zone _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ProductAttributeInput Input representation of the product attribute * `attributeDefinitionId` (_string_) Attribute Definition record Id * `attributePicklistValueId` (_string_) Attribute Picklist value Id * `attributeValue` (_string_) Valid value of the Attribute ### ConnectorsCallTypeEnum Type of call. _Available in: v49.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Inbound`, `Outbound`. ### ConnectorsRecordingFormatEnum Recording format. _Available in: v49.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Flac`, `Mp3`, `Wav`. ### DatacloudImportStatusTypeEnum Status of the import. One of these values: * `Duplicate`: Marks a record that is already in the org’s CRM. The API determines whether an org allows the addition of duplicate records in its CRM. * `Error`: Indicates that the selected records weren’t added to the org’s CRM. * `Success`: Indicates that selected records were added to the org’s CRM. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Duplicate`, `Error`, `Success`. ### ContentTaxonomyPathFragment Fragment of a path in a content taxonomy, representing information about a term or the taxonomy. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the term or the taxonomy. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the term or the taxonomy. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LightningModelEditorConfigInput Input for lightning model type editor configuration. * `target` (_object_) LightningModelTypesEditorConfigEnum Editor configuration target for lightning model type. Valid value is `LightningDesktopGenAi` . _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `LightningModelTypesEditorConfigEnum`. ### LightningModelRendererConfigInput Input for lightning model type renderer configuration. * `maxViewDepth` (_integer_) Maximum depth for sub-view definitions. Valid values are from 0 to 10. You can specify a value only when `subViewDefinitions` is set to `true` . If unspecified and `subViewDefinitions` is set to `true` , all view definitions are expanded without limit. _Available in: v64.0_ * `target` (_object_) LightningModelTypesRendererConfigEnum Renderer configuration target for lightning model types. Valid value is `LightningDesktopGenAi` . _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `LightningModelTypesRendererConfigEnum`. ### LightningModelSchemaConfigInput Input for lightning model type schema configuration. * `subSchemaDefinitions` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to include sub-schema definitions ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v64.0_ ### LightningModelTypeUIConfigOutputOptionsInput Input Representation for output-shape options applied to the UI config tree returned by the lightning-model type service. * `expandConfig` (_boolean_) Boolean property to indicate if generation of config should be done or not, default true _Available in: v68.0_ * `renditionFormat` (_LightningModelRenditionOutputFormatEnum_) ### LightningModelTypesError Lightning model types error information. * `errorDescription` (_string_) Error description. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `errorTitle` (_string_) Error title. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LightningTypeUser Lightning type user. * `id` (_string_) ID of the user. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the user. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DataCategoryMetadata Data category metadata for the object. * `groupName` (_string_) Group name of the data category. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the data category. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `values` (_object_) Map of values for the current data category. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. Includes all fields of `DataCategoryValueMetadata`. ### FieldMetadata Search metadata for the field of an object. * `domain` (_string_, nullable) The object that the field is associated with. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `field` (_string_) Field path through the object. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fieldApiName` (_string_) API name of the field. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fieldType` (_object_) FieldType Field type. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FieldType`. * `filterable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the field is filterable ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `highlightable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the field is highlightable ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the field _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sortable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the field is sortable ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ThemeInfo Theme information related to an object. * `color` (_string_, nullable) Color that represents the object. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `iconUrl` (_string_, nullable) Icon that represents the object. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DataCategory Data category. * `categories` (_array of string_) DataCategory categories * `groupName` (_string_) DataCategory group name * `operator` (_DataCategoryOperator_) * `categoryName` (_string_) Developer name of the data category. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `childCategories` (_array of DataCategory_) List of subcategories. _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `DataCategory`._ _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the data category. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Filter Filter parameter for object search. * `field` (_string_) Filter field API name. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `operator` (_object_) FilterOperator Filter operator. Values are: * `EqOp` —Equal * `ExcludesOp` —Excludes * `GtOp` —Greater than * `GteOp` —Greater than or equal * `InOp` —In * `IncludesOp` —Includes * `LikeOp` —Like * `LtOp` —Less than * `LteOp` —Less than or equal * `NeOp` —Not equal * `NinOp` —Not in _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilterOperator`. * `values` (_array of ListViewObjectDefinition_) Filter values. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OrderBy Order by parameter for object search. * `field` (_string_) API name of the field. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `order` (_object_) OrderDirection Order direction. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderDirection`. * `orderNulls` (_object_) OrderNulls Null value order. Values are: * `Firsts` —Null values are sorted first. * `Lasts` —Null values are sorted last. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderNulls`. ### AppliedOrderBy Applied order for object search. * `field` (_string_) Field used to sort the results. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `order` (_object_) OrderDirection Order direction. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderDirection`. * `orderNulls` (_object_) OrderNulls Null value order. Values are: * `Firsts` —Null values are sorted first. * `Lasts` —Null values are sorted last. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OrderNulls`. ### SpellCorrectionInfo Spell correction information for object search. * `correctedQuery` (_string_) Specifies the corrected query. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasNonCorrectedResults` (_boolean_) Specifies whether some non-corrected results were returned ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Status Status response for Webstore Meta Config entity creation. * `code` (_string_) Search status code. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Search status message. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `error` (_object_) ErrorResponseOutput Detailed error message if the operation was unsuccessful. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ErrorResponseOutput`. * `isSuccess` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the operation was successful ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PageInfo Page position information for the object search. * `hasNextPage` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the search has more results to return ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `offset` (_integer_) Search page offset position. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Number of results per page. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DataCategoryOperator Data category operator. One of these values: * `Above`: Queries the data category and all of its parent categories. * `AboveOrBelow`: Queries the data category, all of its parent categories, and all of its subcategories. * `At`: Queries the data category. * `Below`: Queries the data category and all of its subcategories. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Above`, `AboveOrBelow`, `At`, `Below`. ### FilterOperator Filter operator. Values are: * `EqOp` —Equal * `ExcludesOp` —Excludes * `GtOp` —Greater than * `GteOp` —Greater than or equal * `InOp` —In * `IncludesOp` —Includes * `LikeOp` —Like * `LtOp` —Less than * `LteOp` —Less than or equal * `NeOp` —Not equal * `NinOp` —Not in _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `EqOp`, `ExcludesOp`, `GtOp`, `GteOp`, `InOp`, `IncludesOp`, `LikeOp`, `LtOp`, `LteOp`, `NeOp`, `NinOp`. ### BooleanList List of Boolean values. * `values` (_array of boolean_) List of Boolean values to filter on, for example, `[true, false]` . _Available in: v63.0_ ### DoubleList List of Double values. * `values` (_array of number (double)_) List of Double values to filter on. _Available in: v63.0_ ### LongListInput List of Long values. * `values` (_array of number (int64)_) List of Long values to filter on. _Available in: v63.0_ ### StringListInput List of string values. * `values` (_array of string_) List of string values to filter on, for example, `["A", "B", "C"]` . _Available in: v63.0_ ### OrderDirection Order direction. Default value is `Ascending` . _Available in: v63.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Ascending`, `Descending`. ### OrderNulls Null value order. Values are: * `Firsts` —Null values are sorted first. * `Lasts` —Null values are sorted last. Default value is `Firsts` . _Available in: v63.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Firsts`, `Lasts`. ### Chunk Content chunk for the search result. * `text` (_string_) Text extract relevant to the search query. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecordFieldValue Field values by API name. * `displayValue` (_string_) Field display value. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `highlight` (_string_) Represents field highlighting in the results. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_object_) Field raw value. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MatchInfo Search information related to the search result. * `isPromoted` (_boolean_, nullable) Specifies whether search promotion affected the result ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isSpellCorrected` (_boolean_, nullable) Specifies whether spell correction affected the result ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnumActivities Indicates the priority and relative locations of platform actions. Values are: * `Primary` —The action link group is displayed in the body of the feed element. * `Overflow` —The action link group is displayed in the overflow menu of the feed element. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Overflow`, `Primary`. ### SkillRequirementInput Skill requirement. * `skillId` (_string_, required) ID of the skill required. _Available in: v49.0_ * `skillLevel` (_number (double)_) Level of the skill required. _Available in: v49.0_ ### GetAllAppointmentSlotsTerritorySlot Get appointment slots territory slot * `slots` (_array of GetAllAppointmentSlotsSlot_) Appointment Slots * `territoryId` (_string_) Service Territory ID ### GetEngagementChannelTypeResult Get engagement channel type result * `contactPoint` (_string_) The contact point for the engagement channel type. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contactPointType` (_string_) The contact point type for the engagement channel type. Possible values are: * `InPerson` * `None` * `Phone` —Available in API version 57.0 and later. * `Video` —Available in API version 57.0 and later. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) The ID of the engagement channel type record. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The name of the engagement channel type. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `workTypeGroupIds` (_array of string_) The work type group IDs for the engagement channel type. When `workTypeID` is specified in the API request, this property is unspecified. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `workTypeIds` (_array of string_) The work type Ids for the engagement channel type. When `workTypeGroupID` is specified in the API request, this property is unspecified. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GroupAppointmentResult Output representation that contains the details of a specific group appointment. * `appointmentId` (_string_) ID of the group appointment. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `attendeeCount` (_integer_) Number of attendees who are already associated with the appointment. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `attendeeLimit` (_integer_) Maximum attendee limit that's allowed for the appointment. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `endTime` (_string (date-time)_) End time of the appointment. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `engagementChannelTypeId` (_string_) ID of the engagement channel type record. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `extendedFields` (_array of SchedulerExtendedFieldsOutput_) Details of the extended custom fields. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parentRecordId` (_string_) ID of the associated parent record. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `startTime` (_string (date-time)_) Start time of the appointment. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `territoryId` (_string_) ID of the service territory that's associated with the appointment. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `workTypeGroup` (_object_) WorkTypeGroup ID and name of the work type group associated with the work type of the appointment. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `WorkTypeGroup`. * `workTypeId` (_string_) ID of the work type for the appointment. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resourceIds` (_array of string_) Service resource IDs that are associated with the appointment. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SvcApptModeEnum Mode of the service appointment. One of these values: * `Group`: Service appointment mode is Group. * `Regular`: Default mode of service appointment. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Group`, `Regular`. ### GetServiceTerritoriesResult Get service territories result * `city` (_string_) Service territory city. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `country` (_string_) Service territory country. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the service territory. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `latitude` (_number (double)_) Latitude of the service territory. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `longitude` (_number (double)_) Longitude of the service territory. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the service territory. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `operatingHoursId` (_string_) ID of the service territory `operatingHours` record. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `postalCode` (_string_) Service territory postal code. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `state` (_string_) Service territory state. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `street` (_string_) Service territory street. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### WaitlistResult Waitlist result * `description` (_string_) Description * `isActive` (_boolean_) Active * `name` (_string_) Waitlist Name * `serviceResources` (_array of WaitlistServiceResource_) Service Resources * `waitlistAnalytics` (_WaitlistAnalytics_) * `waitlistId` (_string_) Waitlist ID * `waitlistParticipants` (_array of WaitlistParticipantResult_) Waitlist Participants * `workTypeGroups` (_array of WaitlistWorkTypeGroup_) Work Type Groups ### TwbExportContentFilterEnum Content filter. Values are: * `SourceAndTranslations` —Export both source and translations for the target languages specified in `languages`. * `Source` —Export only source language content in the context user’s default language. _Available in: v67.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `SourceAndTranslations`, `SourceOnly`. ### TwbExportStatusFilterEnum Status filter. Value are: * `AllRecords` —Export all records regardless of translation status. * `MissingOrOutdated` —Export only missing or outdated translations. _Available in: v67.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AllRecords`, `MissingOrOutdated`. ### TwbTimeRangeFilterInput Time range filter for a Translation Workbench export request. * `endDate` (_string_) End date in ISO 8601 format (UTC), for example, `2024-01-31T23:59:59Z` . Export only items modified on or before this date. _Available in: v67.0_ * `startDate` (_string_) Start date in ISO 8601 format (UTC), for example, `2024-01-01T00:00:00Z` . Export only items modified on or after this date. _Available in: v67.0_ ### TwbTranslationTypeEnum Translation type. Values are: * `Data` —Reserved for future use. Specifying `Data` results in an error in version 67.0 and later. * `Metadata` —Export metadata translations, such as setup components. If unspecified, defaults to `Metadata` . _Available in: v67.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Data`, `Metadata`. ### TwbReportTypeEnum Type of report. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ErrorReport`, `ValidationReport`. ### ListShare A list share. * `apiName` (_string_) API name for the group or role. _Available in: v60.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `groupId` (_string (Id)_) ID for the group or role that the list is shared with. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isMember` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user is a member of the group, role, or territory. _Available in: v67.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label for the group or role. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FlowApprovalProcessAction Available actions for a flow approval process. * `actionLabel` (_string_) The label of an available action. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `actionName` (_string_) The name of an available action. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `inProgressApprovalSubmissionIds` (_array of string_) List of in-progress approval submission IDs. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) The URL of an available action. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FlowOrchestrationStepInstance Orchestration step instance. * `assignedTo` (_string_, nullable) The ID of the user, group, or queue that's assigned to a work item. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `assigneeType` (_string_, nullable) The assignee type associated with a work item. Valid values are: * Group * Invalid * Queue * User _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `comments` (_string_, nullable) The string stored in an output variable with the API name of Comments from a flow called by a completed orchestration step. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `completedBy` (_string_, nullable) The user ID of the user who completed the work item. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `completionTime` (_string_, nullable) The duration of the step in seconds. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_, nullable) The description associated with the orchestration step. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the orchestration step instance. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_, nullable) Orchestration step instance label. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_, nullable) Orchestration step instance name. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectFlowOrchestrationStatusEnum Status of the orchestration instance. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFlowOrchestrationStatusEnum`. * `stepType` (_object_) ConnectFlowOrchestrationStepTypeEnum Type of orchestration step. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFlowOrchestrationStepTypeEnum`. * `workItems` (_array of FlowOrchestrationWorkItem_) Orchestration step instance work items. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectNavigationMenuItemActionTypeEnum Event, URL type, or modal navigation menu item. Values are: * `Event` —Event-based navigation. `Event` is internal only and can’t be used in custom components. * `ExternalLink` —URL outside of your Experience Cloud site. * `InternalLink` —Relative URL inside your Experience Cloud site. * `Modal` —Modal, such as Account Switcher. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Event`, `ExternalLink`, `InternalLink`, `Modal`. ### NavigationMenuPageReference Navigation menu item page reference. * `attributes` (_object_) Attributes for the navigation menu item page reference. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `string`. * `state` (_object_) State for the navigation menu item page reference. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `string`. * `type` (_string_) Type for the navigation menu item page reference. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectNavigationMenuItemOpenTargetEnum Target for the navigation menu item. Values are: * `CurrentWindow` —Navigation menu item opens in the current window. * `NewWindow` —Navigation menu item opens in a new window. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CurrentWindow`, `NewWindow`. ### QuipLinkedEntity Shared entity related to a Quip document. * `linkedEntity` (_object | RecordSummary | UserSummary_) Information about the user, record, or group the file is shared with. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `object`, `RecordSummary`, `UserSummary`. * `linkedEntitySharingType` (_string_) Type of sharing permission. Values are: * `C` —Collaborator * `I` —Determined by location This type generally occurs when the sharing permission is not set on the file, but on the library instead. This value is also used when the context user is the owner of the file. * `N` —No access * `V` —Viewer _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `C`, `I`, `N`, `V`. ### ConversationParticipant Participant in the conversation. * `appType` (_string_) App type for the participant. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `role` (_string_) Role for the participant. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `subject` (_string_) Subject for the participant. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AppointmentError Reschedule appointment error * `errorCode` (_string_) Error code * `message` (_string_) Error message ### AssignedResourceInputUnifiedScheduling Input representation of the assigned resource details. * `isPrimaryResource` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the assigned resource is the primary resource. For multi-resource appointments, only one resource can be a primary resource. Required if multi-resource scheduling is enabled. _Available in: v48.0_ * `isRequiredResource` (_boolean_, required) Indicates whether the assigned resource is a required resource. _Available in: v48.0_ * `serviceResourceId` (_string (Id)_, required) Resource who is assigned to the service appointment. _Available in: v48.0_ * `extendedFields` (_array of ExtendedFieldInput_) Custom fields. _Available in: v48.0_ ### AuxiliaryDetailsInput Input representation of additional appointment details, such as the engagement channel type. * `engagementChannelTypeId` (_array of string_, required) Engagement channel type for the appointment. The schedule operation accepts a single ID as a string. The get-appointment-slots and get-appointment-candidates operations accept an array of IDs. The selected engagement channel types must be associated with the work type through `EngagementChannelWorkType` records. _Available in: v66.0_ * `resourceLimitApptDistribution` (_integer_) Maximum number of appointments to distribute per resource when computing slots or candidates. Used only with the `get-appointment-slots` and `get-appointment-candidates` operations. _Available in: v66.0_ * `attendeeLimit` (_integer_) Maximum number of attendees for the appointment. Used only with the schedule operation. _Available in: v66.0_ * `comments` (_string_) Comments to record on the service appointment. Used only with the schedule operation. _Available in: v66.0_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the service appointment. Used only with the schedule operation. _Available in: v66.0_ * `extendedFields` (_object_) Custom fields to set on the service appointment. Used only with the schedule operation. _Available in: v66.0_ Additional properties: `string`. ### CoreDetailsInput Input representation of core appointment details such as start and end time, status, work configuration, and location constraints. * `appointmentMode` (_object_) AppointmentModeEnum Mode of the appointment. Valid values are `Group` and `Regular` . Default is `Regular` . _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `AppointmentModeEnum`. * `endTime` (_string (date-time)_, required) End time for the appointment, in ISO 8601 format ( `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.sssZ` ). For the schedule operation, this is the scheduled end time. For the get-appointment-slots and get-appointment-candidates operations, this is the end of the search window. _Available in: v66.0_ * `locationConstraints` (_object_, required) LocationConstraintsInput Location constraints for the appointment, such as the service territory. _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `LocationConstraintsInput`. * `startTime` (_string (date-time)_, required) Start time for the appointment, in ISO 8601 format ( `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.sssZ` ). For the schedule operation, this is the scheduled start time. For the get-appointment-slots and get-appointment-candidates operations, this is the start of the search window. _Available in: v66.0_ * `workConfiguration` (_object_, required) WorkConfigurationInput Work configuration for the appointment, including the work type. _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `WorkConfigurationInput`. * `status` (_string_) Status to set on the created service appointment, such as `Scheduled` . Used only with the schedule operation. Required for the schedule operation _Available in: v66.0_ * `subject` (_string_) Subject of the service appointment. Used only with the schedule operation. _Available in: v66.0_ ### SchedulingMethodEnum Scheduling method type for request-time selection. WorkType capability fields (WorkTypeRepresentation.schedulingMethod, GetWorkTypesInputRepresentation.schedulingMethod) extend this set with `Both` via an inline enum -- a WorkType can advertise support for both methods, but a request must pick one. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `InBusiness`, `OnField`. ### ServiceAppointmentParentInput Input representation of the parent record associated with a service appointment. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the parent record, such as an account or a lead, that the service appointment is associated with. Required if `serviceAppointmentParentDetails` isn't provided _Available in: v66.0_ * `serviceAppointmentParentDetails` (_object_) ServiceAppointmentParentDetailsInput Details for the parent record to create alongside the service appointment. Provide this property or `id` , but not both. Required if `id` isn't provided _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `ServiceAppointmentParentDetailsInput`. ### AppointmentCandidateOutput Output representation of a single appointment candidate, which pairs an available time slot with a specific resource. * `endTime` (_string (date-time)_) End time of the candidate slot, in ISO 8601 format ( `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.sssZ` ). _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `resourceId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the service resource available for this candidate slot. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `startTime` (_string (date-time)_) Start time of the candidate slot, in ISO 8601 format ( `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.sssZ` ). _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `territoryId` (_string_) ID of the service territory where the candidate is available. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### AppointmentSlotOutput Output representation of a single available appointment time slot. * `endTime` (_string (date-time)_) End time of the slot, in ISO 8601 format ( `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.sssZ` ). _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `remainingAppointments` (_integer_) Number of appointments that can still be booked in this slot. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `startTime` (_string (date-time)_) Start time of the slot, in ISO 8601 format ( `YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.sssZ` ). _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `territoryId` (_string_) ID of the service territory where the slot is available. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### RescheduleAssignedResourceInput Input representation of a resource assignment change to apply to a rescheduled appointment. * `assignedResource` (_object_, required) AssignedResourceInput Service resource to add, update, or remove. For `DeleteOperation` , don't set `isRequiredResource` . _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `AssignedResourceInputUnifiedScheduling`. * `operation` (_object_, required) OperationEnum Operation to perform on the resource assignment. Valid values are `CreateOperation` , `UpdateOperation` , and `DeleteOperation` . _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `OperationEnum`. ### OperationEnum Operation performed for this appointment. Valid values are `CreateOperation` , `UpdateOperation` , and `DeleteOperation` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CreateOperation`, `DeleteOperation`, `UpdateOperation`. ### ScheduledObjectResultOutput Scheduled object output * `resourceIds` (_array of string (Id)_) Array of resource IDs * `scheduledObjectId` (_string (Id)_) Scheduled object ID ### SchedulingStatusEnum Status of the scheduling operation. Valid values are `Success` , `ScheduleError` , and `PersistError` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `PersistError`, `ScheduleError`, `Success`. ### SchedulingTypeEnum Type of scheduling action. Valid values are `Requested` and `Affected` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Affected`, `Requested`. ### ServiceAppointmentResultOutput Result of the POST method. * `parentId` (_string (Id)_) Service appointment parent ID * `resourceIds` (_array of string (Id)_) Array of assigned resource IDs * `serviceAppointmentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the service appointment created. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `assignedResourceIds` (_array of string_) IDs of the assigned resources _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parentRecordId` (_string_) ID of the parent record. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AppointmentAssignedResourceInput Assigned resource details * `extendedFields` (_object_) Extended fields representation Additional properties: `string`. * `isPrimaryResource` (_boolean_) Is primary resource * `isRequiredResource` (_boolean_) Is required resource * `serviceResourceId` (_string (Id)_, required) Service resource ID ### MicrobatchingErrorRecordInfoRequestBody Microbatching error record info request body. * `fields` (_object_) Map of fields. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. * `objectName` (_string_) Name of the object. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReputationLevel Reputation level for a user. * `levelImageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the reputation level image. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `levelName` (_string_) Name of the reputation level. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `levelNumber` (_integer_) Reputation level number, which is the numerical rank of the level, with the lowest level at 1. Administrators define the reputation level point ranges. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectRepositoryAuthenticationSbi Authentication information related to a repository. * `authFlowUrl` (_string_) * When authentication protocol is OAuth, the URL to use to start the OAuth flow- When authentication protocol is username/password, URL to the 'Authentication Settings for External Systems' page- When authentication protocol is anonymous, URL is null. * `authProtocol` (_ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnumSbi_) * `userHasAuthSettings` (_boolean_) True only if the user has credentials created. If the XDS is configured using 'Named Principal' identity type, true if the Admin has authenticated using his/her credentials. False otherwise. ### FilesConnectRepositoryFeaturesSbi Description of the features of a Content Hub repository. * `canBrowse` (_boolean_) Whether or not the Content Hub repository's folder hierarchy can be browsed. * `canSearch` (_boolean_) Whether or not the Content Hub repository can be searched. ### FilesConnectProviderTypeSbi Description of the type of a Content Hub repository. * `label` (_string_) The provider type localized label. * `type` (_string_) One of: ContentHubBox, ContentHubGDrive, ContentHubSharepointOffice365, ContentHubSharepoint, ContentHubSharepointOneDrive, SimpleURL. ### FilesConnectPermissionTypeSbi Description of a permission type. * `id` (_string_) The internal id of the permission type in the external repository. * `label` (_string_) The label as returned by the external repository. ### RepositoryGroupSummarySbi Detail description of a group entry. * `domain` (_string_) Domain of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `email` (_string_) Email of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `groupType` (_string_) Type of group. Values are: * `Everybody` —Group is public to everybody. * `EverybodyInDomain` —Group is public to everybody in the same domain. * `Unknown` —Group type is unknown. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Everybody`, `EverybodyInDomain`, `Unknown`. * `id` (_string_) ID of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `type` (_ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnumSbi_) The type of entry. Value is `GroupEntry`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ModerationFlagsCollectionSbi Represents list of flags on a feed item or comment or a content document. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flags` (_array of ModerationFlagItemSbi_) List of flag details. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Number of items per page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalCredentialPrincipalAccessType Access type of the external credential principal. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `PermissionSet`, `PermissionSetGroup`, `Profile`. ### NBATargetTypeEnum Type of target. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Recommendation`. ### NextBestActionParameter A parameter for an action. * `name` (_string_) Name of the parameter. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of the parameter. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_) Value of the parameter. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NBAActionTypeEnum Type of action. Values are: * `Flow` —Automated process tool with multiple subtypes. _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Flow`. ### SurveySelectionQuestionChoiceOutput The details of a boolean, rating, single selection, or a multiple selection question’s choice on the survey page. * `label` (_string_) The label of a choice for a Boolean, rating, single selection, or multiple selection question in a survey. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The name of a choice for a Boolean, rating, single selection, or multiple selection question in a survey. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LightningModelRenditionOutputFormatEnum Output format for the rendition config tree returned to callers of the lightning-model type service. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Mir`, `Uem`. ### DataCategoryValueMetadata Data category values for the object's data category. * `label` (_string_) Label of the data category group. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `valueName` (_string_) Name of the data category group. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FieldType Field type. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Address`, `AnyType`, `Base64`, `Boolean`, `Combobox`, `ComplexValue`, `Currency`, `DataCategoryGroupReference`, `Date`, `DateTime`, `Double`, `Email`, `EncryptedString`, `ExtensionEntityLookup`, `ExternalLookup`, `FloatArray`, `Id`, `ImageUrl`, `IndirectLookup`, `Integer`, `Json`, `Location`, `Long`, `MultiPicklist`, `Percent`, `PersonName`, `Phone`, `Picklist`, `PlainTextArea`, `Reference`, `RichTextArea`, `Sobject`, `String`, `SwitchablePersonName`, `TextArea`, `Time`, `Url`. ### ListViewObjectDefinition Defines the type of object displayed in a list view's rows. * `fieldId` (_string_) The API field ID for the related list object that refers to the parent record. For example, if an Account record has a related list of Contact records, then in that related list definition on the Account this value might be 'AccountId' because it is the field on the Contact record that associates this Account with those Contacts. * `type` (_string_) The SObject API type name for this object. ### ErrorResponseOutput Error response output. * `errorCode` (_string_) Error code. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Message stating the reason for error, if any. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GetAllAppointmentSlotsSlot Get appointment slots slot * `endTime` (_string (date-time)_) End time of the appointment. The API returns time slots up to 31 days from the `startTime` . _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `engagementChannelTypeIds` (_array of string_, nullable) List of IDs of the engagement channel types for the service resource. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `resources` (_array of string_) List of resources available in the specified territory. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `startTime` (_string (date-time)_) Start time of the appointment. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SchedulerExtendedFieldsOutput Output representation of the extended fields for Salesforce Scheduler. * `name` (_string_) Name of the extended field. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_) Value of the extended field. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### WorkTypeGroup Work Type Group representation * `id` (_string_) WorkTypeGroup ID * `name` (_string_) WorkTypeGroup Name ### WaitlistServiceResource Output representation of the waitlist service resource. Service resources are individual users who can attend customer appointments. * `id` (_string_) ID of the service resource. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the service resource. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### WaitlistAnalytics Output representation of the waitlist analytics. * `avgParticipants` (_integer_) Count of average participants per day. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `avgWaitingTime` (_integer_) Average waiting time in minutes. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentParticipant` (_integer_) Number of current participants in the waitlist. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalWaitingTime` (_integer_) Total waiting time in minutes. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### WaitlistParticipantResult Output representation of a waitlist participant result. A waitlist participant is a customer who is added to a waitlist. * `createdDate` (_string_) Date when the waitlist participant record was created. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `extendedFields` (_array of SchedulerExtendedFieldsOutput_) List of extended fields associated with the waitlist participant record. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `participant` (_object_) WaitlistParticipantParticipant Details of the participant from the waitlist participant record. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `WaitlistParticipantParticipant`. * `participantIdentifier` (_string_) Alphanumeric unique identifier of the participant in a waitlist. For example, D101, E63, or A5015. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `serviceAppointmentId` (_string_) ID of the service appointment that’s related to the waitlist participant. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `serviceResource` (_object_) WaitlistServiceResource Details of the service resource that’s related to the service appointment for the waitlist participant. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `WaitlistServiceResource`. * `waitlistParticipantId` (_string_) ID of the waitlist participant record. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `workTypeGroup` (_object_) WaitlistWorkTypeGroup Details of the work type group that's associated with the service appointment. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `WaitlistWorkTypeGroup`. ### WaitlistWorkTypeGroup Output representation of the waitlist work type group. A work type group is a general appointment category or topic, such as a home loan or an investment. * `id` (_string_) ID of the work type group. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the work type group. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFlowOrchestrationStepTypeEnum Type of orchestration step. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AgxBackgroundStep`, `AgxInteractiveStep`, `ApprovalStep`, `AsynchronousBackgroundStep`, `BackgroundStep`, `InteractiveStep`, `ManagedContentRoleInteractiveStep`, `ManagedContentVariantAutoPublishBackgroundStep`, `ManagedContentVariantAutoUnpublishBackgroundStep`, `ManagedContentVariantSetLockBackgroundStep`, `ManagedContentVariantSetReadyBackgroundStep`, `MuleSoftStep`. ### FlowOrchestrationWorkItem Orchestration work item. * `assigneeId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the assignee for the orchestration work item. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the orchestration work item was created. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_, nullable) Description of the orchestration work item. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flowType` (_string_) Flow type of the orchestration that created the orchestration work item. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the orchestration work item. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_, nullable) Label key for the orchestration work item. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the work item was last modified. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedRecordId` (_string (Id)_, nullable) ID of the record the orchestration work item is related to. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `screenFlowDeveloperName` (_string_) Developer name of the screen flow to start when assignees work on the orchestration work item. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `screenFlowId` (_string_) ID of the screen flow to start when assignees work on the orchestration work item. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `screenFlowInputs` (_string_) Input parameters for the screen flow. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectFlowOrchestrationWorkItemStatusEnum Status of the orchestration work item. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFlowOrchestrationWorkItemStatusEnum`. ### Group Chatter group input. * `additionalLabel` (_string_) An extra label for the group, for example, “Archived,” “Private,” or “Private With Customers.” If there isn’t an extra label, the value is `null`. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `announcement` (_object_) Announcement An announcement ID. An announcement displays in a designated location in the Salesforce UI until 11:59 p.m. on its expiration date, unless it’s deleted or replaced by another announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Announcement`. * `bannerPhoto` (_object_) BannerPhotoQuip The banner photo for the group. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BannerPhotoQuip`. * `canHaveChatterGuests` (_boolean_) `true` if this group allows Chatter customers, `false` otherwise. After this property is set to `true`, it cannot be set to `false`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `community` (_object_) Reference Information about the Experience Cloud site. Returns `null` if the group exists in the default site or if digital experiences isn’t enabled. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `description` (_string_) The “Description” section of the group _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `emailToChatterAddress` (_string_) Group’s email address for posting to this group by email. Returns `null` if Chatter emails and posting to Chatter by email aren’t both enabled in your organization. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isArchived` (_boolean_) `true` if the group is archived, `false` otherwise. Defaults to `false`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `isAutoArchiveDisabled` (_boolean_) `true` if automatic archiving is turned off for the group, `false` otherwise. Defaults to `false`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `isBroadcast` (_boolean_) `true` if only group owners and managers can create posts in the group, `false` otherwise. Defaults to `false`. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `fileCount` (_integer_) Number of files posted to this group. _Available in: v24.0–27.0_ The `fileCount` property is in the Group Detail response body _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the group. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastFeedElementPostDate` (_string_) Date of the most recent feed element posted to the group in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `lastFeedItemPostDate` (_string_) Date of the most recent feed item posted to the group in ISO 8601 format. After API version 30.0, use `lastFeedElementPostDate`. _Available in: v24.0–30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `memberCount` (_integer_) Total number of group members. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a group. The motif can also contain the record type’s base color. The icon is not the group photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `myRole` (_string_) Values are: * `GroupOwner` * `GroupManager` * `NotAMember` * `NotAMemberPrivateRequested` * `StandardMember` _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is a member of this group, contains information about that subscription, otherwise `null` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) The name of the group _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `owner` (_object_) UserSummary The ID of the group owner. This property is available for PATCH requests only. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `photo` (_object_) Photo Information about the group photo. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `type` (_string_) Value is `CollaborationGroup` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Relative URL string to the group. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_string_) Group visibility type. One of the following values: * `PrivateAccess` —Only members of the group can see posts to this group. * `PublicAccess` —All users within the Experience Cloud site can see posts to this group. * `Unlisted` —Reserved for future use. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `PrivateAccess`, `PublicAccess`, `Unlisted`. * `information` (_object_) GroupInformation The “Information” section of the group If the group is private, the “Information” section is visible only to members. The “Description” section is visible to everyone. _Available in: v28.0_ Includes all fields of `GroupInformation`. ### AppointmentModeEnum Mode of the appointment. Valid values are `Group` and `Regular` . Default is `Regular` . _Available in: v66.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Group`, `Regular`, `WalkIn`. ### LocationConstraintsInput Input representation of location constraints for an appointment. * `addressIds` (_array of string_, required) IDs of service territories to consider when retrieving available time slots or candidates. Used only with the get-appointment-slots and get-appointment-candidates operations. Required for the get-appointment-slots and get-appointment-candidates operations _Available in: v66.0_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the service territory where the appointment occurs. Used only with the schedule operation. Required for the schedule operation _Available in: v66.0_ ### WorkConfigurationInput Input representation of work configuration for an appointment. * `workDetails` (_WorkDetailsInput_) * `workTypeId` (_string (Id)_, required) ID of the work type for the appointment. The work type must be associated with the engagement channel type provided in `auxiliaryDetails` via an `EngagementChannelWorkType` record. _Available in: v66.0_ ### ServiceAppointmentParentDetailsInput Input representation of the details for the parent record to create alongside the service appointment. * `extendedFields` (_object_) Custom fields to set on the parent record. _Available in: v66.0_ Additional properties: `string`. * `parentType` (_object_, required) ParentTypeEnum Object type of the parent record to create. Valid value is `Lead` . _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `ParentTypeEnum`. ### ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnumSbi Specifies the authentication protocol used for the repository. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `NoAuthentication`, `Oauth`, `Password`. ### ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnumSbi Specifies the type of directory entry. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `GroupEntry`, `UserEntry`. ### ModerationFlagItemSbi Represents flag details on a moderation enabled entity. * `createdBy` (_string_) ID of the user who flagged the item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the item was flagged. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the moderation flag. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `moderationType` (_string_) Type of moderation flag. Values are: * `FlagAsInappropriate` —Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` —Flag for spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `FlagAsInappropriate`, `FlagAsSpam`. * `note` (_string_) Note from user who flagged the item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_string_) Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. Values are: * `ModeratorsOnly` —The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` —The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `ModeratorsOnly`, `SelfAndModerators`. ### WaitlistParticipantParticipant Output representation of the waitlist participant details. * `id` (_string_) ID of the waitlist participant. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the waitlist participant. _Available in: v59.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFlowOrchestrationWorkItemStatusEnum Status of the orchestration work item. _Available in: v54.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Assigned`, `Completed`. ### Announcement An announcement. * `expirationDate` (_string_) Date time in ISO 8601 format. The Salesforce UI displays an announcement until 11:59 p.m. on this date unless another announcement is posted first. The Salesforce UI ignores the time value in the `expirationDate`. However, you can use the time value to create your own display logic in your own UI. Required for creating an announcement. Optional for updating an announcement _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElement` (_object_) FeedItem The feed element that contains the body of the announcement and its associated comments, likes, and so on. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItem`. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isArchived` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the announcement is archived. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sendEmails` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the announcement is sent as an email to all group members regardless of their email setting for the group. If Chatter emails aren’t enabled for the organization, announcement emails aren’t sent. Default value is `false`. Optional for creating an announcement. Don’t specify for updating an announcement _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string_) The URL to the announcement. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `body` (_object_) MessageBodyInputRequest Text of the announcement. Required for creating an announcement if `feedItemId` isn’t specified. Don’t specify for updating an announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ Includes all fields of `MessageBodyInputRequest`. * `feedItemId` (_string_) ID of an `AdvancedTextPost` feed item that is the body of the announcement. Required for creating an announcement if `body` isn’t specified. Don’t specify for updating an announcement. _Available in: v36.0_ * `parentId` (_string_) ID of the parent entity for the announcement, that is, a group ID when the announcement appears in a group. Required for creating an announcement if `feedItemId` isn’t specified. Don’t specify for updating an announcement. _Available in: v36.0_ ### BannerPhotoQuip A banner photo. * `bannerPhotoUrl` (_string_) URL to the banner photo in a large format. This URL is available only to authenticated users. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `bannerPhotoVersionId` (_string_) 18-character version ID of the banner photo. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the banner photo. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `cropHeight` (_integer_) Height of the crop rectangle in pixels. _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropWidth` (_integer_) Width of the crop rectangle in pixels. _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropX` (_integer_) X position of the crop rectangle from the left edge of the image in pixels. Top left is position (0,0). _Available in: v36.0_ * `cropY` (_integer_) Y position of the crop rectangle from the top edge of the image in pixels. Top left is position (0,0). _Available in: v36.0_ * `fileId` (_string_) 18 character ID of an existing file. The key prefix must be 069 and the file must be an image and be smaller than 2 GB. Images uploaded on the Group page and on the User page don’t have file IDs and therefore can’t be used. Required to use an existing file _Available in: v36.0_ * `versionNumber` (_integer_) Version number of an existing file. If not provided, the latest version is used. _Available in: v36.0_ ### GroupInformation Chatter group information input. * `text` (_string_) The text in the “Information” section of the group. HTML is not supported. The maximum length is 4000 characters (bytes). _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) The title in the “Information” section of the group. The maximum length is 240 characters (bytes). _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### WorkDetailsInput Work details * `duration` (_integer_, required) Duration * `durationType` (_DurationTypeEnum_, required) * `workAuxiliaryDetails` (_WorkAuxiliaryDetailsInput_) ### ParentTypeEnum Object type of the parent record to create. Valid value is `Lead` . _Available in: v66.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Lead`, `WorkOrder`. ### FeedItem Feed item input. * `actor` (_string_) The entity that created the feed item. Values are: * Record Summary —if a record (23.0) * User Summary —if a user (23.0) * Unauthenticated User —if a Chatter customer (24.0) If the actor is a user, a User Summary response body is returned, not a Record Summary of type user. _Filter group: Small_ * `attachment` (_string_) You can specify only one of these values in the attachment parameter. Values are: * [Attachment Input: Canvas App](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_what_is_chatter_connect) (v29.0–31.0) * [Attachment Input: Existing Content](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_what_is_chatter_connect) (v23.0–31.0) * [Attachment Input: Feed Poll](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_what_is_chatter_connect) (v26.0–31.0) * [Attachment Input: Link](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_what_is_chatter_connect) (v23.0–31.0) * [Attachment Input: New File Upload](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_what_is_chatter_connect) (v23.0–31.0) As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property. _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `Approval`, `BasicTemplate`, `Canvas`, `CaseComment`, `Content`, `DashboardComponent`, `EmailMessage`, `Link`, `Poll`, `RecordSnapshot`, `TrackedChange`. * `body` (_object_) MessageBodyInputRequest Description of message body. Feed item and comment bodies have a 10,000 character limit. Because this limit can change, we recommend that clients make a `describeSObjects()` call on the FeedItem or FeedComment object. To determine the maximum number of allowed characters, look at the length of the Body or CommentBody field. The body can contain up to 25 mentions. If you specify `originalFeedElementId` to share a feed item, use the `body` property to add the first comment to the feed item. To edit this property in a feed item, make a PATCH request to `/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}`. Editing feed posts is supported in version 34.0 and later. Required unless the feed item has a content capability or a link capability _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MessageBodyInputRequest`. * `canShare` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed item can be shared. If a feed item has multiple file attachments and at least one attachment has been deleted or is inaccessible, the feed item can’t be shared. The `canShare` value is incorrectly set to `true` in these cases. As of API version 39.0, use the `isSharable` property. _Available in: v27.0–38.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `capabilities` (_object_) FeedElementCapabilities The capabilities that define the behavior of this feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCapabilities`. * `clientInfo` (_object_) ClientInfo Information about the client app used to authenticate the connection. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ClientInfo`. * `comments` (_object_) CommentPage Comments for this feed item. As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.comments.page` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommentPage`. * `createdDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentUserLike` (_object_) Reference This property is no longer available as of version 24.0. Use the `myLike` property instead. A reference to a like object if applicable, `null` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0–24.0_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `event` (_boolean_) `true` if feed item created due to an event change, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `feedElementType` (_string_) The type of feed element this input represents. The only valid value is `FeedItem`. Required when creating a feed item (POST). Optional when updating a feed item (PATCH) _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Bundle`, `FeedItem`, `Recommendation`. Example: `FeedItem`. * `hasVerifiedComment` (_boolean_) `true` if the feed item has a verified comment, otherwise `false`. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `header` (_object_) FeedItemBody The header is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message. If a client doesn’t know how to render a feed element type, it should render this text. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to bookmark the new feed item for the user (`true`) or not (`false`). The default value is `false`. As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.bookmarks.isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isDeleteRestricted` (_boolean_) Returns `true` if the context user can’t delete a feed item. If it returns `false` , possibly the context users can delete the feed item. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isLikedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) `true` if the context user has liked this feed item, `false` otherwise. As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.isLikedByCurrentUser` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isSharable` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed item can be shared. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `likes` (_object_) LikePage Likes for this feed item, As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.page` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `LikePage`. * `likesMessage` (_object_) LikeMessageBody A message body that describes who likes the feed item. As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.likesMessage` property. _Available in: v27.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LikeMessageBody`. * `modifiedDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this feed item. Moderators can view and act on flagged items. If the `communityModeration` property of the Features response body is `false`, this property is `null`. As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.moderation.moderationFlags` property. _Available in: v29.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. * `myLike` (_object_) Reference If the context user has liked the comment, this property is a reference to the specific like, `null` otherwise. As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.myLike` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `originalFeedItem` (_object_) Reference A reference to the original feed item if this feed item is a shared feed item, `null` otherwise. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `originalFeedItemActor` (_string_) Value depends on type of original feed item. Values are: * Record Summary –if original feed item is a record * User Summary –if original feed item is a user * Unauthenticated User —if original feed item is from a Chatter customer * `null` if this feed item is not a shared feed item _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `null`. * `parent` (_string_) Value depends on type of parent. Values are: * File Summary –if parent is a file * Group –if parent is a group * Record Summary –if parent is a record * User Summary –if parent is a user If the parent is a user, a User Summary response body is returned, not a Record Summary of type user. The same applies for both groups and files. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `photoUrl` (_string_) URL of the photo associated with the feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `preamble` (_object_) FeedItemPreambleMessageBody The preamble is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message, for example, “App Builders - Pam Jones”. In API versions to 28.0, use the `/body/text` property as the default case for rendering text. In API versions 29.0–30.0, use the `/preamble/text` property as the default case for rendering text. In API versions 31.0 and later, use the `/header/text` property as the default case for rendering text. _Available in: v27.0–30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemPreambleMessageBody`. * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Created date formatted as a relative, localized string, for example, “17m ago” or “Yesterday.” . _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `topics` (_object_) FeedItemTopics Topics for this feed item. As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.topics.items` property. _Available in: v28.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemTopics`. * `type` (_string_) The `type` property always returns all types, regardless of API version. However, not all types are valid with all API versions. As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property to determine what can be done with a feed item. See [Capabilities](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_feeds_feed_elements#capabilities). Values are: * `ActivityEvent` —Feed item generated in Case Feed when an event or task associated with a parent record with a feed enabled is created or updated. * `AdvancedTextPost` —A feed item with advanced text formatting, such as a group announcement post. * `ApprovalPost` —Feed item with an approval capability. Approvers can act on the feed item parent. * `AttachArticleEvent` —Feed item generated when an article is attached to a case in Case Feed. * `BasicTemplateFeedItem` —Feed item with an enhanced link capability. * `CallLogPost` —Feed item generated when a call log is saved to a case in Case Feed. * `CanvasPost` —Feed item generated by a canvas app in the publisher or from Connect REST API or Connect in Apex. The post itself is a link to a canvas app. * `CaseCommentPost` —Feed item generated when a case comment is saved in Case Feed. * `ChangeStatusPost` —Feed item generated when the status of a case is changed in Case Feed. * `ChatTranscriptionPost` —Feed item generated in Case Feed when a Live Agent chat transcript is saved to a case. * `CollaborationGroupCreated` —Feed item generated when a new public group is created. Contains a link to the new group. * `CollaborationGroupUnarchived` —Deprecated. Feed item generated when an archived group is activated. * `ContentPost` —Feed item with a content capability. * `CreateRecordEvent` —Feed item that describes a record created in the publisher. * `DashboardComponentAlert` —Feed item with a dashboard alert. * `DashboardComponentSnapshot` —Feed item with a dashboard component snapshot capability. * `EmailMessageEvent` —Feed item generated when an email is sent from a case in Case Feed. * `FacebookPost` —Deprecated. Feed item generated when a Facebook post is created from a case in Case Feed. * `LinkPost` —Feed item with a link capability. * `MilestoneEvent` —Feed item generated when a case milestone is either completed or reaches a violation status. Contains a link to the case milestone. * `PollPost` —Feed item with a poll capability. Viewers of the feed item are allowed to vote on the options in the poll. * `ProfileSkillPost` —Feed item generated when a skill is added to a user’s profile. * `QuestionPost` —Feed item generated when a question is asked. As of API version 33.0, a feed item of this type can have a content capability and a link capability. * `ReplyPost` —Feed item generated by a Chatter Answers reply. * `RypplePost` —Feed item generated when a user posts thanks. * `SocialPost` —Feed item generated when a social post is created from a case in Case Feed. * `TextPost` —Feed item containing text only. * `TrackedChange` —Feed item created when one or more fields on a record have been changed. * `UserStatus` —Deprecated. A user's post to their own profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `ActivityEvent`, `AdvancedTextPost`, `ApprovalPost`, `AttachArticleEvent`, `BasicTemplateFeedItem`, `CallLogPost`, `CanvasPost`, `CaseCommentPost`, `ChangeStatusPost`, `ChatTranscriptionPost`, `CollaborationGroupCreated`, `CollaborationGroupUnarchived`, `ContentPost`, `CreateRecordEvent`, `DashboardComponentAlert`, `DashboardComponentSnapshot`, `EmailMessageEvent`, `FacebookPost`, `LinkPost`, `MilestoneEvent`, `PollPost`, `ProfileSkillPost`, `QuestionPost`, `ReplyPost`, `RypplePost`, `SocialPost`, `TextPost`, `TrackedChange`, `UserStatus`. * `url` (_string_) URL to this feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_string_) Who can see the post. Valid values are: * `InternalUsers` —If digital experiences is enabled, only members of the default, internal site can see the feed item. * `AllUsers` —If digital experiences is enabled, all members of the site can see the feed item. Default values: * For external users, the default value is `AllUsers`. External users must use this value to see their posts. * For internal users, the default value is `InternalUsers`. Internal users can accept this value or use the value `AllUsers` to allow external users to see their posts. If the parent of the feed item is a user, group, or direct message, the `visibility` of the feed item must be `AllUsers`. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `InternalUsers`, `AllUsers`. * `originalFeedElementId` (_string_) To share a feed element, specify its 18-character ID . You can’t share a post and upload a file in the same request body. In API version 39.0 and later, use the `capabilities.feedEntityShare.feedEntityId` property. _Available in: v31.0–38.0_ * `originalFeedItemId` (_string_) To share a feed item, specify its 18-character ID . In API version 32.0–38.0, use the `originalFeedElementId` property. In API version 39.0 and later, use the `capabilities.feedEntityShare.feedEntityId` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ * `subjectId` (_string_) The ID of the parent this feed element is being posted to. This value can be the ID of a user, group, or record, or the string `me` to indicate the context user. In version 45.0 and later, you can move a feed element from one public group to another by setting this property to the ID of the new public group. You can’t include or change any other properties when moving a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ ### MessageBodyInputRequest Message body input. * `messageSegments` (_array of string_) Collection of message segments, based on type. Segments can be one of the following: * Message Segment Input: Entity Link (version 43.0 and later) * Message Segment Input: Hash Tag * Message Segment Input: Inline Image (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment Input: Link * Message Segment Input: Markup Begin (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment Input: Markup End (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment Input: Mention * Message Segmetn Input: Text _Available in: v23.0_ ### DurationTypeEnum Duration type Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Hours`, `Minutes`. ### WorkAuxiliaryDetailsInput Work auxiliary details * `blockTimeAfterAppointmentInMinutes` (_integer_) Block time after appointment in minutes * `blockTimeBeforeAppointmentInMinutes` (_integer_) Block time before appointment in minutes * `timeFrameEndInMinutes` (_integer_) Time frame end in minutes * `timeFrameStartInMinutes` (_integer_) Time frame start in minutes ### FeedElementCapabilities A container for all capabilities that can be included when creating a feed element. In API version 30.0 and earlier, most feed items can have comments, likes, topics, and so on. In version 31.0 and later, every feed item (and feed element) can have a unique set of capabilities. If a capability property exists on a feed element, that capability is available, even if the capability property doesn’t have a value. For example, if the `ChatterLikes` capability property exists on a feed element (with or without a value), the context user can like that feed element. If the capability property doesn’t exist, it isn’t possible to like that feed element. A capability can also contain associated data. For example, the `Moderation` capability contains data about moderation flags. #### XML example ``` 0Agxx00000000d1CAA 0Agxx00000000d2DFY false 069D00000001IOh 069D00000002IOg ``` * `approval` (_object_) ApprovalCapability If a feed element has this capability, it includes information about an approval. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ApprovalCapability`. * `associatedActions` (_object_) AssociatedActionsCapability Describes action links that can be created or updated on a feed element. To associate an action link group with a feed element, the client must be the same client app that created the action link group definition and the user must either be the user who created the definition or have View all Data permission. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AssociatedActionsCapability`. * `banner` (_object_) BannerCapability If this feed element has this capability, it has a banner motif and style. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BannerCapability`. * `bookmarks` (_object_) BookmarksCapability Create or update a bookmark on a feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BookmarksCapability`. * `bundle` (_GenericBundleCapability | TrackedChangeBundleCapability_) If a feed element has this capability, the feed element may be a group of other feed elements condensed into one. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `GenericBundleCapability`, `TrackedChangeBundleCapability`. * `callCollaboration` (_object_) CallCollaborationCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recording comment. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CallCollaborationCapability`. * `canvas` (_object_) CanvasCapability Create or update a canvas app associated with a feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CanvasCapability`. * `caseComment` (_object_) CaseCommentCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a case comment on the case feed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CaseCommentCapability`. * `chatterLikes` (_object_) ChatterLikesCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can like it. Exposes information about existing likes. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ChatterLikesCapability`. * `close` (_object_) CloseCapability If a feed element has this capability, users with permission can close it. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CloseCapability`. * `comments` (_object_) CommentsCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, the context user can add a comment. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommentsCapability`. * `content` (_object_) ContentCapability Attach or update a file on a comment. Use this class to attach a new file or update a file that has already been uploaded to Salesforce. This request body isn’t available for feed posts in version 36.0 and later. In version 36.0 and later, use Files Capability Input. _Available in: v32.0–35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ContentCapability`. * `dashboardComponentSnapshot` (_object_) DashboardComponentSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a dashboard component snapshot. A snapshot is a static image of a dashboard component at a specific point in time. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DashboardComponentSnapshotCapability`. * `directMessage` (_object_) DirectMessageCapability Create or update the members of a direct message. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageCapability`. * `edit` (_object_) EditCapability If a feed element has this capability, users who have permission can edit it. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EditCapability`. * `emailMessage` (_object_) EmailMessageCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has an email message from a case. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EmailMessageCapability`. * `enhancedLink` (_object_) EnhancedLinkCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a link that may contain supplemental information like an icon, a title, and a description. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EnhancedLinkCapability`. * `extensions` (_object_) ExtensionsCapability Create or update extensions associated with a feed element. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ExtensionsCapability`. * `feedEntityShare` (_object_) FeedEntityShareCapability Share a feed entity with a feed post or comment. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedEntityShareCapability`. * `files` (_object_) FilesCapability Attach up to 10 files that have already been uploaded or remove one or more files from a feed element. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesCapability`. * `interactions` (_object_) InteractionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has information about user interactions. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `InteractionsCapability`. * `link` (_object_) LinkCapability Create or update a link attached to a feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LinkCapability`. * `mediaReferences` (_object_) MediaReferenceCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more media references. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MediaReferenceCapability`. * `moderation` (_object_) ModerationCapability If a feed element has this capability, users in the Experience Cloud site can flag the feed element for moderation. This response body also includes information about the flagged content. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ModerationCapability`. * `mute` (_object_) MuteCapability If a feed element has this capability, users can mute it. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MuteCapability`. * `origin` (_object_) OriginCapability If a feed element has this capability, it was created by a feed action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OriginCapability`. * `pin` (_object_) PinCapability If a feed element has this capability, users who have permission can pin it to a feed. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PinCapability`. * `poll` (_object_) PollCapability Create or vote on a poll feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PollCapability`. * `questionAndAnswers` (_object_) QuestionAndAnswersCapability Create or edit a question feed element or set the best answer of the existing question feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `QuestionAndAnswersCapability`. * `readBy` (_object_) ReadByCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can mark it as read. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReadByCapability`. * `recommendations` (_object_) RecommendationsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recommendation. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecommendationsCapability`. * `recordSnapshot` (_object_) RecordSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all the snapshotted fields of a record for a single create record event. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordSnapshotCapability`. * `socialPost` (_object_) SocialPostCapability If a feed element has this capability, it can interact with a social post on a social network. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialPostCapability`. * `status` (_object_) StatusCapability Change the status of a feed post or comment. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `StatusCapability`. * `topics` (_object_) TopicsCapability Assign topics to a feed element. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TopicsCapability`. * `trackedChanges` (_object_) TrackedChangesCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all changes to a record for a single tracked change event. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TrackedChangesCapability`. * `upDownVote` (_object_) UpDownVoteCapability If a feed post or comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UpDownVoteCapability`. ### ClientInfo Client information. * `applicationName` (_string_) Name of app used for authentication. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `applicationUrl` (_string_) URL to the app used for authentication _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommentPage A page of comments. * `comments` (_array of Comment_) Collection of comments. Use the `items` property as of version 32.0. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page of comments, that is, the most recent comments. The default is 25 comments per page. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of Comment_) Collection of comments. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of comments, that is, older comments. The default is 25 comments per page. If you want to read more of the comments in search results, all the comments in the thread are refreshed, not just the ones that match the search term. Avoid using `nextPageUrl` until the comments are refreshed. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of published comments across all pages for the parent feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedItemBody Chatter feed item body. * `isRichText` (_boolean_) Indicates if the body is rich text. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageSegments` (_array of string_) Collection of message segments, based on type. Segments can be one or more of the following: * Message Segment: Entity Link * Message Segment: Field Change * Message Segment: Field Change Name * Message Segment: Field Change Value * Message Segment: Hashtag * Message Segment: Inline Image (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment: Link * Message Segment: Markup Begin (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment: Markup End (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment: Mention * Message Segment: More Changes * Message Segment: Text The collection of message segments could contain message segment types introduced in later API versions. All message segment types are guaranteed to have text and type properties that are available in version 23.0 and later. If a client encounters an unknown message segment type, it can render the text value as a fallback. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `text` (_string_) Display-ready text of the message. Use this text if you don’t want to process the message segments. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LikePage Page of Chatter likes. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page of likes. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of Like_) Collection of likes. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likes` (_array of Like_) Collection of likes. As of API version 32.0, use the `items` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myLike` (_object_) Reference This field is no longer available as of version 24.0. Either returns a reference to the specific like or returns `null` . _Available in: v23.0–24.0_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of likes. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the previous page of likes. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of likes for the item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LikeMessageBody Chatter like message body. * `messageSegments` (_array of string_) Collection of message segments, based on type. Segments can be one or more of the following: * Message Segment: Entity Link * Message Segment: Resource Link * Message Segment: Text _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `text` (_string_) Text summary of the users who like the feed item or comment. For example, “You like this.” or “Renee Moreau, Gordon Johnson, and Pam Jones like this.” _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ModerationFlags Moderation flags. * `flagCount` (_integer_) If the context user is a community moderator, the total number of flags on the post, comment, or file. If the context user isn’t a community moderator, value is `null` . Flags on files is available starting in version 30.0. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flagCountByReason` (_object_) Number of moderation flags categorized by reason. Values for String are: * `FlaggedByRule` —Moderation rule flagged the item. * `FlaggedBySystem` —Einstein flagged the item. * `FlaggedByUserAsInappropriate` —User flagged the item as inappropriate. * `FlaggedByUserAsSpam` —User flagged the item as spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `integer`. * `flaggedByMe` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the post, comment, or file was flagged by the context user ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Flags on files is available starting in version 30.0. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flags` (_object_) ModerationFlagsCollection Collection of flags. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlagsCollection`. ### FeedItemPreambleMessageBody Feed item preamble message body. * `messageSegments` (_array of string_) Collection of message segments, based on type. Segments can be one or more of the following: * Message Segment: Entity Link * Message Segment: Link (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment: Text _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `text` (_string_) The preamble is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message, for example, “App Builders - Pam Jones”. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedItemTopics Feed item topic input. * `canAssignTopics` (_boolean_) `true` if a topic can be assigned to the feed item, `false` otherwise _Available in: v28.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `topics` (_array of Topic_) Collection of topics _Available in: v28.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `topicId` (_string_) ID of an existing topic Required for existing topics if the `topicName` property isn’t used _Available in: v29.0_ * `topicName` (_string_) Name of a new or existing topic, up to 150 characters Required for new topics; required for existing topics if the `topicId` property isn’t used _Available in: v29.0_ ### ApprovalCapability If a feed element has this capability, it includes information about an approval. * `id` (_string_) The work item ID. The work item ID is `null` if there isn’t a pending work item associated with the approval record. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `postTemplateFields` (_array of ApprovalPostTemplateField_) The details of the approval post template field. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `processInstanceStepId` (_string_) The process instance step ID. The associated record represents one step in an approval process. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) The status of the approval. One of these values: * `Approved` * `Fault` * `Held` * `NoResponse` * `Pending` * `Reassigned` * `Rejected` * `Removed` * `Started` _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AssociatedActionsCapability Describes action links that can be created or updated on a feed element. To associate an action link group with a feed element, the client must be the same client app that created the action link group definition and the user must either be the user who created the definition or have View all Data permission. An action link is a button on a feed element. Clicking an action link can take a user to a Web page, initiate a file download, or invoke an API call to Salesforce or to an external server. An action link includes a URL and an HTTP method, and can include a request body and header information, such as an OAuth token for authentication. Use action links to integrate Salesforce and third-party services into the feed so that users can drive productivity and accelerate innovation. * `platformActionGroups` (_array of PlatformActionGroupActivities_) The platform action groups associated with a feed element. Platform action groups are returned in the order specified in the Associated Actions Capability Input request body. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `actionLinkGroupIds` (_array of string_) The action link group IDs to associate with the feed element. Associate one `Primary` and up to 10 total action link groups to a feed item. Action link groups are returned in the order specified in this property. Get an action link group ID in the response from a request to [/connect/action-link-group-definitions](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources/operation/postActionLinkGroupDefinitionCollection). _Available in: v33.0_ ### BannerCapability If this feed element has this capability, it has a banner motif and style. * `motif` (_object_) Motif A banner motif. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `style` (_string_) Decorates a feed item with a color and set of icons. * `Announcement` — An announcement displays in a designated location in the Salesforce UI until 11:59 p.m. on its expiration date, unless it’s deleted or replaced by another announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Announcement`. ### BookmarksCapability Create or update a bookmark on a feed element. * `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) Specifies if the feed element should be bookmarked for the user (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### GenericBundleCapability If a feed element has this capability, the feed element may be a group of other feed elements condensed into one. **Note**: Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. * `bundleType` (_string_) Type of bundle. The value is `GenericBundle` . _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `page` (_object_) FeedElementPage A collection of feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementPage`. * `totalElements` (_integer_) The total number of feed elements that this bundle aggregates. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TrackedChangeBundleCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a group of other feed elements aggregated into one feed element called a bundle. This type of bundle aggregates feed tracked changes. **Note**: Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. * `changes` (_array of FeedTrackedChange_) Collection of feed tracked changes. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `bundleType` (_string_) Type of bundle. The value is `TrackedChanges` . _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `page` (_object_) FeedElementPage A collection of feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementPage`. * `totalElements` (_integer_) The total number of feed elements that this bundle aggregates. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CallCollaborationCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recording comment. * `commentEndTime` (_integer_) End time of the comment on the media player, in seconds. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `commentStartTime` (_integer_) Start time of the comment on the media player, in seconds. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CanvasCapability Create or update a canvas app associated with a feed element. * `description` (_string_) A description of the canvas app. The maximum size is 255 characters. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) The API name (developer name) of the client app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `height` (_string_) The height of the canvas app in pixels. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `icon` (_object_) Icon The icon for the canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Icon`. * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) A unique namespace prefix for the canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parameters` (_string_) JSON parameters passed to the canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string_) A thumbnail URL to a preview image. The maximum thumbnail size is 120 pixels by 120 pixels. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) A title for the canvas link. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CaseCommentCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a case comment on the case feed. * `actorType` (_string_) Specifies the type of user who made the comment. * `Customer` —if a Chatter customer made the comment * `CustomerService` —if a service representative made the comment _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Customer`, `CustomerService`. * `createdBy` (_object | UserSummary_) Information about the user who created the comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `object`, `UserSummary`. * `createdDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `eventType` (_string_) Specifies an event type for a comment in the case feed. * `NewInternal` —A case comment that has newly been marked Internal Only. * `NewPublished` —A newly published case comment. * `NewPublishedByCustomer` —A case comment by a customer that was newly published. * `PublishExisting` —An existing case comment that was republished. * `PublishExistingByCustomer` —An existing case comment by a customer that was republished. * `UnpublishExistingByCustomer` —An existing case comment by a customer that was unpublished. * `UnpublishExsiting` —An existing case comment that was unpublished. Unfortunately, this typo is in the code, not the documentation. Use this spelling in your code. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `NewInternal`, `NewPublished`, `NewPublishedByCustomer`, `PublishExisting`, `PublishExistingByCustomer`, `UnpublishExistingByCustomer`, `UnpublishExsiting`. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of case comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `published` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the comment has been published. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text of the case comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ChatterLikesCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can like it. Exposes information about existing likes. * `isLikedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed element is liked by the context user (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `page` (_object_) LikePage Likes information for this feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LikePage`. * `likesMessage` (_object_) LikeMessageBody A message body that describes who likes the feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LikeMessageBody`. * `myLike` (_object_) Reference If the context user has liked the feed element, this property is a reference to the specific like, `null` otherwise. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. ### CloseCapability Set a feed element to closed. Users can’t edit (specifically the feed item body or title), comment on, or delete a closed feed element. If the closed feed element is a poll, users can’t vote on it. Users can’t edit (specifically the comment body) or delete a comment on a closed feed element or select or remove it as best answer. Admins and moderators can edit and delete closed feed elements and comments on closed feed elements. Admins and moderators can select or remove the best answer status on comments on closed feed elements. * `canContextUserUpdateIsClosed` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user has permission to set the feed element to closed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isClosed` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to set the feed element to closed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommentsCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, the context user can add a comment. * `page` (_object_) CommentPage The comments information for this feed element or comment. Threaded comments are supported in version 44.0 and later. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommentPage`. ### ContentCapability Create or update a file associated with a comment. To attach or remove files from a feed post (instead of a comment) in version 36.0 and later, use Files Capability Input. * `checksum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository The external data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepository`. * `contentUrl` (_string_) URL of the content for links and Google docs. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the file to be uploaded. Optional for new content. Not supported for existing content _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `downloadUrl` (_string_) URL to the content. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string_) The external URL this file points to, or `null` if it does not point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileSize` (_string_) Size of the file in bytes. If size cannot be determined, returns `Unknown`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasPdfPreview` (_boolean_) `true` if the file has a PDF preview available, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the content. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl` (_string_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. Renditions are processed asynchronously and may not be available immediately after the file has been uploaded. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string_) URL to the 240x180 size rendition resource for the file. Renditions are processed asynchronously and may not be available immediately after the file has been uploaded. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string_) URL to the 720x480 size rendition resource for the file. Renditions are processed asynchronously and may not be available immediately after the file has been uploaded. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string_) The URL of the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_string_) Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` —Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` —Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `Allowed`, `Restricted`. * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available, `null` otherwise. The maximum number of characters is 200. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) The status of the rendering of the 120x90 pixel sized preview image of the file. Should be either Processing, Failed, Success, or Na if unavailable. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) The status of the rendering of the 240x180 pixel sized preview image of the file. Should be either Processing, Failed, Success, or Na if unavailable. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) The status of the rendering of the 720x480 pixel sized preview image of the file. Should be either Processing, Failed, Success, or Na if unavailable. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. This value is used as the file name for new content. For example, if the title is My Title, and the file is a .txt file, the file name is My Title.txt. Required for new content. Not supported for existing content _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionId` (_string_) Version ID of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `contentDocumentId` (_string_) ID of the existing content. Required for existing content. Not supported for new content _Available in: v32.0_ ### DashboardComponentSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a dashboard component snapshot. A snapshot is a static image of a dashboard component at a specific point in time. * `dashboardComponentSnapshot` (_object_) DashboardComponentSnapshot The dashboard component snapshot. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DashboardComponentSnapshot`. ### DirectMessageCapability Create or update the members of a direct message. * `memberChanges` (_object_) DirectMessageMembershipActivityCollection Member activities of the direct message, with the most recent activity first. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMembershipActivityCollection`. * `members` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Members included in the direct message. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. * `originalMembers` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Original members of the direct message. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. * `subject` (_string_) Subject of the direct message. Optional when creating a direct message (POST). Not supported when updating a direct message (PATCH) _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `membersToAdd` (_array of string_) List of user IDs for members to include in the direct message. Required when creating a direct message (POST). Optional when updating a direct message (PATCH) _Available in: v39.0_ * `membersToRemove` (_array of string_) List of user IDs for members to remove from the direct message. Optional when updating a direct message (PATCH). Not supported when creating a direct message (POST) _Available in: v40.0_ ### EditCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, it can be edited by users who have permission. * `isEditRestricted` (_boolean_) Specifies whether editing this feed element or comment is restricted. If `true`, the context user can’t edit this feed element or comment. If `false`, the context user may or may not have permission to edit this feed element or comment. To determine if a feed element or comment is editable by the context user, use the [Feed Elements, Editability](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementEditCapabilityIsEditableByMe) or [Comment Capability, Editability](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Comments-Resources/operation/getCommentEditCapabilityIsEditableByMe) resource. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEditableByMeUrl` (_string_) The URL to check if the context user is able to edit this feed element or comment. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `lastEditedBy` (_object_) UserDetail Who last edited this feed element or comment. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserDetail`. * `lastEditedDate` (_string_) The most recent edit date of this feed element or comment. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `latestRevision` (_integer_) The most recent revision of this feed element or comment. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relativeLastEditedDate` (_string_) Relative last edited date, for example, “2h ago.” _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EmailMessageCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has an email message from a case. * `attachments` (_array of EmailAttachment_) Attachments in the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `automationType` (_string_) Automation type of the email message. Values are: * `aiAssisted` —The email message was created with the assistance of AI. * `aiAutomated` —The email message was created automatically by AI. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `aiAssisted`, `aiAutomated`. * `bccAddresses` (_array of EmailAddress_) BCC addresses for the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `body` (_string_) Body of the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `ccAddresses` (_array of EmailAddress_) CC addresses for the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `direction` (_string_) Direction of the email message. Values are: * `Inbound` —An inbound message (sent by a customer). * `Outbound` —An outbound message (sent to a customer by a support agent). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Inbound`, `Outbound`. * `emailMessageId` (_string_) ID of the email message. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `emailMessageSize` (_string_) Size of a case’s email message HTML body. * `Large` — `UseLargeHtmlBody` permission is set, HTML body exceeds 131K characters, and HTML email display is enabled. * `Normal` —Email message doesn’t meet the `Large` criteria. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Large`, `Normal`. * `fromAddress` (_object_) EmailAddress From address for the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EmailAddress`. * `htmlExpandEmailThread` (_integer_) Start location of previous email thread. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isRichText` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the body of the email message is in rich text format. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_string_) Status of an email message on a case. Values are: * `DraftStatus` * `ForwardedStatus` * `NewStatus` * `ReadStatus` * `RepliedStatus` * `SentStatus` _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `subject` (_string_) Subject of the email message. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `textBody` (_string_) Body of the email message. In version 36.0 and later, use the `body` property. _Available in: v32.0–35.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `toAddresses` (_array of EmailAddress_) To addresses of the email message. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalAttachments` (_integer_) Total number of attachments in the email message. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EnhancedLinkCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a link that may contain supplemental information like an icon, a title, and a description. * `description` (_string_) A description with a 500 character limit. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `icon` (_object_) Icon A icon. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Icon`. * `linkRecordId` (_string_) A ID associated with the link if the link URL refers to a Salesforce record. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `linkUrl` (_string_) A link URL to a detail page if available content can’t display inline. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) A title to a detail page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExtensionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more extensions associated with it. * `items` (_array of Extension_) Collection of extensions. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedEntityShareCapability Share a feed entity with a feed post or comment. * `feedEntity` (_FeedItemSummary | FeedEntityNotAvailableSummary_) The summary of the feed entity that is shared with the feed element or comment. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `FeedItemSummary`, `FeedEntityNotAvailableSummary`. * `feedEntityId` (_string_) ID of the feed entity to share with the feed post or comment. _Available in: v39.0_ ### FilesCapability Attach up to 10 files that have already been uploaded or remove one or more files from a feed element. #### XML example ``` 069D00000001IOh 069D00000002IOg ``` * `items` (_array of Content_) A collection of file IDs and the operations to be carried out on the files. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### InteractionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has information about user interactions. * `count` (_integer (int64)_) The number of individual views, likes, and comments on a feed post. This count appears in the UI under the feed post as the number of views, for example, “5 views.” _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LinkCapability Create or update a link attached to a feed element. * `url` (_string_) URL of the link. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) Name of the link. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MediaReferenceCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more media references. * `media` (_array of MediaReference_) Collection of media references. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ModerationCapability If a feed element has this capability, users in the Experience Cloud site can flag the feed element for moderation. This response body also includes information about the flagged content. * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this feed element. Moderators can view and take action on flagged items. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. ### MuteCapability Mute or unmute a feed element. * `isMutedByMe` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed element is muted for the context user. Default value is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OriginCapability If a feed element has this capability, it was created by a feed action. * `actor` (_object_) UserSummary The user who executed the feed action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `originRecord` (_object_) Reference A reference to the feed element containing the feed action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. ### PinCapability Pin or unpin a feed element to a feed. * `isPinnableByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user can pin or unpin the entity to the feed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isPinned` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to pin (`true`) or unpin (`false`) the entity. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `entityId` (_string_) ID of the entity to pin or unpin. In version 41.0 and later, `entityId` must be a feed item ID. In version 41.0–42.0, only one feed item can be pinned per feed. In version 43.0 and later, three feed items can be pinned per feed. _Available in: v41.0_ ### PollCapability Create or vote on a poll feed element. To create a poll, use the [Feed Elements, Post and Search](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getFeedElementCollection) resource. To vote on a poll, use the [Feed Elements Capability, Poll](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources/operation/getPollCapability) resource. #### XML example for creating a poll ``` Monday Tuesday ``` * `choices` (_array of FeedPollChoice_) The choices used to create a new poll. You must specify 2–10 poll choices for each poll. Required for creating a poll _Available in: v32.0_ * `myChoiceId` (_string_) ID of an existing choice on the feed poll. Used to vote on an existing poll. Required for voting on a poll _Available in: v32.0_ * `totalVoteCount` (_string_) Total number of votes cast on the feed poll element. _Available in: v32.0_ ### QuestionAndAnswersCapability Create or edit a question feed element or set the best answer of the existing question feed element. * `bestAnswer` (_object_) Comment Comment selected as the best answer for the question. _Available in: v32.0_ Includes all fields of `Comment`. * `bestAnswerSelectedBy` (_object_) UserSummary User who selected the best answer for the question. _Available in: v32.0_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `canCurrentUserSelectOrRemoveBestAnswer` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the context user can select or remove a best answer (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ * `candidateAnswers` (_object_) CandidateAnswersStatus Status of candidate answers for the question. _Available in: v41.0_ Includes all fields of `CandidateAnswersStatus`. * `escalatedCase` (_object_) Reference If a question post is escalated, this is the case to which it was escalated. _Available in: v33.0_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `questionTitle` (_string_) Title for a question feed element. To edit the title of a question, make a PATCH request to `/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}`. Editing question titles is supported in version 34.0 and later. Required to POST or PATCH a question. _Available in: v32.0_ * `bestAnswerId` (_string_) A comment ID to use as a best answer for a question feed element. The best answer comment must already exist on the question feed element. Required to PATCH the best answer. Not supported in POST requests. _Available in: v32.0_ ### ReadByCapability Mark feed elements as read by the context user. * `isReadByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies to mark the feed element as read (`true`) for the context user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastReadDateByMe` (_string_) Specifies the last date, in ISO 8601 format, when the feed element is marked as read for the context user. If you don’t specify a date or you specify a future date, the current system date is used. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `page` (_object_) ReadByCollection First page of information about who read the feed element and when. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ReadByCollection`. ### RecommendationsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recommendation. * `items` (_NonEntityRecommendation | object_) A collection of recommendations. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `NonEntityRecommendation`, `object`. ### RecordSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all the snapshotted fields of a record for a single create record event. * `recordView` (_object_) RecordView A record representation that includes metadata and data so you can display the record easily. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordView`. ### SocialPostCapability If a feed element has this capability, it can interact with a social post on a social network. * `author` (_object_) SocialAccount Social account that authored the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialAccount`. * `content` (_string_) Content body of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `deletedBy` (_object_) UserSummary User who deleted the social post. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `hiddenBy` (_object_) UserSummary User who hid the social post. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `icon` (_object_) Icon Icon of the social network. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Icon`. * `id` (_string_) ID associated with the social post Salesforce record. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isOutbound` (_boolean_) If `true`, the social post originated from the Salesforce application. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likedBy` (_string_) External social account who liked the social post. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageType` (_string_) Message type of the social post. Values are: * `Comment` * `Direct` * `Post` * `PrivateMessage` * `Reply` * `Retweet` * `Tweet` _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Title or heading of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `postUrl` (_string_) External URL to the social post on the social network. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `provider` (_string_) Social network that this social post belongs to. Values are: * `Facebook` * `GooglePlus` * `Instagram` * `InstagramBusiness` * `KakaoTalk` * `Kik` * `Line` * `LinkedIn` * `Messenger` * `Other` * `Pinterest` * `QQ` * `Rypple` * `SinaWeibo` * `SMS` * `Snapchat` * `Telegram` * `Twitter` * `VKontakte` * `WeChat` * `WhatsApp` * `YouTube` _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `recipient` (_object_) SocialAccount Social account that is the recipient of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialAccount`. * `recipientId` (_string_) ID of the recipient of the social post. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reviewScale` (_number (double)_) Review scale of the social post. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reviewScore` (_number (double)_) Review score of the social post. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) SocialPostStatus Status of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialPostStatus`. ### StatusCapability Change the status of a feed post or comment. * `feedEntityStatus` (_string_) Status of the feed post or comment. Values are: * `Draft` —The feed post isn’t published but is visible to the author and users with Modify All Data or View All Data permission. Comments can’t be drafts. * `Isolated` —The feed post or comment is isolated, and only admins can see it. * `PendingReview` —The feed post or comment isn’t approved yet and therefore isn’t published or visible. * `Published` —The feed post or comment is approved and visible. Posts that have a status of `PendingReview` or `Published` can’t be changed to a status of `Draft` and vice versa. Only admins can change the status of a post or comment to or from `Isolated` status. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Draft`, `Isolated`, `PendingReview`, `Published`. * `isApprovableByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user can change the status of the feed post or comment. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TopicsCapability Assign topics to a feed element. * `canAssignTopics` (_boolean_) `true` if a topic can be assigned to the feed element, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v32.0_ * `items` (_array of Topic_) A collection of topics associated with this feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ * `contextTopicName` (_string_) Name of the parent topic in the site to which the feed element belongs. _Available in: v38.0_ * `topics` (_array of string_) List of topics to assign to the feed element. _Available in: v38.0_ ### TrackedChangesCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all changes to a record for a single tracked change event. * `changes` (_array of FeedTrackedChange_) Collection of feed tracked changes. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UpDownVoteCapability Upvote or downvote a feed element or a comment. * `downVoteCount` (_integer (int64)_) Number of downvotes. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myVote` (_string_) Specifies the context user’s vote. Values are: * `Down` * `None` * `Up` _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `upVoteCount` (_integer (int64)_) Number of upvotes. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `vote` (_string_) Type of vote for a feed element or comment. Values are: * `Down` * `None` * `Up` _Available in: v41.0_ ### Comment A comment. * `attachment` (_string_) Values are: * [Attachment Input: Existing Content](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_what_is_chatter_connect) * [Attachment Input: New File Upload](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_what_is_chatter_connect) As of version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `body` (_object_) MessageBodyInputRequest The body of the comment. Feed item and comment bodies have a 10,000 character limit. Because this limit can change, we recommend that clients make a `describeSObjects()` call on the FeedItem or FeedComment object. To determine the maximum number of allowed characters, look at the length of the Body or CommentBody field. To edit this property in a comment, make a PATCH request to `/chatter/comments/{commentId}`. Editing comments is supported in version 34.0 and later. Rich text and inline images are supported in comment bodies in version 35.0 and later. Inline images in content bodies must use content document (069) image files previously uploaded to Salesforce. Entity links are supported in version 43.0 and later. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MessageBodyInputRequest`. * `capabilities` (_object_) CommentCapabilities Capabilities of the comment, such as a file attachment. You can edit a comment’s body, but you can’t update a comment’s capabilities. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `CommentCapabilities`. * `clientInfo` (_object_) ClientInfo Information about the client app used to authenticate the connection. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ClientInfo`. * `createdDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElement` (_object_) Reference Feed element on which the comment is posted. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `feedItem` (_object_) Reference Feed item on which the comment is posted. As of version 32.0, use the `feedElement` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDeletable` (_boolean_) This property is no longer available as of version 25.0. Use the `isDeleteRestricted` property instead. Specifies if the context user can delete the comment. _Available in: v23.0–24.0_ * `isDeleteRestricted` (_boolean_) Returns `true` if the context user can’t delete the comment. If it returns `false` , possibly the context user can delete the comment. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `likes` (_object_) LikePage Page of likes associated with the comment. This property has no information for comments on direct messages. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `LikePage`. * `likesMessage` (_object_) LikeMessageBody Message body that describes who likes the comment. This property is `null` for comments on direct messages. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `LikeMessageBody`. * `myLike` (_object_) Reference If the context user liked the comment, returns a reference to that like or returns `null` . This property is `null` for comments on direct messages. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `parent` (_object_) Reference Information about the parent of the feed-item associated with this comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Created date formatted as a relative, localized string, for example, “17m ago” or “Yesterday.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `threadLevel` (_integer_) Level of nesting for a comment. 0 indicates a standard comment with a parent post. 1 indicates a threaded comment with a parent comment and a parent post. 2 indicates a threaded comment with two parent comments and a parent post. The UI is limited to these three levels. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `threadParentId` (_string_) ID of the parent comment for a threaded comment. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Indicates the type of comment. Valid values are: * `ContentComment` —the comment contains an attachment * `TextComment` —the comment contains only text _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `ContentComment`, `TextComment`. * `url` (_string_) URL to this comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the comment author. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. ### Like Chatter like. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the like _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likedItem` (_object_) Reference A reference to the liked comment or feed element _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `url` (_string_) URL to this like _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the user who liked this comment or feed element _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. ### ModerationFlagsCollection Collection of flags on a feed item, comment, or file. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flags` (_array of ModerationFlagItem_) List of flag details. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Number of items per page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Topic Topic input. * `createdDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `description` (_string_) Text description of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `images` (_object_) TopicImages Images associated with the topic _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `TopicImages`. * `isBeingDeleted` (_boolean_) `true` if the topic is currently being deleted; `false` otherwise. After the topic is deleted, when attempting to retrieve the topic, the response is [404: Not Found](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_error_responses#status-codes-and-error-responses). _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the topic Use this property to change only the capitalization and spacing of the topic name. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nonLocalizedName` (_string_) Non-localized name of the topic _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `talkingAbout` (_integer_) Number of people talking about this topic over the last two months, based on factors such as topic additions and comments on posts with the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the topic detail page _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `idsToMerge` (_array of string_) List of up to five secondary topic IDs to merge with the primary topic If any of the secondary topics are navigational or featured topics, they lose their topic type, topic images, and children topics. Their feed items are reassigned to the primary topic. If you merge a topic with a content topic, the content associations are preserved. If you merge a topic with an inactive endorsee, the endorsement isn’t mapped to the primary topic. _Available in: v33.0_ ### ApprovalPostTemplateField Description of an approval post template field. * `displayName` (_string_) The field name _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayValue` (_string_) The field value or `null` if the field is set to `null` . _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `record` (_object_) Reference A record ID If no record exists or if the reference is `null`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. ### FeedElementPage Container of feed elements with paginated results. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `elements` (_string_) Collection of feed elements. A feed element can be any of these: * Generic Feed Element * Feed Item _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isModifiedToken` (_string_) An opaque polling token that describes when a news feed was last modified. Use this as the value in the `{since}` request parameter of the `/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements/is-modified` resource. This feature is available through a Feed Polling pilot program. This pilot program is closed and not accepting new participants. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isModifiedUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL with a `{since}` request parameter that contains an opaque token that describes when the feed was last modified. Returns `null` if the feed isn’t a news feed. Use this URL to poll a news feed for updates. This feature is available through a Feed Polling pilot program. This pilot program is closed and not accepting new participants. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `updatesToken` (_string_) Token to use in an `{updatedSince}` parameter, or `null` if not available. An opaque polling token that describes when a news feed was last modified. Use this token as the value in the `{updatedSince}` request parameter of the `/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements` resource. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `updatesUrl` (_string_) A resource with the feed elements updated since the feed was refreshed. Value is `null` if the feed doesn’t support updates polling. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### FeedTrackedChange Feed tracked change. * `fieldName` (_string_) The name of the field that was updated. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `newValue` (_string_) The new value of the field or `null` if the field length is long or empty. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `oldValue` (_string_) The old value of the field or `null` if the field length is long or empty. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Icon Icon. * `height` (_integer_) The height of the icon, in pixels _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL of the icon. This URL is available to unauthenticated users. The URL doesn’t expire. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `width` (_integer_) The width of the icon, in pixels _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserDetail User detail. If the context user doesn’t have permission to see a property, the property is set to `null`. * `aboutMe` (_string_) Text from user's profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `additionalLabel` (_string_) If one exists, an extra label for the user, for example, “Customer,” “Partner,” or “Acme Corporation.” _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `address` (_object_) Address User’s address. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Address`. * `bannerPhoto` (_object_) BannerPhotoQuip User’s banner photo. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BannerPhotoQuip`. * `chatterActivity` (_object_) ChatterActivity Chatter activity statistics. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChatterActivity`. * `chatterInfluence` (_object_) ChatterInfluence User’s influence rank. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChatterInfluence`. * `communityNickname` (_string_) User’s nickname in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `companyName` (_string_) Company name. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentStatus` (_object_) UserStatus User's current status. _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ Includes all fields of `UserStatus`. * `displayName` (_string_) User’s name that is displayed in the site. If nicknames are enabled, the nickname is displayed. If nicknames aren’t enabled, the full name is displayed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `email` (_string_) User's email address. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `firstName` (_string_) User's first name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `firstName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `followersCount` (_integer_) Number of users following this user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `followingCounts` (_object_) FollowingCounts Information about items the user is following. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `FollowingCounts`. * `groupCount` (_integer_) Number of groups user is following. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `hasChatter` (_boolean_) `true` if user has access to Chatter; `false` otherwise. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isActive` (_boolean_) `true` if user is active, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isChatterGuest` (_boolean_) `true` if user is a Chatter customer, `false` otherwise. In version 26.0 and later, use the `userType` property. _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ * `isInThisCommunity` (_boolean_) `true` if the user is in the same Experience Cloud site as the context user; `false` otherwise. Can be `false` for record feed @mentions on posts with the scope “All Users.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) User's last name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `lastName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managerId` (_string_) 18-character ID of the user’s manager. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `managerName` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of manager's first and last names. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile picture. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outOfOffice` (_object_) OutOfOffice If one exists, extra out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OutOfOffice`. * `phoneNumbers` (_array of PhoneNumber_) Collection of user's phone numbers. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `photo` (_object_) Photo Information about the user's photos. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `reputation` (_object_) Reputation Reputation of the user in the site, which is determined by the number of points earned from events and actions performed in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Reputation`. * `stamps` (_array of Stamp_) Collection of the user’s stamps. In version 44.0 and later, use SOQL to get a user’s stamps. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thanksReceived` (_integer_) Number of thanks the user has received. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Value is `User` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the user's Chatter profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `username` (_string_) User name of the user, such as `{Admin@mycompany.com}` . _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userType` (_string_) Type of user. Valid values are: * `ChatterGuest` —User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly` —User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest` —User is unauthenticated. * `Internal` —User is a standard org member. * `Portal` —User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System` —User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined` —User is a user type that is a custom object. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `ChatterGuest`, `ChatterOnly`, `Guest`, `Internal`, `Portal`, `System`, `Undefined`. ### FilesConnectRepository Information about a Files Connect repository. * `authentication` (_object_) FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication Repository authentication information. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication`. * `features` (_object_) FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures Repository features. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Repository label. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) Repository name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `providerType` (_object_) FilesConnectProviderType Repository provider type. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectProviderType`. * `rootFolderItemsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the repository root folder items, or `null` if the repository does not support browsing. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DashboardComponentSnapshot Dashboard component snapshot input. * `componentId` (_string_) 18-character ID of the dashboard component. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `componentName` (_string_) The dashboard component name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dashboardBodyText` (_string_) Display this text next to the actor in the feed element.Use this text in place of the default body text. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dashboardId` (_string_) 18-character ID of the dashboard. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dashboardName` (_string_) The name of the dashboard. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fullSizeImageUrl` (_string_) The source URL to retrieve the full-size image of a snapshot. Access this URL with OAuth credentials. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastRefreshDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date specifying when this dashboard component was last refreshed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastRefreshDateDisplayText` (_string_) Display text for the last refresh date, for example, “Last Refreshed on October 31, 2013.” _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `runningUser` (_object_) UserSummary The running user of the dashboard at the time the snapshot was posted. This value may be `null`. Each dashboard has a running user, whose security settings determine which data to display in a dashboard. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `thumbnailUrl` (_string_) The source URL to retrieve the thumbnail image of a snapshot. Access this URL with OAuth credentials. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parentId` (_string_) A user, group, or dashboard ID to which you are posting the snapshot. _Available in: v25.0_ * `filterId1` (_string_) Optional. A dashboard filter item ID. _Available in: v25.0_ * `filterId2` (_string_) Optional. A second dashboard filter item ID. _Available in: v25.0_ * `filterId3` (_string_) Optional. A third dashboard filter item ID. _Available in: v25.0_ * `feedItemBody` (_object_) MessageBodyInputRequest Contains the text that accompanies the feed item associated with the dashboard component snapshot. _Available in: v25.0_ Includes all fields of `MessageBodyInputRequest`. * `runningUserId` (_string_) Optional. A user ID from which the view of the dashboard will be created, if other than the creator. _Available in: v25.0_ ### DirectMessageMembershipActivityCollection A collection of direct message member activities. * `activities` (_array of DirectMessageMembershipActivity_) Collection of direct message member activities. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DirectMessageMemberCollection A collection of direct message members. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the current page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the next page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `users` (_array of UserSummary_) Collection of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EmailAttachment An email attachment in an email message. * `attachment` (_object_) RecordSummary Record summary of the attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordSummary`. * `contentType` (_string_) Type of attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileName` (_string_) Name of the attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EmailAddress An email address for an email message sent from a case record in Case Feed. * `displayName` (_string_) Display name for an email address _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `emailAddress` (_string_) Email address _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedRecord` (_object_) RecordSummary The summary of a related record, for example, a contact or user summary. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordSummary`. ### Extension An extension. * `alternativeRepresentation` (_object_) Alternative Alternative representation of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Alternative`. * `attachmentId` (_string_) Attachment ID of the extension. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `extensionId` (_string_) ID of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `payload` (_string_) Payload associated with the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `payloadVersion` (_string_) Payload version that identifies the structure of the payload associated with the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `domain` (_string_) Service domain to which the extension belongs. By convention, this is the third portion of the extension point name (epn). For example, if the epn is `Commerce_Domain_Cart_Calculate` , the service domain is `Cart` ; and if the epn is `Commerce_Endpoint_Account_Address` , the service domain is `Account` . _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `epn` (_string_) Extension point name (unique identifier for an extension). For valid values, see the [RegisteredExternalService](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_registeredexternalservice.htm) object's ExtensionPointName field. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the extension. By convention, this is the fourth portion of the extension point name (epn). For example, if the epn is `Commerce_Domain_Cart_Calculate` , the name is `Calculate` . _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `product` (_string_) Extension family name. By convention, this is the first portion of the extension point name (epn). For example, if the epn is `Commerce_Domain_Cart_Calculate` , the extension family name is `Commerce` . _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `type` (_string_) Type of extension. Valid values are: * `Domain` * `Endpoint` _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### FeedItemSummary A feed item summary. * `actor` (_RecordSummary | UserSummary | UnauthenticatedUser_) Entity that created the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `RecordSummary`, `UserSummary`, `UnauthenticatedUser`. * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `capabilities` (_object_) FeedElementCapabilities Container for all capabilities that can be included with a feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCapabilities`. * `createdDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z, when the entity was created. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElementType` (_string_) Type of feed entity. * `Bundle` —A container of feed elements. A bundle also has a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `FeedItem` —A feed item has a single parent and is scoped to oneExperience Cloud site or across all Experience Cloud sites. A feed item can have capabilities such as bookmarks, canvas, content, comment, link, poll. Feed items have a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `Recommendation` —A recommendation is a feed element with a recommendations capability. A recommendation suggests records to follow, groups to join, or applications that are helpful to the context user. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Bundle`, `FeedItem`, `Recommendation`. * `header` (_object_) FeedItemBody Title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the message segments. If a client doesn’t know how to render a feed element type, it should render this text. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEntityAvailable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the entity is available. If `false`, either the user doesn’t have access to the entity or the entity was deleted. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string_) When the feed item was modified in the form of an ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `originalFeedItem` (_object_) Reference Reference to the original feed item if this feed item is a shared feed item; otherwise, `null`. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `originalFeedItemActor` (_RecordSummary | UserSummary | UnauthenticatedUser_) If this feed item is a shared feed item, information about the original poster of the feed item; otherwise, `null`. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ One of: `RecordSummary`, `UserSummary`, `UnauthenticatedUser`. * `parent` (_FileSummary | object | RecordSummary | UserSummary_) Parent of the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ One of: `FileSummary`, `object`, `RecordSummary`, `UserSummary`. * `photoUrl` (_string_) URL of the photo associated with the feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Relative created date, for example, “2h ago.” _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_string_) Specifies who can see a feed item. * `AllUsers` —Visibility is not limited to internal users. * `InternalUsers` —Visibility is limited to internal users. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `AllUsers`, `InternalUsers`. ### FeedEntityNotAvailableSummary A summary when the feed entity isn’t available. * `actor` (_RecordSummary | UserSummary | UnauthenticatedUser_) _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `RecordSummary`, `UserSummary`, `UnauthenticatedUser`. * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `createdDate` (_string_) _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElementType` (_string_) _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEntityAvailable` (_boolean_) The value is `false` because the user doesn’t have access to the entity or the entity was deleted. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parent` (_FileSummary | object | RecordSummary | UserSummary_) _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ One of: `FileSummary`, `object`, `RecordSummary`, `UserSummary`. * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Content A file attached to a feed item. * `checksum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository External data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepository`. * `contentUrl` (_string_) URL of the content for links and Google docs. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `downloadUrl` (_string_) URL to the content. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string_) External URL this file points to, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileSize` (_string_) Size of the file in bytes. If size can’t be determined, returns `unknown` . _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file, such as PDF. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasPdfPreview` (_boolean_) `true` if the file has a PDF preview available, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the content. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageDetails` (_object_) ImageFileDetail Image details, or `null` if the file isn’t an image. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ImageFileDetail`. * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl` (_string_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string_) URL to the 240 x 180 pixel rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string_) URL to the 720 x 480 pixel rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string_) URL to the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_string_) Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` —Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` —Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `Allowed`, `Restricted`. * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 120 x 90 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` —Image is being rendered. * `Failed` —Rendering process failed. * `Success` —Rendering process was successful. * `Na` —Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `Processing`, `Failed`, `Success`, `Na`. * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 240 x 180 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` —Image is being rendered. * `Failed` —Rendering process failed. * `Success` —Rendering process was successful. * `Na` —Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `Processing`, `Failed`, `Success`, `Na`. * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 720 x 480 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` —Image is being rendered. * `Failed` —Rendering process failed. * `Success` —Rendering process was successful. * `Na` —Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `Processing`, `Failed`, `Success`, `Na`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionId` (_string_) Version ID of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### MediaReference A media reference. * `mediaUrl` (_string_) URL to stream or download the media. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string_) If one exists, URL of the media’s thumbnail. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedPollChoice Feed poll choice. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the poll choice _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `position` (_integer_) The location in the poll where this poll choice exists. The first poll choice starts at 1. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Label text associated with the poll choice _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `voteCount` (_integer_) Total number of votes for this poll choice _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `voteCountRatio` (_number (double)_) The ratio of total number of votes for this poll choice to all votes cast in the poll. Multiply the ratio by 100 to get the percentage of votes cast for this poll choice. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CandidateAnswersStatus The status of candidate answers on a feed element. * `hasCandidateAnswers` (_boolean_) Indicates whether candidate answers are available for a question. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasCandidateAnswersPublished` (_boolean_) Indicates whether any candidate answers are published. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasCandidateAnswersRated` (_boolean_) Indicates whether any candidate answers are rated. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReadByCollection A collection of information about who read the feed element and when. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. The default is 25 items per page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of ReadBy_) Collection of read-by information, including users and when they last read the feed element. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of users who read the feed element. This count appears in the UI under feed posts in private and unlisted Chatter groups as the “seen by” number, for example, “Seen by 48.” _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### NonEntityRecommendation A recommendation for a non-Salesforce entity, such as an application. This response body isn’t available in version 34.0 and later. In version 34.0 and later, the Chatter Recommendation response body is used for all recommendations. * `displayLabel` (_string_) Localized label of the non-entity object. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `explanation` (_object_) ExplanationSummary The recommendation explanation. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ExplanationSummary`. * `motif` (_object_) Motif Motif for the non-entity object. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `recommendationType` (_string_) Specifies the type of record being recommended. * `apps` * `articles` * `files` * `groups` * `records` * `topics` * `users` _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ChatterRecommendation A Chatter, custom, or static recommendation. * `actOnUrl` (_string_) For user, file, group, topic, and record `entity` types, use this Connect REST URL with a POST request to follow the recommended user, file, topic, or record, or join the recommended group. For example: /services/data/v67.0/chatter/users/005D0000001AzOAIA0/following ?subjectId=005D0000001B4CvIAK For recommended object `entity` types, such as custom recommendations, use the `actionUrl` property of the Platform Action response body to take action on the recommendation. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `action` (_string_) Specifies the action to take on the recommendation. Values are: * `follow` (V23.0) * `join` (V23.0) * `view` (V25.0) _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `follow`, `join`, `view`. * `entity` (_ArticleSummary | FileSummary | Group | RecommendedObject | RecordSummary | Topic | UserSummary_) The entity with which the receiver is recommended to take action. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `ArticleSummary`, `FileSummary`, `Group`, `RecommendedObject`, `RecordSummary`, `Topic`, `UserSummary`. * `explanation` (_object_) ExplanationSummary The recommendation explanation. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ExplanationSummary`. * `object` (_FileSummary | Group | RecordSummary | UserSummary_) The object with which the receiver is recommended to take action. In version 32.0 and later, use the `entity` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `FileSummary`, `Group`, `RecordSummary`, `UserSummary`. * `platformActionGroup` (_object_) PlatformActionGroupActivities A platform action group instance with state appropriate for the context user. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PlatformActionGroupActivities`. * `recommendationType` (_string_) Specifies the type of record being recommended. * `apps` * `articles` * `files` * `groups` * `records` * `topics` * `users` _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Not available after version 23.0. _Available in: v23.0–23.0_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the recommendation. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecordView A view of any record in the org, including a custom object record. This object is used if a specialized object, such as User or ChatterGroup, isn’t available for the record type. Contains data and metadata so you can render a record with one response. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) The localized name _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedListDefinitions` (_array of ListViewDefinition_) Related list definitions (metadata) for this object. These list definitions don’t include the related list data. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `sections` (_array of RecordSection_) List of record view sections. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SocialAccount A social account on a social network. * `externalSocialAccountId` (_string_) ID of the external social account, if available. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `handle` (_string_) Social handle, screen name, or alias that identifies this account. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the account as defined by the account's owner. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `profileUrl` (_string_) URL to the account's profile. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `socialPersonaId` (_string_) ID of the social persona account, if the external social account ID isn’t available. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SocialPostStatus The status of a social post. * `message` (_string_) Status message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Status type. Values are: * `ApprovalPending` * `ApprovalRecalled` * `ApprovalRejected` * `Deleted` * `Failed` * `Hidden` * `Pending` * `Sent` * `Unknown` _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommentCapabilities Comment capabilities input. * `comments` (_object_) CommentsCapability If a comment has this capability, it has threaded comments. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommentsCapability`. * `content` (_object_) ContentCapability Content to attach to the comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ContentCapability`. * `edit` (_object_) EditCapability If a comment has this capability, users who have permission can edit it. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EditCapability`. * `feedEntityShare` (_object_) FeedEntityShareCapability Feed entity to share to the comment. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedEntityShareCapability`. * `record` (_object_) RecordCapability Existing knowledge article to attach to the comment. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordCapability`. * `status` (_object_) StatusCapability If a comment has this capability, it has a status that determines its visibility. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `StatusCapability`. * `upDownVote` (_object_) UpDownVoteCapability If a comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UpDownVoteCapability`. * `verified` (_object_) VerifiedCapability If a comment has this capability, users with permission can mark it as verified or unverified. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `VerifiedCapability`. ### ModerationFlagItem Flag details on a feed item, comment, or file. * `createdBy` (_string_) ID of the user who flagged the item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string_) Date when the item was flagged. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the moderation flag. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `moderationType` (_string_) Type of moderation flag. Values are: * `FlagAsInappropriate` —Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` —Flag for spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `FlagAsInappropriate`, `FlagAsSpam`. * `note` (_string_) Note from user who flagged the item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_string_) Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. Values are: * `ModeratorsOnly` —The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` —The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `ModeratorsOnly`, `SelfAndModerators`. ### ChatterActivity Chatter activity, such as the number of posts and comments made, and comments, likes, and upvotes received, for a user. * `commentCount` (_integer_) Total number of comments in the org or site made by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `commentReceivedCount` (_integer_) Total number of comments in the org or site received by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likeReceivedCount` (_integer_) Total number of likes and upvotes (in version 45.0 and later) on posts and comments in the org or site received by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `postCount` (_integer_) Total number of posts in the org or site made by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ChatterInfluence Chatter influence. * `percentile` (_string_) Percentile value for the user’s influence rank within the org or Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rank` (_integer_) Number indicating the user’s influence rank, relative to all other users within the org or Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserStatus User status input. **Note**: Setting a user status is no longer available as of version 25.0. Post feed items to the feed instead, using Feed Item Input. * `body` (_array of FeedItemBody_) Description of message body. _Available in: v23.0–24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parentId` (_string_) 18-character ID _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to this user status post _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FollowingCounts Chatter following counts. * `people` (_integer_) Number of people the user is following _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `records` (_integer_) Number of records the user is following Topics are a type of record that can be followed as of version 29.0. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of items the user is following _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication Authentication information for a repository. * `authFlowUrl` (_string_) Depends on the `authProtocol`. * `NoAuthentication` — `null`. * `Oauth` —URL to start the OAuth flow. * `Password` —URL to the authentication settings for external systems. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `NoAuthentication`, `Oauth`, `Password`. * `authProtocol` (_object_) ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum Authentication protocol used for the repository. Values are: * `NoAuthentication` —Repository doesn’t require authentication. * `Oauth` —Repository uses OAuth authentication protocol. * `Password` —Repository uses user name and password authentication protocol. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum`. * `userHasAuthSettings` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user has credentials or the administrator configured the external data source to use the same set of credentials for every user (`true`). Otherwise, `false`. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures Information about the features of a Files Connect repository. * `canBrowse` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the repository’s folder hierarchy can be browsed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canSearch` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the repository can be searched (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectProviderType Information about the Files Connect provider. * `label` (_string_) Localized label of the provider type. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Provider type. One of these values: * `ContentHubBox` * `ContentHubGDrive` * `ContentHubSharepoint` * `ContentHubSharepointOffice365` * `ContentHubSharepointOneDrive` * `SimpleUrl` _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DirectMessageMembershipActivity Direct message membership activity. * `activityDate` (_string_) Direct message member activity date. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `actor` (_object_) UserSummary User who changed the direct message membership. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `membersAdded` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Members added to the direct message as part of the activity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. * `membersRemoved` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Members removed from the direct message as part of the activity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. ### Alternative Alternative representation for an extension on a feed element. * `textRepresentation` (_string_) Text representation of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string_) Thumbnail URL to the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UnauthenticatedUser Unauthenticated user. * `name` (_string_) Either the name in the From field of the source email, or the email address from the source email. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FileSummary Description of a file. For all rendition properties, note the following: For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. * `checkSum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `contentSize` (_integer_) Size of the file in bytes. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository External data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepository`. * `contentModifiedDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. File-specific modified date, which is updated only for direct file operations, such as rename. Modifications to the file from outside of Salesforce can update this date. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentUrl` (_string_) If the file is a link, returns the URL, otherwise the string `null` . _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentVersionId` (_string_) ID of the content version. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string when the file was created. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `downloadUrl` (_string_) URL to the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string_) External URL this file points to, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionInformation` (_object_) ExternalFilePermissionInformation External file permission information, such as available groups, available permission types, and current sharing status, or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ExternalFilePermissionInformation`. * `flashRenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies if a flash preview version of the file has been rendered. Flash renditions were retired on July 16, 2021. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file, such as PDF, PowerPoint. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isFileAsset` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the file is an asset. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isMajorVersion` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is a major version; `false` if the file is a minor version. Major versions can’t be replaced. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this file. Moderators can view and act on flagged items. If the `communityModeration` property of the Features response body is `false`, this property is `null`. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. * `modifiedDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. Modifications to the file from within Salesforce update this date. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a file. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The icon is not a preview of the file. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this file, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `origin` (_string_) Specifies the file source. Valid values are: * `Chatter` —file came from Chatter * `Content` —file came from content * `FileField` —file came from a record or other form _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Allowed values: `Chatter`, `Content`, `FileField`. * `owner` (_object_) UserSummary Owner of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `parentFolder` (_object_) Reference Reference to the parent folder. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `pdfRenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies if a PDF preview version of the file has been rendered. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `publishStatus` (_string_) Publish status of the file. One of these values: * `PendingAccess` —File is pending publishing. * `PrivateAccess` —File is private. * `PublicAccess` —File is public. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `PendingAccess`, `PrivateAccess`, `PublicAccess`. * `renditionUrl` (_string_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string_) URL to the 240px by 180px rendition for the file, if available. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string_) URL to the 720px by 480px rendition for the file, if available. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string_) URL to the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_string_) Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` —Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` —Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `Allowed`, `Restricted`. * `sharingPrivacy` (_string_) Sharing privacy of a file. Values are: * `None` —File is visible to anyone with record access. * `PrivateOnRecords` —File is private on records. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `None`, `PrivateOnRecords`. * `sharingRole` (_string_) Sharing role of the file. One of these values: * `Admin` —Owner permission, but doesn’t own the file. * `Collaborator` —Viewer permission, and can edit, change permissions, and upload a new version of a file. * `Owner` —Collaborator permission, and can make a file private, and delete a file. * `Viewer` —Can view, download, and share a file. * `WorkspaceManaged` —Permission controlled by the library. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `Admin`, `Collaborator`, `Owner`, `Viewer`, `WorkspaceManaged`. * `systemModstamp` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string indicating when a user or any automated system process, such as a trigger, updated the file. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 120 x 90 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` —Image is being rendered. * `Failed` —Rendering process failed. * `Success` —Rendering process was successful. * `Na` —Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Processing`, `Failed`, `Success`, `Na`. * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 240 x 180 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` —Image is being rendered. * `Failed` —Rendering process failed. * `Success` —Rendering process was successful. * `Na` —Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Processing`, `Failed`, `Success`, `Na`. * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 720 x 480 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` —Image is being rendered. * `Failed` —Rendering process failed. * `Success` —Rendering process was successful. * `Na` —Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Processing`, `Failed`, `Success`, `Na`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionNumber` (_string_) Version number of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ImageFileDetail Image file details. * `height` (_integer_) Image’s height in pixels. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageFormat` (_string_) Image’s format. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orientation` (_string_) Image’s EXIF orientation value, if present. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `width` (_integer_) Image’s width in pixels. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReadBy Information about who read the feed element and when. * `lastReadDateByUser` (_string_) When the user last read the feed element in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the user who read the feed element. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. ### ExplanationSummary A summary explanation for a Chatter recommendation. * `detailsUrl` (_string_) URL to explanation details or `null` if the Chatter recommendation doesn’t have a detailed explanation. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `summary` (_string_) Summary explanation for the Chatter recommendation. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Indicates the reason for the Chatter recommendation. * `ArticleHasRelatedContent` —Articles with related content to a context article. * `ArticleViewedTogether` —Articles often viewed together with the article that the context user just viewed. * `ArticleViewedTogetherWithViewers` —Articles often viewed together with other records that the context user views. * `Custom` —Custom recommendations. * `FilePopular` —Files with many followers or views. * `FileViewedTogether` —Files often viewed at the same time as other files that the context user views. * `FollowedTogetherWithFollowees` —Users often followed together with other records that the context user follows. * `GroupMembersFollowed` —Groups with members that the context user follows. * `GroupNew` —Recently created groups. * `GroupPopular` —Groups with many active members. * `ItemViewedTogether` —Records often viewed at the same time as other records that the context user views. * `PopularApp` —Applications that are popular. * `RecordOwned` —Records that the context user owns. * `RecordParentOfFollowed` —Parent records of records that the context user follows. * `RecordViewed` —Records that the context user recently viewed. * `TopicFollowedTogether` —Topics often followed together with the record that the context user just followed. * `TopicFollowedTogetherWithFollowees` —Topics often followed together with other records that the context user follows. * `TopicPopularFollowed` —Topics with many followers. * `TopicPopularLiked` —Topics on posts that have many likes. * `UserDirectReport` —Users who report to the context user. * `UserFollowedTogether` —Users often followed together with the record that the context user followed . * `UserFollowsSameUsers` —Users who follow the same users as the context user. * `UserManager` —The context user’s manager. * `UserNew` —Recently created users. * `UserPeer` —Users who report to the same manager as the context user. * `UserPopular` —Users with many followers. * `UserViewingSameRecords` —Users who view the same records as the context user. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `ArticleHasRelatedContent`, `ArticleViewedTogether`, `ArticleViewedTogetherWithViewers`, `Custom`, `FilePopular`, `FileViewedTogether`, `FollowedTogetherWithFollowees`, `GroupMembersFollowed`, `GroupNew`, `GroupPopular`, `ItemViewedTogether`, `PopularApp`, `RecordOwned`, `RecordParentOfFollowed`, `RecordViewed`, `TopicFollowedTogether`, `TopicFollowedTogetherWithFollowees`, `TopicPopularFollowed`, `TopicPopularLiked`, `UserDirectReport`, `UserFollowedTogether`, `UserFollowsSameUsers`, `UserManager`, `UserNew`, `UserPeer`, `UserPopular`, `UserViewingSameRecords`. ### ArticleSummary A knowledge article summary. * `articleType` (_string_) Type of the knowledge article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `knowledgeArticleVersionId` (_string_) ID of the knowledge article version. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the knowledge article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastPublishedDate` (_string_) Last published date of the knowledge article. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a knowledge article. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The icon is not a preview of the article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this article, it contains information about the subscription. Otherwise, it returns `null` . _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rating` (_number (double)_) The rating of the article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `summary` (_string_) Summary of the knowledge article contents. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the knowledge article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Value is `KnowledgeArticle` . _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the knowledge article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the knowledge article. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `viewCount` (_integer_) Number of times the knowledge article has been viewed. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecommendedObject A custom or static recommendation. * `idOrEnum` (_string_) ID of a recommendation definition for a custom recommendation or the enum value `Today` for static recommendations that don’t have an ID (version 35.0 and later). _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Motif of the recommended object. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the recommended object. _Available in: v22.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v22.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ListViewDefinition Related list structure or a search list structure on a record view. There’s no data in the list. * `columns` (_array of ListViewColumn_) The columns of fields shown in this list view. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `label` (_string_) The localized label of this list view. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `objectType` (_object_) ListViewObjectDefinition The definition of the type of the objects in this list view. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ListViewObjectDefinition`. * `rowLimit` (_integer_) The maximum number of objects per page in this list view. To view all objects in this related list, page through the data in pages no larger than this size. To build a SOQL statement from this describe, the SOQL statement must include a LIMIT value equal to this value or an error is thrown on execution. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `sortColumns` (_array of ListViewSort_) The columns in which to sort this list view. The sort columns are given in the order of their priority (for example, primary sort, secondary sort, and so on). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### RecordSection A section of record fields on a record detail. * `columnCount` (_integer_) When rendering fields in a record section, the layout of the fields should be rendered in rows and columns with the number of columns described here. * `columnOrder` (_ConnectRecordColumnOrderEnum_) * `fields` (_array of AbstractRecordField_) The fields and values for the record contained in this section. * `heading` (_string_) A localized label to display with this section of fields when rendering. * `isCollapsible` (_boolean_) True if this section of fields can be collapsed to hide all of the fields. ### RecordCapability Attach an existing knowledge article to a comment. * `recordId` (_string_) ID of the existing knowledge article to attach. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the record. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### VerifiedCapability Mark a comment as verified or unverified. * `isVerifiableByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user has permission to mark comments as verified or unverified (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isVerified` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to mark the comment as verified (`true`) or unverified (`false`). Only verified comments can be marked as unverified, and only unverified comments can be marked as verified. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isVerifiedByAnonymized` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to mark the comment as verified by an anonymous user (`true`). If a user previously verified a comment and then requested the activity to be deleted, use `isVerifiedByAnonymized` to maintain the verification and anonymize the value of `lastVerifiedByUser`. You can’t set `isVerified` and `isVerifiedByAnonymized` to `true` at the same time. `isVerifiedByAnonymized` can be set to `true` only if `isVerified` is already set to `true`. You can’t set `isVerifiedByAnonymized` to `false`. After `isVerifiedByAnonymized` is set to `true`, it can be undone only when another user marks the comment as unverified and then reverifies the comment. _Available in: v43.0_ * `lastVerifiedByUser` (_object_) UserSummary User who last marked the comment as verified or unverified, otherwise `null`. Also `null` if the context user doesn’t have permission to mark comments as verified or unverified. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `lastVerifiedDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string. Date when the comment was last marked as verified or unverified, otherwise `null`. Also `null` if the context user doesn’t have permission to mark comments as verified or unverified. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum Authentication protocol used for the repository. Values are: * `NoAuthentication` —Repository doesn’t require authentication. * `Oauth` —Repository uses OAuth authentication protocol. * `Password` —Repository uses user name and password authentication protocol. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `NoAuthentication`, `Oauth`, `Password`. ### ExternalFilePermissionInformation External file permissions information. * `externalFilePermissionTypes` (_array of FilesConnectPermissionType_) Available permission types for the parent folder of the external file, or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionsFailure` (_boolean_) `true` if the retrieval of external file information failed or if `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`; `false` otherwise. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionsInfoFailureReason` (_string_) Explanation of the failure if a failure occurred and `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `true`; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFileSharingStatus` (_object_) ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnum Sharing status for the external file. Values are: * `DomainSharing` —File is shared with the domain. * `PrivateSharing` —File is private or shared only with individuals. * `PublicSharing` —File is publicly shared. Value is `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnum`. * `repositoryPublicGroups` (_array of RepositoryGroupSummary_) Available public groups in the external repository or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ListViewColumn Single column of a record’s related list. Describes how to lay out the column; doesn’t contain the column’s data. * `dataType` (_string_) The object type for this column’s field. This is the object type used in REST API and SOAP API. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `fieldId` (_string_) The fully qualified API field ID, for example, `Contact.Name`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `label` (_string_) The localized label of this column. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The short name of the API field, for example, `Name`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ListViewSort Ordinal of a sort order in a related list. * `column` (_string_) The field ID on the related list column to sort. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `order` (_object_) ConnectSortOrderEnum The order in which to sort the column. One of these values: * `Ascending` —Items are in ascending alphabetical order (A-Z). * `Descending` —Items are in descending alphabetical order (Z-A). * `MostRecentlyViewed` —Items are in descending chronological order by view. This sort order is valid only for Chatter feed streams. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSortOrderEnum`. ### ConnectRecordColumnOrderEnum Order in which fields are rendered in a grid. One of these values: * `LeftRight`: Fields are rendered from left to right. * `TopDown`: Fields are rendered from the top down. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `LeftRight`, `TopDown`. ### AbstractRecordField A field on a record object. * `type` (_string_) The type of this field. ### FilesConnectPermissionType A permission type. * `id` (_string_) The internal ID of the permission type in the repository. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `label` (_string_) The label as returned by the repository. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnum Sharing status for the external file. Values are: * `DomainSharing` —File is shared with the domain. * `PrivateSharing` —File is private or shared only with individuals. * `PublicSharing` —File is publicly shared. Value is `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DomainSharing`, `PrivateSharing`, `PublicSharing`. ### RepositoryGroupSummary Detailed description of a group entry. * `domain` (_string_) Domain of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `email` (_string_) Email of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `groupType` (_object_) FilesConnectGroupTypeEnum Type of group. Values are: * `Everybody` —Group is public to everybody. * `EverybodyInDomain` —Group is public to everybody in the same domain. * `Unknown` —Group type is unknown. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectGroupTypeEnum`. * `id` (_string_) ID of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnum The type of entry. Value is `GroupEntry`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnum`. ### FilesConnectGroupTypeEnum Type of group. One of these values: * `Everybody`: Group is public to everybody. * `EverybodyInDomain`: Group is public to everybody in the same domain. * `Unknown`: Group type is unknown. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Everybody`, `EverybodyInDomain`, `Unknown`. ### ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnum The type of entry. Value is `GroupEntry`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `GroupEntry`, `UserEntry`. ### AbstractRecordView Any record in the organization including custom objects. Typically, a user, group, file, or other detailed object is returned if it is available for that record type. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) The localized name _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractIdable Describing a person or thing that can act or be acted on in the organization. Corresponds directly to an actual record in the organization with an addressible ID. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractActor Describing a person or thing that can act or be acted on in the organization. May or may not correspond to an actual record in the organization, as some actors, such as certain system users, are synthetic in nature. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractUser Basic details of a user in the organization. * `additionalLabel` (_string_) If one exists, an extra label for the user, for example, “Customer,” “Partner,” or “Acme Corporation.” _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `communityNickname` (_string_) User’s nickname in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `companyName` (_string_) Name of the company. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayName` (_string_) User’s name that is displayed in the site. If nicknames are enabled, the nickname is displayed. If nicknames aren’t enabled, the full name is displayed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstName` (_string_) User's first name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `firstName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInThisCommunity` (_boolean_) `true` if the user is in the same Experience Cloud site as the context user; `false` otherwise. Can be `false` for record feed @mentions on posts with the scope “All Users.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) User's last name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `lastName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outOfOffice` (_object_) OutOfOffice If one exists, extra out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OutOfOffice`. * `photo` (_object_) Photo Information about the user's photo. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `reputation` (_object_) Reputation Reputation of the user in the Experience Cloud site, which is determined by the number of points earned from events and actions performed in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Reputation`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userType` (_object_) ConnectUserTypeEnum Type of user. Valid values are: * `ChatterGuest` —User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly` —User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest` —User is unauthenticated. * `Internal` —User is a standard org member. * `Portal` —User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System` —User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined` —User is a user type that is a custom object. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectUserTypeEnum`. ### ExperienceModelRenderableTypeDetail Represents the common details about a Renderable Type (i.e., Content Type, Block Type, Property Type, etc.). * `description` (_string_) Description of the type in its schema.json. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `designConfig` (_object_) Design configuration for the specified target. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name, or apiName, of the type. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the type, returned only for database-based (custom) types. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) Namespace prefix associated with the type. Refer to a type using the namespacePrefix\_\_developerName notation, or fullyQualifiedName. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionConfig` (_object_) Rendition configuration for the specified target. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `schema` (_object_) JSON schema definition, or schema.json, of the type. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `title` (_string_) The title of the type in its schema.json. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExperienceModelTypeDetail Represents the common details about a Type. * `description` (_string_) Description of the type in its schema.json. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name, or apiName, of the type. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the type, returned only for database-based (custom) types. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) Namespace prefix associated with the type. Refer to a type using the namespacePrefix\_\_developerName notation, or fullyQualifiedName. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `schema` (_object_) JSON schema definition, or schema.json, of the type. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Additional properties: `object`. * `title` (_string_) The title of the type in its schema.json. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractExperienceModelTypeCollection Abstract Collection Representation of a UEM Type i.e. Block, Property, or Content type. * `count` (_integer_) Number of types returned. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the page of types. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of types. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previous page of types. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### AbstractExperienceModelTypeSummary Abstract Summary Representation of a UEM Type i.e. Block, Property, or Content type.A collection of this is returned in the list endpoints. * `description` (_string_) Description of the type in its schema.json. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `detailUrl` (_string (url)_) Individual detail resource URL to the type. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) Developer name, or apiName, of the type. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the type, returned only for the database-based (custom) types. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) Namespace prefix that is associated with the type. Refer to a type using the namespacePrefix\_\_developerName notation, or fullyQualifiedName. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the type in its schema.json. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractFile Description of a file. * `checksum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository External data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepositorySbi`. * `contentModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. File-specific modified date, which is updated only for direct file operations, such as rename. Modifications to the file from outside of Salesforce can update this date. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentSize` (_integer_) Size of the file in bytes. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentUrl` (_string_) If the file is a link, returns the URL, otherwise the string `null` . _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentVersionId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the content version. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string when the file was created. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `downloadUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string (url)_) External URL this file points to, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionInformation` (_object_) ExternalFilePermissionInformation External file permission information, such as available groups, available permission types, and current sharing status, or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ExternalFilePermissionInformationSbi`. * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file, such as PDF, PowerPoint. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `flashRenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies if a flash preview version of the file has been rendered. Flash renditions were retired on July 16, 2021. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isArchived` (_boolean_) Specifies if the file is archived (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isFileAsset` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the file is an asset. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isMajorVersion` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is a major version; `false` if the file is a minor version. Major versions can’t be replaced. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this file. Moderators can view and act on flagged items. If the `communityModeration` property of the Features response body is `false`, this property is `null`. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlagsSbi`. * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. Modifications to the file from within Salesforce update this date. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `origin` (_string_) Specifies the file source. Valid values are: * `Chatter` —file came from Chatter * `Content` —file came from content * `FileField` —file came from a record or other form _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `owner` (_object_) UserSummary Owner of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `parentFolder` (_object_) Reference Reference to the parent folder. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `pdfRenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies if a PDF preview version of the file has been rendered. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `publishStatus` (_object_) ConnectFilePublishStatusEnum Publish status of the file. One of these values: * `PendingAccess` —File is pending publishing. * `PrivateAccess` —File is private. * `PublicAccess` —File is public. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFilePublishStatusEnum`. * `renditionUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string (url)_) URL to the 240px by 180px rendition for the file, if available. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string (url)_) URL to the 720px by 480px rendition for the file, if available. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_object_) ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` —Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` —Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum`. * `sharingPrivacy` (_object_) ConnectFileSharingPrivacyEnum Sharing privacy of a file. Values are: * `None` —File is visible to anyone with record access. * `PrivateOnRecords` —File is private on records. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFileSharingPrivacyEnum`. * `sharingRole` (_object_) ConnectFileSharingRoleEnum Sharing role of the file. One of these values: * `Admin` —Owner permission, but doesn’t own the file. * `Collaborator` —Viewer permission, and can edit, change permissions, and upload a new version of a file. * `Owner` —Collaborator permission, and can make a file private, and delete a file. * `Viewer` —Can view, download, and share a file. * `WorkspaceManaged` —Permission controlled by the library. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFileSharingRoleEnum`. * `systemModstamp` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string indicating when a user or any automated system process, such as a trigger, updated the file. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 120 x 90 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` —Image is being rendered. * `Failed` —Rendering process failed. * `Success` —Rendering process was successful. * `Na` —Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 240 x 180 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` —Image is being rendered. * `Failed` —Rendering process failed. * `Success` —Rendering process was successful. * `Na` —Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 720 x 480 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` —Image is being rendered. * `Failed` —Rendering process failed. * `Success` —Rendering process was successful. * `Na` —Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionNumber` (_string_) Version number of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnumSbi Specifies the current sharing status of an external item Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DomainSharing`, `PrivateSharing`, `PublicSharing`. ### FilesConnectGroupTypeEnumSbi Specifies the type of group. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Everybody`, `EverybodyInDomain`, `Unknown`. ### AbstractDirectoryEntrySummarySbi Description of a directory entry with summary information. * `domain` (_string_) Domain of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `email` (_string_) Email of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnumSbi_) ### ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum Specifies the type of flag Type: `string`. Allowed values: `FlagAsInappropriate`, `FlagAsSpam`. ### ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum Specifies the visibility behavior of a flag to various user types. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ModeratorsOnly`, `SelfAndModerators`. ### ConnectionProperties Representation of Network Connection Properties ### SurveyPageOutput The details of the page in the survey. * `label` (_string_) The label of the survey page. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the survey page. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageType` (_SurveyPageTypeEnum_) ### CalmBaseInput Base representation for asset generation in asset management service. * `assetAction` (_object_) CalmAssetActionInput Asset action that creates the asset. _Available in: v50.0_ Includes all fields of `CalmAssetActionInput`. * `assetActionSources` (_array of CalmAssetActionSourceInput_) List of asset action sources. _Available in: v50.0_ ### AbstractListInput Abstract primitive list ### FslResponse Base output representation for ESO operations ### MigratedEsoOperationInputBase Migration base input representation for ESO operations. ### EsoOperationInput The common input representation for ESO operations. ### AbstractServiceAppointmentInput Service Appointment input representation * `assignedResources` (_array of AssignedResourceInput_) Service resource who is assigned to a service appointment. When updating an appointment, pass the complete list of resources needed. If you don’t pass a resource that is assigned to a service appointment, the API deletes that assigned resource. For example, suppose that an existing service appointment has assigned resources: A and B and if you pass assigned resources: B and C. The API checks the resource availability of B and C for existing work type and service territory, and if both are available, the service appointment gets updated with: * Resource A—Deleted * Resource B—Updated * Resource C—Created However, if you don’t pass any of the assigned resources, the API assumes there is no change. When updating an appointment, you can use `extendedFields` to add values to any of the fields, including custom fields, in `assignedResources` as long as you have edit access to those fields. _Available in: v51.0_ * `lead` (_object_) LeadInput Prospect or lead. Required if `serviceAppointment` isn’t provided. Required to create a service appointment with unauthenticated guest users. _Available in: v48.0_ Includes all fields of `LeadInput`. * `schedulingPolicyId` (_string_) ID of the `AppointmentSchedulingPolicy` object. If no scheduling policy is passed in the request body, the default configurations are used. The only scheduling policy configuration that is used in determining time slots is the enforcement of account visiting hours. _Available in: v51.0_ * `serviceAppointment` (_object_) ServiceAppointmentInput Appointment to complete a service work for a customer. When creating an appointment, you can use `extendedFields` to add values to any of the fields, including custom fields, in `serviceAppointment` as long as you have edit access to those fields. Required if `lead` isn’t provided _Available in: v48.0_ Includes all fields of `ServiceAppointmentInput`. ### AbstractDirectoryEntrySummary Description of a directory entry with summary information. * `domain` (_string_) Domain of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `email` (_string_) Email of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnum The type of entry. Value is `GroupEntry`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnum`. # Connect REST API Architecture To use Connect REST API, understand a few characteristics of its architecture, like how to authenticate, and which data formats it supports. ## Authentication Connect REST API uses [OAuth 2.0](http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-v2-10). Salesforce is accessed securely using HTTPS. ## CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Scripting) Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) allows web browsers to request resources from other origins. For example, using CORS, the JavaScript for a web application at `https://www.example.com` can request a resource from `https://www.salesforce.com`. To allow access to supported Salesforce APIs, Apex REST resources, and Lightning Out from JavaScript code in a web browser, add the requesting origin to your Salesforce CORS allowlist. See [Perform Cross-Origin Requests from Web Browsers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.extend_code_cors.htm&type=5) in Salesforce Help. ## Default HTML entity encoding Responses are minimally HTML entity-encoded by default. Clients can request raw (unencoded) output. Set the `X-Chatter-Entity-Encoding` HTTP header in a request to `false`. For more information, see [Response Body Encoding](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_encoding.md). ## JSON and XML support The JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) format is supported with UTF-8. Date-time information is in [ISO 8601](https://www.w3.org/TR/NOTE-datetime) format. XML serialization is similar to SOAP API. XML requests are supported in UTF-8 and UTF-16, and XML responses are provided in UTF-8. Responses are in JSON format by default. To specify XML, use the HTTP header `Accept: application/xml`. (To specify JSON, use `Accept: application/json`.) You can append either `.json` or `.xml` to the URI of any resource to specify how the return is formatted. For example, `/chatter/feeds/filter/me/001/feed-elements.xml`. **note:** Not all features support XML. ## Localized names and times Connect REST API localizes both the names and datetimes to the locale setting of the user. Users set their locale in their personal information. If the user hasn’t set their locale, Connect REST API uses the default locale for the organization. Clients can use any locale available in the organization to override the default locale. To override the locale for any API request, use the Accept-Language HTTP header. For orgs created in Summer ’23 and later, the language specified in the Accept-Language HTTP header must be the same as specified in a `language` query parameter. **note:** ISO 8601 dates are always in GMT. ## Salesforce ID length Salesforce IDs in response bodies are always 18-character IDs. In request bodies, you can use either 15-character IDs or 18-character IDs. ## UI Themes Clients can use the `X-Connect-Theme` HTTP header to specify a UI theme for any API request. There are two themes, each with their own set of motif icons: `Classic` and `Salesforce1`. Theme names are case-sensitive. ## Method overriding To override an HTTP method if you use an HTTP library that doesn’t allow overriding or setting an arbitrary HTTP method name, use the request parameter `_HttpMethod`. ``` POST https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/chatter/ /chatter/users/me/conversations/03MD0000000008KMAQ ?_HttpMethod=PATCH&read=true ``` **note:** The `_HttpMethod` parameter is case-sensitive. Use the correct case for all values. # Connect REST API Developer Guide Integrate mobile apps, intranet sites, and third-party web applications with Salesforce using Connect REST API. Responses are localized, structured for presentation, and can be filtered to contain only what the app needs. | Required Editions | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Available in: All editions except **Personal** Edition. In addition, some features require Chatter to be enabled for the organization. | Connect REST API provides programmatic access to B2B Commerce, CMS managed content, Experience Cloud sites, files, notifications, topics, and more. Use Connect REST API to display Chatter feeds, users, and groups, especially in mobile applications. **note:** Many Connect REST API resource actions are exposed as static methods on Apex classes in the `ConnectApi` namespace. These classes are called Connect in Apex. Use [Connect in Apex](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.apexcode.meta/apexcode/apex_classes_connect_api.htm) to create custom experiences in Salesforce. Connect in Apex is available in all organizations and editions that have Apex enabled. - **[Connect REST API Introduction](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_working_with_chatter_connect.md)** Consider the Connect REST API architecture, rate limits, and how the resources, requests, and responses work. - **[Connect REST API Quick Start](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/quickstart.md)** Connect to Salesforce and authenticate, then make a request to Connect REST API. - **[Connect REST API Features](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features.md)** Work with some Connect REST API features and see examples. - **[Connect REST API Resources](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core)** See the Connect REST API reference. - **[Chatter REST API Resources](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter)** See the Chatter REST API reference. These REST API resources require Chatter and have a per user, per application, per hour rate limit. This rate limit is different from other Connect REST API resources. When you exceed the rate limit, Chatter REST API resources return a 503 Service Unavailable error code. - **[Chatter Feeds REST API Resources](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds)** See the Chatter Feeds REST API reference for Chatter feeds, feed elements, and comments. These REST API resources require Chatter and have a per user, per application, per hour rate limit. This rate limit is different from other Connect REST API resources. When you exceed the rate limit, Chatter REST API resources return a 503 Service Unavailable error code. ## API Reference The [Connect REST API Reference](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/) is grouped into distinct API families, including [Agentforce](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-agentforce), [Chatter](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter), [Chatter Feeds](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds), [CMS](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms), [Commerce](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-commerce), [Experience Cloud](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-experience-cloud), [Files and Folders](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files), and [Personalization](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-personalization), some of which were previously included in the main [Connect REST API Resources](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core). For an overview of each family, see [About the API Families](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-about). # Connect REST API Features Find the resources to work with Connect REST API features. - **[Action Links](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_action_links.md)** An action link is a button on a feed element. Clicking an action link can take a user to a Web page, initiate a file download, or invoke an API call to Salesforce or to an external server. An action link includes a URL and an HTTP method, and can include a request body and header information, such as an OAuth token for authentication. Use action links to integrate Salesforce and third-party services into the feed so that users can drive productivity and accelerate innovation. - **[Customer Asset Lifecycle Management](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_asset_lifecycle_use_cases.md)** Use Customer Asset Lifecycle Management resources to make lifecycle-managed asset data available for sales and account reps to view in Lightning Experience. - **[Experience Cloud Sites](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_communities.md)** Salesforce Experience Cloud lets you create branded digital experiences to share information and collaborate with people who are key to your business processes, such as customers, partners, or employees. Whether you call it a portal, help forum, support community, or something else, an Experience Cloud site is a great place to connect with the important folks in your life. - **[Feeds and Feed Elements](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_feeds_feed_elements.md)** A feed is a container of feed elements. Feed elements can be feed items, such as specific posts, or generic feed elements, such as bundled posts or recommendations in the feed. - **[Recommendations](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_recommendations.md)** Salesforce provides several types of recommendations, and Connect REST API supports Einstein Next Best Action, custom recommendations for Experience Cloud sites, and Chatter recommendations. - **[Salesforce Files](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_files.md)** Use Connect REST API to work with Salesforce Files. # Connect REST API Introduction Consider the Connect REST API architecture, rate limits, and how the resources, requests, and responses work. - **[When to Use Connect REST API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_using_chatter_connect.md)** Is Connect REST API the right API for you? - **[Connect REST API Architecture](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_architecture.md)** To use Connect REST API, understand a few characteristics of its architecture, like how to authenticate, and which data formats it supports. - **[Connect REST API Limits](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_rate_limits.md)** Most Connect REST API requests are subject to the same rate limits as other Salesforce APIs. Only requests to Chatter REST API resources (a subset of Connect REST API resources) are subject to a per user, per application, per hour rate limit. When you exceed the rate limit, Connect REST API resources return a 503 Service Unavailable error code. - **[Build the Resource URL](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_building_url.md)** Access Connect REST API resources by using the URI for your company's instance, combined with version and Experience Cloud site information, and the URI for the resource. - **[Send HTTP Requests](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_using_curl.md)** Connect REST API uses HTTP methods to send and receive JSON and XML content, so it’s easy to build client applications using the tool or the language of your choice. - **[HTTP Request Flow and a Response Body](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_understanding_chatter_connect_resources.md)** Review the process flow for Connect REST API, including resource and response examples. - **[Inputs and Binary File Upload Examples](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input.md)** Make HTTP POST, PATCH, and PUT requests using inputs and learn more about uploading binary files. - **[Wildcards](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards.md)** Use wildcard characters to match text patterns in Connect REST API and Connect in Apex searches. - **[Specify Response Sizes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/connect_returns_filters.md)** Use filter parameters to return only the data the application needs. To specify the response size by group (big, medium, or small), use `filterGroup` as a request parameter or in a request body. In addition, to exclude or include specific properties, use either `exclude` or `include` as a request parameter or in a request body. - **[Response Body Encoding](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_encoding.md)** Responses are minimally HTML entity-encoded by default. - **[Status Codes and Error Responses](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.chatterapi.meta/chatterapi/connect_error_responses.htm)** The response header contains an HTTP status code. If the response isn’t successful, the response body contains an error message, and if appropriate, information about the field or object where the error occurred. - **[OAuth and Connect REST API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_using_oauth.md)** Connect REST API uses OAuth to securely identify your application before connecting to Salesforce. - **[Connect REST API Release Notes](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_release_notes.md)** Use the Salesforce Release Notes to learn about the most recent updates and changes to Connect REST API. - **[API End-of-Life Policy](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_api_eol.md)** Salesforce is committed to supporting each API version for a minimum of three years from the date of first release. In order to mature and improve the quality and performance of the API, versions that are more than three years old sometimes are no longer supported. # Connect REST API Limits Most Connect REST API requests are subject to the same rate limits as other Salesforce APIs. Only requests to Chatter REST API resources (a subset of Connect REST API resources) are subject to a per user, per application, per hour rate limit. When you exceed the rate limit, Connect REST API resources return a 503 Service Unavailable error code. ## Rate Limits Only requests to [Chatter REST API resources](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter) are subject to a per user, per application, per hour rate limit. The documentation for every Chatter resource specifies that Chatter is required. Requests to resources that don’t require Chatter count toward the [Salesforce Platform total API request allocations](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.salesforce_app_limits_cheatsheet.meta/salesforce_app_limits_cheatsheet/salesforce_app_limits_platform_api.htm), which are per org and span a 24-hour period. **note:** Load, performance, and other system issues can prevent some limits from being reached. Limits can change without notice. Ensure that your applications make efficient use of available requests and gracefully handle the 503 error code. For applications using a session ID from Salesforce, the rate limit is per user, per hour—there isn’t a separate bucket for applications. All applications the user accesses with a session ID use this general quota. To take advantage of the per user, per application, per hour limit, use OAuth tokens. To build apps that don’t hit the rate limit, use these guidelines. - If you hit limits when running tests, use multiple users to simulate a real-world scenario. - When polling for feed updates, don’t exceed 1 poll per minute (60 polls per hour). To return more results in one request, increase the page size. - When polling for private messages, don’t exceed 60 polls per hour. - To avoid making multiple requests, cache metered static assets such as file and dashboard renditions (group and user profile pictures are not metered). - Set up two client apps: one for automated testing and one for manual testing and development. Don’t share client apps with other developers. - Use a unique client app for the production environment. - Don’t share client apps between applications. **important:** To extract data, use REST API or SOAP API to operate on sObjects. Do not use Connect REST API to extract data. Salesforce Platform REST API rate limits and query language work better for these use cases. - Migrate or synchronize user profiles between systems. - Create analytic applications. - Write queries that return records and fields. ## Integer Limits Connect REST API supports most 64-bit integers. Integers greater than 231-1 and less than 1018 must be in quotes. Integers larger than 1018 aren’t supported. ## See Also - [When to Use Connect REST API](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_using_chatter_connect.md) # Connect REST API Quick Start Connect to Salesforce and authenticate, then make a request to Connect REST API and look at the response. - **[Prerequisites](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/CR_quickstart_prereq.md)** Complete these prerequisites before you begin the quick start. - **[Step One: Sign up for Salesforce Developer Edition](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/quickstart_dev_org.md)** Developer Edition provides a free and easy solution so that you can use Salesforce for testing and development. - **[Step Two: Set Up Authorization](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/CR_quickstart_oauth.md)** Create an external client app in a Salesforce org, enable OAuth, and configure an OAuth flow. Use the external client app to connect to Salesforce. - **[Step Three: Connect to Connect REST API Using OAuth](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/quickstart_connecting.md)** Use OAuth to connect to Salesforce and get an access token. Pass the access token in requests to Connect REST API. - **[Connect to Experience Cloud Sites](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/quickstart_communities.md)** To use OAuth to connect to an Experience Cloud site, use the full path to the site URL. - **[Send a Request with Postman](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/quickstart_postman.md)** With Postman, you can explore and test your API calls across multiple orgs with full control on headers, parameters, and content type. # Connect REST API Release Notes Use the Salesforce Release Notes to learn about the most recent updates and changes to Connect REST API. ## Winter ’27 (v68.0) ### Core Changed Response Schemas These Core response schemas are changed. #### NotificationAction This response schema has this new property. - `pushEnabled`—Specifies if the action is enabled for push notification (`true`) or not (`false`). ### CMS New and Changed Endpoints These CMS endpoints are new and changed. #### Get folder items Make a GET request to the new `/connect/cms/folders/{folderId}/folder-items` endpoint. #### Get information about an import or export job Make a GET request to the new `/connect/cms/content/jobs/{jobId}` endpoint. #### Asynchronously bulk delete managed content folders and items for a managed content space Make a POST request to the new `/connect/cms/spaces/{contentSpaceId}/items/delete` endpoint. #### Expose managed content as metadata so it can be accessed through Metadata API Make a POST request to the new `/connect/cms/contents/metadata` endpoint. #### Get a single managed content item for a managed content space Make a GET request to the new `/connect/cms/spaces/{contentSpaceId}/contents/single-item/{contentTypeFQN}` endpoint. #### Update a managed content folder Make a PATCH request to the existing `/connect/cms/folders/{folderId}` endpoint. #### Delete a managed content folder Make a DELETE request to the existing `/connect/cms/folders/{folderId}` endpoint. #### Get a managed content rendition for a channel Make a GET request to the new `/connect/cms/delivery/channels/{channelId}/contents/{contentKeyOrId}/renditions/{renditionType}` endpoint. #### Delete a managed content space asynchronously Make a DELETE request to the existing `/connect/cms/spaces/{contentSpaceId}` endpoint. ### CMS Changed Response Schemas These CMS response schemas are changed. #### Managed Content Document This response schema has this new property. - `source`—Source of the managed content. #### Managed Content Variant This response schema has these new properties. - `deliveryUrls`—Delivery channels that produce a public delivery URL for the media (image) content, each paired with its absolute URL. Empty for non-media content types or when no delivery channel can be resolved. - `source`—Source of the managed content. ### Files and Folders New and Changed Endpoints These Files and Folders endpoints are new and changed. #### Create a content body Make a POST request to the new `/connect/files/content-body` resource. #### Upload a chunk of binary Data Make a POST request to the new `/connect/files/content-body/{contentBodyId}/chunked` endpoint. #### Archive or unarchive a file Make a PATCH request to the existing `/connect/files/{fileId}` endpoint with the new `isArchived` query parameter. ### Files and Folders Changed Request Schemas These Files and Folders request schemas are changed. #### File Input This request schema has this new property. - `isArchived`—Specifies whether the file is archive (`true`) or not (`false`). Only supported for PATCH. ### Files and Folders Changed Response Schemas These Files and Folders response schemas are changed. #### Abstract File This response schema has this new property. - `isArchived`—Specifies whether the file is archive (`true`) or not (`false`). # Connect to Experience Cloud Sites To use OAuth to connect to an Experience Cloud site, use the full path to the site URL. To authenticate a user using the authorize URL, replace the `{myDomainName}.my.salesforce.com` host name with the full path to the site URL. This URL example is the non-site URL. ``` https://{myDomainName}.my.salesforce.com/services/oauth2/authorize?response_type=token&client_id={yourAppId}&redirect_uri={yourRedirectUris} ``` This URL example is the site URL. ``` https://{myDomainName}.my.site.com/services/oauth2/authorize?response_type=token&client_id={yourAppId}&redirect_uri={yourRedirectUri} ``` When implemented successfully, this URL directs users to your app’s branded login page. After they authorize the app, set a user access token and a refresh token for future authentication. In requests for the token endpoint, replace the host with the site. ``` https://{myDomainName}.my.site.com/services/oauth2/token ``` To request a Connect REST API resource, use the site URL and specify the site ID. ``` https://{myDomainName}.my.site.com/services/data/v68.0/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements ``` Alternately, you can replace the host name with the full path to the site URL. ``` https://{myDomainName}.my.site.com/{sitePath}/services/data/v68.0/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements ``` # Customer Asset Lifecycle Management Use Customer Asset Lifecycle Management resources to make lifecycle-managed asset data available for sales and account reps to view in Lightning Experience. ## Permissions To use Customer Asset Lifecycle Management APIs, you must have the **Access Customer Asset Lifecycle Management APIs** and **API Enabled** permissions and Read access to the Asset, Asset Action, Asset Action Source, and Asset State Period objects. ## Usage - Set the seconds in the start time of each asset state period to 00 (for example, 2020-01-17T12:30:00+00:00) and in the end time to 59 (for example, 2020-01-18T12:29:59+00:00). - The start date of the earliest asset state period that you create during a `generate` call can’t be changed after the call is completed. - When you change an asset, all subsequent asset state periods are deleted. - Customer Asset Lifecycle Management stores date and time data in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). ## Assets and Lifecycle-Managed Assets An asset is a lifecycle-managed asset when the `HasLifecycleManagement` field is set to `True`. Each lifecycle-managed asset must be related to an account and a product. ## Asset State Periods An asset state period represents a product’s amount, quantity, and monthly recurring revenue for a defined period. Each asset state period must start one second after the previous period’s end date, and it must span 24-hour increments. - **[Example: Generate a Lifecycle-Managed Asset](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_asset_lifecycle_create_examples.md)** Review examples of using Connect REST API to create an asset and start tracking its quantity, amount, and monthly recurring revenue over its lifecycle. - **[Example: Change a Lifecycle-Managed Asset](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_asset_lifecycle_change_examples.md)** Review an example of using Connect REST API to amend an asset after a new lifecycle event. - **[Example: Cancel a Lifecycle-Managed Asset](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_asset_lifecycle_cancel_examples.md)** Review an example of using Connect REST API to cancel an asset to reflect an early cancellation. ## See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Understand What Your Customers Have Bought by Using Customer Asset Lifecycle Management](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=lifecycle_mgmt.htm) # Example: Cancel a Lifecycle-Managed Asset Review an example of using Connect REST API to cancel an asset to reflect an early cancellation. **note:** A lifecycle-managed asset must have at least one asset state period at least 24 hours long. On 12/01, your customer wants to cancel all 25 of their licenses for the rest of the year. The cancel order results in the following order product. ## Order Product ID: 1250 Date of Cancellation: 12/01/20 9:00:00am PST Start Date: 12/01/20 9:00:00am PST End Date: 12/31/20 8:59:59am PST Amount: –\$250 Quantity: –25 To represent the cancellation, create an asset state period running from 10/01 through 11/30, but use the same quantity, monthly recurring revenue, and amount as the period that originally ended on 12/31. Because the latest period now runs through 11/30, Customer Asset Lifecycle Management removes all 25 licenses in December from the asset’s total amount. The asset’s `Amount` field reflects the –\$250 in canceled licenses. ## Endpoint `/services/data/v50.0/asset-management/assets/02iB00000007bZ6IAI/actions/cancel` ## Input ```json { "assetStatePeriod": { "startDate": "2020-10-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-11-30T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": 25.0, "mrr": 250.0, "amount": 500.0 }, "assetAction": { "category": "Cancellations", "actionDate": "2020-12-01T09:00:00+08:00", "quantityChange": 5.0, "mrrChange": 50.0, "amount": 150.0 }, "assetActionSources": [ { "transactionDate": "2020-10-01T09:00:00+08:00", "startDate": "2020-10-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-12-31T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": -25.0, "productAmount": -250.0, "referenceEntityItem": "1WLB00000003geJOAQ" } ] } ``` ## Output ![API output for a sample canceled asset.](https://developer.salesforce.com/media/connect-rest-api/delete_asset_ex1.png) ## See Also - Cancel Asset # Example: Change a Lifecycle-Managed Asset Review an example of using Connect REST API to amend an asset after a new lifecycle event. On 10/01, your customer wants to increase number of licenses by 10 from October through December. They make an amendment order that creates the following order product. ## Order Product ID: 1237 Date of Sale: 10/01/20 2:00:00pm PST Start Date: 10/01/20 9:00:00am PST End Date: 12/31/20 8:59:59am PST Amount: \$600 Quantity: 10 Build an integration that calls the Change Asset resource and passes an asset action source, asset action, and two asset state periods. The first asset state period represents the period from 07/01 through 09/30, with a license quantity of 20. The second asset state period represents the period from 10/01 through 12/31, with a license quantity of 25. The asset action provides information on what type of change took place, when the change occurred, and the change in quantity, amount, and/or monthly recurring revenue. ## Endpoint `/services/data/v50.0/asset-management/assets/02iB00000007bZ6IAI/actions/change` ## Input ```json { "assetStatePeriods": [ { "startDate": "2020-07-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-09-30T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": 20.0, "mrr": 200.0, "amount": 600.0 }, { "startDate": "2020-10-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-12-31T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": 25.0, "mrr": 250.0, "amount": 750.0 } ], "assetAction": { "category": "Upsells", "actionDate": "2020-10-01T14:00:00+08:00", "quantityChange": 5.0, "mrrChange": 50.0, "amount": 150.0 }, "assetActionSources": [ { "transactionDate": "2020-10-01T14:00:00+08:00", "startDate": "2020-10-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-12-31T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": 5.0, "productAmount": 150.0, "referenceEntityItem": "1WLB00000003geJOAQ" } ] } ``` ## Output ![Asset change 1](https://developer.salesforce.com/media/connect-rest-api/change_asset_ex1.png) ## See Also - Change Asset # Example: Create a Topic Hierarchy in Experience Cloud Sites This example creates a topic hierarchy in an Experience Cloud site. ## Example 1: Create a Hierarchy with Managed Topics ### Step 1: Identify or Create the Parent Topic The parent topic must be a navigational managed topic. #### Resource [`/connect/communities/{communityId}/managed-topics`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Managed-Topics-Resources) #### HTTP method **GET** to retrieve a list of navigational managed topics to identify the parent topic. **POST** to create a parent topic. Community managers (users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission) can create managed topics. #### Response body for GET Managed Topic Collection Make a note of the ID of the navigational managed topic you want to be the parent topic. It has a prefix of `0mt`. #### Request body for POST Managed Topic Input #### Request body example for POST ``` { "name":"Parent Topic", "managedTopicType":"Navigational" } ``` #### Response body for POST Managed Topic Make a note of the ID of the parent topic you created. It has a prefix of `0mt`. ### Step 2: Create the Child Topic and Link to the Parent in a Hierarchy In this step, create a managed child topic and link it to its parent in one step. #### Resource [`/connect/communities/{communityId}/managed-topics`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Managed-Topics-Resources) #### HTTP method POST Community managers (users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission) can create managed topics. #### Request body Managed Topic Input #### Request body example Use the navigational managed topic ID from Step 1 as the parentId. ``` { "name":"Child Topic", "managedTopicType":"Navigational", "parentId":"0mtR000000001KLIAY" } ``` #### Response body for POST Managed Topic ## See the Hierarchy By default, the managed topic response body shows only the top level of a hierarchy. You can have up to three levels in your topic hierarchy. To see all the levels, use this resource and these parameters: ``` /connect/communities/{communityId}/managed-topics?depth=3&managedTopicType=Navigational ``` ## Example 2: Create a Hierarchy with Managed and Standard Topics It’s also possible to use a standard topic, instead of a managed topic, to be the child topic, but this requires an additional step. ### Step 1: Identify or Create the Parent Topic The parent topic must be a navigational managed topic. #### Resource [`/connect/communities/{communityId}/managed-topics`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Managed-Topics-Resources) #### HTTP method **GET** to retrieve a list of navigational managed topics to identify the parent topic. **POST** to create a parent topic. Community managers (users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission) can create managed topics. #### Response body for GET Managed Topic Collection Make a note of the ID of the navigational managed topic you want to be the parent topic. It has a prefix of `0mt`. #### Request body for POST Managed Topic Input #### Request body example for POST ``` { "name":"Parent Topic", "managedTopicType":"Navigational" } ``` #### Response body for POST Managed Topic Make a note of the ID of the parent topic you created. It has a prefix of `0mt`. ### Step 2: Identify or Create the Child Topic In this example, identify or create a standard topic, instead of a managed topic, to be the child topic. #### Resource [`/connect/communities/{communityId}/topics`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Topics-Resources) #### HTTP method **GET** to retrieve a list of topics to identify the child topic. **POST** to create a child topic. Users with the Create Topics permission can create topics. #### Response body for GET Topic Collection Make a note of the ID of the topic you want to be the child topic. It has a prefix of `0TO`. #### Request body for POST Topic Input #### Request body example for POST ``` { "description":"This topic will be a child topic of Parent Topic.", "name":"Child Topic" } ``` #### Response body for POST Topic Make a note of the ID of the child topic you created. It has a prefix of `0TO`. ### Step 3: Link the Child and Parent Topic in a Hierarchy #### Resource [`/connect/communities/{communityId}/managed-topics`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Managed-Topics-Resources) #### HTTP method POST #### Request body Managed Topic Input #### Request body example Use the managed topic ID from Example 2, Step 1 as the parentId and the topic ID from Example 2, Step 2 as the recordId. ``` { "managedTopicType":"Navigational", "parentId":"0mtR000000001KLIAY", "recordId":"0TOD00000000cwk" } ``` #### Response body Managed Topic # Example: Create and Schedule Custom Recommendations with Audiences This example creates and schedules a custom recommendation with audiences. Community managers can access, create, and delete audiences, definitions, and schedules for custom recommendations. (Community managers are users with the Create and Set Up Experiences or Manage Experiences permission.) Users with the Modify All Data permission can also access, create, and delete custom recommendation audiences, custom recommendation definitions, and scheduled custom recommendations. These recommendations appear by default on the Customer Service template. They appear on the home and question detail pages and in the feed in Salesforce mobile web. They also appear anywhere community managers add recommendations using Experience Builder in the Customer Service template. So that users don’t see the same recommendations all the time, Salesforce periodically removes and brings back custom recommendations that haven’t been accepted or dismissed. ## Step 1: Define the Custom Recommendation ### Resource [`/connect/communities/{communityId}/recommendation-definitions`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Definition-Resources) ### HTTP method POST ### Request body Custom Recommendation Definition Input ### Request body example ``` { "name":"Corporate Training Project", "title":"Want to learn more about the Corporate Training Project?", "explanation":"Click this link to learn more!", "actionUrl":"https://www.example.com", "actionUrlName":"Launch" } ``` ### Response body Custom Recommendation Definition ## Step 2: Add an Image to the Custom Recommendation This example adds an image file that has been uploaded to Salesforce. To upload a new image file, see [Uploading Binary Files](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input.md#cc_upload_binary_files). ### Resource [`/connect/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}/photo`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Definition-Resources) Use the `recommendationDefinitionId` returned in the Recommendation Definition response body in Step 1. ### HTTP method PUT ### Request body Photo Input ### Request body example ``` { "cropSize" : "120", "cropX" : "0", "cropY" : "0", "fileId" : "069D00000001IOh" } ``` ### Response body Photo ## Step 3: Create a Recommendation Audience ### Resource [`/connect/communities/{communityId}/recommendation-audiences`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Audience-Resources) ### HTTP method POST ### Request body Custom Recommendation Audience Input ### Request body example ``` { "name" : "Custom App Users" } ``` ### Response body Custom Recommendation Audience ## Step 4: Add Members to the Recommendation Audience ### Resource [`/connect/communities/{communityId}/recommendation-audiences/{recommendationAudienceId}`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Audience-Resources) Use the `recommendationAudienceId` returned in the Recommendation Audience response body in Step 3. ### HTTP method PATCH ### Request body Custom Recommendation Audience Input In this example, this Recommendation Audience Input request body includes a `criteria` property that is a Custom List Audience Criteria Input request body. The Custom List Audience Criteria Input request body includes a `members` property that is a User ID Collection Input request body. ### Request body example ``` { "criteria" : { "memberOperationType" : "Add", "members" : { "userIds" : [ "005B0000000Ge16", "005D0000001GpHp" ] }, "type" : "CustomList" } } ``` ### Response body Custom Recommendation Audience ## Step 5: Schedule the Custom Recommendation with the Audience ### Resource [`/connect/communities/{communityId}/scheduled-recommendations`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Scheduled-Custom-Recommendations-Resources) ### HTTP method POST ### Request body Scheduled Custom Recommendation Input ### Request body example ``` { "recommendationDefinitionId" : "0RDD00000004CEhOAM", "recommendationAudienceId":"02JD00000008SfdMAE" } ``` ### Response body Scheduled Custom Recommendation # Example: Define Action Links and Post with a Feed Element This example defines an action link group, associates the action link group with a feed element, and posts the feed element. ## Step 1: Define the Action Link Group Just like radio buttons, action links must be nested in a group. Action links within a group share the properties of the group and are mutually exclusive (you can click only one action link within a group). Even if you define only one action link, it must be part of an action link group. Think of an action link as a button on a feed item. Like a button, an action link includes a label (`labelKey`). An action link definition also includes other properties like a URL (`actionUrl`), an HTTP method (`method`), and an optional request body (`requestBody`) and HTTP headers (`headers`). When a user clicks this action link, an HTTP POST request is made to a Connect REST API resource, which posts a feed item to Chatter. The `requestBody` property holds the request body for the `actionUrl` resource, including the text of the new feed item. In this example, the new feed item includes only text, but it could include other capabilities such as a file attachment, a poll, or even action links. ### Resource [`/connect/action-link-group-definitions`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources) ### HTTP method POST ### Request body Action Link Group Definition Input This request body includes an `actionLinks` property that holds a collection of Action Link Definition Input request bodies. This example has one action link. ### Request body example ``` POST /services/data/v68.0/connect/action-link-group-definitions { "executionsAllowed":"OncePerUser", "expirationDate":"2015-05-20T19:32:10+0000", "category":"Primary", "actionLinks":[ { "actionType":"Api", "actionUrl":"/services/data/v68.0/chatter/feed-elements", "labelKey":"Post", "method":"HttpPost", "requiresConfirmation":"false", "requestBody":"{\"subjectId\": \"me\",\"feedElementType\": \"FeedItem\",\"body\": {\"messageSegments\": [{\"type\": \"Text\",\"text\": \"This post was created via an API action link.\"}]}}", "headers":[ { "name":"Content-Type", "value":"application/json" }, { "name":"Authorization", "value":"OAuth 00DD00000007WNP!ARsAQHhIdgwbihG7e8ga" } ] } ] } ``` ### Request example using cURL To use [cURL](http://curl.haxx.se/) to make the request, enter the following and substitute your Developer Edition instance name, and OAuth information. ``` curl -H "X-PrettyPrint: 1" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d '{ "executionsAllowed":"OncePerUser", "expirationDate":"2015-09-20T19:32:10+0000", "category":"Primary", "actionLinks":[ { "actionType":"Api", "actionUrl":"/services/data/v68.0/chatter/feed-elements", "groupDefault":"true", "labelKey":"Post", "method":"HttpPost", "requiresConfirmation":"true", "requestBody":"{\"subjectId\": \"me\",\"feedElementType\": \"FeedItem\",\"body\": {\"messageSegments\": [{\"type\": \"Text\",\"text\": \"This is a test post created via an API action link.\"}]}}", "headers":[ { "name":"Content-Type", "value":"application/json" }, { "name":"Authorization", "value":"OAuth 00DD00000007WNP!ARsAQHhIdgwbihG7e8ga" }] }] }' -X POST "https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/connect/action-link-group-definitions" -H 'Authorization: OAuth 00DRR0000000N0g!RWaPj94O6yOD.lfjB9LqMk' --insecure ``` ### Response body Action Link Group Definition ## Step 2: Associate the Action Link Group with a Feed Item and Post It You can associate up to 10 action link groups with a feed element. ### Resource [`/chatter/feed-elements`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources) ### HTTP method POST ### Request body Feed Item Input This Feed Item Input request body includes a `body` property that is a Message Body Input request body. In this example, the Message Body Input request body includes a `messageSegments` property that has one Message Segment Input: Text request body. This Feed Item Input request body also includes a `capabilities` property that is a Feed Element Capabilities Input request body. In this example, the Feed Element Capabilities Input includes an `associatedActions` property that is a Associated Actions Capability Input request body. ### Request body example Grab the action link group ID from the `id` property of the Action Link Group Definition response from step 1. ``` POST /services/data/v68.0/chatter/feed-elements { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "Click to post a feed item." } ] }, "subjectId": "me", "feedElementType": "feedItem", "capabilities": { "associatedActions": { "actionLinkGroupIds": ["0AgRR0000004CTr0AM"] } } } ``` ### Request example using cURL To use [cURL](http://curl.haxx.se/) to make the request, enter the following and substitute the action link group ID returned in step 1, your Developer Edition instance name, and your OAuth information. ``` curl -H "X-PrettyPrint: 1" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d '{ "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "Click to post a feed item." } ] }, "subjectId": "me", "feedElementType": "feedItem", "capabilities": { "associatedActions": { "actionLinkGroupIds": ["0AgRR0000004CTr0AM"] } } }' -X POST "https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/chatter/feed-elements" -H 'Authorization: OAuth OOARoAQETAKEIddnMWXh462dprYAgRWaPj94O6yOD' --insecure ``` ### Response body Feed Item ## See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Action Link Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.action_link_group_template.htm&type=5) - [Action Link Group Definitions](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources) - [Feed Elements, Post and Search](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources) # Example: Define Template Action Links This example creates an action link template, instantiates the action link group, and associates the action link group with a feed element and posts the feed element. ## Step 1: Create the Action Link Templates Just like radio buttons, action links must be nested in a group. Action links within a group share the properties of the group and are mutually exclusive (you can click only one action link within a group). Even if you define only one action link, it must be part of an action link group. The same is true for action link templates and action link group templates. This example uses one action link in an action link group. When a user clicks the action link, an HTTP POST request is made to a Connect REST API resource, which posts a feed item to Chatter. The `HTTP Request Body` field holds the request body for the `Action URL` resource, including the text of the new feed item. In this example, the new feed item includes only text, but it could include other capabilities such as a file attachment, a poll, or even action links. 1. From Setup, enter Action Link Templates in the `Quick Find` box, then select **Action Link Templates**. 2. Use these values in a new Action Link Group Template: | Field | Value | | ------------------ | -------------- | | Name | Doc Example | | Developer Name | `Doc_Example` | | Category | Primary action | | Executions Allowed | Once per User | 3. Use these values in a new Action Link Template: | Field | Value | | -------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Action Link Group Template | Doc Example | | Action Type | `Api` | | Action URL | `/services/data/{!Bindings.ApiVersion}/chatter/feed-elements` | | User Visibility | Everyone can see | | HTTP Request Body | `{"subjectId": "{!Bindings.SubjectId}","feedElementType": "FeedItem","body": {"messageSegments": [{"type": "Text","text": "{!Bindings.Text}"}]}}` | | HTTP Headers | `Content-Type: application/json` | | Position | `0` | | Label Key | `Post` | | HTTP Method | `POST` | 4. Go back to the Action Link Group Template and select `Published`. Click **Save**. Make a note of the Action Link Group Template ID and skip to Step 3. ## Step 2: Get the Action Link Group Template ID If you have access to the action link group template in Setup, you can get the Action Link Group Template ID and skip to Step 3. ### Resource ``` /services/data/v33.0/query ``` ### HTTP method GET ### Request parameters `q`—A SOQL query string. ### Request parameters example ``` GET /services/data/v68.0/query?q=SELECT+id+FROM+ActionLinkGroupTemplate+WHERE+DeveloperName='Doc_Example' ``` ### cURL example ``` curl https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/query?q=SELECT+id+FROM+ActionLinkGroupTemplate+ WHERE+DeveloperName='Doc_Example' -H "Authorization: Bearer {accessToken}" ``` ### Response body An array of query result records. ``` { "totalSize":1, "done":true, "records":[ { "attributes":{ "type":"ActionLinkGroupTemplate", "url":"/services/data/v68.0/sobjects/ActionLinkGroupTemplate/07gD00000004CEhIAM" }, "Id":"07gD00000004CEhIAM" } ] } ``` ## Step 3: Instantiate the Action Link Group Use the action link group template ID to instantiate the action link group. ### Resource [`/connect/action-link-group-definitions`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources) ### HTTP method POST ### Request body Action Link Group Definition Input This Action Link Group Definition Input request body includes a `templateBindings` property that is a collection of Action Link Template Binding Input request bodies. In this example, the Action Link Template Binding Input request body includes three template bindings. ### Request body example ``` POST /services/data/v68.0/connect/action-link-group-definitions { "templateId":"07gD00000004CEhIAM", "templateBindings" : [ { "key":"ApiVersion", "value":"v33.0" }, { "key":"Text", "value":"This post was created by an API Action Link!" }, { "key":"SubjectId", "value":"me" } ] } ``` ### Request example using cURL To use [cURL](http://curl.haxx.se/) to make the request, enter the following and substitute your Developer Edition instance name, and OAuth information. ``` curl -H "X-PrettyPrint: 1" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d '{ "templateId":"07gD00000004CEhIAM", "templateBindings" : [ { "key":"ApiVersion", "value":"v68.0" }, { "key":"Text", "value":"This post was created by an API Action Link!" }, { "key":"SubjectId", "value":"me" } ] }' -X POST "https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/connect/action-link-group-definitions" -H 'Authorization: OAuth 00DRR0000000N0g!RWaPj94O6yOD.lfjB9LqMk' --insecure ``` ### Response body Action Link Group Definition ## Step 4: Post a Feed Element Associate the action link group with a feed element and post it. You can associate up to 10 action link groups with a feed element. ### Resource [`/chatter/feed-elements`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources) ### HTTP method POST ### Request body Feed Item Input This Feed Item Input request body includes a `body` property that is a Message Body Input request body. In this example, the Message Body Input request body includes a `messageSegments` property that has one Message Segment Input: Text request body. This Feed Item Input request body also includes a `capabilities` property that is a Feed Element Capabilities Input request body. In this example, the Feed Element Capabilities Input includes an `associatedActions` property that is a Associated Actions Capability Input request body. ### Request body example Grab the action link group ID from the `id` property of the Action Link Group Definition response from step 3. ``` POST /services/data/v68.0/chatter/feed-elements { "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "Click to post a feed item." } ] }, "subjectId": "me", "feedElementType": "feedItem", "capabilities": { "associatedActions": { "actionLinkGroupIds": ["0AgRR0000004CTr0AM"] } } } ``` ### Request example using cURL To use [cURL](http://curl.haxx.se/) to make the request, enter the following and substitute the action link group ID returned in step 2, your Developer Edition instance name, and your OAuth information. ``` curl -H "X-PrettyPrint: 1" -H "Content-Type: application/json" -d '{ "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "Click to post a feed item." } ] }, "subjectId": "me", "feedElementType": "feedItem", "capabilities": { "associatedActions": { "actionLinkGroupIds": ["0AgRR0000004CTr0AM"] } } }' -X POST "https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/chatter/feed-elements" -H 'Authorization: OAuth {accessToken}' --insecure ``` ### Response body Feed Item ## See Also - [Feed Elements, Post and Search](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources) - [_Salesforce Help_: Action Link Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.action_link_group_template.htm&type=5) # Example: Generate a Lifecycle-Managed Asset Review examples of using Connect REST API to create an asset and start tracking its quantity, amount, and monthly recurring revenue over its lifecycle. ## Generate an Asset for a Single Order Product Your sales rep sold a collection of mobile device management subscriptions to a local school district. The order product for the sale has the following values. ### Order Product ID: 1234 Date of Sale: 09/05/19 4:00:00pm PST Start Date: 01/01/20 9:00:00am PST End Date: 12/31/20 8:59:59am PST Amount: \$1,200 Quantity: 10 Build an integration that calls the Generate Asset API to generate an asset, asset action source, asset action, and asset state period. ### Endpoint `/services/data/v50.0/asset-management/assets/actions/generate` ### Input ```json { "accountId": "001B000001KDI7BIAX", "assetName": "MDM Subscription", "productId": "01tB0000000q2FFIAY", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "assetStatePeriods": [ { "startDate": "2020-01-01T09:00:00-08:00", "endDate": "2020-12-31T08:59:59-08:00", "quantity": 10.0, "mrr": 100.0, "amount": 1200.0 } ], "assetAction": { "category": "Initial Sale", "actionDate": "2019-09-05T16:00:00-08:00", "quantityChange": 10.0, "mrrChange": 100.0, "amount": 1200.0 }, "assetActionSources": [ { "transactionDate": "2019-09-05T16:00:00-08:00", "startDate": "2020-01-01T09:00:00-08:00", "endDate": "2020-12-31T08:59:59-08:00", "quantity": 10.0, "productAmount": 1200.0, "referenceEntityItem": "1WLB00000003geJOAQ" } ] } ``` ### Output ![Asset creation 1](https://developer.salesforce.com/media/connect-rest-api/create_asset_ex1.png) ## Generate an Asset for a Ramped Deal Your sales rep sold a ramped deal for mobile device management subscriptions. The customer has 10 licenses for 01/01 through 06/30 and 20 licenses for 07/01 through 12/31. You want to recognize all the transactions as one asset. ### Order Product ID: 1234 Date of Sale: 09/05/19 4:00:00pm PST Start Date: 01/01/20 9:00:00am PST End Date: 06/30/20 8:59:59am PST Amount: \$600 Quantity: 10 ### Order Product 2 ID: 1235 Date of Sale: 09/05/19 4:00:00pm PST Start Date: 07/01/20 9:00:00am PST End Date: 12/31/20 8:59:59am PST Amount: \$1,200 Quantity: 20 In this case, you make one Generate Asset API call that passes in data for two asset state periods. The first asset state period represents the period from 01/01 through 06/30, with a quantity of 10. The second asset state period represents the period from 07/01 through 12/31, with a quantity of 20. ### Endpoint /services/data/v50.0/asset-management/assets/actions/generate ### Input ```json { "accountId": "001B000001KDI7BIAX", "assetName": "MDM Subscription", "productId": "01tB0000000q2FFIAY", "currencyIsoCode": "USD", "assetStatePeriods": [ { "startDate": "2020-01-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-06-30T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": 10.0, "mrr": 100.0, "amount": 600.0 }, { "startDate": "2020-07-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-12-31T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": 20.0, "mrr": 200.0, "amount": 1200.0 } ], "assetAction": { "category": "Initial Sale", "actionDate": "2019-09-05T16:00:00+08:00", "quantityChange": 20.0, "mrrChange": 200.0, "amount": 1800.0 }, "assetActionSources": [ { "transactionDate": "2019-09-05T16:00:00+08:00", "startDate": "2020-01-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-06-30T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": 10.0, "productAmount": 600.0, "referenceEntityItem": "1WLB00000003geJOAQ" }, { "transactionDate": "2019-09-05T16:00:00+08:00", "startDate": "2020-07-01T09:00:00+08:00", "endDate": "2020-12-31T08:59:59+08:00", "quantity": 20.0, "productAmount": 1200.0, "referenceEntityItem": "02iB00000007bYhIAI" } ] } ``` ### Output ![Asset creation 2](https://developer.salesforce.com/media/connect-rest-api/create_asset_ex2.png) ## See Also - Generate Asset # Example: Get Feed Elements Updated Since Last Request This example gets the feed elements updated since the last request. ## Resource To get feed elements that were updated since the last call to a feeds resource, make a request to the value of the `updatesUrl` property of the Feed Element Page response body. Feed elements that are updated in the same second as the request aren’t returned. These feeds return an `updatesUrl` property. - Company—`/chatter/feeds/company/feed-elements` - Files—`/chatter/feeds/files/me/feed-elements` - Filter—[`/chatter/feeds/filter/me/{filterId}/feed-elements`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Filter-Feed-Resources) - Groups—`/chatter/feeds/groups/me/feed-elements` - News—`/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements` - People—`/chatter/feeds/people/me/feed-elements` - Record—`/chatter/feeds/record/{recordId}/feed-elements` This excerpt from the Feed Elements Page response body shows a sample value for the `updatesUrl` property: ``` { ... ..."updatesUrl" : "/services/data/v68.0/chatter/feeds /news/005D0000001LL8OIAW/feed-elements?updatedSince=2:1384811809000" ... } ``` A feed element is considered to be updated if it was created since the last feed request, or if `sort=LastModifiedDateDesc` and a comment was added to the feed element since the last feed request. Adding likes and topics doesn’t update a feed element. ## HTTP method GET ## Returns Feed Element Page # Example: Update the Status of an Action Link or Invoke an Action Link This example updates the status of an action link or invokes an action link. ## Usage Use this resource to update the `status` property of an action link. To invoke an `Api` or an `ApiAsync` action link, set the status to `PendingStatus`. The `status` of the action link in combination with the `labelKey` property of the Action Link Definition Input determines the text that displays in the UI. Different types of action links have different `status` workflows. ### Api To invoke an `Api` action link from an app, make a PATCH request to mark the link `PendingStatus`. Salesforce handles the call out to the `actionUrl` that was provided in the Action Link Definition Input. For an `Api` action link, Salesforce sets the `status` to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` based on the HTTP status code returned by your server. ### ApiAsync To invoke this action from an app, make a PATCH request to mark the link `PendingStatus`. Salesforce handles the call out to the `actionUrl` that was provided in the Action Link Definition Input. For an `ApiAsync` action link, the callout starts an asynchronous operation on your server. Salesforce sets `status` to `PendingStatus` unless the call returned an error status code, in which case it sets `status` to `FailedStatus`. When your server has finished the asynchronous processing it should call back and PATCH the action link to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus`. ### Download and Ui Direct the user to download or visit the UI from the link in the `actionUrl` of the Platform Action response body. Your application must decide when to make a PATCH request to set `status` to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus`. **note:** You can’t PATCH the `status` of an action link: - Back to `NewStatus` from a different `status`. - From a terminal `status` (`FailedStatus` or `SuccessfulStatus`) to `NewStatus` or `PendingStatus`. - When the action link belongs to an action link group whose `executionsAllowed` property is `Unlimited`. - For an `Api` or `ApiAsync` action link whose `executionsAllowed` property is `Once`, when a user PATCHes the `status` to `PendingStatus` for the first time, the callout is made to the action link. If the same user PATCHes it to `PendingStatus` again, Salesforce returns the current action link information. However, if another user PATCHes the status to `PendingStatus`, Salesforce throws an error. In both cases, the callout to the action link is not resent. ## Resource [`/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Action-Links-Resources) Get information about or update the `status` of an action link. The `status` of the action link in combination with the `labelKey` property of the Action Link Definition Input determines the text that displays in the UI. To trigger the API request for `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links, set the `status` to `PendingStatus`. ## HTTP method PATCH ## Request body Action Link Input ## Request body example ``` { "status":"SuccessfulStatus" } ``` ## Request parameter `status` ## Request parameter example ``` /services/data/v68.0/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}?status=SuccessfulStatus ``` ## Returns Platform Action # `exclude` To exclude specific properties from a response body, use the `exclude` request parameter. The `exclude` parameter is available in API version 27.0 and later. The value for the `exclude` query is a list of properties separated by bars (`|`). You must URL encode the bars as `%7C`. You must include a forward slash before each property name. The following request excludes both the `aboutMe` and `address` properties from a response body: ``` /chatter/users/me?exclude=/aboutMe%7C/address ``` The following rules describe how to use the `exclude` query parameter. --- ## Forward Slashes Include a forward slash (/) before property names or the request returns an error. Original output: ```json { "bar": "bar value", "baz": "baz value" } ``` Exclude value: `exclude=bar` Filtered output: 400 error with error code `INVALID_FILTER_VALUE`. --- ## Filter properties by name. Original output: ```json { "bar": "bar value", "baz": "baz value" } ``` Exclude value: `exclude=/bar` Filtered output: ```json { "baz": "baz value" } ``` --- ## Top-Level Properties Top-level properties cannot be filtered. Note that this query string doesn’t return an error. Original output: ```xml bar value baz value ``` Exclude value: `exclude=/foo` Filtered output: ```xml bar value baz value ``` --- ## Multiple Properties Use a bar (|) delimiter to filter multiple properties. URL encode the delimiter as %7C. Original output: ```json { "foo": "foo value", "bar": "bar value", "baz": "baz value" } ``` Exclude value: `exclude=/foo%7C/bar` Filtered output: ```json { "baz": "baz value" } ``` --- ## Filtering a response body filters everything in the response body. Original output: ```xml bar value baz value sub 1 ``` Exclude value: `exclude=/someObject` Filtered output: ```xml bar value baz value ``` --- ## Nested Properties To filter a property nested in a response body, include the parent response body name as a filter segment. Original output: ```xml bar value baz value sub value ``` Exclude value: `exclude=/someObject/sub` Filtered output: ```xml bar value baz value ``` --- ## XML List Items Identify an item in a list by its property name. This example uses XML. Original output: ```xml bar value baz value 1 2 3 ``` Exclude value: `exclude=/someList/item/id` Filtered output: ```xml bar value baz value ``` --- ## JSON List Items Identify an item in a list by its property name. This example uses JSON. Original output: ```json { "bar": "bar value", "baz": "baz value", "someList": [ { "id": "1" }, { "id": "2" }, { "id": "3" } ] } ``` Exclude value: `exclude=/someList/item/id` Filtered output: ```json { "bar": "bar value", "baz": "baz value", "someList": [{}, {}, {}] } ``` Experience Cloud Connect REST API # Experience Cloud Connect REST API > **Note**: The API Reference has a new three-panel layout. Browse grouped endpoints on the left, review endpoint details in the center, and access examples on the right. **Important**: Where possible, we changed noninclusive terms to align with our company value of Equality. We maintained certain terms to avoid any effect on customer implementations. **Version:** v68.0 ## Servers * `https://{MyDomainName}.my.salesforce.com/services/data/v68.0` API server for your Salesforce org. * ``MyDomainName (default None) Your org's My Domain name, which is used as a subdomain for the URLs that Salesforce uses to serve your org. For example, if your Lightning URL is `https://yourcompanyname.lightning.force.com`, then your My Domain name is `yourcompanyname`. Find your My Domain name and login URL on the My Domain page in Setup, or use the `getMyDomainName()` method in the Apex Domain class.`` ## Tags ### Experience Cloud Microsites Resources Get, save, and submit marketing integration forms for an Experience Cloud site. Experience Cloud Microsites resources make calls to the Marketing Cloud Engagement REST API to create, query, and insert data to the data extension object. If the API returns errors, Connect REST API error messages include the [error code and message](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.noversion.mc-apis.meta/mc-apis/error-handling.htm) from Marketing Cloud Engagement. ### Experience Cloud Sites Knowledge Resources Get trending articles for an Experience Cloud site. Get trending and top-viewed articles for a topic in an Experience Cloud site. Increase article view counts. ### Experience Cloud Sites Moderation Resources Get information about whether a user has flagged a file as inappropriate. Delete flags on files. Get audit statistics for a user in an Experience Cloud site. ### Experience Cloud Sites Personalization Resources Get a list of assigned audiences that match the user context. Get audience information for a batch of audience IDs. Create, get, update, and delete an audience. Get a list of targets that match the user context, based on the assigned audiences that include the user. Create and update targets. Get target information for a batch of target IDs. Get and delete a target. **Note**: Personalization varies what the user can see in the browser but doesn’t secure data in any way. To prevent users accessing sensitive data, use standard Salesforce security features, such as sharing rules and permission sets. ### Experience Cloud Sites Resources Get information about Experience Cloud sites, create a site, and publish a site. Get the Experience Builder templates available to the context user. Get externally managed accounts for sites. ## Operations ### POST Microsites Marketing Integration Forms `POST /sites/{siteId}/marketing-integration/forms` Operation ID: `saveMarketIntegrationForm`. Tags: Experience Cloud Microsites Resources. Form resource for marketing integration connect family. Save a marketing integration form for an Experience Cloud site. This API attempts to create a read-only data extension in Marketing Cloud Engagement. A Marketing Cloud Engagement admin can change the read-only setting. We recommend keeping the data extension as read-only to maintain schema consistency with the form. _Available in: v53.0_ #### Parameters * `siteId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. Pattern: ^(0DM)\\w\*. #### Request body Marketing integration form. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FormInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "formFieldsList": { "formFields": [ { "name": "First Name", "type": "Text" }, { "name": "Last Name", "type": "Text" }, { "name": "Email", "type": "EmailAddress" } ] }, "formName": "Contact Us Data", "memberIdentificationCode": "marketing-account-id" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Form_ Marketing integration form. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Form`. ### GET Microsites Marketing Integration Form `GET /sites/{siteId}/marketing-integration/forms/{formId}` Operation ID: `getMarketIntegrationForm`. Tags: Experience Cloud Microsites Resources. Individual form resource for marketing integration connect family. Get a marketing integration form for an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v53.0_ #### Parameters * `formId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the form. Pattern: ^(8Cm)\\w\*. * `siteId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. Pattern: ^(0DM)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Form_ Marketing integration form. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Form`. ### POST Microsites Marketing Integration Form Data `POST /sites/{siteId}/marketing-integration/forms/{formId}/data` Operation ID: `submitMarketIntegrationForm`. Tags: Experience Cloud Microsites Resources. Form Submission resource for marketing integration connect family. Submit a marketing integration form for an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v53.0_ #### Parameters * `formId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the form. Pattern: ^(8Cm)\\w\*. * `siteId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. Pattern: ^(0DM)\\w\*. #### Request body Marketing integration form submission. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FormSubmissionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "formFieldsList": { "formFields": [ { "name": "First Name", "value": "Test" }, { "name": "Last Name", "value": "Moore" }, { "name": "Email", "value": "testMoore@test.com" } ] } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Form Submission_ Marketing integration form submission. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FormSubmission`. ### GET Experience Cloud Site Trending Articles for a Topic `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/topics/{topicId}/trending-articles` Operation ID: `getTrendingArticlesForTopic`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Knowledge Resources. Trending Articles for a Topic. Get trending articles for a topic in an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `topicId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the topic. Pattern: ^(0TO)\\w\*. * `maxResults` (query, integer) The maximum number of articles returned. Values can be from 0 to 25. Default is 5. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Knowledge Article Version Collection_ A collection of knowledge article versions. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `KnowledgeArticleVersionCollection`. ### GET Experience Cloud Site Trending Articles `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/trending-articles` Operation ID: `getTrendingArticles`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Knowledge Resources. Trending Articles for a Community. Get trending articles for an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `maxResults` (query, integer) The maximum number of articles returned. Values can be from 0 to 25. Default is 5. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Knowledge Article Version Collection_ A collection of knowledge article versions. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `KnowledgeArticleVersionCollection`. ### GET Experience Cloud Sites List `GET /connect/communities` Operation ID: `getCommunities`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Resources. Returns a list of all communities available to the context user. Get a list of all Experience Cloud sites available to the context user. _Available in: v28.0_ #### Parameters * `status` (query, ConnectNetworkStatusEnum) Returns only sites with the specified status. Only users with the Manage Experiences permission can see sites with an `Inactive` status. _Available in: v28.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Community Page_ Page of Experience Cloud sites. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommunityPage`. ### POST Experience Cloud Sites List `POST /connect/communities` Operation ID: `createCommunity`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Resources. Returns a list of all communities available to the context user. Create an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v46.0_ #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommunityInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "name": "The Capricorn Cafe", "urlPathPrefix": "capricorncafe", "templateName": "B2B Commerce Template", "templateParams": { "CreateStoreDefaults": "ALL" }, "description": "Coffee and coffee products for the most discerning tastes." } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Community Create_ Result of creating an Experience Cloud site. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommunityCreate`. ### GET Experience Builder Templates `GET /connect/communities/templates` Operation ID: `getCommunityTemplates`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Resources. Returns a list of all community templates available to the context user. Get the Experience Builder templates available to the context user. _Available in: v46.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Community Template Collection_ A list of Experience Builder templates. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommunityTemplateCollection`. ### GET Experience Cloud Site `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}` Operation ID: `getCommunity`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Resources. Returns information about the specified community. Get information about an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v26.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Responses * **200** _Community_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Community`. ### GET Experience Cloud Sites Moderation User Audit Statistics `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/audit-actions/counts` Operation ID: `getRecordCountsByAuditActionsByUserId`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Moderation Resources. Returns audit statistics for a given user Get audit statistics for a user in an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. #### Responses * **200** _Moderation Audit Record Count_ Moderation audit record count. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ModerationAuditRecordCount`. ### GET Flagged Files `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/files/moderation` Operation ID: `getFlaggedFilesCollection`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Moderation Resources. Returns information about the files flagged within the community. Files that are flagged. _Available in: v36.0_ **Note**: In version 30.0–35.0, use `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/moderation`. #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `page` (query, integer) Specifies the number of the page you want returned. _Available in: v30.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v30.0_ * `q` (query, string) A query string to filter the results. The string must contain at least two characters, not including wildcards. For information about wildcards, see [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v33.0_ #### Responses * **200** _File Summary Page_ File summary page. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileSummaryPage`. ### GET Moderation Flags on Files `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/moderation-flags` Operation ID: `getFlagsOnFile`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Moderation Resources. Used to flag or remove one or more flags from a specific file. If the context user is a moderator, get the number of times members flagged a file. If the context user isn’t a moderator, get whether the user flagged a file. Also flag a file for moderation and remove a flag the user previously added. _Available in: v36.0_ **Note**: In versions 30.0–35.0, use `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}/moderation-flags`. #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. * `page` (query, string) Specifies the page token to use to view a page of information. Page tokens are returned as part of the response class, such as `currentPageToken` or `nextPageToken`. If you pass in `null`, the first page is returned. _Available in: v40.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. The default size is 0. _Available in: v40.0_ * `visibility` (query, ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum) Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v30.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Moderation Flags_ Moderation flags. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ModerationFlags`. ### POST Moderation Flags on Files `POST /connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/moderation-flags` Operation ID: `addFlagToFile`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Moderation Resources. Used to flag or remove one or more flags from a specific file. If the context user is or isn’t a moderator, flag a file for moderation. _Available in: v36.0_ **Note**: In versions 30.0–35.0, use `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}/moderation-flags`. #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. * `note` (query, string) A note of up to 4,000 characters about the flag. _Available in: v38.0_ * `type` (query, ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum) Type of moderation flag. * `FlagAsInappropriate` — Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` — Flag for spam. If not specified, `FlagAsInappropriate` is the default value. _Available in: v38.0_ * `visibility` (query, ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum) Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v30.0_ #### Request body Moderation flag input. _Available in: v38.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ModerationFlagInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "note": "Flagged by moderator as spam on 6.6.16.", "type": "FlagAsSpam", "visibility": "ModeratorsOnly" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Moderation Flags_ Moderation flags. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ModerationFlags`. ### DELETE Moderation Flags on Files `DELETE /connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/moderation-flags` Operation ID: `removeFlagFromFile`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Moderation Resources. Used to flag or remove one or more flags from a specific file. Delete all flags on a file. _Available in: v36.0_ **Note**: In versions 30.0–35.0, use `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}/moderation-flags`. #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. * `userId` (query, string) The ID of the context user. If specified, removes the flag the user previously added to the file. If not specified and the context user is a moderator, removes all flags on the file. _Available in: v30.0_ #### Responses * **200** Success ### GET Personalization Audiences `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/audiences` Operation ID: `getAudiences`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Personalization Resources. Returns a list of audiences applicable to the context user. Get a list of assigned audiences that match the user context. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `domain` (query, string) Name of the user’s Salesforce custom domain. If not specified, no audiences with domain criteria are returned. _Available in: v47.0_ * `includeAudienceCriteria` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include audience criteria (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v47.0_ * `ipAddress` (query, string) IP address of the user. If not specified, no audiences with location criteria are returned. _Available in: v47.0_ * `publishStatus` (query, ConnectPublishStatusEnum) Publish status of the audience. If not specified, the default is `Live`. _Available in: v47.0_ * `recordId` (query, string) ID of the record for field based criteria. If not specified, all applicable audiences with field based criteria are returned. _Available in: v51.0_ * `targetTypes` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of target types to filter the results. Supported values include: * `ExperienceVariation` (version 47.0 and later) * Custom object API names, such as `{CustomObjectName}__c` (version 47.0 and later) * `NavigationLinkSet` (version 49.0 and later) * `Topic` (version 49.0 and later) * `CollaborationGroup` (version 49.0 and later) * `KnowledgeArticle` (version 49.0 and later) * `ContentDocument` (version 49.0 and later) * `ManagedContent` (version 49.0 and later) * `Report` (version 49.0 and later) * `Dashboard` (version 49.0 and later) If not specified, all target types are returned. _Available in: v47.0_ * `userId` (query, string) ID of the user. If not specified, the default is the ID of the context user. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Audience Collection_ Collection of audiences. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AudienceCollection`. ### POST Personalization Audiences `POST /connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/audiences` Operation ID: `createAudience`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Personalization Resources. Returns a list of audiences applicable to the context user. Create an audience. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Request body An audience. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AudienceInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Audience_ An audience. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Audience`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "criteria": [ { "criterion": [ { "entityType": "User", "fieldValue": "60005500", "entityField": "Contact.Account.AnnualRevenue" }, { "entityType": "User", "fieldValue": "6000557700", "entityField": "Contact.Account.AnnualRevenue" } ], "criterionNumber": 1, "criterionOperator": "Equal", "criterionType": "FieldBased" }, { "criterion": [ { "permission": "AssignTopics", // give permission id in case of custom permission "isEnabled": "true" } ], "criterionNumber": 2, "criterionOperator": "Equal", "criterionType": "Permission" }, { "criterion": [ { "domainId": "0I4...", // give domain id }, { "domainId": "0I4...", // give domain id } ], "criterionNumber": 3, "criterionOperator": "Equal", "criterionType": "Domain" }, { "criterion": [ { "profileId": "00e...", // give profile id }, { "profileId": "00e...", // give profile id } ], "criterionNumber": 4, "criterionOperator": "Equal", "criterionType": "Profile" }, { "criterion": [ { "country": "US", "subdivision" : "California", "city" : "LA" }, { "country": "US", "subdivision" : "California", "city" : "SF" }, ], "criterionNumber": 5, "criterionOperator": "Equal", "criterionType": "GeoLocation" }, { "criterion": [ { "audienceId": "6Au...": // give audience id } ] "criterionNumber": 6, "criterionOperator": "Equal", "criterionType": "Audience" } ], "customFormula": "(1 OR (2 AND 3)) AND 4 AND 5 AND 6", "formulaFilterType": "CustomLogicMatches", "name": "CreateAudienceExample" } ``` ### GET Personalization Audiences, Batch `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/audiences/batch/{audienceIds}` Operation ID: `getAudienceBatch`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Personalization Resources. Access information about a list of audiences within a community Get audience information for a comma-separated list of audience IDs. _Available in: v48.0_ #### Parameters * `audienceIds` (path, array of string (Id), required) Comma-separated list of audience IDs. * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Responses * **200** _Batch Results_ Batch results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Batch`. ### GET Personalization Audience `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/audiences/{audienceId}` Operation ID: `getAudience`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Personalization Resources. Access information about a single audience within a community Get an audience. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `audienceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the audience. Pattern: ^(6Au)\\w\*. * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `includeAudienceCriteria` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include audience criteria (`true`) or not (`false`). If unspecified, defaults to `false`. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Audience_ An audience. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Audience`. ### DELETE Personalization Audience `DELETE /connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/audiences/{audienceId}` Operation ID: `deleteAudience`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Personalization Resources. Access information about a single audience within a community Delete an audience. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `audienceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the audience. Pattern: ^(6Au)\\w\*. * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH Personalization Audience `PATCH /connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/audiences/{audienceId}` Operation ID: `updateAudience`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Personalization Resources. Access information about a single audience within a community Update an audience. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `audienceId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the audience. Pattern: ^(6Au)\\w\*. * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Request body An audience. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `AudienceInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Audience_ An audience. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Audience`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "criteria": [ { "criterion": [ { "entityType": "User", "fieldValue": "60005500", "entityField": "Contact.Account.AnnualRevenue" }, { "entityType": "User", "fieldValue": "6000557700", "entityField": "Contact.Account.AnnualRevenue" } ], "criterionNumber": 1, "criterionOperator": "Equal", "criterionType": "FieldBased" }, { "criterion": [ { "permission": "AssignTopics", // give permission id in case of custom permission "isEnabled": "true" } ], "criterionNumber": 2, "criterionOperator": "Equal", "criterionType": "Permission" }, { "criterion": [ { "domainId": "0I4...", // give domain id }, { "domainId": "0I4...", // give domain id } ], "criterionNumber": 3, "criterionOperator": "Equal", "criterionType": "Domain" }, { "criterion": [ { "profileId": "00e...", // give profile id }, { "profileId": "00e...", // give profile id } ], "criterionNumber": 4, "criterionOperator": "Equal", "criterionType": "Profile" }, { "criterion": [ { "country": "US", "subdivision" : "California", "city" : "LA" }, { "country": "US", "subdivision" : "California", "city" : "SF" }, ], "criterionNumber": 5, "criterionOperator": "Equal", "criterionType": "GeoLocation" }, { "criterion": [ { "audienceId": "6Au...": // give audience id } ] "criterionNumber": 6, "criterionOperator": "Equal", "criterionType": "Audience" } ], "customFormula": "(1 OR (2 AND 3)) AND 4 AND 5 AND 6", "formulaFilterType": "CustomLogicMatches", "name": "CreateAudienceExample" } ``` ### GET Personalization Targets `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/targets` Operation ID: `getCommunityTargetCollection`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Personalization Resources. Returns a list of targets applicable to the context user. Get a list of targets that match the user context, based on the assigned audiences that include the user. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `domain` (query, string) Name of the user’s Salesforce custom domain. If not specified, no audience targets with domain criteria are returned. _Available in: v47.0_ * `groupNames` (query, array of string) A comma-separated list of group names. Groups bundle related target and audience pairs. If you’re specifying group names, you must also specify a single `targetTypes` value. _Available in: v48.0_ * `includeAllMatchingTargetsWithinGroup` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include all the matching targets within a target group ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If not specified, the default is `false`. If `false`, the first matching target within each group, based on priority within the group, is returned. _Available in: v47.0_ * `includeAudience` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include the matching audience ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). If not specified, the default is `false`. _Available in: v47.0_ * `ipAddress` (query, string) IP address of the user. If not specified, no audience targets with location criteria are returned. _Available in: v47.0_ * `publishStatus` (query, ConnectPublishStatusEnum) Publish status of the target. If not specified, the default is `Live`. _Available in: v47.0_ * `recordId` (query, string) ID of the record, if you want to specify field based criteria in audiences. _Available in: v47.0_ * `targetTypes` (query, array of string) Comma-separated list of target types to filter the results. Supported values include: * `ExperienceVariation` (version 47.0 and later) * Custom object API names, such as `{CustomObjectName}__c` (version 47.0 and later) * `NavigationLinkSet` (version 49.0 and later) * `Topic` (version 49.0 and later) * `CollaborationGroup` (version 49.0 and later) * `KnowledgeArticle` (version 49.0 and later) * `ContentDocument` (version 49.0 and later) * `ManagedContent` (version 49.0 and later) * `Report` (version 49.0 and later) * `Dashboard` (version 49.0 and later) If not specified, all target types are returned. Required if specifying `groupNames` ; otherwise optional _Available in: v47.0_ * `userId` (query, string) ID of the user. If not specified, the default is the ID of the context user. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Target Collection_ List of personalization targets. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TargetCollection`. ### POST Personalization Targets `POST /connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/targets` Operation ID: `postCommunityTargetCollection`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Personalization Resources. Returns a list of targets applicable to the context user. Create targets. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TargetCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "targets": [ { "audienceId": "6AuRM0000004D5w0AE", "groupName": "2b8bc305-d415-49f9-8e24-814455427324", "priority": 1, "publishStatus": "Draft", "targetType": "ExperienceVariation", "targetValue": "ContactSupport_ContactSupportForCalifornia_Page" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Target Collection_ List of personalization targets. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TargetCollection`. ### PATCH Personalization Targets `PATCH /connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/targets` Operation ID: `patchCommunityTargetCollection`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Personalization Resources. Returns a list of targets applicable to the context user. Update targets. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TargetCollectionUpdateInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "targets": [ { "audienceId": "6AuRM0000004D5w0AE", "priority": 1, "targetId": "6AtRM0000000II30AM" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Target Collection_ List of personalization targets. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TargetCollection`. ### GET Personalization Targets, Batch `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/targets/batch/{targetIds}` Operation ID: `getCommunityTargetBatch`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Personalization Resources. Returns Target information for a list of targetIDs in a community. Get target information for a comma-separated list of target IDs. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `targetIds` (path, array of string (Id), required) Comma-separated list of target IDs. #### Responses * **200** _Batch Results_ Batch results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Batch`. ### GET Personalization Target `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/targets/{targetId}` Operation ID: `getCommunityTarget`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Personalization Resources. Returns details about the given TargetID in a community. Get a target. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `targetId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the target. Pattern: ^(6At)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Target_ Personalization target information. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Target`. ### DELETE Personalization Target `DELETE /connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/targets/{targetId}` Operation ID: `deleteCommunityTarget`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Personalization Resources. Returns details about the given TargetID in a community. Delete a target. _Available in: v47.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `targetId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the target. Pattern: ^(6At)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET Experience Cloud Site Preview URL `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/preview-url/pages/{pageApiName}` Operation ID: `getPagePreviewUrl`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Resources. Construct a community page preview URL. Get a preview URL for an Experience Cloud site page. _Available in: v61.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. * `pageApiName` (path, string, required) The `{pageApiName}` is the API name of a page, such as `Product_Detail` or `Home`. * `urlParameters` (query, string) URL-encoded string of key-value pairs, such as `recordName%3Example-record-name%26recordId%3D01txx0000006i7IAAQ`. Optional unless required by the page URL _Available in: v61.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Community Preview URL_ Preview URL for an Experience Cloud site page. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommunityPreviewUrl`. ### POST Experience Cloud Site, Publish `POST /connect/communities/{communityId}/publish` Operation ID: `publishCommunity`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Resources. Publishes all pending changes in a community Publish an Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v46.0_ **Note**: POST doesn’t take request parameters or a request body. #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. #### Responses * **200** _Community Publish_ Result of publishing an Experience Cloud site. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CommunityPublish`. ### GET Experience Cloud Sites Externally Managed Accounts `GET /connect/communities/{communityId}/external-managed-accounts` Operation ID: `getCommunitiesExternalManagedAccounts`. Tags: Experience Cloud Sites Resources. A collection of External Managed Accounts. Get externally managed accounts available to the context user across all Experience Cloud sites. _Available in: v50.0_ #### Parameters * `communityId` (path, string (CommunityId), required) ID of an Experience Cloud site. Regardless of the ID specified, this resource returns all the externally managed accounts available to the context user across all sites. * `includeMyAccount` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to return the context user’s account (`true`) or not (`false`). The default value is `false`. _Available in: v53.0_ #### Responses * **200** _External Managed Account Collection Output_ Collection of externally managed accounts. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ExternalManagedAccountCollectionOutput`. ## Schemas ### FormInput Marketing integration form. * `formFieldsList` (_array of FormFieldInput_, required) Fields for the marketing integration form. _Available in: v53.0_ * `formName` (_string_, required) Name of the marketing integration form. _Available in: v53.0_ * `memberIdentificationCode` (_string_, required) The member identification code (MID) of the Marketing Cloud Engagement account associated with the form. _Available in: v53.0_ ### Form Marketing integration form. * `dataExtensionId` (_string_) ID of the data extension associated with the marketing integration form. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `formFieldsList` (_object_) FormFieldList List of form fields associated with the marketing integration form. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FormFieldList`. * `formId` (_string_) ID of the marketing integration form. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `formName` (_string_) Name of the marketing integration form. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FormSubmissionInput Marketing integration form submission. * `formFieldsList` (_array of FormSubmissionFieldInput_, required) Fields for the marketing integration form. _Available in: v53.0_ ### FormSubmission Marketing integration form submission. * `formSubmissionId` (_string_) ID of the form submission, representing the submission data that was saved. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### KnowledgeArticleVersionCollection A collection of knowledge article versions. * `items` (_array of KnowledgeArticleVersion_) A collection of knowledge article versions. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectNetworkStatusEnum Site’s status. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Inactive`, `Live`, `UnderConstruction`. ### CommunityPage Page of Experience Cloud sites. * `communities` (_array of Community_) List of sites available to the context user. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of sites. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommunityInput Create an Experience Cloud site. * `description` (_string_) Description of the site. _Available in: v46.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) Name of the site. _Available in: v46.0_ * `templateName` (_string_, required) Name of the Experience Builder template for the site. Use the [Experience Builder Templates](#operation/getCommunityTemplates) resource to get a list of available templates and their names. _Available in: v46.0_ * `templateParams` (_object_) Map of template-specific parameters. Valid values are: * " `AuthenticationType` " : " `AUTHENTICATED` " * " `AuthenticationType` " : " `UNAUTHENTICATED` " (version 52.0–55.0) * " `AuthenticationType` " : " `AUTHENTICATED_WITH_PUBLIC_ACCESS` " * " `CreateStoreDefaults` " : " `ALL` " * " `CreateStoreDefaults` " : " `NONE` " * " `WebstoreId` " : " `{WebstoreId}` " `AuthenticationType` values are valid when creating an Experience Cloud site using the Build Your Own (LWR) template. `CreateStoreDefaults` values are valid when creating an Experience Cloud site using the B2B or D2C store template. The `WebstoreId` value is valid when creating an Experience Cloud site using the B2B Aura, B2B LWR, and D2C templates. The store can't already be associated to a site, and the store type field must match the template. The B2B store type can be used with the B2B Aura and B2B LWR templates, and the D2C store type can be used with the D2C template. _Available in: v52.0_ Additional properties: `string`. * `urlPathPrefix` (_string_) URL prefix for the site. For example, in the site URL `{MyDomainName}.my.site.com/customers`, `customers` is the `urlPathPrefix`. Required if you already have a site that doesn't have a `urlPathPrefix`. _Available in: v46.0_ ### CommunityCreate Result of creating an Experience Cloud site. * `jobId` (_string_) ID of the [BackgroundOperation](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_backgroundoperation.htm) record for the create job. Query this ID to track the creation status of the site. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Message saying that create is in progress. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the site. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommunityTemplateCollection A list of Experience Builder templates. * `templates` (_array of CommunityTemplate_) List of Experience Builder templates. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total count of templates. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Community Experience Cloud site. * `allowChatterAccessWithoutLogin` (_boolean_) Specifies if guest users can access public groups without logging in. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `allowMembersToFlag` (_boolean_) Specifies whether members can flag content. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `builderBasedSnaEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the Service Not Available page is an auto-generated Experience Builder-based page (`true`) or a static resource page that’s set in **Workspaces** > **Administration** > **Pages** (`false`). _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `builderUrl` (_string_) Experience Builder URL for the site. _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentSpaceId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the managed content space associated with the enhanced site. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Site’s description. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `guestMemberVisibilityEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether guest members can see other members (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the site. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageOptimizationCDNEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether images are optimized for guest users on all devices for sites using Salesforce's CDN for Digital Experiences (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v56.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `invitationsEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether members can invite other members to the site ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `knowledgeableEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether knowledgeable people and endorsements are available for topics (`true`), or not (`false`). _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `loginUrl` (_string_) Login URL for the site. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `memberVisibilityEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether members can see other members (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v45.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Site name. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nicknameDisplayEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether nicknames are displayed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `privateMessagesEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether members can send and receive private messages to and from other members (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reputationEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether reputation is calculated and displayed for members. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sendWelcomeEmail` (_boolean_) Specifies whether a welcome email is automatically generated and sent to any new member. `true` if email is sent, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `siteAsContainerEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the site is an Experience Builder site (`true`) or a Salesforce Tabs + Visualforce site (`false`). _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `siteUrl` (_string_) URL for the site, which is the site domain name plus a URL prefix. For example, `{MyDomainName}.my.site.com/customers`. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectNetworkStatusEnum Site’s status. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNetworkStatusEnum`. * `templateName` (_string_) Name of the Experience Builder template. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to the site. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlPathPrefix` (_string_) Site-specific URL prefix. For example, in the site URL `{MyDomainName}.my.site.com/customers`, `customers` is the `urlPathPrefix`. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ModerationAuditRecordCount Moderation audit record count. * `auditActionToCount` (_object_) The number of actions audited for a user in an Experience Cloud site. For String values of audit actions, see [NetworkActivityAudit](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_networkactivityaudit.htm) in the Object Reference for Salesforce and Lightning Platform. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `number (int64)`. ### FileSummaryPage File summary page. * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page of files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `files` (_array of FileSummary_) Collection of one or more files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the previous page of files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. Values are: * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ModeratorsOnly`, `SelfAndModerators`. ### ModerationFlags Moderation flags. * `flagCount` (_integer_) If the context user is a community moderator, the total number of flags on the post, comment, or file. If the context user isn’t a community moderator, value is `null`. Flags on files is available starting in version 30.0. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flagCountByReason` (_object_) Number of moderation flags categorized by reason. Values for String are: * `FlaggedByRule` — Moderation rule flagged the item. * `FlaggedBySystem` — Einstein flagged the item. * `FlaggedByUserAsInappropriate` — User flagged the item as inappropriate. * `FlaggedByUserAsSpam` — User flagged the item as spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `integer`. * `flaggedByMe` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the post, comment, or file was flagged by the context user ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Flags on files is available starting in version 30.0. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flags` (_object_) ModerationFlagsCollection Collection of flags. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlagsCollection`. ### ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum Type of moderation flag. Values are: * `FlagAsInappropriate` — Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` — Flag for spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `FlagAsInappropriate`, `FlagAsSpam`. ### ModerationFlagInput Moderation flag input. * `note` (_string_) A note of up to 4,000 characters about the flag. _Available in: v38.0_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum Type of moderation flag. * `FlagAsInappropriate` — Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` — Flag for spam. _Available in: v38.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum`. * `visibility` (_object_) ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v30.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum`. ### ConnectPublishStatusEnum Publish status of the target. We recommend setting the publish status to `Draft`. If you specify `Live`, your changes revert after you publish the site. _Available in: v47.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Draft`, `Live`. ### AudienceCollection Collection of audiences. * `audiences` (_array of Audience_) Collection of audiences. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AudienceInput An audience. * `criteria` (_array of AudienceCriterionInput_) List of audience criteria to update or add. An audience can have up to 100 criteria. Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ * `customFormula` (_string_) Custom formula for the audience criteria. For example, (1 AND 2) OR 3. Required when creating an audience with the `formulaFilterType` set to `CustomLogicMatches`. Optional, otherwise _Available in: v47.0_ * `formulaFilterType` (_object_) FormulaFilterTypeEnum Formula filter type for the personalization audience. Values are: * `AllCriteriaMatch` — All audience criteria are true (AND operation). * `AnyCriterionMatches` — Any audience criterion is true (OR operation). * `CustomLogicMatches` — Audience criteria match the custom formula (for example, (1 AND 2) OR 3). Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ Includes all fields of `FormulaFilterTypeEnum`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the audience. Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ ### Audience An audience. * `criteria` (_array of AudienceCriteriaDetails_) Criteria details for the audience. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `customFormula` (_string_) Custom formula for the audience criteria. For example, (1 AND 2) OR 3. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `formulaFilterType` (_object_) FormulaFilterTypeEnum Formula filter type for the personalization audience. Values are: * `AllCriteriaMatch` — All audience criteria are true (AND operation). * `AnyCriterionMatches` — Any audience criterion is true (OR operation). * `CustomLogicMatches` — Audience criteria match the custom formula (for example, (1 AND 2) OR 3). _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FormulaFilterTypeEnum`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the audience. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the audience. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `targets` (_array of AudienceTargetAssignment_) Target assignments for the audience. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this audience. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Batch Result of an entire batch request operation. Results are ordered in the same order in which the requests were given. Results may either be a successful result with a response body, a successful result without a response body, or an error result without a response body. Success and error are determined by the status code in each result. * `hasErrors` (_boolean_) True if at least one of the results is an error (a status code in the 400 or 500 range). _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `results` (_array of BatchResult_) Collection of batch result items. One for each request input. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TargetCollection List of personalization targets. * `targets` (_array of Target_) List of personalization targets. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TargetCollectionInput Collection of targets to create. * `targets` (_array of TargetInput_, required) List of targets to create. _Available in: v47.0_ ### TargetCollectionUpdateInput Collection of targets to update. * `targets` (_array of TargetUpdateInput_, required) List of targets to update. _Available in: v47.0_ ### Target Personalization target information. * `audience` (_object_) AudienceTarget Audience assigned to the target. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AudienceTarget`. * `formulaScope` (_object_) FormulaScope Formula scope of the target. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FormulaScope`. * `groupName` (_string_) Group name of the target. Groups bundle related target and audience pairs. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the target. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `priority` (_integer_) Priority of the target. Within a group, priority determines which target is returned if the user matches more than one audience. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `publishStatus` (_object_) ConnectPublishStatusEnum Publish status of the target. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPublishStatusEnum`. * `targetType` (_string_) Type of target, indicating the nature of the data being targeted. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `targetValue` (_string_) Value of the target. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the target. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `scope` (_array of Scope_) List of scopes for the target. In version 50.0 and later, the `formulaScope` property returns this information. _Available in: v47.0–49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommunityPreviewUrl Preview URL for an Experience Cloud site page. * `previewUrl` (_string (url)_) Preview URL. _Available in: v61.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommunityPublish Result of publishing an Experience Cloud site. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the site. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `jobId` (_string_) ID of the [BackgroundOperation](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.object_reference.meta/object_reference/sforce_api_objects_backgroundoperation.htm) record for the publish job. Query this ID to track the publish status of the site. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `message` (_string_) Message describing the result of publishing the site. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the site. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Connect REST API URL to the site. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalManagedAccountCollectionOutput Collection of externally managed accounts. * `externalManagedAccounts` (_array of ExternalManagedAccountOutput_) Collection of externally managed accounts. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalExternalManagedAccounts` (_integer_) Total number of externally managed accounts. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FormFieldInput Marketing integration form field. * `name` (_string_, required) Name of the marketing integration form field. _Available in: v53.0_ * `type` (_object_, required) FormFieldTypeEnum Type of marketing integration form field. _Available in: v53.0_ Includes all fields of `FormFieldTypeEnum`. ### FormFieldList List of form fields. * `formFields` (_array of FormField_) List of form fields associated with the marketing integration form. ### FormSubmissionFieldInput Marketing integration form field submission. * `name` (_string_, required) Name of the marketing integration form field. _Available in: v53.0_ * `value` (_string_, required) Value of the marketing integration form field. _Available in: v53.0_ ### KnowledgeArticleVersion A knowledge article version. * `articleType` (_string_) Type of the knowledge article. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the knowledge article version. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `knowledgeArticleId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the corresponding knowledge article. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastPublishedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last published date of the knowledge article. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `summary` (_string_) Summary of the knowledge article contents. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the knowledge article. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) URL name of the knowledge article. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommunityTemplate Experience Builder template. * `publisher` (_string_) Name of the publisher of the site’s template. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `templateName` (_string_) Name of the site’s template. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FileSummary Description of a file. For all rendition properties, note the following: For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. * `checksum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository External data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepository`. * `contentModifiedDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. File-specific modified date, which is updated only for direct file operations, such as rename. Modifications to the file from outside of Salesforce can update this date. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentSize` (_integer_) Size of the file in bytes. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentUrl` (_string_) If the file is a link, returns the URL, otherwise the string `null`. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentVersionId` (_string_) ID of the content version. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string when the file was created. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `downloadUrl` (_string_) URL to the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string_) External URL this file points to, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionInformation` (_object_) ExternalFilePermissionInformation External file permission information, such as available groups, available permission types, and current sharing status, or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ExternalFilePermissionInformation`. * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file, such as PDF, PowerPoint. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `flashRenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies if a flash preview version of the file has been rendered. Flash renditions were retired on July 16, 2021. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isArchived` (_boolean_) Specifies if the file is archived (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isFileAsset` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the file is an asset. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isMajorVersion` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is a major version; `false` if the file is a minor version. Major versions can’t be replaced. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this file. Moderators can view and act on flagged items. If the `communityModeration` property of the Features response body is `false`, this property is `null`. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. * `modifiedDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. Modifications to the file from within Salesforce update this date. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `origin` (_string_) Specifies the file source. Valid values are: * `Chatter` — file came from Chatter * `Content` — file came from content * `FileField` — file came from a record or other form _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `owner` (_object_) UserSummary Owner of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `parentFolder` (_object_) Reference Reference to the parent folder. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `pdfRenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies if a PDF preview version of the file has been rendered. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `publishStatus` (_string_) Publish status of the file. One of these values: * `PendingAccess` —File is pending publishing. * `PrivateAccess` —File is private. * `PublicAccess` —File is public. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `PendingAccess`, `PrivateAccess`, `PublicAccess`. * `renditionUrl` (_string_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string_) URL to the 240px by 180px rendition for the file, if available. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string_) URL to the 720px by 480px rendition for the file, if available. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string_) URL to the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_string_) Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` —Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` —Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `Allowed`, `Restricted`. * `sharingPrivacy` (_string_) Sharing privacy of a file. Values are: * `None` —File is visible to anyone with record access. * `PrivateOnRecords` —File is private on records. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `None`, `PrivateOnRecords`. * `sharingRole` (_string_) Sharing role of the file. One of these values: * `Admin` —Owner permission, but doesn’t own the file. * `Collaborator` —Viewer permission, and can edit, change permissions, and upload a new version of a file. * `Owner` —Collaborator permission, and can make a file private, and delete a file. * `Viewer` —Can view, download, and share a file. * `WorkspaceManaged` —Permission controlled by the library. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `Admin`, `Collaborator`, `Owner`, `Viewer`, `WorkspaceManaged`. * `systemModstamp` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string indicating when a user or any automated system process, such as a trigger, updated the file. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 120 x 90 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 240 x 180 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 720 x 480 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionNumber` (_string_) Version number of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ModerationFlagsCollection Collection of flags on a feed item, comment, or file. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flags` (_array of ModerationFlagItem_) List of flag details. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Number of items per page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AudienceCriterionInput Audience criterion. * `criterion` (_array of AudienceCriterionValueInput_) List of mappings of audience criteria fields and values. Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ * `criterionNumber` (_integer_) Number associated with the audience criterion in a formula. For example, (1 AND 2) OR 3. If unspecified, criteria are assigned numbers in the order that they’re added. _Available in: v47.0_ * `criterionOperator` (_object_) AudienceCriteriaOperatorEnum Operator used in the personalization audience criterion. Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ Includes all fields of `AudienceCriteriaOperatorEnum`. * `criterionType` (_object_) AudienceCriteriaTypeEnum Type of personalization audience criterion. Values are: * `Audience` — Criterion based on audience. * `Default` — Audience has no criteria. * `Domain` — Criterion based on domain. * `FieldBased` — Criterion based on object fields. * `GeoLocation` — Criterion based on location. * `Permission` — Criterion based on standard or custom permissions. * `Profile` — Criterion based on profile. Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ Includes all fields of `AudienceCriteriaTypeEnum`. ### FormulaFilterTypeEnum Formula filter type for the personalization audience. Values are: * `AllCriteriaMatch` — All audience criteria are true (AND operation). * `AnyCriterionMatches` — Any audience criterion is true (OR operation). * `CustomLogicMatches` — Audience criteria match the custom formula (for example, (1 AND 2) OR 3). Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AllCriteriaMatch`, `AnyCriterionMatches`, `CustomLogicMatches`. ### AudienceCriteriaDetails Audience criteria. * `criterion` (_array of AudienceCriterionDetails_) List of mappings of audience criteria fields and values. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `criterionNumber` (_integer_) Number associated with the audience criterion in a formula. For example, (1 AND 2) OR 3. If unspecified, criteria are assigned numbers in the order that they’re added. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `criterionOperator` (_object_) AudienceCriteriaOperatorEnum Operator used in the personalization audience criterion. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AudienceCriteriaOperatorEnum`. * `criterionType` (_object_) AudienceCriteriaTypeEnum Type of personalization audience criterion. Values are: * `Audience` — Criterion based on audience. * `Default` — Audience has no criteria. * `Domain` — Criterion based on domain. * `FieldBased` — Criterion based on object fields. * `GeoLocation` — Criterion based on location. * `Permission` — Criterion based on standard or custom permissions. * `Profile` — Criterion based on profile. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AudienceCriteriaTypeEnum`. ### AudienceTargetAssignment Target assignments for an audience. * `formulaScope` (_object_) FormulaScope Formula scope of the target. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FormulaScope`. * `groupName` (_string_) Group name of the target. Groups bundle related target and audience pairs. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the target. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isMatch` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the target matches the current context (`true`) or doesn’t (`false`). _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `priority` (_integer_) Priority of the target. Within a group, priority determines which target is returned if the user matches more than one audience. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `publishStatus` (_object_) ConnectPublishStatusEnum Publish status of the target. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPublishStatusEnum`. * `targetType` (_string_) Type of target, indicating the nature of the data being targeted. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `targetValue` (_string_) Value of the target. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the target. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BatchResult Describes the result of an individual request in a batch request. * `result` (_any_) The result of this individual request. The type depends on the batch resource; for an error result it is an error message. * `statusCode` (_integer_) An HTTP status code indicating the status of this individual request in the batch. ### TargetInput Target to create. * `audienceId` (_string_, required) ID of the audience to assign to the target. _Available in: v47.0_ * `groupName` (_string_, required) Group name of the target. Groups bundle related target and audience pairs. You can have up to 2,000 groups and 500 targets per group. To determine the group name for targets of type `ExperienceVariation`, see [Personalization Target Developer and Group Names](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.communities_dev.meta/communities_dev/communities_dev_personalization_names.htm) in the Experience Cloud Developer Guide. _Available in: v47.0_ * `priority` (_integer_) Priority of the target. Within a group, priority determines which target is returned if the user matches more than one audience. _Available in: v47.0_ * `publishStatus` (_object_) ConnectPublishStatusEnum Publish status of the target. We recommend setting the publish status to `Draft`. If you specify `Live`, your changes revert after you publish the site. _Available in: v47.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPublishStatusEnum`. * `targetType` (_string_, required) Type of target, indicating the nature of the data being targeted. Supported values include: * `ExperienceVariation` (version 47.0 and later) * Custom object API names, such as `{CustomObjectName}__c` (version 47.0 and later) * `NavigationLinkSet` (version 49.0 and later) * `Topic` (version 49.0 and later) * `CollaborationGroup` (version 49.0 and later) * `KnowledgeArticle` (version 49.0 and later) * `ContentDocument` (version 49.0 and later) * `ManagedContent` (version 49.0 and later) * `Report` (version 49.0 and later) * `Dashboard` (version 49.0 and later) You can have up to 2,500 `ExperienceVariation` targets and 25,000 record targets. _Available in: v47.0_ * `targetValue` (_string_, required) Value of the target. If `targetType` is `ExperienceVariation`, `targetValue` is the developer name of the experience variation. If `targetType` is `{CustomObjectName}__c`, `targetValue` is the ID of the custom object. To determine the developer name for targets of type `ExperienceVariation`, see [Personalization Target Developer and Group Names](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.communities_dev.meta/communities_dev/communities_dev_personalization_names.htm) in the Experience Cloud Developer Guide. _Available in: v47.0_ ### TargetUpdateInput Target to update. * `audienceId` (_string_) ID of the audience to assign to the target. Required if `priority` isn’t specified. Otherwise, Optional _Available in: v47.0_ * `priority` (_integer_) Priority of the target. Within a group, priority determines which target is returned if the user matches more than one audience. Required if `audienceId` isn’t specified. Otherwise, Optional _Available in: v47.0_ * `targetId` (_string_, required) ID of the target to update. _Available in: v47.0_ ### AudienceTarget Audience assigned to a target. * `audienceName` (_string_) Name of the audience assigned to the target. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the audience assigned to the target. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the audience assigned to the target. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FormulaScope Formula scope for a target. * `contextValuesMap` (_object_) Map of context values for the scope. _Available in: v52.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `object`. * `fields` (_array of string_) List of fields of the scope. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `formula` (_string_) Formula of the scope. _Available in: v50.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `contextValues` (_object_) Map of context values for the scope. In version 52.0 and later, use the `contextValuesMap` property. _Available in: v50.0–51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `string`. ### Scope Scope information for a target. * `name` (_string_) Name of the scope for the target. _Available in: v47.0–49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `value` (_string_) Value of the scope for the target. _Available in: v47.0–49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalManagedAccountOutput Externally managed account. * `accountId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the account managed by another account. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `accountName` (_string_) Name of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `address` (_object_) ExternalManagedAccountAddressOutput Default shipping address of the external managed account. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ExternalManagedAccountAddressOutput`. * `externalManagedAccountId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the external managed account record. _Available in: v49.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isMyAccount` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the account is the context user’s account (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FormFieldTypeEnum Type of marketing integration form field. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Boolean`, `Date`, `EmailAddress`, `Number`, `Text`. ### FormField Marketing integration form field. * `name` (_string_) Name of the marketing integration form field. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) FormFieldTypeEnum Type of marketing integration form field. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FormFieldTypeEnum`. ### FilesConnectRepository Information about a Files Connect repository. * `authentication` (_object_) FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication Repository authentication information. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication`. * `features` (_object_) FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures Repository features. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures`. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the external data source. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Repository label. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) Repository name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `providerType` (_object_) FilesConnectProviderType Repository provider type. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectProviderType`. * `rootFolderItemsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the repository root folder items, or `null` if the repository does not support browsing. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, `ContentHubRepository`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Connect REST API resource URL to the Files Connect repository. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalFilePermissionInformation External file permissions information. * `externalFilePermissionTypes` (_array of FilesConnectPermissionType_) Available permission types for the parent folder of the external file, or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionsFailure` (_boolean_) `true` if the retrieval of external file information failed or if `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`; `false` otherwise. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionsInfoFailureReason` (_string_) Explanation of the failure if a failure occurred and `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `true`; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFileSharingStatus` (_object_) ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnum Sharing status for the external file. Values are: * `DomainSharing` — File is shared with the domain. * `PrivateSharing` — File is private or shared only with individuals. * `PublicSharing` — File is publicly shared. Value is `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnum`. * `repositoryPublicGroups` (_array of RepositoryGroupSummary_) Available public groups in the external repository or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Motif The motif properties contain URLs for small, medium, and large icons that indicate the Salesforce record type. Common record types are files, users, and groups, but all record types have a set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon. All icons are available to unauthenticated users so that, for example, you can display the motif icons in an email. The motif can also contain the record type’s base color. The motif images are icons, not user uploaded images or photos. For example, every user has the same set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon, for example, the following custom object uses the “boat” tab style: `"motif": { "color": "8C004C", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Users use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Groups use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups16.png" },` Files use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/content/content64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/content/content32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/files16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` To view the icons in the previous examples, preface the URL with https:// `{instance_name}`. For example, https:// `{instance_name}` /img/icon/profile64.png. * `color` (_string_) A hex value representing the base color of the record type, or `null`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `largeIconUrl` (_string_) A large icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediumIconUrl` (_string_) A medium icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `smallIconUrl` (_string_) A small icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `svgIconUrl` (_string_) An icon in SVG format indicating the record type, or `null` if the icon doesn’t exist. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Reference A reference to a record. * `id` (_string_) The ID of the record being referenced, which could be an 18-character ID or some other string identifier. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL to the resource endpoint. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserSummary The User Summary response body is a subset of the User Detail response body. * `additionalLabel` (_string_) If one exists, an extra label for the user, for example, “Customer,” “Partner,” or “Acme Corporation.” _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `communityNickname` (_string_) User’s nickname in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `companyName` (_string_) Name of the company. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayName` (_string_) User’s name that is displayed in the site. If nicknames are enabled, the nickname is displayed. If nicknames aren’t enabled, the full name is displayed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstName` (_string_) User's first name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `firstName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isActive` (_boolean_) `true` if user is active, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isChatterGuest` (_boolean_) `true` if user is a Chatter customer, `false` otherwise In version 26.0 and later, user the `userType` property. _Available in: v23.0–26.0_ * `isInThisCommunity` (_boolean_) `true` if the user is in the same Experience Cloud site as the context user; `false` otherwise. Can be `false` for record feed @mentions on posts with the scope “All Users.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) User's last name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `lastName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `Reference`. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outOfOffice` (_object_) OutOfOffice If one exists, extra out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OutOfOffice`. * `photo` (_object_) Photo Information about the user's photo. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `reputation` (_object_) Reputation Reputation of the user in the site, which is determined by the number of points earned from events and actions performed in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Reputation`. * `stamps` (_array of Stamp_) Collection of the user’s stamps. In version 44.0 and later, use SOQL to get a user’s stamps. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Value is `User`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the user's Chatter profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userType` (_string_) Type of user. Valid values are: * `ChatterGuest` —User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly` —User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest` —User is unauthenticated. * `Internal` —User is a standard org member. * `Portal` —User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System` —User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined` —User is a user type that is a custom object. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `ChatterGuest`, `ChatterOnly`, `Guest`, `Internal`, `Portal`, `System`, `Undefined`. ### ModerationFlagItem Flag details on a feed item, comment, or file. * `createdBy` (_string_) ID of the user who flagged the item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the item was flagged. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the moderation flag. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `moderationType` (_object_) ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum Type of moderation flag. Values are: * `FlagAsInappropriate` — Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` — Flag for spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum`. * `note` (_string_) Note from user who flagged the item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_object_) ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. Values are: * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum`. ### AudienceCriterionValueInput Audience criterion value. * `audienceId` (_string_) ID of an audience. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `Audience` criterion type. _Available in: v53.0_ * `city` (_string_) City of a user. Optional if creating or updating an audience with the `GeoLocation` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `country` (_string_) Country of a user. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `GeoLocation` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `domainId` (_string_) Domain ID of a user. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `Domain` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `entityField` (_string_) Field of an object. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `FieldBased` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `entityType` (_string_) Type of object. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `FieldBased` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `fieldValue` (_string_) Value of a field. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `FieldBased` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `isEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the permission is enabled (`true`) or not (`false`) for a user. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `Permission` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `permission` (_string_) Valid API name of a standard user or custom permission. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `Permission` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `profileId` (_string_) Profile ID of a user. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `Profile` criterion type _Available in: v48.0_ * `subdivision` (_string_) Subdivision of a user. Required if creating or updating an audience with the `GeoLocation` criterion type and using the `city` property _Available in: v48.0_ ### AudienceCriteriaOperatorEnum Operator used in the personalization audience criterion. Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Contains`, `Equal`, `GreaterThan`, `GreaterThanOrEqual`, `Includes`, `LessThan`, `LessThanOrEqual`, `NotEqual`, `NotIncludes`, `StartsWith`. ### AudienceCriteriaTypeEnum Type of personalization audience criterion. Values are: * `Audience` — Criterion based on audience. * `Default` — Audience has no criteria. * `Domain` — Criterion based on domain. * `FieldBased` — Criterion based on object fields. * `GeoLocation` — Criterion based on location. * `Permission` — Criterion based on standard or custom permissions. * `Profile` — Criterion based on profile. Required when creating an audience. Optional when updating an audience _Available in: v47.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Audience`, `Default`, `Domain`, `FieldBased`, `GeoLocation`, `Permission`, `Profile`. ### AudienceCriterionDetails Audience criterion information. * `value` (_object_) Mapping of an audience criterion value and field. _Available in: v48.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `string`. ### ExternalManagedAccountAddressOutput Default shipping address for an externally managed account. * `city` (_string_) City of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `country` (_string_) Country of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `geolocationAccuracy` (_string_) Geolocation accuracy of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `latitude` (_string_) Latitude of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `longitude` (_string_) Longitude of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `state` (_string_) State of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `street` (_string_) Street of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `zip` (_string_) Postal code of the external managed account record. _Available in: v53.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication Authentication information for a repository. * `authFlowUrl` (_string_) Depends on the `authProtocol`. * `NoAuthentication` — `null`. * `Oauth` — URL to start the OAuth flow. * `Password` — URL to the authentication settings for external systems. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `authProtocol` (_object_) ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum Authentication protocol used for the repository. Values are: * `NoAuthentication` — Repository doesn’t require authentication. * `Oauth` — Repository uses OAuth authentication protocol. * `Password` — Repository uses user name and password authentication protocol. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum`. * `userHasAuthSettings` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user has credentials or the administrator configured the external data source to use the same set of credentials for every user (`true`). Otherwise, `false`. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures Information about the features of a Files Connect repository. * `canBrowse` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the repository’s folder hierarchy can be browsed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canSearch` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the repository can be searched (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectProviderType Information about the Files Connect provider. * `label` (_string_) Localized label of the provider type. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Provider type. One of these values: * `ContentHubBox` * `ContentHubGDrive` * `ContentHubSharepoint` * `ContentHubSharepointOffice365` * `ContentHubSharepointOneDrive` * `SimpleUrl` _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectPermissionType A permission type. * `id` (_string_) The internal ID of the permission type in the repository. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `label` (_string_) The label as returned by the repository. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnum Sharing status for the external file. Values are: * `DomainSharing` — File is shared with the domain. * `PrivateSharing` — File is private or shared only with individuals. * `PublicSharing` — File is publicly shared. Value is `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DomainSharing`, `PrivateSharing`, `PublicSharing`. ### RepositoryGroupSummary Detailed description of a group entry. * `domain` (_string_) Domain of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `email` (_string_) Email of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `groupType` (_object_) FilesConnectGroupTypeEnum Type of group. Values are: * `Everybody` — Group is public to everybody. * `EverybodyInDomain` — Group is public to everybody in the same domain. * `Unknown` — Group type is unknown. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectGroupTypeEnum`. * `id` (_string_) ID of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `type` (_string_) The type of entry. Value is `GroupEntry`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `GroupEntry`, `UserEntry`. Example: `GroupEntry`. ### OutOfOffice User's out-of-office message. * `message` (_string_) Out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Photo Photo. * `fullEmailPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) A temporary URL to the large profile picture that expires after 30 days. This URL is available to unauthenticated users. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `largePhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the large profile picture. The default width is 200 pixels, while the length is scaled so the original image proportions are maintained. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `mediumPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the medium profile picture. The default width is 160 pixels, and the height is scaled so the original image proportions are maintained. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `photoVersionId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID to that version of the photo. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `smallPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the small profile picture. The default size is 64x64 pixels. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `standardEmailPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) A temporary URL to the small profile picture that expires after 30 days. This URL is available to unauthenticated users. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to a resource that returns a Photo response body: for example, `/services/data/v67.0/chatter/users/005D0000001LL8OIAW/photo`. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Reputation Reputation for a user. * `reputationLevel` (_object_) ReputationLevel User’s reputation level. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReputationLevel`. * `reputationPoints` (_number (double)_) User's reputation points, which can be earned by performing different activities. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to the reputation. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Stamp A user stamp. * `description` (_string_) Description of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageUrl` (_string_) Image URL of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum Authentication protocol used for the repository. Values are: * `NoAuthentication` — Repository doesn’t require authentication. * `Oauth` — Repository uses OAuth authentication protocol. * `Password` — Repository uses user name and password authentication protocol. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `NoAuthentication`, `Oauth`, `Password`. ### FilesConnectGroupTypeEnum The detailed information of a directory entry. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Everybody`, `EverybodyInDomain`, `Unknown`. ### ReputationLevel Reputation level for a user. * `levelImageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the reputation level image. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `levelName` (_string_) Name of the reputation level. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `levelNumber` (_integer_) Reputation level number, which is the numerical rank of the level, with the lowest level at 1. Administrators define the reputation level point ranges. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFileSharingRoleEnum Sharing role of the file. One of these values: * `Admin` — Owner permission, but doesn’t own the file. * `Collaborator` — Viewer permission, and can edit, change permissions, and upload a new version of a file. * `Owner` — Collaborator permission, and can make a file private, and delete a file. * `Viewer` — Can view, download, and share a file. * `WorkspaceManaged` — Permission controlled by the library. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Admin`, `Collaborator`, `Owner`, `Viewer`, `WorkspaceManaged`. ### ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Allowed`, `Restricted`. ### ConnectUserTypeEnum If the record represented by this completion is a user, this value is the user type associated with that user; otherwise the value is `null`. Values are: * `ChatterGuest` — User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly` — User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest` — User is unauthenticated. * `Internal` — User is a standard org member. * `Portal` — User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System` — User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined` — User is a user type that is a custom object. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ChatterGuest`, `ChatterOnly`, `Guest`, `Internal`, `Portal`, `System`, `Undefined`. ### ConnectFilePublishStatusEnum Specifies the publish status of a file. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `PendingAccess`, `PrivateAccess`, `PublicAccess`. ### ConnectFileSharingPrivacyEnum Specifies the sharing privacy of a file. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `None`, `PrivateOnRecords`. ### ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnum Specifies the type of directory entry. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `GroupEntry`, `UserEntry`. ### BatchResultItem Batch result item. * `result` (_string_) Dependent on the type of batch. Value could be one of the following: * Asset File for `/connect/file-assets/batch/{assetIds}` (v43.0) * Audience for `/connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/audiences/batch/{audienceIds}` (v48.0) * Cart Item for `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/carts/{cartId}/cart-items/batch` (v49.0) and `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/carts/active/cart-items/batch` (v49.0) * Comment for `/chatter/comments/batch/{commentIds}` (v42.0) * Error Message (v23.0) * Feed Item for `/chatter/feed-elements/batch` (v32.0) and `/chatter/feed-elements/batch/{feedElementIds}` (v32.0) * File Summary for `/connect/files/batch/{fileIds}` (v26.0) * Group for `/chatter/groups/batch/{groupIds}` (v23.0) * Group Member for `/chatter/group-memberships/batch/{membershipIds}` (v27.0) * Motif for `/connect/motifs/batch/{idOrPrefixList}` (v27.0) * Read By Capability for `/chatter/feed-elements/batch/{feedElementIds}/capabilities/read-by` (v40.0) * Target for `/connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/targets/batch/{targetIds}` (v47.0) * Topics People Are Knowledgeable About Collection for `/chatter/users/batch/{userIds}/knowledgeable-about-topics` (v36.0) * User Detail for `/chatter/users/batch/{userIds}` (v23.0) * For `/connect/batch`, the value can be any response body depending on the subrequest in the batch. (v28.0) _Filter group: Small_ * `statusCode` (_integer_) HTTP status code indicating the status of this individual request in the batch. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ # Experience Cloud Sites Salesforce Experience Cloud lets you create branded digital experiences to share information and collaborate with people who are key to your business processes, such as customers, partners, or employees. Whether you call it a portal, help forum, support community, or something else, an Experience Cloud site is a great place to connect with the important folks in your life. You can request many Connect REST API resources within a specific Experience Cloud site. For example, you can make requests to CMS and Chatter resources within a specific site. If a resource is available in a site, its documentation includes a resource that starts with `/connect/communities/{communityId}` or `/connect/sites/{siteId}`. Some Connect REST API resources are available only within a site. These include resources for flagging and moderating content, using managed topics, and getting information about a user’s reputation. Resources that are available in sites are available whether you allow access without logging in or not. - **[Example: Create and Schedule Custom Recommendations with Audiences](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/quickreference_create_custom_rec.md)** This example creates and schedules a custom recommendation with audiences. - **[Example: Create a Topic Hierarchy in Experience Cloud Sites](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/quickreference_create_topic_hierarchy.md)** This example creates a topic hierarchy in an Experience Cloud site. ## See Also - [Build the Resource URL](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_building_url.md) # Feeds and Feed Elements A feed is a container of feed elements. Feed elements can be feed items, such as specific posts, or generic feed elements, such as bundled posts or recommendations in the feed. **note:** Salesforce Help refers to feed items as posts and bundles as bundled posts. ## Capabilities As part of the effort to diversify the feed, pieces of functionality found in feed elements have been broken out into capabilities. Capabilities provide a consistent way to interact with the feed. Don’t inspect the feed element type to determine which functionality is available for a feed element. Inspect the capability, which tells you explicitly what’s available. Check for the presence of a capability to determine what a client can do to a feed element. All feed elements have a `capabilities` property, which holds a Feed Element Capabilities response body. The Feed Element Capabilities response body can have one or more properties, each holding a capability of the feed element. A capability includes both an indication that a feature is possible and data associated with that feature. If a capability exists on a feed element, that capability is available, even if there isn’t any data associated with the capability yet. For example, if the `chatterLikes` capability property exists on a feed element, the context user can like that feed element. If the capability property doesn’t exist on a feed element, it isn’t possible to like that feed element. ## How the Salesforce UI Displays Feed Items A client can use the `capabilities` property to determine what it can do with a feed element and how to render a feed element. For all feed elements other than feed item, the client doesn’t have to know the type of feed element. Instead, the client can look at the capabilities. Feed items do have capabilities, but they also have a few properties, such as `actor`, that aren’t exposed as capabilities. For this reason, feed items must be handled a bit differently than other feed elements. The Salesforce UI uses one layout to display every feed item. This layout gives customers a consistent view of feed items and gives developers an easy way to create UI. The layout always contains the same pieces, and the pieces are always in the same position. Only the content of the layout pieces changes. ![Feed item with a file attachment.](https://developer.salesforce.com/media/connect-rest-api/feeditem_content.png) The feed item layout elements are: 1. Actor (`actor` property of Feed Item response body)—A photo or icon of the creator of the feed item. 2. Header (`header` property of Feed Item response body)—Context for the feed item. The same feed item can have a different header depending on who posted it and where it was posted. In this example, Ted posted the feed item to a group. Timestamp (`relativeCreatedDate` property of Feed Item response body)—The date and time when the feed item was posted. If the feed item is less than two days old, the date and time are formatted as a relative, localized string, such as “17m ago”. Otherwise, the date and time are formatted as an absolute, localized string. 3. Body (`body` property of Feed Item response body)—All feed items have a body. The body can be `null`, which is the case when the user doesn’t provide text for the feed item. Because the body can be `null`, you can’t use it as the default case for rendering text. Instead, use the `text` property of the feed item’s header, which always contains a value. 4. Auxiliary Body (`capabilities` property of Feed Item response body)—The visualization of the capabilities of a feed item. See [Capabilities](#capabilities). ## How the Salesforce UI Displays Bundles **note:** Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. A client can use the `capabilities` property to determine what it can do with a feed element and how to render the feed element. This section uses bundles as an example of how to render a feed element, but these properties are available for every feed element. To give customers a clean, organized feed, feed-tracked change feed items can be aggregated into a bundle. To see individual feed items, click the bundle. ![A bundle of feed-tracked changes](https://developer.salesforce.com/media/connect-rest-api/collab_feed_clump.png) A bundle is a generic feed element with a bundle capability. Bundle layout elements include: - Header (`header` property of the Generic Feed Element response body)—For feed-tracked change bundles, this text is “{userName} updated this record.” - Timestamp (`relativeCreatedDate` property of the Generic Feed Element response body)—The date and time when the feed-tracked changes were made. If the changes are less than two days old, the date and time are formatted as a relative, localized string, such as “17m ago”. Otherwise, the date and time are formatted as an absolute, localized string. - Auxiliary Body (`capabilities.bundle.changes` property of the Generic Feed Element response body)—The bundle displays the `fieldName` and the `oldValue` and `newValue` properties for the first two feed-tracked changes in the bundle. If there are more than two feed-tracked changes, the bundle displays a “Show All Updates” link. ## Feed Element Visibility The feed elements a user sees depend on how the administrator has configured feed tracking, sharing rules, and field-level security. For example, if a user doesn’t have access to a record, they don’t see updates for that record. If a user can see the parent of the feed element, the user can see the feed element. Typically, a user sees feed updates for: - Feed elements that @mention the user (if the user can access the feed element’s parent) - Feed elements that @mention groups the user is a member of - Record field changes on records whose parent is a record the user can see, including User, Group, and File records - Feed elements posted to the user - Feed elements posted to groups that the user owns or is a member of - Feed elements for standard and custom records, for example, tasks, events, leads, accounts, files ## Feed Types There are many types of feeds. Each feed type defines a collection of feed elements. **important:** The collection of feed elements can change between releases. The feed types are exposed in these resources. ``` /chatter/feeds/{feedType} /chatter/feeds/{feedType}/{subjectId} /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/{feedType} ``` For example, the resources for a company, topics, and home feed are: ``` /chatter/feeds/company /chatter/feeds/topics/{subjectId} /connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/home ``` Here are the feed types and their descriptions. - `Bookmarks`—Contains all feed items saved as bookmarks by the context user. - `Company`—Contains all feed items except feed items of type `TrackedChange`. To see the feed item, the user must have sharing access to its parent. - `DirectMessageModeration`—Contains all direct messages that are flagged for moderation. The Direct Message Moderation feed is available only to users with Moderate Experiences Chatter Messages permissions. - `DirectMessages`—Contains all feed items of the context user’s direct messages. - `Draft`—Contains all the feed items that the context user drafted. - `Favorites`—Contains favorites saved by the context user. Favorites are feed searches, list views, and topics. - `Files`—Contains all feed items that contain files posted by people or groups that the context user follows. - `Filter`—Contains the news feed filtered to contain feed items whose parent is a specified object type. - `Groups`—Contains all feed items from all groups the context user either owns or is a member of. - `Home`—Contains all feed items associated with any managed topic in an Experience Cloud site. - `Isolated`—Contains all the feed items and comments that are isolated. - `Landing`—Contains all feed items that best drive user engagement when the feed is requested. Allows clients to avoid an empty feed when there aren’t many personalized feed items. - `Moderation`—Contains all feed items that are flagged for moderation, except direct messages. The moderation feed is available only to users with Moderate Experiences Feeds permissions. - `Mute`—Contains all feed items that the context user muted. - `News`—Contains all updates for people the context user follows, groups the user is a member of, and files and records the user is following. Contains all updates for records whose parent is the context user. - `PendingReview`—Contains all feed items and comments that are pending review. - `People`—Contains all feed items posted by all people the context user follows. - `Record`—Contains all feed items whose parent is a specified record, which could be a group, user, object, file, or any other standard or custom object. When the record is a group, the feed also contains feed items that mention the group. When the record is a user, the feed contains only feed items on that user. You can get another user’s record feed. - `Streams`—Contains all feed items for any combination of up to 25 feed-enabled entities that the context user subscribes to in a stream. Examples of feed-enabled entities include people, groups, and records, - `To`—Contains all feed items with mentions of the context user. Contains feed items the context user commented on and feed items created by the context user that are commented on. - `Topics`—Contains all feed items that include the specified topic. - `UserProfile`—Contains feed items created when a user changes records that can be tracked in a feed. Contains feed items whose parent is the user and feed items that @mention the user. This feed is different than the news feed, which returns more feed items, including group updates. You can get another user’s user profile feed. ## Post a Feed Item Using [`/chatter/feed-elements`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources) **tip:** The [`/chatter/feed-elements`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources) resource is the simplest, most efficient way to post feed items because it doesn’t require you to pass a feed type. Feed items are the only feed element type you can post. Use this resource to post feed items: ``` POST /chatter/feed-elements ``` When you post a feed item, you create a child of a standard or custom object. Specify the parent object in the `subjectId` request parameter or in the `subjectId` property of the Feed Item Input request body. The `parent` property of the posted feed item contains information about the parent object. ### Post to your user profile This example uses request parameters to post a text post to the context user’s user profile: ``` POST /chatter/feed-elements?feedElementType=FeedItem&subjectId=me&text=Test ``` The `subjectId`, specifies the alias `me`. You can also specify the user ID of the context user. The `parent` property of the newly posted feed item contains the User Summary response body of the context user. ### Post to another user This example uses a request body to post to another user. The `subjectId` property specifies that user’s ID. ``` POST /chatter/feed-elements { "feedElementType":"FeedItem", "subjectId":"005RR000000DmOg", "body" : { "messageSegments" : [ { "type" : "Text", "text" : "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] } } ``` The `parent` property of the newly posted feed item contains the User Summary response body of the target user. ### Post to a group This example uses a request body to post to a group. The `subjectId` property specifies the group ID. ``` POST /chatter/feed-elements { "feedElementType":"FeedItem", "subjectId":"0F9RR0000004CPw", "body" : { "messageSegments" : [ { "type" : "Text", "text" : "When should we meet for release planning?" } ] } } ``` The `parent` property of the newly posted feed item contains the Group response body of the specified group. ### Post to a record (such as a file or an account) This example uses a request body to mention a user on a record feed. The `subjectId` property specifies the record ID. ``` POST /chatter/feed-elements { "feedElementType" : "FeedItem", "subjectId" : "001RR000002G4Y0", "body" : { "messageSegments" : [ { "type" : "Mention", "id" : "005RR000000DmOg" }, { "type" : "Text", "text" : " Have you checked on this account recently?" } ] } } ``` The `parent` property of the new feed item depends on the record type specified. If the record type is File, the parent is the File Summary response body. If the record type is Group, the parent is a Group response body. If the record type is User, the parent is a User Summary response body. For all other record types, the parent is a Record Summary response body. ## Get Feed Elements from a Feed **tip:** To return a feed that includes feed elements, use these resources. Feed element types include feed item, bundle, and recommendation. Getting feed elements from a feed is similar, but not identical, for each feed type. To get the feed elements from the feed types in this table, don’t specify a subject ID. Replace the `feedType` to specify different feeds. | Feed Type | Resource | | -------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Company, Direct Messages, Draft, Landing, Pending Review | `/chatter/feeds/{feedType}/feed-elements`
  • For example: `/chatter/feeds/company/feed-elements`
| | Direct Message Moderation, Home, Moderation | `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/{feedType}/feed-elements`
  • For example: `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/feeds/home/feed-elements`
| To get the feed elements from all other feed types, specify a subject ID. Replace the `feedType` to specify a different feed. For most of the feed types in this table, the `subjectId` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. For the record feed, the `subjectId` is a record ID. For the streams feed, the `subjectId` is a stream ID. For the topics feed, the `subjectId` is a topic ID. For the user profile feed, the `subjectId` is a user ID or the alias `me`. **tip:** For the record feed, the `recordId` can be a record of any type that supports feeds, including group. The feed on the group page in the Salesforce UI is a record feed. | Feed Type | Resource | | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Bookmarks, Files, Groups, Mute, News, People, Record, Streams, To, Topics, User Profile | `/chatter/feeds/{feedType}/{subjectId}/feed-elements`
  • For example: `/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements`
| To get the feed elements from the favorites and filter feeds, specify a `favoriteId` or a `keyPrefix`. The `keyPrefix` indicates the object type and is the first three characters of the object ID. For these feeds, the `subjectId` must be the ID of the context user or the alias `me`. | Feed Type | Resource | | --------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Favorites | [`/chatter/feeds/favorites/{subjectId}/{favoriteId}/feed-elements`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Favorites-Feed-Resources/operation/getFeedFavoriteFeedElementCollection) | | Filter | [`/chatter/feeds/filter/{subjectId}/{keyPrefix}/feed-elements`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Filter-Feed-Resources/operation/getFilterFeedElementCollection) | - **[Example: Get Feed Elements Updated Since Last Request](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/quickreference_get_feed_items_updated_since_last_request.md)** This example gets the feed elements updated since the last request. ## See Also - [Feeds Resource](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feeds-Resources) - [_Salesforce Help_: Action Link Templates](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.action_link_group_template.htm&type=5) Files and Folders Connect REST API # Files and Folders Connect REST API > **Note**: The API Reference has a new three-panel layout. Browse grouped endpoints on the left, review endpoint details in the center, and access examples on the right. **Important**: Where possible, we changed noninclusive terms to align with our company value of Equality. We maintained certain terms to avoid any effect on customer implementations. **Version:** v68.0 ## Servers * `https://{MyDomainName}.my.salesforce.com/services/data/v68.0` API server for your Salesforce org. * ``MyDomainName (default None) Your org's My Domain name, which is used as a subdomain for the URLs that Salesforce uses to serve your org. For example, if your Lightning URL is `https://yourcompanyname.lightning.force.com`, then your My Domain name is `yourcompanyname`. Find your My Domain name and login URL on the My Domain page in Setup, or use the `getMyDomainName()` method in the Apex Domain class.`` ## Tags ### Files Connect Repository Resources A Files Connect repository is an external content repository that’s connected to Salesforce. Use these resources to get a list of repositories, to get information about a repository or a repository file, and to get the content of a repository file. Also use these resources to get information about the files and folders in a repository folder. Use these resources to get a repository’s directory entries, permissions, and permission types. Also use these resources to update a repository’s permissions. ### Files Resources Get the file upload config. Get information about files, including content, rendered version, and sharing. Get information about asset files, including content and rendition. ### Folders Resources Get information about a folder or the contents of a folder. Modify, delete, and add items to folders. ### User Files Resources Get information about a user’s files. Upload a file. ## Operations ### GET Files Connect Repository for a File `GET /connect/content-hub/items/{repositoryItemId}/repository` Operation ID: `getContentHubItemRepository`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. If a contentHubItemId id is given, this returns the repository. Get Files Connect repository information for a repository file. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/items/{repositoryItemId}/repository` _Available in: v38.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryItemId` (path, string, required) ID of the repository item. #### Responses * **200** _Files Connect Repository_ Information about a Files Connect repository. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FilesConnectRepositoryContenthub`. ### GET Files Connect Repository List `GET /connect/content-hub/repositories` Operation ID: `getContentHubRepositoryCollection`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. List Content Hub repositories. Get a list of Files Connect repositories. **Note**: The Experience Cloud site path (`/connect/communities/{communityId}/...`) is available in version 35.0 and later. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `canBrowseOnly` (query, boolean) Retrieves only repositories that support browsing. _Available in: v32.0_ * `canSearchOnly` (query, boolean) Retrieves only repositories that support searching. _Available in: v32.0_ * `page` (query, integer) An integer specifying a page of items. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. _Available in: v32.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are between 1 and 100. If you pass in `null`, the default is 25. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Files Connect Repository Collection_ A collection of Files Connect repositories. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FilesConnectRepositoryCollection`. ### GET Files Connect Repository `GET /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}` Operation ID: `getContentHubRepository`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. Content Hub repository resource. Get information about a Files Connect repository. **Note**: The Experience Cloud site path (`/connect/communities/{communityId}/...`) is available in version 35.0 and later. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Files Connect Repository_ Information about a Files Connect repository. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FilesConnectRepositoryContenthub`. ### GET Files Connect Repository Directory Entries `GET /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/directory-entries` Operation ID: `getContentHubDirectoryEntryCollection`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. Collection of directory entries of an external repository. Get the user and group directory entries of a repository. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/directory-entries` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Repository Directory Entry Collection_ A collection of directory entries. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RepositoryDirectoryEntryCollection`. ### GET Files Connect Repository File `GET /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/files/{repositoryFileId}` Operation ID: `getContentHubRepositoryFile`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. Repository file. Get information about a Files Connect repository file. **Note**: The Experience Cloud site path (`/connect/communities/{communityId}/...`) is available in version 35.0 and later. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/files/{repositoryFileId}` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryFileId` (path, string, required) ID of the repository file. * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. * `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include permission information, such as whether the file is shared and what are the available permission types. Managing external file permissions is supported for Google Drive, SharePoint Online, and OneDrive for Business. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Repository File Detail_ Detailed description of a repository file. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RepositoryFileDetail`. ### PATCH Files Connect Repository File `PATCH /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/files/{repositoryFileId}` Operation ID: `patchContentHubRepositoryFile`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. Repository file. Update a Files Connect repository file. **Note**: The Experience Cloud site path (`/connect/communities/{communityId}/...`) is available in version 35.0 and later. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/files/{repositoryFileId}` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryFileId` (path, string, required) ID of the repository file. * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. #### Request body The item type ID and fields of the item type. Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `fileData` (_string (binary)_) * `fields` (_array of any_) List of fields for the item. Required to create a SharePoint file in a repository because the file name is required; otherwise optional _Available in: v35.0_ * `itemTypeId` (_string_) ID of the item type, such as `L3NpdGVzL0FDRVRfRklMRUNPTk5FQ1RfSU5U:5f33e0f4-b33c-4127-b9e4-dd5a73dd2f1b:0c847e7c-d4a2-4136-bfda-c468fae2d087:0x0101`. To get the `itemTypeId`, use the [Files Connect Repository Folder Allowed Item Types](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files#tag/Files-Connect-Repository-Resources/operation/getContentHubFolderAllowedItemTypes) resource. Required to create a file in a repository _Available in: v35.0_ _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "itemTypeId": "L3NpdGVzL0FDRVRfRklMRUNPTk5FQ1RfSU5U:5f33e0f4-b33c-4127-b9e4-dd5a73dd2f1b:0c847e7c-d4a2-4136-bfda-c468fae2d087:0x0101", "fields": [ { "name": "name", "value": "Content Hub Simple Create Specs" }, { "name": "description", "value": "Document explaining the various connect api endpoints required for simple create" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Repository File Detail_ Detailed description of a repository file. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RepositoryFileDetail`. ### GET Files Connect Repository File Content `GET /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/files/{repositoryFileId}/content` Operation ID: `getContentHubRepositoryFileContent`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. Return the content of the repository file from the external system. The content is streamed as the body of the response. Get the content of the repository file from the external system. The content is streamed as the body of the response. **Note**: The Experience Cloud site path (`/connect/communities/{communityId}/...`) is available in version 35.0 and later. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/files/{repositoryFileId}/content` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryFileId` (path, string, required) ID of the repository file. * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** Binary stream of the file content. Media type: `application/octet-stream`. Schema: `string (binary)`. Binary stream of the file content. Type: `string (binary)`. ### GET Files Connect Repository File Previews `GET /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/files/{repositoryFileId}/previews` Operation ID: `getContentHubFilePreviewCollection`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. Repository file previews Get information about a repository file's supported previews. File previews are supported only for Google Drive. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/files/{repositoryFileId}/previews` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryFileId` (path, string, required) ID of the repository file. * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _File Preview Collection_ A collection of file previews. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FilePreviewCollectionContenthub`. ### GET Files Connect Repository File Preview `GET /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/files/{repositoryFileId}/previews/{formatType}` Operation ID: `getContentHubFilePreview`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. Repository file preview of a given format Get a repository file preview or a specific page in a preview. File previews are supported only for Google Drive. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/files/{repositoryFileId}/previews/{formatType}` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `formatType` (path, ConnectFilePreviewFormatEnumContenthub, required) The file preview format. Hyperforce doesn’t support the SVG file preview format. Any org hosted on Hyperforce defaults to JPG file preview format regardless of the org preference in Setup. * `repositoryFileId` (path, string, required) ID of the repository file. * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. * `endPageNumber` (query, integer) The ending page number in the range of file preview URLs. _Available in: v36.0_ * `startPageNumber` (query, integer) The starting page number in the range of file preview URLs. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Responses * **200** _File Preview_ A file preview. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FilePreviewContenthub`. ### GET Files Connect Repository Folder `GET /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/folders/{repositoryFolderId}` Operation ID: `getContentHubRepositoryFolder`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. Repository folder. Get information about a repository folder. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/folders/{repositoryFolderId}` _Available in: v38.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryFolderId` (path, string, required) The ID of the repository folder. * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Repository Folder Detail_ Details of a repository folder. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RepositoryFolderDetail`. ### GET Files Connect Repository Folder Allowed Item Types `GET /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/folders/{repositoryFolderId}/allowed-item-types` Operation ID: `getContentHubFolderAllowedItemTypes`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. Allowed Item Types are a collection of item types which are allowed to be created in a folder under a repository. The item type definition may not always contain the field definition when using this end point. To get the properties of a item type you should call the get on /item by passing in the item id. Returns item types that are allowed to be created in the repository folder. To get information about a specific item type, use the [Files Connect Repository Item Type](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files#tag/Files-Connect-Repository-Resources/operation/getContentHubItemType) resource. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/folders/{repositoryFolderId}/allowed-item-types` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryFolderId` (path, string, required) The ID of the repository folder. * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. * `filter` (query, FilesConnectItemTypeEnum) Specifies the item types. Values are: * `Any` —Includes files and folders. * `FilesOnly` —Includes files only. * `FoldersOnly` —Includes folders only. In version 35.0, specify `FilesOnly` . _Available in: v35.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Files Connect Allowed Item Type Collection_ The item types allowed to be created in the repository folder. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FilesConnectAllowedItemTypeCollection`. ### GET Files Connect Repository Folder Items `GET /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/folders/{repositoryFolderId}/items` Operation ID: `getContentHubRepositoryFolderItems`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. Collection of items in a repository folder. Get information about the files and folders in a repository folder. **Note**: The Experience Cloud site path (`/connect/communities/{communityId}/...`) is available in version 35.0 and later. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/folders/{repositoryFolderId}/items` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryFolderId` (path, string, required) The ID of the repository folder. * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. * `page` (query, integer) An integer specifying a page of items. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. _Available in: v32.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are between 1 and 100. If you pass in `null`, the default is 25. _Available in: v32.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Repository Folder Items Collection_ A collection of repository folder items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RepositoryFolderItemsCollection`. ### POST Files Connect Repository Folder Items `POST /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/folders/{repositoryFolderId}/items` Operation ID: `postContentHubRepositoryFolderItems`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. Collection of items in a repository folder. Create a file in a repository folder. Uploads to repositories are limited to 75 MB. Before you create an item in a repository folder, check to see which item types you’re allowed to create. Use the [Files Connect Repository Folder Allowed Item Types](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files#tag/Files-Connect-Repository-Resources/operation/getContentHubFolderAllowedItemTypes) resource. To upload a file, send it in a multipart/form-data request. You can include metadata for the file in the multipart/form-data request as a JSON or XML request body. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Uploading Binary Files](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). **Note**: The Experience Cloud site path (`/connect/communities/{communityId}/...`) is available in version 35.0 and later. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/folders/{repositoryFolderId}/items` _Available in: v32.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryFolderId` (path, string, required) The ID of the repository folder. * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. #### Request body The item type ID and fields of the item type. Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `file` (_FilesConnectItemInput_) * `fileData` (_string (binary)_) * `fields` (_array of any_) List of fields for the item. Required to create a SharePoint file in a repository because the file name is required; otherwise optional _Available in: v35.0_ * `itemTypeId` (_string_) ID of the item type, such as `L3NpdGVzL0FDRVRfRklMRUNPTk5FQ1RfSU5U:5f33e0f4-b33c-4127-b9e4-dd5a73dd2f1b:0c847e7c-d4a2-4136-bfda-c468fae2d087:0x0101`. To get the `itemTypeId`, use the [Files Connect Repository Folder Allowed Item Types](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files#tag/Files-Connect-Repository-Resources/operation/getContentHubFolderAllowedItemTypes) resource. Required to create a file in a repository _Available in: v35.0_ _Example example\_1: same as PATCH /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/files/{repositoryFileId} request._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Responses * **200** _Repository Folder Item_ Description of a folder item. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RepositoryFolderItem`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example creates a file and uploads it to an external repository. The # example shows the body parts in a multipart/form-data request. The first body # part is a Files Connect Item Input request body. The second is the content of # the file. For more information, see [Uploading Binary # Files](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). POST /services/data/v67.0/connect/content-hub/repositories/0XCxx000000002CGAQ/ folders/folder:0Bz0nXuFg43SiflFNdFNIaUJrY2hQaHVIVHMxYVpHd2ZHeXphTW83TElzcE84RUJ2Q3Q4Rm8/items Authorization: OAuth 00DD0000000Jhd2!AQIAQC.lh4qTQcBhOPm4TZom5IaOOZLVPVK4wI_rPYJvmE8r2VW8XA. OZ7S29JEM_7Ctq1lst2dzoV.owisJc0KacUbDxyae User-Agent: Jakarta Commons-HttpClient/3.0.1 Host: instance_name Content-Length: 489 Content-Type: multipart/form-data; boundary=a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Accept: application/json --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Type: application/json Content-Disposition: form-data; name="json" { "itemTypeId" : "L3NpdGVzL0FDRVRfRklMRUNPTk5FQ1RfSU5U:5f33e0f4-b33c-4127-b9e4-dd5a73dd2f1b:0c847e7c-d4a2-4136-bfda-c468fae2d087:0x0101", "fields" : [ { "name" : "name", "value" : "Items Sharepoint 012.png" }, { "name" : "description", "value" : "This is a test file" }] } --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Disposition: form-data; name="fileData"; filename="items_Sharepoint_012.png" Content-Type: image/png ...PNG... --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq-- ``` ### GET Files Connect Repository Item Type `GET /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/item-types/{repositoryItemTypeId}` Operation ID: `getContentHubItemType`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. The information related to an individual item type associated with an external repository. The information returned consists of whether the item type requires and supports content, if the item type is versionable etc, and also a collection of field information which is the properties that can be set as part of the metadata of this item type. Returns information about an item type associated with a repository. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/item-types/{repositoryItemTypeId}` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. * `repositoryItemTypeId` (path, string, required) The ID of the repository item type. #### Responses * **200** _Files Connect Item Type Detail_ Detailed information about an item type associated with a repository folder. The Files Connect Item Type Detail response body includes all the Files Connect Item Type Summary response body and this property. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FilesConnectItemTypeDetail`. ### GET Files Connect Repository Permissions `GET /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/items/{repositoryItemId}/permissions` Operation ID: `getContentHubPermissionCollection`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. Collection of permissions of an external repository. Get the permissions of a repository file. Managing external file permissions is supported for Google Drive, SharePoint Online, and OneDrive for Business. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/items/{repositoryItemId}/permissions` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. * `repositoryItemId` (path, string, required) The `{repositoryItemId}` must be a file ID. #### Responses * **200** _Files Connect Permission Collection_ A collection of permissions. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FilesConnectPermissionCollection`. ### PATCH Files Connect Repository Permissions `PATCH /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/items/{repositoryItemId}/permissions` Operation ID: `patchContentHubPermissionCollection`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. Collection of permissions of an external repository. Update the permissions of a repository file. Managing external file permissions is supported for Google Drive, SharePoint Online, and OneDrive for Business. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/items/{repositoryItemId}/permissions` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. * `repositoryItemId` (path, string, required) The `{repositoryItemId}` must be a file ID. #### Request body A collection of permissions to apply or remove. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FilesConnectPermissionCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "permissionsToApply": [ { "directoryEntryId": "Anyone", "permissionTypesIds": [ "CanView" ] } ], "permissionsToRemove": [ { "directoryEntryId": "AnyoneInMyDomain", "permissionTypesIds": [ "CanDelete", "CanEdit" ] } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Files Connect Permission Collection_ A collection of permissions. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FilesConnectPermissionCollection`. ### GET Files Connect Repository Permission Types `GET /connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/items/{repositoryItemId}/permissions/types` Operation ID: `getContentHubPermissionTypeCollection`. Tags: Files Connect Repository Resources. Collection of permission types of an external repository. Get the permission types of a repository file. Managing external file permissions is supported for Google Drive, SharePoint Online, and OneDrive for Business. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/items/{repositoryItemId}/permissions/types` _Available in: v35.0_ #### Parameters * `repositoryId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a repository. Pattern: ^(0XC)\\w\*. * `repositoryItemId` (path, string, required) The `{repositoryItemId}` must be a file ID. #### Responses * **200** _Repository Permission Type Collection_ A collection of permission types. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `RepositoryPermissionTypeCollection`. ### GET Asset Files, Batch `GET /connect/file-assets/batch/{assetIds}` Operation ID: `getFileAssetBatch`. Tags: Files Resources. Return details about the specified asset Ids Get information about a comma-separated list of up to 100 asset files. _Available in: v43.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/file-assets/batch/{assetIds}` _Available in: v43.0_ #### Parameters * `assetIds` (path, array of string (Id), required) Comma-separated list of asset IDs. #### Responses * **200** _Batch Results_ Batch results. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Batch`. ### GET Asset File Information `GET /connect/file-assets/{assetId}` Operation ID: `getFileAsset`. Tags: Files Resources. Return details about the specified asset. Get information about an asset file. _Available in: v38.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/file-assets/{assetId}` _Available in: v38.0_ #### Parameters * `assetId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the asset. Pattern: ^(03S)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _File Detail_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileDetail`. ### PATCH Asset File Information `PATCH /connect/file-assets/{assetId}` Operation ID: `patchFileAsset`. Tags: Files Resources. Return details about the specified asset. Change the visibility of an asset file for unauthenticated users. _Available in: v43.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/file-assets/{assetId}` _Available in: v43.0_ #### Parameters * `assetId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the asset. Pattern: ^(03S)\\w\*. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileAssetInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "isVisibleByExternalUsers": "true" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _File Detail_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileDetail`. ### GET Asset File Content `GET /connect/file-assets/{fullyQualifiedName}/content` Operation ID: `getFileAssetContent`. Tags: Files Resources. Return the content of the asset file. The content is streamed as the body of the response. Get the streamed content of an asset file. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/file-assets/{fullyQualifiedName}/content` _Available in: v42.0_ #### Parameters * `fullyQualifiedName` (path, string, required) The `{fullyQualifiedName}` is the namespace prefix, if there is one, followed by the developer name of the ContentAsset. * `versionNumber` (query, integer) Specify an existing version number for the file. If not specified, the latest version is returned. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Responses * **200** Binary stream of the content Media type: `application/octet-stream`. Schema: `string (binary)`. Binary stream of the content Type: `string (binary)`. ### GET Asset File Rendition `GET /connect/file-assets/{fullyQualifiedName}/rendition` Operation ID: `getFileAssetRendition`. Tags: Files Resources. Return the rendition of the asset file. Get up to 25 streamed renditions of an asset file. A rendition is a binary preview of the file. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/file-assets/{fullyQualifiedName}/rendition` _Available in: v42.0_ #### Parameters * `fullyQualifiedName` (path, string, required) The `{fullyQualifiedName}` is the namespace prefix, if there is one, followed by the developer name of the ContentAsset. * `format` (query, string) Specify the format of the file, either `jpg` or `png`. If unspecified, BMP and JPG files default to JPG, and PNG files default to PNG. _Available in: v60.0_ * `height` (query, integer) Specify the height of the image file in pixels. You must specify a dimension greater than 24 pixels and smaller than the original image dimension. You can specify up to 25 image dimension combinations. If only height or width is specified, the original image dimension is returned. _Available in: v42.0_ * `versionNumber` (query, integer) Specify an existing version number for the file. If not specified, the latest version is returned. _Available in: v42.0_ * `width` (query, integer) Specify the width of the image file in pixels. You must specify a dimension greater than 24 pixels and smaller than the original image dimension. You can specify up to 25 image dimension combinations. If only height or width is specified, the original image dimension is returned. _Available in: v42.0_ #### Responses * **200** Binary stream of the rendition Media type: `application/octet-stream`. Schema: `string (binary)`. Binary stream of the rendition Type: `string (binary)`. ### GET File Upload Config `GET /connect/file/upload/config` Operation ID: `getFileUploadConfig`. Tags: Files Resources. This API allows to get the File Upload Config Get the file upload config. _Available in: v62.0_ #### Responses * **200** _File Upload Config_ File upload config. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileUploadConfig`. ### GET File Information, Batch `GET /connect/files/batch/{fileIds}` Operation ID: `getFileBatch`. Tags: Files Resources. A list of files, specified by file IDs. Get information about a list of files. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileIds` (path, array of string (Id), required) The number of file IDs you can specify is limited by the length of the URL. In general, you can specify up to 100 file IDs in a comma-separated list. #### Responses * **200** _Batch Result Item_ Batch result item. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Batch`. ### DELETE File Information, Batch `DELETE /connect/files/batch/{fileIds}` Operation ID: `deleteFileBatch`. Tags: Files Resources. A list of files, specified by file IDs. Delete a list of files. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileIds` (path, array of string (Id), required) The number of file IDs you can specify is limited by the length of the URL. In general, you can specify up to 100 file IDs in a comma-separated list. #### Responses * **200** _Batch Result Item_ Batch result item. ### POST File Content Body `POST /connect/files/content-body` Operation ID: `postFileContentBody`. Tags: Files Resources. Creates a ContentBody record for either a single-shot or chunked file upload. Create a ContentBody. Provide binary data to create the ContentBody immediately. Provide `fullFileSize` without binary data to start a chunked upload session. Upload each binary chunk from the response to [File Content Body Chunk](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files#tag/Files-Resources/operation/postFileContentBodyChunked) to get the completed ContentBody. Create the ContentVersion by referencing the completed `contentBodyId` in the request schema for [File Information](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files#tag/Files-Resources/operation/postFileDetail). _Available in: v68.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/content-body` _Available in: v68.0_ #### Parameters * `fileName` (query, string, required) Name of the file. _Available in: v68.0_ * `fullFileSize` (query, number (int64)) Total file size in bytes. Provide without binary data to initiate a chunked upload session. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Request body Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `data` (_string (binary)_) * `file` (_FileBodyInput_) _Available in: v68.0_ #### Responses * **200** _File Body_ Representation of a blob in a content body. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileBody`. ### POST File Content Body Chunk `POST /connect/files/content-body/{contentBodyId}/chunked` Operation ID: `postFileContentBodyChunked`. Tags: Files Resources. Uploads one binary chunk to a partial ContentBody created by a chunked upload session. Upload a chunk of binary data that was created with [File Content Body](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files#tag/Files-Resources/operation/postFileContentBody). Set `complete=true` on the last chunk to finalize the blob. Create the ContentVersion by referencing the completed `contentBodyId` in the request schema for [File Information](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files#tag/Files-Resources/operation/postFileDetail). _Available in: v68.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/content-body/{contentBodyId}/chunked` _Available in: v68.0_ #### Parameters * `contentBodyId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the content body returned from the POST request to `/connect/files/content-body`. Pattern: ^(05T)\\w\*. * `chunkNumber` (query, integer, required) Ordinal position of the chunk in the upload session, starting with 1. _Available in: v68.0_ * `complete` (query, boolean) Set to `true` on the last chunk to finalize the blob. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Request body Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `chunkData` (_string (binary)_, required) Binary data for this chunk. _Available in: v68.0_ #### Responses * **200** _File Body_ Representation of a blob in a content body. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileBody`. ### GET Users Files, General `GET /connect/files/users/{userId}` Operation ID: `getUserFilesCollection`. Tags: User Files Resources. List, search, and create files in a user's file share. Get information about files that a user owns. These files don’t include files shared with a user, files a user follows, or general organization files. **Important**: This resource can return a large amount of data and, when it does, takes some time to process. **Note**: In versions 24.0–35.0, use `/chatter/users/{userId}/files` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/files`, which require Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/users/{userId}` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `page` (query, integer) An integer specifying a page of items. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. * `q` (query, string) A query string to filter the results. The string must contain at least two characters, not including wildcards. For information about wildcards, see [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). #### Responses * **200** _File Summary Page_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileSummaryPage`. ### POST Users Files, General `POST /connect/files/users/{userId}` Operation ID: `postUserFilesCollection`. Tags: User Files Resources. List, search, and create files in a user's file share. Upload a file, including references to external files, to the Files home. When you upload a file to the Files home, it is private and available only to the file owner. To upload a file, send it in a multipart/form-data request. You can include the description and title of the file in the multipart/form-data request as a JSON or XML request body. You can also send the information as request parameters. For information about how to create the multipart/form-data message, see [Uploading Binary Files](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). To upload multiple files in the same call, see [Batch Resource](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Batch-Resources/operation/postGenericBatch). **Important**: This resource can return a large amount of data and, when it does, takes some time to process. **Note**: In versions 24.0–35.0, use `/chatter/users/{userId}/files` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/files`, which require Chatter. **Note**: POST is available to guest users in version 62.0 and later. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/users/{userId}` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `contentModifiedDate` (query, string) File-specific last modified date that can be used to set a client-side modified date. Specify the date in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ * `desc` (query, string) Description of the file _Available in: v24.0_ * `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to include permission information, such as whether the file is shared and what are the available permission types, for external files. _Available in: v35.0_ * `isDataSync` (query, boolean) An automated client generates the request. _Available in: v31.0_ * `isInMyFileSync` (query, boolean) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v31.0_ * `isMajorVersion` (query, boolean) `true` if the file is a major version; `false` if the file is a minor version. Major versions can’t be replaced. The default value is `false`. _Available in: v31.0_ * `repositoryFileId` (query, string) ID of the external file. _Available in: v32.0_ * `repositoryFileUri` (query, string) URI of the external file, such as `https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B7a_ei8brT1TMy1CQ0o5NmZQNEE/view`. _Available in: v39.0_ * `repositoryId` (query, string) ID of the external data source. Required if `repositoryFileId` is specified. Otherwise, Optional. _Available in: v32.0_ * `reuseReference` (query, boolean) Specifies whether to reuse the latest version of a reference you own to an external file rather than creating a duplicate reference. _Available in: v36.0_ * `sharingOption` (query, string) Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ * `sharingPrivacy` (query, string) Sharing privacy of a file. Values are: * `None` — File is visible to anyone with record access. * `PrivateOnRecords` — File is private on records. _Available in: v41.0_ * `title` (query, string) Title of the file _Available in: v24.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v32.0_ Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `fileData` (_string (binary)_) * `contentBodyId` (_string_) ID of the content body. _Available in: v62.0_ * `contentModifiedDate` (_string_) File-specific last modified date that can be used to set a client-side modified date. Specify the date in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ * `desc` (_string_) Description of the file to be uploaded. _Available in: v24.0_ * `fieldName` (_string_) Name of a custom field on the ContentVersion object. The API name of the customer field must end with `fileupload__c`. _Available in: v62.0_ * `fieldValue` (_string_) Value to store for the custom field specified in `fieldName` for the uploaded file. _Available in: v62.0_ * `firstPublishLocationId` (_string_) ID of the location where the version was first published. _Available in: v62.0_ * `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to include permission information, such as whether the file is shared and what are the available permission types, for external files. This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` _Available in: v35.0_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v31.0_ * `isMajorVersion` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is a major version; `false` if the file is a minor version. Major versions can’t be replaced. _Available in: v31.0_ * `networkId` (_string_) ID of the Experience Cloud site where this file originated. _Available in: v62.0_ * `parentFolderId` (_string_) ID of the containing folder. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pathOnClient` (_string_) Complete path of the file. _Available in: v62.0_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the external file. This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` If you specify `repositoryFileId`, don’t specify `repositoryFileUri`. _Available in: v32.0_ * `repositoryFileUri` (_string_) URI of the external file, such as `https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B7a_ei8brT1TMy1CQ0o5NmZQNEE/view`. This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` If you specify `repositoryFileUri`, don’t specify `repositoryFileId`. _Available in: v39.0_ * `repositoryId` (_string_) ID of the external data source. This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` Required if `repositoryFileId` is specified. Otherwise, Optional. _Available in: v32.0_ * `reuseReference` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to reuse the latest version of a reference you own to an external file rather than creating a duplicate reference. This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` _Available in: v36.0_ * `sharingOption` (_string_) Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ * `sharingPrivacy` (_string_) Sharing privacy of a file. Values are: * `None` — File is visible to anyone with record access. * `PrivateOnRecords` — File is private on records. _Available in: v41.0_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 Creating a file ``` { "desc": "Employee Survey Results", "title": "emp_surv_results" } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 Creating a reference to an external file ``` { "repositoryId": "0XCB00000004CHJ", "repositoryFileId": "document:1AnPHWYq_j56yryuRbxiVp93rD2qGqNWx7yZHvidxDpQ" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _File Summary_ Description of a file. For all rendition properties, note the following: For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileDetail`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "contentBodyId": "05Txx0000004CH6EAM", "title": "Screenshot 2024-06-17 at 6.24.49 PM", "networkId": "0DBxx0000004CH6GAM", “pathOnClient”: ”Screenshot 2024-06-17 at 6.24.49 PM.png”, "firstPublishLocationId": null, "fieldName": "Guest_Record_Main_fileupload__c", "fieldValue": "Version1" } Content-Type: application/json { "desc": "Employee Survey Results", "title": "emp_surv_results" } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` { "contentBodyId": "05Txx0000004CH6EAM", "title": "Screenshot 2024-06-17 at 6.24.49 PM", "networkId": "0DBxx0000004CH6GAM", “pathOnClient”: ”Screenshot 2024-06-17 at 6.24.49 PM.png”, "firstPublishLocationId": null, "fieldName": "Guest_Record_Main_fileupload__c", "fieldValue": "Version1" } Content-Type: application/json { "repositoryId": "0XCB00000004CHJ", "repositoryFileId": "document:1AnPHWYq_j56yryuRbxiVp93rD2qGqNWx7yZHvidxDpQ" } ``` _Example: Example 3 · HTTP_ ``` # This example creates a file and uploads it to Salesforce. The example shows # the body parts in a multipart/form-data request. The first body part is a File # Input request body. The second is the content of the file. For more # information, see [Uploading Binary Files](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). POST /services/data/v67.0/connect/files/users/me Authorization: OAuth 00DD0000000Jhd2!AQIAQC.lh4qTQcBhOPm4TZom5IaOOZLVPVK4wI_rPYJvmE8r2VW8XA. OZ7S29JEM_7Ctq1lst2dzoV.owisJc0KacUbDxyae User-Agent: Jakarta Commons-HttpClient/3.0.1 Host: instance_name Content-Length: 489 Content-Type: multipart/form-data; boundary=a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Accept: application/json --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Type: application/json; charset=UTF-8 Content-Disposition: form-data; name="json" { "title":"BoatPrices" } --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Disposition: form-data; name="fileData"; filename="BoatPrices.txt" Content-Type: application/octet-stream; charset=ISO-8859-1 ...contents of BoatPrices.txt... --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq-- Content-Type: application/json { "desc": "Employee Survey Results", "title": "emp_surv_results" } ``` _Example: Example 4 · HTTP_ ``` # This example creates a file and uploads it to Salesforce. The example shows # the body parts in a multipart/form-data request. The first body part is a File # Input request body. The second is the content of the file. For more # information, see [Uploading Binary Files](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). POST /services/data/v67.0/connect/files/users/me Authorization: OAuth 00DD0000000Jhd2!AQIAQC.lh4qTQcBhOPm4TZom5IaOOZLVPVK4wI_rPYJvmE8r2VW8XA. OZ7S29JEM_7Ctq1lst2dzoV.owisJc0KacUbDxyae User-Agent: Jakarta Commons-HttpClient/3.0.1 Host: instance_name Content-Length: 489 Content-Type: multipart/form-data; boundary=a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Accept: application/json --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Type: application/json; charset=UTF-8 Content-Disposition: form-data; name="json" { "title":"BoatPrices" } --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Disposition: form-data; name="fileData"; filename="BoatPrices.txt" Content-Type: application/octet-stream; charset=ISO-8859-1 ...contents of BoatPrices.txt... --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq-- Content-Type: application/json { "repositoryId": "0XCB00000004CHJ", "repositoryFileId": "document:1AnPHWYq_j56yryuRbxiVp93rD2qGqNWx7yZHvidxDpQ" } ``` ### GET User Files, Filtered by Sharing or Groups `GET /connect/files/users/{userId}/filter/{filterType}` Operation ID: `getUserFilesCollection_-1390363905`. Tags: User Files Resources. List, search, and create files in a user's file share. Get information about files that are shared with the context user. Get information about files that are posted to groups that the context user is a member of. _Available in: v36.0_ **Note**: In versions 24.0–36.0, use `/chatter/users/{userId}/files/filter/{filterType}` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/users/{userId}/files/filter/{filterType}`, which require Chatter. #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/users/{userId}/filter/{filterType}` #### Parameters * `filterType` (path, ConnectUserFilesFilterType, required) The filter type. Use `groups` to filter the files to those that are posted to groups that the context user is a member of. Use `shared-with-me` or `sharedwithme` to filter the files to those that are shared with the context user. * `userId` (path, string (IdOrMe), required) ID of the user. Pattern: ^(005)\\w\*|me. * `page` (query, integer) An integer specifying a page of items. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. _Available in: v24.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v24.0_ * `q` (query, string) A query string to filter the results. The string must contain at least two characters, not including wildcards. For information about wildcards, see [Wildcards](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_wildcards). _Available in: v27.0_ #### Responses * **200** _File Summary Page_ File summary page. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileSummaryPage`. ### GET File Information `GET /connect/files/{fileId}` Operation ID: `getFileDetail`. Tags: Files Resources. Return details about the specified file. Can also be used to rename an existing file. Get information about a specified file, including references to external files. **Note**: In versions 24.0–35.0, use `/chatter/files/{fileId}` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}`, which require Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. * `versionNumber` (query, integer) Specify an existing version number for the file. If not specified, the latest version is returned. _Available in: v23.0_ #### Responses * **200** _File Detail_ Includes all the File Summary response body with these additional items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileDetail`. ### POST File Information `POST /connect/files/{fileId}` Operation ID: `postFileDetail`. Tags: Files Resources. Return details about the specified file. Can also be used to rename an existing file. Upload a new version of an existing file, including references to external files. To upload a new version of an existing file, make a POST request. Upload the new version as a binary part in a multipart/form-data request. See [Inputs and Binary File Upload Examples](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input#uploading-binary-files). To upload a new file to the Files home, use [`/connect/files/users/me`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files#tag/User-Files-Resources/operation/getUserFilesCollection). **Note**: In versions 24.0–35.0, use `/chatter/files/{fileId}` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}`, which require Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. * `desc` (query, string) Description of the file to be uploaded. _Available in: v26.0_ * `isDataSync` (query, boolean) Indicates whether an automated client generates the request. _Available in: v31.0_ * `isInMyFileSync` (query, boolean) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v31.0_ * `isMajorVersion` (query, boolean) `true` if the file is a major version; `false` if the file is a minor version. Major versions can’t be replaced. _Available in: v31.0_ * `sharingOption` (query, string) Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ * `sharingPrivacy` (query, string) Sharing privacy of a file. Values are: * `None` — File is visible to anyone with record access. * `PrivateOnRecords` — File is private on records. _Available in: v41.0_ * `title` (query, string) Title of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v26.0_ Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `fileData` (_string (binary)_) * `contentBodyId` (_string_) ID of the content body. _Available in: v62.0_ * `contentModifiedDate` (_string_) File-specific last modified date that can be used to set a client-side modified date. Specify the date in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ * `desc` (_string_) Description of the file to be uploaded. _Available in: v24.0_ * `fieldName` (_string_) Name of a custom field on the ContentVersion object. The API name of the customer field must end with `fileupload__c`. _Available in: v62.0_ * `fieldValue` (_string_) Value to store for the custom field specified in `fieldName` for the uploaded file. _Available in: v62.0_ * `firstPublishLocationId` (_string_) ID of the location where the version was first published. _Available in: v62.0_ * `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` (_boolean_) This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` _Available in: v35.0_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) _Available in: v31.0_ * `isMajorVersion` (_boolean_) _Available in: v31.0_ * `networkId` (_string_) ID of the Experience Cloud site where this file originated. _Available in: v62.0_ * `parentFolderId` (_string_) ID of the containing folder. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pathOnClient` (_string_) Complete path of the file. _Available in: v62.0_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the external file. This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` If you specify `repositoryFileId`, don’t specify `repositoryFileUri`. _Available in: v32.0_ * `repositoryFileUri` (_string_) URI of the external file, such as `https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B7a_ei8brT1TMy1CQ0o5NmZQNEE/view`. This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` If you specify `repositoryFileUri`, don’t specify `repositoryFileId`. _Available in: v39.0_ * `repositoryId` (_string_) ID of the external data source. This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` Required if `repositoryFileId` is specified. Otherwise, Optional. _Available in: v32.0_ * `reuseReference` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to reuse the latest version of a reference you own to an external file rather than creating a duplicate reference. This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` _Available in: v36.0_ * `sharingOption` (_string_) Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ * `sharingPrivacy` (_string_) Sharing privacy of a file. Values are: * `None` — File is visible to anyone with record access. * `PrivateOnRecords` — File is private on records. _Available in: v41.0_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Responses * **200** _File Detail_ Includes all the File Summary response body with these additional items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileDetail`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "desc" : "Employee Survey Results", "title" : "emp_surv_results" } ``` ### DELETE File Information `DELETE /connect/files/{fileId}` Operation ID: `deleteFileDetail`. Tags: Files Resources. Return details about the specified file. Can also be used to rename an existing file. Delete a file. **Note**: In versions 24.0–35.0, use `/chatter/files/{fileId}` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}`, which require Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH File Information `PATCH /connect/files/{fileId}` Operation ID: `patchFileDetail`. Tags: Files Resources. Return details about the specified file. Can also be used to rename an existing file. Rename a file and move a file to a different folder. **Note**: In versions 24.0–35.0, use `/chatter/files/{fileId}` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}`, which require Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. * `desc` (query, string) A new description for the file _Available in: v32.0_ * `isArchived` (query, boolean) Specifies if the file is archived (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v68.0_ * `isInMyFileSync` (query, boolean) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v31.0_ * `parentFolderId` (query, string) ID of the containing folder _Available in: v31.0_ * `sharingOption` (query, string) Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ * `sharingPrivacy` (query, string) Sharing privacy of a file. Values are: * `None` — File is visible to anyone with record access. * `PrivateOnRecords` — File is private on records. _Available in: v41.0_ * `title` (query, string) A new title for the file _Available in: v26.0_ #### Request body _Available in: v32.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileInput`. #### Responses * **200** _File Detail_ Includes all the File Summary response body with these additional items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileDetail`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This PATCH request updates the title of a file: PATCH /connect/files/069D00000001FHF?title=A+New+Title ``` ### POST Asset File `POST /connect/files/{fileId}/asset` Operation ID: `makeFileAsset`. Tags: Files Resources. Create new file assets. Create an asset file. _Available in: v38.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/asset` _Available in: v38.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. * `assetLabel` (query, string) Master label for the asset file. This internal label doesn’t get translated. _Available in: v46.0_ * `developerName` (query, string) Developer name for the asset file. In managed packages, this field prevents naming conflicts on package installations. With this field, a developer can change the object’s name in a managed package and the changes are reflected in a subscriber’s org. _Available in: v46.0_ * `isVisibleByExternalUsers` (query, boolean) Indicates whether unauthenticated users can see the asset file (`true`) or not (`false`). If not specified, the default value is `false`. _Available in: v43.0_ * `shareWithIds` (query, array of string) A list of org IDs, Experience Cloud site IDs, or content workspace IDs with which to share the file. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Responses * **200** _File Detail_ Includes all the File Summary response body with these additional items. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileDetail`. ### GET File Content `GET /connect/files/{fileId}/content` Operation ID: `getFileContent`. Tags: Files Resources. Return the content of the file. The content is streamed as the body of the response. Returns the content of the file, including references to external files. The content is streamed as the body of the response. **Note**: In versions 24.0–35.0, use `/chatter/files/{fileId}/content` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}/content`, which require Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/content` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. * `isDataSync` (query, boolean) Indicates whether an automated client generates the request. _Available in: v31.0_ * `versionNumber` (query, integer) Specify an existing version number for the file. If not specified, the latest version is returned. _Available in: v24.0_ #### Responses * **200** Binary stream of the file content. Media type: `application/octet-stream`. Schema: `string (binary)`. Binary stream of the file content. Type: `string (binary)`. ### GET File Shares `GET /connect/files/{fileId}/file-shares` Operation ID: `getFileShareCollection`. Tags: Files Resources. Returns information about the entities with which the specified file has been shared. Entities can be users, groups, or records. Get the users, groups, or records with which a file has been shared. **Note**: In versions 24.0–35.0, use `/chatter/files/{fileId}/file-shares` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}/file-shares`, which require Chatter. **Note**: In versions 30.0 and later, the first share returned in a GET request is the organization record share. In communities, the first share returned is the network record share. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/file-shares` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. * `page` (query, integer) An integer greater than 0 specifying a page of topics. The default value is zero. * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 to 100. The default value is 25. #### Responses * **200** _File Shares Page_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileSharesPage`. ### POST File Shares `POST /connect/files/{fileId}/file-shares` Operation ID: `postFileShareCollection`. Tags: Files Resources. Returns information about the entities with which the specified file has been shared. Entities can be users, groups, or records. Share a file with users. **Note**: In versions 24.0–35.0, use `/chatter/files/{fileId}/file-shares` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}/file-shares`, which require Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/file-shares` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. * `id1` (query, string, required) List of up to 9 user IDs to share this file with. This list must match the list of sharing types. * `id2` (query, string) List of up to 9 user IDs to share this file with. This list must match the list of sharing types. * `id3` (query, string) List of up to 9 user IDs to share this file with. This list must match the list of sharing types. * `id4` (query, string) List of up to 9 user IDs to share this file with. This list must match the list of sharing types. * `id5` (query, string) List of up to 9 user IDs to share this file with. This list must match the list of sharing types. * `id6` (query, string) List of up to 9 user IDs to share this file with. This list must match the list of sharing types. * `id7` (query, string) List of up to 9 user IDs to share this file with. This list must match the list of sharing types. * `id8` (query, string) List of up to 9 user IDs to share this file with. This list must match the list of sharing types. * `id9` (query, string) List of up to 9 user IDs to share this file with. This list must match the list of sharing types. * `message` (query, string) Private message body that’s sent to the recipients. If Salesforce Communities is enabled, an email is sent instead of a private message. * `sharingType1` (query, string, required) List of sharing types, either `C` for collaborator or `V` for viewer. This list must match the list of user IDs. * `sharingType2` (query, string) List of sharing types, either `C` for collaborator or `V` for viewer. This list must match the list of user IDs. * `sharingType3` (query, string) List of sharing types, either `C` for collaborator or `V` for viewer. This list must match the list of user IDs. * `sharingType4` (query, string) List of sharing types, either `C` for collaborator or `V` for viewer. This list must match the list of user IDs. * `sharingType5` (query, string) List of sharing types, either `C` for collaborator or `V` for viewer. This list must match the list of user IDs. * `sharingType6` (query, string) List of sharing types, either `C` for collaborator or `V` for viewer. This list must match the list of user IDs. * `sharingType7` (query, string) List of sharing types, either `C` for collaborator or `V` for viewer. This list must match the list of user IDs. * `sharingType8` (query, string) List of sharing types, either `C` for collaborator or `V` for viewer. This list must match the list of user IDs. * `sharingType9` (query, string) List of sharing types, either `C` for collaborator or `V` for viewer. This list must match the list of user IDs. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileShareCollectionInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "message": "I shared a document with you.", "shares": [ { "id": "005D0000001Az4l", "sharingType": "V" }, { "id": "005D0000001B2ny", "sharingType": "C" } ] } ``` #### Responses * **200** _File Shares Page_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileSharesPage`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example uses request parameters to share a file with two users. POST /connect/files/069D00000001JDU/file-shares?id1=005D0000001LL8O&id2=005D0000001QdEL&sharingType1=C&sharingType2=V Content-Type: application/json { "message": "I shared a document with you.", "shares": [ { "id": "005D0000001Az4l", "sharingType": "V" }, { "id": "005D0000001B2ny", "sharingType": "C" } ] } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` # Here is the same example using a request body. POST /connect/files/069D00000001JDU/file-shares { "shares": [ { "id": "005D0000001LL8O", "sharingType": "C" }, { "id": "005D0000001QdEL", "sharingType": "V" } ] } Content-Type: application/json { "message": "I shared a document with you.", "shares": [ { "id": "005D0000001Az4l", "sharingType": "V" }, { "id": "005D0000001B2ny", "sharingType": "C" } ] } ``` ### GET Files Shares Link `GET /connect/files/{fileId}/file-shares/link` Operation ID: `getFileShareLink`. Tags: Files Resources. Manages creation, access, and deletion of a file's link share. Get a file’s share link. **Note**: In versions 30.0–35.0, use `/chatter/files/{fileId}/file-shares/link` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}/file-shares/link`, which require Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/file-shares/link` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _File Share Link_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileShareLink`. ### PUT Files Shares Link `PUT /connect/files/{fileId}/file-shares/link` Operation ID: `putFileShareLink`. Tags: Files Resources. Manages creation, access, and deletion of a file's link share. Create a file’s share link. In v36.0–57.0, PUT requests don’t require a request body and they ignore any request body provided. In v58.0 and later, the File Share Link Input request body is available for PUT requests but isn’t required. **Note**: In versions 30.0–35.0, use `/chatter/files/{fileId}/file-shares/link` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}/file-shares/link`, which require Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/file-shares/link` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. #### Request body File share link input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileShareLinkInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "expirationDate": "2024-07-07T23:59:11.168Z", "isPasswordRequired": "true" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _File Share Link_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FileShareLink`. ### DELETE Files Shares Link `DELETE /connect/files/{fileId}/file-shares/link` Operation ID: `deleteFileShareLink`. Tags: Files Resources. Manages creation, access, and deletion of a file's link share. Delete a file’s share link. **Note**: In versions 30.0–35.0, use `/chatter/files/{fileId}/file-shares/link` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}/file-shares/link`, which require Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/file-shares/link` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET File Image `GET /connect/files/{fileId}/image` Operation ID: `getImageFile`. Tags: Files Resources. Details for a given Content File Image. Get information about a file image. _Available in: v39.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/image` _Available in: v39.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Image File_ An image file. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ImageFile`. ### GET File Previews `GET /connect/files/{fileId}/previews` Operation ID: `getFilePreviewCollection`. Tags: Files Resources. Return detailed information about a file's supported previews. Get information about a file's supported previews. **Note**: In version 35.0, use `/chatter/files/{fileId}/previews` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}/previews`, which require Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/previews` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. * `versionNumber` (query, integer) Version number of the file. Default value is latest version. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Responses * **200** _File Preview Collection_ A collection of file previews. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FilePreviewCollection`. ### PATCH File Previews `PATCH /connect/files/{fileId}/previews` Operation ID: `patchFilePreviewCollection`. Tags: Files Resources. Return detailed information about a file's supported previews. Get information about a file's supported previews and generate up to 500 pages in a file preview. **Note**: In version 35.0, use `/chatter/files/{fileId}/previews` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}/previews`, which require Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/previews` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. * `versionNumber` (query, integer) Version number of the file. Default value is latest version. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Responses * **200** _File Preview Collection_ A collection of file previews. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FilePreviewCollection`. ### GET File Preview `GET /connect/files/{fileId}/previews/{previewFormat}` Operation ID: `getFilePreview`. Tags: Files Resources. Return detailed information about a specific preview type of a file. Get up to 500 pages in a file preview or get a specific page in a preview. **Note**: Hyperforce doesn’t support the SVG file preview format. Any org hosted on Hyperforce defaults to JPG file preview format regardless of the org preference in Setup. SVG files are generated on demand. Alternatively, you can generate an SVG preview by making a PATCH request to `/connect/files/{fileId}/previews`. **Note**: In version 35.0, use `/chatter/files/{fileId}/previews/{previewFormat}` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}/previews/{previewFormat}`, which require Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/previews/{previewFormat}` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. * `previewFormat` (path, string, required) Supported values for `previewFormat`: * `jpg` — Preview format is JPG. If you’re concerned that feature-rich SVG previews don’t work in your org, choose alternative file previews. To use JPG file previews, enter `general` in the Quick Find box in Setup. Select General Settings, and then select Display alternative file previews. * `pdf` — Preview format is PDF. PDF previews are available for files of type DOC, DOCX, PPT, PPTX, TEXT, XLS, and XLSX. If you need a PDF preview for files of type PDF, call the download version using the File Content resource. * `svg` — Preview format is SVG. SVG files are generated on demand. Alternatively, you can generate an SVG preview by making a PATCH request to `/connect/files/{fileId}/previews`. Hyperforce doesn’t support the SVG file preview format. Any org hosted on Hyperforce defaults to JPG file preview format regardless of the org preference in Setup. * `thumbnail` — Preview format is 240 x 180 PNG. * `big-thumbnail` — Preview format is 720 x 480 PNG. * `tiny-thumbnail` — Preview format is 120 x 90 PNG. Allowed values: `jpg`, `pdf`, `svg`, `thumbnail`, `big-thumbnail`, `tiny-thumbnail`. * `endPageNumber` (query, integer) The ending page number in the range of file preview URLs. Up to 500 pages are available in preview. _Available in: v35.0_ * `startPageNumber` (query, integer) The starting page number in the range of file preview URLs. Up to 500 pages are available in preview. _Available in: v35.0_ * `versionNumber` (query, integer) Version number of the file. Default value is latest version. _Available in: v40.0_ #### Responses * **200** _File Preview_ A file preview. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FilePreview`. ### GET File Rendition `GET /connect/files/{fileId}/rendition` Operation ID: `getFileRendition`. Tags: Files Resources. Returns a rendition of the file. A rendition is a binary preview of the file. The format of the binary depends on the format specified in the request. A rendition of the file. A rendition is a binary preview of the file. The format of the binary depends on the format specified in the request. **Note**: For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. **Note**: In versions 24.0–35.0, use `/chatter/files/{fileId}/rendition` and `/connect/communities/{communityId}/chatter/files/{fileId}/rendition`, which require Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Experience Cloud site path `/connect/communities/{communityId}/files/{fileId}/rendition` _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `fileId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of a file. Pattern: ^(069)\\w\*. * `page` (query, integer) Specify a rendition of a specific page. The first page is 0. If you don’t specify a specific page, a rendition of the first page is returned. For a PDF file rendition, the rendition is for the entire document. The only valid value is 0: you can’t get the rendition of a single page. * `type` (query, string) Specify the type of rendition to be returned. Default value is `THUMB120BY90`. Valid values are: * `PDF` * `THUMB120BY90` * `THUMB240BY180` * `THUMB720BY480` #### Responses * **200** Binary stream of the rendition. Media type: `application/octet-stream`. Schema: `string (binary)`. Binary stream of the rendition. Type: `string (binary)`. ### GET Folder Information `GET /connect/folders/{folderId}` Operation ID: `getFolderDetail`. Tags: Folders Resources. Return details about a folder. Also used for deleting and renaming the folder. Get information about the specified folder. **Note**: In versions 30.0–35.0, use `/chatter/folders/{folderId}`, which requires Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (IdOrRoot), required) ID of the folder. You can use `root` as the `{folderId}`. Pattern: ^(07H)\\w\*|root. #### Responses * **200** _Folder_ Description of a folder. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FolderDetail`. ### DELETE Folder Information `DELETE /connect/folders/{folderId}` Operation ID: `deleteFolderDetail`. Tags: Folders Resources. Return details about a folder. Also used for deleting and renaming the folder. Delete a folder. Deleting a folder deletes all the folders within that folder and removes all files from the deleted folders. **Note**: In versions 30.0–35.0, use `/chatter/folders/{folderId}`, which requires Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (IdOrRoot), required) ID of the folder. You can use `root` as the `{folderId}`. Pattern: ^(07H)\\w\*|root. #### Responses * **200** Success ### PATCH Folder Information `PATCH /connect/folders/{folderId}` Operation ID: `patchFolderDetail`. Tags: Folders Resources. Return details about a folder. Also used for deleting and renaming the folder. Move and rename a folder. **Note**: In versions 30.0–35.0, use `/chatter/folders/{folderId}`, which requires Chatter. **Note**: Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (IdOrRoot), required) ID of the folder. You can use `root` as the `{folderId}`. Pattern: ^(07H)\\w\*|root. * `isInMyFileSync` (query, boolean) `true` if the folder and all folders in this folder are synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v33.0_ * `name` (query, string) The new name for the folder Required to rename a folder. _Available in: v30.0_ * `parentFolderId` (query, string) The ID of the new parent folder. If `null`, the folder is removed from its current folder. If the specified ID is `root`, the folder is moved to the root of the user’s folder hierarchy. Required to move a folder. _Available in: v30.0_ #### Request body Folder input. _Available in: v33.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FolderInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "path": "my_documents/my_folder" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Folder_ Description of a folder. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FolderDetail`. ### GET Folders Shares Link `GET /connect/folders/{folderId}/folder-shares/link` Operation ID: `getFolderShareLink`. Tags: Folders Resources. Manages creation, access, and deletion of a folder's link share. Access a folder’s share link. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the folder. Pattern: ^(07H)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Folder Share Link_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FolderShareLink`. ### PUT Folders Shares Link `PUT /connect/folders/{folderId}/folder-shares/link` Operation ID: `putFolderShareLink`. Tags: Folders Resources. Manages creation, access, and deletion of a folder's link share. Create a folder’s share link. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the folder. Pattern: ^(07H)\\w\*. #### Responses * **200** _Folder Share Link_ Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FolderShareLink`. ### DELETE Folders Shares Link `DELETE /connect/folders/{folderId}/folder-shares/link` Operation ID: `deleteFolderShareLink`. Tags: Folders Resources. Manages creation, access, and deletion of a folder's link share. Delete a folder’s share link. _Available in: v44.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (Id), required) ID of the folder. Pattern: ^(07H)\\w\*. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### GET Folder Contents `GET /connect/folders/{folderId}/items` Operation ID: `getFolderItems`. Tags: Folders Resources. Return details about the items in a folder. Also used for adding items to a folder. Get information about the contents of a folder. **Note**: In versions 30.0–35.0, use `/chatter/folders/{folderId}/items`, which requires Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (IdOrRoot), required) ID of the folder. You can use `root` as the `{folderId}`. Pattern: ^(07H)\\w\*|root. * `filter` (query, ConnectFolderItemFilterEnum) Specifies a filter for items within a folder. _Available in: v33.0_ * `page` (query, integer) An integer specifying a page of items. The default value is 0, which returns the first page. _Available in: v30.0_ * `pageSize` (query, integer) Specifies the number of items per page. Valid values are from 1 through 100. If you don't specify a size, the default is 25. _Available in: v30.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Folder Item Page_ A paged collection of Folder Item response bodies. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FolderItemPage`. ### POST Folder Contents `POST /connect/folders/{folderId}/items` Operation ID: `postFolderItems`. Tags: Folders Resources. Return details about the items in a folder. Also used for adding items to a folder. Add a file to a folder. Create a folder. **Note**: In versions 30.0–35.0, use `/chatter/folders/{folderId}/items`, which requires Chatter. _Available in: v36.0_ #### Parameters * `folderId` (path, string (IdOrRoot), required) ID of the folder. You can use `root` as the `{folderId}`. Pattern: ^(07H)\\w\*|root. * `desc` (query, string) The description of the file _Available in: v30.0_ * `folderPath` (query, string) The path to the folder Required when creating a folder (type=Folder). _Available in: v30.0_ * `isInMyFileSync` (query, boolean) `true` if the folder and all folders in this folder are synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v33.0_ * `sharingOption` (query, string) Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ * `sharingPrivacy` (query, string) Sharing privacy of a file. Values are: * `None` — File is visible to anyone with record access. * `PrivateOnRecords` — File is private on records. _Available in: v41.0_ * `title` (query, string) The title of the file _Available in: v30.0_ * `type` (query, ConnectFolderItemTypeEnum, required) The item type. To add a file to a folder, the value must be `File`. To create a folder, the value must be `Folder`. _Available in: v30.0_ #### Request body Folder Item Input _Available in: v30.0_ Media type: `multipart/form-data`. Schema: `object`. * `fileData` (_string (binary)_) * `folderItem` (_FolderItemInput_) #### Responses * **200** _Folder Item_ Description of an item (file or folder) in a folder. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `FolderItem`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` { "file" : { "description" : "Yearly Report for Universal Containers Box Division", "title" : "Yearly.txt" }, "type" : "File" } ``` _Example: Example 2 · HTTP_ ``` { "folder" : { "path" : "my_documents/my_folder" }, "type" : "Folder" } ``` ## Schemas ### FilesConnectRepositoryContenthub Information about a Files Connect repository. * `authentication` (_object_) FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication Repository authentication information. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepositoryAuthenticationContenthub`. * `features` (_object_) FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures Repository features. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Repository label. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) MotifContenthub Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MotifContenthub`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceChatter If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `name` (_string_) Repository name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `providerType` (_object_) FilesConnectProviderType Repository provider type. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectProviderType`. * `rootFolderItemsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the repository root folder items, or `null` if the repository does not support browsing. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectRepositoryCollection A collection of Files Connect repositories. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `repositories` (_array of FilesConnectRepositoryContenthub_) Collection of repositories. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RepositoryDirectoryEntryCollection A collection of directory entries. * `directoryEntries` (_RepositoryGroupSummaryContenthub | RepositoryUserSummary_) Collection of directory entries. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `RepositoryGroupSummaryContenthub`, `RepositoryUserSummary`. ### RepositoryFileDetail Detail description of a repository file. * `checkinComment` (_string_) Checkin comment of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentBody` (_string_) Text of the file’s content if available, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `contentItemSize` (_number (int64)_) Length in bytes of the content of the file, including files that are larger than 2 GB. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentSize` (_integer_) Length in bytes of the content of the file, for files that are smaller than 2 GB. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdBy` (_string_) Name of user who created the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date of the folder in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Folder description. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `downloadUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the repository file content. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalContentUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to this file’s content in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to this file in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionInformation` (_object_) ExternalFilePermissionInformationContenthub External file permission information, such as available groups, available permission types, and current sharing status, or `null` when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false` . _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ExternalFilePermissionInformationContenthub`. * `id` (_string_) ID of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `itemTypeUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the item type information. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mimeType` (_string_) Mime type of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedBy` (_string_) Name of user who last modified the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date of the folder in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) MotifContenthub Motif of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MotifContenthub`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previews. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewUrlThumbnail` (_string (url)_) URL to the thumbnail (240 x 180 PNG) preview. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewUrlThumbnailBig` (_string (url)_) URL to the big thumbnail (720 x 480 PNG) preview. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewUrlThumbnailTiny` (_string (url)_) URL to the tiny thumbnail (120 x 90 PNG) preview. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repository` (_object_) ReferenceChatter The folder external repository. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Record type, `folder`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to this folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionId` (_string_) ID of the file version in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilePreviewCollectionContenthub A collection of file previews. * `fileId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the file. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previews` (_array of FilePreviewContenthub_) Previews supported for the file. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of file previews. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `versionNumber` (_string_) Version number of the file. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ConnectFilePreviewFormatEnumContenthub The format of the preview. Values are: * `Audio` —Preview format is MP3. * `Jpg` —Preview format is JPG. * `Pdf` —Preview format is PDF. * `Svg` —Preview format is compressed SVG. * `Thumbnail` —Preview format is 240 x 180 PNG. * `ThumbnailBig` —Preview format is 720 x 480 PNG. * `ThumbnailTiny` —Preview format is 120 x 90 PNG. * `Video` —Preview format is MP4. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Audio`, `Jpg`, `Pdf`, `Svg`, `Thumbnail`, `ThumbnailBig`, `ThumbnailTiny`, `Video`. ### FilePreviewContenthub A file preview. * `format` (_object_) ConnectFilePreviewFormatEnum The format of the preview. Values are: * `Audio` —Preview format is MP3. * `Jpg` —Preview format is JPG. * `Pdf` —Preview format is PDF. * `Svg` —Preview format is compressed SVG. * `Thumbnail` —Preview format is 240 x 180 PNG. * `ThumbnailBig` —Preview format is 720 x 480 PNG. * `ThumbnailTiny` —Preview format is 120 x 90 PNG. * `Video` —Preview format is MP4. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFilePreviewFormatEnumContenthub`. * `previewUrlCount` (_integer_) The total number of preview URLs for this preview format. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewUrls` (_array of FilePreviewUrl_) A list of file preview URLs. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectFilePreviewStatusEnum The availability status of the preview. Values are: * `Available` —Preview is available. * `InProgress` —Preview is being processed. * `NotAvailable` —Preview is unavailable. * `NotScheduled` —Generation of the preview isn’t scheduled yet. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFilePreviewStatusEnumContenthub`. * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL to the file preview. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RepositoryFolderDetail Details of a repository folder. * `createdBy` (_string_) Name of user who created the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date of the folder in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Folder description. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFolderUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to this folder in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folderItemsUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL that lists the files and folders in this folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `itemTypeUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the item type information. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedBy` (_string_) Name of user who last modified the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date of the folder in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) MotifContenthub Motif of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MotifContenthub`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `path` (_string_) The absolute path of the folder in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repository` (_object_) ReferenceChatter The folder external repository. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `type` (_string_) Record type, `folder`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to this folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectItemTypeEnum Item types. One of these values: * `Any`: Includes files and folders. * `FilesOnly`: Includes files only. * `FoldersOnly`: Includes folders only. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Any`, `FilesOnly`, `FoldersOnly`. ### FilesConnectAllowedItemTypeCollection The item types allowed to be created in the repository folder. * `allowedItemTypes` (_array of FilesConnectItemTypeSummary_) Collection of item types that can be created in the repository folder. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RepositoryFolderItemsCollection A collection of repository folder items. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of RepositoryFolderItem_) Collection of items in a repository folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### FilesConnectItemInput The item type ID and fields of the item type. * `fields` (_array of FilesConnectFieldValueInput_) List of fields for the item. Required to create a SharePoint file in a repository because the file name is required; otherwise optional _Available in: v35.0_ * `itemTypeId` (_string_) ID of the item type, such as `L3NpdGVzL0FDRVRfRklMRUNPTk5FQ1RfSU5U:5f33e0f4-b33c-4127-b9e4-dd5a73dd2f1b:0c847e7c-d4a2-4136-bfda-c468fae2d087:0x0101`. To get the `itemTypeId`, use the [Files Connect Repository Folder Allowed Item Types](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files#tag/Files-Connect-Repository-Resources/operation/getContentHubFolderAllowedItemTypes) resource. Required to create a file in a repository _Available in: v35.0_ ### RepositoryFolderItem Description of a folder item. * `file` (_object_) RepositoryFileSummary If the folder item is a file, the file summary. If the folder item is a folder, `null`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RepositoryFileSummary`. * `folder` (_object_) RepositoryFolderSummary If the folder item is a folder, the folder summary. If the folder item is a file, `null`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RepositoryFolderSummary`. * `type` (_object_) ConnectFolderItemTypeEnum The type of folder item: `folder` or `file`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFolderItemTypeEnumContenthub`. ### FilesConnectItemTypeDetail Detailed information about an item type associated with a repository folder. * `contentStreamSupport` (_object_) FilesConnectStreamSupportEnum Support for content streaming. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectStreamSupportEnum`. * `description` (_string_) Description of the item type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `displayName` (_string_) Display name of the item type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fields` (_array of FilesConnectFieldDefinition_) A list of fields that can be set for the item type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the item type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isVersionable` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the item type can have versions. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the detailed information of the item type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectPermissionCollection A collection of permissions. * `permissions` (_array of FilesConnectPermission_) Collection of permissions. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectPermissionCollectionInput A collection of permissions to apply or remove. * `permissionsToApply` (_array of FilesConnectPermissionInput_) List of permissions to apply to the file. Required if `permissionsToRemove` isn’t specified _Available in: v35.0_ * `permissionsToRemove` (_array of FilesConnectPermissionInput_) List of permissions to remove from the file. Required if `permissionsToApply` isn’t specified _Available in: v35.0_ ### RepositoryPermissionTypeCollection A collection of permission types. * `permissionTypes` (_array of FilesConnectPermissionType_) Collection of permission types. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Batch Result of an entire batch request operation. Results are ordered in the same order in which the requests were given. Results may either be a successful result with a response body, a successful result without a response body, or an error result without a response body. Success and error are determined by the status code in each result. * `hasErrors` (_boolean_) True if at least one of the results is an error (a status code in the 400 or 500 range). _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `results` (_array of BatchResult_) Collection of batch result items. One for each request input. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FileDetail Includes all the File Summary response body with these additional items. * `checksum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository External data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepository`. * `contentModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. File-specific modified date, which is updated only for direct file operations, such as rename. Modifications to the file from outside of Salesforce can update this date. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentSize` (_integer_) Size of the file in bytes. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentUrl` (_string_) If the file is a link, returns the URL, otherwise the string `null`. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentVersionId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the content version. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string when the file was created. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `downloadUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string (url)_) External URL this file points to, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionInformation` (_object_) ExternalFilePermissionInformation External file permission information, such as available groups, available permission types, and current sharing status, or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ExternalFilePermissionInformation`. * `fileAsset` (_object_) FileAsset An asset file. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FileAsset`. * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file, such as PDF, PowerPoint. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `flashRenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies if a flash preview version of the file has been rendered. Flash renditions were retired on July 16, 2021. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the object _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isArchived` (_boolean_) Specifies if the file is archived (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isFileAsset` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the file is an asset. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isMajorVersion` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is a major version; `false` if the file is a minor version. Major versions can’t be replaced. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this file. Moderators can view and act on flagged items. If the `communityModeration` property of the Features response body is `false`, this property is `null`. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. Modifications to the file from within Salesforce update this date. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The icon is not a preview of the file. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `origin` (_string_) Specifies the file source. Valid values are: * `Chatter` — file came from Chatter * `Content` — file came from content * `FileField` — file came from a record or other form _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `owner` (_object_) UserSummary Owner of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `pageCount` (_integer_) Number of pages for documents that support flash renditions, or the number of slides in a presentation. Returns 0 if the flash rendition fails, or if it isn’t supported for the file type. **Note**: Flash renditions were retired on July 16, 2021. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `parentFolder` (_object_) Reference Reference to the parent folder. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `pdfRenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies if a PDF preview version of the file has been rendered. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `publishStatus` (_ConnectFilePublishStatusEnum_) * `renditionUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string (url)_) URL to the 240px by 180px rendition for the file, if available. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string (url)_) URL to the 720px by 480px rendition for the file, if available. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum_) * `sharingPrivacy` (_ConnectFileSharingPrivacyEnum_) * `sharingRole` (_ConnectFileSharingRoleEnum_) * `systemModstamp` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string indicating when a user or any automated system process, such as a trigger, updated the file. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 120 x 90 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 240 x 180 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 720 x 480 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `topics` (_object_) TopicCollection A paged collection of topics that are assigned to the file. Check page attributes to make sure that you get all the assigned topics. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `TopicCollection`. * `type` (_string_) A fixed type name for this object. Check this value to determine the shape of a response body. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The Connect REST API URL resource for this object. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionNumber` (_string_) Version number of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### FileAssetInput Asset file input. * `isVisibleByExternalUsers` (_boolean_, required) Indicates whether unauthenticated users can see the asset file (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v43.0_ ### FileUploadConfig File upload config. * `allowedFileExtensions` (_array of string_) File extensions that are allowed for upload. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasCustomRecordTypes` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the ContentVersion has custom record types ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `maxFileAttachmentsOnFeed` (_integer_) Maximum number of file attachments on the feed. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `maxFileSize` (_integer (int64)_) Maximum file size for upload. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `token` (_string_) CSRF token that authenticates the file upload. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `uploadUrl` (_string_) URL to the file upload. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FileBodyInput Describes a new file body input. To upload a file, provide the binary file in a multipart/form-data body part where name="fileData". * `fileName` (_string_, required) Name of the file. _Available in: v68.0_ * `fullFileSize` (_number (int64)_) Total file size in bytes. Required when initiating a chunked upload. _Available in: v68.0_ ### FileBody Basic representation of blob which resides in content body. * `chunkSize` (_number (int64)_) Maximum size in bytes for each chunk. Present only for chunked upload init responses. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileBodyUrl` (_string (url)_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileName` (_string_) Name of the file. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileSize` (_number (int64)_) Size of the file. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of the file. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the content body. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `uploadUrls` (_array of string (url)_) Ordered list of URLs to POST each binary chunk to. Present only for chunked upload init responses. _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FileSummaryPage File summary page. * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page of files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `files` (_array of FileSummary_) Collection of one or more files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the previous page of files. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ConnectUserFilesFilterType When filtering on files feeds, specifies the feed items with files to view. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Groups`, `SharedWithMe1`, `SharedWithMe2`. ### FileInput A new file. * `contentBodyId` (_string_) ID of the content body. _Available in: v62.0_ * `contentModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) File-specific last modified date that can be used to set a client-side modified date. Specify the date in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ * `desc` (_string_) Description of the file to be uploaded. _Available in: v24.0_ * `fieldName` (_string_) Name of a custom field on the ContentVersion object. The API name of the customer field must end with `fileupload__c`. _Available in: v62.0_ * `fieldValue` (_string_) Value to store for the custom field specified in `fieldName` for the uploaded file. _Available in: v62.0_ * `firstPublishLocationId` (_string_) ID of the location where the version was first published. _Available in: v62.0_ * `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to include permission information, such as whether the file is shared and what are the available permission types, for external files. This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` _Available in: v35.0_ * `isArchived` (_boolean_) Specify whether to archive (`true`) or unarchive (`false`) the file. Only supported for PATCH. Requires the ViewArchivedFiles user permission. The flag is applied to the ContentDocument and all of its versions. _Available in: v68.0_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v31.0_ * `isMajorVersion` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is a major version; `false` if the file is a minor version. Major versions can’t be replaced. _Available in: v31.0_ * `networkId` (_string_) ID of the Experience Cloud site where this file originated. _Available in: v62.0_ * `parentFolderId` (_string_) ID of the containing folder. _Available in: v31.0_ * `pathOnClient` (_string_) Complete path of the file. _Available in: v62.0_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the external file. This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` If you specify `repositoryFileId`, don’t specify `repositoryFileUri`. _Available in: v32.0_ * `repositoryFileUri` (_string_) URI of the external file, such as `https://drive.google.com/file/d/0B7a_ei8brT1TMy1CQ0o5NmZQNEE/view`. This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` If you specify `repositoryFileUri`, don’t specify `repositoryFileId`. _Available in: v39.0_ * `repositoryId` (_string_) ID of the external data source. This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` Required if `repositoryFileId` is specified. Otherwise, Optional. _Available in: v32.0_ * `reuseReference` (_boolean_) Specifies whether to reuse the latest version of a reference you own to an external file rather than creating a duplicate reference. This property can be used with POST requests to `/connect/files/users/{userId}`, but not with POST requests to `/connect/files/{fileId}.` _Available in: v36.0_ * `sharingOption` (_string_) Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ * `sharingPrivacy` (_string_) Sharing privacy of a file. Values are: * `None` — File is visible to anyone with record access. * `PrivateOnRecords` — File is private on records. _Available in: v41.0_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ ### FileSharesPage Files share page. * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page of file shares. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `linkShare` (_object_) FileShareLink URL to the file share link. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FileShareLink`. * `shares` (_array of FileShare_) Collection of one or more file shares. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of file shares. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the previous page of file shares. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### FileShareCollectionInput Describes a collection of entities (currently limited to users) to share a file with. To share a file, specify the entities, their sharing types ("C" for Collaborator or "V" for Viewer), and a message. * `message` (_string_) Private message body that’s sent to the recipients. If digital experiences is enabled, an email is sent instead of a private message. * `shares` (_array of FileShareInput_) Collection of Share Input request bodies. ### FileShareLink File shared as a link. * `expirationDate` (_string (date-time)_) Expiration date of the generated public link. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileViewUrl` (_string (url)_) URL where the file can be viewed and downloaded. This value is also called the file share link. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isPasswordRequired` (_boolean_) Specifies whether a password is needed for the file’s public link (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `password` (_string_) If `isPasswordRequired` is `true`, the auto-generated password for the file’s public link. _Available in: v58.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingType` (_string_) The permission level of sharing. Values are: * `C` — Collaborator * `I` — Sharing permission is determined by location. This generally occurs when the sharing permission is not set on the file, but on the library. This value is also used when the context user is the owner of the file. * `N` — No access * `V` — Viewer _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FileShareLinkInput File share link input. * `expirationDate` (_string_) Expiration date of the generated public link. _Available in: v58.0_ * `isPasswordRequired` (_boolean_) Specifies whether a password is needed for the file’s public link (`true`) or not (`false`). Specifying `true` generates a password. _Available in: v58.0_ ### ImageFile An image file. * `masterDetail` (_object_) ImageFileDetail Original image’s details. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ImageFileDetail`. * `renditionDimensions` (_array of ImageFileDetail_) Original image’s available rendition dimensions. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilePreviewCollection A collection of file previews. * `fileId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the file. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previews` (_array of FilePreview_) Previews supported for the file. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of file previews. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `versionNumber` (_string_) Version number of the file. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### FilePreview A file preview. * `format` (_object_) ConnectFilePreviewFormatEnum The format of the preview. Values are: * `Audio` — Preview format is MP3. * `Jpg` — Preview format is JPG. * `Pdf` — Preview format is PDF. * `Svg` — Preview format is compressed SVG. * `Thumbnail` — Preview format is 240 x 180 PNG. * `ThumbnailBig` — Preview format is 720 x 480 PNG. * `ThumbnailTiny` — Preview format is 120 x 90 PNG. * `Video` — Preview format is MP4. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFilePreviewFormatEnum`. * `previewUrlCount` (_integer_) The total number of preview URLs for this preview format. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewUrls` (_array of FilePreviewUrl_) A list of file preview URLs. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectFilePreviewStatusEnum The availability status of the preview. Values are: * `Available` — Preview is available. * `InProgress` — Preview is being processed. * `NotAvailable` — Preview is unavailable. * `NotScheduled` — Generation of the preview isn’t scheduled yet. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFilePreviewStatusEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL to the file preview. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FolderDetail Description of a folder. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string specifying the creation date of the folder. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folderPaths` (_array of FolderPath_) Collection of folder paths. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the object _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the folder and all folders in this folder are synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string specifying the last modified date of the folder. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `name` (_string_) Folder name. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parentFolder` (_object_) ReferenceChatter Reference to the parent folder. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `path` (_string_) Path to the folder. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `systemModstamp` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string when a user or any automated system process, such as a trigger, updates the folder. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) A fixed type name for this object. Check this value to determine the shape of a response body. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The Connect REST API URL resource for this object. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FolderInput Folder input. * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the folder and all folders in this folder are synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v33.0_ * `name` (_string_) The name of the folder. Either `path` or `name` is required. If you specify both, `path` is used and `name` is ignored. _Available in: v30.0_ * `parentFolderId` (_string_) The ID of the parent folder. Either `parentFolderId` or `path` is required. You can’t include both. _Available in: v30.0_ * `path` (_string_) The path of the folder. For example, `my documents/folder`. _Available in: v30.0_ ### FolderShareLink A folder shared as a link. * `folderViewUrl` (_string (url)_) URL where the folder can be viewed. This value is also called the folder share link. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFolderItemFilterEnum Specifies a filter of items contained within a folder. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `IsInMyFileSync`. ### FolderItemPage A paged collection of Folder Item response bodies. * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of FolderItem_) A collection of folder items. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ConnectFolderItemTypeEnum The type of item. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `File`, `Folder`. ### FolderItemInput Folder item input. * `file` (_object_) FileInput A file in a folder Required to POST a `File` _Available in: v30.0_ Includes all fields of `FileInput`. * `folder` (_object_) FolderInput A folder in a folder Required to POST a `Folder` _Available in: v30.0_ Includes all fields of `FolderInput`. * `type` (_object_, required) ConnectFolderItemTypeEnum The item type. _Available in: v30.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFolderItemTypeEnum`. ### FolderItem Description of an item (file or folder) in a folder. * `file` (_object_) FileSummary A file representation _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FileSummary`. * `folder` (_string_) A folder representation _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectFolderItemTypeEnum The type of item. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFolderItemTypeEnum`. ### FilesConnectRepositoryAuthenticationContenthub Authentication information for a repository. * `authFlowUrl` (_string_) Depends on the `authProtocol`. * `NoAuthentication` — `null`. * `Oauth` —URL to start the OAuth flow. * `Password` —URL to the authentication settings for external systems. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `NoAuthentication`, `Oauth`, `Password`. * `authProtocol` (_object_) ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum Authentication protocol used for the repository. Values are: * `NoAuthentication` —Repository doesn’t require authentication. * `Oauth` —Repository uses OAuth authentication protocol. * `Password` —Repository uses user name and password authentication protocol. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnumContenthub`. * `userHasAuthSettings` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user has credentials or the administrator configured the external data source to use the same set of credentials for every user (`true`). Otherwise, `false`. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures Information about the features of a Files Connect repository. * `canBrowse` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the repository’s folder hierarchy can be browsed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `canSearch` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the repository can be searched (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MotifContenthub The motif properties contain URLs for small, medium, and large icons that indicate the Salesforce record type. Common record types are files, users, and groups, but all record types have a set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon. All icons are available to unauthenticated users so that, for example, you can display the motif icons in an email. The motif can also contain the record type’s base color. The motif images are icons, not user uploaded images or photos. For example, every user has the same set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon, for example, the following custom object uses the “boat” tab style: `"motif": { "color": "8C004C", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Users use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Groups use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups16.png" },` Files use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/content/content64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/content/content32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/files16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` To view the icons in the previous examples, preface the URL with `https://{instance_name}`. For example, `https://{instance_name}/img/icon/profile64.png`. * `color` (_string_) A hex value representing the base color of the record type, or `null` . _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `largeIconUrl` (_string_) A large icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediumIconUrl` (_string_) A medium icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `smallIconUrl` (_string_) A small icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `svgIconUrl` (_string_) An icon in SVG format indicating the record type, or `null` if the icon doesn’t exist. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReferenceChatter A reference to a record. * `id` (_string_) The ID of the record being referenced, which could be an 18-character ID or some other string identifier. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL to the resource endpoint. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectProviderType Information about the Files Connect provider. * `label` (_string_) Localized label of the provider type. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Provider type. One of these values: * `ContentHubBox` * `ContentHubGDrive` * `ContentHubSharepoint` * `ContentHubSharepointOffice365` * `ContentHubSharepointOneDrive` * `SimpleUrl` _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RepositoryGroupSummaryContenthub Detailed description of a group entry. * `domain` (_string_) Domain of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `email` (_string_) Email of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `groupType` (_object_) FilesConnectGroupTypeEnum Type of group. Values are: * `Everybody` —Group is public to everybody. * `EverybodyInDomain` —Group is public to everybody in the same domain. * `Unknown` —Group type is unknown. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectGroupTypeEnumContenthub`. * `id` (_string_) ID of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnum The type of entry. Value is `GroupEntry`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnumContenthub`. ### RepositoryUserSummary Detailed description of a user entry. * `domain` (_string_) Domain of the user. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `email` (_string_) Email of the user. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstName` (_string_) First name of the user. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the user. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) Last name of the user. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `type` (_string_) The type of entry. Value is `UserEntry`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ExternalFilePermissionInformationContenthub External file permissions information. * `externalFilePermissionTypes` (_array of FilesConnectPermissionType_) Available permission types for the parent folder of the external file, or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionsFailure` (_boolean_) `true` if the retrieval of external file information failed or if `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`; `false` otherwise. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionsInfoFailureReason` (_string_) Explanation of the failure if a failure occurred and `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `true`; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFileSharingStatus` (_object_) ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnum Sharing status for the external file. Values are: * `DomainSharing` —File is shared with the domain. * `PrivateSharing` —File is private or shared only with individuals. * `PublicSharing` —File is publicly shared. Value is `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnumContenthub`. * `repositoryPublicGroups` (_array of RepositoryGroupSummaryContenthub_) Available public groups in the external repository or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilePreviewUrl The URL to a file preview. * `pageNumber` (_integer_) Preview page number starting from zero, or `null` for PDF files. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewUrl` (_string (url)_) File preview URL. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFilePreviewStatusEnumContenthub The availability status of the preview. Values are: * `Available` —Preview is available. * `InProgress` —Preview is being processed. * `NotAvailable` —Preview is unavailable. * `NotScheduled` —Generation of the preview isn’t scheduled yet. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Available`, `InProgress`, `NotAvailable`, `NotScheduled`. ### FilesConnectItemTypeSummary Summary information about an item type associated with a repository folder. * `contentStreamSupport` (_object_) FilesConnectStreamSupportEnum Support for content streaming. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectStreamSupportEnum`. * `description` (_string_) Description of the item type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `displayName` (_string_) Display name of the item type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the item type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isVersionable` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the item type can have versions. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the detailed information of the item type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FilesConnectFieldValueInput The fields of the item type. * `name` (_string_, required) Name of the field. _Available in: v35.0_ * `value` (_string_, required) Value of the field. _Available in: v35.0_ ### RepositoryFileSummary Description of a repository file. * `checkinComment` (_string_) Checkin comment of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentBody` (_string_) Text of the file’s content if available, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `contentItemSize` (_number (int64)_) Length in bytes of the content of the file, including files that are larger than 2 GB. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentSize` (_integer_) Length in bytes of the content of the file, for files that are smaller than 2 GB. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdBy` (_string_) Name of user who created the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date of the folder in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Folder description. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `downloadUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the repository file content. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalContentUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to this file’s content in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to this file in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionInformation` (_object_) ExternalFilePermissionInformationContenthub External file permission information, such as available groups, available permission types, and current sharing status, or `null` when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false` . _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ExternalFilePermissionInformationContenthub`. * `id` (_string_) ID of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `itemTypeUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the item type information. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mimeType` (_string_) Mime type of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedBy` (_string_) Name of user who last modified the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date of the folder in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) MotifContenthub Motif of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MotifContenthub`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previews. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewUrlThumbnail` (_string (url)_) URL to the thumbnail (240 x 180 PNG) preview. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewUrlThumbnailBig` (_string (url)_) URL to the big thumbnail (720 x 480 PNG) preview. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewUrlThumbnailTiny` (_string (url)_) URL to the tiny thumbnail (120 x 90 PNG) preview. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repository` (_object_) ReferenceChatter The folder external repository. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Record type, `folder`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to this folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionId` (_string_) ID of the file version in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RepositoryFolderSummary Summary of a repository folder. * `createdBy` (_string_) Name of user who created the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date of the folder in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Folder description. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFolderUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to this folder in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folderItemsUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL that lists the files and folders in this folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `itemTypeUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the item type information. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedBy` (_string_) Name of user who last modified the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date of the folder in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) MotifContenthub Motif of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MotifContenthub`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `path` (_string_) The absolute path of the folder in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repository` (_object_) ReferenceChatter The folder external repository. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `type` (_string_) Record type, `folder`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to this folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFolderItemTypeEnumContenthub The type of folder item: `folder` or `file`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `File`, `Folder`. ### FilesConnectStreamSupportEnum Support for content streaming. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ContentStreamAllowed`, `ContentStreamNotAllowed`, `ContentStreamRequired`. ### FilesConnectFieldDefinition Field definition for the item type. * `displayName` (_string_) Label or caption for the field. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isMandatory` (_boolean_) Specifies whether this field is mandatory for the item type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `maxLength` (_integer_) The maximum length of the value of the field. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the field. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) FilesConnectVariableTypeEnum Data type of the value of the field. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectVariableTypeEnum`. ### FilesConnectPermission A permission. * `directoryEntry` (_RepositoryGroupSummaryContenthub | RepositoryUserSummary_) The detailed information of a directory entry. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ One of: `RepositoryGroupSummaryContenthub`, `RepositoryUserSummary`. * `isUpdatable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether this permission can be updated. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rights` (_array of FilesConnectPermissionType_) A collection of permission types. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### FilesConnectPermissionInput A permission. * `directoryEntryId` (_string_, required) ID of the user or group. _Available in: v35.0_ * `permissionTypesIds` (_array of string_, required) List of IDs of the permission types. _Available in: v35.0_ ### FilesConnectPermissionType A permission type. * `id` (_string_) The internal ID of the permission type in the repository. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `label` (_string_) The label as returned by the repository. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### BatchResult Describes the result of an individual request in a batch request. * `result` (_any_) The result of this individual request. The type depends on the batch resource; for an error result it is an error message. * `statusCode` (_integer_) An HTTP status code indicating the status of this individual request in the batch. ### FilesConnectRepository Information about a Files Connect repository. * `authentication` (_object_) FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication Repository authentication information. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication`. * `features` (_object_) FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures Repository features. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepositoryFeatures`. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the external data source. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Repository label. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `name` (_string_) Repository name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `providerType` (_object_) FilesConnectProviderType Repository provider type. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectProviderType`. * `rootFolderItemsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the repository root folder items, or `null` if the repository does not support browsing. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, `ContentHubRepository`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Connect REST API resource URL to the Files Connect repository. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExternalFilePermissionInformation External file permissions information. * `externalFilePermissionTypes` (_array of FilesConnectPermissionType_) Available permission types for the parent folder of the external file, or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionsFailure` (_boolean_) `true` if the retrieval of external file information failed or if `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`; `false` otherwise. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionsInfoFailureReason` (_string_) Explanation of the failure if a failure occurred and `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `true`; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFileSharingStatus` (_object_) ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnum Sharing status for the external file. Values are: * `DomainSharing` — File is shared with the domain. * `PrivateSharing` — File is private or shared only with individuals. * `PublicSharing` — File is publicly shared. Value is `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnum`. * `repositoryPublicGroups` (_array of RepositoryGroupSummary_) Available public groups in the external repository or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FileAsset An asset file. * `baseAssetUrl` (_string_) Base download URL of the asset. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `baseUnauthenticatedAssetUrl` (_string (url)_) Base download URL of the asset for unauthenticated users if `isVisibleByExternalUsers` is `true`, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the asset. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isVisibleByExternalUsers` (_boolean_) Indicates whether unauthenticated users can see the asset file (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `masterLabel` (_string_) Label of the asset. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Unique name of the asset. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) Namespace prefix of the package containing the asset. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of asset. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ModerationFlags Moderation flags. * `flagCount` (_integer_) If the context user is a community moderator, the total number of flags on the post, comment, or file. If the context user isn’t a community moderator, value is `null`. Flags on files is available starting in version 30.0. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flagCountByReason` (_object_) Number of moderation flags categorized by reason. Values for String are: * `FlaggedByRule` — Moderation rule flagged the item. * `FlaggedBySystem` — Einstein flagged the item. * `FlaggedByUserAsInappropriate` — User flagged the item as inappropriate. * `FlaggedByUserAsSpam` — User flagged the item as spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `integer`. * `flaggedByMe` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the post, comment, or file was flagged by the context user ( `true` ) or not ( `false` ). Flags on files is available starting in version 30.0. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flags` (_object_) ModerationFlagsCollection Collection of flags. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlagsCollection`. ### Motif The motif properties contain URLs for small, medium, and large icons that indicate the Salesforce record type. Common record types are files, users, and groups, but all record types have a set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon. All icons are available to unauthenticated users so that, for example, you can display the motif icons in an email. The motif can also contain the record type’s base color. The motif images are icons, not user uploaded images or photos. For example, every user has the same set of motif icons. Custom object records use their tab style icon, for example, the following custom object uses the “boat” tab style: `"motif": { "color": "8C004C", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/custom51_100/boat16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Users use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` Groups use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/groups16.png" },` Files use the following icons: `"motif": { "color": "1797C0", "largeIconUrl": "/img/content/content64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/content/content32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/files16.png", "svgIconUrl": null },` To view the icons in the previous examples, preface the URL with https:// `{instance_name}`. For example, https:// `{instance_name}` /img/icon/profile64.png. * `color` (_string_) A hex value representing the base color of the record type, or `null`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `largeIconUrl` (_string_) A large icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mediumIconUrl` (_string_) A medium icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `smallIconUrl` (_string_) A small icon indicating the record type. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `svgIconUrl` (_string_) An icon in SVG format indicating the record type, or `null` if the icon doesn’t exist. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserSummary The User Summary response body is a subset of the User Detail response body. * `additionalLabel` (_string_) If one exists, an extra label for the user, for example, “Customer,” “Partner,” or “Acme Corporation.” _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `communityNickname` (_string_) User’s nickname in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `companyName` (_string_) Name of the company. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayName` (_string_) User’s name that is displayed in the site. If nicknames are enabled, the nickname is displayed. If nicknames aren’t enabled, the full name is displayed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `firstName` (_string_) User's first name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `firstName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isActive` (_boolean_) `true` if user is active, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isChatterGuest` (_boolean_) `true` if user is a Chatter customer, `false` otherwise In version 26.0 and later, user the `userType` property. _Available in: v23.0–26.0_ * `isInThisCommunity` (_boolean_) `true` if the user is in the same Experience Cloud site as the context user; `false` otherwise. Can be `false` for record feed @mentions on posts with the scope “All Users.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) User's last name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `lastName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outOfOffice` (_object_) OutOfOffice If one exists, extra out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OutOfOffice`. * `photo` (_object_) Photo Information about the user's photo. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `reputation` (_object_) Reputation Reputation of the user in the site, which is determined by the number of points earned from events and actions performed in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Reputation`. * `stamps` (_array of Stamp_) Collection of the user’s stamps. In version 44.0 and later, use SOQL to get a user’s stamps. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Value is `User`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the user's Chatter profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userType` (_string_) Type of user. Valid values are: * `ChatterGuest` —User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly` —User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest` —User is unauthenticated. * `Internal` —User is a standard org member. * `Portal` —User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System` —User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined` —User is a user type that is a custom object. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `ChatterGuest`, `ChatterOnly`, `Guest`, `Internal`, `Portal`, `System`, `Undefined`. ### ConnectFilePublishStatusEnum Specifies the publish status of a file. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `PendingAccess`, `PrivateAccess`, `PublicAccess`. ### ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Allowed`, `Restricted`. ### ConnectFileSharingPrivacyEnum Specifies the sharing privacy of a file. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `None`, `PrivateOnRecords`. ### ConnectFileSharingRoleEnum Sharing role of the file. One of these values: * `Admin` — Owner permission, but doesn’t own the file. * `Collaborator` — Viewer permission, and can edit, change permissions, and upload a new version of a file. * `Owner` — Collaborator permission, and can make a file private, and delete a file. * `Viewer` — Can view, download, and share a file. * `WorkspaceManaged` — Permission controlled by the library. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Admin`, `Collaborator`, `Owner`, `Viewer`, `WorkspaceManaged`. ### TopicCollection Topic collection. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Returns the current page of topics _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Returns the next page of topics. If there is no next page, returns the string “null” _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `topics` (_array of Topic_) Collection of topics _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FileSummary Description of a file. For all rendition properties, note the following: For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. * `checksum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository External data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepository`. * `contentModifiedDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. File-specific modified date, which is updated only for direct file operations, such as rename. Modifications to the file from outside of Salesforce can update this date. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentSize` (_integer_) Size of the file in bytes. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentUrl` (_string_) If the file is a link, returns the URL, otherwise the string `null`. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentVersionId` (_string_) ID of the content version. _Available in: v62.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string when the file was created. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `downloadUrl` (_string_) URL to the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string_) External URL this file points to, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionInformation` (_object_) ExternalFilePermissionInformation External file permission information, such as available groups, available permission types, and current sharing status, or `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ExternalFilePermissionInformation`. * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file, such as PDF, PowerPoint. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `flashRenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies if a flash preview version of the file has been rendered. Flash renditions were retired on July 16, 2021. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isArchived` (_boolean_) Specifies if the file is archived (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v68.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isFileAsset` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the file is an asset. _Available in: v46.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isMajorVersion` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is a major version; `false` if the file is a minor version. Major versions can’t be replaced. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this file. Moderators can view and act on flagged items. If the `communityModeration` property of the Features response body is `false`, this property is `null`. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. * `modifiedDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 format date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. Modifications to the file from within Salesforce update this date. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `origin` (_string_) Specifies the file source. Valid values are: * `Chatter` — file came from Chatter * `Content` — file came from content * `FileField` — file came from a record or other form _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `owner` (_object_) UserSummary Owner of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `parentFolder` (_object_) Reference Reference to the parent folder. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `pdfRenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies if a PDF preview version of the file has been rendered. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `publishStatus` (_string_) Publish status of the file. One of these values: * `PendingAccess` —File is pending publishing. * `PrivateAccess` —File is private. * `PublicAccess` —File is public. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `PendingAccess`, `PrivateAccess`, `PublicAccess`. * `renditionUrl` (_string_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string_) URL to the 240px by 180px rendition for the file, if available. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string_) URL to the 720px by 480px rendition for the file, if available. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string_) URL to the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_string_) Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` —Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` —Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `Allowed`, `Restricted`. * `sharingPrivacy` (_string_) Sharing privacy of a file. Values are: * `None` —File is visible to anyone with record access. * `PrivateOnRecords` —File is private on records. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `None`, `PrivateOnRecords`. * `sharingRole` (_string_) Sharing role of the file. One of these values: * `Admin` —Owner permission, but doesn’t own the file. * `Collaborator` —Viewer permission, and can edit, change permissions, and upload a new version of a file. * `Owner` —Collaborator permission, and can make a file private, and delete a file. * `Viewer` —Can view, download, and share a file. * `WorkspaceManaged` —Permission controlled by the library. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `Admin`, `Collaborator`, `Owner`, `Viewer`, `WorkspaceManaged`. * `systemModstamp` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string indicating when a user or any automated system process, such as a trigger, updated the file. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 120 x 90 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 240 x 180 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 720 x 480 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionNumber` (_string_) Version number of the file. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### FileShare Description of a file share. * `entity` (_Group | RecordSummary | UserSummary_) Returns information about the user, record, or group the file is shared with. Value is one of the following: * Group * Record Summary * User Summary _Available in: v36.0_ One of: `Group`, `RecordSummary`, `UserSummary`. * `sharingType` (_string_) Permission level of sharing. Values are: * `C` —collaborator * `I` —sharing permission is determined by location. This generally occurs when the sharing permission is not set on the file, but on the library instead. This value is also used when the context user is the same as owner of the file. * `N` —no access * `V` —viewer _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FileShareInput Specifies an entity to share a file with along with its sharing type (e.g., "V" for Viewer or "C" for Collaborator). * `id` (_string_) User ID to share a file with _Available in: v30.0_ * `sharingType` (_string_) Either `C` for collaborator or `V` for viewer _Available in: v30.0_ ### ImageFileDetail Image file details. * `height` (_integer_) Image’s height in pixels. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageFormat` (_string_) Image’s format. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `orientation` (_string_) Image’s EXIF orientation value, if present. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `width` (_integer_) Image’s width in pixels. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFilePreviewFormatEnum The format of the preview. Values are: * `Audio` — Preview format is MP3. * `Jpg` — Preview format is JPG. * `Pdf` — Preview format is PDF. * `Svg` — Preview format is compressed SVG. * `Thumbnail` — Preview format is 240 x 180 PNG. * `ThumbnailBig` — Preview format is 720 x 480 PNG. * `ThumbnailTiny` — Preview format is 120 x 90 PNG. * `Video` — Preview format is MP4. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Audio`, `Jpg`, `Pdf`, `Svg`, `Thumbnail`, `ThumbnailBig`, `ThumbnailTiny`, `Video`. ### ConnectFilePreviewStatusEnum The availability status of the preview. Values are: * `Available` — Preview is available. * `InProgress` — Preview is being processed. * `NotAvailable` — Preview is unavailable. * `NotScheduled` — Generation of the preview isn’t scheduled yet. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Available`, `InProgress`, `NotAvailable`, `NotScheduled`. ### FolderPath A folder path. * `folderId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the folder. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folderName` (_string_) Name of the folder, or `null` for the root. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnumContenthub Authentication protocol used for the repository. Values are: * `NoAuthentication` —Repository doesn’t require authentication. * `Oauth` —Repository uses OAuth authentication protocol. * `Password` —Repository uses user name and password authentication protocol. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `NoAuthentication`, `Oauth`, `Password`. ### FilesConnectGroupTypeEnumContenthub Type of group. One of these values: * `Everybody`: Group is public to everybody. * `EverybodyInDomain`: Group is public to everybody in the same domain. * `Unknown`: Group type is unknown. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Everybody`, `EverybodyInDomain`, `Unknown`. ### ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnumContenthub The type of entry. Value is `GroupEntry`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `GroupEntry`, `UserEntry`. ### ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnumContenthub Sharing status for the external file. Values are: * `DomainSharing` —File is shared with the domain. * `PrivateSharing` —File is private or shared only with individuals. * `PublicSharing` —File is publicly shared. Value is `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DomainSharing`, `PrivateSharing`, `PublicSharing`. ### FilesConnectVariableTypeEnum Data type of the value of the field. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `BooleanType`, `DateTimeType`, `DecimalType`, `HtmlType`, `IdType`, `IntegerType`, `StringType`, `UriType`, `XmlType`. ### FilesConnectRepositoryAuthentication Authentication information for a repository. * `authFlowUrl` (_string_) Depends on the `authProtocol`. * `NoAuthentication` — `null`. * `Oauth` — URL to start the OAuth flow. * `Password` — URL to the authentication settings for external systems. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `authProtocol` (_object_) ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum Authentication protocol used for the repository. Values are: * `NoAuthentication` — Repository doesn’t require authentication. * `Oauth` — Repository uses OAuth authentication protocol. * `Password` — Repository uses user name and password authentication protocol. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum`. * `userHasAuthSettings` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the user has credentials or the administrator configured the external data source to use the same set of credentials for every user (`true`). Otherwise, `false`. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectExternalItemSharingTypeEnum Sharing status for the external file. Values are: * `DomainSharing` — File is shared with the domain. * `PrivateSharing` — File is private or shared only with individuals. * `PublicSharing` — File is publicly shared. Value is `null` for non-external files or when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DomainSharing`, `PrivateSharing`, `PublicSharing`. ### RepositoryGroupSummary Detailed description of a group entry. * `domain` (_string_) Domain of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `email` (_string_) Email of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `groupType` (_object_) FilesConnectGroupTypeEnum Type of group. Values are: * `Everybody` — Group is public to everybody. * `EverybodyInDomain` — Group is public to everybody in the same domain. * `Unknown` — Group type is unknown. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectGroupTypeEnum`. * `id` (_string_) ID of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `type` (_string_) The type of entry. Value is `GroupEntry`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `GroupEntry`, `UserEntry`. Example: `GroupEntry`. ### ModerationFlagsCollection Collection of flags on a feed item, comment, or file. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `flags` (_array of ModerationFlagItem_) List of flag details. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `pageSize` (_integer_) Number of items per page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OutOfOffice User's out-of-office message. * `message` (_string_) Out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Photo Photo. * `fullEmailPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) A temporary URL to the large profile picture that expires after 30 days. This URL is available to unauthenticated users. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `largePhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the large profile picture. The default width is 200 pixels, while the length is scaled so the original image proportions are maintained. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `mediumPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the medium profile picture. The default width is 160 pixels, and the height is scaled so the original image proportions are maintained. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `photoVersionId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID to that version of the photo. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `smallPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the small profile picture. The default size is 64x64 pixels. If a user hasn’t uploaded a photo, this URL points to a default photo. If the user hasn’t uploaded a photo and the request header included X-Connect-Theme: Salesforce1, this URL points to a default photo based on a theme that the admin selected for the org. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `standardEmailPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) A temporary URL to the small profile picture that expires after 30 days. This URL is available to unauthenticated users. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to a resource that returns a Photo response body: for example, `/services/data/v67.0/chatter/users/005D0000001LL8OIAW/photo`. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Reputation Reputation for a user. * `reputationLevel` (_object_) ReputationLevel User’s reputation level. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReputationLevel`. * `reputationPoints` (_number (double)_) User's reputation points, which can be earned by performing different activities. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to the reputation. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Stamp A user stamp. * `description` (_string_) Description of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageUrl` (_string_) Image URL of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the stamp. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Topic Topic. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `images` (_object_) TopicImages Images associated with the topic _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `TopicImages`. * `isBeingDeleted` (_boolean_) `true` if the topic is currently being deleted; `false` otherwise. After the topic is deleted, when attempting to retrieve the topic, the response is 404: Not Found. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nonLocalizedName` (_string_) Non-localized name of the topic _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `talkingAbout` (_integer_) Number of people talking about this topic over the last two months, based on factors such as topic additions and comments on posts with the topic _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the topic detail page _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Group Chatter group. * `additionalLabel` (_string_) An extra label for the group, for example, “Archived,” “Private,” or “Private With Customers.” If there isn’t an extra label, the value is `null`. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `announcement` (_object_) Announcement An announcement for the group. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Announcement`. * `bannerPhoto` (_object_) BannerPhoto The banner photo for the group. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BannerPhoto`. * `canHaveChatterGuests` (_boolean_) `true` if this group allows Chatter customers, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `community` (_object_) Reference Information about the Experience Cloud site. Returns `null` if the group exists in the default site or if digital experiences isn’t enabled. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `description` (_string_) Text-only description of the group. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `emailToChatterAddress` (_string_) Group’s email address for posting to this group by email. Returns `null` if Chatter emails and posting to Chatter by email aren’t both enabled in your organization. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `fileCount` (_integer_) Number of files posted to this group. The `fileCount` property is in the Group Detail response body _Available in: v24.0–27.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the group. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isArchived` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the group is archived (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `isAutoArchiveDisabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether automatic archiving is disabled for the group (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `isBroadcast` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the group is a broadcast group (`true`) or not (`false`). In a broadcast group, only group owners and managers can post to the group. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `lastFeedElementPostDate` (_string_) Date of the most recent feed element posted to the group in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `lastFeedItemPostDate` (_string_) Date of the most recent feed item posted to the group in ISO 8601 format. After API version 30.0, use `lastFeedElementPostDate`. _Available in: v24.0–30.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `memberCount` (_integer_) Total number of group members. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `myRole` (_string_) _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `GroupManager`, `GroupOwner`, `NotAMember`, `NotAMemberPrivateRequested`, `StandardMember`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the group. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `owner` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the owner of the group. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `photo` (_object_) Photo Information about the group photo. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `type` (_string_) Value is `CollaborationGroup`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Relative URL string to the group. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_string_) Values are: * `PrivateAccess` —Only members of the group can see posts to this group. * `PublicAccess` —All users within the Experience Cloud site can see posts to this group. * `Unlisted` —Reserved for future use. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `PrivateAccess`, `PublicAccess`, `UnlistedAccess`. ### RecordSummary Record summary. * `entityLabel` (_object_) EntityLabel Label of the record’s entity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EntityLabel`. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `name` (_string_) The localized name . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectContenHubAuthenticationProtocolEnum Authentication protocol used for the repository. Values are: * `NoAuthentication` — Repository doesn’t require authentication. * `Oauth` — Repository uses OAuth authentication protocol. * `Password` — Repository uses user name and password authentication protocol. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `NoAuthentication`, `Oauth`, `Password`. ### FilesConnectGroupTypeEnum The detailed information of a directory entry. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Everybody`, `EverybodyInDomain`, `Unknown`. ### ModerationFlagItem Flag details on a feed item, comment, or file. * `createdBy` (_string_) ID of the user who flagged the item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date when the item was flagged. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the moderation flag. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `moderationType` (_object_) ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum Type of moderation flag. Values are: * `FlagAsInappropriate` — Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` — Flag for spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum`. * `note` (_string_) Note from user who flagged the item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_object_) ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. Values are: * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum`. ### ReputationLevel Reputation level for a user. * `levelImageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the reputation level image. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `levelName` (_string_) Name of the reputation level. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `levelNumber` (_integer_) Reputation level number, which is the numerical rank of the level, with the lowest level at 1. Administrators define the reputation level point ranges. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TopicImages Images associated with a topic. * `coverImageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to a topic’s cover image, which appears on the topic page. Both topics and managed topics can have cover images. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `featuredImageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to a managed topic’s featured image, which appears wherever you feature it, for example, on your Experience Cloud site home page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Announcement An announcement. * `expirationDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date time in ISO 8601 format. The Salesforce UI displays an announcement until 11:59 p.m. on this date unless another announcement is posted first. The Salesforce UI ignores the time value in the `expirationDate`. However, you can use the time value to create your own display logic in your own UI. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElement` (_object_) FeedItem The feed element that contains the body of the announcement and its associated comments, likes, and so on. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItem`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isArchived` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the announcement is archived. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sendEmails` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the announcement is sent as an email to all group members. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL to the announcement. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BannerPhoto A banner photo. * `bannerPhotoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the banner photo in a large format. This URL is available only to authenticated users. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `bannerPhotoVersionId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character version ID of the banner photo. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the banner photo. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EntityLabel An entity's label. * `label` (_string_) Localized singular label of the entity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `labelPlural` (_string_) Localized plural label of the entity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectNetworkModerationTypeEnum Type of moderation flag. Values are: * `FlagAsInappropriate` — Flag for inappropriate content. * `FlagAsSpam` — Flag for spam. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `FlagAsInappropriate`, `FlagAsSpam`. ### ConnectNetworkModerationVisibilityEnum Visibility behavior of a flag for various user types. Values are: * `ModeratorsOnly` — The flag is visible only to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. * `SelfAndModerators` — The flag is visible to the creator of the flag and to users with moderation permissions on the flagged element or item. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ModeratorsOnly`, `SelfAndModerators`. ### FeedItem A feed is made up of feed elements. A feed item is a type of feed element. * `actor` (_object_) AbstractActor The entity that created the feed item. Values are: * Record Summary —if a record (23.0) * User Summary —if a user (23.0) * Unauthenticated User —if a Chatter customer (24.0) If the actor is a user, a User Summary response body is returned, not a Record Summary of type user. _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AbstractActor`. * `attachment` (_string_) Depends on the `type` value of the attachment. Values include: * `Approval` — Feed Item Attachment: Approval (v27.0–31.0) * `BasicTemplate` — Feed Item Attachment: Basic Template (v27.0–31.0) * `Canvas` — Feed Item Attachment: Canvas Template (v29.0–31.0) * `CaseComment` — Feed Item Attachment: Case Comment (v24.0–31.0) * `Content` — Feed Item Attachment: Content or `null` if the content is unavailable (v23.0–31.0) * `DashboardComponent` — Feed Item Attachment: Dashboard (v24.0–31.0) * `EmailMessage` — Feed Item Attachment: Email Message (v29.0–31.0) * `Link` — Feed Item Attachment: Link (v23.0–31.0) * `Poll` — Feed Item Attachment: Poll (v26.0–31.0) * `RecordSnapshot` — Feed Item Attachment: Record Snapshot (v29.0–31.0) * `TrackedChange` — Feed Item Attachment: Tracked Change (v29.0–31.0) **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property. _Filter group: Medium_ * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed element. _Available in: v22.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `canShare` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed item can be shared. If a feed item has multiple file attachments and at least one attachment has been deleted or is inaccessible, the feed item can’t be shared. The `canShare` value is incorrectly set to `true` in these cases. **Important**: As of API version 39.0, use the `isSharable` property. _Available in: v27.0–38.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `capabilities` (_object_) FeedElementCapabilitySet A container for all capabilities that can be included with a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCapabilitySet`. * `clientInfo` (_object_) ClientInfo Information about the client app used to authenticate the connection. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ClientInfo`. * `comments` (_object_) CommentPage Comments for this feed item. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.comments.page` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommentPage`. * `createdDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentUserLike` (_object_) Reference **Note**: This property is no longer available as of version 24.0. Use the `myLike` property instead. A reference to a like object if applicable, `null` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0–24.0_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `event` (_boolean_) `true` if feed item created due to an event change, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `feedElementType` (_object_) ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum Feed elements are the top-level objects that a feed contains. The feed element type describes the characteristics of that feed element. One of these values: * `Bundle` — A container of feed elements. A bundle also has a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `FeedItem` — A feed item has a single parent and is scoped to oneExperience Cloud site or across all Experience Cloud sites. A feed item can have capabilities such as bookmarks, canvas, content, comment, link, poll. Feed items have a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `Recommendation` — A recommendation is a feed element with a recommendations capability. A recommendation suggests records to follow, groups to join, or applications that are helpful to the context user. _Available in: v31.0_ Example: `FeedItem`. Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum`. Example: `FeedItem`. * `hasVerifiedComment` (_boolean_) `true` if the feed item has a verified comment, otherwise `false`. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `header` (_object_) FeedItemBody The header is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message. If a client doesn't know how to render a feed element type, it should render this text. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) `true` if the context user has bookmarked this feed item, `false` otherwise. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.bookmarks.isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isDeleteRestricted` (_boolean_) Returns `true` if the context user can’t delete a feed item. If it returns `false`, possibly the context users can delete the feed item. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isLikedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) `true` if the context user has liked this feed item, `false` otherwise. As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.isLikedByCurrentUser` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isSharable` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed item can be shared. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `likes` (_object_) LikePage Likes for this feed item, **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.page` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `LikePage`. * `likesMessage` (_object_) LikeMessageBody A message body that describes who likes the feed item. As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.likesMessage` property. _Available in: v27.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LikeMessageBody`. * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this feed item. Moderators can view and act on flagged items. If the `communityModeration` property of the Features response body is `false`, this property is `null`. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.moderation.moderationFlags` property. _Available in: v29.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. * `modifiedDate` (_string_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myLike` (_object_) Reference If the context user has liked the comment, this property is a reference to the specific like, `null` otherwise. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.chatterLikes.myLike` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `originalFeedItem` (_object_) Reference A reference to the original feed item if this feed item is a shared feed item, `null` otherwise. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `originalFeedItemActor` (_object_) AbstractActor Value depends on type of original feed item. Values are: * Record Summary –if original feed item is a record * User Summary –if original feed item is a user * Unauthenticated User —if original feed item is from a Chatter customer * `null` if this feed item is not a shared feed item _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractActor`. * `parent` (_object_) AbstractIdable Value depends on type of parent. Values are: * File Summary—if parent is a file * Group—if parent is a group * Record Summary—if parent is a record * User Summary—if parent is a user **Note**: If the parent is a user, a User Summary response body is returned, not a Record Summary of type user. The same applies for both groups and files. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractIdable`. * `photoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the photo associated with the feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `preamble` (_string_) The preamble is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message, for example, “App Builders - Pam Jones”. In API versions to 28.0, use the `/body/text` property as the default case for rendering text. In API versions 29.0–30.0, use the `/preamble/text` property as the default case for rendering text. In API versions 31.0 and later, use the `/header/text` property as the default case for rendering text. _Available in: v27.0–30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Created date formatted as a relative, localized string, for example, “17m ago” or “Yesterday.” . _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `topics` (_object_) FeedItemTopics Topics for this feed item. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities.topics.items` property. _Available in: v28.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemTopics`. * `type` (_object_) ConnectFeedItemTypeEnum The `type` property always returns all types, regardless of API version. However, not all types are valid with all API versions. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property to determine what can be done with a feed item. See [Feeds and Feed Elements](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/features_feeds_feed_elements#capabilities). Values are: * `ActivityEvent` — Feed item generated in Case Feed when an event or task associated with a parent record with a feed enabled is created or updated. * `AdvancedTextPost` — A feed item with advanced text formatting, such as a group announcement post. * `ApprovalPost` — Feed item with an approval capability. Approvers can act on the feed item parent. * `AttachArticleEvent` — Feed item generated when an article is attached to a case in Case Feed. * `BasicTemplateFeedItem` — Feed item with an enhanced link capability. * `CallLogPost` — Feed item generated when a call log is saved to a case in Case Feed. * `CanvasPost` — Feed item generated by a canvas app in the publisher or from Connect REST API or Connect in Apex. The post itself is a link to a canvas app. * `CaseCommentPost` — Feed item generated when a case comment is saved in Case Feed. * `ChangeStatusPost` — Feed item generated when the status of a case is changed in Case Feed. * `ChatTranscriptionPost` — Feed item generated in Case Feed when a Live Agent chat transcript is saved to a case. * `CollaborationGroupCreated` — Feed item generated when a new public group is created. Contains a link to the new group. * `CollaborationGroupUnarchived` — Deprecated. Feed item generated when an archived group is activated. * `ContentPost` — Feed item with a content capability. * `CreateRecordEvent` — Feed item that describes a record created in the publisher. * `DashboardComponentAlert` — Feed item with a dashboard alert. * `DashboardComponentSnapshot` — Feed item with a dashboard component snapshot capability. * `EmailMessageEvent` — Feed item generated when an email is sent from a case in Case Feed. * `FacebookPost` — Deprecated. Feed item generated when a Facebook post is created from a case in Case Feed. * `LinkPost` — Feed item with a link capability. * `MilestoneEvent` — Feed item generated when a case milestone is either completed or reaches a violation status. Contains a link to the case milestone. * `PollPost` — Feed item with a poll capability. Viewers of the feed item are allowed to vote on the options in the poll. * `ProfileSkillPost` — Feed item generated when a skill is added to a user’s profile. * `QuestionPost` — Feed item generated when a question is asked. As of API version 33.0, a feed item of this type can have a content capability and a link capability. * `ReplyPost` — Feed item generated by a Chatter Answers reply. * `RypplePost` — Feed item generated when a user posts thanks. * `SocialPost` — Feed item generated when a social post is created from a case in Case Feed. * `TextPost` — Feed item containing text only. * `TrackedChange` — Feed item created when one or more fields on a record have been changed. * `UserStatus` — Deprecated. A user's post to their own profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedItemTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string_) URL to this feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_object_) ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum Who can see this feed item. Values are: * `InternalUsers` — If digital experiences is enabled, only members of the default, internal site can see the feed item. * `AllUsers` — If digital experiences is enabled, all members of the site can see the feed item. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum`. ### AbstractActor Describing a person or thing that can act or be acted on in the organization. May or may not correspond to an actual record in the organization, as some actors, such as certain system users, are synthetic in nature. * `name` (_string_) Repository name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) A fixed type name for this object. Check this value to determine the shape of a response body. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedItemBody Chatter feed item body. * `isRichText` (_boolean_) Indicates if the body is rich text. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageSegments` (_array of MessageSegment_) Collection of message segments, based on type. Segments can be one or more of the following: * Message Segment: Entity Link * Message Segment: Field Change * Message Segment: Field Change Name * Message Segment: Field Change Value * Message Segment: Hashtag * Message Segment: Inline Image (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment: Link * Message Segment: Markup Begin (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment: Markup End (version 35.0 and later) * Message Segment: Mention * Message Segment: More Changes * Message Segment: Text The collection of message segments could contain message segment types introduced in later API versions. All message segment types are guaranteed to have text and type properties that are available in version 23.0 and later. If a client encounters an unknown message segment type, it can render the text value as a fallback. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `text` (_string_) Display-ready text of the message. Use this text if you don’t want to process the message segments. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedElementCapabilitySet A container for all capabilities that can be included with a feed element. If a capability value is null, that indicates that the capability can not exist on that feed element. If the capability exists but contains null values, then the feed element may have that capability's feature, but that it has not yet been applied. For example, a feed element with a null associated actions capability indicates that no actions may be added to that feed element, whereas an empty associated actions capability means that the feed element may have actions, but none have been provided. Note, that in REST, this output is treated in a special way: null values are not included in the output (effectively making this a traditional JSON map). * `approval` (_object_) ApprovalCapability If a feed element has this capability, it includes information about an approval. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ApprovalCapability`. * `associatedActions` (_object_) AssociatedActionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has platform actions associated with it. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AssociatedActionsCapability`. * `banner` (_object_) BannerCapability If this feed element has this capability, it has a banner motif and style. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BannerCapability`. * `bookmarks` (_object_) BookmarksCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can bookmark it. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `BookmarksCapability`. * `bundle` (_object_) AbstractBundleCapability If a feed element has this capability, the feed element may be a group of other feed elements condensed into one. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AbstractBundleCapability`. * `callCollaboration` (_object_) CallCollaborationCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recording comment. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CallCollaborationCapability`. * `canvas` (_object_) CanvasCapability If a feed element has this capability, it renders a canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CanvasCapability`. * `caseComment` (_object_) CaseCommentCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a case comment on the case feed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CaseCommentCapability`. * `chatterLikes` (_object_) ChatterLikesCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can like it. Exposes information about existing likes. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ChatterLikesCapability`. * `close` (_object_) CloseCapability If a feed element has this capability, users with permission can close it. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CloseCapability`. * `comments` (_object_) CommentsCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, the context user can add a comment. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommentsCapability`. * `dashboardComponentSnapshot` (_object_) DashboardComponentSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a dashboard component snapshot. A snapshot is a static image of a dashboard component at a specific point in time. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DashboardComponentSnapshotCapability`. * `directMessage` (_object_) DirectMessageCapability If a feed element has this capability, it’s a direct message. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageCapability`. * `edit` (_object_) EditCapability If a feed element has this capability, users who have permission can edit it. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EditCapability`. * `emailMessage` (_object_) EmailMessageCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has an email message from a case. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EmailMessageCapability`. * `enhancedLink` (_object_) EnhancedLinkCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a link that may contain supplemental information like an icon, a title, and a description. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EnhancedLinkCapability`. * `extensions` (_object_) ExtensionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more extension attachments. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ExtensionsCapability`. * `feedEntityShare` (_object_) FeedEntityShareCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, a feed entity is shared with it. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedEntityShareCapability`. * `files` (_object_) MultipleContentCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more file attachments. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MultipleContentCapability`. * `interactions` (_object_) InteractionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has information about user interactions. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `InteractionsCapability`. * `link` (_object_) LinkCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a link. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LinkCapability`. * `mediaReferences` (_object_) MediaReferenceCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more media references. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MediaReferenceCapability`. * `moderation` (_object_) ModerationCapability If a feed element has this capability, users in the Experience Cloud site can flag the feed element for moderation. This response body also includes information about the flagged content. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ModerationCapability`. * `mute` (_object_) MuteCapability If a feed element has this capability, users can mute it. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MuteCapability`. * `origin` (_object_) OriginCapability If a feed element has this capability, it was created by a feed action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OriginCapability`. * `pin` (_object_) PinCapability If a feed element has this capability, users who have permission can pin it to a feed. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PinCapability`. * `poll` (_object_) PollCapability If a feed element has this capability, the feed element can include a poll for voting. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PollCapability`. * `questionAndAnswers` (_object_) QuestionAndAnswersCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a question and comments on the feed element are answers to the question. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `QuestionAndAnswersCapability`. * `readBy` (_object_) ReadByCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can mark it as read. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReadByCapability`. * `recommendations` (_object_) RecommendationsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recommendation. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecommendationsCapability`. * `recordSnapshot` (_object_) RecordSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all the snapshotted fields of a record for a single create record event. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordSnapshotCapability`. * `socialPost` (_object_) SocialPostCapability If a feed element has this capability, it can interact with a social post on a social network. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialPostCapability`. * `status` (_object_) StatusCapability If a feed post or comment has this capability, it has a status that determines its visibility. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `StatusCapability`. * `topics` (_object_) TopicsCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can add topics to it. Topics help users organize and discover conversations. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TopicsCapability`. * `trackedChanges` (_object_) TrackedChangesCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all changes to a record for a single tracked change event. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TrackedChangesCapability`. * `upDownVote` (_object_) UpDownVoteCapability If a feed post or comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UpDownVoteCapability`. ### ClientInfo Client information. * `applicationName` (_string_) Name of app used for authentication. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `applicationUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the app used for authentication _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommentPage A page of comments. * `comments` (_array of Comment_) Collection of comments. **Important**: Use the `items` property as of version 32.0. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page of comments, that is, the most recent comments. The default is 25 comments per page. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of Comment_) Collection of comments. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of comments, that is, older comments. The default is 25 comments per page. If you want to read more of the comments in search results, all the comments in the thread are refreshed, not just the ones that match the search term. Avoid using `nextPageUrl` until the comments are refreshed. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) Connect REST API URL identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of published comments across all pages for the parent feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum The type of feed element this input represents. The only valid value is `FeedItem`. Required when creating a feed item (POST). Optional when updating a feed item (PATCH) _Available in: v31.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Bundle`, `FeedItem`, `Recommendation`. ### LikePage Page of Chatter likes. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the current page of likes. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of Like_) Collection of likes. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likes` (_array of Like_) Collection of likes. **Important**: As of API version 32.0, use the `items` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myLike` (_object_) Reference **Note**: This field is no longer available as of version 24.0. Either returns a reference to the specific like or returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0–24.0_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the next page of likes. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the previous page, or `null` if there isn’t a previous page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string_) URL to the previous page of likes. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of likes for the item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LikeMessageBody Chatter like message body. * `messageSegments` (_array of MessageSegment_) Collection of message segments, based on type. Segments can be one or more of the following: * Message Segment: Entity Link * Message Segment: Resource Link * Message Segment: Text _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `text` (_string_) Text summary of the users who like the feed item or comment. For example, “You like this.” or “Renee Moreau, Gordon Johnson, and Pam Jones like this.” _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractIdable Describing a person or thing that can act or be acted on in the organization. Corresponds directly to an actual record in the organization with an addressible ID. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the object _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `name` (_string_) Repository name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) A fixed type name for this object. Check this value to determine the shape of a response body. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The Connect REST API URL resource for this object. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedItemTopics Feed item topics. **Important**: This response body isn’t available in version 32.0 and later. In version 32.0 and later, Topics Capability is used. * `canAssignTopics` (_boolean_) `true` if a topic can be assigned to the feed item, `false` otherwise _Available in: v28.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `topics` (_array of Topic_) Collection of topics _Available in: v28.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectFeedItemTypeEnum Specifies the type of a feed item. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ActivityEvent`, `AdvancedTextPost`, `AnnouncementPost`, `ApprovalPost`, `AttachArticleEvent`, `AttachExternalDocumentEvent`, `BasicTemplateFeedItem`, `CallLogPost`, `CanvasPost`, `CaseCommentPost`, `ChangeStatusPost`, `ChatTranscriptPost`, `CollaborationGroupCreated`, `CollaborationGroupUnarchived`, `ContentPost`, `CreateRecordEvent`, `DashboardComponentAlert`, `DashboardComponentSnapshot`, `EmailMessageEvent`, `FacebookPost`, `LinkPost`, `MilestoneEvent`, `PollPost`, `ProfileSkillPost`, `QuestionPost`, `ReplyPost`, `RypplePost`, `SocialPost`, `TestItem`, `TextPost`, `TrackedChange`, `UserStatus`. ### ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum Specifies the type of users who can see a feed item. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AllUsers`, `InternalUsers`. ### MessageSegment Superclass of all message segment representations. * `text` (_string_) Empty string, `""`, for segments of this type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_ConnectMessageSegmentTypeEnum_) ### ApprovalCapability If a feed element has this capability, it includes information about an approval. * `id` (_string (Id)_) The work item ID. The work item ID is `null` if there isn’t a pending work item associated with the approval record. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `postTemplateFields` (_array of ApprovalPostTemplateField_) The details of the approval post template field. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `processInstanceStepId` (_string (Id)_) The process instance step ID. The associated record represents one step in an approval process. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectWorkflowProcessStatusEnum The status of the approval. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectWorkflowProcessStatusEnum`. ### AssociatedActionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has platform actions associated with it. * `platformActionGroups` (_array of PlatformActionGroup_) The platform action groups associated with a feed element. Platform action groups are returned in the order specified in the Associated Actions Capability Input request body. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### BannerCapability If this feed element has this capability, it has a banner motif and style. * `motif` (_object_) Motif A banner motif. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `style` (_object_) ConnectBannerStyleEnum Decorates a feed item with a color and set of icons. * `Announcement` — An announcement displays in a designated location in the Salesforce UI until 11:59 p.m. on its expiration date, unless it’s deleted or replaced by another announcement. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectBannerStyleEnum`. ### BookmarksCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can bookmark it. * `isBookmarkedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed element has been bookmarked by the context user (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractBundleCapability Existence of this capability on a Feed Element means the Feed Element may be a group of other Feed Elements condensed into one. The type of nesting depends on the bundle type. Discriminator: `bundleType` selects the concrete type. Mapping: `GenericBundle` → `GenericBundleCapability`, `TrackedChanges` → `TrackedChangeBundleCapability`. * `bundleType` (_object_) ConnectBundleTypeEnum Type of bundle. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectBundleTypeEnum`. * `page` (_object_) FeedElementCollection A collection of feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCollection`. * `totalElements` (_integer_) The total number of feed elements that this bundle aggregates. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CallCollaborationCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recording comment. * `commentEndTime` (_integer_) End time of the comment on the media player, in seconds. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `commentStartTime` (_integer_) Start time of the comment on the media player, in seconds. _Available in: v51.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CanvasCapability If a feed element has this capability, it renders a canvas app. * `description` (_string_) A description of the canvas app. The maximum size is 255 characters. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `developerName` (_string_) The API name (developer name) of the client app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `height` (_string_) The height of the canvas app in pixels. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `icon` (_object_) Icon The icon for the canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Icon`. * `namespacePrefix` (_string_) A unique namespace prefix for the canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parameters` (_string_) JSON parameters passed to the canvas app. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string (url)_) A thumbnail URL to a preview image. The maximum thumbnail size is 120 pixels by 120 pixels. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) A title for the canvas link. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CaseCommentCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a case comment on the case feed. * `actorType` (_object_) ConnectCaseActorTypeEnum Specifies the type of user who made the comment. * `Customer` — if a Chatter customer made the comment * `CustomerService` — if a service representative made the comment _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCaseActorTypeEnum`. * `createdBy` (_object_) UserDetail Information about the user who created the comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserDetail`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `eventType` (_object_) ConnectCaseCommentEventTypeEnum Specifies an event type for a comment in the case feed. * `NewInternal` — A case comment that has newly been marked Internal Only. * `NewPublished` — A newly published case comment. * `NewPublishedByCustomer` — A case comment by a customer that was newly published. * `PublishExisting` — An existing case comment that was republished. * `PublishExistingByCustomer` — An existing case comment by a customer that was republished. * `UnpublishExistingByCustomer` — An existing case comment by a customer that was unpublished. * `UnpublishExsiting` — An existing case comment that was unpublished. Unfortunately, this typo is in the code, not the documentation. Use this spelling in your code. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCaseCommentEventTypeEnum`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of case comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `published` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the comment has been published. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text of the case comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ChatterLikesCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can like it. Exposes information about existing likes. * `isLikedByCurrentUser` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the feed element is liked by the context user (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likesMessage` (_object_) LikeMessageBody A message body that describes who likes the feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LikeMessageBody`. * `myLike` (_object_) Reference If the context user has liked the feed element, this property is a reference to the specific like, `null` otherwise. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `page` (_object_) LikePage Likes information for this feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `LikePage`. ### CloseCapability If a feed element has this capability, users with permission can close it. Users can’t edit (specifically the feed item body or title), comment on, or delete a closed feed element. If the closed feed element is a poll, users can’t vote on it. Users can’t edit (specifically the comment body) or delete a comment on a closed feed element or select or remove it as best answer. Admins and moderators can edit and delete closed feed elements and comments on closed feed elements. Admins and moderators can select or remove the best answer status on comments on closed feed elements. * `canContextUserUpdateIsClosed` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user has permission to set the feed element to closed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isClosed` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the feed element is closed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CommentsCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, the context user can add a comment. * `page` (_object_) CommentPage The comments information for this feed element or comment. Threaded comments are supported in version 44.0 and later. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommentPage`. ### DashboardComponentSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a dashboard component snapshot. A snapshot is a static image of a dashboard component at a specific point in time. * `dashboardComponentSnapshot` (_object_) DashboardComponentSnapshot The dashboard component snapshot. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DashboardComponentSnapshot`. ### DirectMessageCapability If a feed element has this capability, it’s a direct message. * `memberChanges` (_object_) DirectMessageMembershipActivityCollection Member activities of the direct message, with the most recent activity first. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMembershipActivityCollection`. * `members` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Members included in the direct message. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. * `originalMembers` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Original members of the direct message. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. * `subject` (_string_) Subject of the direct message. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EditCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, it can be edited by users who have permission. * `isEditableByMeUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL to check if the context user is able to edit this feed element or comment. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isEditRestricted` (_boolean_) Specifies whether editing this feed element or comment is restricted. If `true`, the context user can’t edit this feed element or comment. If `false`, the context user may or may not have permission to edit this feed element or comment. To determine if a feed element or comment is editable by the context user, use the Feed Elements, Editability or Comment Capability, Editability resource. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastEditedBy` (_object_) UserDetail Who last edited this feed element or comment. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserDetail`. * `lastEditedDate` (_string (date-time)_) The most recent edit date of this feed element or comment. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `latestRevision` (_integer_) The most recent revision of this feed element or comment. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relativeLastEditedDate` (_string_) Relative last edited date, for example, “2h ago.” _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EmailMessageCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has an email message from a case. * `attachments` (_array of EmailAttachment_) Attachments in the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `automationType` (_object_) ConnectEmailMessageAutomationTypeEnum Automation type of the email message. Values are: * `aiAssisted` — The email message was created with the assistance of AI. * `aiAutomated` — The email message was created automatically by AI. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailMessageAutomationTypeEnum`. * `bccAddresses` (_array of EmailAddress_) BCC addresses for the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `body` (_string_) Body of the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `ccAddresses` (_array of EmailAddress_) CC addresses for the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `direction` (_object_) ConnectEmailMessageDirectionEnum Direction of the email message. Values are: * `Inbound` — An inbound message (sent by a customer). * `Outbound` — An outbound message (sent to a customer by a support agent). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailMessageDirectionEnum`. * `emailMessageId` (_string_) ID of the email message. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `emailMessageSize` (_string_) Size of a case’s email message HTML body. * `Large` — `UseLargeHtmlBody` permission is set, HTML body exceeds 131K characters, and HTML email display is enabled. * `Normal` — Email message doesn’t meet the `Large` criteria. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `emailSize` (_object_) ConnectEmailMessageSizeEnum Size of a case’s email message HTML body. Values are: * `Large` — `UseLargeHtmlBody` permission is set, HTML body exceeds 131K characters, and HTML email display is enabled. * `Normal` — Email message doesn’t meet the `Large` criteria. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailMessageSizeEnum`. * `fromAddress` (_object_) EmailAddress From address for the email message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EmailAddress`. * `htmlExpandEmailThread` (_integer_) Start location of previous email thread. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isRichText` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the body of the email message is in rich text format. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) ConnectEmailMessageStatusEnum Status of an email message on a case. _Available in: v47.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectEmailMessageStatusEnum`. * `subject` (_string_) Subject of the email message. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `textBody` (_string_) Body of the email message. **Important**: In version 36.0 and later, use the `body` property. _Available in: v32.0–35.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `toAddresses` (_array of EmailAddress_) To addresses of the email message. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalAttachments` (_integer_) Total number of attachments in the email message. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EnhancedLinkCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a link that may contain supplemental information like an icon, a title, and a description. * `description` (_string_) A description with a 500 character limit. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `icon` (_object_) Icon An icon. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Icon`. * `linkRecordId` (_string (Id)_) An ID associated with the link if the link URL refers to a Salesforce record. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `linkUrl` (_string (url)_) A link URL to a detail page if available content can’t display inline. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) A title to a detail page. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ExtensionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more extensions associated with it. * `items` (_array of Extension_) Collection of extensions. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedEntityShareCapability If a feed element or comment has this capability, a feed entity is shared with it. * `feedEntity` (_FeedItemSummary | FeedEntityNotAvailableSummary_) The summary of the feed entity that is shared with the feed element or comment. One of these response bodies: * Feed Item Summary * Feed Entity Not Available Summary _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ One of: `FeedItemSummary`, `FeedEntityNotAvailableSummary`. ### MultipleContentCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more file attachments. * `items` (_array of Content_) Collection of files. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### InteractionsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has information about user interactions. * `count` (_integer (int64)_) The number of individual views, likes, and comments on a feed post. This count appears in the UI under the feed post as the number of views, for example, “5 views.” _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### LinkCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a link. * `url` (_string (url)_) Link URL. The URL can be to an external site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `urlName` (_string_) Description of the link. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MediaReferenceCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has one or more media references. * `media` (_array of MediaReference_) Collection of media references. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ModerationCapability If a feed element has this capability, users in the Experience Cloud site can flag the feed element for moderation. This response body also includes information about the flagged content. * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this feed element. Moderators can view and take action on flagged items. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. ### MuteCapability If a feed element has this capability, users can mute it. Muted feed elements are visible in the muted feed, and invisible in all other feeds that respect mute. * `isMutedByMe` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the context user muted the feed element. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### OriginCapability If a feed element has this capability, it was created by a feed action. * `actor` (_object_) UserSummary The user who executed the feed action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `originRecord` (_object_) Reference A reference to the feed element containing the feed action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. ### PinCapability If a feed element has this capability, users who have permission can pin it to a feed. * `isPinnableByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user can pin or unpin the entity to the feed (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isPinned` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the entity is pinned (`true`) or not pinned (`false`) to the feed. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PollCapability If a feed element has this capability, the feed element can include a poll for voting. * `choices` (_array of FeedPollChoice_) Collection of poll choices that make up the poll. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myChoiceId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the poll choice that the context user has voted for in this poll. Returns `null` if the context user has not voted. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalVoteCount` (_string_) Total number of votes cast on the feed poll element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### QuestionAndAnswersCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a question and comments on the feed element are answers to the question. * `bestAnswer` (_object_) Comment Comment selected as the best answer for the question. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Comment`. * `bestAnswerSelectedBy` (_object_) UserSummary User who selected the best answer for the question. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `canCurrentUserSelectOrRemoveBestAnswer` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the context user can select or remove a best answer (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `candidateAnswers` (_object_) CandidateAnswersStatus Status of candidate answers for the question. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CandidateAnswersStatus`. * `escalatedCase` (_object_) Reference If a question post is escalated, this is the case to which it was escalated. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `questionTitle` (_string_) Title for the question. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReadByCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can mark it as read. * `isReadByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the feed element has been read (`true`) or not (`false`) by the context user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastReadDateByMe` (_string (date-time)_) Last date when the feed element was marked read for the context user in ISO 8601 format. Otherwise, `null`. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `page` (_object_) ReadByCollection First page of information about who read the feed element and when. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ReadByCollection`. ### RecommendationsCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a recommendation. * `items` (_array of EntityRecommendation_) A collection of recommendations. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### RecordSnapshotCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all the snapshotted fields of a record for a single create record event. * `recordView` (_object_) RecordView A record representation that includes metadata and data so you can display the record easily. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordView`. ### SocialPostCapability If a feed element has this capability, it can interact with a social post on a social network. * `author` (_object_) SocialAccount Social account that authored the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialAccount`. * `content` (_string_) Content body of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `deletedBy` (_object_) UserSummary User who deleted the social post. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `hiddenBy` (_object_) UserSummary User who hid the social post. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `icon` (_object_) Icon Icon of the social network. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Icon`. * `id` (_string_) ID associated with the social post Salesforce record. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isOutbound` (_boolean_) If `true`, the social post originated from the Salesforce application. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likedBy` (_string_) External social account who liked the social post. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `messageType` (_object_) ConnectSocialPostMessageTypeEnum Message type of the social post. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSocialPostMessageTypeEnum`. * `name` (_string_) Title or heading of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `postUrl` (_string (url)_) External URL to the social post on the social network. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `provider` (_object_) ConnectSocialNetworkProviderEnum Social network that this social post belongs to. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSocialNetworkProviderEnum`. * `recipient` (_object_) SocialAccount Social account that is the recipient of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialAccount`. * `recipientId` (_string_) ID of the recipient of the social post. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reviewScale` (_number (double)_) Review scale of the social post. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reviewScore` (_number (double)_) Review score of the social post. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `status` (_object_) SocialPostStatus Status of the social post. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `SocialPostStatus`. ### StatusCapability If a feed post or comment has this capability, it has a status that determines its visibility. * `feedEntityStatus` (_object_) ConnectFeedEntityStatusEnum Status of the feed post or comment. Values are: * `Draft` — The feed post isn’t published but is visible to the author and users with Modify All Data or View All Data permission. Comments can’t be drafts. * `Isolated` — The feed post or comment is isolated, and only admins can see it. * `PendingReview` — The feed post or comment isn’t approved yet and therefore isn’t published or visible. * `Published` — The feed post or comment is approved and visible. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedEntityStatusEnum`. * `isApprovableByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user can change the status of the feed post or comment. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TopicsCapability If a feed element has this capability, the context user can add topics to it. Topics help users organize and discover conversations. * `canAssignTopics` (_boolean_) `true` if a topic can be assigned to the feed element, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `items` (_array of Topic_) A collection of topics associated with this feed element. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TrackedChangesCapability If a feed element has this capability, it contains all changes to a record for a single tracked change event. * `changes` (_array of FeedTrackedChange_) Collection of feed tracked changes. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UpDownVoteCapability If a feed post or comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. * `downVoteCount` (_integer (int64)_) Number of downvotes. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `myVote` (_object_) ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum Specifies the context user’s vote. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum`. * `upVoteCount` (_integer (int64)_) Number of upvotes. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Comment A comment. * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Message body for the comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `capabilities` (_object_) CommentCapabilities Capabilities associated with the comment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `CommentCapabilities`. * `clientInfo` (_object_) ClientInfo Information about the client app used to authenticate the connection. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ClientInfo`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElement` (_object_) Reference Feed element on which the comment is posted. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isDeleteRestricted` (_boolean_) Returns `true` if the context user can’t delete the comment. If it returns `false`, possibly the context user can delete the comment. _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `likes` (_object_) LikePage Page of likes associated with the comment. This property has no information for comments on direct messages. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `LikePage`. * `likesMessage` (_object_) LikeMessageBody Message body that describes who likes the comment. This property is `null` for comments on direct messages. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `LikeMessageBody`. * `moderationFlags` (_object_) ModerationFlags Flags for this comment. Moderators can view and act on flagged items. If the `communityModeration` property of the Features response body is `false`, this property is `null`. Includes all fields of `ModerationFlags`. * `myLike` (_object_) Reference If the context user liked the comment, returns a reference to that like or returns `null`. This property is `null` for comments on direct messages. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `parent` (_object_) Reference Information about the parent of the feed-item associated with this comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Created date formatted as a relative, localized string, for example, “17m ago” or “Yesterday.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `threadLevel` (_integer_) Level of nesting for a comment. 0 indicates a standard comment with a parent post. 1 indicates a threaded comment with a parent comment and a parent post. 2 indicates a threaded comment with two parent comments and a parent post. The UI is limited to these three levels. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `threadParentId` (_string (Id)_) ID of the parent comment for a threaded comment. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectCommentTypeEnum Indicates the type of comment. Valid values are: * `ContentComment` — the comment contains an attachment * `TextComment` — the comment contains only text _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectCommentTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this comment. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the comment author. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `attachment` (_string_) If the comment does not contain an attachment or if the attachment, returns `null`. Otherwise, returns Feed Item Attachment: Content . **Important**: As of version 32.0, use the `capabilities` property. _Available in: v24.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `feedItem` (_object_) Reference Feed item on which the comment is posted. **Important**: As of version 32.0, use the `feedElement` property. _Available in: v23.0–31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `isDeletable` (_boolean_) **Note**: This property is no longer available as of version 25.0. Use the `isDeleteRestricted` property instead. Specifies if the context user can delete the comment. _Available in: v23.0–24.0_ ### Like Chatter like. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the like _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likedItem` (_object_) Reference A reference to the liked comment or feed element _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this like _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the user who liked this comment or feed element _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. ### ConnectMessageSegmentTypeEnum Feed items may have complex information within the post and is therefore broken into rich segments each containing complex information stored in the feed body. Specifies the type of segment and the additional information within. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `EntityLink`, `FieldChange`, `FieldChangeName`, `FieldChangeValue`, `Hashtag`, `InlineImage`, `Link`, `MarkupBegin`, `MarkupEnd`, `Mention`, `MoreChanges`, `ResourceLink`, `Text`. ### ApprovalPostTemplateField Description of an approval post template field. * `displayName` (_string_) The field name _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `displayValue` (_string_) The field value or `null` if the field is set to `null`. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `record` (_object_) Reference A record ID If no record exists or if the reference is `null`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. ### ConnectWorkflowProcessStatusEnum Status of the workflow associated with an approval post feed item attachment. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Approved`, `Fault`, `Held`, `NoResponse`, `Pending`, `Reassigned`, `Rejected`, `Removed`, `Started`. ### PlatformActionGroup A platform action group instance with state appropriate for the context user. Action link groups are one type of platform action group and are therefore represented as platform action group response bodies. * `category` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum Indicates the priority and relative locations of platform actions. Values are: * `Primary` — The action link group is displayed in the body of the feed element. * `Overflow` — The action link group is displayed in the overflow menu of the feed element. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum`. * `id` (_string_) An 18-character ID or an opaque string ID for the platform action group. If the Platform Action `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `platformActions` (_array of PlatformAction_) The platform action instances for this group. Within an action link group, action links are displayed in the order listed in the `actionLinks` property of the Action Link Group Definition Input request body. Within a feed item, action link groups are displayed in the order specified in the `actionLinkGroupIds` property of the Associated Actions Capability Input request body. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API resource URL for the platform action group. If the Platform Action `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectBannerStyleEnum A Banner is used to decorate a Feed Element at presentation time and consists of a color and set of icons. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Announcement`. ### ConnectBundleTypeEnum Defines a sub-type for the Bundle capability. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `GenericBundle`, `TrackedChanges`. ### FeedElementCollection Container of feed-elements URL and isModified resource URL for a feed. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v37.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `elements` (_array of AbstractFeedElement_) Collection of feed elements. A feed element can be any of these: * Generic Feed Element * Feed Item _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isModifiedToken` (_string_) An opaque polling token that describes when a news feed was last modified. Use this as the value in the `{since}` request parameter of the `/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements/is-modified` resource. This feature is available through a Feed Polling pilot program. This pilot program is closed and not accepting new participants. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `isModifiedUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL with a `{since}` request parameter that contains an opaque token that describes when the feed was last modified. Returns `null` if the feed isn’t a news feed. Use this URL to poll a news feed for updates. This feature is available through a Feed Polling pilot program. This pilot program is closed and not accepting new participants. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the next page of feed elements. * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `updatesToken` (_string_) Token to use in an `{updatedSince}` parameter, or `null` if not available. An opaque polling token that describes when a news feed was last modified. Use this token as the value in the `{updatedSince}` request parameter of the `/chatter/feeds/news/me/feed-elements` resource. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `updatesUrl` (_string (url)_) A resource with the feed elements updated since the feed was refreshed. Value is `null` if the feed doesn’t support updates polling. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Big_ ### Icon Icon. * `height` (_integer_) The height of the icon, in pixels _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The URL of the icon. This URL is available to unauthenticated users. The URL doesn’t expire. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `width` (_integer_) The width of the icon, in pixels _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectCaseActorTypeEnum Specifies the type of user who made a case comment. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Customer`, `CustomerService`. ### UserDetail User detail. If the context user doesn’t have permission to see a property, the property is set to `null`. * `aboutMe` (_string_) Text from user's profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `additionalLabel` (_string_) If one exists, an extra label for the user, for example, “Customer,” “Partner,” or “Acme Corporation.” _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `address` (_object_) Address User’s address. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Address`. * `bannerPhoto` (_object_) BannerPhoto User’s banner photo. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `BannerPhoto`. * `chatterActivity` (_object_) ChatterActivity Chatter activity statistics. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChatterActivity`. * `chatterInfluence` (_object_) ChatterInfluence User’s influence rank. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ChatterInfluence`. * `communityNickname` (_string_) User’s nickname in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `companyName` (_string_) Company name. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentStatus` (_object_) UserStatus User's current status. _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ Includes all fields of `UserStatus`. * `displayName` (_string_) User’s name that is displayed in the site. If nicknames are enabled, the nickname is displayed. If nicknames aren’t enabled, the full name is displayed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `email` (_string_) User's email address. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `firstName` (_string_) User's first name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `firstName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `followersCount` (_integer_) Number of users following this user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `followingCounts` (_object_) FollowingCounts Information about items the user is following. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `FollowingCounts`. * `groupCount` (_integer_) Number of groups user is following. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `hasChatter` (_boolean_) `true` if user has access to Chatter; `false` otherwise. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isActive` (_boolean_) `true` if user is active, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isChatterGuest` (_boolean_) `true` if user is a Chatter customer, `false` otherwise. In version 26.0 and later, use the `userType` property. _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ * `isInThisCommunity` (_boolean_) `true` if the user is in the same Experience Cloud site as the context user; `false` otherwise. Can be `false` for record feed @mentions on posts with the scope “All Users.” _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastName` (_string_) User's last name. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `lastName` is `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `managerId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the user’s manager. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `managerName` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of manager's first and last names. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile picture. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `outOfOffice` (_object_) OutOfOffice If one exists, extra out-of-office message for the user. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `OutOfOffice`. * `phoneNumbers` (_array of PhoneNumber_) Collection of user's phone numbers. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `photo` (_object_) Photo Information about the user's photos. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Photo`. * `reputation` (_object_) Reputation Reputation of the user in the site, which is determined by the number of points earned from events and actions performed in the site. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `Reputation`. * `stamps` (_array of Stamp_) Collection of the user’s stamps. In version 44.0 and later, use SOQL to get a user’s stamps. _Available in: v39.0–43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thanksReceived` (_integer_) Number of thanks the user has received. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Value is `User`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the user's Chatter profile. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `username` (_string_) User name of the user, such as [Admin@mycompany.com](mailto:Admin@mycompany.com) . _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `userType` (_string_) Type of user. Valid values are: * `ChatterGuest` —User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly` —User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest` —User is unauthenticated. * `Internal` —User is a standard org member. * `Portal` —User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System` —User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined` —User is a user type that is a custom object. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Allowed values: `ChatterGuest`, `ChatterOnly`, `Guest`, `Internal`, `Portal`, `System`, `Undefined`. ### ConnectCaseCommentEventTypeEnum Specifies the event type of a Case's case comment. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `NewInternal`, `NewPublished`, `NewPublishedByCustomer`, `PublishExisting`, `PublishExistingByCustomer`, `UnpublishExistingByCustomer`, `UnpublishExsiting`. ### DashboardComponentSnapshot Represents both dashboard component snapshots and alerts you receive when a dashboard component value crosses a threshold. * `componentId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the dashboard component. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `componentName` (_string_) The dashboard component name. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dashboardBodyText` (_string_) Display this text next to the actor in the feed element.Use this text in place of the default body text. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dashboardId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the dashboard. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dashboardName` (_string_) The name of the dashboard. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fullSizeImageUrl` (_string (url)_) The source URL to retrieve the full-size image of a snapshot. Access this URL with OAuth credentials. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastRefreshDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date specifying when this dashboard component was last refreshed. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastRefreshDateDisplayText` (_string_) Display text for the last refresh date, for example, “Last Refreshed on October 31, 2013.” _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `runningUser` (_object_) UserSummary The running user of the dashboard at the time the snapshot was posted. This value may be `null`. Each dashboard has a running user, whose security settings determine which data to display in a dashboard. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `thumbnailUrl` (_string (url)_) The source URL to retrieve the thumbnail image of a snapshot. Access this URL with OAuth credentials. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DirectMessageMembershipActivityCollection A collection of direct message member activities. * `activities` (_array of DirectMessageMembershipActivity_) Collection of direct message member activities. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DirectMessageMemberCollection A collection of direct message members. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the current page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Page token to access the next page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `users` (_array of UserSummary_) Collection of direct message members. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EmailAttachment An email attachment in an email message. * `attachment` (_object_) RecordSummary Record summary of the attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordSummary`. * `contentType` (_string_) Type of attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileName` (_string_) Name of the attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectEmailMessageAutomationTypeEnum If a feed element has this capability, it has an email message from a case. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AiAssisted`, `AiAutomated`. ### EmailAddress An email address for an email message sent from a case record in Case Feed. * `displayName` (_string_) Display name for an email address _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `emailAddress` (_string_) Email address _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedRecord` (_object_) RecordSummary The summary of a related record, for example, a contact or user summary. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordSummary`. ### ConnectEmailMessageDirectionEnum Specifies the direction of a Case's email message. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Inbound`, `Outbound`. ### ConnectEmailMessageSizeEnum Specifies the size category of a Case's email message HTML body. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Large`, `Normal`. ### ConnectEmailMessageStatusEnum Specifies the status of a Case's email message. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DraftStatus`, `ForwardedStatus`, `NewStatus`, `ReadStatus`, `RepliedStatus`, `SentStatus`. ### Extension An extension. * `alternativeRepresentation` (_object_) Alternative Alternative representation of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Alternative`. * `attachmentId` (_string_) Attachment ID of the extension. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `extensionId` (_string_) ID of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `payload` (_string_) Payload associated with the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `payloadVersion` (_string_) Payload version that identifies the structure of the payload associated with the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedItemSummary Representation for a single feed item summary. * `actor` (_object_) AbstractActor Entity that created the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AbstractActor`. * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `capabilities` (_object_) FeedElementCapabilitySet The capabilities of the feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCapabilitySet`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z, when the entity was created. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElementType` (_string_) Type of feed entity. * `Bundle` —A container of feed elements. A bundle also has a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `FeedItem` —A feed item has a single parent and is scoped to oneExperience Cloud site or across all Experience Cloud sites. A feed item can have capabilities such as bookmarks, canvas, content, comment, link, poll. Feed items have a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `Recommendation` —A recommendation is a feed element with a recommendations capability. A recommendation suggests records to follow, groups to join, or applications that are helpful to the context user. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Bundle`, `FeedItem`, `Recommendation`. * `header` (_object_) MessageBody The header of the feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `MessageBody`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEntityAvailable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the entity is available. If `false`, either the user doesn’t have access to the entity or the entity was deleted. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z, when the feed item was last modified. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `originalFeedItem` (_object_) Reference A reference to the original feed item, for a shared feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `originalFeedItemActor` (_object_) AbstractActor The actor of the original feed item, for a shared feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractActor`. * `parent` (_object_) AbstractIdable Parent of the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractIdable`. * `photoUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the photo associated with the feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Relative created date, for example, “2h ago.” _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `visibility` (_object_) ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum The visibility of the feed item. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedItemVisibilityEnum`. ### FeedEntityNotAvailableSummary Representation when the feed entity is not available. The `isEntityAvailable` property is `false` and all other properties are null. * `actor` (_object_) AbstractActor _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AbstractActor`. * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z, when the entity was created. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElementType` (_string_) _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `Bundle`, `FeedItem`, `Recommendation`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEntityAvailable` (_boolean_) The value is `false` because the user doesn’t have access to the entity or the entity was deleted. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parent` (_object_) AbstractIdable _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractIdable`. * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Relative created date, for example, “2h ago.” _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the feed entity. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Content A file attached to a feed item. * `checksum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository External data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepository`. * `contentUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the content for links and Google docs. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the attachment. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `downloadUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the content. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string (url)_) External URL this file points to, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileSize` (_string_) Size of the file in bytes. If size can’t be determined, returns `unknown`. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file, such as PDF. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasPdfPreview` (_boolean_) `true` if the file has a PDF preview available, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the content. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `imageDetails` (_object_) ImageFileDetail Image details, or `null` if the file isn’t an image. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ImageFileDetail`. * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string (url)_) URL to the 240 x 180 pixel rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string (url)_) URL to the 720 x 480 pixel rendition resource for the file. For shared files, renditions process asynchronously after upload. For private files, renditions process when the first file preview is requested, and aren’t available immediately after the file is uploaded. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_object_) ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum`. * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available; `null` otherwise. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 120 x 90 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 240 x 180 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) Specifies the rendering status of the 720 x 480 preview image of the file. One of these values: * `Processing` — Image is being rendered. * `Failed` — Rendering process failed. * `Success` — Rendering process was successful. * `Na` — Rendering is not available for this image. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionId` (_string (Id)_) Version ID of the file. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### MediaReference A media reference. * `mediaUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to stream or download the media. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string (url)_) If one exists, URL of the media’s thumbnail. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedPollChoice Feed poll choice. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the poll choice _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `position` (_integer_) The location in the poll where this poll choice exists. The first poll choice starts at 1. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Label text associated with the poll choice _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `voteCount` (_integer_) Total number of votes for this poll choice _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `voteCountRatio` (_number (double)_) The ratio of total number of votes for this poll choice to all votes cast in the poll. Multiply the ratio by 100 to get the percentage of votes cast for this poll choice. _Available in: v26.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### CandidateAnswersStatus The status of candidate answers on a feed element. * `hasCandidateAnswers` (_boolean_) Indicates whether candidate answers are available for a question. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasCandidateAnswersPublished` (_boolean_) Indicates whether any candidate answers are published. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasCandidateAnswersRated` (_boolean_) Indicates whether any candidate answers are rated. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReadByCollection A collection of information about who read the feed element and when. * `currentPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the current page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the current page. The default is 25 items per page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `items` (_array of ReadBy_) Collection of read-by information, including users and when they last read the feed element. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `nextPageToken` (_string_) Token identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL identifying the next page, or `null` if there isn’t a next page. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previousPageToken` (_string_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `previousPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Reserved for future use. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of users who read the feed element. This count appears in the UI under feed posts in private and unlisted Chatter groups as the “seen by” number, for example, “Seen by 48.” _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EntityRecommendation Representation of a single recommendation object that is a Salesforce record with an ID. * `action` (_object_) ConnectRecommendationActionEnum Specifies the action to take on the recommendation. Values are: * `follow` (v23.0) * `join` (v23.0) * `view` (v25.0) _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectRecommendationActionEnum`. * `actOnUrl` (_string (url)_) For user, file, group, topic, and record entity types, use this Connect REST URL with a POST request to follow the recommended user, file, topic, or record, or join the recommended group. For recommended object entity types, such as custom recommendations, use the `actionUrl` property of the response body to take action on the recommendation. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `entity` (_object_) AbstractActor The entity with which the receiver is recommended to take action. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `AbstractActor`. * `explanation` (_object_) RecExplanationSummary The recommendation explanation. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `RecExplanationSummary`. * `platformActionGroup` (_PlatformActionGroup_) * `recommendationType` (_ConnectRecommendationTypeEnum_) * `url` (_string (url)_) Url to the connect resource for the recommendation. ### RecordView A view of any record in the org, including a custom object record. This object is used if a specialized object, such as User or ChatterGroup, isn’t available for the record type. Contains data and metadata so you can render a record with one response. * `id` (_string_) 18-character ID of the object _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) Motif Small, medium, and large icons indicating the type of the object. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Motif`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) Reference If the context user is following this file, this contains information about the subscription, otherwise returns `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `name` (_string_) The localized name _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `relatedListDefinitions` (_array of ListViewDefinition_) Related list definitions (metadata) for this object. These list definitions don’t include the related list data. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `sections` (_array of RecordViewSection_) List of record view sections. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) A fixed type name for this object. Check this value to determine the shape of a response body. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) The Connect REST API URL resource for this object. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SocialAccount A social account on a social network. * `externalSocialAccountId` (_string_) ID of the external social account, if available. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `handle` (_string_) Social handle, screen name, or alias that identifies this account. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Name of the account as defined by the account's owner. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `profileUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the account's profile. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `socialPersonaId` (_string_) ID of the social persona account, if the external social account ID isn’t available. _Available in: v39.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectSocialPostMessageTypeEnum The message type of a social post. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Comment`, `Direct`, `Post`, `PrivateMessage`, `Reply`, `Retweet`, `Tweet`. ### ConnectSocialNetworkProviderEnum The social network provider. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Facebook`, `GooglePlus`, `Instagram`, `InstagramBusiness`, `KakaoTalk`, `Kik`, `Line`, `LinkedIn`, `Messenger`, `Other`, `Pinterest`, `QQ`, `Rypple`, `SMS`, `SinaWeibo`, `Snapchat`, `Telegram`, `Twitter`, `VKontakte`, `WeChat`, `WhatsApp`, `YouTube`. ### SocialPostStatus The status of a social post. * `message` (_string_) Status message. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectSocialPostStatusTypeEnum Status type. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSocialPostStatusTypeEnum`. ### ConnectFeedEntityStatusEnum Describes the status of a feed item Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Draft`, `Isolated`, `PendingReview`, `Published`. ### FeedTrackedChange Feed tracked change. * `fieldName` (_string_) The name of the field that was updated. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `newValue` (_string_) The new value of the field or `null` if the field length is long or empty. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `oldValue` (_string_) The old value of the field or `null` if the field length is long or empty. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectUpDownVoteValueEnum Type of vote for a feed element or comment. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Down`, `None`, `Up`. ### CommentCapabilities A container for all capabilities that can be included with a comment. * `comments` (_object_) CommentsCapability If a comment has this capability, it has threaded comments. _Available in: v44.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `CommentsCapability`. * `content` (_object_) ContentCapability Content, such as a file attachment, associated with this comment. Most Content Capability properties are null if the content has been deleted from the feed element or if the access has changed to private. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ContentCapability`. * `edit` (_object_) EditCapability If a comment has this capability, users who have permission can edit it. _Available in: v34.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EditCapability`. * `feedEntityShare` (_object_) FeedEntityShareCapability If a comment has this capability, a feed entity is shared with it. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedEntityShareCapability`. * `record` (_object_) RecordCapability If a comment has this capability, it has a record attachment. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `RecordCapability`. * `status` (_object_) StatusCapability If a comment has this capability, it has a status that determines its visibility. _Available in: v38.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `StatusCapability`. * `upDownVote` (_object_) UpDownVoteCapability If a comment has this capability, users can upvote or downvote it. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UpDownVoteCapability`. * `verified` (_object_) VerifiedCapability If a comment has this capability, users with permission can mark it as verified or unverified. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `VerifiedCapability`. ### ConnectCommentTypeEnum Indicates the type of comment. Valid values are: * `ContentComment` — the comment contains an attachment * `TextComment` — the comment contains only text _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ContentComment`, `TextComment`. ### ConnectPlatformActionGroupCategoryEnum Indicates the priority and relative locations of platform actions. Values are: * `Primary` — The action link group is displayed in the body of the feed element. * `Overflow` — The action link group is displayed in the overflow menu of the feed element. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Overflow`, `Primary`. ### PlatformAction A platform action instance with state information for the context user. Action links are one type of platform action and are therefore represented as platform action response bodies. * `actionUrl` (_string (url)_) For action links of `subtype` `Ui` or `Download`, direct the user to download or visit the UI from this link. Salesforce issues a Javascript redirect for the link in this format: `/action-link-redirect/{communityId}/{actionLinkId}?_bearer={bearerToken}`. For `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links and for all platform actions, this value is `null`. Salesforce handles the callout to `Api` or and `ApiAsync` action links. To call an `Api` or an `ApiAsync` action link, you can also make a PATCH request to the /connect/action-links/actionLinkId resource and set `status` to `PendingStatus`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `apiName` (_string_) The API name. This value may be `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `confirmationMessage` (_string_) If this action requires a confirmation and has a status of `NewStatus`, this is a default localized message that should be shown to an end user prior to invoking the action. Otherwise, this is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `createdRecords` (_array of RecordSummary_) The collection of records that this action created after it was invoked by the context user. This collection is empty if the action hasn’t been performed yet by the context user or if the action doesn’t create a record. Only records created by the context user are shown. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `executingUser` (_object_) UserSummary User who initiated execution of the platform action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `groupDefault` (_boolean_) `true` if this platform action is the default or primary platform action in the platform action group; `false` otherwise. There can be only one default platform action per platform action group. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `iconUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL of the icon for the platform action. This value may be `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string_) The ID of the platform action. If the `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) The localized label for this platform action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `platformActionGroup` (_object_) Reference A reference to the platform action group containing this platform action. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `status` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum The execution status of the platform action. Values are: * `FailedStatus` — The action link execution failed. * `NewStatus` — The action link is ready to be executed. Available for `Download` and `Ui` action links only. * `PendingStatus` — The action link is executing. Choosing this value triggers the API call for `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links. * `SuccessfulStatus` — The action link executed successfully. For action links only, you can update the `status` by making a PATCH request to the `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` resource. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum`. * `subtype` (_string_) The subtype of a platform action or `null`. If the `type` property is `ActionLink`, possible values are: * `Api` — The action link calls a synchronous API at the action URL. Salesforce sets the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` based on the HTTP status code returned by your server. * `ApiAsync` — The action link calls an asynchronous API at the action URL. The action remains in a `PendingStatus` state until a third party makes a request to `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` to set the status to `SuccessfulStatus` or `FailedStatus` when the asynchronous operation is complete. * `Download` — The action link downloads a file from the action URL. * `Ui` — The action link takes the user to a web page at the action URL. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectPlatformActionTypeEnum The type of platform action. Values are: * `ActionLink` — An indicator on a feed element that targets an API, a web page, or a file, represented by a button in the Salesforce UI. * `CustomButton` — When clicked, opens a URL or a Visualforce page in a window or executes JavaScript. * `ProductivityAction` — Productivity actions are predefined and attached to a limited set of objects. Productivity actions include Send Email, Call, Map, View Website, and Read News. Except for the Call action, you can’t edit productivity actions. * `QuickAction` — A global or object-specific action. * `StandardButton` — A predefined Salesforce button such as New, Edit, or Delete. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectPlatformActionTypeEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API resource URL for the platform action. If the `type` is `QuickAction` and the `subtype` is `Create`, this value is `null`. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractFeedElement Since a Feed now contains more than Feed Items, let Feed Elements be the abstract object that all things in the Feed extend. Feed Items and Bundles are each Feed Elements. All Feed Elements have shared properties: id, feedElementType, body, and capabilities. Discriminator: `feedElementType` selects the concrete type. Mapping: `FeedItem` → `FeedItem`, `Bundle` → `FeedElement`, `Recommendation` → `FeedElement`. * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed element. _Available in: v22.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `capabilities` (_object_) FeedElementCapabilitySet A container for all capabilities that can be included with a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCapabilitySet`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElementType` (_object_) ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum Feed elements are the top-level objects that a feed contains. The feed element type describes the characteristics of that feed element. One of these values: * `Bundle` — A container of feed elements. A bundle also has a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `FeedItem` — A feed item has a single parent and is scoped to oneExperience Cloud site or across all Experience Cloud sites. A feed item can have capabilities such as bookmarks, canvas, content, comment, link, poll. Feed items have a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `Recommendation` — A recommendation is a feed element with a recommendations capability. A recommendation suggests records to follow, groups to join, or applications that are helpful to the context user. _Available in: v31.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum`. * `header` (_object_) FeedItemBody The header is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message. If a client doesn't know how to render a feed element type, it should render this text. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parent` (_object_) AbstractIdable The parent of the feed element. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractIdable`. * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Created date formatted as a relative, localized string, for example, “17m ago” or “Yesterday.” . _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Address Address input representation for a payment method, payment intent, or card payment method. * `city` (_string_) City _Available in: v49.0_ * `country` (_string_) Country, specified using the ISO country code. _Available in: v49.0_ * `formattedAddress` (_string_) Address formatted by locale _Available in: v25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `state` (_string_) State _Available in: v49.0_ * `street` (_string_) Street _Available in: v49.0_ * `zip` (_string_) Zip or postal code _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `companyName` (_string_) Company name _Available in: v49.0_ * `postalCode` (_string_) Postal code _Available in: v49.0_ ### ChatterActivity Chatter activity, such as the number of posts and comments made, and comments, likes, and upvotes received, for a user. * `commentCount` (_integer_) Total number of comments in the org or site made by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `commentReceivedCount` (_integer_) Total number of comments in the org or site received by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `likeReceivedCount` (_integer_) Total number of likes and upvotes (in version 45.0 and later) on posts and comments in the org or site received by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `postCount` (_integer_) Total number of posts in the org or site made by the user. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ChatterInfluence Chatter influence. * `percentile` (_string_) Percentile value for the user’s influence rank within the org or Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `rank` (_integer_) Number indicating the user’s influence rank, relative to all other users within the org or Experience Cloud site. _Available in: v24.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### UserStatus User status. * `body` (_object_) FeedBody Body of the post _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedBody`. * `parentId` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this user status post _Available in: v23.0–25.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FollowingCounts Chatter following counts. * `people` (_integer_) Number of people the user is following _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `records` (_integer_) Number of records the user is following Topics are a type of record that can be followed as of version 29.0. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `total` (_integer_) Total number of items the user is following _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PhoneNumber A phone number. * `label` (_string_) Localized string indicating the phone type _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `phoneNumber` (_string_) Phone number _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `phoneType` (_string_) Phone type. One of these values: * `Fax` * `Mobile` * `Work` These values are not localized. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `number` (_string_) This property is not available after version 26.0. Use the `phoneNumber` property instead. Phone number _Available in: v23.0–26.0_ * `type` (_string_) This property is not available after version 29.0. Use the `phoneType` property instead. Values are: * `Fax` * `Mobile` * `Work` _Available in: v23.0–29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### DirectMessageMembershipActivity Direct message membership activity. * `activityDate` (_string (date-time)_) Direct message member activity date. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `actor` (_object_) UserSummary User who changed the direct message membership. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `membersAdded` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Members added to the direct message as part of the activity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. * `membersRemoved` (_object_) DirectMessageMemberCollection Members removed from the direct message as part of the activity. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `DirectMessageMemberCollection`. ### Alternative Alternative representation for an extension on a feed element. * `textRepresentation` (_string_) Text representation of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `thumbnailUrl` (_string_) Thumbnail URL to the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the extension. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### MessageBody Representation for a structured text item. * `isRichText` (_boolean_) Whether this is a rich text body. * `messageSegments` (_array of MessageSegment_) Collection of message segments, based on type. The segment types you may encounter will depend on the body type. * `text` (_string_) Unformatted text of the message. This can be an easy summary to use if you don't want to process the message segments. ### ReadBy Information about who read the feed element and when. * `lastReadDateByUser` (_string (date-time)_) When the user last read the feed element in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `user` (_object_) UserSummary Information about the user who read the feed element. _Available in: v40.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. ### ConnectRecommendationActionEnum Specifies the type of action to take from a recommendation. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `follow`, `join`, `view`. ### RecExplanationSummary Explanation for a system-generated recommendations of Chatter actions for the logged-in user. * `detailsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL for explanation details. If the recommendation doesn’t have a detailed explanation, the string “null”. * `summary` (_string_) Explanation of recommendation. * `type` (_ConnectRecommendationExplanationEnum_) ### ConnectRecommendationTypeEnum Specifies the type of record that is the subject of a recommendation. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `apps`, `articles`, `custom`, `files`, `groups`, `records`, `topics`, `users`. ### ListViewDefinition Related list structure or a search list structure on a record view. There’s no data in the list. * `columns` (_array of ListViewColumn_) The columns of fields shown in this list view. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `label` (_string_) The localized label of this list view. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `objectType` (_object_) ListViewObject The definition of the type of the objects in this list view. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ListViewObject`. * `rowLimit` (_integer_) The maximum number of objects per page in this list view. To view all objects in this related list, page through the data in pages no larger than this size. To build a SOQL statement from this describe, the SOQL statement must include a LIMIT value equal to this value or an error is thrown on execution. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `sortColumns` (_array of ListViewSort_) The columns in which to sort this list view. The sort columns are given in the order of their priority (for example, primary sort, secondary sort, and so on). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### RecordViewSection Section of record fields and values on a record detail. * `columnCount` (_integer_) Number of columns to use to lay out the fields in a record section. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `columnOrder` (_string_) Order of the fields to use in the `fields` property to lay out the fields in a record section. * `LeftRight` — Fields are rendered from left to right. * `TopDown` — Fields are rendered from the top down. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fields` (_array of RecordField | Blank | Compound | Currency | Date | Percent | Picklist | Reference | ReferenceWithDate_) Fields and values for the record contained in this section. A collection of these response bodies: * Record Field * Record Field: Blank * Record Field: Compound * Record Field: Currency * Record Field: Date * Record Field: Percent * Record Field: Picklist * Record Field: Reference * Record Field: Reference with Date _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `heading` (_string_) Localized label to display when rendering this section of fields. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isCollapsible` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the section can be collapsed to hide all the fields (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectSocialPostStatusTypeEnum Status type. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ApprovalPending`, `ApprovalRecalled`, `ApprovalRejected`, `Deleted`, `Failed`, `Hidden`, `Pending`, `Replied`, `Sent`, `Unknown`. ### ContentCapability If a comment has this capability, it has a file attachment. For files attached to a feed post (instead of a comment) in version 36.0 and later, use Files Capability. If content is deleted from a feed element after it’s posted or if the access to the content is changed to private, the Content Capability exists, however most of its properties are null. * `checksum` (_string_) MD5 checksum for the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentHubRepository` (_object_) FilesConnectRepository The external data source associated with this file, or `null` if it doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectRepository`. * `contentUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the content for links and Google docs. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the attachment. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `downloadUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the content. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string (url)_) The external URL this file points to, or `null` if it does not point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileExtension` (_string_) Extension of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileSize` (_string_) Size of the file in bytes. If size cannot be determined, returns `Unknown`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `fileType` (_string_) Type of file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `hasPdfPreview` (_boolean_) `true` if the file has a PDF preview available, `false` otherwise. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the content. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isInMyFileSync` (_boolean_) `true` if the file is synced with Salesforce Files Sync; `false` otherwise. Salesforce Files Sync was retired on May 25, 2018. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mimeType` (_string_) MIME type of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the rendition resource for the file. Renditions are processed asynchronously and may not be available immediately after the file has been uploaded. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl240By180` (_string (url)_) URL to the 240x180 size rendition resource for the file. Renditions are processed asynchronously and may not be available immediately after the file has been uploaded. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `renditionUrl720By480` (_string (url)_) URL to the 720x480 size rendition resource for the file. Renditions are processed asynchronously and may not be available immediately after the file has been uploaded. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileId` (_string_) ID of the file in the external repository, or `null` if the file isn’t external. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repositoryFileUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL of the Connect REST API resource giving access to the external repository file properties, or `null` if this file doesn’t point to an external file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `sharingOption` (_object_) ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum Sharing option of the file. Values are: * `Allowed` — Resharing of the file is allowed. * `Restricted` — Resharing of the file is restricted. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFileSharingOptionEnum`. * `textPreview` (_string_) Text preview of the file if available, `null` otherwise. The maximum number of characters is 200. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `thumb120By90RenditionStatus` (_string_) The status of the rendering of the 120x90 pixel sized preview image of the file. Should be either Processing, Failed, Success, or Na if unavailable. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `thumb240By180RenditionStatus` (_string_) The status of the rendering of the 240x180 pixel sized preview image of the file. Should be either Processing, Failed, Success, or Na if unavailable. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `thumb720By480RenditionStatus` (_string_) The status of the rendering of the 720x480 pixel sized preview image of the file. Should be either Processing, Failed, Success, or Na if unavailable. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionId` (_string (Id)_) Version ID of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### RecordCapability If a comment has this capability, it has a record attachment. * `recordId` (_string_) ID of the record. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) URL to the record. _Available in: v42.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### VerifiedCapability If a comment has this capability, users with permission can mark it as verified or unverified. * `isVerifiableByMe` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the context user has permission to mark comments as verified or unverified (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isVerified` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the comment is marked as verified (`true`) or not (`false`). _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isVerifiedByAnonymized` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the comment is marked as verified by an anonymous user (`true`) or not (`false`). If the comment has never been marked as verified or unverified, `null`. Also `null` if the context user doesn’t have permission to mark comments as verified or unverified. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastVerifiedByUser` (_object_) UserSummary User who last marked the comment as verified or unverified, otherwise `null`. Also `null` if the context user doesn’t have permission to mark comments as verified or unverified. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `UserSummary`. * `lastVerifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string. Date when the comment was last marked as verified or unverified, otherwise `null`. Also `null` if the context user doesn’t have permission to mark comments as verified or unverified. _Available in: v41.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectPlatformActionStatusEnum The execution status of the platform action. Values are: * `FailedStatus` — The action link execution failed. * `NewStatus` — The action link is ready to be executed. Available for `Download` and `Ui` action links only. * `PendingStatus` — The action link is executing. Choosing this value triggers the API call for `Api` and `ApiAsync` action links. * `SuccessfulStatus` — The action link executed successfully. For action links only, you can update the `status` by making a PATCH request to the `/connect/action-links/{actionLinkId}` resource. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `FailedStatus`, `NewStatus`, `PendingStatus`, `SuccessfulStatus`. ### ConnectPlatformActionTypeEnum The type of platform action. Values are: * `ActionLink` — An indicator on a feed element that targets an API, a web page, or a file, represented by a button in the Salesforce UI. * `CustomButton` — When clicked, opens a URL or a Visualforce page in a window or executes JavaScript. * `ProductivityAction` — Productivity actions are predefined and attached to a limited set of objects. Productivity actions include Send Email, Call, Map, View Website, and Read News. Except for the Call action, you can’t edit productivity actions. * `QuickAction` — A global or object-specific action. * `StandardButton` — A predefined Salesforce button such as New, Edit, or Delete. _Available in: v33.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ActionLink`, `CustomButton`, `ProductivityAction`, `QuickAction`, `StandardButton`. ### FeedBody Information about the feed item. * `isRichText` (_boolean_) Whether this is a rich text body. * `messageSegments` (_array of MessageSegment_) Collection of message segments, based on type. The segment types you may encounter will depend on the body type. * `text` (_string_) Unformatted text of the message. This can be an easy summary to use if you don't want to process the message segments. ### ConnectRecommendationExplanationEnum Indicates the reason-type for a suggested recommendation. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ArticleHasRelatedContent`, `ArticleViewedTogether`, `ArticleViewedTogetherWithViewers`, `Custom`, `FilePopular`, `FileViewedTogether`, `FollowedTogetherWithFollowees`, `GroupMembersFollowed`, `GroupNew`, `GroupPopular`, `ItemViewedTogether`, `PopularApp`, `RecordOwned`, `RecordParentOfFollowed`, `RecordViewed`, `TopicFollowedTogether`, `TopicFollowedTogetherWithFollowees`, `TopicPopularFollowed`, `TopicPopularLiked`, `UserDirectReport`, `UserFollowedTogether`, `UserFollowsSameUsers`, `UserManager`, `UserNew`, `UserPeer`, `UserPopular`, `UserViewingSameRecords`. ### ListViewColumn Single column of a record’s related list. Describes how to lay out the column; doesn’t contain the column’s data. * `dataType` (_string_) The object type for this column’s field. This is the object type used in REST API and SOAP API. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `fieldId` (_string_) The fully qualified API field ID, for example, `Contact.Name`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `label` (_string_) The localized label of this column. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The short name of the API field, for example, `Name`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ ### ListViewObject Type of record displayed in the rows of a related list. * `fieldId` (_string_) The API field ID that refers to the parent record. For example, if an Account record has a related list of Contact records, then in the Contact related list definition on the Account this value might be `"Account"`. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `type` (_string_) The object type name for this object. This is the object type used in REST API and SOAP API. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ListViewSort Ordinal of a sort order in a related list. * `column` (_string_) The field ID on the related list column to sort. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `order` (_object_) ConnectSortOrderEnum The order in which to sort the column. One of these values: * `Ascending` — Items are in ascending alphabetical order (A-Z). * `Descending` — Items are in descending alphabetical order (Z-A). * `MostRecentlyViewed` — Items are in descending chronological order by view. This sort order is valid only for Chatter feed streams. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectSortOrderEnum`. ### RecordField Generic record field containing a label and text value. * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Valid values are: * `Boolean` * `Email` * `Number` * `Phone` * `Text` _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Blank Record field displayed as a place holder in a grid of fields. * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Compound Record field that is a composite of subfields. * `fields` (_array of RecordField | Blank | Compound | Currency | Date | Percent | Picklist | Reference | ReferenceWithDate_) Collection of subfields that make up the compound field. A collection of these response bodies: * Record Field * Record Field: Blank * Record Field: Compound * Record Field: Currency * Record Field: Date * Record Field: Percent * Record Field: Picklist * Record Field: Reference * Record Field: Reference with Date _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Valid values are: * `Address` * `Compound` * `Location` * `Name` _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Currency Record field containing a currency value. * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. Currency is formatted in the default currency of the organization. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Date Record field containing a date. * `dateValue` (_string_) Date that a machine can read. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Valid values are: * `Date` * `DateTime` * `Time` _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Percent Record field containing a percentage value. * `value` (_number (double)_) Value of the percentage. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Picklist Record field containing an enumerated value. * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Reference Record field containing a reference to another object. * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reference` (_object_) Reference Object referenced by the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ReferenceWithDate Record field containing a referenced object that acted at a specific time, for example, “Created By...”. * `dateValue` (_string_) Time at which the referenced object acted. Format is ISO 8601. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `label` (_string_) Localized string describing the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `reference` (_object_) Reference Object referenced by the record field. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `text` (_string_) Text value of the record field. All record fields have a text value. To ensure that all clients can consume new content, inspect the record field’s `type` property. If it isn’t recognized, render the text value as the default case. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Valid values are: * `CreatedBy` * `LastModifiedBy` _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectSortOrderEnum The order in which to sort the column. One of these values: * `Ascending` — Items are in ascending alphabetical order (A-Z). * `Descending` — Items are in descending alphabetical order (Z-A). * `MostRecentlyViewed` — Items are in descending chronological order by view. This sort order is valid only for Chatter feed streams. _Available in: v29.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Ascending`, `Descending`, `MostRecentlyViewed`. ### AbstractRepositoryItem Description of a repository item. * `createdBy` (_string_) Name of user who created the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date of the folder in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Folder description. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `itemTypeUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the item type information. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedBy` (_string_) Name of user who last modified the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date of the folder in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) MotifContenthub Motif of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MotifContenthub`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repository` (_object_) ReferenceChatter The folder external repository. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `type` (_string_) Record type, `folder`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to this folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractRepositoryFolder Description of a repository folder. * `createdBy` (_string_) Name of user who created the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date of the folder in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Folder description. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFolderUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to this folder in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `folderItemsUrl` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL that lists the files and folders in this folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `itemTypeUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the item type information. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedBy` (_string_) Name of user who last modified the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date of the folder in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) MotifContenthub Motif of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MotifContenthub`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `path` (_string_) The absolute path of the folder in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repository` (_object_) ReferenceChatter The folder external repository. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `type` (_string_) Record type, `folder`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to this folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractFilesConnectItemType The details of an item type associated with a repository folder. * `contentStreamSupport` (_object_) FilesConnectStreamSupportEnum Support for content streaming. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FilesConnectStreamSupportEnum`. * `description` (_string_) Description of the item type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `displayName` (_string_) Display name of the item type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the item type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isVersionable` (_boolean_) Indicates whether the item type can have versions. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to the detailed information of the item type. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractRepositoryFile Description of a repository file. * `checkinComment` (_string_) Checkin comment of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentBody` (_string_) Text of the file’s content if available, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v43.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `contentItemSize` (_number (int64)_) Length in bytes of the content of the file, including files that are larger than 2 GB. _Available in: v65.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `contentSize` (_integer_) Length in bytes of the content of the file, for files that are smaller than 2 GB. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdBy` (_string_) Name of user who created the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date of the folder in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Folder description. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `downloadUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the repository file content. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalContentUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to this file’s content in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalDocumentUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to this file in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `externalFilePermissionInformation` (_object_) ExternalFilePermissionInformationContenthub External file permission information, such as available groups, available permission types, and current sharing status, or `null` when `includeExternalFilePermissionsInfo` is `false` . _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Big_ Includes all fields of `ExternalFilePermissionInformationContenthub`. * `id` (_string_) ID of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `itemTypeUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the item type information. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `mimeType` (_string_) Mime type of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedBy` (_string_) Name of user who last modified the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date of the folder in ISO 8601 format. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) MotifContenthub Motif of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MotifContenthub`. * `name` (_string_) Name of the folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewsUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the previews. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewUrlThumbnail` (_string (url)_) URL to the thumbnail (240 x 180 PNG) preview. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewUrlThumbnailBig` (_string (url)_) URL to the big thumbnail (720 x 480 PNG) preview. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `previewUrlThumbnailTiny` (_string (url)_) URL to the tiny thumbnail (120 x 90 PNG) preview. _Available in: v36.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `repository` (_object_) ReferenceChatter The folder external repository. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `title` (_string_) Title of the file. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Record type, `folder`. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Connect REST API URL to this folder. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `versionId` (_string_) ID of the file version in the external system. _Available in: v32.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractDirectoryEntrySummary Description of a directory entry with summary information. * `domain` (_string_) Domain of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `email` (_string_) Email of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) ID of the group. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_object_) ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnum The type of entry. Value is `GroupEntry`. _Available in: v35.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnumContenthub`. ### AbstractIdableContenthub Describing a person or thing that can act or be acted on in the organization. Corresponds directly to an actual record in the organization with an addressible ID. * `id` (_string (Id)_) 18-character ID of the record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `motif` (_object_) MotifContenthub Small, medium, and large icons indicating that the object is a user. The motif can also contain the object’s base color. The motif icon is not the user’s profile photo. _Available in: v27.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `MotifContenthub`. * `mySubscription` (_object_) ReferenceChatter If the context user is following this user, contains information about the subscription, otherwise `null`. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `ReferenceChatter`. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Relative URL to this record. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### AbstractActorContenthub Describing a person or thing that can act or be acted on in the organization. May or may not correspond to an actual record in the organization, as some actors, such as certain system users, are synthetic in nature. * `name` (_string_) Locale-based concatenation of first and last names. In version 39.0 and later, if nicknames are enabled, `name` is the nickname. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `type` (_string_) Type of record, such as `CustomObject` or `ContentDocument` . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectGroupMembershipEnum _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `GroupManager`, `GroupOwner`, `NotAMember`, `NotAMemberPrivateRequested`, `StandardMember`. ### ConnectGroupVisibilityEnum Group visibility type. One of the following values: * `PrivateAccess` — Only members of the group can see posts to this group. * `PublicAccess` — All users within the Experience Cloud site can see posts to this group. * `Unlisted` — Reserved for future use. _Available in: v29.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `PrivateAccess`, `PublicAccess`, `UnlistedAccess`. ### TrackedChangeBundleCapability If a feed element has this capability, it has a group of other feed elements aggregated into one feed element called a bundle. This type of bundle aggregates feed tracked changes. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. * `bundleType` (_object_) ConnectBundleTypeEnum Type of bundle. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectBundleTypeEnum`. * `changes` (_array of FeedTrackedChange_) Collection of feed tracked changes. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `page` (_object_) FeedElementCollection A collection of feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCollection`. * `totalElements` (_integer_) The total number of feed elements that this bundle aggregates. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectUserTypeEnum If the record represented by this completion is a user, this value is the user type associated with that user; otherwise the value is `null`. Values are: * `ChatterGuest` — User is an external user in a private group. * `ChatterOnly` — User is a Chatter Free customer. * `Guest` — User is unauthenticated. * `Internal` — User is a standard org member. * `Portal` — User is an external user in an Experience Cloud site. * `System` — User is Chatter Expert or a system user. * `Undefined` — User is a user type that is a custom object. _Available in: v30.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ChatterGuest`, `ChatterOnly`, `Guest`, `Internal`, `Portal`, `System`, `Undefined`. ### GenericBundleCapability If a feed element has this capability, the feed element may be a group of other feed elements condensed into one. Bundled posts contain feed-tracked changes and are in record feeds only. * `bundleType` (_object_) ConnectBundleTypeEnum Type of bundle. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `ConnectBundleTypeEnum`. * `page` (_object_) FeedElementCollection A collection of feed elements. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCollection`. * `totalElements` (_integer_) The total number of feed elements that this bundle aggregates. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### FeedElement A concrete instance of a generic Feed Element. Unless otherwise specified, a generic Feed Element can have shared properties: id, feedElementType, body, and capabilities. * `body` (_object_) FeedItemBody Information about the feed element. _Available in: v22.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `capabilities` (_object_, required) FeedElementCapabilitySet A container for all capabilities that can be included with a feed element. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedElementCapabilitySet`. * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `feedElementType` (_object_) ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum Feed elements are the top-level objects that a feed contains. The feed element type describes the characteristics of that feed element. One of these values: * `Bundle` — A container of feed elements. A bundle also has a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `FeedItem` — A feed item has a single parent and is scoped to oneExperience Cloud site or across all Experience Cloud sites. A feed item can have capabilities such as bookmarks, canvas, content, comment, link, poll. Feed items have a body made up of message segments that can always be gracefully degraded to text-only values. * `Recommendation` — A recommendation is a feed element with a recommendations capability. A recommendation suggests records to follow, groups to join, or applications that are helpful to the context user. _Available in: v31.0_ Includes all fields of `ConnectFeedElementTypeEnum`. * `header` (_object_, required) FeedItemBody The header is the title of the post. This property contains renderable plain text for all the segments of the message. If a client doesn't know how to render a feed element type, it should render this text. _Available in: v31.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `FeedItemBody`. * `id` (_string (Id)_, required) 18-character ID of the feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `modifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) ISO 8601 date string, for example, 2011-02-25T18:24:31.000Z . _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parent` (_object_, required) AbstractIdable The parent of the feed element. _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ Includes all fields of `AbstractIdable`. * `relativeCreatedDate` (_string_) Created date formatted as a relative, localized string, for example, “17m ago” or “Yesterday.” . _Available in: v28.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string (url)_) URL to this feed item. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### ConnectDirectoryEntryTypeEnum Specifies the type of directory entry. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `GroupEntry`, `UserEntry`. ### BatchResultItem Batch result item. * `result` (_string_) Dependent on the type of batch. Value could be one of the following: * Asset File for `/connect/file-assets/batch/{assetIds}` (v43.0) * Audience for `/connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/audiences/batch/{audienceIds}` (v48.0) * Cart Item for `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/carts/{cartId}/cart-items/batch` (v49.0) and `/commerce/webstores/{webstoreId}/carts/active/cart-items/batch` (v49.0) * Comment for `/chatter/comments/batch/{commentIds}` (v42.0) * Error Message (v23.0) * Feed Item for `/chatter/feed-elements/batch` (v32.0) and `/chatter/feed-elements/batch/{feedElementIds}` (v32.0) * File Summary for `/connect/files/batch/{fileIds}` (v26.0) * Group for `/chatter/groups/batch/{groupIds}` (v23.0) * Group Member for `/chatter/group-memberships/batch/{membershipIds}` (v27.0) * Motif for `/connect/motifs/batch/{idOrPrefixList}` (v27.0) * Read By Capability for `/chatter/feed-elements/batch/{feedElementIds}/capabilities/read-by` (v40.0) * Target for `/connect/communities/{communityId}/personalization/targets/batch/{targetIds}` (v47.0) * Topics People Are Knowledgeable About Collection for `/chatter/users/batch/{userIds}/knowledgeable-about-topics` (v36.0) * User Detail for `/chatter/users/batch/{userIds}` (v23.0) * For `/connect/batch`, the value can be any response body depending on the subrequest in the batch. (v28.0) _Filter group: Small_ * `statusCode` (_integer_) HTTP status code indicating the status of this individual request in the batch. _Available in: v23.0_ _Filter group: Small_ # `filterGroup` Use the `filterGroup` parameter in a request URL or in a request body to specify whether to return a small, medium, or big group of properties. The `filterGroup` property is available in API version 29.0 and later. **note:** The `filterGroup` parameter is supported for JSON only. Every property in every response body is assigned a group size. - `Big`—The default size. Includes every property in a response body, including those marked `Big`, `Medium`, and `Small`. - `Medium`—Includes properties marked `Medium` and `Small`. - `Small`—The smallest response size. Includes only properties marked `Small`. **note:** The size assignments are visible only in the documentation. They aren’t visible in the response bodies. When a request includes a `filterGroup`, the response body only includes properties that are part of the specified group. Things to know about using filter groups: - The default `filterGroup` size is `Big`. - Each filter group size assigned to a property has an API version. In future API versions properties may move to different filter groups. - Filter groups affect all HTTP verbs except DELETE and HEAD. - You can use a `filterGroup` parameter on any request URL, including subrequests in a batch request body, unless otherwise stated. - You can use a `filterGroup` parameter in conjunction with either an `include` or an `exclude` filter parameter to change the set of properties returned. The resulting set is a union of the two sets. ## Using a `filterGroup` parameter with an `include` or `exclude` parameter Requests can contain a `filterGroup` parameter and group size value, and either an `include` or an `exclude` filter parameter and value on the URL. This is also true for subrequests in a [generic batch request](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Batch-Resources). When a request (or a subrequest) contains both a `filterGroup` parameter and an `include` parameter, the response always includes the properties specified by the `include` parameter. When a request (or a subrequest) contains both a `filterGroup` parameter and an `exclude` parameter, the response always excludes the properties specified by the `exclude` parameter. In this table, read a row from left to right to see whether the property is included in the response. | `include` Filter Provided in Request | Property Provided in `include` Filter in Request | `exclude` Filter Provided in Request | Property Provided in `exclude` Filter in Request | `filterGroup` Provided in Request | Property Provided in `filterGroup` in Request | Property Included In Response | | ------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------- | | Yes | No | No | No | No | No | **No** | | Yes | Yes | No | No | Yes or No | Yes or No | **Yes** | | No | No | Yes | No | No | No | **Yes** | | No | No | Yes | No | Yes | No | **No** | | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes or No | Yes or No | **No** | | No | No | No | No | Yes | No | **No** | | No | No | No | No | Yes | Yes | **Yes** | | Yes | Yes or No | Yes | Yes or No | Yes or No | Yes or No | **Error (400)** | # HTTP Request Flow and a Response Body Review the process flow for Connect REST API, including resource and response examples. The general process flow for using Connect REST API is: 1. Send an HTTP request to Salesforce. 2. The system authenticates the user and client app. 3. Request Connect REST API resources using an HTTP request. 4. The system returns an HTTP return code. Additional information (such as a Connect REST API response body) is optionally included in the response. Each resource in Connect REST API is a URI used with an HTTP method (such as GET, POST, DELETE, or HEAD). Each resource represents something in Salesforce, such as a user's news feed, or the comments on a post. Many of the resources use either a specified user ID or the keyword `me` to indicate the current, context user. For example, to return the user-profile information for the current, context user, use this resource. ``` /chatter/users/me ``` You could also specify a particular user by user ID. ``` /chatter/users/005D0000001GLoh ``` When you successfully access a resource, a response body is returned in JSON or XML. By default, JSON is returned. Each response body can contain one or more response bodies. For example, the following is the JSON response body of the user resource. It includes other response bodies as well, such as address, motif, and phone numbers. ``` { "aboutMe": "I'm excited to be part of the team focused on building out our apps business and showing our customers their future.", "additionalLabel" : null, "address": { "city": "Seattle", "country": "US", "state": "WA", "street": "2001 8th Ave", "zip": "98121" "formattedAdress": "2001 8th Ave\nSeattle, WA 98121\nUS" }, "chatterActivity": { "commentCount": 0, "commentReceivedCount": 1, "likeReceivedCount": 0, "postCount": 2 }, "chatterInfluence" : { "percentile" : "0.6666666666666667", "rank" : 1 }, "communityNickname": "marRave", "companyName": "Seattle Apps", "displayName": "Marion Raven", "email": "mraven@seattleapps.com", "firstName": "Marion", "followersCount": 1, "followingCounts": { "people": 5, "records": 0, "total": 5 }, "groupCount": 3, "hasChatter": true, "id": "005D0000001Kl6xIAC", "isActive": true, "isInThisCommunity" : true, "lastName": "Raven", "managerId": null, "managerName": null, "motif": { "color" : "20aeb8", "largeIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile64.png", "mediumIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile32.png", "smallIconUrl": "/img/icon/profile16.png" }, "mySubscription": null, "name": "Marion Raven", "phoneNumbers": [{ "label": "Work", "phoneNumber": "(206) 999-2846", "phoneType": "Work" }], "photo": { "fullEmailPhotoUrl": "https://{instanceName}/ncsphoto/SqRfG_-PUTY6KtfOp_f0cGW2pGjfqoWUUgTENHjVyS1i9x6Z16L8wXEGigpcWjAd", "largePhotoUrl": "https://{instanceName}/profilephoto/729D00000000BDV/F", "photoVersionId": "729D00000000BDV", "smallPhotoUrl": "https://{instanceName}/profilephoto/729D00000000BDV/T", "standardEmailPhotoUrl": "https://{instanceName}/ncsphoto/SqRfG_-PUTY6KtfOp_f0cGW2pGjfqoWUUgTENHjVyS1q43x_rW2ciXBHst0Eh3Y6", "url": "/services/data/v68.0/chatter/users/005D0000001LL8OIAW/photo" }, "reputation" : null, "thanksReceived" : null, "title": null, "type": "User", "url": "/services/data/v68.0/chatter/users/005D0000001Kl6xIAC", "userType": "Internal"; "username": "mraven@seattleapps.com" } ``` **note:** Salesforce runs on multiple server instances. The examples in this guide use `{instanceName}` to indicate the instance. Some of the items in a response body have a fully qualified URL, however, most of the returned URLs are relative. If the URL is relative, prepend it with the instance given to the client app when the item is authenticated. # `include` To limit the response body to specific properties, use the `include` query string parameter. The value for the `include` query string parameter is a list of properties separated by bars (`|`). You must URL encode the bars as `%7C`. Include a forward slash before every property name. The following request includes only the `aboutMe` property and the `address` property in a response body: ``` /chatter/users/me?include=/aboutMe%7C/address ``` The following rules describe how to use the `include` query parameter. --- ## Forward Slashes Include a forward slash (/) before property names or the request returns an error. Original output: ```json { "bar": "bar value", "baz": "baz value" } ``` Include value: `include=bar` Filtered output: 400 error with error code `INVALID_FILTER_VALUE`. --- ## Filter properties by name. Original output: ```json { "bar": "bar value", "baz": "baz value" } ``` Include value: `include=/bar` Filtered output: ```json { "bar": "bar value" } ``` --- ## Ignore Top-Level Properties Top-level properties are ignored. Note there is no error when you try this. Original output: ```xml bar value baz value ``` Include value: `include=/foo` Filtered output: ```xml bar value baz value ``` --- ## Multiple Properties Use a bar (|) delimiter to filter multiple properties. URL encode the delimiter as %7C. Original output: ```json { "foo": "foo value", "bar": "bar value", "baz": "baz value" } ``` Include value: `include=/foo%7C/bar` Filtered output: ```json { "foo": "foo value", "bar": "bar value" } ``` --- ## Filtering a response body filters everything below it. Original output: ```xml bar value baz value sub 1 ``` Include value: `include=/someObject` Filtered output: ```xml sub 1 ``` --- ## Nested Properties To filter a property nested in a response body, include the parent response body name as a filter segment. Original output: ```xml bar value baz value sub value ``` Include value: `include=/someObject/sub` Filtered output: ```xml sub value ``` --- ## XML List Items Identify an item in a list by its property name. This example uses XML. Original output: ```xml bar value baz value 1 2 3 ``` Include value: `include=/someList/item/id` Filtered output: ```xml 1 2 3 ``` --- ## JSON List Items Identify an item in a list by its property name. This example uses JSON. Original output: ```json { "bar": "bar value", "baz": "baz value", "someList": [ { "id": "1" }, { "id": "2" }, { "id": "3" } ] } ``` Include value: `include=/someList/item/id` Filtered output: ```json { "someList": [ { "id": "1" }, { "id": "2" }, { "id": "3" } ] } ``` # Inputs and Binary File Upload Examples Make HTTP POST, PATCH, and PUT requests using inputs and learn more about uploading binary files. ## Using POST, PATCH, or PUT for Input When you make a request using the HTTP POST, PATCH, and PUT methods, you can use request parameters or a request body. The request body can contain JSON or XML. If you pass resource-specific request parameters and a request body, the request parameters are ignored. Request parameters that aren’t specific to a resource, such as parameters in a bearer token URL and the `_HttpMethod` parameter, are processed along with the request body. Use bearer token parameters as they are. Don’t add or remove parameters. To submit a request using request parameters, use a `Content-Type` header field with the value `application/x-www-form-urlencoded`. To submit a request using a request body, use one of these values in a `Content-Type` header field and in an `Accept` header field. - `application/json` - `application/xml` ## Uploading Binary Files To upload a binary file up to 2 GB (including headers), up to 75 MB for an external repository, or up to 512 MB for bulk conversations, send it as a body part in a multipart/form-data request. You can send the text of a comment (but not a post) as a JSON or XML rich input body part in the same multipart/form-data request. Alternately, you can choose to send that information in request parameters. If you pass both a rich input request body and request parameters, the request parameters are ignored. To upload multiple binary files in the same call, see [Batch Resource](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Batch-Resources). **important:** In version 36.0 and later, you can’t create a feed post and upload a binary file in the same request. [Upload files to Salesforce](#upload-a-file-to-the-files-home) first, and then use the file IDs to attach one or more files to a feed post. To create a multipart/form-data request, in the head of the request, set the `Content-Type` HTTP header to `multipart/form-data`. For information about HTTP headers, see [W3C Form content types](http://www.w3.org/TR/html401/interact/forms.html#h-17.13.4.2), and [RFC 2388](http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2388), which defines the multipart/form-data internet media type. This table describes the HTTP headers and parameters required in the rich input body part of a multipart/form-data request. | HTTP Headers for Rich Input Body Part | Header Value and Parameters | Description | | ------------------------------------- | --------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="json"` | The request body for a post or comment. For JSON, the value of `name` use `"json"`. | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="xml"` | The request body for a post or comment. For XML, the value of `name` use `"xml"`. | | `Content-Type` | `application/json; charset=UTF-8` | The data format and character set of the request body. For JSON, the value must be `application/json`. | | `Content-Type` | `application/xml; charset=UTF-8` | The data format and character set of the request body. For XML, the value must be `application/xml`. | **tip:** Web browsers are typically incapable of making multipart requests when the non-binary parts, such as rich input bodies, have their own `Content-Type`. To work around this issue, specify a certain `Content-Disposition` `name` and Salesforce can read the `Content-Type` of the rich input part. (You don’t have to specify a `Content-Type` for the rich input body.) This table describes the HTTP headers and parameters required in the rich input body part of a multipart/form-data request from a web browser. | HTTP Headers for Rich Input Body Part from Web Browser | Header Value and Parameters | Description | | ------------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="feedElement"` | To post a feed element with a binary file (in version 35.0 and earlier), the value of `name` must be `"feedElement"`. | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="comment"` | To post a comment with a binary file, the value of `name` must be `"comment"`. | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="photo"` | To upload an employee, user, or group photo, the value of `name` must be `"photo"`. | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="file"` | To upload a file to the Files home or an external repository, the value of `name` must be `"file"`. | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="folderItem"` | To upload a file to a folder, the value of `name` must be `"folderItem"`. | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="ManagedContentInputParam"` | To upload a piece of managed content, the value of `name` must be `"ManagedContentInputParam"`. | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="ManagedContentVariantInputParam"` | To update a managed content variant, the value of `name` must be `"ManagedContentVariantInputParam"`. | This table describes the HTTP headers and parameters required in the binary upload body part of a multipart/form-data request. | HTTP Headers for Binary Upload Body Part | Header Value and Parameters | Description | | ---------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="feedElementFileUpload"; filename={string}` | To [post a feed element with a binary file](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input.md#post-a-feed-element-with-a-binary-file-version-350-and-earlier) (in version 35.0 and earlier), the value of `name` must be `"feedElementFileUpload"`. | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="feedElementFileUpload"; filename={string}` | To [post a comment with a binary file](#post-a-comment-with-a-binary-file), the value of `name` must be `"feedElementFileUpload"`. | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="fileUpload" filename={string}` | To [upload a user or group photo](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input.md#upload-and-crop-a-user-photo), the value of `name` must be `"fileUpload"`. | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="fileData" filename={string}` | To [upload a file to the Files home](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_input.md#upload-a-file-to-the-files-home) or to [upload a file to an external repository](#upload-a-file-to-an-external-repository), the value of `name` must be `"fileData"`.
  • **Note:** Specify a `filename` parameter and value. However, Salesforce uses the value of the `title` property of the File Input or the metadata of the Files Connect Item Input as the file name, not the value of the `filename` parameter.
| | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="audioFileData" filename={string}` | To [upload an audio file](#upload-an-audio-file), the value of `name` must be `"audioFileData"`. If you specify this value, don’t specify `recordingURL` or `name` or the request will fail. | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="contentData" filename={string}` | To [upload a piece of managed content](#upload-a-piece-of-managed-content) or [update a managed content variant](#update-a-managed-content-variant), the value of `name` must be `"contentData"`. | | `Content-Disposition` | `form-data; name="file" filename={string}` | To [create a translation workbench import job](#create-a-translation-workbench-import-job), the value of `name` must be `"file"`. | | `Content-Type` | `application/octet-stream; charset=ISO-8859-1` | The media type and character set of the binary file. | **note:** Spacing and carriage returns and line feeds (CRLF) are important. For example, this line requires spaces: `Content-Disposition: form-data; name="feedItemFileUpload"; title="2012_q1_review.ppt"`. If you used CRLF instead of spaces, you would receive an error. ## Post a feed element with a binary file (version 35.0 and earlier) This example uses the [`/chatter/feed-elements`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources) resource to post a new feed item (which is a type of feed element), upload a binary file, and attach it to the new feed item. This example uses cURL. ``` curl -H "X-PrettyPrint: 1" -F 'json={ "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"Please accept this receipt." } ] }, "capabilities":{ "content":{ "description":"Receipt for expenses", "title":"receipt.pdf" } }, "feedElementType":"FeedItem", "subjectId":"005RR000000DmOb" }; type=application/json' -F "feedElementFileUpload=@receipt.pdf;type=application/octet-stream" -X POST https://{instanceName}/services/data/v35.0/chatter/feed-elements -H 'Authorization: OAuth 00DRR0000000N0g!...' --insecure ``` Here is the same example in a different format so you can see the request body parts. ``` POST /services/data/v35.0/chatter/feed-elements HTTP/1.1 Authorization: OAuth 00DRR0000000N0g!... User-Agent: Jakarta Commons-HttpClient/3.0.1 Host: {instanceName} Content-Length: 845 Content-Type: multipart/form-data; boundary=a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Accept: application/json --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Disposition: form-data; name="json" Content-Type: application/json; charset=UTF-8 { "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"Please accept this receipt." } ] }, "capabilities":{ "content":{ "description":"Receipt for expenses", "title":"receipt.pdf" } }, "feedElementType":"FeedItem", "subjectId":"005RR000000DmOb" } --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Disposition: form-data; name="feedElementFileUpload"; filename="receipt.pdf" Content-Type: application/octet-stream; charset=ISO-8859-1 ...contents of receipt.pdf... --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq-- ``` ## Post a Batch of Feed Elements This example applies to version 35.0 and earlier. This example uses the [`/chatter/feed-elements/batch`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources) resource to post a batch of feed elements, upload two binary files, and attach them to the feed elements in the batch. Include the information about the binary parts in the request body. This example uses cURL. ``` curl -H "X-PrettyPrint: 1" -F 'json={"inputs":[{"binaryPartNames":["bin1"], "richInput":{"subjectId":"me","body":{ "messageSegments":[{"type":"Text","text":"Please accept this receipt"}]},"capabilities": {"content" : {"description": "Receipt for expenses", "title":"receipt.pdf"}},"feedElementType":"FeedItem"}}, {"binaryPartNames":["bin2"],"richInput":{"subjectId":"me","body":{"messageSegments":[{"type":"Text","text":"Post Number 2"}]}, "capabilities": {"content" : {"description": "Receipt for expenses", "title":"receipt2.pdf"}},"feedElementType":"FeedItem"}}]};type=application/json' -F "bin1=@/Users/jsmith/Desktop/receipt.pdf;type=application/octet-stream" -F "bin2=@/Users/jsmith/Desktop/receipt2.pdf;type=application/octet-stream" -X POST https://{instanceName}/services/data/v35.0/chatter/feed-elements/batch -H 'Authorization: OAuth 00DD00000007HoR44QATPNzhzYEJBfU' --insecure ``` Here is the same example formatted to show the request body parts. ``` POST /services/data/v35.0/chatter/feed-elements/batch HTTP/1.1 Authorization: OAuth 00DRR0000000N0g!... User-Agent: Jakarta Commons-HttpClient/3.0.1 Host: {instanceName} Content-Length: 845 Content-Type: multipart/form-data; boundary=a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Accept: application/json --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Disposition: form-data; name="json" Content-Type: application/json; charset=UTF-8 { "inputs": [ { "binaryPartNames": [ "bin1" ], "richInput": { "subjectId": "me", "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "Please accept this receipt" } ] }, "capabilities": { "content": { "description": "Receipt for expenses", "title": "receipt.pdf" } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem" } }, { "binaryPartNames": [ "bin2" ], "richInput": { "subjectId": "me", "body": { "messageSegments": [ { "type": "Text", "text": "Post Number 2" } ] }, "capabilities": { "content": { "description": "Receipt for expenses", "title": "receipt2.pdf" } }, "feedElementType": "FeedItem" } } ] } --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Disposition: form-data; name="bin1"; filename="receipt.pdf" Content-Type: application/octet-stream; charset=ISO-8859-1 ...contents of receipt.pdf... --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Disposition: form-data; name="bin2"; filename="receipt2.pdf" Content-Type: application/octet-stream; charset=ISO-8859-1 ...contents of receipt2.pdf... --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq-- ``` **note:** The binary part names in the `binaryPartNames` properties must match the binary part names in the `name` properties of the binary request parts. ## Post a comment with a binary file This example uses the [`/chatter/feed-elements/{feedElementId}/capabilities/comments/items`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter-feeds#tag/Feed-Elements-Resources) resource to post a comment to a feed item and upload a binary attachment using cURL. ``` curl -H "X-PrettyPrint: 1" -F 'json={ "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"Here's another receipt." } ] }, "capabilities":{ "content":{ "title":"receipt2" } } }; type=application/json' -F "feedElementFileUpload=@receipt2.txt;type=application/octet-stream" -X POST https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/chatter/feed-elements/0D5RR0000004Grx/capabilities/comments/items -H 'Authorization: OAuth 00DRR0000000N0g!ARoAQB...' --insecure ``` Here is the sample example formatted to see the request body parts. ``` POST /services/data/v68.0/chatter/feed-elements/0D5RR0000004Grx/capabilities/comments/items HTTP/1.1 Authorization: OAuth 00DD0000000Jhd2!AQIAQC.lh4qTQcBhOPm4TZom5IaOOZLVPVK4wI_rPYJvmE8r2VW8XA. OZ7S29JEM_7Ctq1lst2dzoV.owisJc0KacUbDxyae Accept: application/json User-Agent: Jakarta Commons-HttpClient/3.0.1 Host: {instanceName} Content-Length: 978 Content-Type: multipart/form-data; boundary=F9jBDELnfBLAVmLNbnLIYibT5Icp0h3VJ7mkI --F9jBDELnfBLAVmLNbnLIYibT5Icp0h3VJ7mkI Content-Disposition: form-data; name="json" Content-Type: application/json; charset=UTF-8 { "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"Here's another receipt." } ] }, "capabilities":{ "content":{ "title":"receipt2" } } } --F9jBDELnfBLAVmLNbnLIYibT5Icp0h3VJ7mkI Content-Disposition: form-data; name="feedElementFileUpload"; filename="receipt2.txt" Content-Type: application/octet-stream; charset=ISO-8859-1 ...contents of receipt2.txt... --F9jBDELnfBLAVmLNbnLIYibT5Icp0h3VJ7mkI-- ``` ## Post multiple comments with binary files This example is a generic batch request to [`/connect/batch`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Batch-Resources) that contains two subrequests. Each subrequest comments on a feed item and uploads a binary file to the comment. Include the request body of each subrequest in the `richInput` properties. Also include information about the binary parts in the `binaryPartName` and `binaryPartNameAlias` properties. Here is the cURL example. ``` curl -H "X-PrettyPrint: 1" -F 'json={ "haltOnError":true, "batchRequests":[ { "url":"/v33.0/chatter/feed-elements/0D5D0000000YG0N/capabilities/comments/items", "method":"Post", "binaryPartName":"binaryPart1", "binaryPartNameAlias":"feedElementFileUpload", "richInput":{ "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"Check out this file, it may help." } ] }, "capabilities":{ "content":{ "title":"Presentation1.txt" } } } }, { "url":"/v33.0/chatter/feed-elements/0D5D0000000YG0M/capabilities/comments/items", "method":"Post", "binaryPartName":"binaryPart2", "binaryPartNameAlias":"feedElementFileUpload", "richInput":{ "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"Check out this file, it may help." } ] }, "capabilities":{ "content":{ "title":"Presentation2.txt" } } } } ] };type=application/json' -F "binaryPart1=@/Users/jbleyle/Desktop/Presentation1.txt;type=application/octet-stream" -F "binaryPart2=@/Users/jbleyle/Desktop/Presentation2.txt;type=application/octet-stream" -X POST https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/connect/batch -H 'Authorization: OAuth 00DD00000007HoR!...' --insecure ``` Here is the multipart/form-data request body. ``` https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/connect/batch Authorization: OAuth 00DD0000000Jhd2!... Accept: application/json Host: {instanceName} Content-Type: multipart/form-data; boundary=123123 --123123 Content-Disposition: form-data; name="json" Content-Type: application/json { "haltOnError":true, "batchRequests":[ { "url":"/v68.0/chatter/feed-elements/0D5D0000000YG0D/capabilities/comments/items", "method":"Post", "binaryPartName":"binaryPart1", "binaryPartNameAlias":"feedElementFileUpload", "richInput":{ "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"Check out this file, it may help." } ] }, "capabilities":{ "content":{ "title":"Presentation1.txt" } } } }, { "url":"/v68.0/chatter/feed-elements/0D5D0000000YG0H/capabilities/comments/items", "method":"Post", "binaryPartName":"binaryPart2", "binaryPartNameAlias":"feedElementFileUpload", "richInput":{ "body":{ "messageSegments":[ { "type":"Text", "text":"Check out this file, it may help." } ] }, "capabilities":{ "content":{ "title":"Presentation2.txt" } } } } ] } --123123 Content-Disposition: form-data; name="binaryPart1"; filename="Presentation1.txt" Content-Type: application/octet-stream; charset=ISO-8859-1 Content-Transfer-Encoding: binary This is the content of file 1 --123123 Content-Disposition: form-data; name="binaryPart2"; filename="Presentation2.txt" Content-Type: application/octet-stream; charset=ISO-8859-1 Content-Transfer-Encoding: binary This is the content of file 2 --123123-- ``` ## Upload and crop a user photo This example uses the `/connect/user-profiles/{userId}/photo` resource to upload a user profile photo and crop it using cURL. ``` curl -H "X-PrettyPrint: 1" -F 'json={"cropX": "0", "cropY": "0", "cropSize": "200"};type=application/json' -F "fileUpload=@myPhoto.jpg;type=application/octet-stream" -X POST https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/connect/user-profiles/me/photo -H 'Authorization: OAuth 00DRR0000000N0g!ARoAQFRi_gBqZhajAX22MNuLrrE2Xk...' --insecure ``` Here is the same example formatted to see the request body parts. ``` POST /services/data/v68.0/connect/user-profiles/me/photo HTTP/1.1 Authorization: OAuth 00DD0000000Jhd2!AQIAQC.lh4qTQcBhOPm4TZom5IaOOZLVPVK4wI_rPYJvmE8r2VW8XA. OZ7S29JEM_7Ctq1lst2dzoV.owisJc0KacUbDxyae User-Agent: Jakarta Commons-HttpClient/3.0.1 Host: {instanceName} Content-Length: 543 Content-Type: multipart/form-data; boundary=a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Accept: application/json --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Type: application/json; charset=UTF-8 Content-Disposition: form-data; name="json" { "cropX" : "0", "cropY" : "0", "cropSize" : "200" } --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Disposition: form-data; name="fileUpload"; filename="myPhoto.jpg" Content-Type: application/octet-stream; charset=ISO-8859-1 ...contents of myPhoto.jpg... --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq-- ``` ## Upload a file to the Files home This example uses the [`/connect/files/users/{userId}`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files#tag/User-Files-Resources) resource to upload a file to the Files home using cURL. ``` curl -H "X-PrettyPrint: 1" -F 'json={"title":"BoatPrices"};type=application/json' -F "fileData=@BoatPrices.pdf;type=application/octet-stream" -X POST https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/connect/files/users/me -H 'Authorization: OAuth 00DRR0000000N0g!...' --insecure ``` Here is the same example formatted to see the request body parts. ``` POST /services/data/v68.0/connect/files/users/me Authorization: OAuth 00DD0000000Jhd2!AQIAQC.lh4qTQcBhOPm4TZom5IaOOZLVPVK4wI_rPYJvmE8r2VW8XA. OZ7S29JEM_7Ctq1lst2dzoV.owisJc0KacUbDxyae User-Agent: Jakarta Commons-HttpClient/3.0.1 Host: {instanceName} Content-Length: 489 Content-Type: multipart/form-data; boundary=a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Accept: application/json --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Type: application/json; charset=UTF-8 Content-Disposition: form-data; name="json" { "title":"BoatPrices" } --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Disposition: form-data; name="fileData"; filename="BoatPrices.txt" Content-Type: application/octet-stream; charset=ISO-8859-1 ...contents of BoatPrices.txt... --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq-- ``` ## Upload a file to an external repository This example uses the [`/connect/content-hub/repositories/{repositoryId}/folders/{repositoryFolderId}/items`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-files#tag/Files-Connect-Repository-Resources) resource to upload a file to an external repository using cURL. ``` curl -H "X-PrettyPrint: 1" -F 'json={"itemTypeId" : "L3NpdGVzL0FDRVRfRklMRUNPTk5FQ1RfSU5U:5f33e0f4-b33c-4127-b9e4-dd5a73dd2f1b:0c847e7c-d4a2-4136-bfda-c468fae2d087:0x0101","fields" : [{"name" : "name","value" : "Content Hub Simple Create Specs"}, {"name" : "description","value" : "Document explaining the various connect api endpoints required for simple create"}]};type=application/json' -F "fileData=@BoatPrices.pdf;type=application/text/plain" -X POST https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/connect/content-hub/repositories/ 0XCxx000000002CGAQ/folders/folder:0Bz0nXuFg43SiflFNdFNIaUJrY2hQaHVIVHMxYVpHd2ZHeXphTW83TElzcE84RUJ2Q3Q4Rm8/ items -H 'Authorization: OAuth 00DRR0000000N0g!...' --insecure ``` Here is the same example formatted to see the request body parts. ``` POST /services/data/v68.0/connect/content-hub/repositories/0XCxx000000002CGAQ/ folders/folder:0Bz0nXuFg43SiflFNdFNIaUJrY2hQaHVIVHMxYVpHd2ZHeXphTW83TElzcE84RUJ2Q3Q4Rm8/items Authorization: OAuth 00DD0000000Jhd2!AQIAQC.lh4qTQcBhOPm4TZom5IaOOZLVPVK4wI_rPYJvmE8r2VW8XA. OZ7S29JEM_7Ctq1lst2dzoV.owisJc0KacUbDxyae User-Agent: Jakarta Commons-HttpClient/3.0.1 Host: {instanceName} Content-Length: 489 Content-Type: multipart/form-data; boundary=a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Accept: application/json --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Type: application/json Content-Disposition: form-data; name="json" { "itemTypeId" : "L3NpdGVzL0FDRVRfRklMRUNPTk5FQ1RfSU5U:5f33e0f4-b33c-4127-b9e4-dd5a73dd2f1b:0c847e7c-d4a2-4136-bfda-c468fae2d087:0x0101", "fields" : [ { "name" : "name", "value" : "Items Sharepoint 012.png" }, { "name" : "description", "value" : "This is a test file" }] } --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq Content-Disposition: form-data; name="fileData"; filename="items_Sharepoint_012.png" Content-Type: image/png ...PNG... --a7V4kRcFA8E79pivMuV2tukQ85cmNKeoEgJgq-- ``` ## Upload an audio file This example uses the [`/voicecalls/{voiceCallId}/audio_upload`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Call-Coaching-Resources) resource to upload an audio file using cURL. ``` curl --location --request POST 'https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/voicecalls/0LQB00000001BqU/audio_upload' \ --header 'Authorization: Bearer 00DR0000000H1C0!ARYAQA2lbJjcFU6PMnH.cFInsqFQvFkqDlnzQTUEUgjPJ6_gVHo7ZdGCFnFTYt3AWuKLFz2ahVdsd1pS9ENozHfrONLI_EQa' \ --form 'audioFileData=@/Users/v.dodeja/Desktop/recordingservlet.mp3' ``` ## Upload an audio file from a third-party vendor This example uses the [`/voicecalls/{voiceCallId}/audio_upload`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Call-Coaching-Resources) resource to upload an audio file using cURL. ``` curl --location --request POST 'https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/voicecalls/0LQB00000001BqU/audio_upload' \ --header 'Authorization: Bearer 00DR0000000H1C0!ARYAQA2lbJjcFU6PMnH.cFInsqFQvFkqDlnzQTUEUgjPJ6_gVHo7ZdGCFnFTYt3AWuKLFz2ahVdsd1pS9ENozHfrONLI_EQa' \ --form 'recordingURL=@/restapi/v1.0/account/401452676008/recording/401786818008/content' 'name=@namedCredential' ``` ## Upload a piece of managed content This example uses the [`/connect/cms/contents`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/Enhanced-CMS-Workspaces-Resources) resource to upload a piece of managed content. This resource is available only for enhanced CMS workspaces. ``` POST /connect/cms/contents/ Content-Type: multipart/form-data; boundary=FILE --FILE Content-Disposition: form-data; name="ManagedContentInputParam"; Content-Type: application/json; charset=UTF-8 { "contentSpaceOrFolderId":"0Zuxx00000003M5CAI", "title":"title", "contentType":"sfdc_cms__image", "urlName":"testUrl", "contentBody" : { "sfdc_cms:media": { "source": { "type": "file" } } } --FILE Content-Disposition: form-data; name="contentData"; fileName="Image.jpg" Content-Type: application/octet-stream; charset=ISO-8859-1 \n --FILE-- ``` ## Update a managed content variant This example uses the [`/connect/cms/contents/variants/{variantId}`](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-cms#tag/Enhanced-CMS-Workspaces-Resources) resource to update a managed content variant. This resource is available only for enhanced CMS workspaces. ``` PUT /connect/cms/contents/variants/9Psxx00000004WsCAI Content-Type: multipart/form-data; boundary=FILE --FILE Content-Disposition: form-data; name="ManagedContentVariantInputParam"; Content-Type: application/json; charset=UTF-8 { "title":"title", "urlName":"testUrl", "contentBody" : { "sfdc_cms:media": { "source": { "type": "file" } } } --FILE Content-Disposition: form-data; name="contentData"; fileName="Image.jpg" Content-Type: application/octet-stream; charset=ISO-8859-1 \n --FILE-- ``` ## Create a translation workbench import job This example uses the `/connect/i18n/twb/import` resource to create an asynchronous translation workbench import job using cURL. ``` curl -X POST "https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/connect/i18n/twb/import" \ -H 'Authorization: Bearer ' \ -H "Accept: application/json" \ -F "file=@;type=application/octet-stream" ``` Here is the same example formatted for a REST client. A valid file must exist in the path you specify. ``` POST https://{instanceName}/services/data/v68.0/connect/i18n/twb/import Authorization: Bearer {accessToken} Content-Type: multipart/form-data; boundary=WebAppBoundary --WebAppBoundary Content-Disposition: form-data; name="file"; filename="my.stf" Content-Type: application/octet-stream --WebAppBoundary-- ``` # OAuth and Connect REST API Connect REST API uses OAuth to securely identify your application before connecting to Salesforce. To use Connect REST API, create a REST entry point in your org. Salesforce defines this entry point as an external client app. See [Step Two: Set Up Authorization](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/CR_quickstart_oauth.md) to create your external client app. ## OAuth Flows A user must be authenticated before accessing Salesforce. OAuth has multiple authentication flows. There are several steps in each authentication flow, as dictated by the OAuth standard and the type of application trying to access Salesforce. On successful authorization, the client application receives access and refresh tokens. For more information about setting up external client app OAuth flows, see [Set Up OAuth Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.external_client_apps_oauth_flow_config.htm&type=5) in Salesforce Help. - **[Request Static Assets and Post Forms Directly from HTML](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/guide/intro_requesting_bearer_token_url.md)** HTML pages that aren’t hosted on Salesforce have had difficulty displaying user and group images and posting file attachments in forms. The reason is that URLs for these assets require authentication, which is provided with a session cookie when pages are hosted on Salesforce. Pages not hosted on Salesforce don't have access to the session cookie. Also, it isn’t possible to pass an OAuth token from the HTML contexts ``, ``, and `
`. # PDF Archive Until v67.0, the Connect REST API Developer Guide was available in PDF format. These downloadable PDFs are available here for archival purposes. For current and future versions of the API, each API family in the [Connect REST API Reference](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/) has a button that you can use to download the API specification in OpenAPI format. ## English - [v67.0 (latest)](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/262/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v66.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/260/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v65.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/258/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v64.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/256/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v63.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/254/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v62.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/252/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v61.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/250/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v60.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/248/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v59.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/246/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v58.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/244/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v57.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/242/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v56.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/240/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v55.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/238/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v54.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/236/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v53.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/234/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v52.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/232/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v51.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/230/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v50.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/228/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v49.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/226/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v48.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/224/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v47.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/222/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v46.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/220/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v45.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/218/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v44.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/216/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v43.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/214/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v42.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/212/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v41.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/210/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v40.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/208/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v39.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/206/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v38.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/204/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v37.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/202/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v36.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/200/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v35.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/198/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v34.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/196/latest/en-us/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) ## 日本語 (Japanese) - [v67.0 (latest)](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/latest/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v66.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/260/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v60.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/248/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v59.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/246/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v58.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/244/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v57.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/242/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v56.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/240/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v55.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/238/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v54.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/236/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v53.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/234/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v52.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/232/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v51.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/230/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v50.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/228/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v49.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/226/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v48.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/224/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v47.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/222/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v46.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/220/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v45.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/218/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v44.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/216/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v43.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/214/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v42.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/212/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v41.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/210/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v40.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/208/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v39.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/206/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v38.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/204/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v37.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/202/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v36.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/200/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v35.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/198/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) - [v34.0](https://resources.docs.salesforce.com/196/latest/ja-jp/sfdc/pdf/salesforce_chatter_rest_api.pdf) Personalization Connect REST API # Personalization Connect REST API > **Note**: The API Reference has a new three-panel layout. Browse grouped endpoints on the left, review endpoint details in the center, and access examples on the right. **Important**: Where possible, we changed noninclusive terms to align with our company value of Equality. We maintained certain terms to avoid any effect on customer implementations. **Version:** v67.0 ## Servers * `https://{MyDomainName}.my.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0` API server for your Salesforce org. * ``MyDomainName (default None) Your org's My Domain name, which is used as a subdomain for the URLs that Salesforce uses to serve your org. For example, if your Lightning URL is `https://yourcompanyname.lightning.force.com`, then your My Domain name is `yourcompanyname`. Find your My Domain name and login URL on the My Domain page in Setup, or use the `getMyDomainName()` method in the Apex Domain class.`` ## Tags ### Personalization Content Schema Resources Get, create, update, and delete personalization content schemas. You use content schemas to define the structure of content delivered by a personalization point or ABn experiment. A content schema specifies the personalization type, custom attributes with default values, and the content DMO whose fields are returned at runtime. ### Personalization Engagement Signals Resources Get, create, and delete engagement signals. Create and delete engagement signal metrics. Get, create, and delete compound metrics. ### Personalization Experimentation Resources Create, manage, and retrieve personalization experiments. ### Personalization Points Resources Use personalization points to create runtime entry points that combine a data space, profile data graph, and content schema to provide personalized content. You can optionally link a personalization point to an ABn experiment. ### Personalization Recommenders Resources Create, manage, and retrieve personalization recommenders. ### Personalization Transformers Resources Get, create, update, or delete Personalization Transformers. The idOrName is the unique ID or API name of the transformer. For GET, append query parameters. Query parameters can include limit, offset, and source. ## Operations ### POST Personalization Experiment Creation `POST /personalization/abn-experiments` Operation ID: `postABnExperimentCollection`. Tags: Personalization Experimentation Resources. ABn Experiment Resource: Create Create a personalization experiment. _Available in: v65.0_ #### Parameters * `action` (query, string) Starts, stops, or archives the experiment. #### Request body Contains the details for creating a personalization experiment. **Note**: This representation inherits properties from the Personalization Experiment Base Input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ABnExperimentInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Personalization Experiment_ Contains details of a personalization Experiment. **Note**: This representation inherits properties from Personalization Experiment Named Base. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ABnExperiment`. ### GET Personalization Experiment List `GET /personalization/abn-experiments/{IdOrName}` Operation ID: `getABnExperiment`. Tags: Personalization Experimentation Resources. ABn Experiment Resource: Read and Delete Get information about a specific personalization experiment. _Available in: v65.0_ #### Parameters * `IdOrName` (path, string, required) The ID or API name of the experiment definition. #### Responses * **200** _Personalization Experiment_ Contains details of a personalization Experiment. **Note**: This representation inherits properties from Personalization Experiment Named Base. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ABnExperiment`. ### DELETE Personalization Experiment Deletion `DELETE /personalization/abn-experiments/{IdOrName}` Operation ID: `deleteABnExperiment`. Tags: Personalization Experimentation Resources. ABn Experiment Resource: Read and Delete Delete a personalization experiment. _Available in: v65.0_ #### Parameters * `IdOrName` (path, string, required) The ID or API name of the experiment definition. #### Responses * **202** Accepted ### PATCH Personalization Experiment Update `PATCH /personalization/abn-experiments/{IdOrName}` Operation ID: `patchABnExperiment`. Tags: Personalization Experimentation Resources. ABn Experiment Resource: Read and Delete Update a personalization experiment. _Available in: v65.0_ #### Parameters * `action` (query, string) Starts, stops, or archives the experiment. * `IdOrName` (path, string, required) The ID or API name of the experiment definition. #### Request body Contains the details for creating a personalization experiment. **Note**: This representation inherits properties from the Personalization Experiment Base Input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ABnExperimentInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Personalization Experiment_ Contains details of a personalization Experiment. **Note**: This representation inherits properties from Personalization Experiment Named Base. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `ABnExperiment`. ### GET Get a list of batch decisions `GET /personalization/batch-decisions` Operation ID: `getPersonalizationBatchDecisionCollection`. Tags: Personalization Batch Decisions Resources. Get a collection of personalization batch decisions. Get a collection of batch decisions for the user. #### Parameters * `filter` (query, string) * `limit` (query, integer) * `offset` (query, integer) #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BatchDecisionCollection`. ### POST Create a Personalization Batch Decision `POST /personalization/batch-decisions` Operation ID: `postPersonalizationBatchDecisionCollection`. Tags: Personalization Batch Decisions Resources. Get a collection of personalization batch decisions. Create a personalization batch decision. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BatchDecisionInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BatchDecision`. ### GET Get a Personalization Batch Decision `GET /personalization/batch-decisions/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `getPersonalizationBatchDecision`. Tags: Personalization Batch Decisions Resources. Personalization Batch Decision Resource: Read, Update, and Delete Get a Personalization Batch Decision #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BatchDecision`. ### DELETE Delete a Personalization Batch Decision `DELETE /personalization/batch-decisions/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `deletePersonalizationBatchDecision`. Tags: Personalization Batch Decisions Resources. Personalization Batch Decision Resource: Read, Update, and Delete Delete a Personalization Batch Decision #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** Success ### PATCH Update a Personalization Batch Decision `PATCH /personalization/batch-decisions/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `patchPersonalizationBatchDecision`. Tags: Personalization Batch Decisions Resources. Personalization Batch Decision Resource: Read, Update, and Delete Update a Personalization Batch Decision #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BatchDecisionPatchInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BatchDecision`. ### GET Get Personalization Batch Decision job history `GET /personalization/batch-decisions/{idOrName}/jobs` Operation ID: `getPersonalizationBatchDecisionJobHistory`. Tags: Personalization Batch Decisions Resources. Batch Decision Resource: Get Job History Details Get Job History #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. * `lastEvaluatedKey` (query, string) * `limit` (query, integer) #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `BatchDecisionJobCollection`. ### GET Retrieve a list of calculated affinities `GET /personalization/calculated-affinities` Operation ID: `getCalculatedAffinityCollection`. Tags: Personalization Calculated Affinity Resources. Calculated Affinity Collection Resource: Create and list calculated affinities Retrieve a list of calculated affinities #### Parameters * `limit` (query, integer) Maximum number of calculated affinities to return * `offset` (query, integer) Number of records to skip #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CalculatedAffinityCollection`. ### POST Create a calculated affinity definition `POST /personalization/calculated-affinities` Operation ID: `postCalculatedAffinityCollection`. Tags: Personalization Calculated Affinity Resources. Calculated Affinity Collection Resource: Create and list calculated affinities Create a calculated affinity definition #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CalculatedAffinityInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CalculatedAffinity`. ### GET Retrieve a calculated affinity by ID or API name `GET /personalization/calculated-affinities/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `getCalculatedAffinity`. Tags: Personalization Calculated Affinity Resources. Calculated Affinity Resource: Retrieve calculated affinity by ID or name Retrieve a calculated affinity by ID or API name #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) The unique identifier or API name of the calculated affinity #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `CalculatedAffinity`. ### DELETE Delete a calculated affinity `DELETE /personalization/calculated-affinities/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `deleteCalculatedAffinity`. Tags: Personalization Calculated Affinity Resources. Calculated Affinity Resource: Retrieve calculated affinity by ID or name Delete a Calculated Affinity #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) The unique identifier or API name of the calculated affinity #### Responses * **200** Success ### GET Get a list of Personalization Experience Configs `GET /personalization/external-apps/{idOrAppSourceIdOrName}/personalization-experience-configs` Operation ID: `getPersonalizationExperienceConfigCollection`. Tags: Personalization Experience Config Resources. Personalization Web SDK Personalization Experience Config Collection: Read & Replace Gets a list of Personalization Experience Configs #### Parameters * `idOrAppSourceIdOrName` (path, string, required) ID, app source ID, or name of the external app. * `dataSpaceIdOrName` (query, string) * `isWpmUrlRequired` (query, boolean) * `limit` (query, integer) * `offset` (query, integer) * `personalizationPointNameOrId` (query, string) * `transformerNameOrId` (query, string) #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationExperienceConfigCollection`. ### POST Create a Personalization Experience Config `POST /personalization/external-apps/{idOrAppSourceIdOrName}/personalization-experience-configs` Operation ID: `postPersonalizationExperienceConfigCollection`. Tags: Personalization Experience Config Resources. Personalization Web SDK Personalization Experience Config Collection: Read & Replace Create a Personalization Experience Config #### Parameters * `idOrAppSourceIdOrName` (path, string, required) ID, app source ID, or name of the external app. * `disableRelatedExperiences` (query, boolean) #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationExperienceConfigInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationExperienceConfig`. ### GET Get a Personalization Experience Config `GET /personalization/external-apps/{idOrAppSourceIdOrName}/personalization-experience-configs/{name}` Operation ID: `getPersonalizationExperienceConfig`. Tags: Personalization Experience Config Resources. Personalization Web SDK Personalization Experience Config: Read, Update, Delete Get a Personalization Experience Config #### Parameters * `idOrAppSourceIdOrName` (path, string, required) ID, app source ID, or name of the external app. * `name` (path, string, required) Name of the resource. * `isWpmUrlRequired` (query, boolean) #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationExperienceConfig`. ### PUT Update a Personalization Experience Config `PUT /personalization/external-apps/{idOrAppSourceIdOrName}/personalization-experience-configs/{name}` Operation ID: `putPersonalizationExperienceConfig`. Tags: Personalization Experience Config Resources. Personalization Web SDK Personalization Experience Config: Read, Update, Delete Updates a Personalization Experience Config #### Parameters * `idOrAppSourceIdOrName` (path, string, required) ID, app source ID, or name of the external app. * `name` (path, string, required) Name of the resource. * `disableRelatedExperiences` (query, boolean) #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationExperienceConfigInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationExperienceConfig`. ### DELETE Delete a Personalization Experience Config `DELETE /personalization/external-apps/{idOrAppSourceIdOrName}/personalization-experience-configs/{name}` Operation ID: `deletePersonalizationExperienceConfig`. Tags: Personalization Experience Config Resources. Personalization Web SDK Personalization Experience Config: Read, Update, Delete Delete a Personalization Experience Config #### Parameters * `idOrAppSourceIdOrName` (path, string, required) ID, app source ID, or name of the external app. * `name` (path, string, required) Name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** Success ### POST Create a Personalization Point `POST /personalization/personalization-points` Operation ID: `postPersonalizationPointCollection`. Tags: Personalization Points Resources. Personalization Point Collection Resource: Create Create a Personalization Point #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationPointInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationPoint`. ### GET Get a Personalization Point `GET /personalization/personalization-points/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `getPersonalizationPoint`. Tags: Personalization Points Resources. Personalization Point Resource: Read, Update, and Delete Get a Personalization Point #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationPoint`. ### PUT Update a Personalization Point `PUT /personalization/personalization-points/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `putPersonalizationPoint`. Tags: Personalization Points Resources. Personalization Point Resource: Read, Update, and Delete Update a Personalization Point #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationPointInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationPoint`. ### DELETE Delete a Personalization Point `DELETE /personalization/personalization-points/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `deletePersonalizationPoint`. Tags: Personalization Points Resources. Personalization Point Resource: Read, Update, and Delete Delete a Personalization Point #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** Success ### GET Personalization Recommender Collection `GET /personalization/personalization-recommenders` Operation ID: `getPersonalizationRecommenderCollection`. Tags: Personalization Recommenders Resources. Personalization Recommender resource Resource: Create & Read Get a list of personalization recommenders, optionally filtered by data space or profile data graph. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Parameters * `dataSpaceIdOrName` (query, string) The ID or API name of the data space to filter by. * `profileDataGraphIdOrName` (query, string) The ID or API name of the profile data graph to filter by. #### Responses * **200** _Personalization Recommender Collection_ Contains a collection of personalization recommenders. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationRecommenderCollection`. ### POST Personalization Recommender Creation `POST /personalization/personalization-recommenders` Operation ID: `postPersonalizationRecommenderCollection`. Tags: Personalization Recommenders Resources. Personalization Recommender resource Resource: Create & Read Create a personalization recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Request body Contains the details for creating a personalization recommender. **Note**: This representation inherits properties from the Personalization Recommender Base Input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationRecommenderInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Personalization Recommender_ Contains details of a personalization recommender. **Note**: This representation inherits properties from Personalization Recommender Named Base. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationRecommender`. ### GET Personalization Recommender List `GET /personalization/personalization-recommenders/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `getPersonalizationRecommender`. Tags: Personalization Recommenders Resources. Personalization Recommender Resource: Read and Update Get information about a specific personalization recommender by ID or name. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** _Personalization Recommender_ Contains details of a personalization recommender. **Note**: This representation inherits properties from Personalization Recommender Named Base. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationRecommender`. ### DELETE Personalization Recommender Deletion `DELETE /personalization/personalization-recommenders/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `deletePersonalizationRecommender`. Tags: Personalization Recommenders Resources. Personalization Recommender Resource: Read and Update Delete a specific personalization recommender by ID or name. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success ### PATCH Personalization Recommender Update `PATCH /personalization/personalization-recommenders/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `patchPersonalizationRecommender`. Tags: Personalization Recommenders Resources. Personalization Recommender Resource: Read and Update Update a specific personalization recommender by ID or name. _Available in: v65.0_ #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Request body Contains the details for editing a personalization recommender. **Note**: This representation inherits properties from the Personalization Recommender Base Patch Input. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationRecommenderPatchInput`. #### Responses * **200** _Personalization Recommender_ Contains details of a personalization recommender. **Note**: This representation inherits properties from Personalization Recommender Named Base. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationRecommender`. ### GET Personalization Recommender Jobs `GET /personalization/personalization-recommenders/{idOrName}/jobs` Operation ID: `getPersonalizationJobHistory`. Tags: Personalization Recommenders Resources. Recommender Resource: Get Job History Details Get jobs associated with a specific personalization recommender. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. * `limit` (query, integer) * `offset` (query, integer) #### Responses * **200** _Personalization Recommender Job Collection_ Contains a collection of personalization recommender jobs. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationRecommenderJobCollection`. ### POST Create a Personalization Schema `POST /personalization/personalization-schemas` Operation ID: `postPersonalizationSchemaCollection`. Tags: Personalization Content Schema Resources. Personalization Schema Resource: Create Create a Personalization Schema #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationSchemaInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationSchema`. ### GET Get a Personalization Schema `GET /personalization/personalization-schemas/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `getPersonalizationSchema`. Tags: Personalization Content Schema Resources. Personalization Schema: Read, Update, and Delete Get a Personalization Schema #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationSchema`. ### DELETE Delete a Personalization Schema `DELETE /personalization/personalization-schemas/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `deletePersonalizationSchema`. Tags: Personalization Content Schema Resources. Personalization Schema: Read, Update, and Delete Delete a Personalization Schema #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** Success ### PATCH Update a Personalization Schema `PATCH /personalization/personalization-schemas/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `patchPersonalizationSchema`. Tags: Personalization Content Schema Resources. Personalization Schema: Read, Update, and Delete Update a Personalization Schema #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Request body Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationSchemaInput`. #### Responses * **200** Success Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `PersonalizationSchema`. ### POST Engagement Signal Compound Metrics `POST /personalization/compound-metrics` Operation ID: `postEngagementSignalCompoundMetricCollection`. Tags: Personalization Engagement Signals Resources. Engagement Signal Compound Metric Collection Resource Create Engagement Signal Compound Metrics. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Alternate paths * `/personalization/compound-metrics/{compoundMetricIdOrName}` - By Compound Metric ID Or Name #### Request body Request body for creating an Engagement Signal Compound Metric. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EngagementSignalCompoundMetricInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "numeratorMetric": { "engagementSignalName": "EmailEngagement", "engagementSignalMetricName": "Emails_Interacted" }, "denominatorMetric": { "engagementSignalName": "EmailEngagement", "engagementSignalMetricName": "Emails_Sent" }, "description": "Email click through rate", "name": "MyCompoundMetric", "label": "MyCompoundMetric", "operator": "RATIO" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Engagement Signal Compound Metric_ Response body for an Engagement Signal Compound Metric. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EngagementSignalCompoundMetric`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 This example shows a sample response with details of an engagement signal compound metric. ``` { "id": "2H0xx0000004CBkCAX", "name": "MyCompoundMetric", "label": "MyCompoundMetric", "description": "Email click through rate", "operator": "RATIO", "numeratorMetric": { "engagementSignalName": "EmailEngagement", "engagementSignalMetricName": "Emails_Interacted" }, "denominatorMetric": { "engagementSignalName": "EmailEngagement", "engagementSignalMetricName": "Emails_Sent" }, "url": "/services/data/v67.0/personalization/compound-metrics/2H0xx0000004CBkCAX" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example shows a sample resource applicable for POST method. POST https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/personalization/compound-metrics Content-Type: application/json { "numeratorMetric": { "engagementSignalName": "EmailEngagement", "engagementSignalMetricName": "Emails_Interacted" }, "denominatorMetric": { "engagementSignalName": "EmailEngagement", "engagementSignalMetricName": "Emails_Sent" }, "description": "Email click through rate", "name": "MyCompoundMetric", "label": "MyCompoundMetric", "operator": "RATIO" } ``` ### GET Engagement Signal Compound Metrics `GET /personalization/compound-metrics/{compoundMetricIdOrName}` Operation ID: `getEngagementSignalCompoundMetric`. Tags: Personalization Engagement Signals Resources. Engagement Signal Compound Metric Resource Get Engagement Signal Compound Metrics. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Alternate paths * `/personalization/compound-metrics/{compoundMetricIdOrName}` - By Compound Metric ID Or Name #### Parameters * `compoundMetricIdOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the compound metric. #### Responses * **200** _Engagement Signal Compound Metric_ Response body for an Engagement Signal Compound Metric. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EngagementSignalCompoundMetric`. _Example example\_1: same as POST /personalization/compound-metrics 200 response._ Payload 1 This example shows a sample response with details of an engagement signal compound metric. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 This example shows a sample response with details of an engagement signal compound metric. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example shows a sample resource applicable for GET and DELETE methods. https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/personalization/compound-metrics/2H0xx0000004CBkCAX ``` ### DELETE Engagement Signal Compound Metrics `DELETE /personalization/compound-metrics/{compoundMetricIdOrName}` Operation ID: `deleteEngagementSignalCompoundMetric`. Tags: Personalization Engagement Signals Resources. Engagement Signal Compound Metric Resource Delete Engagement Signal Compound Metrics. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Alternate paths * `/personalization/compound-metrics/{compoundMetricIdOrName}` - By Compound Metric ID Or Name #### Parameters * `compoundMetricIdOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the compound metric. #### Responses * **200** Success #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example shows a sample resource applicable for GET and DELETE methods. https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/personalization/compound-metrics/2H0xx0000004CBkCAX ``` ### GET Engagement Signals `GET /personalization/engagement-signals` Operation ID: `getEngagementSignalCollection`. Tags: Personalization Engagement Signals Resources. Engagement Signal Collection Resource List and get Engagement Signals. _Available in: v63.0_ The query parameters can include the API name of the data space, the API name of the profile data graph, the API name of the item data graph, a limit for the number of engagement signals returned, and the number of engagement signals to skip before the return. #### Alternate paths * `/personalization/engagement-signals/{idOrName}` - By ID Or Name #### Parameters * `dataspaceName` (query, string) API name of the Data Space to filter by. _Available in: v63.0_ * `itemDataGraphName` (query, string) API name of the Item Data Graph to filter by. _Available in: v66.0_ * `limit` (query, integer) Maximum number of items to return. _Available in: v63.0_ * `offset` (query, integer) Number of items to skip before starting to collect the result set. _Available in: v63.0_ * `profileDataGraphName` (query, string) API name of the Profile Data Graph to filter by. _Available in: v63.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Engagement Signal_ Response body for an Engagement Signal. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EngagementSignalCollection`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 This example shows a sample response to create an engagement signal. ``` { "id": "1H0xx0000004CAeCAM", "name": "EmailClicks", "label": "Email Clicks", "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "dataSpaceName": "default", "timestampField": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "CreatedDate__c", "label": "Created Date" }, "userIdField": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "IndividualId__c", "label": "Individual" }, "uniqueIdentifier": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "Id__c", "label": "Id" }, "catalogIdField": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "CampaignId__c", "label": "Campaign" }, "filterGroups": [ { "conjunctiveOperator": "And", "filters": [ { "action": "Includes", "operator": "Equals", "field": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "EngagementTypeId__c", "label": "Engagement Type" }, "values": [ "CLICK" ] } ] } ], "metrics": [ { "id": "1H0xx0000004CAeCAZ", "name": "Clicks_Count", "aggregateFunction": "Count", "field": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "Id__c", "label": "Id" } } ] } ``` _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 This example shows a sample response to get a single engagement signal. ``` { "id": "1H0xx0000004CAeCAM", "name": "EmailClicks", "label": "Email Clicks", "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "dataSpaceName": "default" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example shows a sample resource applicable for GET (collection) method. GET https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/personalization/engagement-signals?dataspaceName=default&profileDataGraphName=validProfileDG&itemDataGraphName=validItemDG&batchSize=25&offset=0 ``` ### POST Engagement Signals `POST /personalization/engagement-signals` Operation ID: `postEngagementSignalCollection`. Tags: Personalization Engagement Signals Resources. Engagement Signal Collection Resource Create Engagement Signals. _Available in: v63.0_ The query parameters can include the API name of the data space, the API name of the profile data graph, the API name of the item data graph, a limit for the number of engagement signals returned, and the number of engagement signals to skip before the return. #### Alternate paths * `/personalization/engagement-signals/{idOrName}` - By ID Or Name #### Request body Request body for creating an Engagement Signal. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EngagementSignalInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "name": "EmailClicks", "label": "Email Clicks", "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "dataSpaceName": "default", "timestampField": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "CreatedDate__c" }, "userIdField": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "IndividualId__c" }, "uniqueIdentifierField": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "Id__c" }, "catalogIdField": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "CampaignId__c" }, "filterGroups": { "filterGroups": [ { "conjunctiveOperator": "And", "filters": [ { "action": "Includes", "operator": "Equals", "field": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "EngagementTypeId__c" }, "values": [ "CLICK" ] } ] } ] }, "metrics": { "metrics": [ { "name": "Clicks_Count", "aggregateFunction": "Count", "field": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "Id__c" } } ] } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Engagement Signal_ Response body for an Engagement Signal. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EngagementSignal`. _Example example\_1: same as GET /personalization/engagement-signals 200 response._ Payload 1 This example shows a sample response to create an engagement signal. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 This example shows a sample response to create an engagement signal. _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 This example shows a sample response to get a single engagement signal. ``` { "id": "1H0xx0000004CAeCAM", "name": "EmailClicks", "label": "Email Clicks", "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "dataSpaceName": "default" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example shows a sample resource applicable for POST method. POST https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/personalization/engagement-signals Content-Type: application/json { "name": "EmailClicks", "label": "Email Clicks", "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "dataSpaceName": "default", "timestampField": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "CreatedDate__c" }, "userIdField": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "IndividualId__c" }, "uniqueIdentifierField": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "Id__c" }, "catalogIdField": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "CampaignId__c" }, "filterGroups": { "filterGroups": [ { "conjunctiveOperator": "And", "filters": [ { "action": "Includes", "operator": "Equals", "field": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "EngagementTypeId__c" }, "values": [ "CLICK" ] } ] } ] }, "metrics": { "metrics": [ { "name": "Clicks_Count", "aggregateFunction": "Count", "field": { "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "name": "Id__c" } } ] } } ``` ### GET Engagement Signals (By ID Or Name) `GET /personalization/engagement-signals/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `getEngagementSignal`. Tags: Personalization Engagement Signals Resources. Engagement Signal Resource: Get and Delete _Available in: v63.0_ Alternate path for `Engagement Signals`. Variant: By ID Or Name. Canonical documentation path: `/personalization/engagement-signals`. #### Parameters * `dataspaceName` (query, string) API name of the Data Space to filter by. _Available in: v63.0_ * `profileDataGraphName` (query, string) API name of the Profile Data Graph to filter by. _Available in: v63.0_ * `itemDataGraphName` (query, string) API name of the Item Data Graph to filter by. _Available in: v66.0_ * `limit` (query, integer) Maximum number of items to return. _Available in: v63.0_ * `offset` (query, integer) Number of items to skip before starting to collect the result set. _Available in: v63.0_ * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** _Engagement Signal_ Response body for an Engagement Signal. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EngagementSignal`. _Example example\_1: same as GET /personalization/engagement-signals 200 response._ Payload 1 This example shows a sample response to create an engagement signal. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 This example shows a sample response to create an engagement signal. _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 This example shows a sample response to get a single engagement signal. ``` { "id": "1H0xx0000004CAeCAM", "name": "EmailClicks", "label": "Email Clicks", "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "dataSpaceName": "default" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example shows a sample resource applicable for GET (single) and DELETE # methods. https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/personalization/engagement-signals/1H0xx0000004CAeCAM ``` ### DELETE Engagement Signals `DELETE /personalization/engagement-signals/{idOrName}` Operation ID: `deleteEngagementSignal`. Tags: Personalization Engagement Signals Resources. Engagement Signal Resource: Get and Delete Delete Engagement Signals. _Available in: v63.0_ The query parameters can include the API name of the data space, the API name of the profile data graph, the API name of the item data graph, a limit for the number of engagement signals returned, and the number of engagement signals to skip before the return. #### Alternate paths * `/personalization/engagement-signals/{idOrName}` - By ID Or Name #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** _Engagement Signal_ Response body for an Engagement Signal. Media type: `application/json`. _Example example\_1: same as GET /personalization/engagement-signals 200 response._ Payload 1 This example shows a sample response to create an engagement signal. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 This example shows a sample response to create an engagement signal. _Example: example\_2_ Payload 2 This example shows a sample response to get a single engagement signal. ``` { "id": "1H0xx0000004CAeCAM", "name": "EmailClicks", "label": "Email Clicks", "objectName": "Email_Engagement__dlm", "dataSpaceName": "default" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example shows a sample resource applicable for GET (single) and DELETE # methods. https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/personalization/engagement-signals/1H0xx0000004CAeCAM ``` ### POST Engagement Signal Metrics `POST /personalization/engagement-signals/{idOrName}/metrics` Operation ID: `postEngagementSignalMetricCollection`. Tags: Personalization Engagement Signals Resources. Engagement Signal Metric Collection Resource Create Engagement Signal Metrics for an Engagement Signal. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Alternate paths * `/personalization/engagement-signals/{idOrName}/metrics/{idOrName}` - By ID Or Name and ID Or Name #### Parameters * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Request body Request body for creating an Engagement Signal Metric. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EngagementSignalMetricInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "name": "metricName", "field": { "objectName": "Engagement_Signal_DMO__dlm", "name": "Unique_Identifier__c" }, "aggregateFunction": "Count" } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Engagement Signal Metric_ Response body for an Engagement Signal Metric. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `EngagementSignalMetric`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 This example shows a sample response with details of an engagement signal metric. ``` { "id": "1H0xx0000004CAeCAZ", "name": "metricName", "field": { "objectName": "Engagement_Signal_DMO__dlm", "name": "Unique_Identifier__c", "label": "Unique Identifier" }, "aggregateFunction": "Count" } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example shows a sample resource applicable for POST method. POST https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/personalization/engagement-signals/1H0xx0000004CAeCAM/metrics Content-Type: application/json { "name": "metricName", "field": { "objectName": "Engagement_Signal_DMO__dlm", "name": "Unique_Identifier__c" }, "aggregateFunction": "Count" } ``` ### DELETE Engagement Signal Metrics `DELETE /personalization/engagement-signals/{idOrName}/metrics/{engagementSignalMetricId}` Operation ID: `deleteEngagementSignalMetric`. Tags: Personalization Engagement Signals Resources. Engagement Signal Metric Resource: Delete Delete Engagement Signal Metrics for an Engagement Signal. _Available in: v64.0_ #### Alternate paths * `/personalization/engagement-signals/{idOrName}/metrics/{idOrName}` - By ID Or Name and ID Or Name #### Parameters * `engagementSignalMetricId` (path, string, required) ID of the engagement signal metric. * `idOrName` (path, string, required) ID or name of the resource. #### Responses * **200** Success #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example shows a sample resource applicable for DELETE method. DELETE https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/personalization/engagement-signals/1H0xx0000004CAeCAM/metrics/metricname ``` ### GET Personalization Transformers `GET /personalization/external-apps/transformer` Operation ID: `getTransformer`. Tags: Personalization Transformers Resources. The api resource for getting, updating and deleting a single transformer. Get Personalization Transformers. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Parameters * `idOrName` (query, string, required) Unique ID or API name of the personalization transformer to retrieve, update, or delete. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Responses * **200** _Transformer_ Response body for a single personalization transformer. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Transformer`. _Example: example\_1_ Transformer ``` { "channel": "WebApp", "createdById": "005SB000007airJYAQ", "createdDate": "2026-02-25T16:48:45.000Z", "dataConnectors": [ { "appIdentifier": "ed38623e-eae3-48f3-a77e-4e9b9088ebfe", "id": "0jaSB0000000PBJYA2", "name": "Test_Web_Integration_ed38623e_eae3_48f3_a77e_4e9b9088ebfe", "streamingAppDataConnectorType": "WebApp" } ], "dataSpace": "default", "description": null, "id": "7PTSB00000070ZZ4AY", "isEnabled": true, "label": "RecsHardCodedTransformer", "lastModifiedById": "005SB000007airJYAQ", "lastModifiedDate": "2026-02-25T16:49:07.000Z", "name": "RecsHardCodedTransformer", "publishedDate": "2026-02-25T16:49:07.000Z", "schemaReference": null, "substitutionDefinitions": {}, "transformerCategory": "EmbeddedContent", "transformerType": "Handlebars", "transformerTypeDetails": { "componentName": null, "disableAutoInjectionOfEngagementAttributes": false, "html": "

Products

..." } } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example shows a sample resource applicable for GET (single), PUT, and # DELETE methods. https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/personalization/external-apps/transformer?idOrName=0H0xx0000004ABCAA ``` ### PUT Personalization Transformers `PUT /personalization/external-apps/transformer` Operation ID: `updateTransformer`. Tags: Personalization Transformers Resources. The api resource for getting, updating and deleting a single transformer. Create and update Personalization Transformers. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Parameters * `idOrName` (query, string, required) Unique ID or API name of the personalization transformer to retrieve, update, or delete. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Request body (required) Request body for creating or updating a Personalization Transformer. _Available in: v66.0_ Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TransformerInput`. _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 ``` { "name": "MyTransformer", "label": "My Transformer", "description": "Handlebars transformer for web content", "dataConnectors": [ "connectorId1" ], "channel": "WebApp", "isEnabled": true, "transformerType": "Handlebars", "substitutionDefinitions": { "titleKey": { "label": "Banner title", "configType": "Static", "defaultValue": "Welcome", "overridable": true, "required": false } }, "transformerTypeDetails": { "html": "
{{content}}
", "disableAutoInjectionOfEngagementAttributes": false, "script": "", "componentName": "" } } ``` #### Responses * **200** _Transformer_ Response body for a single personalization transformer. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Transformer`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example shows a sample resource applicable for GET (single), PUT, and # DELETE methods. https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/personalization/external-apps/transformer?idOrName=0H0xx0000004ABCAA Content-Type: application/json { "name": "MyTransformer", "label": "My Transformer", "description": "Handlebars transformer for web content", "dataConnectors": [ "connectorId1" ], "channel": "WebApp", "isEnabled": true, "transformerType": "Handlebars", "substitutionDefinitions": { "titleKey": { "label": "Banner title", "configType": "Static", "defaultValue": "Welcome", "overridable": true, "required": false } }, "transformerTypeDetails": { "html": "
{{content}}
", "disableAutoInjectionOfEngagementAttributes": false, "script": "", "componentName": "" } } ``` ### DELETE Personalization Transformers `DELETE /personalization/external-apps/transformer` Operation ID: `deleteTransformer`. Tags: Personalization Transformers Resources. The api resource for getting, updating and deleting a single transformer. Delete Personalization Transformers. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Parameters * `idOrName` (query, string, required) Unique ID or API name of the personalization transformer to retrieve, update, or delete. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Responses * **204** _Successful Delete_ Success #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example shows a sample resource applicable for GET (single), PUT, and # DELETE methods. https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/personalization/external-apps/transformer?idOrName=0H0xx0000004ABCAA ``` ### GET Personalization Transformers Collection `GET /personalization/external-apps/transformers` Operation ID: `getTransformers`. Tags: Personalization Transformers Resources. The api resource for getting and creating transformers. Get Personalization Transformers. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Parameters * `channelType` (query, string) Retrieve only the Personalization Transformers associated with the specified channel. * `connectorNameOrId` (query, string) Retrieve only the Personalization Transformers associated with the specified DataCloud's StreamingAppDataConnector. * `dataSpaceIdOrName` (query, string) Id or Name of the DataSpace. * `isDataConnectorAttached` (query, boolean) Filter transformers by data connector attachment status. When false, returns transformers not attached to any data connector. Can be combined with connectorNameOrId to get transformers matching that connector OR unattached transformers. * `isEnabled` (query, boolean) Retrieve only the Personalization Transformers which are enabled. * `limit` (query, integer) Limits the number of personalization transformers returned. The default is 50 and the value must be between 1 and 299. The list is sorted by name. _Available in: v66.0_ * `offset` (query, integer) Number of personalization transformers to skip when retrieving the list. The default is 0 and the value must be between 0 and the number of personalization transformers. The list is sorted by name. _Available in: v66.0_ * `schemaReference` (query, string) Retrieve only the Personalization Transformers associated with the specified Personalization schema reference. * `source` (query, string) Source of the personalization transformers to retrieve. Values: `{Global}` , `{Organization}` . Default is `{Organization}` . _Available in: v66.0_ * `transformerCategory` (query, string) Retrieve only the Personalization Transformers associated with the specified Personalization Transformer Category. * `transformerType` (query, TransformerTypeEnum) Retrieve only the Personalization Transformers associated with the specified transformer type. #### Responses * **200** _Transformer Collection_ Response body for list of personalization transformers. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TransformerCollection`. _Example: example\_1_ Transformer Collection ``` { "totalSize": 2, "transformers": [ { "id": "0H0xx0000004ABCAA", "name": "MyTransformer", "label": "My Transformer", "description": "Sample transformer", "isEnabled": true, "channel": "WebApp" } ], "currentPageUrl": "https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v66.0/personalization/external-apps/transformers?limit=50&offset=0", "nextPageUrl": null } ``` #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example shows a sample resource applicable for GET (collection) and POST # methods. https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/personalization/external-apps/transformers?limit=50&offset=0&source=Organization ``` ### POST Personalization Transformers `POST /personalization/external-apps/transformers` Operation ID: `createTransformers`. Tags: Personalization Transformers Resources. The api resource for getting and creating transformers. Create Personalization Transformers. _Available in: v66.0_ #### Request body Request body for creating or updating a Personalization Transformer. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `TransformerInput`. _Example example\_1: same as PUT /personalization/external-apps/transformer request._ Payload 1 _Example: example\_1_ Payload 1 #### Responses * **200** _Transformer_ Response body for a single personalization transformer. Media type: `application/json`. Schema: `Transformer`. #### Code samples _Example: Example 1 · HTTP_ ``` # This example shows a sample resource applicable for GET (collection) and POST # methods. https://yourInstance.salesforce.com/services/data/v67.0/personalization/external-apps/transformers?limit=50&offset=0&source=Organization Content-Type: application/json { "name": "MyTransformer", "label": "My Transformer", "description": "Handlebars transformer for web content", "dataConnectors": [ "connectorId1" ], "channel": "WebApp", "isEnabled": true, "transformerType": "Handlebars", "substitutionDefinitions": { "titleKey": { "label": "Banner title", "configType": "Static", "defaultValue": "Welcome", "overridable": true, "required": false } }, "transformerTypeDetails": { "html": "
{{content}}
", "disableAutoInjectionOfEngagementAttributes": false, "script": "", "componentName": "" } } ``` ## Schemas ### ABnExperimentInput ABn Experiment Input Representation * `chanceToWinThreshold` (_number (double)_) Winning threshold (85.00–100.00). _Available in: v65.0_ * `cohorts` (_array of array of PersonalizationAttributeValueInput_, required) List of ABn Experiment Cohorts. _Available in: v65.0_ * `criteria` (_string_) JSON defining targeting or segmentation rules. _Available in: v65.0_ * `dataSpaceName` (_string_, required) The API name of the personalization point's data space. _Available in: v65.0_ * `description` (_string_) An optional description for the experiment. _Available in: v65.0_ * `label` (_string_, required) The experiment's UI label. _Available in: v65.0_ * `maximumDurationInMinutes` (_integer_) Maximum duration in minutes (min: `minimumDurationInMinutes` , max: 129600). Ignored if `winnerSelectionMode` is manual. _Available in: v65.0_ * `minimumDurationInMinutes` (_integer_) Minimum duration in minutes (60–129600). Ignored if `winnerSelectionMode` is manual. _Available in: v65.0_ * `minimumRequiredParticipants` (_integer_) Minimum required participants (300–5000). Ignored if `winnerSelectionMode` is manual. _Available in: v65.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) The experiment's API name. _Available in: v65.0_ * `parameters` (_array of ParameterValueInput_) Required engagement signal parameters. _Available in: v65.0_ * `primaryMetrics` (_array of PrimaryMetricReferenceInput_) Primary metrics for evaluating experiment performance and success. _Available in: v65.0_ * `profileDataGraphName` (_string_) The API name of the profile data graph. _Available in: v65.0_ * `scheduleFrequencyInMinutes` (_integer_) Processing frequency in minutes (30–1440). _Available in: v65.0_ * `schemaEnum` (_PersonalizationSchemaEnum_) * `schemaName` (_string_, required) API name of the personalization schema. The data space prefix must match `dataSpaceName` . _Available in: v65.0_ * `secondaryMetrics` (_array of MetricReferenceInput_) Metrics for additional performance and behavior insights. _Available in: v65.0_ * `source` (_object_, required) PersonalizationSourceEnum The Experiment’s source. _Available in: v65.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationSourceEnum`. * `sourceRecordId` (_string_) Reference to the origin record, such as a Flow. Generates an edit link when combined with the source enum. _Available in: v65.0_ * `winnerSelectionMode` (_object_) WinnerSelectionModeEnum Winner selection mode: automatic or manual. _Available in: v65.0_ Includes all fields of `WinnerSelectionModeEnum`. ### ABnExperiment Contains details of a personalization Experiment. **Note**: This representation inherits properties from Personalization Experiment Named Base. * `chanceToWinThreshold` (_number (double)_) Threshold used to declare a winner * `cohorts` (_array of ABnExperimentCohort_) The list of experiment cohorts. _Available in: v65.0_ * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) Created by id * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date * `criteria` (_object_) Criteria Targeting and segmentation rules. _Available in: v65.0_ Includes all fields of `Criteria`. * `dataSpaceName` (_string_) The API name of the experiment's data space. _Available in: v65.0_ * `description` (_string_) Experiment description * `id` (_string (Id)_) The 18 character ID of the record * `isRemote` (_boolean_) Is Remote * `label` (_string_) Personalization base output label * `lastAnalyzed` (_string (date-time)_) When the experiment was last analyzed * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) Last modified by id * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date * `maximumDurationInMinutes` (_integer_) Maximum duration of the experiment in minutes * `minimumDurationInMinutes` (_integer_) Minimum duration of the experiment in minutes * `minimumRequiredParticipants` (_integer_) Minimum number of participants required for each cohort * `name` (_string_) Personalization base output API name * `parameters` (_array of ParameterValue_) List of Parameters associated with the Experiment * `primaryMetric` (_object_) PersonalizationExperimentMetricReference Primary metric for evaluating experiment performance. _Available in: v65.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationExperimentMetricReference`. * `primaryMetrics` (_array of PrimaryMetricReference_) The primary metrics of this experiment * `profileDataGraphName` (_string_) The API name of the profile data graph. _Available in: v65.0_ * `scheduleFrequencyInMinutes` (_integer_) How frequently the experiment analytics should be processed * `schemaEnum` (_PersonalizationSchemaEnum_) * `schemaName` (_string_) The API name of the personalization schema. If the name includes a data space prefix, it must match `dataSpaceName` . _Available in: v65.0_ * `secondaryMetrics` (_array of MetricReference_) Metrics for additional performance and behavior insights. _Available in: v65.0_ * `source` (_object_) PersonalizationSourceEnum The Experiment's source. _Available in: v65.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationSourceEnum`. * `sourceRecordId` (_string_) A record which created this Experiment and which is responsible for maintaining it. What type of object this is depends on the Source. * `sourceReferenceId` (_string (Id)_) Reference to the origin record. Generates an edit link when combined with the source enum. _Available in: v65.0_ * `startedDate` (_string (date-time)_) The date and time the experiment started. _Available in: v65.0_ * `state` (_object_) ExperimentStateEnum The Experiment's state. _Available in: v65.0_ Includes all fields of `ExperimentStateEnum`. * `status` (_object_) EntityStatusEnum The Experiment's status. _Available in: v65.0_ Includes all fields of `EntityStatusEnum`. * `stoppedDate` (_string (date-time)_) The date and time the experiment stopped. _Available in: v65.0_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Url * `winnerSelectionMode` (_WinnerSelectionModeEnum_) ### BatchDecisionCollection Personalization Batch Decision Collection Output Representation * `batchDecisions` (_array of BatchDecision_) List of personalization batch decisions * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Current page url * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Next page url if it exists * `totalSize` (_integer_) Total size of collection ### BatchDecisionInput Personalization Batch Decision Input Representation * `activationTriggerType` (_PersonalizationBatchDecisionActivationTriggerTypeEnum_) * `batchStatus` (_PersonalizationBatchDecisionStatusEnum_) * `dataSpaceName` (_string_) The API name of the Data Space associated with the Personalization Batch Decision * `description` (_string_) Personalization Base description * `label` (_string_) Personalization Base label * `marketSegmentName` (_string_) The API name of the market segment associated with the Personalization Batch Decision * `name` (_string_) Personalization Point API name * `personalizationKeyFields` (_array of PersonalizationFieldTypeEnum_) The list of key field types associated with the Personalization Batch Decision * `personalizationPointNames` (_array of string_) The list of personalization point API names associated with the Personalization Batch Decision * `refreshMode` (_DataExportRefreshModeEnum_) ### BatchDecision Personalization Batch Decision Output Representation * `activationTriggerType` (_PersonalizationBatchDecisionActivationTriggerTypeEnum_) * `batchStatus` (_PersonalizationBatchDecisionStatusEnum_) * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) Created by id * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date * `dataSpace` (_PersonalizationReference_) * `description` (_string_) Personalization Batch Decision description * `id` (_string (Id)_) The 18 character ID of the record * `inputDataModelObject` (_PersonalizationReference_) * `isRemote` (_boolean_) Is Remote * `label` (_string_) Personalization base output label * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) Last modified by id * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date * `lastRefreshDate` (_string (date-time)_) When the job last ran off-core * `lastRefreshErrorCode` (_PersonalizationBatchDecisionErrorCodeOffCoreEnum_) * `lastRefreshStatus` (_PersonalizationBatchDecisionLastRefreshStatusEnum_) * `lastSuccessfulRefreshDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last successful refreshed date that happened off-core * `marketSegment` (_PersonalizationReference_) * `modelRevision` (_integer_) Model revision increases everytime batch decision is updated * `name` (_string_) Personalization base output API name * `outputDataModelObject` (_PersonalizationReference_) * `personalizationKeyFields` (_array of PersonalizationFieldTypeEnum_) List of personalization key field types associated with personalization batch decision * `personalizationPoints` (_array of string_) List of API names of personalization points associated with personalization batch decision * `refreshMode` (_DataExportRefreshModeEnum_) * `status` (_EntityStatusEnum_) * `url` (_string (url)_) Url ### BatchDecisionPatchInput Personalization Batch Decision Patch Input Representation * `batchStatus` (_PersonalizationBatchDecisionStatusEnum_) * `description` (_string_) Personalization Base description * `label` (_string_) Personalization Base label * `name` (_string_) Personalization Point API name * `runBatchPersonalization` (_boolean_) Flag to determine whether to run batch personalization ### BatchDecisionJobCollection Batch Decision Job Collection Output Representation * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the current page * `jobs` (_array of BatchDecisionJob_) List of jobs * `lastEvaluatedKey` (_string_) Last evaluated key. Pass this value to receive the next page. * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL of the next page, or null if there is no next page ### CalculatedAffinityCollection Calculated Affinity Collection Output Representation * `calculatedAffinities` (_array of CalculatedAffinity_) List of calculated affinities * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Current page url * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Next page url if it exists * `totalSize` (_integer_) Total size of collection ### CalculatedAffinityInput Calculated Affinity Input Representation * `contentObjectFieldNames` (_array of string_) The Content Object field names to compare this calculated affinity model against * `contentObjectName` (_string_) The name of the Content Object * `dataSpaceName` (_string_) The API name of the Data Space associated with this affinity * `description` (_string_) Personalization Base description * `engagementSignals` (_array of CalculatedAffinityEngagementSignalInput_) A collection of user interactions with their strength and impact, such as product views and purchases, used to determine a user's affinity for specific brands or products, with more recent and purchase-related engagements contributing higher to the affinity score * `isDecay` (_boolean_) Whether decay is enabled * `label` (_string_) Personalization Base label * `lookBackWindow` (_integer_) The time frame in days the model should consider when computing affinity * `name` (_string_) Personalization Point API name * `profileDataGraphName` (_string_) The name of the Profile Data Graph * `scoringModel` (_ScoringModelEnum_) ### CalculatedAffinity Calculated Affinity Output Representation * `contentObjectFieldNames` (_array of string_) The field names of the Content Object used to compare affinity against * `contentObjectName` (_string_) The name of the Content Object * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) Created by id * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date * `dataSpaceName` (_string_) The API name of the Data Space associated with the Calculated Affinity * `description` (_string_) Description of the Calculated Affinity * `engagementSignals` (_array of CalculatedAffinityEngagementSignal_) The interaction signals with their strength and impact used for computing affinity * `id` (_string (Id)_) The 18 character ID of the record * `isDecay` (_boolean_) Whether decay is enabled * `label` (_string_) Personalization base output label * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) Last modified by id * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date * `lookBackWindow` (_integer_) The time frame in days the model should consider when computing affinity * `name` (_string_) Personalization base output API name * `profileDataGraphName` (_string_) The name of the Profile Data Graph * `scoringModel` (_ScoringModelEnum_) * `url` (_string (url)_) Url ### PersonalizationExperienceConfigCollection Personalization Experience Config Collection Output Representation * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Current page url * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Next page url if it exists * `personalizationExperienceConfigs` (_array of PersonalizationExperienceConfig_) List of Personalization Experience Configs * `totalSize` (_integer_) Total size of collection ### PersonalizationExperienceConfigInput Personalization Experience Config Input Representation * `createdById` (_string_) Id of the user who created this Personalization Experience Config (read-only, ignored on input) * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) The datetime when this Personalization Experience Config was created (read-only, ignored on input) * `dataProvider` (_DataProviderInput_) * `description` (_string_) Description of the Personalization Experience Config * `displayUrl` (_string_) When editing this configuration on the Website which page of the website should this configuration be displayed on if not the current page. * `id` (_string_) Id of the Personalization Experience Config (read-only, ignored on input) * `isEnabled` (_boolean_) Whether or not this particular configuration is enabled. * `label` (_string_) Label of the Personalization Experience Config * `lastModifiedById` (_string_) Id of the user who last modified this Personalization Experience Config (read-only, ignored on input) * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) The datetime when this Personalization Experience Config was last modified. * `name` (_string_) Name of the Personalization Experience Config * `publishedDate` (_string (date-time)_) The datetime when this Personalization Experience Config was last published. * `sourceMatchers` (_array of SourceMatcherInput_) How to find the source where this personalization will occur which for web is which web pages. * `transformationConfig` (_array of TransformationInput_) How will the data provided by the Data Provider be transformed? ### PersonalizationExperienceConfig Personalization Experience Config Output Representation * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) Id of the user who created this Personalization Experience Config * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) The datetime when this Personalization Experience Config was created. * `dataProvider` (_DataProvider_) * `description` (_string_) Description of the Personalization Experience Config * `displayUrl` (_string_) When editing this configuration on the Website which page of the website should this configuration be displayed on if not the current page. * `id` (_string (Id)_) Id of the Personalization Experience Config * `isEnabled` (_boolean_) Whether or not this particular configuration is enabled. * `label` (_string_) Label of the Personalization Experience Config * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) Id of the user who last modified this Personalization Experience Config * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) The datetime when this Personalization Experience Config was last modified. * `name` (_string_) Name of the Personalization Experience Config * `publishedDate` (_string (date-time)_) The datetime when this Personalization Experience Config was last published. * `sourceMatchers` (_array of SourceMatcher_) How to find the source where this personalization will occur which for web is which web pages. * `transformationConfig` (_TransformationConfig_) * `wpmUrl` (_string (url)_) Customer website URL with authURL and wpm parameter as query param ### PersonalizationPointInput This representation defines the settings for creating or updating a personalization point. * `abnExperimentName` (_string_) API name of a Personalization Experiment that the personalization point is part of. _Available in: v65.0_ * `dataSpaceName` (_string_) API name of the data space where this personalization point resides. _Available in: v64.0_ * `decisions` (_array of PersonalizationDecisionInput_) List of personalization decision definitions. _Available in: v64.0_ * `description` (_string_) Optional description of the personalization point. _Available in: v64.0_ * `isAuthenticationRequired` (_boolean_) Whether the end user must be authenticated at runtime. Defaults to false prior to v66.0. _Available in: v66.0_ * `label` (_string_) Display label that appears in the user interface. _Available in: v64.0_ * `maxItemsCount` (_integer_) Maximum number of content items to return at runtime. Defaults to 12 for recommendation type personalization content schemas. _Available in: v64.0_ * `name` (_string_) API name of the personalization point. _Available in: v64.0_ * `profileDataGraphName` (_string_) API name of the profile data graph for this personalization point. This value is optional unless decisions use targeting rules that reference profile attributes. _Available in: v64.0_ * `rootPersonalizationPointId` (_string_) ID of the root Personalization Point (for derived points). _Available in: v64.0_ * `schemaName` (_string_) API name of a personalization content schema assigned to this personalization point. You can use this field, or the schemaEnum, but not both. _Available in: v64.0_ * `sourceRecordId` (_string_) ID of the record responsible for maintaining this personalization point. _Available in: v64.0_ * `schemaEnum` (_object_) Standard personalization content schema type. Use this string, or the schemaName, but not both. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationSchemaEnum`. * `source` (_object_) Application used to create this personalization point. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationSourceEnum`. ### PersonalizationPoint Contains detailed output information for a personalization point. * `abnExperimentName` (_string_) API name of a personalization experiment that the personalization point is part of. _Available in: v65.0_ * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who created the personalization point. _Available in: v64.0_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Timestamp of when the personalization point was created. _Available in: v64.0_ * `dataSpaceName` (_string_) API name of the data space where this personalization point resides. _Available in: v64.0_ * `decisions` (_array of PersonalizationDecision_) List of personalization decision definitions. _Available in: v64.0_ * `description` (_string_) Optional description of the personalization point. _Available in: v64.0_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) Salesforce personalization point record ID. _Available in: v64.0_ * `isAuthenticationRequired` (_boolean_) Whether authentication is required at runtime. _Available in: v66.0_ * `label` (_string_) Display label that appears for the personalization point in the user interface. _Available in: v64.0_ * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who last modified the record. _Available in: v64.0_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Timestamp of when the personalization point was last modified. _Available in: v64.0_ * `maxItemsCount` (_integer_) Maximum number of personalized content items returned at runtime. _Available in: v64.0_ * `name` (_string_) API name of the personalization point. _Available in: v64.0_ * `profileDataGraphName` (_string_) API name of the profile data graph for this personalization point. _Available in: v64.0_ * `rootPersonalizationPointId` (_string_) ID of the root personalization point (for derived points). _Available in: v64.0_ * `schemaName` (_string_) API name of the personalization content schema assigned to this personalization point. _Available in: v64.0_ * `sourceRecordId` (_string_) ID of the record responsible for maintaining this personalization point. _Available in: v64.0_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The relative path to the server for this resource (for example, /services/data/v67.0/personalization/personalization-points/{name}). _Available in: v64.0_ * `schemaEnum` (_object_) Standard personalization schema type, if applicable. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationSchemaEnum`. * `source` (_object_) Application used to create this personalization point. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationSourceEnum`. * `status` (_object_) Status of the personalization point. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `EntityStatusEnum`. ### PersonalizationRecommenderCollection Contains a collection of personalization recommenders. * `data` (_array of PersonalizationRecommender_) A collection of personalization recommenders. _Available in: v64.0_ ### PersonalizationRecommenderInput Contains the details for creating a personalization recommender. **Note**: This representation inherits properties from the Personalization Recommender Base Input. * `backupRecommenderName` (_string_) The API name (developerName) of the backup recommender to use when primary recommender returns insufficient recommendation results. * `chanceToLoseThreshold` (_number (double)_) Threshold used to declare a losing variant. * `chanceToWinThreshold` (_number (double)_) Threshold used to declare a winning variant. * `dataSpaceName` (_string_, required) The name of the data space for the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ * `decisionOptions` (_array of PersonalizationRecommenderDecisionOptionInput_) Decision options (arms) of this contextual bandit recommender. * `description` (_string_) Personalization Base description * `excludeFilters` (_array of BaseRuleInput_) The exclusion filters for the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ * `includeFilters` (_array of BaseRuleInput_) The inclusion filters for the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ * `itemDataGraphName` (_string_, required) The name of the item data graph for the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ * `label` (_string_) Personalization Base label * `minimumRequiredParticipants` (_integer_) Minimum number of participants required for evaluation. * `name` (_string_) Personalization Point API name * `objectiveName` (_string_) The custom objective for the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ * `profileDataGraphName` (_string_, required) The name of the profile data graph for the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ * `scheduleFrequencyInMinutes` (_integer_) How frequently recommender analytics should be processed, in minutes. * `sortCriteria` (_object_) PersonalizationRecommenderSortCriteria The sort order for rule-based recommenders. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationRecommenderSortCriteria`. * `sourceRecordId` (_string (Id)_) The FlowRecordElement or ManagedContent record that owns or created this recommender. * `state` (_RecommenderStateEnum_) ### PersonalizationRecommender Contains details of a personalization recommender. **Note**: This representation inherits properties from Personalization Recommender Named Base. * `backupRecommender` (_PersonalizationReference_) * `chanceToLoseThreshold` (_number (double)_) Threshold used to declare a losing variant. * `chanceToWinThreshold` (_number (double)_) Threshold used to declare a winning variant. * `contentObject` (_object_) PersonalizationReference The content object used by the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationReference`. * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) Created by id * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date * `dataSpace` (_object_) PersonalizationReference The data space used by the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationReference`. * `decisionOptions` (_array of PersonalizationRecommenderDecisionOption_) Decision options (arms) of this contextual bandit recommender. Returned only on filter=Big. * `excludeFilters` (_object_) RuleGroup The exclusion filter for the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `RuleGroup`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) The 18 character ID of the record * `includeFilters` (_object_) RuleGroup The inclusion filter for the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `RuleGroup`. * `isRemote` (_boolean_) Indicates if the recommender is remote. * `itemDataGraph` (_object_) PersonalizationReference The item data graph used by the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationReference`. * `label` (_string_) Personalization base output label * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) Last modified by id * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date * `lastRefreshedStatus` (_object_) LatestRefreshedStatusEnum The status of the last refresh. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `LatestRefreshedStatusEnum`. * `lastSuccessfulRefresh` (_string (date-time)_) The time when the last successful refresh happened. _Available in: v64.0_ * `minimumRequiredParticipants` (_integer_) Minimum number of participants required for evaluation. * `name` (_string_) Personalization base output API name * `objective` (_object_) PersonalizationReference The objective of the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationReference`. * `profileDataGraph` (_object_) PersonalizationReference The profile data graph used by the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationReference`. * `scheduleFrequencyInMinutes` (_integer_) How frequently recommender analytics should be processed, in minutes. * `sortCriteria` (_object_) SortCriteria The sort criteria for the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `SortCriteria`. * `sourceRecordId` (_string (Id)_) The FlowRecordElement or ManagedContent record that owns or created this recommender. * `state` (_RecommenderStateEnum_) * `status` (_object_) EntityStatusEnum The status of the recommender. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `EntityStatusEnum`. * `url` (_string (url)_) Url ### PersonalizationRecommenderPatchInput Contains the details for editing a personalization recommender. **Note**: This representation inherits properties from the Personalization Recommender Base Patch Input. * `backupRecommenderName` (_string_) The API name (developerName) of the backup recommender to use when primary recommender returns insufficient recommendation results. * `chanceToLoseThreshold` (_number (double)_) Threshold used to declare a losing variant. * `chanceToWinThreshold` (_number (double)_) Threshold used to declare a winning variant. * `decisionOptions` (_array of PersonalizationRecommenderDecisionOptionInput_) Decision options (arms) of this contextual bandit recommender. Reconciles by name: matched options are updated, unmatched incoming options are created, unmatched existing options are deleted (cascade). * `description` (_string_) Description of the entity. * `excludeFilters` (_array of BaseRuleInput_) The filters applied before rendering recommendations to decide items to exclude. _Available in: v65.0_ * `includeFilters` (_array of BaseRuleInput_) The filters applied before rendering recommendations to decide items to include. _Available in: v65.0_ * `label` (_string_) Label of the entity. * `minimumRequiredParticipants` (_integer_) Minimum number of participants required for evaluation. * `scheduleFrequencyInMinutes` (_integer_) How frequently recommender analytics should be processed, in minutes. * `state` (_RecommenderStateEnum_) ### PersonalizationRecommenderJobCollection Contains a collection of personalization recommender jobs. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL for the current page of results. _Available in: v63.0_ * `jobs` (_array of PersonalizationRecommenderJob_) A collection of personalization recommender jobs. _Available in: v63.0_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) The URL for the next page of results, if one exists. _Available in: v63.0_ ### PersonalizationSchemaInput Contains the details for creating or updating a personalization content schema. * `attributes` (_array of PersonalizationAttributeInput_) List of personalization attributes associated with the content schema. _Available in: v65.0_ * `dataSpaceName` (_string_) The API name of the data space associated with the personalization content schema. _Available in: v65.0_ * `description` (_string_) A description of the personalization content schema. _Available in: v65.0_ * `label` (_string_) The display label for the personalization content schema. _Available in: v65.0_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the personalization content schema. _Available in: v65.0_ * `relatedContentObjects` (_array of PersonalizationRelatedContentObjectInput_) List of related content objects. These are DMOs related to the primary content object whose fields are also included in the runtime response. _Available in: v65.0_ * `personalizationType` (_object_) The type of the personalization schema. _Available in: v65.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationTypeEnum`. * `contentObject` (_object_) Information about the content DMO fields returned as content at runtime. _Available in: v65.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationContentObjectInput`. ### PersonalizationSchema Contains details of a personalization content schema. * `attributes` (_array of PersonalizationAttribute_) List of personalization attributes associated with the schema. _Available in: v65.0_ * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) The ID of the user who created the personalization content schema. _Available in: v65.0_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) The date and time when the personalization content schema was created. _Available in: v65.0_ * `dataSpaceName` (_string_) The API name of the data space associated with the personalization content schema. _Available in: v65.0_ * `description` (_string_) A description of the personalization content schema. _Available in: v65.0_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) The unique identifier for the personalization content schema. _Available in: v65.0_ * `label` (_string_) The display label for the personalization content schema. _Available in: v65.0_ * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) The ID of the user who last modified the personalization content schema. _Available in: v65.0_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) The date and time when the personalization content schema was last modified. _Available in: v65.0_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the personalization content schema. _Available in: v65.0_ * `relatedContentObjects` (_array of PersonalizationRelatedContentObject_) List of related content objects. _Available in: v65.0_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The API URL for this personalization content schema resource. _Available in: v65.0_ * `personalizationType` (_object_) The type of the personalization content schema. _Available in: v65.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationTypeEnum`. * `contentObject` (_object_) The content object information. _Available in: v65.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationContentObject`. ### EngagementSignalCompoundMetricInput Engagement Signal Compound Metric Input Representation * `denominatorMetric` (_object_, required) EngagementSignalMetricFieldInput The Engagement Signal Metric used as the secondary operand. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalMetricFieldInput`. * `description` (_string_) Description of the compound metric. _Available in: v64.0_ * `label` (_string_, required) Label for the compound metric. _Available in: v64.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) API name for the compound metric. _Available in: v64.0_ * `numeratorMetric` (_object_, required) EngagementSignalMetricFieldInput The Engagement Signal Metric used as the primary operand. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalMetricFieldInput`. * `operator` (_object_, required) EngagementSignalCompoundMetricOperatorEnum Operator between the two metrics. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalCompoundMetricOperatorEnum`. ### EngagementSignalCompoundMetric Response body for an Engagement Signal Compound Metric. * `denominatorMetric` (_object_) EngagementSignalMetricField The Engagement Signal Metric used as the secondary operand. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalMetricField`. * `description` (_string_) Description of the compound metric. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the compound metric. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label for the compound metric. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) API name for the compound metric. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `numeratorMetric` (_object_) EngagementSignalMetricField The Engagement Signal Metric used as the primary operand. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalMetricField`. * `operator` (_object_) EngagementSignalCompoundMetricOperatorEnum Operator between the two metrics. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalCompoundMetricOperatorEnum`. * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) Created by ID of the Compound Metric. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date)_) Creation date of the Compound Metric. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) Last modified ID of the Compound Metric. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date)_) Last modified date of the Compound Metric. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `url` (_string_) Connect URL to this resource. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EngagementSignalCollection List of Engagement Signals. This representation extends `CdpPaginatedResponseBaseRepresentation`. For inherited pagination fields, see [Paginated Response Base Output](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/connectapi/references/spec?meta=type%3APaginated%2BResponse%2BBase%2BOutput). * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Current page url * `engagementSignals` (_array of EngagementSignal_) List of Engagement Signals. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Next page url if it exists * `totalSize` (_integer_) Total size of collection ### EngagementSignalInput Engagement Signal Input Representation * `catalogIdField` (_object_) FieldInput A field on the content object DMO or its related DMO. _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `FieldInput`. * `compoundMetrics` (_array of EngagementSignalCompoundMetricInput_) Engagement Signal Compound Metrics * `dataSpaceName` (_string_, required) The API name of the Data Space associated with the Engagement Signal. _Available in: v63.0_ * `description` (_string_) Engagement Signal description * `distinctFields` (_array of FieldInput_) Fields on the content object DMO or its related DMOs. _Available in: v63.0_ * `filterGroups` (_array of EngagementSignalFilterGroupInput_) Engagement Signal Filter Group Collection. _Available in: v63.0_ * `joinDimensions` (_array of EngagementSignalJoinDimDefInput_) Engagement Signal Join Dimension Definitions * `label` (_string_, required) The label of the Engagement Signal. _Available in: v63.0_ * `metrics` (_array of EngagementSignalMetricInput_) Engagement Signal Metrics. _Available in: v63.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) The API name of the Engagement Signal. _Available in: v63.0_ * `objectName` (_string_, required) The API name of the Content Object DMO with the Engagement Signal. _Available in: v63.0_ * `parameters` (_array of EngagementSignalParameterInput_) Engagement Signal Parameters. _Available in: v63.0_ * `timestampField` (_object_, required) FieldInput DateTime field on the content object DMO or its related DMO. _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `FieldInput`. * `uniqueIdentifier` (_FieldInput_) * `userIdField` (_object_, required) FieldInput A field on the content object DMO or its related DMO. _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `FieldInput`. * `uniqueIdentifierField` (_object_, required) EngagementSignalField A field on the content object DMO or its related DMO. _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalField`. ### EngagementSignal Response body for an Engagement Signal. * `catalogIdField` (_object_) Field A field on the content object DMO or its related DMO. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Field`. * `compoundMetrics` (_array of EngagementSignalCompoundMetric_) Engagement Signal Compound Metrics * `dataSpaceName` (_string_) The API name of the Data Space associated with the Engagement Signal. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Engagement Signal Description * `distinctFields` (_array of Field_) Fields on the content object DMO or its related DMOs. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `filterGroups` (_array of EngagementSignalFilterGroup_) List of filter groups. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Big_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) The platform object ID of the Engagement Signal. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `joinDimensions` (_array of EngagementSignalJoinDimDef_) Engagement Signal Join Dimension Definitions * `label` (_string_) The label of the Engagement Signal. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `metrics` (_array of EngagementSignalMetric_) List of metrics. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the Engagement Signal. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `objectName` (_string_) The API name of the Content Object associated with the Engagement Signal. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `parameters` (_array of EngagementSignalParameter_) List of parameters. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Medium_ * `timestampField` (_object_) Field DateTime field on the content object DMO or its related DMO. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Field`. * `uniqueIdentifier` (_object_) Field A field on the content object DMO or its related DMO. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Field`. * `userIdField` (_object_) Field A field on the content object DMO or its related DMO. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Field`. ### EngagementSignalMetricInput Request body for creating an Engagement Signal Metric. * `aggregateFunction` (_object_, required) EngagementSignalMetricAggregateFunctionEnum Engagement Signal Metric Aggregate Function. The value can be * SUM * AVG * COUNT * DISTINCT _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalMetricAggregateFunctionEnum`. * `description` (_string_) Engagement Signal Metric description * `field` (_object_, required) EngagementSignalField A field on the content object DMO or its related DMO for the metric calculation. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalField`. * `label` (_string_) Engagement Signal Metric label * `name` (_string_, required) The name of the Engagement Signal Metric. _Available in: v64.0_ ### EngagementSignalMetric Response body for an Engagement Signal Metric. * `aggregateFunction` (_object_) EngagementSignalMetricAggregateFunctionEnum Engagement Signal Metric Aggregate Function Enum. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalMetricAggregateFunctionEnum`. * `field` (_object_) Field A field on the content object DMO or its related DMO for the metric calculation. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Field`. * `id` (_string (Id)_) ID of the Engagement Signal Metric. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The name of the Engagement Signal Metric. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Transformer Response body for a single personalization transformer. * `channel` (_object_) StreamingAppDataConnectorTypeEnum Specifies whether this transformer is for a website or mobile application. Values are: `{MobileApp}` , `{WebApp}` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `StreamingAppDataConnectorTypeEnum`. * `createdById` (_string_) ID of the user or process that created this object. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Timestamp when the object was created. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dataConnectors` (_array of StreamingAppDataConnector_) List of websites or mobile apps this personalization transformer belongs to. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `dataSpace` (_string_) Name of the data space the transformer belongs to. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the object. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) Unique identifier for the object. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `isEnabled` (_boolean_) Defines the enablement status of the transformer when delivered to the mobile app or website. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Human-readable label or title for the object. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedById` (_string_) ID of the user or process that last modified this object. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Timestamp of the most recent update to the object. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Internal name of the object. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `publishedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Date and time when the transformer was last published to the mobile app or website. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `schemaReference` (_string_) Specifies the name of the response template, if the transformer substitution definitions were created referencing one. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `substitutionDefinitions` (_object_) Object keyed by the substitution name. Each value matches Substitution Details. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Additional properties: `SubstitutionDetails`. * `thumbnailImage` (_string_) Thumbnail image for this Transformer (can be a URL or base64-encoded data). * `transformerCategory` (_object_) TransformerCategoryEnum Defines the way this transformer is used. Values are: `{EmbeddedContent}` , `{Agent}` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TransformerCategoryEnum`. * `transformerType` (_object_) TransformerTypeEnum Instruction to the SDK on how the transformer works. Values are: `{Handlebars}` , `{HtmlElementModifier}` , `{AgentScript}` , `{Component}` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TransformerTypeEnum`. * `transformerTypeDetails` (_object_) TransformerDetails Data specific to the type of transformer. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `TransformerDetails`. ### TransformerInput Request body for creating or updating a Personalization Transformer. * `channel` (_object_) StreamingAppDataConnectorTypeEnum Specifies whether this ttransformer is for a website or mobile application. Values are: `{MobileApp}` , `{WebApp}` . _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `StreamingAppDataConnectorTypeEnum`. * `dataConnectors` (_array of string_) List of websites or mobile apps this personalization transformer belongs to. This can be `{id}` , `{name}` , `{appSourceId}` , or `{Data360 StreamingAppDataConnector}` . _Available in: v66.0_ * `dataSpace` (_string_) The Name of the Dataspace the Transformer belongs to. * `description` (_string_) Description of the object. _Available in: v66.0_ * `isEnabled` (_boolean_) Specifies whether this transformer is enabled when delivered to the mobile app or website. _Available in: v66.0_ * `label` (_string_) Human-readable label or title for the object. _Available in: v66.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) Unique name of the object. _Available in: v66.0_ * `schemaReference` (_string_) If the Transformer Substitution Definitions were created referencing a response template, the name of that template. _Available in: v66.0_ * `substitutionDefinitions` (_object_) Object added by substitution name. Each value matches the substitution variable input. _Available in: v66.0_ Additional properties: `SubstitutionInputDetails`. * `thumbnailImage` (_string_) Thumbnail image for this Transformer (can be a URL or base64-encoded data). * `transformerType` (_object_) TransformerTypeEnum Instruction to the SDK on how the transformer works. Values are: `{Handlebars}` , `{HtmlElementModifier}` , `{AgentScript}` , `{Component}` . _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `TransformerTypeEnum`. * `transformerTypeDetails` (_object_) TransformerTypeDetails Data specific to the type of transformer. _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `TransformerTypeDetails`. ### TransformerTypeEnum Instruction to the SDK on how the Transformer will work and what SDK code to use when rendering Transformer Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AgentScript`, `Component`, `Handlebars`, `HtmlElementModifier`. ### TransformerCollection Response body for list of personalization transformers. * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the current page of transformers. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) URL to the next page of transformers if there are more pages. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `totalSize` (_integer_) Total number of transformers. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `transformers` (_array of Transformer_) List of transformers. Each item matches the Transformer response body. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PersonalizationAttributeValueInput This representation defines a custom attribute value. The attributeName and attributeEnum values are mutually exclusive. The value string has a maximum length of 20,000 characters. Attribute values must be unique within a decision. All merge field handlebar references in the value must correspond to declared merge fields. * `attributeName` (_string_) API name of a custom attribute. Use this if the personalization point has a custom personalization schema. _Available in: v61.0_ * `mergeFields` (_array of PersonalizationMergeFieldInput_) List of merge fields embedded in this attribute value. _Available in: v66.0_ * `value` (_string_) The value to assign. _Available in: v61.0_ * `attributeEnum` (_object_) Standard attribute set. Use this if the personalization point's schema is identified by an enum. _Available in: v61.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationAttributeEnum`. ### ParameterValueInput Experiment Parameter Value Input Representation * `engagementSignalName` (_string_) Developer name of the engagement signal this parameter belongs to * `parameterName` (_string_) Developer name of the parameter * `values` (_array of string_) List of parameter values ### PrimaryMetricReferenceInput A reference to a metric used as a primary metric in AbnExperiments * `engagementSignalName` (_string_) Developer name of the metric’s parent * `higherIsBetter` (_boolean_) Indicates whether a higher value for the metric is better * `metricName` (_string_) Developer name of the metric * `metricType` (_MetricTypeEnum_) * `overallScoreWeight` (_integer_) Number between 1 and 10000 (basis points) indicating the weight of the metric ### PersonalizationSchemaEnum Standard Personalization Schemas Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DecisionDefined`, `ExperienceVariation`, `FlowPath`. ### MetricReferenceInput A reference to a metric used in Input Representations * `engagementSignalName` (_string_) Developer name of the metric’s parent * `higherIsBetter` (_boolean_) Indicates whether a higher value for the metric is better * `metricName` (_string_) Developer name of the metric * `metricType` (_MetricTypeEnum_) ### PersonalizationSourceEnum Personalization Source values Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Agentforce`, `BlockBuilder`, `ExperienceBuilder`, `FlowBuilder`, `PersonalizationApp`, `PersonalizationCampaign`. ### WinnerSelectionModeEnum Winner Selection Mode values Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Automatic`, `Manual`. ### ABnExperimentCohort ABn Experiment Cohort Output Representation * `allocationWeight` (_integer_) Number between 0 and 10000 (basis points) for traffic percent allocation * `attributeValues` (_array of PersonalizationAttributeValue_) Personalization Attribute Values associated with a Cohort * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) Created by id * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date * `id` (_string (Id)_) The 18 character ID of the record * `isControl` (_boolean_) Whether or not this is the control Cohort * `isFallThrough` (_boolean_) Whether the control cohort should use the existing experience (the personalization decisions on the personalization point) as the control cohort. * `label` (_string_) Personalization base output label * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) Last modified by id * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date * `name` (_string_) Personalization base output API name * `personalizerName` (_string_) The API name of the Personalizer associated with a Cohort * `url` (_string (url)_) Url ### Criteria Personalization Decision Criteria Output Representation * `filters` (_array of Filter_) Filters * `operator` (_string_) Operator * `type` (_string_) Type ### ParameterValue Experiment Parameter Value Output Representation * `engagementSignalName` (_string_) Developer name of the engagement signal this parameter belongs to * `parameterName` (_string_) Developer name of the parameter * `values` (_array of string_) List of parameter values ### PersonalizationExperimentMetricReference Defines the metrics for additional performance and behavior insights. * `metricType` (_object_) PersonalizationExperimentMetricTypeEnumRequest The metric's entity type. _Available in: v65.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationExperimentMetricTypeEnumRequest`. * `name` (_string_) Reference to a child record in `[ParentName.name]` format. _Available in: v65.0_ * `metricName` (_string_) The metric's developer name. _Available in: v65.0_ * `engagementSignalName` (_string_) Developer name of the metric’s parent. _Available in: v65.0_ * `HigherIsBetter` (_boolean_) Indicates if a higher metric value is better. _Available in: v65.0_ ### PrimaryMetricReference A reference to a metric used as a primary metric in AbnExperiments * `engagementSignalName` (_string_) Developer name of the metric’s parent * `higherIsBetter` (_boolean_) Indicates whether a higher value for the metric is better * `metricName` (_string_) Developer name of the metric * `metricType` (_MetricTypeEnum_) * `overallScoreWeight` (_integer_) Number between 1 and 10000 (basis points) indicating the weight of the metric ### MetricReference A reference to a metric used in Output Representations * `engagementSignalName` (_string_) Developer name of the metric’s parent * `higherIsBetter` (_boolean_) Indicates whether a higher value for the metric is better * `metricName` (_string_) Developer name of the metric * `metricType` (_MetricTypeEnum_) ### ExperimentStateEnum Experiment state Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Archived`, `Created`, `Started`, `Stopped`. ### EntityStatusEnum Entity Status values Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Active`, `CreateError`, `DeleteError`, `Deleting`, `EditError`, `Preparing`, `Processing`. ### PersonalizationBatchDecisionActivationTriggerTypeEnum The type of activation trigger type for a personalization batch decision. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Automatic`, `None`. ### PersonalizationBatchDecisionStatusEnum It shows the live status of a personalization batch decision. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Active`, `Error`, `Paused`. ### PersonalizationFieldTypeEnum It shows the field Type of personalization batch decision key field. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Email`, `MobilePush`, `Sms`. ### DataExportRefreshModeEnum Refresh type of the activation. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Full_Refresh`, `Incremental`. ### PersonalizationReference Personalization Reference Representation * `label` (_string_) Personalization Reference label * `name` (_string_) Personalization Reference API name ### PersonalizationBatchDecisionErrorCodeOffCoreEnum The error code from off-core (Process Object Service). Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ConfigurationMissingError`, `InternalError`, `ModelValidationError`, `None`. ### PersonalizationBatchDecisionLastRefreshStatusEnum The status of the last refresh with off-core (Process Object Service). Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Canceled`, `Complete`, `Failure`, `None`, `Processing`. ### BatchDecisionJob Batch Decision Job Output Representation * `batchDecisionAudienceSize` (_integer_) The batch decision audience size * `batchDecisionName` (_string_) The batch decision name * `batchDecisionsMade` (_integer_) The number of batch decisions made * `errorCode` (_string_) The error code if the job fails * `errorMessage` (_string_) The error message if the job fails * `lastRunStatus` (_PersonalizationBatchDecisionLastRefreshStatusEnum_) * `refreshMode` (_DataExportRefreshModeEnum_) * `refreshStart` (_string_) The refresh start time * `refreshUpdated` (_string_) The refresh updated time * `statusId` (_string_) The status ID ### CalculatedAffinityEngagementSignalInput Calculated Affinity Engagement Signal Input Representation * `engagementSignalName` (_string_) The API name (Developer Name) of the Engagement Signal * `impact` (_EngagementSignalImpactEnum_) * `strength` (_EngagementSignalStrengthEnum_) ### ScoringModelEnum Scoring Model for Calculated Affinity Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Objective`, `Simple`. ### CalculatedAffinityEngagementSignal Engagement Signal Output Representation * `engagementSignal` (_string_) The Engagement Signal ID * `impact` (_EngagementSignalImpactEnum_) * `strength` (_EngagementSignalStrengthEnum_) ### DataProviderInput Personalization Experience Config Data Provider Input Representation * `dataSpaceReferenceType` (_ReferenceEnum_) * `dataSpaceValue` (_string_) The unique identifier of the Data Space. Optional, to override default. If DataSpaceReferenceType is ApiName then this would be Data Space's API Name. * `groupByReferenceType` (_ReferenceEnum_) * `groupByType` (_DataProviderGroupByEnum_) * `groupByValue` (_string_) The unique identifier of the Grouping By Value. Optional, to override default. If GroupByReferenceType is ApiName then this would be Group By's API Name. * `referenceType` (_ReferenceEnum_) * `type` (_DataProviderEnum_) * `value` (_string_) The unique identifier of the Data Provider. If ReferenceType is ApiName then this would be Data Provider's API Name. ### SourceMatcherInput Personalization Experience Config Source Matcher Input Representation * `type` (_SourceMatcherEnum_) * `value` (_string_) Contents depends on SourceMatcherType. If SourceMatcherType.PageType then this will be a specific Page Type from the Site Map. If SourceMatcherType.PageUrlMatcher then this will be a Page URL which supports wildcards. ### TransformationInput Personalization Experience Config Transformation Input Representation * `name` (_string_) The name of the Content Zone. * `path` (_string_) Path to the Element * `substitutionValues` (_object_) When a Transformer supports Substitution Definitions, then this will be the mapping of the Value to the Definition. The Data Type of the Value will need to conform to the Definition's Data Type. Additional properties: `object`. * `tag` (_string_) The tag of element (e.g. div, img, etc.) * `transformerName` (_string_) The name of the transformer to use for the transformation. ### DataProvider Personalization Experience Config Data Provider Output Representation * `dataSpaceReferenceType` (_ReferenceEnum_) * `dataSpaceValue` (_string_) The unique identifier of the Data Space. Optional, to override default. If DataSpaceReferenceType is ApiName then this would be Data Space's API Name. * `groupByReferenceType` (_ReferenceEnum_) * `groupByType` (_DataProviderGroupByEnum_) * `groupByValue` (_string_) The unique identifier of the Grouping By Value. Optional, to override default. If GroupByReferenceType is ApiName then this would be Group By's API Name. * `referenceType` (_ReferenceEnum_) * `type` (_DataProviderEnum_) * `value` (_string_) The unique identifier of the Data Provider. If ReferenceType is ApiName then this would be Data Provider's API Name. ### SourceMatcher Personalization Experience Config Source Matcher Output Representation * `type` (_SourceMatcherEnum_) * `value` (_string_) Contents depends on SourceMatcherType. If SourceMatcherType.PageType then this will be a specific Page Type from the Site Map. If SourceMatcherType.PageUrlMatcher then this will be a Page URL which supports wildcards. ### TransformationConfig Personalization Experience Config Transformation Config Output Representation * `engagementDestination` (_string_) If provided this will need to map to a specific destination entry in the Engagement config which would determine the Event Attributes needed to land the data in Data Cloud with the necessary attributes to correctly map this into the target Engagement Destination Data Model Object (DMO). * `method` (_TargetMethodEnum_) * `renderIfEmpty` (_boolean_) Should we render the content from the transformation if it couldn't be transformed? Default if missing is not to render. * `transformations` (_array of Transformation_) How will the Data Provider Response be transformed into acceptable content. * `when` (_TransformationConfigWhenEnum_) * `whenValues` (_WhenValues_) ### PersonalizationDecisionInput This representation defines a decision within a personalization point. Decision names must be unique within a personalization point. For decision-defined schemas, the personalizer name is required. The personalizer (recommender) must be active, and its content schema must match the personalization point's content schema. * `name` (_string_) API name of the decision. _Available in: v61.0_ * `label` (_string_) Display label that appears in the user interface. _Available in: v61.0_ * `description` (_string_) Optional description for the decision. _Available in: v61.0_ * `personalizerName` (_string_) API name of the personalizer (recommender) associated with this decision. _Available in: v61.0_ * `targetingRules` (_object_) Targeting rules applied to this decision. If no targeting rules are created, the decision applies unconditionally (no audience filtering). _Available in: v67.0_ Includes all fields of `RuleGroup`. * `state` (_object_) Lifecycle state of the decision. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `DecisionStateEnum`. * `attributeValues` (_array of PersonalizationAttributeValueInput_) List of personalization attribute values. _Available in: v61.0_ ### PersonalizationDecision Contains detailed output information of a personalization decision. * `attributeValues` (_array of PersonalizationAttributeValue_) List of personalization attribute values. _Available in: v61.0_ * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who created the record. _Available in: v62.0_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Decision creation timestamp. _Available in: v62.0_ * `description` (_string_) Optional description for the decision. _Available in: v61.0_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) Decision record ID. _Available in: v62.0_ * `label` (_string_) Display label for the decision. _Available in: v61.0_ * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) ID of the user who last modified the decision. _Available in: v62.0_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modification timestamp. _Available in: v62.0_ * `name` (_string_) API name of the decision. _Available in: v61.0_ * `personalizerName` (_string_) API name of the associated personalizer. For example, the recommender name. _Available in: v61.0_ * `url` (_string (url)_) Url * `targetingRules` (_object_) List of targeting rules. _Available in: v67.0_ Includes all fields of `RuleGroup`. * `state` (_object_) Lifecycle state of the decision. _Available in: v62.0_ Includes all fields of `DecisionStateEnum`. ### PersonalizationRecommenderDecisionOptionInput Personalization Recommender Decision Option Input Representation * `attributeValues` (_array of PersonalizationAttributeValueInput_) Attribute values associated with this decision option. * `description` (_string_) Personalization Base description * `label` (_string_) Personalization Base label * `name` (_string_) Personalization Point API name * `personalizerName` (_string_) The API name of a chained-bandit recommender this option points to. The referenced recommender must already exist. ### BaseRuleInput The base representation for a recommender rule input. * `type` (_RuleTypeEnum_, required) ### PersonalizationRecommenderSortCriteria Defines the sort criteria for rule-based recommenders. * `calculatedInsightName` (_string_, required) The API name of the calculated insight. _Available in: v64.0_ * `metricName` (_string_) The name of the metric of the calculated insight. _Available in: v64.0_ * `sortOrder` (_object_, required) PersonalizationRecommenderSortOrderEnumRequest The order of the items being returned based on the metric value. _Available in: v64.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationRecommenderSortOrderEnumRequest`. * `calculatedInsightMetricName` (_string_, required) The API name of the metric of the calculated insight. _Available in: v64.0_ ### RecommenderStateEnum Recommender lifecycle state Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Draft`, `Live`. ### PersonalizationRecommenderDecisionOption Personalization Recommender Decision Option Output Representation * `attributeValues` (_array of PersonalizationAttributeValue_) Attribute values associated with this decision option. * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) Created by id * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date * `description` (_string_) The description of the decision option. * `id` (_string (Id)_) The 18 character ID of the record * `label` (_string_) Personalization base output label * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) Last modified by id * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date * `name` (_string_) Personalization base output API name * `personalizer` (_PersonalizationReference_) * `url` (_string (url)_) Url ### RuleGroup Rule Group Representation * `operator` (_LogicalOperatorEnum_) * `rules` (_array of BaseRule_) The filter conditions of the recommender. * `type` (_RuleTypeEnum_) ### LatestRefreshedStatusEnum Enum values for the recommender last refresh status. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Complete`, `Failure`, `None`, `Processing`. ### SortCriteria Personalization Recommender sort criteria Representation * `calculatedInsightLabel` (_string_) The label of the calculated insight. * `calculatedInsightMetricLabel` (_string_) The label of the metric of CI. * `sortOrder` (_SortOrderEnum_) ### PersonalizationRecommenderJob Contains the details of a personalization recommender job. * `errorCode` (_string_) The error code returned if the job fails. _Available in: v63.0_ * `errorMessage` (_string_) The error message returned if the job fails. _Available in: v63.0_ * `startTime` (_string_) The start time of the job. _Available in: v63.0_ * `status` (_object_) PersonalizationRecommenderJobStatusEnum The current status of the job. _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationRecommenderJobStatusEnum`. * `updatedTime` (_string_) The time when the job was last updated. _Available in: v63.0_ * `version` (_string_) The version of the job. _Available in: v63.0_ ### PersonalizationAttributeInput Defines a group of personalization attributes associated with the personalization content schema. * `defaultValue` (_string_) Default value used when no decision-specific value is assigned. _Available in: v65.0_ * `label` (_string_) The display label for the personalization attribute. _Available in: v65.0_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the attribute. _Available in: v65.0_ ### PersonalizationRelatedContentObjectInput Defines a group of related personalization content objects. * `contentObjectName` (_string_) The API name of the related content object. _Available in: v67.0_ * `fieldNames` (_array of string_) List of DMO field API names to include from this related object. _Available in: v67.0_ * `relatedContentObjects` (_array of PersonalizationRelatedContentObjectInput_) List of nested RelatedContentObjectInput objects (for multi-hop relationships). _Available in: v67.0_ ### PersonalizationTypeEnum Personalization Types Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ExperienceVariation`, `FlowPath`, `ManualContent`, `Recommendations`. ### PersonalizationContentObjectInput Defines the content object used for the personalization. * `fieldNames` (_array of string_) List of DMO field API names to include in the runtime response. Only these fields are returned as content. _Available in: v65.0_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the content DMO used for the personalization. _Available in: v65.0_ ### PersonalizationAttribute Defines the response information for a group of personalization attributes associated with the personalization content schema. * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) The ID of the user who created the record. _Available in: v62.0_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) The date and time when the attribute was created. _Available in: v62.0_ * `defaultValue` (_string_) Default value of the attribute. _Available in: v65.0_ * `id` (_string (Id)_) Salesforce record ID of the attribute. _Available in: v62.0_ * `label` (_string_) The display label of the attribute. _Available in: v65.0_ * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) The ID of the user who last modified the attribute. _Available in: v62.0_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) The date and time when the attribute was last modified. _Available in: v62.0_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the attribute. _Available in: v65.0_ * `url` (_string (url)_) The API URL for this resource. _Available in: v62.0_ ### PersonalizationRelatedContentObject Defines the response information for a group of related personalization content objects. * `contentObjectLabel` (_string_) The display label of the related content object. _Available in: v67.0_ * `contentObjectName` (_string_) The API name of the related content object. _Available in: v67.0_ * `fields` (_array of PersonalizationContentObjectField_) List of ContentObjectField objects. Each object contains an API name and label string. _Available in: v67.0_ * `relatedContentObjects` (_array of PersonalizationRelatedContentObject_) List of nested RelatedContentObjectOutput objects (recursive). _Available in: v67.0_ ### PersonalizationContentObject Defines the content object response information for the personalization. * `fields` (_array of PersonalizationContentObjectField_) List of DMO Fields * `label` (_string_) The display label of the content object. _Available in: v65.0_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the content object. _Available in: v65.0_ ### EngagementSignalMetricFieldInput References an Engagement Signal Metric by Engagement Signal and Metric names. * `engagementSignalMetricName` (_string_, required) API name of the Engagement Signal Metric. _Available in: v64.0_ * `engagementSignalName` (_string_, required) API name of the Engagement Signal. _Available in: v64.0_ ### EngagementSignalCompoundMetricOperatorEnum Operator between the two metrics. _Available in: v64.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Ratio`. ### EngagementSignalMetricField Output representation for a Engagement Signal Metric field * `engagementSignalMetricName` (_string_) Name of the Engagement Signal Metric * `engagementSignalName` (_string_) Name of the Engagement Signal ### FieldInput Input representation for a field * `name` (_string_) Name of the field * `objectName` (_string_) DMO name of the field ### EngagementSignalFilterGroupInput A group of Engagement Signal filters with a conjunctive operator. * `conjunctiveOperator` (_object_, required) EngagementSignalFilterGroupConditionEnum Operator to combine the filters in this group. The value can be _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalFilterGroupConditionEnum`. * `filters` (_array of EngagementSignalFilterInput_, required) List of filters. _Available in: v63.0_ ### EngagementSignalJoinDimDefInput Engagement Signal Join Dim Def Input Representation * `relatedDmoName` (_string_) The related DMO for this Join Dimension Definition * `relationshipId` (_string_) A FieldSrcTrgtRelationship ID for this Join Dimension Definition * `relationshipPathOrder` (_integer_) A relationship path order for this Join Dimension Definition ### EngagementSignalParameterInput Parameter definition used in Engagement Signal input. * `field` (_object_, required) FieldInput A field on the content object DMO or its related DMO. _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `FieldInput`. * `label` (_string_, required) The label of the parameter. _Available in: v63.0_ * `name` (_string_, required) The name of the parameter. _Available in: v63.0_ * `operator` (_object_, required) EngagementSignalFilterOperatorEnum Filter operator for the parameter. The value can be _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalFilterOperatorEnum`. * `required` (_boolean_, required) Whether a value is required for this parameter. _Available in: v63.0_ ### EngagementSignalField Field input object. * `name` (_string_, required) Field name. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `objectName` (_string_, required) Object name of the field. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Field label. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### Field Output representation for a field * `dataType` (_string_) Data type of the field * `label` (_string_) Label of the field * `name` (_string_) Name of the field * `objectName` (_string_) DMO name of the field ### EngagementSignalFilterGroup Group of Engagement Signal filters. * `conjunctiveOperator` (_object_) EngagementSignalFilterGroupConditionEnum Conjunctive operator for the filter group. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalFilterGroupConditionEnum`. * `filters` (_array of EngagementSignalFilter_) List of Engagement Signal Filters. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EngagementSignalJoinDimDef Engagement Signal Join Dim Def Representation * `relatedDmoName` (_string_) Engagement Signal Related DMO Name * `relationship` (_Relationship_) * `relationshipPathOrder` (_integer_) Engagement Signal Relationship Path Order ### EngagementSignalParameter Parameter definition in an Engagement Signal. * `field` (_object_) Field A field on the content object DMO or its related DMO. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `Field`. * `label` (_string_) The label of the parameter. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) The name of the parameter. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `operator` (_object_) EngagementSignalFilterOperatorEnum Filter operator for the parameter. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalFilterOperatorEnum`. * `required` (_boolean_) Whether a value is required for this parameter. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### EngagementSignalMetricAggregateFunctionEnum Engagement Signal Metric Aggregate Function. The value can be * SUM * AVG * COUNT * DISTINCT _Available in: v64.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Average`, `Count`, `Distinct`, `Select`, `Sum`. ### StreamingAppDataConnectorTypeEnum Type of application connector. Values are: `{MobileApp}` , `{WebApp}` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `MobileApp`, `WebApp`. ### StreamingAppDataConnector Connection information for a streaming app data connector in a transformer response. * `appIdentifier` (_string_) Unique UUID generated for the connector. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) Unique id for the connector. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Unique name for the connector. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `streamingAppDataConnectorType` (_object_) StreamingAppDataConnectorTypeEnum Type of application connector. Values are: `{MobileApp}` , `{WebApp}` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `StreamingAppDataConnectorTypeEnum`. ### SubstitutionDetails Substitution variable details in a transformer response. * `configType` (_object_) PersonalizationSubstitutionDefConfigTypeEnum Specifies how the substitution variable can be interpreted. Values are: `{SchemaPath}` , `{Static}` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationSubstitutionDefConfigTypeEnum`. * `defaultValue` (_string_) Default value for the substitution definition to be used if personalization experience does not override the value. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description to be displayed on the UI when configuring this substitution variable. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Label to be displayed on the UI when configuring this substitution variable. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `overridable` (_boolean_) Specifies whether the experience can override the default value. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `required` (_boolean_) Specifies whether a value (either default or in an experience) must be provided. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### TransformerCategoryEnum How will this Transformer be used. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Agent`, `EmbeddedContent`. ### TransformerDetails Data specific to the type of transformer * `componentName` (_string_) A name the Component (which for now is Mobile) developer provides to indicate which Component Class in the Application will do the rendering. Web version of this if desired could be the name of a React Component class _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `disableAutoInjectionOfEngagementAttributes` (_boolean_) If true then this transformer will not auto-inject engagement attributes and instead rely on the HTML providing the attributes using substitution values to provide the data. Default is auto-inject. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `html` (_string_) The Handlebars Html Template to be used to transform the content. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `script` (_string_) The Handlebars Script Template to be used to transform the content. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### SubstitutionInputDetails Details for a substitution variable. * `configType` (_PersonalizationSubstitutionDefConfigTypeEnum_) * `defaultValue` (_string_) A default value for the substitution definition to be used if Personalization Experience Config does not override the value * `description` (_string_) Description to be displayed in a UI when configuring this Substitution Variable * `label` (_string_) Label to be displayed in a UI when configuring this Substitution Variable * `overridable` (_boolean_) Can the Experience override the default value? * `required` (_boolean_) Must a value (either default or in Experience) be provided? ### TransformerTypeDetails Transformer type-specific input for creating or updating a Transformer. * `html` (_string_) Handlebars Html Template to be used to transform the content. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `disableAutoInjectionOfEngagementAttributes` (_boolean_) If true, this transformer does not auto-inject engagement attributes and relies on the HTML providing the attributes using substitution values. Default is auto-inject. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `script` (_string_) Handlebars Script Template to be used to transform the content. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `componentName` (_string_) Name the Mobile developer provides to indicate which Component Class in the Application does the rendering. Web version could be the name of a React Component class. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PersonalizationMergeFieldInput This representation defines a merge field embedded in a personalization attribute value. Merge fields enable you to embed dynamic data from the profile data graph into personalization content. When using direct attributes, objectName and fieldName are required. When using calculated insights and related attributes, objectName, fieldName, objectPath, sortOrder, and sortByFieldName are required. When using a segment memberships DMO, don't provide values for objectName or fieldName. * `defaultText` (_string_) Fallback value if the merge field resource isn't found at runtime. _Available in: v66.0_ * `fieldName` (_string_) The API name of the field on the DMO. Required for DirectAttribute, CalculatedInsight, and RelatedAttribute. _Available in: v67.0_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the merge field. _Available in: v66.0_ * `objectName` (_string_) The API name of the DMO. Required for DirectAttribute, CalculatedInsight, and RelatedAttribute. _Available in: v67.0_ * `objectPath` (_array of string_) Path in the data graph from the root DMO to the referenced DMO (for objectName). _Available in: v67.0_ * `sortByFieldName` (_string_) The field to sort by when a merge field resolves to more than one value. _Available in: v67.0_ * `resourceType` (_object_) The type of resource this merge field references. _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `MergeFieldResourceTypeEnum`. * `sortOrder` (_object_) Sort order when the merge field resolves to more than one value. _Available in: v67.0_ Includes all fields of `MergeFieldSortOrderEnum`. ### PersonalizationAttributeEnum Standard Personalization Schemas Attribute Type: `string`. Allowed values: `FlowPath`, `Variation`. ### MetricTypeEnum Enum values for the different types of enums supported by experimentation Type: `string`. Allowed values: `EngagementSignal`, `EngagementSignalCompound`. ### PersonalizationAttributeValue Contains detailed output information for an attribute value. * `attributeName` (_string_) API name of the custom attribute. _Available in: v61.0_ * `mergeFields` (_array of PersonalizationMergeField_) List of merge fields embedded in this attribute value. _Available in: v66.0_ * `value` (_string_) The value of the attribute. _Available in: v61.0_ * `attributeEnum` (_object_) Standard attribute set. _Available in: v61.0_ Includes all fields of `PersonalizationAttributeEnum`. ### Filter Filter parameter for object search. * `aggregateFunction` (_string_) Aggregate Function * `comparison` (_Filter_) * `daysOfTheWeek` (_array of DayOfWeekEnum_) Days of the Week * `filter` (_FiltersWrap_) * `filters` (_array of Filter_) Filters _This property is recursive: each item has the same structure as `Filter`._ * `firstBoundValue` (_number (double)_) First Bound Value * `metric` (_Subject_) * `operator` (_string_) Filter operator. Values are: * `EqOp` —Equal * `ExcludesOp` —Excludes * `GtOp` —Greater than * `GteOp` —Greater than or equal * `InOp` —In * `IncludesOp` —Includes * `LikeOp` —Like * `LtOp` —Less than * `LteOp` —Less than or equal * `NeOp` —Not equal * `NinOp` —Not in _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Allowed values: `EqOp`, `ExcludesOp`, `GtOp`, `GteOp`, `InOp`, `IncludesOp`, `LikeOp`, `LtOp`, `LteOp`, `NeOp`, `NinOp`. * `path` (_array of array of Subject_) Path * `ruleTimeZone` (_string_) Rule Time Zone * `schedulingTimeZone` (_SchedulingTimeZoneEnum_) * `secondBoundValue` (_number (double)_) Second Bound Value * `subject` (_Subject_) * `timeOfDay` (_array of string_) Time of Day * `type` (_string_) Type * `value` (_integer_) Value * `values` (_array of string_) Filter values. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `field` (_string_) Filter field API name. _Available in: v63.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### PersonalizationExperimentMetricTypeEnumRequest Specifies the type of entity the metric applies to. * `EngagementSignal` (_string_) _Available in: v65.0_ * `CompoundEngagementSignal` (_string_) _Available in: v65.0_ ### EngagementSignalImpactEnum Engagement Signal Impact for Calculated Affinity Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Negative`, `Positive`. ### EngagementSignalStrengthEnum Engagement Signal Strength for Calculated Affinity Type: `string`. Allowed values: `High`, `Low`, `Medium`. ### ReferenceEnum Personalization Experience Config Data Provider Reference Type Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ApiName`. ### DataProviderGroupByEnum Personalization Experience Config Data Provider Group By Type Type: `string`. Allowed values: `DataGraph`. ### DataProviderEnum Personalization Experience Config Data Provider Type Type: `string`. Allowed values: `PersonalizationPoint`. ### SourceMatcherEnum Personalization Experience Config Source Matcher Type Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ContentZone`, `PageType`, `PageUrlMatcher`. ### TargetMethodEnum Personalization Experience Config Target Method Type, This currently encompasses both a Where and a How component (for example, ReplaceElementContent, AddAfterElement, AddBeforeElement all deal with Where = Element, and then several How's of :Replace, Add Before, Add After) Type: `string`. Allowed values: `AddAfterElement`, `AddBeforeElement`, `AddOverlay`, `ContentZoneHandler`, `ReplaceContentZoneContent`, `ReplaceElementContent`. ### Transformation Personalization Experience Config Transformation Output Representation * `name` (_string_) The name of the Content Zone. * `path` (_string_) Path to the Element * `substitutionValues` (_object_) When a Transformer supports Substitution Definitions, then this will be the mapping of the Value to the Definition. The Data Type of the Value will need to conform to the Definition's Data Type. Additional properties: `object`. * `tag` (_string_) The tag of element (e.g. div, img, etc.) * `transformerName` (_string_) The name of the transformer to use for the transformation. ### TransformationConfigWhenEnum Personalization Experience Config Transformation Config When Type Type: `string`. Allowed values: `ElementClick`, `ExitIntent`, `Immediately`, `ScrollPercent`. ### WhenValues Personalization Experience Config When Values Output Representation * `delay` (_integer_) Delay in milliseconds where number is 0 or greater * `path` (_string_) Path to the Element * `percent` (_number (double)_) Scroll Percentage as a decimal between 0 and 1 * `tag` (_string_) The tag of element (e.g. div, img, etc.) ### DecisionStateEnum Decision lifecycle state Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Draft`, `Live`. ### RuleTypeEnum Rule Type Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CalculatedInsight`, `Field`, `Group`, `RelatedField`. ### PersonalizationRecommenderSortOrderEnumRequest Defines the allowed sort order values. * `Asc` (_string_) Sort results in ascending order. _Available in: v64.0_ * `Desc` (_string_) Sort results in descending order. _Available in: v64.0_ ### LogicalOperatorEnum Logical Operator Type: `string`. Allowed values: `And`, `Or`. ### BaseRule The information about a single filter condition of the recommender. * `type` (_RuleTypeEnum_) ### SortOrderEnum Order for sorting. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Ascending`, `Descending`. ### PersonalizationRecommenderJobStatusEnum Enum values for “COMPLETE”, “PROCESSING”, “FAILURE” and “CANCELED” for a recommender job status. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Canceled`, `Complete`, `Failure`, `Processing`. ### PersonalizationContentObjectField Personalization Content Object Field Output Representation * `label` (_string_) Personalization base output label * `name` (_string_) Personalization base output API name ### EngagementSignalFilterGroupConditionEnum Operator to combine the filters in this group. The value can be _Available in: v63.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `And`, `Or`. ### EngagementSignalFilterInput Filter used within an Engagement Signal filter group. * `action` (_object_, required) EngagementSignalFilterActionEnum Filter action. The value can be _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalFilterActionEnum`. * `field` (_object_, required) EngagementSignalField A field on the content object DMO or its related DMO. _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalField`. * `operator` (_object_, required) EngagementSignalFilterOperatorEnum Comparison operator. The value can be _Available in: v63.0_ Includes all fields of `EngagementSignalFilterOperatorEnum`. * `values` (_array of string_, required) List of values. _Available in: v63.0_ ### EngagementSignalFilterOperatorEnum Filter operator for the parameter. The value can be _Available in: v63.0_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Equals`, `GreaterThan`, `GreaterThanOrEqual`, `HasNoValue`, `HasValue`, `LessThan`, `LessThanOrEqual`, `NotEquals`. ### EngagementSignalFilter Engagement Signal Filter output representation * `action` (_EngagementSignalFilterActionEnum_) * `field` (_Field_) * `operator` (_EngagementSignalFilterOperatorEnum_) * `values` (_array of string_) Engagement Signal Filter Values ### Relationship Output representation for a relationship * `cardinality` (_string_) Cardinality of the relationship * `relationshipId` (_string_) FieldSrcTrgtRelationship ID * `sourceField` (_Field_) * `targetField` (_Field_) ### PersonalizationSubstitutionDefConfigTypeEnum Specifies how the substitution variable can be interpreted. Values are: `{SchemaPath}` , `{Static}` . _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ Type: `string`. Allowed values: `SchemaPath`, `Static`. ### MergeFieldResourceTypeEnum Merge Field Resource Type Type: `string`. Allowed values: `CalculatedInsight`, `DirectAttribute`, `RelatedAttribute`, `SegmentMembershipsDmo`. ### MergeFieldSortOrderEnum Order for sorting. One of these values: * `Ascending`: Items are in ascending alphabetical order (A-Z). * `Descending`: Items are in descending alphabetical order (Z-A). Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Ascending`, `Descending`. ### PersonalizationMergeField Contains detailed output information for a personalization merge field. * `defaultText` (_string_) Fallback value if the resource is not found. _Available in: v66.0_ * `fieldName` (_string_) The API name of the field on the Data Model Object. _Available in: v67.0_ * `name` (_string_) The API name of the merge field. _Available in: v66.0_ * `objectName` (_string_) The API name of the Data Model Object. _Available in: v67.0_ * `objectPath` (_array of string_) Path from root DMO to the referenced DMO. _Available in: v67.0_ * `sortByFieldName` (_string_) Field to sort by for multi-value resolution. _Available in: v67.0_ * `resourceType` (_object_) The type of resource. _Available in: v66.0_ Includes all fields of `MergeFieldResourceTypeEnum`. * `sortOrder` (_object_) Sort order for multi-value resolution. _Available in: v67.0_ Includes all fields of `MergeFieldSortOrderEnum`. ### DayOfWeekEnum Enum values for day of week of a Scheduling targeting rule. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Friday`, `Monday`, `Saturday`, `Sunday`, `Thursday`, `Tuesday`, `Wednesday`. ### FiltersWrap Personalization Decision Criteria Filters Wrap Output Representation * `filters` (_array of Filter_) Filters * `operator` (_string_) Operator * `type` (_string_) Type ### Subject Personalization Decision Criteria Subject Output Representation * `fieldApiName` (_string_) Field API Name * `fieldLabel` (_string_) Field Label * `objectApiName` (_string_) Object API Name * `objectLabel` (_string_) Object Label ### SchedulingTimeZoneEnum Enum values for “organization” and “recipient” for the timezone of a Scheduling targeting rule. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Organization`, `Recipient`. ### EngagementSignalFilterActionEnum Enum values for “includes” and “excludes” for a Engagement signal filter action. Type: `string`. Allowed values: `Excludes`, `Includes`. ### BaseMetricReferenceInput A reference to a metric used in Input Representations * `engagementSignalName` (_string_) Developer name of the metric’s parent * `higherIsBetter` (_boolean_) Indicates whether a higher value for the metric is better * `metricName` (_string_) Developer name of the metric * `metricType` (_MetricTypeEnum_) ### PersonalizationPaginatedResponseBase Base paginated response representation * `currentPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Current page url * `nextPageUrl` (_string (url)_) Next page url if it exists * `totalSize` (_integer_) Total size of collection ### PersonalizationNamedBase Personalization Base Output Representation * `createdById` (_string (Id)_) Created by id * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Created date * `id` (_string (Id)_) The 18 character ID of the record * `label` (_string_) Personalization base output label * `lastModifiedById` (_string (Id)_) Last modified by id * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Last modified date * `name` (_string_) Personalization base output API name * `url` (_string (url)_) Url ### PersonalizationBaseInput Personalization Base Input Representation * `description` (_string_) Personalization Base description * `label` (_string_) Personalization Base label * `name` (_string_) Personalization Point API name ### BaseMetricReference A reference to a metric used in Output Representations * `engagementSignalName` (_string_) Developer name of the metric’s parent * `higherIsBetter` (_boolean_) Indicates whether a higher value for the metric is better * `metricName` (_string_) Developer name of the metric * `metricType` (_MetricTypeEnum_) ### PersonalizationBasePatchInput Personalization Base Patch Input Representation * `description` (_string_) Description of the entity. * `label` (_string_) Label of the entity. ### Base Base class for output representations with common fields * `createdById` (_string_) ID of the user or process that created this object. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `createdDate` (_string (date-time)_) Timestamp when the object was created. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `description` (_string_) Description of the object. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `id` (_string_) Unique identifier for the object. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `label` (_string_) Human-readable label or title for the object. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedById` (_string_) ID of the user or process that last modified this object. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `lastModifiedDate` (_string (date-time)_) Timestamp of the most recent update to the object. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ * `name` (_string_) Internal name of the object. _Available in: v66.0_ _Filter group: Small_ ### BaseInput Base class for input representations with common fields * `description` (_string_) Description of the object. _Available in: v66.0_ * `label` (_string_) Human-readable label or title for the object. _Available in: v66.0_ * `name` (_string_) Unique name of the object. _Available in: v66.0_ # Prerequisites Complete these prerequisites before you begin the quick start. Become familiar with: - cURL, which is a command-line tool the quick start uses as the client application that makes HTTP requests to Salesforce. - JavaScript Object Notation (JSON), which is the data format returned in this quick start. - OAuth 2.0, which is the framework Salesforce uses for authentication. The quick start provides the steps, but it would be helpful to familiarize yourself with OAuth terms and concepts. # Recommendations Salesforce provides several types of recommendations, and Connect REST API supports Einstein Next Best Action, custom recommendations for Experience Cloud sites, and Chatter recommendations. ## Einstein Next Best Action Einstein Next Best Action lets you use strategies to recommend actions and offers. You can deliver the right recommendation at the right moment to the right person. Integrate business rules, predictive models, and data—both inside and outside of Salesforce—to create unique strategies for all your use cases. Available resources for Einstein Next Best Action recommendations: | Resource | HTTP Method | Task | | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------- | | `/connect/recommendations/{recommendationId}` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Next-Best-Action-Resources/operation/getRecommendation) | Get a recommendation. | | `/connect/recommendation-strategies/{strategyName}/recommendations` | [POST](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Next-Best-Action-Resources/operation/postRecStrategy) | Execute a strategy. | | `/connect/recommendation-strategies/reactions` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Next-Best-Action-Resources/operation/getRecommendationReactionCollection) | Get user reactions to recommendations. | | `/connect/recommendation-strategies/reactions` | [POST](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Next-Best-Action-Resources/operation/postRecommendationReactionCollection) | Record a user reaction to a recommendation. | | `/connect/recommendation-strategies/reactions/{reactionId}` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Next-Best-Action-Resources/operation/getRecommendationReaction) | Get a recommendation reaction. | | `/connect/recommendation-strategies/reactions/{reactionId}` | [DELETE](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-core#tag/Next-Best-Action-Resources/operation/deleteRecommendationReaction) | Delete a recommendation reaction. | ## Custom Recommendations for Experience Cloud Sites Create custom recommendations that appear in Experience Cloud sites, encouraging users to watch videos, take training, and more. Target specific audiences and use channels to specify locations for the recommendations. These recommendations appear by default on the Customer Service template. They appear on the home and question detail pages and in the feed in Salesforce mobile web. They also appear anywhere community managers add recommendations using Experience Builder in the Customer Service template. So that users don’t see the same recommendations all the time, Salesforce periodically removes and brings back custom recommendations that haven’t been accepted or dismissed. Available resources for custom recommendations in Experience Cloud sites: | Resource | HTTP Method | Task | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------- | | `/connect/recommendation-definitions` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Definition-Resources/operation/getRecommendationDefinitionCollection) | Get a list of custom recommendation definitions. | | `/connect/recommendation-definitions` | [POST](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Definition-Resources/operation/postRecommendationDefinitionCollection) | Create a custom recommendation definition. | | `/connect/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Definition-Resources/operation/getRecommendationDefinition) | Get information about a custom recommendation definition. | | `/connect/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}` | [PATCH](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Definition-Resources/operation/patchRecommendationDefinition) | Modify a custom recommendation definition. | | `/connect/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}` | [DELETE](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Definition-Resources/operation/deleteRecommendationDefinition) | Delete a custom recommendation definition. | | `/connect/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}/photo` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Definition-Resources/operation/getRecommendationDefinitionPicture) | Get information about the photo for a custom recommendation definition. | | `/connect/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}/photo` | [PUT](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Definition-Resources/operation/putRecommendationDefinitionPicture) | Upload or modify the photo for a custom recommendation definition. | | `/connect/recommendation-definitions/{recommendationDefinitionId}/photo` | [DELETE](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Definition-Resources/operation/deleteRecommendationDefinitionPicture) | Delete the photo for a custom recommendation definition. | | `/connect/recommendation-audiences` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Audience-Resources/operation/getRecommendationAudienceCollection) | Get a list of custom recommendation audiences. | | `/connect/recommendation-audiences` | [POST](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Audience-Resources/operation/postRecommendationAudienceCollection) | Create a custom recommendation audience. | | `/connect/recommendation-audiences/{recommendationAudienceId}` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Audience-Resources/operation/getRecommendationAudience) | Get information about a custom recommendation audience. | | `/connect/recommendation-audiences/{recommendationAudienceId}` | [PATCH](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Audience-Resources/operation/patchRecommendationAudience) | Update a custom recommendation audience. | | `/connect/recommendation-audiences/{recommendationAudienceId}` | [DELETE](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Audience-Resources/operation/deleteRecommendationAudience) | Delete a custom recommendation audience. | | `/connect/recommendation-audiences/{recommendationAudienceId}/members` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Custom-Recommendation-Audience-Resources/operation/getAudienceMembership) | Get the members of a custom recommendation audience. | | `/connect/scheduled-recommendations` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Scheduled-Custom-Recommendations-Resources/operation/getScheduledRecommendationCollection) | Get a list of scheduled custom recommendations. | | `/connect/scheduled-recommendations` | [POST](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Scheduled-Custom-Recommendations-Resources/operation/postScheduledRecommendationCollection) | Create a scheduled custom recommendation. | | `/connect/scheduled-recommendations/{scheduledRecommendationId}` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Scheduled-Custom-Recommendations-Resources/operation/getScheduledRecommendation) | Get information about a scheduled custom recommendation. | | `/connect/scheduled-recommendations/{scheduledRecommendationId}` | [PATCH](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Scheduled-Custom-Recommendations-Resources/operation/patchScheduledRecommendation) | Update a scheduled custom recommendation. | | `/connect/scheduled-recommendations/{scheduledRecommendationId}` | [DELETE](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Scheduled-Custom-Recommendations-Resources/operation/deleteScheduledRecommendation) | Delete a scheduled custom recommendation. | ## Chatter Recommendations Chatter provides recommendations to help your users identify the people, groups, files, and records that closely relate to their job and interests. Available resources for Chatter recommendations: | Resource | HTTP Method | Task | | --------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | `/chatter/users/me/recommendations` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendations) | Get the Chatter recommendations, such as user, group, file, record, topic, and article recommendations, for the context user. Also get custom and static recommendations for the context user. | | `/chatter/users/me/recommendations/{action}` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendationsWithAction) | Get the Chatter, custom, and static recommendations for the specified action for the context user. | | `/chatter/users/me/recommendations/{action}/{objectCategory}` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendationByObjectCategory) | Get the Chatter, custom, and static recommendations for the specified action and object category for the context user. | | `/chatter/users/me/recommendations/{action}/{idPrefix}` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendationByKeyPrefix) | Get the Chatter, custom, and static recommendations for the specified action and key prefix for the context user. | | `/chatter/users/me/recommendations/{action}/{objectId}` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendation) | Get the Chatter, custom, and static recommendations for the specified action and object ID for the context user. | | `/chatter/users/me/recommendations/{action}/{objectId}` | [DELETE](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/deleteRecommendation) | Delete a recommendation for the specified action and object ID for the context user. | | `/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}/{objectEnum}` | [GET](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/getRecommendationByObjectType) | Get the static Chatter recommendation for the specified action and object type for the context user. | | `/chatter/users/{userId}/recommendations/{action}/{objectEnum}` | [DELETE](/docs/platform/connect-rest-api/references/connect-rest-api-chatter#tag/Users-Resources/operation/deleteRecommendationByObjectType) | Delete a static recommendation for the specified action and object type for the context user. | # Request Static Assets and Post Forms Directly from HTML HTML pages that aren’t hosted on Salesforce have had difficulty displaying user and group images and posting file attachments in forms. The reason is that URLs for these assets require authentication, which is provided with a session cookie when pages are hosted on Salesforce. Pages not hosted on Salesforce don't have access to the session cookie. Also, it isn’t possible to pass an OAuth token from the HTML contexts ``, `
`, and ``. To solve this problem, request self-authenticating _bearer token URLs_. A bearer token URL is a Connect REST API resource with an appended bearer token that provides access to the resource. Use bearer token URLs as they are. Don’t add or remove parameters or you receive an error. Use bearer token URLs in ``, ``, and `` tags to do the following: - Request static Connect REST API assets such as Chatter user profile images, files, and file and dashboard previews. - Post form requests to Connect REST API when files are attached, for example, feed items or comments with a file attachment, or user profile photo updates. To request static assets or post form requests, request a resource that returns a bearer token URL. Then request the resource using the bearer token URL. 1. Request a resource with a response body property that contains a bearer token URL. - Banner Photo—`bannerPhotoUrl`, `url`\* - Comment Page—`currentPageUrl`\* - Content Capability—`downloadUrl`, `externalDocumentUrl`, `renditionUrl`, `repositoryFileUrl` - Feed—`feedElementPostUrl`_, `feedElementsUrl`_, `feedItemsUrl`\* - Feed Item—`photoUrl` - Feed Item Attachment: Content—`downloadUrl`, `externalDocumentUrl`, `renditionUrl`, `repositoryFileUrl` - Feed Item Attachment: Dashboard—`fullSizeImageUrl`, `thumbnailUrl` - File Detail—`downloadUrl`, `externalDocumentUrl`, `renditionUrl`, `renditionUrl240By180`, `renditionUrl720By480`, `repositoryFileUrl` - File Preview URL—`previewUrl` - File Summary—`downloadUrl`, `externalDocumentUrl`, `renditionUrl`, `renditionUrl240By180`, `renditionUrl720By480`, `repositoryFileUrl` - File Summary Page—`currentPageUrl`\* - Icon—`url` - Mention Completion—`photoUrl` - Message Segment: Inline Image—`url`\* - Photo—`largePhotoUrl`, `smallPhotoUrl`, `url`\* - Repository File Detail—`downloadUrl` - Repository File Summary—`downloadUrl` \*Use to POST or PUT new items that include binary files: for example, a feed item or comment with a file attachment. 2. Pass the `X-Connect-Bearer-Urls` request header with a value of `true`. ``` X-Connect-Bearer-Urls: true ``` 3. Parse the bearer token URL from the response body. Use it in an HTML tag to request a static asset or to post a form request. Bearer token URLs have the following characteristics. - The bearer token is good for the given URL only. Adding or reordering query parameters invalidates the URL. - The bearer token has a time-to-live (TTL) of 20 minutes. If the token expires, request it again. - The request to the bearer token URL authenticates as the user who requested the resource that returned the bearer token URL. # Response Body Encoding Responses are minimally HTML entity-encoded by default. These characters are escaped in all strings. | Character | Escaped as | | ------------- | ---------- | | `<` | `<` | | `>` | `>` | | `"` | `"` | | `'` | `'` | | `\` | `\` | | `&` | `&` | URL values included in response payloads have special encoding. The main part of the URL is URL-encoded as per [RFC2396](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2396.txt), and the query string is HTML-form encoded. This encoding cannot be turned off. **warning:** User-submitted content may not be filtered at input and can come from many sources including third-party mobile and web applications. Process API output for the context in which your app uses the output. Failing to process output can expose applications and users to Cross Site Scripting (XSS) exploits and other problems. These problems can result in data loss, application failure, and exposure of company information. API output can be used in many contexts. Don’t assume that the default entity encoding is appropriate for all contexts. Using API output inside HTML attribute values, inside URLs, with JavaScript, inside `